Skip to main content

Full text of "American journal of archaeology"

See other formats 


HANDBOUND 
AT  THE 


UNIVERSITY  OF 
TORONTO  PRESS 


THE 


AMERICAN 


JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY 


AND   OF  THE 


HISTORY  OF  THE  FINE  ARTS 


VOLUME  VI 

1890 


BOSTON 
GINN  &  COMPANY 

NEW  YORK,  CHICAGO 
PRINCETON:  THE  MANAGING  EDITOR 

BALTIMORE:  J.  MURPHY  &  Co. 

LONDON:  TRUBNER  &  Co.    PARIS:  E.  LEROTJX 

TURIN,  FLORENCE  and  ROME:  E.  LOKSCHER 

BERLIN:  MAYER  &  MULLER 


EDITORS  AND  CONTRIBUTORS. 

Advisory  Editor:  Mr.  ARTHUR  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  of  Baltimore. 

Managing  Editor:  Prof.  A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  Jr.,  of  Princeton  College. 

Literary  Editor:  Prof.  J.  H.  WRIGHT,  of  Harvard  University. 

Editorial  Contributors:  Prof.  ALFRED  EMERSON,  of  Lake  Forest  Uni- 
versity; Prof.  HAROLD  N.  FOWLER,  of  Phillips  Academy,  Exeter; 
Prof.  ALLAN  MARQUAND,  of  Princeton  College;  Prof.  A.  C.  MER- 
RIAM,  of  Columbia  College ;  Dr.  CHARLES  WALDSTEIN,  of  Cambridge 
University,  England;  Mr.  JUSTIN  WINSOR,  of  Harvard  University. 
The  following  writers  have  contributed  or  promised  contributions  : 

UNITED  STATES. 

Dr.  FRANCIS  BROWN,  Mr.  HENRY  W.  HAYNES,   Prof.  F.  W.  PUTNAM, 

Mr.  LUCIEN  CARR,  Mr.  H.  W.  HENSHAW,         Mr.  RUSSELL  STURGIS, 

Mr.  JOSEPH  T.  CLARKE,  Mr.  W.  H.  HOLMES,  Prof.  CYRUS  THOMAS, 

Mr.  F.  B.  GODDARD,  Mr.  T.  H.  LEWIS,  Mr.  S.  B.  P.  TROWBRIDGE, 

Mr.  WM.  H.  GOODYEAR,  Mr.W.P.P.  LONGFELLOW,  Dr.  W.  HAYES  WARD, 

Miss  I.  F.  HAPGOOD^  ^  Mrs.  Z.  NUTTALL,  Dr.  J.  E.  WHEELER,  etc. 

EUROPE. 

M.  E.  BABELON,  attache*  au  Cabinet  des  M^dailles,  National  Library,  Paris. 
Dr.  A.  A.  CARUANA,  Librarian  and  Director  of  Education,  Malta. 
L'Abbe"  L.  DUCHESNE,  Professor  of  Christian  Archseology,  Catholic  Institute,  Paris. 
M.  EMILE  DUVAL,  Director  of  the  Muse'e  Fol,  Geneva. 
Dr.  A.  FURTWANGLER,  Professor  of  Archaeology  in  the  University  of  Berlin. 
Mr.  ERNEST  A.  GARDNER,  Director  of  the  British  School  of  Archseology,  Athens. 
PADRE  GERMANO  DI  S.  STANISLAO,  PASSIONISTA,  Eome. 

Prof.  W.  HELBIG,  former  Secretary  of  the  German  Archaeological  Institute,  Eome. 
Dr.  G.  HIRSCHFELD,  Professor  of  Archseology  in  the  University  of  Koenigsberg. 
Dr.  F.-X.  KRAUS,  Professor  at  the  University  of  Freiburg-im-Breisgau. 
Comm.  EODOLFO  LANCIANI,  Director  of  excavations  and  antiquities,  Eome. 
Dr.  ALBERT  L.  LONG,  of  Eobert  College,  Constantinople. 

Comte  de  MARSY,  Director  of  the  Soc.  Franc,  d'  Arche'ologie,  Bulletin  Monumental,  etc. 
Prof.  ORAZIO  MARUCCHI,  member  of  Comm.  Archseol.  Commission  of  Eome,  etc. 
Prof.  G.  MASPERO,  former  Director  of  Antiq.,  Egypt ;  Prof,  at  College  de  France,  Paris. 
M.  JOACHIM  MENANT,  of  Eouen,  France. 
Prof.  ADOLPH  MICHAELIS,  of  the  University  of  Strassburg. 
M.  EMILE  MOLINIER,  attache*  au  Muse'e  du  Louvre,  Paris. 

M.  EUGENE  MUNTZ,  Librarian  and  Conservator  of  the  Ecole  des  Beaux-Arts,  Paris. 
A.  8.  MURRAY,  Keeper  of  Greek  and  Eoman  antiquities,  British  Museum. 
J  PIPER,  Professor  of  Christian  Archeology  in  the  University  of  Berlin. 

RAMSAY,  Professor  in  the  University  of  Aberdeen. 

^RANZ  v.  EEBER,  Professor  in  the  University  and  Polytechnic  of  Munich,  etc. 
SALOMON  REINACH,  attach^  au  MusSe  National  de  St.  Germain 

BATT.  DE  Rossi,  Director  of  the  Vatican  and  Lateran  Museums,  Eome. 
™R,Protof Archaeology  in  the  Univ.,  and  Director  of  Museum,  Leipzig. 
ERT  SEWELL,  Madras  Civil  Service,  F.  E.  G.  S.,  M.  E.  A.  S. 


nor  and  Members  of  the  American  School  of  Classical  Studies  at  Athens. 


THE  JOURNAL  is  the  official  organ  of  the  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  INSTITUTE  OP 
AMERICA,  and  of  the  AMERICAN  SCHOOL  OF  CLASSICAL  STUDIES  AT  ATHENS, 
and  it  will  aim  to  further  the  interests  for  which  the  Institute  and  the  School  were 
founded.  It  treats  of  all  branches  of  Archaeology  and  Art — Oriental,  Classical, 
Early  Christian,  Mediaeval,  and  American,  and  is  intended  to  supply  a  record  of  the 
important  work  done  in  the  field  of  Archaeology,  under  the  following  categories : 
1.  Original  Articles;  2.  Correspondence  from  European  Archaeologists;  3.  Archae- 
ological News,  presenting  a  careful  and  ample  record  of  discoveries  and  investigations 
in  all  parts  of  the  world ;  4.  Reviews  of  Books ;  5.  Summaries  of  the  contents  of  the 
principal  Archaeological  Periodicals. 

Two  departments  in  which  the  JOURNAL  stands  quite  alone  are  (1)  the  Record  of 
Discoveries,  and  (2)  the  Summaries  of  Periodicals.  In  the  former,  a  detailed  account 
is  given  of  all  discoveries  and  excavations  in  every  portion  of  the  civilized  world, 
from  India  to  America,  especial  attention  being  paid  to  Greece  and  Italy.  In  order 
to  ensure  thoroughness  in  this  work,  more  than  sixty  periodical  publications  are 
consulted  and  material  is  secured  from  special  correspondents.  In  order  that  readers 
may  know  of  everything  important  that  appears  in  periodical  literature,  a  consider- 
able space  is  given  to  careful  summaries  of  the  papers  contained  in  the  principal 
periodicals  that  treat  of  Archaeology  and  the  Fine  Arts.  By  these  various  methods, 
all  important  work  done  is  concentrated  and  made  accessible  in  a  convenient  but 
scholarly  form,  equally  suited  to  the  specialist  and  to  the  general  reader. 

It  has  been  the  aim  of  the  editors  that  the  JOURNAL,  besides  giving  a  survey  of 
the  whole  field  of  Archaeology,  should  be  international  in  character,  by  affording  to 
the  leading  archaeologists  of  all  countries  a  common  medium  for  the  publication  of 
the  results  of  their  labors.  This  object  has  been  in  great  part  attained,  as  is  shown 
by  the  list  of  eminent  foreign  and  American  contributors  to  the  five  volumes  already 
issued,  and  by  the  character  of  articles  and  correspondence  published.  Not  only  have 
important  contributions  to  the  advance  of  the  science  been  made  in  the  original 
articles,  but  the  present  condition  of  research  has  been  brought  before  our  readers 
in  the  departments  of  correspondence,  and  reviews  of  the  more  important  recent 
books. 

The  JOURNAL  is  published  quarterly,  and  forms,  each  year,  a  volume  of  above  500 
pages  royal  8vo,  illustrated  with  colored,  heliotype,  and  other  plates,  and  numerous 
figures.  The  yearly  subscription  for  America  is  $5.00 :  for  countries  of  the  Postal 
Union,  27  francs,  21  shillings,  or  marks,  post-paid.  Vol.  I,  unbound  or  bound  in 
cloth,  containing  489  pages,  11  plates  and  16  figures,  will  be  sent  post-paid  on  receipt 
of  $4 :  Vol.  II,  containing  521  pages,  14  plates  and  46  figures,  bound  for  $5.00,  un- 
bound for  $4.50:  Vol.  Ill,  containing  531  pages,  33  plates,  and  19  figures;  Vol.  IV, 
550  pages,  20  plates,  and  19  figures;  Vol.  V,  534  pages,  13  plates,  and  55  figures; 
and  Vol.  VI,  612  pages,  23  plates,  and  23  figures ;  bound  for  $5.50,  unbound  for  $5. 

All  literary  communications  should  be  addressed  to  the  Managing  Editor,  Prof. 
A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  Jr.,  Ph.  D.,  Princeton  College,  Princeton,  N.  J. :  all  business 
communications,  to  the. Publishers,  GINN  &  COMPANY,  Boston. 


Ill 


CONTENTS  OF  VOLUME  VI,  1890. 


Nos.  1-2.    JANUARY-JUNE. 

I.— THE  LOST  MOSAICS  OF  ROME  OF  THE  IV  TO  THE  IX  CENTURY, 

by  EUGENE  MUNTZ,        1 

H.— INTRODUCTION    OF   GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO    ITALY   BY    THE 
FRENCH    CISTERCIAN    MONKS.      I.  MONASTERY    OF    FOSSANOVA 

(plates  i-xi ;  figures  1-6),        .        .  by  A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  JR.,      10 

m._ REMINISCENCES  OF  EGYPT  IN  DORIC  ARCHITECTURE  (figures   7-13), 

by  ALLAN  MARQUAND,      47 

1V._ THE  DISTRIBUTION  OF  HELLENIC  TEMPLES,   by  GEORGE  B.   HUSSEY,        59 

v.— ZET2  'HAlonOAITH2  (figures  14,  15),    .        .         by  PAUL  WOLTERS,      65 

VI. — GREEK  SCULPTURED  CROWNS  AND  CROWN  INSCRIPTIONS  (plates  XII, 

xin), .by  GEORGE  B.  HUSSEY,      69 

VII.— DISCOVERIES  AT  ANTHEDON  BY  THE  AMERICAN  SCHOOL. 
n.  REPORT  ON  EXCAVATIONS  (figures  16,  17). 

HI.  ARCHITECTURAL  DISCOVERIES  (plate  XIV). 

IV.  BRONZE  IMPLEMENTS  (plate  XV),    .          by  JOHN  C.  KOLFE,        96 
VIII. — DISCOVERIES  AT  PLATAIA  IN  1889  BY  THE  AMERICAN  SCHOOL. 

III.  INSCRIPTIONS  Nos.  I-X1I, 

by  F.  B.  TARBELL  and  J.  C.  KOLFE,    108 

IX. — DISCOVERIES  AT  THIS  BE  BY  THE  AMERICAN  SCHOOL. 

1.  REPORT  ON  EXCAVATIONS,        .          .          .        by  J.  C.  EOLFE,      112 
H.  INSCRIPTIONS  Nos.  I-XV, 

by  F.  B.  TARBELL  and  J.  C.  KOLFE,    113 
NOTES. 

AN  INSCRIBED  TOMBSTONE  FROM  BOIOTIA,       .          .        by  J.  C.  KOLFE,     121 
THE  INSCRIPTIONS  ON  THE  OBELISK  CRABS  IN  CENTRAL  PARK,  NEW 

YORK, by  A.  C.  MERRIAM,     122 

CORRESPONDENCE. 

Letter  from  Egypt,        .        .        .        .        .       by  FARLEY  B.  GODDARD,     123 

REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS. 

ARCHEOLOGY,    .       .       . 126 

ORIENTAL  ARCHEOLOGY, 128 

CLASSICAL  ARCHEOLOGY, 130 

CHRISTIAN  ARCHEOLOGY, 143 

AMERICAN  ARCHEOLOGY,         ....  152 

ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS. 

AFRICA  (Egypt,  Algeria,  Tunisia,  Morocco,  Malta);  ASIA  (Java,  Bur- 
mah,  Hindustan,  Afghanistan,  Parthia,  Babylonia,  Syria,  Palestine,  Phoe- 
nicia, Asia  Minor,  Kypros) ;  EUROPE  (Greece,  Italy,  Sicily,  Spain,  France, 
Belgium,  Germany,  Austria-Hungary,  Montenegro,  Sweden,  Norway,  Eng- 
land) ;  AMERICA  (United  States),  .  by  A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  JR.,  154 
iv 


CONTENTS.  V 

No.  3.    JULY— SEPTEMBER. 

PAGE. 

I. — THE  HOUSE    OF   THE   MARTYRS   JOHN  AND    PAUL    RECENTLY  DIS- 
COVERED  ON  THE  CfELIAN  HILL  AT  ROME   (plates  XVI,  XVIl), 

by  PADRE  GERMANO,    261 

II.— NOTES  ON  ORIENTAL  ANTIQUITIES  (plate  XVIIl). 

IX.  A  BABYLONIAN  CYLINDRICAL  BASRELIEF  FROM  URUMIA  IN 
PERSIA,     x.    TIAMAT  AND  OTHER  EVIL  SPIRITS,  AS  flG- 
URED  ON  ORIENTAL  SEALS,  by  WlLLIAM  HAYES  WARD,     286 
m. — INTRODUCTION    OF    GOTHIC   ARCHITECTURE   INTO    ITALY   BY   THE 
FRENCH  CISTERCIA  N  MONKS.     II.    THE  MONASTER  Y  OF  SAN  MAR- 
TINO  AL  CIMINO  NEAR  V1TERBO  (plates  XIX,  XX), 

by  A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  JR.,    299 

IV.— NOTES  ON  ROMAN  ARTISTS  OF  THE  MIDDLE  AGES. 

ii.  ARCHITECTS  (plate  xxi), .        by  A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  JR.,    307 
NOTES. 

COMMENT  ON  TARE ELL'S  "STUDY  OF  THE  ATTIC  PHRATRY," 

by  W.  E.  PATON,    314 

MR.  TARSELL'S  REPLY  TO  MR.  PATON'S  COMMENT,    by  F.  B.   TARBELL,      318 

ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS. 

ORIENT;  AFRICA  (Egypt,  Algeria) ;  ASIA  (Hindustan,  Afghanistan,  Per- 
sia, Central  Asia,  Babylonia,  Arabia,  Palestine,  Phoenicia,  Asia  Minor, 
Kypros) ;  EUROPE  (Greece,  Italy,  Sardinia,  Sicily,  Spain,  France,  Ger- 
many, Austria-Hungary,  Scandinavia,  Denmark,  Kussia,  Roumania,  Mon- 
tenegro, Turkey,  Great  Britain) ;  AMERICA  (United  States), 

by  A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  JR.,    321 
SUMMAEIES  OF  PERIODICALS. 

Archivio  storico  dell'arte — Archivio  storico  lombardo — JBullettino  di  archeologia 
cristiana — Bullettino  di  paletnologia  italiana — Bulletin  de  correspondance  hel- 
lenique — 'E^Tj/tepls  apxaioXoyiicfi — Jahrbuch  d.  k.  deut.  archdologischen  Insti- 
tute— Journal  asiatique—Mittheilungen  d.  k.  arch.  Instituts.  Athen.  Abth. — 
Proceedings  of  Society  of  Biblical  Archaeology — Revue  archeologique — Revue  des 
etudes  grecques — Rivista  italiana  di  numismatica — Rivista  storica  italianat  .  403 


No.  4.     OCTOBER-DECEMBER. 

I.— A  VASE  OF  THE  MYKENAI  TYPE  IN  NEW  YORK  (plate  XXIl), 

by  A.  S.  MURRAY,    437 

II.— DISCOVERIES  AT  PLATAIA  IN  1890  BY  THE  AMERICAN  SCHOOL    (plate' 
xxin— Map  of  Plataia;  figures  18,  19). 
I.   GENERAL  REPORT  ON  THE  EXCAVATIONS, 

by  CHARLES  WALDSTEIN,    445 

H.  DETAILED  REPORT  ON  THE  EXCA  VATIONS, 

by  H.  S.  WASHINGTON,     448 

III.— DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  SITE  AND  WALLS  OF  PLATAIA, 

by  H.  S.  WASHINGTON,    452 

IV.— NOTES  ON  THE  BATTLEFIELD  OF  PLATAIA, 

by  W.  IRVING  HUNT,     463 


vi  CONTENTS. 

CORRESPONDENCE.  PAGE. 

C.  H.  Moore's  "Gothic  Architecture:" 

Letter  by  CHARLES  H.  MOORE,  .        .    476 

Letter  by  A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  JR.,    478 

OdysseuJ  Feat  of  Archery,    ....         by  HENRY  W.  HAYNES,    487 

REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS. 

ARCHEOLOGY, 488 

ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS. 

AFRICA  (Egypt,  Tunisia) ;  ASIA  (Polynesia,  Tartary,  Hindustan,  Persia, 
Armenia,  Babylonia,  Arabia,  Syria,  Palestine,  Phoenicia,  Asia  Minor, 
Kypros) ;  EUROPE  (Greece,  Italy,  Sicily),  by  A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  JR.,  504 

SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS. 

Archivio  storico  lombardo — Bullettino  di  archeologia  cristiana — Bullettino  di 
paletnologia  italiana — Jahrbuch  d.  k.  deuts.  archaol.  Institute — Journal  asia- 
tique — Mittheilungen  d.  k.  deuts.  archaol.  Institute.  Athen.  Abth. — Revue  des 
etudes  grecques— Rivista  italiana  di  numismatica,  .  .  .  .  .  .  596 


ALPHABETICAL  TABLE. 


AMERICAN  SCHOOL  OF  CLASSICAL  STUDIES  AT  ATHENS,  PAPERS  OF:  PAGE. 

Discoveries  at  Anthedon  in  1889 ; 

ii.  Report  on  Excavations, 96 

in.  Architectural  Discoveries,         . 101 

IV.  Bronze  Implements, 104 

Discoveries  at  Plataia  in  1889  ; 

in.  Inscriptions  Nos.  i-xn, 108 

Discoveries  at  Plataia  in  1890 ; 

i.  General  Report  on  the  Excavations, 445 

II.  Detailed  Report  on  the  Excavations, 448 

in.  Description  of  the  Site  and  Walls  of  Plataia, 452 

rv.  Notes  on  the  Battlefield  of  Plataia, 463 

Discoveries  at  Thisbe  in  1889 ; 

i.  Report  on  Excavations, 112 

ii.  Inscriptions  Nos.  i-xv,      .• 113 

Greek  Sculptured  Crowns  and  Crown-Inscriptions, 69 

ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS, 154,  321,  504 

Afghanistan,  179,  331— Algeria,  171,  330— Arabia,  332,  529— Armenia, 
523— Asia  Minor,  186,  197,  341,  540— Austria-Hungary,  248,  395— Baby- 
lonia, 180,  331,  524— Belgium,  247— Burmah,  175— Central  Asia,  331— 
Denmark,  396— Egypt,  157,  324,  507— England,  251,  398— France,  242, 
389— Germany,  248,  394— Greece,  198,  359,  554— Hindustan,  176,  330, 
521— Italy,  217,  372,  569— Java,  175— Krete,    569— Kypros,  190,   356, 
553— Malta,  172— Montenegro,  250,  397— Morocco,  172— Norway,  251— 
Orient,  323— Palestine,  182,  333,  534— Parthia,  179— Persia,  331,  522— 
Phoenicia,  185,  340,  538— Polynesia,  520— Roumania,  397— Russia,  396— 
Sardinia,  382— Scandinavia,  395— Sicily,   240,   383,   595— Spain,   388— 
Sweden,  250— Syria,  180,  531— Tartary,  521— Tunisia,  171,  519— Turkey, 
398— United  States,  258,  401— Wales,  398. 

FOWLER  (Harold  N.).    Summaries  of  Periodicals,  .         .      409,  414,  420,  599,  607 
FROTHINGHAM  (Arthur  L.,  Jr.).    Introduction  of  Gothic  Architecture  into 
Italy  by  the  French  Cistercian  Monks. 
I.  The  Monastery  of  Fossanova,  .        .        ...        .        .        .10 

n.  The  Monastery  of  San  Martino  al  Cimino,  near  Viterbo,          .         .     299 
Notes  on  Roman  Artists  of  the  Middle  Ages. 

n.  Architects, 307 

Letter  on  C.  H.  MOORE'S  Gothic  Architecture, 476 

Reviews  and  Notices  of  Books : 

Tenth  Annual  Report  of  Archaeological  Institute, 126 

History  of  Art,  by  W.  H.  GOODYEAR, 126 

Mission  scientifique  au  Caucase,  by  J.  DE  MORGAN,         .         .         .         .128 

L'Art  Etrusgue,  by  JULES  MARTHA, 135 

Eighth  Annual  Report  of  American  School  at  Athens,  .         .         .         .142 

vii 


viii  ALPHABETICAL  TABLE. 

PAGE. 

La  Capsdla  argenlea  Africana,  etc.,  by  G.  B.  DE  Eossi,  .  .  .143 
Development  and  Character  of  Gothic  Architecture,  by  C.  H.  MOORE,  .  145 
Les  Archives  des  Arts,  by  EUGENE  MUNTZ,  .  .  •  .  .  •  -150 
Die  Genesismosaiken  in  Venedig  und  die  Cottonbibel,  by  J.  J.  TIKKANEN,  151 

Essays  of  an  Americanist,  by  D.  G.  BRINTON, 152 

Monumenti  storici  ed  artist-id  degli  Abruzzi,  by  V.  BINDI,  .  .  .488 
The  Ruined  Abbeys  of  Yorkshire,  by  W.  C.  LEFROY,  ....  492 
Essai  sur  le  Comte  de  Caylus,  by  S.  ROCHEBLAVE,  .*  .  .  .499 
Die  Dartstellung  der  Geburt  Christi  in  der  bildenden  Kunst,  by  MAX 

SCHMID, 502 

Archaeological  News, 154,  321,  504 

Summaries  of  Periodicals, 

403,  404,  405,  418,  425,  432,  433,  435,  596-9,  607,  610-12 
GEEMANO  (Padre  di  S.  Stanislao,  Passionista).     The  House  of  the  Martyrs 

John  and  Paul,  recently  discovered  on  the  Coelian  Hill  at  Korne  (i),     .     261 

GODDARD  (Farley  B.).    Letter  from  Egypt, 123 

HAYNES  (Henry  W.).  Letter  on  Odysseus' Feat  of  Archery,  .  .  .  .  487 
HUNT  (W.  Irving).  Notes  on  the  Battlefield  of  Plataia,  .  .  .  .463 
HUSSEY  (George  B.).  The  Distribution  of  Hellenic  Temples,  ...  59 

Greek  Sculptured  Crowns  and  Crown-Inscriptions, 69 

MARQUAND  (Allan).    Reminiscences  of  Egypt  in  Doric  Architecture,    .        .      47 
Reviews  and  Notices  of  Books : 

Les  Sceaux,  by  LECOY  DE  LA  MARCHE, 127 

L'  Architecture  grecque,  by  V.  LALOUX, .134 

Handbuch  der  klassischen  Altertums-  Wissenschafi,  by  IWAN  VON  MULLER,     1 39 

Griechische  Weihgeschenfce,  by  EMIL  REISCH, 141 

Excursions  archeologiques  en  Grtce,  by  CH.  DIEHL,        ....    489 

The  Attic  Theatre,  by  A.  E.  HAIGH, 490 

Catalogue  of  Greek  Co  ins,  by  BARCLAY  V.  HEAD,  .  .  .  .491 
Catalogue  of  Greek  Coins,  by  WARWICK  WROTH,  ....  503 

Summaries  of  Periodicals, 407,  427 

MERRIAM  (A.  C.).    The  Inscriptions  on  the  Obelisk-Crabs  in  Central  Park, 

New  York, 122 

MOORE  (Charles  H.).    Letter  on  his  Gothic  Architecture, 476 

MUNTZ  (Eugene).  The  Lost  Mosaics  of  Rome  of  the  iv  to  the  ix  century,  .  1 
MURRAY  (A.  S.).  A  Vase  of  the  Mykenai  type  in  New  York,  .  .  .437 
PATON  (W.  R.).  Comment  on  TarbelPs  Study  of  the  Attic  Phratry,  .  .  .314 
ROLFE  (John  C.).  Report  on  Excavations  at  Anthedon  in  1889,  ...  96 

Architectural  Discoveries  at  Anthedon  in  1889, 101 

Bronze  Implements  found  at  Anthedon  in  1889, 104 

Report  on  Excavations  at  Thisbe  in  1889,  .        .        .         .        '.        '.         .'     112 
Inscriptions  from  Thisbe,    .        .        .  H3 

An  Inscribed  Tombstone  from  Boiotia,        .  121 

SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS,   ....  .403  596 

Archivio  storico  delFarte,        ...  '  493 

Archivio  etorico  lombardo,      .        .  AQA    cng 

Bullettino  di  archeologia  cristiana,  ....  [    404   597 

Bullettino  di  paletnologia  ilaliana,  .......  405*  599 


ALPHABETICAL  TABLE.  ix 

PAGE. 

Bulletin  de  correspondance  hellenique, 407 

'E<t>it)/j.€pls  apxaio\oyiK-fi, 409 

Jahrbuch  d.  k.  archdologischen  Institute, 414,599 

Journal  asiatique, 418,  607 

Mittheilungen  d.  k.  arch.  Institute.    Athen.  Abth., 420,  607 

Proceedings  of  Society  of  Biblical  Archceology, 425 

Revue  archeologique, 427 

Revue  des  etudes  grecques, 432,  610 

Rivista  italiana  di  numismatica, 433,  611 

Rivista  storica  italiana, . 435 

TARBELL  (F.  B.).    Inscriptions  from  Thisbe,  . 113 

Reply  to  Mr.  Paton's  Comment  on  his  Study  of  the  Attic  Phratry,  .        .318 
WALDSTEIN  (Charles).     General  Report  on  the  Excavations  at  Plataia  in 

1890, 445 

WARD  (William  Hayes).     Notes  on  Oriental  Antiquities. 

ix.  A  Babylonian  Cylindrical  Basrelief  from  Urumia  in  Persia,        .         .     286 
x.  Tiamat  and  other  Evil  Spirits,  as  figured  on  Oriental  Seals,        .         .     291 
WASHINGTON  (Henry  S.).     Detailed  Report  on  the  Excavations  at  Plataia  in 

1890, 445 

Description  of  the  Site  and  Walls  of  Plataia, 452 

WHICHER  (G.  M.).    Review  of  The  Athenian  Pnyx,  by  JOHN  M.  CROW,        .     130 

WOLTERS  (Paul).     ZETS  'HAIOnOAITHS,  .          .          .  .          .          .65 


PLATES. 


I. — Monastery  of  Fossanova. 
n.-        " 
m.-        " 

IV.— 

y «  «  « 

VI.— 
VII.— 
VIII.— 

IX.—          "  "  " 

_. ((  II  « 

it  u  n 


10-46 


PAGES  IN  TEXT. 
Exterior  of  Church. 
Portal  of  Fapade. 
Interior    of    Church,    Central 

Aisle 

Interior  of  Church,  Side  Aisle. 

Cloister 

Interior  of  Chapter-house.    . 
Interior  of  Hospital.     . 
Ground-plan  of  Monastery.  . 
Details  of  Church. 
Exterior  and  Interior  of  Pavil- 
ion in  Cloister. 
Interior  of  Refectory  and  Details 

of  Piers  and  Columns.    . 
xii,  xni. — Greek  Sculptured  Crowns  and  Crown-Inscriptions. 

XIV. — Plan  of  Excavations  at  Anthedon.  .         .        .        .         .      96-104 

xv. — Bronze  Implements  from  Excavations  at  Anthedon  by  the 

American  School .        .    104-107 

XVT,  XVH. — House  of  the  Martyrs  John  and  Paul  on  the  Crelian  HiH.  -^ 

xvi. — Ground-plan  of  the  house 

xvii. — 1.  Fagade  of  the  house  on  the  Clivus  Scauri.     . 

2.  Roman  Arches  adjoining  the  Claudium. 
xvin. — Oriental  Antiquities,        .        .        .        .'        .        . 

1.  Babylonian  cylindrical  Basrelief  from  Urumia, 

in  Persia 

2-4.  Babylonian  Seal-cylinders  representing  the  con- 
flict between  Bel-Merodach  and  Tiamat.    . 
xix,  xx. — Cistercian  Monastery  of  San  Martino  al  Cimino,  near  Vi- 

terbo 

xix. — Interior  of  the  Church •  •     . 

xx. — 1.  Interior  of  the  Chapter-house. 

2.  Ground-plan  of  the  Monastery  and  Church. 
xxi. — Porch  of  the  church  of  Sant'  Erasmo,  at  Veroli.     .        . 

xxii.— Vase  of  the  Mykenai  type  in  the  Abbott  Collection,  New  York 

(Historical  Society) 437-444 

xxiii. — Map  of  Plataia,  showing  the  Excavations  made  by  the  Ameri- 
can School.        ...  .    445-475 


69-95 


261-285 


286-298 


299-306 


307-310 


FIGURES. 

PAGE. 

1-6. — Monastery  of  Fossanova.    Architectural  details,      ....  38-42 

7. — Middle  Temple  of  akropolis  of  Selinous, 49 

8.— Southern  Temple  of  Karnak, 50 

9. — Reed-bundle  Column,        .        .        .    •     .        .        .        .        .      \ 

10.— Doric  Column, I  53 

11.— Eeed-bundle  Column  at  Gournah  (Seti  I),        ....      J 

12. — Egyptian  Cornice, \  ?* 

13.— Entablature  of  Selinous  Temple  C, / 

14. — High-relief  of  Zeus  Heliopolites, 66 

15.— Votive  Belief  of  Zeus  of  Heliopolis, 67 

16. — Harbor  and  Foundations  at  Anthedon, 98 

17.— Poros  ff^Kufia  found  at  Anthedon, 100 

18. — Ground-plans  of  Byzantine  Churches  discovered  at  Plataia,    .        .  449 

19. — Section  of  Aqueduct  discovered  at  Plataia, 450 

20.— Plan  of  House  at  Kahun,  Egypt, 517 

21. — Columns  and  Shafts  found  at  Kahun,  Egypt, 518 

22.— Plan  of  the  remains  of  the  Temples  at  Lokroi,        ....  574 

23. — Group  from  Sculptures  of  western  gable  of  Ionic  Temple  at  Lokroi,  576 


XI 


COPYRIGHT,  1891,  BY  A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  Jr. 


JOHN  MURPHY  A  CO.,  PRINTERS, 
BALTIMORE. 


THE  AMERICAN 

JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY 

AND  OF  THE 

HISTORY  OF  THE  FINE  ARTS. 


THE  JOURNAL  is  the  official  organ  of  the  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  INSTI- 
TUTE OF  AMERICA,  and  of  the  AMERICAN  SCHOOL  OF  CLASSICAL 
STUDIES  AT  ATHENS,  and  it  will  aim  to  further  the  interests  for  which 
the  Institute  and  the  School  were  founded.  It  treats  of  all  branches  of 
Archaeology  and  Art — Oriental,  Classical,  Early  Christian,  Mediaeval,  and 
American,  and  is  intended  to  supply  a  record  of  the  important  work  done 
in  the  field  of  Archaeology,  under  the  following  categories:  1.  Original 
Articles ;  2.  Correspondence  from  European  Archaeologists ;  3.  Archae- 
ological News,  presenting  a  careful  and  ample  record  of  discoveries  and 
investigations  in  all  parts  of  the  world  ;  4.  Reviews  of  Books ;  5.  Sum- 
maries of  the  contents  of  the  principal  Archaeological  Periodicals. 

The  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY  is  published  quarterly, 
and  forms,  each  year,  a  volume  of  above  500  pages  royal  8vo,  illus- 
trated with  colored,  heliotype,  and  other  plates,  and  numerous  figures. 
The  yearly  subscription  for  America  is  $5.00 :  for  countries  of  the  Postal 
Union,  27  francs,  21  shillings  or  marks,  post-paid.  Vol.  I,  unbound  or 
bound  in  cloth,  containing  489  pages,  11  plates  and  16  figures,  will  be 
sent  post-paid  on  receipt  of  $4 :  Vol.  II,  containing  521  pages,  14  plates 
and  46  figures,  bound  for  $5.00,  unbound  for  $4.50 :  Vol.  Ill,  containing 
531  pages,  33  plates,  and  19  figures ;  Vol.  IV,  550  pages,  20  plates,  and 
19  figures;  and  Vol.  V,  534  pages,  13  plates,  and  55  figures;  bound  for 
$5.50,  unbound  for  $5. 

All  literary  communications  should  be  addressed  to  the  Managing  Editor, 
Prof.  A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  Jr.,  Ph.  D.,  Princeton  College,  Princeton,  N.  J. : 
all  business  communications,  to  the  Publishers,  GINN  &  COMPANY,  Boston. 

The  Journal  can  be  obtained  from  the  following  firms,  as  well  as  from 
the  publishers  in  Boston,  New  York,  and  Chicago : 

Baltimore,  J.  Murphy  &.Co.,  44  W.  Baltimore  St. 
Boston,  W.  B.  Clarke  &  Co.,  340  Washington  St. 
Damrell  &  Upham,  283  Washington  St. 


Chicago,  A.  C.  McClurg  &  Co.,  117-121  Wabash  Ave. 
Cincinnati,  Robert  Clarke  &  Co.,  61-65  West  4th  St. 
New  York,  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  27  West  23d  St. 
B.  Westermann  &  Co.,  838  Broadway. 
Philadelphia,  Robert  M.  Lindsay,  1028  Walnut  St. 

EUROPE. 

Berlin,  Mayer  &  Miiller,  Franzosische  Strasse  38-39. 
London,  Trubner  &  Co.,  57-59  Ludgate  Hill. 
Paris,  E.  Leroux,  28  rue  Bonaparte. 
Turin,  Ermanno  Loescher,  19  via  di  Po. 
Florence,  Loescher  &  Seeber,  20  via  Tornabuoni. 
Rome,  E.  Loescher  &  Co.,  via  del  Corso. 


REVIEW  OF  PAST  WORK. 

It  has  been  the  aim  of  the  editors  that  the  JOURNAL,  besides  giving 
a  survey  of  the  whole  field  of  Archaeology,  should  be  international  in 
character,  by  affording  to  the  leading  archaeologists  of  all  countries  a 
common  medium  for  the  publication  of  the  results  of  their  labors.  This 
object  has  been  in  great  part  attained,  as  is  shown  by  the  list  of  eminent 
foreign  and  American  contributors  to  the  five  volumes  already  issued, 
and  by  the  character  of  articles  and  correspondence  published.  Not  only 
have  important  contributions  to  the  advance  of  the  science  been  made  in 
the  original  articles,  but  the  present  condition  of  research  has  been  brought 
before  our  readers  in  the  departments  of  Correspondence,  and  reviews  of 
the  more  important  recent  books. 

Two  departments  in  which  the  JOURNAL  stands  quite  alone  are  (1) 
the  Record  of  Discoveries,  and  (2)  the  Summaries  of  Periodicals.  In  the 
former,  a  detailed  account  is  given  of  all  discoveries  and  excavations  in 
every  portion  of  the  civilized  world,  from  India  to  America,  especial 
attention  being  paid  to  Greece  and  Italy.  In  order  to  ensure  thorough- 
ness in  this  work,  more  than  sixty  periodical  publications  are  consulted, 
and  material  is  secured  from  special  correspondents. 

In  order  that  readers  may  know  of  everything  important  that  appears 
in  periodical  literature,  a  considerable  space  is  given  to  careful  sum- 
maries of  the  papers  contained  in  the  principal  periodicals  that  treat 
of  Archaeology  and  the  Fine  Arts.  By  these  various  methods,  all  impor- 
tant work  done  is  concentrated  and  made  accessible  in  a  convenient  but 
scholarly  form,  equally  suited  to  the  specialist  and  to  the  general  reader. 


PROGRAM  OF  VOLUME  VI,   1890. 
Among  the  original  articles  will  appear  the  following  : — 
Dr.  WILLIAM  HAYES  WARD,  of  New  York ; 

i.  Hittite  Sculptures. 

ii.   Oriental  Antiquities. 
Professor  WILLIAM  M.  RAMSAY,  of  Aberdeen,  Scotland ; 

Antiquities  of  Phrygia. 
SALOMON  REINACH,  of  Museum  of  Saint-Germain,  France ; 

Terracottas  in  American  Collections. 
Professor  ALLAN  MARQUAND,  of  Princeton ; 

Reminiscences  of  Egypt  in  Doric  Architecture. 
Professor  ADOLPH  MICHAELIS,  of  Strassburg ; 

Three  heads  of  Zeus,  Hades,  and  Poseidon,  of  the  Hellenistic  period. 
Professor  F.  B.  TARBELL,  of  Harvard  University,  and 
Dr.  JOHN  C.  ROLFE,  of  Columbia  College ; 

Excavations  and  Discoveries  made  by  the  American  School  of  Athens 

at  Anthedon  and  Thisbe,  in  Boiotia. 
Dr.  GEORGE -B.  HUSSEY,  of  Princeton; 

i.   Greek  Sculptured  Crowns  and  Crown-Inscriptions. 

ii.  Distribution  of  Hellenic  Temples. 
Professor  MARQUAND  and  Dr.  HUSSEY  ; 

Norms  in  Greek  Architecture. 
Padre  GERMANO,  of  the  order  of  Passionists ; 

The  early  Christian  Palace  recently  discovered  under  the  church  of 

SS.  Giovanni  e  Paolo,  at  Rome. 
EUGENE  MUNTZ,  of  the  Beaux- Arts,  Paris; 

The  Lost  Mosaics  of  Rome  from  the  IV  to  the  IX  century  (n). 
Professor  A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  JR.,  of  Princeton ; 

i.  Cistercian  Monuments  as  the  earliest  Gothic  constructions  in  Italy. 

ii.  Roman  Artists  of  the  Middle  Ages. 

in.   Christian  Mosaics. 

iv.  Tombs  of  the  Popes  at  Viterbo. 
v.  Early-  Christian  and  Medmval  Monuments  in  Italy. 


NOTICES. 

London  Athenaum.— We  have  no  hesitation  in  saying  that  no  other  periodical 
in  the  English  language  is  so  well  fitted  to  keep  the  student  who  lacks  time  or 
opportunity  to  read  all  the  foreign  journals  abreast  of  the  latest  discoveries  in  every 
branch  of  archaeology. 

Gottingische  Gelehrte  Anzeigen. — No  comprehensive  account  of  the  most  recent 
discoveries  exists,  and  the  new  American  Journal  can  do  most  meritorious  work  and 
fill  a  deficiency  which,  since  the  time  of  Gerhard's  death,  has  been  often  deplored  by 
every  archaeologist  who  had  not  the  good  fortune  to  be  at  the  fountain-heads. 

Philologische  Rundschau. — We  may  expect  that  the  American  Journal  of  Archae- 
ology will  take  an  honorable  position  by  the  sidfe  of  those  already  existing  in  Europe. 

Bibliotheque  de  I'Ecole  des  Chartes.— As  we  think  it  (the  American  Journal 
of  Archaeology)  is  called  upon  to  render  real  service,  not  only  in  the  United  States,  but 
in  Europe  and  in  France,  we  take  pleasure  in  announcing  it  here.  The  plan  is  vast 
and  well  conceived. 

Archivio  di  Letteratura  Biblica  ed  Orientals  (Turin).— Periodicals  are  divisi- 
ble into  three  categories :  some  have  no  pretensions  to  be  classed  as  learned ;  some 
pretend  to  be  but  are  not  so  in  reality ;  others,  finally,  pretend  to  be  and  really  are* 
The  periodical  which  we  announce  ( The  American  Journal  of  Archceology)  belongs  to 
the  last  category. 

New  York  Evening  Post.— The  American  Journal  of  Archaeology  will  not  dis- 
appoint the  hopes  of  the  friends  of  the  science  in  America.  If  not  well  supported, 
it  will  be  because  there  is  little  real  interest  in  America  in  classical  and  mediaeval 
archaeology. 

Chicago  Evening  Journal.— The  American  Journal  of  Archaeology  is  alike  credit- 
able to  the  country  and  to  the  earnest  and  scholarly  gentlemen  who  have  it  in  charge, 
and  we  are  pleased  to  know  that  it  has  already  achieved  an  enviable  reputation  in 
Europe. 

London  Academy.— Mr.  J.  8.  Cotton,  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Egypt  Ex- 
ploration Fund  (London,  Dec.  22,  1887),  referred  to  the  American  Journal  of  Archae- 
ology and  the  American  Journal  of  Philology,  which  he  defined  as  being  of  a  higher 
order  of  merit  than  any  publications  bearing  similar  titles  in  Great  Britain. 


GINN  &  COMPANY,  Publishers, 

Boston,  New  York,  and  Chicago. 


AMERICAN 
JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

Vol.  VI.  MARCH-JUNE,  1890.  Nos.  1-2. 


THE  LOST  MOSAICS  OF  EOME  OF  THE  IV  TO 
THE  IX  CENTURY. 


IL* 

SANTA  CROCE  IN  GERUSALEMME. — The  earliest  among  the  texts 
relating  to  the  mosaic  of  Santa  Croce  dates  only  from  the  xv  century, 
though  it  is  well  known  that  the  church  itself  existed  as  early  as  the 
IV  century.  This  text  is  thus  given  by  Panvinio  from  the  inscription 
in  the  chapel  of  St.  Helena :  Valentinian.  Ill  Imp.  filius  Constantii 
Caesaris,  Arcadii  et  Honor iilmpp.  nepos  ex  sororePlaeidia,filia  magni 
Theodosii  Hispani,  in  solutionem  voti  sui  ac  matris  Placidiae  et  Ho- 
noriae  sororis,  opere  vermiculato  earn  (capellam)  exornavit.  Inde  quasi 
M.  C.  annis  evolutis,  titulus  verae  crucis,  ab  Helena  Romam  delatus, 
qui  supra  arcum  majorem  istius  JSasilicae  in  parva  fenestra,  plumbea 
theca,  muro  lateritio  clausus  tamdiu  latuerat,  musivis  litteris  tamen  ab 
extra  id  referentibus,  quod  illuc  titulus  staret,  quaejam  litteraeprae  vetus- 
tate  vix  legi  poterant}  anno  Domini  MCCCCXCII .  .  .  cum  Petrus 
Gundisalvus  de  Mendoza  .  .  .  tectum  Basilicae  istius  et  musivas  illas  lit- 
teras  fenestrae  reparare  faeeret,  fabris  bitumen  quo  litterae  figebantur 
indiscrete  diruentibus,  aperto  fenestrae  foramine,  contra  eorum  et  Car- 
dinalis  bene  placitum,  gloriosus  titulus  verae  crucis,  post  tot  annos  ab 
Helena  visibilis  apparuit.1 

*  Continued  from  Vol.  II,  p.  313. 

1  De  septem  urbis  ecclesiis,  p.  217.     It  is  also  given,  with  variants,  by  SCHRADERUS, 
Monumentorum  Itcdiae  .  .  .  libri  quatuor,  1592,  fol.  128  verso  ;  by  CIAMPINI,  De  Sacris 
Aedificiis,  p.  120 ;  and  in  extenso  by  DE  CORRERIIS,  De  Sessorianis  praecipuis  passionis  D. 
N.  J,  C.,  religuiis  commentarius :  Roma,  1830,  p.  83. 
1 


2  AMERICAN  JO URNAL  OF  ARCH^EOLOG  Y. 

Does  the  presence  of  an  inscription  in  mosaic  on  the  arch  of  triumph 
prove  that  this  arch  was  entirely  decorated  with  mosaics  ?  This  is  a 
question  which  it  would  be  rash  to  decide  in  the  present  state  of  our 
knowledge.  The  essential  point,  for  the  present,  is  to  know  that  the 
chapel  of  St.  Helena  did  possess  and  still  possesses  a  painting  of  this 
kind :  Ecclesia  S.Orucis  in  Hier.  in  nonnullis  locis  cum  pulcherrima  ca- 
pella  e  musivo  a  reverendissimo  Bernardino  liyspano  ti.  car.  instaurata  est 
cum  imagine  praedicti  viri  doctissimi  ae  saerarum  cerimoniarum  (sic) 
erudiss.  It  is  thus  that  Albertini2  expresses  himself  at  the  com- 
mencement of  the  xvi  century.  About  fifty  years  later,  Pompeo 
Ugonio  devotes  a  few  lines,  not  less  eulogistic,  to  the  mosaics  of  the 
chapel  of  St.  Helena  :  JZ  questa  cappella  fatta  a  volta,  ornata  di  figure 
a  Musaico,  stimate  delle  piti  belle  die  siano  in  Roma,  le  quali,  come  si 
dice,  vifecefare  Valentiniano  Imperatore  gia  piu  di  mitte  et  cento  anni 
fa.  Queste  al  tempo  di  Alessandro  sesto,fece  rinovare  Bernardino  Car- 
vajale  Spagnolo,  Titolare  del  Luogo.3 

The  scholars  of  the  following  centuries,  from  Severano 4  to  Nibby,5 
do  but  repeat  these  assertions.  The  latter  mentions,  beside  the  res- 
toration of  Cardinal  Carvajal,  works  executed  by  order  of  Cardinal 
Albert  of  Austria  in  1577,  and  entrusted,  in  all  probability,  to  the 
skilful  Florentine  mosaicist  Francesco  Zucchi.  The  end  of  the  inscrip- 
tion cited  above  would  tend  to  prove  that  Carvajal  was  careful  to  have 
the  original  compositions  reproduced :  Inde  vero  vetustate  murorum, 
aut  inhabitantium  incuria,  fornice  sacelli  istius  Hierusalem  ruinam 
minanti,  et  musivis  figuris  operis  Valentiniani,  praeter  canticum  Am- 
bromanum  quod  in  fronte  descriptum  fuit  omnino  deletis,  Rmus  Dnus 
Bernadinus  Lupi  Carvajal .  .  .  et  fornieem  ipsum,  ac  figuras  musivas 
denuo  ad  instar  priorum  refecit.6  Even  if  the  general  design  has  been 
retained,  it  must  be  confessed  that  the  details  have  been  singularly 
modified.  We  know,  for  example,  that  in  the  modern  mosaic  St.  Helena 
is  resting  her  hand  on  the  shoulder  of  Cardinal  Carvajal.7 

SANTA  MARIA  IN  TRASTEVERE.— Benedict  III  (855-58)  caused  to 
be  executed  at  Santa  Maria  in  Trastevere  a  mosaic,  the  subject  of 

»  Opusculum  de  mirabilibus  urbis  Romae  veteris  et  novae:  ed.  of  1515,  fol.  82. 
3  Historia  delle  Stationi  di  Roma :  1588,  fol.  207  verso. 

*  Memorie  sacre  delle  sette  chiese,  t.  I,  p.  622:  he  places  the  execution  of  these  mo- 
saics in  426.  5  Roma  neW  anno  1838,  parte  mod. ;  t.  I,  p.  203. 

6  DE  CORRERIIS,  De  Seswrianix  reliquiis  commentarius,  p.  84. 

7  BARBET  DE  JOUY,  Les  Mosa'iques  chretiennes,  etc.:  p.  131. 


THE  LOST  MOSAICS  OF  ROME.  3 

which  is  unknown  :  this  is  shown  by  a  passage  in  the  Liber  Pontifi- 
calis :  In  ecclesia  beatae  Dei  G-enitricis,  semperque  Virginis  Mariae 
Dominae  nostrae,  quae  ponitur  trans  Tyberim  absidam  major  em  ipsius 
ecclesiae,  quae  in  minis  posita,  noviter,  atque  a  fundamentis  faciens  ad 
meliorem  erexit  statum.  Fenestras  verb  vitreis  coloribus  ornavit,  et  pic- 
tura  musivo  decoravit* 

Muratori  affirms  that  this  work  was  executed  in  856.  He  opposes 
very  energetically  the  opinion  of  those  who  claim  that  the  words  vitrei 
colores  mean  "  paintings  on  glass." £ 

SAN  MARTI  NO  Al  MONTI. — The  church  of  San  Martino  ai  Monti 
(SS.  Silvestro  e  Martino),  which  was  constructed  by  St.  Symmacus 
and  restored  by  Hadrian  I,  was  adorned  under  Sergius  II  (844-47) 
and  Leo  IV  (847-55),  the  nave  with  paintings,  and  the  tribune  with 
mosaics  on  a  gold  ground  :  (Sergius  II)  sanctorum  Silvestri  et  Martini 
ecclesiam,  quae  .  .  per  olitana  tempora  defeeta  vetustate  marcuerat,  ruin- 
isque  confracta  diu  antiquitus  lacerata  manebat,  in  meliorem  pulchrior- 
emque  statum  a  fundamentis  perfecit.  Absidam  quoque  ipsius  aureis 
musibo  perfuso  coloribus  ingenti  amore  depinxit.10  (Leo  IV)  beati  Sil- 
vestri et  Martini  ecclesiam,  quam  domnus  Sergius  praedecessor  ejus 
noviter  ab  imis  aedificaverat  multis  quidem  pulchrisque  decoravit  ac 
depinxit  coloribus.11 

In  the  time  of  Pompeo  Ugonio  these  works  still  existed  in  part,  but 
they  very  soon  disappeared  :  Le  pitture  del  corpo  delta  chiesa  essendo 
durate  Jin'  a  nostri  tempi,  non  ha  molto,  sono  state,  parendo  hormai 
troppo  vecchie,  imbiancate,  et  il  musaico  delta  Tribuna  per  la  lunghezza 
degli  anni  si  e  totalmente  consumato  .  .  .  La  Tribuna,  che,  come  si  e 
detto,  fit,  da  Leone  IIII  di  musaico  lavorata,  in  luogo  del  quale  moder- 
namente  sopra  ilfregio  della  inscrittione  di  esso  Leone,  visono  state fatte 
pitture  communi.12  The  mosaic  inscription  of  the  tribune  was  still 
legible  and  was  given  by  the  learned  Roman  (fol.  254  rec.),  confirm- 
ing the  assertion  of  the  Liber  Pontificalis : 

SERGIVS  HANG  CEPIT  PRESVL  QVAM  CERNITIS  AEDEM 

CVI  MORIENS  NVLLVM  POTVIT  CONFERRE  DECOREM 

SED  MOX  PAPA  LEO  QVARTVS  DVM  CVLMINA  SISTIT  (SVMPSIT) 

8  In  vita  Benedicti  III,  ed.  Duchesne,  t.  n,  p.  147. 

9  Antiquitates  medii  aevi :  Milano,  1739,  t.  n,  Dissert.  24. 

10  Liber  Pontificalis,  in  vita  Sergii  II,  ed.  Vignoli,  \  in,  p.  55  ;  ed.  Duchesne,  t.  II,  p.  93. 

11  Liber  Pontificalis,  in  vita  Leonis  IV,  ed.  Vignoli,  \  in,  p.  132 ;  ed.  Duchesne,  t.  II, 
pp.  131,  139.  1S  Hist,  delle  Stationi  di  Roma,  fol.  253  ver.  255  rec. 


4  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

ROMANAE  SEDIS  DIVING  TACTVS  AMORE 

PERFECIT  SOLERS  MELIVS  QVAM  COEPTA  [ANTE]  MANEBAT 
ATQVE  PIA  TOTAM  PICTVRA  ORNAVIT  HONESTE 
COENOBIVMQVE  SACRVM  STATVIT,  etc.,  etc. 

SAN  PANCRAZIO. — Baronius13  and  Bosio14  relate  that,  in  the  old 
mosaic  of  the  church  of  San  Pancrazio,  the  following  inscription  was 
formerly  to  be  read  :  it  had  already  been  copied  in  the  Itinerary  of 
Einsiedeln,  but  without  any  indication  of  the  kind  of  work  to  which 
it  belonged  :15  Ob  insigne  meritum  et  singulare  B.  Pancratii  M.  bene- 
faium,  basilicam  vetustate  confectam,  extra  corpus  martyris  neglectu  an- 
tiquitatis  exstructam  Honorius  Episcopus  Dei  famulus,  obruta  vetustatis 
mole,  ruinamque  minante,  a  fundamentis  noviter  plebi  Dei  construxit, 
et  corpus  martyris,  quod  ex  obliquo  aulaejacebat,  altari  insignibus  ornato 
metallis  proprio  loco  collocavit.  This  inscription,  according  to  the 
Itinerary,  was  in  the  apse  of  the  church  :  it  had  doubtless  disappeared 
long  before  the  time  of  Baronius  and  Bosio,  as  the  latter  relates  that 
he  copied  it,  molti  anni  sono,  in  a  collection  of  ancient  inscriptions 
preserved  in  the  Colonna  Library.  If  this  mosaic,  even  the  subject  of 
which  we  do  not  know,  was  in  the  tribune,  it  is  rather  strange  that  the 
above  text  was  not  put  into  metrical  form,  as  this  form  was  obligatory 
in  apsidal  compositions,  and  it  would  be  difficult  to  find  an  exception 
to  this  rule  during  the  entire  Middle  Ages. 

Padre  Paolino  di  San  Bartolommeo 16  tells  us  that  the  church  still 
contained,  in  his  day  (1803),  ancient  frescos  which  seemed  to  date  from 
the  time  of  Honorius  :  Honorius  ergofuit  ille  maximus  instaurator,  qui 
hanc  aedificii  molem,  quam  hodie  videmus, . .  .  excitavit.  Hoc  luculenter 
apparet  ex  picturis  veteribus,  ecclesiae  fulcris  adhuc  inhaerentibus,  quae 
postea  quam  denuo  fuissent  firmata,  et  a  Ludovico  Card,  de  Torres 
restaurata,  delapsa  ex  aliquibus  calce,  veteres  illas  picturas  satis  rudes 
ostentant,  quas  ad  Honorii  aevum  jure  referre  possis. 

SS.  SILVESTRO  E  MARTINO.— In  the  subterranean  church  of  SS. 
Silvestro  e  Martino  (at  present  contained  within  the  church  of  San 
Martino  ai  Monti)  there  is  a  mosaic  representing  the  Virgin  standing 
and  a  Pope  kneeling  by  her  side,  which  is  attributed  to  the  pontificate 
of  St.  Silvester.  This  mosaic,  80  centim.  wide  and  about  one  metre 

13  Annales,  sub  anno  63S :  cf.  MAI,  Veterum  Scriptorum  nova  Oollectio,  t.  V,  p.  146,  note. 

14  Roma  sotterranea:  ed.  1632,  p.  113. 

15URLICHS,  Codex  urbis  Romae  topographicus :  Wurtzburg,  1871,  p.  63. 
16  De  basilica  S.  Pancratii  M.  Christi  disquisitio :  Koma,  1803,  p.  14. 


THE  LOST  MOSAICS  OF  ROME.  5 

high,  is  completely  ruined.  The  greater  part  of  the  enamel  cubes  have 
fallen  from  their  sockets ;  the  background  has  no  longer  a  definite 
color  ;  of  the  forms  nothing  but  confused  outlines  remain.  To  com- 
plete the  misfortune,  this  interesting  relic  is  placed  at  the  back  of  a 
niche  closed  by  a  dull  glass,  which  protects  it,  not  from  the  dampness, 
but  from  the  light,  and  it  is  impossible  to  examine  it  closely.17 

As  early  as  the  first  half  of  the  xvn  century,  in  the  time  of  Car- 
dinal Francesco  Barberini,  the  state  of  the  mosaic  had  already  given 
rise  to  so  much  anxiety  that  the  Cardinal,  an  enlightened  lover  of 
Christian  antiquities,  caused  a  copy  of  it  to  be  executed,  also  in  mosaic, 
which  is  now  placed  over  the  original ;  but  the  execution  was  as  faulty 
as  the  intention  was  praiseworthy.  While  respecting  the  external 
form  of  the  model,  the  artist  failed  to  give  to  his  reproduction  even 
a  shadow  of  the  character  of  or  resemblance  to  the  original.  Still, 
we  are  obliged,  in  order  to  form  an  idea  of  the  composition,  attitudes, 
action,  and  costume,  to  consult  this  reproduction,  executed  with  care 
if  not  with  talent.  We  will  supplement  this  with  a  contemporary 
description  by  the  learned  Filippini,  General  of  the  Carthusians.18 
The  Virgin  is  represented  as  a  three-quarters  figure,  less  than  life-size, 
facing  the  spectator ;  she  wears  a  blue  mantle  with  yellow  fringe, 
which  covers  her  head,  and  she  has  a  gold  nimbus  with  rays.  With 
her  right  hand  she  blesses  in  the  Latin  form ;  while  her  left  hand  rests 
on  the  shoulder  of  the  Pope.  On  the  right  is  an  almost  microscopic 
kneeling  figure,  robed  in  a  yellowish  mantle,  and  wearing  a  white  tiara 
ornamented  with  a  crown  at  its  base.  This  is  Pope  Silvester,  who 
turns  toward  the  Virgin,  raising  his  hands  in  adoration.  The  group 
has  a  gold  background. 

In  consequence  of  the  age  of  the  original 19  and  the  imperfection  of 

17 1  am  quite  disposed  to  share  the  opinion  of  Filippini  and  the  authors  of  the 
Beschreibung  der  Stadt  Rom  (t.  in,  part  2,  p.  244),  who  consider  this  niche,  made  above 
the  altar,  to  be  primitive.  In  this  case,  the  mosaic  has  neither  been  displaced  nor 
mutilated. 

18  Una  effigie  di  Maria  ch'era  di  mosaico,  la  quale,  se  ben  in  parte  &  disfatta,  essendone 
state  levate,  come  a  bello  studio,  molte  pietre  del  mosaico,  non  dimeno  si  discerne  che  stava  in 
piedi,  tenendo  la  mano  destra  in  atto  di  benedire  e  la  sinistra  coperta.  Appresso  la  spalla 
destra  di  San  Silvestro,  a  lui  vicino,  inginocchioni  co'  I  Regno  Papale  in  capo  e  con  le  mani 
giunte,  in  atto  dj  orare  (Ristretto  di  tutto  quello  che  appartiene  all'  antichitd,  e  veneratione 
della  chiesa  de  Santi  Silvestro  e  Martino  de*  Monti  di  Roma:  Eoma,  1639,  p.  24). 

19 Imago  B.  Virginis  pene  erasa  effluit  tarn  humidi  loci  intemperie  quam  aetate  victa  (  MONT- 
FATJCON,  Diarium  Italicum,  1702,  p.  127).  The  same  author  speaks  of  musivi  operis 
antiquissimi  reliquiae  hinc  inde  sparsae  vetustate  labuntur  in  dies  (Ibid.). 


6  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCHJEOLOG  Y. 

the  copy,  it  would  be  rash  to  judge  of  the  age  of  this  mosaic  by  the 
characteristics  of  its  style.  All  that  can  be  affirmed  is,  that  the  figure 
of  the  kneeling  Pope  of  such  diminutive  size  and  with  his  tiara,  is  a 
motive  of  the  advanced  Middle  Ages  rather  than  of  the  century  of 
Constantine.  Do  the  texts  which  relate  to  the  history  of  the  church 
furnish  other  data?  The  first  among  them,  the  Liber  Pontificalis, 
tells  us,  in  fact,  that  Pope  Saint  Silvester  erected  a  church  near  the 
Baths  of  Domitian  (or  perhaps  only  changed  a  part  of  these  baths 
into  a  church)  :  Hie  (Silvester)  fecit  in  urbe  Roma  Ecdesiam  in 
praedium  cujusdam  Presbyteri  sui,  qui  cognominabatur  JEquitius,  quern 
titulum  Romanum  constituit,  juxta  Thermas  Domitianas,  qui  usque  in 
hodiernum  diem  appellatur  titulus  Equitii  .  .  .  Ejusdem  temporibus 
constituit  Beatus  Silvester  in  Urbe  Roma  titulum  suumy  in  regione  Illy 
juxta  Thermas  Domitianas,  qui  cognominantur  Trajanas,  titulum  8il- 
vestri.20  This  church,  according  to  some  of  the  Roman  scholars,  was 
dedicated  to  the  Virgin.21  It  first  bore  the  name  of  titulus  Silvestri, 
which  was  afterward  changed  into  that  of  88.  Silvester  et  Martinus. 
Then  follows  a  complete  silence  with  regard  to  it,  and  we  hear  of  it 
no  more  until  the  xvn  century.22  At  that  time,  in  1637,  the  subter- 
ranean building  was  brought  to  light,  and  Filippini  published  a  very 
conscientious  description  of  all  its  ornamentation,  especially  of  its  in- 
teresting paintings,  now  destroyed.  Neither  at  this  time  nor  since 
has  it  been  possible  to  find  a  positive  text  in  favor  of  the  origin  at- 
tributed to  the  mosaic.23  The  erection  or  the  restoration  by  S.  Sil- 
vester of  the  church  bearing  his  name,  is  the  only  fact  historically 
established.  To  this  fact  should  be  added,  according  to  Filippini,  a 

™Lib.  Pont.,  in  vita  S.  Silvestri;  ed.  Duchesne,  1. 1,  p.  170. 

21  Alcuni,  conpia  consideration,  f anno  giuditio  che  questa  chiesafusse  dedicata  da  San 
Silvestro  alia  gloriosa  Regina  del  cielo,  pigliandone  argumento  da  una  effigie  di  Maria 
(FILIPPINI,  loc.  dt).  This  seems  like  reasoning  in  a  vicious  circle.  Viveva  tra 
alcuni  dei  Religiosi  del  Carmine  bastante  notitia  deW  oratorio  di  San  Silvestro,  ma  quanta 
al  pubblico  si  poteva  dir,  che  cosl  di  questo,  come  della  chiesa  da  lui  eretta,  non  restasse  quasi 
piil  memoria  d'alcuna  sorte,  poiche,  per  lo  spatio  di  tanti  secoli  giacevano  occulii,  come  del 
tutto  dimenticati,  quando  nel  corrente  anno  1637  ritornano  in  luce,  e  rimangono  espostialla 
pubblica  veneratione  (FILIPPINI,  p.  26). 

**  NIBBY,  Roma  nell'  anno  1838  ;  pp.  543-44. 

23  FURIETTI  is  too  positive  when  he  says  (De  Musivis,  p.  66) :  Imperatori  morem 
gerens  D.  Silvester  Pontifex,  in  Domitianu  Thermis,  quas  in  Dei  cultum  sacraverat,  Sal- 
vatoris  Seataeque  Virginia,  nee  non  sui  ipsius  imagines  de  musivo  pictas  exhibuit,  ut  ex 
Philippine  refert  Cl.  V.  Boldettus.  I  do  not  know  what  this  image  of  the  Saviour  can 
be,  of  which  MARTIGNY,  also,  speaks  in  his  Dictionnaire. 


THE  LOST  MOSAICS  OF  ROME.  7 

very  strong  presumption  based  on  a  passage  in  the  often-cited  letter 
of  Hadrian  to  Charlemagne.  This  passage  is  here  given,  though  it 
appears  to  refer,  in  a  general  way,  to  the  various  churches  built  by 
S.  Silvester,  rather  than  to  the  sanctuary  erected  in  the  Baths  of  Do- 
mitian  :  S.  Silvester  et  Constantinus  Christianissimus  imperator  venerati 
sunt  sacras  imagines,  et  cum  nomine  Christianitatis  palam  coram  om- 
nibus fideliter  atque  mirabiliter  eas  ostenderunt,  et  a  tune  usque  haotenus 
sanctorum  pontificum,  videlicet  Silvestri,  Marci  et  Julii  mirae  magni- 
tudinis 24  sanctae  eorum  ecclesiae  apud  nos  sunt  depictae,  tarn  in  musivo, 
quamque  in  ceteris  historiis  cum  sacris  imaginibus  ornatis.25 

Neither  do  the  paintings  of  the  subterranean  church — now  almost 
completely  effaced,  but  of  which  Filippini  has  left  us  a  good  descrip- 
tion— help  to  decide  the  question.  There  are  to  be  seen,  among 
other  figures,  Christ  between  SS.  Peter  and  Paul,  Processus  and  Mar- 
tinianus,  the  Virgin  between  female  saints  (two  different  repre- 
sentations), then  a  lamb,  palm  trees,  a  colossal  painted  .cross  (still 
intact),  etc.,  etc.  Even  should  we  add  to  these  sacred  symbols  the  stag, 
which  Filippini  believes  to  have  belonged  to  the  pagan  decoration  of 
the  edifice  (wrongly,  according  to  our  view ;  the  stag  being  one  of  the 
favorite  figures  in  Christian  art),  there  still  remains,  for  the  date  of 
the  execution  of  these  works,  a  period  of  several  centuries,  between 
which  the  historian  would  find  it  difficult  to  choose.  Does  it  follow 
that  the  main  feature  of  the  mosaic,  that  is  to  say,  the  Virgin  with- 
out the  Pope,  may  not  be  ancient  ?  By  no  means.  I  have  wished  only 
to  show  what  are  the  limits  of  the  discussion,  without,  in  the  present 
state  of  the  question,  attributing  the  work  either  to  the  reign  of  Con- 
stantine  or  to  the  Middle  Ages  :  this  would  be  entering  the  domain 
of  conjecture,  which  I  desire  to  carefully  avoid. 

S.  SUSANNA  "  INTER  DUAS  LAUROS." — Andrea  Fulvio,  in  his  An- 
tiquitatesurbis,the  preface  of  which  is  dated  in  1527,  mentions  briefly 
the  mosaic  of  S.  Susanna  inter  duos  lauros  or  duos  domos26  A  more 
detailed  description  of  this  work  is  given  by  Pompeo  Ugonio,  who 

24  The  epithet  mira  magnitude  surely  cannot  apply  to  this  very  small  subterranean 
church.  S5  LABBE,  Saerosancta  Concilia,  t.  vn. 

56  Templum  S.  Susannae  inter  duos  lauros,  aliter  ad  duos  domos  a  Leone  III  conditum, 
ut  in  templi  abside  ex  musivo  apparet  (fol.  33  verso). 

(Schedae)  Aleandri  in  cod.  Barberini  3011  in  quo  visuntur  etiam  S.  Leonis  et  Caroli 
imp.  imagines  ex  quodam  musivo  expressae.  Vide  el  Bolland.,  t.  II,  Aug.,  p.  625.  Bosius 
aliique  habenl  "  marcuerat  "  quam  Arringius,  t.  II,  p.  101,  omisit  verba  "  dudum  haec." 
SPON,  Misc.  285  (MABINI,  apud  MAI,  Veterum  Scriptorum  nova  Collectio,  t.  v,  p.  155). 


8  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

saw  the  work  still  entire.  It  will  be  interesting  to  quote  the  words 
of  the  learned  Roman  antiquary :  Nella  Tribuna  vi  sono  d  musaico 
dipinte  nove  imagini,  le  quali  per  havere  in  se  qualche  cosa  degna  di 
consideratione,  riferirb  ad  una  ad  una,  comeivisiveggono.  Nel  mezzo 
dunque  di  detta  Tribuna,  vi  si  vede  V  imagine  di  Christo  nostro  Salva- 
tore.  Quelle  che  stanno  a  man  destra  sono  la  Madonna,  etpoi  S.  Pietro, 
et  poi  Santa  Susanna,  et  V ultimo  Papa  Leon  Terzo,  il  quale  rinovb 
questa  chiesa,  onde  nella  man  destra  tiene  una  chiesa,  et  in  testa  quel 
segno  quadro  che,  come  dicemmo  nella  chiesa  di  S.  Cecilia,  dinota  che 
quel  tale  che  il  porta  fusse  ancora  in  vita.  A  man  sinistra  si  vede  S. 
Paolo,  Valtro  e  S.  Caio,27  il  terzo  S.  Gabino  quello  Zio,  et  questo  Padre 
di  S.  Susanna.  Ly  ultimo  che  armato  quivi  si  vede,  e  Carlo  Magno  che 
rimesse  Papa  Leon  III  nella  sedia,  da  alcuni  seditiosi  di  Roma  dis- 
cacciato.28  Et  debbe  esserefacilmente  questo  musaico  fatto  in  quel  tempo 
che  Carlo  Magno  era  in  Roma,  dove  Leone  III  lo  incorond,  et  creb 
Imperatore,  come  piu  chiaramente  ne  e  fatto  memoria  in  un'  altrapittura 
che  e  in  Later  ano,  nella  sola  Leoniana  minor  e,  nella  quale  veggiamofin' 
hoggi  dipinto  a  musaico  Carlo  cosi  armato  come  e  qul  in  Santa  Susanna. 
Percioche  quella  sola  ancora  fu  fatta  da  Leone  III.  Qui  similmente  si 
pud  notare  Vimagine  di  Carlo  havere  il  segno  quadro  intorno  alia  testa, 
come  di  huomo  che  nel  tempo  nel  quale  questa  opera  sifece  viveva.  Le 
parole  che  nelfregio  intorno,  a  pie  delle  dette  imagini  si  leggono,  et  che 
fanno  mentione  della  renovatione  di  questa  chiesa  fatta  da  Leone  Terzo, 
son  queste :  DVDVM  HAEC  BEATAE  SVSANNAE  MARTIEIS  AVLA  COAN- 

GVSTA  ET  TETKO  EXISTENS  LOCO  MAECVEEAT  QVAM  DOMINVS  LEO 
PAPA  TEETIVS  A  FVNDAMENTIS  EEIGENSET  CONDENS  COEPVS  BEATAE 
FELICITATIS  MAETYEIS  COMPTE  AEDIFICANS  OENAVIT  ATQVE  DEDI- 

CAVIT.29  (Leo  III)  aedificavit  ecclesiam  cum  absida  de  musivo,  am- 
plissima  et  caticuminia  mirifica  atque  camera  decor ata,  seu  presbyterium 
et  pavimentum  marmoribus  pulchris  ornavit.30 

This  composition,  therefore,  is  similar  to  those  which  we  find  in 
almost  all  apses  after  the  fifth  century :  Christ,  the  saints,  the  donors.  In 
the  number  of  its  figures  as  well  as  in  the  position  given  to  the  founders 

47  Pope  Caius.  This  figure  is  reproduced  in  CIACCONIO'S  Collection,  Latin  MSS., 
No.  5407,  fol.  183,  Vatican  Library. 

*8  Carolus  dexteram  extendit  ad  liberationem  Leonis  III  Papae,  quern  a  calumniis  objectis 
tututus  (tuitus  ?)  est.  CIACCONIO'S  Collection,  loc.  cit. 

"Historia  delle  Stazioni  di  Roma :  Eoma,  1588,  fol.  192  verso,  193  recto.  Of.  DE  Kossi, 
Bullettino  di  Archeologia  cristiana,  1884,  p.  181. 

™Liber  Pontificalia,  in  vita  Leonis  III,  ed.Vignoli,  t.  IT,  p.  242 ;  ed.  Duchesne,  t.  n,  p.  3. 


THE  LOST  MOSAICS  OF  ROME.  9 

of  the  basilica,  it  is  related  to  the  mosaic  of  the  oratory  of  San  Venanzio, 
with  this  difference,  that,  in  the  latter,  the  half-figure  of  Christ  floats 
in  the  clouds,  while  at  Santa  Susanna  it  is  placed  below  in  the  midst 
of  the  other  figures.  Two  drawings  of  Ciacconio's  Collection  (No.  5407, 
ff.  74,  96)  have  preserved  the  figures  of  Leo  III  and  Charlemagne. 
Pope  Leo,  robed  in  a  red  tunic  and  a  blue  mantle,  holds  the  church 
which  he  has  rebuilt ;  a  pallium  decorated  with  a  red  cross  and  shoes 
with  a  red  trefoil  complete  his  pontifical  costume.  His  face  is  youth- 
ful ;  behind  his  head  is  a  rectangular  nimbus  in  green,  bordered  on  the 
left  by  a  blue  line.  Charlemagne  wears  a  very  short  blue  tunic  and 
a  yellowish  mantle,  his  blue  nimbus  is  bordered  on  each  side  with 
white.  The  ground  on  which  he  stands  is  of  a  light  green  and  shaped 
like  a  hillock.31  In  the  drawing  of  folio  74,  the  Emperor  is  of  much 
smaller  size  than  the  Pope,  and  appears  to  be  placed  in  the  second  rank, 
but  nothing  indicates  that  this  difference  existed  in  the  original  com- 
position. 

A  note  in  the  same  collection,  after  having  substantially  reproduced 
the  description  of  Ugonio,  informs  us  regarding  the  subsequent  history 
of  the  mosaic :  HOG  autem  opus  dirutum  fuit  anno  D.  1595 ,  inno- 
vante  ciborium  illustrissimo  Card.  Rusticucio  Farnensi,  vicario  Papae, 
et  egregie  picturis  et  marmoribus  variis  ornante.  Judging  from 
another  passage,  the  destruction  was  not  complete,  and  several  figures 
escaped  the  general  ruin,  temporarily  at  least :  In  opere  vermiculato  S. 
Susannae  quod  olim  extabatj  nunc  proxime  dirutum,  visebantur  inter 
alias  imagines  effigies  Leonis  III  Papae  ex  unaparte  etin  altera  Caroli 
Magni.32 

EUGENE  MUNTZ. 
des  Beaux-Arts, 
Paris. 


31  Reproductions  of  Charlemagne  and  Leo  III  are  given  in  ALEMANNI,  De  lat. 
parietinis,  pi.  i,  p.  7  (ed.  of  1756) ;  CIAMPINI,  Vet.  Monim.,  t.  n,  p.  140.  Charlemagne 
is  here  represented  as  smaller  than  Leo  III,  as  in  Ciacconio's  drawing  on  folio  74 ; 
MONTPAUCON,  Les  Monuments  de  la  monarchic  francoise,  1. 1,  pi.  xxu,  p.  276  ;  SAN- 
TELLI,  Oltraggiofatto  a  Leone  III',  Roma,  1815,  pi.  in,  p.  15. 

32 According  to  ALEMANNI  (De  lateranensibus  parietinis,  p.  7),  each  figure  was  placed 
on  a  hillock  :  imagines  singulae  .  .  .  singulis  in  collibus  eminebant. 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE 

INTO  ITALY 
BY  THE  FRENCH  CISTERCIAN  MONKS.1 

[PLATES  I-XL] 


The  object  of  this  series  of  papers 2  is  to  show  that  a  group  of  monu- 
ments erected  by  the  French  Cistercian  monks,  and  here  for  the  first 
time  fully  described  and  illustrated,  were  the  earliest  structures  in 
Italy  in  which  the  principles  of  transitional-Gothic  architecture  were 
carried  out.  In  these  works,  as  in  no  others  in  Italy,  native  archi- 

1  The  following  list  of  books  referring  to  Cistercian  monuments  is  given  to  facili- 
tate reference. 

LUBKE  and  VON  QUAST  in  the  Organ  fur  Christliche  Kunst,  1853.  ADAMY,  Archi- 
tektonik,  u,  2,  pp.  363-91.  M.  DE  MONTALEMBERT  in  Bulletin  Monumental,  vol. 
xvii,  p.  130.  ARBOIS  DE  JUBAINVILLE,  Etude  sur  I'Etat  interieur  des  Abbayes  Cis- 
terciennes  et  principalement  de  Clairvaux  au  XII*  et  au  XI1&  siecle:  Paris,  1858.  MAN- 
RIQUE,  Ctsterciensium  Annalium  ....  libri  iv:  Anison,  1642-59.  JONGELINUS, 
Notitia  Abbatiarum  Ordinis  Cisterciensis  ....  vn,  78 :  Colonise  Agrippinse,  1640. 
SCHNAASE,  Geschichte  der  bildenden  Kilnste  im  Mittelalter,  v,  passim. 

For  FRANCE — VIOLLET-LE-DUC,  Diction,  d' Architecture,  I,  n.  L.  ROSTAN,  Etudes 
tfarch.  comparee,  Trois  Abbayes  de  Vordre  de  Oiteaux,  1852.  REVOIL,  LJ Architecture 
Romane  du  Midi  de  la  France,  11,  pp.  8, 9,  etc.  F.  DE  VERNEILH,  L' Architecture  Byzan- 
tine en  France,  p.  213. 

For  GERMANY — DOHME,  Die  Kirchen  des  Cister  denser  or  dens  in  Deutschland  ivahrend 
den  Mittelalters,  Leipzig,  1869 ;  also  his  recent  Geschwhte  der  deutschen  Baukunst,  pp. 
153-77  (Berlin,  1887)  in  the  series  of  the  Gesch  d.  deut.  Kunst.  WINTER,  Die  Ci*- 
tercienser  des  nordostlichen  Deutschlands :  Gotha,  1868-71.  PAULTJS,  Die  Cisterdenser- 
Abtei  Maulbronn,  1875.  HEIDER,  v.  EITELBERGER  und  HIESER,  Mittelalterliche 
Kunstdenkmale  des  oesterreichischen  Kaiserstaates :  Stuttgart,  1858. 

For  SWITZERLAND — RAHN,  Die  Mittelalterlichen  Kirchen  des  Cistercienserordens  in 
der  Schweiz :  Zurich,  1872. 

For  ITALY— MOTHES,  Die  Baukunst  des  Mittelalters  in  Italien,  1884  sqq.  THODE, 
Franz  von  Assm  und  die  Anfdnge  der  Kunst  der  Renaissance  in  Italien :  Berlin,  1885. 
AGINCOURT,  Histoire  de  VArt.  Various  monographs  and  other  works  whose  titles 
are  given  in  Note  8. 

For  ENGLAND — Monographs,  especially  those  mentioned  by  SCHNAASE,  op.  eit., 
v,  notes  to  pp.  175-6. 

*  These  papers  are  based  upon  three  journeys  made  in  1881, 1887  and  1889,  during 
which  some  forty  monuments  in  Central  Italy,  either  Cistercian  or  derived  from 
Cistercian  originals,  were  studied  and  photographed. 

10 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.    11 

tects  were  able  to  study  the  new  style  of  the  Ile-de-France,  modified 
by  Cistercian  peculiarities  but  entirely  or  comparatively  free  from  any 
Italian  perversions.  It  will  become  evident,  as  these  monuments  are 
here  published,  that  the  churches  and  monasteries  built  by  the  Fran- 
ciscan and  Dominican  orders  throughout  Italy  were  not,  as  they  have 
been  commonly  supposed  to  be,  the  earliest  examples  of  the  Gothic 
style  in  Italy;  but  that  both  these  orders  borrowed  much  from  the 
earlier  Cistercian  buildings ;  and  that,  furthermore,  in  doing  so,  they 
departed  from  the  principles  of  Northern  Gothic  in  various  ways.  A 
collateral  to  this  is,  of  course,  that  it  was  not  from  Germany  but  from 
France  that  the  most  fruitful  breath  of  Gothic  influence  came  into 
Italy.  The  conclusion  is  that  the  Cistercian  monuments  are  both  ear- 
lier in  date  and  purer  in  style.  They  have  even  a  broader  interest ; 
for,  while  they  seem  as  advanced  as  contemporary  work  in  France  it- 
self, I  believe  that  nowhere  in  the  mother  country  can  Cistercian  mon- 
asteries of  this  date  be  found  in  as  good  preservation  as  those  of  Fos- 
sanova  and  Casamari — with  not  only  their  churches  and  cloisters  but 
their  chapter-houses,  refectories,  hospitals,  guest-houses,  store-houses 
and  other  monastic  buildings  and  dependencies,  nearly  all  erected  in 
the  half-century  that  witnessed  the  transition  from  the  Romanesque 
to  the  Gothic.  It  so  fell  out  that  this  coincided  with  the  period  of 
greatest  expansion  of  the  order.  To  show  how  extensive  and  general 
was  this  Cistercian  invasion  of  Italy,  I  append  a  genealogical  tree  of 
the  monasteries  founded  in  Italy,  compiled  from  Janauschek,  Origi- 
num  Cisterciensium  T.  l.B  In  order  to  understand  the  architectural 
influence  of  the  order,  a  further  list  should  be  added  of  Cistercian 
nunneries  and  of  parish,  collegiate,  and  monastic  churches  and  even 
secular  buildings,  which  followed  the  Cistercian  style. 

This  is  not  the  occasion  for  a  review  of  the  recognized  history  and 
characteristics  of  the  various  schools  of  Italian  Gothic.  But  it  may 
be  well  to  recall  that  the  buildings  mentioned  in  text-books  as  the 
earliest  in  which  advanced  transitional  forms  appear  are :  (1)  S.  Andrea 

3 1  cannot  guarantee  its  perfect  exactitude  :  a  number  of  monasteries  have  doubt- 
less been  omitted.  I  believe  I  could  add  a  number  to  the  list.  For  example,  in 
the  filiation  of  Fossanova,  of  which  alone  I  have  as  yet  made  a  careful  study,  I 
have  added  the  monastery  of  Valvisciolo,  founded  in  1151,  whose  charter  of  founda- 
tion is  in  the  possession  of  Mgr.  Presutti  in  Rome,  from  whom  I  derived  the  infor- 
mation after  having  visited  the  monastery.  In  several  cases,  Janauschek  places 
on  the  doubtful  list  institutions  that  were  very  probably  in  good  monastic  standing. 


12  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

atVercelli,  founded  in  1219,  a  work  of  Anglo-French  transition  by  a 
foreign  architect;  (2)  the  upper  church  of  S.  Francesco  at  Assisi,  fin- 
ished about  1253  by  Fra  Filippo  da  Campello ;  (3)  S.  Francesco  at 
Bologna,  built  between  1236  and  1245.  Of  these  three  churches, 
situated  in  such  different  parts  of  the  country,  that  atVercelli  was  too 
near  the  French  frontier  to  exercise  much  influence  upon  the  develop- 
ment of  Italian  architecture ;  the  two  other  buildings  are  important, 
but  not  because  of  their  age,  for  the  Cistercian  buildings  which  may 
have  served  as  models  for  their  architects  had  already  been  erected 
from  thirty  to  fifty  years. 

Neither  is  this  the  place  for  general  considerations  or  conclusions,  or 
for  a  comparative  study  of  Cistercian  monuments,  which  cannot  be 
attempted  until  the  architectural  material  has  been  brought  forward. 
Still,  a  few  introductory  remarks  may  be  deemed  requisite  to  explain 
in  general  the  position  and  condition  of  the  subject. 

Although  the  Cistercian  monuments  in  question  have  not  been  care- 
fully studied,  enough  has  been  known  of  some  of  them4  to  furnish 
ground  for  the  general  judgment  (expressed  by  several  writers,  such 
as  Thode  and  Ojetti 5),  that  Gothic  architecture 'was  introduced  into 
Italy  by  the  Cistercians,  in  contrast  to  the  opinion  of  the  majority  of 
writers  who  favor  Germany.  This  is  but  parallel  to  the  judgment 
of  Dohme  for  Germany,  and  of  Kahn  for  Switzerland,  founded  on  a 
broad  study  of  the  Cistercian  monuments  of  their  countries.  Dohme 
remarks  of  the  order  that  it  is  "  the  missionary  of  Gothic,  i.  e.,  of  * 
French  art  on  German  soil."6  But  through  lack  of  illustration  and 
detailed  scientific  study,  based  upon  a  clear  understanding  of  Gothic 
principles,  the  demonstration  of  this  opinion  has  yet  to  be  made. 

In  support  of  such  claims,  the  following  facts  should  be  remem- 
bered :  (1)  the  Cistercian  was  the  greatest  of  the  monastic  orders  at 
the  time  when  the  passage  was  made  from  the  Romanesque  to  the 
Gothic  style ;  (2)  the  order  originated  in  France  where  this  passage 
took  place ;  (3)  it  spread  thence  over  the  whole  of  Europe,  carrying 

»Fossanova,  Casamari,  Valvisciolo,  Sta.  Maria  d'Arbona,  Chiaravalle  di  Casta- 
gnola,  Sta.  Maria  di  Ferentino,  are  described  or  mentioned  by  MOTHES  in  his 
Saukunst  des  Mittdalters  in  Italien.  Without  illustrations  or  details,  his  text  is  also 
deficient  in  a  perception  of  the  distinctive  interest  and  place  of  these  Cistercian 
buildings. 

5  THODE,  Franz  von  Assist,  pp.  334,  339, 342-45,  andpaswm.    OJETTI,  in  La  Mostra 
di  Roma  all' Esposizione  di  Torino,  pp.  142  sqq. 
«£ie  Kirchen  des  Cistereienserordens  in  Deutschland  wdhrend  des  Mittelalters,  p.  4. 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.    13 

with  it  French  ideas;  (4)  it  developed  a  special  and  characteristic 
style  of  architecture  and  was  the  greatest  building  agency  then  exist- 
ing ;  (5)  it  was  not  a  congeries  of  independent  institutions  but  a  band 
of  closely  knit  and  interdependent  monasteries,  thus  leading  to  unity 
in  architecture  as  in  life.  This  is  sufficient  to  account  for  the  fact 
that,  although  in  France  itself  the  importance  of  their  share  in  the 
development  of  architecture  may  not  be  great,  the  Cistercian  monks 
were  nevertheless  the  principal  agents  for  the  propagation  of  the  Gothic 
style  in  every  other  country  of  Europe. 

The  order  has  long  fallen,  most  of  its  monasteries  are  abandoned 
and  in  ruins,  and  no  one  has  yet  been  found  to  construct  a  fitting 
memorial  to  the  artistic  worth  of  these  monks  of  the  twelfth  century.7 
Their  monuments  in  France  and  England  are  still  largely  neglected ; 
Germany  has  been  rescued  from  this  reproach  by  Dohme  (though  in- 
adequately in  the  matter  of  illustration).  As  for  Italy,  it  shall  be  my 
task  to  illustrate  the  monasteries  of  the  central  section  of  the  penin- 
sula, which  are  of  the  greatest  interest  for  the  Gothic  style,  leaving 
those  of  the  north  and  south  for  other  students.  The  northern  mon- 
asteries, under  the  influence  of  Chiaravalle  and  other  early  founda- 
tions, retained  the  Romanesque  style ;  those  of  the  south  were  for 
the  most  part  founded  from  Casamari  and  Fossanova,  and  therefore 
depend  in  their  architecture  upon  these  monasteries  of  the  Roman 
province. 

I  shall  not  begin  by  illustrating  what  is  perhaps  the  earliest  of  the 
single  transitional  monuments,  the  church  of  Chiaravalle  di  Castag- 
nola  near  Jesi  in  the  province  of  Ancona.  The  church  alone  remains ; 
all  its  ancient  monastic  buildings  having  been  destroyed :  besides,  it 
never  held  an  important  place  in  the  order.  The  best  example  would 
be  a  monastery  of  the  same  period  whose  historical  importance  and 
influence  were  great.  There  is,  not  far  south  of  Rome,  a  monastery 
which  retains  more  completely  than  any  other  in  Italy  its  original 
style  in  all  its  various  parts,  and  illustrates,  in  itself  alone,  the  early 
Romanesque  style  and  the  development  into  Gothic  through  the  vari- 
ous transitional  stages.  This  is  Fossanova,  the  eldest  Italian  child  of 

7  An  approach  to  such  a  memorial  would  doubtless  have  been  the  great  work  of 
the  COUNT  DE  MONTALEMBERT,  Les  Moines  de  V  Occident,  had  he  lived  to  publish 
the  volumes  devoted  to  the  Cistercian  order.  Many  years  were  devoted  by  him  to 
a  study  of  the  Cistercian  monasteries  over  Europe,  five  hundred  of  which  he  visited. 


14  AMERICAN  'JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

Clairvaux,8  which  was  the  main  source  of  the  colonies  that  filled  Italy 
with  the  monastic  reform.  An  examination  of  the  genealogical  tree 
given  above  shows  that,  of  the  Italian  monasteries,  eleven,  mostly  in 
Northern  Italy,  are  derived  from  La  FertS  (1113),  the  first  descendant 
of  the  head  of  the  order,  Citeaux  (1098) ;  three  only  originate  from 
Pontigny  (1114),  and  four  from  Morimond  (1115)— besides  five  di- 
rect from  Citeaux  or  other  sources.  Thus,  these  three  out  of  the  four 
founders  of  the  order  (under  Citeaux)  had  established  but  nineteen 
monasteries,  while  fifty-seven  were  founded  from  Clairvaux  alone, 
when  it  had  at  its  head  St.  Bernard,  to  whose  influence  the  rise  of  Cis- 
tercianism  in  Italy  is  almost  entirely  due. 

From  Clairvaux  originated  the  four  greatest  monasteries  in  the 
peninsula— Fossanova  (1135),  Casamari  (1140)  and  SS.  Vincenzo  ed 
Anastasio  (1140)  in  the  States  of  the  Church,  and  Chiaravalle  (1135) 
in  Lombardy.  Of  these  the  earliest,  largest,  and  best  preserved  is 
Fossanova.9 

I.    THE  MONASTERY  OF  FOSSANOVA. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  MONASTERY. 

The  history  of  Fossanova  by  no  means  begins  with  the  advent  of  the 
Cistercians :  according  to  tradition,  it  dates  back  to  the  time  of  St. 
Benedict  himself.  Its  church  was  then  dedicated  to  S.  Salvatore  di 
Mileto,  and  it  was  inhabited  by  monks  originally  sent  from  Monte 
Cassino.  It  is  recorded  that  among  its  monks  was  one  who  became, 

8 The  following  are  some  references  to  Fossanova,  either  historical  or  artistic: — 
FERD.  UGHELLUS,  Italia,  Sacra,  2nd  ed.  1717-21,  t.  i.  MANRIQUE,  Cistertien- 
sium  Annalium  .  .  .  libri  iv;  IX.  1.  7.  JONGELINUS,  Notitia  Abbatiarum  Ordinis 
Cisterciensis  .  .  .  :  Colonise  Agrippinse,  1640,  vii,  78.  MORONI,  Dizionario  di  Eru- 
dizwne,  etc.,  torn.  26,  p.  18.  TEODORO  VALLE,  Laregia  e  antica  Piperno  (Storia  antica 
di  Piperno) :  Napoli,  1637-1746,  n,  t.  4.  GIUSEPPE  MAROCCO,  Monumenti  dello 
Stato  Pontificio,  etc. :  Roma,  1833-37,  xiv  t.  AMICO  RICCI  (Marchese),  Storia  deW 
Architettura  in  Italia,  vol.  II,  p.  40:  Modena,  1858.  GIULIO  PACCASASSI,  Monografia 
del  monumento  nazionale  di  Fossanova  presso  Piperno :  Fermo,  1882.  Mostra  della  Cittd, 
di  Roma  all' Esposizione  di  Torino  neWanno  1884,  pp.  143-6.  OSCAR  MOTHES,  Die 
Baukunst  des  Mittelalters  in  Italien :  Jena,  1884,  pp.  691-3.  LEOPOLDUS  JANAUSCHEK, 
Originum  Cisterciensium  Tomus  I:  Vindobonse,  1877. 

'Chiaravalle  n6ar  Milano  was  founded,  according  to  the  best  authorities  in  the 
same  year,  and  may  dispute  precedence  with  Fossanova :  see  JANAUSCHEK  (op.  tit., 
p.  39)  for  the  date  v  or  xi  Cal.  Aug.  1135,  and  for  the  different  authorities  for  these 
and  other  dates.  It  is,  however,  built  in  the  Romanesque  style,  and  so  are  the 
great  majority  of  monasteries  founded  from  it,  so  that  the  entire  group  has  no  bear- 
ing upon  the  present  question. 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.    15 

in  827,  Pope  Gregory  IV.  Later,  the  monastery  came  under  the 
patronage  of  the  counts  of  Aquinum.10  In  course  of  time,  a  new 
church  was  built,  and  dedicated  to  Sta.  Potentiana.  This  small  and 
plain  building  is  still  standing  among  the  later  constructions,  a  soli- 
tary and  mournful  relic  of  those  early  days.  Like  other  monasteries, 
it  seems  to  have  suffered  from  the  decadence  of  the  tenth  and  the  wars 
of  the  eleventh  century.  An  indication  of  returning  power  is  given 
by  an  act  of  donation  executed  in  1028  by  the  Republican  Government 
of  the  neighboring  city  of  Piperno.  It  conveyed  to  the  monastery  a 
considerable  tract  of  territory  in  this  region,  including  two  churches. 
Before  St.  Bernard  made  his  triumphant  journey  through  Italy  in 
1137,  Fossanova  had  been  given  to  him  by  Innocent  II.  In  October 
1135,  it  was  formally  united  to  the  Cistercian  order,  being  affiliated 
to  Hautecombe  in  Savoy,  which  had  been  founded  directly  from  Clair- 
vaux  only  a  few  months  before.11  It  is  suggested  by  Janauschek  that, 
having  been  itself  so  recently  established,  Hautecombe  would  hardly 

10  These  facts  are  given  by  PACCASASSI  in  his  monograph  on  Fossanova  mentioned 
in  Note  8,  and  he  refers  to  the  works  of  VALLE  (q.v.)  and  VALENTI-MAGNONI. 

11  The  references  to  authorities  mentioning  these  facts  are  given  in  full  by  JANAU- 
SCHEK, Orig.  Cist.,  pp.  37-8.  I  will  here  quote  him  in  full,  with  his  references,  usually 
confined  to  initial  letters  of  authors,  whose  full  titles  it  would  be  superfluous  to  give  : 
FossA-NovA,  FOSSA  NUOVA  ;  olim  Badia  del  For  Appio. — Hocmonasterium,  in  Loco  Fori 
Appii  ad  Amasenumfluvium,  in  Campania  et  dioecesi  Terracinensi  situm  atque  tria  milliaria 
Italica  a  Priverno  distans,  cujusnomen  a  FOSSA  NOVA  Uffenti  aquas  excipiente  et  in  paludes 
ducente  derivatur,  peranliqua  CASSINENSIUM  sedesfuit,  primum  S.  SALVATORI  post  S.  Po- 
TENTIANAE  nuncupata,  quam  a  comitibus  Aquinatibus  exstructam  esse  et  Greyorium  IV P. 
M.  olim  in  gremio  suofovisse  tradunt.     Fama  dein  ordinis  Cisterciensis  in  illas  Italiaeplagas 
delata  monachi  quoque  Fossae-Novae  ejus  severitatem  tentarunt  et  ALTAE-CUMBAE  (de  linea 
Claraevallis)  imperio  se  subdiderunt,  id  quod  secundum  tabulas  et  scriptores  mense  Oct. 
1135factum  est  (P.  B.  Bi.  Pa  [mense  Sept.-].    W.  V.  Vi.  Du.  M.  Bl.  JO.  J.  JC.  Bo.  Ve. 
St.  He.  Na.  F.  Robertus,  Miraeus,  Oregorius  de  Laude,  Lucentius,  Lubin,  Pirrus,  Moroni, 
Camera;  1134:  A.  R.  E.  EM.  SC.  N.  L.  La.  Si.;  1133:  Morocco;  c.  1140:  Cibrario). 
Cui  anno  non  obstanl  quae  Manriquius  adferl,  Altam-Cumbam,  utpote  panels  mensibus 
ante  Oct.  1135  ortam,  novo  coenobio  colonos  dare  non  potuisse,  praesertim  cum  Statuto 
XXXVII  capituli  generalis  a.  1134  coacti  decretum  sit,  ut  "  nullus  de  abbatibus  locum 
ad  abbatiam  fundandam  accipiat,  nisi  prius  sexaginta  monachos  professos  habeat : "  praeter- 
quam  enim  quod  de  numero  incolarum  Altae-Cumbae  non  constat,  minime  id  agebatur,  ut 
novum  prorsus  coenobium  competenti  monachorum  coetu  impleretur,  sed  ut  Fossae-Novae 
fratres,  quum  Cisterciensium  vivendi  formam  perspectam  non  haberent,  AB  UNO  ALIQUOTVE 
Altae-Cumbae  sodalibus  accuratam  legum  et  usuum  ordinis  nostri  caperent  cognitionem 
Illorum  autem  institutionem  praeclaro  effectu  non  caruisse,  Fossae-Novae  historia  a  GER- 
ARDO,  primi  abbatis  Cisterciensis,  temporibus  loquitur,  piis,  doctis  et  ad  summas  ecclesiae 
dignitates  provectis  viris  (quales  tres  cardinales  CECCANI  fuisse  perhibentur)  superbienlis, 
imo  D.  Thomae  Aquinatis  morte  et  sepulcro  sanctificatae. 


16  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

have  then  contained  the  minimum  of  sixty  monks  required  by  the 
laws  of  the  order  before  the  foundation  of  another  monastery  could 
be  undertaken.  The  inference  is  that  the  Italian  Benedictine  monks 
already  at  Fossanova  remained  and  were  placed  under  a  French  abbot 
named  Gerard,  who  afterwards  (in  1170)  became  abbot  of  Clairvaux 
itself. 

The  importance  that  Fossanova  soon  attained  within  the  order  is 
shown  also  by  the  fact  that  Godefroid,  the  favorite  and  secretary  of 
St.  Bernard,  after  being  abbot  of  Clairvaux  from  1-161  to  1165,  was 
placed  in  charge  of  Fossanova.  If  the  bulk  of  the  monks  were  at 
first  Italians,  this  appears  not  to  have  continued  to  be  the  case.  The 
journeys  of  St.  Bernard  into  Campania  in  1137  and  1138  were  a  power- 
ful stimulus  in  the  growth  of  the  new  institution,  and  the  means  of 
introducing  colonies  of  French  monks.  The  monastic  buildings,  how- 
ever, indicate  that  it  was  not  until  after  the  middle  of  the  century  that 
it  was  found  necessary  to  replace  the  old  Benedictine  structures  with 
new  ones.  During  the  disastrous  conflicts  of  the  years  1157  and 
1164—5,  this  region  was  thoroughly  devastated,  and  beside  the  city  of 
Piperno  itself,  burned  in  1157,  it  is  recorded  that  among  other  build  j 
ings  the  church  of  Sta.  Maria  de  Charitate  near  Piperno,  which  appears 
to  have  belonged  to  the  monastery,  was  ruined  by  fire.12  Fossanova, 
also,  may  have  been  partly  destroyed  and  its  rebuilding  date  from  then. 

The  old  church  of  Sta.  Potentiana  was  left  in  the  midst  of  the 
new  enclosure,  probably  as  an  oratory,  and  the  new  buildings  arose 
in  quite  rapid  succession  during  a  space  of  well-nigh  fifty  years. 
From  about  1150  to  1200  Fossanova  grew  until  it  merited,  finally, 
to  become  the  head  of  the  order  in  Latium  and  Campania.  All  its 
colonies  were  then  sent  out :  it  founded  the  monastery  of  S.  Stefano 
del  Bosco  in  Calabria,  in  1150;  that  of  Valvisciolo  near  the  neigh- 
boring Sermoneta,  in  1151 ;  that  of  Marmosoglio  nearVelletri,  in  1167; 
that  of  Corazzo  in  Calabria,  in  1173 ;  and,  in  1179,  that  of  Ferrara  in 
the  Terra  di  Lavoro,  not  far  from  Naples,  the  last  and  greatest  of  its 
children.  To  it  belonged  also  S.  Salvatore,  Sta.  Croce  and  S.  Nicolo 
at  Roccasecca,  Sta,  Maria  della  Ripa  near  Piperno,  Sta.  Cecilia  and 
S.  Bartolommeo  at  Sezze,  SS.  Pietro  e  Stefano  at  Sermoneta,  and  Sta. 

»  Chronicon  Fonsaenovae,  apud  MURATORI,  Scriptores  Rerum  Ital.,  t.  vn.  The  author 
of  the  contemporary  chronicle  is  Cardinal  Giovanni  da  Ceccano.  He  belonged  to 
the  noble  house  of  the  Counts  of  Ceccano,  three  of  whose  members,  monks  at  Fossa- 
nova  during  the  xm  century,  became  cardinals. 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.    17 

Maria  delle  Canne  at  Sonnino — all  neighboring  towns.  In  1214,  the 
monastery  of  S.  Pietro  di  Tuezolo,  near  Amalfi,  later  a  convent  of  the 
Capuchins,  was  made  filia  Fossae-Novae,  and  in  1 223  became  a  full 
monastery  of  the  order,  under  its  first  abbot  Nicolaus  de  S.  Germano, 
from  Fossanova.13  It  also  owned,  throughout  this  region,  a  great  num- 
ber of  granges,  according  to  the  custom  of  the  large  Cistercian  estab- 
lishments :  in  them  a  part  of  the  lay-brothers  lived  and  attended  to 
the  interests  of  the  monastery's  large  and  varied  property.  It  is  re- 
ported that,  at  this  time,  over  800  monks  resided  in  Fossanova  and 
its  granges.  This  must  be  an  exaggeration,  for  in  Clairvaux  itself 
there  were  but  700  monks  at  the  time  of  its  greatest  prosperity,  in 
1154,  the  date  of  St.  Bernard's  death.  There  is  better  ground  for  the 
other  statement,  that  when  the  abbot  of  the  sister  monastery  of  Casa- 
mari  requested  the  presence  of  a  large  number  of  monks  from  Fossa- 
nova,  on  the  occasion  of  a  ceremony,  excuses  were  made  because,  on 
account  of  sickness,  only  three  hundred  monks  could  be  sent.14 

The  abbots  of  Fossanova  wielded  considerable  influence  not  only  in 
ecclesiastical  but  often  also  in  State  aifairs,  and  it  became  the  custom 
for  the  popes  of  this  time  to  make  use  of  Cistercian  abbots  in  diplo- 
matic matters.  Thus,  Abbot  Jordanus  was  made  a  cardinal  in  1188 
and  sent  on  a  political  mission  to  Germany.  Jongelin  (op.  cit.,  1.  vn, 
p.  79  sqq)  gives  a  list  of  thirty  abbots  and  other  famous  members  of 
this  monastery — cardinals  and  other  prelates. 

In  1179,  when  Frederick  Barbarossa  did  penance  for  his  long  and 
bloody  opposition  to  the  papacy,  during  which  so  many  monasteries 
had  been  burned  and  plundered,  he  made  Fossanova  the  especial 
object  of  his  bounty,  endowing  it  with  munificent  gifts  which  came 
opportunely  to  aid  in  the  reconstruction  of  its  buildings ;  and  on  his 
death-bed  he  expressed  the  wish  to  be  buried  in  the  Cistercian  habit. 
The  emperor  is  regarded  as  a  great  benefactor  of  the  monastery.  As 
a  proof  of  the  importance  of  the  favors  received  from  Barbarossa, 
Valenti-Magnoni  reports  the  following  inscription  as  existing  in 
the  mosaic-work  over  the  church  door : 

a*  There  is  a  dispute  among  authorities  as  to  whether  this  monastery  was  placed 
in  1223  under  the  direction  of  Fossanova  or  of  Chiaravalle :  JANAUSCHEK,  op.  cit., 
p.  225. 

UPACCASASSI  (op.  cit.}  makes  these  statements  without  bringing  forward  any 
arguments  in  their  support. 

2 


18  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCH^OLOG  Y. 

FRIDERICUS  I  •  IMPERATOR 

SEMPER  •  AUGUSTUS 

HOC  •  OPUS  •  FIERI  •  FECIT15 

In  1187,  the  monastery  had  become  so  prosperous  that  Abbot  Jor- 
danus  was  able  to  purchase,  from  Lanterius,  Frederick's  administrator 
in  Campania,  the  castles  or  burghs  of  Lariano  and  Castro,  in  order  to 
hand  them  over  to  Clement  III.16  The  crowning  event  in  this  the 
formative  period  of  the  monastery's  history  was  the  visit  of  Pope  Inno- 
cent III  on  June  19-20,  1208.  This  took  place  during  the  pope's 
triumphal  journey  through  Campania,  including  Anagni,  Ceccano,  Pi- 
perno,  Fossanova,  San  Lorenzo,  Casamari,  Sora,  etc.  The  Chronicon 
Fossaenovae  (ap.  Muratori)  tells  us  :  Ad  aurampost  meridiem  Dominus 
Papa  cum  omnibus  ivit  ad  monasterium  Fossaenovaej  solemniter  cum 
processione  receptus,  in  refectorio  cum  conventu  coenavit.  Ferid  quarta 
clarente  die  Dominus  Papa  dedicavit  altar  e  majus  jEcclesiae  novae  prae- 
dicti  monasterii.17 

The  dedication  of  the  church  in  1208  does  not  imply  that  it  had 
not  been  finished  for  some  time :  it  was  a  mere  incident  in  the  trip, 
apparently  unlike  the  ceremony  by  which  the  twin-church  of  Casamari 
was  dedicated  in  1217,  when  Pope  Honorius  seems  to  have  made  this 
the  main  reason  for  coming  from  Rome  with  his  entire  court. 

I  shall  not  attempt  to  follow  the  history  of  Fossanova  any  further. 
Like  all  Cistercian  establishments,  it  suffered  from  the  rise  of  the  Fran- 
ciscan and  Dominican  orders  in  the  xm  century,  although  its  decad- 
ence did  not  set  in  until  later,  especially  in  consequence  of  the  pesti- 
lence of  1 348 .  Then  it  had,  in  the  following  century,  its  commandatory 
abbots.  Among  them  was  Peter,  Cardinal  Aldobrandini,  nephew  of 
Clement  VIII,  who  restored  the  abbey  between  1595  and  1600.  Its 
reputation  continued  to  the  end.  In  a  bull  dated  1725,  Benedict  XIII 
accorded  to  Fossanova  the  first  honors  after  Monte  Cassino.  In  1795, 
Pius  VI  decided  to  transfer  the  monastery  to  the  reformed  Cistercians, 
the  Trappists  of  Casamari.  The  revival  that  ensued  was  short,  for  it 
was  among  the  monasteries  closed  by  order  of  Napoleon  I.  Its  prop- 

15  This  inscription  no  longer  exists :  it  must  have  been  in  that  part  of  the  mosaic- 
work  in  the  tympanum  of  the  main  portal  whose  cubes  have  now  entirely  disap- 
peared, having  been  originally  enclosed  in  an  oblong  marble  band. 

16MoTHES,  Die  Baukunst  des  Mittdalters  in  Italien,  p.  691. 

17  For  the  source  of  this  quotation  see  Note  12.  The  armed  escort  that  accompa- 
nied the  Pope  was  commanded  by  the  then  Count  of  Ceccano. 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.    19 

erty  was  confiscated,  and  it  was  completely  deserted  in  1812.  Between 
that  date  and  its  final  suppression  it  was  colonized  twice  from  the 
Certosa  of  Trisulti. 

DESCRIPTION   OF  THE   MONASTERY. 

The  site  in  the  heart  of  theVolscian  hills,  the  Monti  Lepini,  is  one 
that  suited  Cistercian  ideas.  In  ancient  times  the  consular  road  from 
Rome  to  Naples  passed  near  by,  and  on  the  same  site  Appius  Claudius 
is  said  to  have  built  the  Forum  Appii.  The  region  was  then  healthier ; 
but,  in  the  Middle  Ages,  the  uncovering  of  the  low  lands  by  the  re- 
treating sea  formed  the  Pontine  marshes  on  the  other  side  of  the  hills. 
The  monastery  is  built  in  low  and  marshy  land  on  the  banks  of  the 
river  Amasenus,  which  flows  southward  and  soon  reaches  the  marshes 
in  the  neighborhood  of  Terracina.  The  consequent  unhealthiness  is 
a  characteristic  rather  sought  than  avoided  by  the  Cistercians,  who 
brought  under  culture  in  every  country  of  Europe  immense  tracts  of  land 
hitherto  unused  or  sterile.  All  around  were  stretches  of  bad  land  and 
forests  in  need  of  reclamation  at  the  hands  of  these  industrious  monks. 
Southward  stretches  the  narrow  marshy  plain  bordered  by  hills  that 
obstruct  the  view  of  the  dismal  Pontine  marshes ;  to  the  north  and 
east  the  rugged  hills  rise  and  fall  until  they  reach  the  long  plain  bor- 
dered on  the  opposite  side  by  the  Sabine  hills,  forming  the  highway 
to  the  kingdom  of  Naples.  Four  or  five  miles  to  the  right  is  Piperno 
half  hidden  among  thick  olive  groves ;  and  further,  on  the  left,  rises 
Sonnino  on  its  nearly  inaccessible  peak.  Thirty  miles  to  the  west  is 
Sezze,  the  ancient  Setia,  rising  above  the  marshes  on  the  border  of  the 
hills.  The  digging  of  the  canal  or  fossa  to  carry  off  toward  the  sea 
the  water  that  accumulated  in  these  low  lands,  probably  gave  to  the 
site  its  name  of  Fossa-nova. 

GATEWAY  AND  ADJOINING  STRUCTURES. — It  was  during  the  last 
days  of  June  1889  that  I  visited  Fossanova,  though  familiar  with  its 
buildings  from  photographs  which  had  been  taken  there  by  my  order  in 
1887.  The  monastic  buildings  (PL.  vin-1)  were  once  encircled  by  a 
high  wall,  but  are  now  well-nigh  entirely  exposed  to  view.  By  its  side 
flowed  the  river  whose  water  was  so  necessary  for  running  the  mills 
attached  to  the  monastery  and  for  many  other  purposes.  Approach- 
ing from  the  west,  the  main  entrance  -is  reached ;  a  lofty  structure  that 
originally  resembled,  on  a  reduced  scale,  the  fortified  gateways  of  medi- 
aeval cities.  It  contained  several  rooms,  in  which  formerly  dwelt  the 


20  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

door-keeper  orportarius  and  his  assistant.  Its  outer  arch  is  pointed, 
that  facing  the  interior  is  round :  they  retain  most  of  their  original 
features.  Passing  through  its  massive  archway  a  broad  expanse  is 
reached.  On  the  right  is  a  long,  modernized  building  which  may 
have  originally  been  a  granary  and  storehouse  or  a  workshop.  On 
the  left,  at  right  angles  with  the  gate  and  quite  near  it,  are  two  build- 
ings which  have  partly  preserved  their  architecture  of  the  close  of  the 
twelfth  century.  This  is  especially  so  with  the  further  of  the  two, 
whose  walls  of  travertine  with  well-built  windows  and  arcades  gave 
promise  of  further  interest  within.  Ten  round  arcades,  now  blind, 
were  originally  open  and  formed  a  porch  with  cross-vaults.  The 
second  story  is  still  preserved,  and  rises  in  retreat  from  the  porch  : 
an  old  doorway  led  out  on  to  the  balcony  over  this  porch.  This  build- 
ing, as  well  as  the  other,  was  in  the  possession  of  the  local  land-owner, 
whose  steward  was  then  absent  so  that  it  was  not  possible  to  study  the 
interior.  I  believe  this  to  be  a  guest-house  or  hospitium  (or  foresteria), 
where  strangers  were  entertained.  The  other  building  may  have  con- 
tained the  abbot's  residence  and  an  oratory,  such  as  it  was  the  general  cus- 
tom to  place  near  the  entrance  to  large  monasteries  of  the  order.  When 
guests  arrived  they  were  met  by  the  abbot,  who  knelt  before  them  and 
then  led  them  to  the  oratory  for  prayer  before  conducting  them  to  the 
guest-house.  In  the  twin  monastery  of  Casamari,  the  connection  be- 
tween the  gateway  and  the  hospice  was  even  closer,  for  there,  perhaps 
through  lack  of  space,  they  are  united  in  one  large  two-storied  con- 
struction. With  the  exception  of  these  out-buildings,  as  well  as  the 
hospital  and  the  old  church  of  Sta.  Potentiana,  which  are  still  private 
property,  the  monastery  is  declared  by  the  Government  a  monument 
of  national  importance  and  placed  in  the  charge  of  an  official  guardian. 
EXTERIOR  OF  THE  CHURCH.18 — The  above  unimportant  structures 

18  The  monastic  buildings  of  Fossanova  are  said  to  be  first  described  by  F.  PAOLO 
SPERANDIO,  SabinaSagra  e  Profana:  this  description  I  have  not  read.  A  few  lines 
are  devoted  to  it  in  RICCI,  Storia  dell'  Architettura  in  Italia.  The  two  best  descriptions 
are  quite  recent:  that  by  PACCASASSI,  often  referred  to.  is  useful  on  account  of  its 
historic  data  and  some  measurements:  that  by  MOTHES  in  his  Baukunst,  pp.  691-3,. 
is  more  scientific ;  but  he  identifies  Fossanova  with  Sta.  Maria  de  Charitate,  which 
was  burned  in  1164,  and  says  (p.  682) :  Das  Kloster  war  nicht  ganz  vernichtet;  der 
sehr  bald  begonnene  Ergdnzungsbau  war  bereits  ziemlich  weit  forgeschritten,  als  1173  der 
erwdhnte  neue  Oraben  angdegt  ward,  nach  dem  das  Kloster  fortan  Fossa  nuova  hiess* 
But,  up  to  the  time  it  received  the  name  of  Fossanova,  the  monastery  appears  to 
have  been  called  S.  Salvator  de  Mileto  or  in  loco  gui  Meletum  nominatur,  as  is  shown 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.    21 

hardly  detain  the  eye,  for  directly  in  front  rises  the  body  of  the  mon- 
astery, its  left  end  formed  by  a  church,  perfectly  well-balanced  and 
symmetrical  in  its  proportions,  simple  and  yet  rich  in  its  details 
(PLATE  i),  showing  at  every  point  both  a  mastery  of  constructive  laws 
and  a  skill  in  effective  details  made  subordinate  to  the  general  plan ;  a 
church  not  Italian  but  French  both  in  conception  and  in  execution. 
Like  all  the  other  buildings  in  this  group,  it  is  constructed  through- 
out of  carefully-quarried  and  well-joined  blocks  of  fine  travertine 
stone,  the  favorite  material  of  the  Cistercian  builders  in  this  region. 
They  everywhere  used  the  local  stone,  and  only  when  forced  to  do  so, 
apparently,  did  they  make  use  of  brick,  either  wholly  as  at  Chiara- 
valle  di  Castagnola,  or  in  part,  as  at  S.  Galgano  near  Siena. 

by  the  donation  of  the  year  1028  (  VALLE,  St.  di  Pip.).  Further  on  (p.  691),  MOTHES 
returns  to  Fossanova :  1187  war  Fossanuova  bereits  ziemlich  vollendet,  sehr  mdchtig  und 
reich,  so  doss  Abt  Jordanus  in  diesem  Jahre  dem  Bailiff  Lanterius  aus  Mailand,  der  fur 
Friedrich  I  Campanien  verwaltete,  die  Rocca  von  Lariano  und  Castro  abkaufen  und  dem 
Papst  Clemens  III  ubergeben  konnte.  Jordan  wurde  Cardinal,  ging  1188  als  Legat  nach 
Deutschland,  kam  1189  zuriick  und  vollendete  trotz  aller  Kampfe,  Plilnderungen,  Brand- 
schatzungen,  etc.,  mit  welchen  Campanien  in  den  Kampfen  Heinrichs  gegen  Tancred  heim- 
gesucht  wurde — seine  Kirche  Sanctce  Marios  Fluminis  de  Ceccano,  so  dass  sie  am  25/8, 1196 
feierlich  consecrirt  werden  konnte. 

Here,  again,  Mothes  makes  a  grave  error :  he  identifies  the  church  of  Sta.  Maria 
near  Ceccano  with  that  of  Fossanova,  and  applies  to  the  latter  the  long  description 
of  the  consecration  of  the  former  in  1196  which  is  given  in  the  Chronicon  Fossaenovae  ! 
But  Sta.  Maria  near  Ceccano,  not  on  the  river  Amasenus  but  the  larger  Trerus  or  To- 
lerus  and  many  miles  distant  from  Fossanova,  is  still  in  existence.  I  visited  and 
photographed  it  during  the  past  summer,  and  shall  publish  it  in  this  series.  Conse- 
quently, Mothes  has  no  foundation  for  dating  the  finishing  of  the  church  of  Fossa- 
nova  in  1196. 

MOTHES  continues :  Einzelne  Theile  der  Kirche  und  des  Klosters  waren  auch  nach 
der  Brandschatzung  von  1164  brauchbar,  so  besonders  der  Untertheil  des  Ostgiebels  mit 
3  runden  Blendbb'gen  zu  ebner  Erde  und  einem  breiten  JRundbogenfenster  daruber,  in 
welches  beim  Umbau  ein  ziemlich  ungeschicktes  Radfenster  eingesetzt  ward.  Auf  Tafel  III 
ist  nur  die  Sudecke  dieses  Ostgiebels  rechts  am  Rand  sichtbar,  darunter  aber  ein  altes  Stuck 
vom  Kreuzgang,  von  dem  auch  der  ganze  Westliche Fliigel  (Taf.  Illim  Hintergrund)  stehen 
blieb.  Wdhrend  diese  dltren  Theile  in  Ziegel  ausgefuhrt  sind,  wurde  alles  Neue  in  Quadern 
construirt. 

The  first  point  here  made  is  that  the  fire  of  1164  (which  burned  Sta.  Maria  de 
Charitate  !)  spared  the  lower  part  of  the  square  apse  with  its  four  arcades  as  well  as  a 
part  of  the  old  cloister.  These  are  said  to  be  built  of  brick.  I  do  not  think  that 
brick  is  used  in  the  cloister :  I  am  sure  it  is  not  in  the  apse.  In  my  opinion,  the 
apse  was  built  all  of  a  piece :  the  argument  that  the  rose-window  was  opened  later 
in  the  old  round-headed  window  of  the  apse  is  groundless,  for  in  early  French  tran- 
sition it  was  the  rule  to  open  them  in  this  way.  The  only  architectural  plate  given 
by  Mothes  (Tafel  in)  is  a  highly-colored  view  of  the  open  cloister  with  one  side  of 


22  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

The  church  is  cruciform  in  plan;  over  the  intersection  rises  an 
octagonal  dome-tower,  otherwise  its  external  construction  is  the  exact 
counterpart  of  its  internal  forms.  The  central  nave  has  twice  the 
height  and  more  than  twice  the  width  of  the  side-aisles,  and  it  over- 
shadows them  even  more  completely  than  in  the  average  French 
church  of  the  period.  This  is  owing  to  the  absence  here  of  the  two 
towers  that  rise  on  the  fa9ade  above  the  side-aisles  in  French  transi- 
tional and  Gothic  buildings.  The  Cistercians  were  forbidden  by  the 

the  church  on  the  rt.  and  the  arcades  of  the  new  cloister  on  the  It.  It  contains  a 
fatal  error  which  is  paralleled  in  the  text.  The  relation  of  the  church  to  the  clois- 
ture  is  entirely  wrong,  and  the  south  arm,  instead  of  continuing  along  the  side  of 
the  church,  is  broken  where  the  transept  is  supposed  to  begin,  and  in  the  latter  a 
developed  Gothic  door  and  window  are  interpolated.  In  reality,  the  entire  four 
sides  of  the  cloister  remain  substantially  from  the  early  period :  only  the  vaults  and 
columns  on  the  north  side  were  replaced. 

In  speaking  of  the  octagonal  lantern  on  the  central  tower  and  the  similar  pointed 
covering  of  the  pavilion  in  the  cloister,  MOTHES  sees  here  a  Norman  influence :  Em 
Vergleich  mil  den  Thiirmen  von  Trani,  dem  Grab  des  Bohemund,  einigen  Tabernakeln 
jener  Zdi  und  Gegend  geniigt  zum  Beweis,  doss  hier  normannischer  Einfluss  wirkte,  welcher 
Beweis  noch  dadurch  verstarkt  wird,  dass  in  der  Normandie  und  in  England  einzelne  An- 
wendungen  desselben  Princips  vorkommen,  wahrend  in  Siidfrankreich,  dessen  Einfluss  auf 
Italienja  so  oft  betont  wird,  mir  kein  Beispd  bekannt  ist. 

This  Norman  influence  is  seen  by  him  with  greater  probability  in  the  shafts  and 
arches  of  the  new  part  of  the  cloister :  Auch  die  gestelzten  Spitzbb'gen  des  Kreuzganges 
erinnern  in  ihrer  Profilirung,  noch  mehr  aber  die  sie  tragenden  Sdulchen  durch  ihre  ver- 
schieden  verzierten  Schafte  an  Monreale,  etc. 

The  remainder  of  Mothes'  text  will  be  quoted  in  notes  on  the  chapter-house,  por- 
tal, fajade,  ete.  I  shall  notice  only  one  further  judgment  of  his.  He  sees  "  Lombard 
influence"  in  various  details,  such  as  the  foliage  from  which  the  ribs  spring  in 
the  chapter-house :  he  thinks  its  transverse  arches  also  are  "  purely  Romanesque : " 
he  considers  the  profiles  of  the  main  portal  to  be  "  German  Gothic : "  the  rose- 
window  is  "  mixed  Norman  and  Lombard."  All  this  is  according  to  the  German 
method  of  fancying  the  most  intricate  and  impossible  situation.  The  architects  of 
the  transition  were  not,  as  our  American  architects  often  do  at  present,  culling  what 
they  wanted  from  all  the  various  styles  then  known.  We  may  be  thankful  that 
they  had  some  unity  of  style.  Let  me  dispose  of  these  points  seriatim.  (1)  In  gen- 
eral, all  the  forms  and  details  to  which  he  assigns  these  four  separate  origins  are  to 
be  found  in  French  monuments  of  the  xn  and  xm  centuries.  (2)  The  so-called 
"Lombard"  foliage  in  the  chapter-house  is  found  in  early  French  especially 
Norman  Gothic,  and  in  many  Cistercian  churches,  for  example,  in  Germany. 
(3)  The  so-called  "Romanesque"  transverse  arches  are  characteristic  of  French 
transitional  buildings :  Mr.  Mothes  will  also  find  them  imported  into  Germany  in 
such  typical  transitional  buildings  as  Limburg  (1213-50)  and  Gelnhausen  (parish 
church,  c.  1220-50).  (4)  The  claim  that  the  profiles  of  the  main  portal  are  "  Ger- 
man Gothic"  is  extremely  amusing.  It  was  probably  suggested  by  Abbot  Jordanus' 
visit  to  Germany  in  1188.  No  German  building  in  existence  before  1250,  to  my 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.    23 

statutes  of  the  order  to  erect  any  towers  save  a  low  one  over  the  inter- 
section.19 

The  facade  at  Fossanova,  therefore,  is  simple  and  follows  the  lines 
of  the  roofs  and  side-walls.  In  its  upper  story,  limited  by  the  lines  of 
the  gabled  roof  with  its  decoration  of  dentils  and  a  cornice-strip  below, 
is  an  eight-sided  oculus  or  ceuil-de-bceuf,  which  admits  air  and  light 
into  the  space  between  the  vaults  and  the  rafters  of  the  roof.  In  the 
upper  part  of  the  central  section  we  notice  the  presence  of  a  small 
crown-like  aperture,  which,  according  to  Paccasassi's  ingenious  con- 
jecture, is  a  memorial  of  the  munificence  of  the  Emperor  Frederick 
Barbarossa.  But  almost  the  entire  space  is  occupied  by  a  large  wheel- 
window20  of  effective  and  symmetrical  design,  partly  let  into  the  fayade, 
partly  standing  out  from  it,  while  around  it  is  a  false  arch  whose  mould- 
ings partly  appear  on  the  inner  side  of  the  fa9ade.  The  interest  of 
this  feature  is  the  greater,  independent  of  its  intrinsic  symmetry  and 
beauty,  from  the  fact  that  it  appears  to  be  anterior  to  the  year  1208  or 

knowledge,  has  any  similar  system  of  profiles.  Germany  was  the  last  country  in 
northern  or  central  Europe  to  adopt  Gothic  mouldings.  Those  of  Fossanova  can  be 
paralleled  in  contemporary  French  or  English  buildings.  (5)  Finally,  as  to  the  rose- 
window,  the  Normans  appear  not  to  have  employed  it  at  all;  so,  only  Lombard  influ- 
ence is  a  possibility. 

There  is  a  natural  tendency,  shown  in  many  passages  of  Mothes,  to  manufacture 
a  German  influence  over  Italian  transitional  or  Gothic  buildings.  The  Italians 
were  slow  in  adopting  Gothic  forms,  it  is  true ;  but,  such  as  they  were,  they  were 
quicker  about  it  than  the  Germans,  whose  transitional  period  lasted  until  the  latter 
half  of  the  xm  century.  It  is  therefore  very  evident  that,  when  Mothes  speaks  of 
German  influence  over  an  Italian  transitional  building  of  between  1170  and  1225 
or  a  Gothic  church  of  between  1225  and  1260  or  1270,  he  does  not  adduce  examples 
and  proofs  because  he  cannot.  Supposing  a  form  or  detail  in  an  Italian-Cistercian 
building  to  be  found  at  the  same  time  in  a  German-Cistercian  edifice,  for  example  at 
Maulbronn,  it  would  be  absurd  to  say  it  was  of  German  origin,  because  both  are  French. 

In  fine,  Mothes  adduces  no  facts  to  contradict  the  position,  that  the  architecture  of 
Fossanova  is  not  purely  French,  with  the  possible  exception  of  the  late  arm  of  the 
cloister. 

19  It  is  possible  that  the  dome-tower  over  the  intersection  was  built  or  rebuilt  later 
than  the  body  of  the  church.     It  is  well  known  that  according  to  the  Cistercian 
laws,  afterward  relaxed,  only  wooden  towers  were  at  first  allowed.     When  the  tower 
was  constructed,  substantially  as  it  was  before  the  earthquake,  the  ribs  may  have 
been  made  in  the  vault  that  supported  it. 

20  A  distinction  should  be  made  between  a  wheel-window  formed  on  the  principle  of 
spokes  radiating  from  a  centre,  and  a  rose-window  made  up  of  circles  and  short  arches 
imitating  the  outlines  of  the  leaves  of  a  widely  expanded  rose.  The  terms  are  usually 
employed  indiscriminatingly. 


24  AMERICAN  JO URNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

may  belong  even  to  the  closing  years  of  the  xn  century,  and  conse- 
quently antedates  nearly  all  of  the  known  rose-windows  of  similar 
style.  In  fact,  I  have  yet  to  find  one  of  so  pure  a  Gothic  style  as 
early  as  this,  even  in  the  Ile-de-France.  If  it  were  possible  to  give 
here  a  comparative  table  of  drawings  of  wheel-  and  rose-windows  of 
the  close  of  the  xu  and  beginning  of  the  xm  century,  two  results 
would  be  plain  :  (1)  the  gradual  development  between  1150  and  1200, 
by  the  Cistercians,  of  the  wheel-window  as  the  main  feature  of  the 
fa9ade ;  and  (2)  the  analogies  between  such  developed  Cistercian  win- 
dows as  this  of  Fossanova  and  those  of  the  early  Gothic  cathedrals. 

The  simpler  Cistercian  form  of  wheel  out  of  which  this  grew  is 
exemplified  near  by  at  the  monastery  of  Valvisciolo  founded  from 
Fossanova  in  1151.21  This  plain  heavy  church,  with  its  simple  square 
piers  and  low  unribbed  cross-vaults,  bears  upon  its  face  the  date  of 
its  construction,  between  1151  and  about  1170;  so  does  the  plain 
facade  with  a  single  round-headed  doorway.  One  would  be  inclined 
to  ascribe  to  a  later  date  the  fine  wheel-window,  were  it  not  that  it  is 
so  evidently  far  earlier  in  its  forms  than  that  of  Fossanova.  It  has 
twelve  instead  of  twenty-four  spokes  or  radiating  colonnettes,  and  the 
round  arches  they  support  do  not,  so  much  as  at  Fossanova,  lose  their 
circular  shape  in  the  point  formed  at  their  intersection :  the  entire 
work  is  heavier  in  its  proportions  and  less  delicate  in  the  execution 
of  details.  An  almost  exact  copy  of  the  window  at  Valvisciolo  is  seen 
in  another  monastic  church  of  this  region,  Sta.  Maria  de  Flumine  near 
Ceccano,  which  was  dedicated  in  1196,  being  then  already  finished. 
Other  Cistercian  examples  may  be  found  at  Casamari  (1151-1217), 
San  Galgano  near  Siena  (1201-48),  Sta.  Maria  at  Ferentino  (1225- 
50),  and  Monte  P  Abate  near  Perugia  (about  1200-25),  which  will 
be  illustrated  in  succeeding  papers.  The  most  interesting,  because  its 
early  date  confirms  the  age  of  that  of  Valvisciolo,  is  in  the  fayade  of 
the  Cistercian  church  of  Chiaravalle  di  Castagnola  near  Ancona.  Its 
date,  according  to  two  inscriptions,  is  between  1172  and  1196,  and  its 
wheel-window  is  in  every  detail  the  counterpart  of  that  of  Valvisciolo. 

The  wheel  of  Fossanova  has  a  diameter  of  5.50  met.,  and  is  formed 
of  a  hub  comprising  twelve  arches  of  irregularly  circular  shape,  which 
sustain  the  thrust  of  twenty-four  slender  colonnettes  that  radiate  toward 

21  The  buildings  of  Valvisciolo— church,  cloister,  chapter-house,  refectory,  etc.— 
will  be  illustrated  in  another  article ;  and  a  description  of  Sta.  Maria  at  Ceccano 
will  be  added. 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.    25 

the  circumference,  and,  on  reaching  it,  every  other  one  is  joined  together 
by  moulded  round  arches  so  intersecting  one  another  as  to  produce  the 
effect  of  a  series  of  pointed  arches,  and  this  effect  is  increased  by  the  use 
of  independent  frankly-pointed  sub-arches  joining  each  shaft.  These 
colonnettes  have  no  bases,  and  their  capitals  are  delicately  foliated  after 
the  style  of  the  advanced  transition.  An  irregular  tooth-ornament 
decorates  the  moulding  that  immediately  encloses  the  arches.  The 
outer  mouldings  of  the  circle  are  sharp,  bold,  and  projecting,  and  in 
their  grouping  and  outline  are  similar  to  those  of  the  portal  below. 

A  comparison  with  transitional  and  early-Gothic  windows  in  France 
is  interesting.  The  circular  form  was  not  used  at  all  until  late  in  the 
transitional  period,  and  then  only  in  the  Ile-de-France  and  a  few  build- 
ings of  Champagne.  As  soon  as  it  there  comes  into  use  it  develops 
in  two  general  types.  (1)  The  first  is  formed  of  a  series  of  circles  and 
low  arcades  on  the  principle  of  the  rose :  early  examples  are  found  in 
the  cathedrals  of  Nantes  (c.  1180-95),  Laon  (c.  1191-1210),  and  Char- 
tres  (c.  1220-30).  (2)  The  second  is  in  the  shape  of  a  wheel  with  lines 
radiating  from  a  centre.  In  the  latter  class,  with  which  we  are  con- 
cerned, the  form  appears  in  embryo  in  such  small  and  secondary  roses 
as  that  of  the  west  front  of  Senlis  (end  of  xn)  and  then  becomes  fully 
developed  in  the  great  window  of  the  main  front  of  Notre  Dame  in 
Paris  (1220-30)  and,  later,  in  those  of  the  cathedrals  of  Reims  (after 
1245)  and  Amiens  (c.  1238).  These,  and  others  like  them,  are  but 
the  logical  development  of  the  type  of  Fossanova.  In  fact,  at  Notre 
Dame,  which  has  the  simplest  of  the  group  just  enumerated,  there  can 
hardly  be  said  to  be  any  advance  on  Fossanova  :  perhaps  there  is  even 
a  loss  of  harmony  in  the  proportions,  through  the  enlarging  of  the 
hub.  The  main  change  is  the  use  of  trefoil  arches.  Here,  also,  there 
are,  as  at  Fossanova,  twelve  inner  and  twenty-four  outer  arches,  but 
the  intersection  is  entirely  instead  of  partially  obliterated  :  the  encir- 
cling mouldings  do  not  project,  as  the  window  is  entirely  set  into  the 
front  wall.  It  is  surrounded  by  a  projecting  round  arch  resting  on 
engaged  colonnettes,  in  a  way  to  show  how  closely  the  two  forms  were 
connected  by  architects  of  the  transition.  A  simpler  form  of  the  same 
arch  is  found  at  Fossanova  around  the  rose-window  of  the  apse,  and 
inside  that  of  the  fa9ade. 

It  is  possible  that  a  careful  study  of  this  important  feature  of  Gothic 
architecture  would  show  that  it  was  adopted  from  transitional  Cister- 
cian churches  into  the  general  scheme  of  Gothic  architecture.  In  this 


26  AMERICAN  JO  UENAL  OF  ARCHJEOLOG  Y. 

case,  I  believe  its  origin  may  be  traced  further,  and  that  the  Cister- 
cians may  have  borrowed  it  from  Lombard  architecture.  The  Cister- 
cian churches  in  France  built  at  the  close  of  the  xn  century,  such  as 
those  of  the  monasteries  of  Senanque,  Thoronet  and  Silvacane,  do  not 
seem  to  have  made  use  of  the  wheel-window.  On  the  other  hand, 
there  are  strong  arguments  in  favor  of  the  idea  that,  in  Italy  itself, 
the  simple  oculus  of  the  Latin  basilica  was  developed  into  the  wheel- 
window,  being  at  the  same  time  associated  with  the  idea  of  the  wheel 
of  fortune  (S.  Zenone  at  Verona),  a  symbol  of  human  life.  Examples 
during  the  xi  and  xn  centuries  are  not  uncommon  in  Italy.  Large 
and  elaborate  wheels  are  in  the  fa£ades  of  S.  Zenone  at  Verona,  S.  Rufino 
at  Assisi,  Sta.  Maria  Maggiore  and  S.  Pietro  at  Toscanella,  S.  Ciriaco 
at  Ancona,  and  the  cathedral  of  Modena.  A  comparison  of  these 
with  the  earliest  French  examples  (none  of  which  are  earlier  than 
1175)  leaves  no  doubt  as  to  the  priority  of  date  of  the  Italian  monu- 
ments. In  this  connection,  it  is  interesting  to  notice  the  close  resem- 
blance between  the  wheel- window  of  Fossanova  and  that  of  the  cathe- 
dral of  Modena  (c.  1150-80),  whose  twenty-four  colonnettes,  however, 
rest  squarely  upon  a  strong  inner  circle.22 

The  lower  part  of  the  facade  of  Fossanova  is  divided  into  three  sec- 
tions by  the  two  pier-buttresses  that  rise  as  far  as  the  gable  roof.  Two 
small  round-headed  windows  are  placed,  one  on  either  side,  above  the 
main  portal.  As  in  the  generality  of  Cistercian  churches,  according 
to  the  rule  of  the  order,  there  is  but  one  doorway  (PLATE  n),  whose 
numerous  mouldings  are  in  part  recessed  in  part  projected  beyond  the 
main  wall.  The  pointed  arch  is  surmounted  by  a  gable  of  proportions 
similar  to  that  of  the  roof  above,  with  a  like  decoration  of  dentils. 
Enclosing  the  gable  are  wall-ribs  forming  a  pointed  lunette  :  similar 
lunettes  are  formed  on  the  faces  of  the  side-aisles,  and  the  condition 
of  the  construction  around  and  between  them  shows  that  a  porch  was 
here  projected,  or  executed  and  at  some  time  destroyed.  We  still  see 
the  first  stones  of  the  pear-shaped  diagonal  ribs  of  its  vaults,  similar, 
on  a  reduced  scale,  to  those  in  the  chapter-house,  and  the  spring  of  the 

32 1  am  not  aware  of  any  treatment  of  the  origin,  development,  and  various  kinds 
of  wheel-  and  rose-windows.  VIOLLET-LE-DUC  has  an  interesting  article  in  his  Die- 
tiannaire  raitonne,  vol.  vm,  p.  39,  sgq.,  but  he  confines  himself  strictly  to  France.  The 
subject  seems  one  of  real  interest.  In  England  the  form  was  not  used ;  neither  was 
t  in  the  greater  part  of  France  or  Germany.  The  suggestion  of  an  Italian,  and 
nore  especially  Lombard,  origin  for  the  circular  window  with  tracery  is  merely  ten- 
tative, as  I  have  not  as  yet  sufficient  material  to  prove  it  satisfactorily 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.    27 

plain  but  heavy  double  transverse  arches  that  separated  the  three  vaults, 
similar  to  those  in  the  interior  of  the  church.  From  the  torn  and  rag- 
ged state  of  the  masonry,  and  the  fragments  of  the  vaults  buried  in  the 
fa9ade,  there  seems  hardly  any  doubt  that  the  porch  was  not  merely 
projected  but  actually  constructed,  and,  from  the  shape  of  its  ribs,  was 
evidently  the  latest  portion  of  the  church.  Such  a  porch  we  find  at  the 
neighboring  and  almost  contemporary  Cistercian  monastery  of  Casa- 
mari,  and  from  it  we  can  judge  the  porch  of  Fossanova  to  have  been 
open  and  formed  of  three  arches,  two  narrow  pointed  openings  corres- 
ponding to  the  aisles,  and  a  wide  central  opening  which,  at  Casamari, 
is  circular. 

The  doorway  is  almost  as  important  in  its  way  as  the  wheel-win- 
dow, and  deserves  careful  study.  Its  inner  diameter  is  2.60  met. ;  its 
outer  diameter  about  6  met.  The  pointed  arch  is  extremely  low,  and 
even  less  removed  from  the  circular  form  than  such  earlier  doorways 
as  those  at  Chartres  (c.  1140).  The  uprights  are  simple  and  have  no 
Gothic  features  in  the  three  recesses,  each  containing  a  slender  shaft. 
The  interest  lies  in  the  elaborate  mouldings  they  support,  whose  pro- 
files can  be  studied  in  the  phototype  in  PLATE  11.  In  the  doorways 
of  early-French  cathedrals  sculptured  figures  were  so  largely  used  to 
replace  mouldings  that  it  is  not  easy  to  find  examples  similar  to  this, 
and  perhaps  closer  resemblances  may  be  traced  in  early-English  work. 
The  mouldings  are  divided  into  four  groups  :  their  delicacy  is  such  as 
often  to  require  the  most  careful  examination.  Their  profiles  are  in  the 
pure  Gothic  style,  and  it  is  surprising  to  find  it  at  so  early  a  date  as 
before  1208,  and  especially  in  Italy.  Beside  the  corresponding  por- 
tal at  Casamari,  which  is  even  slightly  richer,  the  only  other  Italian 
portals  that  seem  to  equal  this  in  excellence  are  the  two  well-known 
ones  in  the  upper  and  lower  churches  of  S.  Francesco  at  Assisi,  exe- 
cuted nearly  a  half-century  later. 

Supported  on  two  consols  is  the  lintel  of  the  doorway,  every  inch  of 
which  is  covered  with  a  pattern  inlaid  in  mosaic  cubes,  the  design  of 
interpenetrating  circles  being  borrowed  from  the  church  pavements  so 
general  at  this  time,  especially  in  the  Eoman  and  southern  provinces. 
In  the  middle  was  an  oblong  space,  once  full  of  mosaic  cubes.  It 
probably  contained  the  inscription  of  the  Emperor  Frederick  I  already 
mentioned.  Above  the  lintel  the  tympanum  is  filled  with  a  semi- 
wheel  with  eight  radiating  colonnettes  supporting  intersecting  arches 
like  those  of  the  great  wheel-window  above.  Both  background  and 


28  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

arcades  are  covered  with  the  most  delicate  decoration  in  mosaic,  now 
sadly  injured.  This  mosaic-work  appears  to  have  proceeded  from 
the  hand  of  a  Roman  artist  or  decorator  (called  in  by  the  Cistercians), 
and  to  be  a  concession  to  local  taste,  as  the  order  was  averse  to  the  use 
of  color  in  decoration.  It  is  well  known  that  several  families  of  Roman 
mosaicists  and  sculptors  worked  in  this  region  at  about  this  time :  that 
of  theVassalletti  has  left  traces  at  Segni  and  Anagni ;  that  of  Paulus 
at  Ferentino ;  that  of  the  Cosmati  at  Anagni.  In  this  connection  it 
is  interesting  to  instance  the  doorway  of  the  cathedral  of  Civita  Cas- 
tellana,  the  tympanum  of  whose  main  doorway  is  occupied  by  a  semi- 
wheel  of  nearly  the  same  design  and  decoration  in  mosaic.  The  date 
is  about  1180,  and  it  is  a  signed  work  by  two  of  the  Roman  artists  of 
the  school  of  Cosmas,  Laurentius  and  his  son  Jacobus.  The  princi- 
pal difference  is,  that  both  tympanum  and  arcades  are  round  instead 
of  pointed.  In  Rome  itself  there  is  proof  of  the  cooperation  of  the 
Roman  Schools  and  the  Cistercians,  and  of  their  mutual  influence,  in 
such  buildings  as  Sta.  Sabina,  Sta.  Croce,  San  Sisto,  etc. 

The  other  external  features  of  the  church  can  be  dismissed  without 
much  comment.  A  narrow  and  simple  round-headed  window,  as  in 
early  French  transitional  buildings,  is  cut  in  each  bay,  both  in  nave 
and  aisle,  and  opposite  each  internal  pier  the  thrust  is  received  by  a 
rather  heavy  buttress-strip,  quite  devoid  of  decoration  save  string- 
courses at  top  and  bottom  of  both  main  and  side  aisles.  The  octagonal 
dome-tower  consists  of  two  stories,  each  lighted  by  eight  double  win- 
dows, surmounted  by  a  narrow  lantern.  It  is  a  modern  reconstruc- 
tion, dating  only  five  or  six  years  back,  and  said  to  vary  from  the 
model  only  in  the  greater  height  of  the  lantern.  It  had  been  several 
times  injured  by  lightning,  and  the  last  time  so  severely  that,  when  the 
Italian  Government  declared  Fossanova  a  national  monument,  it  was 
necessary  to  rebuild  the  tower  to  prevent  damage  to  the  church.  It 
had  been  previously  rebuilt  or  repaired  in  1595.  In  1157,  the 
Chapter  General  of  the  order  forbade  the  building  of  a  stone  tower 
over  the  intersection— the  only  place  where  a  tower  was  allowed — 
and  prescribed  that  they  should  be  of  wood  and  low  :  it  was  not  until 
1274  that  this  restriction  was  removed.23  The  tower  at  Fossanova  is 
but  one  of  many  instances  in  which  this  rule  was  disregarded. 

The  square  apse  is  plain  and  has  merely  an  ceuil-de-bceuf  under  the 
gable,  and,  below,  a  small  rose-window  of  eight  divisions  set  in  the 

23  DOHME,  op.  cit.,  p.  27. 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.    29 

curve  of  a  round-headed  false  window  whose  colonnettes  rest  upon  a 
projection  corresponding  to  the  level  of  the  vaults  of  the  aisle.  Just 
above  the  ground-level  spring  three  circular  blind  arches.  These  two 
lower  stories  of  the  apse  are  thought  by  Mothes  to  remain  from  an 
earlier  building  burned  in  1164  :  this  supposed  fire  is  also  thought  to 
have  spared  part  of  the  cloister.  In  Note  18  are  given  reasons  which 
seem  to  show  that  there  is  no  ground  for  such  an  opinion.  The  church 
was  built  at  one  time  and  there  are  no  traces  of  a  fire. 

INTERIOR  OF  THE  CHURCH. — The  rugged  and  stern  simplicity,  the 
opposition  to  the  superfluous  and  the  showy,  exemplified  in  the  life  and 
the  works  of  the  Cistercians — this  is  the  ideal  that  is  carried  out  in  stone 
in  the  massive  and  plain  interior  (PLS.  in,  iv).  It  embodies  the  spirit 
of  pure  constructiveness,  it  has  unity,  it  has  simplicity  and  grandeur ; 
more  subtle  is  the  charm  of  the  symmetry  and  harmony  of  all  its 
parts.  There  are  no  paintings  on  the  walls,  and  no  sculptures,  for  they 
were  forbidden  by  the  rules  of  the  order ;  there  is  no  mosaic  pave- 
ment, for  against  any  such  the  ruling  was  so  strict  that  the  Abbot  of 
Gard  was  forced  to  tear  up  one  he  had  laid  down  in  his  church  at 
about  this  time.  The  walls,  therefore,  are  without  decoration,  and 
this  lack  is  not  compensated  by  architectural  richness.  In  Cistercian 
churches  there  was  no  need,  for  the  use  of  the  congregation,  of  those 
triforium-galleries  that  form  so  important  a  feature  of  the  transitional 
buildings  of  the  Ile-de-France ;  and  therefore  we  do  not  find  them  at 
Fossanova.  The  small  plain  round-headed  windows  that  occupied  a 
corresponding  position,  between  the  summit  of  the  stone  vaults  and 
the  slanting  roof,  have  been  closed,  but  their  traces  remain  above 
the  main  arches,  and  in  the  twin  church  of  Casamari  they  are  still 
open.  As  compared  with  the  different  styles  of  interiors  that  had 
hitherto  been  seen  in  Italy,  this  differs  radically  on  almost  every 
point :  in  its  high  narrow  nave,  its  heavy  and  elaborate  piers,  its  en- 
gaged members  leading  the  eye  upward  at  every  bay,  and,  in  general, 
its  structural  effect.  It  must  have  exercised  the  strongest  influence 
upon  Italian  artists :  that  it  did,  can  be  proved  by  buildings  still  extant. 

Further  points  of  difference  from  the  contemporary  transitional 
churches  of  the  Ile-de-France  are — piers  in  place  of  columns  or  of  an 
alternation  of  columns  and  piers ;  somewhat  heavier  transverse  ribs  ; 
the  absence  of  arch-mouldings,  and,  in  general,  a  greater  simplicity 
of  profiles ;  a  somewhat  greater  width  of  the  central  nave,  as  com- 
pared to  its  height  and  to  the  width  of  the  side-aisles ;  a  larger 


30  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

proportion  of  solids  to  voids,  a  Komanesque  characteristic  retained 
because  no  flying  buttresses  were  yet  introduced  to  receive  the  thrust 
of  the  vaults. 

The  cruciform  ground-plan  is  simple  (PL.  vm-2) :  it  is  the  one  usually 
adopted  by  the  Cistercian  monasteries  founded  from  Clairvaux  and 
Morimond.24  The  apse  is  square  and  composed  of  a  double  bay ;  a 
form  which  is  characteristically  Cistercian  and  was  one  of  the  features 
adopted  from  them  by  the  Franciscans  and  Dominicans.  On  either 
side  extends  a  transept,  containing  in  each  wing  two  oblong  side- 
chapels  :  this  also  is  to  be  found  in  almost  every  church  of  the  order, 
although  occasionally  the  number  of  chapels  is  increased  to  six.  This 
peculiar  though  simple  arrangement  of  apse  and  transept  was  first 
pointed  out  by  M.  de  Montalembert,  in  1851,  as  being  a  Cistercian 
trait.25  This  is  especially  true  of  the  churches  of  monasteries  that 
carry  back  their  genealogy  to  Clairvaux  and  Morimond,  including  the 
greater  number  of  monasteries  of  Italy  and  Germany.  The  reason 
for  the  use  of  such  a  form  may  have  been  both  theoretical,  from  a 
love  of  simplicity,  and  practical,  from  a  desire  for  economy.  Its 
wide  adoption  seems  to  have  been  caused  by  the  fact  that  both  the 
above  parent  monasteries  originally  had  square-apsed  churches.  On 
the  contrary,  Pontigny,  whose  church  had  a  semicircular  choir  with 
radiating  chapels  more  in  accord  with  the  Gothic  ideal,  favored  the 
building  of  churches  on  the  same  model,  such  as  Sta.  Maria  di  Falleri 
(1143)  and  San  Martino  nearViterbo  (1207),  which  were,  with  San 
Sebastiano  near  Rome,  the  only  foundations  of  Pontigny  in  Italy. 
But  the  influence  of  Pontigny  in  favor  of  radiating  chapels  seems  to 
have  been  felt  in  such  churches  as  San  Francesco  at  Bologna  (1237- 
45),  which  contests  with  San  Francesco  at  Assisi  the  honor  of  being 
the  first  example  of  Northern  Gothic  erected  by  the  Franciscan  order ; 
such,  at  least,  is  Thode's  opinion  (op.  cit.y  p.  334).  In  Germany,  on 
the  other  hand,  while  the  square  apse  was  retained,  an  attempt  was 
usually  made  in  the  churches  of  the  end  of  the  xm  and  of  the  xiv 
century  to  add  a  richness  more  consonant  with  the  Gothic  style  by  the 
multiplication  of  apsidal  chapels  grouped  in  various  ways.  Such 

24  This  is  all  the  more  singular,  since  the  plans  of  Clairvaux  extant  show  a  semi- 
circular apse  with  radiating  chapels.  As  the  church  was  long  ago  destroyed  we  can 
only  conjecture  that  the  original  apse,  of  the  early  xn  century  was  square,  and  was 
replaced,  in  the  succeeding  century,  by  one  of  semicircular  form,  retaining  the  square 
chapels  in  the  transepts.  25  Bulletin  Monumental,  t.  xvn. 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.    31 

was  not  the  case  in  Italy,  where  the  simple  semicircular  Latin  apse 
was  never  much  changed,  even  under  Gothic  influence.  In  adopting 
the  square  apse,  no  necessity  was  felt  to  change  its  simplicity.  Of 
the  more  than  a  hundred  churches  built  by  the  Franciscans  and  Do- 
minicans in  Italy  during  the  xui  century,  which  I  have  had  occasion 
to  study  in  Central  Italy  alone,  nine-tenths  had  the  simple  square 
apse  of  the  Cistercians.  From  the  great  Sta.  Croce  and  the  beautiful 
Sta.  Maria  Novella  it  seems  to  have  passed  into  Brunelleschi's  con- 
sciousness, for  it  is  this  form  which  he  adopts  for  San  Lorenzo  at 
Florence.  In  his  Franz  von  Assisi,  Thode  gives  some  representative 
ground-plans  of  Franciscan  churches  of  this  Cistercian  type  and  very 
correctly  recognizes  whence  they  were  copied. 

In  England,  with  the  spread  of  monasticism,  the  square  apse  became 
so  popular  that  it  finally  was  the  prevailing  form  for  the  termination 
of  all  churches,  and  is  now  one  of  the  most  striking  characteristics  of 
English  Gothic  cathedrals.  In  fact,  it  is  claimed  that  the  square  apse 
was  used  in  England  before  the  advent  of  the  Cistercians.  Two 
English  churches  are  mentioned  as  having  square  apses  erected  during 
the  last  years  of  the  xi  century ;  these  are  the  cathedrals  of  Old  Sarum 
(1092)  and  Ely  (1082-1100).  This  is  considered  by  Willis  sufficient 
proof  that  "  we  do  not  owe  the  square  form  of  our  English  chancels 
to  the  Cistercian  monks." 26  It  is  in  harmony  with  the  small  artistic 
influence  exerted  by  the  Cistercians  in  their  native  land,  that  but  few 
traces  of  this  form  can  be  found  in  France  outside  the  churches  of  the 
order.  However,  among  conspicuous  examples  .are  the  transitional 
abbey-churches  of  La  R£gle,  La  Souterraine,  and  La  Couronne,  the 
church  of  Vernouillet  and  the  cathedral  of  Laon.27 

It  is,  therefore,  possible  to  trace  the  form  of  the  square  apse,  with 
four  or  six  square  side-chapels  in  the  transept,  from  the  beginning  of 
the  xn  to  the  end  of  the  xv  century.  But  can  we  go  further  back  ? 
Did  the  Cistercians,  in  their  search  after  the  simplest  forms  in  archi- 

^Facsimile  of  the  Sketch-book  of  Wilars  de  Honecort,  published  by  M.  J.  B.  A.  Lassus, 
translated  by  Rev.  Robert  Willis :  London,  1859,  pp.  80-86.  On  pi.  xxvn  is  the 
ground-plan  of  a  church  by  de  Honecort  described  as  "  a  square  church  which  was 
designed  for  the  Cistercian  order."  In  connection  with  it  is  some  interesting  matter 
regarding  the  use  of  the  square  apse,  and  some  correspondence  of  Mr.  Willis  with  M. 
de  Montalembert,  the  famous  author  of  Les  Moines  d'  Orient  et  d'  Occident,  with  the  Eng- 
lish archaeologist  J.  H.  Parker,  and  with  Schnaase  and  Lassus. 

87  The  square  apse  of  Laon  replaced,  in  the  xm  century,  the  original  semicircu- 
lar end. 


32  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

tecture,  invent  it,  or  did  they  merely  adopt  it  from  previous  buildings? 
A  decided  answer  seems  difficult.  In  Italy  alone  there  would  appear 
to  be  several  examples  previous  to  the  Cistercians.  The  square  apse 
of  a  semi-Byzantine  church  of  the  VI  or  vn  cent,  in  Venice,  San  Gia- 
como  al  Bialto28  would  have  had  no  influence,  being  in  the  form  of  a 
Greek  cross  and  without  side-chapels.  In  closer  relationship  stands 
the  cathedral  of  Troina  in  Southern  Italy,  said  by  Mothes29  to  have 
been  finished  as  early  as  1080,  whose  square  apse  is  flanked  by  square 
chapels.  Doubtless,  further  search  would  secure  other  examples  appar- 
ently anterior  to  the  Cistercians,  although  the  possibility  of  a  restora- 
tion might  always  remain.  Mention  has  also  been  made  above  of  the 
claim  of  its  use  in  England  prior  to  the  Cistercians. 

Returning  to  Fossanova — the  face  of  the  apse  is  but  slightly  deco- 
rated ;  above  is  a  small,  eight-lobed  rose-window  with  mouldings  simi- 
lar to  those  of  the  fagade.  It  is  framed  by  a  strongly-marked  round 
arch  supported  by  engaged  columns  defining  the  outline  of  the  recess. 
Below  are  three  recessed  windows  corresponding  to  those  on  the  ex- 
terior ;  they  are  now  closed  but  may  have  been  originally  open.  One 
of  them,  through  some  early  restoration,  was  made  pointed;  the  other 
two  remain  round-headed.  Over  the  intersection  rises  an  octagonal 
cross-vault,  of  domical  shape,  with  an  opening  in  the  centre  which 
communicates  with  the  octagonal  tower  it  supports.  This  vault  is 
ribbed  with  both  diagonal  and  longitudinal  ribs  of  simple  outline, 
which  seem  to  indicate  this  vault  to  be  later  than  the  body  of  the 
church.  The  body  of  the  church  is  composed  of  a  wide  and  extremely 
lofty  nave,  flanked  by  low  and  narrow  aisles,  each  formed  of  seven 
bays  divided  by  piers.  The  measurements  of  the  church,  for  the  great 
part  as  given  by  Paccasassi,  are  as  follows :  greatest  length  inside,  64.50 
met.;  outside,  69  met. ;  greatest  internal  breadth,  29  m. ;  length  of  apse 
(int.),  12.40  m. ;  width  of  apse  (int.),  8.90  m. ;  width  of  nave,  between 
piers,  8.50  m.,  between  axes,  c.  10  m. ;  width  of  aisles  between  wall 
and  piers,  3.50  m. ;  height  of  engaged  pilasters  supporting  vaults,  20 
m. ;  total  height  to  vaults,  about  26  m.  A  cross-section  is  given  in 
PL.  ix-1,  and  a  longitudinal  section  in  PL.  ix-2.  The  relation  of  the 
width  of  the  nave  to  its  height  is  about  as  1:3,  a  proportion  nearly 
equivalent  to  the  average  in  French  buildings. 

It  seems  singular,  while  the  church  is  so  far  advanced  in  transition 

88  Hv*acn,AltchristUche D&nkmaler,  pis.  38,  39.  ™Op.  eit.,  p.  524,  fig.  133. 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.    33 

in  certain  points,  that  on  the  cardinal  question  of  vaulting  it  should 
lag  so  far  behind.     The  vaults  of  the  body  of  the  church,  both  nave 
and  aisles,  are  unribbed  and  merely  groined ;  it  is  only  in  the  apse, 
which  in  Cistercian  churches  seems  often  to  have  been  left  to  the  last 
or  to  have  been  made  over  later,  that  we  find  ribs,  whose  introduc- 
tion at  Fossanova  might  therefore  be  in  about  1200  or  a  trifle  earlier. 
Still,  though  unribbed,  these  vaults  are  of  an  advanced  design.    They 
are  sexpartite,  being  divided  not  only  by  intersecting  diagonal  groins 
but  by  a  groin  curving  downward  at  its  ends,  at  right  angles  with 
the  axis  of  the  church,  while  there  is  also,  at  right  angles  to  this,  a 
straight  groin  across  the  centre  along  the  axis.    This  kind  of  vaulting 
was  employed  in  the  Norman  churches  of  the  twelfth  century,  all  these 
groins  being  ribbed  except  that  along  the  axis,  thus  forming  the  well- 
known  sexpartite  vault  employed  in  the  transitional  and  early-Gothic 
churches  in  France  before  the  introduction  of  quadripartite  vaults.    The 
vaults  are  divided  and  framed  by  heavy  transverse  arches,  double  and 
pointed :  they  are  low,  and  resemble  in  this  respect  those  of  some  tran- 
sitional Burgundian  churches,  as,  for  example,  that  at  Souvigny,  not 
to  mention  French  Cistercian  churches  like  Silvacane.     This  adds  to 
their  effectiveness.    These  double  transverse  arches  are  supported  by  a 
pilaster  and  a  half-column  engaged  in  the  main  wall :  the  pilaster  rises 
from  the  floor  and  forms  an  integral  part  of  the  piers  of  the  nave ;  while 
the  engaged  column  ends,  about  half-way  down  the  pier,  in  a  consol, 
a  peculiarity  common  to  many  Cistercian  and  a  few  other  churches. 
The  verticality  of  these  lines  is  interrupted  at  two  points  by  a  simple 
cornice  :  the  upper  cornice  frames  the  arches  of  the  nave ;  the  lower 
marks  the  spring  of  these  arches  and  forms  a  simple  plinth  for  their 
side  engaged  columns.     The  abaci  of  the  supports  of  the  transverse 
arches  have  the  same  profile,  which  resembles,  though  it  is  even  sim- 
pler, those  in  the  transitional  churches  of  Mouzon,  Senlis,  and  in 
other  French  churches.     The  presence  of  ribs  in  vaults  of  the  xu 
century  is  considered  to  be  a  necessity  if  they  are  to  be  regarded  as 
transitional  vaults.     All  unribbed  vaults  are  dubbed  pure  Roman- 
esque.   Leaving  this  question  for  a  moment,  let  us  examine  the  other 
characteristics  of  vaults  of  the  transitional  buildings  of  the  Ile-de- 
France.     They  are  separated  by  pointed  transverse  arches  resting  on 
engaged  shafts  :  their  wall  or  longitudinal  ribs  are  also  pointed  :  the 
vault  itself  is  not  quadripartite  but  sexpartite :  it  is  also  decidedly 
domical,  for  the  key  of  the  vault  is  considerably  higher  than  the  sum- 
3 


34  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

mit  of  either  the  longitudinal  or  the  transverse  arches  :  the  masonry 
is  twisted,  because  the  wall-arch  springs  from  a  point  above  that  of 
the  transverse  arch,  and  of  the  groins  and  their  diagonal  ribs.  All 
these  characteristics  of  advanced  transition  are  present  in  the  vaults 
of  Fossanova,  and  the  pressure  is  so  well  distributed  as  to  render  the 
use  of  flying  buttresses  unnecessary,  although  thick  walls  and  heavy 
piers  are  still  required. 

There  is  a  marked  simplicity  in  the  main  arches  of  the  nave  (PL.  in). 
They  are  totally  devoid  of  external  mouldings,  and  this  point  of  differ- 
ence between  Fossanova  and  the  transitional  churches  of  the  Ile-de- 
France  is  in  harmony  with  the  Cistercian  dislike  of  the  unreal  and  the 
artificial,  and  their  love  of  constructional  beauty.  The  necessary  relief 
and  play  of  light  and  shade  is  here,  but  it  is  given  by  the  sub-arches 
supported  on  engaged  columns.  This  feature  might  be  thought  to  be 
of  Italian  origin,  for  it  is  to  be  found  both  in  internal  and  external 
constructions  of  the  earlier  part  of  the  century  in  various  parts  of 
Italy.  Such  are  the  interiors  of  San  Zenone  at  Verona,  in  the  north, 
Sta.  Maria  di  Castello  at  Corneto,  San  Sisto  at  Orvieto,  and  of  the 
churches  at  Toscanella  in  the  States  of  the  Church,  and  the  porch  of 
S.  Erasmo  atVeroli  in  the  same  region  as  Fossanova.  It  is,  how- 
ever, found  in  early-French  Cistercian  churches ;  such  as  Silvacane 
and  Thoronet,  and  is  a  feature  too  obvious  to  belong  to  any  special 
school,  being  found,  in  fact,  in  the  Romanesque  buildings  of  every 
country.  It  lies  at  the  base  of  the  arch-mouldings  of  most  of  the  con- 
temporary constructions  of  the  Ile-de-France,  in  which  the  corners  are 
cut  and  decorated  with  torus-mouldings.  A  longitudinal  section  is  given 
in  PL.  ix-1,  a  cross-section  in  PL.  ix-2.  The  piers  are  massive  and 
short  for  their  height,  if  viewed  in  themselves,  but  standing  in  a  per- 
fectly harmonious  relation  to  the  entire  structure  :  they  are  formed  by 
the  intersection  of  two  parallelograms  in  each  of  whose  faces  a  column 
is  engaged.  Their  bases  are  simple  but  high  :  those  of  the  engaged 
columns  rise  in  a  triple  step,  above  which  are  Ionic  mouldings.  The 
capitals  are  of  good  proportions  and  of  simple  transitional  floral  de- 
sign, almost  every  pair  differing  somewhat  in  details.  With  the  ex- 
ception of  the  over-curling  knops  at  the  corners  and  an  occasional  leaf 
in  capitals  that  have  a  double  row  of  leaves,  the  design  is  in  very  low 
relief  and  is  almost  entirely  surface  decoration.  Many  similar  exam- 
ples could  be  given  from  contemporary  French  buildings,  but  to  one 
familiar  with  this  period  of  architecture  the  parallelism  is  too  evident 
to  require  demonstration.  The  main  designs  are  given  in  PL.  ix-3. 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.    35 

The  view  down  the  side-aisles  (PL.  iv)  gives  a  different  impression 
from  that  of  the  centre  of  the  church,  being  more  sombre  and  massive. 
It  is  more  decidedly  French,  and  one  is  reminded  very  strongly  of 
Laon,  and  slightly  of  St.  Leu  d'Esserent,  Souvigny,  and  Autun.  Far 
heavier  in  proportion  than  those  of  the  nave  are  the  double  transverse 
arches,  owing  to  the  lowness  and  narrowness  of  the  aisles ;  more  sol- 
emn and  full  of  perspective  is  the  long  line  of  piers  with  their  engaged 
columns  rising  from  the  ground.  The  low  vaults  are  built  on  the  same 
plan  as  those  of  the  nave. 

Although  the  church  has  been  more  than  once  restored,  nothing  has 
been  done  to  change  the  structure :  the  principal  alteration  seems  to  have 
consisted  in  closing  the  three  windows  in  the  apse  and  the  line  of  small 
windows  in  the  nave  under  the  clerestory.  The  date  of  these  altera- 
tions may  be  1595,  when  the  tower  and  the  high  altar  were  thrown 
down  by  lightning  and  great  damage  was  done  to  the  entire  structure. 
This  is  recorded  by  the  following  inscription  on  the  first  pilaster  to 
the  left : 

.HVIVS  AEDIS  MAIOREM  PARTEM 
TVRRIM  SACRAM  ATQVE  ARAM  MAXIMAM 
ICTV  FVLMINIS  DEIECTAS 
PETRVS  CARDINALIS  ALDOBRANDINVS 
CLEMENTIS  VIII  PONT.  MAX.  FRATRIS  FILIVS 
HVIVS  MONASTERII  PERPET.  COMMENDATARIVS 

RESTITVIT 
ANNO  SALVTIS  MDXCV. 

The  ancient  arrangement  of  the  choir  and  the  style  of  the  campanile 
before  it  was  overthrown,  are  described  by  Valle  in  his  history. 

In  1812  the  monastery  was  deserted,  in  consequence  of  Napoleon's 
confiscations,  and  the  church  was  turned  into  a  stable  for  buffalos.  On 
being  given,  in  1826,  by  Leo  XII  to  the  Certosa  of  Trisulti,  the  church 
was  repaired  and  afterwards  restored  to  worship  in  1845,  when  monks 
were  sent  there  from  Trisulti :  a  considerable  sum  was  then  spent  on 
the  buildings.  In  1874,  it  was  declared  a  national  monument,  and 
since  that  time  the  central  tower  has  been  rebuilt  and  the  church  and 
monastery  put  in  good  repair. 

NIGHT-CHOIR  AND  SACRISTY. — Before  leaving  the  church  we  must 
mention  two  small  chambers  attached  to  the  right  arm  of  the  transept, 
adjoining  the  monastery  and  communicating  with  both  :  one  is  the  coro 


36  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCHJEOLOG  Y. 

ddla  notte  where  the  monks  gathered  to  chant  the  service  at  night,  the 
other  is  the  Sacristy. 

MONASTIC  BUILDINGS. — Passing  from  the  church  to  the  monastery 
we  find  the  following  constructions  of  the  early  period  to  examine : 
(1)  Cloister;  (2)  Refectory  and  its  dependencies,  such  as  kitchen, 
storeroom,  wine-vaults  or  cellar ;  (3)  Chapter-house  and  its  annexes ; 
(4)  Dormitories  for  the  monks  and  lay-brothers,  the  corridors  and  stair- 
ways; (5)  Hospital  or  Infirmary  ;  (6)  Guest-house  and  Chapel  of  St. 
Thomas  Aquinas;  (7)  Old  Church  of  Sta.  Potentiana;  (8)  Great  Court 
with  cemetery  and  garden. 

CLOISTER. — At  the  corner  of  the  nave  where  it  joins  the  transept 
is  cut  a  doorway  through  which,  by  descending  a  few  steps,  the  ST.  E. 
corner  of  the  cloister  is  reached.  The  two  engaged  columns  in  this 
doorway  are  divided  in  the  centre  by  a  triple  moulding,  as  at  Casa- 
mari.  Another  interesting  round-headed  doorway  leads  into  a  cor- 
ridor from  the  E.  end  of  the  s.  arm  of  the  cloister :  it  is  decorated  with 
the  Norman  zigzag,  and  is  thoroughly  Romanesque. 

The  cloister  is  a  remarkably  perfect  example.  When  Ricci  wrote, 
nearly  fifty  years  ago,  his  history  of  Italian  architecture,  he  mentions 
the  cloister  as  having  a  second  story  of  the  same  style  (Note  2).  This 
no  longer  exists.  It  must  have  been  remodelled  at  the  time  of  the  last 
restorations.  There  remain,  on  the  second  story,  two  fine  pointed  win- 
dows above  the  chapter-house ;  and  the  three  round-headed  windows 
on  the  north  side  belong  to  the  refectory. 

The  lower  story  is  still  complete,  though  it  is  disfigured  at  points, 
on  the  side  next  the  church,  by  the  addition  of  heavy  buttress-piers. 
The  cloister  is  not  exactly  square :  it  measures  23.65  met.  in  length 
by  19.10  met.  in  width,  and  forms  the  centre  of  the  monastery  around 
which  are  grouped  all  the  other  buildings.  It  belongs  to  two  distinct 
periods  of  architecture  which  are  even  more  widely  separated  in  style 
than  in  date.  It  was  first  built,  toward  the  middle  of  the  century,  in  a 
simple  but  refined  style,  comparable  but  superior  to  the  latest  part  of 
the  cloister  at  SS.  Yincenzo  ed  Anastasio  near  Rome,  whose  date  is  pre- 
sumably 1140  to  1150.  At  the  close  of  the  century,  the  south  side 
was  rebuilt  in  a  rich  architecture  that  reminds  of  some  cloisters  of  the 
South  of  France  and  of  Sicily ;  but  even  in  this  section  traces  of  the 
old  style  remain  in  the  main  wall.  The  old  sides  (N.,  E.  and  w.)  are 
covered  with  fine  barrel- vaults  interrupted  by  slight  transverse  arches. 
The  arcades  are  composed  of  low  round  arches  supported  by  coupled 


NTEODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.   37 

colonnettes.  The  arches  are  narrow  and  entirely  without  mouldings. 
They  are  not  divided  into  groups  by  external  false  arcades,  as  in  some 
Cistercian  cloisters  in  France  of  this  period.  The  capitals  are  quite 
plain,  none  having  any  foliated  design,  and  are  surmounted  by  a  thin 
abacus  :  their  two  principal  types,  shown  in  PLATE  xi-2  are  modifi- 
cations of  the  cubic  form,  and  were  used  by  the  Cistercians  before  they 
began  (about  1 1 50)  to  adopt  foliage.  The  shafts  also  are  plain  and  meas- 
ure exactly  one  metre  without  their  bases,  which  are  a  simple  modifi- 
cation of  the  Ionic  form  and  rather  high  in  proportion  :  the  diameter 
of  the  shafts  is  17  cent.,  and  they  are  raised  upon  a  parapet  about  a 
metre  in  height.  Attached  to  the  w.  side  is  a  well,  covered  with  a 
pavilion  formed  by  four  square  piers  supporting  pointed  arches.  It 
is  ancient,  but  of  later  date  than  the  new  cloister. 

Of  far  greater  interest  is  the  newer  south  side,  opposite  the  Refectory. 
An  internal  view  is  given  on  PLATE  v.  Its  vaults  are  groined  and 
separated  by  transverse  arches  delicately  moulded  resting  on  engaged 
columns  which  on  the  outside  spring  from  the  ground  and  on  the  inside 
wall,  next  to  the  refectory,  rest  upon  consols.  There  are  five  bays  : 
four  open  out  onto  the  open  court  through  four  pointed  arches  supported 
by  coupled  colonnettes,  while  the  central  one  has  but  a  single  wide  round 
arch  leading  into  a  tempietto  that  formerly  contained  the  fountain  used 
for  ablutions  on  entering  and  leaving  the  refectory.  These  bays  are 
divided  by  heavy  buttress-piers  in  which  columns  are  engaged.  Each 
one  has  a  small  opening  or  oculus  in  the  wall,  above  the  arcade,  alter- 
nately octagonal  and  similar  to  a  Maltese  cross.  The  affiliations  of 
this  side  of  the  cloister  are  varied.  In  the  south  of  France,  a  similar 
style  is  to  be  found  in  the  well-known  cloister  of  Moissac,  which  Yiol- 
let-le-Duc  gives  as  typical  of  the  best  Cistercian  style  of  the  close  of  the 
xii  century ;  another  example  is  that  of  S.  Trophime  at  Aries.  In 
Italy,  the  closest  resemblances  are  to  the  Norman  cloisters  of  Sicily, 
especially  that  of  Monreale,  which  is  contemporary.  But,  notwith- 
standing that  these  are  among  the  most  famous  constructions  of  their 
kind,  this  one  at  Fossanova  appears  to  me  to  surpass  them  all  in  beauty 
and  symmetry.  The  combination  of  strength  and  massiveness  with 
elegance  and  profusion  of  rich  details  is  somewhat  unexpected  in  a 
Cistercian  building  of  this  date. 

The  vaults  are  oblong  but  unribbed,  but  this  does  not  appear  to 
be  any  indication  of  an  early  date,  for  the  details  of  the  construction 
are  advanced.  The  transverse  arches  differ  in  outline  from  those  of 


38  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.] 

the  chapter-house,  and  consist  of  three  tores  defined  by  simple  concave 
mouldings,  all  springing  from  a  solid  floral  bed  that  surmounts  the 
abacus  of  the  supporting  engaged  columns  (Fig.  T).  These  supports 
have  capitals  of  bold  and  schematic  forms,  in  contrast  to  the  highly 
worked  shafts  of  the  arcades — a  contrast  in  accord  with  their  different 
position,  use,  and  size.  The  projecting  mouldings  of  the  small  arches 
remind  of  those  on  the  outside  of  the  corresponding  arcades  at  Mon- 
reale  and  the  Eremitani  at  Palermo,  though  more  detailed  and  Gothic. 
They  are  divided  into  two  sections ;  the  inner  ending  in  a  point  over 
the  abacus,  the  outer  terminating  in  a  rosette-consol  above,  except  where 
it  ends  in  a  lower  consol,  next  to  the  transverse  arches.  The  gems  of 
the  cloister  are  the  24  free-standing  colonnettes  (besides  which  there 
are  28  engaged  shafts).  PLATES  v,  xi-2  will  show  the  delicacy 
and  artistic  taste  shown  in  the  composition  and  execution  of  both 
shaft  and  capital.  Hardly  any  two  are  alike.  Some  have  been  sadly 
injured  both  in  capitals  and  bases,  a  danger  to  which  they  were  the 
more  exposed  on  account  of  the  sharpness  of  the  pro- 
files and  the  extreme  projection  of  knops,  flowers,  and 
leaves.  All  the  decorative  forms  are  mostly  Gothic. 
A  number  of  the  shafts  are  composed  of  four  colon- 
Sedion  of  trans-  nettes  engage(l  in  a  central  mass  which  is  sometimes 
verse  arches.  plain,  sometimes  decorated  with  sharply  projecting 
dents  de  scie,  or  with  flowering  creepers  whose  leaves 
and  flowers  then  encircle  in  more  exuberant  fashion  the  capital  itself. 
At  times,  the  four  engaged  shafts  are  straight,  at  times,  they  twist 
around  the  central  mass  in  the  middle  section,  at  times,  the  twist  ex- 
tends from  capital  to  base.  Greater  elegance  and  apparent  length  is 
given  to  the  shafts  in  this  side  of  the  cloister  by  the  lesser  height  of 
the  bases  and  the  close  union  of  the  shaft  with  the  capital  which  is  but 
its  gradual  expansion. 

Great  decorative  use  is  made  of  colonnettes  set  against  rather  than 
engaged  in  the  piers.  This  is  done  with  especially  happy  effect  in  the 
pavilion  or  tempietto  that  is  entered  from  the  middle  bay.  It  is  square 
in  form,  measuring  five  metres.  Its  three  other  sides  are  formed  by 
two  round  arches  sustained  in  the  centre  by  a  single  heavy  column, 
while  at  the  four  corners  are  square  piers  against  which  colonnettes  are 
set  in  pairs  to  support  the  arch-mouldings.  These  arches  bear  a 
high  conical  roof  that  supports  a  lantern  consisting  of  eight  colonnettes 
on  which  rests  a  small  conical  roof  (PLATE  x)  :  a  similar  arrangement 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.    39 

crowns  the  summit  of  the  octagonal  tower  over  the  church.  Regard- 
ing the  pavilion,  Mothes  remarks  (op.  tit.,  p.  692)  :  "  It  must  also  be 
noticed  that  this  roof  is  not  placed  over  a  vault  but  forms  itself  the 
vault.  A  comparison  with  the  towers  of  Trani,  the  tomb  of  Bohe- 
mund,  and  some  ciboria  of  the  same  period  and  region,  is  sufficient  to 
prove  that  Norman  influence  was  here  at  work,  and  this  is  strength- 
ened by  the  fact  that  in  Normandy  and  in  England  several  applica- 
.  tions  of  the  same  principle  occur,  while  in  Southern  France,  whose 
influence  on  Italy  is  so  often  proclaimed,  I  know  of  no  examples  of 
it."  This  quotation  embodies  Mothes'  principal  argument  for  the 
presence  of  Norman  influence  at  Fossanova.  The  fluted  column  oppo- 
site the  entrance,  with  its  capital,  and  the  shaft  on  the  right,  are  res- 
torations made  in  1600  by  Cardinal  Aldobrandini,  according  to  this 
inscription  carved  in  a  stone  let  into  the  pavement :  PETRVS  CARD. 

ALDOBRANDINVS  CLEM.  VIII  P.  M.  EX  FRATRE  NEPOS  |  PERPET.  COM- 
ENDATARIVS  RESTAVRAVIT  |  AN  IVB.  M.  D.  C.  At  the  time  of  this 

restoration,  the  original  fountain  was  replaced  by  the  present  table, 
and  the  shafts  supporting  the  transverse  arches  of  the  cloister  near  the 
entrance  were  replaced  by  the  present  octagonal  shafts.  The  use  of 
round  arches  in  the  pavilion  is  rather  unexpected,  and  is  doubtless 
owing  to  the  form  of  roof  they  support. 

REFECTORY. — Opposite  the  pavilion  is  the  entrance  to  the  Refec- 
tory, through  a  fine  large  doorway  flanked  by  two  small  windows  and 
reached  by  a  few  descending  steps.  It  is  a  lofty  hall,  but  rather  dark 
and  gloomy  owing  to  the  stern  plainness  of  its  architecture  and  the 
closing  of  many  of  its  windows  (PLATE  xi-1).  It  is  about  30  met. 
long  by  20  in  width,  and  projects  far  beyond  the  body  of  the  monas- 
tery. Its  plain  gable  roof  is  supported  by  five  heavy  pointed  trans- 
verse arches,  plain  and  without  any  mouldings.  "With  one  exception 
these  arches  rest  on  engaged  pilaster  strips  that  terminate  in  corbels. 
It  was  originally  lighted  by  sixteen  windows,  but  all  but  ten  are  now 
closed  up.  Paccasassi  (op.  tit.,  p.  12)  speaks  of  records  that  mention 
large  tables  made  of  walnut  and  supported  by  marble  columns,  which 
filled  the  hall.  The  pulpit  also  has  disappeared.  According  toValle 
(op.  tit.}  it  was  of  marble  with  a  decoration  in  mosaic,  and  we  may  sup- 
pose it  to  have  been  executed  by  the  same  Roman  artist  who  decorated 
the  main  portal  with  mosaic-work.  The  semicircular  base  upon  which 
the  pulpit  rested  still  remains,  projecting  from  the  right  wall,  and  con- 
sists of  a  remarkably  rich  group  of  projecting  mouldings  in  boldly  over- 


40  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

hanging  series.  It  is  reached  by  a  staircase.  The  windows  are  all 
round-headed  and  simple.  On  the  right,  however,  encircling  two  win- 
dows, are  two  wide  and  heavy  arcades  with  three  groups  of  mouldings 
that  relieve  the  barenness  of  the  interior.  There  is  some  delicate  work 
in  the  capitals  also,  though  the  foliage  is  slightly  more  primitive  than 
in  the  cloister  and  even  than  in  the  church. 

The  date  of  the  Kefectory  is  considerably  later  than  that  of  the  old 
cloister.  That  it  is  slightly  posterior  to  the  Hospital  is  shown  by  the  . 
greater  detail  in  its  supporting  pilaster-strips  and  the  foliage  of  its  capi- 
tals, even  though  the  Hospital  have  pointed  instead  of  round-headed 
windows.  It  was  probably  built  between  1160  and  1170,  and  only 
slightly  antedates  the  church,  where  similar  capitals  are  employed. 

Next  to  the  refectory  are  the  kitchen  and  the  calef actor ium,  where 
the  monks  came  to  warm  themselves  in  winter,  as  no  fires  were  allowed 
in  the  dormitory  or  the  other  parts  of  the  monastery. 

CHAPTEK-HOUSE. — The  Chapter-house  is  entered  through  a  sim- 
ple round-headed  door  in  the  centre  of  the  western  arm  of  the  cloister : 
its  floor  is  reached  by  descending  four  steps.  On  either  side  of  the  door 
are  two  simple  round-headed  windows  separated  merely  by  a  short  col- 
onnette.  Both  door  and  windows  belong  to  an  earlier  period  than  the 
hall  itself,  and  form  part  of  the  early  cloister,  as  noticed  above.  The 
Chapter-house  is  nearly  square,  measuring  10.70  met.  in  length  and 
11.45  in  width.  Its  vaults  are  supported  by  two  piers  or,  more  ex- 
actly, bundles  of  shafts,  which  divide  it  into  six  compartments.  Oppo- 
site the  entrance  are  three  good-sized  pointed  windows,  one  opposite 
each  vault.  A  stone  seat  for  the  monks  encircles  the  whole  interior 
and  belongs  to  the  original  construction. 

This  interior  is,  in  every  detail,  a  perfect  example  of  early  Gothic, 
and  is  in  this  respect  by  far  the  most  important  part  of  the  monastic 
buildings.  Aesthetically,  it  is  worthy  of  high  praise  for  harmony  of 
line  and  combined  delicacy  and  boldness  of  effects.  The  two  piers  are 
composed  of  eight  shafts,  each  with  a  diameter  of  17  cent.,  grouped 
around  a  central  mass  whose  octagonal  shape  is  concealed  on  four 
of  its  angles  by  minute  shafts  that  fill  the  interstices,  while  the  other 
corners  are  left  exposed.  This  arrangement  gives  an  air  of  lightness, 
increased  by  the  fact  that  the  shafts  are  but  slightly  engaged  in  the 
mass  (Fig.  2).  Of  these  shafts  four  support  the  diagonal  ribs,  two  the 
transverse  and  two  the  longitudinal  arches :  they  measure  2.35  met. 
in  height,  without  bases,  and  their  capitals  are  50  cent.  high.  A  sym- 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.    41 

metrical  base,  carefully  moulded,  corresponds  in  height  to  the  abacus 
of  the  capitals.  The  vaults  are  oblong  and  only  slightly  domed,  and, 
as  Mothes  justly  remarks,  the  rosettes  of  their  keystones  are  very  beau- 
tiful and  delicate.  Two  peculiarities  are  at  once  noticeable  in  the  three 
vaults  near  the  windows.  The  imposts  on  the  outer  wall,  and  conse- 
quently the  spring  of  all  the  arches  and  ribs  on  that  side,  are  placed 
at  a  greater  height.  The  diagonal  ribs,  therefore,  do  not  intersect  at 
the  summit  of  the  vault.  In  the  second  place,  in  order  to  secure  this 
result,  these  outer  bays  are  wider  than  the  others  and  their  longitudi- 
nal arches  are  semicircular,  whereas  those  of  the  other  bays  are  pointed, 
like  the  transverse  arches.  This  is  shown  in  PLATE  vi.  The  evident 
reason  for  this  was  that  the  architect  wished  to  have  more  wall  space 
for  the  windows.  An  examination  of  the  profiles  of  the  capitals  and 
bases,  and  especially  of  the  transverse,  longitudinal  and  diagonal  ribs, 
will  show  very  clearly  that  they  all  belong  to  the  late-transitional  types 
that  were  in  vogue  in  the  Ile-de-France  between  1 1 50  and  1210.  They 
approach  more  closely,  however,  those  executed  during  the  last  part 
of  this  period.  The  strongest  resemblances  are,  for  example,  with  those 
parts  of  Laon,  Senlis,  and  Notre  Dame  of  Paris  that  date  from  1170 
to  1 200.30  A  comparison  with  these  and  similar  buildings  shows  that 
the  architect  of  this  Chapter-house  of  Fossanova  was  fully  abreast  with 
the  times,  and  that  his  work  is  equal  in  beauty  and  skill  to  the  fore- 
most French  constructions.31  He  does  not  rest  his  ribs  directly  on  the 
abacus  of  the  piers ;  neither  does  he  use  circular  bases  projecting  be- 
yond it,  as  is  frequently  done  in  French  and  English  transitional  struc- 
tures. But  he  gives  strength  to  the  ribs  by  making  them  spring  from 
a  solid  bed  of  slightly  decorated  stone- work,  after  a  fashion  that  is  seen 
in  transitional  Cistercian  buildings  in  Germany,  and  here  and  there 
in  French  work,  for  example,  in  the  choir-aisle  of  the  Abbaye  aux 
Hommes  (St.  Etienne)  at  Caen,  whose  foliated  capitals  are  also  so 
similar  to  these  at  Fossanova  as  to  seem  made  after  the  same  model : 
they  are  on  the  same  plan  as  the  capitals  at  Laon,  though  the  foliage  is 
richer  and  more  advanced. 

30  The  drawings  here  reproduced  are  not  mechanical  reductions,  so  that  their  per- 
fect proportions  cannot  be  guaranteed  in  minute  details. 

31  For  details  of  these  French  transitional  structures  reference  may  be  made  to  the 
excellent  work  just  published  by  Mr.  CH.  H.  MOORE,  Development  and  character  of 
Gothic  Architecture.     Older  authorities  are  VIOLLET-LE-DUC,  Dictionnaire  de  I' Arch. 

francaise,  under  articles  Profits,  Chapiteaux,  Arcs,  etc. ;  PALEY,  A  manual  of  Gothic 
Mouldings,  4th  ed.,  1877. 


42  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

The  abacus  (Fig.  5]  of  the  clustered  free  and  engaged  piers  is  three- 
stepped,  the  upper  step  having  a  strong  projection  and  greater  thickness : 
the  outline  of  the  abacus  is  almost  identical  with  that  in  the  north  tri- 
forium-  of  Notre  Dame  of  Paris.32  The  body  of  the  capital  is  circular 
and  bell-shaped,  and  varies  from  the  usual  transitional  style  merely  in 
the  addition  of  a  delicate  surface-decoration  of  parallel  pointed  leaves 
of  some  fresh-water  plant.  The  sturdy  and  strongly  curling  leaves 
that  encircle  the  bell  are  arranged  in  a  double  row,  those  of  the  four 
shafts  that  support  the  diagonal  ribs  uniting  near  their  tips  with  the 
corresponding  leaves  on  the  shafts  of  the  transverse  ribs  (PLATE  xi-3). 
There  is  uniformity  throughout  the  capitals,  in  contrast  with  the  variety 
in  the  capitals  of  the  cloister  and  even  of  the  church,  none  of  which, 
however,  are  like  these  of  the  chapter-house. 

The  profiles  of  the  mouldings  of  all  the  ribs,  as  they  are  combined 
FIGURES  2-6. — Chapter-House. 


•—-—  -~ .-! =J 

2. — Section  of  pier     3. — Section     4. — Section  of       5. — Pro-   6. — Section  of  mould- 
at  base.  of  diago-        transverse  file  of         ings  above  capital, 

nal  ribs.  arches.  abacus. 

before  disappearing  in  the  bed  over  the  abacus,  are  given  in  Figure  6. 
This  combination  is  that  of  a  pear-shaped  moulding  (Fig.  3}  for  the 
diagonal  ribs  with  transverse  arches  consisting  of  a  flat  moulding  flanked 
by  two  torus-mouldings  from  which  it  is  separated,  by  scotias.  This 
is  found  in  almost  the  same  form  but  in  an  earlier  stage  at  Senlis  (end 
of  xn  cent.),  on  which  it  advances  by  the  additional  richness  of  the 
double  moulding  between  the  ribs  and  the  further  projection  and  re- 
duction in  width  of  the  pear  moulding,  which  is  thus  brought  into 
more  harmonious  relation  with  the  rest.  The  disadvantage  of  having 
a  heavier  profile  for  the  diagonal  than  for  the  transverse  ribs  led  at 
Notre  Dame  to  the  suppression  of  the  pear  moulding  and  the  adop- 
tion of  the  triple  rib  in  its  place,  making  it  equal  in  form  to  the  trans- 
verse rib.  The  profile,  given  in  Fig.  4,  of  the  transverse  before  they 
partially  coalesce  with  the  diagonal  arches  shows  an  elaboration  that  is 
not  found  in  such  arches  when  they  are  used  in  the  main  naves  of 
38  MOORE,  op.  cit.,  fig.  117. 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.    43 

transitional  churches,  and  approaches  very  closely  to  the  profile  of  the 
arcades  of  the  naves  of  Notre  Daine  at  Paris  and  S.  Pierre  at  Caen, 
dated  by  Viollet-le-Duc  shortly  after  1200. 

For  these  reasons,  as  well  as  on  historical  grounds,  it  seems  highly 
probable  that  this  Chapter-house  was  already  finished  at  the  time  of 
Pope  Innocent's  visit  in  1208,  even  with  due  allowance  for  the  time 
required  to  introduce  such  a  style  from  the  Ile-de-France,  where  simi- 
lar work  had  been  done  between  1170  and  1200.  As  a  slight  confir- 
mation of  this  date,  I  may  mention  that  a  very  similar  form  of  the 
pear-shaped  moulding  is  used,  in  this  vicinity,  in  a  building  erected 
in  the  Cistercian  style  and  clearly  dependent  on  Fossanova.  This  is 
the  church  of  Sta.  Maria  de  Flumine  near  Ceccano,  more  than  once 
mentioned  :  it  was  already  finished  and  dedicated  in  1196. 

DORMITORIES. — Leaving  the  Chapter-house,  we  will  investigate  the 
rest  of  the  monastic  buildings  around  the  cloister.  Two  old  corridors 
and  some  small  rooms  are  all  that  remain  of  the  old  work.  As  was 
the  custom  in  Cistercian  establishments,  the  lay-brothers  had  a  dor- 
mitory in  a  part  of  the  building  separate  from  the  regular  monks;  so, 
the  long  arm  that  ran  in  a  line  with  the  fa§ade  of  the  church  was  de- 
voted to  their  large  dormitory,  and  the  corresponding  arm  parallel  with 
the  rear  of  the  church  was  occupied  by  the  monks.  No  separate  cells 
were  allowed;  the  whole  second  story  contained  a  single  long  hall. 
For  this  reason,  this  part  of  the  monasteries  has  always  been  made 
over  when  the  luxury  of  separate  cells  was  allowed  by  the  order.  The 
external  walls,  therefore,  are  all  that  remains  of  the  main  body  of  this 
part  of  the  building :  they  are  propped  at  intervals  by  heavy  buttresses, 
and  here  and  there,  are  windows,  irregularly  placed,  some  round 
others  pointed,  in  the  old  style. 

We  now  pass  out,  through  the  old  corridor  on  the  east  side,  into  the 
great  rear  court  and  turning  to  the  south  we  find  a  separate  enclosure 
within  which  stand  the  buttressed  enclosing  walls  of  the  hospital. 

HOSPITAL  (PLATE  vn). — Three  kinds  of  infirmaries  or  hospitals 
are  to  be  found  in  large  Cistercian  monasteries :  that  for  the  monks, 
that  for  the  lay-brothers,  and  that  for  the  poor.  The  isolated  position 
of  the  hospital  at  Fossanova  and  its  unusual  size  would  seem  to  indi- 
cate that  this  was  a  general  infirmary  or  valetudinarium.  It  is  still 
private  property,  not  having  been  included  in  the  buildings  of  the 
monastery  that  were  declared  to  be  of  national  importance.  Conse- 
quently, it  is  ruinous :  the  roof  fell  in  at  some  early  date  and  nothing 
remains  of  it  but  the  nine  immense  pointed  transverse  arches  which 


44  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

formerly  supported  the  gable  roof  and  divide  the  interior  into  ten  bays. 
They  still  stand  intact,  as  is  shown  in  the  PLATE,  a  sufficient  proof  of 
the  architect's  skill :  opposite  to  them,  on  the  exterior,  is  a  corres- 
ponding number  of  buttresses.  I  was  not  able  to  obtain  a  key  from 
the  owner's  agent,  so  that  I  cannot  give  the  dimensions  or  sundry  de- 
tails of  this  hall,  but  base  my  remarks  mainly  on  the  photograph 
which  was  taken  for  me  two  years  before.  In  height  it  appears  to 
equal  the  church  and  does  not  fall  far  short  of  it  in  length.  There  are 
no  traces  visible  of  the  internal  arrangements,  the  entire  surface  being 
covered  by  a  thick  undergrowth.  There  were  two  stories  of  windows. 
In  each  bay  there  are,  above,  a  narrow  slightly  pointed  lancet-window 
whose  base  is  on  a  level  with  the  consols  of  the  transverse  arches,  and, 
below,  two  small  square-headed  openings.  The  transverse  arches  are 
without  mouldings  [and  rest  upon  simple  consols  with  mouldings  of 
circa  1150-75.  There  is  an  obvious  similarity  in  style  between  this 
building  and  the  dormitory,  whose  roof  shows  us  what  that  of  the  in- 
firmary must  have  been.  Here  the  windows  are  pointed  and  narrower ; 
but  this  suggestion  of  a  slightly  later  date  is  contradicted  by  the  more 
advanced  detailed  work  in  the  consols  and  windows  of  the  dormitory. 
The  two  must  be  nearly  contemporary. 

The  Italian  Government  did  well  to  declare  Fossanova  a  national 
monument,  but  if  it  wishes  to  preserve  the  entire  group  of  monastic 
buildings,  so  precious  in  their  collective  interest  and  their  relation  to 
one  another,  it  should  certainly  and  without  delay  expropriate  the  hos- 
pital, the  church  of  Sta.  Potentiana,  and  the  ancient  buildings  near  the 
entrance.33 

GUEST-HOUSE  AND  CHAPEL  OF  ST.  THOMAS.— In  the  rear  of  the 
church  is  a  large  open  space  enclosed  by  the  high  encircling  walls  of 
the  monastery.  Here  was  the  vegetable  garden  and  the  orchard,  and, 
by  the  side  of  the  church,  the  cemetery.  The  only  buildings  connected 
with  this  court  are  the  old  church  and  a  building  which  was  apparently 
the  second  hospice  or  guest-house  (beside  that  near  the  gate).  The 
main  structure  belongs  to  the  middle  of  the  xn  century  or  a  little  later, 
and  consists  of  two  stories  with  plain  round-headed  windows.  Unlike 
the  other  buildings,  it  is  constructed  of  small  and  irregular  stones  poorly 
put  together.  An  addition  was  made  to  the  front,  perhaps  in  the  xin 
century.  Here  St.  Thomas  Aquinas  stopped  in  1274  on  his  way  to 

33 1  made  a  complaint  to  the  Ministry,  through  a  friend,  and  have  been  informed 
that  steps  were  taken  at  once  to  have  the  hospital  expropriated. 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.    45 

the  Council  of  Lyon,  and  here  he  suddenly  died,  not  without  suspicion 
of  poison  administered  by  some  creature  of  Charles  of  Anjou.  The 
room  which  he  occupied  has  been  converted  into  a  chapel.  He  was 
first  buried  in  the  cloister  and  finally  in  the  church. 

The  width  of  the  front  is  about  6.25  met.  Attached  to  it  is  the  old 
church  of  Sta.  Potentiana.  Originally  an  open  colonnade  extended 
from  its  south  wall  along  the  side  of  the  old  church,  against  which  it 
rested.  Four  simple  square  piers  and  three  plain  round  arches  con- 
necting them  still  remain.  The  length  of  this  open  gallery  appears 
to  have  been  about  22.25  met.,  and  it  was  probably  covered  with  a 
slanting  wooden  roof.  It  seems  to  belong  to  the  earlier  constructions 
of  the  monastery. 

OLD  CHURCH  OF  STA.  POTENTIANA. — When  the  Cistercians  came 
to  Fossanova,  they  found  this  simple  old  church  still  in  use,  built 
several  centuries  before,  probably  in  the  vin  or  ix  century.  It  could 
hardly  be  earlier  in  date,  for  it  was  erected  to  take  the  place  of  the 
original  church  of  San  Salvatore,  built  in  the  vi  century,  which  had 
become  too  small  or  too  old.  Its  style  confirms  this  date,  in  so  far  as 
can  be  judged  from  the  exterior.  No  view  of  the  interior  is  now  pos- 
sible, for  it  is  packed  full  of  hay  and  kept  locked.  The  exterior  is  in 
a  plain  and  homely  pre-Romanesque  style ;  the  apse  was  doubtless  de- 
stroyed when  the  adjoining  hospice  was  erected  across  its  north  end. 
It  contained  but  a  single  nave  covered,  apparently,  with  a  wooden  roof, 
and  it  had  no  transept.  On  either  side  are  rows  of  seven  windows, 
round-headed  above  and  square  below.  Its  length  is  about  24  met. 

To  conclude.  These  buildings  were  erected  by  the  hands  of  French 
architects ;  Cistercian  monks,  who  emigrated  from  their  native  land. 
They  belong  to  different  periods  and  styles,  showing  either  that  new 
architects  were  constantly  employed  who  introduced  the  latest  struc- 
tural changes  evolved  in  the  mother  country,  or  that  the  same  group 
of  architects  by  journeys  to  their  native  land  kept  abreast  with  the 
times.  At  all  events,  these  buildings  faithfully  reflect  the  architec- 
tural changes  that  took  place  in  France  between  about  1140  and  1200, 
apparently  very  shortly  after  the  time  that  these  changes  occurred. 
They  may  be  grouped  as  follows  : 

I.  The  old  Cloister,  with  its  barrel-vaults ;  a  little  later  than  that  of 
SS.  Vincenzo  ed  Anastasio ;  earlier  than  those  of  Yalisciolo,  Casa- 
mari,  etc.  Date,  c.  1140-50. 


46  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

ii.  The  Hospital  and  Refectory,  Hospices  and  body  of  monastic  build- 
ings. Date,  c.  1150-70. 

in.  The  Church,  except  ruined  porch  and  vaults  over  intersection, 
etc.,  may  be  considered  to  have  been  built  between  1170  and  1 200, 
the  portal  and  rose- window  belonging  to  the  last  part  of  the  con- 
struction and  approaching  the  style  of  the  Chapter-house.34 

iv.  The  Western  arm  of  the  Cloister,  notwithstanding  the  lack  of  ribs 
to  its  cross-vault,  which  may  be  attributed  to  Cistercian  simpli- 
city,35 appears  to  belong  to  the  same  date  as  the  Chapter-house. 
This  is  shown  by  the  advanced  foliage  of  its  capitals  and  the 
profile  of  its  transverse  arches.  The  presence,  in  each  bay,  of 
an  oculus  like  that  on  the  fayade,  and  the  similarity  of  the  foli- 
age on  the  capitals  to  that  of  the  main  portal  leads  to  the  selection 
of  some  date  between  1185  and  1208  for  both  Western  Cloister 
and  Chapter-house. 

It  would  be  possible  to  bring  forward  further  proof  in  favor  of  these 
approximate  dates,  especially  from  other  Cistercian  buildings.  The 
entire  demonstration  cannot  be  made  until  I  have  published  all  these 
monuments,  as  I  expect  to  do,  seriatim. 

The  architectural  influence  of  Fossanova  was  felt  far  and  wide 
through  this  region,  and  was  not  only  reflected  in  the  monasteries 
founded  by  it,  enumerated  on  pp.  16-17,  but  also  in  cathedrals  and  other 
churches  and  even  in  secular  buildings.  Such  are :  at  Piperno,  the 
Cathedral  and  Communal  Palace ;  at  Sezze,  the  Cathedral ;  at  Sermo- 
neta,  the  Cathedral,  S.  Nicolo  and  S.  Michele ;  at  Amaseno,  the  church 
of  S.  Lorenzo ;  at  Ceccano,  the  church  of  Sta.  Maria  de  Flumine.  These 
buildings  were,  for  the  greater  part,  built  between  about  1170  and 
1250.  It  is  not  always  easy  to  determine  the  relative  share  of  Fos- 
sanova and  of  Casamari,  the  other  great  Cistercian  monastery  of  the 
region  :  both  were  built  in  the  same  style  and  often  worked  together. 
Their  influence  extended  from  the  centre  of  Tuscany  to  the  end  of 
Sicily.  Fossanova  had  colonies  in  Apulia,  Abruzzi,  Calabria,  Terra 
di  Lavoro  and  Sicily ;  Casamari's  foundations  were  even  more  nu- 
merous and  wide  spread. 

A.  L.  FBOTHINGHAM,  JR. 
Princeton  College. 

84  The  difference  in  the  transverse  ribs  is,  that  in  the  Chapter-house  they  are 
moulded  while  in  the  porch  they  are  still  plain. 

85  Ribs  were  not  required  for  structural  purposes  in  these  vaults. 


REMINISCENCES  OF  EGYPT  IN  DORIC 
ARCHITECTURE. 


If  we  examine  the  characteristics  of  Doric  Architecture  with  a  view 
to  their  origin,  we  cannot  fail  to  reach  the  conviction  that  a  large  ma- 
jority of  them  may  be  traced  to  Egyptian  prototypes.  This  may  sur- 
prise us  at  first,  since  the  general  aspect  of  the  two  styles  of  architecture 
is  very  different.  The  Egyptian  temple  is  heavy  and  grand,  impressing 
us  by  the  massiveness  of  its  walls  and  pylons,  the  number  and  size  of 
its  columns,  the  extent  and  multiplicity  of  its  divisions.  It  consists 
of  a  succession  of  courts  and  halls,  terminating  in  the  sanctuary,  which 
is  enshrouded  in  darkness.  On  the  other  hand,  the  Greek  temple  is 
relatively  light  and  graceful,  more  compact  in  form,  with  a  central  and 
better-lighted  sanctuary,  inviting  the  eyes  of  the  people  to  rest  upon 
the  life-like  statue  of  the  divinity  within.  And  yet,  not  only  the  general 
disposition  of  the  Doric  temple  but  those  puzzling  and  apparently  un- 
meaning forms  which  have  given  rise  to  so  many  wild  hypotheses  are 
to  be  found  in  their  natural  relations  in  Egypt,  where  their  significance 
is  clear.  In  its  most  complete  form,  the  Greek  temple  is  found  within 
a  sacred  enclosure,  a  temenos,  which  was  entered  through  more  or  less 
imposing  propylaia.  There  is  nothing  strange  or  inappropriate  in 
thus  separating  the  religious  from  the  non-religious  structures,  and  the 
Greeks  might  naturally  have  done  this  without  foreign  influence.  Yet 
we  may  remark  that  the  Greek  temenos *— containing  its  sacred  olive 
or  oak  or  willow  or  myrtle  or  laurel,  its  sacred  springs,  and  its  altar 
for  burnt-offering  in  front  of  the  temple — may  still  be  an  echo  of  the 
Egyptian  temenos  with  its  sacred  tamarisks  and  acacias  and  lotus 
flowers,2  its  sacred  lake,3  and  its  altar  in  front  of  the  temple.4 

On  approaching  the  Doric  temple,  we  are  struck  with  several  features 
of  apparently  non-Egyptian  origin — the  krepidoma  or  stepped  base 
upon  which  the  temple  stands,  the  peripteral  columns  surrounding  the 
temple-cella,  and  the  gable  roof.  If  we  look  to  the  Orient  for  the 

1  BOTTICHER,  Die  Tektonik  der  Hellenen,  Bd.  n,  $  41,  44,  48. ' 

2  WILKINSON,  Ancient  Egyptians,  vol.  m,  pp.  349-51. 
'PERBOT  and  CHIPIEZ,  Egypte,  p.  351. 
*PRISSE\D'AVENNES,  Histoire  de  I' Art  egyptienne,  pp.  409-10. 

47 


48  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCHMOLOO  Y. 

origin  of  the  krepidoma,  we  might  suppose  it  to  be  a  reminiscence  of 
the  terraced  pyramids  of  Babylonia  and  Assyria.5  But  none  of  the 
distinctive  features  of  these  temple-bases6  are  reproduced  in  the  Greek. 
In  the  Babylonian  type,  the  successive  stages  are  of  different  forms  and 
are  not  superposed  upon  a  central  axis.  In  the  Assyrian  type,  the 
ground-plan  is  square,  and  the  ascent  to  the  temple-cella  is  by  means 
of  a  spiral  ramp.  An  arched  base  appears,  in  one  Assyrian  relief,  as 
the  lowest  stage  of  one  of  these  terraced  pyramids.7  Neither  is  there 
anything  in  the  Doric  krepidoma  to  suggest  the  panelled  decoration 
or  the  coloring  by  which  Mesopotamian  temple-bases  were  character- 
ized. But  in  Egypt  we  find  closer  analogues.  There  are  many  in- 
stances of  a  sacred  structure  set  upon  a  plinth  and  reached  by  a  flight 
of  steps  in  front.  Such  are  the  little  chapels  over  tombs  at  Sakkarah, 
and  the  little  temples  at  Elephantine.8  Nor  do  we  need  to  look  out- 
side of  Egypt  for  the  stepped  pyramidal  form,  for  it  is  found  in  the 
mastaba-pyramids  of  the  ancient  empire.9  So  far  as  the  krepidoma  is 
concerned,  then,  it  is  not  necessarily  a  reminiscence  of  non-Egyptian 
forms.  As  for  the  peripteral  character,  this  does  not  remind  us  of  the 
ordinary  disposition  of  the  Egyptian  temples,  which  are  surrounded 
by  heavy  walls.  However,  Egypt,  as  early  as  the  xvni  dynasty,  was 
not  without  examples  of  peripteral  temples,  such  as  those  at  Elephan- 
tin6  and  El  Kab,10  and  was  acquainted  with  the  form  in  antis  and 
prostylos,  as  these  same  examples  show.  Moreover,  the  sanctuary  in  the 
larger  Egyptian  temples  was  usually  surrounded  by  a  passage-way,  cor- 
responding to  the  Greek  pteroma.  It  has  been  customary,  ever  since  the 
days  of  Yitruvius,  to  see  in  the  peripteral  huts  of  Lykia  the  prototypes 
of  the  Doric  temple.11  But,  if  we  set  aside  its  peripteral  character,  what 
a  gigantic  effort  of  the  fancy  is  required  to  evolve  from  the  Lykian 
hut  all  the  other  peculiarities  of  Doric  architecture  !  Even  when  we 
mention  the  gable  roof,  a  form  of  structure  unnecessary  under  cloudless 
southern  skies,  but  practically  universal  in  more  northern  climates,  it 
is  not  to  Assyria  that  we  look  for  prototypes,  for  ruins  and  basreliefs 

5  This  is  suggested  by  REBER,  History  of  Ancient  Art,  p.  220. 

6  PERROT  and  CHIPIEZ,  Assyrie,  c.  iv.  7  Ibid.,  fig.  34. 

8  PERROT  and  CHIPIEZ,  Egypte,  figs.  190,  230. 

9  The  stepped  pyramid  of  Sakkarah  is  considered  by  Mariette  to  be  the  oldest 
building  in  the  world  :  MARIETTE,  Itineraire  de  la  Haute-Eyypte,  p.  77. 

10  MASPERO',  L' Archeologie  egyptienne,  p.  66  ff. 

11  This  theory  is  given  in  detail  in  HITTORF  and  ZANTH,  Architecture  antique  de  la 
Sidle,  liv.  VT. 


REMINISCENCES  OF  EGYPT  IN  DORIC  ARCHITECTURE.      49 

there  show  us  horizontal-roofed  structures  and  but  one  example  of  the 
gable  roof,  and  that  on  a  basrelief  representing  an  Armenian  temple. 
But  the  Egyptians  of  the  xn  dynasty  were  acquainted  with  the  gable 
roof,  as  may  be  inferred  from  the  gabled  ceilings  in  some  of  the  tombs 
at  Beni-Hassan 12  and  from  the  pyramidal-roofed  chapels  of  the  Abydos 
tombs  of  the  same  period.13  We  are  not,  then,  compelled  to  assume 
either  an  indigenous  or  an  Asiatic  origin  for  Doric  architecture,  since 
all  of  its  essential  elements  may  have  come  to  Greece  from  Egypt  cen- 
turies before  the  primitive  Dorians  emigrated  from  their  mountain 
homes  in  Thessaly. 

In  considering  the  elevation  of  the  Doric  temple,  we  may  notice,  as 
a  peculiar  and  unnecessary  characteristic,  the  inward  slant  given  to 
the  walls  and  to  the  peripteral  columns.  Structurally,  there  was  no 
necessity  for  this ;  nor  does  there  seem  to  have  been  sufficient  optical 


FIG.  7. — Middle  Temple  of  akropolis  of  Selinous. 

ground  for  such  a  peculiarity.  We  may  notice,  also,  that  it  is  found 
in  the  older  Doric  temples,  but  does  not  occur  in  the  Ionic  buildings. 
Are  we  to  suppose  that  the  more  refined  lonians  were  not  endowed 
with  as  keen  vision  as  the  ruder  Dorians,  and  that  they  built  perpen- 
dicular walls  and  set  their  columns  vertically  because  their  visual  sense 
was  dull  ?  We  cannot  believe  it,  though  an  ancient  Egyptian  might. 
He  was  trained  to  see  the  walls  of  temples  slant  inward,  as  the  sur- 
faces of  a  truncated  wedge.  This  made  his  structures  models  of  solidity, 
and  the  Dorians  perpetuated  the  tradition  in  peripteral  buildings,  where 
it  had  not  the  same  significance.  The  inward  slant  in  columnar  struc- 
tures supporting  architraves  was  a  source  of  weakness,  not  of  strength, 
and  it  consequently  diminishes  in  the  more  fully  developed  style. 

12  Monumenti  deW  Institute,  vol.  n,  pi.  45 ;   PROKESCH,  Erinnerungen  aits  Aegypten 
u.  Kleinasien,  n,  p.  21. 

"PERROT  and  CHIPIEZ,  Egypte,  figs.  160-2. 


50 


AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 


In  their  ground-plan,  also,  the  earlier  Doric  temples  resemble  the 
Egyptian  more  closely  than  do  the  later  ones.  If  we  compare  the 
ground-plan  of  Selinous  Temple  C  (Fig.  7)  with  the  plan  of  the  ancient 
granite  temple  at  Karnak,14  we  find  a  similar  elongated  cella  with  its 
triple  division  into  pronaos,  thesauros  and  adyton.  The  ratio  of  the 
shorter  to  the  longer  sides  is  nearly  the  same,  both  are  entered  from 
one  end  only,  and  they  lack  the  columns  and  antae  in  front.  As  it 
is  possible,  however,  that  the  closeness  of  this  resemblance  may  be  due 
to  the  restorations  made  at  Karnak  by  Philip  Arrhidaios,  it  is  more 
to  our  purpose  to  observe  that  Doric  temples  preserve  a  reminiscence 
of  the  outer  courts  (Fig.  8)  of  the  Egyptian  temples,  as  well  as  of  the 
innermost  sanctuary.  Of  the  Egyptian  peristyle-court  we  find  a  close 
copy  in  the  peristyle-court  in  front  of  the  megaron  of  the  royal  palaces 
at  Tiryns  and  Mykenai ;  and  the  vestibule  (aWovo-a  SCO/JLCLTOS)  of  the 
megaron  seems  to  correspond  to  the  Egyptian  hypostyle-court.  And  in 


IIIMMIII 


niiiiiiii 

FIG.  S.^Southern  Temple  of  Karnak. 

Doric  temples  may  we  not  see  a  reminiscence  of  the  peristyle-court  in  the 
peristyle  encircling  the  cella  ?  The  necessity  of  a  peristyle-court  had 
disappeared  with  the  growth  of  the  democratic  spirit.  The  sanctuary 
of  the  divinity  is  brought  into  the  very  centre  of  the  court  of  the  peo- 
ple. This  disposition  was  also  more  practical  in  a  rolling  country 
where  temples  were  set  on  constructed  bases.  Why  did  the  thrifty 
Dorians  build  useless  rows  of  expensive  columns  around  their  tem- 
ples, unless  some  significance  such  as  this  lay  buried  deep  in  their 
religious  traditions  ?  The  Egyptian  hypostyle  hall,  with  its  forest  of 
columns,  was  still  more  non-essential  to  the  Greeks,  and  could  well 
be  omitted,  being  a  separate,  distinctly  marked  part  of  the  temple 
organism.  But  even  this,  according  to  the  hypothesis  we  have  ven- 
tured to  propound,  leaves  a  reminiscence  of  itself  in  the  unnecessary 
row  of  columns  in  front  of  the  pronaos,  as  is  seen  especially  in  Selinous 

14  Description  de  Vfigypte,  vol.  in,  pi.  21. 


REMINISCENCES  OF  EGYPT  IN  DORIC  ARCHITECTURE.      51 

Temples  (7,  S.15  That  this  identification  is  correct  would  seem  to  be 
substantiated  by  the  unnecessary  elevation  of  the  pronaos  above  the 
peristyle,  and  of  the  inner  divisions  of  the  cella  above  the  pronaos. 
Thus,  at  Selinous  Temple  C,  we  proceed  from  the  peristyle  up  two  steps 
to  the  pronaos,  then  four  steps  to  the  thesauros,  and  again  one  step 
to  the  adyton,  as  in  the  temple  of  Khons  at  Karnak  we  mount  four 
steps  from  peristyle  to  hypostyle  hall  and  one  step  to  the  sanctuary. 

In  methods  of  workmanship  we  find  among  the  early  Greeks  many 
points  in  common  with  the  Egyptians.  Mr.  J.  T.  Clarke  writes  in 
the  American  Journal  of  Archaeology  (vol.  n,  p.  278)  :  The  Egyptian 
origin  of  many  of  the  methods  of  quarrying,  cutting  and  lifting  large 
blocks  of  stone,  in  use  among  the  Greeks,  becomes  more  and  more  cer- 
tain as  our  acquaintance  with  the  architectural  remains  of  these  coun- 
tries increases.  To  take  one  instance  among  many:  the  peculiar  method 
of  employing  the  lewis,  observable  in  early  Hellenic  buildings  (witness  the 
temple  ofAssos),  is  the  same  as  that  which  appears  upon  Egyptian  re- 
liefs, and  is  recognizable  among  the  debris  of  Egyptian  quarries.  We 
may  add  to  this  the  similarity  in  the  mode  of  bonding  stones  by  means 
of  clamps,16  of  laying  the  trapezoidal  blocks  in  horizontal  courses,17  of 
the  use  of  a  projecting  socle  with  or  without  an  ornamental  base- 
moulding,18  of  the  inward  slant  and  diminution  of  the  cella-walls, 
and,  finally,  the  covering  of  the  stone  with  stucco  to  secure  a  surface 
for  polychromatic  decoration. 

Of  all  the  points  of  resemblance  between  Greek  and  Egyptian  archi- 
tectural peculiarities,  more  attention  has  been  bestowed  upon  the  chan- 
nelling of  the  columns  than  upon  any  other,  until  it  has  become  almost 
a  commonplace  of  the  text-books  to  assume  that  the  polygonal  chan- 
nelled shafts  of  Beni-Hassan  are  the  prototypes  of  the  Doric,  and  yet 
the  channelling  is  almost  the  only  peculiarity  which  these  two  modes 
of  support  have  in  common.  The  polygonal  shaft  is  evolved  from 
lithic  antecedents,19  the  simplest  form  of  which  is  the  square  pier :  it 
has  an  abacus  but  no  capital.  The  Doric  column  differs  essentially 

15  In  the  absence  of  an  appropriate  name  for  these  columns,  may  we  not  venture 
to  call  them  the  hypostyle  columns  ? 

16  DURM,  Baukunst  der  Griechen,  p.  43.  "  Ibid.,  p.  46. 

18  Of.  PERROT  and  CHIPIEZ,  Egypte,  n,  figs.  131, 132 ;  DURM,  Bank.  d.  Or.,  p.  56. 

19  W.  S.  PRATT,  The  Columnar  Architecture  of  the  Egyptians,  in  Proc.  of  Amer.  Acad. 
of  Arts  and  Sciences,  vol.  xv,  p.  313  ff.    Mr.  Pratt  proves  conclusively  that  the  Doric 
column  is  not  derived  from  the  polygonal  shaft  at  Beni-Hassan,  but  hastily  rejects  as 
absurd  a  suggestion  of  its  derivation  from  the  commoner  type  of  Egyptian  column. 


52  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  Of  ARCHEOLOGY. 

from  this.  It  has  a  strong  tapering  character,  diminishing  toward  the 
top  :  the  polygonal  shaft  has  a  very  slight  diminution.20  The  column 
has  an  entasis,  which  gives  it  a  curvilinear  profile :  the  polygonal  shaft, 
so  far  as  we  know,  has  no  entasis.  The  column  has  a  neck  with  incised 
annuli,  and  a  capital  consisting  of  a  strongly  curved  echinus  with  raised 
annuli :  the  polygonal  shaft  has  neither  neck  nor  annuli  nor  echinus. 
All  of  these  peculiarities  betray  the  ultimate  though  not  immediate 
derivation  of  the  Doric  column  from  wooden  prototypes,  and  are  found 
in  the  Egyptian  so-called  lotiform  columns,21  which  may  be  more  prop- 
erly named  reed-bundle  columns.  As  we  know  that  reed-bundle  col- 
umns are  used  to  this  day  in  Egypt,  Mesopotamia  and  India,22  we  find 
here  a  natural  explanation  for  this  class  of  columns.  The  strong  dimi- 
nution is  accounted  for  by  the  natural  tapering  of  the  reeds  ;  the  an- 
nuli are  bands  by  which  the  bundle  of  reeds  is  bound  together ;  the 
echinus  of  the  capital  and  the  entasis  of  the  shaft  represent  the  natural 
yielding  of  the  bundle  of  reeds,  which  would  be  found  just  above  the 
points  where  they  are  held  together,  when  sustaining  the  weight  of  a 
heavy  entablature  (Fig.  9).  Professor  Lepsius23  emphasizes  the  deri- 
vation of  the  Doric  (Fig.  10)  from  the  reed-bundle  column  of  Egypt, 
but  believes  that  the  one  feature  of  channelling  was  borrowed  from 
the  polygonal  shaft.  But,  if  we  may  trust  the  apparently  careful 
drawing  in  Prisse  d'  Avennes  of  the  details  of  the  temple  at  Gournah 
(he  calls  it  Menephtehum)  (Fig.  11\  we  see  that  the  Egyptians  them- 
selves, by  the  time  of  Seti  I,  had  begun  to  channel  the  reed-bundle 
column.  It  should  not  surprise  us,  therefore,  that  the  Greeks  did 
the  same.  The  inner  order  of  columns  of  the  temple  at  Gournah  are 
decorated  with  sculptured  figures,  suggesting  to  our  minds  the  co- 
lumnce  ccelatce  of  Ionian  architecture.  We  make  a  further  observation 
in  connection  with  this  temple.  The  columns  have  bases,  but  the 
intercolumniations  are  filled  in  with  blocks  of  stone  up  to  the  level  of 
the  bases  of  the  columns.  This  diminishes  the  effect  of  the  huge  bases 
and  suggests  the  improvement  made  by  the  Greeks  in  omitting  the 
bases  altogether.24 

The  Ionic  capital  is  less  directly  but  no  less  truly  of  Egyptian  ori- 

80  PRATT,  ibid.,  pp.  323-4. 

11  PERROT  and  CHIPIEZ,  Egypte,  figs.  76,  78.  «  pRATTj  M<>  p<  346. 

*3Annali  d.  Inst.  Arch,  di  Roma,  1837,  and  Abh.  Berl.  Akad.,  187 1. 
24  It  is  highly  probable  that  the  earliest  Doric  columns  were  provided  with  bases : 
See  CLARKE,  A  Doric  Shaft  and  Base  found  atAssos,  AJA,  u,  p.  267. 


REMINISCENCES  OF  EGYPT  IN  DORIC  ARCHITECTURE.      53 


gin,  having  been  derived,  as  Professor  W.  H.  Goodyear  has  shown 
(AJAj  m,  p.  271  ff.),  from  a  conventional  lotus-flower,  which,  as  a 
decorative  form,  had  spread  in  very  early  times  from  one  end  of  the 
Mediterranean  to  the  other.  Even  the  Corinthian  capital  may  be  best 
explained  as  a  variation  of  the  Egyptian  calyx-capital,  in  which  the 
Greek  acanthus  has  been  substituted  for  Egyptian  floral  decoration.25 


FIG.  10. 
Doric  Column. 


FIG.  11. 

Reed-bundle  Column  at 
Goumah.    (Seti  I). 


FIG.  9. 

Reed-bundle  Column. 


In  every  instance,  the  Greek  capitals  exhibit  forms  which,  as  such, 
may  attract  our  attention  as  more  beautiful,  geometrically  more  exact, 
and  artistically  further  advanced ;  but  the  naturalistic  starting-point 
is  found  in  Egypt. 

It  is  sometimes  admitted  (as  by  Reber  in  his  History  of  Ancient  Art) 
that  the  Greek  column  is  of  Egyptian  origin,  while  it  is  still  main- 

85  This  was  suggested,  in  1803,  by  QUATREMERE  DE  QUINCY,  De  I' Architecture 
egyptienne,  p.  251. 


54 


AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 


tained  that  the  entablature  is  not.  But  it  is  not  difficult  to  discover 
in  the  Greek  entablature  some  reminiscences  of  an  Egyptian  ancestry. 
The  Egyptian  entablature  consisted  of  architrave  and  cornice.  Let 
us  assume  that  the  earliest  Greek  entablatures  consisted  of  these  two 
members  only,  and  that  the  separation  of  frieze  and  cornice  was  a  later 
development.  We  may  then  see  in  the  Greek  entablature  a  distinct 
reminiscence  of  an  Egyptian  prototype.  The  Egyptian  cornice  con- 
sisted of  three  elements  :  a  torus-moulding,  above  which  was  a  scotia 
or  concave  member,  and  above  this  a  flat  corona  (Fig.  12).  In  the 
Greek  entablature,  the  round  torus-moulding  is  replaced  by  a  square 


FIG.  12. — Egyptian  Cornice. 


FIG.  IS.— Entablature  of  Selinous  Temple  C. 

fillet,  but  the  change  had  not  been  completely  established  when 
Selinous  Temple  C  was  built,  for  the  square  fillet  here  has  a  round 
moulding  embedded  in  its  central  line  (Fig.  13).  The  Egyptian  scotia, 
which  gave  a  horizontal  line  of  shadow  below  the  corona,  is  replaced  in 
the  Greek  entablature  by  the  triglyphal  frieze.  This  retains  the  like- 
ness of  its  ancestry  in  presenting  a  division  into  triglyphs  and  metopes, 
similar  in  form  and  color  to  decorations  of  the  Egyptian  cornice,  and 
resembles  it,  also,  in  the  horizontal  line  of  shadow  resulting  from  the 
overhanging  cornice.  It  diverges  from  its  Egyptian  prototype  in  sub- 
stituting an  acute  angle  for  the  curved  scotia.  Even  this  substitution 
had  not  been  completely  made  in  Selinous  Temple  C,  where  the  upper 


REMINISCENCES  OF  EGYPT  IN  DORIC  ARCHITECTURE.      55 

part  of  the  triglyphs  are  slightly  but  distinctly  curved.  The  chief  ele- 
ment in  the  Greek  cornice,  the  corona,  resembles  the  crowning  member 
of  the  Egyptian.  It  may  be  objected,  that  it  is  simpler  to  suppose  the 
Greek  entablature  a  mere  translation  into  stone  of  preexisting  wooden 
forms  of  construction.  But,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  actual  ceiling- 
beams,  of  which  the  triglyphs  are  supposed  to  represent  the  decorated 
ends,  do  not  correspond,  either  in  position  or  arrangement,  with  the 
triglyphs.  Again,  the  triglyphal  frieze,  if  a  translation  of  wooden 
forms,  presupposes  the  previous  existence  of  a  horizontal  ceiling.  But 
the  earliest  Greek  temples  seem  not  to  have  been  horizontally  ceiled, 
for  roofing-tiles  painted  on  both  sides,  found  at  Selinous  Temple  S, 
indicate  a  gable,  not  a  horizontal  ceiling.  The  mutules,  also,  which 
correspond  more  nearly,  in  their  position  above  the  frieze,  to  the  actual 
ceiling-beams,  preserve  by  their  form  the  suggestion  of  a  sloping  roof, 
even  on  the  short  sides  of  the  temple,  where  that  suggestion  has  no 
corresponding  structural  significance.  So  that  they  who  assume  an 
indigenous  origin  for  the  triglyphal  frieze  may  be  forced  to  admit  that 
it  is  not  an  immediate  translation  into  stone  of  previous  wooden  con- 
struction, but  is  composed  in  a  purely  decorative  manner.  Assuming, 
then,  the  fundamentally  decorative  character  of  the  triglyphal  frieze, 
we  find  several  points  of  correspondence  with  its  Egyptian  ancestral 
form.  The  continuous  row  of  leaves,  which  ordinarily  decorates  the 
Egyptian  cornice,  is  frequently  broken  into  successive  groups,  each 
composed  of  three  leaves,  corresponding  to  triglyphs,  while  the  other- 
wise decorated  intervening  spaces  may  be  compared  to  metopes.  In 
Egyptian,  Assyrian,  and  Phoenician  industrial  art,  many  instances  may 
be  found  of  this  metopal  method  of  decoration.  When  this  arrange- 
ment occurs  in  architecture,  the  decoration  at  the  temple  corners  is  made 
in  Egypt  by  a  group  of  three  leaves,  as  in  Doric  by  the  corner  triglyph. 
Again,  the  leaves  are  incised  and  have  curvilinear  termini,  as  have  the 
grooves  of  early  Doric  triglyphs :  in  Egypt,  the  leaves  were  painted  blue, 
the  color  invariably  used  for  Doric  triglyphs.  A  general  correspondence 
between  the  Doric  frieze  and  the  Egyptian  cornice  was  observed  at  the 
end  of  the  last  century  and  was  rejected,  as  a  mere  superficial  resem- 
blance, by  QuatremSre  de  Quincy.  It  was  more  thoroughly  recognized 
by  Hans  Auer  in  a  careful  series  of  papers  on  the  significance  of  trig- 
lyphs.26 To  the  same  writer  we  are  indebted  for  having  noted  the  fol- 

™Zeitschrift  f.  bild.  Kunst,  1880. 


56  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARGHMOLOG  Y. 

lowing  correspondences  between  the  proportions  in  Egyptian  and  Doric 
architecture. 

i.  Egyptian.  (1)  The  height  of  the  columns  varies  from  4-4  J  lower 
diameters  in  the  monuments  of  the  earliest  period  to  6-6  f  in  the  latest : 
when  Egyptian  architecture  was  most  flourishing  (Karnak  and  Luxor), 
the  prevailing  norm  was  5-5J  1.  d.  (2)  The  intercolumniation  varies 
from  1  and  1 J  to  2  lower  diameters  :  in  the  middle  period  it  is  almost 
regularly  1J.  (3)  The  height  of  the  architrave  including  the  torus 
moulding  varies  from  f-f  1.  d.,  that  of  the  entire  cornice  from  1 J  to 
If  1.  d.  The  axenweite,  or  distance  from  centre  to  centre  of  the  col- 
umns, compared  with  the  entire  height  of  the  order,  varies  from  1 :2f 
to  1:3}. 

ii.  Doric.  (1)  Columnar  height  in  lower  diameters :  4^  Corinth, 
5.48  Parthenon,  5.68  Theseion,  6-6J  Portico  at  Delos  and  Stoa  at 
Athens.  (2)  Intercolumniation:  1J  Corinth,  .98-1.1  Old  Parthenon, 
1.26  New  Parthenon,  1.64  Theseion,  2-2|  Delos.  (3)  Height  of  archi- 
trave in  lower  diameters :  i  Corinth,  f  Old  Parthenon,  ^  New  Par- 
thenon, TIT  Theseion,  f  Stoa  at  Athens.  The  normal  height  of  the 
entablature,  with  or  without  the  kymation,  is  2  lower  diameters.  The 
average  norm  for  the  relation  of  the  axis-distance  to  the  height  of  the 
order  is  1:3. 

These  proportions  hold  for  the  reed-bundle  order  of  Egyptian  archi- 
tecture and  not  for  the  polygonal  columnar  system,  an  interesting  fact 
in  discussing  the  origin  of  the  Doric  column.  It  may  also  be  observed 
that  the  line  of  development  in  Greece  is  the  same  as  that  in  Egypt. 

Before  leaving  the  entablature  we  may  remark  that  it  is  not  easy 
to  see  the  exact  historical  significance  of  the  regulae  below  and  the 
mutules  above  the  frieze  with  their  trunnels  or  guttce.  If  of  Egyp- 
tian origin,  are  they  to  be  connected  with  the  dentils,  such  as  those 
which  appear  over  the  architraves  at  Beni-Hassan,  or  with  the  pen- 
dent lotus-buds  which  hang  from  the  wooden  royal  pavilions,27  or  with 
the  decorations  which  sometimes  adorn  the  architraves  ? 28  None  of 
these  suggestions  seem  to  be  satisfactory;  so,  we  leave  the  problem 
of  their  origin  undetermined,  remarking  merely  that  the  modern 
wooden-peg  and  the  ancient  rain-drop  hypotheses  do  not  give  us  any 
further  light. 

There  is  a  structural  peculiarity  in  Doric  architecture  which  has 

*7  PRISSE  D' AVENNES,  Plates,  Constructions  en  bois. 
S8QuATREMERE  DE  QuiNCY,  Arch,  egypt.,  pi.  7,  figs.  46,  49. 


REMINISCENCES  OF  EG  YPT  IN  DORIC  ARCHITECTURE.      57 

received  considerable  attention,  especially  from  English  observers — 
the  curvature  of  horizontal  surfaces.29  It  is  found  in  the  rock-cut  base 
of  the  archaic  temple  at  Corinth,  and  on  both  base  and  entablature  of 
the  Poseidon  temple  at  Paestum,  as  well  as  in  the  more  refined  build- 
ings at  Athens — the  Theseion,  the  Parthenon,  the  Erechtheion,  and 
the  temple  of  Zeus  Olympios.  It  would  seem  as  if  we  might  admit 
that  at  least  this  peculiarity  was  developed  by  Greek  rhythmical  sense, 
for  it  is  nothing  short  of  a  generalization,  through  the  whole  structure, 
of  the  columnar  entasis.  But  even  here  the  Egyptian  architect  had 
set  the  fashion.  Rosellini,  in  describing  one  of  the  tombs  at  Beni- 
Hassan,30  calls  attention  to  the  fact,  that  the  surfaces  of  the  gable- 
ceiling  are  not  flat  but  are  slightly  curved,  and  Pennethorne 31  has 
observed  and  measured  the  curvature  of  the  architraves  of  the  inner 
court  of  Medinet  Abou.32 

Painted  ornaments  and  sculptured  mouldings  also  exhibit  a  strong 
Egyptian  imprint.  We  do  not  need  to  look  so  far  back  as  the  painted 
walls  at  Tiryns  and  the  sculptured  ceiling  at  Orchomenos  for  reminis- 
cences of  Egypt  in  Greek  decorative  design.  The  spiral  and  square 
maeander,  the  palmette  and  rosette,  and  the  star  upon  a  blue  ground, 
are  well-known  Egyptian  motives.33  Similarly,  the  astragal  and  the 
egg  and  dart,  the  heart-ornament  and  the  ox-mask,  may  be  traced  back 
to  the  earliest  dynasties  of  the  Egyptian  empire.34 

Our  aim  has  been,  to  merely  point  out  the  many  indications  of  rela- 
tionship between  Egyptian  and  Doric  architecture,  not  to  determine 
the  exact  historical  relation  between  them.  But  we  may  here  recall 
the  fact,  that  Thothmes  III  conquered  the  Greek  islands35  and  that,  for 
the  two  centuries  from  the  reign  of  Seti  I  to  that  of  Rameses  III,  Pe- 
lasgian  tribes  invaded  Egypt,  and  with  them  were  Achaians,  Lykians, 
Etruscans  (Tyrseni  or  Tyrrheni)  and  Siculi ; x  and  that,  during  the 

29PENROSE,  Principles  of  Athenian  Architecture;  PENNETHORNE,  The  Geometry  and 
Optics  of  Ancient  Architecture. 

30  Mon.  Civ.,  vol.  i,  p.  70,  quoted  by  LEPSIUS,  loc.  cit.,  p.  89,  Note  1 . 

91  Op.  cit.,  pt.  in,  ch.  ii. 

38  At  Medinet  Abou,  the  curvature  of  the  architrave  is  horizontal,  instead  of  verti- 
cal as  in  Greece. 

33PEISSE  D'AVENNES,  Plates,  Ornamentation  des  Plafonds. 

34  DIEULAFOY,  L'Art  antiq.  de  la  Perse,  pt.  3,  p.  61. 

35  MASPERO,  Histoire  ancienne  des  peuples  de  V  Orient,  p.  206. 

36  The  famous  inscription  from  Karnak,  recording  the  conquest  of  Menephtah  over 
the  Lebu,  Kehak,  Mashuasha,  Tulsha,  Leka,  Akaiouasha,  Shardana  and  Shakalasha, 


58  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

reign  of  Menephtah,  they  settled  there,  until  the  king  complained 
"  They  have  established  themselves;  the  days  and  months  roll  by  and 
they  still  remain." 37  We  then  find  the  palaces  of  Achaian  princes  and 
the  Mykenai  type  of  art  saturated  with  Egyptian  influence.  Through 
such  monuments  in  the  Peloponnesos  and  in  the  Greek  islands,  the 
Dorians,  from  the  first  moment  of  their  conquest,  came  into  contact 
with  semi-Egyptian  architectural  and  decorative  forms.  Through  the 
Phoenicians,  also,  they  received  an  inspiration  of  similar  character, 
until,  in  the  seventh  and  sixth  centuries,  direct  relations  with  Egypt 
were  fully  established. 

To  summarize  our  results — we  have  found  reminiscences  of  Egypt 
in  Doric  temple-architecture  in  the  temenos  with  its  sacred  trees  and 
springs  and  altar ;  we  have  seen  that  the  temple-base,  the  peripteral 
supports,  and  the  gable  roof,  are  not  necessarily  non-Egyptian  forms ; 
we  have  found  that  the  Greek  preserves  the  Egyptian  methods  of 
construction,  even  to  the  use  of  slanting  walls  and  stuccoed  columns ; 
that  the  temple-plan  shows  reminiscences  of  the  peristyle  and  hypo- 
style  halls,  as  well  as  of  the  sanctuary ;  that  the  diminution,  entasis, 
echinus,  and  annuli  of  the  Doric  shaft  may  be  best  explained  upon  the 
hypothesis  of  an  Egyptian  origin,  and  that  the  Ionic  and  Corinthian 
capitals  became  intelligible  in  the  same  way ;  that  the  Doric  entabla- 
ture, by  both  the  form  and  the  color  of  its  triglyphal  frieze,  betrays 
its  relationship  to  the  Egyptian  cornice ;  and  that  the  ordinary  details, 
whether  sculptured  mouldings  or  painted  ornament,  are  mere  varia- 
tions of  well-known  Egyptian  forms. 

ALLAN  MARQTJAND. 

Princeton  College. 


has  been  variously  interpreted.     De  Rouge",  Chabas,  Lenorrnant,  Masp^ro,  Curtius, 
and  Brugsch  favor  a  combination  of  Libyan  with  northern  peoples.    On  the  other 
hand,  Unger,  Duncker,  Hals' vy,  and  Wiedemann  interpret  them  all  as  Libyan  tribes. 
SeeWiEDmiAmx,AegyptischeGeschichte,  13  Kap.,  §  37. 
37  LENORMANT,  Histoire  ancienne  de  I'  Orient,  vol.  u,  ch.  rv,  §  6. 


THE  DISTRIBUTION  OF  HELLENIC  TEMPLES. 


The  following  paper1  has  the  special  purpose  of  measuring  the 
reverence  paid  to  each  Greek  divinity  by  means  of  the  number  of 
temples  dedicated  to  its  worship ;  and,  secondly,  of  showing  in  what 
parts  of  Hellas  temples  were  most  numerous,  and  what  deduction 
can  be  drawn  therefrom  in  regard  to  the  relative  size  of  Greek 
towns.  Many  shrines  and  temples  have  undoubtedly  vanished  with- 
out leaving  any  tradition  of  their  existence,  so  that,  on  this  account 
alone,  data  about  Hellenic  temples  are  necessarily  incomplete.  Most 
of  the  temples  with  which  we  are  acquainted  lie  scattered  through  the 
whole  volume  of  Greek  literature ;  thickly  sown  in  some  places,  in 
others,  again,  so  sparsely  that  the  labor  of  collecting  them  would 
hardly  be  repaid  by  the  greater  exactness  of  the  results. 

An  average  has  been  sought  by  examining  representative  records 
of  three  general  classes.  First,  the  ancient  geographers  :  they,  espe- 
cially such  as  are  animated  by  an  antiquarian  spirit,  give  the  best  and 
fullest  information.  Second,  historians,  who  often  notice,  rather  by 
chance  than  otherwise,  a  shrine  or  temple  because  it  was  the  scene  of  some 
action  they  describe.  Finally,  inscriptions,  especially  public  decrees, 
usually  contain  a  clause  directing  that  they  shall  be  set  up  in  some 
shrine,  where  they  would  be  more  secure  than  elsewhere.  The  chief 
source  of  information  has  been  Pausanias.  He  mentions  perhaps  three 
times  as  many  temples  as  any  other  ancient  writer,  and  consequently 
our  knowledge  of  most  Greek  temples  represents  them  as  they  stood 
in  the  light  of  the  second  century  A.  D.  But  Pausanias  does  not  ex- 
tend beyond  Greece  itself,  so,  in  order  to  fill  out  the  picture  for  the 
colonies,  Strabo  has  to  be  put  under  contribution,  and  this  especially 
for  his  native  country,  Asia  Minor.  The  authors  termed  collectively 
Geographi  Minor es,  and  theDe  Urbibus  of  Stephanos  of  Byzantion  add 
a  few  temples  not  mentioned  by  Pausanias  and  Strabo.  The  historians 
Herodotos,  Thoukydides,  and  Xenophon  supply  almost  nothing,  but 
Polybios  and  Diodoros  give  a  considerable  number  not  mentioned  by 

xThe  preparation  of  this  paper  was  suggested  to  me,  while  Fellow  in  Archaeology 
at  Princeton  College,  by  Professor  Marquand.  Although  the  collection  of  materials  on 
which  it  rests  is  not  exhaustive,  it  is  believed  to  be  sufficient  to  justify  its  conclusions. 

59 


60  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

the  others  :  Diodoros  does  so  especially  for  his  native  country,  Sicily. 
The  inscriptions  that  have  been  put  under  contribution  are  those  con- 
tained in  the  Corpus Inscriptionum  Graecarum,  the  Corpus Inscriptionum 
Atticarum,  and  in  the  publications  of  the  French  and  German  Schools 
at  Athens.  From  these  various  sources  there  have  been  gathered  no- 
tices of  over  1300  temples  and  shrines,  of  which  certainly  1280  are 
attributed  to  some  divinity.  These  are  probably  quite  sufficient  to 
show  how  Greek  temples  were  distributed  among  the  various  divini- 
ties. As  a  second  object  the  same  collection  may  be  used,  though  with 
less  certainty,  to  show  how  the  temples  were  scattered  over  the  Greek 
world,  and  in  what  spots  they  were  specially  numerous. 

First,  then,  in  regard  to  the  divinities  to  whose  worship  Greek  tem- 
ples and  shrines  are  usually  consecrated.  APOLLON  stands  at  the  head 
of  all.  Artemis  and  he  together  have  more  shrines  than  any  other 
three  divinities.  Apollon  is  held  in  special  honor  in  the  Greek  Islands 
(chiefly  Krete,  Delos,  Rhodos),  which  devote  twenty  percent  of  their 
temples  to  him.  The  coast  towns  of  Asia  Minor,  more  particularly 
those  of  the  Troad,  come  next  in  preferring  him,  and  after  them  North- 
ern Greece ;  but  the  Peloponnesos  has  more  temples  of  Artemis,  and 
also  of  ATHENA,  who  comes  third  in  rank.  Besides  receiving  the  greatest 
number,  Apollon  also  seems  to  have  had  the  richest  shrines,  and  no 
other  god  could  show  such  treasures  as  were  preserved  at  Branchidai, 
Delos,  and  Delphoi  when  these  towns  were  in  their  glory.  ARTEMIS 
is  the  second  in  general  favor,  although  Athena  has  rather  more  tem- 
ples in  the  Islands  (except  Krete)  and  in  Northern  Greece.  The  wor- 
ship of  Artemis  is  most  prevalent  in  Arkadia,  Elis,  and  Achaia,  where 
hunting  was  better  than  in  other  parts  of  Greece  and  agriculture  less 
good.  Ephesos  may  have  been  her  most  famous  shrine,  but  Lydia  as 
a  whole  seems  to  have  given  equal  honor  to  Athena.  ZEUS,  the  fourth 
deity,  is  mostly  represented  in  the  Doric  Islands.  Sicily,  Krete,  and 
Rhodos  give  him  about  fifteen  percent  of  their  temples ;  and  he  is  there 
second  only  to  Apollon.  Karia  comes  next  after  the  Islands,  but  the 
Ionic  and  Aiolic  parts  of  Asia  Minor  are  less  favorable  to  him.  On 
the  mainland  of  Greece,  Boiotia,  Arkadia,  and  Lakonike"  give  him 
many  shrines ;  but  Messenia  only  one,  and  Phokis  none  at  all.  APHRO- 
DITE, the  nfth,  has  most  of  her  shrines  in  Argolis,  Arkadia,  and  Attika. 
Shevis  but  slightly  represented  in  the  Islands  (except  the  half-Hel- 
lenized  Kypros),  and  rarely  also  in  Lakonik6,  Messenia,  and  Phokis. 
DEMETER,  the  sixth  in  degree  of  favor,  has  her  home  in  Boiotia,  Arka- 


THE  DISTRIBUTION  OF  HELLENIC  TEMPLES.  61 

dia,  and  Attika ;  though  her  temples  are  also  sparsely  found  in  Ar- 
golis  and  the  district  around  Korinthos.  DIONYSOS  comes  next  after 
Demeter  in  number  of  shrines,  and,  besides  this,  he  is  worshipped  in 
much  the  same  localities,  as  might  be  expected  from  his  connection 
with  the  mysteries.  ASKLEPIOS,  the  eighth,  closely  follows  Dionysos, 
but  belongs  almost  wholly  to  the  Peloponnesos,  especially  to  Lako- 
nike1,  Messenia,  and  Arkadia.  In  Boiotia,  he  seems  to  have  had  no 
shrine  at  all,  and  is  only  slightly  represented  in  Phokis,  Krete,  and 
Attika.  POSEIDON  is  worshipped  chiefly  in  Achaia  and  Argolis,  but 
in  general  his  worship  is  widely  scattered.  HERA,  the  tenth,  is  honored 
in  Argolis  and  the  district  of  Korinthos,  as  well  as  in  the  Italic  col- 
onies. KYBELE  is  naturally  frequent  in  Lydia  and  Mysia,  but  sporadic 
and  at  distant  intervals  in  Greece.  HERAKLES,  the  twelfth,  is  mostly 
honored  in  Boiotia,  where  he  is  quite  as  frequent  as  any  of  the  greater 
deities.  His  cult  seems  altogether  absent  from  Argolis  (precinct  of 
Hera),  and  is  very  rare  elsewhere.  EILEITHYIA  is  found  chiefly  in  Ar- 
golis, Achaia,  and  Krete.  Less  than  one  percent  of  all  the  temples 
belong  to  the  DIOSKOUROI,  who  have  shrines  in  Argolis,  Arkadia, 
and  Lakonike1.  TYCHE  prevails  in  Korinthos  and  Argolis,  and  usu- 
ally represents  the  Roman  Fortuna.  HERMES  occurs  several  times 
in  Boiotia  and  Arkadia,  but  is  otherwise  very  rare.  PAN  is  honored 
in  Arkadia  and  Attika ;  KORE  in  Italy  and  Sicily,  but  elsewhere  her 
shrines  are  much  scattered,  and  she  is  in  most  cases  counted  with 
Demeter,  since  they  often  have  a  temple  in  common.  ARES  is  found 
to  prevail  in  Argolis  and  Attika,  PLOUTON  in  Elis,  the  MOIRAI  in  Lako- 
nik£,  GE  in  Attika  and  Lakonike".  The  other  gods,  goddesses,  and 
heroes  are  too  rare  to  merit  separate  mention.  Foreign  gods  repre- 
sented by  Isis,  Sarapis,  Atargatis,  Men,  and  several  others  have  not 
been  counted.  Their  shrines  are  about  ^th  of  the  whole  number  in 
the  late  period  to  which  our  sources  belong.  In  regard  to  rank,  thirty- 
four  percent  of  all  the  shrines  and  temples  belong  to  secondary  divini- 
ties ;  sixty-six  percent  to  the  twelve  greater  gods.  The  minor  heroes 
(excluding  Herakles  by  this  term)  are  found  to  be  very  frequent  in 
Lakonike  and  Attika.  Sparta  has  some  twenty-eight  heroa,  and 
Athens  sixteen,  but  in  the  other  states  they  are  comparatively  rare. 

In  regard  to  the  sex  of  the  divinities,  just  the  same  number  of  tem- 
ples and  shrines  belong  to  goddesses  as  to  gods.  Of  the  twelve  greater 
deities,  more  belong  to  goddesses  :  namely,  fifty-seven  percent  to  forty- 


62  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

three.2  In  the  hero-class  it  is  found  that  almost  all  are  male ;  and 
shrines  of  heroines,  such  as  Helena  and  Kassandra,  are  quite  rare. 

Our  second  point  was  to  consider  the  distribution  of  shrines  and 
temples  over  the  districts  and  towns  of  Greece,  and  the  indications 
thus  given  of  their  population.  In  view  of  our  lack  of  information 
about  the  size  of  most  of  the  smaller  towns,  the  number  of  shrines 
becomes  almost  the  only  available  basis  for  conjecture  as  to  their 
relative  magnitude,  and  this,  owing  to  the  lateness  of  our  sources, 
chiefly  for  the  period  immediately  before  and  after  the  Christian  era. 
Against  the  accuracy  of  this  proportion  it  may  be  urged  that  we  are 
not  acquainted  with  the  whole  number  of  temples ;  that  they  often  exist 
long  after  the  population  of  the  town  has  greatly  decreased.  Some 
temples  are  situated  on  uninhabited  mountains  or  in  very  secluded  spots ; 
and  others,  like  the  temple  of  Artemis  at  Ephesos,  seem  to  absorb  all 
the  religious  energy  of  the  community  and  leave  no  room  for  the  growth 
of  minor  shrines.  Temples  were  sometimes  built  in  obedience  to  ora- 
cles or  dreams,  and  in  such  cases  would  seem  to  be  not  at  all  dependent 
upon  population. 

These  objections  are  to  some  extent  valid,  but,  though  they  impair, 
do  not  entirely  destroy  the  truth  of  the  proposition,  that,  in  general, 
the  number  of  temples  is  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  people.  We 
have  no  detailed  account  of  the  temples  in  Asia  such  as  there  is  for 
Greece,  so  that  only  in  the  mother-country  can  any  argument  as  to 
population  be  safely  drawn  from  the  number  of  known  temples.  Pau- 
sanias  has  given  us  the  names  of  so  many  shrines  that  it  is  probable 
we  have  almost  all  of  those  above  a  certain  size  in  the  districts  over 
which  his  guide-book  carries  us.  He  occasionally  mentions  a  temple 
in  ruins ;  and,  no  doubt,  the  name  clung  for  a  long  time  to  the  site 
after  the  worshippers  were  gone.  Consequently,  the  number  of  temples 
is  more  strictly  related  to  the  population  of  a  town  at  a  period  somewhat 
before  the  time  when  Pausanias  visited  it.  If  a  town  had  been  burnt 
or  razed,  then  the  temples  would  date  back  to  its  most  flourishing  period 
since  that  catastrophe.  Thus,  our  list  of  Greek  temples  would  seem 
to  show  that  it  represented  the  condition  of  Greece  rather  before  the 

*  This  excess  of  shrines  dedicated  to  goddesses  may  show  that  the  majority  of  wor- 
shippers were  women,  at  least  in  this  late  period  of  Greek  history  to  which  Pausanias 
and  Strabo  belong.  The  extent  to  which  the  convenience  of  women  was  consulted 
in  religions  matters  at  this  time  is  illustrated  by  the  objection  which  Vitruvius  (m.2) 
had  to  the  so-called  pycnostyle  temple;  viz.,  that  women  had  to  let  go  each  others 
arms  in  passing  between  its  crowded  columns. 


THE  DISTRIBUTION  OF  HELLENIC  TEMPLES.  63 

Christian  era,  perhaps  as  much  as  one  or  two  centuries  before,  inasmuch 
as  temples  to  the  emperors  and  to  various  foreign  gods  were  presum- 
ably the  only  new  ones  built  after  the  beginning  of  the  empire. 

Taking  the  statistics  for  the  various  districts  of  Greece,  Lakonik£ 
is  found  to  be  in  the  front  with  155  temples  and  shrines ;  next  come 
Arkadia  with  145,  Attika  with  133,  Argolis  with  116,  Boiotia  with 
70,  Achaia  and  Korinthos  with  about  68  each,  and  then,  in  order, 
Elis,  Messenia,  Phokis,  Lokris  (including  the  smaller  Greek  states), 
and  Thessaly.  The  importance  of  Lakonik6  and  Arkadia  is  to  be  ex- 
pected, on  account  of  their  large  size  and  the  great  number  of  towns 
they  contain.  Then,  too,  they  were  more  remote  from  attack  by  land ; 
and,  during  the  conquest  of  Greece  by  Macedon  and  Rome,  Sparta  and 
the  larger  Arkadian  towns  resisted  just  enough  to  make  terms  with  the 
conquerors,  but  not  enough  to  enrage  them.  Thebes  and  Korinthos, 
on  the  other  hand,  had  been  entirely  destroyed ;  and  Athens  had  been 
greatly  injured  when  stormed  by  Sulla. 

The  number  of  temples  in  the  larger  cities  of  each  Greek  state  is  as 
follows :  Sparta  84,  Athens  71,  Argos  36,  Megalopolis  32,  Megara  26, 
Sikyon  and  Hermione  23  each,  Patrai  20,  Tegea  19,  Korinthos,  Troi- 
zen,  and  Olympia  17  each,  Thebes  and  Mantineia  16  each.  Only  the 
acropolis  of  Thebes  was  inhabited  during  this  period,  and  the  city 
itself  had  shrunk  more  than  any  other  capital  in  Greece,  whereas  Leba- 
deia  and  Tanagra  had  risen  to  be  important  towns.  As  if  in  confir- 
mation of  this  historical  tradition,  the  number  of  their  temples  places 
them  second  and  fourth  among  the  towns  of  Boiotia.  Megara,  to  judge 
by  its  temples,  was  then  the  fifth  city  in  Greece  ;  a  position  it  probably 
owes  in  part  to  the  favor  of  Hadrian.  Sikyon  may  have  grown  in  popu- 
lation at  the  expense  of  Korinthos,  as  it  did  in  territory ;  since,  accord- 
ing to  the  number  of  its  shrines,  it  was  larger  than  its  neighbor,  although 
Korinth  was  the  seat  of  the  Roman  government  in  Greece.  Strabo 
(377),  in  a  passage  where  he  is  evidently  speaking  of  the  Peloponne- 
sos,  calls  Argos  the  city  next  in  rank  to  Sparta.  Megalopolis  he  con- 
siders the  largest  city  in  Arkadia ;  and  this  must  have  been  especially 
true  at  a  somewhat  earlier  period  than  that  for  which  he  writes.  Next 
after  Megalopolis  came  Tegea,  but  Mantineia  and  the  other  Arkadian 
towns  he  describes  as  already  falling  in  ruins.  In  Argolis,  both  Her- 
mione and  Troizen  are  described  (373)  as  very  considerable  (ov/c  ao-rjfjLoi) 
cities.  In  regard  to  the  size  of  the  smaller  cities  of  Greece,  we  are  in 
most  cases  left  without  any  historical  statements  ;  so  that  the  number 


64  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

of  temples  they  contain  is  almost  the  only  clue  there  is  by  which  to 
determine  their  relative  importance.  By  the  number  of  temples  a  city 
contains,  erroneous  impressions  as  to  its  size  may  perhaps  also  be  cor- 
rected. Thus,  Delphoi  and  Eleusis,  on  account  of  their  fame  and  im- 
portance in  Greek  history,  might  be  considered  large  towns ;  but  the 
few  temples  they  possessed  point  to  a  very  small  resident  population. 

In  regard  to  the  Greek  Islands  and  colonies,  our  information  about 
the  temples  is  far  less  complete.  Such  as  it  is,  it  shows  Sicily  at  the 
head,  with  Krete  next,  though  at  some  distance  below.  After  these 
two  islands  come  Aigina,  Rhodos,  Euboia,  Delos,  Lesbos,  and  Samos, 
in  this  order :  but  probably  Aigina  owes  its  high  position  to  the  fact 
that  it  alone  is  described  by  Pausanias,  while  the  others  depend  on  less 
thorough  sources.  Of  the  cities  in  Asia  Minor,  Smyrna  leads,  and  after 
it  comes  Pergamon,  followed  by  Kyzikos,  Halikarnassos,  My  lasa,Mile- 
tos,  Teos,  Erythrai.  It  is  from  Tacitus  (Ann.,  iv.55)  that  we  obtain 
the  best  view  of  the  condition  of  these  towns  under  the  Empire.  He 
relates  an  occurrence  of  A.  D.  23,  when  eleven  of  them  sued  for  per- 
mission to  erect  a  temple  to  Tiberius.  Tralleis,  Laodikeia,  Ilion,  and 
some  others,  were  immediately  rejected  as  too  small,  when  the  dispute 
was  referred  to  the  senate.  Halikarnassos,  Pergamon,  Ephesos,  and 
Miletos  were  passed  over  with  greater  hesitation ;  and  finally,  after 
setting  aside  Sardeis,  the  coveted  honor  fell  to  Smyrna.  Kyzikos  did 
not  compete,  as  belonging  in  another  province,  although  Strabo  (575) 
says  it  was  among  the  first  cities  of  Asia.  If  the  colonies  be  rated  by 
larger  districts,  Lydiais  found  to  have  some  50  temples,  Mysia  40,  Karia 
32.  The  rest  of  Asia  Minor  supplies  38,  colonies  north  of  the  Black  Sea 
12,  Thrace,  Makedonia,  and  Epeiros  38. 

In  conclusion,  it  may  be  well  to  point  out  what  seem  to  be  the  chief 
result  of  these  statistics.  The  importance  of  Apollon,  Artemis,  and 
Athena  is  especially  to  be  noticed ;  and,  in  comparison,  the  inferior 
position  of  Zeus,  their  nominal  ruler,  and  of  Hera,  his  queen.  Out- 
side of  the  twelve  greater  gods,  Apol  Ion's  son  Asklepios  receives  the 
most  honor.  Without  laying  stress  on  the  exact  number  of  temples 
in  any  district  or  town,  it  may  be  safely  concluded  that  their  distribu- 
tion throws  some  general  light  on  the  obscure  movements  of  the  Greek 
people  which  took  place  after  their  loss  of  freedom. 

GEORGE  B.  HUSSEY. 
Princeton  College. 


ZET2  'HAIOIIOAITHS. 


M.  H.  Bazin  published  in  the  Revue  ArcMologique,  in  1886,1  a  re- 
markable marble  relief,  which  was  found  at  Marseilles  in  1838  and 
is  now  in  the  Musee  Calvet  at  Avignon.2  This  monument  (Fig.  14) 
measures  about  half  a  metre  in  height  and  presents  in  very  high  relief 
(almost  sculpture  in  the  round)  a  stiff  figure  of  a  divinity  standing 
upright  with  right  hand  raised  and  left  hand  formerly  stretched  for- 
ward ;  to  the  right  and  left  of  the  figure  are  two  small  standing  bulls. 
Bazin  thinks  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  we  have  here  a  Roman  copy 
of  a  very  old  Greek  statue,  and  he  believes,  on  account  of  the  broad 
and  heavy  forms,  that  the  original  belonged  to  the  art  of  Ionia.  The 
divinity  certainly  stands  in  a  stiff,  archaic  fashion,  and  the  peculiar 
costume  also  impresses  us  as  archaic,  or,  better  still,  as  strange.  A 
broad  garment,  flowing  down  to  the  feet,  covers  the  body  ;  over  this, 
enclosing  the  body  like  a  coat  of  mail,  and  giving  to  it  the  appearance 
of  a  herma,  is  a  covering  which  in  turn  is  ornamented  with  a  central 
herma  and  six  busts  arranged  in  three  bands  ;  below  this  sheath,  upon 
the  garment,  is  a  lion-head.  Around  the  neck  is  a  heavy  necklace 
formed  of  dolphins ;  the  hair  is  arranged  in  peculiar  locks,  which 
remind  M.  Bazin  of  coins  of  Juba  from  Mauritania,  and  which  resem- 
ble also  other  representations  of  barbarians,  especially  Egyptians.  The 
head  is  crowned  with  a  flaring  kalathos. 

The  late  character  of  all  this  decoration  has  not  escaped  M.  Bazin, 
but  he  considers  it  the  arbitrary  work  of  the  copyist.  He  believes 
the  type  of  the  statue  to  be  old  and  genuine,  and  that  it  represents 
Artemis  Diktynna,  who  swings  in  her  (now  destroyed)  right  hand  a 
knife,  about  to  slay  the  bulls  which  stand  beside  her.  He  considers 
that  this  substantiates  the  meaning  of  the  name  Artemis  given  by 
Robert,3  and  proves,  furthermore,  that  it  was  Diktynna,  and  not  the 
Ephesian  Artemis,  who  was  brought  by  the  Phokaians  from  their 
mother-country.  It  is  unnecessary  to  examine  here  the  further  con- 

1  Troisteme  serie,  viu,  pi.  26,  p.  257. 

"STARK  gave  a  brief  notice  of  it  in  the  Arch.  Anzeiger,  1853,  p.  365. 
3  PREFER,  Oriechische  Mythologies,  i,  p.  296,  2;  STTTDNICZKA,  Kyrene,p.  154,  77. 
5  65 


66  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

sequences  drawn  by  M.  Bazin.  So  far  as  I  am  aware,  only  Robert 4 
has  expressed  his  agreement  with  Bazin ;  and  the  only  objection  raised 
has  been  by  Paris,5  and  in  this  case  only  to  the  appellation  Diktynna, 
since  he  prefers  to  see  in  it  the  Ephesian  Artemis,  as  did  Stark  (see 
Note  1). 

In  my  opinion,  this  interesting  monument  requires  an  entirely  dif- 
ferent explanation.     This  is  made  possible  by  means  of  the  relief 


FIG.  U.— High-relief  of  Zeus  Heliopolites,  fvund  at  Marseilles  in  18'38. 

figured  in  the  Gazette  Archeologique  (n,  pi.  21)  and  very  properly 
interpreted  (pp.  78  ff.)  by  F.  Lenormant  (Fig.  IS).  It  is  sculptured 
upon  the  right  side  of  a  votive-stone,  which  was  found  at  Mmes  in 
1752  and  is  still  kept  there.  Upon  the  opposite  side  is  a  shield  and 


'PRELLER,  Op.  ciL,  i,  p.  297,  Note;  p.  318,  Note  1. 
6  DABEMBERG,  Dictwnaire  des  Antiquites,  n,  p.  152. 


ZEYZ  'HAIOIIOAITHI.  67 

sword  in  relief;  the  back  is  unsculptured ;  the  front  bears  the  inscrip- 
tion J(ovi)  O(ptimo)  M(aximo)  Heliopolitan\_o']  et  Nemauso  C.  Julius 
Tib(erii)  fil(ius)  Fab(ia)  Tiberinus,  p(rimi)  p(ilaris),  domo  Beryto,  votum 
solvit.  The  figure  is  not  so  well  preserved  as  the  one  first  described,  but 
corresponds  to  it  in  all  essential  particulars.  Instead  of  the  two  bulls, 
one  animal  is  here  represented,  placed  behind  the  divinity  and  at  his 
feet,  though  so  destroyed  as  to  be  hardly  recognizable ; 6  and  the  chief 


FIG.  15.—  Votive  Relief  of  Zeus'of  Heliopolis,  found  at  Nimes  in  1752. 

ornamentation  of  the  figure  consists  of  rosettes  instead  of  busts.  The 
attribute  which  the  divinity  holds  in  his  left  hand  is  not  sufficiently 
clear ;  that  in  his  right  seems  to  be  a  small  staff.  In  explanation, 
Lenormant  cites  the  passage  of  Macrobius  (Saturn.,  I.  23.  12)  which 

6STUDNICZKA  (Archaologisch-epiyraphische  Mittheilungen,  viu,  p.  61)  explains  it  as 
a  bull,  and  this  explanation  is  probably  correct. 


68  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

gives  a  description  of  the  statue  of  Zeus  in  Heliopolis  :  Simulacrum 
enim  aureum  specie  imberbi  instat  dexter  a  elevata  cum  flagro  in  aurigae 
modum,  laeva  tenet  fulmen  et  spicas,  quae  cuncta  Jovis  solisque  con- 
sociatam  potentiam  monstrant.  From  this,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that 
the  stone  at  Nimes  represents  the  Zeus  of  Heliopolis/  and  that  the 
same  explanation  applies  to  the  relief  from  Avignon,  with  which  we 
began.  That  which  Bazin  considers  the  remnant  of  a  raised  knife  is 
now  seen  to  be  the  whip ;  in  the  (now  lost)  left  hand,  we  may  presume, 
were  ears  of  corn  and  the  thunderbolt.  The  question  of  establishing 
the  relationship  of  the  six  busts  must  be  left  to  those  who  can  exam- 
ine them  upon  the  original,  as  the  details  in  the  illustration  are  not 
definite  enough  to  be  accurately  studied.  One  point  the  relief  from 
Marseilles  teaches  us  clearly :  the  Zeus  of  Heliopolis  was  certainly 
youthful  and  beardless,  and  the  testimony  of  Macrobius  is  thoroughly 
substantiated,  which  Lenormant  was  inclined  to  question  (p.  81),  since 
he  believed  he  saw  in  the  much  injured  relief  from  Nimes  traces  of 
a  bearded  head  in  profile.  At  the  same  time,  the  interpretation  which 
Imhoof-Blumer  and  Studniczka  have  given  to  several  coins  and  en- 
graved stones 8  is  assured,  and  a  new  parallel  to  the  breastplate  relief 
from  Carnuntum  (Studniczka,  pi.  2,  p.  61)  is  afforded  us,  which  sur- 
passes all  hitherto  known  representations  of  Zeus  Heliopolitanus, 
through  its  good  preservation  and  rich  relief  decoration,  a  more  accu- 
rate description  of  which  will,  it  is  hoped,  advance  our  knowledge  of 
the  characteristics  of  the  divinity.  How  these  results  affect  the  gen- 
erally received  view,  that  this  Zeus  is  identical  with  Hadad,  I  must 
leave  to  the  investigation  of  those  who  are  better  informed. 

PAUL  WOLTERS. 
German  Archaeological  Institute, 
Athens,  April  6,  1890. 


7CP.  ROSCHER,  Lexikon  der  Mythologie,  i,  2,  p.  1987  (DEEXLEE)  ;  p.  2900  (ED. 
MEYEE)  ;  OIL,  in,  Supplementum,  pp.  1313,  7280. 

*Arch<U>logisch-epigraphische  Mittheilungen,  vin,  p.  62.  The  illustrations  there 
cited  are  not  accessible  to  me.  DEEXLEE  (p.  1993),  on  account  of  the  beardless 
character  of  the  representations,  seems  to  be  not  quite  sure  of  the  interpretation. 


PAPEES  OF  THE  AMERICAN  SCHOOL  OF  CLASSICAL 

STUDIES  AT  ATHENS. 

GREEK  SCULPTURED  CROWNS  AND  CROWN 
INSCRIPTIONS.* 

[PLATES  XII,  XIII.] 


The  following  notes  are  limited  to  the  consideration  of  a  very  hum- 
ble class  of  the  monuments  of  Greek  art.  Of  the  marbles  on  which 
crowns  are  figured  not  one  is  noticed  by  a  contemporary  author;  and 
there  is  probably  not  one  made  by  a  known  artist.  The  crown,  or 
wreath  of  honor,  was  doubtless  developed  from  a  badge  of  priestly 
office  or  a  mere  ornament,  and  became  a  reward  conferred  by  the 
highest  civic  authority  before  the  date  of  the  earliest  of  these  reliefs 
as  yet  known.  From  the  beginning  of  the  fourth  century  before  our 
era  until  the  beginning  of  the  fourth  century  after  it,  there  is  now 
available  a  tolerably  continuous  series  of  such  reliefs. 

CROWNS. 

The  crowns  are  cut  upon  the  flat  surface  of  the  marble,  and  the  relief 
is  almost  always  less  than  one  cm.  high.  Sometimes  the  crown  is  quite 
without  relief,  and  only  the  outline  is  incised  on  the  marble  with  a 
sharp  point.  The  koilanaglyphic  method,  too,  is  often  employed  for 
these  reliefs  :  i.  e.,  the  material  is  cut  away  from  around  the  crown  so 
as  to  leave  it  projecting  in  a  slight  depression,  but  not  raised  above 
the  general  level  of  the  stone.  When  several  crowns  occur  on  the  same 
monument  or  the  same  block  of  stone,  they  may  be  upon  three  sides 
of  it ;  but  more  usually  they  occupy  the  face  alone.  When  there  are 
several  on  one  side,  they  are  placed  at  equal  distances  from  each  other 
in  vertical  or  horizontal  rows.  The  more  usual  arrangement  is,  how- 
ever, the  latter ;  and,  when  two  or  three  crowns  occur  by  themselves, 
they  are  almost  invariably  placed  side  by  side,  not  one  below  the  other. 

*  The  collection  of  the  material  for  this  paper  was  encouraged  by  the  following 
remark  in  BATJMEISTER'S  Denkmaler,  p.  795 :  Dauber  Krauze  seit  Paschalius  [^1625], 
'De  Coronis'  (Leyden,  1680)  nicht  mefir  ausfuhrlich  gehandelt  warden  ist,  so  verdiente  der 
Gegenstand,  namentlich  mil  Rucksicht  auf'aasin  den  Denkmdlernvorliegende  Material,  eine 
emeute  Untersuchung. 

69 


70  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

The  great  majority  of  these  crowns  appear  as  though  the  original 
wreath  had  been  made  out  of  two  pliable  sprays  or  branches.  The 
lower  woody  ends  of  these  branches  are  loosely  twisted  so  that  one 
makes  a  complete  revolution  around  the  other,  and  the  tips  are  then 
brought  together  so  that  the  whole  forms,  approximately,  a  circle.  The 
fillet  (taenia)  seems  to  have  been  the  chief,  as  well  as  earliest,  adjunct 
of  the  crown,  and  emphasized  its  religious  association.  Thus,  proba- 
bly in  consequence  of  the  sacred  character  of  the  national  games, 
crowns  given  for  victory  in  them  are  represented  in  the  reliefs  as  bound 
with  a  fillet.  On  the  other  hand,  crowns  conferred  on  ordinary  occasions 
by  the  State  are  always  without  the  taenia.  A  few  crowns  awarded 
to  the  dead,  as  for  instance  the  crown  given  to  some  who  died  in  the 
Lamian  war  (CIA,  n,  1681 ;  PLATE  xn-2 J),  arid,  according  to  Bockh, 
certain  crowns  given  by  religious  associations  are,  like  crowns  of  vic- 
tory, also  adorned  with  fillets.  Even  for  crowns  of  victory  the  fillet 
seems  to  lose  its  significance,  and  is  sometimes  omitted  in  the  Roman 
imperial  period  (Bull,  de  corr.  helUn.,  x,  383 ;  PL.  xu-3,  in  part). 
The  figured  crowns  differ  greatly  in  their  position.  Some  hang  down, 
so  that  the  tips  of  their  sprays  are  below  the  twisted  stems  (PL.  xn-2,  7, 
etc.)  and  so  appear  as  if  suspended  against  the  stone ;  others  stand  erect, 
the  tips  of  the  sprays  thus  being  uppermost  (PL.  xu-3,  5,  6)  and  the 
stem-ends  downward.  In  the  minor  details  of  the  carving  there  are 
naturally  many  differences.  The  number  of  leaves  that  a  crown  may 
have  varies  from  twelve  up  to  sixty  or  more.  If  the  relief  is  low,  the 
leaves  are  represented  in  outline  as  if  they  rested  flat  on  the  stone. 
When  the  relief  is  higher  the  leaves  are  sometimes  shown  in  perspec- 
tive, some  being  turned  sidewise,  or  certain  leaves  may  be  represented 
as  slightly  curled.  If  the  crown  has  many  leaves,  they  may  be  more  or 
less  bunched  together,  and  thus  conceal  the  stem.  In  the  more  care- 
fully designed  wreaths,  however,  the  stem  is  usually  visible  through- 
out its  length,  or  is  concealed  at  only  one  or  two  points  by  leaves 
lying  directly  upon  it.  A  type  peculiar  to  crowns  of  small  size  is  that 
in  which  the  leaves  appear  in  groups  of  three  at  every  node  of  the  stem 
(PL.  xn-lOa,  lie;  xni-27).  Here  the  group  or  whorl  is  represented  as 
if  flattened  out  so  that  the  middle  leaf  of  the  three  masks  the  stem. 
When  the  leaves  are  all  separate  from  each  other  and  the  stem  is  visi- 
ble in  its  entire  length,  more  leaves  are  usually  cut  on  the  outside  of 

1  The  crowns  figured  on  PLATES  xn,  xm  are  phototype  reproductions  made  from 
squeezes  of  the  reliefs.     In  every  case  the  reduction  is  to      th  of  the  actual  size. 


GREEK  SCULPTURED  CROWNS  AND  CROWN  INSCRIPTIONS.  71 

the  branch  than  on  the  inside  (PL.  xm-17,  19),  in  order  that  all  the 
leaves  may  be  at  about  the  same  distance  apart.  In  case  the  leaves  are 
strictly  opposite,  those  on  the  inside  of  the  branch  are  made  to  diverge 
more  from  it  than  those  on  the  outside  (PL.  xn-3,  xm-23).  A  special 
class  of  crowns  (to  be  considered  further  on)  have  leaves  standing  out 
from  the  circumference  of  a  circle  like  the  rays  of  composite  flowers 
(PL.  xii-116-d;  xm-25).  Certain  laurel  crowns  are  arranged  with 
three  leaves  and  two  berries  at  every  node  of  the  stem  (PL.  xiu-27). 
Ivy  displays  its  usual  cordate  leaf,  and  sometimes  a  bunch  of  berries 
near  the  tips  of  the  sprays  (PL.  xii-13a,  e  •  xni-21, 26a).  The  divided 
leaf  identified  as  parsley  or  wild  celery  is  represented  in  the  crowns 
won  in  the  Nemean  games  (PL.  xn-3).  The  peculiar  club-shaped 
foliage  of  a  crown  awarded  for  victory  in  the  Isthmia  is  probably 
intended  for  pine  (PL.  xn-1).  The  presence  of  fruit  or  berries  scat- 
tered among  the  leaves  of  a  crown  as  well  as  ravelled  threads  at  the 
ends  of  taeniae,  is  subject  to  no  rule,  and  probably  depended  on  the 
elaboration  desired  in  the  wreath,  as  well  as  on  the  ability  of  the  artist. 
The  same  holds  true  of  the  carving  of  a  midrib  on  some  of  the  leaves. 
Such  midribs  are  made  in  various  ways :  as  by  a  single  groove  or  by 
two  small  grooves  leaving  an  elevation  between  them,  or  by  a  ridge 
sloping  away  on  each  side  toward  the  margin  of  the  leaf.  The  tips  of 
the  branches  where  leaves  from  opposite  directions  meet,  are  often 
finished  in  a  rough  manner.  Sometimes  a  mass  of  small  carelessly- 
made  leaves  are  crowded  together  in  confusion  (PL.  xn-9,  14e,  g). 
Again,  the  terminal  leaves  may  be  made  so  that  their  ends  touch  each 
other  and  inclose  a  vacant  space  (PL.  xm-23,  30a).  The  stems  of  the 
sprays  do  not  usually  touch  at  their  tips  but  sometimes  they  unite  in  a 
sort  of  button  (PL.  xm-19),  or  they  may  join  each  other  so  as  to  form 
a  circle  (PL.  xn-3,  66,  8). 

Besides  the  crowns  in  relief,  Greek  art  supplies  several  instances  of 
wreaths  painted  on  marble.  The  general  principle  that  decoration  in 
color  preceded  carving  might  warrant  the  supposition  that  crowns  were 
usually  painted  in  the  early  periods,  and  so  have  been  lost  to  us.  The 
painted  crowns  that  survive  (CIA,  n,  2541,  and  ' ' KQ^vaiov ',  vm,  403) 
seem,  however,  to  be  not  earlier  than  the  Macedonian  period.  This 
fact,  taken  together  with  the  comparative  rarity  of  inscriptions  which 
mention  crowns  before  the  time  of  the  earliest  crown-relief  (388  B.  c.), 
may  be  taken  as  evidence  against  a  general  prevalence  of  painted 
wreaths  during  earlier  periods. 


72  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

The  crown  occurs  in  general  on  two  classes  of  monuments.  The 
first  class  comprises  those  which  are  erected  by  some  civic  body  or 
religious  association  which  inscribes  its  honorary  decree  on  it  and 
accompanies  the  inscription  with  a  representation  of  the  crown  it  gives. 
Sucli  crown-reliefs  may  from  their  source  be  termed  public,  to  distin- 
guish them  from  the  private  crowns  of  the  second  class,  in  which  the 
interest  lies  not  so  much  in  the  public  giver  as  in  the  private  re- 
ceiver. This  second  class  consists  of  the  monuments  of  persons  who 
had  their  crowns  carved  in  order  to  record  more  specifically  the  honors 
they  had  received.  Sepulchral  steles,  monuments  dedicated  to  com- 
memorate victory  in  the  games,  and  many  of  those  set  up  for  the  suc- 
cessful performance  of  all  sorts  of  civil,  military,  and  sacred  duties, 
come  under  the  second  head.  At  times,  both  public  and  private  crowns 
are  figured  upon  the  same  stone.  Thus,  in  addition  to  the  crowns 
mentioned  in  an  inscribed  decree,  other  crowns  may  be  sculptured 
which  had  been  received  at  other  times  by  the  person  honored  and 
have  no  relation  to  the  decree  itself.  Both  classes  of  wreaths  are 
only  another  evidence  of  the  vivid  plastic  sense  of  the  Greek  people. 
The  information  which  the  figure  of  the  crown  conveyed  to  them  could 
have  been  as  well  told  in  words,  and,  indeed,  is  often  set  forth  in  a 
brief  inscription  placed  in  or  just  above  the  crown ;  but  it  was  sought 
to  display  the  honor  in  material  form  to  the  eye.  Public  crowns  bear, 
as  their  inscription,  an  abridgement  of  the  decree  conferring  them. 
Often  the  name  of  the  giver  only  is  stated ;  but,  when  several  persons  are 
honored  in  the  same  decree,  the  crown  of  every  one  bears  his  name,  and 
in  some  cases  the  name  is  preceded  by  the  occasion  of  his  receiving  the 
honor — for  the  most  part  simply  the  name  of  an  office  or  a  title.  Thus, 
a  full  presentation  of  all  three  elements  would  be :  o  &}//,o9  rbv  Koo-fjurj- 
rrjv  Seo^aptv  'Ecrrtatou.  The  crowns  of  a  private  monument,  since 
they  usually  belong  to  but  one  man,  contain  only  the  name  of  the  giver 
and  the  cause  of  the  honor,  in  this  case  generally  expressed  by  a  causal 
participle,  as :  ol  tV-Trefc  iTrTrap^rfaavra.  These  three  terms  of  a  crown- 
inscription — giver,  cause,  receiver — are,  however,  rarely  all  present  to- 
gether. Any  one  of  them,  or  all,  may  be  omitted ;  they  may  be  placed 
within  the  crown  or  just  above  it;  and  they  may  occupy  different  orders 
in  regard  to  each  other.  Crowns  of  victory  are  characterized  by  another 
set  of  terms,  the  name  of  the  games  and  the  particular  event  in  which 
the  victory  was  won.  Thus, ' Kpfydpaia  ra  ev  'flp&>7r<»  irv^^v  is  an 
example  of  the  typical  elements  of  such  crown-inscriptions.  In  the 


GREEK  SCULPTURED  CROWNS  AND  CROWN  INSCRIPTIONS.  73 

case  of  public  crowns,  the  material  of  which  the  crown  is  to  be  made 
is  usually  stated  in  the  accompanying  decree ;  but  in  private  crowns 
it  must  be  inferred  from  the  shape  of  the  leaves  or  the  character  of  the 
giver.  When  the  material  is  mentioned  in  a  decree,  it  is  usually  gold. 
Often,  too,  its  value  is  added,  as  1,000,  500,  300  drachmai.  Olive  or 
thallos  stands  second  in  point  of  frequency.  This  was  given  chiefly  at 
Athens,  and  then  by  small  civil  corporations  and  by  religious  associa- 
tions, rarely  by  the  boule  and  demos,  unless  to  inferior  personages  or 
for  trifling  services.  Ivy  crowns  usually  have  some  connection  with 
the  worship  of  Dionysos.  Laurel  or,  as  it  is  often  called,  the  "  crown  of 
the  god  "  is  given  at  Delphi,  Rhodes,  and  other  Doric  centres.  Myrtle, 
poplar,  and  grape-vine  crowns  seem  to  have  been  conferred  very  rarely, 
and  complete  the  short  list  of  materials  mentioned  in  the  inscriptions. 

Any  general  description  of  figured  crowns  would  be  incomplete,  if 
no  effort  were  made  to  introduce  a  chronological  standard  by  which 
some  of  the  variations  which  have  been  noted  might  be  placed  in  their 
order  of  succession.  With  the  object  of  studying  changes  of  form,  a 
number  of  crown-reliefs  found  on  the  mainland  of  Greece  are  classified 
in  TABLE  i  (pp.  89-91).  First  come  reliefs  that  can  be  dated  more  or 
less  exactly  by  some  historical  reference  contained  in  the  inscriptions. 
The  others  are  such  as  furnish  no  historical  data  and  are  therefore 
grouped  in  classes  based  on  differences  in  the  shapes  of  the  letters 
alpha  and  sigma.2  These  latter  classes,  since  they  somewhat  overlap 
each  other  in  time,  can  be  expected  to  indicate  only  general  tendencies. 
In  the  narrow  column  which  contains  only  letters,  P  denotes  that  the 
crown  has  a  pendent  position,  E  that  it  is  placed  erect,  V  that  it  is  a 
crown  of  victory  :  the  next  column  on  the  right  gives  the  diameter  of 
the  crown  in  millimeters,  measured  from  the  stem  of  one  of  the  sprays 
to  the  stem  of  the  other :  the  third  column  gives  the  diameter  of  the 
crown  in  terms  of  the  height  of  the  letters  of  its  inscription. 

It  will  be  noticed  immediately,  on  inspecting  the  table,  that  the 
erect  wreaths  contained  in  these  classes  belong  exclusively  to  a  period 

8  The  general  periods  in  which  these  forms  of  alpha  and  sigma  were  used  are  thus 
briefly  given  by  KEINACH,  Epigraphie  Grecque,  pp.  204-7 :  U  alpha  w'a  la  barre  mediane 
brisee  que  dans  la  deuxi&me  moitie  du  second  et  au  premier  si&cle  av.  J.  C.  .  .  .  Ce  n'est  que 
vers  la  fin  du  I*  si&cle  ap.  J.  C.  que  la  forme  A  reparait  avec  frequence,  pour  dominer  de  nou- 
veau  a  Vepoque  de  Trajan  et  d'Hadrien,  sans  jamais  exclure  complement  la  forme  brisee. 

Le  sigma  a  branches  paralleles  .  .  devient  frequent  vers  110  av.  J.  C.  et  predomine  depuis 

le  commencement  du  ler  siede Les  formes  lunaires  du  sigma  ne  commencent  d 

prevaloir  qu'a  la  fin  du  ler  siede  avant  noire  e*re. 


74  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

later  than  the  Christian  era  and  to  the  ZA  and  C  groups.  Among  the 
earlier  dated  crowns  and  in  the  3  groups  there  is  no  such  erect  wreath 
to  be  found.  The  cause  of  this  alteration  in  the  position  of  the  wreath 
seems  not  to  be  fully  ascertained,  but  a  comparison  with  wreaths  rep- 
resented on  coins  appears  to  throw  some  light  upon  it.  The  reverse 
of  some  of  the  earliest  Attic  coins  bears  a  pendent  wreath  above  the 
owl.  On  coins  of  the  period  406-393  B.  c.  the  erect  wreath  begins  to 
make  its  appearance;  and  on  the  series  of  220-197  B.  c.  the  wreath 
has  only  the  erect  position.  Probably  the  motive  for  this  change  in 
the  manner  of  placing  the  wreath  on  the  coins  was  merely  artistic. 
The  owl,  the  amphora,  and  other  symbols  seemed  better  supported  if 
the  wreath  about  them  was  erect,  or,  in  other  words,  closed  below.  On 
certain  coins  of  Sikyon  the  wreath  is  placed  on  its  side,  and  has  the 
opening  in  front  of  the  flying  dove,  as  if  to  avoid  impeding  its  flight. 
Thus,  the  position  of  the  wreath  on  coins  may  at  first  have  been  the 
natural  one  of  suspension,  and  may  have  been  altered  later,  to  com- 
ply with  the  dictates  of  taste.  On  the  other  hand,  in  the  case  of  the 
reliefs,  the  letters  inclosed  in  the  wreath  would  not  appear  to  need  any 
support,  and  hence  the  realistic  placing  of  the  wreath  would  naturally 
be  retained  much  longer.  The  change  in  reliefs  to  the  erect  position 
of  the  wreath  seems  to  correspond  in  point  of  time  to  the  archaistic 
tendency  of  the  second  century  A.  D.,  and  may  perhaps  be  traced  to  the 
influence  of  the  representations  on  coins.  For,  since  the  obverse  in 
coins  of  the  best  period  retained  archaic  types  of  human  feature,  it 
may  have  been  supposed  that  the  erect  crown  on  the  reverse  was  also 
quite  as  archaic.  Thus,  the  carvers  of  these  archaistic  wreaths  passed 
over  all  the  reliefs  of  the  fourth  century  B.  c.  and  took  as  their  model 
certain  wreaths  which  they  supposed  to  belong  to  the  fifth  century,  and 
which  were,  in  fact,  stamped  on  Attic  coins  that  bore  heads  of 
Athena  derived  from  the  fifth  century  or  even  earlier.3  Besides  the 
erect  wreaths  enumerated  in  the  above  classes,  a  large  number  of  others 
have  been  found  at  Teuchira  in  the  Cyrenaica  and  are  published  by 
Pacho,  Voyage  dans  la  Marmarique  et  Cyrena'ique  and  in  the  CIG, 
5249,  5254-5356.  It  is  believed  that  their  system  of  dates  can  be 

3  Should  this  theory  of  archaistic  crowns  appear  untenable,  the  erect  position  in  the 
late  reliefs  may  be  explained  as  due  to  the  increased  size  of  the  letters  contained  in 
the  crown.  The  letters  would  thus  have  had  the  same  influence  in  inverting  the 
crowns  of  the  reliefs  as  did  the  owl  and  amphora  much  earlier  in  the  case  of  the 
crowns  on  Attic  coins. 


GREEK  SCULPTURED  CROWNS  AND  CROWN  INSCRIPTIONS.  75 

referred  to  the  reigns  of  Augustus  and  Tiberius,  and  most  of  them 
have  the  C-shaped  sigma.  Le  Bas  (in,  358)  publishes  an  erect  wreath 
from  Mylasa  with  the  letters  Z  A,  and  in  the  Annali  of  1865  (pp.  97, 99) 
certain  victories  won  in  the  second  half  of  the  second  century  of  our 
era  are  recorded  within  erect  wreaths.  A  very  small  erect  wreath 
ornaments  the  pediments  of  certain  steles,  such  as  Arch.  Zeit.,  1878, 
p.  98,  belonging  to  181-85  A.  D.,  and  'AlfyWoi/,  m,  529  ff.,  of  the 
time  of  the  Antonines. 

In  the  size  of  the  wreaths  there  is  no  regular  progression.  The  ear- 
liest are  generally  about  18  or  19  cm.  in  diameter,  but  among  them 
are  some  as  small  as  14  cm.  or  even  11  cm.  During  the  second  and 
first  centuries  B.  c.  the  wreaths  are  much  smaller,  averaging  not  above 
11  cm.  in  diameter.  This  change  is  due,  at  least  in  part,  to  the  con- 
fined space  in  which  the  crowns  of  this  time  are  placed.  CIA,  n,  1217 
(PL.  xn-9)  and  Mittheil.,  vin,  211  (PL.  xn-8)  are  good  examples  of 
crowding  of  this  kind  ;  though  they  belong  to  an  earlier  period.  Late 
crowns  of  the  time  of  the  Roman  Empire  exhibit  many  irregularities, 
but  show  a  general  tendency  to  increase  in  size,  and,  consequently,  in 
this  particular  approach  the  earliest  reliefs. 

But,  although  the  diameter  of  crowns  does  not  show  any  regular 
rate  of  change,  a  fondness  for  enlarging  and  crowding  the  letters  is 
noticeable  in  the  later  crowns.  Many  cases  occur  where  there  are 
letters  of  one  size  outside  the  wreath,  and  of  another  size  within.  In 
such  cases,  it  is  evident  that  the  size  of  the  letters  within  the  wreath 
is  governed  by  the  stone-cutter's  desire  to  harmonize  the  letters  and 
the  wreath  inclosing  them,  and  not  by  any  general  rule  prescribing 
the  size  of  letters  in  inscriptions.  If  this  feeling  for  proportion  in 
size  given  to  letters  within  a  wreath  was  maintained  when  the  letters 
outside  were  too  large  or  too  small  to  accord  with  the  wreath,  it  was 
doubtless  observed  also  when  the  letters  without  happen  to  be  of  the 
same  size  as  those  within.  A  means  of  expressing  this  proportion  of 
size  of  letter  to  size  of  wreath  is  to  divide  the  diameter  of  the  wreath 
by  the  average  height  of  the  inclosed  letters ;  and  it  is  this  ratio  which 
is  given  in  the  last  column  of  the  table.  Two  exceptional  cases  ought, 
however,  to  be  mentioned,  before  the  general  aspect  of  the  column  is 
considered.  The  first  of  these  is  Mittheil.,  vin,  211  (PL.  xn-8),  where, 
owing  to  lack  of  space,  four  crowns  are  made  in  such  a  way  that  their 
stems  intersect,  and  thus  some  crowns  lie  partly  over  others.  The 
other  case  is  CIA,  n,  1158  (PL.  xm-30).  Here  the  unusual  size  (35 


76  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

to  40  mm.)  of  the  letters  outside  the  crowns  seems  to  have  required 
large  letters  within,  also.  Moreover,  the  letters  are  not  collected  near 
the  centre  of  the  wreath,  but  are  extended  so  that  each  word  runs  com- 
pletely across  it,  and  a  line  of  six  letters  and  one  of  nine  or  ten  letters 
are  thus  made  to  fill  equal  spaces.  Passing  by  these  two  exceptions, 
the  dated  crowns  show  a  pretty  regular  diminution  of  the  ratio  from 
the  upper  end  of  the  column  downward.  The  ratio  averages  about 
20  in  the  fourth  century  B.  c.,  and  a  little  over  10  in  the  second  cen- 
tury, A.  D.  A  considerable  change  seems  to  have  taken  place  during 
the  interval  which  separates  the  crown  of  282/1  B.  c.  from  that  of 
about  150  B.  c.  An  inspection  of  the  ratio  with  reference  to  the  letter- 
groups  shows  that  in  the  ^A  class  the  ratio  averages  about  20,  and 
never  falls  below  16 :  in  the  other  classes,  it  averages  about  14  and 
nowhere  rises  above  19. 

Peculiarities  in  the  shape  of  the  wreaths  are  too  various  and  irregu- 
lar in  their  occurrence  to  admit  of  illustration  by  a  table  of  measure- 
ments. A  wreath  of  the -earlier  period,  carelessly  made  but  still  quite 
characteristic,  is  one  without  any  stem  and  having  its  exterior  leaves 
strongly  divergent.  In  such  crowns  the  place  of  the  stem  is  occupied 
by  a  course  of  leaves,  so  that  any  radius  drawn  within  the  wreath  is 
almost  certain  to  cut  at  least  three  leaves.  CIA,  n,  1596  (PL.  xin-24) 
of  about  350  B.  c.  and  three  other  wreaths  of  the  dated  group  ending 
with  CIA,  n,  1291  (PL.-XIH-28)  of  282/1  B.  c.  show  this  form,  as  well 
as  sixteen  examples  in  the  3 A  group;  but  in  the  other  letter-groups 
it  has  no  representative.  A  wreath  having  no  stem  but  with  many 
leaves  is  found  in  the  latest  period  also,  as  CIA,  in,  1108,  and  in, 
1177  (PL.  xn-4),  of  212-21  A.  D.  Here,  however,  the  leaves  are  not 
divergent  but  cling  closely  together  and  give  the  wreath  a  ring-like 
appearance.  This  peculiar  form  seems  characteristic  of  late  wreaths. 
It  is  well  shown  in  CIA,  in,  91  (PL.  xn-5),  where,  though  the  stem  is 
visible,  the  leaves  are  crowded  together,  so  that  their  points  seem  to 
rest  upon  concentric  circles.  A  reduction  of  the  stem  of  a  crown  to 
an  actual  circle  occurs  quite  early,  as  in  MittheiL,  vni,  211  (PL.  xn-8) 
of  325/4  B.  c. ;  but  rigid  regularity  in  the  arrangement  of  the  leaves  and 
the  similarity  in  shape  of  all  of  them  (PL.  xn-6;  xin-22)  are  certain 
indications  of  decline  in  artistic  spirit.  The  leaves  are  first  subjected 
to  a  geometric  regularity  in  those  wreaths  in  which  they  are  arranged 
in  groups  of  three.  This  peculiar  arrangement  seems  to  belong  to  the 
last  two  centuries  before  our  era.  Among  the  dated  crowns  it  is 


GREEK  SCULPTURED  CROWNS  AND  CROWN  INSCRIPTIONS.  77 


represented  by  'A^z/atoz/,  v,  522  (PL.  xn-10)  of  147  B.  c.,  and  by  CIA, 
n,  465,  467  (PL.  xn-lle),  481  of  48/2  B.  c.  The  ZA  class  supplies  two 
instances,  ^A  only  one  that  is  quite  certain.  The  custom  of  repre- 
senting laurel  with  groups  of  three  leaves  and  two  berries  at  every  node 
of  the  stem,  as  seen  in  CIA,  n,  552,  of  about  125  B.  c.  (PL.  xin-27), 
seems  to  belong  to  much  the  same  period.  The  earlier  laurel  crown 
in  CIA,  n,  115  (PL.  xm-176)  of  343/2  B.  c.  is  without  these  groups  of 
three  leaves,  and  differs  from  the  olive  wreath  placed  next  it  on  the 
same  stone  (PL.  xin-1  7  a)  merely  in  having  its  opposite  leaves  cut  a  trifle 
broader.  At  a  later  date  still  than  the  groups  of  three  leaves,  there 
appears  in  the  reliefs  a  type  of  wreath  in  which  the  leaves  are  placed 
exactly  opposite  each  other  as  far  as  the  tips  of  the  sprays.  CIA,  11, 
482  (PL.  xin-31),  and,  better,  MittheiL,  in,  144  (PL.  xn-6)  are  crowns 
of  this  form.  ZA  supplies  two  instances,  and  again  ^  A  but  one  (CIA, 
n,  1347).  The  earliest  crowns  show  an  opposite  arrangement  of  leaves 
near  the  butt-ends  of  the  branches,  but  this  system  usually  becomes 
alternate  or  irregular  near  the  tips  of  the  branches  by  the  insertion  of 
an  extra  leaf  or  leaves  on  the  outside  (PL.  xm-17a,  19).  In  another 
form  exhibited  in  wreaths  of  this  early  period,  the  exterior  leaves  are 
made  rather  longer  than  those  inside,  so  that  the  opposite  arrangement 
can  be  continued  close  to  the  tips  of  the  branches  (PL.  xin-18,  23).  The 
tips  themselves  in  most  of  the  early  crowns  bear  smaller  leaves  than 
the  other  portions  of  the  branch  and  the  quantity  of  foliage  near  the 
tips  is  usually  diminished,  thus  avoiding  the  ring-like  appearance  of 
the  later  examples. 

Many  crowns  are  distinguished  in  the  accompanying  inscription  by 
the  statement  that  they  are  of  gold,  and  the  question  naturally  suggests 
itself,  whether  there  is  any  peculiar  artistic  mode  of  representing  a 
crown  of  gold.  In  general,  this  must  be  answered  in  the  negative. 
During  the  early  period,  the  crowns  which  are  recorded  as  of  gold 
differ  as  much  among  themselves  as  from  those  which  are  stated  to  be 
of  olive.  Their  similarity  is  best  observed  on  such  ephebic  decrees  as 
CIA,  n,  470  of  69/2  B.  c.  and  n,  482  of  39/2  B.  c.  In  the  former 
decree  (PL.  xn-13,  14)  there  are  two  rows  of  crowns  across  the  face  of 
the  stone.  The  upper  row  contains  five  crowns,  of  which  the  three 
inner  ones  are,  according  to  the  inscription,  of  gold  while  the  two  at 
the  extremities  of  the  row  are  stated  to  be  of  ivy,  and  are,  in  fact, 
sculptured  with  ivy  leaves.  The  lower  row  contains  seven  crowns, 
all  stated  to  be  of  olive  ;  but,  except  in  size,  these  are  exactly  similar 


78  A  M ERIC  AN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCHMOLOG  Y. 

to  the  three  inner  crowns  of  the  upper  row.  In  (714,11, 482  (PL.  xm-31) 
even  the  difference  in  size  is  absent.    The  gold  crown  conferred  upon 
the  epheboi  is  exactly  like  the  olive  crowns  given  to  their  officers  and 
instructors.     In  a  somewhat  earlier  class  of  ephebic  monuments  the 
case  seems  to  be  different.     Certain  wreaths  which  have  no  leaves  on 
the  inner  side  x)f  their  branches,  and  whose  leaves  often  project  like 
rays,  seem  to  be  especially  intended  to  represent  gold  crowns.     Of 
this  type  are  CIA,  n,  594  of  127  B.  c.,  n,  467  of  about  100  B.  o.,  and 
11,471  of  just  before  69/2  B.C.  In  the  first  (CL4,n,  594=PL.xm-25) 
there  is  but  one  wreath,  and  this  is  ray-leaved,  and  is  shown  by  its 
inscription  to  be  a  gold  crown  :  in  CIA,  n,  471  (PL.  xm-15  gives  the 
upper  row  only)  the  upper  row  contains  five  crowns.     The  first  is  a 
ray-crown  whose  title  shows  that  it  was  given  by  the  boule  and  demos 
to  the  epheboi;  and  the  resolution  according  a  crown  of  gold  forms 
part  of  the  inscription  above.      Similar  ray-crowns  given  by  both 
boule  and  demos  and  by  the  epheboi  to  the  kosmetes  (Dionysios),  are  also 
stated  to  be  of  gold.     The  fourth  crown  given  by  the  demos  to  the 
kosmetes  and  epheboi  jointly  is  of  ivy,  and  in  the  inscription  above  it 
is  mentioned,  among  the  honors  of  the  epheboi,  a  crown  given  by 
the  demos  in  recognition  of  a  sacrifice  to  Dionysos.     The  last  crown 
in  the  upper  row,  given  by  the  boule  and  demos  to  the  epheboi,  has 
olive  leaves,  but  the  material  of  it  is  not  mentioned  in  the  inscription. 
On  the  other  hand,  a  gold  crown,  given  to  the  epheboi  by  the  demos 
of  the  Salaminians,  is  mentioned  in  the  inscription,  but  is  not  distin- 
guished in  any  way  in  the  relief.    In  the  lower  row  there  are  five  olive- 
leaved  crowns,  all  expressly  set  forth  in  the  decree  as  of  olive.     In 
another  ephebic  inscription,  CIA,  n,  467  (PL.  xn-11  gives  the  upper 
row  only),  the  decree  provides  that  gold  crowns  shall  be  given  by  boule 
and  demos  to  the  epheboi  and  to  the  kosmetes,  and  wreaths  of  olive  to 
every  one  of  the  seven  inferior  officers.  In  the  plastic  representations  of 
these  crowns,  those  of  the  epheboi  and  the  kosmetes  have  ray-leaves,  but 
all  the  other  crowns  olive  leaves.   Besides  these  two  ray-leaved  crowns, 
the  upper  row  contains  a  third  ray-leaved  erown  given  to  the  epheboi 
and  kosmetes  jointly  by  the  demos  of  the  Salaminians.    Although  this 
crown  is  not  mentioned  in  the  decree,  it  must,  from  the  analogy  of 
other  crowns  given  by  this  demos,  have  been  of  gold.    In  CIA,  n,  469 
(PL.  xin-29  gives  an  example  from  each  row)  of  about  100  B.  a,  one  of 
the  gold  crowns  given  to  the  kosmetes,  although  not  rayed,  has  no  leaves 
on  the  inside  of  its  branches,  but  the  olive  wreaths  of  the  inferior 


GREEK  SCULPTURED  CROWNS  AND  CROWN  INSCRIPTIONS.  79 

officers  have  leaves  on  both  sides  of  the  stem,  as  on  the  natural  branch. 
Two  crowns  in  CIA,  n,  955  (PL.  xn-12)  present  another  case  in  point. 
The  crown  on  the  left  (the  place  of  distinction)  has  leaves  only  on  the 
outside,  but  the  crown  on  the  right  has  leaves  on  both  sides.  Here, 
as  in  many  other  cases,  the  rayed-crowns  are  not  distinguished  by  the 
inscriptions  as  gold  crowns.  From  the  several  ephebic  decrees  exam- 
ined above,  however,  it  seems  clear  that  at  least  during  a  certain  period, 
perhaps  limited  to  the  first  half  of  the  second  century  B.  c.,  there  was 
an  effort  to  distinguish  crowns  of  gold  from  wreaths  of  olive  by  dif- 
ferences in  their  artistic  representation.  It  is  highly  probable  that, 
if  the  material  of  all  rayed  crowns  were  known  with  certainty,  every 
one  of  them  would  be  found  to  represent  a  crown  of  gold. 

CROWN-INSCRIPTIONS. 

Crown-inscriptions  offer  no  such  characteristic  variations  as  the 
crowns  to  which  they  refer.  Their  peculiarities  pertain  to  the  field 
of  epigraphy ;  but  a  cursory  examination  and  classification  of  them 
may  be  of  interest.  As  a  basis  for  this,  a  table  of  crown-inscriptions 
is  presented  (TABLE  n,  pp.  91-95).  Many  of  the  inscriptions  re- 
ferred to  in  TABLE  i  are  repeated,  and  the  same  division  into  classes 
is  again  used.  The  remarkable  increase  in  the  number  of  the  ZA 
class  in  the  latter  table  is  probably  due  in  some  measure  to  inex- 
actness in  the  copies  used  for  the  CIG.  The  third  column  in  this 
table  gives  the  initial  letters  of  the  words  giver,  cause,  receiver  ;  and 
places  in  brackets  those  of  them  which  are  inclosed  in  the  crown. 
Thus  g\_cr~\  denotes  that  in  the  crown  in  question  the  name  of  the  giver 
is  outside  the  wreath,  while  the  cause  and  the  name  of  the  recipient 
are  within.  Such  collective  words  as  boule,  epheboi,  epimeletai,  are 
classed  under  receiver  and  not  as  cause,  when  any  doubt  arises  as  to 
which  use  the  word  has.  A  dash  in  the  last  column  of  the  table  shows 
that  some  word  does  not  terminate  at  the  end  of  its  line,  but  is  in  part 
carried  over  to  the  line  below. 

An  inspection  of  TABLE  n  shows  that  the  placing  of  the  terms  with 
reference  to  the  wreath  falls  into  two  classes.  Either  all  the  terms  are 
inside  the  wreath,  or  some  are  within  and  others  are  without.  The 
crowns  of  a  certain  Kassandros  (Arch.  Zeit.,  1855,  p.  33)  and  crowns 
in  CIA,  n,  1213,  n,  480,  Bull,  de  corr.  hellen.,  iv,  516,  and  Le  Bas, 
n,  1338,  where  the  giver  is  placed  above  and  the  crowns  themselves 
are  left  empty,  seem  to  be  almost  the  only  exceptions  to  these  two 


80  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCHMOLOG  T. 

divisions.  Examples  in  which  some  of  the  terms  lie  outside  the  wreath 
are  much  more  rare  than  those  in  which  all  the  terms  are  inside.  Terms 
outside  are  found  mostly  in  the  public  and,  consequently,  dated  in- 
scriptions. They  seem  to  begin  about  150  B.  c.,  are  rare  in  the  3  A 
class,  more  frequent  among  the  3A  and  ZA  classes,  but  are  wholly 
lacking,  later,  in  the  ZA  and  C  classes;  although  one  instance  occurs 
among  the  dated  crowns  as  late  as  about  100  A.  D.  Most  of  these 
terms  outside  of  the  crown  belong  to  Attic  ephebic  inscriptions.  A 
count  of  the  whole  TABLE  shows  that  there  are  182  instances  of  a 
single  term  inclosed  in  the  wreath ;  or,  to  represent  the  number  of 
terms  inside  and  outside  of  the  wreath  by  numbers  and  their  position 
within  or  without  by  brackets,  there  are  182  instances  of  [1],  51 
of  [2],  12  of  [3],  15  of  1[1],  5  of  1[2],  and  6  of  2  [1].  In  respect 
to  the  kind  of  term  found  outside,  the  following  may  be  stated.  The 
receiver  when  present  is  never  outside  the  wreath ;  the  cause  is  rarely 
outside  (7  cases) ;  but  the  giver  somewhat  more  often  (19  cases). 
Crowns  that  have  but  one  term  occur  as  often  in  the  earliest  as  in  the 
latest  periods.  Most  of  them  are  private  inscriptions,  and  the  mor- 
tuary crowns  from  Smyrna  and  the  Cyrenaica  constitute  a  large  part. 

Many  of  the  earliest  crowns  that  are  at  present  known  are  not 
explained  by  even  a  single  term.  From  this,  the  first  step  of  ad- 
vance was  naturally  the  insertion  of  one  term,  the  name  of  the  giver. 
The  latest  crowns  also  contain  only  a  single  term ;  but  with  the  dif- 
ference that  this  term  is  not  restricted  to  the  name  of  the  giver,  but  in 
many  instances  stands  for  the  receiver.  The  occurrence  of  two  terms 
is,  generally  speaking,  contemporaneous  with  that  of  three  terms,  and 
often  both  cases  are  found  on  the  same  stone.  They  occur  chiefly  in 
Attic  ephebic  inscriptions ;  and,  like  the  cases  where  terms  are  placed 
outside  the  wreaths,  are  only  another  evidence  of  that  general  fondness 
for  prolixity  and  accumulations  which  these  inscriptions  exhibit. 

In  crowns  of  victory  one  term,  the  name  of  the  games,  is  always 
present,  and  sometimes  the  name  of  the  special  event  is  added  as  a 
second  term.  There  are  but  three  instances  of  a  separation  of  these 
terms.  CIA,  u,  1318,  1319  place  the  games  outside,  and  the  event 
inside,  the  crown ;  CIA,  in,  115,  on  the  contrary,  places  the  event  out- 
side and  the  games  within.  During  the  Roman  imperial  period,  the 
name  of  the  town  at  which  the  games  were  celebrated  is  sometimes 
added,  presumably  for  the  reason  that  games  of  the  same  name  were 
celebrated  in  more  than  one  place.  Examples  of  this  are  CIG,  5916, 
VE</>6(701/|  'Afyuai/ejta  a  ;  5915,  'OXi^Trm  ev 


GREEK  SCULPTURED  CROWNS  AND  CROWN  INSCRIPTIONS.  81 

To  return  to  the  ordinary  crowns ;  the  three  terms — giver,  cause, 
receiver — are  regularly  in  this  order,  and,  as  any  of  them  can  be  omit- 
ted, the  following  cases  occur  in  which  the  terms  do  not  deviate  from 
the  regular  order,  gcr,  gc,  gr,  cr,  c,  g,  r.  In  regard  to  frequency,  g 
stands  at  the  head  with  122  instances ;  then  r  with  51 ;  gr  with  38 ; 
gc  with  17  ;  gcr  with  15 ;  c  with  9  ;  and  cr  with  4.  Besides  these 
cases  of  regular  order,  a  few  irregularities  are  found :  there  are  6  cases 
of  grc,  6  of  rg,  and  one  of  re.  The  exceptional  form  grc  occurs  four 
times  on  certain  Parian  inscriptions ;  here  the  term  c  is  represented 
usually  by  the  phrase  Koafiicos  jSiaxravTa,  so  that  this  order  seems  to 
be  rather  a  local  peculiarity.  One  of  the  instances  of  rg  is  from  a 
sepulchral  inscription  at  Smyrna,  but  all  the  other  exceptions  to  the 
usual  order  are  Attic. 

Two  bodies  may  act  in  unison  in  bestowing  a  crown ;  as  in  Bull,  de 
corr.  hellen.,  IV,  433,  where  the  words  o  Sayito?  |  /cal  ol  \  'Pco/jLaioi  appear 
in  one  of  the  crowns  :  ol  tyrjftoi,  \ical  ol  veoi,  CIG,  3112,  is  another 
example.  A  psephism  of  the  boule  and  demos  is  also  often  represented 
by  one  crown.  More  rarely  such  a  decree  has  two  crowns,  one  inclos- 
ing r)/3ov\ri,  the  other  o  £77^09,  as  in  MittheiL,  vin,  211  (PL.  xn-8)  and 
probably  in  CIA,  n,  1347.  The  form  in  which  both  words  are  used 
in  a  single  crown  is  especially  frequent  in  ephebic  decrees,  but  it 
occurs  as  early  as  the  votive  inscription  relating  to  Demetrios  Phale- 
reus  CIA,  n,  1 21 7  (in  part  PL.  xn-9).  When  both  words  belong  to  one 
crown,  they  may  stand  inside  or  outside  of  it,  according  to  convenience. 
The  custom,  however,  is  to  place  them  within;  for,  putting  aside 
the  cases  where  the  position  varies  on  the  same  stone,  the  words 
boule  and  demos  occur  25  times  inside  the  crown,  out  of  a  total  of  32 
examples.  Sometimes  the  two  words  are  joined  by  the  copula  icai,  but 
the  omission  of  it  seems  to  be  the  older  and  the  Attic  usage.  CIA,  n, 
1217  (315/12  B.C.),  n,  338  (soon  after  281  B.  c.),  and  thirteen  other 
examples  of  77  (3ov\r)  6  £77/409  include  eight  inscriptions  belonging  to  the 
^  A  class.  On  the  other  hand,  the  earliest  approximately  dated  exam- 
ple of  77  fiovKrj  KOI  o  %«>9  is  CIG,  2270  (soon  after  167  B.  c.);  and, 
of  sixteen  other  instances  of  it,  only  two  belong  to  the  ^  A  class ;  while 
three  cases  of  the  C-shaped  sigma  occur  among  them.  Moreover,  more 
than  half  of  the  cases  of  77  /3ov\rj  /cal  6  £77/409  are  supplied  by  Paros, 
Aigina,  and  other  islands;  while  77  /3ov\rj  6  £77/409  is  confined  to  Attika. 

When  the  demos  alone  is  the  giver,  o  £77/409  is  placed  with  great  reg- 
ularity within  the  wreath.  In  only  14  cases  out  of  155  does  it  lie 
6 


82  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

outside,  and  here  its  position  can  almost  always  be  explained  by  analogy 
with  other  crowns  in  the  same  row.  Boule  as  giver  stands  within  its 
crown  in  34  cases  out  of  a  total  of  45.  Of  the  other  divisions  of  the 
Athenian  State,  ol  Trpvrdve^  and  17  £vXij  vary  in  their  position,  ol 
QvKircn,  and  ol  ^^brai,  though  occurring  but  rarely,  are  always  in- 
scribed within  the  crowns  conferred  by  them.  Other  associations,  also, 
whether  religious  or  civil  or  military,  when  they  bestow  crowns  place 
their  names  within,  as  a  rule ;  but  such  associations  are  too  numerous 
to  call  for  separate  notice  of  every  one. 

In  crowns  of  early  periods,  the  name  of  the  giver  is  always  in  the 
nominative  case,  the  cause  and  the  receiver  in  the  accusative.  The 
verb  understood  is  probably  to  be  supplied  from  the  common  formula 
in  decrees,  a-refyavwa-ai  avrov  Xpvaw  <TTe<$>dvu))  but  sometimes  the  verb 
is  expressed.  Thus,  in  several  crowns  from  Paros  (CIG,  2380,  2381) 
and  in  one  from  Lydia  (Bull,  de  corr.  helUn.,  xn,  473),  a  complete 
sentence,  rj  (3ov\rj  KOI  6  &}//,o9  arefyavol  .  .  .,  is  brought  within  the 
crown.  The  verb  eru/jurja-e  is  used  in  <7J6r,  1942,  and  Bull,  de  corr. 
hellen.,  rv,  68,  but  the  verb  is  omitted  in  far  the  greater  number  of 
crown-inscriptions.  The  nominative  case  of  a  proper  noun  placed 
within  a  crown  denotes  the  receiver  in  CIA,  n,  1334  and  Bull,  de 
corr.  hellen.,  in,  388,  as  express  statements  to  this  effect  are  added. 
The  nominative,  in  crowns  figured  on  a  large  number  of  sepulchral 
monuments  found  in  the  Cyrenaica,  probably  stands  also  for  the 
receiver.  A  nominative,  presumably  for  the  receiver,  is  found  in 
late  ephebic  inscriptions,  as  CIA,  m,  1042,  in  dedications  to  Apollo 
vir  aicpais,  as  MittheiL,  m,  144,  and  in  certain  late  crowns  containing 
titles  of  various  magistrates,  as  CIA,  m,  91  (PL.  xu— 5)  7roXe|yLta/j%|o5, 
and  in,  1108.  The  earlier  instances  of  these  nominatives  come  from 
the  Islands,  but  their  occurrence  extends  over  both  the  ^  and  C  forms 
of  sigma.  Crowns  connected  with  the  name  of  a  god,  such  as  Arch. 
Zeit.,  1878,  p.  98,  where  a  small  empty  wreath  separates  the  words  A uop 
lepd,  or  where  a  wreath  incloses  the  word  Zeu?  (Le  Bos,  m,  2702),  or 
dyaOr)  TVXV  (^e  Bos,  in,  2431),  belong  to  a  very  late  and  peculiar 
type  of  crown-inscription.  The  meaning  of  the  crown  is  uncertain, 
but  probably  it  is  used  as  a  sign  of  consecration.  A  genitive  case 
in  or  just  above  a  crown,  if  it  is  a  proper  noun — as  in  Curtius'  Samos 
(p.  34)  ^d^/jiov,  Ti/jLwvos,  K.  r.  X.— denotes  the  receiver  of  the  crown. 
The  name  of  an  assembly,  if  in  the  genitive,  belongs  presumably  to 
the  giver,  as  yepova-ias,  CIG,  4152c,  and  certainly  VTTO  rov  &TJ/JLOV, 


GREEK  SCULPTURED  CROWNS  AND  CROWN  INSCRIPTIONS.  83 

Le  Bos,  n,  1338.  When  a  crown-inscription  consists  of  a  noun  in 
the  dative  case,  it  is  naturally  to  be  understood  of  the  receiver.  The 
few  cases  that  occur  are  late  and  for  the  most  part  from  near  the  out- 
skirts of  Greek  civilization  :  a-rpar^y^a-avrij  CIG,  2097  (Tauric 
Chersonese),  5053  (Nubia),  Bull,  de  eorr.  hell&n.,  xn,  483  (Phrygia), 
CIG,  3614  (Troad).  These  irregular  nominatives  and  datives  show 
that  the  original  function  of  the  crown-inscription  is  becoming  ob- 
scured. In  a  small  class  of  equally  late  inscriptions,  the  words  within 
the  crown  lose  still  more  their  proper  function  of  explaining  the  crown 
to  which  they  belong.  Thus,  in  <7ZA,  in,  1177  (PL.  xn-4a,  6),  the 
lines  of  the  crown-inscription  are  to  be  read  across  from  one  crown  to 
the  other.  In  MittheiL,  m,  144  (PL.  xn-6a),  one  of  the  crowns  con- 
tains a  date.  Bull,  de  corr.  hellen.,  vn,  132  gives  a  case  where  the 
last  two  words  of  the  phrase  vecofcopo?  \  rov  'A|7roXX|ft>z>o9  are  inclosed 
in  a  wreath.  Perhaps  the  most  peculiar  case  of  irrelevancy  in  a  crown- 
inscription  is  Le  Bas,  in,  722.  In  this,  a  sepulchral  inscription  from 
Asia  Minor,  the  lines  of  the  text  run  across  the  crown  and  lie  also  on 
both  sides  of  it,  so  that  the  sentence,  09  av  avv^et,,  Oijoret  \  efc  TO  rafuov 
Sijvdp\ia  xfaia,  has  the  words  avvgei,,  ra^lov  and  the  letters  -\t,a  in- 
closed within  the  crown. 

Crown-inscriptions  in  which  a  word  is  divided  next  call  for  notice. 
This  division  of  words  has  a  somewhat  close  relation  with  the  ratio 
between  the  size  of  the  crown  and  the  size  of  the  inclosed  letters.  For, 
where  a  word  is  placed  in  an  inclosed  space,  the  number  of  lines  it 
occupies  must  largely  be  controlled  by  the  size  of  its  letters,  and  by 
the  amount  of  space  in  which  it  can  extend  itself.  Consequently,  when 
the  ratio,  considered  above,  shows  a  tendency  to  decrease,  the  number 
of  divided  words  ought  at  the  same  time  to  increase.  From  the  last 
column  of  the  dated  crowns  of  TABLE  n,  it  can  be  seen  that  before 
200  B.  c.  the  division  of  a  word  is  merely  sporadic.  During  the  last 
two  centuries  before  our  era  it  shows  considerable  increase,  and  under 
the  Roman  Empire  becomes  almost  an  established  rule.  Among  the 
classes  of  sigma,  the  frequency  of  divided  words  is  as  follows :  65 
crown-inscriptions  of  the  ^  class  give  9  with  divided  words,  95  of 
the  2  class  give  49,  and  17  of  the  C  class  give  13;  making  14, 
52,  and  76  per  cent,  respectively  for  the  three  s^wa-classes,  In 
these  instances  of  the  division  of  a  word,  the  general  rules  for  the 
separation  of  syllables  in  Greek  are  pretty  strictly  followed.  A  single 
consonant  (including  a  mute  +  a  liquid)  goes  with  the  following  vowel, 


84  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

as  <7Tparr)ryri\<ravTa,  Ar)/j,rj  rpios.  The  exceptions  to  this  rule  are  only 
21  against  275  cases  of  accordance  with  it.  Many  of  the  crown-in- 
scriptions consist  of  the  words  6  Sijpos,  and  the  usual  method  of  divi- 
sion is  then  6  877(^09  (twice,  however,  o  |  Srjyu,|o9  and  6  $fj/Ji\o<;,  and  once 
o  |  &7/A09).  Where  two  consonants  occur  at  the  point  of  division,  one 
goes  with  the  preceding,  the  other  with  the  following  vowel,  as  ap\%ov- 
ro9.  This  is  found  in  some  57  cases,  but  to  this  rule  there  are  20  ex- 
ceptions. A  mute  and  a  liquid  are  left  undivided  in  25  cases  out  of  a 
total  of  26.  Such  barbarisms  as  Aa//,7rr/>|eG>9  (MittheiL,  in,  144  ;  PL. 
xii-6a),  ®\\vea  (CIA,  in,  1297),  TT  azm-9  (CIG,  3112)  belong,  as 
might  be  expected,  to  a  rather  late  period  ;  though  such  divisions  were 
necessarily  common  enough  in  the  early  o-roL^rjBov  inscriptions. 


ARRANGEMENT  OF  THE  CROWNS. 

A  wider  field  for  investigation  than  the  inscriptions,  or  even  than 
the  forms  of  the  crowns  themselves,  is  found  in  the  order  or  system 
of  placing  the  wreaths  on  the  monuments.  This  arrangement  is  the 
question  first  determined  by  the  stone-cutter  on  beginning  his  work. 
Although  the  results  given  below  may  seem  meagre  and  uncertain, 
this  is  not  the  least  important  side  from  which  to  study  the  subject  in 
hand.  As  has  been  stated,  the  usual  arrangement  of  crowns  on  the 
monuments  is  in  straight  lines.  Fourteen  crowns  ranged  in  two  hori- 
zontal rows  of  seven  each,  and  eight  in  two  vertical  rows,  constitute 
extreme  examples  of  this  system.  Besides  this  linear  arrangement, 
there  occur  a  few  instances  of  crowns  placed  in  other  relations. 
This  is  shown,  especially,  when  there  is  an  uneven  number  of  wreaths, 
and  they  are  ranged  in  two  vertical  columns,  with  the  odd  wreath  be- 
low the  others,  thus  §08  ?  as  in  Bull,  de  corr.  JielUn.,  in,  388  and  CIA, 
n,  1334.  A  peculiar  arrangement  of  four  crowns  °8°  is  found  in  CIA, 
in,  916,  and  of  seven  crowns  °  §  °  in  CIA,  n,  329.  The  quincunx  °o° 
seems  to  occur  in  but  a  single  example,  and  this  dates  from  the  Koman 
period.  The  geometric  arrangement  of  the  wreaths,  and  probably 
often  their  number,  was  to  a  great  extent  determined  by  the  shape  of 
the  stone  and  the  amount  of  space  left  after  the  inscriptions  had  been 
cut  upon  it.  When,  however,  the  crowns  are  bestowed  by  different 
corporations,  or  received  by  different  persons,  there  arises  a  new 
question  concerning  the  mutual  relations  of  the  crowns  within  their 
geometric  figure.  In  most  cases  where  this  figure,  so  to  speak,  has 
been  preserved  entire,  and  information  concerning  every  crown  is 


GREEK  SCULPTURED  CROWNS  AND  CROWN  INSCRIPTIONS.  85 

accessible,  the  most  important  crowns  seem  to  occupy  the  most  promi- 
nent positions.  Two  positions  may  be  considered  prominent  in  this 
sense — either  the  left-hand  extremity  of  a  row  of  crowns,  or  the  middle. 
The  importance  of  a  crown  may  be  derived  from  its  giver.  Thus, 
in  'AQijvaiov,  v,  522  (PL.  xn-10,  in  part),  two  crowns  given  jointly 
by  the  boule  and  the  demos  of  Athens  precede  two  given  by  the  demos 
of  Troizen.  In  Mittheil.,  vm,  211  (PL.  xn-8),  two  crowns  given  by 
the  demos  come  before  two  given  by  the  boule.  In  CIA,  n,  562,  the 
crown  given  by  the  boule  is  above  one  given  by  the  phyle.  Again,  in 
CIA,  n,  420,  a  crown  given  jointly  by  the  boule  and  the  demos  stands 
before  one  given  by  the  demos  alone.  In  CIG,  2140  a1,  a  crown  con- 
ferred by  the  boule  and  demos  jointly,  precedes  one  given  by  certain  ol 
etc  rov  yvjj,va(7iov.  Where  the  giver  is  the  same  but  the  recipients  are 
different,  the  relative  importance  of  the  latter  may  determine  the  order 
of  precedence  of  the  crowns,  as  in  Curtius'  Samos,  p.  34,  where  the 
crown  received  by  the  demos  of  the  Samians  stands  before  those  of 
Samian  dikasts.  On  this  principle,  the  upper  row  of  crowns  in  many 
ephebic  inscriptions  is  reserved  for  the  epheboi  and  kosmetes,  the  lower 
row  for  the  inferior  functionaries.  The  service  rendered  may  also  give 
special  importance  to  a  crown,  when  for  two  or  more  crowns  both  giver 
and  receiver  are  the  same.  Thus,  a  crown  containing  6  SrHio^a-TpaT^- 
yrjo-avra  precedes  one  containing  o  &5//.09 1  TroX/ra?  |  \VTpcoo-d\fj,6vov  in 
CIG,  2375 ;  and  in  a  monument  erected  at  Athens  to  an  arrhephoros 
(CIA,  in,  916)  her  crown  for  the  performance  of  this  duty  precedes 
that  given  for  services  in  the  Eleusinia  and  Epidauria.  In  the  ephebic 
inscriptions,  the  material  of  the  crown  influences  its  position,  a  condi- 
tion perhaps  due  to  the  scarcity  of  gold  during  this  period.  CIA,  n, 
471  (PL.  xni-15)  is  a  good  example.  In  the  upper  row  of  crowns  the 
following  order  is  found  :  (1)  a  gold  crown  given  by  boule  and  demos 
to  the  epheboi  •  (2)  a  gold  crown  by  boule  and  demos  to  the  kosmetes  • 
(3)  a  gold  crown  by  the  epheboi  to  the  kosmetes ;  (4)  an  ivy  crown ;  (5) 
an  olive  crown.  In  CIA,  II,  465  and  469,  a  similar  arrangement  seems 
to  have  prevailed,  but  the  information  contained  in  the  inscriptions  is 
not  sufficient  to  verify  the  supposition. 

Hitherto,  only  crowns  placed  at  the  left-hand  or  at  the  upper  end 
of  a  row  have  been  examined.  CIA,  n,  470  (PL.  xn-13)  is  a  case 
where  the  more  important  crowns  are  placed  in  the  middle  of  the 
line.  In  the  upper  row  the  crowns  are  in  the  following  order :  (1) 
an  ivy  crown  given  by  the  boule  and  demos  to  the  kosmetes  and  epheboi; 


86  AMERICAN  JO UENAL  OF  ARCHJEOLOG  Y. 

(2)  a  gold  crown  by  the  boule  and  demos  to  the  epheboi;  (3)  a  gold 
crown  by  the  boule  and  demos  to  the  kosmetes;  (4)  a  gold  crown  by  the 
demos  of  the  Salaminians  to  the  kosmetes;  (5)  an  ivy  crown  by  the  boule 
and  demos  to  the  kosmetes  and  epheboi.  On  the  same  principle,  in  CIA, 
n,  467  (PL.  xn-11),  an  ivy  crown  begins  the  line,  and  an  olive  crown 
concludes  it ;  while  three  gold  crowns  are  placed  between  them.  In 
CIA,  n,  329,  a  crown  by  the  demos  to  the  prytaneis  stands  between  two 
crowns  awarded  by  less  important  bodies.  CIA,  n,  454  and  Bull,  de 
corr.  helttn.,  IV,  175  seem  other  examples  of  this  central  position  of 
the  important  crown;  and  the  general  principle  is  also  applied  in 
arranging  the  crowns  on  the  monument  described  in  Mittheil.,  ix,  49. 

When  several  crowns  are  equally  important,  they  may  be  arranged 
in  various  symmetrical  positions.  In  CIG,  2270,  five  crowns  given 
by  the  boule  and  demos  for  services  to  the  State  are  arranged  so  as  to 
form  the  four  corners  of  a  rectangle,  as  well  as  the  middle  point  of  its 
upper  side.  The  middle  points  of  the  other  sides  and  the  centre  of  the 
rectangle  are  composed  of  crowns  received  for  priestly  services.  In 
Bull,  de  corr.  hellen.,  vn,  469,  two  crowns  given  by  demoi  form  the 
extremities  of  the  upper  row ;  but  the  centre  of  it  and  the  entire  lower 
row  are  crowns  given  by  an  association  of  certain  traders  and  ship- 
pers. In  Bull,  de  corr.  helttn.,  ix,  268,  in  a  long  list  of  services  for 
which  crowns  were  given,  an  embassy  is  placed  at  each  end  of  the  up- 
per row  and  at  the  centre  of  the  lower  one.  The  quincunx,  mentioned 
above,  has  in  its  centre  a  crown  given  by  the  demos  of  the  Athenians, 
and,  around  it,  four  crowns  given  by  the  demoi  of  several  islands. 

Thus  far,  importance  in  general  estimation  has  been  considered. 
But,  when  any  corporation  erected  a  monument  on  which  were  cut 
crowns  given  by  them,  as  well  as  those  given  by  others,  they  often  put 
their  own  crowns  in  the  most  prominent  place.  Thus,  in  the  inscrip- 
tion in  honor  of  Demetrios  Phalereus  (CIA,  11, 1217),  Athenian  gar- 
risons stationed  at  Eleusis,  at  Panakton,  at  Phyle,  place  their  crowns 
even  before  those  of  the  boule  and  demos.  In  CIA,  u,  1158,  the  boule 
places  several  crowns  given  by  itself  to  certain  individuals  before  a 
crown  given  by  the  demos  to  the  boule.  Another  exceptional  arrange- 
ment occurs  in  cases  where  a  crown  of  the  boule  stands  before  an  ex- 
actly similar  one  of  the  demos.  Thus,  in  CIA,  n,  1347,  a  crown  con- 
tains TI  f3ov\r)  |  Seopevris  OlrjOev  \  elTrev,  and  immediately  below  it  is 
another  inclosing  6  Sfjpos  \  Seopevr)?  \  Olr)0ev  elnrev.  So,  also,  in  CIA, 
n,  1530,  the  two  crowns  77  ftov\r),  o  877/109  probably  have  this  relative 


GREEK  SCULPTURED  CROWNS  AND  CROWN  INSCRIPTIONS.  87 

position,  because  this  was  the  order  in  which  the  resolutions  for  them 
were  passed.  In  Annali,  1865,  p.  97,  the  crowns  of  victory  are 
arranged  in  the  order  in  which  they  were  won.  Thus,  first  come 
the  games  for  children  (-TraiSe?),  then,  those  for  youths  (ayeveioi), 
finally,  the  contests  called  lepai.  Besides  such  cases,  there  is  little 
other  evidence  that  the  chronological  order  was  ever  preferred  to  that 
of  their  relative  importance.  Often,  indeed,  there  seems  to  be  no 
possible  clew  for  explaining  the  order,  but  in  such  cases  this  is  for 
the  most  part  due  to  lack  of  information  concerning  the  crowns,  or  to 
their  incomplete  preservation.  Thus,  it  seems  difficult  to  explain  the 
order  of  victories  recorded  in  'E^yitep^,  2558,  or  in  CIG,  5919.  In 
the  latter  instance,  however,  certain  victories  Sia  Trdvrwv  are  observed 
to  form  the  first  and  the  last  of  the  series.  In  Annali,  1865,  p.  99, 
the  uppermost  crowns  are  for  games  won  in  Greece,  next  comes  one 
for  a  victory  in  Italy,  and  at  the  end  are  those  won  in  Asia.  On 
other  monuments  bearing  crowns  of  victory  the  four  great  games, 
Olympian,  Pythian,  Isthmian,  Nemean,  occur  thus,  in  the  order  of 
their  rank.  Examples  are  CIA,  n,  115,  'OXv/wria  HvOia,  from  the 
year  343/2  B.  c. ;  CIA,  in,  758a  gives  the  first  three  and  a  vacancy 
is  left  at  the  end,  to  be  filled,  doubtless,  by  Ne/^ea.  In  honorary 
inscriptions  at  Athens,  there  is  a  tendency  to  place  the  crowns  won 
in  Attic  festivals  in  prominent  positions.  On  the  base  of  the  monu- 
ment of  Nikokles  (CIA,  n,  1367),  sixteen  crowns  form  a  single  band 
around  three  sides  of  the  stone :  on  the  face  are  six  crowns  won  in 
the  Pythia ;  but  between  the  third  and  fourth,  and  exactly  in  the 
middle  of  the  face,  are  placed  crowns  from  the  Panathenaia  and  Lenaia. 
In  CIA,  n,  1319,  the  Eleusinia,  Panathenaia,  and  Delia  are  all  placed 
above  such  Doric  festivals  as  the  Olympia,  the  Soteria  at  Delphi,  and 
some  games  held  at  Dodona ;  but  a  great  part  of  the  stone  is  lost.  So, 
also,  in  the  case  of  some  victories  won  at  Ephesos  (CIG,  5916),  local 
interest  probably  causes  the  Epheseia  to  precede  the  Hadrianeia  and 
Barbilleia. 

As  a  conclusion  to  this  paper,  a  brief  summary  of  its  results  may 
be  of  service.  (1)  In  regard  to  the  form  of  the  wreaths,  it  has  been 
shown  that  only  the  pendent  crown  belongs  to  the  better  periods  of 
Greek  art,  and  that  the  erect  crown,  on  stone  monuments  at  least,  first 
appears  in  the  time  of  Trajan  or  of  Hadrian.  The  influence  of  repre- 


88  AMERICAN  JO  UENAL  OF  ARCH&OLOG  T. 

sentations  on  coins  has  been  suggested  as  a  theory  to  account  for  this 
change  of  position  ;  and  a  tendency  to  crowd  and  enlarge  the  letters  in 
the  later  reliefs  has  been  noticed.  Certain  varieties  of  form  in  stem 
and  leaves  are  found  to  belong  to  fixed  periods ;  and  a  peculiar  ray-like 
arrangement  of  the  leaves  has  been  shown  to  denote  a  crown  of  gold. 

(2)  An  investigation  of  crown-inscriptions  has  shown  that  these 
consist  of  one,  two,  or  even  three  terms  placed  regularly  in  the  order 
of  giver,  cause  of  the  gift,  and  receiver.     Instances  where  some  of 
the  terms  are  found  outside  the  crown  belong  mostly  to  the  second 
or  first  century  before  our  era,  and  instances  of  three  terms  have  been 
shown  to  belong  to  the  same  period.    The  use  of  a  verb  in  a  crown- 
inscription,  as  well  as  certain  ambiguities  that  might  arise  from  the 
use  of  the  nominative  and  genitive  cases  of  nouns,  are  of  only  sporadic 
occurrence.     The  division  of  words  in  a  crown-inscription  increases 
with  the  advance  of  time,  but  in  all  periods  is  carried  out  with  con- 
siderable attention  to  the  syllables  of  the  word  divided. 

(3)  In  the  arrangement  of  crowns  on  the  monuments,  two  positions, 
either  the  left-hand  extremity  or  the  middle,  have  been  found  to  give 
special  emphasis  to  the  crowns  placed  in  them.   Moreover,  the  wreaths 
which  occupy  these  positions  are  usually  the  most  important  by  reason 
of  the  rank  of  their  giver,  or  the  value  of  the  service  for  which  they 
have  been  conferred. 

GEOKGE  B.  HUSSEY. 
American  School  of  Classical 

Studies  at  Athens. 


GREEK  SCULPTURED  CROWNS  AND  CROWN  INSCRIPTIONS.  89 

TABLE  I. 

(TABLE  OF  GREEK  SCULPTURED  CROWNS.) 


APPROXIMATELY-DATED  CLASS. 


KEFERENCES. 

DATE. 

POSITION 
(pendent 

DIAM- 
ETER. 

EA- 

TIO. 

or  erect). 

CIA,  n,  1185 

about  378/7  B.C. 

P 

.175 

16 

n,      51 

369/8 

P 

.185 

23 

n,     72 

353/2 

P 

.155 

22 

n,  1174 

351/0 

P 

.200 

20 

n,  1596 

about  350 

P 

.180 

26 

11,  1156 

343/2 

PV 

.165 

18 

n,    872 

341/0 

P 

.195 

20 

n,    121 

338/7 

P 

.140 

18 

n,    165 

soon  after  335 

P 

.180 

26 

n,    166 

(C                C(             (I 

P 

.175 

18 

Mittheilungen,  vm,    211 

325/4 

P 

.105 

14 

CIA   ii  1681 

322 

P 

.280 

25 

ii,  1187 

319/8 

P 

.180 

"  23 

n,  1217 

315/12 

P 

.110 

18 

n,    243 

307/1 

P 

.180 

26 

ii,    611 

300 

P 

.180 

40 

ii,    613 

299/8 

P 

.180 

23 

n,  1350 

296/5 

P 

.160 

23 

n,    300 

295/4 

P 

.250 

25 

n,  1158 

about  285/4 

P 

.255 

13 

n,  1291 

282/1 

PV 

.160 

24 

n,  1642 

about  150 

P 

.170 

17 

ii,    550 

soon  after  150 

P 

.130 

18 

'A&yraiov,  V,    522 

147 

P 

.090 

14 

CIA,  u,    594 

127 

P 

.125 

14 

ii,    552 

about  125 

P 

.165 

17 

n,    465 

just  before  100 

P 

.085 

17 

ii,    469 

about  100 

P 

.095 

16 

n,    467 

«<               (( 

P 

.085,  .070 

12,11 

n,    471 

just  before  69/2 

P 

.100,  .080 

17,13 

n,    470 

69/2 

P 

.120,  .095 

16,14 

n,    481 

48/2 

P 

.105 

15 

n,    482 

39/2 

P 

.085 

9 

Mittheilungen,  m,    144 

about  100  A.  D. 

E 

.155 

10 

CIA,  m,  735a 

P 

.100 

11 

m,  1108 

117-29 

E 

.145 

17 

Bull,  de  corr.  hellen.,  x,  383 

after  117 

EV 

.130 

10 

CIA,  m,     91 

E 

.180 

9 

m,  1177 

212-21 

E 

.110 

10 

90 


AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 


5  A  CLASS. 


BEFERENCES. 

POSI- 
TION 
(pendent 
or  erect). 

8 

3 

a 

1 

BEFERENCES. 

POSI- 
TION 
(pendent 
or  erect). 

g 

& 

J' 

014,11,    149 

P 

.145 

24 

CIA,  n,  1367 

PV 

.150 

21 

n,    219 

P 

.190 

19 

n,  1400 

P 

.140 

18 

n,    229 

P 

.120 

20 

n,  1449 

P 

.170 

19 

n,    298 

P 

.160 

23 

n,  1530 

P 

.190 

17 

n,    326 

P 

.130 

19 

'E<^.  '84,  p.  187 

P 

.150 

21 

n,    420 

P 

.160 

23 

RANGABE,  1148 

P 

.190 

19 

n,    513 

P 

.105 

18 

B.  c.h.,iu,  485 

P 

.170 

24 

n,    568 

P 

.145 

21 

vn,  471 

P 

.185 

21 

n,    604 

P 

.180 

23 

*     I. 

P 

.150 

21 

n,  1334 

P 

.140 
.190 

23 

II. 
III. 

P 
P 

.140 
.145 

23 
21 

n,  1342 

P 

.340 

16 

IV. 

P 

.160 

27 

n,  1347 

P 

.155 

22 

V. 

P 

.165 

24 

n,  1351 

P 

.125 

21 

VI. 

PV 

.150 

23 

CLASS. 


CIA,  n,  624 

P 

.150 

21 

CIA,  n,  1358 

P 

.100 

17 

n,  955 

P 

.090 

11 

'Ecimt.  915 

PV 

.110 

14 

n,  1357 

P 

.135 

17 

VII. 

P 

.160 

15 

ZA  CLASS. 


GIG,       2140ft1 

E 

.140 

13 

'A^vatov,  VIII,  294 

P 

.175 

19 

2322620 

P 

.245 

13 

Arch.Zeit.'79,p.l4Q 

PV 

.250 

16 

CIA,  n,  13886 

P 

.095 

12 

m,    115 

PV 

.100 

11 

VIII. 

P 

.115 

15 

m,    916 

P 

.125 

14 

IX. 

E 

.175 

16 

LE  BAS,  n,  1707 

P 

.150 

10 

X. 

P 

.170 

15 

2  A  CLASS. 


C  CLASS. 


CIA,  n,  2169 

P 

.175 

6 

CIA,  in,  3098 
XI. 

P 
EV 

.220 
.063 

9 
4 

*  The  place  of  publication  of  crowns  marked  with  Roman  numerals 
is  at  this  time  unknown  to  the  writer :  a  short  description  of  these 
crowns  is  therefore  added,  to  assist  the  reader  in  their  identification. 


GREEK  SCULPTURED  CROWNS  AND  CROWN  INSCRIPTIONS-  91 


I.  Athens,  near  the  Central  Museum,  on  the  face,  two  crowns 
inclosing  77  /3ov\ij,  6  Si)fj,os,  on  the  right  side,  another  crown 
inclosing  ol  Srj/jLorai. 
II.  Athens,  Akropolis,  crown  inclosing  M.vijo~i6€ov  \  ol  STJ/JLOTCII,. 

III.  Athens,  Central  Museum,  three  crowns  inclosing  M[o]Secrroi;, 
3>i\i7r\Trov,  and ' Ai/rto%ou,  respectively. 

IV.  Athens,  southern  side  of  the  Akropolis,  two  crowns,  one  of 
which  incloses  o  £77/1,09  \  6  KoXo<£ft>i>t&>z>  |  /cal  TroXtretat. 

V.  Athens,  southern  side  of  the  Akropolis,  two  crowns  inclosing 

o  &)yu-o[9  and  ol  ^J^Xerat. 

VI.  Athens,  southern  side  of  the  Akropolis,  three  crowns,  each 
on  a  different  side  of  the  stone,  inclosing  respectively  A^Xta, 

VII.  Athens,  Central  Museum,  crown  inclosing   TOV   Sfjfjiov  TOV 
and,  above,  TO  /coivbv 


VIII.  Eleusis,  two  crowns  inclosing  .  . 
cov  and  77  @ov\r)  \  6 


d\ 


crav 


IX.  Athens,  Central  Museum,  parts  of  three  crowns,  one  incloses 

.  .  .  ewo9  (PL.  xm-16). 
X.  Athens,  Central  Museum,  crown  inclosing 

XI.   Larissa,   two   crowns   marked   respectively  c. 


TABLE  II. 

(TABLE  OF  CROWN-INSCRIPTIONS.) 


and 


APPROXIMATELY  DATED  CLASS. 


KEFEBENCES. 

DATE. 

GIVEB,  CAUSE, 
EECEIVEB. 

014, 

n,  1185 

about  378/7  B.  c. 

W 

n,  1174 

351/0 

g] 

n,  1596 

about  350 

3 

n,  1340 

346/5 



n,  1341 

344/3 

.g. 



n,  1156 

about  344/3 

n,  872 

341/0 

g 

n,  562 

339/8 

g. 

n,  121 

338/7 

[rg] 

92  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

APPKOXIMATELY  DATED  CLASS— Continued. 


REFERENCES. 

DATE. 

GIVER,  CAUSE, 
RECEIVER. 

CIA,  u,    165 

soon  after  335 

[gr] 

ii,    166 

"       "      " 

g] 

ii,  1216 

332/1 

=gcr] 

— 

ii,  1186 

329/8 

.g, 

Mittheilungen,  vin,    211 

325/4 

!g! 

CIA,  n,  1187 

319/8 

.g, 

n,  1217 

315/12 

__ 

n,    611 

300/299 

gr] 

ii,  1350 

296/5 

>r] 

ii,    300 

295/4 

g] 

ii,  1158 

about  285/4 

>1  [gr] 

n,    311 

286/5 

,gJ 

n,  1291 

282/1 

.c],  [gc] 



n,    338 

.  soon  after  281 

[gr],  [gcr] 

- 

n,    331 
Bull  de  eorr.  hellen.,  iv,      47 

about  272 
soon  after  168 

CIG,       2270 

"      "     167 

Vl,  frl 

Bull  de  eorr.  hellen.,  iv,    1  64 

172/50 

=oj'  L  J 

__ 

CIA,  ii,    550 
'A07?i/aioi/,  V,    522 

soon  after  150 
147 

S] 

g  C] 

— 

OI4,ii,    594 

127 

0  .     J 

g.rc] 

_  __ 

ii,    552 

about  125 

5  rl 

ii,    465 

just  before  100 

ii,    595 

((                 ((               H 

?  r  1 

___ 

n,    469 
ii,    467 
ii,    471 
CIG,      23496 

about  100 

just  before  69/2 
about  70 

!gcr],  [gr] 
g[cr],  gc[r]  [gr] 
^c[r],  g[r],  [r] 
gr] 

— 

CIA,  n,    470 
n,    481 

69/2 
48/2 

?[cr],  gc[r],  g[r] 

n,    482 
Bull  de  eorr.  hellen.,  vi,    495 

39/2 
about  7  A.  D. 

?[  1  gc[r] 

— 

CIG,       5249 

24  B.  c.-36  A.  D. 

V 

5254 

« 

Y 



5255 

y 

5262 

• 

Y 



5270 

i 

Y 



5274 

< 

V 



5277 

< 

V 

5282 

r 

5301 

< 

Y 

5312 

u 

r 

5313 

«                 < 

Y 

5315 

'" 

Y 

— 

GREEK  SCULPTURED  CROWNS  AND  CROWN  INSCRIPTIONS.  93 
APPKOXIMATELY  DATED  CLASS— Continued. 


REFERENCES. 

DATE. 

( 

TIVER,  CAUSE, 
EECEIVEB. 

CIG,        5331 

24  B.  C.-36  A.  D. 

V 

_ 

5337 

* 

r 



5343 

« 

V 



5352 

' 

V 



5353 

' 

r 



5354 

' 

y 

5355 

• 

y 



5356 

c             t 

y 

Bull,  de  corr.  hellen.,  ix,    273 
Mittheilungen,  m,    144 

70-80  A.  D. 
about  100 

!g< 

Cl 

J,[c] 

I 



CIA,  in,    735a 

«           « 

jc 

r] 

m,  1108 

117-29 

r 



m,      91 

after  117 

c" 



Eull.de  corr.  hellen.,  ix,    268 

131-53 

V 



CIA,  m,  1042 

about  175 

y 

' 

m,  1177 

212-21 

!g~ 

,w 



CLASS. 


REFERENCES. 

GIVER, 
CAUSE, 

REFERENCES. 

GIVER, 
CAUSE, 

RECEIVER. 

RECEIVER. 

CIG,      1687 

M 

CIA,  n,  1312 

a 

CIA,  u,    149 

[g] 

n,  1331 

n,    157 

[g] 

n,  1334 

"r] 

n,    209 

[g] 

n,  1342 

gr] 

n,    218 

[g] 

n,  1344 

!g] 

n,    219 

rg] 

n,  1345 

— 

n,    220 

bn 

n,  1346 

"grJ 

n,    298 

[gr] 

n,  1347 

g] 

n,    326 

[g] 

n,  1351 

g[rc] 

n,    331 

[g] 

n,  1352 

H 

n,    369 

[g] 

n,  1355 

o-[c~l 

n,    400 
n,    420 
n,    513 
n,    568 

[gcr],  [gr] 
cr] 

[grJ 



n,  1431 
n,  1449 
n,  1530 
n,  1968 

j 

n,    587 
n,    861 
n,    869 

B 

[4 

fcrl  [gcr] 

'E<^/M.,  No.  995 
1884,  p.  187 
RANGABE,  1148 
Hermes,  vm,    417 

] 

n,    987 

£.  c.  h.,  in,      62 

"g* 

n,  1199 

m,    372 

[g. 

94 


AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 
3  A  CLASS— Continued. 


GIVER, 

GIVER, 

REFERENCES. 

CAUSE, 

REFERENCES. 

CAUSE, 

RECEIVER. 

RECEIVER. 

B.  c.  h.,  in,    388 

M 

Mittheil.,  xni,    389 

[g] 

in,    485 

.gej] 

vii,      69 

gr] 

I. 

g] 

x,    102 

[grl 

II. 

>g] 

xm,    370 

gr] 

III. 

r] 

Mittheil.,  yi,    360 

IV. 

=  ^ 

xm,    339 

M 

V. 

[g] 

3A  CLASS. 

OI4,n,    454 

g[r 

- 

_ 

B.  c.  h.,  iv,    173 

M 

n,    624 

[gr 

— 

iv,    213 

g] 

n,  1358 

g[c 

— 

iv,    285 

gr] 

n,  1388 
n,  1419 
B.  c.  h.,  m,    372 

1 

— 

iv,    433 
VII. 

[g] 
g[r] 

SA  CLASS. 

CIG,       1942 

[gr] 

CIA,  m,  1297 

V 

_ 

2140a* 

g1'] 

— 

LE  BAS,  n,  1707 

"g" 



2380 

[grc] 

— 

m,      13 

=~= 
.g. 



2427 

— 

m,      14 

g 



3073 

*g] 

— 

m,      50 

_o_ 

g 



3098 

& 

— 

m,    117 

=~= 

3105 
3157 
3219 

& 

& 

'A^i/atov,  VIII,     403 
B.  c.  h.,  n,    489 
iv,    176 

;gcr] 

f] 



3232 

iv,    285 

3234 

JS. 

i  

iv,    447 

£\ 

3253 

.g. 

iv,    516 

"ffl 



3254 
3256 

A 

— 

xm,    412 

Mittheil.,  i,    237 

,6- 

& 

] 



3613 

.g] 

xi,    278 

=c/ 

__ 

014,  n,     473 

n,     874 

g[cr] 
rc[r] 

xii,    245 
xiv,    100 

X 

— 

n,    4776 

Bullett.,  1873,  p.    226 

~g 

n,    1359 

'gcj 

— 

P.Sch.Ath.  i  p.26  No.9 

.c5_ 



n,  13886 
m,      916 

!gc],  [c] 

— 

Arch.Zeit.llS75,'p.47 
CONZE,  Lesbos,  p.    12 

'g. 



GREEK  SCULPTURED  CROWNS  AND  CROWN  INSCRIPTIONS.  95 
2A  CLASS— Continued. 


REFEHEECES. 

GIVER, 
CAUSE, 
RECEIVER. 

REFERENCES. 

GIVER, 
CAUSE, 
RECEIVER. 

AeXrtov,  1888,  p.    183 

[cr] 

— 

VIII. 
X. 

W 

2A  CLASS. 


ere,  259 

A 

Ore,       3240 

fe! 

2097 

c_ 

— 

3249 

fe 

2197 

!g. 

3251 

2206 

g 

— 

3299 

Tg" 

2219 

JS. 

— 

3614 

fel 

,M 



2271 

A 

23846 

[grc] 

2375 

.gC1 

— 

4152c 

r    n 
[g] 

2873 

c 

— 

CIA,  u,    329 

[gcr],  [gr] 

3034 

A 

n,  1197 

[g] 

3065 

r 

— 

in,    835 

pa 

— 

3079 

A 

— 

in,    852 

K]   [g] 

3086 

.g. 

— 

in,    921 

[gc] 

— 

3101 

_S_ 

in,    95a 

[r 

— 

3103 

g_ 

— 

LE  BAS,  n,  1706 

[g 

— 

3125 
3214 

,g_ 
A 

,[gr] 

___ 

CONZE,  Imbros,  p.    93 
Annali,  1842,  p.    144 

fe 

[g, 

— 

3217 

A 

E.c.h.,iv,    175 

[g 

— 

3220 

_g_ 

vn,    278 

[rg],  fe] 

3224 

A 

vii,    469 

[g, 

3226 

g, 

— 

vn,    470 

[g! 

3228 

A 

— 

xi,    473 

3229 

.g_ 

— 

Mittheil,  xn,    251 

[g" 

3231 

g. 

xii,    370 

[g3 

— 

3235 

g 

xin,      74 

[g" 

3237 

JK. 

xm,      80 

r 
[g. 

— 

C  CLASS. 


CIO,  2381 

;grc] 

_ 

CIA,  in,  92 

M 

3112 

A 

— 

in,  740 

rJ 

— 

3221 

— 

m,  1203 

're] 

— 

5053 
5269 
5279 

V 
V 

— 

in,  3926 
LE  BAS,  n,  1697 
in,  235 

1 

CJ 

5339 

V 

B.  e.  h.,  iv,   68 

;grc] 

— 

5348 

r 

— 

xi,  483 

— 

6480 

V 

DISCOVERIES  AT  ANTHEDON  IN  1889. 
[PLATES  XIV,  XV.] 


II.    REPORT  ON   EXCAVATIONS  AT  ANTHEDON.* 

In  the  winter  of  1888-9,  the  Director  of  the  American  School  at 
Athens  decided  to  conduct  excavations  at  one  or  two  ancient  sites  in 
Boiotia,  and  invited  me  to  take  charge  of  the  work.  As  early  in  the 
spring  as  the  weather  permitted,  work  was  begun  among  the  ruins  of 
Anthedon. 

Anthedon  is  first  mentioned  by  Homer  (Iliad,  n.  508),  who  speaks 
of  it  as  the  furthest  town  in  Boiotia.  The  pseudo-Dikaiarchos  (Bio? 
'EXXaSo9, 17)  tells  us  that  it  was  situated  on  the  shore  of  the  Euripos, 
70  stadia  from  Chalkis  and  160  from  Thebes.  Pausanias  (ix.  22.6) 
adds  that  it  lay  on  the  left  side  of  the  Euripos  (as  he  came  from  the 
eastward)  at  the  foot  of  Mt.  Messapion.  This  is  all  the  information 
that  the  ancient  writers  give  us  about  the  location  of  the  town,  but  it 
is  enough  to  identify,  as  the  ancient  site,  the  remains  on  the  shore  of 
the  Euripos,  about  a  mile  and  a  half  to  the  north  of  the  little  village 
of  Loukisi,  and  this  identification  has  never  been  questioned.  The 
remains  consist  of  a  city- wall "  of  the  most  regular  kind  of  masonry," * 
an  acropolis  hill  with  remains  of  fortification-walls,  the  foundations 
of  two  breakwaters  enclosing  a  small  harbor,  and  "  part  of  the  plat- 
form of  a  great  public  building,  thirty-four  yards  long,  founded  in 
the  sea." 

About  the  city  itself  our  information  is  scanty.  The  pseudo-Dikai- 
archos (I.  c.)  tells  us  that  it  was  a  town  of  no  great  size,  and  that  it  had 
an  agora  surrounded  by  a  double  stoa  and  planted  with  trees.  Strabo 

*  For  the  plans  which  accompany  this  article,  I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  Kobert  Weir 
Schultz,  of  the  British  School  at  Athens.  Mr.  Schultz  visited  Anthedon  with  me 
after  the  excavations  were  completed,  and  was  on  the  ground  less  than  a  day  and  a 
half.  For  this  reason  his  plan,  though  rendering  accurately  the  appearance  of  the 
foundations  as  a  whole,  does  not  attempt  to  give  the  exact  dimensions  and  levels  of 
the  remains.  The  walls  are  rougher  at  the  edges  in  some  places  than  might  be 
inferred  from  the  plan. 

1  LEAKE,  Travels  in  Northern  Greece,  vol.  n,  p.  272. 
96 


DISCOVERIES  AT  ANTHEDOX.  97 

(Geog.,  404)  and  Athenaios  (i.  56,  vn.  47,  99,  xv.  24)  give  us  no  addi- 
tional information  of  importance.  Pausanias  (I.  c.),  however,  tells  us 
that  "  somewhere  about  the  middle  of  the  city "  there  was  a  shrine  of 
the  Kabeiroi,  and,  close  by,  a  temple  of  Demeter  and  Kore,  contain- 
ing their  statues  in  white  marble.  On  the  land-side  of  the  city,  accord- 
ing to  the  same  authority,  lay  a  temple  of  Dionysos,  containing  a  statue 
of  the  god.  There  were  also  at  Anthedon  the  tombs  of  the  sons  of 
Iphimedeia  and  Aloeus,  slain  by  Apollo,  and  near  the  sea  the  so-called 
Leap  of  Glaukos.  The  last,  as  Mr.  Buck  has  suggested,  "  was  proba- 
bly a  natural  cliff  like  the  numerous  Lover's  Leaps  on  our  eastern 
coast."  If  so,  it  can  only  be  the  steep  cliff  on  the  seaward  side  of  the 
acropolis.  Ovid  refers  twice  to  Anthedon  (Met.,  vn.  232-3,  xm.  903 
ff.)  in  connection  with  Glaukos,  and  Stephanos  of  Byzantion  (EOvi/cwv, 
s.  v.  'Ay OyStov)  quotes  Lykophron  (Alex.,  754)  for  the  statement  that 
it  was  founded  by  Thracians.  Finally,  we  know  from  inscriptions 
(Larfeld,  Sytt.  Imcr.  Boeot.,  15,  181,  274)  that  in  the  last  years  of  the 
fourth  century  B.  c.  and  toward  the  end  of  the  third,  Anthedon  was 
a  member  of  the  Boiotian  League,  a  fact  which  was  further  testified 
to  by  one  of  the  inscriptions  unearthed  by  us.  As  to  the  name  of  the 
town,  it  seems  natural  to  connect  'AvOrjScov  with  av8o<$.  Stephanos 
of  Byzantion  (1.  c.)  tells  us  that  the  place  got  its  name  Sia  TO  Tracrwz/ 
dvOTjpordrTjv  elvau,  a  view  which  a  visitor  to  Anthedon  in  late  Feb- 
ruary or  early  March  would  certainly  be  inclined  to  favor. 

Our  work  at  Anthedon  began  March  5,  and  continued  for  three 
weeks,  during  which  time  only  one  day  was  lost  through  bad  weather. 
The  number  of  men  employed  varied  from  fourteen  to  thirty-five,  the 
average  being  about  twenty-five.  Mr.  Carl  D.  Buck  remained  with 
me  during  the  greater  part  of  the  three  weeks,  and  by  his  suggestions 
aided  me  much.  Through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  Ree,  director  of  the 
English  company  which  is  draining  Lake  Copais,  we  were  allowed, 
without  charge,  to  use  one  of  the  company's  buildings  half-an-hour's 
walk  from  the  acropolis  of  Anthedon.  With  the  aid  of  the  sketch- 
plan  given  by  Col.  Leake  (I.  c.),  we  were  able  to  trace  the  course  of 
the  city-walls  over  their  whole  extent.  We  found  rather  more  remains 
of  the  walls  than  Leake  had  indicated,  and  at  one  point  traces  of  a 
tower.  Leake's  plan  seems  inaccurate  in  some  respects.  The  depth 
of  the  town  from  north  to  south  is  greater  than  would  be  inferred 
from  it,  and  a  comparison  of  the  accompanying  sketch  of  the  harbor 
7 


98  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

with  his  plan  will  show  that  he  did  not  accurately  give  the  relative 
positions  of  the  breakwater  and  the  "  public  building"  (Fig.  16). 

We  were  disappointed  to  find  that  nearly  the  whole  area  of  the  city 
was  planted  with  grain,  for,  as  the  only  point  at  which  a  building 
could  confidently  be  looked  for  was  at  the  platform  by  the  sea,  we 
had  counted  on  doing  a  great  deal  of  experimental  digging ;  but, 
while  we  should  not  have  hesitated  to  dig  through  grain  fields  if  we 
had  had  undoubted  indications  of  important  remains,  it  seemed  hardly 
justifiable  to  do  so  on  an  uncertainty.  Work  was  begun  at  the  plat- 
form already  mentioned.  There  were  visible,  besides  the  platform,  an 
outer  foundation-wall  of  poros  blocks,  with  a  few  blocks  of  an  upper 
course  of  a  rough  conglomerate.  The  wall  was  well  built  and  the 
blocks  were  regular.  Four  trenches  were  dug  inward  from  the  sea 
at  different  parts  of  the  platform.  All  these,  at  a  depth  of  0.56  m., 


FIG.  16. — Harbor  and  Foundations  at  Anthedon. 

ran  into  a  second  foundation-wall  composed  of  large  regular  blocks  of 
poros.  The  average  size  of  the  blocks  is  as  follows:  length,  1.20  m.; 
breadth,  0.80  m. ;  thickness,  0.47  m.  The  wall,  which  is  evidently  of 
Greek  workmanship,  runs  nearly  east  and  west,  parallel  to  the  outer 
wall  and  to  the  sea.  Eight  days  were  spent  in  the  work  at  this  place, 
and  the  foundations  of  a  very  extensive  structure,  or  combination  of 
structures,  were  laid  bare  (PLATE  xiv).  During  this  work  there  were 
found  :  near  the  junction  of  the  walls  e  and  e',  the  top  of  an  inscribed 
stele  of  poros,  and,  close  to  the  most  southern  wall  w,  an  inscribed  basis 
of  blue  limestone ;  near  the  stele,  a  small  Doric  capital  of  poros,  0.36 
m.  in  diameter,  with  twenty  channels  and  with  a  dowel-hole  in  the  top ; 
in  the  part  of  the  structure  furthest  from  the  sea,  considerable  remains 
of  a  Roman  mosaic  pavement  with  a  rather  complicated  and  pretty 


DISCOVERIES  AT  ANTHEDON.  99 

pattern  in  several  colors ;  besides  various  small  objects  of  no  special 
interest  or  value. 

As  the  space  included  in  these  foundations  was  so  great,  and  the  exca- 
vations so  barren  of  epigraphic  results  or  of  sculpture,  it  was  deemed 
best  to  do  only  so  much  work  as  was  necessary  to  show  the  ground- 
plan  clearly,  without  attempting  wholly  to  explore  the  interior. 

The  work  at  Anthedon  was,  as  has  been  said,  merely  experimental, 
and  confined  to  a  comparatively  small  area.  Our  next  trial  was  made 
on  the  acropolis,  a  hill  near  the  sea  and  the  eastern  wall  of  the  city. 
It  descends  abruptly  into  the  sea  in  rocky  cliffs,  and  on  its  brow  are 
considerable  remains  of  fortification-walls  of  regular  masonry.  The 
top  of  the  hill  consists  mainly  of  bare  or  scantily  covered  rock,  but 
on  the  side  toward  the  sea  there  is  a  level  terrace  with  a  considerable 
depth  of  soil.  Across  this  terrace  a  trench  was  dug  from  east  to  west, 
and  two  others  were  made  at  right  angles  to  the  first ;  but  nothing 
was  found  except  two  walls  roughly  built  of  small,  irregular  stones. 

The  third  trial  was  made  on  a  hill  just  outside  the  city- walls  to  the 
southeast,  between  them  and  the  dry  bed  of  a  stream.  Excepting 
the  acropolis,  this  is  the  most  considerable  elevation  in  the  immediate 
neighborhood  of  the  site,  and  it  commands  an  extensive  view,  includ- 
ing the  acropolis  and  the  greater  part  of  the  area  of  the  city.  Surrep- 
titious digging  for  tombs,  which  has  been  carried  on  to  a  great  extent 
at  Anthedon,  had  previously  been  done  there,  and  the  ground  was  lit- 
tered with  fragments  of  pottery.  A  small  portion  of  a  fairly  good 
wall,  running  about  east  and  west,  projected  above  the  surface  of  the 
ground  on  the  southern  side  of  the  hill.  It  seemed  a  promising  place 
at  which  to  look  for  the  temple  of  Dionysos.  Three  trenches  were  dug 
into  the  northern  side  of  the  hill,  and  the  wall  mentioned  above  was 
followed.  As  this  proved  to  form  part  of  a  foundation,  work  was 
abandoned  in  two  of  the  three  trenches,  and  the  men  were  transferred 
to  the  walls,  which  in  the  course  of  the  day  were  completely  laid  bare. 
The  foundation  seemed  to  be  that  of  a  very  small  temple,  with  some 
irregularities  of  structure,  built  of  well-cut  blocks  of  the  local  poros. 
Though  trenches  were  dug  in  all  directions  about  the  walls,  nothing 
was  found  except  a  small  Doric  unchanneled  capital  (0.36  m.  in  di- 
ameter) and  a  long  unchanneled  drum,  both  of  poros. 

Meanwhile,  in  the  trench  which  had  been  continued,  we  found,  at 
a  depth  of  only  0.28  m.,  a  collection  of  over  twenty-five  bronze  imple- 
ments and  small  ornaments,  together  with  a  great  quantity  of  sheet 


100 


AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 


bronze  and  bronze  slag.  Four  men  were  kept  at  work  the  rest  of  the 
day  at  this  point,  but  found  nothing  more  except  some  small  rough 
vessels  of  unpainted  clay,  and,  at  a  considerable  distance,  some  By- 
zantine graves.  The  bronze  implements  were  taken  to  the  National 
Museum  at  Athens. 

We  decided  next  to  make  an  attempt  to  find  the  temple  of  the  Kabei- 
roi,  which  Pausanias  (I.  c.)  says  was  in  the  middle  of  the  city.  A  very 
long  trench  was  dug  from  the  southern  slope  of  the  acropolis  toward 
the  southern  city-wall,  with  two  shorter  ones  at  right  angles  to  it. 
These  trenches  ran  for  their  whole  length  through  a  grain  field,  the 
owners  of  which  received  compensation.  In  the  upper  part  of  the  long 
ditch,  bed-rock  was  very  soon  reached ;  in  the  lower  part,  the  depth 
was  about  a  metre.  A  great  many  tombs  were  found,  but  no  walls 
of  any  other  kind.  In  the  upper  part  of  the  trench,  on  the  south- 


FIG.  17.  —  Object  in  poros  found  at  Anthedon,  perhaps  a 


ward  slope  of  the  acropolis,  we  found  an  object  in  poros  which  is 
reproduced  in  Figure  17.  It  is  0.58  m.  long,  0.38  m.  wide  at  one 
end  and  0.265  m.  at  the  other.  The  four  cavities,  A,  B,  C,  D,  have  the 
following  dimensions  : 

A,  0.39    m.  by  0.095  m.  ;  depth,  0.07    m.  ;  capacity,  1.5  litre. 

-B,  0.135  m.  in  diameter;  "      0.074  m.  ;  "        0.725  " 

C,  0.13    m.  "        "  "      0.065m.;  "        0.5  " 

D,  0.125m.  "        "  "      0.06    m.;  "        0.425  " 


In  many  ways  it  resembles  the  art]  KM  para  which  have  been  found 
in  different  parts  of  Greece  and  Italy.  It  differs,  from  any  of  those 
I  know,  in  its  small  size,  in  having  the  rectangular  cavity  A,  and  in 
the  small  size  of  the  three  circular  cavities.  It  bears  no  inscription. 
It  is  finished  smooth  except  on  the  bottom,  which  is  left  rough.  It 


DISCOVERIES  AT  ANTHEDON.  101 

is  now  in  the  church-yard  at  Loukisi,  where  were  deposited  the  less 
important  objects  found  at  Anthedon.  Further  down  in  the  same 
.trench  was  what  appeared  to  be  a  very  small  tomb,  made  of  two 
pieces  of  stone  hollowed  out  into  a  double  coffer.  It  is  1.40  m.  long 
by  0.80  m.  wide,  and  0.19  m.  deep.  It  somewhat  resembles  a  cof- 
fered ceiling-piece,  except  that  it  is  made  of  two  pieces  of  stone. 

The  fourth  and  last  trial  was  made  at  a  low  hill  some  distance  east 
of  the  city,  beside  the  road  to  Chalkis.  Here  there  had  been  found 
a  sacred  boundary-stone  of  rough  conglomerate,  not  in  situ,  but  in  a 
'  Byzantine  grave ;  and  there  were  visible  above  ground  two  architec- 
tural fragments,  a  small  Doric  frieze-block  of  poros,  with  triglyphs, 
and  a  small  poros  cornice-block  with  denticular  ornamentation.  There 
were  also,  projecting  from  the  surface,  some  good  walls,  which,  how- 
ever, proved  to  be  tomb- walls.  At  this  point  a  great  many  trenches 
were  dug  in  all  directions,  but  no  trace  of  a  temple-foundation  was 
found.  A  number  of  architectural  fragments  were  brought  to  light, 
some  of  which  showed  traces  of  blue  and  red.  Of  these,  a  Corinthian 
capital,  rather  prettily  ornamented  but  evidently  of  late  workmanship, 
was  taken  to  the  museum  at  Thebes.  In  one  of  the  trenches,  at  a  depth 
of  0.81  m.,  were  found  two  dedications  to  Artemis  Eileithyia,  and  what 
may  perhaps  be  a  fragment  of  a  third  dedication  to  Artemis.  A  great 
many  Byzantine  graves  were  found,  one  of  which  was  covered  by  a 
large  inscribed  stele  of  marble,  now  in  the  museum  at  Thebes.  At 
a  depth  of  2.60  m.,  was  found  a  grave  which  was  cut  in  a  circular 
shape  in  the  virgin  soil.  In  this  grave  were  glass  beads,  bits  of  bronze, 
and  fragments  of  terracotta  figurines,  besides  a  number  of  small  ob- 
jects of  gilded  terracotta  with  bronze  eyelet-holes,  which  had  evidently 
formed  a  necklace.  T.hey  consisted  of  pear-shaped  and  crescent-shaped 
pendants,  beads,  and  small  button-like  disks,  two  of  which  bore  well- 
executed  heads. 

III.    ARCHITECTURAL  DISCOVERIES  AT  ANTHEDON. 


THE  FOUNDATIONS  BY  THE  SEA. 

Between  the  outer  wall  and  the  water's  edge  lies  an  extensive  plat- 
form of  poros  blocks.  This  platform,  which  projects  beyond  the  wall 
for  some  distance,  is  at  present  48.50  m.  long,  and  its  greatest  width 
is  7.10  m.  It  appears  to  have  originally  run  some  distance  further  to 


102  AMERICAN  JO UENAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

the  westward.  It  is  cut  by  grooves  0.11  m.  wide  and  0.08  m.  deep, 
which  are  represented  in  the  plan  (PLATE  xiv).  These  grooves  may 
have  been  used  in  fastening  on  an  upper  course  of  stones,  or,  more 
probably,  they  may  have  served  merely  to  let  the  water  run  off  when 
the  waves  dashed  over  the  platform,  as  must  have  occurred  if  the  plat- 
form was  originally  of  its  present  height.2  The  wall  c  shows  no  trace  of 
further  extension  toward  the  east,  but  apparently  ran  some  distance  fur- 
ther toward  the  west.  The  length  of  the  existing  portion  of  the  wall 
is  26.25  m.  It  is  built  of  regular,  well-squared  blocks  of  poros.  The 
wall  d  is  0.40  m.  higher,  and  runs  parallel  to  c.  Its  eastern  portion 
is  very  regular.  Toward  the  west,  although  it  is  firmly  built  and 
averages  over  a  metre  in  breadth,  the  edges  are  very  irregular.  There 
is  no  trace  of  a  continuation  of  this  wall  further  to  the  west.  Its  total 
length  is  50  m.  The  wall  e  is  parallel  to  c  and  d  until  it  reaches  a 
point  just  beyond  the  end  of  d,  when  it  bends  sharply.  It  greatly  re- 
sembles d  in  every  respect ;  like  d  it  is  regular  and  even  at  the  eastern 
end,  but  it  soon  grows  irregular  at  the  edges  and  is  more  irregular 
than  d.  Its  total  length  is  47  m.  These  two  walls  are  crossed  at 
right  angles  by  a  third,  £,  which  corresponds  in  all  respects  to  d  and 
e.  Where  it  intersects  d  and  e  it  is  regular  and  even,  but  it  soon  be- 
comes ragged  at  the  edges,  and  is  the  most  irregular  of  the  three  walls. 
This  irregularity  may  perhaps  be  explained  by  the  nature  of  the  mate- 
rial, which  is  soft  and  friable,  but,  at  and  near  the  junction  of  d,  e,  and 
e,  the  walls,  though  of  the  same  material,  are  as  regular  and  even  as 
if  built  of  marble.  From  e  is  built  a  slightly  sloping,  regular  foun- 
dation of  blocks  a  little  over  a  metre  in  width.  It  appears  to  be  the 
foundation  of  a  sloping  entrance  into  the  structure.  It  is  flanked  by 
two  blocks  of  limestone  about  0.80  m.  square,  on  which  are  marks 
of  columns  about  0.50  m.  in  diameter.  Directly  across  the  end  of  this 
entrance  run  the  remains  of  a  wall  /,  which  was  probably  a  support- 
ing wall,  not  rising  much  above  its  present  level.  The  length  of  this 
wall,  as  it  now  exists,  is  11  m. 

All  the  walls  so  far  described  are  very  much  alike,  and  seem  to  have 
belonged,  with  the  platform,  to  a  single  structure.  What  this  struc- 
ture was  it  is  difficult  to  say.  It  certainly  was  not  a  temple.  Now 
the  only  building  not  a  temple  which  our  literary  authorities  speak  of, 

2  Mr.  Schultz  believes  that  the  platform  was  originally  much  higher,  reaching  the 
level  of  the  foundations. 


DISCOVERIES  AT  ANTHEDON.  103 

unless  the  enigmatic  Leap  of  Glaukos  was  a  building,  is  the  double 
stoa  around  the  agora  mentioned  by  the  pseudo-Dikaiarchos ;  and  the 
long  parallel  walls  d  and  e  might  very  well  belong  to  such  a  structure. 
The  agora  in  a  town  of  fishermen  and  mariners  would  naturally  be 
situated  near  the  port,  around  which  the  town  evidently  clustered. 
All  that  Leake  says  (1.  c.)  about  the  supposed  temple  might  apply 
equally  well  to  the  agora.  The  entrance,  if  it  be  an  entrance,  de- 
scends to  the  port,  as  would  be  expected.3 

Of  the  other  walls,  the  next  in  order,  m,  is  probably  Greek.  From 
the  fact  that  it  does  not  run  parallel  to  d  and  e,  and  because  it  is  of 
poorer  and  rougher  construction,  it  probably  belonged  to  a  different 
structure.  The  dressed  stones  of  the  plan  are  of  blue  limestone  and 
stand  on  the  outer  (southern)  edge  of  the  wall  m:  when  uncovered  they 
appeared  in  shape  like  the  top  of  a  stele,  formed  of  a  large  central  stone 
and  two  smaller  ones  at  the  sides.  Between  the  central  and  the  eastern 
stone  was  a  bit  of  a  Doric  column  of  poros,  showing  channels. 

The  small  structure  between  this  wall  and  e  is  of  extraordinary 
irregularity.  The  blocks  composing  the  walls  are  good,  and  the  foun- 
dation is  firm  and  broad,  but  the  edges  are  very  irregular,  hardly  any 
two  blocks  being  of  the  same  width.  A  small  and  narrow  wall  of  very 
poor  construction  connects  it  with  m.  Through  the  western  wall  is 
carried  a  v-shaped  water-trough,  formed  of  grooved  lengths  of  stone. 
This  comes  abruptly  to  an  end  after  running  a  short  distance. 

The  walls  n  seem  to  form  the  foundation  of  a  Roman  building. 
The  curved  portion  of  this  wall,  which  rests  upon  £,  contains  mortar. 
At  the  western  end  are  considerable  remains  of  a  Roman  mosaic  pave- 
ment. The  greater  part  of  this  was  covered  with  a  thin  layer  of  plas- 
ter, which  revealed  the  individual  stones  composing  the  mosaic  but  hid 
the  pattern.  To  the  west  is  a  rectangular  flooring,  with  remains  of  a 
similar  mosaic  pavement.  This  flooring  seems  to  have  been  surrounded 
by  a  foundation- wall,  of  which  there  are  but  scanty  remains.  At  the 
northern  end  of  this  rectangle  are  some  exceedingly  irregular  walls. 
All  these  walls  are  built  of  blocks  of  poros,  and  we  found  no  traces 
of  mortar  anywhere  except  at  the  curved  part  of  the  wall  n.  It  is 
quite  possible  that  these  foundations  extend  still  further  toward  the 

3  Mr.  Schultz  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  end  of  the  walls  d  and  e  has  not  been  reached, 
though,  as  has  been  said,  there  is  no  trace  of  their  further  extension.  It  may  be  men- 
tioned as  a  curiosity  that  there  is  a  tradition,  among  the  villagers  of  Loukisi,  of  a 
palace  of  Alexander  in  that  neighborhood. 


104  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

south  and  west,  but  there  is  no  trace  of  a  continuation  of  any  of  the 
walls  represented  in  the  PLAN,  and  the  general  results  were  not  such 
as  to  lead  me  to  excavate  at  this  point  more  than  was  necessary  to 
make  a  complete  piece  of  work. 

THE  SMALL  TEMPLE  AT  ANTHEDON. 

I  have  ventured  to  call  this  building  a  temple,  from  its  general 
form  and  because  its  position  seems  to  correspond  with  that  of  the 
temple  of  Dionysos,  as  Pausanias  describes  it.  It  is  very  small,  its 
extreme  length  being  only  10.47  m.,  and  its  breadth,  6.05  m. ;  but, 
according  to  the  pseudo-Dikaiarchos,  Anthedon  was  in  his  time  only 
a  small  fishing- village.  The  walls  are  certainly  Greek,  and  of  a  good 
period.4  The  walls  of  the  pronaos  are  the  best  and  most  regular,  those 
at  the  back  are  rougher.  The  walls  within  (B  and  the  wall  at  right 
angles  to  it)  I  cannot  understand  (PLATE  xiv).  There  appears  to  be 
no  reason  for  considering  them  earlier  or  later  than  the  other  walls. 
It  will  be  noticed  that  the  building  faces  almost  exactly  east.  It  lies 
on  a  slight  slope,  the  eastern  end  being  somewhat  higher  than  the 
western.  To  the  west  there  is  a  stream,  dry  while  I  was  at  Anthedon, 
whose  banks  at  this  point  are  strengthened  by  regular  masonry.  The 
building  lies  very  near  the  road  from  Anthedon  to  Thebes,  as  is  indi- 
cated by  the  line  of  opened  graves.  Absolutely  nothing  was  found 
by  which  the  building  could  be  identified.  The  bronze  implements 
were  found  less  than  a  hundred  feet  away. 

IV.    BRONZE  IMPLEMENTS  FOUND  AT  ANTHEDON. 

These  implements  comprise  the  following  objects  (PLATE  xv)  : 
I. — Double-edged  axe-head,  with  a  hole  for  inserting  a  handle. 
Length,  0.225  m. ;  width  at  edges,  0.08  m. ;  width  at  middle,  0.04 
m. ;  greatest  thickness,  0.025  m.  The  edges  of  the  sides  are  beveled 
toward  the  hole  in  the  centre,  which  is  0.038  by  0.017  m.  It  shows 
no  signs  of  use. 

II. — Another  axe-head  of  the  same  general  shape,  but  smaller,  and 
broader  in  proportion  to  its  length.  It  shows  evident  marks  of  use 

4  Mr.  Schultz  agrees  with  me  in  this  opinion. 

5 1  am  indebted  to  Mr.  W.  J.  Stillman  for  the  excellent  photograph  from  which 
PLATE  xv  is  made.  The  photograph  was  taken  after  I  left  Athens,  and,  as  all  of 
the  objects  could  not  be  represented,  some  of  those  to  which  I  wished  to  call  special 
attention  happen  to  be  omitted. 


DISCOVERIES  AT  AKTHEDON.  105 

in  the  nicked  edges.  Length,  0.135  m. ;  width  at  edges,  0.066  m. ; 
width  at  middle,  0.038  m. ;  greatest  thickness,  0.024  m. ;  hole  in  the 
middle,  0.035  by  0.02  m. 

Ill,  IV.— Fragments  of  similar  tools.  Length  of  first,  0.076  m. ; 
width  at  edges,  0.062  m. ;  width  at  break,  0.037  m. ;  greatest  thick- 
ness, 0.024  m.  Length  of  second,  0.08  m. ;  width  at  edges,  0.052  m. ; 
width  at  break,  0.04  m. ;  greatest  thickness,  0.027  m.  The  break  in 
each  is  through  the  hole  in  the  middle,  but  the  two  fragments  evi- 
dently do  not  belong  to  the  same  axe-head. 

Axe-heads  very  like  all  these  have  been  found  in  the  excavations 
on  the  acropolis  at  Athens,  at  a  depth  of  14  m. 

V. — Implement  consisting  of  a  tube,  apparently  for  inserting  a 
wooden  handle,  and  a  short  blade  beveled  to  a  sharp  edge  from  the 
under  side.  Total  length,  0.145  m. ;  length  of  tube,  0.055  m. ; 
diameter  of  tube, '  0.056  m.  Similar  objects  were  found  with  the 
axe-heads  in  the  excavations  on  the  acropolis  at  Athens,  but  their 
use  has  not  been  satisfactorily  explained.  A  bit  of  sheet  bronze  is 
fastened  to  the  under  side  of  our  specimen,  which  led  to  the  sugges- 
tion that  a  bronze  plate  had  been  soldered  on,  forming  a  shovel.  This 
view  is  hardly  tenable,  and  it  seems  clear,  especially  from  the  sharp 
beveled  edge,  that  the  instrument  is  complete  as  it  is.  It  may  have 
been  used  for  grubbing  roots,  or  as  a  kind  of  gouge.  Our  specimen 
is  slightly  heavier,  and  rather  more  carefully  made,  than  the  one  from 
the  Athenian  acropolis. 

VI.— End  of  the  blade  of  a  similar  instrument  (not  represented  in 
the  PLATE).  Length,  0.05  m. 

VII. — Piece  of  bronze  resembling  a  hollow  horn.  It  appears  to 
have  been  part  of  some  ornament,  rather  than  of  an  implement  of  any 
kind.  A  bit  of  sheet  bronze  is  attached  to  this  near  the  end. 

VIII. — Fragment  of  a  narrow,  slightly  curved  band,  with  raised 
edges,  ornamented  with  the  figure  of  a  stag  in  repoussS.  There  are 
traces  of  the  hind  legs  of  a  similar  animal  going  in  the  opposite  direc- 
tion. The  stag's  head  is  thrown  back  almost  upon  its  haunches,  while 
the  horns  project  in  front. 

IX.— Drill  resembling  those  now  used  in  working  stone.  Length 
0.13  m. ;  width  at  large  end,  0.025  m. ;  at  small  end,  0.011  m. 

X. — Smaller  tool  somewhat  like  an  awl,  with  four  flat  sides,  and 
with  a  tang  for  inserting  into  a  wooden  handle.  Total  length,  0.095  m. ; 


106  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

without  handle,  0.057  m. ;  width,  0.07  m.  It  is  barely  possible  that 
these  two  implements  may  have  been  used  in  cutting  stone.6 

XI. — Chisel,  with  a  flaring  edge,  consisting,  in  one  piece,  of  two 
parts,  the  chisel  proper,  and  the  part  to  be  inserted  in  a  wooden  handle. 
These  are  separated  by  a  projection  on  each  side.  Total  length,  0.21 
m. ;  length  of  chisel  proper,  0.12  m. ;  of  handle,  0.075  m. ;  width  of 
edge,  0.042  m.  It  shows  no  signs  of  use. 

XII. — Sickle,  ornamented  with  lines,  the  edge  beveled  on  one  side. 
Length  of  arc,  0.31  m. ;  greatest  width  of  blade,  0.035  m.  It  is  broken 
across  the  middle.  It  has  a  tang  to  be  inserted  in  a  wooden  handle, 
pierced  with  a  hole  for  receiving  a  rivet.  It  appears  to  have  been  used, 
for  the  edge  is  nicked  and  the  point  blunted. 

XIII-XXVI. — Blades  and  fragments  of  blades,  mostly  of  knives 
of  various  shapes  and  sizes,  the  longest  of  which  measures  0.19  m. 
Nearly  all  of  these  show  signs  of  long  use,  some  being  nearly  worn 
through  by  constant  whetting  and  wear ;  one  is  bent  nearly  double ; 
many  of  them  still  bear  the  rivets  by  which  they  were  fastened  to  the 
handles.  One  blade  (not  represented  in  the  PLATE)  appears  to  be  ser- 
rated, but  it  may  be  that  it  is  only  nicked,  although  the  nicks  are  re- 
markably regular. 

XXVII. — Fragment  resembling  a  bundle  of  reeds  or  rods.  Length, 
0.068  m. ;  circumference,  0.073  m. ;  width  of  each  reed,  0.010  m. 

XXVIII. — Handle  of  a  large  vase  or  caldron  with  a  fragment  of 
the  side  (not  represented  in  the  PLATE). 

XXIX-XXXI.— Three  smaller  handles. 

XXXII. — Fragment,  apparently  of  a  lance-head,  consisting  of  a 
thick  central  shaft,  with  a  thinner  blade.  Length,  0.05  m. ;  greatest 
width,  0.04  m.  This  is  not  represented  in  the  PLATE. 

XXXIII. — Oval  piece  of  bronze,  with  indistinguishable  ornament 
in  relief. 

XXXIV. — Ring  of  bronze  wire  (perhaps  a  bracelet),  0.056  m.  in 
diameter. 

XXXV. — Two  fragments  of  a  flat-sided  bronze  rod. 

Besides  these  were  found  a  great  quantity  of  sheet  bronze,  and  large 
masses  of  bronze  slag,  some  fragments  apparently  of  the  vessel  to  which 
the  large  handle  belonged  (XXVIII),  and  a  number  of  small  objects. 

As  has  been  said,  these  implements  were  not  deposited  in  a  tomb. 

6  Mr.  Stillman  says,  decidedly,  that  they  could  not  have  been  used  for  that  purpose. 


DISCOVERIES  AT  ANTHEDON.  107 

The  character  of  the  collection — including  implements  of  various  kinds, 
some  new  and  some  bearing  marks  of  long  use,  fragments  of  ornaments, 
together  with  the  presence  of  masses  of  bronze  slag  (thirty  or  forty 
pounds,  at  least) — suggests  that  we  may  have  come  upon  the  shop  or 
stand  of  a  maker  of  bronze  tools,  and  that  the  old  implements  and 
fragments  were  collected  to  be  worked  over,  while  the  apparently  un- 
used ones  may  or  may  not  be  products  of  his  skill.  This  theory  would 
account  for  what  seems  to  be  the  case,  that  we  have,  in  the  collection, 
objects  of  different  epochs.  It  seems  more  than  doubtful  that  the 
axe-heads  and  the  object  described  under  No.  V  can  belong  to  the 
same  time  as  the  ornament  with  the  stag  in  relief. 

JOHN  C.  ROLFE. 

American  School  of  Classical  Studies 
at  Athens. 


DISCOVERIES  AT  PLATAIA  IN  1889. 


III.    INSCRIPTIONS   FROM   PLATAIA, 

The  following  inscriptions  were  found  at  Plataia  in  April  1889.  Those 
to  which  R  or  Tis  prefixed  are  edited  on  the  basis  of  Mr.  Rolfe's  or  Mr. 
TarbelPs  copies  alone. 

I.  —  Marble  stele  with  akroterion  and  two  rosettes,  found  in  the  foun- 
dation-walls of  the  ruined  church  f/  A«yto9  Nt/coXao?,  outside  the  city- 
walls,  to  the  east.     Height,  including  acroterium,  0.88  m.  ;  breadth, 
0.53  m.;  thickness,  0.17  m.;  height  of  letters,  0.03  m. 

A  I  T  Y  P  0  N  Aiyvpov 

The  name  occurs,  with  the  regular  Boiotian  spelling,  at  Tanagra, 
and  there  also,  as  it  happens,  in  the  accusative  (A.iyovpov  :  COLLITZ, 
1053).  For  examples  of  the  simple  accusative  on  gravestones,  see  this 
Journal  for  1889,  p.  458,  at  the  top. 

Just  below  the  AIFYPON  a  second  inscription  is  carelessly  cut  by 
another  hand,  and  probably  at  a  considerably  later  date.  The  letters 
are  about  0.02  m.  in  height. 

ETTI 
OPCOAEAEI 

Repeated  examination  of  the  stone  and  of  a  squeeze  has  convinced 
us  that  this  reading  is  certain  in  every  letter.  That  there  were  other 
letters  at  the  beginning  or  end  of  the  last  line  is  not  impossible,  but 
no  distinct  traces  of  any  can  be  seen.  This  line  should  give  a  proper 
name,  but  is  wholly  unintelligible  to  us. 

II.  —  R.   Slab  of  coarse  marble,  found  in  same  church.     Height, 
0.64  m.  ;  breadth,  0.51  m.  ;  thickness,  0.25  m.  ;  height  of  letters, 
0.05  m. 

ETTI 
ZQTA 


III.  —  Marble  block,  found  in  the  most  western  of  the  ruined  churches 
within  the  walls  of  Plataia.    Height,  0.335  m.  ;  length,  0.94m.;  thick- 
ness, 0.525  m.  ;  height  of  letters,  0.0475  m.    The  block  had  been  hol- 
108 


DISCOVERIES  AT  PLATAIA.  109 

lowed  out  into  a  trough  on  the  reverse  side.     On  one  of  the  narrow 
sides  is  a  builder's  mark,  I. 

HTTOAIZ    HPQIZ2AN 
MOZXEINANAPIITIQNOZ 


"  The  city  (erected  this  statue  of  the)  heroine  (i.  e.,  demi-deified 
lady)  Moscheina,  (daughter)  of  Aristion." 

IV.  —  R.    Part  of  marble  block,  hollowed  out  into  a  trough  on  the 
inscribed  side  ;  found  in  same  church.  Height,  0.53  m.  ;  length,  0.77  m.  ; 
thickness,  0.7  m.  ;  height  of  letters,  0.03  m. 

A  N  A  P  avSp- 

EA  eX- 

TYME  Tv/*09)[o- 

K  C  /co- 

Fragment  of  sepulchral  distichs. 

V.  —  T.  Block  of  white  marble,  found  in  central  apse  of  same  church. 
The  upper  right-hand  corner  and  the  lower  end  are  gone.    The  front 
is  ornamented  with  a  simple  panel.     The  inscription  is  at  the  top. 
Height,  1.16  m.;  breadth,  0.4  m.;  thickness,  0.16  m. 

YC  TONIC  'T9  rbv  [ra>v 

KANKEAACONKOL  tcavKe\\(0v  *o[>- 

M  0  N 


"  For  the  adornment  of  the  screen." 

The  first  two  letters  are  twice  as  high  as  the  rest.    The  spelling  v?  for 
et?  would  point  to  a  date  not  earlier  than  the  ninth  century  A.  D.1 

VI.  —  R.   Marble  slab,  found  in  pavement  of  same  church. 

E  'E|>1 

K  A  A  A  I  KaXXt- 

VII.  —  T.    Fragment  of  white  marble,  found  in  a  heap  of  stones 
near  this  church  ;  complete  at  top,  surface  chipped  away  to  the  extent 
of  three  or  four  letters  at  left,  broken  off  at  right  and  below  ;  letters 
very  indistinct.     Height,  0.26  m.  ;  breadth  at  top,  0.26  m.  ;  thickness, 
0.06  m. 

1  BLASS,  Aussprache  d.  griech.W,  p.  42,  Note  108a. 


110  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

0  K  •  I  M Yo  2 

ZOMI KOYF 
uncut]  A  0  A  I  X  C 
TTAP0ENO 
\HATTEP  I 
uncut]  T 
/////OY 


uncut]// 
AYZI   " 

Apparently  a  list  of  victors  in  gymnastic  contests.     The  word  in 
the  sixth  line,  therefore,  was  probably  TrdXtjv,  Tray/cpdnov,  or 


VIII.  —  T.  Fragment  of  white  marble,  found  near  same  church  ; 
complete  at  left  only.  Height,  0.14  m.  ;  breadth,  0.145  m.  ;  thick- 
ness, 0.06  m. 

TT  I  E  Q  'E>i  2o>- 

ETTIEBI1 


IX.  —  Marble  block,  found  face  uppermost  in  the  apse  of  the  ruined 
church  "Ayios  AI^T/CHO?,  just  outside  the  city-  wall  on  the  east,  near 
the  upper  (southern)  end  ;  broken  off  at  the  left.  Height,  0.58  m.  ; 
length,  1.45  m.  ;  thickness,  0.19  m. 

ATYNAIKOON  -a  yvvaucwv 

AAMAIETTOEIOE  Tra]\d/jiai,s  irbcrios 

"EPAEAIIONCOMErA.AIPIC  7]^a9  a&ov,  $ 

XONEYPAMENH  -Xov  evpap&q 

ZCOEAN9E.NIAAEKONTO  -?  fa  &v  0e[b~\v 

TEAAMNAVIENHN  re  Safivapfanv 

NTTANTF.EINOAEITAIE  -v  irdvr^a^iv  6  Seirav: 

EKAEIEEv,^PAC  ticteure  \ff\6pa*. 

These  are  the  ends  of  sepulchral  distichs.  Professor  F.  D.  ALLEN 
has  kindly  furnished  the  following,  as  a  suggestion  of  the  general  sense 
of  the  original  : 


;,  Bt]a  yvvcuKtov, 
eipyaa-Tcu  /ceSvov  rat?  7ra]\ayLi£U9  Trocrto?. 
el/cova  Kea-Trja-e 

dperij^ 


DISCO  VERIES  A  T  PL  A  TAIA.  Ill 

yap  tre  ffporol  Qwcrav  0e[o]v  l\d<TKOvro, 
vvv  Be  (re/Bowl  voaw  Ktjpi]  re 


rov 

X.  —  T.    Marble  block,  found  in  same  position  as  No.  ix  ;  broken 
off  at  the  right.    Height,  0.51  m.  ;  length,  0.51  m.  ;  thickness,  0.13  m. 

6NTT 

TTO 
OCM6 

9H 

The  beginnings  of  distichs,  similar  to  the  foregoing. 

XI.  —  Marble  stele,  with  anthemion  and  rosettes  ;  found  in  same 
church.    Height  of  letters,  0.35-40  m.,  and,  in  fourth  line,  0.25-30  m. 

Above  the  rosettes: 

ETTI  "Earl 

A<t>POAICIA 

below  the  rosettes: 

A  I  0  NYC  I  OY 
A0ANIXA 

"  Over  Aphrodisia,  (daughter)  of  Dionysios." 
The  name  Athanicha  was  added  subsequently. 

XII.  —  T.    Marble  fragment,  found  in  same  church. 

TYXIKOYC 
CMON 

F.  B.  TARBELL, 
J.  C.  ROLFE. 

American  School  of  Classical  Studies 
at  Athens. 


DISCOVEEIES  AT  THISBE  IN  1889. 


I.    REPORT  ON  EXCAVATIONS. 

Between  March  18  and  21,  I  made  a  trip  to  Kakosia,  the  work  of 
laying  bare  the  foundations  by  the  sea,  at  Anthedon,  being  meanwhile 
superintended  by  Mr.  Buck.  The  village  of  Kakosia  lies  between  two 
peaks  of  Mt.  Helikon,  not  far  from  the  sea.  On  the  hills  which 
immediately  surround  it,  and  in  the  village  itself,  are  well-preserved 
remains  of  the  walls  of  an  ancient  town,  built  of  regular  blocks  of 
bluish  limestone  and  strengthened  by  numerous  towers.  The  walls 
are  of  Leake's  "  fourth  order,"  consisting  of  a  double  line  of  well-cut, 
regular  blocks,  the  interval  between  them  being  filled  in  with  loose 
stones.  In  the  village  are  clear  traces  of  one  of  the  gates,  and  just 
outside  it,  in  a  wheat  field,  traces  of  the  foundations  of  a  large  build- 
ing. There  are  also  the  remains  of  a  mole  (now  serving  as  a  road) 
across  a  marshy  plain  to  the  southward,  evidently  to  protect  the  plain 
from  inundation.  It  seems  to  be  certain  that  this  village  stands  directly 
on  the  site  of  ancient  Thisbe,  as  was  concluded  by  Leake  and  others 
(from  Strabo,  Geog.,  41 1,  and  Pausanias,  ix.  32.  3).  The  only  building 
which  Pausanias  mentions  in  Thisbe  is  a  temple  of  Herakles,  with  a 
standing  statue  of  the  god.  Judging  from  the  great  number  of  churches 
(twenty-three  in  all,  I  was  told),  Thisbe  must  have  been  an  important 
place  in  Byzantine  times.  Since  the  modern  village  stands  directly 
on  the  ancient  site,  extensive  excavations  must  involve  considerable 
expense.  I  found,  however,  a  great  number  of  Byzantine  churches 
in  ruins,  and  I  judged  that  a  few  days  of  work  in  and  around  these 
might  yield  good  results.  I  returned  to  Anthedon,  finished  the  exca- 
vations by  the  harbor  and  cleared  off  the  walls,  and  on  March  27 
began  work  at  Thisbe  with  fifteen  men,  a  number  which  was  after- 
ward increased  to  twenty.  Trenches  were  first  dug  in  and  around  the 
church  "Go-to?  Aou/eas,  within  the  limits  of  Kakosia,  but  just  outside 
the  ancient  walls.  In  front  of  the  church  we  found  a  Byzantine 
pillar  of  fine  white  marble,  apparently  for  supporting  a  screen  or  cur- 
tain. It  is  ornamented  in  front  with  a  conventional  design  in  relief, 
and  has  a  smooth,  pear-shaped  'top,  separated  from  the  main  shaft  by 
112 


DISCOVERIES  AT  THISBE.  113 

a  narrow  neck.  The  dimensions  are  as  follows:  height,  1.77  m.  ; 
breadth,  0.20  m.  ;  thickness,  0.135  m.  The  top  is  0.17  m.high  and 
0.47  m.  in  circumference.  In  the  pavement  of  the  church  we  found 
six  inscribed  tombstones.  An  examination  of  the  walls  of  the  church, 
with  as  little  damage  as  possible,  yielded  no  inscriptions. 

In  the  pavement  of  the  church  '  A<yia  T/ota?,  which  was  next  exam- 
ined, were  found  three  inscribed  tombstones.  As  the  walls  of  this 
church  were  mainly  composed  of  rough  masses  of  stone,  and  were 
without  architectural  or  artistic  interest,  and  as  they  evidently  con- 
tained inscriptions,  I  felt  justified  in  tearing  down  a  part  of  them. 
Four  fragments  of  inscriptions  were  found  here.  The  arched  entrance 
was  left  standing,  but  was  afterward  thrown  down  by  the  boys  of  the 
village.  In  a  third  church  (^Ayta  Kvpia/cr}  or  f'Ayi,os  'HXt'a?),  of  which 
nothing  but  the  foundations  remained,  four  inscribed  bases  and  tomb- 
stones were  found.  Two  of  the  former,  though  we  found  them  under 
ground,  prove  to  have  been  published. 

At  this  point,  the  Directors  of  the  School,  Dr.  Waldstein  and  Pro- 
fessor Tarbell,  arrived  at  Kakosia,  and  decided  to  concentrate  all  our 
energies  at  Plataia. 

JOHN  C.  ROLFE. 

II.    INSCRIPTIONS  FROM  THISBE. 

The  following  inscriptions  were  found  by  Mr.  Rolfe  at  Thisbe 
(Kakosia)  in  March,  1889.  Those  to  which  R  is  prefixed  are  edited 
on  the  basis  of  Mr.  Rolfe's  copies  alone  ;  to  him  also  the  measure- 
ments are  chiefly  due. 

I.  —  R.  Marble  slab,  used  in  the  pavement  of  the  ruined  church 
'  Ayia  T/om?.  Height,  0.77  m.  ;  breadth,  0.45  m.  ;  thickness,  0.30  m  ; 
height  of  letters,  0.03  m.  In  the  upper  surface  there  is  a  round  hole 
with  a  diameter  of  0.14  m. 


EYOYMIAAZ 

II.  —  Marble  slab  in  pavement  of  same  church.     Height,  0.765  m  ; 
breadth,  0.525  m.  ;  thickness,  0.28  m.  ;  height  of  letters,  0.023  m. 

F     I     3     .     A     A     o     3  Ft<r[o]\ao9 

The  letters  have  the  forms  characteristic  of  the  Hellenistic  period. 
They  are  regularly,  though  very  widely,  spaced.     A  rectangular  cut 

8 


1 1 4  AMERICAN  JO URNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

has  removed  a  single  letter,  the  fourth.     Fo-oXao?,  of  which  the 
Attic  equivalent  would  be  'I<roXe<»9,  is  a  new  name,  comparable  to 


. 

III.  —  R.  Stone  slab  in  pavement  of  same  church.  Height,  0.78  m.  ; 
breadth,  0.49  m.;  thickness,  0.19  m.  ;  height  of  letters,  0.03  m. 


IV  ,_R.  Slab  of  red  stone  in  the  wall  of  the  same  church.  The 
height  could  not  be  exactly  ascertained,  as  the  stone  was  not  taken 
from  the  wall  ;  it  was  apparently  about  0.75  m.  Breadth,  0.44  m.  ; 
thickness,  0.34  m.  ;  height  of  letters,  0.03  m. 


The  first  letter  must  have  been  erroneously  copied.  The  name 
occurs  at  Orchomenos  and  Lebadeia  in  the  form  2av/jLei\,o<;,  and  the 
same  contraction  is  found  in  other  Boiotian  proper  names  beginning 
with  the  same  element  j1  but,  in  view  of  the  Boiotian  retention  of  ao 
in  compounds  of  Xao?  and  in  some  other  words,  SaoaetXo?  seems  a 
possible  local  form. 

Y.  —  R.  Fragment  of  limestone,  complete  at  the  left,  in  the  wall 
of  the  same  church.  Height,  0.33  m.  ;  breadth,  0.28  m.  ;  thickness, 
0.28  m.  ;  height  of  letters,  0.05  m. 

K  A  A  Y  L  K\av%\Lav  o  avrjp  (?) 

K  A  I  H  0  Y  I  /calr) 

A  I  Q  N  C  TT  0  &LCOV 

"  This  statue  of  Claudia  (?)  was  erected  by  her  husband  (?)  and 
daughter.  The  sculptor  was  Dion." 

YI.  —  Four  fragments  of  limestone  (.A,  J3,  C,  D),  apparently  belong- 
ing together,  taken  from  the  walls  of  same  church.  Fragment  A  is 
complete  at  the  top  and  at  the  left  ;  the  others  are  broken  on  all  sides. 
Dimensions  of  B  ;  height,  0.30  m.  ;  breadth,  0.33  m.  :  of  C;  height, 
0.19  m.  ;  breadth,  0.18  m.  :  of  D  ;  height,  0.23  m.  ;  breadth,  0.49  m. 
The  thickness  of  each  is  about  0.175  m.  ;  height  of  letters,  0.01  m. 
and  (in  the  last  five  lines  of  D)  0  .01  6  m.  There  are  numerous  ligatures, 
and  the  inscribed  surface  is  defaced  in  spots,  so  that  the  decipherment 
of  the  text  is  difficult,  and  the  results  in  some  places  uncertain.  Frag- 
ment A,  the  inscribed  face  of  which  was  always  visible,  was  published 

1  MEISTEB,  Die  griechischen  Dialekte,  i,  p.  246. 


DISCOVERIES  AT  THISBE.  115 


by  PiTTAKESas  No.  3061  in  the  'E^^ept?  '  Apxaio\oyt,Kri  and  by  YON 
VELSEN  in  the  Archdologischer  Anzeiger,  xrv  (1856),  p.  288  ;  by  both, 
as  we  now  see,  most  inaccurately.  Unfortunately,  we  took  no  squeeze 
of  this  fragment,  and  are  not  able  to  give  a  thoroughly  trustworthy 
text  of  it.  What  is  given  below  in  majuscules,  as  A,  is  simply  Von 
Velsen's  text,  with  some  corrections  and  additions  introduced  from 
Mr.  TarbelPs  hastily  made  copy. 

Fragment  A. 

MOYATTIOC 

OBOYAOMGNOCeiCBAICONXCOPIONAH 
.......  NeTTeMOYreCOPrOYMGNCON 

BIBAIONrPA---NAYT--OTTOHTeONIC 
--*AI-'IONY-nGP6KACTOYTTA6GPOY 
--AHCH6  .....  CONTATOAGAOMeNO 

)N  K  -  -  IM6NTIC 
GIT  ----  TH6KK 

COGIC 

Fragment  E. 
KA 

DNKAI 
TTCPeKA 
CONTTGNT 
ATAAAMBANOM 
lOIAGMHTTPAlANTeCC 
A5AN         eiAeTICAABCON--TOC 
TATTCOAHCOYCINOIKATAAAMBAN 
rONTTPA^OYCINTTAPAYTOYTHCi 
A$IONTOY4>OPOYTCONTTeNTeeT 
TOXCOPIONTTOAeiTHKAITOAPrONKA 

e*YTeYMeNOYeiCKOMIC6HNAITHTTO/ 
GNIAYTONOCONTeAecemKAIOTTPOTePO 
OTOY<t>OPOYTHCTTeNTAeTIACYTTeP 
THCeKACTOCMHTTAeONTTAeePC 
TOICTTAeONTTCOAHCOYCIN 
KA«eKTOYTOYCCOZeceAI~ 
COMOAOrHCeNYTTGPeKACTC 
GNTOCTONreiNOMe 
5  A  TO  [uncut] 


116  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

Fragment  C. 
ePONIv, 
AMGNOCKAi 
OY650COYT 
\PATHCTTOA6  0 

ICOKAITAAAAAKA 
OMeNOYTOY<t>OPOY 
eiTHAANeiCTHCOCK/ 
OCIOYXCOPIOYHA 
HMOCIOYKA0HM 
YTOCrPA4>eT6 
NT-  -  OI6KA 
TTOCONHOT 
ATOCY 

Fragment  D. 


04>6lAON 

ONAHMOCICONKAITOYTOeAeNXeeiHA4>AIPe 
HTTOAlCOAeAANeiCTHCO^eNOCeKTCONAAA 
6         eNTOCTHNeiCTTPAIINTTOieiCeCOTOYO<t>eiAOMe 

AlCKATAAITTOIieNCOCYNreNeiH^IACOTOYTCONTITCON 
YTOYHACOPeAeCTCOAeTHCTTOAeCOCTOXCOPION       6IA 
GHKACTeAeYTHCAICOMHeiCINNOMIMOIKAHPONOMOIT 
OTePAK^HPONOMOCTOYGAYTHCKTHM/  -  OCHTTOAIC 

10      MINIOCMOAeCTOCAN9Y"fTATOC  0ICB 

T  H  B  0  Y  A  H  K  A  I  T  CO  A  H  M  CO     XAIP6IN  IKANON 

KYPIATAAOiANTAYMeiNnePITHCTTPOTe 
rereNHMGNHCKAITOTOYAIlO/' 


O  j3ov\o/ji€vo<; 
----  rSi\v  CTT  e/jiov  yecopryovfjuevcov 
ftifiXiov  7/3«[<^>  -  -~\v  avr  -  -  o  7ro[L]rj 
\cu.  tov  VTrep  e/cd&rov  7r\eOpov 
e  .....  <rovra  TO 


eir  -  -  -  - 


DISCOVERIES  AT  THISBE.  117 

B 


/ca 
-ov  /cal 

V~\7Tep  € 

T\S)v 


o 

-TOV  7rpdj;ov(7iv  Trap*  avrov  r^? 
al~iov  TOV  (fropov  royv  Trevre  er^wv 
rb  %ci)piov  TroXetTT?  Kal  TO  dpyov  /ca[l  TO  ire 
€(f)VT€Vfjievov  ela-KOfjiio-Orjvai  Trj  TTO[\€(, 
eviavTov  OGOV  Te\ecrOi7j  /cal  6  TrpoTepo- 
-o  TOV  (fropov  T?)?  Trei^raerta?  VTrep 
-Trjs  e/cacrro?  /jirj  7T\eov  Tr\e6po[y 


Kal  (e)/c  TOVTOV 


TOV 
-faro. 

c 


Ka 

-ov  €%  ocrov  r- 
7r]apa  r^?  7roA-6a)[9 
-tft)  Kal  TO,  a\\a  Ka- 

-ofjuevov  TOV  <f)6pov 
TTO\  ^eiTy  SaveicTTfj  a)? 


S~\r)/jiO(TLOV 


7TOO-OI/(?)  7)   07T- 
aTO(TV 

D 


TO  T6 

el  Se  rt9  6fa7raT77(7a[9  TOV  ?]  6(f>ei\ov[Ta 


118  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 


a    TOVTO 
-----  rj  7roXt9  •  o  Be  Saveia-rris  o  %evo<;  etc  rcov  aXX[ow  -----  - 

—  ---  e'zm>9  rrjv  et(nrpat;w  TroteicrOco  rov  6cf>ei,\ofjLe[vov.        el  Be  rt? 
Bia0iJK~]cu<;  KaraXiTTOi  %evq>  <TVV<yevei  rj  <£tXa>  rovriov  rt,  rcov  [^copicov,  a/cvpo? 
ea-rco  ro]vrov  f)  Scoped,  eVrw  Be  rrjs  7roXea)9  TO  ^copiov.     el  S[e  T49  W  Kara\i>~ 
TTCOV  Bia]0tfica<;  T€\evTr)(rcu,  co  fj,rf  elcnv  VO/JLL/JLOI  K\ijpov6fjLOi,  TT[  ----  tear 

rov 


<l>Xa  ? 
cn  Kal~\rrj  jBovKfj  KOI  ra5  BrjfjLO)  %aipei,v.  rl/cavbv 


—  --  -   Kvpia  ra  Bogavra  vpelv  Trepl  r^9  Trpore^pas 

—  -----  --  ryeryevr)/j,evr)<;  /ecu  TO[U]TOI;  ?  a%iov  --  —  —  — 

-----------    TOV   eTTL^COpLOV    KOL    ----- 

The  document  seems  to  consist  of  a  series  of  enactments  relating  to  the 
public  lands,  followed  by  the  ratification  of  the  proconsul,  Modestus. 

VII.  —  Fragment  of  limestone,  found  in  same  church  ;  complete  at 
the  left  only.  Height,  0.19  in.  ;  breadth,  0.27  m.  ;  height  of  letters, 
0.014  m.  and  (in  the  last  line)  0.036  m. 

N  Y  N  A  6  vvv  Be 
<1>OYCKON 
TTAPeXOMEN 

TOICTTPOAOIA  rofr  7jy>oSofa[<™ 

CT6  IAAT6  BG  BAIO  o-ret'Xare  /3e/3ato[  -  ___  /9e- 

BOYAGYMeNAKAIA  ^ov\evfieva  teal  B\_6%  avra 

,IC<t>OYCKONTeiMH  .  .  9 

.  .  'KArCOTTPOCeiTIK  .  .  .  Kdjoi) 
v  H  *  I  C  M 


VIII.— Marble  slab,  used  in  the  pavement  of  the  ruined  church 
r/Oo-fc09  Aou/ca9.  Height,  0.83  m. ;  breadth,  0.49  m. ;  thickness,  0.37  m. ; 
height  of  letters,  0.04  m. 


IX.— Marble  slab  in  same  position.  Height,  0.98  m. ;  breadth, 
0.52  m. ;  thickness,  0.34  m. ;  height  of  letters,  0.04  m. 

KAHMET02  KX»;Vro9 

The  name  occurs  in  the  same  form  at  Hyettos  (COLLITZ,  Sammlung 
der  griech.  Dialekt-Inschriften,  537);  in  the  form  KX^ere*,  at 
Tanagra  (COLLITZ,  950).  It  is  the  Boiotian  equivalent  of  the  Attic 


DISCO  VERIES  A  T  THISBE.  119 

X.  —  Marble  slab  in  same  position.     Height,  0.82  m.  ;  breadth, 
0.475  m.  ;  thickness,  0.33  m.  ;  height  of  letters,  0.03  m. 

AP.AAoAQPoI  '  A7r[o]XXoSo>/309 

XI.  —  Marble  slab  in  same  position.      Height,  0.87  m.  ;  breadth, 
0.5  m.  ;  thickness,  0.34  m.  ;  height  of  letters,  0.04  m. 


The  name  is  new,  though  the  corresponding  masculine  name  (Attic 
<H)eo<£az/779)  is  common.  The  Attic  equivalent  would  be  ®eo<f>dvei,a 
(MEISTER,  Die  griech.  Dialekte,  I,  p.  229),  like  'Apio-To^dveia,  etc. 

XII.  —  Marble  slab  in  same  position.  Height,  0.8  m.  ;  breadth, 
0.45  m.  ;  thickness,  0.34  m.  ;  height  of  letters,  0.03  m. 

ATTIZIAZ 


XIII.  —  Basis  of  blue  limestone,  in  the  ruined  church 
Kvpiafcr)  (or  r/Ayto9  'HXtas,  as  the  name  was  given  by  some).  At 
the  top  there  is  a  cornice,  on  which  the  inscription  is  cut.  The  upper 
right-hand  corner  has  been  broken  off,  but  the  breadth  can  be  easily 
obtained  from  the  back.  Height  of  basis,  1  m.  ;  original  breadth  at 
top,  0.455  m.  ;  height  of  letters,  0.03  m. 

AEYEIAIAZKA  Aeufta?  'A<ric\[a7riv  tcrj 

0  Y  T  I  H  Ovyirj 

"  Deuxias  to  Asklepios  and  Hygieia." 

Although  this  stone  was  found  lying  on  its  face  under  a  considerable 
accumulation  of  rubbish,  it  had  been  seen  a  few  years  before,  and  a 
squeeze  of  the  inscription  had  been  submitted  to  M.  FOTJCART.  See 
the  Bulletin  de  correspondence  helttnique,  vm  (1884),  p.  401,  No.  2. 
M.  Foucart's  reading  and  note  are  as  follows  : 

AEIEIAZAZKAA 
0  Y  T  I  H 

La  pierre  est  brisee  a  droite;  a  gauche  V  inscription  par  ait  com- 
plete, les  deux  premieres  lettres  ne  sont  pas  tres-distinctes.  Ae^ft'a? 
'A<7AcXa[7rto3o)/9a)]  Qvyi'rj.  Dedicace  d  la  deesse  Hygia.  Les  lettres  qui 
terminent  la  premiere  ligne  se  preteraient  a  la  restitution  'Acr/eXa^a)]. 
Asklepios  est  souvent  associe  a  Hygia,  mais  dans  ce  cos  les  noms  des 
deux  divinites  seraient  rapproches.  Ovyir)  etant  isole  ct  la  seconde  ligne, 
je  croisplutot  que*KcrK\a  est  le  commencement  du  nom  dup&re  de  celui  qui 


120  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

a  fait  la  consecration.  On  this  MEISTEE  remarks  (CoLLiTZ,  Sammlung, 
747a) :  Aetf  ta?,  mir  unverstdndlich  ;  etwa  [M]tf  ta?  oder  Aef  ia?  ? 

Our  reading  of  the  first  name  may  be  taken  as  certain,  although 
we  found  the  third  and  fourth  letters  not  easy  to  make  out,  owing 
partly  to  the  presence  in  their  places  of  accidental  marks  which  bear 
a  delusive  resemblance  to  the  letters  QA.  Aei^'a?  is  the  regular 
Boiotian  equivalent  of  Zeuf  ta?. 

As  for  the  restitution  of  the  first  line,  five  letters  following  A  (at 
the  edge  of  which  the  break  at  present  begins)  would  leave  as  much 
uncut  space  at  the  end  of  the  line  as  at  the  beginning,  while  seven 
letters  would  extend  to  the  edge.  M.  Foucart's  restoration  gives  eight 
letters.  A  shorter  name  might  be  substituted,  as  'A<7/eXa7rt%ft>  or 
'  Ao-tfXa7TG>z>o9.  But,  considering  the  extreme  rarity  of  dedications  to 
Hygieia  alone2  and  the  frequency  with  which,  in  joint  dedications,  the 
names  of  the  two  divinities  stand  in  different  lines,3  we  have  preferred 
without  hesitation  the  restoration  given  above. 

XIV. — R.  Stone  slab  in  same  church.  Height,  0.9  m ;  breadth, 
0.49  m. ;  thickness,  0.21  m. ;  height  of  letters,  0.04  m. 

A<t>PoAIIIA 

XAIPE 

XV. — R.  Rough  stone  basis  with  rectangular  hole  in  the  top ; 
found  in  same  church. '  Height,  0.99  m  ;  breadth,  0.44  m. ;  thickness, 
0.24  m  ;  height  of  letters,  0.025  m. 

QNOS 
APTAMI 
01 ATPO 
EPAZ 

The  stone  is  badly  defaced,  and  only  so  much  could  be  made  out. 
It  is  perhaps  a  dedication  to  Artemis.  Two  dedications  to  that 
goddess,  published  by  M.  FOUCART  in  the  Bulletin  (vm,  1884,  pp. 
401-2,  Nos.  3,  4),  are  in  this  same  church. 

F.  B.  TARBELL, 

J.  C.  ROLFE. 

American  School  of  Classical  Studies 

at  Athens. 

*  We  can  cite  only  CIA,  in,  185,  and  BAUNACK,  Studien,  I,  1,  Inschriften  aus  Epi- 
dauros,  No.  40. 

8  See,  for  example,  CIO,  in,  2390,  2396,  2428,  2429  b;  CIA,  11,  1504;  HI.  132  b, 
c,  d,  e,  f,  i,  181  a,  183. 


NOTES. 


AN  INSCRIBED  TOMBSTONE  FROM  BOIOTIA. 

The  tombstone  which  is  described  below  was  shown  me  by  a  peasant 
of  the  village  of  Charadra's,  on  the  road  from  Thebes  to  Thisbe.  He 
had  found  it  near  the  village,  and  removed  it  to  his  house ;  the  inscrip- 
tion, he  said,  had  not  been  copied. 

The  stone,  which  is  of  marble,  is  of  a  peculiar  shape,  consisting  in 
one  piece  of  a  base  0.23  m.  high,  and  0.28  wide,  surmounted  by  a  circu- 
lar stele,  with  a  rounded  top,  0.34  m.  high,  and  0.495  in  circumference, 
as  here  represented. 


The  inscription,  in  letters  0.02  m.  high, 
is  cut  on  the  stele  as  follows  : 

AM  MIA 


AMMIA 


The  name  occurs  frequently  in  Attic  inscriptions  (OZA,  in,  712a, 
2891,  2986a,  2897,  2898),  and  in  a  list  of  names  found  at  Hermione 
(CIG,  1211). 

Rounded  steles  are  very  common.  Of  these  Ross  (Arch.  Aufsdtze, 
I,  p.  26)  says :  Vielleicht  Andeutung  des  Phallos  f  Die  bootischen  Grab- 
Sidney  in  Form  viereckige  Altdre,  sind  haufig  mit  einem  Phallos  gekront, 
z.b.  in  Thisbe  undLebadeia.  I  saw  nothing  of  the  kind  at  Thisbe, 
and  I  have  been  able  to  find  no  representations  or  descriptions  of  tomb- 
stones like  this  one.  Professor  Merriam  has  called  my  attention  to  a 
vase-painting  represented  in  Schreiber's  Bilderatlas  (PL.  xciv,  6),  but, 
as  he  remarks,  the  round-topped  base,  on  which  a  stele  shaped  like 
ours  stands,  is  evidently  a  mound  on  which  the  stele  was  placed. 

American  School  of  Classical  JOHN  C.  ROLFE. 

Studies. 

121 


122  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

THE  INSCRIPTIONS  ON  THE  OBELISK  CRABS  IN  CENTRAL  PARK, 

NEW  YORK. 

It  seems  proper  to  put  on  record  in  this  Journal  that  the  Board 
of  Commissioners  of  Public  Parks  of  New  York  City  on  the  15th  of 
April  18 90  altered  the  Greek  and  Latin  Inscriptions  upon  the  repro- 
duced bronze  crabs  beneath  the  obelisk  in  Central  Park,  to  make 
them  conform  to  the  readings  of  the  original  crab  now  in  the  Metro- 
politan Museum  of  Art  (see  The  Greek  and  Latin  Inscriptions  on  the 
Obelisk-Crab,  A.  C.  Merriam,  Harper  and  Brothers,  1883).  The 
form  in  which  these  were  inscribed  at  the  erection  of  the  obelisk  in 
Central  Park  was  this,  s.  E.  corner,  right  claw : — 

Outside  Inside 

ANNO  VIII 

L      H       KAIZAPOZ  AVGVSTICAESARIS 

BAPBAPOZANE0HKE  BARBARVSPRAEF 

APXITEKTONOYNTOZ  AEGYPTIPOSVIT 

TTONTIOY  ARCHITECTANTEPONTIO 

They  now  read : — 

L      IH       KAIZAPOZ  ANNOXVIIICAESARIS 

BAPBAPOIANE0HKE  BARBARVSPRAEF 

APXITEKTONOYNTOZ  AEGYPTIPOSVIT 

TTONTIOY  ARCHITECTANTEPONTIO 

The  crab  at  the  N.  E.  corner,  outside,  had  this  inscription  : — 
"  Removed  to  Alexandria  Egypt  and  erected  there  B.  c.  22  by  the 
Romans."    In  this  the  date  has  been  changed  to  "B.  c.  12." 

The  work  has  been  done  quite  satisfactorily,  considering  the  limi- 
tations of  space  and  the  desire  to  alter  as  little  as  possible  and  yet 
secure  correctness  of  fact  in  the  result.  No  attempt  is  made  in  the 
inscriptions  to  reproduce  the  original  with  epigraphic  exactness. 

A.  C.  MERRIAM. 


CORRESPONDENCE. 


LETTER  FROM  EGYPT. 

GIZEH  MUSEUM. — The  removal  of  the  national  Egyptian  Museum  from 
its  confined  limits  at  Bulaq  on  the  east 'or  city-side  of  the  Nile  to  the  un- 
occupied and  spacious  Khedivial  palace  at  Gizeh  on  the  western  bank  was 
begun  in  the  early  summer  of  1889.  The  task  was  completed  in  January 
of  the  present  year,  and  the  Gizeh  Museum  was  then  opened  to  the  public. 
It  is  about  three  and  a  half  miles  from  the  central  quarter  of  Cairo,  iso- 
lated in  a  vast  acreage  of  partially  wooded  fields,  and  immediately  sur- 
rounded by  artificial  gardens,  which  were  admirably  laid  out,  but  have 
been  much  neglected.  The  transfer  of  the  collection,  which  includes  many 
heavy  stones,  was  effected  with  comparative  ease  by  laying  a  portable  rail- 
way to  and  from  a  service  of  flat-boats  on  the  river. 

The  general  classification  followed  by  Professor  Maspero  is  retained. 
Statues,  inscribed  or  painted  stones,  and  many  smaller  objects  are  grouped 
as  belonging  to  the  Old  Empire,  to  the  Middle,  or  to  the  New.  Tombs, 
coffins,  painted  mummy-cases,  and  the  royal  mummies,  constitute  a  separ- 
ate department,  as  do  ornaments  in  gold  and  silver,  plate,  jewels,  and  objects 
of  high  artistic  value ;  and  the  collection  of  objects  found  at  Devr-el-Bahari 
in  1881  is  kept  apart.  A  public  sales-room  provides  for  the  disposal  of 
casts,  of  duplicates,  and — to  suit  all  tastes — of  "  modern  antiques,"  when 
properly  asked  for.  The  Museum,  however,  possesses  much  that  nobody 
may  see.  A  department  for  monuments  of  Greek  or  of  Roman  origin  was 
indeed  instituted  at  Bulaq,  though  it  is  not  yet  open  to  the  public ;  but 
there  are  large  collections  of  coins  and  astraka,  of  Egyptian  papyri  and  Kop- 
tic  manuscripts,  and  of  Kufic  objects,  which  have  never  been  exhibited,  and 
which  are  quite  unavailable  to  students  or  other  persons  who  might  wish  to 
use  them. 

No  catalogue  is  in  prospect ;  nor  is  labelling  of  any  kind ;  and  the  ex- 
cellent "  Guide  "  for  visitors  prepared  by  Professor  Maspero  cannot  now  be 
used.  It  is  expected  that  some  change  in  the  management  of  the  Museum 
will  soon  be  made. 

SOCIETY  FOR  PRESERVING  THE  ANCIENT  MONUMENTS  OF  EGYPT. — 
This  Society  has  offered  its  funds  to  increase  an  appropriation  sought  from 
the  Egyptian  Government,  upon  the  condition,  however,  that  certain  arch- 
aeologists shall  be  appointed  members  of  a  special  local  committee.  The 
present  Commission  for  Antiquities  leaves  what  it  holds  to  be  archaeological 

123 


124  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

questions  entirely  to  the  Director  of  the  Museum.  The  new  per  capita 
tax  upon  visitors  to  the  monuments  of  Upper  Egypt,  which,  between  No- 
vember 1888  and  June  1889  yielded  nearly  $5500,  has  been  nearly  all 
expended,  according  to  the  Director's  report,  for  the  preservation  of  monu- 
ments. The  Director  is  of  opinion  that  with  this  fund  to  draw  upon  fewer 
than  ten  years  will  be  required  to  complete  the  works  now  contemplated. 
He  reports  the  following  improvements  (  Contribution  des  Touristes  en  1888- 
1889}. 

LUQSOR. — The  temple  of  Amon  has  been  freed  from  the  corroding  action 
of  the  soil  which  still  partly  covered  it :  18,000  cub.  met.  were  removed. 
Open  joints  have  been  closed  with  cement,  and  the  columns  and  bases  in 
the  chief  court  have  been  repaired  with  the  help  of  temporary  shoring.  In 
a  new  inscription  found  here  Amenophis  III  of  the  xvm  dynasty,  the  sup- 
posed founder  of  the  temple,  states  that  he  reconstructed  it  entire.  A  table 
of  offerings  bearing  the  name  of  Usertesen  of  the  xn  dynasty  had  been 
found  here  in  1888,  and  now  two  architraves  of  Sebekhotep  of  the  xni 
dynasty  have  appeared — in  further  confirmation  of  that  statement.  Silver 
plates  bearing  the  bishop's  name  Bichamon  have  also  been  found  here. 

MEDINET  HABO. — The  first  temple-court  and  its  surroundings  have 
been  thoroughly  cleared  of  rubbish,  which  was  undermining  the  walls. 
A  jar  of  demotic  ostraka  was  found  here,  also  a  statue  of  Amenophis  III, 
and  the  base  of  some  other  statue. 

QURNAH. — A  broken  column  in  the  Ramesseum  has  been  repaired ; 
and  protecting  doors  have  been  placed  before  the  tomb  of  Rechmara,  and 
before  another  of  the  xvm  dynasty  lately  discovered. 

DER-EL-BAHARI. — The  clearing  of  a  terrace  revealed  a  number  of  ap- 
parently very  ancient  implements,  and  a  number  of  Koptic  inscriptions. 

BIBAN-EL-MOLUK.— The  tombs  of  Rameses  VI  and  of  Rameses  IX 
have  been  cleared  away  and  protected  with  doors.  A  valuable  collection 
was  made  here  of  stone  fragments  left  in  the  tombs  and  bearing  rapidly 
executed  fanciful  designs  not  related  to  the  tomb  sculptures. 

DER-EL-MEDlNET. — The  temple  has  been  protected  by  restoring  the 
old  enclosure  wall ;  and  at  Abydos  the  smaller  temple  has  been  enclosed, 
and  the  work  of  excavation  begun  about  the  larger  temple. 

FAYUM. — Mr.  Petrie  has  finished  his  excavations  in  the  Fayum,  and 
has  transmitted  sixty-two  cases  to  the  Gizeh  Museum  for  inspection.  The 
chief  result  of  this  season's  work  has  been,  he  says,  the  collection  of  dupli- 
cates of  objects  previously  reported. 

OLD  CAIRO. — An  extensive  Kufic  cemetery  has  been  persistently  plun- 
dered for  many  months  by  a  few  Arab  peasants.  The  tombs  lie  just  be- 
low the  surface,  which  was  lately  an  unbroken  stretch  of  sand.  They  are 
rudely  opened  from  the  top  or  at  one  side  in  the  hope  of  finding  inscribed 


CORRESPONDENCE.  125 

stones ;  and  they  are  at  once  partially  or  wholly  concealed  again  by  the 
workmen,  who  knowing  the  sacrilege  which  they  do  to  their  own  Faith, 
make  off  when  anyone  approaches.  No  "  unbeliever  "  may  meddle  with 
such  sites,  and  it  is  seldom  that  one  can  get  a  glimpse  of  the  tomb-structure. 
The  walls,  which  are  rectangular,  seem  to  be  about  35  centim.  thick,  sur- 
mounted by  a  low  arch — the  whole  strongly  built  up  of  small  unburnt 
bricks  made  apparently  of  Nile-mud  mixed  with  bits  of  limestone.  The 
inside  is  whitewashed,  and  a  shallow  niche  is  left  at  one  end,  in  which  per- 
haps the  inscribed  tablet  was  placed.1  The  bodies  of  the  dead  were  wrap- 
ped in  very  coarse  cloth  or  matting,  and  a  few  fragments  of  wood  are  to 
be  seen  scattered  about.  The  tablets  are  commonly  4  to  6  cent,  thick :  the 
other  dimensions  vary  greatly,  the  maximum  hardly  exceeding  60  cent. 
White  marble — occasionally  mottled  or  black — is  of  more  frequent  occur- 
rence than  coarser  limestones.  The  letters  are  sometimes  incised,  and  some- 
times brought  into  relief  by  shallow  incisions  between  them.  The  style  of 
letters  varies  greatly,  being  more  or  less  ornamental.  A  few  stones  are 
bordered  with  excellent  designs.  The  inscription  consists  of  the  usual  for- 
mula of  invocation  followed  by  the  name  and  date,  which  varies  from  240 
to  270  of  the  Hegira. 

The  management  of  the  Gizeh  Museum  have  taken  no  action  in  the 
matter — except  to  buy  the  tablets,  of  which  several  hundred  have  been 
collected. 


The  rubbish  heaps  of  Old  Cairo  have  lately  been  examined  by  Count 
d'Hulst,  in  behalf  of  the  British  Museum,  for  what  can  be  learned  from 
them  about  old  Arab  pottery ;  but  the  results  are  not  yet  reported.  A 
contract  has  also  just  been  signed  giving  to  the  Egypt  Exploration  Fund 
for  three  years  the  right  to  excavate  the  site  of  Herakleopolis  (modern 
Ahnas-el-Medineh),  the  capital  of  the  ix  and  x  dynasty  kings  near  the 
entrance  to  the  Fayum — and  also  its  necropolis,  the  modern  Sedment,  in 
the  border  of  the  desert.  The  Committee  of  the  Fund  was  at  the  last 
moment  induced  by  various  considerations  not  to  excavate  during  th.e 
present  season. 

FARLEY  B.  GODDARD. 

Cairo,  Egypt, 

March  25,  1890. 


1 A  statement  by  one  of  the  fellahin,  that  the  tablets  are  found  lying  in  a  horizontal 
position  above  and  outside  of  the  tombs  does  not  accord  with  the  facts  that  the  tombs 
are  commonly  broken  into,  and  that  no  objects  of  value  are  found  except  the  tablets. 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS. 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  INSTITUTE  OF  AMERICA.  Tenth  Annual  Report: 
1888-89.  With  Appendices  on  the  recent  progress  of  archeology 
by  ALFRED  EMERSON,  HENRY  W.  HAYNES,  and  AD.  F.  BAN- 
DELIER. 8vo,  pp.  108.  Cambridge,  1889  ;  John  Wilson  and  Son. 
While  the  Institute  had  considerably  increased  its  membership  during 
1888-89  and  the  separate  societies  into  which  it  is  divided  had  shown 
unusual  activity,  there  was  not  very  much  material  for  a  report,  owing  to 
delay  in  the  publications  of  Messrs.  Clarke  and  Bandelier  and  the  fact 
that  the  Institute  is  at  present  reserving  its  funds  for  some  future  excava- 
tions. The  salient  feature  of  the  report  is  the  first  paper  in  the  appendix 
on  Recent  Progress  in  Classical  Archaeology,  by  Alfred  Emerson,  Professor 
of  Greek  in  Lake  Forest  University.  It  covers  the  last  ten  years,  begin- 
ning with  Olympia  and  closing  with  the  Athenian  akropolis.  It  is  only 
when  all  the  facts  are  thus  grouped  by  a  skilled  and  familiar  hand  that 
their  collective  importance  can  be  grasped.  Pergamon,  Myrina,  Assos, 
the  exploration  of  Asia  Minor,  Cyprus  and  Crete,  and  the  unexpected 
Greek  finds  in  Egypt,  are  all  taken  up  in  turn.  The  share  in  carrying 
on  and  illustrating  all  this  work  taken  by  the  German,  French,  Italian, 
English,  and  American  Schools  and  Academies  and  archseological  reviews, 
is  set  forth.  The  picture  is  an  interesting  one.  The  climax  is  reached  on 
Greek  soil  in  the  excavations  of  Epidauros,  Eleusis,  Mykenai,  Delos  and 
Athens.  A  more  concise  account  of  corresponding  work  in  American 
archaeology  is  given  by  Professor  Henry  W.  Haynes.  It  is  largely  devoted 
to  an  enumeration  of  the  works  that  have  been  published  during  the  past 
few  years :  the  work  of  Messrs.  Bandelier,  Putnam,  Powell  and  his  asso- 
ciates in  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  especially  Professor  Cyrus  Thomas. 
Mr.  A.  F.  Bandelier  then  contributes  a  short  account  of  archaeological 
work  in  Arizona  and  New  Mexico  during  1888-89. — A.  L.  F.,  JR. 

WILLIAM  H.  GOODYEAR.  A  History  of  Art  for  classes,  art-students, 
and  tourists  in  Europe.  Second  Edition,  1889.  A.  S.  Barnes  & 
Co.,  New  York  and  Chicago. 

This  brief  history  is  intended  to  be  an  elementary  guide  to  the  subject. 
If  brevity  were  always  the  soul  of  wit,  it  should  be  rated  very  high.     Of 
its  352  pages  more  than  half  are  occupied  by  illustrations;  in  the  remain- 
ing hundred  and  fifty  odd  pages  of  text  a  cursory  glance' is  taken  at  the 
126 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  127 

architecture,  sculpture,  and  painting,  of  all  countries  from  Egypt  to  mod- 
ern times.  The  sketch  is  tolerably  accurate  and  well  suited  to  students  in 
schools,  academies,  and  perhaps  colleges.  The  division  of  the  text  into 
numerous  sections  with  headings  makes  it  easy  of  consultation.  Many  of 
the  illustrations  are  fairly  good,  although  the  brilliant  red  and  brown  tints 
in  which  they  are  often  printed  are  repulsive.  Where  so  little  space  was 
at  his  disposal,  the  writer  should  have  confined  himself  to  a  clear  and 
systematic  exposition  of  his  subject.  He  seems  to  fail  in  ability  to  analyze 
styles  and  state  condensely,  to  cast  away  the  superfluous  and  hold  on  to 
the  essential.  We  have  historical  and  social  excursus  and  disquisitions  on 
side  issues.  There  is  not  a  sufficient  enumeration  of  special  works  to  illus- 
trate general  remarks,  or  specification  of  differences  of  styles,  or  explana- 
tion of  historic  development.  The  use  of  the  word  "  Byzantine  "  to  include 
all  Early-Christian  art  is  an  inaccurate  and  misleading  innovation,  made 
all  the  more  confusing,  because,  forgetful  of  his  innovation,  he  uses  the 
term  at  times,  in  the  usual  acceptance,  to  designate  the  art  of  the  Byzantine 
Empire. — A.  L.  F.,  JR. 

LECOY  DE  LA  MARCHE.    Les  Soeaux.    8vo,  pp.  320.    Paris,  1889  ; 
Quantin. 

This  volume  is  a  very  creditable  addition  to  the  Bibliotheque  de  I'en- 
seignement  des  Beaux-Arts.  From  his  connection  with  the  historical  sec- 
tion of  the  Archives  nationales  de  France,  M.  de  la  Marche  has  had  abun- 
dant opportunity  to  acquaint  himself  with  the  richest  collection  of  historical 
seals,  and  he  has  improved  his  opportunity  so  as  to  present  to  us  in  this  little 
volume  a  thoroughly  comprehensive  and  interesting  account  of  the  history 
'of  seals  from  the  earliest  Egyptian  and  Babylonian  engraved  stones  to  the 
decadence  of  the  art  in  modern  times.  Several  of  the  chapters  of  the  vol- 
ume are  descriptive  and  historical  in  character,  and,  with  the  aid  of  pro- 
cess reproductions,  bring  to  our  notice  a  series  of  seals  of  sovereigns,  then 
of  knights,  then  of  civil  officials,  and  finally  of  ecclesiastics.  Other  chap- 
ters are  designed  to  inform  us  in  regard  to  the  character  of  the  art  and 
treat  of  the  various  kinds  of  matrices  and  impressions,  of  the  inscriptions 
on  seals,  and  of  the  laws  which  have  regulated  their  use.  By  no  means 
the  least  valuable  is  the  chapter  on  collections  of  seals,  which  indicates 
the  ease  with  which  collections  may  be  formed  of  fac-similes  and  photo- 
graphic reproductions.  By  this  means  sigillography  ceases  to  be  of  inter- 
est merely  to  the  antiquarian  and  amateur,  and  becomes  an  important 
and  fruitful  branch  of  archaeology. — A.  M. 


128  AMERICAN  JO URNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

ORIENTAL  ARCHXEOLOGY. 

J.  DE  MOEGAN.  Mission  Scientifique  au  Caucase.  Etudes  archeolo- 
giques  et  historiques.  Tome  Premier.  Les  premiers  ages  des  metaux 
dans  VArmenie  Russe:  pp.  231,  pi.  vn,  fig.  215.  Tome  Deuxi&ne. 
Recherches  sur  les  origines  des  peuples  du  Caucase:  pp.  305,  pi.  xvi, 
fig.  46.  8vo,  Paris,  1889  ;  Leroux. 

The  French  Ministry  of  Public  Instruction  sent  M.  J.  de  Morgan  on  an 
expedition  to  the  Caucasus  with  the  object  of  making  archaeological  inves- 
tigations and  of  securing  by  excavation  collections  for  the  French  museums. 
Three  years  spent  in  constant  work  in  this  region  have  resulted  in  the  for- 
mation of  important  collections  and  in  the  present  report  in  which  are 
formulated  the  results  of  the  author's  work  and  studies.  They  turn  largely 
upon  prehistoric  archaeology  and  the  origin  of  metals. 

In  this  field — the  Caucasus,  and  especially  Armenia — French  archaeolo- 
gists have  been  the  active  rivals  of  the  Eussians.  MM.  Chantre  and  Ger- 
main Bapst  were  M.  de  Morgan's  predecessors,  but  his  work  appears  to 
have  been  more  comprehensive.  His  report  is  divided  into  two  parts.  The 
first  volume  gives  a  careful  account  of  the  author's  excavations  in  the  early 
necropoli  and  a  consequent  study  on  the  arts  and  industries,  arms,  dress, 
ornaments,  instruments  and  implements,  agriculture  and  ceramics  of  the 
people  they  represent.  This  people,  he  concludes,  was  of  the  Turanian 
race,  settled  in  this  region  from  the  earliest  ages,  who  made  of  it,  in  the 
progress  of  history,  their  last  stronghold  against  the  increasing  power  of 
Shemites  and  Aryans.  Their  early  necropoli,  which  cannot  be  later  than 
3000  or  2500  B.  c.,  show  them  to  have  been  at  that  time  familiar  with  the 
use  of  iron  and  bronze ;  the  former  being  obtained  from  local  mines,  the 
latter  being  of  foreign  importation  from  further  east.  Assyria,  Baby- 
lonia, Egypt  had  no  mines  from  which  to  draw  these  metals  except  the 
copper  mines  of  the  Sinaitic  peninsula,  and  the  next  nearest  source  was 
the  mountains  of  Armenia:  the  conclusion  is,  that  the  earliest  historic 
empires — Egypt  and  Babylonia — were  probably  indebted  for  their  knowl- 
edge and  use  of  metals  to  the  Turanians  of  the  Caucasus.  The  author's 
attempt  to  formulate  the  pre-history  of  this  region  leads  him  to  the 
following  results.  (1)  There  is  no  proof  of  the  paleolithic  state  in 
Transcaucasia :  (2)  The  neolithic  (or  polished  stone)  and  bronze  states,  if 
they  existed  at  all  in  Little  Caucasus,  were  of  short  duration :  (3)  The 
Swastika,  rather  abundant  in  the  Caucasus,  appears  to  have  been  intro- 
duced by  a  migration  previous  to  that  of  the  metals :  (4)  The  peoples  of 
the  Caucasus  certainly  received  from  the  East  the  knowledge  of  bronze,  but 
probably  invented  iron :  (5)  The  necropoli  of  Redkine-lager  and  Djalall- 
oghle  belong  to  the  first  period  of  the  use  of  iron,  whose  discovery  in  the 
Caucasus  is  certainly  anterior  to  2000  B.  c. :  (6)  This  iron  stage  was  of 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  129 

long  duration  and,  though  probably  of  Turanian  origin,  felt  the  Aryan 
and  then  the  Shemitic  influence,  and  ended  when  the  Aryans  invaded  the 
country :  (7)  Assyrian  influence  was  felt  in  Russian  Armenia  from  the  ix  to 
the  vni  cent.  B.  c. :  (8)  The  most  recent  tombs  of  the  necropoli  of  the  Lelwar 
region  date  between  the  vni  and  v  cent.  B.  c. :  (8)  In  the  latest  tombs  of 
Russian  Armenia,  native  art  gradually  disappears  and  is  replaced  by  Iranian 
forms,  probably  introduced  into  the  Caucasus  by  the  Ossethians :  (9)  Inhu- 
mation was  practised  in  the  iron  state,  and  was  followed  by  incineration. 

If,  as  seems  probable,  the  Caucasians  employed  bronze  and  iron  before 
these  or  other  metals  were  known  to  the  early  Babylonians  and  Egyptians, 
the  date  of  the  earliest  Caucasian  civilization  represented  by  the  tombs  of 
the  first  group  is  certainly  not  exaggerated  by  M.  de  Morgan.  On  the 
contrary,  if  he  had  possessed  a  more  detailed  acquaintance  with  Egyptian 
and  Babylonian  antiquities  and  literature,  and  such  works  as  the  sceptre 
of  Pepi  I  (vi  dynasty)  and  the  figures  of  Tello,  he  would  have  been  able 
to  assert  that  the  inhabitants  of  the  lower  Euphrates  and  Nile  valleys 
already  employed  metals  between  3500  and  4000  B.  c.  In  1883,  Professor 
Reyer  published  in  the  Arehiv  fur  Anthropologie  (vol.  xiv)  a  good  sum- 
mary of  what  was  known  of  the  use  of  bronze  in  antiquity. 

The  author  divides  Caucasian  industry  into  four  periods :  the  first,  rep- 
resented by  the  necropoli  of  Redkine-lager  and  Djalall-oghle,  begins  in 
2500-3000  B.  c. ;  the  third  shows  Assyrian  influence,  and  dates  between 
ix  and  vn  cent. ;  the  second  comes  at  an  indeterminate  date  between  them ; 
the  fourth  presents  special  characteristics  which  show  that  it  represents 
the  Iranian  invaders  of  the  vn  cent.  B.  c.,  called  the  Irons  or  Ossethians, 
lasting  up  to  the  v  cent.  B.  c.  A  large  part  of  the  volume  is  devoted  to 
-historic  and  ethnographic  considerations  which  are  very  instructive  for  the 
elucidation  of  the  very  obscure  problems  involved  in  the  study  of  this 
almost  unknown  region.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  before  long  a  sufficient 
number  of  correlated  facts  will  be  grouped  to  bring  this  region  into  or- 
ganic connection  with  the  great  civilizations  of  the  East. 

An  attempt  at  such  a  treatment  from  the  historic  point  is  made  in  the 
the  second  volume  of  this  work,2  in  which  the  development  of  the  peoples 
that  inhabited  this  region  is  traced  from  the  earliest  prehistoric  periods  to 

2  The  following  are  the  titles  of  its  chapters:  ch.  i.  Origins;  n.  Chaldceo-Egyptian 
period;  in.  The  Argonauts;  iv.  Assyrian  period  ;  V.  Kingdom  of  Ourartou;  VI.  Inva- 
sions of  the  VII century ;  vn.  Persian  period;  VJii.  Alexander  the  Great  and  the  Seleu- 
cidae;  ix.  Ethnography  of  the  Inhabitants  of  the  Caucasus  in  the  1st  cent.  A.D.;  x.  From 
the  first  century  to  the  great  invasions  of  the  Barbarians  in  the  West ;  xi.  Invasions  of 
Barbarians  in  the  West.  Conquests  of  the  Arabs;  xn.  Georgian  independence;  xin. 
Turkish  invasions — Seldjukides  and  Mongols;  xiv.  Modern  times;  Turkish  and  Persian 
domination ;  Russian  conquest ;  xv.  Conclusions. 
9 


130  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

the  present  day.  It  is  based  on  two  sources — literature  and  discoveries — 
both  of  which  are  insufficient  in  quantity.  For  the  early  period' the  author 
makes  an  interesting  study  of  the  emigration  of  metals,  illustrated  by  maps 
and  by  comparative  tables  of  the  mines  of  copper  and  tin  on  the  globe  and 
of  the  names  of  the  various  metals  in  different  languages,  from  which  he 
draws  interesting  deductions.  Hebrew  and  Greek  traditions  regarding 
the  knowledge  and  use  of  metals  refer  mostly  to  the  Caucasus.  The  author/ 
adopts  the  Turanian  theory  of  Hittite  ethnography  and  consequently  re- 
lates the  Hittites  to  the  Caucasus  and  gives  in  its  place  a  sketch  of  the 
history  of  this  newly  discovered  people  whose  contests  typify,  according  to 
him,  the  contest  between  the  Turanians  and  the  other  great  branches  of 
the  human  race.  The  Assyrian  annals  are  laid  under  heavy  contribution 
for  a  sketch  of  the  various  "  Turanian  "  states  situated  to  the  north  and  west 
of  Assyria.  During  the  ix  century,  there  arose  on  the  ruins  of  the  Turanian 
confederacy,  the  powerful  kingdom  of  Ourartou,  which  included  the  greater 
part  of  Armenia  and  perhaps  of  Little  Caucasus.  Its  kings,  according  to 
Assyrian  annals,  were  the  most  formidable  northern  adversaries  of  Assyria 
for  nearly  two  centuries,  and  they  embodied  the  last  effort  made  by  the 
Turanians  to  play  a  preponderant  part  in  Western  Asia.  At  this  time 
they  were  attacked  also  by  the  hordes  of  the  North,  who  expelled  the 
Turanians  from  Armenia  and  Asia  Minor.  Before  this,  the  Toubal  and 
Moushkou  were  independent  Turanian  peoples,  as  were  also  the  inhabitants 
of  Khoummouk  and  Nairi.  There  had  been  a  slow  Aryan  immigration 
into  Caucasus,  Armenia,  and  Kurdistan,  when  Cimmerian  and  Scythian 
invaders  came  down  from  the  North.  From  this  time  forward  there  are 
more  data  on  which  to  base  historic  and  ethnographic  judgments  concern- 
ing the  vicissitudes  of  this  region  under  the  Persians,  Greeks,  Byzantines, 
and  Mohammedans,  and,  as  these  phases  are  better  known,  they  require 
no  special  comment. 

The  picture  given  in  these  volumes  is  one  not  to  be  found  elsewhere. 
Its  novelty  excuses  a  certain  amount  of  repetition  and  defective  arrange- 
ment.— A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  JR. 

CLASSICAL  ARCH/EOLOGY. 

JOHN  M.  CEOW.     The  Athenian  Pnyx.    With  a  Survey  and  Notes  by 
JOSEPH  THACHER  CLARKE.     Reprinted  from  the  Papers  of  the 
American  School  of  Classical  Studies  at  Athens,  vol.  iv,  pp.  207-60. 
This  pamphlet  embodies  the  results  of  a  careful  study  of  the  whole  Pnyx 
question,  made  during  the  author's  residence  in  Athens  at  the  American 
School.     It  is  a  clear  and  concise  summary  of  the  subject,  comprising  an 
examination  of  the  passages  in  ancient  authors  where  the  Pnyx  is  men- 
tioned ;  a  minute  description  of  the  site  known  as  the  Pynx,  illustrated 
by  several  cuts  and  a  map  ;  and  a  detailed  review  of  the  objections  to  what 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  131 

may  be  called  the  Chandler  hypothesis.  The  whole  is  a  piece  of  intelli- 
gent work  which  is  most  creditable  to  American  scholarship. 

More  than  one  hundred  years  ago,  the  English  traveller  Richard  Chand- 
ler identified  as  the  long-neglected  Pnyx  a  semicircular  excavation  on  the 
northeast  slope  of  a  hill  between  the  Museum  Hill  and  the  Hill  of  the 
Nymphs.  These  ruins — if  that  word  can  be  used  of  remains  so  scanty — 
had  previously  been  known  under  several  different  names.  Stuart  and 
Revett  had  described  them  under  the  name  of  the  Odeum  of  Regilla.  Since 
Chandler's  time,  the  site  has  been  visited  by  all  travellers  in  Greece  who 
have  any  interest  *in  antiquity,  and  has  been  described  by  not  a  few. 
Until  the  middle  of  the  century,  there  was  little  or  no  question  as  to  the 
identity  of  the  remains.3  In  1852,  Welcker,  following  out  hints  dropped 
by  Ulrichs,  published  a  thesis*  to  prove  that  the  site  had  really  been  a 
place  sacred  to  Zeus,  that  the  so-called  Tribune  of  Demosthenes  had  been 
in  fact  an  altar.  Gottling5  had  previously  maintained  that  the  ruins  were 
those  of  a  Pelasgic  fort  which  had  been  afterwards  altered  as  a  place  for 
the  public  assembly.  The  literature  which  these  novel  views  called  forth 
is  neither  meagre  (as  can  be  seen  from  Professor  Crow's  bibliography)  nor 
unimpassioned. 

When  Ernst  Curtius  took  hold  of  the  subject  in  1862,  he  felt  justified 
in  calling  it  die  brennendste  Frage  der  inneren  Topographic  von  Athen. 
In  order  to  come  to  some  certain  conclusion,  he  made  excavations  on  the 
site,  and  the  results  of  his  work  were  published  in  No.  I  of  his  Attische 
Studien.  It  is  apparent  from  the  tone  of  this  essay  that  he  felt  he  had 
extinguished  a  great  part  of  the  conflagration :  he  believed  that  this  site 
could  not  have  been  the  Pnyx,  although  where  the  Pnyx  really  had  been 
-he  could  not  discover.  It  is  not  easy  to  agree  with  Bursian6  and  Hicks 7 
that  even  on  Curtius'  presentation  of  the  facts  we  can  still  believe  in  the 
Chandler  theory.  Some  scholars  have  preferred  to  have  no  opinion  on 
the  subject;  others8  have  accepted  Curtius'  conclusion,  that  the  site  was  a 
sacred  one,  an  ayopa  Oew.  The  result  of  Professor  Crow's  work  is  to  show 
that  on  several  points  Curtius  was  mistaken  in  his  observations,  if  they 
were  really  his.9 

3  BOTTIGER  and  SCHOMANN  had  expressed  suspicion  early  in  the  century ; 
CHRISTENSEN,  Athens  Pnyx :  Copenhagen,  1875. 

*  Der  Felsaltar  des  hb'chsten  Zeus  oder  das  Pelasgikon  zu  Athen,  bisher  genannt  die 
Pnyx:  Berlin,  1852. 

5 Das  Pelasgtkon  in  Athen:  Halle,  1851.  Das  Pelasgikon  und  die  Pnyx  in  Athen: 
Jena,  1853. 

6  Lit.  Centralblatt,  July  23,  1863.  7  Ency.  Britt.,  s.  v.  Athens. 

8  E.  g.,  GUHL  and  KONER,  Life  of  the  Greeks  and  Romans. 

9  CHRISTENSEN,  I.  c.,  says  that  Curtius  had  excavations  made  under  the  direction 
of  a  German  architect. 


132  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCHJEOLOG  Y. 

(1)  The  area  of  the  enclosure  is  more  than  twice  that  assigned  by  Cur- 
tius.     Indeed  when  the  data  given  in  the  Attische  Studien  are  used,  it  is 
easy  to  see  that  in  some  inexplicable  fashion  a  mistake  was  made  in  cal- 
culating the  area. 

(2)  The  surface  of  the  rocky  hillside  is  not  everywhere  sauber  bearbeitet, 
as  Curtius  concluded  from  its  condition  where  his  excavations  were  made. 
In  general  it  is  too  rough  and  uneven  to  'have  served  as  a  floor,  even  if  we 
can  suppose  that  a  sloping  floor  could  be  used.     It  is  much  more  probable 
that,  as  Chandler  thought,  the  whole  enclosure  was  filled  up  even  with  the 
upper  edge  where  the  bema  or  tribune  stands. 

(3)  In  two  places  indicated  on  his  chart  Curtius  reports  the  smooth 
rock  surface  at  the  base  of  the  rear  wall  to  be  4.3  and  3.5  meters  respec- 
tively below  the  level  of  the  foot  of  the  bema.     Professor  Crow  says  that 
at  these  points  the  rock  surface  is  on  a  level  with  the  foot  of  the  bema. 
This  mistake  was  so  obvious  on  first  entering  the  enclosure,  that  it  led 
Professor  Crow  to  make  a  new  examination  of  the  whole  site. 

(4)  About  two-thirds  of  the  distance  from  the  bema  to  the  Cyclopean 
wall  forming  the  arc  of  the  semicircle  Curtius  discovered,  at  a  point  six 
meters  below  the  present  surface,  a  structure  of  which  he  writes  as  follows : 
Es  war  also  keine  Treppe,  sondern  offenbar  ein  gleiehartiger  Bau,  wie  das 
Bema  oben  in  der  Mitte  der  Ruckwand,  mit  dem  er  in  einer  Linie  liegt  und 
so  doss  dis  Stufen  parallel  laufen.     Es  ist  also  durehaus  wahrscheinlich, 
doss  auch  hier  wie  oben  uber  den  Stufen  ein  vier-eckiger  Felswurfel  sich  erhob. 
Die  Ansdtze  desselben  sind  sichtbar,  aber  er  ist  bis  auf  die  Grundfldehe  ab- 
gearbeitet,  was  zu  dem  Zwecke  geschehen  ist,  ein  spdteres  Gebdude  daruber 
aufzufuhren  (op.  cit.,  p.  79).     Elsewhere  (p.  97)  he  mentions  das  mittelal- 
terliche  gemduer  found  here,  and  concludes  that  it  was  the  remains  of  a 
Byzantine  chapel.    Bursian  bravely  asserted  that  this  structure  must  have 
been  a  second  bema,  used,  perhaps,  when  the  wind  blew  so  strongly  that 
a  speaker  on  the  upper  and  larger  tribune  could  not  be  heard.     Or  pos- 
sibly it  would  explain  the  story  preserved  by  Plutarch,  that  the  Thirty 
Tyrants  had  turned  the  bema  so  that  it  faced  away  from  the  sea ;  this 
lower  structure  might  then  be  looked  upon  as  the  older  tribune.     But 
Professor  Crow  found  here  nothing  but  three  steps  cut  into  the  hillside, 
apparently  of  the  same  date  as  other  cuttings  in  the  rocky  hills  of  this 
locality.     Both  Professor  Crow  and  Mr.  Clark  consider  that  these  steps 
are  of  much  older  date  than  the  construction  of  the  Pnyx ;  not  a  hint  is 
given  of  any  remains  of  a  building  over  them. 

(5)  According  to  Mr.  Clarke's  survey,  even  the  outline  of  the  Pnyx  given 
in  the  chart  accompanying  the  Attische  Studien  is  incorrect.     Welcker's 
chart  published  in  1852  gives  a  more  accurate  idea  of  the  real  shape  of 
the  enclosure. 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  133 

Professor  Crow's  studies,  then,  result  in  putting  the  question  about  where 
it  was  before  Curtius  began  his  work  on  it.  The  latter  has  succeeded  in 
calling  attention  more  fully  to  the  connection  of  the  Pnyx  with  the  pre- 
historic remains  in  its  vicinity.  In  other  respects  he  has  only  confused 
the  problem  which  he  thought  to  solve.  Professor  Crow  does  not  claim 
to  have  pronounced  the  last  word.  Yet,  after  reading  his  discussion  of 
the  objections  to  the  Chandler  theory,  one  is  tempted  to  frame  a  stronger 
statement  than  his  conclusion,  that,  While  we  cannot  say  with  absolute  cer- 
tainty that  the  so-called  Pnyx  is  the  real  Pnyx,  the  evidence  taken  collectively 
is  strongly  in  favor  of  this  conclusion. — G.  M.  WHICHER. 

K.  DUMON.  Le  Thedtre  de  Polyclete. — Reconstruction  d'apres  un 
module.  Folio,  pp.  51,  3  plates.  Paris,  1889. 

In  this  short  essay  the  author  puts  forth  a  new  method  of  reconstructing 
the  ancient  theatre.  He  claims  to  have  found  a  modulus  (of  about  11  feet) 
whose  multiples  and  fractions  were  used  in  building  Polykleitos'  theatre 
at  Epidauros,  and,  presumably,  the  other  ancient  theatres.  The  ground- 
plan  given  on  one  of  the  plates  seems  to  have  been  carried  out  with  great 
care  and  conscientiousness.  The  only  objection  is  that  the  method  is  too  arti- 
ficial, especially  when  it  is  found  that  it  operates  with  four  different  systems 
of  measurement.  The  author  considers  himself  at  decided  variance  with 
Vitruvius,  though  his  independence  is  perhaps  in  some  instances  only  fan- 
cied. And  this,  for  one  who  is  convinced  of  the  high  value  of  Vitruvius' 
sources,  where  he  treats  of  the  Greek  theatre,  is  not  to  be  lamented.  The 
radial  construction  of  the  theatre  does  not  seem  sufficiently  valued  in  the 
-essay  under  consideration.  The  elder  Polykleitos  (not  the  younger)  is 
regarded  as  the  builder  of  the  theatre  at  Epidauros,  and  a  better  notion 
in  regard  to  its  "harmony"  is  arrived  at. — G.  OEMICHEN,  in  Woch.f. 
klass.  Philol.,  1890,  No.  12. 

IMHOOF-BLUMER  und  O.  KELLER.  Tier-und  Pflanzenbilder  auf 
Milnzen  und  Gemmen  der  klassischen  AUertums.  4to,  pp.  168,  26 
phototype  plates.  Leipzig,  1889. 

This  work  of  the  two  authors  is  a  worthy  successor  of  Imhoof 's  Portraits 
on  coins  of  the  Roman  Republic  and  Empire  (1879),  and  of  his  Portraits 
of  Hellenic  and  Hellenized  peoples  (1885),  as  well  as  of  Keller's  Tiere  des 
klassischen  Altertums.  13  plates  are  given  to  the  coins,  and  as  many  more 
to  gems.  They  are  then  arranged  in  their  natural  order  of  subject :  mam- 
mals, birds,  reptiles,  fishes,  insects,  and  plants.  For  the  purely  archseolog- 
ical  reader  some  plates  of  fabulous  and  compound  animals  are  subjoined. 
The  phototypes  from  various  public  and  private  collections  are  chosen 
usually  because  they  are  successful  and  interesting  representations  and 


134  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

afford  a  good  general  survey  of  the  field.  The  whole  of  the  material  is  not 
presented,  but  rather  such  a  selection  as  bears  repeated  testimony  to  the 
skill  and  taste  of  the  editors.  The  common  assertion,  that  the  ancients 
lacked  the  ability  to  observe  nature  closely  is  repeatedly  contradicted  by 
these  coins  and  gems.  The  general  impression  of  each  animal  is  truly 
given  just  as  it  would  appear  to  one  who  had  been  used  to  seeing  it  from 
his  youth  but  had  not  paid  especial  attention  to  its  separate  members. 
The  identification  of  many  of  the  forms  is,  hence,  often  uncertain,  as  the 
slight  differences  of  species  are  omitted  or  indistinctly  shown.  A  valuable 
part  of  the  work  is  the  lists  of  types  that  occur  but  are  not  shown  in  the 
book  itself.— A.  PFEIFFER,  in  Woch.f.  Mass.  Philol.,  1889,  No.  46. 

R.  GRUNDMANN.  Uber  98  in  Attika  gefundene  Henkelinschriften  auf 
griechischen  Thongefdssen.  Leipzig,  1889 ;  Teubner. 
The  author  publishes  here  for  the  first  time  a  collection  of  inscriptions 
on  vase-handles  at  present  in  the  Japanese  Palace  at  Dresden.  Of  these, 
82  belong  to  vases  of  Knidian  manufacture,  14  come  from  Rhodos,  and  a 
few  from  Paros  and  Thasos.  In  the  first  part  is  given  an  illustrated  list 
of  the  inscriptions,  together  with  a  careful  restoration  and  commentary  of 
them  by  the  aid  of  cognate  material.  In  the  next  section  advantage  is 
taken  of  previous  work  by  Stephani,  Becker  and  Dumont.  Rhodos,  Kni- 
dos,  Thasos,  and  Olbia  are  the  main  centres  of  the  manufacture  and  export. 
In  regard  to  the  names  stamped  on  the  vases,  the  writer  believes  the  first 
to  be  that  of  a  state  official,  the  second  that  of  the  /cepa/xcvs  or  potter :  the 
first  identification  is  made  probable  by  the  analogy  of  coins.  It  is  at  times 
difficult  to  make  a  distinction  between  official  and  private  marks,  the  latter 
names  being  often  found  by  the  side  of  the  former.  The  names  are  not 
always  on  one  handle,  but  are  sometimes  divided  between  them,  so  that  on 
one  appears  the  main  stamp  of  the  officials  sometimes  with  title  and  pro- 
venience, on  the  other,  the  subsidiary  stamp  of  the  maker  or  makers. — 
R.  HIRSCH,  in  Woch.f.  Mass.  Philol,  1890,  No.  16. 

V.  LALOUX.     U Architecture  Grecque.     8vo,  pp.  304.     Paris,  1888  ; 
Quantin. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  tke  Bibliothbque  de  I' Enseignement  des  Beaux- Arts 
should  not  be  represented  by  a  stronger  book  on  Greek  architecture.  One 
needs  merely  to  glance  at  page  9  of  this  little  volume  and  read  the  author's 
list  of  the  most  important  publications  on  Greek  architecture,  to  obtain  a 
fair  sample  of  the  inadequacy,  inaccuracy,  and  lack  of  discrimination  which 
characterize  the  remainder  of  the  volume.  M.  Laloux  evidently  belongs 
to  that  class  of  Frenchmen  whose  patriotism  permits  them  to  mention  a 
few  German  and  English  sources  of  information,  provided  he  makes  little 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  135 

or  no  use  of  them  and  cites  their  titles  inaccurately.  The  book  is  written 
by  a  practical  architect,  and  we  might  well  disregard  its  bibliographic  and 
archseologic  deficiencies  (though  it  is  rather  sad  to  see  the  most  antiquated 
information  still  treated  as  the  most  important)  if  only  the  author  would 
supply  in  its  place  information  of  practical  importance.  But  even  here 
the  book  is  sadly  lacking.  The  illustrations  are  numerous,  but  poor  and 
misleading ;  the  definitions  and  descriptions  show  also  a  confusion  of 
thought,  which  is  most  unfortunate,  as  an  elementary  treatise  should  at 
least  state  clearly  the  fundamental  notions  of  the  subject. 

The  instances  of  inaccuracies  in  this  volume  are  too  numerous  to  receive 
serious  treatment.  But  sometimes  the  author's  lack  of  knowledge  seems 
to  be  deliberate.  Thus,  in  speaking  of  Tiryns,  he  tells  us,  with  perfect 
confidence,  that  the  walls  were  built  about  the  xiv  century  and  that  the 
galleries  there  afford  us  the  most  ancient  (!)  experiment  in  vaulted  (!)  con- 
struction— such  information  had  been  sanctioned  by  centuries  of  ignorance. 
But,  though  he  knows  of  a  French  translation  of  Schliemann's  Tiryns,  the 
excavations  have  "  no  special  interest  from  an  architectural  point  of  view." 
So,  he  republishes  the  vacant  old  plan  of  the  acropolis  made  before  the 
excavations  had  been  undertaken.  Again,  since  Hittorf  and  Zanth,  Ar- 
chitecture antique  de  la  Sidle,  is  one  of  the  few  French  works  cited  in  the 
list,  he  might  have  consulted  the  work  to  advantage :  on  p.  79  he  refers  to 
"  the  old  temple  "  and  to  "  the  more  recent  temple."  of  Selinous,  as  if  ac- 
quainted with  only  two ;  though  on  p.  188  he  says  "  there  are  six  temples 
known  at  Selinous,  of  which  it  is  difficult  to  distinguish  the  plans  in  the 
great  mass  of  ruins  which  cover  the  ground."  Had  he  referred  to  Hittorf, 
'he  might  have  found  seven  of  the  temples  of  Selinous  carefully  distin- 
guished and  described. 

Several  of  the  more  important  volumes  of  this  series  have  already  been 
translated  into  English,  and  we  believe  the  demand  for  a  good  handbook 
on  Greek  architecture  strong  enough  to  have  found  for  this,  also,  a  trans- 
lator. But  the  contents  of  the  volume  do  not  merit  it. — A.  M. 

JULES  MARTHA.  L' Art  fitrusque.  IllustrS  de  4  planches  en  cou- 
leurs  et  de  400  gravures  dans  le  texte,  d'apr£s  les  originaux  ou  d'apres 
les  documents  les  plus  authentiques.-  8vo,  pp.  635.  Paris,  1889  ; 
Firmin-Didot. 

This  work  was  written  in  view  of  the  subject  proposed  by  the  French 
Academic  des  Inscriptions  et  Belles- Lettres:  "Critical  study  of  the  extant 
works  of  Etruscan  art ;  origins  of  this  art ;  its  influence  on  Roman  art." 
It  was  crowned  by  the  Academy  in  November,  1887,  and  was  in  some  points 
remodelled  before  publication.  The  author  had  already  published  a  hand- 
book on  the  subject,  Manuel  d'Archeologie  Etrusque  et  Romaine;  in  which 


136  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

his  treatment  of  Etruscan  archeology  did  not  lead  one  to  expect  so  good 
a  book  as  the  present  certainly  is.  The  scheme  is  excellent ;  the  treat- 
ment full,  clear  and  systematic;  the  illustrations  numerous;  the  material 
well  grasped  ;  the  literature  of  the  subject  mastered.  To  these  virtues  is 
added  another,  also  found  more  frequently  among  French  than  other  Con- 
tinental writers,  an  interesting  and  good  style.  The  thoroughly  scientific 
standpoint  is  shown  even  in  matters  that  may  appear  trivial  but  are  very 
indicative,  such  as  the  use  of  the  ancient  proper  names  instead  of  modern 
equivalents. 

Ch.  i,  on  Etruria  and  the  Etruscans,  treats  of  the  countries  inhabited 
by  the  Etruscans,  the  Etruscan  race,  and  its  migration.  Ch.  n  is  devoted 
to  the  earliest  Etruscan  burials,  the  tombe  a  pozzo,  and  contains  a  thesis  in 
favor  of  their  ascription  to  the  Etruscans  instead  of  to  an  Italic  race.  In 
ch.  in,  entitled  "  The  first  Etruscan  civilization,"  the  earliest  works  of 
ceramics  and  metallurgy  are  described.  The  Etruscans  who  settled  to  the 
north  of  the  Apennines  are  the  subject  of  ch.  iv,  and  the  more  advanced 
art  of  the  Etruscans  south  of  the  Apennines  follows,  in  ch.  v.  Here  the 
first  part  of  the  book  closes,  with  the  end  of  a  general  sketch  of  the  history 
of  Etruscan  art  from  its  beginning  to  the  second  cent.  B.  c.,  when  Grseco- 
Roman  art  began  to  predominate  in  Italy.  Before  proceeding  any  further, 
the  author's  views  on  Etruscan 'ethnology,  history,  and  art  may  be  briefly 
analyzed. 

The  author  finds  Etruscans  everywhere  in  Italy,  and  believes,  with  Cato, 
that  nearly  the  whole  of  Italy  belonged  to  them.  He  states  the  various 
ancient  hypotheses  regarding  the  race  to  which  the  Etruscans  belong: 
that  of  Hellanikos — that  they  were  a  branch  of  the  Pelasgians,  and  dis- 
embarked at  the  mouth  of  the  Po ;  that  of  Herodotos— that  they  were 
Lydians  who  came  from  Smyrna  to  Umbria ;  that  of  Dionysios  of  Halikar- 
nassos — that  they  were  autochthonous.  M.  Martha  concludes  that  the 
"  Etruscans"  were  probably  Pelasgians,  but  may  be  a  term  to  designate  a 
mixed  population  and  without  ethnic  meaning.  He  declares  himself 
against  an  immigration  by  sea  and  adopts  the  general  terms  of  the  con- 
clusions of  Helbig  and  Undset — that  they  came  into  Italy  from  the  north 
by  land,  probably  in  the  eleventh  century  B.  c.  As  a  consequence,  the 
tombe  a  pozzo  which  represent  burial  by  cremation  are  said  to  belong  to 
the  early  Etruscan  civilization ,  in  the  same  way  as  the  tombe  a  camera  with 
their  buried  bodies  represent  a  later  stage  of  the  same  culture.  Neither 
Celts,  Gauls,  nor  Umbrians,  nor  any  other  non-Etruscan  tribes  are  allowed 
to  claim  any  archaeological  remains.  The  early  "Etruscans"  are  a  semi- 
barbarous  people,  without  arts  or  even  industries,  without  a  capacity  to 
develop  them  without  outside  help;  a  people  purely  imitative  and  without 
imagination.  M.  Martha  does  not  face  the  dilemma  which  he  makes  for 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  137 

himself  in  trying  to  explain  why  the  Etruscans  north  of  the  Apennines 
remained  barbarous  while  their  Tuscan  brethren  advanced  to  a  compara- 
tively high  stage  of  culture,  which  they  must  have  reached  by  contact 
with  a  more  highly  civilized  pre-existing  civilization.  What  was  this 
civilization  higher  than  the  Etruscan  ?  Can  it  possibly  have  disappeared 
without  leaving  a  trace  ?  This  is  certainly  the  crux  of  the  Etruscophiles, 
for  they  are  unwilling  to  grant  that  tradition  is  correct  as  interpreted  by 
the  majority  of  modern  writers — that  this  pre-existent  population  was  a 
branch  of  the  Pelasgians,  whoever  these  may  have  been.  Analogies  to 
early  Greek  works  in  pottery,  architecture,  painting,  early  figures,  etc.,  are 
also  difficult  to  explain  on  the  exclusive  Etruscan  hypothesis.  In  fact, 
the  weakest  point  in  the  book  may  be  said  to  be  comparative  archaeology. 
It  is  true  that  not  much  has  been  written  on  the  subject,  but  its  very 
novelty  makes  it  tempting,  and  the  omission  much  diminishes  the  value 
of  the  work  as  a  critical  study  of  the  origins  and  history  of  Etruscan  art. 

The  author  gives  the  following  stages  or  periods  in  the  development  of 
the  Etruscans  south  of  the  Apennines:  (1)  tombe  a  pozzo ;  (2)  tombe  a 
fossa,  end  vm,  beg.  vn  cent. ;  (3)  period  of  Oriental,  especially  Phoenician, 
influence,  or  of  the  tombe  a  camera,  which  begins  with  the  second  half  of  the 
vn  cent.,  and  includes  the  famous  treasures  of  the  Regulini-Oalassi  tomb 
(Caere),  the  Grotto  of  Isis  (Vulci),  of  the  Tomba  del  duce  (Vetulonia),  and 
the  finds  of  Palestrina ;  (4)  predominance  of  Hellenism,  beginning  with 
the  v  century,  with  Athenian  predominance ;  although  the  Chalkidians, 
Phokaians  and  Corinthians  had  imported  Greek  works  long  before  that 
date.  The  latest  Greek  influence  was  from  Magna  Grsecia.  Thus  the 
career  of  Etruscan  art  was  mainly  determined  by  commerce. 

After  the  general  historical  sketch  comes  the  second  or  descriptive  part  of 
the  book,  in  which  each  of  the  arts  is  taken  up  in  turn,  and  the  principal 
monuments  described  in  order.  In  architecture — after  preliminary  remarks 
on  the  materials,  the  cutting  of  rocks,  free  construction,  the  vault,  wooden 
construction,  general  forms,  the  columns,  and  sculptured  and  painted  details 
— we  find  chapters  on  (1)  sepulchral,  (2)  military,  and  (3)  religious  archi- 
tecture. They  are  very  complete  summaries  of  the  present  knowledge 
regarding  this  subject.  Sculpture  (ch.  xn)  and  Painting  (ch.  xm)  are 
treated  after  the  same  manner ;  the  general  remarks  on  historic  develop- 
ment, technique,  and  method  being  followed  by  a  description  of  the  mon- 
uments classified  under  appropriate  heads.  Greece  and  Asia  are  credited 
with  being  the  inspiring  sources  of  the  arts  of  design  among  the  Etruscans, 
whose  poverty  of  invention  as  well  as  of  execution  led  them,  as  soon  as 
they  were  able,  to  adopt  both  the  technique  and  the  subjects  of  Greek  art. 
With  them  art  fell  to  the  level  of  an  industry.  The  treatment  of  painting 
is  fuller  and  more  systematic  than  that  of  sculpture,  its  monuments  being 


138  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

more  numerous  and  varied  in  date,  and  susceptible  of  classification  into 
schools  and  epochs :  its  styles  are  treated  in  ch.  xv,  and  it  is  shown  to 
have  had  a  regular  and  progressive  development  contrary  to  the  sporadic, 
inorganic  use  of  sculpture.  It  shows  a  peculiar  mixture  of  the  native 
realism  with  an  idealistic  conventionalism  borrowed  from  Greece.  Ch. 
xvi  treats  of  Ceramics  ;  ch.  xvn  of  Metallurgy ;  ch.  xvm  of  Jewelry ; 
ch.  xix  of  Glyptics  and  Numismatics.  Here  a  fundamental  difficulty  is 
forever  coming  to  the  front.  What  of  the  tens  of  thousands  of  vases, 
bronzes,  gold  jewelry,  cut  stones  and  other  objects,  found  in  Etruscan 
tombs :  are  they  in  reality  of  Etruscan  workmanship  ?  Apparently  a  small 
proportion  in  the  fifth  and  fourth  centuries  B.  c.,  a  larger  number  in  the 
sixth  and  seventh.  The  vases  in  black  ware  or  bucchero  nero  are  treated 
with  especial  fullness,  as  they  constitute  the  typical  Etruscan  style.  Nine- 
tenths  of  the  painted  vases  found  in  museums  and  other  collections  come 
from  Etruscan  tombs  :  they  were  imported  from  Greece,  and  are  here  dis- 
cussed only  in  order  to  explain  their  presence.  A  Greek  origin  is  also 
ascribed  to  the  engraved  stones  and  the  well-known  gold  jewelry ;  in  the 
metal-work  (the  mirrors,  for  example),  the  workmanship  is  usually  Etrus- 
can but  the  type  Greek. 

The  author  occupies  a  peculiar  position  in  regard  to  the  country  south 
and  east  of  Etruria,  such  as  Latium,  Sabina,  and  the  neighboring  regions 
inhabited  by  the  Latins,  the  Volsci,  Hernici,  Aequicoli,  and  other  cognate 
tribes,  whose  early  cities  preserve  their  ruins  to  an  even  greater  extent 
than  do  the  Etruscan  cities.  M.  Martha,  mainly  through  similarity  of  the 
names  of  many  of  these  cities  to  others  in  Etruscan  territory,  regards  them 
also  as  Etruscan  cities :  such  are  Fidenae,  Crustumina,  Tusculum, Velitrae, 
Artena,  Fregellae,  Ferentinum,  Cora,  Terracina.  If  these  coincidences 
prove  that  a  population  of  the  same  race  and  language  once  inhabited 
Etruria,  Latium  and  theVolscian  territory,  the  weight  of  tradition  and 
monumental  evidence  is  surely  in  favor  of  this  being  not  an  Etruscan  but 
a  Grseco-Italic  population.  In  harmony  with  this  theory  of  the  author  is 
the  claim  that  the  Etruscans  occupied  the  greater  part  of  Southern  Italy. 
But  M.  Martha  has  not  studied  the  Pelasgic  cities  of  Latium,  Sabina,  and 
its  neighborhood.  After  claiming  them  for  the  Etruscans,  he  makes  no 
use  of  them.  His  account  of  military  architecture,  of  sanctuaries,  of  poly- 
gonal structures,  of  the  use  of  vaulting  and  other  architectural  features, 
would  have  been  far  more  complete  if  he  had  done  so.  As  a  consequence, 
we  find  a  further  and  stranger  claim — that  the  Etruscans  used  polygonal 
masonry  very  extensively  and  everywhere,  and  that  all  the  constructions 
of  this  kind  in  Italy  were  built  by  them.  In  this  ignoring  of  all  other 
early  Italiac  races  and  calling  all  their  remains  Etruscan,  M.  Martha,  I 
believe,  stands  quite  alone  among  writers. 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  139 

As  a  classification  of  monuments  into  series,  as  a  convenient  book  for 
reference,  as,  in  fact,  the  first  book  of  a  general  character  that  has  been 
written  on  this  difficult  subject,  this  work  will  render  great  service  to  both 
the  archaeologist  and  the  learned  public,  even  though  it  contain  certain 
general  opinions  of  very  doubtful  exactitude. — A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  JR. 

I  WAN  VON  MULLER.  Handbuch  der  klassischen  Altertums-  Wissen- 
schaft.  Fiinfter  Band,  3  Abteilung.  Die  griechischen  Sakral- 
alterthumer  und  das  Buhnenwesen  der  Griechen  und  Homer.  8vo, 
pp.  xi?  304.  Munchen,  1890. 

This  portion  of  the  fifth  volume  of  Dr.  Iwan  von  Muller's  encyclopaedic 
handbook  of  classical  antiquities  contains  two  treatises ;  one  by  Dr.  Paul 
Stengel  on  Greek  Ceremonial  Antiquities,  the  other  by  Dr.  Gustav  Oerni- 
chen  on  the  Greek  and  Roman  Theatre.  Dr.  STENGEL'S  work  will  be  a 
most  helpful  guide  to  students,  as  it  is  clear,  condensed,  and  thorough. 
After  a  brief  introduction,  defining  the  subject,  mentioning  the  chief 
sources  of  information  and  the  fundamental  characteristics  of  the  Greek 
religion,  the  special  topics  are  treated  in  the  following  order :  (1)  Sacred 
places,  altars,  the  temenos  and  the  temple;  (2)  The  officials,  the  priests,  their 
assistants,  the  seers,  divination  and  the  oracle ;  (3)  Sacred  practices,  prayer, 
hymns,  the  oath,  dedicatory  offerings,  sacrijices,  purifications  and  the  myste- 
ries ;  (4)  Sacred  occasions,  national  festivals,  the  Olympian,  Pythian,  Isth- 
mian and  Nemean  games,  local  festivals  including  the  Athenian,  Peloponne- 
sianand  other  festivals.  The  literature  of  each  special  topic  is  given  under 
its  appropriate  section,  the  foot-notes  being  reserved  as  proof-texts. 

'  Dr.  OEMICHEN'S  work  on  the  Theatre  of  the  Greeks  and  Romans  is 
rather  dryer  in  treatment.  After  a  perfunctory  introduction,  he  treats 
first  of  the  politico-social  conditions  of  the  Attic  theatre,  the  time,  place, 
and  regulation  of  the  plays,  then  of  the  personnel,  and  of  the  financial  and 
legal  arrangements.  After  a  similar  treatment  for  the  Roman  theatre,  he 
considers  the  external  means,  the  building,  the  paraphernalia,  the  actors' 
outfit,  and,  finally,  the  representation,  the  circumstances  under  which  it 
was  given,  the  various  forms  of  representation,  and  the  corresponding 
arts.— A.  M. 

EUGEN  PETEESEN  und  FELIX  VON  LUSCHAN.  Reisen  in  Lylden, 
Milyas  und  Kibyratis.  pp.  248,  40  plates.  Wien,  1889. 

The  first  volume  of  explorations  in  this  series  of  "  Travels  in  South- 
western Asia  Minor"  was  undertaken  in  1881  at  the  expense  of  the 
Austrian  Government.  The  present  volume  forms  the  second  in  the 
series,  and  contains  the  results  of  an  expedition  of  1882  (made  possible 


140  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

by  the  contributions  of  certain  generous  patrons)  and  of  an  independent 
journey  of  Von  Luschan  in  1883-84.  A  third  volume  will  treat  of 
Pamphylia. 

The  heliotype  plates  are  from  photographs  taken  by  F.  von  Luschan, 
and  the  volume  is  accompanied  by  a  very  complete  index  to  the  two  that 
have  already  appeared.  In  beauty  of  execution  these  volumes  leave  noth- 
ing to  be  desired.  In  the  realm  of  topography  many  sites  have  been 
identified  more  carefully  than  before.  Especially  is  this  true  of  the  posi- 
tion of  the  ancient  towns  Karmylessos,  Trysa,  Istlada,  Aperlai,  Podalia, 
the  capital  of  the  district  of  Antiphellos,  etc.,  and  there  is  added  a  careful 
description  of  the  volcanic  district  of  Chimaira.  Archaeology  is  enriched 
with  careful  descriptions  of  a  relief  from  a  very  ancient  sepulchral  monu- 
ment in  Trysa,  and  of  the  frieze  belonging  to  the  heroon  on  the  same  site. 
The  theatre  at  Myra,  the  granarium  of  Hadrian,  and  the  Doric  monu- 
ment of  Antiphellos  are  treated,  and  finally  the  walls  of  Balbura,  which, 
though  very  late,  nevertheless  appear  "Cyclopean"  in  their  type  of 
structure. 

The  inscriptions  in  the  present  volume  are  especially  important.  The 
oracle  at  Patara  is  shown  to  have  begun  its  activity  again  in  the  second 
century  A.  D.  Many  of  the  formulas  by  which  the  disturber  of  a  tomb  is 
cursed  were  found.  In  one  rather  unusual  formula  the  entire  property  is 
devoted  to  the  treasury.  Of  the  Roman  period  there  is  an  inscription  in 
honor  of  M.  Agrippa,  but  by  far  the  most  important  is  one  from  Rhodi- 
opolis  in  honor  of  a  certain  Opramoas.  It  comprises  twenty  columns  ar- 
ranged on  the  four  sides  of  an  heroon.  64  separate  testimonials  of  merit 
are  contained  in  it,  some  granted  by  the  emperor,  others  by  procurators, 
but  most  of  them  by  the  Lykian  League  (KOM/OV).  We  are  made  acquainted 
with  an  officer  termed  dpxi</>v'Aa£  who  seems  to  have  had  charge  of  raising 
the  imperial  tribute  and  even  of  paying  in  a  certain  amount  out  of  his  own 
purse  in  case  the  taxes  had  not  as  yet  been  all  brought  up  to  the  required 
sum.  Another  inscription  shows  that  the  lykiarch  and  chief-priest  of  the 
Augusti  (dpxiepev's  TWV  Sej&xCT-Twi/)  were  usually  separate  offices.  The  Ly- 
kian League  was  composed  of  a  KOLVYJ  dpxatpia^  and  a  KOLV^  /JcnAij,  and  the 
latter  seems  to  have  had  the  right  of  passing  honorary  decrees.  Separate 
committees  in  the  League  were  the  apxoa-rdrai,  (electors)  and  the  /JovAevreu, 
probably  fewer  in  number,  and  finally  the  apXovr€5.  Opramoas  seems  to 
have  brought  to  the  aid  of  the  State  350,000  denarii,  besides  constructing 
many  buildings  and  instituting  festivals.  He  was  especially  benevolent  at 
the  time  of  the  earthquake  that  wrought  such  havoc  throughout  Asia 
Minor  in  the  interval  between  141  and  143  A.  D. 

The  anthropologic  part  of  the  book  is  from  the  pen  of  Von  Luschan. 
It  gives  many  illustrations  of  heads,  and,  beside  the  material  collected,  is 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  141 

an  example  of  well  considered  method.  The  chief  part  of  the  present  pop- 
ulation of  Lykia  consists  of  Turks.  Among  them  there  is,  however,  a 
very  peculiar  race  called  the  Tachtadschy,  who  live  in  the  higher  moun- 
tainous tracts  and  follow  the  business  of  wood-cutters.  Though  officially 
reckoned  to  Islam,  they  have  their  own  strange  superstitions  and  separate 
priests.  Von  L.  suggests,  from  craniological  considerations,  a  pre-Greek 
origin  for  these  people.  The  other  inhabitants  fall  under  two  types.  One 
of  these  evidently  goes  back  to  an  Hellenic  race,  the  other  to  some  Shem- 
itic  people.  The  existence  of  this  latter  race  in  Lykia  and  Pamphylia 
the  author  believes  (with  Petersen)  can  be  proved  by  philologic  methods 
also.— O.  TREUBER,  in  Woch.f.  Mass.  PhiloL,  1889,  Nos.  47-8. 

EMIL  REISCH.     Crriechisohe  Weihgeschenke.    8vo,  pp.  vn— 153.  Wien, 
1890;  F.  Tempsky. 

This  is  the  eighth  of  the  series  of  treatises  published  by  the  archaeologi- 
cal and  epigraphical  seminary  of  the  University  of  Vienna  under  the  direc- 
tion of  Benndorf  and  Bormann.  ^It  is  the  work  of  a  young  and  ambitious 
student,  exhibiting  the  results  or  no  small  amount  of  industry  and  care- 
ful handling  of  a  large  mass  of  material.  This  material  has  not  been  so 
thoroughly  treated  before.  The  work  is  divided  into  four  sections:  (1) 
The  origin,  meaning  and  types  of  votive  offerings ;  (2)  Agonal  votive  offer- 
ings ;  (3)  The  prize  tripods  in  musical  contests ;  (4)  Votive  offerings  con- 
nected with  the  drama.  The  origin  of  votive  offerings  is  found  in  the 
practice  of  making  presents  to  the  dead,  though  no  attempt  is  made  to 
show  how  far  the  customs  connected  with  votive  offerings  were  derived 
from  this  source.  The  assumption  upon  which  votive  offerings  are  made 
is,  that  the  divinity  has  feelings  and  wants  similar  to  those  of  men.  Such 
offerings  are  of  various  kinds :  some  are  valuable  in  themselves,  others 
for  the  ideas  connected  with  them ;  some  are  symbolic  in  character,  while 
others  have  no  meaning  beyond  themselves.  The  best  mode  of  classifica- 
tion is  an  objective  one,  by  means  of  which  they  fall  into  three  classes : 
(a)  representations  of  gods,  heroes  and  personifications ;  (6)  representa- 
tions from  human  life ;  (e)  objects  of  human  possession. 

Agonal  votive  offerings  are  then  treated  under  the  headings :  images  of 
festival-divinities,  representations  of  the  victorious  athletes,  charioteers, 
musicians,  etc.,  and  the  offering  of  the  prizes  and  of  the  implements  of  vic- 
tory. The  section  devoted  to  tripods  is  an  enlargement  of  the  author's 
Dissertationsschrift,  and  treats  of  the  character,  form,  and  history  of  tri- 
pods, of  their  pedestals  and  decoration,  and  of  the  buildings  in  which  they 
stood.  Under  votive  offerings  connected  with  the  drama  are  treated  : 
images  of  Dionysos  and  his  train  ;  representations  from  the  drama  itself; 
offerings  of  the  theatrical  properties  and  prizes. — A.  M. 


142  AMERICAN  JO URNAL  OF  ARCHJEOLOG  Y. 

Eighth  Annual  Report  of  the  Managing  Committee  of  the  American 
School  of  Classical  Studies  at  Athens,  1888-89.     With  the  Reports  of 
CHARLES  WALDSTEIN,  Director,  and  FRANK  B.  TARBELL,  Annual 
Director.     8vo,  pp.  53.     Cambridge,  1889  ;  Wilson. 
The  Report  shows  the  presence  of  eight  students  during  the  year  1888-89. 
The  School  was  opened  early  in  October  and  closed  about  April  1 ,  when 
the  students  dispersed  to  travel  through  various  parts  of  Greece.     The 
director  in  charge  for  the  entire  year  was  Professor  Tarbell ;  Dr.  Wald- 
stein  also  directed  the  work  during  his  stay  in  December,  January,  and 
March.    Professor  Tarbell  held  three  exercises  a  week  on  the  architecture 
of  Athens,  on  inscriptions,  and  in  Greek  literature ;  Dr.  Waldstein  deliv- 
ered five  lectures  a  week  on  Greek  art  during  the  period  of  his  stay ;  and 
Mr.  Gardner  of  the  British  School  lectured  on  Greek  vases.     Dr.  Wald- 
stein has  resigned  the  Directorship  of  the  Fitzwilliam  Museum  in  Cam- 
bridge in  order  to  reside  in  Athens  a  part  of  every  year  as  permanent 
Director.     Short  reports  are  made  on  the  excavations  and  researches  of 
the  School  at  Ikaria,  Stamata,  Anthedon,  Thisbe,  and  Plataia  carried  on 
respectively  by  Messrs.  Buck,  Washington,  and  Rolfe;   full  accounts  of 
which  have  been  published  in  the  JOURNAL. 

The  variety  and  inspiring  quality  of  the  work  thrown  open  to  students 
who  attend  the  School  at  Athens  is  vividly  shown  by  this  Report.  To  read 
the  Greek  poets  and  orators  under  their  native  skies,  to  stand  on  the  very 
spot  where  Demosthenes  spoke  and  where  Sophokles  and  Aristophanes 
were  acted,  to  listen  to  such  eminent  European  teachers  as  Dr.  Dorpfeld 
and  Mr.  Gardner  expounding  the  history  of  Greek  art — these  must  do  as 
much  to  shape  the  interests  of  a  student  as  an  entire  college  course.  Semi- 
public  meetings  also  were  held  for  the  presentation  of  papers,  which  were 
attended  by  a  considerable  number  of  archaeologists  living  in  Athens.  Five 
of  such  meetings  were  held  and  papers  were  read  by  Dr.  Waldstein,  Pro- 
fessor Tarbell,  Mr.  Buck,  Dr.  Rolfe,  Mr.  Lodge,  Mr.  Quinn,  and  Mr.  W.  J. 
Stillman.  The  students  have  also  submitted  theses,  several  of  which  will 
be  published. — A.  L.  F.,  JR., 

WALZ.  Abhandlung  uber  die  Erkldrung  der  Eckfiguren  am  Ostgiebel 
des  olympischen  Zeustempels  und  am  Westgiebel  des  Parthenon.  4to, 
pp.  39.  Tubingen,  1887. 

In  these  pieces  of  reclining  statuary  Walz  sees,  not  river-gods  (as  they 
have  been  usually  explained  since  Pausanias'  time),  but  spectators.  The 
two  men  in  the  corner  of  the  gable  at  Olympia  are  shown  to  be  quite  un- 
like the  nature  of  the  two  rivers  of  the  locality ;  and  the  same  with  regard 
to  the  two  corner  figures  of  the  western  gable  of  the  Parthenon.  The 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  143 

type  of  the  reclining  river-god  is  not  older  than  the  third  century  B.  c., 
and  in  all  probability  was  created  by  Euty chides,  the  scholar  of  Lysippos, 
and  was  first  used  in  his  much  praised  statue  of  the  river  Eurotas. — J. 
BOHLAU,  in  Woch.f.  klass.  Philol,  1890,  No.  4. 

A.  WINKLEK.  Die  Darstellungen  der  Unterwelt  auf  unteritalischen 
Vasen.  8vo,  pp.  92,  one  plate.  Breslau,.1888. 
This  is,  in  reality,  a  much  extended  commentary  on  plates  1-6  of  series 
E  of  the  Wiener  Vorlegeblatter.  In  scenes  from  the  nether-world  the  prin- 
cipal persons  represented  are  such  heroes  as  afterward  returned  to  the 
light — Orpheus,  Herakles,  Theseus.  Erinnys  in  company  with  Herakles 
he  considers  to  be  rather  Hekate,  and  in  proof  of  this  cites  some  unsatis- 
factory differences  in  the  manner  of  wearing  the  hair.  A  figure  he  calls 
Protesilaos  is  rather,  with  Winnefeld,  to  be  identified  with  Triptolemos. 
In  some  directions  the  essay  of  Winkler  is  also  lacking  in  completeness. — 
J.  BOHLAU,  in  Woeh.f.  klass.  Philol.,  1890,  No.  9. 

CHRISTIAN  ARCHXEOLOGY. 

Gio.  BATT.  DE  Rossi.  La  Capsella  Argentea  Africana  offerta  al 
Sommo  Pontefice  Leone  XIII,  etc.  Folio,  pp.  33,  pi.  3.  Roma, 
1889;  Cuggiani. 

In  1884,  the  remains  of  a  Christian  basilica  were  unearthed,  8  kilome- 
tres-from  Ain-Beida,  on  the  new  road  to  Tebessa  in  Tunisia.  The  build- 
ing was  a  small  quadrangular  structure  with  three  naves,  and  its  ruins 
were  so  complete  that  it  was  proposed  to  rebuild  the  church.  The  mono- 
gram of  Christ,  the  peacocks,  vine,  foliage,  and  other  characteristic  signs 
indicate  the  close  of  the  fifth  or  the  early-sixth  century  as  the  date.  Among 
its  rude  reliefs,  that  representing  a  centaur  is  interesting  as  being  the 
earliest-known  example  in  Christian  art  of  this  figure  borrowed  from 
classic  art.  Fragments  of  a  monumental  inscription,  partly  restored,  in- 
dicate that  the  saints  especially  venerated  in  this  church  were  Paul,  Peter, 
Laurentius,  Hippolytus,  and  others  whose  names  cannot  be  determined. 
The  author  decides  that  this  Paul  and  Peter  must  not  be  considered  to  be 
the  apostles,  but  some  unknown  saints  of  the  name,  because  Paul  is  named 
first.  The  connection  with  Laurentius  and  Hippolytus,  among  the  great- 
est of  Roman  martyrs,  and  their  position  at  the  beginning  of  the  inscrip- 
tion would  appear  to  militate  against  this  somewhat  forced  conclusion. 
In  the  glass  portraits  of  the  apostles  found  in  the  catacombs,  S.  Peter  is 
given  the  place  of  honor  on  the  right  in  the  majority  of  cases,  but  in  many 
cases  this  is  reserved  for  S.  Paul:  as  well  try  to  prove  that  whenever  Paul 
has  the  place  of  honor  the  heads  are  not  those  of  the  apostles.  Some  other 
reason  would  seem  necessary. 


144  AMERICAN  JO  UENAL  OF  ARCH^EOLOG  Y. 

A  stone  block  38  by  33  cent.,  excavated  within  the  church,  was  found 
to  contain,  in  a  cavity,  the  silver  casket  here  illustrated.  It  was  purchased 
by  Cardinal  Lavigerie  and  presented  to  Pope  Leo  XIII  on  the  occasion 
of  his  Jubilee.  Its  extreme  rarity  and  the  style  and  character  of  the  re- 
liefs upon  it  make  it  one  of  the  most  interesting  pieces  of  early-Christian 
metal-work.  It  is  oval  in  shape — of  a  very  long  oval — and  has  a  bulging 
cover.  The  entire  surface  is  covered  with  reliefs :  two  compositions  are  on 
the  outer  rim,  one  on  the  cover.  The  first  scene  on  the  rim  represents  the 
mystic  rock :  on  it  rises  the  signum  Christi  or  monogram  ;  from  it  flow  the 
four  rivers  of  living  water  from  which  drink  a  deer  and  a  doe,  while  a 
palm-tree  encloses  the  composition  at  either  end.  On  the  opposite  side, 
the  Lamb  stands  in  the  centre,  and  eight  sheep  approach,  from  either  side, 
starting  from  two  aedicula,  symbols  of  the  Jews  and  Gentiles,  of  Jerusalem 
and  Bethlehem.  Both  scenes  are  reductions  of  the  compositions  in  mosaic 
or  fresco  in  the  apses  of  the  basilicas.  The  placing  of  the  monogram  on  the 
mount  in  the  place  of  the  lamb,  the  figure  of  Christ,  or  the  cross,  is  unique, 
according  to  the  author.  I  would  call  his  attention,  however,  to  Garrucci, 
pi.  352,  where  the  cross  with  the  monogram  is  placed  on  the  rock.  These  two 
compositions,  if  placed  one  beneath  the  other,  reproduce  a  customary  apsi- 
dal  subject.  On  the  cover  is  a  single  figure,  that  of  a  martyr,  according 
to  De  Rossi,  holding  in  both  hands  a  crown  of  laurel ;  above  his  head  the 
Divine  hand  appears  holding  a  crown.  He  is  robed  in  tunic  and  pallium, 
and  stands  on  a  rock  from  which  flow  the  four  rivers  of  paradise  ;  on  either 
side  is  a  candlestick  holding  a  lighted  torch.  Comm.  de  Rossi  recognizes 
that  there  is  no  example  of  a  mere  human  figure  usurping  the  place  of  the 
Divine  Christ  upon  the  sacred  mount,  and  he  also  refers  to  the  unusual 
occurrence  of  the  candlesticks  on  either  side  of  a  defunct  person.  There 
seem  to  me,  although  the  learned  author  does  not  appear  to  admit  it,  some 
reasons  to  believe  that  this  m  ay  be  no  martyr,  but  Christ  himself.  The  hand 
appearing  out  of  the  heavens,  the  living  waters,  the  candlesticks,  are  all 
frequently  found  with  figures  of  Christ :  the  type  of  the  features  confirms 
this  attribution.  Examples  of  the  candlesticks  in  this  connection  are  seen 
in  Garrucci,  plates  337,  392,  425.  The  main  difficulty  is  the  crown  which 
the  figure  holds,  and  which  is  what  makes  De  Rossi  consider  it  that  of  a 
martyr.  In  Garrucci,  pi.  455,  Christ  on  the  mount  lays  hands  on  two 
crowns;  in  pi.  345,  he  has  given  crowns  or  wreaths  to  SS.  Peter  and  Paul. 
The  monogram  of  Christ  is  very  often  surrounded  by  a  crown,  and  this  is 
sometimes  placed  on  the  cross,  as  a  symbol  of  Christ,  on  the  mount.  There 
is,  however,  one  example  of  Christ  holding  the  crown  in  his  hand  :  this  is 
in  the  apse-mosaic  of  San  Vitale  at  Ravenna,  slightly  posterior  in  date  to 
the  silver  capsella.  Here,  Christ  is  about  to  deliver  the  crown  to  S.  Vitale. 
Carrying  out  De  Rossi's  admirable  idea,  that  these  reliefs  on  the  reliquary 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  145 

are  but  the  reduction  of  a  large  apsidal  composition,  we  may  imagine  that 
the  principal  group,  in  the  upper  part,  was  formed  of  Christ,  standing  on 
the  mount  and  surrounded  by  a  number  of  figures  representing  the  saints 
venerated  in  the  church,  perhaps  the  very  ones  mentioned  in  the  inscrip- 
tion. To  the  titulary  saint,  as  at  San  Vitale,  he  is  about  to  present  the 
crown.  Below  are  the  two  secondary  scenes — the  lamb  and  the  sheep, 
and  the  deer  drinking  of  the  waters  of  life.  The  artist  of  the  capsella, 
being  limited  in  space,  could  retain  only  the  central  figure  of  the  main 
composition ;  and,  as  there  was  no  martyr  present  to  whom  the  crown 
could  be  given,  the  outstretched  arm  of  Christ  was  drawn  back,  and  only 
the  idea  of  the  action  remained.  If  the  artist  had  not  intended  this  for 
Christ,  he  would  not  have  placed  him  on  the  mount,  for  the  mount  was 
already  fully  represented  on  the  rim. 

The  text  of  this  monograph  is  a  very  thorough  piece  of  work,  careful 
and  scholarly,  as  are  all  the  writer's  productions.  He  shows,  as  usual,  a 
surprising  range  of  acquaintance  with  monuments.  The  discussion  of  this 
single  work  leads  him  to  marshal  forth  a  long  array  of  general  facts  and 
conclusions,  in  the  domain  of  early-Christian  archaeology,  connected  with 
the  subject.  The  phototype  plates  of  the  capsella  and  details  of  the  church 
are  excellent. — A.  L.  F.,  JR. 

CHARLES  HERBERT  MOORE.  Development  and  character  of  Gothic 
Architecture.  8vo,  pp.  xix,  333 ;  191  illustrations.  London  and 
New  York,  1890 ;  Macmillan  and  Co. 

Mr.  Moore's  treatment  of  Gothic  architecture,  though  in  most  parts 
but  a  summary  of  current  knowledge,  differs  in  form  from  the  usual 
standard.  This  is  intentional.  He  deprecates  the  customary  predomi- 
nance given  to  aesthetic  considerations,  to  accessories,  to  forms  not  log- 
ically consequent  from  true  Gothic  ideas.  He  tells  us  that  he  is  forced 
to  exclude  from  the  sphere  of  genuine  Gothic  (p.  v)  the  greater  part  of 
what  has  usually  been  called  Gothic  architecture,  because  of  its  failure  to  ex- 
hibit those  qualties  of  design  and  construction  which  are  distinctive.  In  fact, 
his  assertion  is,  that  Gothic  architecture  (p.  vi)  was  never  practised  else- 
where than  in  France.  The  method  of  this  book  is  thus  briefly  defined 
(p.  vi).  The  French  origin  of  Gothic  is,  indeed,  now  pretty  generally  ad- 
mitted on  the  continent  of  Europe;  but  the  exclusive  claim  of  the  architec- 
ture of  France,  in  the  Middle  Ages,  to  be  called  Gothic  has  not  thus  far,  so 
far  as  I  know,  been  advanced.  This  being  the  case,  nothing  short  of  a  close 
analysis  and  comparison  of  the  different  pointed  styles  of  Europe — a  work 
which,  strange  as  it  may  seem,  appears  not  before  to  have  been  undertaken — 
could  be  expected  to  establish  a  vieiu  so  different  from  that  which  commonly 
prevails. 
10 


146  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

According  to  Mr.  Moore,  every  country  claims  to  have  as  good  a  Gothic 
and  sometimes  as  early  a  Gothic  style  as  France,  and  the  French  have 
perhaps  made  no  greater  claim  than  either  the  English  or  the  Germans  to  its 
original  authorship  (p.  vn).  For  one  familiar  with  the  relative  literature, 
this  assertion  is  strange.  On  this  supposition,  the  contents  of  the  book 
are  arranged  in  eleven  chapters.  In  ch.  I  is  given  a  Definition  of  Gothic, 
preceded  by  a  sketch  of  the  study  of  the  style  by  previous  writers :  the 
philosophy  of  the  style  is  discussed,  and  certain  principles  are  established 
as  lying  at  its  bases.  As  a  summary,  we  will  quote  the  following  (p.  30) : 
In  fine,  then,  Gothic  architecture  may  be  shortly  defined  as  a  system  of  con- 
struction in  which  vaulting  on  an  independent  system  of  ribs  is  sustained  by 
piers  and  buttresses  whose  equilibrium  is  maintained  by  the  opposing  action 
of  thrust  and  counter-thrust.  This  system  is  adorned  by  sculpture  whose 
motives  are  drawn  from  organic  nature,  conventionalized  in  obedience  to 
architectural  conditions,  and  governed  by  the  appropriate  forms  established  by 
ancient  art,  supplemented  by  color  design  on  opaque  ground  and  more  largely 
in  glass.  It  is  a  popular  church  architecture, — the  product  of  secular  crafts- 
men working  under  the  stimulus  of  national  and  municipal  aspiration  and 
inspired  by  religious  faith. 

The  principles  being  established,  and  it  being  shown  that  the  develop- 
ment of  vaulting  so  as  to  concentrate  the  thrust  on  given  points  constitutes 
the  essence  of  Gothic,  the  next  step  is  to  study  the  history  of  Gothic  Con- 
struction in  France  (ch.  n).  The  church  of  Morienval  is  given  as  antici- 
pating some  of  the  innovations  carried  out  in  the  abbey  church  of  St. 
Denis  (1137-41),  where  there  is  a  full  system  of  sustaining  ribs  in  the 
vaults,  of  which  the  transverse  and  longitudinal  ones  are  pointed,  and 
where  the  rib  system  for  the  first  time  wholly  determines  the  forms  and 
constitutes  the  strength  of  the  vaults.  Then  follow,  during  the  third  quar- 
ter of  the  twelfth  century,  parts  of  the  cathedrals  of  Senlis  and  Noyon,  in 
which  the  Norman  sexpartite  vaulting  was  adopted ;  and,  later  in  the 
century,  Notre  Dame  of  Paris,  Mantes  and  Laon.  The  advances  and  the 
differences  in  all  these  buildings  are  carefully  and  minutely  discussed  from 
the  point  of  the  construction  of  the  vaults,  the  consequent  grouping  of  the 
piers  and  supporting  shafts,  the  method  of  counteracting  the  vault-thrusts,  etc. 
Then  follows  an  examination  of  the  vaulting  systems  of  the  more  advanced 
Gothic  of  the  first  half  of  the  thirteenth  century,  in  which  the  continuity 
of  members,  from  the  pavement  upward,  becomes  an  unvarying  principle : 
S.  Leu  d'Esserent,  Chartres,  Reims,  Amiens,  St.  Denis.  The  development 
of  the  flying  buttress  is  then  analyzed ;  finally,  other  features,  such  as  win- 
dows, choirs,  fa9ades,  towers,  and,  in  general,  the  external  features. 

Chapter  in  treats  of  Pointed  Construction  in  England.  The  usual  and 
well-known  buildings  are  described,  and  it  is  shown  in  what  particulars 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  147 

they  approach,  in  what  they  differ  from,  true  (=  French)  Gothic.  The 
author's  conclusion  is  (p.  169),  that  the  early  pointed  architecture  of  the  Mid- 
dle Ages  in  England  is,  with  few  exceptions,  totally  different  in  its  nature 
from  that  of  the  same  period  in  France ;  and  that  in  constructive  principle  it 
differs  little,  if  at  all,  from  the  Norman-Romanesque.  It  is  even  easier  to 
deliver  a  similar  judgment  on  Pointed  Construction  in  Germany,  Italy, 
and  Spain  (ch.  iv),  at  least  with  respect  to  the  first  two  countries.  This 
chapter  is  put  together  in  even  sketchier  fashion  than  the  preceding,  partly, 
no  doubt,  because  the  author  judges  mainly,  not  from  personal  inspection, 
but  from  photographs  and  drawings.  A  few  of  the  well-known  buildings 
are  spoken  of  in  so  far  as  they  are  more  or  less  related  to  Gothic  by  their 
vaulting  system.  They  are  all  condemned  as  un-Gothic.  The  only  ex- 
ception is  made  in  the  case  of  some  of  the  Spanish  cathedrals  which  ap- 
proach more  closely  to  the  pure  French  types  than  any  buildings  erected 
outside  of  France. 

Chapters  v  to  x  are  subsidiary,  and  deal  with  Gothic  profiles  in  France 
and  "  pointed "  profiles  elsewhere ;  with  sculpture,  both  decorative  and 
figured ;  and  with  the  other  arts  of  painting  and  glass  then  subordinated 
to  architecture  and  required  in  order  to  assure  its  complete  effect. 

This  analysis  has  been  somewhat  long  ;  but  it  was  required  to  show  the 
scope  of  the  work.  Mr.  Moore  brings  to  his  task  several  qualifications. 
He  is  a  clear  and  easy  writer  and  unites  a  pleasing  style  to  systematic 
thought.  He  is  an  excellent  and  ready  draughtsman,  and  his  sketches  and 
copies  from  photographs,  freely  and  artistically  yet  accurately  made,  are 
a  welcome  commentary  to  his  text.  An  aesthetic  appreciation  of  the  works 
he  describes  is  united  to  a  quick  perception  of  stylistic  characters  and  dis- 
tinctions and  a  clear  understanding  of  the  constructive  laws  applied  by 
Gothic  architects  with  ever  increasing  ability  as  they  came  to  realize  their 
full  possibilities.  The  result  is  an  excellent  work  which  cannot  fail  to 
give  the  average  reader  a  clearer  perception  of  the  actual  facts  of  the  devel: 
opment  and  character  of  Gothic  construction.  Mr.  Moore  is  quite  right  in 
thinking  that  such  a  book  was  sorely  needed,  and  that  nowhere  else  is 
the  subject  treated  in  exactly  this  manner.  Perhaps  it  seems  hardly  fair 
that  the  great  work  done  by  French  students  should  be  overlooked,  as  it 
appears  to  be.  Viollet-le-Duc,  the  fetish  of  foreign  (I  mean  non-French) 
students  of  French  architecture,  receives  due  homage,  but  another  and  a 
greater  than  he,  Quicherat,  appears  to  be  unknown.  And  yet  Quicherat 
was,  thirty  years  and  more  ago,  the  founder  and  until  his  death  the  leader 
of  a  large  school  of  French  artists  and  archaeologists  who  appreciate  their 
own  architecture  in  just  the  way  Mr.  Moore  says  that  it  should  be,  but  is 
not,  appreciated.  Viollet-le-Duc's  geographical  division  of  French  schools 
was  shattered  by  Quicherat,  who  substituted  his  famous  classification  into 


148  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

classes,  genera,  species,  and  families,  according  to  the  system  of  vaulting 
employed.  Mr.  Moore  would  have  derived  much  assistance,  in  determin- 
ing the  genesis  of  the  ribbed  pointed  cross-vault,  from  a  perusal  of  the 
treatise  on  L' Architecture  Romane  in  Quicherat's  Melanges  d' Archeologie 
et  d'Histoire,  edited  by  M.  de  Lasteyrie.  Intricate  points  in  the  earliest 
phases  of  transitional  vaulting  have  been  ably  discussed,  in  view  of  exam- 
ples that  appear  to  be  unknown  to  Mr.  Moore,  by  Kobert  de  Lasteyrie 
and  Eugene  Lefevre-Pontalis  (e.  g.,  Bib.  £cole  des  Chartes,  1885  and  1886) 
both  able  pupils  of  Quicherat. 

It  is  apparent  that,  from  confining  his  attention  almost  exclusively  to 
Gothic  structures,  Mr.  Moore  has  an  imperfect  acquaintance  with  Roman- 
esque monuments.  He  would  not  otherwise  have  asserted  (p.  16)  that 
Romanesque  builders  rarely  vaulted  their  naves,  or  have  supposed  (and 
marvelled  at  it)  that  semi-tunnel  vaults  over  aisles  were  brought  into  use 
to  support  cross- vaults  over  the  nave  (p.  12)  ;  whereas,  as  a  matter  of  fact, 
they  were  first  used,  in  Provence,  to  sustain  the  thrust  of  the  tunnel- vaults 
of  the  nave,  thus  explaining  their  raison-d'etre.  This  lack  of  familiarity 
prevents  his  noticing  the  possibility  of  the  Rhenish  (instead  of  the  Nor- 
man) origin  of  the  ribs,  in  support  of  which  Quicherat  gives  quite  a  list 
of  monuments.  The  most  admirable  part  of  the  book  is  chapter  u,  on 
Gothic  Construction  in  France,  in  which  the  writer  deals  with  monuments 
thoroughly  familiar  to  him :  it  is  sufficiently  detailed  to  be  of  permanent 
value.  A  suspicion  may  be  felt  that  the  dates  are  slightly  anticipatory : 
a  hasty  comparison  I  have  made  shows  that  Mr.  Moore  usually  dates  his 
transitional  buildings  earlier  than  is  done  by  French  writers. 

Two  points  were  announced  as  necessary  to  be  proved.  (1)  Gothic 
architecture  originated  in  France :  (2)  It  was  never  practised  outside  of 
France.  The  first  point  is  superfluous,  being  granted  on  all  hands.  Has 
Mr.  Moore  proved  the  second  ?  It  being  conceded  that  Gothic  is  of  French 
origin,  when  we  find  it  in  other  countries  it  must  be  (a)  either  purely 
French  or  (6)  modified  by  local  artists  or  styles  :  no  other  categories  are 
possible.  Therefore,  when  Mr.  Moore  declines  to  call  any  English  or 
Spanish  buildings  Gothic,  because  they  are  either  purely  French  and  there- 
fore do  not  belong  to  the  country,  or  because  they  have  received  local 
modifications  and  are  therefore  not  purely  French,  it  seems  as  if  he  were 
guilty  of  logical  inconsequence.  Canterbury  and  Westminster  are  French, 
and  therefore  there  is  no  English  Gothic  ;  Salisbury  and  Wells  are  Angli- 
cized, and  therefore  there  is  no  pure  Gothic  in  England.  Even  Mr.  Moore 
is  forced  to  grant  that  some  of  the  Spanish  cathedrals  (such  as  Burgos, 
Toledo,  and  Leon)  are  quite  pure  in  style,  and  all  who  have  studied  them 
will  agree  with  him  and  not  deny  them  a  place,  because,  for  example,  the 
flying  buttresses  at  Burgos  are  headed  directly  against  the  wall  instead  of 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  149 

being  received  by  a  pier.  One  cannot  fail  to  see  that  Mr.  Moore  is  inclined 
to  magnify  divergences,  and  sometimes  even  to  indulge  in  what  resembles 
sophistry.  He  fully  endorses  a  link  in  transitional  Gothic,  such  as  Laon 
or  Noyon  or  Senlis,  where  the  wall-space,  for  example,  is  still  largely  pre- 
served, and  the  windows  have  not  yet  occupied  the  entire  space  between 
the  wall-ribs ;  but  he  would  deny  the  Gothicity  of  such  an  arrangement  in 
a  Spanish  or  English  building  erected  ten  or  twenty  years  later,  because 
in  the  meantime  French  architecture  had  reached  a  more  advanced  stage. 

So  much  for  general  conclusions.  I  shall  not  enter  into  details  except 
in  one  case — the  discussion  of  Gothic  in  Italy.  As,  in  the  few  pages  here 
devoted  to  this  most  interesting  subject,  there  are  many  grave  errors,  it 
seems  hardly  right  to  let  them  pass  unchallenged.  The  first  sentences  are 
(p.  181) :  During  the  twelfth  century  Gothic  architecture  ha(l  no  marked  in- 
fluence upon  Italy.  The  church  ofS.  Andrea  of  Vercelli,  which  is  said  to  have 
been  begun  in  1219,  gives  evidence,  in  its  Gothic  vaulting  system,  of  transal- 
pine influence;  but  it  is  an  exceptional  instance,  and  it  was  not  before  the  mid- 
dle of  the  thirteenth  century  that  Italy  began  really  to  yield,  in  some  measure, 
to  the  taste  for  pointed  design.  Three  assertions  are  here  made,  and  each 
one  is  directly  contrary  to  the  facts.  A  considerable  number  of  churches 
in  Italy  begun  before  or  shortly  after  1200  have  cross-vaults,  domed,  with 
pointed  transverse  and  wall  ribs,  both  sexpartite  and  quadripartite  on  an 
oblong  plan.  Some  of  these  churches  are  summarily  described  in  Mothes' 
Die  BauJcunstdes  Mitielalters  inltalien.  S.  Andrea  at  Vercelli,  instead  of 
standing  as  a  solitary  instance,  is  but  one  in  a  long  series  which  begins  in 
about  1170.  It  is  a  fact — though  none  of  the  hand-books  and  text-books 
appear  to  have  embodied  it  for  the  information  of  travellers — that  Italy 
contains  a  larger  number  of  transitional  buildings  built  at  an  earlier  date 
and  in  a  purer  style  than  any  to  be  found  in  either  England  or  Germany. 
And  yet  we  are  continually  being  told  by  writers  who,  with  their  eyes  shut, 
receive  it  as  a  tradition,  one  from  another,  that  there  was  no  pointed  archi- 
tecture worth  mentioning  in  Italy  until  the  middle  of  the  xin  century. 

The  next  step  taken  by  Mr.  Moore  in  his  investigations  of  the  Italian 
style  leads  him  to  speak  of  San  Francesco  of  Assisi ;  then  follows  the  stereo- 
typed series  of  Sta.  Maria  Novella,  Sta.  Croce,  and  Sta.  Maria  del  Fiore, 
at  Florence ;  San  Petronio  at  Bologna ;  etc.  As  an  example  of  the  care- 
lessness and  lack  of  investigation  shown  in  this  chapter,  we  cite  the  fol- 
lowing (p.  186) :  Of  these  cathedrals  Siena  and  Orvieto  are  among  the 
most  important  and  characteristic.  They  differ  little,  however,  from  other 
vaulted  pointed  buildings  in  Italy  except  in  general  proportions,  etc.  Now, 
Siena  is  not  pointed  and  Orvieto  is  not  vaulted,  and  both  differ  thoroughly 
from  the  buildings  of  Florence,  Bologna,  etc.,  in  what  ways  it  would  be 
too  long  to  state  here.  One  more  statement  in  this  chapter  (p.  191) 


1 50  AMERICAN  JO  UENAL  OF  ARCH^OLOG  Y. 

remains  to  be  noticed :  The  apsidal  aisle  never  occurs,  and  the  apse  is  never 
provided  with  really  Gothic  buttresses.  It  is  true  that  both  of  these  features 
are  rare  in  Italian  buildings,  but  they  do  occur.  Flying  buttresses  are 
used  in  San  Francesco  of  Bologna  (1236-45),  in  Sta.  Chiara  of  Assisi 
(1258),  in  San  Francesco  of  Assisi  (1232-53),  and,  I  believe,  in  Sta.  Corona 
of  Vicenza.  Side-aisles  around  the  choir  are  used  at  San  Francesco  of 
Bologna  (1236-45)  and  in  two  great  churches  more  or  less  dependent  in 
style  upon  it,  Sant'  Antonio  at  Padua  and  San  Petronio  at  Bologna 
(projected).  Other  examples  are :  San  Francesco  of  Piacenza  (xm  cent.) ; 
Sta.  Sophia  of  Padova ;  the  abbey-church  of  Sta.  Trinita  at  Venosa ;  and 
the  cathedral  of  Acerenza.  The  last  two  churches  are  in  Southern  Italy. 
Therefore,  though  the  Italians  clung  tenaciously  to  the  simple  basilical 
apse,  they  were  not  without  representatives  of  the  richer  type  of  the  North. 
— A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  JR. 

EUGENE  MUNTZ.  Les  Archives  des  Arts.  Receuil  de  documents  in- 
edits  ou  peu  connus.  Premiere  Se*rie  (Bib.  Int.  de  PArt).  8vo, 
pp.  196.  Paris,  1890 ;  Librairie  de  FArt. 

M.  Mu'ntz  is  a  most  indefatigable  searcher  of  archives,  and  appears  to 
have  an  inexhaustible  supply  of  documents  relating  to  the  history  of  art 
copied  by  him  or  for  him.  It  is  his  usual  habit  to  publish  them  in  r-elated 
series,  as,  for  example,  those  on  the  Vatican  Archives,  the  Medici  Collec- 
tions, the  Arts  at  the  Papal  Court,  etc.  In  the  present  instance,  however, 
he  gives  us  a  miscellaneous  collection,  extending  over  a  period  of  more 
than  five  centuries  and  related  to  nearly  every  country  in  Europe.  Me- 
diaeval documents  are  published  under  the  headings :  Giottino  at  Rome 
(1369);  Notes  on  Tapestry  in  the  Middle  Ages.  To  the  Renaissance  be- 
long :  Accounts  of  the  Ghiberti  Gates ;  A  new  MS.  of  the  Treatise  on  Per- 
spective by  Piero  delta  Francesca ;  The  Annunciation  by  Bernardo  Eosel- 
lino  at  Empoli;  Four  letters  of  the  medallist  Melioli;  Preface  to  the  treatise 
on  Arithmetic  of  Luca  Pacioli ;  The  atelier  of  tapestries  of  Milan  in  the  xv 
century;  The  tapestries  of  Westminster  under  Henry  VIII;  Letters  of  Titian 
and  of  Giulio  Clovio  to  the  Duchess  of  Parma.  Nearly  one-half  of  the  vol- 
ume is  occupied  with  the  text  of  letters  of  artists,  archaeologists  or  patrons 
and  friends  of  art.  Of  these  the  most  important  series  consists  of  Mariette's 
correspondence  with  the  famous  Venetian  architect  and  writer  Temanza 
(b.  1705,  d.  1789).  They  date  from  1766  to  1772  and  relate  almost  en- 
tirely to  works  of  art :  they  are  of  considerable  interest  as  referring  to 
many  sales  of  collections  and  single  works  and  as  containing  artistic  judg- 
ments of  value.  Of  less  interest  is  the  more  personal  correspondence  of 
Millin  with  Nibby  from  1813  to  1817. 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  151 

The  most  interesting  chapters  are  at  the  beginning  of  the  volume :  those 
on  the  tapestries  of  the  xiu  and  xiv  centuries,  and  on  the  manufacturies  of 
Urbino  and  Milan,  are  valuable  contributions.  If  a  number  of  volumes 
of  a  similar  description  are  to  follow,  it  might  not  be  amiss  to  arrange  their 
contents  in  a  more  orderly  manner  so  as  to  facilitate  consultation. 

A.  L.  F.,  JR. 

J.  J.  TIKKANEN.  Die  Genesismosaiken  in  Venedig  und  die  Cottonbibel 

4to,  pp.  153,  16  pis.     Helsingfors,  1889. 

A  translation  of  the  full  title  is :  "  The  mosaics  of  the  Book  of  Genesis 
at  San  Marco  in  Venice,  and  their  relation  to  the  miniatures  of  the  Cotton 
Bible ;  together  with  an  inquiry  into  the  origin  of  the  mediaeval  represen- 
tations from  the  book  of  Genesis,  especially  in  Byzantine  and  Italian  Art." 
A  part  of  this  monograph  had  already  been  published  in  the  Archivio  Storico 
dell'Arte,  1888.  A  general  enumeration  of  the  iconographic  material 
is  first  given,  including  early-Christian,  early-Byzantine,  Carlo vingian, 
Anglo-Saxon,  and  other  Western  monuments,  late-Byzantine,  Italian,  and 
Kenaissance,  works.  The  mosaics  representing  scenes  from  Genesis  are  in 
the  porch  of  San  Marco.  They  have  been  published  in  full  by  Ongania, 
La  Basilica  di  San  Marco.  Their  peculiar  style  has  led  to  the  most  diverse 
judgments  regarding  their  date  and  school,  different  authorities  varying 
300  or  400  years,  from  the  x  to  the  xiu  century.  The  compositions  are 
grouped  under  the  following  heads :  (1)  The  first  Creation-semes;  (2) 
Landscape;  (3)  Creation  of  man ;  (4)  Fall;  (5)  Cain  and  Abel;  (6)  Flood; 
(7)  Life  of  Noah;  (8)  Tower  of  Babel ;  (9)  History  oj 'Abraham ;  (^His- 
tory of  Joseph;  (11)  Life  of  Moses. 

This  is  followed  by  an  aesthetic  and  critical  commentary,  and  then  by  a 
careful  and  detailed  comparison  of  these  mosaics  of  San  Marco  with  the 
miniatures  of  the  Cotton  Bible,  in  which  each  subject  is  examined  in  turn 
and  is  further  elucidated  by  reference  to  other  early  monuments,  especially 
manuscripts.  The  Carlovingian  Bibles,  Caedmon's  "  Paraphrase,"  the  No- 
ailles  Bible,  Aelfric's  Heptateuch,  an  English  psalter  (xn  cent.),  a  French 
Bible  (xn  cent.),  are  all  brought  under  contribution  as  showing  parallel 
subjects.  Examples  are  given  in  which  early-Christian  or  Byzantine  pro- 
totypes are  copied  and  reproduced  in  late-Byzantine  and  Western  Art. 
As  the  illustrated  Bible,  for  the  instruction  of  the  people  through  artistic 
representations,  became  popular  (beginning  in  the  fifth  century),  several 
types  of  such  illustrated  series  are  to  be  found,  under  each  of  which  a  series 
of  monuments  may  be  grouped.  Such  are:  (1)  The  Carlovingian  minia- 
tures ;  (2)  Late-Byzantine  works  depending  on  the  Florentine  Bible  and 
the  Vatican  Octateuch  ;  (3)  The  Venetian  mosaics ;  (4)  The  Mount  Athos 
Guide ;  (5)  An  Italian  School  of  early  origin.  The  differences  between 


152  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

the  cycles  of  the  Cotton  Bible  and  the  Vienna  Bible  are  pointed  out,  the 
former  being  characteristically  a  monument  of  the  transitional  period  from 
classic  to  early-Christian  art.  At  San  Marco  these  compositions  of  the  v 
or  vi  century  are  translated  into  the  artistic  language  of  the  xin  century. 
This  is  the  author's  conclusion.  It  is  interesting  and  should  not  surprise 
us.  Every  day  we  are  learning  more  of  the  traditional  and  enduring  char- 
acter of  Christian  art,  of  the  reverential  reproduction  of  earlier  types.  Thus 
is  the  diversity  of  judgments  of  the  different  authorities  explained.  The 
types,  the  composition,  were  of  the  early-Christian  period ;  the  execution, 
of  the  late  Middle  Ages. 

The  illustrations  are  numerous,  and,  though  sketchy,  serve  to  show  the 
details  of  the  various  compositions  and  to  make  the  comparison  with  other 
works  clearer.  As  a  study  in  Christian  iconography  the  work  will  be  of 
great  value  to  students.  The  author's  acquaintance  with  the  monuments 
is  fairly  wide. — A.  L.  F.,  JR. 

AMERICAN   ARCHEOLOGY. 

DANIEL  G.  BRINTON.  Essays  of  an  Americanist.  I.  Ethnologic  and 
Archceologic.  II.  Mythology  and  Folk- Lore.  III.  Graphic  Systems 
and  Literature.  IV.  Linguistic.  8vo.,  pp.  xn,  489.  Philadel- 
phia, 1890;  Porter  and  Coates. 

The  author's  activity  and  the  wide  field  over  which  his  energies  are 
displayed  are  very  characteristically  shown  by  these  essays  and  by  the 
four  various  headings  under  which  they  are  grouped.  Most  of  them 
had  already  appeared  in  print  in  some  form.  Their  object  is  thus  stated : 
In  a  number  of  points,  as  for  example  in  the  antiquity  of  man  upon  this 
continent,  in  the  specific  distinction  of  an  American  race,  in  the  generic  sim- 
ilarity of  its  languages,  in  recognizing  its  mythology  as  often  abstract  and 
symbolic,  in  the  phonetic  character  of  some  of  its  graphic  methods,  in  believing 
that  its  tribes  possessed  considerable  poetic  feeling,  in  maintaining  the  abso- 
lute autochthony  of  their  culture — in  these  and  in  many  other  points  referred 
to  in  the  following  pages  lam  at  variance  with  most  modern  anthropologists; 
and  these  essays  are  to  show  more  fully  and  connectedly  than  could  their  sep- 
arate publication,  what  are  my  grounds  for  such  opinions.  Under  the  title 
ETHNOLOGIC  and  ARCH^EOLOGIC  are  grouped  the  following  essays :  (1) 
Review  of  the  data  for  the  study  of  the  pre-historic  chronology  of  America; 
(2)  On  palceoliths,  American  and  other;  (3)  On  the  alleged  Mongolian 
affinities  of  the  American  race ;  (4)  The  probable  nationality  of  the  "Mound- 
Builders;"  (5)  The  Toltecs  and  their  fabulous  Empire.  Under  MYTHOL- 
OGY and  FOLK-LORE  are  treated :  (1)  The  sacred  names  in  Quiche  myth- 
ology; (2)  The  Hero-god  of  the  Algonkins  as  a  Cheat  and  Liar;  (3) 
The  Journey  of  the  Soul;  (4)  The  Sacred  Symbols  in  America;  (5)  The 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  153 

Folk-Lore  of  Yucatan;  (6)  Folk-Lore  of  the  modern  Lenape.  Under 
GRAPHIC  SYSTEMS  and  LITERATURE  the  titles  are :  (1)  The  phonetic  ele- 
ments in  the  graphic  systems  of  the  Mayas  and  Mexicans;  (2)  The  ikono- 
matic  method  of  phonetic  writing ;  (3)  The  writing  and  records  of  the  an- 
cient Mayas;  (4)  The  books  of  Chilan  Balam;  (5)  On  the  "Stone  of  the 
Giants;"  (6)  Native  American  poetry.  The  last  series  is  the  LINGUISTIC, 
and  comprises  essays  on :  (1)  American  languages  and  why  we  should  study 
them;  (2)  Wilhelm  von  Humboldt's  researches  in  American  Languages;  (3) 
Some  characteristics  of  American  languages;  (4)  The  earliest  form  of  human 
speech  as  revealed  by  American  tongues ;  (5)  The  conception  of  love  in  some 
American  languages;  (6)  The  lineal  measures  of  the  semi-civilized  nations 
of  Mexico  and  Central  America;  (7)  The  curious  hoax  of  the  Taensa 
language. 

There  is  a  considerable  variety  in  the  quality  and  style  of  these  essays : 
some  are  popular,  others  scientific.  The  material  available  to  a  man  who, 
like  Dr.  Brinton,  relies  mainly  on  the  data  furnished  by  others,  is  used  to 
very  good  purpose  in  attempts  to  prove  various  theories.  To  the  uninitiated 
this  volume  may  prove  of  unusual  interest.  The  language  is  lucid  ;  little 
is  left  to  the  fancy ;  the  arrangement  is  unusually  clear ;  the  range  of 
topics  varied.  In  certain  papers  the  specialist  also  may  find  new  light 
cast  upon  old  fields.  It  can  be  recommended  as  a  contribution  to  the  pop- 
ularization of  American  antiquities. — A.  L.  F.,  JR. 


ARCEL^OLOGICAL  NEWS. 

SUMMARY  OF  RECENT  DISCOVERIES  AND  INVESTIGATIONS. 


Page. 

AFGHANISTAN 179 

ALGERIA, 171 

ASIA  MINOR,       .     .   186,   197 
AUSTRIA-HUNGARY,      .  248 
BABYLONIA,  .     .     . 
BELGIUM,   .... 


Page. 

GERMANY 248 

GREECE, 198 

HINDUSTAN, 176 

ITALY, 217 

180  |  JAVA 175 

247     KYPROS, 190 


BURMAH 175 

EGYPT, 157 

ENGLAND 251 

FRANCE 242 


MALTA,  , 172 

MONTENEGRO,      .     .     .   250 
MOROCCO, 172 


Page. 
NORWAY,    ......   251 

PALESTINE, 182 

PARTHIA, 179 

PHOENICIA,     .     .     .     .     .185 

SICILY, 24O 

SWEDEN, 250 

SYRIA, 180 

TUNISIA 171 

UNITED  STATES,       .     .  258 


GENERAL  REVIEW. 

The  extent  and  variety  of  the  material  here  presented  in  the  department 
of  excavation  and  investigation  seem  to  require  some  preliminary  remarks 
calling  attention  to  the  more  important  items  of  news  and  pointing  out 
their  bearing. 

Unusual  activity  has  prevailed  of  late  in  Africa  and  Asia,  even  though 
no  discovery  of  paramount  importance  has  taken  place.  In  EGYPT  the 
very  useful  work  of  clearing  and  repairing  the  principal  monuments  of 
Upper  Egypt  has  been  well  begun  with  the  aid  of  the  travellers  tax  (see 
Correspondence,  pp.  123-4),  and  the  hope  that  this  will  be  carried  on  so  as  to 
preserve  from  ruin  the  most  precious  works  of  Egyptian  art  makes  us  the 
less  regret  the  fact  that  the  Egypt  Exploration  Fund,  after  securing  the  per- 
mission to  excavate  at  Ahnes-el-Medineh,  the  ancient  Heliopolis,  decided 
to  do  no  work  in  the  field  this  season.  On  the  other  hand,  Professor 
Sayce's  periodical  trip  has  proved,  apparently,  the  most  important  of  those 
he  has  yet  made,  as  is  shown  by  his  full  letters.  The  vandalism  he  reports 
goes  far  to  neutralize  the  official  account  of  the  increased  efficiency  of  pro- 
tective measures.  Mr.  Flinders  Petrie  resumed  work  on  the  sites  opened 
by  him  last  year  in  the  Fayum,  at  Kahun,  Illahun  and  Gurob,  and  has 
added  further  data  to  those  already  found  by  him  concerning  the  Aegean 
culture  during  the  xn  dynasty  and  the  Mykenaian  culture  during  the 
xvin  dynasty.  We  await  the  publication  of  the  results  of  his  excavations 
with  the  greatest  interest,  as  they  may  change  our  present  conception 
of  the  age  and  origin  of  the  alphabet  and  the  relations  between  Egypt  and 
the  nations  of  the  Mediterranean  coast  and  islands.  A  number  of  sites  in 
154 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  155 

ALGERIA  and  TUNISIA  have  been  explored  and  excavated  by  French  an- 
tiquarians without  leading  to  remarkable  discoveries,  but  M.  Durighello, 
another  French  explorer,  claims  to  have  discovered  in  PHOENICIA,  at  Ach- 
Zib,  an  untouched  early  Pho3nician  necropolis  of  considerable  extent  and 
with  valuable  contents.  Such  a  discovery  would  be  the  first  of  its  kind : 
archaeologists  had  begun  to  despair  of  ever  finding  in  Phoenicia  any 
necropolis  earlier  than  the  Roman  period.  The  Far  East  has  yielded 
results  of  considerable  importance  in  a  variety  of  fields.  Dr.  Forchhammer 
reports  on  the  monuments  of  BURMAH  -,  M.  Hamy  on  those  of  JAVA  ;  Dr. 
Fuhrer  on  the  excavations  at  MATHURA  which  are  so  valuable  for  the 
history  of  the  religions  of  India ;  and  M.  Senart  on  Grseco-Indian  sculp- 
tures in  AFGHANISTAN.  The  American  expedition  under  Dr.  Peters  has 
been  at  work  in  BABYLONIA  on  the  sites  of  Ur  and  Nippur  with  good  results 
in  the  way  of  inscribed  tablets  and  cylinders.  In  PALESTINE,  we  are 
promised  interesting  results  from  excavations  at  Eglon  by  Mr.  Flinders 
Petrie  under  the  auspices  of  the  Palestine  Exploration  Fund.  There  is 
little  to  report  from  ASIA  MINOR  beyond  the  fact  that  Dr.  Schliemann — 
after  having  obtained,  on  the  site  itself,  a  retraction  by  Capt.  Botticher,  of 
his  opinion  that  Hissarlik  was  not  a  city  but  a  crematory  mound — has 
again  begun  excavations  there  with  Mr.  Dorpfeld  with  the  intention  of 
working  for  two  years  and  bringing  to  light  all  the  remains  of  the  lowest 
stratum,  representing  the  earliest  city  of  Troy.  The  work  of  the  Cyprus 
Exploration  Fund  has  been  more  successful  this  year  than  last.  It  has 
been  concentrated  on  the  site  of  SALAMIS  which  proved  to  contain  an  inex- 
haustible supply  of  monuments,  though  the  greater  part  are  of  late  date. 
In  GREECE  there  has  been  a  lull.  After  terminating  the  work  on  the 
Akropolis,  the  Greek  Archaeological  Society  has  remained  undecided  as 
to  the  next  theatre  of  its  operations,  and  is  terminating  some  excavations 
already  in  hand,  such  as  that  of  the  Athenian  Olympieion.  The  German 
School  has  not  undertaken  anything  new.  The  French  School  has  finally 
decided,  at  the  close  of  the  season,  to  work  at  Tegea.  The  British  School, 
although  starting  very  late  in  its  excavations  at  Megalopolis,  has  already 
been  so  fortunate  as  to  make  several  discoveries,  the  most  important  being 
that  of  the  plan  and  details  of  the  theatre,  which  seems  to  equal  in  interest 
any  of  those  yet  known  in  Greece.  The  American  School  renewed  work 
at  Plataia  under  Dr.  Waldstein,  but  as  yet  the  three  important  temples 
of  the  city  have  not  been  discovered.  At  Bourba  some  primitive  tombs 
were  found  interesting,  as  they  are  supposed  to  be  earlier  than  the  Myke- 
naian  period.  The  work  at  Lykosoura  has  been  continued  with  success, 
and  the  importance  of  the  colossal  group  of  statuary  by  Damophon 
becomes  very  apparent,  as  it  shows,  from  his  chef-d'oeuvre,  the  style  of  one 
of  the  great  masters  of  the  fourth  century,  hitherto  known  only  by  name. 


156  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

From  many  sources  there  have  been  made  great  additions  to  the  Central 
Museum  in  Athens,  and  we  are  glad  also  to  announce  the  opening  of  a 
Museum  of  Greek  Christian  Antiquities.  In  connection  with  this  we  cannot 
pass  over  in  silence  the  admirable  undertaking  of  some  members  of  the 
British  School  to  reproduce  all  the  Byzantine  monuments  of  Greece,  many 
of  which  are  disappearing  from  day  to  day,  as  they  are  without  the  pro- 
tection so  liberally  accorded  classic  monuments. 

In  ITALY,  a  few  discoveries  stand  out  in  bold  relief.  The  great  Ionic  tern  - 
pie  at  Gerace  in  Southern  Italy,  on  the  site  of  the  city  of  the  Locrians,  is 
found  to  have  risen  on  the  ruins  of  an  archaic  temple.  Being  the  first 
Ionic  Greek  temple  thus  far  discovered  in  Italy,  it  is  exciting  great  interest, 
and  has  been  visited  from  Athens  by  Dr.  Dorpfeld  and  from  Rome  by  Dr. 
Petersen,  Secretaries  of  the  German  Institute.  A  complete  Etruscan  city 
of  the  fifth  century  is  revealed  to  us  at  Marzabotto,  near  Bologna,  under 
Brizio's  magic  touch,  and  for  the  first  time  we  can  form  an  idea  of  the 
arrangement  of  the  Etruscan  streets  and  houses,  their  sanitary  dispositions, 
and  the  life  of  their  inhabitants.  It  shows  that  the  Romans  borrowed  from 
the  Etruscans  on  all  these  points.  No  special  mention  need  be  made  of 
the  various  excavations  in  the  field  of  Italian  prehistoric  antiquities  in  the 
terremare  of  Castellazzo,  in  the  archaic  Villanova  necropolis  at  Bologna, 
except  in  so  far  as  they  bear  upon  the  important  question  of  ethnology — 
of  the  ethnic  relation  between  Etruscans,  Umbrians  and  other  Italiots.  In 
this  connection  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  indefatigable  Orsi  has 
opened  up,  in  the  necropoli  of  Sicily,  a  relatively  new  field  of  prehistoric 
antiquities,  important  especially  because  Sicily  seems  to  hold  out  one  hand 
eastward  to  the  islands — such  as  Krete,  Kypros,  Rhodes — and  the  Mykenai 
culture,  while  the  other  is  extended  northward  to  the  regions  of  Upper 
Italy.  In  Rome,  a  relic  of  the  early  city  has  been  found  in  a  part  of  the 
tufa  viaduct  built  in  the  early-Republican  period  across  the  Tiber  to  span 
the  marshy  land  and  to  establish  communication  between  the  Palatine,  Ces- 
tian,  and  Janiculan  bridges.  From  Pompeii  comes  the  news  of  a  discovery 
which  may  put  an  end  to  the  controversy  as  to  whether  the  eruption  that 
destroyed  the  city  took  place  in  August  or  in  November  of  79.  It  consists 
of  the  impress  and  remains  of  a  laurel-tree  with  its  fruit,  which  is  known 
not  to  ripen  until  November,  thus  showing  this  to  be  the  period  of  the 
eruption. 

In  FRANCE,  excavations  are  continued  in  several  Merovingian  cemeteries > 
In  AUSTRIA-HUNGARY,  a  very  extensive  necropolis  of  early  date  has  been 
excavated  at  Lengyel.  In  GREAT  BRITAIN,  the  Celtic  cemetery  at  Aylesford 
suggests  to  Mr.  Evans  the  existence  of  early  and  close  relations  between 
Gaul  and  England  comparable  to  those  that  existed  later  between  England 
and  Normandy. 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  157 

AFRICA. 

EGYPT. 

COPPER  AND  BRONZE  OF  ANCIENT  EGYPT  AND  ASSYRIA. — In  the  Proceedings 
of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archeology  (March  4, 1890),  Dr.  J.  H.  Gladstone 
publishes  some  results  of  an  examination  and  analysis  which  he  had  made 
of  the  copper  and  bronze  tools  found  by  Mr.  Flinders  Petrie  in  Egypt 
during  the  past  year,  as  well  as  of  other  Egyptian,  Babylonian,  and  As- 
syrian metal  objects.  The  tools  of  the  xn  dynasty,  found  at  Kahun  and 
dating  from  about  2500  B.  c.  were  examined  with  great  care  and  curiosity 
to  ascertain  the  important  question  of  the  presence  or  absence  of  tin.  A 
hatchet  was  found  to  contain:  copper  93*26;  arsenic  3*90;  tin  0'52; 
antimony  0'16  ;  iron  0'21 :  total,  98*05.  The  analysis  of  a  round  chisel 
resulted  in  :  copper  96'35  ;  arsenic  0'36 ;  and  tin  2'16 :  total,  98'87.  These 
are  a  good  sample  of  the  whole.  In  none  of  them  was  any  zinc  detected. 
It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  these  earlier  alloys  have  no  right  to  be  called 
brass ;  and  probably  they  should  be  designated  as  imperfectly  purified 
copper,  rather  than  as  bronze.  It  is  difficult  to  fancy  that  such  small 
quantities  of  tin  were  purposely  added ;  it  is,  however,  easy  to  suppose 
that  the  ancient  Egyptians  found  certain  ores  of  copper  more  suited  to 
their  purpose  than  others.  It  was  declared  by  Professor  Roberts- Austen 
that  either  two  per  cent,  of  tin  or  three  per  cent,  would  have  great  influence 
in  hardening  copper,  which  in  a  pure  state  would  not  be  suitable  for  cut- 
ting-utensils. As  time  progresses,  the  percentage  of  tin  increases ;  thus, 
in  tools  and  figures  of  the  New  Empire  the  percentage  of  copper  is  only 
from  87  to  89  while  that  of  tin  has  risen  to  6  and  7  per  cent.  Passing 
from  this  date,  1200  or  1300  B.  c.,  to  the  ninth  century,  we  find  that  the 
Balawat  gates  of  Shalmaneser  II  (859-25)  contain  in  the  band  less  than 
74  per  cent,  of  copper  and  over  9  per  cent,  of  tin ;  in  the  bolt,  70' 7  of 
copper  and  7'15  of  tin.  These  proportions  resemble  those  usually  found 
in  ancient  bronze,  and  those  of  modern  gun-metal.  The  use  of  bronze  had 
become  very  widespread,  and  was  the  principal  metal  used  by  the  early 
Israelites,  even  when  iron  and  steel  would  have  been  far  more  suitable. 
It  would  appear  that  in  the  latter  part  of  the  stone  age  there  was  what 
has  been  termed  a  pre-bronze  age,  in  which  copper  ores  were  smelted  and 
the  metal  used  for  implements.  A  careful  and  detailed  study  would  show 
how  the  stone  implements  were  gradually  replaced  by  those  of  copper,  and 
how,  by  increasing  the  amount  of  tin,  this  was  changed  into  the  more 
valuable  alloy  of  bronze. 

LETTERS  FROM  A.  H.  SAYCE- — Professor  Sayce  writes  from  Egypt  (Feb. 
9,  23,  March  12)  : 

DESTRUCTION  OF  THE  ANCIENT  MONUMENTS. — A  year  and  a  half  ago 


158  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.          [EGYPT.] 

a  society  was  formed  for  the  protection  of  Egyptian  antiquities,  the  only 
practical  result  of  which  has  been  the  imposition  of  a  tax  of  100  piastres 
upon  every  person  who  wishes  to  visit  the  great  monuments  of  Upper 
Egypt.  The  temples  of  Denderah,  Abydos,  Esneh,  and  Edfu  are  neither 
better  nor  worse  protected  than  they  were  before ;  the  newly-cleared  ruins 
of  Luxor  are  allowed  to  become  the  refuse-heap  of  the  villagers ;  no  at- 
tempt has  been  made  to  enclose  Karnak.  More  havoc  has  been  wrought 
among  the  monuments  during  the  last  three  months  than  during  the 
whole  of  the  last  half-century.  The  famous  tombs  of  Beni-Hassan  have 
been  hopelessly  mutilated,  the  curious  basreliefs  of  Tel  el-Amarna  have 
been  hewn  from  the  walls,  and  the  cartouches  have  been  cut  out  of  the 
tombs  of  the  vi  dynasty  at  El-Bersheh.  In  the  well-known  "Tomb  of 
the  Colossus,"  and  its  immediate  neighborhood,  the  hand  of  the  destroyer 
has  been  most  ruthless.  The  floor  of  the  tomb  is  strewn  with  the  frag- 
ments of  the  paintings  and  hieroglyphs  with  which  its  walls  were  once 
adorned.  The  hunting-scene,  carved  in  delicate  relief  on  a  stone  at  its 
entrance,  and  interesting  on  account  of  certain  figures  in  it  being  drawn 
according  to  the  modern  rules  of  perspective,  has  been  wantonly  smashed 
to  atoms.  Just  below  the  Tomb  of  the  Colossus  was  another  and  smaller 
tomb  of  the  xn  dynasty,  the  walls  of  which  were  covered  with  inscrip- 
tions in  a  perfect  state  of  preservation.  It  is  pitiable  to  enter  it  now.  Of 
a  large  part  of  the  text  nothing  remains  but  a  hasty  copy  made  by  myself 
four  years  ago.  Even  the  tablet  of  Thothmes  III,  at  the  entrance  of  the 
quarries  near  the  tombs,  has  been  defaced  beyond  recognition.  The  work 
of  destruction  has  been  carried  out  in  order  to  provide  the  dealers  of 
Ekhmim  and  Luxor  with  fragments  of  inscribed  stone  which  they  may 
sell  to  tourists.  But  it  is  not  only  the  dealers  who  are  thus  allowed  to 
destroy  tombs  like  those  of  Beni-Hassan  which  are  supposed  to  be  under 
the  charge  of  salaried  "  guardians ;  "  the  work  of  blasting  the  historical 
rocks  of  Assiout  still  goes  on  merrily,  and  a  tomb  which  was  discovered 
there  when  I  last  visited  the  place  is  already  partially  quarried  away. 
The  vl-dynasty  tomb  at  Qasr-el-Syad,  with  its  important  paintings  and 
texts,  described  by  me  in  the  Academy  some  years  ago,  has  fallen  a  victim 
to  the  quarry-men  ;  and  the  old  quarries  of  the  Gebel  el-Tiik,  with  their 
curious  Greek  and  demotic  inscriptions,  are  now  in  their  hands.  The 
Ptolemaic  temple  of  Toud,  eight  miles  only  south  of  Luxor,  with  its  un- 
copied  texts,  is  fast  disappearing,  Mr.  Insinger  tells  me.  When  I  saw  it 
eight  years  ago  it  was  in  a  comparatively  perfect  condition.  It  is  evident 
that  whatever  inscriptions  there  are  above  ground  in  Egypt  must  be  copied 
at  once  if  they  are  to  be  copied  at  all. 

DISCOVERIES. — So  far  I  have  not  myself  done  much  in  the  way  of  hunt- 
ing out  or  copying  new  texts.   At  the  northern  end  of  the  GEBEL  ABU-FEDA, 


[EGYPT.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  159 

however,  I  found  some  Greek  tombs,  besides  another  with  the  name  Pha-i-ya 
above  it  in  Cypriote  letters,  and  a  short  Karian  text.  At  TEL  EL-AMARNA 
we  came  across  some  potsherds  with  hieratic  inscriptions  upon  them,  as 
well  as  fragments  of  pottery  of  the  same  color  and  make  as  the  fragments 
discovered  by  Mr.  Petrie  at  Tel  el-Gorob  and  inscribed  with  the  same 
characters  or  marks.  The  discovery  confirms  Mr.  Petrie's  belief  that  the 
characters  would  be  found  at  Tel  el-Amarna  if  the  mounds  there  were 
properly  searched.  It  also  confirms  my  belief  that  the  origin  of  the  char- 
acters is  to  be  sought  in  the  hieratic  forms  of  the  Egyptian  hieroglyphs. 
A  little  to  the  north  of  Negadeh,  we  stopped  at  the  village  of  NEYLET 
TOKH,  as  I  had  been  told  that  antiquities  were  to  be  met  with  in  the 
neighborhood.  About  two  miles  inland,  and  beyond  the  cultivated  land, 
we  found  a  site  of  an  old  city,  with  four  early  rock-cut  tombs  above  it,  and 
the  ruins  of  a  Coptic  monastery  to  the  north.  The  tombs,  which  had  once 
been  painted,  had  lost  all  traces  of  ornamentation ;  but  my  companion,  Mr. 
Robertson,  picked  up  a  terracotta  stamp  on  the  site  of  a  fortress  which 
overlooked  the  old  town.  The  stamp  bears  the  cartouche  of  Ast-m-kheb 
the  consort  of  Ra-men-kheper,  who  was  high-priest  of  Amen  in  the  age  of 
the  xxi  dynasty.  Two  and  a  half  miles  to  the  south  is  the  site  of  another 
town  strown  with  Roman  and  Coptic  pottery.  I  was  shown  there  a  large 
stone  sarcophagus  of  the  Roman  period  which  has  lately  been  disinterred 
by  the  fellahin. 

Since  leaving  Luxor,  in  company  with  Mr.  Wilbour,  we  have  visited 
some  quarries  near  DEBBABIEH  and  opposite  Gebelen,  which  were  discov- 
ered by  M.  Daressy  last  year.  He  found  in  them  an  inscription  of  a  king 
who  calls  himself  Nesi-Ba-(n)-tatni,  the  Smendes  of  Manetho,  who  headed 
the  xxi  dynasty.  The  inscription  sheds  a  welcome  light  on  an  obscure 
period  of  Egyptian  history.  It  was  recopied  by  Mr.  Wilbour,  while  I 
recopied  another  hieroglyphic  text  on  a  tablet  in  a  neighboring  quarry.  I 
also  copied  some  Greek  inscriptions  which  had  been  noticed  but  not  copied 
by  M.  Daressy.  They  are  dated  in  the  reigns  of  Alexander  and  Antoni- 
nus Severus,  and  give  us  the  names  of  some  local  deities  as  well  as  of  the 
place  in  which  the  quarries  are  situated.  To  the  south  of  Debbabieh  are 
a  number  of  tombs  which  M.  Grebaut  has  excavated ;  south  of  these  again 
is  a  tomb  of  the  xn  dynasty,  where  I  copied  what  remains  of  the  paint- 
ings and  text.  Our  only  new  discovery,  however,  has  been  an  isolated 
sandstone  rock,  south  of  EL-QAB,  which  was  quarried  in  old  times  and  is 
adorned  with  some  curious  sculptures,  among  them  that  of  the  god  Bes,  in 
a  new  form.  Both  at  ABYDOS  and  QURNAH,  vases  have  lately  been  found 
like  those  discovered  by  Mr.  Petrie  at  Tel  el-Gorob,  which  in  form,  orna- 
mentation, and  color,  are  identical  with  the  so-called  Mykenaean  vases  of 


160  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.          [EGYPT.] 

the  first  style.  At  Abydos  they  are  found  along  with  vases  which  resem- 
ble those  found  in  the  prehistoric  tombs  of  Cyprus. 

I  paid  a  visit  to  the  ISLAND  OF  SEH§L,  midway  between  Assuan  and  Philae, 
where  Mr.  Wilbour  was  employed  in  copying  two  inscriptions  of  consider- 
able historical  importance.  The  southern  end  of  this  island,  as  is  well 
known,  is  a  perfect  treasure-house  of  hieroglyphic  texts,  incised  upon  the 
granite  rocks  and  boulders.  The  island  was,  from  early  times,  the  sanc- 
tuary of  the  deities  of  the  Cataract,  before  its  holiness  and  fame  were  super- 
seded by  the  later  attractions  of  Philae.  Most  of  the  inscriptions  face  a 
ravine  in  the  southwestern  part  of  the  island ;  and,  led  by  this  clue,  we 
discovered  the  site  of  the  ancient  shrine,  the  central  object  of  pilgrimage 
to  the  pious  Egyptian  of  Pharaonic  days.  Fragments  of  the  sandstone 
naos  are  still  lying  on  the  ground  among  the  debris  of  the  old  sanctuary. 
By  the  side  of  them  is  a  stele  of  the  age  of  Thothmes  III,  still  perfect ;  and 
at  what  was  once  the  back  of  the  chapel  is  a  long  inscription,  accompanied 
by  sculptures,  apparently  of  the  Ptolemaic  period.  In  the  neighboring  vil- 
lage of  Sehel,  I  found  stones  which  had  dome  from  the  ruined  sanctuary, 
and  bore  the  cartouches  of  Ptolemy  Philopator,  showing  that  the  shrine 
had  been  repaired  or  enlarged  in  his  reign.  I  also  copied  a  stele  of  the 
same  epoch,  which  had  been  built  into  the  wall  of  a  native  house. 

North  of  Sehel,  on  the  western  bank  of  the  river,  I  discovered  the  site 
of  another  sanctuary.  It  is  marked  by  a  large  boulder  of  granite,  which 
commands  an  extensive  view,  and  is  close  to  a  modern  Sheikh's  tomb.  The 
latter  is  about  a  couple  of  miles  south  of  the  Qubbet  el-Hawa,  underneath 
which  Sir  Francis  Grenfell  disinterred  a  series  of  ancient  tombs.  The  rock 
is  covered  with  hieroglyphic  invocations  to  Khnum,  Sati,  and  'Anq,  the 
deities  of  the  Cataract ;  and  the  remains  of  a  chapel  of  sandstone  lie  round 
about  it.  Among  these  are  a  broken  stele,  which  mentions  "  the  land  of 
ebony,"  and  a  seated  statue  in  a  barbaric  style  of  art,  which  has  on  the 
back  an  inscription  in  unknown  characters.  An  old  road  leads  westward 
from  the  sanctuary  to  some  quarries,  where  I  found  the  remains  of  tombs 
of  the  Roman  period.  The  dead  were  buried  under  the  shelter  of  the  rock 
in  rectangular  coffins  of  terracotta,  which  resemble  troughs  with  lids.  A 
cairn  of  loose  stones  was  piled  over  them,  surrounded  with  a  circle  of  stones. 
In  some  instances  I  found  the  name  of  the  defunct  cut  in  the  rock  above 
the  tomb.  Almost  all  the  names  are  Greek  or  Latin,  like  Sokrates  and 
Marius,  though  the  names  of  the  fathers  are  Egyptian.  One  of  the  pil- 
grims to  the  sanctuary  was  a  certain  scribe  and  captain  of  the  archers, 
named  Thoth-m-hib.  The  same  individual  has  left  a  memorial  of  himself 
in  Sehe'l ;  and  I  discovered  another  very  curious  record  of  him  on  a  rock 
in  the  western  desert,  about  three  miles  to  the  north  of  Assuan.  Here  he 
describes  himself  as  "  divine  prophet  of  the  temple  of  Pa-Khnum."  The 


[EGYPT.]  ARCHJEOLOOICAL  NEWS.  161 

inscription  is  accompanied  by  a  drawing  of  five  magnificently  equipped 
dahabiahs,  and  a  sort  of  small  boat  below  them.  Five  men  are  rowing 
the  foremost  dahabiah,  above  which  Thoth-m-hib  is  represented  as  walk- 
ing with  a  crooked  stick  in  his  hand,  an  Assyrian  cap  on  his  head,  and  a 
strange  kind  of  cape  over  his  shoulders,  while  a  naked  slave  follows  with 
an  umbrella,  and  a  dog  runs  by  his  side.  A  giraffe  is  standing  in  one  of 
the  dahabiahs.  Two  hippopotamus  are  depicted  on  one  side  of  the  inscrip- 
tion, and  two  ostriches  on  the  other,  a  long-horned  gazelle  being  above  them. 
The  position  of  the  ostriches  seems  to  indicate  that  they  were  found  in  the 
locality  at  the  time,  though  the  giraffe  was  being  imported  from  some  dis- 
trict further  south. 

Unfortunately  it  is  impossible  to  fix  the  date  of  Thoth-m-hib ;  but,  on 
the  summit  of  a  cliff  on  the  western  bank  of  the  river  a  little  to  the  north 
of  Kom  Ombo,  we  found  a  similar  graffito  in  honor  of  the  prefect  Rekh- 
ma-Ra,  whose  tomb  at  Thebes  is  familiar  to  Egyptian  tourists.  Here  the 
inscription  is  accompanied  by  the  delineation  of  a  donkey,  of  a  dog  pursu- 
ing a  long-horned  gazelle,  of  another  dog  facing  a  gazelle,  of  a  man  lead- 
ing a  horse,  and  of  a  boat  or  dahabiah.  Opposite  the  cliff  are  some  quarries, 
where  we  discovered  the  cartouches  of  Apries  carved  in  large  size  on  the 
rocky  wall.  Not  far  off  is  a  tablet  with  a  Coptic  inscription  in  fifteen  lines 
with  a  Kufic  text  underneath,  the  letters  of  which  are  in  relief.  There  are 
a  few  hieroglyphic  graffiti  in  the  neighborhood,  and  the  words  "  Alkimios, 
the  twelfth  year,"  in  Greek  characters. 

Mr.  Greville  Chester  had  informed  me  that  inscriptions  were  to  be  found 
on  a  line  of  rocks  on  the  western  bank  south  of  HESHAN,  and  about  four  or 
five  miles  north  of  Silsilis.  We  accordingly  spent  a  day  examining  them. 
They  were  especially  plentiful  at  the  corner  of  a  wadi,  which  seems  to  be 
nameless.  Besides  hieroglyphic  and  hieratic  graffiti,  I  copied  a  large 
number  of  Greek  inscriptions,  some  dated  in  the  reign  of  "  Ptolemy,  the 
son  of  Ptolemy,  and  Queen  BerenikeV'  while  a  few  belonged  to  a  pre- 
Alexandrian  age.  As  the  writers  describe  themselves  as  paying  "  a  vow," 
it  would  appear  that  the  place  was  accounted  sacred.  One  of  the  inscrip- 
tions, dated  in  "the  second  year,"  states  that  Artapates — whose  name 
reveals  his  Persian  origin — had  been  appointed  strategos  or  general.  The 
most  important  part  of  my  discovery,  however,  consisted  of  six  Phoenician 
inscriptions,  the  authors  of  which  offered  their  prayers  to  Isis,  Horus,  and 
Khnum.  One  of  the  names  occurring  in  them  is  Abed-Nebo,  the  proto- 
type of  the  Abed-Nego  of  the  book  of  Daniel.  The  rarity  of  Phoenician 
inscriptions  in  Egypt  adds  an  interest  to  this  discovery.  Besides  the 
Phoenician  inscriptions,  I  also  came  across  a  short  Karian  graffito,  and  a 
twice-repeated  Kypriote  text.  On  one  occasion  the  latter  was  accompanied 
by  what  loo>k  like  Hittite  hieroglyphs.  Can  it  be  a  bilingual?  The 
11 


162  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.          [EGYPT.] 

inscriptions  are  accompanied  by  multitudes  of  animals  and  birds,  some  of 
which  are  drawn  with  considerable  skill.  Men  and  boats  also  occur  fre- 
quently ;  and  the  drawings  are  found  not  only  on  the  rocks  near  the  river, 
but  also  inland  in  the  wadis.  The  drawings  are  of  all  ages.  As  we  have 
seen,  the  inscription  of  Rekh-ma-Ra  shows  that  some  must  belong  to  the 
time  of  the  xvm  dynasty,  while  others  are  evidently  of  very  recent  origin. 
But  I  have  convinced  myself  that  Mr.  Petrie  is  right  in  holding  that  many 
of  them  go  back  to  a  prehistoric  epoch  before  the  introduction  of  writing. 
The  weathering  they  have  undergone  would  alone  show  this.  On  the 
famous  inscribed  rock  of  El  Qab,  for  instance,  there  are  drawings  of  ani- 
mals by  the  side  of  which  the  accompanying  hieroglyphic  texts  of  the  vi 
dynasty  look  quite  modern.  Above  Heshan,  again,  the  animals  most 
commonly  represented  are  the  giraffe,  long-horned  gazelle,  and  ostrich, 
the  hippopotamus,  elephant,  and  ox  occurring  more  rarely.  Though  the 
gazelle  is  still  found  in  the  neighborhood,  the  presence  of  the  giraffe  implies 
wooded  plains  in  place  of  the  arid  desert  which  during  the  historical  epoch 
has  extended  almost  to  the  water's  edge  from  Edfu  southwards,  while  the 
absence  of  the  ostrich  from  the  hieroglyphic  syllabary  indicates  that  it  had 
become  extinct  in  Egypt  when  the  latter  was  formed.  The  earlier  draw- 
ings have  reminded  me  forcibly  of  the  Bushman  paintings  on  rocks  now 
in  the  possession  of  Miss  Lloyd.  The  animals  are  drawn  with  the  same 
degree  of  spirit  and  in  similar  attitudes,  the  delineation  of  the  human  figure 
being  in  both  cases  immeasurably  inferior.  It  is  well  known  that  the  Bush- 
man race  once  extended  further  to  the  north  than  is  now  the  case,  while 
history  shows  us  the  Egyptians  pushing  the  native  races  further  and  fur- 
ther towards  the  south.  The  drawings  on  the  rocks  seem  to  be  connected 
with  the  cairns  and  circles  of  stones  which  cover  the  summits  of  the  cliffs 
from  the  neighborhood  of  Heshan  southward.  These  "  rude  stone  monu- 
ments "  deserve  a  careful  examination.  Major  Ross  has  found  worked 
flints  in  the  great  desert  behind  Kom  Ombo  at  the  foot  of  the  moun- 
tains, and  Mr.  Petrie  picked  up  a  water-rolled  palaeolith  on  the  hills  be- 
hind Edfu. 

At  ESN  EH  I  found  the  base  of  a  granite  column  with  the  cartouche  of 
Ramses  II,  now  used  for  mooring  purposes.  As  it  has  come  from  one  of 
the  two  temples  which  once  stood  at  Esneh,  we  may  see  in  it  an  evidence 
that  Ramses  II  was  a  builder  here  as  in  other  places  in  Egypt. 

By  way  of  a  conclusion  to  my  letter  I  must  draw  attention  to  an  ostra- 
kon  from  KARNAK  which  I  have  acquired,  and  which  is  unlike  any  other  I 
have  ever  seen.  The  text  upon  it  runs  as  follows :  "  O  my  lord  Isidores, 
come  and  bring  me  the  commentaries  (Xc&is)  on  the  first  book  of  the  Iliad 
for  which  I  have  asked  you."  The  potsherd  has  survived,  but  where  is  the 
manuscript  to  which  it  refers  ? 


[EGYPT.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  163 

I  have  made  a  discovery  of  too  great  an  importance  for  Egyptian  archae- 
ology not  to  be  made  public  at  once.     The  tomb  and  mummy  of  Ameno- 
phis  IV,  the  "  Heretic  King  "  of  Egyptian  history,  have  been  found  at  TELL 
EL-AMARNA.     It  is  from  thence  that  the  cuneiform  tablets  about  which  so 
much  has  lately  been  written  have  really  come,  not  from  the  place  falsely 
indicated  to  me  and  others  as  the  locality  in  which  they  were  found.    The 
tomb  has  proved  a  second  pit  of  D£r  el-Bahari  to  the  antiquity-dealers  of 
Ekhmim,  by  whom  it  has  been  worked.     Now  that  it  has  been  despoiled 
of  the  precious  objects  it  once  contained,  they  have  condescended  to  inform 
us  of  its  exact  position.    On  my  way  down  the  Nile  I  hope  to  visit  it,  and 
see  if  the  inscriptions  upon  its  walls  are  still  serviceable  for  science.    The 
mummy  of  the  king  has  been  torn  to  pieces.     The  fragments  of  a  royal 
mummy  which  were  offered  for  sale  at  Luxor  two  years  ago  were  derived, 
not  from  the  opposite  cliffs  of  Thebes,  but  from  the  capital  of  the  Heretic 
King.    The  beautiful  objects  of  ivory  and  alabaster  which  have  lately  been 
in  the  market  of"  antikas,"  the  bronze  rings  and  enamelled  porcelain  which 
bear  the  cartouches  of  Amenophis  IV  and  the  solar  disk,  the  delicate  glass 
and  bracelets  of  solid  gold  which  have  been  offered  for  sale  to  travellers, 
have  all  come  from  the  desecrated  sepulchre.    The  discovery,  unfortunately, 
took  place  at  a  time  when  an  attempt  was  again  being  made  to  put  in  force 
the  law  against  the  sale  and  exportation  of  antiquities — with  the  inevita- 
ble result  that  the  discovery  was  concealed,  the  objects  found  were  dissi- 
pated, broken,  or  hidden  away,  and  information  invaluable  to  the  historical 
student  irretrievably  lost.    More  than  one  mummy  has  been  found,  and  the 
discovery  of  the  royal  tomb  has,  I  am  told,  led  to  the  discovery  of  others. 
LUXOR. —  Collection  of  Rev.  C.  Murch. — One  of  the  attractions  presented 
by  Luxor  to  the  archaeologist  is  the  collection  of  Egyptian  antiquities 
formed  by  the  Rev.  C.  Murch,  of  the  American  Mission.     His  collection 
of  scarabs  is  one  of  the  finest  in  the  world,  and  the  numerous  royal  names 
it  contains  makes  it  particularly  interesting.     Among  them  is  the  name  of 
"  Ahmes,  the  chief  wife  of  the  king  "  and  what  Mr.  Petrie  reads  as  "  prince 
of  the  mountains,  Khian."     Many  of  them  record  the  names  of  private 
persons,  more  especially  of  the  "  feudal  chiefs  "  who  lived  under  the  xn 
and  xin  dynasties.     There  are  also  three  scarabs  of  the  age  of  the  xm 
dynasty,  which  belonged  to  certain  "  captains  of  the  king's  thirty  " — a 
title  which  we  found  among  the  graffiti  on  the  rocks  north  of  Silsilis. 
Mr.  Murch  also  possesses  one  of  the  large  "hunting  scarabs"  of  Amen- 
ophis III,  describing  the  number  of  lions  slain  by  the  king  in  his  tenth 
year,  as  well  as  numerous  rings  of  blue  and  green  porcelain  inscribed  with 
the  cartouches  of  the  monarchs  of  the  xvm  and  xix  dynasties.     Mr. 
Murch's  collection  is  particularly  rich  in  small  objects  bearing  the  name 
of  Khu-n-Aten,  which  have  probably  come  from  the  tomb  of  "  the  Heretic 


164  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.          [EGYPT.] 

King,"  about  which  I  have  already  written  to  the  Academy.  He  has  also 
a  terracotta  stopper  of  a  vase  from  Tel-el- Amarna,  which  gives  us  the  hith- 
erto unknown  cartouche  of  one  of  Khu-n-Aten's  immediate  successors,  and 
seems  to  read  Toui-uaz-n-hib-m-Aten-mes-Aten  (Mr.  Wilbour  has  a  similar 
stopper  with  the  same  cartouche).  Another  unknown  cartouche  is  found 
on  a  large  blue  porcelain  stamp,  but  the  period  to  which  it  belongs  is  late. 
The  gem  of  the  collection  is  a  large  cylinder  of  creamy  semi-opaque  glass, 
which  forms  the  outer  coating  of  a  cylinder  of  porcelain,  and  on  which  are 
incised  the  name  and  titles  of  Nofer-ka-ra.  As  the  titles  show  that  this 
must  be  the  Nofer-ka-ra  of  the  vi  dynasty,  we  may  see  in  the  cylinder  the 
oldest  piece  of  dated  glass  in  the  world.  Among  other  noteworthy  things 
in  the  collection  may  be  mentioned  glass  beads  of  the  most  variegated  and 
beautiful  patterns — some  of  which  are  as  early  as  the  time  of  the  xvm 
dynasty — small  objects  of  gold  (one  of  them  representing  a  human  figure 
with  a  serpent's  head),  a  large  stone  heart  with  a  human  face  inscribed 
with  a  chapter  from  the  Book  of  the  Dead,  and  several  strange  figures  of 
the  god  Bes  of  the  Koman  epoch.  One,  for  example,  of  blue  porcelain 
represents  the  god  on  the  top  of  the  uaz  sceptre,  with  Horus  in  one  hand, 
an  apple  in  the  other,  and  a  monkey  below.  Another  places  him  on  the 
back  of  two  crocodiles,  with  Horus  standing  behind,  and  Isis  on  either 
side.  Mr.  Murch  possesses  two  chevron  beads  of  enormous  size — one  no 
less  than  six  inches  in  circumference,  of  the  class  about  which  Miss  Buck- 
land  raised  a  discussion  before  the  Anthropological  Section  of  the  British 
Association  at  Bath.  My  companion,  Mr.  Robertson,  bought  a  bead  of 
the  same  kind  at  Qeneh,  which  had  been  found  in  a  tomb  at  Denderah, 
and  is,  therefore,  presumably  of  the  Greece-Roman  age. 

"When  at  Ekhmim  I  was  enabled,  through  the  kindness  of  M.  Frenay, 
to  carry  out  a  long-projected  excursion  to  the  WAoi  SHEKH  SHEHON,  some 
miles  to  the  southeast  of  the  town.  The  Wadi  is  mentioned  by  Pocoke, 
who  describes  it  as  containing  a  natural  spring  of  water  and  a  few  Coptic 
chapels,  and  was  re-discovered  by  Prof.  Maspero.  Its  length  and  rugged- 
ness,  the  height  of  the  precipices  which  rise  up  sheer  on  either  side,  the 
cascades  of  stone  over  which  the  water  has  once  made  its  way,  and  the 
unexpected  verdure  which  springs  up  like  an  oasis  where  the  water  still 
gushes  forth  from  the  rock,  combine  to  render  the  scenery  not  only  unique 
in  Egypt,  but  hardly  to  be  matched  elsewhere  in  the  world.  About  a  mile 
from  the  entrance  of  the  gorge  is  a  huge  boulder  covered  with  the  names 
of  travellers.  The  inscriptions  are  mostly  Coptic,  but  one  is  in  Nabathaean 
characters,  and  is  dated  in  the  third  year  of  Malchas ;  while  there  are  some 
curious  Greek  texts  which  inform  us  of  the  existence  of  a  club  of  hunts- 
men at  Panopolis  or  Ekhmim.  At  the  head  of  the  club  was  an 
or  "  chief  huntsman  ;  "  and  its  members  were  called 


[EGYPT.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  165 

KOL  Kvvrjyol  €7rt  TTJV  Oypdv.  A  little  to  the  south  of  the  entrance  of  the  Wadi 
have  been  found  the  small  tablets  of  wood  which  bear  Greek  and  demotic 
mortuary  inscriptions.  South  of  the  Gebel  Shekh  Heridi,  where  the  cliffs 
are  known  as  Gebel^n,  I  discovered  some  quarries  with  some  curious  rep- 
resentations in  black  paint  of  scenes  from  the  Iliad.  The  warriors  are  in 
Greek  costume,  and  are  accompanied  by  demotic  inscriptions,  too  much 
injured,  however,  for  one  who  is  unacquainted  with  demotic  to  attempt  to 
copy  them.  By  the  side  of  the  Homeric  pictures  are  representations  of  the 
god  Min,  of  Horus,  and  other  purely  Egyptian  figures,  though  the  delin- 
eation shows  that  the  artist  must  have  been  the  same  in'each  case.  On  the 
rocks  above  the  well-known  quarries  of  the  Gebel  She'kh  Heridi  itself  my 
companion  and  I  found  the  cartouches  of  Apries,  which  do  not  seem  to 
have  been  noticed  before ;  and  near  the  northern  extremity  of  the  cliffs,  a 
little  to  the  right  of  some  large  quarries,  he  discovered  the  cartouches  and 
titles  of  Ramses  III  carved  on  the  face  of  the  cliff.  Between  the  car- 
touches the  king  is  standing  bareheaded,  with  the  solar  orb  and  the  symbols 
of  life  above  him.  His  hands  are  held  by  Horus  on  the  right  and  Amon-Ra 
on  the  left,  and  the  symbol  of  life  is  held  towards  his  face  by  the  two  gods. 
The  whole  tableau  is  twenty  feet  in  height  and  forty  feet  eight  inches  in 
length,  the  figure  of  the  king  being  sixteen  feet  high,  while  the  cartouches 
at  the  side  are  each  twelve  feet  high  and  four-and-a-quarter  feet  broad. 
The  sculpture  is  similar  to  that  near  the  ancient  necropolis  of  Nineveh, 
discovered  by  myself  some  years  ago,  and  afterwards  described  by  Mr. 
Oliphant.  It  is  evident  that  the  quarries  were  worked  by  Ramses  III,  and 
we  may,  perhaps,  infer  that  he  built  in  the  neighboring  city  of  Antaeopolis. 
Prof.  Maspero  asked  me  to  examine  the  tombs  in  the  GABEL  SELIN  (or 
Sala-eddin)  on  the  eastern  bank  of  the  river,  about  fifteen  miles  south  of 
Siut,  which  were  reputed  to  belong  to  the  age  of  the  v  and  vi  dynasties. 
I  have  spent  a  long  day  among  them,  carefully  examining  the  cliffs  from 
behind  Der  el-Tasseh,  northward  to  El-Khowaleh.  There  are  many  an- 
cient quarries  in  the  cliffs,  most  of  which  are  being  blasted  away  by  modern 
quarrymen,  and  an  immense  number  of  tombs.  None  of  the  tombs  which 
are  accessible,  however,  contain  any  vestige  of  inscription  or  ornament, 
save  only  a  solitary  Greek  graffito;  and  there  is  absolutely  nothing  about 
them  to  indicate  their  age.  But,  besides  the  tombs  which  are  accessible, 
there  is  a  large  number  which  are  inacessible.  These  are  cut  high  up 
on  the  cliff,  which  has  weathered  away  below  them ;  so  that  for  untold 
centuries  they  must  have  remained  unapproached  by  man.  They  may  be 
among  the  oldest  tombs  now  existing  in  Egypt.  Most  of  them  are  provided 
with  a  small  square  window  ;  in  some  cases  there  is  a  window  cut  in  the 
rock  on  either  side  of  the  entrance.  Unlike  the  tombs  below  them,  they 
show  no  traces  of  any  attempt  to  represent  the  posts  or  lintel  of  a  door.  The 


166  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.          [EGYPT.] 

only  place  in  which  I  found  any  inscriptions  were  in  some  large  quarries 
behind  El-Khowaleh,  where  I  came  across  a  good  many  demotic  inscrip- 
tions in  red  paint,  the  figure  of  a  Greek  mercenary  brandishing  a  sword, 
and  the  fa9ade  of  a  temple.  The  Copts  had  turned  one  of  the  quarries  into 
a  church,  and  had  covered  the  walls  with  paintings  and  texts.  About  a 
quarter  of  a  mile  to  the  south  of  the  quarries  an  enormous  altar  has  been 
cut  out  of  the  rock ;  on  the  top  of  it  are  two  hollow  basins,  and  a  path  has 
been  excavated  around  it. 

I  believe  that  in  my  last  letter  I  forgot  to  say  that  we  discovered  the  site 
of  the  ancient  necropolis  of  KOM  OMBOS  when  on  our  way  from  Assuan  to 
Luxor.  The  present  village  of  Shotb,  southeast  of  the  ruined  temple,  stands 
on  a  portion  of  it.  The  diggers  of  Qurnah  have  already  been  busy  there ; 
from  one  of  the  tombs  they  have  opened  Mr.  Wilbour  extracted  the  frag- 
ments of  a  mummy-case  of  the  Greek  period.  The  character  of  the  necro- 
polis resembles  that  of  Tell  es-Semaineh  (or  rather  Kom  Mehras).  Both 
alike  consist  of  vaulted  tombs  of  crude  brick  slightly  sunk  in  a  plateau  of 
loose  soil,  which  rises  just  above  the  level  of  the  cultivated  land. — Academy, 
March  1,  15,  29. 

HIERATIC  PAPYRUS. — At  a  meeting  of  the  Society  of  Antiquaries  (London, 
Jan.  30)  Mr.  E.  A.W.  Budge  read  a  paper  on  a  hieratic  papyrus  in  the 
British  Museum  inscribed  with  (1)  the  Festival  Songs  oflsis  andNephthys, 
composed  for  the  service  which  was  celebrated  in  the  temple  of  Amen-Ra 
at  Thebes ;  (2)  the  additional  Litanies  ofSeker,  which  also  were  sung  at  this 
festival ;  and  (3)  the  Book  of  the  Overthrow  ofApepi,  the  enemy  of  Ra,  and 
the  Book  of  the  Becomings  or  Evolutions  of  Ed.  It  was  discovered  at  Thebes 
by  Mr.  Rhind  in  the  year  1862.  It  is  written  in  a  fine  small  hieratic  hand, 
but  some  of  the  characters  have  forms  which,  with  very  slight  modification, 
become  those  we  are  acquainted  with  in  Demotic.  According  to  one  of  the 
colophons  the  papyrus  was  written  in  the  twelfth  year  of  the  reign  of  Alex- 
ander, the  son  of  Alexander  (B.  c.  305).  As  Alexander  II  began  to  reign 
B.  c.  317,  but  was  murdered  in  B.  c.  311,  it  is  clear  that  the  writer  has  added 
the  years  of  the  interregnum  to  those  of  the  reign  of  Alexander  II.  The 
colophon  was  probably  added  to  the  papyrus  some  years  after  the  other 
parts  of  it  were  written.  The  papyrus  was  written  for  Nesi-Amsu,  the  son 
of  Peta-Amen-suten-taiu,  a  "prophet"  who  held  various  dignities  in  nearly 
all  the  temples  of  Thebes.  The  date  in  the  colophon  does  not  indicate  the 
antiquity  of  the  compositions,  for  in  the  course  of  the  work  we  more  than 
once  find  the  words  "  otherwise  said,"  so  the  works  are  sufficiently  old  for 
several  copies  of  them  to  have  been  made  and  for  variant  readings  to  arise. 
The  first  two  compositions  were  written  by  the  same  hand,  the  third  by 
another.  The  strips  of  papyri  were  then  joined  together,  and  formed  part 
of  the  stock-in-trade  of  an  ancient  Egyptian  who  made  it  his  business  to 


[EGYPT.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  167 

supply  such  works  to  friends  of  dead  people,  who  bought  them  to  bury  in 
the  tombs.  Between  the  first  and  second  compositions  in  the  papyrus  is 
written  a  series  of  curses  which,  it  is  hoped  by  the  writer,  may  fall  upon 
the  person  who  ventures  to  look  upon  it  or  carry  it  away.  The  Festival 
Songs  oflsis  andNephthys  and  the  Litanies  ofSeker  were  sung  in  the  tem- 
ple of  Amen  by  two  young  women  intended  to  represent  Isis,  the  wife  of 
Osiris,  and  Nephthys,  his  sister.  They  were  to  be  ceremonially  pure,  they 
had  their  heads  bound  with  woollen  tiaras,  and  their  songs  were  accom- 
panied by  the  music  of  the  tambourine.  The  songs  were  led  off  by  the 
precentor,  and  the  women  took  it  in  turns  to  address  pathetic  appeals  to 
the  Sun-god  to  return  to  his  temple  and  to  his  "widows"  who  pined  for 
him.  There  is  no  rhyme,  but  there  is  a  rhythm  which,  though  occasionally 
monotonous,  is  not  unpleasing.  The  unity  of  the  Sun-god  is  unequivocally 
declared,  and  the  various  parts  that  he  performs  in  the  government  of  the 
material  and  spiritual  worlds  are  described.  For  comparative  mythology 
these  songs  are  of  value,  and  the  new  words  they  contain  will  be  a  gain  to 
the  Egyptian  dictionary.  The  author  is  not  named,  and  it  is  not  possible 
to  say  exactly  when  they  were  composed ;  they  are,  in  many  respects,  simi- 
lar to  the  Lamentations  oflsis,  which  are  found  in  a  Berlin  papyrus.  The 
third  and  last  work  contains  a  full  account  of  the  defeat  and  slaughter  by 
Ra,  or  the  Sun-god,  of  Apepi  his  enemy.  The  rubrics  say  that  the  chap- 
ters of  this  work  were  recited  so  many  times  a  day  in  the  temple  of  Amen- 
Ra,  and  that  certain  acts  had  to  be  performed  while  the  priest  recited  these 
chapters.  A  wax  figure  of  Apepi  was  made,  and  upon  it  his  name  was 
written  in  green  ink ;  this  figure  was  placed  in  a  papyrus  case  upon  which 
Apepi's  name  had  been  written  in  green  ink.  At  a  certain  time  of  the  day 
this  case,  with  the  figure  in  it,  was  put  in  a  grass  fire  and  slowly  burnt. 
The  prayers  for  the  slaughter  of  Apepi  by  Horus  being  said  at  the  same 
time,  it  was  believed  that  the  powers  of  the  mist,  darkness,  and  cloud  would 
be  overcome  by  the  piercing  rays  of  Ra.  This  custom  is,  no  doubt,  the 
origin  of  the  old  practice  of  attempting  to  cause  harm  to  people  by  burn- 
ing wax  figures  of  them.  It  obtained  in  Egypt  as  early  as  1300  B.  c.  It 
calls  to  mind  the  tradition  about  Nectanebus,  the  last  king  of  Egypt,  who 
maintained  his  hold  upon  Egypt  by  being  able  to  destroy  the  armies  of  hos- 
tile kings  by  means  of  his  magic  worked  with  wax  figures  and  a  bowl  of 
water.  Toward  the  middle  of  the  Book  of  the  Overthrow  of  Apepi  there  is 
inserted  a  remarkable  work  describing  the  origin  of  gods,  men,  and  things. 
In  it  the  "  universal  god  "  in  the  form  of  Chepera,  the  self-begotten,  is  rep- 
resented as  speaking.  He  describes  the  waste  and  void  condition  of  the 
earth  and  the  non-existence  of  anything.  There  was  not  even  a  spot  for 
him  to  stand  upon,  and  he  was  quite  alone.  He  by  himself  planned  every- 
thing, and  gods,  men,  and  things  came  into  existence  from  his  evolvings. 


168  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.          [EGYPT.] 

He  was  a  husband  to  himself,  his  shadow  was  his  wife.  Shu  and  Tefiiut 
were  the  gods  that  were  first  born,  and  the  god  says,  "  Thus  from  one  god 
I  became  three  gods."  The  great  god  Chepera  weeps,  and  men  and  women 
spring  into  existence  from  the  tears  which  fall  from  his  eyes.  Shu  and  Tef- 
nut  then  gave  birth  to  Seb,  Sut,  Osiris,  Isis,  Nephthys,  and  the  other  gods 
at  one  birth,  and  "  their  children  multiply  upon  the  earth."  The  text  of 
this  cosmogony  exists  in  the  papyrus  in  duplicate,  and  what  one  version 
lacks  is  supplied  by  the  other.  At  the  end  of  the  work  is  a  hymn  to  the 
Sun-god,  who  is  described  as  having  utterly  overthrown  Apepi,  followed 
by  several  rubrics  containing  prescriptions  for  magical  procedure. — 
Athenaeum,  Feb.  8. 

THE  TELL  EL-AMARNA  TABLETS. — According  to  a  paragraph  in  the  Athe- 
naeum of  Nov.  2,  M.  Eenan  has  lately  expressed  doubts  with  regard  to 
the  genuineness  of  the  Tell  el-Amarna  tablets.  May  I,  therefore,  submit 
one  or  two  arguments  in  support  of  the  opposite  view,  drawn  from  the  in- 
ternal evidence  of  the  documents  themselves  ? 

The  forms  of  character  in  which  the  letters  are  written  are  not  identical 
with  any  cuneiform  script  hitherto  known.  Nevertheless  they  can  often 
be  shown  to  have  their  proper  place  in  the  natural  course  of  development 
from  'the  most  archaic  to  the  latest  forms,  which  had  already  been  traced 
in  the  inscriptions  of  Assyria  and  Babylonia  from  the  times  of  Gudea  to 
the  seventh  and  sixth  centuries  B.  c.,  and  is  well  illustrated  in  the  Tableau 
Compare  des  Eeritures  Babylonienne  et  Assyrienne  Archa'iques  et  Modernes, 
by  Amiaud  and  Mechineau.  This  development  is  a  process  of  decay  in 
which  certain  of  the  wedges  composing  the  characters  fall  off,  and  others 
are  combined  in  recognized  forms.  Now  the  characters  in  the  Tell  el- 
Amarna  tablets  have  generally  reached  that  stage  of  decay  which  might 
be  expected  in  the  fifteenth  century  B.  c.,  and  retain  more  of  their  archaic 
completeness  than  the  writing  on  the  cylinders  of  Tiglath-Pileser  I,  which 
belongs  to  the  twelfth  century.  While  the  preceding  remarks  hold  true  of 
the  collection  in  general,  there  is  a  considerable  variety  of  character  to  be 
observed  among  the  particular  tablets  according  to  the  place  of  their  ori- 
gin, and  also  sometimes  according  to  the  peculiar  handwriting  of  the  dif- 
ferent scribes.  Thus,  the  letters  from  Mitanni  and  the  letters  from  Alasiya 
show  different  forms,  and  both  classes  again  vary  from  the  Phoenician  and 
Canaanite  letters.  This  is  in  agreement  with  the  laws  of  palaeography,  and 
at  the  same  time  would  greatly  complicate  the  work  of  a  forger. 

It  cannot  be  supposed  that  the  Babylonian  language  was  in  use  in 
Phoenicia  or  Canaan  at  this  time.  It  must  have  been  a  foreign  language, 
used  only  in  official  correspondence.  The  script,  too,  was  doubtless  foreign. 
Accordingly,  we  find  that  mistakes  are  made,  such  as  the  combination  of 
the  first  person  plural  with  the  first  person  singular.  The  letters  are  not 


[EGYPT.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  169 

only  written  in  general  after  the  simplest  phonetic  method,  with  very  few 
ideograms,  but  some  scribes,  notably  those  of  Mitanni  and  Alasiya,  are 
very  careful  even  to  express  the  vowels  where  an  Assyrian  would  not. 
There  is  one  scribe  who  employs  ideograms,  but  subjoins  the  phonetic 
spelling,  a  peculiarity  which  may  indicate  a  want  of  familiarity  with  their 
use.  Besides  this,  there  are  modes  of  writing  words  which  are  unknown 
or  very  rare  in  the  inscriptions  of  Assyria  and  Babylonia.  The  hieratic 
dockets  form  another  proof  of  genuineness.  As  for  the  matter  of  the  let- 
ters, which  refer  chiefly  to  the  appointment  of  governors  for  the  subject 
towns,  to  occasional  rebellions,  and  to  alliances  between  Egypt  and  the 
neighboring  kings,  it  consists  of  nothing  which  might  suggest  that  the 
documents  are  spurious.  The  external  appearance  of  the  tablets  is  such 
as  to  satisfy  every  one  accustomed  to  such  relics  of  antiquity.  Nor  would 
the  slightest  uncertainty  have  arisen  in  the  minds  of  those  who  are  not 
specialists,  if  it  had  not  been  that  the  discovery  of  the  influence  of  Baby- 
lonian culture  throughout  Western  Asia  at  this  almost  unknown  period  of 
history  is,  at  first  sight,  rather  startling.  On  the  other  hand,  all  that  was 
known  from  Egyptian  sources  of  this  period  is  illustrated  and  confirmed 
by  the  tablets  from  Tell  el- Amaru  a. — B.  T.  A.  EVETTS. 

EXCAVATIONS  IN  THE  FAYOM. — W.  M.  Flinders  Petrie  writes  to  the  Acad- 
emy (April  5)  :  Last  October  I  resumed  work  on  Kahun,  the  town  of  the 
xn  dynasty  from  which  I  had  obtained  the  things  exhibited  during  the 
summer  in  London  (JOURNAL,  v,  480)  ;  and  in  November  my  friend  Mr. 
Hughes-Hughes  took  up  the  work  at  Gurob,  the  town  of  the  xvin-xix 
dynasty. 

ILLAHUN. — During  my  absence  in  England,  Mr.  Fraser,  who  kindly 
took  charge  of  the  place,  had  succeeded  in  entering  the  pyramid  of  Illa- 
hun,  by  a  well  which  I  had  partly  opened  before  I  left.  The  arrangement 
of  the  pyramid  is  quite  different  to  that  of  any  other  known.  A  shaft  over 
forty  feet  deep  descended  from  beneath  the  pavement  near  the  southeast 
corner ;  thence  a  gently  sloping  passage  led  up  in  the  rock  to  two  cham- 
bers, not  under  the  centre  of  the  pyramid,  but  nearer  to  the  shrine  on  the 
east  side.  The  first  chamber  was  lined  with  limestone,  of  which  much  had 
been  removed,  probably  in  Ramesside  times ;  the  inner  chamber  was  lined 
with  red  granite  in  the  same  way  as  the  sepulchre  of  Menkaura  at  Gizeh. 
It  contains  a  red-granite  sarcophagus,  without  a  trace  of  lid  or  contents. 
The  form  is  strange,  having  a  large  rectangular  lip  or  brim  around  the  top. 
The  sides  are  exquisitely  flat  and  smooth,  being  dull-ground,  but  not  pol- 
ished. Their  equality  and  regularity  is  astonishing,  the  errors  of  work 
being  mostly  one  or  two  hundredths  of  an  inch ;  and  all  the  dimensions 
are  in  exact  numbers  of  cubits  and  palms.  It  is  the  most  brilliant  piece 
of  mechanical  work  yet  known  in  Egypt,  or  perhaps  in  any  other  country. 


170  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.          [EGYPT.] 

In  front  of  it  was  the  alabaster  table  of  offerings  for  Usertesen  II,  whose 
name  I  had  previously  found  in  the  temple  of  this  pyramid.  A  small 
pyramid,  of  which  I  discovered  the  base  to  the  northeast  of  the  large  pyra- 
mid, I  have  now  carefully  cleared  all  around;  but  no  trace  of  an  entrance 
can  be  found.  The  occupant  is,  however,  known  from  fragments  of  the 
external  shrine,  which  bears  the  name  of  a  Princess  Atmu  .  .  .  (?),  prob- 
ably a  daughter  of  Usertesen  II. 

TELL  KAHUN.— At  Kahun  the  remainder  of  the  town  was  cleared,  and 
all  the  houses  planned.  We  now  possess  the  complete  design  for  a  town 
as  laid  out  by  an  architect  of  the  xn  dynasty.  The  larger  houses  have  an 
atrium,  with  a  small  tank  in  the  midst,  at  a  little  way  from  which  are  the 
surrounding  columns,  usually  four  on  each  side.  These  columns  were  of 
wood  or  stone  ;  and  a  part  of  a  wooden  capital  shows  the  palm  type,  which 
was  as  yet  quite  unknown  to  us  at  so  early  a  date.  The  principal  objects 
found  are  a  basalt  statuette  of  Si-sebek,  an  official ;  a  seated  figure  in  lime- 
stone ;  a  most  naturalistic  ivory  carving  of  an  ape  seated ;  a  large  wooden 
door  with  traces  of  cartouches  and  a  scene  of  Usarkon  II  (probably 
brought  from  some  tomb  in  later  times) ;  a  wooden  stamp  of  Apepi ;  a  large 
number  of  flint  implements,  wooden  and  bronze  tools,  weights,  and  many 
more  of  the  apparently  alphabetic  marks  on  pottery.  Outside  of  the  town 
the  rubbish  heaps  of  the  xn  dynasty  were  found  ;  beneath  and  mixed  with 
the  pottery  of  that  age  were  pieces  of  Aegean  pottery,  with  rude  decora- 
tion which,  though  barbaric  in  its  style,  is  clearly  the  earliest  step  toward 
the  Greek  decoration.  We  thus  appear  to  have  reached  the  elements  of 
the  Aegean  culture  in  2500  B.  c. 

GUROB. — At  Gurob  the  age  of  the  Mykenae  geometrical  pottery  is  now 
completely  settled,  ranging  from  1400-1200  B.  c.  Beneath  the  floors  of 
many  of  the  houses  were  found  holes  full  of  personal  property,  all  burnt. 
Clothing,  chairs,  necklaces,  mirrors,  combs,  pins,  knives,  alabaster  cups, 
blue  glazed  bowls  and  kohl  tubes,  and  the  false-necked  vases  of  Mykenae, 
are  all  found  together,  and  the  amulets  and  ornaments  are  of  Tutankha- 
men and  Ramessu  II.  These  burnings  are  quite  un-Egyptian  in  their  nature, 
and  probably  are  analogous  to  the  Greek  funeral  pyre,  thus  maintained  after 
the  foreigners  here  had  adopted  burial  in  Egyptian  fashion.  The  next 
period,  the  introduction  of  plant-design,  is  shown  by  an  Aegean  vase  with 
ivy  sprigs,  found  in  a  tomb  at  Kahun,  which  may  be  dated  1100  B.  c. 

A  remarkable  point  of  history  is  given  on  a  small  altar  dedicated  to  the 
royal  Tea  of  Amenhotep  III ;  it  appears  to  be  one  of  a  series  made  by  Queen 
Thii  for  "her  brother,  her  beloved,  the  good  god  Ra-ma-neb."  This  is 
the  first  real  evidence  as  to  the  parentage  of  this  celebrated  queen,  and 
shows  that  she  was  a  sister-wife,  like  most  of  the  queens  of  that  age.  luaa 
and  Tuaa  must  therefore  be  the  familiar  names  of  Tahutmes  IV  and 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  171 

Mutemua.  The  name  of  the  Mesopotamian  daughter  of  Dushratta  is  yet 
unknown ;  but  she  cannot  have  been  the  same  as  Thii.  A  great  number  of 
minor  objects  have  also  been  found,  which  illustrate  the  manufactures  of 
these  periods,  and  are  invaluable  for  dating  the  styles  of  the  xu,  xix  and 
xxin  dynasties. 

These  sites  are  now  nearly  exhausted ;  and  I  have  closed  my  work  in 
Egypt  for  this  year,  and  I  hope  to  soon  begin  excavations  for  the  Pales- 
tine Exploration  Fund  on  a  Canaanite  and  Israelite  town  near  Gaza. 

ALGERIA. 

ROMAN  TOWNS  IN  THE  SAHARA. — Captain  Vaissiere  presented  (Oct.  6)  to 
the  Aeademie  d'Hippone  a  topographic  map  which  he  had  drawn  up  of  the 
territory  of  the  tribe  of  the  Ouled-Reshaish,  indicating  the  sites  of  its  Roman 
cities  and  towns  and  the  Roman  roads  that  connected  them.  He  identifies 
the  Limes  Montensis  of  the  Notitia  Dignitatum  with  the  important  ruins 
near  Medila  with  the  strong  rectangular  entrenched  camp.  He  also  finds 
at  Djemina  the  Petra  Geminiana  of  Prokopios. 

MECHTA  DAMOUS. — ROCK-CUT  RELIEF. — M.  Rene  Bernelle  communi- 
cated to  the  Aeademie  d'Hippone,  on  June  30,  1889,  his  discovery  of  a 
rock-cut  composition,  near  Mechta  Damons  in  the  douar  of  the  Ouled-Daoud. 
The  immense  rock  is  called  Kef  Masioner.  On  a  smooth  surface,  about 
four  metres  square,  is  a  carved  relief.  A  powerful  lion  holds  under  one 
of  his  front  paws  a  boar  which  he  has  struck  down  ;  by  the  side  of  the 
boar  a  lioness  crouches  gazing  at  it ;  below  are  two  lion-whelps.  Further 
down,  on  the  right,  is  another  lion  who  seems  afraid  to  approach  the  first ; 
another  lion  corresponds  to  this  one,  on  the  left ;  on  either  side  are  jackals. 
Further  to  the  right,  on  another  space,  are  a  stag  and  two  ostriches,  not  so 
well  given.  On  account  of  these  compositions,  the  rock  is  supposed  to 
be  haunted  and  is  shunned  by  the  natives. — Acad.  d'Hippone :  Comptes 
fiendus.  Bull.  24,  1889,  pp.  XLVII,  LXXII. 

TUNISIA. 

CARTHAGE. — THE  GOD  ESHMUN  AND  THE  COCK. — At  a  meeting  of  the 
Acad.  des  Inscriptions  (March  27)  M.  Heuzey  read  a  paper  on  a  Cartha- 
ginian god  who  was  represented  by  Grseco-Roman  art  under  the  form  of 
Zeus  Sarapis  or  rather  of  Asklepios  with  a  headdress  formed  of  the  body 
of  a  cock.  After  enumerating  all  the  divinities  having  an  animal  or  a 
bird  for  headdress,  M.  Heuzey  sees  the  origin  of  the  idea  in  the  Egyptian 
goddess  Maut,  whose  head  is  covered  with  a  vulture.  But  the  cock  as  an 
emblem  does  not  belong  to  primitive  Chaldsean  or  Egyptian  art,  having 
apparently  been  introduced  by  the  Persians  in  the  sixth  contury.  Its 
earliest  representations  are  upon  two  neo-Babylonian  seals,  of  about  that 


172  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

date.  The  cock  was  then  considered  as  the  symbol  of  the  god  Nergal,  the 
Assyrian  Mars,  and,  in  general,  as  a  bird  whose  morning-song  triumphs 
over  the  evil  spirits  of  the  night :  this  double  symbolism  is  found  among 
the  Greeks,  who  connect  him  with  both  Ares  and  Apollon.  But  he  was 
also  consecrated  to  Asklepios.  In  M.  Heuzey's  opinion,  the  Carthaginian 
figure  is  that  of  the  god  Eshmun,  the  Phoenician  Asklepios,  to  whom  the 
principal  temple  of  Carthage  was  dedicated :  this  is  justified  by  the  inti- 
mate connection  between  medicine  and  magic  in  the  East. —  Chronique 
des  Arts,  1890,  No.  16. 

MACTAR.— M.  Philippe  Berger  communicated,  on  Jan.  24,  to  the  Acad. 
des  Inscriptions  a  series  of  neo-Punic  inscriptions  found  at  Mactar  by 
MM.  Bordier  and  Delherbe.  They  are  remarkable  especially  for  the 
symbols  they  bear,  among  which  are  fish  and  dolphins.  With  the  assist- 
ance of  M.  Cagnat,  M.  Berger  was  able  to  recognize  that  the  names  given 
on  these  inscriptions  were  disguised  Roman  names.  The  symbols  noted 
were  similar  to  those  in  use  at  the  time  of  St.  Augustine. — Chron.  des 
Arts,  1890,  No.  5. 

MOROCCO. 

EXPLORATIONS  BY  M.  DE  LA  MARTINIERE(C/.VO!.  v,p.203). — The  explorer 
communicated  to  the  Academie  des  Inscriptions  (March  7, 14)  his  researches 
and  excavations  made,  during  the  past  summer,  on  the  site  of  the  ancient 
city  of  Lixos  in  Tingitana.  He  brings  from  this  first  campaign  various 
documents,  such  as  photographs,  plans  of  the  acropolis  and  of  the  Phoeni- 
cian walls,  objects  collected  on  the  site,  the  plans  and  topographic  levels  of 
the  city,  and  photographs  of  its  different  enceintes  from  antiquity  to  the 
Byzantine  epoch.  Among  the  objects  exhibited  were  some  lamps  of  hard 
calcareous  stone  and  of  a  type  hitherto  unknown,  the  head  of  a  statue  of 
archaic  character,  Phoenician  ornaments  analogous  to  the  designs  on  the 
Carthaginian  stelai.  He  also  showed  a  large  photograph  of  the  basilica 
of  VOLUBILIS,  another  ancient  city  where  he  collected  a  great  number  of 
Roman  inscriptions. — Revue  Critique,  Nos.  11,  12;  Chronique  des  Arts, 
Nos.  11,  12;  1890. 

MALTA. 

GREEK  TOMB-CAVES  DISCOVERED  AT  RABATO  OF  NOTABILE. — Dr.  A.  A. 
CARUANA,  Director  of  Education  at  Malta,  writes  as  follows :  A  very  in- 
teresting cluster  of  ancient  Tomb-caves,  extending  in  a  N.N.W.  direction, 
was,  on  January  17,  discovered  at  Rabato  of  Notabile,  near  the  church 
TarSan-Bastian,  on  the  road  Tal-  Virtu  (where  new  buildings  are  in  course 
of  construction)  in  the  suburb  of  the  old  Greek  city  Melita.  The  site  is  in 
proximity  to  the  main  gate  which  stood  near  Il-tribuna,  where  the  Hos- 
pital Saura  is  now  erected.  Both  the  gate  and  the  ancient  lines  were 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  173 

demolished  by  the  Arabs  in  the  ix  century,  when  the  extent  of  the  ancient 
city  of  Melita  was  reduced  to  the  present  limits  of  Notabile.  This  locality 
appears  to  have  been  the  burial-ground  of  the  higher  and  well-to-do  classes 
of  the  inhabitants  of  the  old  city ;  an  opinion  corroborated  by  the  discovery 
of  numerous  marble,  lead  and  earthenware  sarcophagi,  vases  and  lamps, 
glass  vessels,  polished  Greek  and  Roman  pottery,  and  other  objects  still 
generally  found  in  the  tomb-caves  in  that  neighborhood. 

Under  this  vast  area,  numerous  pagan  hypogea  extend  in  all  directions 
towards  Tal-Virtu,  San  Dumincu  and  St.Agata;  and  the  early  Christian 
cemeteries  and  crypts  of  San  Paolo,  St.Agata,  San  Catald,  Sta.  Venera  and 
Tal-  Virtu,  which  were  excavated  in  the  subterranean  Melita. 

The  present  discovery  consists  of  two  family-tombs  or  vaults.  When  I 
reached  the  site,  one  of  the  two  vaults  was  already  open  and  the  objects 
found  in  it  had  been  removed.  They  have  since  been  bought  by  the  Gov- 
ernment, and  are  in  the  Notabile  Museum.  The  other  vault  was  appar- 
ently still  sealed  up  and  intact,  and,  as  the  afternoon  was  somewhat  ad- 
vanced, I  oifered  the  tenant  some  remuneration  in  order  that  he  might 
delay  the  opening  of  it  until  next  morning  and  thus  enable  me  to  super- 
vise that  operation.  Unfortunately,  during  the  ensuing  night,  the  ignorant 
tenant  and  his  wife  broke  open  the  tomb  and  took  away  its  contents,  so 
that,  when  I  reached  the  place  next  morning,  I  found  the  tomb  in  a  rifled 
condition,  and  the  floor  literally  covered  with  a  confused  mass  of  fragments 
of  cremated  bones,  of  broken  terracotta  vases  and  glass  vessels. 

This  cluster  of  tombs,  which  is  excavated  entirely  in  the  rock  and  not 
much  below  the  surface  of  the  road,  is  formed  of  a  long  horizontal  rectan- 
gular shaft  connecting  the  tombs  lying  at  its  extremities.  This  shaft  is  8 
ft.  7  in.  long,  2  ft.  6.  in.  wide,  and  about  8  ft.  3  in.  deep,  having  at  each 
extremity  a  rectangular  opening  2  ft.  wide,  and  3  ft.  2  in.  high,  with  a  sill 
rising  4  in.  above  the  bottom  of  the  shaft.  Each  of  these  apertures,  giv- 
ing access  to  the  tombs,  was  sealed  up  by  a  stone  slab,  2  ft.  6  in.  broad,  3 
ft.  8  in.  high,  and  7  in.  thick.  The  shaft  represents  the  vestibulum,  or  ante- 
chamber, in  the  ancient  tombs,  which  in  those  of  the  Phoenician  type  had 
the  form  and  size  of  a  true  chamber  dug  out  in  the  rock,  where  the  corpses 
were  washed  and  dressed  before  being  laid  in  the  troughs.  This  vestibulum 
was,  later  on,  superseded,  in  the  early  Christian  cemeteries,  by  the  ambu- 
lacrum. The  two  tombs  at  the  extremities  of  this  shaft,  which  were  evidently 
two  family-vaults,  are  alike  in  every  respect.  They  are  of  a  rectangular 
form  8  ft.  4  in.  long,  5  ft.  10  in.  wide,  and  5  ft.  2  in.  high,  covered  with  a 
flat  ceiling.  A  sort  of  a  bench,  cut  out  also  from  the  rock,  rising  1  ft.  8  in. 
above  the  floor  and  2  ft.  wide,  runs  along  three  sides  of  each  vault.  On 
the  bench  or  shelf  of  the  first-mentioned  vault  were  laid  the  cinerary  urns 
containing  the  ashes  of  ten  members  of  the  family.  In  the  other  vault 


174  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.         [MALTA.] 

there  were  twelve  urns  for  as  many  members  of  the  same  family.  From 
the  large  quantity  of  fictile  and  glass  vases  and  vessels  of  elegant  forms,  and 
other  objects  in  brass  to  be  presently  described,  it  may  be  readily  inferred 
that  these  tombs  were  the  property  of  a  wealthy  and  distinguished  family. 

Nothing  in  these  vaults  is  to  be  found  displaying  the  Phoenician  charac- 
teristic in  the  shape  of  the  loculi  or  troughs,  wherein  the  corpses  were  de- 
posited, with  a  semi-lunar  cavity  on  a  raised  sill  for  the  head  to  rest  upon, 
and,  at  times,  also  another  one  for  the  feet.  Moreover,  the  rectangular 
shape  of  these  vaults  with  a  flat  ceiling  differs  materially  from  that  of  the 
Phoenician  tombs  met  with  in  these  islands,  which  are  invariably  of  a  round, 
semicircular  or  elliptical  shape  with  a  vaulted  ceiling  in  keeping  with  the 
plan  of  the  tomb.  The  bench  or  shelf  cut  out  in  the  rock  and  running 
along  three  sides  of  each  vault,  destined  for  the  cinerary  urns  which 
were  lying  on  it,  proves  that  these  vaults  belonged  to  a  race  which 
practised  cremation.  Neither  could  this  race  have  been  Roman  ;  for 
the  arrangement  of  the  Roman  columbaria,  like  those  to  be  seen  in  Malta 
and  in  Rome,  shows  small  vaulted  niches,  formed  on  the  four  faces  of  the 
walls  of  the  sepulchre,  each  adapted  for  the  reception  of  a  pair  of  jars  (ollce, 
ossuarice)  containing  the  ashes  of  the  deceased.  It  is  beyond  doubt,  that 
the  two  vaults  I  am  describing  belonged  to  the  old  Greeji  race  which  set- 
tled in  these  islands  700  B.  c.,  and  with  which  cremation  was  a  custom. 
This  is  further  proved  by  the  numerous  terracotta  vases,  glass  vessels  and 
other  objects  found  therein,  all  of  which  are  decidedly  of  Greek  type  and 
fabric.  The  Greek  elegance  and  beauty  of  the  vases  and  other  objects 
hereunder  enumerated  indicate  the  epoch  of  the  flourishing  artistic  state 
of  Melita  shortly  before  and  after  the  beginning  of  the  Christian  Era. 

The  terracotta  objects  recovered  from  these  vaults  are: — 22  stamnoi  (olios, 
ossuarice),  filled  with  cremated  bones  and  covered  with  a  lid, .besides  frag- 
ments of  others ;  2  large  amphorce,  with  an  elongated  and  tapering  body, 
long  neck  and  Rhodian  handles  attached  to  it;  4  smaller  amphorae;  4 
lagencK,  one  bearing  four  letters  in  blackish  color,  probably  the  potter's 
mark;  7  serice;  5  diotce;  1  ampulla;  fS5  aryballoi  of  different  sizes,  with 
one  handle ;  20  polished  red  unguentaria  of  a  pear  shape,  with  a  long 
neck  ;  7  pocula ;  22  patella  of  different  sizes ;  38  bilychnis,  or  two-nozzle 
lamps ;  6  red  polished  terracotta  monolyehnis,  or  one-nozzle  lamps ;  1 
bilychnis  with  a  biga  and  Tyche  in  relief  on  top,  and  the  potter's  mark  on 
bottom  ;  1  large  patera  with  complete  handle. 

The  objects  in  glass  are: — 65  iridescent  scent-bottles  of  the  unguentaria, 
guttus  and  phallovitroboli  kind,  of  different  sizes,  all  with  a  narrow  and 
long  neck,  some  with  a  swelling  and  rounded  body,  others  with  a  flat  one, 
others  pear-shaped;  1  large  one-handled  urn,  broken,  which  can  be  re- 
paired, and  fragments  of  others  ;  1  poculum;  1  large  ampulla. 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  175 

The  objects  in  metal  are : — Fragments  of  a  rectangular  leaden  sarcopha-  - 
gus,  measuring  about  4  feet  in  length,  secured  at  its  four  angles  by  angle 
brass-plates  fixed  by  brass  nails ;  brass  strigilis ;  brass  guttus  (both  the 
strigilis  and  the  guttus  were  found  in  the  same  vault)  ;  broken  circular 
speculum,  measuring  6*  in.  in  diameter,  of  a  white  very  brittle  metal  made 
of  copper  with  a  good  admixture  of  zinc. 

MOSAIC-PAVEMENT  AND  DAMP-COURSE. — Dr.  A.  A.  Caruana  reports  the 
discovery  of  another  mosaic  pavement  at  Notabile,  near  the  Roman  Sena- 
torial Palace  discovered  in  1881.  The  mosaic,  which  is  of  a  reddish  color 
spotted  with  white  marble  fragments,  is  of  the  pattern  of  the  old  Roman 
pavimenta  testacea.  It  measures  11x18  ft.,  and  doubtless  formed  the  pave- 
ment of  a  Roman  cubiculum.  The  discovery  is  still  further  very  interest- 
ing on  account  of  a  damp-course  underlying  the  whole  pavement,  like  those 
mentioned  by  Vitruvius.  This  damp-course  is  formed  of  a  great  number 
of  amphorce  of  Greek  fabric,  lying  imbedded  in  a  mass  of  red  soil.  The 
spaces  between  the  long  necks  and  handles  of  these  jars  are  filled  with 
broken  tiles  and  terracotta  fragments  to  increase  the  impermeability  of  the 
floor.  This  is  the  first  discovery  in  Malta  of  so-well-arranged  a  damp- 
course.  The  jars  and  mosaic  pavement  are  being  removed  to  the  Museum. 
Dr.  Caruana  intends  to  submit  to  Government  a  project  for  clearing  the 
foundations  of  the  Senatorial  Palace,  and  for  preparing  a  plan  of  the 
same,  with  a  view  to  the  erection  of  a  National  Museum  of  the  antiqui- 
ties of  Malta. — Malta  Standard. 


ASIA. 
JAVA. 

M.  Hamy  called  the  attention  of  the  Academic  des  Inscriptions  (March  7) 
to  the  great  works  recently  undertaken  for  the  uncovering  of  some  of  the 
most  important  ruins  of  the  centre  of  Java.  These  monuments  of  an 
architecture  at  once  elegant  and  bizarre,  derived  from  India  and  dating 
perhaps  from  the  fifth  century  A.  D.,  had  been  but  very  incompletely 
studied,  being  overgrown  by  a  heavy  vegetation  and  in  part  overthrown 
by  earthquakes.  They  are  now  cleared  and  photographs  of  them  made, 
which  were  exhibited.  Some  of  the  ruins,  especially  those  called  Tchandi, 
Savi  and  Tchandi  Kali  Bening  are  magnificent.  Statues  discovered  at 
Tchandi  Flaossan  are  especially  remarkable  for  delicacy  of  workmanship 
and  beauty  of  types. —  Chronique  des  Arts  audEevue  Critique,  1890,  No.  11. 

BURMAH. 

ARCHAEOLOGICAL  RESEARCHES  OF  DR.  FORCHHAMMER. — According  to  a  cor- 
respondent of  Indian  Engineering,  Dr.  Forchhammer  has  just  completed 


176  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

two  large  volumes  of  his  archselogical  researches  in  Upper  Burmah  and  the 
Arracan  Division.  The  chief  centre  of  his  surveys  was  confined  to  Pagan, 
the  ancient  capital  of  the  Tagaung  dynasty,  situated  in  the  Pokoko  district. 
The  survey  of  the  ruins  of  this  ancient  city  was  begun  in  December,  1888, 
and,  from  inscriptions  found  in  the  Pegu  district,  it  was  proved  that  rem- 
nants of  the  ancient  city  will  be  found  on  the  hills  east  of  Shweyzigon  and 
Ananda  Pagodas.  From  these  interesting  volumes,  we  learn  that  Pagan 
contains  a  number  of  curiously  constructed  shrines  built  against  the  steep 
sides  of  ravines,  and  an  interminable  labyrinth  of  artificial  caves  perfor- 
ating all  the  sides  of  the  hills  for  miles  and  extending  to  the  banks  of  the 
Irrawaddy,  apparently  constructed  for  the  accommodation  of  Buddhist 
monks.  Fac-similes  of  the  inscriptions  (some  on  slabs  six  feet  high)  have 
been  copied.  The  inscriptions  are  engraved  in  Burmese,  Talaing  and  Pali 
characters.  The  dates  extend  from  1059  A.  D.,  to  the  close  of  the  last  cen- 
tury. Some  of  the  huge  granite  pillars  are  traced  to  have  been  originally 
brought  from  Thaton  after  the  overthrow  of  the  Talaing  dynasty.  Some 
clay  tablets  bearing  Nageri  inscriptions  have  also  been  copied.  The  walls 
around  the  town  are  said  to  have  been  constructed  by  Indian  masons ;  also 
a  number  of  Hindu  temples  which  exist  in  this  locality.  Most  of  the 
structures  are  built  of  brick,  though  many  contain  stone  slabs  to  en- 
sure stability.  The  main  styles  of  the  buildings  are  classified  as  follows : 
(1)  A  pyramid,  octagonal  or  circular  at  base,  solid  brickwork  throughout, 
no  interior,  often  with  lateral  flights  of  stairs  to  the  top.  (2)  Temples  with 
well-developed  interior  and  central  chamber,  over  which  rises  a  spire.  (3) 
Temples  with  interior  galleries  and  ante-chambers  on  four  sides  with  en- 
trances from  without,  the  hall  being  a  massive  square.  (4)  Massive  circular 
bell-shaped  structures,  similar  to  shrines  in  Ceylon.  (5)  Subterranean 
monasteries  with  intricate  passages  and  caves  constructed  some  fifty  feet 
below  ground-level.  The  report  concludes  with  specimen  drawings  of  orna- 
mental carving  in  stone  and  wood  combined  with  beautiful  variegated  tiles. 
The  painting  and  other  decorative  art  exhibited  on  these  temples  disclose 
an  art  now  lost  by  the  Burmese. — Amer.  Architect,  May  3. 

HINDUSTAN. 

NEW  JAINA  INSCRIPTIONS  FROM  MATHURA. — A  letter  from  Dr.  A.  Fuhrer, 
dated  Mathura,  March  11,  1890,  informs  me  that  a  liberal  grant  by  the 
government  of  the  Northwest  Provinces  has  enabled  him  to  resume  the 
excavation  of  the  S'vetambara  temple  under  the  Kankali  Tila,  and  that 
the  results  of  the  working  season  of  1890  considerably  surpass  those  of 
1889.  In  a  little  more  than  two  months  Dr.  Fuhrer  obtained  a  large 
number  of  inscriptions,  seventeen  of  which,  according  to  the  impressions 
accompanying  his  letter,  undoubtedly  belong  to  the  Indo-Scythic  period, 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  177 

and  furnish  most  important  information  regarding  the  history  of  the  Jaina 
sect.  He,  moreover,  discovered  to  the  east  of  the  S'vetambara  temple  a 
brick  Stupa,  and  to  the  west  another  large  Jaina  temple  which  in  his 
opinion  belonged  to  the  Digambara  sect.  The  excavations  on  these  sites 
yielded  80  images,  120  railing  pillars  and  bars,  as  well  as  a  considerable 
number  of  Toranas  and  other  architectural  pieces,  all  of  which  are  adorned 
with  exquisite  sculptures.  He  was  thus  enabled  to  forward  to  the  museum 
at  Lucknow  about  a  ton  and  a  quarter  of  archaeological  specimens.  Dr. 
Fuhrer  will,  in  due  time,  himself  describe  his  archaeological  treasures,  and 
make  them  known  by  illustrations.  But  the  inscriptions  which  he  has 
kindly  placed  at  my  disposal  are,  I  think,  well  worthy  of  immediate  notice. 
They  all  belong  to  the  class  of  short  donative  inscriptions,  found  on  pil- 
lars, images,  Toranas,  and  other  sculptures,  and  closely  resemble  those  dis- 
covered at  Mathura  in  former  years  by  Sir  A.  Cunningham,  Dr.  Burgess, 
Mr.  Growse,  and  Dr.  Fuhrer  himself.  Their  dates  range  between  the  year 
5  of  Devaputra  Kanishka  and  the  year  86  of  the  Indo-Scythic  era,  or  as- 
suming the  latter  to  be  identical  with  the  S'aka  era,  between  83  and  164 
A.  D.  The  name  of  the  second  Indo-Scythic  king  Huvishka  occurs  twice. 
It  is  both  times  misspelt,  being  given  in  the  one  case  as  Huvashka,  and  in 
the  other  as  Huviksha.  Huvishka's  dates  are  the  years  40  and  44.  Eleven 
inscriptions  give  names  of  various  subdivisions  of  the  Jaina  monks  men- 
tioned in  the  Kalpasutra The  inscriptions  mention  also  distinctly 

two  sambhogas,  or  "  district  communities,"  the  S'irika  and  the  S'riguha,  or, 
as  perhaps  it  must  be  read,  S'rigriha,  which  are  both  known  from  the  in- 
scriptions noticed  formerly.  In  one  case  there  is  a  mutilated  name  which 
looks  like  sdrina  sambho\^ga}.  If  we  omit  the  latter,  the  new  inscriptions 
prove  the  correctness  of  the  Jaina  tradition  with  respect  to  the  early  exist- 
ence of  six  divisions  of  monks,  not  traced  before,  and  they  confirm  some 
of  the  results  obtained  in  former  years. 

In  addition,  they  settle  another  very  important  question.  According 
to  the  SVetambara  scriptures,  women  are  allowed  to  become  ascetics.  But 
we  have  hitherto  had  no  proof  that  this  doctrine  was  really  ancient.  Dr. 
Fiihrer's  new  finds  leave  no  doubt  that  it  was.  Most  of  the  Mathura  in- 
scriptions mention  in  the  preamble  the  name  of  the  donor's  spiritual  direc- 
tor, at  whose  request  (nirvartana)  the  donation  was  made.  Usually  this 
person  is  characterized  as  an  ascetic  by  the  titles  ganin  or  vdchaka,  or  by 
the  epithet  aryya,  "the  venerable."  The  inscriptions  found  in  former 
years  show  in  this  position  invariably  male  names.  Most  of  the  new  doc- 
uments resemble  them  in  this  respect.  But  some  mention  females — e.  g., 
Aryya-SangamiM,  "the  venerable  Sangamikd;"  Aryya-Sdmd,  "the  vener- 
able Sydmd;"  and  Aryya-  Vasuld,  "the  venerable  Vasuld" — as  the  persons 
at  whose  request  the  images  or  other  sculptures  were  dedicated.  The 
12 


178  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.  [HINDUSTAN.] 

position  in  which  these  female  names  occur,  as  well  as  the  epithet  aryya, 
proves  that  we  have  to  deal  with  Jaina  nuns  who  were  active  in  the  inter- 
est of  their  faith.  This  discovery  makes  it  very  probable  that  the  Jainas, 
as  the  S'vetambara  tradition  asserts,  from  the  first  allowed  women  to  enter 
on  the  road  to  salvation,  and  that  the  suggestion  of  some  orientalists,  ac- 
cording to  which  the  S'vetambaras  copied  the  Bauddhas  in  this  practice, 
must  be  rejected  as  erroneous. 

A  closer  examination  of  Dr.  Fiihrer's  new  inscriptions  may  possibly 
reveal  other  points  of  interest.  But  what  I  have  been  able  to  bring  for- 
ward on  a  first  inspection  certainly  justifies  the  assertion  that  they  really 
are  most  valuable,  and  that  Dr.  Fiihrer  has  again  laid  the  students  of  the 
history  of  the  religions  of  India  under  deep  obligation. 

I  may  add  that,  in  my  opinion,  more  may  be  yet  expected  from  the 
Kankali  Tila,  for  the  large  temples  which  Dr.  Fiihrer  has  discovered 
must,  I  think,  have  contained  longer  inscriptions,  recording  the  dates 
when,  and  the  circumstances  under  which,  they  were  built.  I  trust  that 
the  government  of  the  Northwest  Provinces  will  enable  Dr.  Fiihrer  to  re- 
sume his  operations  next  year,  and  to  institute  a  careful  search  for  these 
documents.  Should  the  exploration  of  the  Kankali  Tila,  however,  be 
complete,  then  the  Chaubara  mound  ought  to  be  attacked,  because  it  un- 
doubtedly hides  the  ruins  of  an  ancient  Vaishnava  temple,  and  will  yield 
documents  elucidating  the  history  of  the  hitherto  much  underrated  Bhag- 
avatas — a  sect  which  is  older  than  the  Bauddhas,  and  even  than  the  Jainas. 
— G.  BUHLER,  in  Academy,  April  19. 

GUPTA  SEAL-INSCRIPTION. — In  a  late  number  of  the  Journal  of  the  Ben- 
gal Asiatic  Society,  Mr.  Vincent  Smith  and  Dr.  Hoernle  describe  an 
ancient  seal  found  at  Bithari,  in  Ghazipur  district  of  the  Northwestern 
Provinces,  well  known  for  its  stone  pillar  with  an  inscription  of  Skanda 
Gupta.  This  seal  bears  on  the  upper  part,  in  relief,  a  representation  of 
Garuda,  the  human-faced  bird-monster  which  was  the  emblem  of  the  Gupta 
dynasty.  Below  is  an  inscription  giving  the  genealogy  of  the  Gupta  kings 
(with  their  queens)  for  nine  generations,  ending  with  Kumara  Gupta  II, 
the  owner  of  the  seal.  Hitherto,  only  seven  Gupta  kings  were  known,  from 
coins  and  inscriptions ;  but  the  dynasty  is  now  carried  down  to  about  A.  D. 
550. — Academy,  March  22. 

VINUKONDA  (Madras). — Roman  Aurei. — In  the  last  part  of  the  Nu- 
mismatic Chronicle  for  last  year,  Mr.  E.  Thurston  describes  fifteen  Roman 
aurei  lately  discovered  at  Vinukonda,  in  Madras.  They  date  from  Ti- 
berius to  Caracalla;  and,  as  with  previous  finds,  they  are  in  good  preser- 
vation.— Academy,  March  22. 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  179 

AFGHANISTAN. 

LANGUAGE  OF  THE  AFGHANS. — Professor  JAMES  DARMESTETER,  in  his  re- 
cently published  work  (through  the  Societe  Asiatique)  on  the  Popular  Songs 
of  the  Afghans,  reaches  the  conclusion,  that  Pushtu  (the  language  of  the 
Afghans)  is  not — as  has  been  commonly  thought — intermediate  between 
India  and  Persia,  but  purely  and  exclusively  Iranian,  being  derived  from 
the  Zend  of  Arachosia.  As  regards  history,  M.  Darmesteter  traces  the 
origin  of  the  Afghans  back  to  the  time  of  Alexander ;  and  he  also  describes 
the  organization  of  their  schools  of  popular  poetry. 

PERSIAN  INSCRIPTION  AT  KANDAHAR. — M.  DARMESTETER  has  also  read  a 
paper  (Feb.  27.)  before  the  Aeademie  des  Inscriptions  upon  the  great  Per- 
sian inscription  at  Kandahar,  so  often  mentioned  by  travellers  but  never 
before  copied.  M.  Darmesteter  obtained  his  copy  of  it,  through  Lieut. 
William  Archer,  from  the  native  letter-writer  to  the  Indian  Government 
at  Kandahar.  The  inscription  is  in  two  parts.  The  first  part  is  dated  1522 
A.  D.,  having  been  engraved  by  the  Emperor  Baber  to  commemorate  his 
capture  of  the  city  on  his  way  to  the  invasion  of  India.  The  second  part, 
which" was  written  in  1598,  contains  a  history  of  the  city  from  the  time  of 
Baber  to  that  of  Akbar,  and  also  a  list  of  the  provinces  and  chief  towns  of 
the  Mughal  empire. — Academy,  March  22  ;  Revue  Critique,  1890,  p.  200. 

GR/ECO-INDIAN  STATUES. — At  a  meeting  (Feb.  21)  of  the  Aeademie  des 
Inscriptions,  M.  Senart  exhibited  reproductions  of  some  Grseco-Indian 
statues  discovered  by  Capt.  Deane  in  the  course  of  excavations  at  Sikri, 
in  the  valley  of  the  Kabul  river.  One  of  them  represents  an  absolutely 
new  type  of  Buddha,  emaciated  by  the  austerities  to  which  he  subjected 
himself  before  attaining  perfect  knowledge.  M.  Senart  also  referred  to 
an  inscription  published  in  the  Indian  Antiquary  of  September,  1889, 
which  was  found'on  a  sculptured  fragment  of  Grseco-Indian  style.  Owing 
to  the  inadequacy  of  the  fac-simile,  he  was  unable  to  regard  the  date  as  cer- 
tain. M.  Senart  proceeded  to  make  some  general  remarks  upon  the  influ- 
ence which  classical  art  exercised  upon  India.  In  his  opinion,  Mr.  James 
Fergusson  has  brought  too  low  the  date  of  many  of  the  Grseco-Indian 
monuments  in  the  northwest  of  India.  M.  Senart  maintained  that  the 
chief  intermediary  was  the  Hellenism  of  the  Arsacides ;  and  that  the  period 
when  Western  influence  upon  Indian  art  was  most  marked  was  the  first 
and  second  century  A.  D.,  during  the  reign  of  Kanishka  (Kanerkes)  and 
his  successors. — Academy,  March  22 :  cf.  Revue  Critique,  1890,  p.  179. 

PARTHIA. 

UNIQUE  PARTHIAN  TETRADRACHM. — At  the  Dec.  19  meeting  of  the  Nu- 
mismatic Society  (London),  Dr.  B.  V.  Head  exhibited,  on  behalf  of  Mr. 
W.  H.  Penney,  a  new  and  unpublished  tetradrachm  of  one  of  the  early 


180  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

kings  of  Parthia;  obv.  bust  of  king  to  left,  wearing  royal  diadem,  the 
string  of  which  forms  a  large  loop  behind  the  head,  and  a  winged  tiara 
somewhat  resembling  those  worn  by  some  of  the  later  Sassanian  kings ; 
rev.  BA3IAEQ3  AP3AKOY,  Nike  standing  to  the  right, holding  a  palm 
in  her  extended  right  hand,  and  a  sceptre  terminating  in  a  star  over  her 
left  shoulder.  In  field  r.  a  monogram  composed  of  the  letters  ATT  (?)  ; 
weight  245  grs.  Dr.  Head  remarked  concerning  this  curious  and  unique 
coin  that  the  king's  portrait  bore  strong  resemblance  to  that  on  the 
drachms  of  Phrahapates  I  (Arsaces  IV),  196-181  B.  c.,  but  that  the  head- 
dress and  the  reverse  type  were  entirely  new  to  the  Parthian  series.  From 
the  simplicity  of  the  title,  as  compared  with  the  pompous  inscriptions  on 
all  but  the  very  earliest  Parthian  coins,  he  drew  the  inference  that  it  was 
minted  in  some  Greek  city,  the  name  of  which  was  concealed  in  the  mon- 
ogram. Prof.  Gardner  concurred  in  the  main  with  Dr.  Head,  though  he 
was  inclined  to  attribute  the  coin  to  a  rather  later  date,  probably  to  the 
reign  of  Mithridates  I,  174-136  B.  c. — Athenceum,  Jan.  4. 

BABYLONIA. 

THE  AMERICAN  EXPEDITION. — The  Americans  excavating  at  NIFFER  (the 
ancient  NIPPUR)  have  laid  bare  the  temple  of  Bell  and  have  found  inscribed 
tablets  which  date  back  to  3750  B.  c.  They  have  discovered  at  UR,  in  the 
great  temple-library,  many  inscribed  tablets,  cylinders,  and  bricks  of  first- 
rate  religious  and  historic  importance. — N.  Y.  Evening  Post,  in  Amer. 
Architect,  March  9. 

SYRIA. 

M.  G.  MARMIER,  Commandant  of  Engineers,  made  a  communication 
to  the  Academic  des  Inscriptions  (Jan.  10)  on  the  ancient  geography  of 
Syria.  This  work  bears  on  three  principal  points :  (1)  The  situation  of 
the  country  of  ARAM-NAHARAIM  of  Genesis,  the  residence  of  Abraham  :  M. 
Marmier  rejects  the  opinion  which  identifies  this  country  with  Mesopota- 
mia, and  looks  for  the  site  in  the  north  of  the  land  of  Canaan.  (2)  The 
situation  of  the  city  of  KEDESH,  celebrated  in  the  Egyptian  annals  of  the 
xvin  and  xix  dynasties :  it  is,  says  M.  Marmier,  the  Kadytis  of  Herodo- 
tos ;  it  was  situated  at  the  foot  of  Carmel  and  not  far  from  the  city  of 
Arados,  mentioned  in  the  Periploos  of  Skylax.  (3)  The  situation  of  the 
country  of  NEHARINA  :  M.  Marmier,  in  accordance  with  Egyptian  texts, 
recognizes  it  as  identical  with  Aram-Naharaim.  M.  Marmier  added,  that 
these  geographic  deductions  may  throw  some  light  on  the  history  of  the 
Khetas,  in  getting  rid  of  the  legend  of  a  pretended  invasion  of  Middle 
Syria,  by  this  people,  between  the  reigns  of  Thothmes  IV  and  Rameses  II. 
— Revue  Critique,  1890,  p.  60. 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  181 

THE  ARABIC  LIBRARY  AT  DAMASCUS. — A  Greek  judge  in  Cyprus,  M.  Chri. 
Papadopulos,  has  printed,  as  the  forerunner  of  a  treatise  by  him  on  the 
Arabic  Library  at  Damascus  and  its  MSS.  that  has  long  lain  unpublished, 
an  interesting  short  account  of  them  in  a  Greek  theological  magazine 
called  ^oyrrjp.  From  it  are  extracted  the  following  passages : 

The  library  was  founded  by  the  Ommayads.  The  building  is  situated 
near  the  stately  Djami  which  bears  their  name.  It  has  a  great  stone 
vault  supported  upon  four  columns,  and  is  ornamented  with  mosaics. 
There  is  no  proper  catalogue  of  this  library,  nor  is  it  arranged.  Several 
of  the  manuscripts  are  motheaten  and  much  injured  by  damp.  Still, 
there  exist  in  it  valuable  papyri  as  well  as  manuscripts  on  parchment 
and  paper.  Among  them,  according  to  M.  Papadopulos,  a  conspicuous 
place  is  due  to  a  history  of  Damascus  in  nineteen  large  volumes.  A  great 
deal  that  is  new  is  to  be  found  in  them  regarding  the  city  and  its  walls  as 
well  as  the  fine  arts  in  Damascus.  This  codex  is  a  jewel  of  Arabic  liter- 
ature and  an  inexhaustible  source  for  the  whole  annals  of  the  city. 

The  collection  of  old  Arabic  papyri  is  rich.  There  are  several  that  throw 
light  on  obscure  periods  of  Arabic  history  and  poetry,  or  deal  with  the 
general  history  of  Arabs  and  their  literature.  Some  of  these  papyri  are  as 
late  as  the  fifteenth  century,  and  may  be  considered,  says  M.  Papadopulos, 
as  copies  of  monuments  in  stone.  On  papyrus  rolls  are  to  be  found  collec- 
tions of  poems  by  celebrated  Arab  authors,  of  whom  Ibn  Khaldoun  is 
the  most  notable ;  others  contain  decrees  of  the  Emirs  of  Damascus. 

M.  Papadopulos  mentions  also  a  history  on  parchment  of  the  Tartars 
by  Abulghazi  Bahadur,  and  a  history  and  geography  of  Damascus  and 
Palmyra  by  Abulfeda.  Although  M.  Papadopulos  gives  no  details  regard- 
ing these  writings,  one  can  identify  the  history  of  Abulghazi  as  that  which 
was  discovered  by  Swedish  officers  in  captivity  after  the  battle  of  Pultowa, 
1709,  and  translated  into  German,  and  subsequently  (1726)  into  French, 
and  published  in  two  volumes  under  the  title  of  Histoire  genealogique  des 
Tatars.  Kegarding  the  work  of  Abulfeda  one  cannot,  from  the  brief  notice 
that  M.  Papadopulos  supplies,  come  to  any  certain  conclusion,  whether  it 
be  a  portion  of  the  Annales  Moslemici  or  an  unpublished  production  of  the 
celebrated  Mohammedan  prince  and  polyhistor. 

Among  the  other  treasures  of  the  library  are  a  treatise  of  Abul-Hassan, 
the  Arabian  astronomer  of  the  thirteenth  century ;  a  roll  of  Abumazar, 
the  astronomer  (circa  855),  on  the  observatories  at  Bagdad  and  Damascus ; 
a  medical  treatise  of  the  teacher  of  Avicenna,  Abu-Sahaal ;  a  meteoro- 
logical bulletin  relating  to  Damascus  by  Abul-Chaiz ;  papyrus  rolls  con- 
taining the  Pentateuch, the  Psalter,  and  the  Gospels  in  Kufic  characters; 
papyrus  rolls  and  others,  consisting  of  Plato's  "  Laws  "  in  Arabic,  the 
"Organon"  of  Aristotle,  the  work  of  Hippocrates  "De  Ae're,  Aquis,  et 


182  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.  [SYRIA.] 

Locis,"  and  one  containing  some  portions  of  the  "  Birds  "  of  Aristophanes 
(in  Arabic  ?),  with  variants,  and  the  Bible  in  Syriac. 

But  the  great  prize  of  the  library,  so  far  as  one  can  judge  from  the  in- 
adequate description  given  of  it,  is  a  Greek  manuscript  of  the  Old  and 
New  Testament,  comprising  the  Epistle  of  Barnabas  and  a  portion  of  the 
Shepherd  of  Hermas.  As  the  discovery  of  it  is  highly  interesting,  I  give 
an  exact  translation  of  the  passage  referring  to  it :  "  One  of  the  most  im- 
portant of  the  so-called  uncial  manuscripts  which  contain  the  whole  of  the 
New  Testament  complete  is  as  follows : — 

"  The  manuscript  is  written  on  well-prepared  parchment  and  is  12£  inches 
wide  and  131  inches  high.  It  consists  of  380?  leaves,  of  which  200  contain 
the  Old  Testament  (in  the  Septuagint  version)  incomplete ;  but  180,  the 
whole  of  the  New  Testament,  the  Epistle  of  Barnabas,  and  a  large  portion 
of  the  Shepherd  of  Hermas.  The  manuscript  is  divided  into  four  columns, 
and  in  each  column  there  are  fifty  lines.  This  MS.  may  be  regarded  as 
similar  to  the  Codex  Sinaiticus,  and  consequently  is  worthy  of  a  searching 
inquiry  and  investigation.  The  discovery  of  this  gem  is  due  to  us." 

Every  reader  will  see  that  it  is  really  a  gem.  Not  only  is  the  mere  an- 
tiquity of  the  manuscript  a  point  of  importance,  but  also  the  fact  that  it 
contains  a  portion,  and  a  considerable  portion,  of  the  Shepherd  of  Hermas, 
which  has  lately  been  seen  in  a  new  light,  thanks  to  the  researches  and 
criticisms  of  scholars  like  Hilgenfeld  and  Harnack.  It  is  well  known  that 
Hilgerfeld  maintained  that  he  had  found  the  Greek  conclusion,  still  missing, 
of  Hermas,  in  a  London  publication  of  the  well-known  forger  Constantin 
Simonides  (Nutt,  1859).  This  supposed  conclusion — after  the  appear- 
ance, simultaneously  with  Prof.  Hilgenfeld's  conjecture,  of  the  collation 
of  the  Athos  Codex  by  Lambros  accompanied  by  an  introduction  by  Mr. 
Armitage  Kobinson — was  utterly  rejected  by  Prof.  Harnack  and  declared 
to  be  a  pure  forgery  of  Simonides,  an  opinion  in  which  I  con  cur  i  Now 
comes  the  ancient  MS.  from  Damascus  as  a  new  document.  Does  it  con- 
tain the  conclusion  of  the  Shepherd?  Unfortunately  the  meagre  notice 
supplied  by  M.  Papadopulos  neither  throws  light  on  this  point  nor  affords 
us  sufficient  information,  nor  does  it  allow  us  to  form  any  certain  opinion 
on- the  whole  question  of  the  importance  of  the  Damascene  Codex  and  its 
similarity  to  the  Sinaitic,  which  also  contains,  besides  the  Testament,  a 
small  portion  of  the  Shepherd.  I  hope,  however  to  be  soon  in  a  position  to 
give  further  intelligence  on  this  important  discovery. — SPYR.  P.  LAMBROS, 
in  Athenceum,  Feb.  1. 

PALESTINE. 

PALESTINE  EXPLORATION  FUND. — The  committee  announce  that  they  have 
obtained  a  firman  granting  permission  to  excavate  at  KHURBET  'AJLAN,  the 
EQLON  of  Joshua.  It  is  understood  that  all  objects,  except  duplicates,  found 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  183 

in  the  course  of  the  excavations  shall  be  forwarded  to  the  Museum  of  Con- 
stantinople, but  that  the  committee's  agents  shall  have  the  right  to  make 
squeezes,  sketches,  models,  photographs,  and  copies  of  all  such  objects. 
The  committee  have  secured  the  services  of  Mr.  Flinders  Petrie,  who  is 
now  in  Palestine  making  arrangements  to  start  the  excavations. — Pal. 
Explor.  Fund,  April,  1890. 

OESAREA. — Mr.  Schick  reports  the  discovery  of  an  obelisk,  here,  and 
sends  a  drawing  of  it.  It  is  believed  that  this  is  the  first  obelisk  discov- 
ered in  the  Holy  Land. 

GALILEE. — Mr.  Schumacher  reports  the  discovery  of  a  large  cave  at 
NAZERETH  ;  ancient  and  elaborate  rock-tombs  at  HAIFA  and  SHEFA  'AMR  ; 
exploration  of  the  caves  of  JESSAS;  the  discovery  of  various  inscriptions, 
and  of  the  rock-hewn  apse  of  a  church. 

JERUSALEM. — Pool  of  Bethesda  (see  JOURNAL,  vol.  iv,.pp.  482-3).— 
The  clearance  of  the  Pool  has  been  continued,  and  Mr.  Schick  reports  de- 
tails and  gives  section-plans.  It  is  now  quite  clear  that  the  original  church 
stood  immediately  over  the  Pool,  i.  e.,  the  top  of  the  Pool  formed  the  floor 
of  the  church,  and  that  the  five  small  chambers  or  porches  over  the  Pool 
(which  are  connected  by  an  open  arch)  did  not  belong  to  the  original  struc- 
ture but  were  afterwards  introduced,  perhaps  by  the  Crusaders.  On  the 
wall  of  the  church  has  been  discovered  a  fresco  representing  an  angel  troub- 
ling the  waters ;  and  in  other  parts  of  the  church  are  visible  small  pieces  of 
fresco,  indicating  that  the  walls  of  the  ancient  church  were  covered  with 
fresco-paintings. 

Ancient  City-wall. — Further  portions  of  the  ancient  wall  of  Jerusalem 
have  been  exposed  on  the  northern  side  and  at  the  northwestern  corner. 

Discovery  of  a  large  Cistern. — A  very  large  cistern  has  been  discovered 
near  the  Church  of  the  Holy  Sepulchre,  apparently  under  the  spot  where 
stood  the  mediaeval  church  of  Sta.  Maria  Latina. 

Hock-levels  in  Jerusalem. — Mr.  Schick  communicates  further  observations 
on  the  rock-levels  of  the  city,  confirming  the  supposition,  that  east  of  the 
Church  of  the  Holy  Sepulchre  there  is  a  rock-terrace  nearly  surrounded 
by  scarps  of  considerable  height. — PEF,  January,  1890. 

Mount  of  Olives. — Very  interesting  discoveries  have  been  made — includ- 
ing a  Christian  burial-place,  an  extensive  series  of  catacombs,  which  had 
been  used  by  Roman  soldiers  of  the  tenth  legion,  a  number  of  Roman  tiles, 
and  other  antiquities  of  various  periods.  In  the  course  of  the  excavations 
for  building,  the  workmen  came  across  the  remains  of  a  group  of  tombs. 
Several  shafts  and  capitals  of  columns,  ornamented  with  acanthus  leaves, 
in  the  Roman-Greek  manner,  were  dug  up,  and  the  plinths  on  which  they 
rested  were  found.  Between  the  plinths  was  a  mosaic  pavement,  contain- 
ing a  Greek  inscription  in  black  on  a  white  ground ;  and  under  the  mosaic 


184  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.  [JERUSALEM.] 

were  found  stone  slabs,  which  formed  the  covers  of  the  tombs.  So  far, 
fifteen  of  these  tombs  have  been  opened.  They  appear  to  have  been  made 
partly  by  Jews  and  partly  by  Christians,  those  attributed  to  the  latter 
being  situated  in  a  group  a  little  apart  from  the  others. — PEF,  Jan. ; 
Amer.  Architect. 

Excavations  on  the  eastern  brow  of'Zion" — About  last  July,  excava- 
tions were  commenced  on  a  piece  of  ground  on  the  eastern  slope  of  the 
western  hill  of  Jerusalem  (generally  called  Zion)  about  half-way  down 
between  the  buildings  of  Neby  Daud  and  the  Pool  of  Siloam.  The  prop- 
erty had  been  bought  by  a  Frenchman,  Count  Piello,  and  the  work  was 
overseen  by  a  Roman  Catholic  monk.  Mr.  Schick  was  allowed  to  make 
plans  (which  are  published)  and  to  see  the  discoveries,  such  as  "  masonry, 
rockscarps,  well-mouths,  and  many  hewn  and  sculptured  stones ;  also  pave- 
ments, mosaics,  etc."  It  is  found  that  there  were  in  ancient  times  caves  and 
dwellings  excavated  in  the  roclc,  which  excavations  were  in  later  times  con- 
verted into  cisterns.  Here  are,  nearly  throughout,  two  stories  of  excava- 
tions ;  the  upper  ones  certainly  were  originally  used  for  human  dwellings, 
or  as  cellars,  magazines,  stables,  etc."  On  a  terrace  (12  ft.  high)  were  found 
a  large  piece  of  mosaic  pavement  and  three  bases  of  columns,  the  largest, 
one  in  situ. — PEF,  January,  1890. 

DISCOVERIES  NORTH  OF  DAMASCUS  GATE. — Basilica  of  St.  Stephen  and 
rock-cut  Tombs. — Mr.  Schick  reports,  on  his  examination  of  the  Domini- 
can property  northwest  of  "  Jeremiah's  Grotto,"  that  he  has  discovered 
indications  of  a  second  church  (older  and  larger  than  that  previously 
known) — a  basilica  with  wide  nave  and  narrow  side-aisles,  thought  to  be 
the  original  church  of  St.  Stephen.  There  are  mosaic  pavements  in  the 
eastern  part  of  the  two  aisles  of  the  church.  Under  the  church  were 
found  two  rock-cut  tombs,  similar  to  those  discovered  several  years  ago. 
Access  to  these  tombs  was  by  steps  leading  down  from  beneath  the  pave- 
ment of  the  church.  The  entrance  to  the  first  tomb  was  below  a  very 
large  flagstone,  on  which  was  a  Greek  inscription.  Over  the  stone  en- 
trance-door of  this  tomb  was  a  second  Greek  inscription  cut  in  the  rock. 
This  tomb  was  approached  by  a  passage  on  the  right  and  left  of  which  are 
loculi  (containing  bones  and  mould),  each  loculus  covered  with  three  slabs 
on  one  of  which  is  an  inscription.  A  little  to  the  west  of  this  tomb  was 
found  a  similar  one,  but  without  any  inscription;  and,  instead  of  a  door, 
it  had  a  round  stone  to  be  rolled  before  the  opening.  It  was  like  that  at 
the  Tombs  of  the  Kings,  only  thinner  and  smaller.  Mr.  Schick  gives 
section  and  ground  plans  of  the  tombs,  and  fac-similes  of  the  Greek  in- 
scriptions. 

Two  rock-cut  Cisterns  near  "Jeremiah's  Grotto." — Mr.  Schick  examined 
and  describes  these  cisterns  and  gives  plans  of  the  larger  one,  which  has 


[PALESTINE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  185 

circular  ends  and  is  covered  with  a  pavement  of  large  flagstones.  It 
measures  66  x  30  feet,  and  is  45  feet  deep.  The  rock-cut  sides  converge, 
and  the  roof  is  constructed  of  hewn  stones  in  the  form  of  a  very  pointed 
vault.  Mr.  S.  says  :  "  This  remarkable  cistern  is  certainly  not  of  Moham- 
medan or  Christian  origin,  but  apparently  Canaanite,  its  form  being  like 
so  many  made  by  Canaanites  in  the  rock,  but  I  have  never  before  seen 
one  so  large.  The  arching,  and  the  slab  with  two  iron  rings  [in  the  pave- 
ment], is  very  like  Crusading  [work]." 

Cistern  No.  2  is  about  24  feet  square  and  15  feet  high.  It  is  entirely 
hewn  in  the  rock,  "  and  before  it  was  made  into  a  cistern  was  rock-cut 
Jewish  tombs.  This  cistern  proves  that  there  were  rock-cut  tombs  be- 
tween the  present  town-wall  and  the  scarp  of  Jeremiah's  Grotto  on  the 
north,  as  in  the  Jeremiah-Grotto  hill  itself."— PEF,  Jan.,  April,  1890. 

SARfs. — In  a  cave,  here,  have  been  found  human  figures  sculptured  on 
the  walls,  resembling  the  "  proto-Phcenician  "  rock-sculptures  near  Tyre ; 
and  an  inscription,  believed  by  Professor  Sayce  to  be  evidently  old-Phoe- 
nician. An  inscription  which  had  escaped  the  observation  of  previous 
travellers  has  been  noted  by  Mr.  Hanauer  at  Beit  el-Khulil. — PEF, 
January,  April,  1890. 

SILWAN. — Rock-hewn  Chapels. — Mr.  C.  Schick  reports  the  discovery, 
beneath  the  village  of  Silwan,  of  four  rock-cut  chapels,  of  which  he  gives 
the  external  view,  ground-plan,  and  section.  Two  of  these  could  not  be 
examined,  the  other  two  were  examined  and  measured :  they  contain  two 
chambers,  and  terminate  in  an  eastern  apse ;  the  semidome  being  made  like 
a  Mohammedan  mihrab.  In  one  of  the  apses,  just  below  the  semidome,  was 
found  a  Greek  inscription  in  two  lines,  of  which  Mr.  S.  gives  a  fac-simile. 
It  appears  that  these  rock-cut  chambers  were  once  used  by  Christians  as 
chapels.— PEF,  January,  1890. 

PHOENICIA. 

ACH-ZIB. — PHCENICIAN  NECROPOLIS. — EDMOND  DURIGHELLO  writes  to 
the  Courier  de  I' Art  (of  Jan.  31,  1890)  concerning  his  archaeological  re- 
searches in  Galilee :  "  I  made  my  first  stop  at  El-Zib  (ancient  Ach-Zib), 
which  is  a  rather  important  village,  three  hours  from  Sain t-Jean-d' Acre. 
I  passed  two  days  there  in  studying  the  ancient  burial-places  upon  which 
are  built  the  houses  of  the  present  village.  These  burial  vaults  are  con- 
structed of  beautiful  freestone,  of  calcareous  breccia  cut  with  the  greatest 
care  and  skill.  I  chose  a  spot  which  seemed  to  me  the  most  promising,  and 
came  at  once  upon  a  quadrangular  well,  cut  in  the  living  rock  and  con- 
ducting to  a  tomb  hermetically  sealed  with  a  single  block  of  stone.  The  form 
of  the  tomb  was  that  adopted  by  the  Phoenicians  after  the  first  conquest 


186  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.    [PHOENICIA.] 

of  Phoenicia  by  the  kings  of  Egypt,  and  it  had  not  been  opened  since  the 
Phoenician  period.  On  removing  the  monolith  which  closed  the  vault,  I 
found  in  the  interior  three  tombs  of  masonry,  one  in  the  bottom  and  the 
two  others  against  the  lateral  walls  of  the  vault.  These  tombs  were  con- 
structed of  sandstone  and  lined  inside  with  slabs  in  the  form  of  a  cover, 
sustained  by  projecting  masonry.  Toward  the  head  of  each  skeleton  were 
placed  three  or  four  terracotta  statuettes,  Egypto-Phcenician,  like  those 
discovered  at  Cyprus,  and  of  which  I  have  only  seen  rare  specimens  else- 
where. Toward  the  middle  of  the  body  began  a  row  of  vases  and  dishes 
of  terracotta  of  all  forms  and  sizes.  But,  without  counting  the  jewels, 
amulets,  and  scarabs,  what  appeared  to  me  to  be  of  great  archaeological 
value  were  the  terracotta  groups  of  personages,  of  very  primitive  work- 
manship, representing,  in  my  opinion,  handicrafts ;  it  would  appear  that 
there  still  existed  among  the  Zibiotes  of  that  period  the  habit  of  interring, 
with  their  dead,  figurines  recalling  the  habits  and  craft  of  each  one. 
During  more  than  two  months  I  followed  up  my  excavations  upon  this 
vast  site,  but  with  frequent  interruptions,  owing  to  the  interference  of  the 
authorities.  Nevertheless,  I  succeeded  in  clearing  out  more  than  a  hun- 
dred of  these  intact  vaults,  and  in  making  an  extremely  interesting  col- 
lection of  these  trade-groups,  of  which,  so  far  as  I  know,  there  is  nothing 
analogous  in  any  Museum.  I  did  not  attack  the  richest  part  of  this  ne- 
cropolis, which  I  reserved  to  excavate  under  better  conditions." 

SA'l'DA. — "  On  my  return  to  Saida,  I  found  that  admirable  necropolis 
from  which  were  taken  those  magnificent  sarcophagi  which  the  Museum 
of  Constantinople  removed  from  Saida  three  years  ago,  to  have  been 
annihilated!  For  the  rock  in  which  were  these  beautiful  sepulchral 
vaults  worthy  of  the  archseologic  marvels  which  they  contained,  the  entire 
rock,  had  been  brutally  torn  up  and  transformed  into  stupid  masonry ! 
And  there,  where  reposed  the  ashes  of  King  Tabnit,  there  is  only  an  empty 
pit.  That  grandiose  subterranean  Museum,  which  earthquakes  and  the 
devastations  of  conquerors  and  centuries  of  barbarism  had  respected,  has 
been  effaced  by  the  criminal  stupidity  of  a  miserable  gardener  of  Saida." 

ASIA  MINOR. 

AIGAIAI  (mod.  Nimrud-Kalessi). — EXCAVATIONS  BY  THE  GERMAN  ARCH/E- 
OLOGICAL  INSTITUTE. — The  recent  excavations  conducted  here  by  Drs. 
Bohn  and  Shuchardt  (the  excavators  of  Pergamon)  are  discussed  by  them 
with  minute  detail  and  numerous  illustrations  in  the  second  Erganzung- 
shefl  of  the  Jahrbuch  d.  k.  deut.  archdol.  Instituts.  The  excavations  revealed 
three  temples,  a  theatre,  a  stadion,  several  large  stoai,  a  covered  market- 
place, well-preserved  city- walls,  and  numerous  inscriptions. 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  187 

EPHESOS. — MR.  WOOD'S  UNPUBLISHED  DRAWINGS  AND  DOCUMENTS  OF  THE 
TEMPLE  OF  ARTEMIS. — Mr.  George  Aitchison,  Professor  of  Architecture  at 
the  Royal  Academy  of  Arts,  writes  to  the  London  Times,  under  date  of 
April  19,  on  the  occasion  of  the  death  of  Mr.  J.  T.  Wood,  the  discoverer 
and  excavator  of  the  Temple  of  Artemis  at  Ephesos :  "  It  is  not  generally 
known  that  the  drawings  and  memoranda  necessary  for  a  trustworthy 
restoration  of  the  temple  have  never  been  published,  and,  without  them, 
no  proper  comprehension  of  the  facts  can  be  arrived  at.  The  book  which 
Mr.  Wood  published  in  1877  was  only  a  popular  account,  and  he  intended 
publishing  a  larger  and  more  complete  work  on  the  subject,  but  did  not 
live  to  execute  it.  These  drawings  and  documents,  in  Mr.  Wood's  posses- 
sion at  his  death,  will  run  the  chances  of  loss  or  destruction  unless  they  are 
at  once  arranged  and  digested  by  a  scholar,  a  classical  antiquarian." 

REMAINS  OF  THE  ARCHAIC  TEMPLE  OF  ARTEMIS. — Mr.  A.  S.  Murray,  con- 
tributes to  the  October  number  of  the  Journal  of  Hellenic  Studies  a  paper 
in  which  he  illustrates  some  fragments  of  the  archaic  temple  at  Ephesos 
found  by  Mr.  Wood  built  into  the  construction  of  the  later  temple.  Mr. 
Murray  has  put  most  of  them  together  again  in  such  a  way  as  to  show  that 
they  belong  to  the  cornice  of  the  old  temple  and  that  in  this  cornice  the 
spaces  between  the  lion-heads  used  as  water-spouts  are  occupied  not  by 
floral  ornaments,  as  in  the  usual  temple,  but  by  groups  of  figures  sculptured 
with  extraordinary  minuteness  and  delicacy.  Hardly  any  two  of  the  frag- 
ments fit  together :  there  is  here  a  foot  or  hand,  there  a  head  or  piece  of 
drapery.  These  sculptures  either  formed  a  continuous  subject,  separated 
into  groups  by  the  lion-heads,  or  a  series  of  separate  subjects,  in  the  manner 
of  metopes.  The  period  assigned  to  the  work  is  c.  550  B.  c. 

Other  fragments  are  used  to  reproduce  the  capital,  shaft,  and  base  of 
both  an  ordinary  column  and  of  a  sculptured  column  or  columna  coelata. 
The  figure  used  to  demonstrate  the  existence  of  co'lumnae  coelatae  in  the 
old  temple  is  one  that  is  said  by  Mr.  Murray  to  answer  fairly  to  a  Hermes 
on  an  archaic  vase  from  Corinth  in  the  British  Museum.  The  figure 
stands  on  a  flat  band,  which  begins  the  base  ;  then  comes  a  torus-moulding 
and  the  rest,  in  a  style  that  was  imitated  in  the  new  temple.  "  The 
sculpture  of  the  archaic  columns,  so  far  as  I  can  judge,  is  of  the  same 
period  as  the  cornice.  The  forms  are  of  course  larger  and  more  simply 
treated.  But  the  workmanship  is  of  the  same  delicate  archaic  kind.  On 
the  column  the  remains  of  color  are  slighter  than  on  the  cornice,  where  in 
some  parts  they  are  quite  brilliant  in  reds  and  blues." 

We  know,  from  Herodotos,  that  Kroisos  bore  the  expense  of  most  of  the 
columns  of  the  early  temple,  and  a  fragmentary  inscription  on  these  frag- 
ments is  restored :  Ba[(nAevs]  Kp[o«ros]  avt[6r}K\ev.  The  architect  of  the 
old  temple  was  Chersiphron.  It  is  suggested  that  the  sculptor  was  Bupalos, 


188  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCH JEOLOGY.  [ ASIA  MINOR.] 

son  of  Archermos  who  worked  in  Asia  Minor.  The  date  of  all  these  frag- 
ments and  of  the  old  temple  appears,  therefore,  to  be  that  of  Kroisos. 
[The  capital,  however,  as  restored,  appears  not  to  belong  to  so  early  a  date, 
but  to  be  not  earlier  than  the  fifth  century. — ED.] 

HISSARLIK. — Dr.  SCHLIEMANN  has  not,  as  was  reported,  left  the  Troad, 
but  still  remains  there,  and  he  has  just  obtained  from  the  Sultan  a  new 
firman,  allowing  him  to  make  fresh  excavations  at  Hissarlik.  His  atten- 
tion is  now  directed,  it  is  thought,  to  a  thorough  exploration  of  the  lowest 
strata,  occupied  by  the  earliest  inhabitants  of  the  supposed  site  of  Troy. 

Dr.  DORPFELD,  finding  he  could  not  undertake  any  excavations  at 
Idalion,  in  Kypros,  for  the  German  Government,  has  gone  to  join  Dr. 
Schliemann  at  Hissarlik,  where  operations  have  commenced  outside  the 
walls  of  the  burnt  city.  They  will  continue  their  excavations  there  for  two 
years,  as  they  intend  to  bring  to  light  the  greater  part,  if  not  the  whole, 
of  the  ancient  city.  The  present  campaign  will  last  till  the  end  of  June 
and  will  be  resumed  in  the  autumn. — Athenaeum,  March  8,  22,  May  10. 

KILIKIA. — IDENTIFICATION  OF  ANCIENT  SITES. — "  Whilst  wandering  about 
in  the  district  known  formerly  as  Kilikia  Tracheiotis,  I  have  been  able  to 
identify  several  important  sites.  On  the  high  land  which  rises  above  the 
sea  between  Mersina  and  Selefkeh  (Seleucia)  are  the  remains  of  several 
Greek  cities.  One  of  these  was  OLBA,  which  Strabo  tells  us  was  ruled  over 
by  priest-kings,  most  of  them  bearing  the  name  of  Teukros  or  Aias.  On 
a  polygonal  fortress  I  found  one  inscription,  a  dedication  to  the  Olbian 
Zeus  by  the  priest  Teukros  Tarkyarios,  and  another  stating  that  the  build- 
ing was  erected  under  the  superintendence  of  Pleistarchos  of  Olba ;  thus 
the  site  of  this  ancient  city  is  clearly  established.  A  large  tomb  built  on 
the  slope  of  the  hill  contains  an  inscription  with  the  name  of  Aba,  a  woman, 
Strabo  tells  us,  who  married  into  the  ruling  family,  and  was  recognized  by 
Antony  and  Cleopatra  as  the  ruler  of  this  part  of  Cilicia.  From  the  site 
of  another  town,  called  in  an  inscription  EABBATIA,  we  learned  the  names 
of  two  other  priest-kings,  namely,  Hermokrates  and  Lucius.  This  town 
contained  two  temples  of  Hermes — one  was  in  a  deep  gorge  where  three 
caves  are  walled  in  with  polygonal  masonry,  and  before  it  once  stood  a 
handsome  propylaion  erected  at  the  expense  of  two  noble  ladies,  who  are 
depicted  on  the  pediment  with  their  spindles.  The  other  temple  of  Hermes 
was  in  the  town  itself,  and  yielded  several  interesting  inscriptions. 

"  With  regard  to  the  question  of  the  Corycian  cave,  I  am  inclined  to  be- 
lieve that  explorers  have  not  yet  identified  the  situation.  Strabo  tells  us 
that  it  was  twenty  stadia  behind  Corycus.  Now  Olba  is  about  that  dis- 
tance, and  in  the  centre  of  the  ruins  of  Olba,  just  beneath  the  above-men- 
tioned fortress,  is  exactly  such  a  hole  as  Strabo  describes.  It  is  about 
three-quarters  of  a  mile  round  and  two  hundred  feet  deep,  with  precipi- 


[ASIA  MINOR.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  189 

tous  cliffs  around  it,  in  which  are  carved  several  funereal  basreliefs ;  it 
was  approached  by  two  roads — one  a  tunnel  cut  in  the  rock,  descending 
from  the  spot  where  presumably  the  temple  of  the  Olbian  Zeus  stood,  and 
the  other  an  open  staircase  cut  in  the  rock. 

"  These  towns  on  the  hill-slopes  are  mostly  built  on  precipitous  rocks, 
and  are  protected  by  fortresses  of  polygonal  masonry.  Most  of  them  have 
distinguishing  marks  on  the  outer  stones;  that  of  Olba  has  a  triskele, 
Eabbatia  has  a  hunting  horn,  and  another  fortress  town,  the  name  of 
which  I  was  unable  to  identify,  has  a  club  for  its  symbol." — J.  THEODORE 
BENT,  in  Athenceum,  April  5.  Cf.  Classical  Review,  1890,  pp.  185-86, 
where  Cecil  Smith  questions  the  identification  of  Olba. 

KORAZA. — TEMPLES. — M.  Paul  Foucart,  in  the  Bull,  de  corr.  hellen.,  has 
identified  certain  ruins  which  he  visited  between  Stratonikeia  and  Mylasa 
with  Koraza,  a  deme  of  Stratonikeia.  An  inscription  found  there  decrees 
certain  recompenses  to  benefactors  to  be  inscribed  on  the  antae  of  the 
temple  of  Artemis.  There  are  here  the  ruins  of  a  number  of  sanctuaries. 
From  the  analogy  of  inscriptions  at  the  neighboring  Lagina  and  Panamara 
and  especially  in  the  sanctuary  of  the  Karian  Zeus,  M.  Foucart  sees,  in 
these  ruins,  those  of  the  sanctuary  of  Artemis  Kwpa^wv  and  the  temples  of 
Apollon  and  Latona,  and,  in  the  site,  that  of  the  deme  of  Koraza. 

KYZIKOS. — TEMPLE  OF  HADRIAN. — M.  THEODORE  REINACH  communi- 
cated to  the  Academic  des  Inscriptions  (March  14,  23)  a  study  on  this 
colossal  work  of  Grseco-Ronian  art,  esteemed  by  some  ancient  writers  one 
of  the  seven  wonders  of  the  world.  The  edifice  was  destroyed  by  earth- 
quake as  late  as  1063  and  is  now  entirely  in  ruins,  but,  in  the  xv  century, 
Cyriacus  of  Ancona  saw  a  part  of  it  standing,  and  took  exact  measurements. 
His  notes,  discovered  by  Comm.  J.  B.  de  Rossi,  and  communicated  to  M. 
Reinach  by  M.  Georges  Perrot,  have  furnished  all  the  material  needed  for 
the  restoration  of  the  ground-plan  and  of  the  elevation  of  the  monument. 
The  columns,  sixty-two  in  number,  were  monoliths  21  metres  high,  the 
largest  known  to  exist.  The  pediment  was  ornamented  with  a  series  of 
statues  and  a  colossal  bust  of  Hadrian.  Cyriacus  himself  copied  an  in- 
scription which  mentions  the  hitherto  unknown  name  of  the  architect, 
Aristenethes.  M.  Reinach  has  interpreted  the  indications  given  by  Cyri- 
acus, and  restored  the  text  of  the  inscription  in  Greek  verses,  of  which  he 
gives  the  following  translation:  "He  who,  at  the  expense  of  all  Asia, 
caused  me  to  rise  from  the  ground  with  the  help  of  much  labor,  is  the 
divine  Aristenethes."  We  have,  here,  another  confirmation  of  the  fact, 
that  the  temples  dedicated  to  the  Emperors  were  raised,  for  the  most  part, 
on  the  initiative  and  at  the  expense  of  the  provinces.— Revue  Critique 
and  Chronique  des  Arts,  1890,  Nos.  12,  13. 


1 90  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCHJEOLOG  Y. 

KYPROS. 

GOLGOI. — On  his  return  from  Lokroiin  S.  Italy,  Dr.  Dorpfeld  stopped  in 
Kypros  to  take  charge  of  the  excavations  undertaken  by  the  German  Archse- 
ological  Institute  on  the  site  of  Golgoi. —  Chronique  des  Arts,  1890,  No.  6. 

LEUKOSIA. — Near  Leukosia,  at  the  foot  of  the  mound  of  the  Prodro- 
mes where  formerly  stood  the  ancient  temple  of  Apollo,  Herr  Kichter 
has  found  several  tombs,  in  two  of  which  were  discovered  some  statuettes 
and  other  objects,  some  being  of  gold.  A  colossal  stone  lion  was  dis- 
covered at  the  same  time. — Athenaeum,  Jan.  25. 

SAL  A  MIS. — EXCAVATIONS  BY  THE  CYPRUS  EXPLORATION  FUND. — J.  A.  K. 
Munro  writes,  Feb.  1, 1890 :  "  Work  was  begun  January  16  at  the  famous 
granite  columns  noticed  by  almost  all  writers  since  Pococke.  Intersecting 
trenches  were  run  across  the  site  from  north  to  south  and  east  to  west. 
After  about  a  yard  of  fairly  easy  soil  the  excavation  became  very  slow, 
and  resembled  hacking  through  bricks  and  mortar :  5  or  6  ft.  lower  the 
earth  was  again  looser  and  less  mixed  with  rubble,  until  the  virgin  soil 
was  reached  at  a  depth  of  10i  to  13  J  ft.  in  the  centre  of  the  site.  Nu- 
merous ancient  remains  were  encountered  almost  from  the  surface  down- 
wards. They  were  chiefly  flimsily  built  walls,  though  partly  constructed 
of  large  squared  blocks,  with  frequent  water-channels  and  pipes  running 
here  and  there.  Miserable  graves  were  met  with  in  abundance  from  about 
2  to  5  ft.  down.  To  the  east,  bordering  on  the  north  trench,  was  found  a 
nest  of  large  blocks,  which  seemed  to  represent  the  foundation  of  a  small 
octagonal  building  surrounded  by  a  water-course.  Among  the  blocks 
were  fragments  of  plain  white  marble  columns  and  pieces  of  cornice,  etc., 
of  very  poor  late  style.  In  the  western  trench,  at  about  6  to  8  ft.,  lay  a 
number  of  fragments  of  fluted  limestone  columns  with  stucco  coating,  a 
capital  and  base,  and  other  pieces,  dating,  perhaps,  from  the  Ptolemaic 
period.  Under  them  is  what  looks  like  a  solid  wall,  but  further  investi- 
gation is  here  necessary.  At  the  extreme  south,  a  well-built  wall,  with 
topmost  course  of  very  large  blocks,  has  been  followed  down  to  the  virgin 
soil,  and  there  is  possibly  a  corresponding  wall  at  the  north  end.  We  have 
probably  here  to  recognize  the  wall  which  supported  the  great  granite 
columns.  The  antiquities  found  are  of  little  interest,  and  include  nothing 
that  need  be  dated  further  back  than  Hellenistic  times.  Nearest  the 
bottom  were  a  certain  number  of  potsherds  of  a  familiar  Cypriote  style. 
On  the  whole,  this  site  may  be  condemned  as  scarcely  likely  to  repay  the 
immense  labor  of  excavating  it.  Whatever  earlier  buildings  there  may 
have  been  seem  to  have  been  turned  upside  down  by  later  operations. 

Second  Site. — "  Meanwhile,  another  site  had  been  started  in  the  sand- 
hills at  the  extreme  northeast  of  the  ancient  city,  close  by  the  forest-guard's 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  191 

house.  A  couple  of  Corinthian  capitals  had  been  turned  out  here  some 
years  ago  in  the  search  for  water,  and  the  spot  seemed  to  offer  opportunity 
of  testing  the  quality  of  the  contents  of  the  sand-hills.  We  have  now  laid 
bare  the  greater  part  of  a  wall,  probably  of  a  temple,  running  northeast 
and  southwest.  Upon  it  are  a  number  of  marble  bases  of  various  diam- 
eters set  at  different  levels,  and  by  them  lie  plain  marble  shafts  and 
Corinthian  capitals,  just  as  they  fell.  The  shafts  vary  in  dimensions  no 
less  than  the  bases,  and  we  have  no  doubt  to  recognize  a  late  building 
constructed  of  materials  from  several  earlier  temples.  But,  at  each  end 
of  the  wall  and  underneath  one  or  two  of  the  marble  bases,  are  others  of 
superior  workmanship  in  limestone,  which  Dr.  Dorpfeld,  who  saw  them 
this  morning,  has  pronounced  to  be  probably  of  the  fifth  or  fourth  century. 
Working  in  sand  is  difficult,  and  little  can  be  done  until  our  wheelbarrows 
arrive,  but  we  now  know  roughly  the  position  and  dimensions  of  the  building. 
In  a  trench  to  the  southeast,  a  new  set  of  columns  have  appeared,  of  large 
diameter  with  late  fluting :  they  seem  to  have  fallen  from  another  building 
occupying  the  site  where  the  house  now  stands.  A  small  marble  torso  of 
Eros,  with  remains  of  wings  on  the  back,  and  a  small  figure  of  a  river-god, 
also  of  marble,  are  the  principal  objects  so  far  found  on  this  site.  The 
promise  of  the  place  lies  largely  in  the  fact  that  all  seems  to  remain  in  situ, 
but  little  injured  or  disturbed. 

Third  Site. — "  Two  days  ago,  we  started  on  a  third  site,  a  long  depres- 
sion extending  some  two  hundred  yards  southwards  from  the  late  build- 
ing known  as  the  Aowpoi/.  This  is  a  site  which  no  explorer  of  Salamis 
can  afford  to  overlook.  It  is  very  large,  occupies  a  central  position,  and 
was  apparently  flanked  by  huge  colonnades  with  great  limestone  columns, 
the  drums  and  capitals  of  which  lie  in  series  along  the  sides.  At  the  south 
end  rises  a  hillock,  which  may  have  borne  a  small  temple.  Fragments  of 
blue  "  inscription  stone  "  are  very  plentiful,  and  we  no  sooner  began  to 
turn  them  over  than  we  found  five  pieces  with  letters.  One  of  these  is  an 
interesting  and  perhaps  important  Latin  inscription  : 

...J]uli  nepoti  Aug.  [filio 
...tribunic]ise  potestatis... 

...Sala]minomm  [senatus 
...ponen]dam  curavit  ide[mque... 
...C.  Lucretio  Kufo... 

"  So  far  our  results  on  this  site  are  as  follows.  The  interval  between 
the  colonnades  is  paved  with  stone  blocks,  and  within  each  is  a  mosaic 
pavement.  Behind  the  western  colonnade  has  been  found  a  small  square 
foundation  of  late  date,  with  water-channel  around,  formed  largely  of  mar- 
ble blocks  and  bases  of  statues.  One  of  the  blocks  bears  an  inscription 


192  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.        [KYPROS.] 

of  Ptolemaic  date.  On  the  slope  of  the  hillock  are  several  marble  blocks, 
which  might  be  taken  for  steps,  but  are  possibly  remains  of  walls.  Near 
the  foot  of  the  rise,  close  to  the  surface,  lay  an  enormous  marble  capital, 
extraordinary  in  its  decoration  no  less  than  its  size.  It  measures  roughly 
3  ft.  in  diameter  at  the  base  and  4?  ft.  at  the  top.  From  one  side  projects 
a  colossal  bull-head  and  neck,  with  wings  springing  from  the  shoulders 
and  forming,  as  it  were,  volutes.  On  the  other  is  a  Caryatid,  on  a  very 
much  smaller  scale,  passing  at  the  waist  into  a  floral  ornament.  The  re- 
maining sides  are  broken  away,  but  no  doubt  repeated  these.  The  bull- 
head and  wings  are  of  strong,  effective  style,  while  the  other  side  is  rather 
decorative  than  forcible.  There  can  be  little  doubt  that  this  site  was  an 
important  centre  of  civic  life." — J.  A.  R.  MUNRO,  Athenceum,  Feb.  22. 

H.  A.  TUBES  writes,  Feb.  15, 1890 :  "  Since  our  last  report  the  excava- 
tions here  have  progressed  favorably.  Practically  our  efforts  have  been 
confined  this  fortnight  to  our  third  site,  that  close  to  the  most  conspicuous 
ruin  of  Salamis,  the  building  known  to  the  villagers  as  the  Aovrpov.  The 
site  is  a  long  depression,  750  ft.  by  205  ft.,  and  is  terminated  at  the  north- 
ern end  by  the  Loutron,  at  the  southern  by  a  hillock  which,  as  our  exca- 
vations seem  to  show,  is  composed  almost  entirely  of  loose  earth  and 
debris,  and  represents  but  a  slight  natural  rise  in  the  ground.  This  de- 
pression is  occupied  by  a  double  colonnade  of  large  limestone  columns 
marking  out  a  parallelogram,  so  far  as  we  have  yet  excavated,  of  680  ft. 
by  110  ft.  The  columns  are  plain,  of  Roman  work,  probably  about  the 
time  of  Hadrian,  with  a  pedestal  of  3  ft.  6  in.  upper  diameter,  and  a  cap- 
ital 2  ft.  4  in.  high,  4  ft.  9  in.  in  diameter,  and  6  ft.  9  in.  in  diagonal 
measurement.  The  style  is  Roman  Corinthian,  the  device  folia  relieved 
by  bunches  of  grapes,  and  with  high  volutes  at  the  corner.  The  height 
of  the  columns  we  have  not  as  yet  been  able  to  determine,  but  their  base 
diameter  is  3  ft.  Beyond  the  row  of  columns  there  was  probably  an 
outer  wall,  forming  a  closed  colonnade.  This  wall  is  as  yet  not  deter- 
mined. On  either  side  of  the  columns  there  would  seem  to  have  been  a 
tessellated  marble  pavement,  several  sections  of  which  we  have  already 
opened.  The  mosaics  referred  to  in  our  last  report — and  we  have  now 
found  a  third — were  probably  later  additions  when  the  colonnade  wall 
began  to  be  used  by  later  builders  as  a  foundation  for  private  houses  and 
similar  erections.  The  eastern  colonnade  wall  has  been  laid  open  for 
almost  its  entire  length,  the  western  for  half  that  distance.  Many  bases 
and  podia  have  been  found,  and  the  intercolumniation  is  fairly  fixed  at 
16  ft.  The  southeast,  northeast,  and  northwest  angles  are  also,  in  all 
probability,  ascertained ;  but  the  southwest  presents  a  difficulty,  as  the 
colonnade  seems  here  to  continue  beyond  its  natural  limit.  This,  with 
many  other  problems,  remains  to  be  solved  by  further  excavation.  At 


[SALAMIS.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  193 

the  north  end  there  may  have  been  a  front  of  a  double  row  of  columns ; 
all  indications  so  far  point  that  way.  The  question  remains  what  was 
this  site,  which  above  ground  is  at  once  the  largest  and  the  finest  in  Sala- 
mis.  We  have  found  portions  of  an  inscription  which  seems  to  throw  a 
much-needed  light  on  the  point.  This  inscription — and  there  is  a  second 
of  the  same  character — is  not  graven  in  the  stone,  but  was  formed  of  huge 
bronze  letters  (no  longer,  of  course,  remaining)  soldered  on  to  large  marble 
blocks.  From  the  traces  still  left,  in  the  shape  of  socket-holes  and  shallow 
grooves,  the  word  Fonum  may,  almost  with  certainty,  be  read,  together 
with  probably  the  title  PHOPRcetore  of  the  restorer  of  this  fine  site,  which 
was  therefore,  at  least  in  Roman  times,  the  Agora  of  Salamis.  A  most 
interesting  point  arising  out  of  our  work  on  the  Agora  site  is  that  of  the 
intention  of  the  large  building  of  late  Roman  times  already  referred  to, 
the  so-called  Loutron.  We  have  opened  now  three  large  subterranean 
water-channels,  which  may  render  possible  the  settlement  of  the  vexed 
question,  how  far  the  Loutron  deserves  its  name. 

"As  regards  our  two  other  sites  previously  mentioned,  the  first  may  now 
be  considered  as  definitely  abandoned.  The  second  site — that  of  a  temple 
buried  in  the  sand — has  been  idle,  pending  the  arrival  of .  wheelbarrows, 
which  have  just  reached  us.  The  two  days'  work  which,  during  this  fort- 
night, the  temple  site  has  received,  resulted  in  the  discovery,  among  other 
things,  of  a  statue  of  Hades  seated,  with  the  triple-headed  snake-entwined 
Cerberus  by  his  side.  The  statue  is  in  dark  blue  marble,  the  flesh  surfaces 
being  given  in  white,  a  combination  which  recalls  in  some  degree  the 
famous  Sarapis  of  Bryaxis.  Of  other  finds  I  may  mention  a  series  of  five 
inscribed  statue-bases  which  were  found  in  a  cement  floor,  apparently  of  an 
olive-press,  on  the  outside  of  the  Agora  site.  One  of  these  formerly  carried 
a  statue  of  the  Empress  Livia.  Many  fragments  of  other  inscriptions  have 
been  found,  but  these  five  are  the  most  important." — Aihen.,  March  15. 

Messrs.  TUBES  and  MUNRO  write  under  dates  of  March  15, 31 ;  April  12 : 
"  Having  opened  up  the  Agora  throughout  its  length,  two  problems  were 
left  us :  the  hillock  at  the  southern,  the  Loutron  at  the  northern  end.  The 
hillock  proves  to  contain  an  open  court,  perhaps  enclosing  an  altar,  but 
certainly  representing  the  arafoci  of  the  later  city.  Here  were  grouped 
the  dedicatory  statues  and  public  inscriptions,  a  few  of  which  we  have  re- 
covered. One  of  these  apparently  bears  record  to  a  victory  gained  by 
Ptolemy  Philometor,  presumably  over  his  brother  Physkon.  With  this 
inscription  may,  perhaps,  be  connected  the  remains  of  a  colossal  marble 
trophy  (?)  found  near  by,  of  which  no  more  than  the  stump  and  one  thigh 
now  remains.  A  second  inscription  from  the  same  spot  deals,  it  would 
seem,  with  fines  inflicted  for  trespass  on  the  lands  of  Zeus  Olympics,  and 
is  of  special  interest.  Not  far  from  the  hillock,  and  near  the  southeastern 
13 


194  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.       [SALAMIS.] 

end  of  the  colonnade,  we  came  upon  a  marble  head  (female)  of  more  than 
life-size.  Though  of  very  fair  work,  it  was  much  mutilated,  and  we  have 
failed  to  find  the  remainder  of  the  statue. 

"  The  Loutron  itself,  between  which  and  the  colonnade  intervenes  the 
wall  of  the  later  city,  built  upon  the  north  front  of  the  outer  colonnade 
wall  of  the  Agora,  proves  to  have  a  length  of  198  ft.  and  breadth  of  75  ft., 
a  proportion  as  nearly  as  possible  of  3  :  8.  The  southern  side  was  strength- 
ened by  piers  having  engaged  columns  at  each  angle :  of  these  we  have 
opened  four,  but,  rather  singularly,  they  are  at  irregular  intervals.  The 
west  end  had  in  front  of  this  wall,  itself  12  ft.  thick,  a  second  wall  some 
7  ft.  6  in.  through,  and  standing  10  ft.  away.  The  interior  was  vaulted, 
and  apparently  there  were  four  arches  to  the  width,  as  we  have  found  a 
triple  line  of  pedestals  for  the  springs.  The  flooring  was  of  cement,  and 
was  extraordinarily  strong ;  in  two  days'  work  we  only  succeeded  in  cut- 
ting through  2  ft.  6  in.  of  it,  and  even  then  had  not  reached  its  limit.  This 
agrees  with  other  indications  in  confirming  the  traditional  name  of  the  site 
as  the  reservoir  of  Roman  Salamis.  Probably  the  piers,  which  are  of  im- 
mense strength,  served  as  well  to  carry  the  aqueduct  as  to  support  the 
building  itself  against  the  lateral  pressure  of  the  water  within. 

"  On  our  second  site,  that  of  the  later  shrine,  near  the  forest-guard's 
house,  much  progress  has  been  made  in  clearing  away  the  upper  sand 
layer.  The  inner  western  wall  has  been  laid  bare,  and  has  a  length  of 
130  ft.,  with  an  intercolumniation  varying  around  8  ft.  6  in.  Though 
poorly  built  it  is  in  a  remarkably  sound  condition,  the  lower  courses  un- 
broken, seven  columns  complete  without  a  fracture,  and  almost  every  base 
in  position.  The  columns  are,  according  to  late  Roman  practice,  uneven 
in  length,  and  the  bases  lie  at  different  levels.  The  outer  wall  is  17  ft. 
6  in.  and  16  ft.  7  in.  distant  respectively,  according  as  the  measure  is  taken 
on  the  west  end  or  the  south  side. 

Fourth  Site. — About  March  4,  work  having  begun  on  a  fresh  site,  a  slope 
"  where  the  last  billow  of  rising  ground  merges  itself  in  the  flat  land  of 
the  ancient  mouth  of  the  Pedaios,  we  have  within  the  last  few  days  come 
for  the  first  time  upon  a  really  ancient  layer.  Fragments  of  pottery  are 
numerous  upon  the  surface,  and  a  few  feet  below  there  have  come  to  light 
pieces  of  red-figured  ware,  of  Cypriote  vases  of  the  older  class,  of  Klein- 
meister  black  figures  (one  such  fragment  inscribed),  of  earlier  rude  black 
figures  with  incised  lines,  and  finally  two  portions  of  an  amphora  of  early 
Rhodian  work  representing  part  of  a  zone  of  deer  grazing.  As  yet  we 
have  fragments  only,  the  sole  objects  moderately  complete  being  heads  in 
terracotta,  one  or  two  semi-Phoenician  in  style,  the  others  probably  fourth- 
century,  and  certainly  under  the  influence  of  developed  Greek  art.  Thus 
we  seem  to  have  hit  a  corner  of  Salamis  as  it  was  long  before  the  era  of 


[KYPROS.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  195 

Evagoras.  Interesting  terracottas  of  excellent  archaic  and  developed  style 
continue  to  turn  up,  with  specimens  of  the  early  Greek  pottery  of  various 
types.  The  latter  included  a  fragment  of  vase,  probably  Khodian,  with  a 
large  beast  upon  it  painted  in  red,  the  head  only  outlined ;  a  bit  of  Klein- 
meister  kylix  with  a  female  head  of  the  well-known  type ;  and  a  piece 
of  red-figured  Attic  ware  of  the  best  fifth-century  style ;  also  fragments 
resembling  the  early  Corinthian  makes.  The  neck  of  one  black  glazed 
vessel  bears  the  scratched  inscription  ^QTHPO^.  There  being  no  sign 
of  tombs,  the  supposition  of  a  neighboring  early  temple-site  was  natural. 

Fifth  Site. — Another  venture  has  been  made  on  the  highest  point  in  the 
ancient  city.  There  are  the  lowest  drums  of  two  large  limestone  columns 
still  in  position ;  but  the  ground  is  heavily  choked  with  late  accumula- 
tions, and  not  much  progress  has  yet  been  made.  A  Roman  portrait-head 
and  fragments  of  a  marble  statuette  of  Aphrodite  are  all  that  the  site  has 
hitherto  yielded.  It  seems  to  have  been  occupied  by  a  large  Roman  house 
or  small  palace,  and  had  an  older  layer  beneath,  which  also  was  produc- 
tive of  little  beyond  debris.  The  results  not  justifying  further  work  on 
this  site,  it  was  closed. 

The  Sixth  Site  we  are  now  also  probing  lies  between  the  Agora  and  the 
granite  columns  where  we  first  started.  It  is  littered  with  the  debris  of  a 
very  large  building,  including  numerous  fragments  of  marble  and  blue 
blocks,  and  the  drums  and  capitals  of  enormous  columns  of  the  same  type 
as  those  of  the  Agora  colonnades,  but  even  larger.  Two  bases  have  been 
discovered  in  situ. 

The  Seventh  Site  (Cypriote  Shrine)  "  is  an  outlying  one,  a  rocky  rise  be- 
tween the  two  branches  of  the  river.  Along  the  base  of  the  rock  we  are 
finding  numerous  fragments  of  terracotta  figures,  ranging  from  a  few  inches 
in  height  to  colossal  size.  Most  of  the  figures  are  male  and  bearded,  and 
adorned  with  color,  chiefly  red  and  black.  One,  about  two  and  a  half 
feet  high,  is  almost  perfect.  They  are  well  executed,  and  seem  to  be  of 
genuinely  archaic  style.  With  them  we  find  scarabs,  Cypriote  pottery, 
and  odds  and  ends.  Certain  terracotta  fragments  are  extremely  interest- 
ing. They  are  decorated  with  elaborate  patterns  in  red  and  black  on 
light  ground,  and  with  human  and  animal  figures  of  the  very  earliest  type. 
We  have  here  a  Cypriote  shrine,  plundered,  indeed,  but  of  a  good  epoch. 
We  have  found  several  small  objects,  chiefly  scarabs  and  porcelains,  and 
in  particular  a  seal  with  strange  characters,  which  might  be  called  '  Hit- 
tite.'  Besides  various  terracotta  and  limestone  figurines,  more  or  less  com- 
plete, there  are  also  large  pieces  of  terracotta,  perhaps  from  colossal  statues, 
with  elaborate  and  striking  ornamentation  in  black  and  red,  and  in  some 
cases  with  figures  of  men  and  animals  almost '  Tirynthian '  in  character." 

Second  Site.— "During  the  fortnight  (March  17-31)  good  progress  was 
made  with  the  sand-site.  The  west  wall  is  sufficiently  cleared,  and  great 


196  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.       [SALAMIS.] 

part  of  the  north  wall.  The  work  was  transferred  to  the  east  side,  and  the 
principal  object  aimed  at  is  the  finding  of  the  east  wall,  especially  the  cor- 
ners. The  site  now  seems  to  be  an  open  court  with  stoa  all  around,  rather 
than  a  covered  temple.  This  site  gained  in  importance.  April  began 
with  the  discovery  of  three  marble  statues — one  life-size,  one  just  above 
ordinary  stature,  and  the  third  a  colossal  figure.  The  first  two  are  prac- 
tically complete  but  for  the  heads,  and  are  Koman  '  drapery '  figures ;  the 
third,  a  female  statue,  preserved  from  the  girdle  down,  is  of  far  finer  work. 
It  may  have  been  a  divinity.  By  the  side  of  the  large  statue  was  a  lime- 
stone column  standing  upright ;  but  a  subsequent  fall  of  sand  has  pre- 
vented our  ascertaining  whether  it  was  in  position.  Not  many  feet  away 
southwest  is  another  limestone  base-drum,  apparently  in  place ;  and  as  we 
have  opened  a  third  limestone  column  (prostrate)  at  the  corresponding 
southeast  end  it  would  seem  that  there  was  a  series,  to  which  also  a  corner 
base  (reused)  at  the  southwest  will  belong.  Thus  we  have  a  first  older 
line  than  'the  marble  columns  which  occupy  the  existing  wall.  A  second 
series  is  that  of  large  marble  columns,  fluted  in  later  shallow  fashion, 
which  lie  prostrate  all  along  the  line  of  the  east  end,  and  to  which  proba- 
bly belong  three  capitals  of  delicate  work  and  large  size.  The  height  of 
the  columns  (shaft  only)  is  21  ft.  9  in.,  and  their  top  diameter  2  ft.  4f  in. 
The  base  end  is  in  no  case  sufficiently  cleared  to  enable  its  measure  to  be 
taken.  Whether  in  these  columns  we  have  a  more  imposing  sea  frontage, 
the  supports  of  a  new  building  perhaps  at  right  angles  with  the  temple, 
or  the  remains  of  a  slightly  older  temple  on  the  same  site,  has  yet  to  be 
seen.  These  columns  have  suffered  greatly  in  an  attempt  to  cut  them  up 
and  move  them,  perhaps  at  the  time  when  Famagosta  was  being  built. 
One  series  of  the  limestone  columns  (and  an  additional  base  seems  to  indi- 
cate that  there  were  two  series)  has  almost  certainly  belonged  to  an  older 
temple,  whose  debris  has  been  used  for  the  later  erection.  A  fragment  of 
marble  plaque  has  turned  up,  containing  portions  of  twelve  lines  of  an  in- 
scription, which  indicates  the  shrine  as  that  of  Zeus ;  the  portion  containing 
the  epithet,  if  there  were  one,  is  not  to  hand ;  so  that  it  is  impossible  to  say 
with  entire  certainty  that  we  have  found  the  temple  of  Zeus  Salaminios." 
TOMASSOS- — Excavations  have  recently  been  conducted  at  Tomassos 
in  Cyprus,  on  behalf  of  the  Royal  Museum  at  Berlin,  by  Mr.  Max  Ohne- 
falsch-Bichter,  who  for  ten  years  past  has  been  active  in  archaeological 
work  in  the  island.  A  large  number  of  graves  have  been  opened  belong- 
ing to  the  transition  period  from  the  bronze  to  the  iron  age.  Most  of  the 
vases  found  in  these  graves  are  hand-made,  though  some  of  the  same  size 
and  form  were  turned  on  the  potter's  wheel.  A  mass  of  helmets,  coats  of 
mail,  swords,  lances,  daggers,  axes,  knives,  candelabra,  kettles,  buckles, 
etc.,  have  been  dug  out.  Among  the  iron  swords  are  several  gigantic  speci- 


[KYPBOS.J  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  197 

mens,  whose  hilts  are  adorned  with  ivory,  and  with  bronze  nails  tipped 
with  amber  or  silver  heads.  Golden  armlets  also  have  been  found,  simi- 
lar to  those  discovered  by  Dr.  Schliemann  at  Troy.  Colossal  iron  spears, 
with  hooks  and  wooden  shafts,  had  been  placed  in  the  left  corner  of  a 
grave,  so  as  to  form  a  pyramid.  Evidence  was  obtained  of  horse  and  dog 
burial,  which  seems  to  point  to  a  northern  custom. 

At  a  recent  sitting  of  the  Archaeological  Society  at  Berlin,  Mr.  Furt- 
wangler  made  a  further  communication  referring  to  the  most  recent  re- 
sults of  the  researches  of  Mr.  Ohnefalsch-Richter.  On  the  site  of  two 
sanctuaries  a  series  of  votive  gifts  were  unearthed — among  them,  a  qua- 
driga, with  its  charioteer  of  half-life-size,  done  in  chalk ;  a  colossal  statue ; 
and  two  archaic  bronze  statuettes.  Graves  dating  back  to  the  bronze  age 
were  opened,  in  which  no  iron  whatever  was  found,  and  all  the  pottery 
was  hand-made.  Richer  results  were  obtained  in  the  burial  places  of  the 
subsequent  Grseco-Phcenician  period,  with  their  splendid  stone  architec- 
ture. In  two  of  them,  which  probably  belong  to  the  first  half  of  the  sixth 
century  B.  c.,  parts  of  the  architecture  imitate  a  wooden  structure  of  very 
archaic  type.  A  grave-chamber  has  dark  doors,  with  an  imitation  of 
wooden  locks.  This  points  to  a  more  ancient  architecture  in  timber- 
work,  as  was  argued  by  the  late  James  Fergusson,  in  connection  with 
some  parts  of  the  Lion  Gate  at  Mykenai.  Among  other  curious  finds 
may  be  noted  a  helmet  with  a  very  complicated  visor  in  hinges. 

In  a  paper  on  The  Pre-Babylonian  and  Babylonian  Influences  in  Cyprus, 
as  well  as  in  more  recent  writings,  Mr.  Max  Ohnefalsch-Richter  has  ex- 
pressed his  belief  that  the  oldest  stratum  of  Cyprian  culture  was  Phrygo- 
Thrakian,  kindred  to  that  of  ancient  Troy. — Academy,  May  17. 

ASIA  MINOR. 

(ADDENDUM.) 

ASIA  MINOR  EXPLORATION  FUND. — PROPOSED  EXPEDITION  FOR  1890. — The 
committee  of  the  Asia  Minor  Exploration  Fund  appeal  once  more  for  aid 
toward  the  important  work  which  Professor  W.  M.  Ramsay  has  carried 
on  for  the  last  eight  years  with  brilliant  success.  Professor  Ramsay's 
travels  and  researches  have  hitherto  been  for  the  most  part  confined  to 
Phrygia  and  Galatia.  The  great  importance  of  the  results  which  he  has 
obtained  has  been  universally  recognized  both  in  Great  Britain  and  abroad. 
Apart  from  the  wealth  of  fresh  material  in  the  shape  of  inscriptions  and 
monuments  which  he  has  placed  at  the  disposal  of  scholars,  his  topograph- 
ical studies  have  thrown  a  flood  of  light  upon  the  history  of  the  country, 
from  the  prehistoric  times  of  the  old  Phrygian  kingdom  down  to  the 
declining  days  of  the  Roman  Empire,  and  have  made  possible  an  accurate 


198  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.    [ASIA  MINOR.] 

map  of  these  little-known  regions.  A  full  account  of  his  explorations  is 
given  in  the  lengthy  report  which  he  has  this  year  presented  to  the  Royal 
Geographical  Society. 

Professor  Ramsay  now  proposes  to  break  fresh  ground  further  to  the  east. 
The  chief  objects  of  the  expedition  projected  for  the  ensuing  summer  are: — 

(1)  To  complete  Mr.  Sterrett's  Pisidian  explorations,  which  still  leave 
uncertain  the  situation  of  a  number  of  cities. 

(2)  To  construct  the  ancient  map  of  Cilicia  Tracheia  and  Isauria.    A 
small  number  of  cities  have  been  determined,  but  the  majority  have  yet  to 
be  discovered. 

(3)  To  explore  the  eastern  parts  of  Kappadokia  and  the  borders  of 
Lesser  Armenia,  for  the  double  purpose  of  examining  all  the  Syro-Kap- 
padokian  monuments,  commonly  known  as  "  Hittite,"  and  of  determin- 
ing the  system  of  military  roads  by  which  the  Romans  defended  this  part 
of  the  eastern  frontier  of  the  Empire. 

The  route  proposed  for  the  expedition  is  as  follows : — To  start  from 
Kelainai-Apameia,  the  present  terminus  of  the  Ottoman  Railway,  and 
work  eastward,  taking  up  in  order  the  different  points  which  await  deter- 
mination in  Pisidia  and  Isauria.  The  explorers  would  then  proceed  north- 
east into  the  region  of  the  Anti-Taurus,  and,  after  traversing  it  on  various 
lines,  would  either  make  for  a  Black  Sea  port  or,  if  time  permitted,  return 
to  Smyrna,  selecting  an  untrodden  route  through  the  northern  provinces. 

Professor  Ramsay  will  be  accompanied  by  Mr.  D.  G.  Hogarth,  Fellow 
of  Magdalen  College,  Oxford,  whose  fitness  for  such  work  has  been  proved 
both  in  Asia  Minor  and  in  Cyprus. — London  Times. 


EUROPE. 
GREECE. 

TECHNICAL  PROCESSES  IN  GREEK  SCULPTURE. — At  a  meeting  of  the  British 
School  (Feb.  14),  Mr.  Ernest  A.  Gardner  read  a  paper  on  the  technical  pro- 
cesses in  Greek  sculpture,  with  special  reference  to  a  number  of  unfinished 
statues  found  in  various  degrees  of  progress,  and  now  collected  in  the  Cen- 
tral Museum  at  Athens.  Mr.  Gardner  principally  concerned  himself  with 
the  methods  of  fourth-century  sculptors,  most  of  the  examples  being  of  that 
period,  but  he  first  noticed  a  specimen  of  the  early  straight-limbed  Apollo 
type,  which  was  found  in  the  quarries  at  Naxos.  This  was  in  the  first  stage 
of  progress,  the  figure  having  been  merely  roughed  out.  He  showed  how 
this  had  been  done,  much  as  a  beginner  would  proceed  to  work  at  the  present 
time,  the  sculptor  first  tracing  the  lines  of  the  figure  on  the  face  and  sides 


ASCHJGOLOQICAL  NEWS.  199 

of  the  block  and  then  proceeding  to  rough  out  the  limbs  by  cutting  off  the 
marble  in  planes  parallel  to  the  face  and  sides.  The  surface  clearly  indi- 
cated that  this  had  been  done  with  a  pointed  punch.  In  this  connection 
Mr.  Gardner  said  that  the  squareness  of  the  early  statues  need  not  neces- 
sarily be  traced  to  a  wood  tradition,  and  he  was  not  inclined  to  accept  the 
theory  that  most  of  the  early  xoana  were  of  that  material ;  he  showed  that 
the  meaning  of  the  word  did  not  imply  this,  and  mentioned  several  which 
were  known  to  have  been  of  marble.  He  argued  that  roundness  rather 
than  squareness  of  section  was  characteristic  of  wood,  and  he  thought  that 
the  square  appearance  of  early  marble  figures  might  more  naturally  pro- 
ceed from  the  material  itself,  the  rectangular  block  of  marble  on  which  the 
sculptor  set  to  work.  He  then  proceeded  to  trace  the  processes  of  execution 
in  the  fourth  century,  and  the  nature  of  the  tools  employed,  basing  his 
remarks  principally  on  a  statue  from  Kheneia,  which  showed  different 
degrees  of  progress  on  the  various  portions  of  the  figure,  but  referring  also 
to  the  others  as  he  went  on.  Beginning  with  the  rough  marble  block,  he 
showed  how  they  first  roughly  shaped  out  the  figure  with  a  punch  driven 
with  a  hammer,  and  not  with  a  pointed  axe  or  hammer,  as  had  sometimes 
been  assumed ;  how  they  afterwards  dressed  down  the  lines  more  carefully 
with  a  similar  but  smaller  and  sharper  instrument,  and  how,  when  they 
had  got  the  figure  thus  blocked  out,  they  proceeded  to  model  the  limbs  by 
cutting  down  the  surface  gradually  with  a  curved  chisel ;  and  he  pointed 
out  on  the  statue  small  flat  cup-shaped  sinkings  showing  the  beginning  of 
this  process.  The  general  surface  was  then  finely  worked  over  in  detail 
with  a  claw-shaped  chisel,  the  form  of  the  limbs  being  carefully  worked  up, 
and  the  folds  of  the  drapery  were  drilled  out  with  the  running  bore.  He 
mentioned,  as  an  instance  of  a  different  treatment,  an  early  archaic  figure 
from  Delos,  where  the  use  of  the  saw  could  be  distinctly  traced  in  the 
narrow  sunk  lines  of  the  parallel  folds  of  the  straight  hanging  drapery. 
He  went  on  to  show  how  the  forms  of  the  muscles  were  afterwards  accu- 
rately mapped  out  or  outlined,  and  how  the  whole  figure  was  again  gone 
over  with  a  finer  claw  chisel,  and  finally  finished  off  with  a  flat  one.  He 
had  come  to  the  conclusion,  from  a  careful  study  of  these  statues,  that  the 
sculptor  did  not  work  from  a  finished  model,  although  he  may  have  had  a 
rough  study  beside  him,  but  rather  that  he  worked  quite  freely,  developing 
his  ideas  as  he  proceeded. — Builder,  March  1. 

NORTH  DOORWAY  OF  THE  ERECHTHEION  :  ITS  DATE. — A  note  is  published 
in  the  Builder  of  March  22,  on  some  investigations  made  by  Mr.  K.  W. 
Schultz,  a  member  of  the  British  School  at  Athens,  which  have  led  him  to 
peculiar  conclusions  regarding  the  age  of  the  large  doorway  in  the  north 
portico  of  the  Erechtheion,  called  by  the  Greeks  CH  wpcu'a  WAiy,  "the 
beautiful  door."  It  has  generally  been  accepted  as  contemporary  with  the 


200  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCHJEOLOG  Y.          [GREECE.] 

rest  of  the  building.  A  careful  study  of  the  mouldings  of  all  the  build- 
ings on  the  Akropolis  led  Mr.  Schultz  to  contend :  (1)  that  none  of  the 
door  now  in  situ  is  part  of  the  original  work ;  (2)  that  the  present  jambs 
belong  to  a  period  not  far  removed  from  the  time  of  the  building ;  (3) 
that  the  lintel,  cornice,  and  brackets  are  still  later  additions ;  (4)  that  they 
belong,  however,  to  late-Greek  and  not  to  Roman  times.  He  thought 
that  a  curious  rebated  stone  west  of  the  present  lintel  belonged  to  the 
original  lintel,  and  he  concluded  (1)  that  the  first  north  door  consisted  of 
a  lintel  built  in  with  the  walls,  having  mouldings  worked  on  it,  and  of 
thin  jamb  linings  having  a  projection  of  about  2£  in.  from  the  wall  face, 
and  with  bronze  linings  inside;  (2)  that  the  lintel,  having  been  damaged, 
was  cut  out,  leaving  the  ends  in,  and  heavier  jambs  were  inserted  to 
take  the  whole  weight  of  the  new  lintel,  their  return  face  being  dressed 
and  the  bronze  linings  done  away  with ;  (3)  that  the  present  lintel  is  ap- 
parently still  a  third  one,  a  copy  of  the  second,  inserted  about  the  second 
century  B.  c.,  when  the  brackets  also  were  added.  As  further  evidence  of 
the  later  insertion  of  the  lintel  and  cornice,  he  instanced  the  holes  cut  on 
the  underside  of  the  stones  for  the  purpose  of  needling  up  the  wall  during 
the  alteration,  and  the  way  in  which  the  stones  have  been  wedged  up  after- 
wards. The  variety  of  proof  with  which  Mr.  Schultz  supports  his  opinion 
will  be  seen  when  his  paper  is  published  in  the  Journal  of  Hellenic  Studies. 
THE  GAME  OF  HARPASTON. — In  the  Classical  Review  for  April,  1890,  Mr. 
E.  G.  Marindin  undertakes  to  explain  the  obscure  Greek  game  called 
harpaston  (dpTraorov),  which  was  played  with  ball.  It  is  spoken  of  by 
Martial  (iv.  19 ;  vm.  32 ;  xiv.  48),  Athenaios  (i.  p.  15),  Eustathios  (on  Od. 
ix.  S76),  Pollux  (ix.  32),  Sidonius  (v.  17),  and  especially  Galen  (Trepl  rfc 
<r/ujcpas  o-<£aipas).  Against  Marquardt's  idea,  that  there  were  three  separate 
games,  eTrio-Kvpos,  <£enVSa  and  dpTrao-Tov,  the  writer  shows  them  to  be  but 
two  games.  Pheninda  was  the  old  name  for  harpaston,  and  this  was  iden- 
tified with  /UK/SO,  o-<t>alpa.  The  players  were  divided  into  two  opposite 
groups  on  a  square  or  oblong  field,  each  having  a  base  line  or  goal.  In 
the  centre  was  a  medicurrens  or  6  f^era^v  who  was  placed  on  a  middle  line. 
The  main  object,  apparently,  was  to  throw  the  ball  so  that  it  should 
finally  drop  beyond  the  opponent's  base  line,  thereby  scoring  a  point.  It 
was  probably  started  from  one  or  other  base  line  and  thrown  from  one 
player  to  another,  the  opposite  side  thwarting  whenever  they  got  an  op- 
portunity, and  throwing  it  back  in  the  contrary  direction.  The  duty  of 
the  medicurrens  was  to  catch  it  as  it  went  past,  and  throw  it  either  over 
the  opponent's  line  or  to  some  unguarded  point,  or  pass  it  to  one  of  his 
own  side  advantageously  posted.  The  ball  could  be  taken  at  the  volley  or 
on  first  bound,  but  was  "  dead  "  on  second  bound.  Of  the  main  body, 
some  guarded  the  base  line  and  made  long  throws  to  the  centre ;  others 


[GREECE.]  AECH^OLOGIGAL  NEWS.  201 

played  nearer  the  centre  and  passed  the  ball  backward  or  forward  in 
attack  or  defence.  They  were  not  stationary,  like  those  at  the  base,  but 
circulated  according  to  certain  strategic  rules ;  the  strongest  being  placed 
nearest  the  centre  to  grapple  with  the  enemy's  rushers  or  with  the  medi- 
currens.  The  game  was  so  varied  as  to  give  the  widest  range  of  practice 
in  running,  throwing,  wrestling,  jumping,  dodging,  etc.,  as  well  as  in  strat- 
egy and  general  head-work.  It  is  not  like  any  modern  game,  but  has 
elements  of  foot-ball,  lacrosse,  and  tennis. 

AIGILIA  (Island  of). — There  having  been  found  a  statue  on  the  island 
anciently  called  Aigilia,  B.  Staes  was  sent  out  by  the  authorities  in  Athens 
to  investigate,  and,  if  necessary,  to  excavate  on  the  ground.  Aigilia,  now 
called  Antikythera,  lies  about  midway  between  Krete  and  Kythera.  At 
present  it  contains  about  80  families,  though  only  a  small  part  of  it  can  be 
cultivated.  The  ancient  city  lay  upon  a  high  cliff  whose  summit,  strength- 
ened by  several  towers,  served  as  a  stronghold  for  the  lower  town.  The 
wall  of  the  so-called  isodomic  structure  is  preserved  in  many  places  to  the 
height  of  3  or  4  metres,  and  can  be  traced  throughout  its  whole  extent. 
The  wall  probably  was  built  by  enemies  of  Lakedaimon,  possibly  by 
Athenians  during  the  Peloponnesian  war  (when  the  same  was  the  case  in 
Kythera).  The  statue  was  found  in  a  field,  and,  when  excavations  were 
made  on  this  spot,  there  was  found  a  mosaic  pavement  formed  of  squares 
and  circles  fastened  with  lead.  This  evidently  belonged  to  some  Roman 
house.  Then  came  to  light  a  square  base  bearing  a  dedicatory  inscription 
to  Apollon  Aigileus  made  jointly  by  a  Thessalian  and  an  Athenian.  The 
form  of  the  letters  shows  that  the  inscription  belongs  to  the  fourth  or  at 
least  the  third  century  B.  c.,  and  probably  was  under  the  statue  previously 
found  here.  The  statue  itself  belongs  to  the  same  period :  it  represents  a 
man  clad  in  the  long  chiton,  and  girded  high  up  on  the  chest.  He  rests 
lightly  on  the  left  foot,  the  right  leg  being  relaxed.  The  head  is  wanting,  as 
well  as  the  right  hand  and  the  left  as  far  up  as  the  elbow.  The  person 
represented  was  undoubtedly  Apollon,  holding  the  lyre  in  the  left  hand, 
the  plektron  in  the  right.  The  statue  and  its  inscription  have  been  trans- 
ferred to  the  National  Museum  at  Athens.  A  search  for  the  shrine  itself 
led  to  the  discovery  of  a  foundation  wall,  12  meters  long,  made  of  squared 
stones  (taken  from  the  locality)  which  were  fastened  firmly  together  with 
clamps.  Remains  of  two  cross-walls,  also,  were  uncovered,  but  no 'archi- 
tectural member.  In  the  ancient  city  itself  was  found  a  prehistoric  rock-cut 
tomb.  It  is  entered  by  a  square  doorway  which  leads  into  a  large  four- 
sided  chamber.  Opposite  to  the  entrance  and  on  the  right  hand  of  it  were 
two  other  doorways  leading  into  smaller  rooms.  This  tomb  has  long  been 
emptied  of  whatever  remains  it  had,  and  has  been  used  in  recent  times  as 
a  place  of  concealment  during  revolutionary  disorders. — ' 
November,  1889. 


202  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.        [GREECE.] 

ATHENS.— RECENT  EXCAVATIONS.— Akropolis.— After  the  Akropolis 
itself  had  been  entirely  uncovered,  the  part  between  the  Propylaia  and  the 
Beule  entrance  was  excavated.  In  one  part,  where  the  deposit  of  debris 
was  of  considerable  depth,  the  torso  of  an  undraped  youth  was  found.  It 
was  of  about  natural  size  and  of  fourth-century  workmanship.  An  inves- 
tigation of  the  rampart  supporting  the  temple  of  Nike  Apteros  was  begun, 
but,  as  the  materials  of  which  the  rampart  is  composed  seemed  not  very 
firm,  it  was  feared  that,  if  rain-water  penetrated  it,  some  damage  might  be 
done  to  the  temple  itself:  the  excavations  were  therefore  postponed  till  a 
more  favorable  season  of  the  year. 

The  Olympieion. — The  Archaeological  Society  has  made  some  diggings 
near  the  peribolos  of  the  temple  of  Zeus  Olympics,  which  brought  to 
light  the  foundations  of  a  large  Roman  building,  probably  a  gymnasium 
(AcXrtov).  According  to  the  writer  in  the  Mitiheilungen  (1889,  iv,  p.  414), 
it  is  a  Greek  construction  of  breccia  blocks  and  contains  remains  of  much 
earlier  polygonal  walls  of  limestone.  The  Society  expects  soon  to  uncover 
the  entire  space  within  the  circuit  of  the  temple  of  Zeus,  and  to  make  there 
some  fruitful  discoveries. 

Altar. — North  of  the  polygonal  wall  which  runs  about  along  the  axis  of 
the  Propylaia  of  Perikles,  the  rock  has  been  uncovered  several  meters  lower 
than  to  the  south  of  this  wall.  On  this  site,  a  few  meters  from  the  Beule* 
gate,  an  altar  was  found  in  situ,  known  as  such  from  the  side  volutes.  It 
probably  belonged  to  the  altars  erected  in  the  Pelargikon  and  against 
whose  increase  Lampon's  motion  was  directed  (CT4,  iv.  27.  b).  It  was 
first  thrown  down,  probably,  in  the  early-Roman  period,  on  the  erection  of 
the  great  open  staircase. 

Dipylon. — At  the  Dipylon,  it  has  finally  been  possible  to  remove  the 
earthen  rampart  that  traversed  the  site  where  the  excavations  are  being 
carried  on,  which  had  rendered  the  search  for  the  foundations  of  the  gate 
and  wall  very  difficult.  The  conduit  of  the  main  street  of  the  city,  which 
lay  in  the  earthen  mound,  has  been  removed.  It  is  now  possible  better  to 
survey  the  fortifications  and  the  foundations  of  their  gate  in  which  it  has 
been  customary  to  recognize  the  Upa  TTV\T).  It  is  now  evident  that  there  is 
no  ordinary  gateway,  as  the  necessary  projections  from  the  wall,  which  exist 
in  the  Dipylon  gate,  are  not  there  and  seem  never  to  have  existed.  It  is 
more  likely  to  suppose  that  here  was  the  opening  in  the  city-wall  through 
which  flowed  the  Eridanos,  according  to  Dorpfeld's  hypothesis. 

By  the  side  of  the  river-bed  there  appears  to  have  been  a  narrow  pathway. 
The  ancient  bridge  over  the  Eridanos,  built  of  horizontal  slabs,  is  now  to  be 
recognized  at  the  west  end  of  the  field  of  excavations,  but  the  excavations 
have  been  made  only  deep  enough  to  disclose  the  upper  layers  of  stone  of  the 
bridge.  It  would  be  necessary  to  excavate  down  to  the  original  river-bed. — 
'ApX.  AeXrtbv,  Nov.-Dec.,  1889 ;  Mitth.  Inst.  Athen.,  1889,  iv,  pp.  413-15. 


[GKEECE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  203 

INSCRIPTIONS  FROM  THE  AKROPOLIS. — Dr.  Lolling,  who  has  charge  of  the 
inscriptions,  publishes  the  following  finds.  (1)  The  chief  one  consists  in 
part  of  a  slab  of  Pentelic  marble  ornamented  at  the  top  with  a  relief. 
This  relief  is  in  a  much  damaged  condition,  but  there  is  still  distinguish- 
able the  figure  of  a  woman  with  a  horseman  on  either  side  of  her  and 
standing  in  front  view.  The  inscription  itself  is  also  much  mutilated.  It 
belongs  to  the  year  386/5  B.  c.,  just  after  the  peace  of  Antalkidas,  and 
makes  us  acquainted  with  a  king  Ebrytelmis  of  the  powerful  Thracian 
tribe  Odrysai.  History  records  that  another  king  of  the  tribe  had  about 
this  time  been  a  valuable  ally  of  the  Athenians,  and  this  new  king  is  prob- 
ably his  successor.  The  inscription  relates  to  the  renewal  of  friendship 
with  the  Athenians,  and  forms  an  addition  to  a  group  of  several  already 
published  that  relate  to  the  affairs  of  Athens  and  Thrace.  (2)  Another 
inscription  found  on  the  Akropolis  belongs  in  the  year  287/6,  and  relates 
to  the  gift  of  proxeny  to  certain  benefactors  residing  in  the  islands.  (3) 
A  third  inscription  relates  to  Androtion  and  Tirnokrates,  and  shows  them 
to  have  had  charge  of  the  treasures  of  Athena  at  that  time.  They  are  both 
well  known  from  the  speeches  of  Demosthenes.  The  inscription  has  lost 
its  date,  but  probably  belongs  soon  after  376.  The  chief  point  of  interest 
about  it  is  that  it  is  the  same  inscription  as  that  in  CIA,  n,  74",  and  evi- 
dently the  older  copy,  as  the  present  inscription  is  somewhat  effaced  at  the 
right-upper  corner.  In  making  the  second  copy,  a  larger  slab  of  stone 
was  used  and  greater  care  was  taken  in  inscribing  it,  although  the  matter 
itself  is  slightly  altered  in  some  unimportant  particulars.  The  copy  evi- 
dently shows  that  the  inscription  was  regarded  as  one  of  some  importance. 
A  statue  is  mentioned  in  it,  which  in  all  probability  is  the  famous  Athena 
of  Pheidias.  (4)  A  fourth  inscription 'is  upon  the  curved  face  of  one  of 
several  stones  used  in  forming  the  circular  base  of  some  votive  monument. 
Other  pieces  of  the  same  base  have  also  been  found,  some  of  them  inscribed 
and  others  not.  Demetrios,  the  artist,  is  already  known  by  several  other 
inscriptions.  The  monument  belongs  to  the  first  half  of  the  fourth  century 
B.  c.,  and  was  erected  by  a  certain  Kephisodotos. 

DECREE  OF  THE  FIFTH  CENTURY  AND  THE  ARCHITECT  KALLIKRATES. — In 
clearing  some  ground  near  the  church  of  St.  Andrew  ("Aytos  'Ai/Speas), 
the  lower  part  of  a  white  marble  stele  was  found  by  M.  Lampakis.  It 
contained  the  close  of  a  o-roix^SoV  inscription  of  which  sixteen  lines  remain 
in  tolerable  preservation.  It  mentions  Kallikrates  the  architect  of  the 
Parthenon  and  of  the  long  walls.  Thus  it  would  seem  that  the  inscrip- 
tion relates  to  some  construction  of  440-430  B.  c.,  probably  the  completion 
of  the  walls  of  the  Akropolis.  The  construction  mentioned  in  this  inscrip- 
tion, as  to  be  finished  in  sixty  days,  is  specified  in  the  lost  lines.  M.  Fou- 
cart  suggests  that  it  was  a  guard-house  at  the  entrance  of  the  Akropolis, 


204  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.        [ATHENS.] 

for  its  purpose  seems  to  have  been  to  prevent  fugitive  slaves  and  sneak- 
thieves  from  seeking  refuge  in  the  Akropolis,  where  the  altar  of  Athena 
Polias  was  a  recognized  asylum.  The  duty  of  watching  this  barrier  was 
confided  to  three  guardians :  the  text  reads :  "  there  will  be  as  guards  three 
archers  taken  from  the  tribe  charged  with  the  prytaneia"  The  inscription 
reads  :  [T]T)V  TTO\IV  .  .  o  .  .  .  .  |  [o]t/co[8]o/A^o-at  O[TTOS]  |  av  SpcwreV^s  JMJ  e\_cri]\r]L 
/o/Se  AoorroStrr^ls]  .  ravra  Se  ^wyp[aj|i^at  /x,€v  KaXA,iKp[a]|T/7(V)  OTTWS  apioTa 
Kaj[t]  evreAeoraTa  (TK^c]  [vajVJaiv^Tjo,  ju,icr0a)(ra[i]  8e  TOVS  TrwX^ras  ofVJws  av 
eiros  e^[/c]ovra  ^/xcpwv  €7n,ovc[€]va<7$>7i,  <f>v\aKa<s  Se  |  [eljvai  rpcis  ^\v  TO^o|[r]as 
CK  rfjs  <f>v\f)<;  r^s  |  jVJpvTavevovtn/s. 

The  decree  orders  Kallikrates  to  draw  up  the  plans  and  lays  down  two 
conditions :  good  work  for  the  lowest  price  possible,  conditions  that  are  to 
influence  him  in  the  plan,  the  choice  of  materials,  and  the  method  of  con- 
struction. The  plans  are  to  be  awarded  by  the  poletai,  a  college  of  ten 
annual  magistrates  charged  with  the  awarding  of  public  contracts.  Sixty 
days  are  given  to  the  contractors  to  finish  the  work.  In  describing  how 
the  gate  should  be  guarded,  there  is  certainly  an  omission :  police- work  in 
the  fifth  century  was  done  not  by  citizens  but  by  public  slaves  and  espe- 
cially by  Scythian  archers.  Probably  it  is  three  of  these  archers  that  are 
intended,  who  may  have  been  under  the  orders  of  one  or  more  of  the  pry- 
taneis.  The  form  of  the  letters  indicates  a  few  years  after  450  B.  c.  as  a 
date  for  this  construction  but  slightly  anterior  to  the  construction  of  the 
Propylaia  in  437-432.— Bull,  de  Corr.  hellen.,  1890,  pp.  177-80. 

ARCHAIC  POROS  GABLE-SCULPTURE. — Herr  Bruckner  has  published,  in  the 
Athenisehe  Mittheilungen  (xiv,  pis.  n,  in),  a  restoration  of  the  very  early 
poros  gable-group  whose  subject  has  been  recognized  to  be  Zeus  fighting 
Typhon,  and  Herakles  fighting  Echidna  (see  JOURNAL,  v,  pp.  95-6  and 
passim).  The  remaining  parts  of  the  gable  are  only  the  head  of  Zeus  and 
portions  of  his  thunderbolt,  the  body  of  Herakles  and  a  part  of  the  serpent, 
as  well  as  the  whole  of  Typhon  with  trifling  exceptions :  the  rest  is  con- 
jectural restoration  founded  on  such  sources  as  the  Munich  vase  repre- 
senting the  combat  of  Zeus  and  Typhon.  Cf.  Revue  Arch.,  1890,  p.  258. 

DISCOVERY  OF  SUBTERRANEAN  PASSAGES. — In  the  excavations  around  the 
Metropolis  in  the  ancient  monastery  of  St.  Philothea,  two  subterranean  pas- 
sages have  been  found  like  those  of  the  catacombs,  to  which  leads  a  mar- 
ble stairway. — Athenceum,  Jan.  4. 

THE  AKROPOLIS  DURING  THE  BYZANTINE  PERIOD. — Herr  Strzygowski  pub- 
lishes, in  the  Athen.  Mittheil.  (xiv,  pp.  270-96),  an  interesting  paper  (Die 
Akropolis  in  altbyzantiniscker  Zeif)  on  the  Akropolis  during  the  early  By- 
zantine period.  Many  fragments  of  Byzantine  architecture  and  sculpture 
have  been  found  during  the  excavations,  but  nothing  has  been  done  to 
classify  them,  or  establish  their  dates :  many  belong  to  the  fifth  and  sixth 
centuries.  Herr  Strzygowski  gives  drawings  of  them,  and  compares  them 


[GREECE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  205 

to  capitals,  etc.,  of  the  churches  of  Chalkis,  Prevesa,  the  Akrokorinthos, 
and  Argos.  In  the  author's  opinion,  the  Parthenon  was  transformed  into 
a  church  in  about  435  under  the  title  of  Sta.  Sophia.  Cf.  Revue  Arch., 
1890,  p.  259. 

NATIONAL  MUSEUM. — Additions. — During  October  1889,  there  were 
brought  in  some  10  painted  vases  found  in  the  recent  excavations  at 
ERETRIA.  The  larger  part  of  them  consist  of  white  lekythoi,  some  very 
beautiful  ones ;  and  one  seems  to  represent  the  myth  of  Boreas  and  Orei- 
thyia.  Besides  these  vases,  the  objects  found  by  the  French  School  at 
THESPIAI  were  also  brought  to  the  Museum.  They  consist  of  some  painted 
vases,  pieces  of  a  colossal  bronze  statue,  and  fragments  of  smaller  bronzes : 
among  them  a  small  Corinthian  capital  of  bronze,  a  gilded  spear-point, 
and  several  bases  of  small  columns.  The  head  of  a  small  marble  statue 
of  Asklepios  was  the  only  addition  of  this  material  made  to  the  Museum. 
A  number  of  vases  and  figurines  seized  in  PARIS  were  also  added.  One  of 
the  vases  represents  Theseus  standing  with  his  knee  on  the  Minotaur,  and 
another  seems  to  show  Athena  overcoming  the  giant  Enkelados.  The 
terracottas  are  mostly  draped  women  and  girls  in  various  poses.  There 
are  also,  in  this  collection,  a  few  men  and  boys,  and  they  generally  wear 
the  petasos  on  the  head  and  a  short  chiton  over  the  shoulders.  One  of 
the  terracottas  represents  an  ape. 

During  November  some  40  more  vases  from  ERETRIA  were  brought  in. 
White  lekythoi  were  the  prevailing  sort,  although  black  lekythoi,  and 
lekythoi  with  red  and  with  black  figures,  were  also  present  in  several  ex- 
amples. One  of  the  figures  is  that  of  a  young  man  carrying  a  peplos, 
which  may  be  a  reminiscence  of  a  similar  figure  from  the  frieze  of  the 
Parthenon.  Another  vase  shows  a  date-palm  with  a  negress  bound  to  its 
trunk  by  the  feet  and  hands.  Other  vases  figure  Amazons  and  Centaurs. 

Classification  of  Antiquities. — In  the  Museum  on  the  Akropolis  the  classi- 
fication and  arrangement  of  the  antiquities  has  been  finished  and  at  the 
same  time  similar  work  was  begun  on  the  National  Museum.  Fr.  Wiese- 
ler,  on  the  fiftieth  anniversary  of  his  activity  as  a  teacher,  presented  to 
the  General  Office  (Ephoreia)  of  Antiquities  a  copy  of  all  his  archaeologi- 
cal writings.  Several  important  gifts  of  coins  and  vases  have  been  also  re- 
ceived from  other  private  individuals. — 'Apx-  AeArtbv,  Oct.,  Nov.,  Dec.,  1889. 

MUSEUM  OF  GREEK  CHRISTIAN  ANTIQUITIES. — In  three  small  rooms  on  the 
first  floor  of  the  offices  of  the  Ecclesiastical  Synod  of  Athens  has  been 
formed  the  .nucleus  of  a  museum  of  Greek  Christian  Antiquities.  At 
present,  it  includes  a  series  of  objects  connected  with  the  architecture  and 
ritual  of  the  Greek  Church,  also  a  number  of  plans,  drawings,  and  photo- 
graphs of  churches,  mosaics,  and  frescos,  old  church-service  books,  and 
reproductions  of  illuminated  MSS.  The  architectural  fragments  consist 


206  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.        [ATHENS.] 

principally  of  sculptured  slabs,  ceramic  ornaments,  fragments  of  mosaics 
and  frescos,  portions  of  details  of  internal  fittings,  such  as  the  Ikonostasis, 
pieces  of  pavement  and  of  constructional  detail.  Relating  to  the  ritual, 
are  a  large  number  of  vestments,  some  of  them  beautifully  embroidered, 
crosiers,  flagons,  chalices,  and  pattens  (many  of  them  of  pewter),  rich  altar- 
crosses  of  silver  filagree-work,  often  inlaid  or  picked  out  with  gold  and 
usually  enclosing  intricate  and  minute  figure-subjects  cut  in  olive-wood ; 
also,  several  sacred-oil  bottles,  made  of  cast  lead  with  ornamental  borders 
and  quaint  figure  panels,  ceramic  plaques  for  stamping  the  sacred  bread, 
Christian  lamps  (hand  and  other),  and  large  flagons  for  storing  the  lamp- 
oil.  There  are  many  stamped  impressions  of  Christian  inscriptions,  and  a 
number  of  old  paintings  of  Christ  and  the  Virgin,  of  saints  and  prophets, 
and  a  collection  of  about  800  Byzantine  coins. — Builder,  April  12. 

ATHENA  PARTHENOS  AS  A  DEVICE  OF  ATHENS. —  Mr.  A.  8.  Murray  illus- 
trates, in  the  Classical  Review  for  February,  an  engraved  gem  recently 
acquired  by  the  British  Museum.  It  is  of  sard  and  in  the  form  of  a  scaraboid 
mounted  on  a  silver  ring.  It  was  found  in  Cyprus,  and,  from  the  style  of 
the  engraving,  belongs  to  a  date  shortly  after  400  B.  c.  The  subject  con- 
sists of  a  figure  of  Athena  standing  to  the  front,  wearing  her  helmet  and 
aegis.  At  her  left  side  are  the  shield  and  spear,  the  shield  resting  on  the 
ground ;  at  her  right  is  the  serpent  associated  with  her  worship  on  the 
Akropolis.  But,  whereas  the  Parthenos  held  out  a  figure  of  Nike  in  her 
right  hand,  the  Athena  on  tfoe  gem  holds  the  akrostolion  or  ornament  on 
the  stem  of  a  ship,  the  recognized  emblem  of  a  naval  victory.  That  it  relates 
to  some  naval  victory  in  which  Athens  aided  one  of  the  Cypriote  towns 
seems  confirmed  by  the  analogy  of  the  silver  Cypriote  coin  attributed  to 
Demonikos  (400-368  B.  c.)  king  of  Kition  on  which  is  a  figure  of  Athena 
of  very  much  the  same  type  as  on  the  gem,  though  she  is  seated  on  the  prow 
of  a  ship. 

KALLIMAOHOS  THE  SCULPTOR  OF  THE  PARTHENON  PEDIMENTS  AND  FRIEZE? — 
It  has  become  generally  recognized  that  the  Parthenon  frieze  and  metopes, 
although  probably  planned  and  designed  by  Pheidias  were  not  executed 
by  him.  But  Dr.  Puchstein  has  recently  sought  to  prove  that  the 
pediments  and  frieze  were  not  due  even  to  Pheidias'  influence,  but  were 
executed  at  a  slightly  later  date,  perhaps  by  the  hand  of  Kallimachos. 
His  paper  was  read  on  Dec.  9  at  the  Winekelmannsfest  in  Berlin,  and  is  soon 
to  be  published  in  the  Jahrbuch.  He  relies  for  his  proof  of  a  later  date  on 
the  use  in  the  pediments  and  frieze  of  the  running-borer  invented  by  Kal- 
limachos (according  to  Pausanias,  i.  26)  and  first  used  between  437  and 
430.  His  conclusions  are  as  follows :  "  Of  the  art  of  Pheidias  (whose  works 
have  entirely  perished)  the  student  is  obliged  to  form  his  conception  from 
a  study  of  the  closer  copies  of  the  Athena  Parthenos,  and  by  a  comparison 


[GREECE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  207 

of  these  with  other  works  of  the  fifth  century  B.  c.  This  leads  to  the  con- 
clusion that  a  peculiar  characteristic  of  the  original  of  the  Parthenos  was 
the  markedly  strong  and  simple  treatment  of  the  drapery,  a  style  not 
adopted  by  Pheidias  in  the  representation  of  the  goddess  in  view  of  the 
Doric  architecture  of  the  Parthenon,  but  only  the  natural  result  of  the 
stage  his  own  artistic  development  had  reached :  for  the  Parthenos,  de- 
signed before  447  B.  c.,  belongs  to  the  same  epoch  as,  e.  g.,  the  Hippodameia 
of  the  east  pediment  at  Olympia,  or  the  Giustiniani  Hestia.  There  is, 
therefore,  no  justification  either  for  the  attribution  to  the  original  Parthenos 
of  the  full  freedom  of  style  seen  in  the  pediment  sculptures  and  frieze  of  the 
Parthenon,  or  for  the  ascription  to  Pheidias  or  his  workshop  of  this  new 
and,  especially  in  the  treatment  of  drapery,  more  highly-developed  style. 
Furthermore,  the  composition  of  the  pediments  and  the  frieze  do  not  origi- 
nate with  Pheidias :  for  the  one  composition  known  to  us  in  detail  which 
is  with  certainty  attributable  to  Pheidias  —  the  recently-discovered  Birth 
of  Pandora  on  the  Pergamene  copy  of  the  Parthenos — agrees  entirely  in 
style  with  the  central  group  of  the  east  pediment  at  Olympia.  On  the  true 
author  of  the  Parthenon  sculptures  (with  the  exception  of  the  metopes)  it 
seems  possible  to  lay  a  tolerably  sure  hand  by  means  of  certain  technical 
evidence.  The  pediment  figures  and  the  frieze  are  the  oldest  sculptures 
in  which  the  so-called  running-borer  was  used.  These  sculptures  and  the 
reliefs  of  the  Nike  balustrade  differ  from  other  contemporary  and  later 
sculptures  precisely  in  such  effects  as  are  producible  by  this  instrument, 
effects  which  are  absent  in  these  other  sculptures — the  Parthenon  metopes, 
the  frieze  of  the  Theseion,  the  greater  part  of  the  frieze  of  the  Nike  tem- 
ple, the  Nike*  of  Paionios  and  others  —  all  of  which  are  executed  without 
the  running -borer.  According  to  Pausanias,  Kallimachos,  the  inventor 
of  the  Corinthian  capital,  was  the  first  who  worked  marble  with  this  borer. 
That  this  discovery  was  made  just  at  the  time  when  the  Parthenon  pedi- 
ments were  set  up  (434  B.  c.)  is  evident  from  the  fact  that  the  borer  was 
not  used  in  the  Ionic  capital  of  the  Propylaia  (which  was  begun  in  437  B.  c.), 
but  was  already  manifestly  in  use  in  the  capital  of  the  Nike  temple  (about 
430  B.  c.).  Hence,  it  is  not  unlikely  that  the  discoverer  of  this  new  tech- 
nique, Kallimachos  himself,  was  the  very  man  who  executed  the  Parthenon 
pediments,  and  that  in  them  we  may  recognize  instances  of  the  elegantia 
et  subtilitas  artis  marmorariae  for  which  he  was  famous." — Berl.phil.  Woch., 
1890,  No.  3. 

FRAGMENT  OF  A  STATUE  OF  ATHENA. — The  pieces  of  sculpture  found 
during  the  recent  clearances  around  the  Parthenon  have  been  the  object 
of  the  study  of  Dr.  Sauer,  of  the  German  School,  and  he  thinks  he  has 
discovered  amongst  them  a  fragment  belonging  to  one  of  the  two  pediment 
statues  of  Athena. — Athenaeum,  March  15. 


208  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.        [GREECE.] 

THE  SCULPTOR  PHILISTIDES. — M.  P.  Foucart  publishes,  in  the  Bull,  de 
Corr.  hellen.  for  March- April,  some  inscriptions  found  on  various  sites  in 
Karia.  On  the  site  supposed  by  Judeich  (Mitth.  Athen.,  xn,  331-46)  to 
be  that  of  Pedasa,  at  Kara-Kharup,  six  hours  from  Halikarnassos,  was  an 
inscription  with  the  name  of  an  unknown  sculptor,  Philistides  of  Athens. 
It  reads:  <NAISTIAH3A0HNAIOS  |  ETOIH^EN.  It  is  on  a  base,  and 
the  letters  indicate  a  good  period,  perhaps  the  second  half  of  the  fourth 
century  B.  c.  The  sculptor  Philistides  may  have  formed  one  of  the  group 
of  artists  called  to  Halikarnassos  by  Mausolus  and  his  successors. 

ATTIKA. — At  the  request  of  the  Berlin  Academy  of  Sciences,  the  Prus- 
sian Minister  of  Public  Instruction  has  placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  Ger- 
man Archaeological  Institute  the  funds  required  to  extend  to  the  whole  of 
Attika  the  cartographic  work  begun  in  1881.  Consequently,  Reimer's 
publishing  house  will  publish  the  maps  of  Salamis  and  the  coast  opposite 
to  it,  of  Eleusis,  of  Phyle,  of  Oropos  and  of  Rhamnos.  Those  of  Mara- 
thon and  Dekeleia  are  engraved  and  will  soon  appear. — Revue  Arch., 
1890,  p.  266. 

BOURBA  (Attika). — Pre-Mykencean  Tombs. — An  ancient  tomb  exca- 
vated here,  in  September,  presented  some  curious  features.  It  had  been 
dug  one  meter  deep  in  the  old  earth,  and  filled  with  wood  on  which 
the  corpse  had  evidently  been  placed  to  be  burned,  after  which  it  must 
have  been  covered  with  earth.  A  considerable  quantity  of  charcoal  was 
taken  out  of  the  tomb,  and  it  was  observed  that  the  lowest  layer  was  of 
vine  branches,  while  the  remainder  consisted  of  large  pieces  of  wood,  some 
of  them  25  centim.  in  diameter.  Beneath  the  pyre  there  was  an  aperture 
for  the  purpose  of  ventilation.  It  is  believed  that  this  tomb  is  more  an- 
cient than  the  Mykenaian  era,  since  another  tomb  for  inhumation,  which 
clearly  belonged,  from  the  style  of  its  vases,  to  the  Mykenaian  era,  was 
found  above  it. 

Continued  excavations  in  this  locality  brought  to  light  more  tombs  for 
incineration,  like  those  previously  found  here.  In  the  mound  which  covers 
several  graves  were  found  archaic  black-figured  vases  and  an  inscribed 
base  belonging  to  the  sepulchral  monument.  A  piece  of  the  plinth  on 
which  the  statue  itself  stood  was  also  found  bearing  traces  of  the  feet.  An 
inscription  on  the  lower  block  bore  the  name  of  the  artist,  Phaidimos. 
One  of  the  graves  was  circular  and  walled  with  stone,  like  the  tomb  of 
Menekrates  in  Korkyra.  After  the  investigation  of  these  graves  had  been 
completed,  a  sepulchral  mound  some  few  miles  distant  in  a  place  named 
Petreza,  on  the  road  to  Marathon,  was  undertaken. — 'Apx-  AcXrtov,  Oct., 
Nov.,  1889. 

CHAIRONEIA-The  Greek  Minister  of  Public  Instruction  has  decided 
that  the  fragments  of  the  Cheronsean  Lion  are  to  be  put  together  upon  the 
original  base. — Athenceum,  Jan.  25. 


[GREECE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  209 

ELEUSIS. — A  large  Koman  bath  has  been  discovered  similar  to  that 
found  at  Athens  near  the  Olympieion.  New  expropriations  will  have  to 
be  made  for  its  excavation. — Athenaeum,  May  3. 

ERETRIA. — Investigation  of  the  burying-ground  discovered  near  the 
shore  has  been  continued.  The  tombs  are  mostly  older  than  the  fifth  cen- 
tury and  are  constructed  of  large  flat  tiles,  with  the  exception  of  a  few 
made  with  curved  tiles.  There  is  no  use  of  poros  stone  or  marble  in  these 
tombs.  The  objects  found  were  mostly  lekythia,  figurines,  and  various 
sorts  of  vases,  which  were  usually  placed  within  the  grave  near  the  feet  of 
the  corpse.  In  another  part  of  the  town  was  found  a  double  row  of  tombs, 
but  all  of  them  had  been  pillaged.  One  of  these  tombs  was  a  marble  sarco- 
phagus :  a  plain  mirror  placed  on  the  left  side  of  the  head  and  some  smaller 
objects  including  an  alabaster  pyxis  placed  near  the  right  hand  of  the 
corpse  were  its  chief  contents.  All  the  smaller  objects  were  taken  to  the 
National  Museum  at  Athens,  while  the  marbles  and  sepulchral  inscriptions 
were  left  in  Eretria. — 'Ap^.  AeXrcov,  October,  1889. 

KYME  (Euboia). — PREHISTORIC  TOMB. — At  Kyme  in  Euboia  a  prehis- 
toric tomb  of  quite  original  form  was  found.  Some  peasants,  in  making 
lime,  came,  at  a  great  depth  of  soil,  upon  an  empty  tomb,  2  met.  long  and 
70  centim.  wide.  The  bottom  was  formed  of  a  double  series  of  fire-baked 
bricks,  and  the  four  walls  of  bricks  laid  thin  end  upwards.  Inside  were 
found  two  lekythoi  with  traces  of  black  coloring. — Athenceum,  Feb.  8 ; 
Chron.  des  Arts,  1890,  No.  7. 

LAKEDAIMON. — Excavations  of  the  Archaeological  Society  have  un- 
covered a  small  arched  tomb.  Its  contents,  however,  were  found  to  be 
quite  insignificant. — 'Ap^.  AcXrtbv,  Nov.,  1889. 

LYKOSOURA. — TEMPLE  OF  DESPOINA= PERSEPHONE  (see  vol.  v,  pp.  378, 
491). — The  temple  was  found  on  the  north  side  of  the  ridge  known  as  Tcpfj, 
about  100  metres  to  the  west  of  the  ruins  of  a  chapel  of  S.  Athanasios. 
The  ground-plan  of  the  temple  has  been  clearly  made  out,  and  it  is  seen  to 
be  a  Doric  hexastyle-prostyle,  twenty  metres  long  by  ten  broad,  the  cella 
being  thirteen  metres  long.  In  the  walls  of  the  cella,  the  lower  courses  are 
of  masonry  of  local  stone,  the  upper  courses  are  of  unburnt  brick.  The 
temple  was  oriented  from  east  to  west,  and  had  a  marble  portico  at  the 
entrance,  which  seems  to  have  been  filled  with  votive  offerings,  the  bases 
of  which  are  extant. — Berl.phil.  Woch.,  December  21,  1889. 

THE  SCULPTURES  OF  THE  TEMPLE. — Dr.  CHARLES  WALDSTEIN  writes 
from  Athens  to  the  Athenceum  (of  March  22)  under  date  of  Feb.  28 : 

"  The  peculiar  and  exceptional  value  of  the  Lykosoura  statues  is  that 

they  are  beyond  a  doubt  the  statues  described  by  Pausanias  (vm.  38)  as 

being  in  the  temple  of  Despoina,  the  works  of  the  artist  Damophon  of 

Messene.     Now  of  this  artist  no  work  is  extant,  and  this  was  to  be 

14 


210  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.    [LYKOSOUBA.] 

regretted  the  more  as  he  certainly  was  one  of  the  most  interesting  figures 
in  the  fourth  century  B.  c.  He  was  a  contemporary  of  Skopas,  Praxi- 
teles, and  Lysippos — probably  older  than  Lysippos.  He  was  peculiarly 
interesting,  as  he  differed  in  spirit  from  his  contemporaries  in  choosing 
exclusively  for  representation  in  his  art  the  gods  and  higher  religious  types 
of  Greece.  He  appears  to  have  maintained  the  great  spirit  of  the  fifth 
century  to  a  higher  degree  than  his  contemporaries,  as  in  technique  also 
his  temple  statues  bridged  over  the  gold  and  ivory  work  of  Pheidias  and 
Polykleitos  and  the  marble  sculpture  of  Skopas  and  Praxiteles.  When 
the  great  gold  and  ivory  marvel  of  Pheidias,  the  statue  of  Zeus  atOlympia, 
was  falling  to  pieces  in  the  fourth  century,  it  was  Damophon  who  restored 
it  to  the  entire  satisfaction  of  the  Eleans.  Many  of  his  statues  were 
akrolithic,  which  is  the  next  stage  to  gold  and  ivory,  and  a  substitute  for 
it,  marble  taking  the  place  of  the  ivory,  and  wood,  gilt  and  painted, 
the  place  of  the  sheets  of  chiselled  gold.  But,  like  his  famous  contem- 
poraries, the  material  he  used  with  preference  was  marble,  while  not  a 
single  work  of  bronze  is  mentioned.  To  have  come  into  possession  of  an 
original  work  by  this  artist,  and  at  the  same  time  of  a  temple  statue 
(aXay/xa),  is  an  unprecedented  piece  of  good  fortune. 

*'  The  excavations  undertaken  by  the  Greek  Government  were  begun 
last  July,  and  ended  in  November.  The  temple  of  Despoina  has  been 
cleared,  and  the  bathron,  or  base,  of  the  sacred  statue  can  be  distinctly 
seen  at  the  east  end  of  the  cella,  which  it  almost  fills  up.  The  cella  is  10 
m.  wide.  Of  the  statues  which  stood  on  this  base  most  of  the  fragments 
have  been  discovered,  besides  sculptures  which  decorated  either  the  base 
or  the  thrones  upon  which  the  goddesses  were  seated.  There  are  about  a 
hundred  fragments  in  all.  There  were  four  figures  on  the  base,  all  of 
them  over  life-size,  two  of  them  colossal.  One  of  the  heads  belonging 
to  the  larger  figures  is  now  here,  and  the  two  heads  of  the  other  figures. 
One  torso  and  five  pieces  of  drapery  were  so  large  that,  the  roads  being 
bad,  they  could  not  as  yet  be  transported  here.  The  fragments  that  I 
have  been  able  to  examine,  though  they  manifest  in  the  heads  greater 
individuality  than  is  possessed  by  works  belonging  to  the  fifth  century, 
are  large  in  style.  The  most  striking  were  some  pieces  of  drapery  belong- 
ing to  colossal  figures,  the  folding  perfect  in  its  indication  of  texture,  while 
they  are  adorned  with  figures  in  low  relief  of  most  exquisite  workmanship. 
Some  had  figures  of  Nike  and  Tritons,  with  curious  hybrid  beings,  or  per- 
haps a  scene  of  metamorphosis,  running  figures  changed  into  animals.  M. 
Kabbadias  thinks  this  has  some  bearing  on  the  worship  of  Derneter.  A 
larger  piece  of  drapery  is  adorned  with  flowers  in  low  relief.  Doubtless 
we  have  in  this  work  a  reminiscence  of  the  gold  drapery  adorned  in  re- 
pousse and  enamel.  There  are  small  figures  with  fish-tails  carrying  circular 


[GREECE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  211 

baskets  on  their  heads,  similar  to  the  object  on  the  head  of  the  colossal 
fragment  from  Eleusis  now  at  the  Fitzwilliam  Museum,  Cambridge.  This 
is  probably  connected  with  the  worship  of  Derneter.  But  I  cannot  tell 
whether  these  figures  decorated  the  throne  or  the  base." 

MEGALOPOLIS. — EXCAVATIONS  BY  THE  BRITISH  SCHOOL. — Mr.  Ernest 
Gardner,  who  superintends  the  excavations  by  the  British  School,  writes 
from  Athens  under  date  of  March  26  and  April  28  :  "  The  site  of  Mega- 
lopolis has  at  last  been  selected  as  the  field  of  this  season's  excavations  in 
Greece  by  the  British  School,  and  work  has  now  been  actually  begun. 
Our  party  reached  Sinanou,  the  modern  village,  half  a  mile  from  the 
ancient  site,  on  Sunday,  March  16. 

"  The  site  of  the  ancient  town  lies  upon  the  two  banks  of  the  broad 
stony  bed  of  the  Helisson ;  and  the  description  of  Pausanias,  which  is 
remarkably  explicit,  enables  us  to  fix  approximately  the  position  of  the 
various  buildings.  These  are  grouped  by  him  around  the  Agora  on  the 
northern  bank,  and  the  theatre  on  the  southern  bank  of  the  river.  Many 
vestiges  of  ancient  walls  and  columns  are  scattered  over  the  site ;  but  only 
a  few  are  in  their  original  position,  and  none,  except  the  theatre,  could 
be  identified  with  certainty  before  excavation.  The  site  of  the  Agora 
seemed  to  be  indicated  by  a  level  space  strewn  and  surrounded  with  frag- 
ments of  stone  and  columns. 

First  site  (Stoa  Agora). — "We  began  excavations  (March  18)  upon  a 
line  of  columns  running  north  and  south,  near  the  northwestern  corner 
of  what  we  supposed  to  be  the  Agora.  We  found  that  these  were  upon  a 
base,  but  one  of  later  period  than  the  columns  themselves,  having  an  Ionic 
architrave  built  into  it.  This  line  of  columns  and  another  parallel  to  it 
ran  out  from  a  wall  of  much  better  construction  preserved  for  about  six 
courses.  This  great  wall  was  one  of  the  enclosing  walls  of  an  enormous 
triple  portico  running  east  and  west  across  the  north  of  the  Agora ;  we 
followed  the  northern  enclosing  wall  for  about  four  hundred  feet,  and  most 
of  the  column  bases  were  in  situ ;  we  also  found  one  or  two  entrances  from 
the  north.  We  conjectured  that  this  building,  which  apparently  had  one 
row  of  Ionic,  one  of  Doric  columns,  and  to  which  belong  most  of  the  drums 
scattered  over  the  site,  was  the  same  seen  by  Leake  in  part ;  but  its  posi- 
tion corresponds  to  that  of  the  Stoa  Philippeios  rather  than  to  a  portion 
of  the  gymnasium.  We  were,  however,  unable  to  finish  our  work  either 
on  this  building  or  on  another  in  a  small  enclosure  near  the  river,  at  the 
southeastern  corner  of  the  Agora  (perhaps  the  temple  of  Zeus  Soter),  owing 
to  difficulties  raised  by  the  occupiers  as  to  compensation  for  their  crops, 
and  a  misunderstanding  with  the  Government  upon  this  point.  We  shall 
be  able  to  continue  our  work  here  when  the  crops  are  got  in.  Numerous 
column  bases,  at  various  levels  in  the  stoa,  offer  difficult  and  complicated 


212  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  AR GHMOL  OGY.    [MEGALOPOLIS.] 

problems  that  cannot  yet  be  solved ;  but  it  seems  clear  that  at  least  a  part 
of  it  must  have  been  roofed  over. 

Second  Site  (Theatre). — "  We  made  trial  of  the  other  side  of  the  river 
near  the  theatre,  where  the  ground  was  lying  fallow.     Here  a  great  trench 
cut  the  stage  buildings  of  the  theatre,  and  further  down  a  plain  column 
in  situ.     The  stage  buildings,  which  are  in  some  places  as  much  as  nine 
feet  below  the  soil,  are  of  fourth-century  construction,  and  show  no  traces 
of  later  alterations,  though  they  have  been  partially  destroyed.    The  plan 
seems  to  be  complete,  and  also  to  differ  from  that  found  at  Epidauros, 
Oropos  and  elsewhere.   The  theatre  seems  likely  to  equal,  if  not  to  surpass, 
in  interest  any  that  has  hitherto  been  excavated ;  but  the  soil  will  have  to 
be  removed  to  a  depth  of  about  13  ft.  in  the  orchestra  before  the  stage 
building  and  seats  can  be  properly  cleared.     This  great  accumulation  is 
due  to  the  nature  of  the  embankment  of  the  cavea,  which  is  partly  artifi- 
cial and  consists  of  a  mound  of  earth  held  in  by  retaining  walls ;  naturally, 
a  large  amount  of  this  earth  has  been  carried  down  into  the  level  ground 
below.     In  front  of  the  front  wall  of  the  stage  building  is  a  step  descend- 
ing towards  the  orchestra ;  but  as  the  orchestra  is  still  some  four  or  five 
feet  lower,  it  will  be  most  interesting  to  see  what  more  is  to  be  found  here. 
At  present  wherever  the  trenches  approach  this  level  they  are  filled  with 
water,  and  consequently  great  delay  has  been  caused  ;  but  a  drain  has  now 
been  dug  through  to  the  river,  and  we  hope  this  difficulty  will  soon  be 
removed.     The  same  cause  has  prevented  the  front  row  of  seats  from  being 
completely  cleared,  and  only  the  top  of  it  shows  above  the  water  at  present. 
It  consists  not  of  a  row  of  chairs,  as  at  Athens,  but  of  continuous  benches, 
with  arms  only  at  the  ends.     The  most  interesting  point  is  that  the  back 
of  these  benches,  wherever  as  yet  visible,  contains  inscriptions,  and  has 
evidently  served  as  a  record  for  the  history  of  the  theatre  and  other  mat- 
ters ;  we  have  thus  only  to  clear  the  whole  row  to  get  a  rich  harvest  of 
inscriptions.     Whether  there  are  also  inscriptions  on  the  lower  part  of  the 
seats,  as  at  Athens,  cannot  be  discovered  until  the  water  is  drained  off. 

Altars. — "Two  altars  also  have  been  found,  one  to  the  east,  one  to  the 
west  of  the  theatre ;  that  to  the  west  is  of  considerable  length  and  is  orna- 
mented with  metopes,  thus  confirming  a  theory  of  Dr.  Dorpfeld  as  to  the 
altar  of  Zeus  at  Olympia.  Pausanias  mentions  two  altars  in  this  region,  one 
to  Herakles  and  and  one  to  Ares ;  but,  as  yet,  there  is  no  evidence  to  justify 
an  identification. 

Burial  Mound. — "  A  trench  was  dug  into  a  tumulus  on  the  north  bank 
of  the  Helisson  (probably  the  same  as  that  described  by  Pausanias  as  the 
tomb  of  Aristodemos)  to  which  local  tradition  ascribes  fabulous  hidden 
treasures.  Only  a  few  inches  below  the  surface  was  found  a  cylindrical 
marble  urn  containing  bones  (bearing  marks  of  fire)  and  a  gold  diadem 


[GREECE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  213 

and  disc,  which  on  close  examination  were  found  to  be  not  prehistoric,  as 
was  at  first  supposed.  The  ornament  on  the  diadem  is  not  distinctive,  but 
may  very  well  be  late-Greek ;  and  the  disc,  which  is  hollow,  seems  to  be 
made  by  pressing  a  thin  plate  of  gold  against  the  two  sides  of  a  coin, 
which  are  thus  very  faintly  reproduced ;  on  one  side  the  type  of  an  eagle 
on  a  thunderbolt  can  be  recognized,  with  an  indistinct  inscription  under- 
neath. A  little  deeper  in  than  the  marble  urn  was  found  a  curved  wall, 
which  looked  at  first  like  the  retaining  wall  for  a  heaped-up  tumulus ;  but 
it  proved  to  be  of  much  smaller  diameter,  and  only  to  occupy  a  small 
portion  of  the  mound :  it  apparently  was  the  remnant  of  a  circular  vaulted 
tomb ;  but  the  stones  were  small  and  bedded  in  lime  mortar.  Inside, 
nothing  was  found  but  a  lamp  of  later  Greek  shape,  an  iron  strigil,  and 
some  rough  vases.  It  is,  of  course,  possible  that  earlier  tombs  may  lie 
deeper,  or  on  the  other  side,  and  so  we  are  still  continuing  our  work.  In 
later  times  numerous  burials  took  place  here,  as  is  shown  by  many  rough 
tile-coffins  and  bones." — Athenceum,  April  19,  May  10. 

Messrs.  Loring  and  Woodhouse,  members  of  the  School,  write  under  date 
of  May  12  on  the  continuation  of  excavations  at  the  theatre  (second  site) : 
"  (1)  The  drainage  of  the  Theatre  has  been  completed.  (2)  The  digging 
of  a  magnificent  horseshoe  trench  has  laid  bare  the  entire  outer  edge  of 
the  orchestra  with  the  lowest  line  of  seats.  These  seats  are  of  a  kind  supe- 
rior to  the  rest.  They  are  long  benches,  nine  in  number,  one  correspond- 
ing to  each  K«pKis,  or  wedge,  of  the  auditorium.  Each  is  provided  with  an 
arm  at  either  end,  and  they  have  high  backs,  slightly  curved,  and  fitting 
most  comfortably  to  the  back.  These  benches  are  separated  by  eight  gang- 
ways, leading  to  the  KXt/xa/ces  above,  and  there  is  also  a  xXt/xa^  at  either  end ; 
thus  (below  the  8ia£w//,a,  at  any  rate)  the  number  of  KXi/xa/ces  is  ten.  Be- 
low these  benches  (Opovoi)  is  an  o^eros,  or  channel  to  carry  off  the  water f 
and  beyond  that  a  raised  stone  border  bounding  the  orchestra.  All  these 
are  in  almost  perfect  preservation.  The  stone  border  reminds  one  of  that 
at  Epidauros,  but,  while  that  at  Epidauros  is  circular,  the  circle  at  Mega- 
lopolis is  incomplete,  extending  only  so  far  as  the  horns  of  the  auditorium 
on  either  side. 

"  The  greatest  interest,  however,  attaches  to  the  Opovoi  at  the  bottom,  all 
of  which  are  inscribed,  (a)  On  the  easternmost  is  the  inscription  'Ai/no^o? 
dy(i>vo0€T>7cras  ave6r)K€  TOVS  Opovovs  TraWas  /cat  rov  O^CTOV  (the  O^CTOS  mentioned 
above),  in  characters  which  may  well  belong  to  the  beginning  of  the  third 
or  even  to  the  end  of  the  fourth  century.  The  first  three  words  of  this 
inscription  are  repeated  on  the  central  and  westernmost  seats.  (6)  The 
five  central  seats  are  inscribed  with  the  names  of  Arcadian  tribes  to  which 
they  were  appropriated,  in  very  large  letters.  The  names,  read  from  east 
to  west,  are  MatvaXtW,  Av/cactTcoj'  (cf.  Paus.  VIII.  27.  4.  Av/caiarat),  TLappa- 


214  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.        [GREECE.] 


<rtW,  TlaviaTcov,  'ATToXXwfvtaJTwv.  These  names  are  in  very  late  characters  ; 
but  the  inscription  'Avrtbxos  dywvo^cT^o-as  dv€^r/K€  on  the  central  seat,  in 
comparatively  early  characters,  in  combination  with  the  late  inscription 
<f>v\rj<s  Ilappao-tW,  proves  that  the  latter  was  an  addition  made  since  the 
seats  were  placed  in  situ.  All  these  inscriptions  are  on  the  front  of  the 
seat-backs,  facing  the  orchestra,  (c)  On  the  hinder  side  of  the  seat-backs 
are  further  inscriptions,  apparently  of  intermediate  date.  Some  of  these 
we  have  not  yet  transcribed,  as  they  are  only  partially  cleared.  That  on 
the  back  of  the  seat  inscribed  Havidrw  is  Ilavias;  but  the  same  corres- 
pondence does  not  prevail  throughout. 

"  We  propose  next  to  dig  a  trench  right  through  the  orchestra  from  the 
central  bench  to  the  centre  of  the  stage  buildings.  This  will  give  us  a 
complete  section  of  the  orchestra,  and  will  expose  the  Ov^eXrj  if  that  remains 
in  situ.  Probably  we  shall  also  extend  this  trench  upwards,  so  as  to  ob- 
tain a  perpendicular  section  of  the  auditorium."  —  Athenaeum,  May  31. 

MEGARA.  —  The  Archaeological  Society  have  recently  been  making 
excavations  on  the  site  of  a  small  shrine  a  few  miles  to  the  west  of  Me- 
gara.—  'Apx-  AeXrtov,  Nov.  1889. 

MYKENAI.  —  WOOD-BEAMS  IN  STONE  ARCHITECTURE.  —  Mr.  H.  Arnold 
Tubbs  takes  occasion  of  Dorpfeld's  notes  in  reference  to  the  late  discovery 
at  Mykenai  —  that  the  walls  are  constructed  with  a  balk  of  timber  in  be- 
tween the  courses  of  squared  stone  (Berl.  phil.  Woch.,  Nov.  2,  1889)  —  to 
contribute  some  remarks  to  the  Classical  Review  of  February,  1890.  He 
calls  attention  to  the  fact  that  Pliny  (NH,  xvi.  79)  states  that  the  cedar- 
beams  in  the  walls  of  the  Apollo  temple  at  Utica  had  lasted  down  to  his 
own  time.  He  states  that  in  Africa  and  Palestine  the  use  of  wood-beams 
in  alternation  with  stone  was  an  introduction  of  the  Phoenicians,  who  may 
also  have  influenced  Greece  and  Lykia.  He  infers  that,  when  the  Talmud 
alludes  to  a  distinctive  Phoenician  style  of  architecture,  the  main  distinc- 
tive element  may  be  the  employment  of  cedar-beams. 

OLYMPIA.  —  Restoration  of  the  eastern  gable  of  the  temple  of  Zeus.  —  We 
will  here  simply  call  attention  to  the  thorough  and  important  work  on 
the  eastern  gable  of  the  temple  of  Zeus  published  in  the  Journal  of 
Hellenic  Studies,  1889,  pp.  96-116,  pi.  vi.  A  summary  of  it  will  be  found 
under  the  summaries  of  periodicals.  He  attributes  the  gable  not  to  the 
Athenian  Alkamenes  who  executed  the  Nike,  but  to  the  elder  Alkamenes 
of  Lemnos  who  is  the  author  of  the  western  pediment  and  probably 
sculptured  the  eastern  between  480  and  457.  This  new  restoration  by 
Six  is  approved  by  Ke"kule*  and  partly  antagonized  by  Treu.  —  Cf.  Revue 
Arch.,  1890,  pp.  266-7. 

PATRAI.  —  Near  Patras  a  richly-sculptured  sarcophagus  has  just  been  dis- 
covered. The  basrelief  represents  a  wild-boar  hunt,  in  which  are  seen  the 


[GREECE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  215 

huntsmen  divided  in  two  groups,  seven  of  them  being  without  beard  and 
one  bearded.  This  last  is  in  the  act  of  stopping  a  boar,  running  at  full 
speed,  and  has  his  left  foot  on  the  snout.  The  rest  are  pressing  forward  to 
slay  the  animal  with  hatchets  and  arrows.  Another  boar  is  seen  making 
his  escape  in  the  opposite  direction.  On  the  sides  of  the  sarcophagus  are 
basreliefs  representing  on  one  side  two  prostrate  bodies  and  a  dog,  and 
on  the  other  a  bull  with  an  owl  on  its  back.  The  work  is  highly  finished 
and  of  the  Roman  period,  but  very  probably  copied  from  an  original  of 
Hellenic  workmanship.  Inside  the  sarcophagus  was  found  a  skeleton. — 
Athenaeum,  Feb.  22. 

PLATAI  A. — EXCAVATIONS  BY  THE  AMERICAN  SCHOOL. — Dr.  Waldstein  fin- 
ished his  excavating  work  at  Plataia  in  the  second  half  of  March.  The 
members  of  the  Archaeological  School  at  Athens  who  assisted  him  there 
were  W.  J.  Hunt,  H.  S.  and  C.  M.  Washington,  Shelley,  H.  T.  Hale,  and 
J.  F.  Gray.  Their  first  object  was  to  make  an  accurate  map  of  the  ancient 
city  of  Plataia,  so  far  as  it  is  now  visible.  The  site  has  been  thoroughly 
surveyed ;  the  walls,  which  are  over  two  and  a  half  miles  in  circumference, 
have  been  measured ;  and  the  publication  of  the  results  will  place  them 
at  the  service  of  all  classes  of  students.  A  careful  paper  on  the  topography 
of  the  battle-field  of  Plataia  has  also  been  prepared  by  Mr.  Hunt,  and 
will  be  illustrated  by  a  new  map  drawn  by  Messrs.  Hunt  and  Hale. 
Dr.  Waldstein  carried  on  other  excavations  at  several  points  within  and 
without  the  city-walls,  but  without  discovering,  as  yet,  one  of  the  three 
important  temples  (Athena,  Hera,  Demeter).  In  the  course  of  the  exca- 
vations some  interesting  inscriptions  were  encountered.  Last  year,  Dr. 
Waldstein  found  at  Plataia  fifty-four  lines  of  the  Latin  preamble  to  the 
famous  Edict  of  Diocletian,  De  Pretiis  Rerum  Venalium.  About  half  a 
mile  from  the  scene  of  this  find  was  discovered  another  slab,  of  about  the 
same  dimensions  and  in  the  same  form,  of  the  body  of  the  edict  in  the 
Greek  text,  and  it  appears  to  be  likely  that  the  preamble  was  given  in  the 
Latin  originally,  whereas  for  the  use  of  the  people  the  text  itself  was  pub- 
lished in  Greek.  The  portion  of  the  price-list  contained  in  this  tablet  is 
the  one  dealing  with  the  price  of  textiles.  A  part  of  it  is  published  and 
known  from  other  fragments,  but  there  are  interesting  variations  even  in 
this  part.  A  column  and  a  half  of  the  prices  here  given  has  hitherto  been 
unknown,  and  supplies  the  beginning  of  the  eighteenth  chapter  in  Wadding- 
ton's  edition,  hitherto  wanting.  Another  inscription  records  dedications 
on  the  part  of  women  to  a  goddess,  probably  Artemis  or  Demeter,  and  con- 
tains a  large  number  of  interesting  feminine  names.  Dr.  Waldstein  intends 
to  complete  his  excavations  at  Plataia  next  season. — N.  Y.  Nation,  May  8. 

TEGEA. — AN  ARCHAIC  SEATED  STATUE  AND  TWO  SANCTUARIES. — In  the 
last  number  of  the  JOURNAL  (v,  4,  p.  493)  an  archaic  statue  of  tufa 


216  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.        [GREECE.] 

was  referred  to  as  having  been  found  at  Tegea.  It  is  illustrated  in  the 
Bulletin  de  Corresp.  hellenique  for  March-April  (pp.  382-4)  by  M. 
Be"rard.  Pausanias  (vm.  54.  5)  says  that,  on  the  road  leading  from  Tegea 
to  Argos,  there  existed  in  a  sacred  oak-grove  a  temple  of  Demeter  «/ 
KopvOevo-i,  and,  not  far  off,  the  hieron  of  Dionysos  Mystes.  These  two 
sanctuaries  were  found  by  M.  Berard  east  of  Hagiorgitika,  near  the 
church  of  Hagia  Trias.  There  remain  two  small  square  basements 
ruined  down  to  the  ground,  with  foundations  of  large  blue  calcareous 
stones.  One  measures  3.50  by  4  met.,  the  other  5  by  6  met.  The  larger 
is  the  temple  of  Demeter.  Here  was  discovered  the  archaic  statue,  illus- 
trated on  pi.  xi  of  the  Bulletin,  now  in  the  Central  Museum  at  Athens. 
The  face  is  completely  gone :  the  hair,  tightly  bound  near  the  top  of  the 
head,  descends  in  three  masses  on  the  shoulders  and  back — on  each 
shoulder  are  four  bands,  while  eight  fall  down  the  back.  The  bust  is 
very  wide  at  the  shoulders  and  very  narrow  at  the  waist,  forming  a  tri- 
angular shape.  The  hands  rest  on  the  knees,  the  statue  being  seated,  the 
arms  are  uncovered  and  detached  from  the  body.  The  drapery  consists 
of  a  long  tight  tunic  over  which  a  mantle  is  thrown.  The  statue  was 
painted,  but  has  been  washed  by  the  rain.  Another  statue  of  the  same 
type  had  been  already  found  not  far  from  Tegea,  on  the  road  to  Megalo- 
polis, at  the  Khani  of  Franko-Vrysi  ('E<£.  'Apx->  1874,  pi.  71 ;  Cat.  of 
Cent.  Mus.,  Athens,  No.  6).  The  latter  is  a  simple  xoanon,  of  common 
marble,  hardly  sketched  out,  while  the  statue  of  Hagiorgitika,  though 
still  retaining  certain  conventionalities  of  the  most  archaic  art — as,  for 
example,  a  horizontal  plane  for  the  thighs  and  a  vertical  plane  for  the 
legs — shows  an  advanced  art  in  the  bust,  especially  in  the  detaching  of 
the  arms  from  the  body.  The  essential  characteristic  of  the  statue  is  its 
Egyptian  style,  shown  especially  in  the  arrangement  of  the  hair  and  the 
form  of  the  bust.  Herodotos  mentions  a  tradition  according  to  which  the 
worship  of  Demeter  was  brought  from  Egypt  to  Argolis  and  from  Argolis 
to  Arkadia.  It  seems  admissible  that  the  statue  of  Hagiorgitika  is  not 
the  work  of  a  native  school,  but  of  the  early  school  of  Argos,  and  was 
imported  thence  to  Arkadia. 

TROEZEN. — The  French  School  have  commenced  excavations  on  the 
site  of  Troezen,  in  Argolis,  opposite  the  island  of  Poros. — Builder,  April  12. 

TRIKKALA. — A  sepulchral  stele  has  been  found  here.  Its  inscription 
shows  several  verses  in  elegiac  metre. — 'Ap^.  AcXrtov. 

VOLO.— THE  BYZANTINE  CHURCH  (c/.  vol.  v,  p.  495).— -The  250  Byzan- 
tine coins  discovered  in  the  foundations  were  of  Alexios  Komnenos  (xn 
century).  The  altar  has  been  uncovered,  and  as  much  of  the  church  as 
serves  to  show  that  it  had  a  width  of  about  25  met.  and  a  length  of  about  50. 
Debris  to  a  depth  of  2  m.  cover  most  of  the  foundation,  so  that  a  complete 


ARCH&OLOGICAL  NEWS.  217 

excavation  can  not  be  made  without  much  time  and  expense.  Interest,  of 
course,  centers  in  the  great  size  of  the  church  and  not  in  the  few  details 
that  remain  of  its  artistic  decoration.  The  walls  that  remain  are  made  up 
of  rather  large  stones,  and  between  these  are  often  placed  layers  of  tiles. 
Two  tombs  have  been  opened  within  the  building,  but  were  found  to  con- 
tain only  the  skeletons.  Other  tombs  are  at  present  in  sight,  some  made 
of  brick  and  others  of  stone  slabs.  The  work  of  excavation  is  being  very 
carefully  conducted,  and  such  is  the  interest  in  it  that  the  municipal  board 
has  voted  3000  drs.  as  aid  toward  a  complete  uncovering  of  the  church. 
— 'ApX.  AcXrtov,  Oct.-Nov.,  1889. 

ITALY. 

PREHISTORIC  AND  CLASSIC  ANTIQUITIES. 

BOLOGNA=FELSINA. — ARCHAIC  ITALIC  NECROPOLIS  IN  THE  BENACCI= 
CAPRARA  PROPERTY. — Professor  E.  Brizio  publishes  in  the  Notizie  degli  Seam 
(1889,  pp.  288-333)  a  very  full  Report  on  the  excavations  carried  on 
near  Bologna  during  1887  and  1888  in  the  archaic  necropolis  on  the 
Benacci  property,  now  Caprara.  His  introductory  sentences  are  worth 
quoting :  "  The  necropoli  of  the  Villanova  type,  although  studied  during 
the  last  few  years  under  new  aspects  and  from  a  broad  comparative  stand- 
point, are  not  yet  sufficiently  known  in  all  their  details.  Especially  is 
it  a  fact,  that  the  questions  regarding  the  people  who  made  them,  still 
await  a  solution.  They  were  at  first  attributed  to  the  Etruscans ;  then  to 
the  Umbrians  or  Italics  ;  then  again  to  the  Etruscans  ;  and,  finally,  again 
to  the  Umbrians.  The  latter  opinion  was  reached  through  excavations 
carried  on  in  1883  in  the  Arnoaldi  property  near  Bologna,  where  it  was 
found  that  the  really  Etruscan  tombs  of  the  Certosa  type  were  distinct  from 
the  Italic  tombs,  not  only  archseologically,  that  is  by  containing  a  totally 
different  apparatus,  but  also  topographically,  there  being  between  the  two 
series  an  area  56  met.  wide  in  which  there  was  no  trace  of  burials.  The 
Italic  necropolis  was,  besides,  limited  on  the  west  by  a  ditch  2.50  met. 
wide.  Now  all  conscientious  students  admit  that  at  least  in  the  region  of 
Bologna  the  necropoli  of  the  Villanova  type  belong  to  the  Umbrian  or 
Italic  population. 

"  But  now  another  question  raised  during  the  past  ten  years  is  being 
debated:  whether  this  Italic  population  to  whom  we  owe  the  tombs  of  the 
Villanova  type  is  or  is  not  the  same  which  at  a  preceding  time  had  oc- 
cupied the  terremare.  Very  evident  differences,  topographic  as  well  as 
archseologic,  between  the  two  types  seemed  to  render  the  supposed  ethno- 
graphic affinity  extremely  doubtful.  To  give  but  a  single  fact — in  the 
vast  region  comprised  between  the  Panaro  and  the  Trebbia,  a  region  very 


218  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.      [BOLOGNA.] 

rich  in  terremare,  not  a  single  necropolis  of  the  Villanova  type  has  ap- 
peared, while  they  abound  in  the  Bolognese  province  where  there  are 
relatively  few  terremare.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  it  was  rightly  observed, 
that  the  most  archaic  tombs  of  the  Villanova  necropoli  near  Bologna  had 
still  to  be  examined,  and  that,  until  they  had  been,  any  judgment  would 
be  premature." 

If  the  population  of  the  terremare  are  but  an  earlier  stage  of  that  whose 
necropoli  are  of  the  Villanova  type,  there  must  be  a  phase  that  should  act 
as  a  progressive  missing  link,  a  bond  of  union — otherwise  the  populations 
must  be  different.  Apparently,  it  was  with  the  view  of  solving  this  most 
important  among  the  ethnographic  questions  relating  to  early  Italian 
civilization  that  senator  Gozzadini  initiated  the  excavations  of  the  Benacci  = 
Caprara  necropolis,  where  it  was  thought  that  the  most  archaic  tombs 
existed.  The  excavations  were  begun  in  May  1887 :  in  the  same  month 
Gozzadini  died.  Professor  Brizio  then  took  his  place,  and  his  report  has 
been  delayed  by  the  necessity  of  first  restoring  and  recomposing  the  ma- 
terial. The  following  peculiarities  of  position  were  noticed.  (1)  From  the 
present  level  to  a  depth  of  between  1.50  and  3  met.,  were  remains  of  Roman 
habitations  almost  everywhere.  (2)  At  the  depth  of  between  3  and  4  met., 
were  remains  of  Gallic  tombs  extending  from  Strada  S.  Isaia  thirty  metres 
toward  the  interior.  (3)  From  the  point  where  the  Gallic  tombs  ceased  up 
to  the  end  of  the  cut,  at  a  depth  of  between  3  and  5  met.,  were  Italic 
cinerary  tombs,  sometimes  with  skeletons,  though  these  are  usually  in 
the  upper  part  of  the  stratum. 

The  most  important  fact  noted  in  connection  with  the  Gallic  tombs  was 
the  presence  in  one  of  them  of  four  vases  exactly  like  others  found  in 
Italic  tombs  of  a  late  period  in  the  Benacci  as  well  as  in  the  De  Lucca 
property.  They  seem  to  have  been  originally  placed  there,  and  this  is 
the  first  instance  of  vases  peculiar  to  Italic  tombs  being  found  with  others 
of  the  Gallic  period.  In  connection  with  this  fact  is  another  of  equal 
importance  regarding  the  Italic  necropolis  which  immediately  followed 
and  almost  dovetailed  into  the  Gallic.  During  the  excavation  no  division 
or  line  of  separation  was  noticed  between  the  two  sepulchral  fields,  and 
even  the  eleventh  section,  in  which  was  the  Gallic  tomb  last  described, 
contained  also  several  Italic  tombs  at  about  the  same  depth.  Sixty  Italic 
tombs  are  described  in  the  Report,  but  no  general  conclusions  are  drawn: 
these  are  reserved  until  a  further  Report  on  the  closing  excavations. 
So  far  as  can  be  judged  from  a  description  of  the  objects  thus  far  found, 

(1)  they  present  no  support  whatever  to  the  theory  of  the  unity  of  race; 

(2)  all  the  types  are  those  of  the  Villanova  period,  in  their  early  forms. 
A  description  of  Tomb  xxxix,  the  richest  of  all,  will  give  a  good  idea 

of  the  better  class  of  these  tombs.     It  was  at  a  depth  of  4.40  met.,  was 


[ITALY.]  ARCH^OLOGICAL  NEWS.  219 

surrounded  by  many  river-pebbles  and  surmounted  by  a  large  stone 
used  as  a  stele,  80  by  57  cent.  It  was  square,  measuring  2.30  met.  each 
way,  and  contained  numerous  and  varied  objects  in  terracotta,  bronze, 
iron,  bone,  wood,  and  amber.  (1)  A  bronze  ossuary,  Villanova  type,  in 
small  fragments,  54  cent,  high,  40  cent,  in  diameter,  with  two  handles 
resting  on  a  conical  foot.  The  cover  nailed  to  the  top  after  the  insertion 
of  the  ashes  was  not  the  original  cover  of  the  vase,  which  lay  by  its  side. 
This  ossuary  is  interesting  for  its  technique.  It  consists  of  three  parts :  the 
upper  cone,  the  lower  cone,  and  the  foot.  The  two  cones  overlap  and  are 
joined  by  nails  with  conical  heads.  The  foot,  also  conical  in  shape,  is 
soldered  to  the  base.  These  cones  are  not  of  trapezoidal  sheets  whose 
oblique  sides  are  overlapped  and  hammered  down  and  nailed,  but  they 
are  made  of  sheets  produced  by  firing.  This  process  in  monuments  of  so  early 
a  date  is  surprising,  as  the  situlae  found  in  the  same  tomb,  though  much 
smaller  and  of  easier  technique,  not  only  consist  of  trapezoidal  sheets 
nailed  down  but  have  a  bottom  of  a  separate  piece  also  nailed.  (2)  An 
almost  spherical  cup,  with  a  large  opening  and  a  conical  foot,  formed  of 
two  spherical  sections  nailed  together,  and  with  two  handles  from  which 
hang  pendants.  (3-4)  Two  situlae  with  a  double  semicircular  handle, 
mentioned  above.  (5)  A  spherical  bronze  cup,  formed  of  two  hemispheri- 
cal caps,  with  a  decoration  of  two  bird-heads  on  the  sides,  a  cover  sur- 
mounted by  a  double  bird-head,  and  a  conical  base.  (6-7)  Two 
capedunculae,  each  formed  of  a  hemispherical  cap  of  bronze  to  which  a 
strong  handle  is  nailed.  (8)  Fragments  of  bronze  belonging  to  a  couple  of 
bronze  cups  decorated  with  incised  mseanders  and  triangles.  (9)  Frag- 
ment of  a  situla.  (10)  A  large  presentatoio,  sustained  by  a  conical  foot 
with  a  circular  basin  in  the  centre,  decorated  over  the  entire  surface  with 
raised  dots  and  with  chains  hanging  from  the  edges.  (11-16)  Fragments 
of  six  slightly-concave  circular  disks,  decorated  with  concentric  circles 
hammered  in  relief.  (17-20)  Fragments  of  four  horse-bits,  two  with 
smooth  bar  and  two  with  twisted  bar,  and  all  with  the  same  type  of  deco- 
ration as  one  published  on  pi.  1-2  by  Gozzadini,  De  quelques  mors  de 
eheval  italiques.  (21-40)  Twenty  massive  bronze  rings  which  appear  to 
belong  to  horses'  harness.  (41-46)  Six  bronze  rings  with  a  central  cross- 
bar. (47-48)  Two  slightly-concave  circular  bronze  plates,  decorated  with 
double  serpentine  lines  and  with  concentric  semicircles.  (49)  Beautiful 
bronze  sword,  the  best  preserved  and  of  the  earliest  type  of  any  yet  found 
in  the  Bolognese  necropolis:  on  the  shape  of  the  antennce  joined  by  cross- 
pieces,  ef.  Soranzo,  Este,  tav.  vi,  and  Mortillet,  Musee  Prehist.,  pi.  81.  It 
had  a  bronze  scabbard.  Then  follow  fibulae,  pins,  bone  and  ivory  orna- 
ments, bronze  paalstabs,  knives,  razors,  buttons,  cups,  skyphoi,  and  other 
small  vases. 


220  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.  [ITALY.] 

ETRUSCAN  STELA.— The  Nuova  Antologia  of  April  1  announces  the  dis- 
covery in  the  Margherita  Garden,  near  Bologna,  of  an  Etruscan  stela, 
remarkable  for  some  subjects  represented  on  it  not  hitherto  found  on  mon- 
uments of  this  kind :  "  The  stela  is  sculptured  on  three  sides.  On  the  two 
principal  faces  occur,  on  the  one  the  usual  representation  of  the  soul  of  the 
deceased  borne  to  the  under-world  in  a  biga ;  on  the  other,  the  figure  of  a 
draped  woman.  The  broad  or  transverse  side  of  the  stela  is  occupied  by 
six  carvings,  five  of  which  are  subjects  from  Greek  mythology.  The  first 
represents  the  monster  Skylla  with  his  legs  terminating  in  the  tail  of  a  fish, 
and  with  a  dagger  in  each  of  his  uplifted  hands.  In  the  second,  the  witch 
Kirke,  with  a  cup  in  each  hand,  has  on  one  side  a  pig  and  on  the  other  a 
man  with  a  pig's  head.  In  the  third,  a  Nereid  is  seated  on  a  Dolphin.  In 
the  fourth,  a  woman  is  seen  rushing  forward  violently  and  grasping  in  her 
right  hand  a  sword,  perhaps  Kanake.  In  the  fifth  is  a  woman  with  flowers 
in  her  hands,  to  whom  it  is  difficult  to  assign  a  name.  But  the  most  inter- 
esting subject  is  that  of  the  sixth  compartment,  where  is  seen  a  youth  in 
sleeved  tunic  and  with  wings  on  his  shoulders,  in  the  act  of  flying.  In  his 
right  hand  he  holds  a  hammer  and  an  instrument  like  a  carpenter's  square ; 
in  his  left  hand  he  holds  a  strangely  shaped  saw." — Athenceum,  May  3. 

CAPRANICA. — ROMAN  SARCOPHAGUS. — Near  the  road  from  Capranica  to 
Vetralla,  along  a  Roman  road,  an  ancient  tomb  was  demolished  and  within 
it  was  discovered  a  fine  marble  sarcophagus  intact,  with  its  cover :  nothing 
was  found  inside  it.  The  reliefs  with  which  the  entire  surface  is  covered 
are  in  the  best  style  of  Roman  art.  The  principal  scenes  represent  the 
myth  of  Theseus  and  Ariadne.  In  the  first  scene,  Ariadne  is  giving  to 
Theseus  the  clew  of  thread  to  help  him  from  the  labyrinth ;  the  central 
composition  shows  Theseus  seizing  the  Minotaur  by  a  horn  and  striking 
him  ;  finally  Ariadne  is  shown  calmly  asleep,  while  Theseus,  fleeing,  turns 
to  look  at  her.  On  the  sides  and  front  are  genii  supporting  garlands  ;  on 
the  cover  are  represented  the  games,  in  which  winged  genii  drive  in  bigas 
to  which  are  harnessed  different  animals — dogs,  lions,  bulls,  boars — all 
aiming  for  the  goal,  and  followed  by  a  genius  on  a  lion  and  one  on  a  goat. 
The  work  is  highly  finished  and  the  composition  good. — Not.  d.  Scavi,  1889, 
pp.  358-60. 

CASTELLAZZO  Dl  FONTANELLATO.— EXCAVATION  OF  THE  TERRAMARA. 
— The  excavations  of  Castellazzo  were  referred  to  in  vol.  v,  pp.  496-7.  A 
full  Report  on  them  has  been  published  by  Professor  Pigorini  in  the  new 
Monumenti  Antiehi  (vol.  i,  No.  1)  published  by  the  Accad.  dei  Lincei  under 
the  title:  La  Terramara  Castellazzo  di Fontanellato  nella provincia di Parma. 
He  has  also  given  a  short  note  in  the  Not.  d.  Scavi,  1889,  pp.  355-6. 

The  main  object  of  the  excavations  was  to  ascertain  whether  this  terra- 
mara  had  the  characteristics  of  the  other  primitive  Italic  stations  in  the 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  221 

Po  valley ;  that  is,  whether  it  contained,  within,  the  palafitta  or  foundation 
of  piles  enclosed  by  a  rampart  raised  above  the  surrounding  level,  and 
around  which  was  a  ditch.  It  has  been  found  to  have  the  palafitta  encir- 
cled by  an  embankment  about  15  metres  wide  at  the  base,  around  which 
is  a  ditch  having  a  constant  width  of  27  metres  and  a  greatest  depth,  in 
the  centre,  of  about  1.40  met.  The  station  occupies  a  surface  of  187,891 
square  metres,  in  the  form  of  a  trapeze  with  parallel  eastern  and  western 
sides.  Its  greatest  length  is  641  met.,  its  lesser  length  537,  and  its 
width  319. 

The  number  of  objects  found  was  small,  as  is  usual  in  such  stations ;  but 
there  were  a  number  of  deer-horn,  bone,  terracotta  and  bronze  articles, 
nearly  all  of  which  are  illustrated  in  the  publication  of  the  Lincei.  They 
confirm  the  opinion,  already  expressed  by  Professor  Pigorini,  that  the  arts 
and  industries  of  the  primitive  Italiots  present  the  same  characteristics  in 
all  the  terremare  of  the  Po  valley,  and  that  the  antiquities  found  in  the 
terremare  are  exactly  the  same  as  those  found  in  the  lake-dwellings  of  the 
Venetian  province,  while  they  differ  notably  from  those  found  in  the  lake- 
dwellings  of  Lombardy  and  Piedmont. 

COPEZZATO. — NECROPOLIS  OF  THE  BRONZE  AGE. — In  Copezzato,  prov- 
ince of  Parma  (two  kilom.  from  S.  Secondo,  along  the  bank  of  the  Taro), 
countrymen  had  found  for  several  years  numbers  of  terracotta  vases.  Pro- 
fessor L.  Pigorini  was  supplied  by  the  Ministry  of  Public  Instruction  with 
funds  to  undertake  excavations,  which  were  commenced  in  August  1889. 
Their  result  was  important,  for  they  disclosed  an  extensive  primitive  Italic 
necropolis,  or,  to  speak  in  the  language  of  palethnography,  a  necropolis 
of  the  bronze  age  and  of  the  people  of  the  terremare.  This  necropolis 
of  Copezzato  has  the  same  peculiarities  that  characterize  the  other  few 
necropoli  of  a  similar  type  found  up  to  the  present  in  Upper  Italy,  that 
is,  those  of  Monte  Lonato  near  Cavriana,  and  of  Pietole  Vecchio  in  the 
province  of  Mantova,  of  Bovolone  in  that  of  Verona,  of  Casinalbo  in  that 
of  Modena,  and  finally  of  Crespellano  near  Bazzano  in  that  of  Bologna 
(Bull,  dipalet.,  vi,  pp.  182-92 ;  vn,  pp.  138-43).  The  earthern  ossuaries, 
hand- made,  baked  but  little  or  not  at  all,  do  not  differ  in  the  least  (either 
in  form  or  in  technic)  from  those  of  the  terremare  of  Emilia  or  of  the  sub- 
Alpine  palafitte  of  the  east.  They  lie  in  the  earth,  near  one  another,  and 
contain  burnt  human  bones,  above  which,  in  the  ossuary,  a  small  vase  is 
usually  placed. 

An  examination  was  made,  along  the  left  bank  of  the  Taro,  to  find  the 
station  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  terremare  who  executed  the  tombs.  But  the 
search  was  fruitless.  Professor  Pigorini  thinks  it  must  exist  on  the  right 
bank,  which  he  expects  to  examine  during  the  coming  summer. — Not.  d. 
Scavi,  1889,  pp.  287-8. 


222  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.  [ITALY.] 

CORNETO=TARQUINII. — EXCAVATIONS  IN  THE  MONTEROZZI  REGION. — 
Professor  Helbig  reports  the  continuation  of  the  excavations  the  begin- 
ning of  which,  in  the  Monterozzi  region,  was  noted  in  vol.  v,  p.  383.  A 
few  tombs  were  opened  in  May  1889.  The  most  interesting  was  a  tomba 
a  camera,  found  intact,  placed  100  met.  s.  w.  of  the  tomba  delle  bighe.  Its 
sarcophagus  contained  the  remains  of  an  unburnt  skeleton,  without  any  or- 
naments, and  on  its  cover  was  the  usual  reclining  figure,  representing  a 
man  of  about  thirty,  on  which  are  still  visible  the  remains  of  the  original 
polychromatic  decoration.  Another  body  was  placed  on  a  bench,  and 
around  it  were  grouped  many  objects,  such  as  three  bronze  plates ;  a 
bronze  orcio  and  three  thymiateria ;  some  painted  terracotta  masks,  one  of 
which  is  decidedly  comic,  a  second  representing  a  Seilenos  type ;  a  num- 
ber of  pieces  of  common  Etrusco-Campanian  ware ;  etc. 

At  a  distance  of  about  20  metres  was  a  tomb  with  a  roof  a  sehiena, 
which  had  been  excavated  at  a  recent  date.  In  the  earth  was  found  a  fine 
scarab  (oriental  onyx)  engraved  with  great  delicacy.  The  figure  repre- 
sented is  that  of  a  nude  bearded  man,  whose  head  is  covered  with  a 
pileum,  leaning  with  his  left  hand  on  a  stick,  and  with  the  pincers  which 
he  holds  in  his  right  raising  from  the  ground  an  oblong  object.  The 
inscription  reads  Sethlans  (or  Vulcan),  and  it  is  interesting  as  giving  the 
word  in  a  more  archaic  form  than  usual. 

In  a  third  tomb  of  similar  character,  also  devastated,  were  found  the 
fragments  of  a  black-figured  Attic  amphora  of  sufficiently  good  design. 
—Not.  d.  Seavi,  1889,  pp.  335-7 ;  cf.  1890,  pp.  28-9. 

GERACE=LOKROI  EPIZEPHYRIOI—  Further  reports  have  come  to  hand 
concerning  these  excavations  (see  v,  p.  497).  Dr.  Dorpfeld  visited  the  site 
from  Athens,  and,  on  his  return,  gave  an  account  of  the  excavations  to  the 
German  School.  Dr.  Petersen  also  reported  on  them  twice  before  the  Ger- 
man Institute  in  Rome.  The  most  important  recent  addition  is  the  un- 
covering of  the  foundations  of  an  archaic  temple  over  which  the  Ionic 
temple  was  built. 

THE  IONIC  TEMPLE. — In  Dr.  Petersen 's  first  report,  in  December,  he  says : 
"  The  excavations,  commenced  early  in  November,  gave  the  following  re- 
sults. The  Ionic  temple,  erected  on  the  customary  three  steps,  was  hexa- 
style,  with  seventeen  columns  on  the  long  sides,  with  a  pronaos  and  an 
opisthodomos  in  antis,  and  measuring,  on  the  upper  step,  17.34  met.  in 
width  and  a  little  more  than  43  and  a  half  meters  in  length.  The  solid 
and  exact  construction  of  the  western  stereobate  and  stylobate,  which  alone 
remain  in  situ,  indicates  the  best  Greek  period.  The  columns,  of  which 
only  scanty  fragments  were  found,  seem  to  have  been  composed  each  of 
four  drums  of  nearly  equal  height,  and  resemble,  in  the  form  of  their 
bases,  those  of  the  temple  of  Hera  at  Sarnos,  in  the  anthemion  under  the 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  223 

capital,  the  columns  of  the  Erechtheion  at  Athens,  but  even  more  certain 
fragments  of  the  archaic  temple  of  Naukratis ;  and  the  Lokrian  capital, 
also,  in  two  characteristics  cannot  be  paralleled  by  any  other  so  well  as  by 
a  capital  at  Samos.  The  base  of  the  column  with  a  round  plinth  and  a 
torus,  of  proportionate  measurements,  respectively  0.350  and  0.175  met. 
high,  seems  to  give  the  key  to  the  metrologic  system,  and  thus  the  width 
is  the  centuple  of  the  first  measure  and  the  cinquantuple  of  the  second. 

"Almost  nothing  was  found  of  the  frieze  and  cornice,  some  fragments  of 
the  eaves  and  roof-tiles,  a  few  of  which  bear  mason's  marks,  the  only  writ- 
ten signs  yet  discovered.  The  group  of  sculpture  found  before  the  west 
front  represents  a  triton  who  appears  to  have  brought  from  the  sea  a  youth- 
ful hero  and  his  horse.  The  workmanship  appears  hardly  earlier  than  400 
B.  c.  The  opinion  that  this  was  not  an  akroterion  but  a  pedimental  group 
was  sustained  by  the  further  discovery,  to  the  right,  of  a  few  fragments  of 
a  corresponding  group  moving  toward  the  left,  while  the  first  group  faced 
to  the  right.  Nothing  has  been  found  of  the  sculptures  that  must  have 
decorated  the  east  gable." 

A  second  report  was  made  by  Dr.  Petersen  to  the  Institute  on  Jan.  10. 
He  had  visited  Gerace  in  the  meantime,  where  he  was  joined  by  Dorpfeld. 
Their  joint  labors,  with  those  of  Orsi,  brought  the  excavations  to  a  close. 
In  regard  to  the  metrologic  question,  Dorpfeld  found  that  it  was  necessary 
to  unite  the  two  parts  of  the  base  of  the  column,  which,  together  measur- 
ing 525  or  528  millim.,  gave  the  exact  difference  between  the  axis  of  the 
side  and  front  columns,  the  centres  of  the  former  being  3.17  met.  apart, 
those  of  the  latter  2.64  met ;  this  last  measure  being  the  quintuple,  as  the 
former  is  the  sextuple,  of  the  same  measure.  This  unit  of  measurement  he 
found  to  be  the  Samian  cubit  compared  by  Herodotos  to  the  Egyptian 
cubit,  calculated  by  Lepsius  at  0.525  met.  Of  these  Samian  cubits,  ac- 
cording to  Dorpfeld,  the  Ionic  temple  of  the  Lokrians  measured  therefore  36 
in  width  (lower  step),  86  in  length,  30  and  80  between  the  axes  of  the  angle 
columns,  18  in  the  width  of  the  naos.  9  in  the  width  of  the  side  porticos,  etc. 

THE  ARCHAIC  TEMPLE. — There  came  to  light  remains  of  a  very  archaic 
temple,  predecessor  of  the  Ionic,  of  a  slightly  different  orientation,  of  sim- 
ilar dimensions,  that  is  of  nearly  the  same  width  but  of  a  lesser  length. 
This  also  was  in  antis,  hexastyle  and  peristyle,  though  a  certain  difference 
in  construction  and  material  raised  the  question  whether  the  peristyle 
were  not  a  later  addition.  Two  pieces  of  the  drums  of  columns  and  two 
fragments  of  terracotta  slabs  with  painted  decoration  appear  to  belong  to 
this  earlier  temple. 

In  his  second  report,  Dr.  Petersen  says  :  "  Some  additional  remains  of 
the  archaic  temple  were  found  ;  a  part  of  the  foundation  of  the  west  peri- 
style, the  distance  of  which  from  the  front  of  the  naos  is  only  about  the 


224  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.        [LOKEOI.] 

half  of  the  corresponding  distance  on  the  opposite  side  (this  west  end  being 
without  propylaia  in  antis)  ;  then,  also,  a  part  of  the  east  wall  of  the  cella. 
Finally,  at  the  southwest  corner  of  this  cella  was  found  a  basement  which, 
from  its  position,  seems  to  have  supported  the  altar  of  the  new  cella,  while 
another,  not  far  distant,  may  have  served  as  a  base  to  the  statue  of  the 
archaic  cella." 

After  Dr.  Petersen's  departure,  Dr.  Orsi  made  a  last  effort  to  find  the 
northwest  corner  of  the  peristyle  which  might  be  supposed  to  lie  buried 
beyond  the  area  of  the  new  temple.  He  was  successful.  The  west  row, 
however,  projects  3.86  met.  beyond  the  fragment  already  found.  This  would 
indicate  a  double  colonnade  on  the  fagades. — Bull.  1st.  arch,  germ.,  vol.  iv,  4. 

TERRACOTTAS. — DR.  ORSI  has  now  terminated  his  work  by  the  thorough 
examination  of  the  heaps  of  broken  terracottas,  which  appear  to  be  as  old 
as  the  original  prehistoric  temple.  Two  distinct  groups  of  them  were 
found  outside  the  ancient  city,  and  in  part  heaped  against  its  walls,  at  the 
distance  of  about  300  met.  from  the  Hellenic  temple.  The  first  heap  oc- 
cupied an  area  of  about  50  by  35  met.,  and  herein  were  found  small  vases 
(for  the  most  part  rude),  some  paterce,  some  small  skyphoi  (decorated 
simply  with  black  bands  and  with  triglyphs  round  the  rim),  and  some 
moderate-sized  hydriai,  but  of  rude  construction.  Some  moulded  archi- 
tectural ornaments  were  also  found,  some  having  their  reliefs  touched  with 
color,  and  a  large  number  of  votive  figurini,  which  crumbled  into  clay 
from  long  exposure  to  the  moisture.  When  entire,  some  of  the  latter  may 
have  been  nearly  two  feet  high,  and  the  character  they  present  is  alto- 
gether archaic,  based  on  hieratic  motives.  The  greater  part  are  figures 
of  women  with  the  chiton  poderes,  while  figures,  standing  or  seated,  have 
symbols  of  Aphrodite,  the  dove  and  the  pomegranate.  Dr.  Orsi  thinks 
that  these  eidola,  amongst  which  some  probably  represented  the  divinities 
of  the  catachthonic  triad  or  of  the  cycle  of  Persephone,  are  anterior  to  the 
new  temple,  which  he  supposes  built  in  the  fifth  or  fourth  century  B.  c. 
The  second  heap  of  remains  consists  of  large  rectangular  trenches,  faced 
with  tiles,  within  which  thousands  of  skyphoi  were  placed  in  rows,  one 
inside  the  other.  Perhaps  some  ritual  character  must  be  given  to  this 
strange  occurrence.  This  part  of  the  ground  was  closed  on  the  east  by  an 
Hellenic  wall  of  good  construction.  On  the  north  was  found  a  well  with 
the  rim  made  of  bricks,  probably  sacred,  and  in  this  well,  which  was  not 
very  deep,  were  found  some  fifty  coins  of  the  Roman  Empire,  dating  from 
the  first  to  the  third  century,  the  oldest  being  at  the  bottom. — Athen.,  May  24. 

INTRODACQUA. — PELASGIC  WALLS. — In  his  researches  concerning  the 
stations  of  primitive  populations  in  the  Abruzzi,  Professor  De  Nino 
found  some  very  early  walls  on  a  hill  east  of  Introdacqua.  The  hill  is 
almost  circular  in  shape  at  the  summit,  and  is  surrounded  with  a  primitive 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  225 

"  Cyclopean  "  wall.  The  diameter  of  this  circular  eminence  is  74.24  met. 
Around  it  is  an  earthen  platform,  8  feet  wide,  in  the  shape  of  a  perfectly 
circular  crown  ;  within  it  there  is  a  slightly  convex  space.  An  entrance 
can  be  still  traced  at  the  south  :  its  width  is  1.80  met.  To  the  north  of 
this  hillock,  at  a  distance  of  52  met.,  are  remains  of  other  constructions 
also  arranged  in  circular  form  and  parallel  to  the  upper  wall.  A  piece 
36.50  met.  long  has  been  uncovered. — Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  pp.  45-6. 

LOGRONO. — ROMAN  VILLA. — Col.  M.  de  Echarri  has  recently  unearthed, 
in  the  neighborhood  of  Logrono,  the  remains  of  a  rich  Roman  villa.  The 
first  excavations  brought  to  light  two  fine  circular  mosaics,  six  metres  in 
diameter,  in  which  figures  of  meii  and  animals  are  charmingly  designed. 
Two  more  mosaics  were  afterward  found,  and  the  excavations  are  continu- 
ing. The  buildings  show  traces  of  destruction  by  fire. — Revue  Arch.,  Jan.- 
Feb.,  1890,  pp.  131-2. 

MARZABOTTO. — AN  ETRUSCAN  POMPEII. — Reference  was  made  in  the 
last  number  (vol.  v,  p.  497)  to  Professor  E.  Brizio's  excavations  at  Mar- 
zabotto  to  prove  that  it  was  not  a  necropolis  but  an  Etruscan  city.  Since 
then,  Professor  Brizio  has  published  a  popular  account  of  the  results  of 
his  work  in  the  Nuova  Antologia  (Jan.  1)  and  a  scientific  and  full  report 
in  the  new  archseolqgical  publication  of  the  Accad.  deiLineei  (vol.  I,  fasc.  1). 

PLAN  OF  THE  CITY. — It  was  already  known  that  the  Etruscan  city  whose 
ruins  remain  at  Plan  di  Misano  near  Marzabotto  in  the  province  of  Bo- 
logna was  exactly  divided  into  four  quarters  by  two  great  straight  roads,  one 
running  from  east  to  west,  the  other  from  south  to  north,  crossing  one 
another  at  right  angles  in  the  centre  of  the  city.  The  point  of  contact  of 
these  two  streets  no  longer  remains,  because  the  long  and  violent  action  of 
the  river  Reno,  on  which  the  city  is  placed,  has  removed  more  than  half 
the  ground  originally  covered  by  the  dwelling-places.  The  recent  dis- 
coveries have  disclosed  a  secbnd  street  running  from  east  to  west,  exactly 
parallel  to  that  already  known  and  situated  165  metres  to  its  right.  It 
seems,  therefore,  probable  that  there  was  a  third  street  running  in  the 
same  direction  on  the  left  of  the  centre,  and  that  it  has  been  destroyed  by 
the  waters  of  the  Reno.  There  appear,  then,  to  have  been  three  great 
decuman  streets,  as  they  were  termed,  intersected  by  the  one  cardinal 
street,  from  north  to  south,  thus  dividing  the  city  not  into  four  but  into 
eight  regions.  No  other  broad  cardinal  street  was  found  beside  that  just 
mentioned:  only  a  large  number  of  narrow  streets  running  parallel  with 
it.  The  broad  cardinal  and  decuman  streets  are  each  fifteen  metres  (50 
ft.)  wide,  while  the  smaller  streets  measure  hardly  five  metres,  one  only 
reaching  a  width  of  six  metres. 

The  minor  streets  and  the  great  cardinal  road,  intersecting  the  decuman, 
formed  the  insulae  or  blocks,  eleven  of  which  were  traced  during  the 
15 


226  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.    [MARZABOTTO.] 

recent  excavations.    Although  none  have  been  entirely  excavated,  enough 
is  known  to  disclose  their  form  and  extent.     It  was  found  that  all  the 
insulae  or  blocks  comprised  between  the  central  and  right-hand  decuman 
streets  were  165  metres  long  with  a  width  sometimes  of  35  sometimes  of  40 
metres :  there  are  four  of  the  former  and  two  of  the  latter.     One  block 
measures  165  by  68  metres  and  appears  to  be  a  double  block.     All  are 
quite  regular  and  perfectly  rectangular.     This  regularity  of  streets  and 
blocks  in  the  Etruscan  city  is  certainly  surprising,  but  this  characteristic 
is  found  also  in  some  of  the  Roman  colonies  whose  plans  are  known,  such 
as  Aosta  (Augusta  Praetoria  Salassorum),  Concordia  Sagittaria,  and  Turin 
(Colonia  Julia  Augusta  Taurinorum).  This  same  regularity  in  the  Roman 
colonies  is  a  convincing  proof  that  the  Etruscan  city  near  Marzabotto  was 
a  real  colony,  built  at  one  time,  on  a  preestablished  plan,  and  according 
to  the  norms  prescribed  by  the  Etruscan  ritual-books  for  the  formation  of 
colonies,  which  norms  were  afterwards  adopted  and  followed  by  the  Ro- 
mans.    Although  writers  have  admitted  that  the  Romans  borrowed  from 
the  Etruscans  their  rules  for  founding  colonies,  no  monumental  archaeo- 
logical proofs  of  the  fact  had  been  discovered,  as  the  Etruscan  cities  and 
colonies  whose  plans  were  known  had  suffered  radically  from  successive 
transformations.    But  the  Etruscan  colony  near  Marzabotto,  having  been 
for  some  reason  abandoned  by  the  Romans,  has  preserved  its  Tuscan  type 
unaltered.     It  enables  us  to  obtain  a  clearer  view  of  the  advanced  civiliza- 
tion reached  by  the  Etruscans  when  in  the  fifth  century  B.  c.  they  colonized 
the  region  of  the  Po.     For  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  this  city — of  a 
name  still  unknown — is  one  of  the  colonies  which  the  Etruscans,  as  Livy 
tells  us,  sent  into  the  valley  of  the  Po  after  having  founded  and  extended 
their  dominion  along  the  Mediterranean.     This  date  is  confirmed  by  the 
study  of  the  objects  found,  especially  the  Greek  painted  vases  taken  from 
the  tombs,  which  show  that  the  city  existed  in  the  second  half  of  the  fifth 
century  B.  c. 

Of  the  fifteen  metres  that  formed  the  total  width  of  the  main  streets, 
five  were  given  up  to  vehicles  and  the  rest  divided  equally  between  the 
two  sidewalks.  At  the  street-corners,  and  sometimes  in  the  middle  of  the 
blocks,  rows  of  high  large  stones,  smoothed  on  top,  were  placed  across  the 
street  in  order  to  make  it  possible  to  cross  it  dry  shod  in  time  of  rain. 
A  similar  arrangement  has  been  found  at  Pompeii.  The  carriage-way 
was  paved  entirely  with  large  and  small  pebbles  strengthened  here  and 
there  with  larger  stones,  according,  in  fact,  to  the  system  that  was  later 
perfected  by  the  Romans.  Between  the  sidewalks  and  the  buildings  were 
large  ditches  for  surface-drainage,  80  cent,  wide  and  of  varying  depth ; 
according  to  the  level,  varying  from  60  centim.  to  two  metres  and  30 
centim.  The  differences  of  level  found  in  all  the  streets,  both  large  and 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  227 

small,  prove  that  the  drainage  ran  to  the  west  on  one  side,  and  to  the 
south  on  the  other,  the  water  being  collected  so  as  to  drain  into  a  large 
cloaca  to  the  west  of  the  city.  All  this  attests  a  very  complete  system, 
such  as  the  Romans  also  applied.  The  walls  of  these  uncovered  drains  are 
built  of  pebbles  without  cement  strengthened  at  times  with  great  blocks  of 
tufa  and  travertine  where  the  pressure  was  greatest.  Such  pressure  as  was 
provided  for  must  have  been  caused  by  heavy  stone  walls.  There  are  strong 
arguments  in  favor  of  a  belief  that  the  Etruscans  used,  in  their  private 
dwellings,  walls  formed  of  parallelepiped  blocks  of  travertine  or  tufa. 

ETRUSCAN  HOUSES. — The  most  notable  result  of  the  recent  excavations 
has  been  the  discovery  of  some  Etruscan  houses  which  correspond  so 
admirably  in  plan  to  the  Roman  houses  that  we  are  forced  to  conclude 
that  the  Romans  derived  from  the  Etruscans  the  type  of  their  dwellings. 
The  Etruscan  house  was  usually  surrounded  by  shops,  remarkable  for 
their  size  and  regularity,  facing  on  the  principal  streets,  and  which  we 
may  fancy  to  have  been  filled  with  attractive  works  of  art  and  industry. 
In  the  richer  houses  these  shops  communicated  with  one  another  and 
formed  an  integral  part  of  the  house,  as  at  Pompeii,  and  in  these  cases  it 
is  probable  that  the  owner  used  them  for  the  sale  of  his  own  property  or 
produce.  Some  houses  are  simple  and  modest,  others  larger  and  more 
sumptuous :  the  latter  have  been  so  transformed  as  often  to  render  difficult 
the  reconstruction  of  the  primitive  plan,  which  is  best  shown  in  the  simpler 
edifices. 

One  of  the  houses  discovered  includes  an  entire  block  or  insula:  its 
length  is  not  yet  determined,  but  its  width  is  35  metres.  It  fronts  on  the 
central  decuman  road  and  is  built  with  great  accuracy.  All  its  founda- 
tion-walls are  strengthened  at  the  corners  with  a  large  travertine  block. 
The  entrance — surrounded  on  both  sides  by  large  shops,  back  shops  and 
storehouses — consists  of  an  imposing  vestibule  4  metres  wide  and  17  long, 
paved  with  minute  pebbles,  and  leading  into  a  grandiose  atrium  27  met. 
long  by  10  wide.  This  atrium  was  uncovered  and  also  paved  with  minute 
pebbles,  crossed  diagonally  by  a  little  gutter  to  carry  off  the  rain-water. 
At  one  corner  was  dug  a  well  from  which  were  recovered  many  objects, 
including  a  slab  with  an  Etruscan  inscription  which  showed  that  the  name 
of  the  owner  was  Lautumnio.  A  terracotta  puteal  surrounded  the  mouth 
of  the  well :  it  was  decorated  in  relief  with  a  row  of  fishes  playing  in  the 
water :  within  were  numerous  ridges  made  by  the  friction  of  the  rope  in 
drawing  up  the  full  bucket.  This  puteal  is  the  earliest  that  has  been  found. 

This  atrium  or  court  is  surrounded  on  the  west  by  three  large  rooms, 
each  measuring  6.80  metres  square :  they  must  be  bedchambers  (cubicula), 
for  such  were  the  rooms  occupying  a  similar  position  in  Roman  houses. 
The  three  bedchambers  are  followed  by  another  large  hall  which  is  remark- 


228  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.  [ITALY.] 

able  for  being  open,  that  is,  for  having  no  front  wall.  It  reminds  of  the 
alae  in  the  houses  of  Pompeii,  also  in  this  position,  which  were  the  place 
for  the  images  of  the  ancestors.  North  of  the  court,  facing  the  entrance, 
is  another  room,  also  open  and  flanked  by  a  corridor.  It  corresponds 
exactly  to  the  tablinum  of  the  houses  of  Pompeii,  where  the  family  archives 
were  kept.  This  constitutes  the  front  of  the  house.  But  other  rooms  and 
walls  flanking  the  tablinum  have  been  brought  to  light,  as  well  as  a  second 
uncovered  court  placed  immediately  behind  the  tablinum.  All  this  must 
have  formed  the  rear  of  the  house,  a  sort  of  peristyle,  the  invention  of 
which,  according  to  Diodoros  Sikelos,  is  due  to  the  Etruscans.  It  was  a 
place  of  retirement  from  the  noises  of  the  street. 

ORVIETO. — NORTHERN  NECROPOLIS. — The  excavations  in  the  northern 
necropolis  have  yielded  but  little  material.  Traces  of  some  tombs  of  the 
vn  cent,  were  found.  Sept.  2-8,  was  opened,  at  a  depth  of  4.10  met.,  a 
tomb  with  one  chamber,  which  had  been  more  than  once  despoiled.  But 
its  style  and  construction,  which  differ  from  the  known  types  of  the 
necropolis,  give  it  a  peculiar  interest.  It  is  in  the  form  of  a  truncated 
cone,  and  is  in  part  cut  out  of  the  mass  of  tufa  and  in  part  built  of  large 
blocks  of  the  same  material  without  cement.  It  is  closed  at  the  top  by 
two  large  blocks,  placed  horizontally,  each  1.55  met.  long  and  0.54  met. 
wide.  Its  measurements  are  2.30X2.05X1.52.  It  contained  a  large  and 
a  small  bench :  of  interest  is  a  small  tufa  cushion  slightly  inclined,  in 
which  are  cut  two  small  semicircular  hollows  for  the  heads  of  the  deceased. 
The  tomb  is  protected  by  a  surrounding  circular  wall  of  great  masses  of 
tufa.— Not.  d.  Scavi,  1889,  pp.  358-9. 

PARMA  (province  of). — PREHISTORIC  REMAINS. — Dr.  Strobel  sums  up 
his  recent  investigations  concerning  the  prehistoric  remains  in  the  prov- 
ince of  Parma,  belonging  to  the  period  of  the  terremare.  They  are 
interesting  as  changing  somewhat  the  current  ideas  in  regard  to  the  classi- 
fication of  the  terremare,  and  they  prove  that  the  terramaricoli,  or  inhabi- 
tants of  the  terremare  left  in  the  province  of  Parma  remains  of  villages, 
camps,  and  cemeteries. — Bull.  Palet.  Ital.,  1889,  Nos.  9-11. 

POMPEII. — DATE  OF  THE  ERUPTION. — On  account  of  the  discrepancies  in 
the  manuscripts  of  Pliny  and  other  writers,  the  exact  date  of  the  eruption 
that  destroyed  the  city  has  been  a  disputed  question,  some  holding  it  to 
have  taken  place  on  August  24,  others  on  November  23,  of  79  A.  D. 
The  question  appears  to  have  been  unexpectedly  decided  by  a  recent  dis- 
covery. Outside  the  Porta  Stabiana,  in  October,  there  was  found  the 
impress,  in  the  ashes,  of  three  human  bodies  and  of  a  tree :  of  these  a  suc- 
cessful impression  in  plaster  was  taken.  Of  the  tree  there  remained  the 
impress  not  only  of  the  trunk  but  of  the  leaves  and  fruit,  some  remains  of 
which  were  still  in  place.  The  tree  was  found  to  be  a  kind  of  laurel,  the 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  229 

laurus  nobilis,  of  the  variety  with  circular  fruit  which  ripens  only  in 
November.  Professor  Pasquale  has  made  a  very  accurate  study  of  these 
interesting  remnants,  and  proves,  beyond  a  doubt,  not  only  the  identity  of 
the  tree  but  the  ripeness  of  the  fruit  at  the  time  of  the  catastrophe.  This 
appears  to  settle  the  question  in  favor  of  November  as  the  date  of  the  erup- 
tion.— Not.  d.  Scavi,  1889,  pp.  407-10. 

ROMA. — RESIDENCE  OF  THE  ROMAN  DENDROPHORI  OF  KYBELE  AND  ATTYS, 
AND  THEIR  SANCTUARY. — The  excavations  on  the  Coelian  in  what  was  the 
rear  part  of  the  Villa  Casali,  now  occupied  by  the  great  buildings  of  the 
new  military  hospital,  have  led  to  a  discovery  of  unusual  importance  which 
it  is  hoped  will  be  soon  completed.  They  have  brought  to  light,  appar- 
ently, the  ruins  of  the  residence  of  the  Roman  Dendrophori  (or  8evS/>o- 
<f>6poi).  Of  this  band  of  worshippers,  bearers  of  trees  in  the  sacred  pomps 
of  the  Phrygian  worship,  almost  no  memory  has  been  preserved  among 
the  monuments  of  Rome,  though  the  worship,  which  was  so  wide-spread, 
had  become  established  in  Rome  with  all  its  festivals  and  mystic  cere- 
monies at  least  as  early  as  the  times  of  Claudius  and  Otho,  and  maintained 
itself  there  vigorously  up  to  the  fall  of  paganism,  as  is  shown  by  numerous 
epigraphic  monuments,  among  which  are  the  Vatican  altars. 

The  part  hitherto  discovered  consists  of  a  rectangular  hall,  as  yet  only 
half  excavated,  3  met.  by  2.50  met.,  whose  walls  are  poorly  built  of  brick 
and  whose  pavement  consists  of  a  mosaic  of  black  and  white  cubes.  This 
mosaic  includes  a  number  of  figures  of  animals  and  birds,  while  one  side 
is  occupied  by  an  inscription,  also  in  mosaic,  which  reads:  INTRAN- 
TIBVS-  NIC-  DEOS  i  PROPITIOS-  ET  BASILICae  I  HILARIANAE. 
Hence  it  appears  that  this  hall  served  as  a  passageway  to  the  basilica 
called  Hilariana.  Placed  against  the  left  wall,  still  in  place,  was  a  large 
marble  base  with  this  inscription :  M-POBLICIO  HILARO |  MARGARI- 
TARIOICOLLEGIVM  DENDROPHORVM  I  MATRIS  DEVM  M-l- 
ET  ATTISI  QVINQ  P-P-QVOD  CVMVLATA  I  OMNI  ERGA-SE- 
BENIGNITATE!  MERVISSET  CVI  STATVA  AB  EIS  DECRETA 
PONERETVR.  This  base  is  1.28  met.  high  and  96  cent.  wide.  The 
fourth  and  fifth  lines  read :  Matris  Deum  Magnae  Ideae  et  Attis,  quinquen- 
nali  perpetuo.  The  good  style  of  letters  and  language,  and  the  form  Pobli- 
cius  in  place  of  Publicius,  show  that  this  monument  is  not  later  than 
Hadrian,  and  might  be  even  earlier  were  it  not  that  the  head  of  the  statue 
that  surmounted  it  is  bearded.  This  inscription  leads  to  the  belief  that 
another,  found  long  ago,  came  from  the  same  building :  it  is  a  dedication 
to  Silvanus  by  the  same  Poblicius,  and  reads  (GIL,  vi,  641):  Sylvano- 
Dendrophoro  sacrum  \  M.  Poblicius  •  Hilarus  •  margar  qq  pp  cum  •  liberis  \ 
Magno  et  Harmoniano  •  Dendrophoris  M  D  M  de  suo  fecit.  This  second 
inscription  was  doubtless  placed  in  a  niche  containing  a  statue  of  Silvanus, 
who,  as  a  forest-god,  would  be  a  natural  prototype  of  the  dendrophori. 


230  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.  [ROMA.] 

Publicius  Hilarianus  was,  evidently,  the  principal  benefactor  of  the 
society :  he  built  the  basilica  attached  to  its  residence,  and  perhaps  the 
entire  building,  and  adorned  it  with  sculpture.  To  him,  in  gratitude,  the 
dendrophori  erected  a  statue.  Of  this  statue  only  the  head  has  yet  been 
found.  It  represents  a  man  of  about  forty  with  short  and  curly  beard  and 
hair,  heavy  overhanging  brows,  and  large  eyes  full  of  intelligence.  As  a 
work  of  art,  it  is  good,  and  as  a  portrait  strikingly  true  to  nature.  Oppo- 
site the  base  of  this  statue  stood  a  small  substructure  which  appears  to 
have  sustained  the  graceful  figure  of  a  youthful  satyr,  holding  a  lizard, 
seated  on  a  rock  which  served  to  decorate  a  fountain  (see  below).  On 
the  door-sill  are  marked,  more  in  graffito  than  hollowed  out,  four  foot- 
prints, two  turned  forward  and  two  backward.  Such  foot-prints  have 
been  found  on  several  stones  but  never  before  in  situ.  They  seem  to 
indicate  the  way  of  going  and  of  returning,  the  itus  reditus. 

The  mosaic-pavement  is  of  peculiar  interest.  It  contains  a  group  of 
symbolic  animals  and  birds,  grouped  in  a  circle  around  a  centre  formed 
of  a  lance  stuck  through  a  wreath  on  which  is  perched  an  owl,  which 
appears  to  be  a  symbol  of  Kybele.  The  surrounding  animals  are :  two 
lions  (or  rather  lionesses),  a  bull,  a  scorpion,  a  he-goat,  a  deer,  a  serpent, 
a  crow,  and  a  dove  resting  on  a  laurel-branch.  All  these  must  have  a 
significant  place  in  Phrygian  symbolism,  though  this  meaning  is  known 
only  for  some  of  them,  such  as  the  scorpion,  lion,  crow,  bull. 

The  excavations  were  again  taken  up  early  in  the  spring,  and  resulted 
at  once  in  the  discovery  of  a  staircase  of  twelve  steps  at  the  east  end  of  the 
ante-room,  which  evidently  led  to  the  basilica  Hilariana.  A  part  of  the 
basilica  itself  was  then  uncovered,  with  a  portion  of  its  pavement  contain- 
ing geometric  figures  in  mosaic.  Ancient  devastations  and  modern  exca- 
vations had  ruined  it. — Bull.  Comm.  arch.,  1890,  pp.  18-25,  112,  etc. 

WORKS  OF  ART  DISCOVERED  IN  1889. — As  usual,  the  December  number  of 
iheSullettino  della  Commissione  archeologiea  comunale  contains  a  complete 
list  of  the  works  of  ancient  art  discovered  during  1889  by  the  archseo- 
logical  commission.  The  greater  part  of  the  large  works  that  present 
a  special  interest  have  been  already  enumerated  in  the  JOURNAL. 
Among  those  that  should  be  added  are,  however,  the  following.  (1)  Ele- 
gant headless  statuette  of  a  youthful  satyr,  seated  on  a  rock  that  served  to 
decorate  a  fountain :  it  has  lost  both  arms  and  the  right  leg,  but  the  left 
hand  remains,  holding  a  lizard.  (2)  Female  bust,  life-size,  representing  a 
Koman, matron ;  of  good  sculpture  though  of  late  date.  (3)  Head  of  an 
old  man,  larger  than  life,  perhaps  of  the  time  of  the  Antonines.  (4)  Front 
of  a  sarcophagus  representing  a  Bacchic  triumph.  Bacchus  and  Ariadne 
are  embracing  each  other  on  a  biga  drawn  by  two  centaurs  and  preceded 
by  a  winged  genius  on  a  lion.  (5)  A  series  of  bronzes,  including  two 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  231 

statuettes  and  a  vase  (orciuolo)  with  reliefs.  (6)  Several  fine  terracotta 
antefixes  and  parts  of  friezes. 

ROMAN  TOPOGRAPHY. — In  a  recent  number  of  the  Bull.  1st.  arch,  germ. 
(vol.  iv,  No.  3)  Ch.  Hu'lsen  contributes  a  long  paper  covering  65  pages  giv- 
ing the  results  of  new  discoveries  and  investigations  relating  to  the  topo- 
graphy of  Rome  made  during  the  years  1887-89.  Beginning  with  ancient, 
mediaeval  and  Renaissance  sources,  he  passes  to  publications  which  he 
divides  into  appropriate  classes,  and  finally  takes  us  on  a  topographische 
Rundschau  or  topographical  tour  through  the  city  (beginning  with  the 
forum),  in  which  literature  and  notes  on  excavations  are  blended.  The  sum- 
mary is  made  all  the  more  useful  by  numerous  illustrations  through  the  text. 

ARCHITECTURE. —  Via  Labieana  :  an  ancient  building. — In  the  Vigna 
Marolda,  along  the  Via  Labieana,  have  come  to  light  remains  of  a  build- 
ing composed  of  two  distinct  parts.  The  most  ancient  is  built  with  masses 
of  tufa  with  a  double  facing ;  the  more  recent,  of  walls  of  excellent  reti- 
culated brick  covered  with  stucco  painted  in  very  bright  colors.  There 
are  crypts,  and  subterranean  vaults  illuminated  by  loop-holes;  fragments 
of  monochromatic  and  polychromatic  mosaics  of  enamel  cubes ;  marble 
incrustations,  and  other  decorations  suited  to  a  noble  suburban  residence. 
— Not.  d.  Scam,  1889,  p.  341. 

The  Cloaca  Maxima. — The  excavations  in  the  Forum  of  Augustus 
favored  the  collection  of  standing  water  in  that  low  section  to  such  an 
extent  that  a  plan  for  drainage  was  entrusted  to  the  well-known  engineer 
Pietro  Narducci.  He  started  in  his  investigations  at  the  point  mentioned 
by  Salvestro  Peruzzi,  on  the  east  side  of  the  Forum  Transitorium  at  the 
corner  of  the  Via  Tor  de'  Conti  and  the  little  church  of  SS.  Quirico  e 
Giulitta:  hue  conftuebant  aquae  de  vieinis  montibus,  s  Viminalis,  Quiri- 
nalis  et  Esquiliis — hie  est  magna  cloaca  quae  vadit  ad  fontem  S.  Georgii 
usque.  The  section  of  the  cloaca  maxima  that  led  to  the  Forum  of 
Augustus  was  found  and  cleared,  and  became  a  discovery  of  the  highest 
importance,  for  it  is  open  to  students  along  a  length  of  about  two  hundred 
metres.  Narducci  writes  on  the  newly  discovered  section :  "  This  section 
has  a  certain  historical  interest,  and  this  in  connection  with  the  church  of 
S.  Maria  in  Macellum  Martirum,  in  the  centre  of  which  is  a  well  of  water 
that  was  drunk  as  holy  because  it  was  thought  that  in  it  had  been  washed 
the  knives  used  to  execute  Christian  martyrs.  The  writer  has  always  been 
of  the  opinion  that  this  well  was  a  means  of  access  to  the  cloaca  maximat 
and  served,  perhaps,  to  conceal  the  bodies  of  martyrs  with  the  view  of  giving 
them  honorable  burial.  This  was  supported  by  the  clearing  of  the  cloaca 
whose  well  remained  dry :  it  was  found  that  this  well  was  constructed  as  a 
means  of  access,  not  at  the  primitive  period  but  at  the  time  of  restorations 
under  the  Empire."  This  restoration  is  proved  by  the  use  of  bricks  over 


232  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.  [ROMA.] 

a  length  of  60  metres,  the  original  construction  being  of  large  blocks  of 
pietra  gabbina  laid  without  cement.  The  cloaca  passes  on  beyond  the 
Forum  of  Augustus  to  the  Suburra,  but  is  there  filled  up. 

The  entire  system  of  ancient  drainage  of  Rome  has  been  made  the  sub- 
ject of  careful  study  by  Cav.  Narducci,  as  is  shown  by  the  following  works : 
Fognatura  della  citta  di  Roma  sulla  sinistra  del  Tevere,  1884 :  Sulla  fogna- 
tura  della  citta  di  Roma,  1889 :  Pianta  delle  principali  fogne  sulla  sinistra 
e  destra  del  Tevere,  etc.:  Roma  Sotterranea,  illustrazione  della  Cloaca  massima, 
1889.  There  are,  besides,  some  interesting  articles  just  published  :  OTTO 
RICHTER,  Cloaca  Maxima  in  Rom,  in  the  Antike  Denkmdler  for  1889 : 
LANCIANI,  La  Cloaca  Massima,  in  the  Bull.  Comm.  arch,  for  April,  1890. 
Both  are  fully  illustrated  with  plans  and  elevations. 

Ancient  Constructions  in  the  Piazza  di  S.  Crisogono. — The  diggings  in  the 
Piazza  di  S.  Crisogono  in  Trastevere,  made  for  the  construction  of  a  water- 
reservoir,  led  to  the  uncovering  of  a  section  of  ancient  construction  under 
the  Via  Lungaretta.  It  forms  part  of  the  ancient  suspended  road  or 
viaduct  constructed,  after  the  fashion  of  the  bridges,  in  large  blocks  of 
stone.  It  was  built  of  large  blocks  of  travertine  in  a  style  similar  to  that 
of  the  Servian  Wall,  and  undoubtedly  belongs  to  the  early  times  of  the 
Republic.  It  traversed  the  valley  called  by  the  Romans  Campus  Codeta- 
nus  whose  marshy  ground  filled  with  water-courses  had  to  be  passed  to 
gain  the  declivities  of  the  Janiculum  ;  and  it  kept  open  the  communica- 
tions with  the  right  bank  of  the  Tiber.  It  is  an  interesting  document  for 
the  ancient  topography  of  the  Trastevere.  Such  viaducts  are  very  rare  in 
ancient  architecture. 

The  present  one,  after  proceeding  to  the  top  of  the  arx  of  the  Janiculum, 
probably  joined  the  very  ancient  road  to  Maritime  Etruria,  afterwards 
called  Aurelia.  It  also  served  as  means  of  communication  between  the 
Palatine  and  Janiculan  bridges.  It  may  also  have  served  as  a  means  of 
defense  for  this  zone  of  the  city,  as  its  course  seems  to  correspond  with 
that  of  the  northern  side  of  the  Servian  wall.  It  formed  part  of  a  vast 
triangular  entrenched  camp  at  whose  summit  rose  the  fortress  of  the  Ja- 
niculum, and  reached  out  on  one  side  to  the  Porta  Flumentana  and  on  the 
other  to  the  Porta  Trigemina.  It  is  conjectured  that  the  viaduct  was  not 
only  protected  below,  but  on  top  by  a  second  series  of  internal  arcades 
forming  a  covered  passage. 

The  part  discovered,  at  a  depth  of  six  metres,  consists  of  two  massive 
arcades  of  square  tufa,  measuring  2.85  met.,  resting  on  a  pier  or  base 
measuring  2.35  by  6  met.  The  arcades  are  50  cent,  wide,  and  are  formed 
of  eleven  wedges  of  volcanic  tufa.  Over  the  arcades  ran  a  row  of  blocks 
which  supported  the  parapet. — Bull.  Comm.  arch.,  1890,  pp.  6,sqq,  57-65  ; 
Not.  d.  Scavi,  1889,  pp.  362-3. 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  233 

A  piece  of  the  Servian  Wall. — On  the  crest  of  the  Capitoline  rock,  over 
the  Via  di  Marforio,  at  a  height  of  26.50  met.  above  the  level  of  the  Piazza 
di  Venezia,  has  been  found  a  sufficiently  important  fragment  of  the  Servian 
wall  which  protected  the  hill  on  the  west.  Four  courses  are  left.  In 
arrangement,  quality  of  stone,  and,  finally,  in  the  quarry-marks,  it  is  iden- 
tical with  other  well-known  pieces  of  the  wall  of  Servius  Tullius.  It  had 
been  somewhat  injured  by  the  work  for  the  foundations  of  the  Convent  of 
Ara-Coeli.— Not.  di  Scavi,  1889,  p.  361. 

Discovery  of  the  Portieus  Maximae. — On  the  northern  side  of  the  Piazza 
del  Pianto,  have  come  to  light  some  ruins  of  an  ancient  colonnade  run- 
ning parallel  to  the  porticos  of  Octavia.  Five  travertine,  peperino,  or 
marble  blocks  were  found  in  place :  they  served  to  support  the  bases  of 
as  many  columns,  one  of  which,  of  granite,  was  found,  together  with  its 
marble  Corinthian  base.  The  distance  between  each  block  was  3.40  met. 
This  colonnade  cannot  have  belonged  to  the  porticos  of  Octavia,  whose 
intercolumniation  is  only  3  met. ;  but  might  it  not  be  a  remnant  of  the 
portico  of  Philip,  which  was  joined  to  them  on  the  west  ?  The  marble  plan 
of  the  Capitol  and  the  base  of  a  statue  found  in  1868  near  S.  Ambrogio 
show  that  the  portico  of  Philip  did  not  extend  nearly  as  far.  The  columns 
therefore  belong  to  another  portico,  on  the  same  line  as  and  joined  to  those 
just  mentioned.  This  must  be  one  of  the  transverse  arms  of  the  portions 
maximae,  with  which  in  the  fourth  century  the  various  porticos  of  the 
Campus  Martius  were  united,  forming  a  continuous  series  of  colonnades 
from  the  Aelian  bridge  to  the  Ostian  gate.  The  section  discovered  was  a 
part  of  that  joining  the  porticos  of  Pompey  to  those  of  Philip  and  Octavia. 
The  portions  maximae  are  mentioned  in  the  inscription  of  the  triumphal 
arch  erected  in  front  of  the  Aelian  bridge  by  the  Emperors  Gratian, 
Valentinian,  and  Theodosius. — Bull.  Comm.  arch.,  1890,  pp.  66-8;  Not.  d. 
Scavi,  1890,  pp.  31-2. 

SCULPTURE. — Sarcophagi. — Outside  the  Porta  San  Lorenzo,  in  digging 
the  foundations  of  a  new  house,  were  uncovered,  two  interesting  marble 
sarcophagi,  which  are  illustrated  from  photographs  in  the  Builder  of 
April  12.  The  relief  on  the  first  represents  the  story  of  Medeia  dramatic- 
ally told :  the  figures  are  broad  but  graceful  in  the  style  of  the  second 
century.  The  second  sarcophagus  is  more  scantily  carved  with  figures. 
The  front  is  strigillated :  the  centre  is  occupied  by  a  bust  of  the  deceased 
in  a  medallion  supported  by  a  group  of  the  three  graces.  Heads  of  lions 
devouring  figures  occupied  the  angles,  but  only  one  remains.  The  head- 
dress indicates  the  time  of  Alexander  Severus  (222-35  A.  D.). 

Lately  discovered  sculptures. — The  April  number  of  the  Bullettino  men- 
tions some  sculptures  found  in  the  Vigna  Torlonia,  near  the  Campo  Verano. 
A  headless  marble  statue,  without  legs  or  fore-arms.  It  represents  an  old 


234  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.  [ROMA.] 

countryman  robed  in  the  exomis,  across  which  is  a  goat-skin.  The  treat- 
ment is  extremely  realistic,  and  the  work  is  good.  Many  fragments  of 
terracotta  friezes  of  fine  style,  on  which  are  figures  in  relief,  such  as  sea- 
tigers  mounted  by  genii,  winged  children  carrying  festoons,  bust  of  Ariadne 
or  a  bacchante  giving  drink  to  two  panthers,  bust  rising  from  a  spray  of 
acanthus  leaves. 

INSCRIPTIONS. — Archaic  inscriptions. — On  the  banks  of  the  Tiber  was 
found  a  small  circular  base  with  an  inscription  in  archaic  letters,  perhaps 
of  the  beginning  of  the  sixth  century :  .  .  .  onius  >q-f\  Numisio  •  Martio  \ 
donom .  dedit  \  meretod.  Two  other  later  archaic  inscriptions  came  to  light  on 
bases  intended  for  votive  gifts.  The  first  reads :  M-C-rOMrHO-NOI 
DEDRON  F  |  HERCOl'E:  M(arcus)  (ef)  C(aius)  Pomp(i)lius  No(vii) 
f(ilii)  dederunt  Herculi.  It  is  on  a  travertine  base.  The  grammatical  and 
epigraphic  forms  indicate  the  fifth  century :  the  form  dedron  is  new  and  to 
be  added  to  dedrot  and  dedro. 

Not  so  ancient  is  the  other  inscription,  on  calcareous  stone,  which  is 
read:  AISCOUAHO  •  DONO// |  V  •  AUBANIVS-  K-  F-  DEDIT:  Aisco- 
lapio  dono[m]  L(ucius)  Albanius  K(aesonis)  f(ilius)  dedit.  The  form 
Aiscolapius  occurs  here  for  the  first  time. — Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  pp.  10,  33. 

Votive  inscription  to  Septimius  Severus,  Caracalla,  etc. — On  the  Via  Appia 
was  found  a  fragment  of  a  votive  inscription  which  is  another  example 
of  the  erasure  of  Geta's  name  from  all  public  monuments  after  his  death. 
It  is  dedicated  by  M.  Saxius  Primus  to  Septimius  Severus,  Caracalla, 
Geta,  and  Julia  Domna. — Bull.  Comm.  arch.,  1890,  pp.  15-17. 

Inscription  of  L.  Plotius  Sabinus. — At  the  eleventh  kilom.  on  the  Via 
Tiburtina,  Professor  Tomassetti  found  an  inscription  recording  the  cursus 
honorum  of  a  consulate  personage,  L.  Plotius  Sabinus,  which  is  sufficiently 
interesting  to  reproduce :  Diis  •  Genitoribus  - 1  L-  Plotio  -  C-F-  Pol  -  Sabino  •  \ 
praetori  •  sodali  •  titiali  •  \  aedili  -  cur  -  seviro  •  eq  -  r  •  \  quaestori  •  urb  -  trib  • 
laticl  -lleg-i-  miner  -p-f-X'  vir  -\stl-  indie  •  habenti  •  quoq  -  \  salutation  •  secun- 
dam  •  |  imp  -  \  Antonini  •  Aug  •  Pii  •  I  Sabinus  •  praetor  -  magna  •  res  -  Formis  • 
periit.  This  inscription  was  adossed  to  an  inscriptionless  sarcophagus  still 
containing  the  body  of  the  deceased.  Among  the  novelties  contained  in 
the  inscription  are  the  following :  the  term  diis  genitoribus,  which  appears 
only  on  a  coin  of  Pertinax,  and  seems  related  to  the  rare  diis  parentibus  ; 
the  title  Sodalis  Titialis,  which  is  almost  unique.  It  is  said  that  habuit 
salutationem  secundam  imp.  Antonini  Aug.  Pii,  and  had  it  while  simple 
praetor,  a  fact  so  unusual  as  to  lead  some  to  believe  it  to  be  not  a  personal 
salutatio  but  one  to  be  transmitted  to  the  Emperor.  The  place  of  his 
death,  Formis,  may  be  Formiae  on  the  Volsco-Latin  coast  or  a  Formae 
in  Africa.— Bull.  Comm.  arch.,  April,  1890 ;  Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  pp.  35-6. 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  235 

SAN  DAMIANO  D'ASTI. — A  ROMAN  MILITARY  PAY-CHEST. — Don  Vitaliano 
Sossi  publishes  in  the  Riv.  Ital.  di  Numismatica  (1890,  No.  1)  a  commu- 
nication describing  the  coins  contained  in  an  amphora  found  in  the  territory 
of  Asti.  The  find  consisted  entirely  of  small  copper  coins  :  many  were  lost 
or  dispersed.  The  writer  examined  over  three  hundred  which  belonged  to 
the  close  of  the  third  and  beginning  of  the  fourth  century  A.  D.,  the  earliest 
being  of  Gallienus  and  the  latest  of  Maximianus  Hercules.  Those  of 
Aurelian,  Probus  and  Diocletian  are  especially  numerous.  The  greater 
part  are  in  good  preservation.  Among  them  are  two  new  types  and  many 
variants.  The  collection  appears  to  be  not  a  hidden  treasure  but  part  of 
a  military  chest  for  the  payment  of  some  legion  or  cohort,  perhaps  hidden 
by  the  quaestor  militaris  in  a  time  of  danger. 

SARDINIA. — On  the  promontory  of  Monte  Alvo,  in  Sardinia,  Signer 
Tamponi  has  discovered  a  number  of  human  skeletons  in  one  of  the 
so-called  tombs  of  the  giants,  thus  confirming  a  tradition  to  that  effect  pre- 
served by  Lamarmora,  which  had  hitherto  been  deemed  improbable. — 
Athenaeum,  March  29. 

A  natural  cavern,  formed  of  three  great  granite  rocks,  was  first  found, 
containing  two  skeletons  and  some  fragments  of  very  early  black  ware. 
The  tomb  of  the  giants,  found  afterwards,  was  in  remarkably  good  preser- 
vation.— Not.  d.  Scam,  1889,  pp.  413-14. 

TOIRANO. — PREHISTORIC  CAVES. — Sig.  Morelli  makes  a  report  in  the 
Bullettino  di  Paletnologia  Italiana  (Jan.-Feb.  1890)  on  his  exploration  of 
two  caverns  at  the  foot  of  Monte  Calvo,  province  of  Geneva,  near  the 
village  of  Toirano.  The  territory  is  abundant  in  such  caves,  as  it  is  formed 
of  a  cavernous  dolomitic  calcareous  rock.  The  caves  explored  were 
those  called  Tana  del  Colombo  and  Tana  della  Basua.  The  former 
yielded  some  fossil  bones  of  mammifers  and  birds,  and  paleolithic  imple- 
ments of  stone  and  bone.  It  evidently  served  as  a  dwelling  to  the  primi- 
tive Ligurians,  at  a  time  when  a  great  bear  still  roamed  the  hills  and 
before  the  knowledge  of  pottery.  In  the  second  cave  were  found  parts  of 
nine  skeletons  and  two  kinds  of  terracotta  vases,  showing  it  to  have  been 
used  not  as  a  habitation  but  as  a  tomb. 

VITERBO  (near).— In  the  district  of  Colleno,  has  been  discovered  a 
chambered  tomb  with  a  vestibule  adorned  by  two  columns.  The  cell  con- 
tained two  sarcophagi  of  travertine,  in  which  were  found  a  golden  ring 
and  some  gold  thread,  remnants  of  the  rich  clothing  of  the  deceased. 
— Athenceum,  March  22. 

CHRISTIAN  ANTIQUITIES  OF  ITALY. 

DATE  OF  THE  DEATH  OF  GENTILE  DA  FABRIANO  AND  OF  GAUDENZIO  FERRARI.— 
Professor  Melani  calls  attention,  in  the  Courrier  de  I' Art  (1890,  No.  16), 
to  the  manner  in  which  the  dates  of  the  death  of  two  famous  Italian 


236  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.          [ITALY.] 

painters  have  recently  been  discovered.  Signer  Zonghi  has  found  that 
Gentile  da  Fabriano  did  not  die  in  about  1450,  as  had  been  supposed, 
but  much  earlier,  as  is  shown  by  a  notary's  deed  relating  that  the  painter 
died  in  Kome  in  1428  or  at  the  end  of  1427.  It  is  therefore  clear  that 
he  could  not  have  been  a  pupil  of  Fra  Angelico,  and  that,  when  Roger 
van  der  Weyden  expressed  in  1450  his  famous  praise  of  Gentile  (that  he 
was  the  greatest  Italian  painter),  he  was  speaking  from  tradition. 

A  document  published  in  the  Archivio  Storico  Lombardo  (xv,  p.  193) 
shows  that  Gaudenzio  Ferrari,  who  was  known  to  have  been  born  in  1481, 
died,  in  Milan,  Jan.  31,  1546. 

FIRENZE. — SANTA  TRINITA. — Discovery  of  the  ancient  Mosaic-pavement, 
Crypt,  and  Facade. — During  certain  repairs  made  at  this  church  by  order 
of  the  Government,  the  twelfth-century  crypt  has  been  discovered.  While 
digging  in  the  central  nave  to  relay  the  pavement  (which  was  greatly  out 
of  repair),  down  at  the  level  of  the  thirteenth-century  church,  the  crypt 
was  discovered.  It  is  built  of  pietra  forte,  and  has  three  semicircular 
apses :  it  was  found  to  have  suffered  considerable  damage  when  the  church 
was  rebuilt  in  the  xvi  cent.,  and  when  graves  were  dug  in  it  at  a  later 
period.  The  pavement  of  the  crypt  has  been  partially  uncovered :  it  is 
composed  of  a  reddish  cement,  and  before  the  altar  of  the  chapel  is  a  por- 
tion of  a  mosaic-pavement  formed  of  cubes  of  white  and  black  marble : 
in  the  centre,  on  a  background  of  white,  are  two  figures  of  dragons  (in 
black)  facing  each  other ;  around  this  central  portion  is  a  border  consisting 
of  white  foliage  on  a  black  ground.  These  fragments,  as  well  as  the  re- 
mains of  very  ancient  construction  in  pietra  forte,  must  have  belonged  to 
the  church  of  801  A.  D.  The  continuation  of  excavations  led  to  the  dis- 
covery of  the  ancient  doorway  and  of  four  steps  of  the  stairway  leading  to 
the  crypt.  Between  the  modern  and  ancient  pavement  was  found  a  large 
marble  sepulchral  slab  on  which  was  sculptured  a  recumbent  figure  (much 
worn)  representing  (as  we  learn  from  the  inscription)  Roggero  Buondel- 
monti,  General  of  the  Order  of  Vallambrosa,  who  died  in  1319.  Further 
researches  led  to  the  discovery  of  some  remains  of  the  original  fresco- 
decoration  on  the  wall  of  the  nave,  covered  with  a  thick  layer  of  modern 
plaster.  The  beautiful  marble  door  belonging  to  the  chapel  of  B.  Ber- 
nardo degli  Uberti  has  likewise  been  found ;  and,  behind  the  modern  facade, 
was  discovered  the  ancient  Gothic  fayade  of  Nicola  Pisano :  it  has  alter- 
nate stripes  of  white  and  verde  di  Prato  marble,  in  the  same  manner  as 
in  many  churches  of  Pisa,  Pistoia,  etc. — Builder,  Jan.  11. 

LODI. — RESTORATION  OF  SAN  LORENZO. — When  new  Lodi  was  founded 
during  the  early  Lombard  wars,  after  the  destruction  of  the  old  city,  the 
basilica  of  San  Lorenzo  was  founded  by  bishop  Lanfranco  between  1154 
(when  the  foundation-stone  of  the  new  city  was  laid  by  Emperor  Frederick) 


[ITALY.]  ARCH^OLOGICAL  NEWS.  237 

and  1158  (the  date  of  the  bishop's  death).  It  had  been  so  barbarously 
disfigured  as  to  leave  hardly  any  traces  of  the  primitive  building.  A 
restoration  of  the  interior  has  been  carried  out.  The  material  was  brick, 
very  carefully  laid ;  the  capitals  of  the  columns  are  of  terracotta  and  of 
varied  decoration.  A  fine  Roman  column  was  found  within  a  pier  in  the 
presbytery. — Archivio  storico  dell'  Arte,  Nov-Dec.,  1889. 

MODEM  A. — ANEW  PAINTER:  PAULUSSERAPHINI. — In  the  Cathedral  of  Bar- 
letta  is  a  painting  of  the  Virgin  and  Child  on  a  gold  ground,  which  is  held 
in  great  veneration.  It  was  carried  in  procession  to  meet  the  famous  thir- 
teen Italian  champions  in  the  Sfida  di  Barletta  of  1503.  The  inscription 
on  the  picture  contains  the  following :  Paulus  filius  magistri  Seraphini  de 
Serafini  \pictoris  de  Mutina  pinxit.  A  Paolo  da  Modena  of  the  xiv  cent,  was 
already  known,  but  it  is  uncertain  whether  he  is  identical  with  the  painter 
of  the  Barletta  painting  whose  father  Seraphino  Serafini  has  left  works  in 
the  cathedrals  of  Modena  and  Ferrara. — Arch.stor.d.  Jrte,1889,Nov.-Dec. 

ORVIETO. — A  MOSAIC  FROM  THE  CATHEDRAL. — We  read  in  the  Mittheil. 
d.  k.  k.  oest.  Museums  (1890,  No.  3)  the  following  account  of  an  interesting 
mosaic :  "  One  of  the  most  famous  of  the  monuments  of  Italian  art  of  the 
xiv  century  has  lately  come  into  the  possession  of  a  Roman  antiquarian : 
it  is  the  great  mosaic  by  the  famous  Florentine  Andrea  Orcagna  repre- 
senting the  birth  of  the  Virgin,  which  once  adorned  the  central  gable  of 
the  front  of  the  cathedral  of  Orvieto.  It  had  been  entirely  lost  sight  of 
and  only  a  copy  made  at  the  beginning  of  this  century  remained.  The 
original  was  in  many  pieces  which  have  been  put  together  at  the  Vatican 
workshop,  and  it  is  now  in  the  hands  of  the  dealer  Pio  Marinangeli.  It 
is  in  the  strong,  simple  and  broad  Giottesque  style,  of  monumental  value ; 
but  its  tones  are  unfortunately  damaged  by  the  new  coat  of  varnish." 

ROMA. — FRESCO  OF  THE  WISE  VIRGINS. — It  was  customary,  in  the  early 
Christian  period,  to  pronounce  over  the  bodies  of  deceased  women,  the 
parable  of  the  virgins.  A  similar  idea  is  expressed  in  a  catacomb  fresco 
recently  examined  by  Mgr.  Wilpert.  In  the  centre  is  an  orante  above 
whom  is  her  epitaph ;  at  her  right  are  the  five  wise  virgins  with  lighted 
torches ;  on  her  left,  four  of  these  are  represented  seated  at  the  celestial 
banquet,  the  fifth  place  being  reserved  for  the  defunct.  This  is  a  novelty, 
and  an  artistic  representation  of  the  prayer  of  St.  Gelasius :  transeat  in 
numerum  sapientium  puellarum. — Revue  Critique,  1890,  No.  9. 

MINO  DA  FIESOLE  IN  ROME. — The  multitude  of  works  of  sculpture,  be- 
longing to  the  early  Renaissance,  that  still  exist  in  Rome  have  never  been 
studied.  Even  Vasari  ignored  them.  The  names  of  their  artists,  their 
dates  and  the  circumstances  of  their  execution,  are  generally  entirely 
wanting.  Only  lately  have  a  few  critics  undertaken  to  bring  a  little  order 
out  of  chaos.  Such  are  Schmarsow  and  Von  Tschudi  who  have  made 


238  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.  [ITALY.] 

known  respectively  the  artists  Andrea  da  Milano  and  Giovanni  Dalmata. 
But  most  of  the  sculptors  that  worked  in  Rome  in  the  quattrocento  and 
early  cinquecento  were  Tuscans.  In  a  paper  in  the  Archivio  the  well- 
known  critic  Domenico  Gnoli  shows  that  Rome  was  the  principal  field 
for  the  activity  of  the  famous  sculptor  Mino  da  Fiesole.  He  describes  the 
bust  of  Nicola  Strozzi  (1454),  the  pulpit  of  Pius  II,  the  ciborium  of 
Sixtus  IV  and  other  works,  and  at  the  same  time  brings  in  his  contem- 
poraries and  rivals  Paolo  Romano  and  Isaia  da  Pisa. — Arehivio  storico 
dell'Arte,  1889,  Nov.-Dec. 

ART  IN  ROME  UNDER  INNOCENT  VIII. — M.  Eugene  Muntz  contributes  to 
the  Archivio  storieo  dell'Arte  (Nov.-Dec.,  1889)  a  number  of  documents 
relating  to  the  condition  and  history  of  the  Fine-arts  in  Rome  under  the 
pontificate  of  Innocent  VIII  (1484-92).  Although  these  years  are  not 
looked  upon  as  artistically  brilliant,  they  are  interesting  as  sealing  the 
triumph  of  the  Renaissance.  Perugino  and  Antonazzo  Aquilio  worked  in 
1484  and  1485,  and  the  latter  continued  his  labors  up  to  1494.  Pier 
Matteo  d' Amelia  is  shown  to  be  a  more  important  artist  than  was  sup- 
posed ;  documents  of  1485, 1486, 1488,  and  1492  are  given,  recording  orders 
and  payments.  He  worked  with  Antonazzo.  Mantegna  executed,  be- 
tween 1488  and  1490,  the  frescos  of  a  chapel  in  the  Vatican,  which  was 
destroyed  by  Pius  VI ;  the  hitherto  unnoticed  but  detailed  descriptions  of 
them  given  by  Taj  a  and  Chattard  are  reprinted.  Filippino  Lippi,  Nardo, 
Gian  Giacomo  di  Andrea  are  also  mentioned.  Among  painters  on  glass 
are  Filippo  da  Pesaro  and  Giuliano  Romano  ;  among  miniaturists,  Gioac- 
chino,  Gregorio  and  Antonio. 

SARTIRANA. — A  DISCOVERY  OF  COINS. — In  November,  a  workman  found, 
in  the  bottom  of  a  pot  buried  in  the  earth,  a  mass  of  silver  coins  wrapped  in 
cloth  and  badly  oxidized  by  the  water  in  which  they  were  standing.  About 
a  half  were  melted  down.  Of  those  that  were  saved  the  greater  part  were 
coins  of  Gian  Galeazzo  Visconti  and  Gio.  Maria  Visconti ;  and,  from  the 
few  remaining  of  Filippo  Maria  Visconti,  it  may  be  argued  that  the 
treasure  was  hidden  under  his  dukedom.  The  cities  represented  are  Avig- 
non, Bologna,  Casale,  Genova,  Milano,  Pavia,  Piacenza,  Savoja,  Verona. 
A  number  of  the  Milanese  coins  are  new  varieties. — Riv.  Ital  Num.,  1890, 1. 

VERONA. — EARLY  FRESCOS  OF  S.  NAZARO,  AND  AN  INSCRIPTION  OF  996. — An 
important  place  is  held  in  the  history  of  Veronese  painting,  and,  in  fact, 
in  that  of  Italian  painting  in  general,  by  the  ancient  frescos  of  the  chapel 
or  grotto  of  San  Nazaro  in  Verona,  which  help  to  span  the  gulf  between  the 
frescos  of  the  catacombs  and  of  the  Giottesque  revival.  Maffei  had  justly 
noted  two  layers  of  frescoed  plaster,  the  older  of  which  was  seen  where  the 
later  one  had  fallen.  Dionisi  had  eight  plates  executed  of  the  frescos 
then  existing,  which  remained  unpublished ;  Orti  illustrated  them  inac- 


[ITALY.]       .  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  239 

curately  in  1841.  The  dates  attributed  to  them  were  the  vi,  vn  and  vm 
centuries.  In  1881,  Signer  Cipolla  proposed  that  the  frescos  of  the  upper 
coating  (which  he  attributed  to  the  x  or  the  xi  century)  should  be  removed 
to  save  them  from  ruin.  This  has  since  been  done,  leading  to  the  uncov- 
ering of  the  earlier  frescos  beneath.  The  latter  were  in  a  very  bad  condi- 
tion, made  worse  by  the  removal  of  the  upper  layer,  which  led  to  the  fall 
of  a  large  part  of  the  plaster  and  laid  the  rock  bare. 

The  church  consisted  of  three  chambers  excavated  in  the  rock.  The 
outer  one  has  lost  the  few  frescos  it  had.  The  second  has  a  series  of  angels 
within  intersecting  circles  arranged  all  over  the  walls ;  they  belong  to  the 
earlier  work  and  were  never  covered  by  a  second  plastering.  A  great  arch 
leads  thence  into  the  third  hall  which  constitutes  the  church  proper,  whence 
the  frescos  of  the  xi  cent,  have  been  removed.  It  is  curious  that  these 
were  in  general  mere  repetitions  of  the  early  ones.  The  older  frescos,  now 
uncovered,  are  as  follows.  On  the  ceiling  is  a  large  figure  of  Christ,  seated 
and  amply  draped,  his  head  encircled  by  a  cruciform  nimbus.  His  right 
arm  is  raised,  apparently  in  blessing ;  in  his  left  he  holds  an  open  book 
on  which  was  an  inscription,  now  effaced.  The  head  of  Christ  is  of  a 
severe  type,  with  long  beard  and  hair.  The  entire  figure  is  imposing : 
it  is  enclosed  in  an  oval  aureole  upheld  by  two  figures  on  rt.  and  It.,  while 
the  four  angles  of  the  vault  were  occupied  by  the  symbols  of  the  four  evan- 
gelists, of  which  only  the  lion  and  angel  remain  with  their  appropriate 
inscriptions.  The  frescos  on  the  end  wall  are  interesting.  In  the  central 
niche  there  probably  stood  a  figure  of  S.  Michael,  as  in  the  later  series. 
Above*,  within  a  circle,  is  the  Virgin  nimbed,  on  either  side  of  whom  is 
an  angel  with  great  wings  folded  in  front.  On  either  side  of  the  central 
niche  were  two  circles  that  originally  contained  busts.  Two  of  these,  still 
remaining,  are  shown  by  inscriptions  to  be  SS.  Nazarius  and  Celsus.  In 
the  left  wall  was  cut  an  arcosolium  with  decorative  paintings.  On  the 
right  is  a  bust  of  Sta.  Juliana  with  its  inscription.  The  church,  as  is 
known,  was  dedicated  to  the  three  saints  just  mentioned. 

On  the  left  side  of  the  vault,  next  to  the  entrance  and  outside  of  the 
aureole  surrounding  the  figure  of  Christ,  we  read  the_following  inscrip- 
tion painted  in  white  letters  on  a  green  ground :  -fANN-AB  INCARNC 
eJNl  NRl  I  IV  XPl  |  DCCCCXCVI  •  IN  DIG  X.  Under  them,  in  white  let- 
ters on  a  yellow  ground,  was  an  inscription  of  at  least  three  lines,  of  which 
it  was  possible  tojead  only  :  ET  I  AGO  B 1 1 

SCI  SMI  The   importance   of  the  first  in- 

scription is  evident,  because,  as  its  letters  are  identical  in  form  with  those 
used  in  the  paintings,  it  gives  their  date  as  996 ;  or,  more  exactly,  it  shows 
that  they  were  finished  between  September  and  December  996,  as  this  is 
indicated  by  the  X  indiction  which  then  began. — CIPOLLA,  in  Arehivio 
Veneto,  fasc.  76,  1889. 


240  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

VOLTERRA. — ZACCARIAAND  GIOVANNI  ZACCHI,  SCULPTORS  OF  VOLTERRA. — 

Umberto  Rossi  publishes  in  the  Arehivio  storico  dell'Arte  (1890,  Genn.- 
Febb.)  some  documents  relating  to  the  lives  and  works  of  Zaccaria  and 
Giovanni  Zacchi.  Zaccaria  was  born  at  Arezzo  in  1473,  his  father  being 
from  Volterra.  He  studied  in  Florence  and  in  Rome,  worked  in  Bologna 
at  San  Petronio  as  early  as  1516,  and  established  himself  in  that  city. 
Giovanni  was  the  son  of  Zaccaria,  and  it  is  to  him  that  most  of  the  docu- 
ments relate.  He  not  only  executed  statues  in  bronze,  like  that  of  Paul 
III  at  Bologna,  but  also  a  number  of  bronze  medals.  He  was  in  the 
service  of  the  Farnese  family  for  some  time. 

SICILY. 

THE  PREHISTORIC  ARCH/EOLOGY  OF  SICILY. — Signor  Orsi  contributes  to 
the  Bullettino  di  Paletnologia  Italiana  (1889,  Nos.  9-12)  two  papers  of  great 
interest  on  the  early  archaeology  of  Sicily.  He  prefixes  them  with  the  true 
words :  "  The  monuments,  archaeological  remains,  and  the  forms  of  the 
pre-Hellenic  culture  of  Sicily  may  be  said  to  be  almost  completely  unex- 
plored." He  aims  at  opening  up  this  new  field.  A  fitting  summary  of 
his  conclusions  and  of  the  material  on  which  they  are  based  will  be  given 
in  the  next  number  of  the  JOURNAL.  It  may  here  be  said  that  he  believes 
this  early  culture  of  the  Siculi  and  Sicani  to  have  come  from  the  East,  and 
finds  a  series  of  vases  and  other  objects  of  a  decided  Mykenaian  character. 

AKRAI  =  PALAZZOLO. — In  past  years,  the  ancient  necropolis  of  Akrai 
has  yielded  from  its  rectangular  sarcophagi,  opened  in  the  rock,  many 
Corinthian  vases.  Of  late,  Sig.  Orsi  was  so  fortunate  as  to  find  in  one  of 
them  a  part  of  the  cover  on  which  were  inscribed  two  lines  of  a  boustro- 
phedon  inscription  reading :  Epax^a  dpi  The  angular  £  is  new  in  Syra- 
cuse, and  apparently  in  Sicily.  The  x  is  characteristic  of  Euboia  and  the 
Chalkidian  colonies.  Akrai  was  founded  in  664  by  the  Corinthian  Syra- 
cuse, and  yet  this  seems  to  be  the  tomb  of  a  Chalkidian.  The  inscription 
is  laconic  and  of  rare  form :  "  I  am  Brachidas."  It  belongs  to  the  first 
century  of  the  city ;  it  also  demonstrates  the  Greek  as  opposed  to  the  Phoe- 
nician character  of  the  necropolis. — Not.  d.  Scam,  1889,  pp.  387-9. 

SYRACUSE. — WELLS  OF  THE  ANCIENT  CITY. — Signor  Orsi  has  been  con- 
ducting a  very  active  exploration  of  various  parts  of  the  ancient  city. 
In  the  Cathedral  on  Ortygia,  the  site  of  the  temple  of  Athena,  was  found 
an  archaic  dedication  to  Apollon  by  Alkiades. 

The  most  extensive  work  consisted  in  clearing  out  a  large  number  of 
ancient  circular  wells  dug  in  the  rock  at  many  points,  which  had  never 
been  scientifically  investigated.  Beside  leading  to  some  interesting  his- 
torical deductions,  they  were  found  to  contain  numerous  objects  belonging 
to  the  fourth  and  third  centuries  B.  c.,  including  vases  of  many  varieties 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  241 

of  shape  and  manufacture,  coins,  lamps,  terracotta  figurines,  etc.  Their 
latest  date  coincides  with  the  period  of  the  fall  of  the  city  before  the  Ro- 
mans in  212.— Not.  d.  Scam,  1889,  pp.  369-87. 

SPAIN. 

HISTORICAL  MONUMENTS. — The  Boletin  de  la  R.  Acad.  de  la  Historia 
(Jan.-Feb.,  1890)  has  published  a  complete  list  of  the  monuments  of  Spain 
declared  to  be  of  national  importance,  monumentos  deelarados  nationals. 
The  first  is  the  monastery  of  la  Rabida  (Huelva),  declared  so  by  a  royal 
decree  of  February  23, 1856;  the  last  is  the  ex-monastery  of  Santa  Maria 
La  Real  de  Najera  (Rioja)  Logrono,  of  the  date  of  Oct.  17,  1889.  They 
number  in  all  fifty-five,  a  very  small  number  if  compared  to  this  class  of 
monuments  in  Italy  and  France.  Of  these,  one  is  prehistoric,  in  the 
Balearic  Isles,  two  are  Moorish,  one  is  a  Jewish  synagogue,  and  the  rest 
are  Christian,  ten  being  civil  monuments,  about  fourteen  monasteries,  and 
twenty-eight  churches. 

ALMERI A  (province  of). — ARABIC  SEPULCHRAL  INSCRIPTIONS. — At  Jarea, 
was  found  an  Arabic  tombstone  with  an  inscription  in  seven  lines,  saying : 

This  is  the  grave  of  Motarrif  ben  Mohadjir,  who  died  in  .  . the  year 

329.  The  date  corresponds  to  June  28,  941  A.  D.  A  second  inscription, 
found  near  Pechina  reads :  This  is  the  tomb  of  Abu  Hamema,  ben  Ashats, 

el  Omavi,  who  died  in the  year  239.     The  date  corresponds  to 

April  16,  854  A.  v.—Bol.  R.  Acad.  de  la  Historia,  Jan.-Feb.,  1890. 

OVIEDO. — EARLY  BASILICA  OF  SANTA  MARIA. — D.  Fortunate  de  Selgas 
has  published  in  the  Boletin  R.  Acad.  de  la  Historia  (March,  1890)  a  paper 
on  La-primitiva  basilica  de  Santa  Maria  del  rey  Casto  de  Oviedo  y  su  real 
panteon.  This  was  an  early  church  in  the  basilical  style  built  under  the 
early  Goths,  in  contrast  to  the  Byzantine  style  used  in  San  Miguel  de 
Linio,  and  to  the  Oriental  style  of  some  other  Visigothic  constructions. 
The  author  takes  occasion  to  study  the  intricate  and  little-known  subject 
of  early-Christian  Spanish  art,  and  also  to  give  interesting  information 
regarding  the  royal  tombs  in  the  basilica  of  Oviedo. 

TOLEDO. — CISTERCIAN  MONASTERY  OF  SANTA  FE. — A  correspondent  of 
the  Boletin  de  la  Historia  (Jan.-Feb.,  1890)  communicates  to  it  two  im- 
portant documents  of  the  year  1266,  the  originals  of  which  are  in  the 
Cathedral  of  Santiago.  They  relate  to  the  construction  of  the  beautiful 
church  of  the  monastery  of  Santa  Fe  of  Toledo.  One  is  an  inedited  bull 
of  Clement  IV  (Jan.  3,  1266),  the  other  is  a  letter  of  Fray  Lorenzo, 
bishop  of  Ceuta,  dated  June  3,  1266,  which  makes  known  for  the  first 
time  a  bishop  of  Ceuta  in  1266.  A  passage  in  the  papal  bull  says :  Cum 
itaque  dilecti  filii  Prior  et  Conventus  monasterii  Sancte  Fidis  Calatravensis 
16 


242  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

Toletani,  Cisterdensis  ordinis,  sicut  iidem  nobis  significare  curarunt,  ec- 
clesiam  ipsius  monasterii  de  now  edifieare  ceperint  opere  sumptuoso,  et  ad 
consummationem  ejusdem  operis  proprie  sibi  non  suppetant  facultates,  Uni- 
versitatem  vestram  rogamus,  etc.  This  appeal  of  Pope  Clement  is  addressed 
to  the  dioceses  of  Toledo,  Sigiienza,  and  Cuenca,  and  accords  them  indul- 
gences for  their  gifts  toward  the  building  of  the  church.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  similar  appeal  of  the  bishop  of  Ceuta  speaks  not  of  the  construc- 
tion but  of  the  repairing  of  the  church  :  Gum  igitur  ecclesia  sancte  fidis 
apud  Toletum,  ordinis  Calatravensis,  reparatione  indigeat,  et  non  possit  sine 
fidelium  helemosinis  eonsumari,  etc. 

This  monastery  of  Santa  Fe  occupies  the  site  of  the  Alcazar  of  King 
Wamba  and  the  palaces  of  Galiana.  In  1202,  King  Alfonzo  VIII  gave 
the  chapel  of  Santa  Fe,  founded  by  Alfonzo  VI,  together  with  a  part  of 
the  adjoining  palaces,  to  the  military  order  of  Calatrava  for  the  foundation 
of  a  priory.  It  was  later  given  to  the  community  of  the  Comendadoras  of 
Santiago,  who  occupied  it  in  1502. 

The  exterior  chapel,  or  Capilla  vieja,  is  remarkable  for  the  beauty  of  the 
exterior  of  its  apse.  The  interior  chapel  of  Belen  contains  an  epitaph  of 
1252  (or  1280).  Recent  reparations  have  uncovered  the  beautiful  roof 
of  the  xvi  century. 

VISIGOTHIO  INSCRIPTION. — Sr.  Fita  communicates  to  the  Acad.  de  la  His- 
toria  (Boletin,  March  1890)  a  photograph  and  reading  of  a  much-damaged 
but  inedited  and  interesting  Visigothic  inscription  of  the  year  579,  in  the 
provincial  museum  of  Toledo.  It  is  an  epitaph.  He  reads  it :  +  Imma 
Frita  \  >R  Imafrita  vic\sit  annos  plus  minus  x\xxv,  requievit  in  pace  \ 
sub  die  sexto  id(u)s  no\venbri  in  era  DCXVII.  \  Datum  est  pro  lo\cello  ipso 
in  auro  I  soledos  m.  The  name  is  purely  Visigothic. 

FRANCE. 

FRENCH  PAINTERS  OF  THE  xiv  CENTURY. — The  Archives  historiques  publish 
some  documents  interesting  for  the  history  of  French  painting  during  the 
xiv  century:  the  painters  mentioned  are  Guiot  of  Meaux  (1331-32); 
Othinel  of  Meaux  (1331-32) ;  and  Jean  Petitclerc  of  Rebais  (1336-64). 
The  latter  two  are  glass-painters.  We  take  from  the  accounts  of  the 
dowry  of  Queen  Jeanne  d'Evreux,  preserved  in  the  Archives  nationales, 
interesting  information  concerning  the  works  executed  by  various  artists 
at  the  chateaux  of  Crecy-en-Brie  and  Chateau-Thierry.  The  first  extract 
is  taken  from  the  account  of  1331-32  and  relates  to  Crecy-en-Brie :  Pour 
salaire  de  GUIOT  LE  POINTRE,  de  Miaux,  et  de  JEHANNOT,  son  compaignon, 
a  fair e  certain  ouvrage  de  pointure  en  ladicte  garde  robe  et  en  la  chapelle,  et 
y  furent  pour  xv  jours  amdeux  ensamble Item,  pour  fair  e  tant  en 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  243 

ladicte  garde  robe  eomme  en  la  chambre  de  mes  jueunes  dames  L.  piez  de 

VERRIERES  par  OTHINEL  LE  VERRIER,  DE  MlAUX,  etc. 

According  to  the  account  of  1336-37,  JEHAN  LE  VERRIER,  DE  RESBEY 
made  certains  ouvrages  de  verrerie  in  the  same  chateau  of  Cre*cy,  placing 
LXXVII  feet  of  glass  at  xxxn  deniers  per  foot.  Doubtless  he  is  the  same 
as  JEHAN  PETITCLERC,  DE  RESBES,  VOIRIER,  who  struck  a  bargain  with 
the  dowager  queen  in  1362  to  place  in  good  condition  all  the  glass  of  her 
chateaux :  mettre  en  ban  estat  tons  les  voirrez  et  verrieres  des  chastiaux  et 
maisons  de  Chastiau- Thierry,  Jaugonne,  Nully-St.-Front,  Ygny  le  Jard, 

Coulommiers,  Crecy  et  Creveeuer  .  .  .  et  de  les  soustenir  et  retenir 

d'ores  en  avant  .  .  .  a  la  volente  et  vie  de  mad.  dame  et  vie  dud.  Jehan. 

The  accounts  of  136S-64  show  how  he  placed  new  painted-glass  win- 
dows in  the  chapel  and  apartments  of  the  chateau  of  Chateau-Thierry, 
representing  the  crucifixion,  annunciation,  and  coronation ;  and  an  image 
of  Ste.  Thecla.—  Ghron.  des  Arts.,  1890,  No.  11. 

A  GLASS  PAINTER  OF  1160. — Only  a  few  glass-painters  anterior  to  the  xm 
century  are  known  by  name.  The  cartulary  of  the  Burgundian  Abbey  of 
Mol£me,  preserved  in  the  departmental  archives  of  the  Cote-d'Or,  gives  the 
name  of  one  of  these  artists,  who  lived  in  about  1100:  Walterius  vitri 
artifex.  He  figures,  by  the  side  of  Rainbaldus,  mayor  of  Moleme,  as  wit- 
ness of  a  donation  made  to  the  monks  by  a  neighboring  lord  at  the  end 
of  the  xi  or  beginning  of  the  xn  cent.  It  is  probable  that,  as  the  mon- 
astery was  being  built  at  this  time,  this  artist  was  at  work  on  some  win- 
dows for  the  abbey-churches.  No  trace  of  or  document  concerning  any 
such  ancient  windows  remain. — Archives  historiques,  vol.  I,  No.  1. 

CASTELNAU-LE-LEZ. — At  this  small  village  near  Montpellier,  situated 
on  the  site  of  the  Roman  city  of  Substantion  near  the  Domitian  road 
from  the  Rhone  to  Spain,  a  prehistoric  necropolis  has  been  found,  belong- 
ing apparently  to  the  neolithic  age.  The  anthropologist  Delaponze  has 
examined  the  cranium  of  a  man  killed  by  a  stone  arrow,  the  head  of  which 
still  remained  in  his  fractured  jaw.  Most  curious  is  a  humerus  with  broken 
bones,  which,  if  human,  belongs  to  a  body  at  least  3.50  met.  high.  To- 
gether with  the  skeletons  were  found  knives,  arrow-heads,  and  a  small 
slab  of  undetermined  use,  all  of  flint. — Nuova  Antologia,  March  16, 1890. 

HAUTE-BORNE. — In  the  excavations  for  uncovering  the  Roman  acque- 
duct  of  the  Haute-Borne  and  on  the  site  of  the  ancient  Gallic  citadel,  vestiges 
of  which  still  exist  in  the  vicinity,  among  other  curious  objects  were 
found  a  Roman  lamp,  an  iron  axe,  five  bronze  fibulae,  jewels  and  toilette 
articles,  a  stiletto,  an  iron  knife  for  sacrifice,  and  numerous  medals  and 
coins.-^Omr.  de  rArt,  1890,  No.  2. 

JARNAC  (near). — MEROVINGIAN  CEMETERY. — An  archaeological  discov- 
ery of  the  greatest  interest  has  just  been  made  by  M.  Philippe  Delamain, 


244  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.          [FRANCE.] 

of  Jarnac,  in  the  excavation  of  a  Merovingian  cemetery  discovered  by 
him  in  1887  and  excavated  since  that  time.  About  three  hundred  tombs 
have  been  thus  far  opened,  all  of  them  situated  on  two  sides  of  an  ancient 
Roman  road,  paved  and  concreted,  leading,  apparently,  from  Jarnac  to 
Beauvais-sous-Matha,  and  crossing  at  right  angles  the  broad  Roman  road 
from  Saintes  to  Limoges.  These  tombs  contained  many  objects :  jewels, 
arms,  vases  and  glasses,  of  which  the  most  curious  specimens  have  been 
sent  to  the  archaeological  society  of  the  department.  Many  among  them, 
notably  two  gold  rings,  have  a  real  artistic  interest,  and  show  how  the 
Franks  of  this  time  possessed  the  art  of  working  in  metal  and  of  making 
use  of  garnets  and  enamel  as  means  of  ornamentation.  The  earthen  vases 
and  the  glasses  of  various  forms  are  equally  curious ;  the  arms  consist  of 
battle-axes  (francisques'),  axes  and  pikes;  there  are  also  clasps,  metal 
buckles  and  glass  beads.  These  articles  are  attributed  to  the  vi  cent.,  and 
greatly  resemble  objects  of  the  same  kind  previously  found  in  the  depart- 
ments of  the  Aisne  and  the  Somme.  It  is  judged  to  be  the  most  important 
discovery  ever  made  in  the  department. —  Cour.  de  I' Art,  1890,  No.  15. 

PARIS. — A  PARISIAN  SCULPTOR  AND  A  COLLECTOR  OF  ABOUT  1380. — In  the 
first  number  of  the  Archives  historiques  is  published  a  notice  which  dis- 
closes the  name  of  a  new  sculpter  of  the  Gothic  period,  Regnaud  de 
Cambrai.  We  read :  Regnaud  de  Cambray,  tumbler,  living  in  Paris,  gives 
a  receipt  on  April  28,  1380,  for  the  sum  of  seven  livres  (112  sols)  due 
him  for  the  tomb  (pour  la  tumbe)  of  Jean  de  Neuchatel,  canon  of  St. 
Merry,  made  by  him,  delivered  and  placed  at  his  place  of  burial  (par 
lui  faicte,  livree  et  assize  sur  le  lieu  de  sa  sepulture).  Jean  de  Neuchatel 
died  March  30,  1380 :  he  was  a  counsellor  of  the  Due  de  Bourbon  and 
an  .ecclesiastic  beneficiary  of  several  churches :  he  owned  a  remarkable 
collection  of  about  a  hundred  manuscripts,  the  best  of  which  were,  at  his 
death,  appropriated  by  Charles  V  for  the  royal  library. 

M.  PIOT'S  GIFTS. — One  of  the  greatest  of  French  amateurs  and  collectors 
of  works  of  act,  M.  Eugene  Piot,  has  recently  died,  leaving  to  the  Institute 
his  personal  property  and  the  product  of  tire  sale  of  his  collections ;  giving 
to  the  Louvre  and  the  Cabinet  des  Estampes  some  pieces  that  are  regarded 
as  among  the  finest  he  possessed.  He  leaves  to  the  Academy  of  Inscrip- 
tions, his  universal  legatee,  the  free  disposal  of  the  income  of  his  fortune, 
which  is  valued,  including  works  of  art  and  books,  at  about  a  million 
francs.  He  was  a  precursor  in  the  love  for  collecting  works  of  the  Italian 
Renaissance  as  well  as  the  Tanagra  figurines,  and  brought  to  France  the 
first  Kypriote  vases  and  statuettes  seen.  He  was  ever  in  the  van,  and  a 
most  omnivorous  collector,  and  yet  not  a  single  false  or  even  suspected 
piece  is  said  to  have  been  purchased  by  him. 
Among  the  pieces  given  to  the  Louvre  the  following  are  famous :  (1) 


[FRANCE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  245 

bronze  bust  of  Michelangelo ;  (2)  head  of  St.  Elizabeth,  by  Raphael ;  (3) 
large  terracotta  medallion,  by  Donatello.  He  thus  expresses  his  legacy 
to  the  Academy  of  Inscriptions :  "  The  legacy  is  made  with  the  object  of 
adding  to  the  independence  and  liberty  of  action  of  the  illustrious  society, 
to  be  employed  in  any  expeditions,  missions,  travels,  excavations  or  pub- 
lications that  it  may  wish  to  make  in  the  interest  of  historical  or  archaeo- 
logical science,"  etc. —  Chron.  des  Arts,  1890,  No.  5. 

LOUVRE. — Rearrangement  of  Antiquities. — The  halls  including  the  an- 
tiquities of  the  Middle  Ages,  Renaissance,  and  Modern  period  are  being 
remodelled.  The  first  one  is  on  the  2nd  floor,  after  passing  the  gallery  of 
drawings  and  the  hall  of  pastels.  It  once  contained  part  of  the  ivories ; 
now  it  is  reserved  for  the  glass-ware,  which  is  thus  well  exhibited.  The  next 
room  formerly  contained  objects  of  all  kinds  in  terracotta,  carved  wood, 
wax,  coffers,  stone  vases,  etc :  it  is  now  filled  with  the  ivories,  which  thus 
form  a  magnificent  collection.  The  statuettes,  boxes,  coffers,  powder-horns, 
oliphants,  carved  handles,  etc.,  are  placed  in  two  large  upright  cases,  while 
the  flat  objects,  such  as  diptyths,  book-covers,  etc.,  are  enclosed  in  low  cases. 
The  stone  vases  occupy  the  next  small  room  that  serves  as  a  passageway 
to  the  Thiers  collection  and  to  the  halls  of  faiences. 

All  the  halls,  which  have  hitherto  borne  no  names,  or  names  but  little 
known,  have  been  numbered  according  to  the  sections.  Other  changes  will 
be  noticed  when  they  are  completed. —  Chron.  des  Arts,  1890,  Nos.  4,  9. 

APPOINTMENT  OF  M.  CLERMONT-GANNEAU. — On  the  proposition  of  the 
Ministry  of  Instruction  and  Fine  Arts,  M.  Clermont-Ganneau,  associate- 
director  of  studies  at  the  Ecole  pratique  des  Hautes  Etudes,  for  Oriental 
archaeology,  has  been  appointed  professor  of  Shemitic  epigraphy  and  an- 
tiquities at  the  College  de  France. —  Chronique  des  Arts,  1890,  No.  13. 

PERIGUEUX. — A  Roman  Mosaic  has  just  been  discovered  in  the  house  of 
M.  Brouilland,  rue  Condillac :  it  is  decorated  with  arabesques,  flowers,  and 
geometric  designs  in  black,  white,  yellow  and  red.  Its  condition  is  quite 
dilapidated.— Cow.  de  I' Art,  1889,  No.  50. 

PLANCHE  (depart,  of  Ain).— DISCOVERY  OF  COINS  AND  JEWELRY.— In 
March  1889,  a  peasant,  while  digging  under  a  rock,  came  upon  a  broken 
vase,  around  which  were  lying  coins  and  jewelry.  These  pieces  are  few 
in  number  but  of  remarkable  interest.  The  coins  are  Roman,  and  belong 
to  the  second  half  of  the  third  century  A.  D.,  and  this  also  gives  the  date 
of  the  jewelry — a  rare  advantage.  The  find  is  one  of  the  most  remarkable 
of  its  kind  ever  made.  There  are  nine  coins,  belonging  to  the  period 
when  a  real  Gallic  empire  flourished,  to  end  only  through  the  submission 
of  Tetricus  to  Aurelian.  (1)  Ulpius  Cornelius  Laelianus  (267)  with  the 
inscription  IMP  C  LAELIANVS  P  F  AVG.  (2)  Pius  AvoniusVictorinus 
(265-67)  with  the  inscription  IMP  VICTORINVS  P  F  AVG,  with  the 


246  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.       [FRANCE.] 

unique  reverse  GAVDIA  PVBLICA:  this  coin  is  inedited  and  is  interest- 
ing for  the  four  female  figures  (of  Fortunes  ?)  on  the  reverse.  (3)  Also 
of  Victorinus  with  the  reverse  LEG  III  GALLICA  P  F.  This  coin  is 
not  only  new  but  is  the  only  numismatic  piece  commemorating  the  in 
Gallic  Legion.  This  legion  was  famous  and  the  list  of  its  glorious  vic- 
tories is  long :  they  are  succinctly  referred  to  in  the  article  in  the  Revue 
Numismatique.  It  is  the  only  fact  that  comes  to  suggest  that  a  part  of  this 
legion  was  detached  from  the  main  body  for  the  defence  of  Gaul,  while 
the  rest  remained  in  the  East.  (4)  Tetricus  the  Elder  (267-74)  with  the 
inscription  IMP  TETRICVS  PIVS  AVG.  This  is  apparently  the  only 
existing  example  of  this  coin,  struck  in  270.  (5)  Tetricus  father  and  son  ; 
with  inscription  IMPPTETRICI  Pll  AVGG.  This  also  is  inedited.  (6,7) 
Aurelian  (270-75).  The  inscription  reads  IMPCLDOMAVRELIANVS 
P  F  AVG.  (8)  Diocletian,  and  (9)  Maximianus — both  quite  rare. 

The  jewelry  is  composed  of  three  gold  rings,  two  of  which  have  in- 
taglios; two  symmetrical  bracelets,  also  of  gold;  a  long  gold  chain; 
fragment  of  a  necklace  of  sapphires  mounted  in  gold ;  an  amulet  com- 
posed of  a  small  animal  resembling  a  bear  or  an  elephant;  a  medallion 
enclosing  the  coin  of  the  Emperor  Victorinus ;  two  finely  worked  oblong 
objects  of  unknown  purport,  both  of  them  gold  prisms  with  rich  decor- 
ation.— Revue  Numismatique,  1889,  No.  4,  pp.  514-38. 

RENNES. — GALLO-ROMAN  MILESTONES. — There  has  been  discovered,  in 
the  foundations  of  a  house  situated  at  Porte-Saint-Michel,  a  series  of  mile- 
stones of  the  Gallo-Roman  period.  The  inscriptions  are,  for  the  most  part, 
very  well  preserved,  and  are  of  interest  for  the  history  of  Rennes.  M. 
Decombe,  the  director  of  the  archaeological  museum  has  ordered  excava- 
tions to  be  made  on  the  spot. —  Cour.  de  I' Art,  1890,  No.  15. 

ST.-BENOfT-SUR-LOIRE. — AN  ARCHITECT  OF  THE  CHURCH. — We  take 
the  following  from  the  Archives  historiques  as  quoted  in  the  Chron.  des 
Arts,  1890,  No.  12 :  "  The  present  church  of  Saint-Benoit-sur-Loire,  begun 
in  about  1075,  was  finished  only  toward  1218.  The  monk  Gallebert  was 
probably  its  first  architect ;  at  least  he  directed  the  work  in  about  1080. 
A  document  of  the  cartulary  of  Saint-Benoit-sur-Loire  makes  known  the 
name  of  another  maitre  de  I'ceuvre  of  this  church  in  the  following  century  : 
he  is  a  monk  of  the  abbey  named  Giraud,  who  figures  among  the  witnesses 
to  a  charter  of  the  year  1160 :  Ego  Macharius  abbas  adfui  et  subseripsi, 
residentibus  nobiscum  in  capitulo  nostro  Lancelino  prior  e,  Dagoberto  sub- 
priore,  Berengerio  praeposito,  Gaufredo  thesaurario,  GIKAUDO  MAGISTRO 
OPERIS,  etc.  This  architect  is  not  mentioned  in  the  repertories  of  A. 
Lance  and  Ch.  Bauchal." 

SAINT-PAHU. — A  remarkable  find  has  just  taken  place  at  St.-Pahu,  Fin- 
istere.  On  removing  a  granite  block  to  the  southwest  of  the  village,  a 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  247 

Roman  flanged  tile  was  observed,  which  had,  apparently,  served  as  a  cover 
to  a  box  of  wood  now  fallen  into  decay.  Inside  were  found  over  10,000 
small  plated  Roman  coins,  the  greater  part  of  which  had  been  minted  at 
Augusta  Trevirorum  (mod.  Troves).  The  coins  were  of  Valerian,  Diocle- 
tian, Constantius,  Maximus,  Lucinius,  Constantine  the  Great,  and  Con- 
stantinus  II.  They  are  all  well-preserved,  and  date  from  260  to  360. 
On  digging  further,  there  were  found  two  silver  cups,  and  the  remains  of  a 
patera  highly  ornamented  in  repousse  work,  the  rest  of  it  being  destroyed 
by  oxidation. — Athenaeum,  Dec.  21,  1889. 

SAINT-VAAST. — Near  Saint- Vaast  is  the  site  of  an  ancient  fortress  which 
long  resisted  the  English  invasion  of  the  xiv  cent.  Taken  and  burnt  after 
a  bloody  resistance,  its  ruins  were  for  a  long  time  used  in  repairing  or  build- 
ing houses  in  the  neighborhood.  Excavations  made  during  the  last  four 
years  have  given  an  unexpected  result.  Little  by  little,  passing  from  one 
foundation  to  another,  the  plan  of  the  fortress  has  been  entirely  recon- 
structed, and  the  double  wall,  the  postern,  the  dungeon,  its  two  wells,  the 
annexes,  etc.,  all  can  be  recognized.  All  the  objects  antedate  1356,  the  date 
of  the  siege :  they  comprise  remains  of  armor,  harness,  bits,  spurs,  parti- 
sans, arrow-heads,  lances,  axes,  numerous  bronze  and  silver  coins,  as  well 
as  paving-slabs  of  terracotta,  and  some  curious  sculptures. 

But  the  main  interest  lies  in  a  most  unexpected  discovery  through  which 
the  entire  heroic  tragedy  is  made  clear.  Reduced  to  the  last  extremity 
the  garrison  attempted  a  sortie.  Before  carrying  it  out,  everything  was  pre- 
pared to  blow  up  the  castle  in  case  of  failure.  There  have  been  found  in 
situ  the  copper  tubes  containing  a  part  of  the  semi-carbonized  slow-matches, 
The  sortie  failed  and  the  besieged  blew  themselves  up  in  the  inner  enceinte, 
and  their  bodies,  crowded  within  a  narrow  space,  were  covered  by  the  fall- 
ing walls  of  the  ramparts  and  dungeon.  There  were  found  their  bones 
mingled  with  arms  and  armor  and  horses'  equipments. —  Chron.  des  Arts, 
1890,  No.  5. 

BELGIUM. 

BRUXELLES. — THE  BLACK  TOWER  AND  THE  ANCIENT  FORTIFICATIONS. — 
General  Wauwermans  communicates  to  the  Academie  d'Archeologie  deBel- 
gique  (Bulletin,  xvm,  1889)  a  memoir  oiiLa  Tour  noire,  des  anciennes  forti- 
fications de  Bruxelles.  It  shows  the  following  facts.  The  demolition  of  the 
houses  expropriated  by  the  city  for  the  transformation  of  the  quarter  of 
the  Vierge  noire  have  brought  to  light  the  remains  of  a  tower  which  formed 
a  part  of  the  earliest  fortifications  of  Brussels  built,  according  to  Gramaye, 
in  1040,  but  more  probably  in  about  1100.  It  has  been  dubbed  la  tour 
noire.  It  is  still  possible  to  trace  the  level  of  the  rez-de-chaussee,  the  stair- 
case leading  to  the  chemin  de  ronde,  the  place  and  form  of  the  loop-holes, 


248  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

the  arcades  under  the  chemin  de  ronde,  etc.  In  a  plan  of  1748  the  entire 
tower  is  still  given.  The  fortified  enceinte,  built  in  1040  by  Lambert  II, 
was  formed  of  crenellated  walls  strengthened  in  the  interior  by  arcades  (an 
example  of  which  remains  in  a  court  of  the  new  Athenee)  and  divided  at 
intervals  by  semicircular  towers  pierced  with  loop-holes.  The  aspect  of 
these  towers  was  the  same  throughout,  and  is  given  in  numbers  of  draw- 
ings and  paintings.  This  first  enceinte  became  too  small  and  was  replaced 
by  a  wider  one  in  the  second  half  of  the  xiv  century,  but  it  continued  to 
exist  down  to  the  time  of  Philip  II. 

GERMANY. 

GUTENBERG. — PREHISTORIC  CAVES. — Some  excavations  carried  on  by 
MM.  Heppinger  and  Gussmann  in  the  cave  called  Heppenloch,  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Gutenberg,  in  Wurtemberg,  have  led  to  the  discovery  of 
galleries  and  grottoes  that  surpass  in  extent  and  beauty  anything  of  the 
kind  hitherto  known.  They  appear  to  belong  to  the  tertiary  period  and 
the  objects  found  support  this  early  date. —  Chron.  des  Arts,  1890,  No.  4. 

MAINZ. — A  GALLIC  ALTAR. — At  a  meeting  of  the  French  Acad.  des  In- 
scriptions, M.  Flouest  read  a  note  relating  to  an  altar  discovered  at  Mainz 
which  is  very  instructive  for  the  study  of  Gallic  mythology.  His  atten- 
tion was  called  to  it  by  Professor  Conze.  Especially  interesting  is  the 
representation  of  the  Gallic  divinity  called  the  god  with  the  hammer,  in 
whom  M.  Flouest  inclined  to  see  the  Deus  Pater  of  the  Druids,  the  father 
of  the  race.  The  corresponding  female  divinity  placed  on  one  of  the 
other  faces  of  the  altar  is  represented  in  the  guise  of  Diana  Venatrix.  He 
connected  this  myth  with  the  traditions  of  the  primitive  religions  of  Asia, 
which  came  directly  to  Gaul  without  Grseco-Roman  intervention. — 
Chron.  des  Arts,  1890,  No.  13.  See  article  in  Revue  Arch.,  1889,  March- 
April. 

AUSTRIA-HUNGARY. 

BREGENZ  =  BRIGANTIUM. — ROMAN  TEMPLE. — There  have  been  found 
at  Bregenz  the  foundations  of  a  small  and  simple  Roman  temple,  in  which 
one  can  identify  the  circuit  of  the  cella,  the  square  niche  for  the  statue  of 
the  divinity,  and  the  square  platform  opposite  to  it.  In  front  of  the  steps 
is  the  basement  for  the  altar,  and  beyond  are  three  steps  that  lead  into 
the  temple-court.  The  mosaic-pavement  is  of  good  style,  and  so  is  the 
masonry.  A  silver  denarius  of  Julia,  daughter  of  Titus,  is  the  only  other 
object  found.  A  Roman  dwelling-house  was  discovered  in  the  neighbor- 
hood.— Mitth.  d.  k.  Jc.  oester.  Museums,  1890,  No.  3. 

GALICIA. — PALETHNOLOGIC  RESEARCHES. — At  the  meeting  of  the  Acad- 
emy of  Sciences  of  Cracow  (Bulletin,  1890,  pp.  97-100)  held  March  7/90, 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  249 

M.  G.  Ossowski  made  a  report  on  the  palethnologic  researches  undertaken 
by  him  during  1889.  The  country  was  found  to  divide  itself  into  three 
distinct  and  well-defined  palethnographic  territories :  (1)  the  West  from 
Cracow  to  the  San  ;  (2)  the  Central  East  or  territory  of  Leopol,  including 
the  districts  of  the  Centre  and  Northeast ;  (3)  the  Southeast  or  territory 
of  Pokucia-Podolia.  These  divisions  are  both  geographical  and  monu- 
mental. The  first  region  is  characterized  by  crematory  cemeteries  with 
isolated  urns ;  the  second,  by  kourhans  which  begin  east  of  the  San  and 
become  most  numerous  towards  the  east  frontier  and  then  pass  northward 
into  Volhynia  and  Ukraine  ;  the  third,  by  tombs  composed  of  stone-slabs 
and  other  monuments  usually  accompanied  by  painted  ceramics.  Besides 
visiting  a  large  part  of  the  grottos  in  the  second  division,  the  explorer 
undertook  excavations  in  a  number  of  crematory  kourhans,  each  of  which 
contained  a  number  of  funerary  urns,  usually  much  damaged.  The  exca- 
vations were  carried  on  especially  at  Tenetniki,  Chorostkow,  Zablotce  (iron 
age),  Uwisla  (stone  age).  The  most  remarkable  of  the  crematory  ceme- 
teries is  that  of  Wasylkowce,  where  a  new  form  of  burial  is  practised ;  for, 
though  each  tomb  contains  a  number  of  painted  vases,  none  of  these  hold 
any  ashes  or  burned  bones.  Prehistoric  stations  were  found  at  Zablotce, 
Hucisko-Brodzkie,  Labince  and  Wysock. 

INCRUSTION  OF  METALS. — In  a  report  made  by  M.  Lepszy  to  the  Academy 
of  Cracow,  he  proves  that  the  art  of  incrusting  arms  was  introduced  into 
Poland  long  before  the  date  when  it  passed  from  India  to  Western  Europe. 
Benvenuto  Cellini  claimed,  about  1520,  to  be  the  first  to  do  this,  but  such 
incrusted  arms  were  made  in  Poland  in  the  xiv  century.  Four  swords 
of  Polish  manufacture,  now  preserved  in  private  collections,  are  incrusted 
in  the  most  remarkable  manner,  and  bear  the  dates  of  1342,  1406,  1414, 
1415.  Great  privileges  had  been  accorded,  as  early  as  the  xiv  century, 
to  the  armorers  of  Lemberg  and  Cracow  :  the  importation  of  arms  from 
Turkey  was  strictly  forbidden.  It  is  conjectured  that  the  art  of  incrust- 
ing was  introduced  by  Armenians,  who  sought  refuge  in  Poland  in  great 
numbers,  fleeing  from  Mohammedan  persecution. —  Chron.  des  Arts,  1890, 
No.  8. 

MEDI/EVAL  MONUMENTS  AT  ZAMOW. — M.  Luszozkiewicz,  who  has  been 
charged  by  the  Academy  of  Sciences  of  Cracow  with  drawing  up  a  cata- 
logue of  the  interesting  architectural  monuments  of  the  country,  was 
especially  struck  by  the  remains  which  he  found  at  the  little  town  of 
Zamow.  Here  there  were,  a  hillock  surrounded  by  ramparts  and  ditch, 
the  ancient  basement  of  a  little  wooden  castle  of  the  Middle  Ages,  and  an 
early  parish-church  in  stone,  on  the  front  of  which  was  a  large  tower.  These 
two  monuments  date  from  the  xn  century,  and  have  great  artistic  value, 
especially  the  church,  which  retains  its  western  front  almost  intact.  The 


250  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

Romanesque  tower  has  a  stone  winding-staircase  leading  from  the  interior 
of  the  church  to  a  balcony  whose  capitals  are  decorated  with  figures  taken 
from  the  bestiaries.  The  primitive  apse  was  replaced  in  1510  by  a  remark- 
able Gothic  choir  showing  the  influence  of  the  Cistercian  monks. —  Chron. 
des  Arts,  1890,  No.  8. 

LENGYEL. — M.  de  Nadaillac  made  a  communication  to  the  Academic 
des  Inscriptions  (Jan.  10)  on  the  last  discoveries  made  at  Lengyel,  in 
Hungary,  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Danube.  Many  habitations  in  the 
form  of  a  bee-hive  and  two  cemeteries  have  been  recognized  and  excavated : 
the  cemeteries  show  no  traces  of  cremation.  There  were  found  not  less 
than  12,036  objects,  divided  as  follows :  knives,  rakes,  various  utensils, 
4,680 ;  axes  of  polished  stone,  812 ;  instruments  of  bone  or  horn,  833 ; 
various  terracottas,  3,933 ;  ornaments  in  shell-work,  957  ;  objects  in  bronze, 
amulets,  241.  It  is  quite  difficult  to  fix  exactly  the  date  to  which  these 
discoveries  go  back,  but  the  colors  and  ornaments  of  the  terracottas  ap- 
proach sufficiently  the  colors  and  ornaments  of  Greek  vases.  Nevertheless, 
the  forms  are  ruder,  the  patina  is  less  fine,  the  baking  is  mediocre.  The 
sepulchral  vases  have  many  resemblances  to  those  found  at  Hissarlik,  in 
the  Caucasus,  and  even  in  Egypt.  One  may  then  suppose  that  the  terra- 
cottas of  Lengyel  come  from  some  Greek  colony  or  at  least  from  an  Asiatic 
colony  having  had  relations  with  Greece.  As  to  the  date  to  which  these 
objects  should  be  assigned,  M.  de  Nadaillac  thinks  that  they  might  be 
placed  in  the  last  period  of  the  stone  age. —  Cour.  de  I' Art,  1890,  No.  5 ; 
cf.  Revue  Oritique,  1890,  p.  60. 

LITTITZ. — ANCIENT  TOMBS. — On  the  left  bank  of  the  Radbusa,  not  far 
from  Littitz  (near  Pilsen),  eight  ancient  graves  were  opened.  In  them 
were  found  two*  small  and  one  large  vessel  about  a  half-metre  in  diameter, 
as  well  as  a  large  number  of  gold,  iron  and  bronze  ornaments  and  arms, 
all  of  which  have  been  sent  to  the  museum  of  Pilsen. — Mitth.  d.  k.  k.  oest. 
Museums,  1890,  No.  3. 

MONTENEGRO. 

PODGORITZA. — REMAINS  OF  DIOCLEA. — It  is  reported  from  Cettinje  that 
excavations  near  Podgoritza,  organized  by  Prince  Nicholas  in  order  to  give 
employment  to  destitute  laborers,  have  already  brought  to  light  the  remains 
of  the  Basilica  and  the  city- walls  of  Dioclea,  the  birth-place  of  Diocletian. 
Many  important  and  interesting  inscriptions  also  have  been  disclosed. — 
N.  Y.  Evening  Post. 

SWEDEN. 

MANUFACTORY  OF  STONE  IMPLEMENTS. — At  Igelsta  Bay,  near  Sodertelge, 
has  been  discovered  a  place  which  is  declared  by  Professor  Hildebrand  to 
have  been  a  manufactory  of  stone  implements  during  the  stone  age.  This  is 
the  northernmost  place  in  Sweden  where  flint  implements  have  been  found. 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  251 

RUNIC  INSCRIPTION. — A  little  south  of  the  Gota  canal,  in  the  province  of 
Skaraborg,  has  lain  for  years  a  Runic  stone  (10  feet  high),  which  has  been 
raised.  The  front  bears  an  engraved  cross  somewhat  like  a  Maltese  cross, 
below  which  is  the  following  Runic  inscription  :  Duar,  Hatjlcr,  Saruadr, 
Eajstu,  Stain,  Ifljr,  Kunar,  Fadur,  Sin :  "  They,  Hating  and  Harvard, 
raised  (this)  stone  after  [in  memory  of]  Gunas  their  father."  On  the 
back  are  cut  the  figures  of  a  lion,  a  dog,  and  an  undistinguishable  ani- 
mal.— Am.  Architect,  Jan.  25,  from  London  Globe. 

NORWAY. 

GLOPPEN. — A  burial  chamber  of  the  early  iron  age  has  been  discovered 
at  Gloppen  on  the  west  coast.  It  contained  the  remains  of  a  large  man, 
who,  judging  from  hair  and  claws  beside  him,  had  lain  on  a  bear-skin. 
There  were  also  traces  of  woollen  clothes,  and  the  lining  of  the  neck, 
woven  with  ornaments  of  animals,  was  well  preserved.  The  most  inter- 
esting find  was  the  remains  of  a  green  and  blue  glass  beaker,  with  fluted 
ornamentation.  The  man  had  worn  a  leather  belt  with  two  red  stones  of 
quartzite  set  in  bronze,  in  which  had  hung  a  pair  of  scissors  in  a  carved 
wooden  sheath.  Between  the  two  belt-stones  lay  a  curious  object  consist- 
ing of  three  pieces  of  wood  linked  together,  like  the  modern  "mind- 
puzzle."  The  latter,  the  beaker,  and  the  ornamented  dress-lining,  are 
unique.  All  the  objects  are  now  in  the  Bergen  museum. 

Dr.  A.  LORANGE,  of  the  Bergen  museum,  has  just  published  a  work  on 
The  swords  of  the  later  iron  age.  Dr.  L.,  having  cleaned  these  swords  in 
the  Bergen  museum,  found  upon  them  Latin  letters  and  certain  marks : 
one  of  the  commonest  names  upon  them  is  that  of  Ulf  berht.  Dr.  L. 
concludes  that  these  swords  were  not,  as  hitherto  supposed,  made  in  Nor- 
way, but  were  imported  from  the  Franks  on  the  northwest  coast  of  France. 
— Am.  Architect,  Jan.  25,  from  London  Globe. 

ENGLAND. 

SAXON  AND  NORMAN  DECORATION. — At  meetings  of  the  Archaeological 
Institute  on  March  6  and  May  1,  Mr.  J.  Park  Harrison  communicated  a 
paper  On  Anglo-Norman  Ornament  compared  with  Designs  in  Anglo- 
Saxon  Manuscripts.  He  said  that  Mr.  Thomas  Wright,  in  the  first  num- 
ber of  the  Archaeological  Journal,  drew  attention  to  the  importance  of 
studying  architectural  details  in  early  illuminated  manuscripts  for  the 
purpose  of  identifying  Saxon  remains.  Examples  derived  from  the  Cot- 
toman  MS.,  Claudius,  B.  IV,  in  the  British  Museum,  and  Csedmon's 
Paraphrase  in  the  Bodleian  Library,  both  dating  from  about  the  end  of 
the  tenth  century,  were  shown  by  the  above  Saxon  scholar  to  resemble 


252  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.  [ENGLAND.] 

very  closely  work  in  early  churches  like  Deerhurst  and  Stopham.  Mr. 
Harrison  had  carefully  reexamined  the  above  and  other  Saxon  manu- 
scripts, illustrated  with  architectural  designs,  in  the  two  libraries,  as  well 
as  the  admirable  reproductions  of  pre-Norman  illuminations  and  pictures 
in  Prof.  Westwood's  great  work,  derived  from  sources  less  accessible. 
Numerous  details  were  mentioned  showing  that  there  certainly  were 
buildings  of  a  type  superior  to  the  majority  of  the  churches  now  styled 
Saxon.  The  result,  in  fact,  supported  the  later  views  of  Mr.  John  Henry 
Parker  regarding  Saxon  architecture,  namely,  that  it  was  more  ornamented 
and  advanced  than  Norman  was  at  the  time  of  the  Conquest.  The 
absence  of  ornament  which  characterized  the  new  work  appears  to  have 
been  for  many  years  enforced,  though  in  time  the  native  love  of  ornament 
reasserted  itself,  and  combining  with  grander  proportions  produced  the 
style  which  French  archaeologists  rightly  designate  "Anglo-Norman." 
The  paper  was  illustrated  by  diagrams  and  numerous  sketches,  showing 
that  English  churches  in  pre-Norman  times  possessed  many  features  which 
archaeologists  in  Normandy  admit  were  not  introduced  into  the  two  abbey- 
churches  at  Caen,  or  into  Normandy  much  before  the  middle  of  the  twelfth 
century,  and  then  apparently  from  England.  An  accurate  drawing  of  a 
capital  in  the  choir  of  Oxford  Cathedral,  by  Mr.  H.  G.  W.  Drinkwater, 
was  exhibited  by  Mr.  Harrison.  There  were  features  in  it  that  are  met 
with  in  illuminated  manuscripts  of  the  tenth  century,  and  it  may,  there- 
fore, possibly  have  formed  part  of  Ethelred's  church.  Photographs  were 
exhibited  of  Saxon  churches  which  showed  similar  features.  He  be- 
lieved that  Britton's  view,  that  the  Normans,  when  rebuilding  English 
churches  on  a  larger  scale,  adhered,  both  from  policy  and  choice,  to  the 
severe  style  of  architecture  they  brought  with  them,  was  generally  cor- 
rect. Whilst,  however,  Remigius  built  the  three  great  portals  at  Lincoln 
in  identically  the  same  style  as  the  Conqueror's  church  at  Caen,  the  nar- 
row arches  on  either  side,  if  of  contemporary  date,  afford  an  early  instance 
of  the  adoption  of  roll  mouldings  and  ornamented  labels  such  as  occur  at 
Stow,  as  well  as  in  the  picture  of  "  Dunstan  "  in  the  Cottonian  MS., 
Claudius  A  3,  the  date  of  which  is  c.  1000.  Numerous  features  derived 
from  Csedmon's  Paraphrase  and  other  illuminated  MSS.  of  the  same  period 
were  shown  to  correspond  with  details  in  Anglo-Norman  churches.  In 
Oxford  Cathedral  this  was  especially  the  case.  And  as  the  weathering  of 
the  majority  of  the  choir  capitals  contrasts  with  the  sharper  lines  of  the 
carving  believed  to  be  of  twelfth  century  date,  this,  Mr.  Harrison  said, 
would  appear  to  afford  sufficient  proof  that  the  interlacing  stalks  and 
other  peculiarities  in  four  of  them,  and  the  acanthus  foliage  in  two,  a 
revival  of  which,  according  to  Prof.  Westwood,  took  place  in  the  tenth 
century,  belong  to  the  period  which  documentary  evidence  would  lead 


[ENGLAND.]  ARCH^SO  LOGICAL  NEWS.  253 

one  to  select  for  them,  viz.,  the  beginning  of  the  eleventh  century.  The 
"  break  of  joint "  which  has  been  detected  in  the  eastern  half  of  the  cathe- 
dral, and  the  fact  that  vaulting  ribs  were  not  contemplated  when  the  choir 
aisles  were  built,  point  to  the  same  conclusion. — Athen.,  March  15,  May  10. 
AYLESFORD.— LATE-CELTIC  CEMETERY. — At  the  March  27-meeting  of 
the  Society  of  Antiquaries  (London),  Mr.  A.  J.  EVANS  read  a  paper  On 
a  Late-  Celtic  Cemetery  at  Aylesford,  Kent.  This  cemetery  is  of  great  inter- 
est as  presenting  a  stage  in  sepulchral  practice  not  hitherto  noticed  among 
the  ancient  Britons,  as  well  as  from  the  new  class  of  native  earthenware  and 
imported  bronze  vessels  brought  to  light.  The  graves  were  small  pits  in 
the  flat  earth,  arranged  in  family  circles,  and  each  containing  a  group  of 
cineraries  and  accessory  vessels.  Mr.  Evans  showed  that  the  form  of  inter- 
ment answered  to  that  prevalent  in  a  large  part  of  Gaul  at  the  time  of  the 
Roman  invasions,  and  in  a  previous  paper  (see  JOURNAL,  iv,  pp.  514-15) 
had  already  traced  certain  situla-shaped  cinerary  vases,  through  interme- 
diary examples  in  Belgic  Gaul  and  the  Rhine  district,  to  the  Illyro-Italic 
or  Old  Venetian  province  round  the  head  of  the  Adriatic.  The  bronze  ves- 
sels which  he  now  described  included  a  patella  and  oenocho'e  of  Italo-Greek 
work,  the  first  authentic  instance  of  the  discovery  of  such  imported  vessels 
in  a  British  cemetery,  though  Mr.  Evans  showed  that  the  custom  of  asso- 
ciating Greek  and  Etruscan  bronzes  with  their  sepulchral  deposits  was 
very  widely  spread  among  the  Gallic  tribes  on  both  sides  of  the  Alps. 
Among  the  bronzes  of  indigenous  Celtic  fabric  discovered  was  a  beautiful 
plated  pail  surrounded  with  a  zone  of  animals  and  foliated  ornaments  in 
repousse  work,  presenting  the  closest  resemblance  to  the  decorative  work 
found  in  the  Helvetian  station  of  La  T£ne,  in  Switzerland.  The  fabulous 
animals  depicted  were,  on  the  other  hand,  almost  identical  with  those 
found  on  the  coins  of  the  Remi,  from  which  Mr.  Evans  drew  the  conclu- 
sion that  this  situla  had  been  manufactured  in  the  Rheims  district  and 
imported  into  Britain.  Two  British  gold  coins  were  also  discovered  in 
the  cemetery,  of  uninscribed  types  which  occur  indiscriminately  on  either 
side  of  the  Channel,  and  which  were,  therefore,  to  be  referred  to  some 
Belgic  prince  who  reigned  in  parts  of  both  Gaul  and  Britain.  No  single 
object  of  Roman  origin  was  found  in  the  cemetery,  and  from  a  general 
survey  of  the  evidence  Mr.  Evans  considered  that  the  sepulchral  deposits 
found  must  be  ascribed  to  the  century  immediately  preceding  Caesar's 
invasion,  and  referred  to  the  same  Belgic  invaders  who  seem  at  about  the 
same  date  to  have  introduced  the  ancient  British  coinage.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  presence  of  some  ruder  urns  in  the  traditional  British  style,  and 
of  skeleton  interments  in  cists  on  the  outskirts  of  the  cemetery,  seemed  to 
indicate  the  partial  survival  of  the  earlier  inhabitants  on  this  Kentish  site. 
Altogether  the  conditions  brought  to  light  by  these  discoveries,  and  the 


264  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.      [ENGLAND.] 

close  connection  that  they  presupposed  between  Britain  and  the  Belgic 
parts  of  Gaul,  suggested  a  comparison  with  that  which  subsisted  between 
England  and  Normandy  in  the  period  that  immediately  succeeded  the 
Norman  Conquest. — Athenaeum,  April  5  ;  Academy,  April  12. 

BRUMBY. — BRONZE  SHIELDS. — Brumby  is  a  hamlet  in  the  parish  of  Frod- 
ingham,  in  the  wapentake  of  Manley,  Lincolnshire.  In  November,  the 
workmen  engaged  in  baring  the  iron-stone  (which  lies  very  near  the  sur- 
face) discovered  the  bronze  coating  of  an  ancient  shield,  probably  Celtic. 
Very  few  of  these  shields  have  ever  been  found  in  Britain,  and  I  believe 
that  they  are  almost  unknown  on  the  Continent.  Mr.  Evans's  Ancient 
Bronze  Implements  contains  an  account  of  all  that  were  known  when  his 
book  was  published.  The  Brumby  example  is  not  quite  like  any  of 
those  described  by  him.  Unhappily  the  workmen  injured  it  with  their 
picks,  but  it  is  still  a  very  fine  specimen.  It  is  2  ft.  2  in.  in  diameter, 
and  is  ornamented  with  63  concentric  circles,  about  three-sixteenths  of  an 
inch  wide.  The  bronze  is  very  thin.  It  is  quite  certain  that  it  must  have 
been  mounted  on  something.  The  older  antiquaries  were  of  opinion  that 
these  thin  sheets  of  ornamental  metal-work  were  intended  to  be  affixed 
upon  a  wooden  foundation.  It  seems,  however,  more  probable  that  a 
thick  circle  of  ox  hide  was  the  material  employed.  It  may  be  well  to 
note  that  a  few  days  after  the  discovery  of  the  shield  a  large  bronze  spear- 
head of  late-Celtic  type  was  found  near  the  same  place. 

In  1843  one  of  these  bronze  shields  was  found  in  Burringham  moors, 
three  or  four  miles  from  the  spot  where  the  Brumby  shield  was  discovered. 
It  had  only  19  concentric  circles,  which  were  ornamented  by  many  small 
knobs  or  studs. — EDWARD  PEACOCK,  in  Athenceum,  March  15. 

BUXTON. — At  the  Feb.  6-meeting  of  the  Arch.  Institute  (London),  Dr. 
J.  Cox  exhibited  some  Celtic  pottery,  Samian  and  pseudo-Samian  ware, 
flint  flakes,  bronze  bangle  and  Roman  fibula,  lately  found  in  Deep  Dale 
Cavern,  near  Buxton,  in  Derbyshire. — Academy,  Feb.  15. 

CANTERBURY. — OPENING  OF  A  XIII-OENTURY  TOMB  IN  THE  CATHEDRAL. — 
The  tomb  in  the  south  wall  of  Trinity  Chapel  (at  the  east  end  of  the 
cathedral)  was  recently  opened.  Its  ridged  roof  (with  marble  heads  in 
high  relief)  was  lifted  off,  and  underneath  was  found  a  stone  coffin,  and, 
on  raising  the  coffin-lid,  was  disclosed  the  undisturbed  remains  of  an  arch- 
bishop, fully  vested.  The  vestments  were  quite  sound,  excepting  the 
woollen  pallium,  which  had  almost  perished.  With  the  body  were  the  fol- 
lowing objects:  a  beautiful  chalice  and  paten,  silver  parcel  gilt;  a  gold 
ring  with  an  engraved  emerald;  the  pastoral  staff  of  cedar- wood,  with 
three  engraved  gems  in  the  knob ;  and  some  beautiful  embroidery  on  the 
vestments.  The  body  was  left  undisturbed;  the  objects  of  value  were 
removed  to  the  treasury  in  the  Chapel  Library.  The  body  is  thought  to 


[ENGLAND.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  255 

be  that  of  Cardinal  Stephen  Langton  (t  1228),  or  possibly  that  of  Arch- 
bishop Hubert  Walter  (f  1205).— London  Times. 

CORNWALL. — At  the  Feb.  5-meeting  of  the  Brit.  Arch.  Assoc.,  the  Rev. 
W.  S.  Lach-Szyrma  read  notes  on  the  recent  discovery  of  a  menhir,  found 
built  up  as  old  material  in  the  wall  of  Gulval  church,  Cornwall.  It  has 
a  key  pattern  and  two  letters  in  Roman  character  worked  in  the  granite 
of  the  country. — Athencewn,  Feb.  15. 

ELY. — At  the  Feb.  3-meeting  of  the  Cambridge  Antiquarian  Society, 
Archdeacon  Chapman  read  a  communication  and  exhibited  documents  on 
the  purchase  of  the  manor  and  advowson  of  Mepal  in  the  xiv  century  by 
the  prior  and  convent  of  Ely,  as  witnessed  by  a  series  of  parchments  which 
are  preserved  in  the  muniment-room  of  the  cathedral.  The  document  of 
chief  interest  which  he  exhibited  was  a  Computus  Roll  of  a  certain  monk, 
William  of  Wysbech  by  name,  presented  to  the  chapter  in  the  year  1361, 
which  contained  a  detailed  account  of  moneys  which  he  had  received  and 
expended  for  the  convent,  in  the  purchase  and  mortification  of  the  manor 
and  church.  By  this  account  it  was  shown  that  only  a  small  portion  of 
the  necessary  funds  were  provided  from  the  treasury  of  the  house,  the 
greater  part  having  been  voluntarily  subscribed  by  the  monks  themselves 
and  their  friends  in  the  neighborhood.  The  names  of  all  the  donors  are 
set  out  at  length  with  the  sums  which  they  gave ;  and  special  gifts  are 
recorded  of  silver  vessels,  forks,  cups,  and  mazer-bowls.  Other  documents, 
to  the  number  of  twenty-four,  were  also  shown  and  described,  by  which 
were  illustrated  the  several  legal  processes  which  had  to  be  gone  through, 
and  the  various  transfers  which  had  to  be  effected,  before  the  requirements 
of  the  mortmain-acts  of  that  time  could  be  satisfied,  and  the  property 
legally  conveyed  to  the  "dead  hand"  of  the  church. — Academy,  Feb.  15. 

LINCOLN. — At  the  Feb.  5-meeting  of  the  Brit.  Arch.  Assoc.,  Mr.  M. 
Drury  read  a  paper  on  a  supposed  Roman  causeway  at  Lincoln.  This 
consists  of  a  deep  concrete  mass  which  has  been  traced  beneath  the 
course  of  the  Roman  road  which  still  forms  the  southern  approach  to 
Lincoln.  The  positions  of  a  vast  number  of  Roman  discoveries  were 
indicated  on  a  large  map,  and  the  finds  were  described  at  length. — 
Athenceum,  Feb.  15. 

LONDON. — ROMAN  COINS- — At  the  April  17-meeting  of  the  Numismatic 
Society,  Mrs.  Bagnall-Oakeley  communicated  a  paper  on  coins  found  at 
Caerwent  and  Caerleon  (  Venta  Silurum  and  Isca  of  the  Romans),  rang- 
ing in  date  from  the  reign  of  Claudius  to  that  of  Arcadius.  The  writer 
remarked  that  perhaps  the  most  noteworthy  fact  in  connection  with  the 
coins  found  in  many  thousands  in  that  part  of  the  country  was  the  total 
absence  from  among  them  of  any  of  Diocletian,  their  place  being  sup- 
plied by  large  numbers  of  those  of  the  usurper  Carausius. — Dr.  Evans 


256  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.        [LONDON.] 

read  a  paper  on  a  small  hoard  of  Koman  coins  found  at  Amiens,  ranging 
in  date  from  Gordian  III  to  Allectus.  The  principal  features  of  interest 
in  this  find  consisted  first  in  the  presence  -in  it  of  one  of  the  extremely 
rare  coins  of  Pacatianus,  and,  secondly,  in  the  preponderance  of  coins  of 
the  British  usurpers  Carausius  and  Allectus  in  a  hoard  found  in  French 
soil. — Athenaeum,  April  26. 

THE  HOWARD  VASE. — The  British  Museum  has  acquired  a  Greek  vase 
long  reckoned  among  the  art  treasures  of  Castle  Howard.  Though  be- 
longing to  the  decadence  of  Greek  vase  painting,  it  is  interesting  because 
of  its  bearing  the  signature  of  the  artist,  Python  (TlvOw  eypa^c),  and  be- 
cause of  the  subject,  which  presents  one  of  the  Greek  legends  in  a  light 
till  now  unknown  in  the  Greek  literature  which  we  possess.  It  is  the 
story  of  Alkmena.  Her  husband  Amphitryon  has  returned  from  the  war : 
she  has  fled  to  an  altar  for  protection :  meantime  Amphitryon  and  Ante- 
nor  have  piled  up  in  front  of  the  altar  a  pyre  of  wood  and  are  proceeding 
to  light  it :  Alkmena  raises  her  hands  and  implores  Zeus  to  help  her.  In 
the  upper  part  of  the  vase  appears  Zeus ;  he  first  hurls  his  thunderbolts 
at  Amphitryon  and  Antenor,  and  next  sends  a  tempest  of  rain  to  put  out 
the  fire.  The  rain  is  indicated  directly  by  a  great  rainbow  enclosing  a 
space  thickly  dotted  with  drops  of  rain,  and  indirectly  by  two  Hyades  above 
the  rainbow,  who  pour  down  water  from  vases.  Beside  one  of  the  Hyades 
is  a  figure  of  Dawn  ('Hws).  The  names  of  the  various  persons,  except  the 
Hyades,  are  inscribed  on  the  vase.  The  vase  belongs  to  a  time  when  it 
was  not  uncommon  for  vase-painters  to  take  their  subjects  from  the  dramas 
of  Euripides,  and  it  is  thought  that  the  source  of  this  design  was  a  lost  drama 
of  his  entitled  Alkmena,  several  fragments  of  which  have  been  handed 
down  by  grammarians.  In  Plautus  a  storm  is  called  an  "Alkmena  of 
Euripides."  A  similar  scene  was  enacted  in  the  case  of  Kroisos  when 
Cyrus,  having  taken  him  prisoner,  set  him  on  a  pyre  to  be  burnt  alive. 
Kroisos  appealed  to  Apollo,  to  whose  temples  he  had  made  so  many  valu- 
able presents,  and  Apollo  responded  by  a  violent  shower  of  rain,  which 
had  the  effect  of  releasing  Kroisos.  That  scene  also  occurs  on  a  vase. 
The  work  in  the  Museum  is  unique  as  comprising  a  representation  of  rain. 
Most  curiously,  the  garments  of  the  Hyades,  which  are  distinctly  crimson, 
are  spotted  in  white  lines  of  dots,  which,  beyond  a  doubt,  indicate  drops 
of  rain.  The  rainbow  is  banded  in  different  colors. — Athenaeum,  March  8. 

RESEARCH  FUND  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  ANTIQUARIES. — This  society  has  re- 
solved to  raise  a  research  fund,  the  interest  of  which  shall  from  time  to 
time  be  applied  towards  the  expense  of  excavations — such  as  those  for- 
merly carried  on  at  Silchester  and  Wroxeter — or  in  such  other  modes  of 
advancing  knowledge  as  the  council  may  think  fit.  A  total  capital  sum 
of  £3000  is  asked  for,  of  which  £1750  have  already  been  promised. — 
Academy,  March  15. 


[ENGLAND.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  257 

OLD  MALTON  PRIORY. — At  the  Feb.  6-meeting  of  the  Arch.  Institute 
(London),  the  Kev.  Dr.  J.  Cox  exhibited  a  vesica-shaped  private  seal  of 
amber,  mounted  in  a  plain  rim  of  silver,  with  a  suspending  loop  attached. 
It  was  found  in  a  stone  coffin  at  Old  Malton  Priory.  The  lettering,  some- 
what rude  Lombardic,  shows  it  to  be  of  the  thirteenth  century.  The  em- 
blems engraved  on  the  seal  are  a  fish,  a  tree,  a  bird,  and  a  lion.  The  legend 
runs  thus :  Secretum  signum  fons  piscis  avis  leo  lignum.  The  material  of 
the  seal  (amber)  makes  this  specimen  of  an  ecclesiastical  seal  of  peculiar 
interest,  and  it  is  at  present  believed  to  be  unique. — Athenaeum,  Feb.  15. 

SILCHESTER. — EXCAVATION  OF  THE  ROMAN  CITY. — At  the  Feb.  27-meet- 
ing  of  the  Society  of  Antiquaries  (London),  was  read  a  paper  by  Messrs. 
G.  E.  Fox  and  "W.  H.  St.  John  Hope  on  the  desirability  of  the  complete 
and  systematic  excavation  of  the  site  of  Silchester.  After  a  brief  descrip- 
tion of  the  site,  and  of  the  results  of  previous  excavations  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  late  Rev.  Mr.  Joyce,  the  writers  pointed  out  the  very  small 
portion  of  the  hundred  acres  forming  the  area  within  the  walls  which  had 
been  excavated,  and  the  immense  additions  to  our  knowledge  of  a  Romano- 
British  city,  its  public  and  private  buildings,  and  its  inhabitants,  which 
would  be  gained  by  a  thorough  and  systematic  excavation,  by  sections,  of 
the  whole  of  the  site.  A  scheme  for  doing  this  by  subscription,  under  the 
direction  of  the  Society  of  Antiquaries,  had  been  drawn  up  by  the  writers, 
and  submitted  by  General  Pitt-Rivers  to  the  owner,  the  Duke  of  Welling- 
ton, who  had  been  pleased  to  express  his  entire  approval  of  it.  The  man- 
ner in  which  the  excavations  should  be  carried  on  was  fully  described, 
and  it  was  suggested  that  the  most  desirable  thing  to  do  first  was  the 
entire  excavation  of  one  of  the  squares  into  which  the  city  is  known  to 
be  divided  by  lines  of  streets  intersecting  at  right  angles.  Owing  to  the 
destructive  effects  of  frost  and  rain,  it  was  not  proposed  to  leave  anything 
permanently  exposed  after  excavation,  unless  of  a  very  special  character, 
and  then  it  would  be  roofed  in.  The  owner  and  the  tenant  having  already 
consented  to  the  work,  there  is  no  reason  why  the  excavations  should  not 
be  resumed  this  summer.  It  was  ultimately  unanimously  resolved,  on 
the  proposal  of  Professor  Middleton,  "  That  a  systematic  and  complete 
examination  of  the  site  of  the  Roman  city  at  Silchester  is  desirable,  and 
that  the  Council  be  requested  to  consider  the  steps  necessary  for  continu- 
ing excavations  upon  the  spot." — Athenceum,  March  8. 

EAST  YORKSHIRE.— EXCAVATION  OF  BARROWS.— At  the  Jan.  23-meeting 
of  the  Soc.  of  Antiq.  (London),  Rev.  W.  Green  well  communicated  the  re- 
sults of  his  most  recent  excavations  of  barrows  in  East  Yorkshire.  These 
had  confirmed  his  previous  theory  that  bodies  were  always  buried  with  the 
face  toward  the  sun,  and  he  had  also  found  examples  of  inhumation  and 
cremation  in  the  same  barrow.  In  one  case  the  central  burial  was  encir- 
17 


258  AMERICAN  JO URNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

cled  by  a  ring  of  stones  within  the  mound.  In  one  barrow  a  set  of  twenty 
conical  jet  buttons,  probably  for  ornament  only,  were  found  lying  down 
the  front  of  the  body ;  in  another,  four  bronze  axes  of  a  make  and  condi- 
tion far  finer  than  any  of  this  period  yet  discovered.  But  the  most  remark- 
able find  was  that  of  three  round  objects  of  carved  chalk,  found  with  the 
bones  of  a  child  of  about  six  years  old,  and  a  drinking-cup  of  the  usual 
type.  Each  object  is  covered  with  a  series  of  patterns  carved  and  incised, 
and  has  on  one  side  a  plain  panel  containing  a  very  rudimentary  represen- 
tation of  a  human  face.  The  tops  are  carved  in  imitation  of  lids,  with  cir- 
cies  and  other  devices.  The  meaning  of  these  strange  and  perfectly  uni- 
que objects  has  not  yet  been  discovered.  Pottery  with  the  same  rude  face 
has  been  found  at  Hissarlik,  and  at  Antiparos  and  other  Greek  islands, 
and  it  has  been  suggested  that  some  objects  exported  from  there  were  copied 
on  these  chalk  things.  Possibly,  too,  the  face  may  have  some  unknown 
religious  meaning.  These  and  the  other  objects  found  by  Mr.  Greenwell 
clearly  belonged  to  the  early  bronze  period. — Athenaeum,  Feb.  1. 


AMERICA. 
UNITED  STATES. 

ARCHXEOLOGICAL  INSTITUTE  OF  AMERICA. — The  annual  meeting  of  the  In- 
stitute was  held  in  New  York,  May  10,  at  Columbia  College. 

Increase  of  membership.— Professor  Charles  Eliot  Norton  presented  the 
report  for  the  past  year,  showing  the  largest  increase  in  membership  made 
since  the  formation  of  the  Institute;  the  addition  amounted  to  about  three 
hundred  members,  chiefly  in  the  West,  but  many  also  in  New  York. 
New  branch  societies  had  been  organized  at  Chicago,  Detroit,  and  in  Wis- 
consin (at  Madison),  and  a  fourth  was  about  to  be  formed  at  Cincinnati. 

Publications. — Mr.  Bandelier's  volume  treating  of  the  archaeology  of 
the  Southwest  had  been  distributed,  and  Mr.  Clarke's  second  volume  on 
Assos  was  promised  during  the  summer,  as  well  as  a  pamphlet  by  Professor 
A.  C.  Merriam  on  Telegraphy  among  the  Ancients,  and  the  eleventh  An- 
nual Report. 

Election  of  Officers. — Hon.  Seth  Low,  President  of  Columbia  College, 
was  elected  president,  and  has  since  accepted ;  Mr.  Wm.  C.  Lawton, 
agent  of  the  Institute,  was  named  Secretary,  with  a  salary  of  $1500,  on 
account  of  the  increase  in  the  duties  and  labor  of  the  secretaryship.  Pro- 
fessor C.  E.  Norton  was  elected  Vice-President  and  Mr.  Percival  Lowell 
remained  Treasurer. 

The  Excavation  of  Delphoi. — The  main  subject  before  the  Council  of 
the  Institute  was  the  proposed  excavation  of  Delphoi.  During  the  winter 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  259 

and  spring,  an  attempt  had  been  made  to  raise  the  fund  of  $80,000  re- 
quired to  purchase  and  demolish  the  modern  village  of  Kastri,  built  on 
the  site  of  Delphoi.  This  sum  once  secured  it  would  be  possible  to  carry 
on  the  excavations  from  year  to  year,  with  the  annual  fund  of  somewhat 
less  than  $5000,  which  the  Institute  has  pledged  itself  to  contribute. 
Up  to  the  present,  the  sum  of  between  $25,000  and  $30,000  had  been 
subscribed  in  Boston  and  Cambridge ;  but,  New  York,  Philadelphia,  and 
the  West  had  contributed  nothing.  The  excavation  of  Delphoi  should 
become  as  much  an  object  of  national  pride  and  energy  to  us  as  that  of 
Olympia  was  to  the  Germans.  The  Greek  government  has  distinctly 
shown  that  it  favors  America  by  deferring  the  term  for  the  raising  of  the 
fund  from  last  January  until  June,  and,  now,  by  putting  it  off  indefinitely, 
seeing  that  we  have  proved  at  least  the  seriousness  of  our  endeavors  by  the 
amount  we  have  already  raised. 

BOSTON. — OPENING  OF  THE  ENLARGED  MUSEUM  OF  FINE  ARTS. — The 
Museum  was  opened  in  March.  The  collections  in  every  department  have 
been  greatly  increased,  and  now  compare  favorably  with  those  of  museums 
of  art  abroad  as  well  as  in  America.  In  the  number  of  casts  of  classical 
sculpture,  the  museum  now  stands  £hird,  the  Berlin  Museum  easily  leading 
the  list  with  2271,  while  that  of  Strasburg  has  819,  as  compared  with  777 
in  the  Boston  Museum.  The  Japanese  collection  is  unrivalled  and  is  likely 
to  remain  so,  as  a  similar  collection  could  scarcely  be  made  in  Japan,  so 
depleted  has  it  become  of  the  best  wrorks  of  Japanese  Art.  The  collection 
of  glass,  pottery  and  porcelain,  while  not  large,  is  exceptionally  fine,  and  the 
art  galleries  have  now  in  their  midst  a  room  devoted  to  the  Barbizon  School, 
which  has  examples  of  the  very  highest  merit.  But,  apart  from  the  quan- 
tity of  works  exhibited,  there  are  two  things  to  be  especially  noticed  in  the 
Boston  Museum  under  the  new  order  of  things,  the  fact  that  there  has  been 
exceptional  discrimination  shown  in  choice  of  material,  and  that  the  mate- 
rial has  been  extremely  well  arranged.  This  is  especially  manifest  in  the 
arrangement  of  the  casts  of  classical  sculpture,  which  is  made  chronologi- 
cal, and  at  the  same  time  produces  an  increased  artistic  effect,  as  each  room 
has  a  character  of  its  own  The  casts  have  cards  upon  their  pedestals,  stat- 
ing not  only  the  subject,  but  the  date,  the  locality  where  found,  the  name 
of  the  sculptor,  and  the  present  locality  of  the  original. 

The  additions  to  the  building,  begun  by  Mr.  John  H.  Sturgis  and  com- 
pleted by  his  successors  Sturgis  and  Cabot,  have  been  carried  around  three 
sides  of  a  rectangular  court  of  which  the  older  building  forms  the  north 
side  and  the  additions  the  two  ends  and  the  south  side.  The  walls  of  the 
court,  which  are  in  buff  brick,  reflect  much  light,  and  all  the  rooms  are 
excellently  lighted. 


260          AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.    [UNITED  STATES.] 

The  entire  first  floor — with  the  exception  of  the  two  rooms,  one  for  Egyp- 
tian antiquities  and  one  for  Greek,  Roman  and  Etruscan  antiquities — has 
been  devoted  to  casts  of  sculpture,  arranged,  with  the  exception  of  the 
Renaissance  rooms  and  the  Egyptian  rooms,  by  Mr.  Edward  Robinson, 
curator  of  Classical  Antiquities. — Amer.  Architect,  March  22. 

NEW  YORK. — Professor  A.  C.  MERRIAM,  of  Columbia  College,  whose 
epigraphic  work,  mainly  published  in  this  Journal,  has  made  him  widely 
known  and  appreciated  by  American  and  European  scholars,  has  been 
appointed  to  a  chair  of  classical  epigraphy  and  archaeology  in  the  same 
institution. 

A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  JR. 


THE   AMERICAN 

JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY 

AND  OF  THE 

HISTORY  OF  THE  FINE  ARTS. 


THE  JOURNAL  is  the  official  organ  of  the  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  INSTI- 
TUTE OF  AMERICA,  and  of  the  AMERICAN  SCHOOL  OF  CLASSICAL 
STUDIES  AT  ATHENS,  and  it  will  aim  to  further  the  interests  for  which 
the  Institute  and  the  School  were  founded.  It  treats  of  all  branches  of 
Archaeology  and  Art — Oriental,  Classical,  Early  Christian,  Mediaeval,  and 
American,  and  is  intended  to  supply  a  record  of  the  important  work  done 
in  the  field  of  Archaeology,  under  the  following  categories:  1.  Original 
Articles ;  2.  Correspondence  from  European  Archaeologists ;  3.  Archae- 
ological News,  presenting  a  careful  and  ample  record  of  discoveries  and 
investigations  in  all  parts  of  the  world  ;  4.  Reviews  of  Books ;  5.  Sum- 
maries of  the  contents  of  the  principal  Archaeological  Periodicals. 

The  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY  is  published  quarterly, 
and  forms,  each  year,  a  volume  of  above  500  pages  royal  8vo,  illus- 
trated with  colored,  heliotype,  and  other  plates,  and  numerous  figures. 
The  yearly  subscription  for  America  is  $5.00  :  for  countries  of  the  Postal 
Union,  27  francs,  21  shillings  or  marks,  post-paid.  Vol.  I,  unbound  or 
bound  in  cloth,  containing  489  pages,  11  plates  and  16  figures,  will  be 
sent  post-paid  on  receipt  of  $4 :  Vol.  II,  tontaining  521  pages,  14  plates 
and  46  figures,  bound  for  $5.00,  unbound  for  $4.50 :  Vol.  Ill,  containing 
531  pages,  33  plates,  and  19  figures ;  Vol.  IV,  550  pages,  20  plates,  and 
19  figures;  and  Vol.  V,  534  pages,  13  plates,  and  55  figures;  bound  for 
$5.50,  unbound  for  $5. 

All  literary  communications  should  be  addressed  to  the  Managing  Editor, 
Prof.  A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  Jr.,  Ph.  D.,  Princeton  College,  Princeton,  N.  J. : 
all  business  communications,  to  the  Publishers,  GINN  &  COMPANY,  Boston. 

The  Journal  can  be  obtained  from  the  following  firms,  as  well  as  from 
the  publishers  in  Boston,  New  York,  and  Chicago : 

Baltimore,  J.  Murphy  &  Co.,  44  W.  Baltimore  St. 
Boston,  W.  B.  Clarke  &  Co.,  340  Washington  St. 
Damrell  &  Upham,  283  Washington  St. 


Chicago,  A.  C.  McClurg  &  Co.,  117-121  Wabash  Ave. 
Cincinnati,  Eobert  Clarke  &  Co.,  61-65  West  4th  St. 
New  York,  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  27  West  23d  St. 
B.  Westermann  &  Co.,  838  Broadway. 
Philadelphia,  Kobert  M.  Lindsay,  1028  Walnut  St. 

EUROPE. 

Berlin,  Mayer  &  Miiller,  Franzosische  Strasse  38-39. 
London,  Triibner  &  Co.,  57-59  Ludgate  Hill. 
Paris,  E.  Leroux,  28  rue  Bonaparte. 
Turin,  Ermanno  Loescher,  19  via  di  Po. 
Florence,  Loescher  &  Seeber,  20  via  Tornabuoni. 
Rome,  E.  Loescher  &  Co.,  via  del  Corso. 


REVIEW  OF  PAST  WORK. 

It  has  been  the  aim  of  the  editors  that  the  JOURNAL,  besides  giving 
a  survey  of  the  whole  field  of  Archaeology,  should  be  international  in 
character,  by  affording  to  the  leading  archaeologists  of  all  countries  a 
common  medium  for  the  publication  of  the  results  of  their  labors.  This 
object  has  been  in  great  part  attained,  as  is  shown  by  the  list  of  eminent 
foreign  and  American  contributors  to  the  five  volumes  already  issued, 
and  by  the  character  of  articles  and  correspondence  published.  Not  only 
have  important  contributions  to  the  advance  of  the  science  been  made  in 
the  original  articles,  but  the  present  condition  of  research  has  been  brought 
before  our  readers  in  the  departments  of  correspondence,  and  reviews  of 
the  more  important  recent  books. 

Two  departments  in  which  the  JOURNAL  stands  quite  alone  are  (1) 
the  Record  of  Discoveries,  and  *(2)  the  Summaries  of  Periodicals.  In  the 
former,  a  detailed  account  is  given  of  all  discoveries  and  excavations  in 
every  portion  of  the  civilized  world,  from  India  to  America,  especial 
attention  being  paid  to  Greece  and  Italy.  In  order  to  ensure  thorough- 
ness in  this  work,  more  than  sixty  periodical  publications  are  consulted, 
and  material  is  secured  from  special  correspondents. 

In  order  that  readers  may  know  of  everything  important  that  appears 
in  periodical  literature,  a  considerable  space  is  given  to  careful  sum- 
maries of  the  papers  contained  in  the  principal  periodicals  that  treat 
of  Archaeology  and  the  Fine  Arts.  By  these  various  methods,  all  impor- 
tant work  done  is  concentrated  and  made  accessible  in  a  convenient  but 
scholarly  form,  equally  suited  to  the  specialist  and  to  the  general  reader. 


PROGRAM  OF  VOLUME  VI,    1890. 
Among  the  original  articles  will  appear  the  following : — 
Dr.  WILLIAM  HAYES  WARD,  of  New  York ; 
i.  Hiitite  Sculptures. 
n.   Oriental  Antiquities. 

Professor  WILLIAM  M.  KAMSAY,  of  Aberdeen,  Scotland  ; 

Antiquities  of  Phrygia. 
SALOMON  REINACH,  of  Museum  of  Saint-Germain,  France ; 

Terracottas  in  American  Collections. 
Professor  ALLAN  MARQUAND,  of  Princeton ; 

Reminiscences  of  Egypt  in  Doric  Architecture. 
Professor  ADOLPH  MICHAELIS,  of  Strassburg ; 

Three  heads  of  Zeus,  Hades,  and  Poseidon,  of  the  Hellenistic  period. 
A.  S.  MURRAY,  of  the  British  Museum  ; 

A  Vase  of  the  Mykenai  type  in  New  York. 
Professor  F.  B.  TARBELL,  of  Harvard  University,  and 
Dr.  JOHN  C.  ROLFE,  of  Columbia  College  ; 

Excavations  and  Discoveries  made  by  the  American  School  of  Athens 
at  Anthedon  and  Thisbe,  in  Boiotia. 

Dr.  GEORGE  B.  HUSSEY,  of  Princeton  ; 

i.   Greek  Sculptured  Crowns  and  Crown-Inscriptions. 
II.  Distribution  of  Hellenic  Temples. 

Professor  MARQUAND  and  Dr.  HUSSEY  ; 

Norms  in  Greek  Architecture. 
Padre  GERMANO,  of  the  order  of  Passionists ; 

The  early  Christian  Palace  recently  discovered  under  the  church  of 
SS.  Giovanni  e  Paolo,  at  Rome. 

EUGENE  MUNTZ,  of  the  Beaux- Arts,  Paris; 

The  Lost  Mosaics  of  Rome  from  the  IV  to  the  IX  century  (n). 
Professor  A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  JR.,  of  Princeton ; 

i.   Cistercian  Monuments  as  the  earliest  Gothic  constructions  in  Italy. 
ii.  Roman  Artists  of  the  Middle  Ages. 
in.   Christian  Mosaics. 
iv.   Tombs  of  the  Popes  at  Viterbo. 
v.  Early-  Christian  and  Medieval  Monuments  in  Italy. 


NOTICES. 

London  Athenaeum. — We  h'ave  no  hesitation  in  saying  that  no  other  periodical 
in  the  English  language  is  so  well  fitted  to  keep  the  student  who  lacks  time  or 
opportunity  to  read  all  the  foreign  journals  abreast  of  the  latest  discoveries  in  every 
branch  of  archaeology. 

Gottingische  Gelehrte  Anzeigen. — No  comprehensive  account  of  the  most  recent 
discoveries  exists,  and  the  new  American  Journal  can  do  most  meritorious  work  and 
fill  a  deficiency  which,  since  the  time  of  Gerhard's  death,  has  been  often  deplored  by 
every  archaeologist  who  had  not  the  good  fortune  to  be  at  the  fountain-heads. 

Philologische  Rundschau. — We  may  expect  that  the  American  Journal  of  Archae- 
ology will  take  an  honorable  position  by  the  side  of  those  already  existing  in  Europe. 

Bibliotheque  de  I'Ecole  des  Charles. — As  we  think  it  (the  American  Journal 
of  Archaeology)  is  called  upon  to  render  real  service,  not  only  in  the  United  States,  but 
in  Europe  and  in  France,  we  take  pleasure  in  announcing  it  here.  The  plan  is  vast 
and  well  conceived. 

Archivio  di  Letteratura  Biblica  ed  Orientale  (Turin). — Periodicals  are  divisi- 
ble into  three  categories :  some  have  no  pretensions  to  be  classed  as  learned ;  some 
pretend  to  be  but  are  not  so  in  reality ;  others,  finally,  pretend  to  be  and  really  are. 
The  periodical  which  we  announce  (The  American  Journal  of  Archceology)  belongs  to 
the  last  category. 

New  York  Evening  Post. — The  American  Journal  of  Archaeology  will  not  dis- 
appoint the  hopes  of  the  friends  of  the  science  in  America.  If  not  well  supported, 
it  will  be  because  there  is  little  real  interest  in  America  in  classical  and  mediaeval 
archaeology. 

Chicago  Evening  Journal. — The  American  Journal  of  Archaeology  is  alike  credit- 
able to  the  country  and  to  the  earnest  and  scholarly  gentlemen  who  have  it  in  charge, 
and  we  are  pleased  to  know  that  it  has  already  achieved  an  enviable  reputation  in 
Europe. 

London  Academy. — Mr.  J.  S.  Cotton,  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Egypt  Ex- 
ploration Fund  (London,  Dec.  22,  1887),  referred  to  the  American  Journal  of  Archce- 
ology  and  the  American  Journal  of  Philology,  which  he  defined  as  being  of  a  higher 
order  of  merit  than  any  publications  bearing  similar  titles  in  Great  Britain. 


GINN  &  COMPANY,  Publishers, 

Boston,  New  York,  and  Chicago. 


AMERICAN 
JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

Vol.  VI.  SEPTEMBER,  I  890.  No.  3. 


THE  HOUSE  OF  THE  MARTYRS  JOHN  AND  PAUL 

RECENTLY  DISCOVERED  ON  THE  COELIAN 

HILL  AT  ROME.* 

[PLATES  XVI,  XVII.] 


Of  the  many  Christian  monuments  discovered  during  this  century, 
especially  in  Rome,  one  of  the  most  notable  and  precious,  in  the  opin- 
ion of  specialists,  is  the  house,  on  the  Coelian,  of  the  saints  John  and 
Paul  who  suffered  martyrdom  under  Julian  the  Apostate.  It  is  now 
over  three  years  since  it  began  to  come  to  light,  through  excavations 
made  under  my  supervision,  and  since  then  its  fame  has  been  published 
everywhere.1  This  fame  is  not  surprising,  for  the  house  of  John  and 
Paul,  made  sacred  through  their  martyrdom  and  from  the  confessio 
erected  there  a  few  years  after  their  death,  is  a  monument  unique  both 
in  Rome  and  elsewhere.  In  other  cases,  the  early  work  has  been  more 
or  less  obliterated  by  mediaeval  restoration  or  decoration.  But  this 
monument  preserves  its  original  style  and  is,  even  now,  almost  as 
entire  in  its  lower  part  as  when  the  two  martyrs  lived  in  it  and  enter- 
tained devout  pilgrims  at  the  close  of  the  fourth  century. 

*  Translated  from  the  Italian  MS.  by  A.  L.  Frothingham,  Jr. 

1GATTi,  Bullettino  dellu  Oomm.  arch.  com.  di  Roma,  1887,  pp.  151  sqq.,  321  sqq.;  DE 
Rossi,  Bullettino  di  Archeologia  Cristiana,  1888-89,  pp.  68  sqq.,  89  sqg.;  ARMELLINI, 
Oronachetta,  Dec.,  Feb.,  1888,  April,  May,  June,  1889 ;  LE  BLANT,  Revue  Archeo- 
logique,  1889,  p.  16,  and  Acad.  des  inscriptions  et  belles-lettres,  Dec.,  1887,  pp.  466-71 ; 
ALLARD,  La  science  catholique,  Feb.,  1888,  pp.  177-90;  BARING-GOULD,  Newbeiry 
House  Magazine,  Aug.  and  Sept.,  1889,  pp.  165-76, 287-92 ;  Am.  Journal  of  Archceology, 
vol.  in,  pp.  481-2 ;  iv,  pp.  115,  455-6.  There  have  also  been  notices  in  the  Bulletin 
Critique,  the  Civttta  Cattolica,  the  Rb'mische  Quartalschrift,  the  Bulletin  of  the  University 
of  Innsbruck,  etc.,  etc.  :  not  to  mention  numerous  paragraphs  in  daily  newspapers. 

261 


262  AMERICAN  JO UENAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

This  discovery  having  therefore  excited  so  much  interest,  it  appears 
as  if  the  time  had  come  for  me  to  give  a  full  and  detailed  description 
of  what  has  hitherto  been  discovered,  thus  completing  the  fragmentary 
notices  I  have  from  time  to  time  published  in  various  periodicals,  and 
answering  the  expectation  of  many  who  have  been  eagerly  awaiting 
the  publication  of  the  monument. 

I.   THE   MONUMENTS  OF  THE  COELIAN. 

The  Coelian  hill  of  the  Eternal  City,  though  now  a  desert,  was 
in  Roman  times  closely  peopled,  and  was  called  by  Frontinus  (De 
Acquaeduct.,  II.  87)  a  famous  hill :  Coelius  et  Aventinus  celeberrimi 
Golles.  When  Augustus  divided  the  city  into  fourteen  regiones,  the 
second  was  comprised  in  the  Coelian,  and  on  it,  from  the  beginning, 
the  most  select  portion  of  the  Roman  patricians  had  come  to  dwell. 
As  I  am  about  to  describe  a  large  and  magnificent  house  in  this 
regiOj  it  may  be  well  to  first  take  a  glance  at  the  entire  hill  and  its 
principal  monuments  and  thus  become  better  able  to  estimate  what 
place  among  them  was  held  by  the  house  of  John  and  Paul.  It 
happens  that  no  part  of  Rome  has  been  so  little  studied  or  explored. 
Yet,  there  is  no  lack  of  records  regarding  it :  there  are  enough  of 
them  in  the  classics,  in  the  regional  catalogues,  and  in  monuments 
dispersed  here  and  there,  to  furnish  the  basis  of  a  successful  study. 

The  hill  extends  from  west  to  east  in  a  long  sinuous  line  between 
the  Esquiline,  the  Palatine,  the  false  Aventine,  and  the  walls,  with  a 
circuit  of  between  1200  and  1300  feet.  Nearly  all  the  present  streets 
of  its  inhabited  section  follow  the  lines  of  the  ancient  streets.  They 
branch  off  from  two  main  trunks,  the  street  now  called  Via  del  88. 
Giovanni  e  Paolo  and  San  Stefano,  and  the  Via  dei  88.  Quattro  Coro- 
nati.  They  cross  the  regio  from  end  to  end  and  converge  before  the 
Lateran  hospital,  where  the  ancient  line  of  the  Servian  wall  passed, 
and  where,  in  the  opinion  of  many,  was  situated  the  Porta  Coelimon- 
tana  mentioned  by  Cicero  and  Livy.2  The  street  of  SS.  Giovanni  e 
Paolo,  which  skirts  the  south  wall  of  the  house  of  these  martyrs,  was 
called,  by  S.  Gregory,  Clivus  Scauri*  No  ancient  writer  mentions  such 
a  street,  but  we  know  of  this  Scaurus  M.  Aemilius  from  Cicero,4  and 
from  Asconius,5  who  says  that  he  had  a  house  on  the  Palatine.  He 

2  CICERO,  in  Pison.,  ch.  xxm ;  LIVIUS,  Histor.,  lib.  xxxiv.  ch.  9 ;  JORDAN,  Topograf., 
II ;  PRELLER,  Die  Region.  *Epist.  XIII,  Candida  Ab.,  lib.  vii. 

*  Oral,  pro  M.  Aem.  Scauro.  5  Comm.  in  oral.  dt. ;  MAZOIS,  Le  palais  de  Scaurus. 


THE  HOUSE  OF  THE  MARTYRS  JOHN  AND  PAUL.         263 

may  have  paved  the  street  which  then  took  its  name  from  him.  On  the 
left  side  of  the  street,  one  of  the  fapades  of  the  house  of  the  martyrs 
still  stands  almost  intact  with  its  portico  and  two  stories  of  windows. 

In  the  topographic  catalogues  we  find  distinct  mention,  on  the  Coe- 
lian, of  the  Caput  Africae,  the  Antrum  Cyclopis,  the  Arbor  Sancta, 
the  Lupanarii  and  the  Tabernola:6  all  these  are  certainly  names  of 
quarters  or  vid,  but  we  are  unable  to  identify  them.7  In  the  Caput 
Africae,  near  the  house  of  John  and  Paul,  was  situated  the  Paeda- 
gogium puerorum  Caesaris,  famous  in  many  inscriptions,8  in  which 
the  imperial  pages  were  educated  for  the  various  offices  they  were 
to  hold.9 

In  the  greater  part  of  the  higher  streets  of  the  Coelian,  the  rubbish 
from  public  and  private  buildings  has  but  little  raised  the  level  of  the 
soil,  at  least  since  the  third  century.  Around  the  house  of  the  martyrs 
the  level  is  about  the  same  as  it  was  then,  especially  on  the  western  side 
in  the  present  botanical  garden,  where  I  have  discovered,  at  a  depth 
of  only  two  decimeters,  an  external  brick-pavement  a  spina  and 
another  internal  mosaic-pavement,  and,  at  a  depth  of  1.50  met.,  the 
virgin  tufa. 

The  smiling  slopes  of  the  Coelian  were  adorned  with  many  a  rich 
temple  and  sacred  shrine :  such  were  the  temple  of  Jupiter 10  distin- 
guished by  the  epithet  Ooelimontanus  ; n  that  of  Minerva  Capita  ; 12 

6  UBLICHS,  Codex  Urbis  topographicus,  p.  2  sqq. 

7  In  regard  to  the  Caput  Africae,  the  excellent  dissertation  of  Professor  GATTI  should 
be  consulted  in  the  Annali  dell'  Istituto,  1882,  p.  192  sqq.;  for  the  Vicus  ab  Cydopis, 
consult  GRUTER,  p.  DCXXI,  No.  1. 

*CIL,  vi,  5354,  5563,  7767,  8968,  8977,  8981,  8984,  8987,  etc. 

9  DE  Rossi,  Roma  Sotterranea,  ill,  p.  292. 

If  Professor  Gatti  be  not  mistaken  in  finding  the  exact  site  of  the  Paedagogium  in 
the  present  field  of  the  Passionists,  it  is  quite  possible  that  we  have  the  design  of 
this  important  building  in  one  of  the  fragments  of  the  Capitoline  plan.  Long  study 
and  careful  comparison  have  convinced  me  that  the  fragment  on  which  is  drawn  the 
Neronian  acqueduct  with  the  title  AQ  V  E  D VCTI V  M  (  JORDAN, Forma  UrbisRomae, 
tav.  x,  No.  45)  belongs  to  this  part  of  the  Coelian.  Now,  between  the  now-destroyed 
street  of  the  Navicella  and  this  acqueduct,  where  Gatti  places  the  Paedagogium  and 
where  in  fact  was  found  the  large  base  (now  in  the  Capitol),  with  the  dedication  to 
Caracalla  by  the  pedagogues  of  the  Caput  Africae  (CIL,  vi,  1052;  FABRETTI,  Inscr., 
p.  296,  No.  257 ;  GATTI,  loc.  cit.),  we  see  drawn  a  group  of  buildings  which  do  not 
resemble  either  private  houses  or  public  monuments,  but  seem,  on  the  other  hand,  to 
be  well  suited  to  a  gymnasium  such  as  was  the  Paedagogium  on  the  Coelian  (see  PL.  xvi). 

10  MARTIALIS,  Epigr.,  lib.  vii.  15. . 

"GATTI,  Bull  Comm.  arch.,  1887,  p.  314.  "OviDius,  Fast.,  lib.  in,  v.  857. 


264  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

that  of  Hercules  Victor ; 13  that  of  Isis,14  of  the  goddess  Carna  who 
presided  over  the  guarding  of  the  city-gates  ;15  the  shrine  of  Diana  in 
the  Coeliolus,16  called  by  Cicero  maximum  et  sanctissimum^  and  many 
others,  among  which  the  temple  of  Claudius  stands  preeminent  for 
position,  size,  and  magnificence. 

The  secular  rivalled  the  sacred  buildings  in  number  and  splendor : 
such  were  the  stadia  for  the  circus  and  other  games,  of  which  the  most 
noted  were  the  ludus  matutinus}  the  gallicus  and  the  dacicus ; 18  the 
martial  field  for  the  feast  of  the  equiria ; 19  the  mica  aurea  for  great 
banquets ;  ^  the  thermae  ; 21  the  tholus  Caesareus 22  or  market  of  Au- 
gustus, one  of  the  two  great  market-places  founded  in  Rome  as  early 
as  the  first  century,23  and  many  other  similar  buildings  that  it  would 
be  useless  to  enumerate.  We  have  not  retained  a  record  of  all  the 
private  houses  on  the  Coelian,  which  are  said  to  have  numbered  a 
hundred  and  twenty-seven,24  without  counting  the  far  larger  number 
that  were  joined  together  so  as  to  form  distinct  groups  or  insulae.25 
Nevertheless,  we  can  still,  from  the  little  we  know,  form  an  idea  of 
the  wealth  of  this  hill  in  this  respect.  Julius  Capitolinus  is  authority 
for  the  fact,  that  here  was  the  palace  of  Verus,  where  Marcus  Aurelius 
was  born  and  educated.26  This  prince  so  loved  the  Coelian  that  he 
would  playfully  call  it  "  my  hill : "  Mons  meus  Coelius.27  Next  to 
this  palace  were  the  aedes  Laterani 28  of  the  Plautius  Lateranus  who 
on  his  election  to  the  consulate  became  an  accomplice  in  the  famous 
Pisonian  conspiracy  against  Nero.29  Perhaps  the  Lateran  basilica 
afterward  rose  on  the  site  of  this  house.30 

13  MARINI,  Arvali,  i,  tav.  3,  p.  30.        u  TREBELLIUS  POLLIO,  in  Tetricojun.,  cap.  24. 

15  MACROBIUS,  Saturnal.,  lib.  i,  c.  12. 

16 CICERO,  Oral,  pro  Arusp.  respons.,  cap.  11.  ^Ibidem. 

18MuRATORi,  Inifcript.,  p.  DCXX,  No.  2,  p.  CCCLVIH;  GRUTER,  p.  cccxxxv; 
ORELLI,  p.  2554 ;  SUETONIUS,  in  Domitiano,  c.  in. 

19PAULUS,  in  Festo,  lib.  xi;  OVIDIUS,  Fast.,  lib.  in,  v.  519  sqq.;  CATULLUS,  LV.  3; 
FESTUS,  in  Equiria.  80  MARTIALIS,  Epiyr.,  lib.  in.  55. 

21CiAMPiNi,  Cod.  Vat.,  7849;  DE  Kossi,  Bullettino,v,  p.  60;  LANCIANI,  Icommen- 
tari  di  Frontino,  p.  159 ;  VACCA,  Memorie,  22.  22  MARTIALIS,  loc.  cit. 

23  DION  CASSIUS,  lib.  LXI,  c.  18 ;  ECKEL,  Doctrina  num.  vet..,  No.  vi,  p.  373. 

**Curiosum  Urbis;  Notitia;  ULRICHS,  op.  cit.,  p.  2,  sqq.  85  Ibidem. 

26  In  M.  Antonino,  cap.  i.       27  Epist.  I  Frontoni,  1.  2.        88  JULIUS  CAPITOL.,  loc.  cit. 

29  TACITUS,  Annal,  lib.  vi,  cc.  49,  60 ;  AURELIUS  VICTOR,  Epist.,  c.  20. 

30  For  the  remains  of  the  Aedes  Laterani,  consult  VACCA,  Memorie,  $120;  BLONDI, 
Roma  ristaur.,  lib.  i,  No.  85 ;  NIBBY-NARDINI,  i,  p.  210;  VENUTI,  Roma  antica,  lib.  i, 

8 ;  and  the  reports  on  the  recent  excavations  made  during  the  reconstruction  of 
the  apse  of  the  Lateran  Basilica. 


THtf  HOUSE  OF  THE  MARTYRS  JOHN  AND  PAUL.         265 

The  emperor  Philip  also  resided  on  the  Coelian,  whom  Eusebios 
asserts  to  have  been  converted  to  the  true  faith  by  his  wife  Martia 
Oracilia  Severa,  who  openly  professed  Christianity.31  Pliny  speaks 
of  a  Mamurra,  a  Roman  eques  and  prefect  of  the  blacksmiths  of  C. 
Caesar  in  Gaul,  who  dwelt  in  Coelimonte  and,  following  Cornelius 
Nepos,  he  makes  a  minute  description  of  his  palace,  saying  that  all  its 
walls  were  covered  with  marbles,  and  that  it  was  ornamented  with  heavy 
columns  of  finest  marble ;  and  he  adds  that  this  was  the  first  Roman 
house  in  which  such  marble  incrustations  were  used.32  A  leaden  pipe 
belonging  to  this  house  was  found  not  long  since  with  the  inscription  : 
VILL.  MAM.VRRANAE.  Cicero  and  Valerius  speak  of  the  aedes  of 
one  Claudius  Centimalis  on  the  Coelian.33  That  of  Junius  Senator  is 
mentioned  by  Tacitus,  who  says  that,  when  the  regio  was  burned, 
only  a  statue  of  Tiberius  which  was  within  this  building  remained 
uninjured.34  Lampridius  and  Julius  Capitolinus  refer  to  the  aedes 
Vectilianae  ad  Coelium  montem,  in  which  the  unfortunate  Emperor 
Commodus  sought  refuge  and  was  killed  by  Narcissus  at  the  instiga- 
tion of  Martia.35  Most  notable  for  its  historic  associations  was  the 
house  of  the  Tetrici,  called  by  Trebellius  Pollio  a  domus  pulcherrima.35 
It  was  situated  in  monte  Coelio  inter  duos  lucos,  opposite  the  temple 
of  Isis.37  The  story  of  the  two  Tetrici,  C.  Pesuvius  and  his  son,  was 
represented,  says  the  above  historian,  in  a  beautiful  painting  which, 
in  his  time,  was  still  to  be  seen  in  the  house.  C.  Pesuvius  was  one 
of  the  thirty  tyrants  who  arose  in  the  reign  of  Gallienus.38  In  the 
regiones  of  Panvinio 39  we  find,  registered  on  the  Coelian,  the  house 
of  the  Parthians,  domus  septem  Parthorum,  perhaps  the  dwelling  of 
those  princes  that  were  sent  from  Parthia  to  Rome  as  hostages,  accord- 
ing to  Tacitus.  The  exact  location  of  all  these  houses  is  quite  unknown 
to  us.  So  it  is  with  the  house  of  the  poet  Stella,  of  Caesar,  of  the  hymn- 
writer  Claudius  Cliptus  (all  mentioned  by  Panvinio),  with  that  of  the 
prefect  Symmachus,  of  which  he  himself  speaks  in  a  letter,40  and  with 
the  many  others  whose  names  have  not  come  down  to  us. 

31  Hist.  Eccles.,  lib.  xv,  c.  26.  38  PLINIUS,  Hist.  Nat.,  lib.  xxxvi,  c.  6. 

33  CICERO,  Offic.,  in ;  VALER.,  lib.  vni.  2.     3*  TACITUS,  Annal,  lib.  iv. 
33  LAMPRIDIUS,  in  Commodo,  cap.  xvi ;  JULIUS  CAPITOL.,  in  Pertinace,  cap.  v. 
36  In  Tetrico  jun.,  cap.  xxiv.  87  Ibidem. 

^AURELIUS  VICTOR,  De  Caesar.,  35;   VOPISCUS,  Aurelianus,  31;   TREBELLIUS, 
Trig,  tyran.,  23. 
39  NARDINI,  Roma  ant.,  I,  p.  186.  *°  Epist.  xvm,  lib.  vn. 


266  AMERICAN  JO URNAL  OF  ARCHjEOLOO T. 

Better  determined  and  more  worthy  of  notice  are  the  records  of  a 
number  of  notable  Christians  who  dwelt  on  the  Coelian :  (1)  the 
house  of  St.  Clement,  where  this  illustrious  disciple  and  successor  of 
St.  Peter  held  the  meetings  of  the  first  converts  in  times  of  persecu- 
tion, and  where,  in  the  earliest  years  of  the  peace  of  the  Church,  was 
built  the  great  Clementine  basilica  which  was  again  brought  to  light 
not  long  since  by  Father  Mullooly;41  (2)  perhaps  the  house  of  the 
four  martyrs  called  SS.  Quattro  Coronati,  over  which  Pope  Miltiades 
built  in  honor  of  these  saints,  early  in  the  fourth  century,  the  beauti- 
ful church  which  still  remains;42  (3)  the  house  of  St.  Faustus  and 
that  of  St.  Gregory,  of  which  I  will  speak  later ;  and  ,(4)  the  house 
of  the  Valerii,  contemporaries  of  SS.  John  and  Paul.  They  were 
the  descendents  of  the  ancient  Valerii  Poplicoli,  famous  in  the  third 
century  for  nobility  and  greatness.  About  the  middle  of  the  fourth 
century,  this  illustrious  family  became  Christian  and  left  notable  mem- 
orials of  itself  in  the  annals  of  church  history.  To  it  belonged  Valerius 
Severus  prefect  of  Rome  in  382,  a  portrait  of  whom  is  the  fine  bronze 
found  on  the  Coelian  three  years  past  with  the  inscription,43  DOMINVS 
LEGEM  DAT  VALERIC  SEVERO ;  also  the  sainted  couple  Pinianus  and 
Melania  junior,  and  several  others,  up  to  the  fifth  century.44  In  this 
house  of  the  Valerii,  there  were  built,  at  a  later  date,  a  free  hospital, 
xenodochium  Valerii  or  a  Valeriis,45  and  the  monastery  of  Sant'  Eras- 

41  MULLOOLY,  Saint  Clement  and  his  basilica  in  Rome,  Rome,  1873 ;  DE  Rossi,  Bul- 
lettino,  1863,  p.  25  sqq. ;  ARMELLINI,  Le  Chiese  di  Roma,  p.  191. 

42  ARMELLINI,  op.  cit,  p.  571.    It  is  DE  Rossi's  opinion  (Bull.,  1863,  p.  27),  that 
the  houses  in  which  the  faithful  gathered  in  times  of  persecution,  when  they  were, 
after  Constantine,  changed  to  basilicas  preserved  the  name  of  their  former  owner. 
In  case  this  owner  had  received,  after  death,  the  honor  of  saintship,  the  basilica  was 
consecrated  to  his  or  her  honor  and  cult.    In  the  early  years  of  the  peace,  no  church 
was  dedicated  in  the  name  of  a  saint  unless  it  contained  the  tomb  or  some  other 
record  of  the  history  of  the  saint. 

This  observation  may  help  others  as  it  helped  me  in  my  discovery  of  the  house  of 
SS.  John  and  Paul.  In  fact,  the  basilica  of  the  SS.  Quattro  Coronati  on  the  Coelian 
rises  over  the  ruins  of  a  Roman  building  which  it  would  be  well  to  explore. 

43GARRucci,  Storia  delV  arte  cristiana,  tav.  469,  1,  tome  vi,  p.  104;  DE  Rossi, 
BuLlettino,  1867,  p.  27. 

44 DE  Rossi,  Bull,  1865,  p.  45,  1873,  p.  93,  1876,  pp.  14,  54,  etc.;  Inscript.  Christ.  I, 
p.  150,  No.  340;  Roma  Sott.,  in,  p.  720;  La  casa  dei  Valeri,  1886;  TILLEMONT,  Me- 
moires,  x,  pp.  592,  603,  823,  xiv,  p.  233. 

45BiANCHiNi,  Vitae  Pont.,  in  Leonem  III,  sect.  408  from  Cod.  Vat.  Pal.,  1811; 
DUCHESNE,  Lib.  Pont.,  I,  pp.  456,  482. 


THE  HO  USE  OF  THE  MARTYRS  JOHN  AND  PA  UL.         267 

mus  near  the  basilica  of  San  Stefano,  built  under  Pope  Simplicius  in 
the  fifth  century.46 

II.   SURROUNDINGS  OF  THE   HOUSE  OF  SS.  JOHN  AND   PAUL. 

In  the  midst  of  all  these  classic  and  Christian  edifices,  the  house  of 
Saints  John  and  Paul  stood  out  finely  on  one  of  the  pleasantest  sites 
of  the  hill.  Turning  from  the  triumphal  way  at  the  foot  of  the  Pala- 
tine, it  is  reached  after  climbing,  for  about  a  hundred  metres,  the  steep 
ascent  of  the  Coelian.  It  forms  of  itself  a  block  or  insula,  and  is  sur- 
rounded by  three  streets :  one  along  the  northern  front,  in  the  lower 
garden  of  the  Passionists ;  another  on  the  east,  leading  from  the  present 
square  of  the  basilica  toward  the  Colosseum ;  the  third  is  still  open, 
under  the  name  of  Via  del  88.  Giovanni  e  Paolo.  The  names  of  the 
first  two  are  not  known,  but  their  existence  is  undeniable  since  the  in- 
vestigations I  have  made ;  the  third  is  the  already-mentioned  Clivus 
Scauri. 

As  soon  as  Nero  had  brought  the  Acqua  Claudia  as  far  as  the 
neighborhood  of  the  garden  of  SS.  Giovanni  e  Paolo,  as  Frontinus 
relates,47  this  portion  of  the  Coelian  became  one  of  the  most  notable 
parts  of  Rome.  Innumerable  buildings  arose  around  the  famous 
nymphaeum  which  this  prince  had  erected  to  exhibit  the  waters,  and 
to  afford  to  the  Romans  a  new  and  more  accessible  pleasure  resort.48 
Through  a  hundred  mouths,  pipes,  and  canals,  arranged  in  order  on 
the  surrounding  walls,  the  waters  fell  most  effectively 49  from  the 
heights  of  the  artificial  hill  which  is  in  front  of  the  Colosseum,  rising 
to  a  height  of  a  hundred  and  twenty-five  feet  from  the  natural  level, 
where  at  present  stands  the  large  garden  of  the  ritiro  of  SS.  Giovanni 
e  Paolo.  Fountains  placed  below  them  received  the  waters  and  sent 
them  up  again  in  showers  and  streams,  whence  they  were  carried  off 
through  subterranean  pipes  to  the  Neronian  pool  near  by,  ubi  amphi- 
theatri  erigitur  moles.50  When  the  Flavii. destroyed  the  useless  works 
of  Nero,  restoring  Rome  to  herself  and  her  citizens,  as  Martial  says, 
the  nymphaeum  was  not  entirely  abolished,  and  the  charming  play  of 

46  DE  Kossi,  La  basilica  di  S.  Stefano  e  il  monastero  di  S.  Erasmo :  Koma,  1886. 

47  De  Acquaeduct.,  I,  20 ;  u,  76 ;  LANCIANI,  Icommentari  di  Frontino,  p.  153  sgq. 

48  CANINA,  Indice  topografico,  p.  73. 

49  NIBBY,  Roma  net  1838,  i,  pp.  6,  58 ;  CANINA,  loc.  cit. ;  LANCIANI,  op.  cit.,  p.  153. 

50  MARTIALIS,  De  Spectac.,  Ep.  n.    The  last  remains  of  these  fountains  were  exca- 
vated, on  the  site  mentioned,  in  the  time  of  Pius  IV :  see  VACCA,  Memorie,  22. 


268  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCH&OLOG F. 

the  Acqua  Claudia  continued,  at  least  in  part,  in  front  of  the  house 
of  our  martyrs.  The  same  may  be  said  of  the  buildings  which, 
restored  to  nobler  use,  continued  to  adorn  the  declivity  around  the 
house  within  the  entire  radius  now  occupied  by  gardens  and  vine- 
yards.51 The  Flavian  amphitheatre  was  erected  in  the  place  formerly 
occupied  by  the  pool,  and,  on  the  heights  of  the  hill,  Vespasian  erected 
the  temple  of  Claudius  already  begun  by  Agrippina  and  destroyed  by 
Nero.52  In  this  way,  the  house  of  SS.  John  and  Paul  found  itself  in 
front  of  and  almost  contiguous  to  one  of  the  greatest  temples  of  pagan 
Rome,  the  Claudium,  which  with  its  cella  and  porticoes 53  occupied  a 
rectangular  area  of  three  hundred  and  eighty-five  square  feet.54 

The  grotto  of  the  Neronian  arches  which  discharged  the  Acqua 
Claudia  was  lengthened  under  Septimius  Severus  and  Caracalla  by 
another  series  of  arches  going  from  the  Claudium  to  the  Palatine.55 
These  new  arches  were  built  along  the  road  that  passed  by  the  north 
side  of  the  house  of  the  martyrs,  in  front  of  which  they  formed  a  new 
magnificent  fa9ade  opposite  its  main  entrance.  They  begin  on  the 
front  of  a  grandiose  monument  which  there  extends  from  south  to 
north  on  the  right  bank  of  the  street  that  leads  to  the  Colosseum.  It 
consists  of  two  superposed  rows  of  arches  built  of  large  masses  of 
travertine  of  a  rich  design  in  bosses,  with  cornices  and  friezes  which 
are  purposely  left  rough  in  their  outlines  and  finish.  The  lower  row 
is  now  entirely  buried,  through  the  raising  of  the  level  at  that  point 
where  the  hill  falls  abruptly  toward  the  plain;  eight  arches  remain 
above  ground,  two  of  which  are  half  destroyed  and  covered  up  by 
modern  constructions.  Each  has  an  opening  of  about  three  and  a  half 
metres  and  a  height  of  nine  metres  from  the  ground  to  the  upper  mould- 
ing of  the  cornice  (PL.  xvn).56  Several  opinions,  more  or  less  arbitrary, 

M  That  what  is  here  stated  is  true,  has  been  proved  by  several  excavations  which 
I  have  here  made.  This  may  be  deduced  from  the  following  inscription  (CIL,  VI, 
1728,  b) :  FL  .  PHILIPPVS  .  v .  c .  PRAEFECTVS  VRBI  |  NIMPHIVM  .  SORDIVM  .  SQUALORE- 

FOEDATVM  •  ET  ]  MARMORVM  NVDITATE  DEFORME  .  AD  .  CVI/TVM  |  PRISTINVM  .  REVO- 
CAVIT. 

52  SUETONIUS,  in  Vespasiano,  cap.  x.  53  MARTIALIS,  loc.  cit. 

5*AuRELius  VICTOR,  De  Ccesar.,  cap.  ix;  CANINA,  NIBBY,  loc.  cit.;  JORDAN, 
Topograf.;  PRELLER,  Die  Region.;  etc.  A  portion  of  the  plan  of  this  temple  is 
designed  on  one  of  the  fragments  of  the  Capitoline  plan  (JORDAN,  Forma  urbis  Romae, 
tav.  x,  No.  45.  55L,ANCiANi,  op.  cit.,  p.  160. 

56  NIBBY,  in  his  Roma  net  1838  (i,  658),  refers  to  a  third  row  of  arches  placed  above 
these  two.  I  cannot  say  whence  he  derived  such  information.  It  is  certain  that  no 
trace  remains  of  another  story  in  this  monument,  which  may  be  regarded  as  complete 
as  it  stands,  for  its  two  tiers  of  arches  are  architecturally  symmetrical. 


THE  HOUSE  OF  THE  MARTYRS  JOHN  AND  PAUL.         269 

have  been  held  by  archaeologists  regarding  this  monument.57  In  my 
opinion,  it  is  nothing  else  than  the  terminus  of  the  Neronian  arches 
mentioned  above.  As  this  aqueduct  was  the  only  one  built  above 
ground  within  the  city,  there  was  every  reason  for  giving  it  such  a 
fa9ade  at  the  place  where  its  waters  were  discharged.58 

Nothing  can  be  said  of  the  buildings  that  adjoined  the  house  of  SS. 
John  and  Paul  on  the  side  facing  the  Palatine,  both  because  there  is 
no  mention  made  of  them  in  classic  writers  and  because  the  remains 
which  I  have  uncovered  there  are  too  fragmentary  to  serve  as  a  basis  for 
conjecture.  Such,  however,  is  not  the  case  with  the  side  by  which  the 
Clivus  Scauri  passes.  There  was  the  paternal  home  of  St.  Gregory. 
It  is  well  known  that  this  descendent  of  the  Anici,  despising  the  van- 
ities of  the  world,  retired  in  the  flower  of  his  years  to  live  a  solitary 
life  in  a  monastery  built  by  him  in  his  own  house,  of  which  records 
and  remains  still  exist.59  Somewhat  further  up  and  immediately  oppo- 
site the  house  of  John  and  Paul  are  still  standing  notable  remains 
of  a  public  building  which  all  architects  agree  in  considering  the 
Mansiones  Albanae™  or  the  barracks  of  the  soldiers  that  formed  the 
regular  garrison  of  the  Alban  mount.61  The  building  extended,  on 
one  side,  to  the  Servian  wall,  on  the  other,  up  to  the  house  of  St. 
Gregory  and  above  up  to  the  square  of  SS.  Giovanni  e  Paolo.  To  it 
belong,  apparently,  the  arched  niches,  eight  or  more  of  which  are  still 
to  be  seen  on  the  square  itself,  similar  to  those  frequently  found  in 
large  Roman  constructions  like  the  Palace  of  the  Caesars  and  in  several 
places  on  the  Coelian  itself.  The  house  of  the  martyrs  was  joined 
to  the  above  building  of  the  Mansiones  Albanae  by  means  of  high 
galleries  with  a  double  arch  like  those  found  in  the  recent  excavations 
of  the  Roman  Forum  on  the  via  nova  under  the  Palatine.  Two  of  these 
flying  galleries  still  remain  in  part  (PL.  xvn),  the  other  intermediate 
ones  that  now  exist  have  been  several  times  repaired  and  made  over 

57  For  example,  in  the  cited  works  of  NARDINI,  NIBBY,  and  CANINA,  whose  con- 
jectures have  passed  as  certainties  in  the  greater  part  of  modern  guide-books  of  Rome. 

58  The  specchi  which  I  found  above  these  vaults  and  the  adjoining  tanks  or  piscine, 
the  direction  of  the  Neronian  arches  toward  this  monument  on  one  side  and  that  of 
the  Severian  arches  on  the  other,  come  in  support  of  this  assertion,  which  agrees 
with  what  FRONTINUS  says,  De  Acquaeduct,  i.  20 ;  n.  74. 

69  JOHANNES  DIACONUS,  Vita  S.  Gregorii,  lib.  i ;  S.  PETRUS  DAMIANUS,  Opusc.  xix ; 
GIBELLI,  Memorie  storiche  della  chiesa  dei  SS.  Andrea  e  Gregorio :  Siena,  1888,  §1. 

60  ULRICHS,  op.  tit.,  p  35. 

61  NIBBY-NARDINI,  op.  til.  i,  p.  202 ;  CANINA,  op.  tit.,  p.  50. 


270  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

in  the  Middle  Ages.  A  second  military  station,  also  contiguous  to  the 
house  of  the  martyrs,  existed  next  to  the  one  just  described  in  the 
grounds  of  the  present  Villa  Celimontana.  Its  real  site  was  shown 
by  the  two  important  bases  found  there  in  1820.  It  was  the  station 
of  the  fifth  cohort  of  the  Vigili,  which  was  placed  there  to  defend  the 
Coelian  and  the  neighboring  region  of  Porta  Capena.62 

For  the  sake  of  brevity,  I  shall  abstain  from  any  further  consider- 
ations, for  enough  has  been  said  to  serve  the  purpose  of  showing  what 
were  the  surroundings  of  the  house  of  SS.  John  and  Paul.  Although 
this  house  was  not  situated  on  one  of  the  highest  points  of  the  hill, 
its  unusual  size  and  isolation  made  it  command  the  surrounding  build- 
ings. Its  height,  of  about  15  metres  above  the  street,  gave  an  enchant- 
ing view.  Below,  rose  the  palace  of  the  Caesars  as  a  second  miniature 
city  on  the  little  Palatine  mount ;  to  the  right,  a  part  of  the  Forum 
with  its  majestic  temples  and  splendid  porticoes ;  the  Capitol,  the 
Colosseum,  the  baths  of  Titus  and  of  Trajan,  and  the  numberless 
buildings  of  the  Esquiline,  on  the  north.  Eastward  was  the  temple 
of  Claudius,  high  up  on  the  hill,  surrounded  by  a  forest  of  columns, 
the  buildings  of  the  Caput  Africae,  the  circuses,  the  shrines,  and  the 
military  stations.  Then,  southward,  as  the  hill  slopes  down  to  the 
valley  between  the  Esquiline  and  the  Aventine,  the  eye  wandered 
over  houses  and  palaces,  over  the  walls  of  Aurelian,  along  a  broad  ho- 
rizon limited  by  the  Latin  hills  ;  the  Ostian,  Appian,  and  Latin  ways, 
rich  with  gorgeous  tombs,  lined  the  valley  below,  filled  with  number- 
less patrician  villas  in  the  midst  of  beautiful  gardens  and  parks.  But, 
of  all  this,  nothing  now  remains  but  ruins  and  a  desert  and  some 
modern  structures.  Alone,  the  house  of  SS.  John  and  Paul  still  stands 
as  a  remnant  of  the  by-gone  splendors  of  the  Coelian. 

III.    HISTORY  OF  SS.  JOHN   AND   PAUL,  AS  CONNECTED  WITH 
THE  HOUSE  ON  THE  COELIAN. 

Historic  and  archseologic  documents  unanimously  inform  us  that 
John  and  Paul  lived  in  the  middle  of  the  fourth  century  from  the 
reign  of  the  great  Constantine  to  that  of  Julian  the  Apostate.  Their 
gens  is  unknown,  for  their  birth-names  have  not  been  preserved,  but 
only  their  Christian  name  or  agnomen  which,  according  to  custom, 
they  probably  received  at  the  time  of  their  baptism.63  It  is  certain 

68  OIL,  vi,  1057.  KELLERMANN,  Vigilum  roman.  latercula  duo  codimontana :  Roma, 
1835. 

63  THEODORETOS,  Serm.  Vlllin  fine;  ETJSEBIOS,  Hist.  Eccles.,  c.  xxv;  CHRYSOSTO- 
MOS,  Horn.  XXI  in  Genes.,  Horn,  de  S.  MeleL,  Con.  Nicen.,  can.  xxx. 


THE  HOUSE  OF  THE  MARTYRS  JOHN  AND  PAUL.         271 

that  they  were  persons  of  much  importance  and  high  repute  at  the 
imperial  court  in  the  time  of  the  Constantines.  It  would  seem  that 
they  at  first  followed  a  military  career,  in  which  they  were  very  suc- 
cessful, and  were  then  admitted  to  the  imperial  court  as  high  officers  : 
olim  romulei  servantes  moenia  regni,  Barbaricos  strarunt  saepe  mucrone 
globos,  as  Florus  of  Lugdunum  64  writes  ;  and  as  we  read  in  an  anti- 
phony  of  the  ancient  liturgy  :  sub  Constantino  Augusto  militantes,fidem 
Christi  suscipere  meruerunt.65  In  the  paintings  that  were  made  of 
them  in  various  times  and  places,  they  are  always  represented  in  mili- 
tary garb,  and  hence  came  the  usual  opinion  of  the  vulgar,  that  they 
were  never  anything  but  soldiers.  However,  in  a  fresco  found  in  their 
house,  they  are  dressed  in  the  palatine  robes  of  officers  of  the  palace, 
such  as  were  worn  in  the  Byzantine  period.66  When,  in  330,  the  im- 
perial court  was  transferred  to  Byzantium,  it  is  to  be  supposed  that 
the  two  illustrious  courtiers  followed  their  prince  to  the  new  capital 
and  remained  there  more  or  less  regularly  at  their  post  up  to  the 
accession  of  Julian.  This  opinion  is  made  almost  a  certainty  from 
the  sum  of  the  facts  recounted  in  the  Acts  of  these  martyrs,  and  be- 
cause we  know  that  Julian,  after  having  been  saluted  emperor,  never 
again  set  foot  in  Rome.  Among  the  many  amphorae  for  private  use 
found  in  the  house  on  the  Coelian,  there  is  one  of  singular  importance 
for  the  signs  upon  it,  which  show  that  it  contained  wine  from  Greece  and 
that  the  sender  was  a  Christian.  Comm.  De  Rossi,  in  illustrating  this 
object  before  the  Academy  of  Christian  Archaeology,  asserted  among 
other  things  that  the  fact,  that  this  wine  came  from  Hellenic  lands  and 
from  Christian  property,  would  lead  to  the  belief  that  the  two  saints 
owned  landed  property  in  the  East  :  67  this  is  a  further  argument  in 
favor  of  their  establishment  in  the  East. 

However  this  may  be,  it  is  certain  that,  after  Julian  became  em- 
peror, Paul  and  John  retired  to  private  life  in  their  house  on  the 
Coelian.  l  It  is  not  known  how  they  came  to  own  it,  or  when  they 
first  began  to  live  there.  To  judge  from  its  position,  so  near  to  the 
Palace  of  the  Caesars,  it  is  to  be  conjectured  that  their  position  at  the 
imperial  court  obliged  them  to  choose  a  dwelling  in  this  vicinity,  and 
that  this  happened  while  the  court  was  still  in  Rome.  Nor  is  it 


.  MABiLLON,.4wafecta,  1.  1,  p.  402. 

65  Of.  MAZOCCHI,  Calend.  NeapotiL,  t.  in,  p.  725,  No.  499. 

66  DE  Eossi,  JRoma  Sott.  :  II  Cimitero  di  Generosa,  p.  659  ;  Sullettino,  1869,  p.  7. 

67  DE  Kossi,  Bullettino,  1888;  Conferenze,  Feb.  1889. 


272  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

improbable  that  this  house  belonged  to  the  Palace,  as  did  all  this  part 
of  the  Coelian  in  the  time  of  Nero  and  his  Domus  aurea.  Or,  judg- 
ing from  the  great  size  of  the  building,  it  may  have  been  the  private 
palace  of  the  princess  Constantia,  to  whose  special  service  John  and 
Paul  were  attached ;  and  she  may  have  left  it  by  will  to  these  faith- 
ful ministers  as  a  reward  for  their  services.  The  house  itself,  as  I 
shall  shortly  demonstrate,  was  of  ancient  plan,  modified  and  restored 
several  times  during  the  third  and  fourth  centuries.  The  religious 
paintings  with  which  it  was  decorated  in  about  the  middle  of  the 
fourth  century  show  that  already  at  that  time  it  was  inhabited  by 
Christians,  that  is,  by  our  martyrs.  This  is  a  proof  all  the  more 
beautiful  that  it  is  so  rare  (not  to  say  unique)  to  find  a  private  Roman 
house  adorned,  like  a  church,  with  religious  compositions. 

It  is  not  my  intention  to  discuss  in  this  place  the  intricate  question, 
so  much  disputed,  of  the  Constantia  named  in  the  Acts  of  SS.  John 
and  Paul,  in  order  to  decide  who  this  princess  was.  I  will  only  say, 
with  Comm.  De  Rossi,68  that  she  is  not  the  Constantina  of  the  basilica 
of  Sant'  Agnese  on  the  Via  Nomentana,  nor  is  she  one  of  the  daughters 
of  the  emperor  Constantine,  but  is  one  of  his  descendants,  probably 
a  niece  on  the  side  of  Hannibalianus  or  Gallus,  the  successive  husbands 
of  his  daughter  Constantina.  In  support  of  the  truthfulness  of  the 
above-mentioned  Acts  that  speak  of  Constantia,  a  fact  should  here  be 
adduced  from  one  of  the  paintings  in  the  house  on  the  Coelian.  It  is 
a  fresco,  of  the  close  of  the  fourth  century,  which  represents  a  com- 
position with  six  figures.  Of  these  the  principal  are  two  young  men 
standing  on  either  side  of  a  noble  damsel,  richly  robed  and  of  noble 
presence :  De  Rossi  recognizes  in  them  John  and  Paul  and  the  princess 
Constantia :  cum  quibus  Augusto  radiat  Constantia  serto®  as  sang  Wan- 
delbert,  a  writer  of  the  ninth  century.70 

Neither  is  it  my  intention  to  enter  into  an  examination  of  our 
present  text  of  the  Acts  of  SS.  John  and  Paul,  either  for  the  purpose 
of  extracting  historic  information  or  for  deciding  on  their  value  from 
the  critical  standpoint.  They  include,  however,  a  side  that  must  be 
touched  upon,  as  it  is  connected  with  what  forms  the  greatest  inter- 

68  DE  Eossi,  Mosaici :  II  Mausoleo  di  S.  Costanza. 

69  Martyrolog.  ad  diem  26  Jun. 

70  DE  Rossi,  though  previously  prejudiced  against  the  authenticity  of  the  Acts  in 
so  far  as  they  refer  to  Constantia,  as  soon  as  he  saw  this  painting  was  converted  to 
the  above  interpretation. 


THE  HOUSE  OF  THE  MARTYRS  JOHN  AND  PAUL.         273 

est  of  these  discoveries  on  the  Coelian.  We  have  found  in  the  house 
of  John  and  Paul  not  only  an  archseologic  monument  of  the  first 
order  but  a  luminous  proof  of  the  truth  of  Christian  traditions  and 
historic  reminiscences.  According  to  Tillemont  and  his  followers, 
these  Acts  are  a  tissue  of  fables,  a  contemptible  legend  of  Byzantine 
times.  Such  criticism  is  now  shown  to  be  false.  The  monuments, 
discovered  after  more  than  fourteen  centuries  of  oblivion,  correspond 
perfectly  and  in  every  detail  to  the  description  in  the  document.  Fur- 
thermore, surprising  as  it  may  seem,  it  was  possible,  by  following  the 
indications  of  this  document,  to  conduct  the  excavations  by  a  priori 
knowledge,  in  search  (1)  of  the  aedes  on  which  we  read  that  the  titulus 
Pammachii  was  erected ;  (2)  of  the  cella  in  which  the  confessors  of  Christ 
were  surrounded  at  night  by  the  soldiers  of  Terentianus  and  put  to 
death ;  (3)  of  the  ditch  in  which  their  bodies  were  carefully  hidden  by 
their  butchers ;  (4)  of  the  confessio  made  on  the  site  by  Byzantius ;  finally, 
of  the  tomb  and  the  traces  of  the  three  contemporary  martyrs,  Crispus, 
Crispinianus,  and  Benedicta.  With  this  document  as  a  guide,  I  suc- 
ceeded in  finding,  one  by  one,  all  these  precious  remains  spoken  of  in  it : 
a  document  held  to  be  worthy  of  little  faith  if  not  totally  spurious.  And 
so  the  discovery  of  the  house  on  the  Coelian  may  truly  be  called  a  tri- 
umph of  historic  truth  and  of  the  traditions  of  the  Roman  Church 

It  would  be  out  of  place  in  this  article  to  attempt  to  show  minutely 
the  correspondences  between  the  Acts  and  the  monuments  discovered. 
Thus,  in  the  Acts,  it  is  said,  that  secrecy  having  been  enjoined  regard- 
ing the  place  where  the  bodies  of  John  and  Paul  had  been  placed, 
Crispus,  Crispinianus,  and  Benedicta  sought  for  them  diligently  and 
in  anguish  of  spirit,  and  when  they  had  found  them  intra  parietes 
aedium,  they  would  come  to  venerate  them  and  pray  at  the  tomb. 
Now,  in  the  monument  itself,  there  are  three  paintings,  dating  from 
the  close  of  the  fourth  century,  placed  next  to  one  another  on  three 
separate  walls,  which  reproduce  this  story  with  singular  naturalness. 
In  the  Acts  it  is  added  that  the  satellites  of  Julian,  having  heard  of 
the  fact,  ordered  the  capture  of  the  three  bold  Christians  who  were 
caught  in  flagrante  on  the  spot,  and  were  condemned  to  pay  the 
penalty  with  their  heads.  In  the  monuments,  by  the  side  of  the  three 
above-mentioned  frescoes,  are  two  others,  painted  at  the  same  time, 
which  represent  to  the  life  this  arrest  and  this  martyrdom  in  its  most 
minute  details.  One  of  these  details  is,  that  the  bodies  of  the  martyrs 
are  ignominiously  cast  to  the  dogs.  This  also  is  represented  by  the 


274  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

Christian  painter  a  century  before  the  Acts  were  written.  This  pass- 
ing mention  is  sufficient  for  the  present  purpose,  and  a  minute  descrip- 
tion of  the  paintings  will  be  given  in  its  place  when  the  confessio  in 
aedibus,  to  which  they  belong,  is  spoken  of. 

A  few  words  may  now  be  said  of  the  way  in  which  the  discovery 
of  the  house  of  SS.  John  and  Paul  took  place.  It  was  not  made  by 
chance,  as  is  usually  the  case.  It  was  my  intention  to  write  some  his- 
torico-archseological  memoirs  on  the  martyrs  of  the  Coelian  and  their 
basilica.  A  study  of  the  subject  at  once  showed  me  that  the  saints 
inhabited  this  declivity  of  the  hill,  and  that  the  basilica  rose  over  their 
house.  At  first,  it  was  my  opinion  that  little  or  nothing  could  have 
remained  of  the  building,  as  is  unfortunately  the  case  with  all  the  other 
memoriae  known  to  have  been  erected  in  aedibus  sanctorum.  I  wished, 
however,  to  be  certain  of  the  facts,  and,  having  noticed  that  the  level 
of  the  street  was  in  great  part  lower  than  that  of  the  interior  of  the 
basilica,  I  began  to  hope  that  in  this  difference  I  might  find  some  re- 
mains of  the  house.  In  March  1877,  I  let  myself  down  into  one  of 
the  tombs  made  below  the  pavement  of  the  basilica  near  the  high  altar, 
dug  around  in  the  earth  and  bones,  and  found  traces  of  paintings  that 
had  all  the  characteristics  of  the  art  of  the  fourth  century.  Being 
encouraged  by  Comm.  De  Rossi,  to  whom  I  communicated  my  dis- 
covery, I  proceeded  to  transport  the  bones  to  another  spot  in  the 
church,  and  cleared  the  tomb  of  earth,  demolishing  all  the  modern 
additions  made  to  convert  it  to  such  use.  After  a  month's  labor,  I 
had  opened  up  an  entire  chamber,  covered  on  three  walls  with  fres- 
coes of  the  period  mentioned.  From  this  chamber  I  passed,  by  a 
passage  which  I  discovered,  into  another,  then  into  a  third  and  so  on. 

JT  O  *  * 

All  the  rooms  that  are  placed  on  the  main  axis  of  the  domus  were 
filled  with  well-trodden  earth  up  to  the  top  and  on  their  crushed 
vaults  rested  the  mosaic-pavement  of  the  basilica.  This  made  it  a 
matter  of  great  difficulty  to  empty  them  without  injuring  the  church 
above.  But  this  was  finally  accomplished,  and  now  more  than  one- 
half  of  the  aedes  which  was  enclosed  within  the  perimeter  of  the 
basilica  is  unearthed  and  accessible.  This  part  of  the  monument  is 
what  will  be  described  in  this  and  successive  papers.  The  excava- 
tions are  still  continuing,  and  new  discoveries  are  being  made,  but 
the  main  and  historic  part  of  the  building  is  already  opened  up,  and 
future  additions  cannot  change  the  archaeological  data  which  will  here 
be  given. 


THE  HOUSE  OF  THE  MARTYRS  JOHN  AND  PAUL.         275 

IV.    PLAN   OF  THE   HOUSE. 

Two  main  classes  of  houses  were  distinguished  by  the  Romans : 
the  domus  privata,  that  served  as  a  dwelling  for  the  owner  or  for  a 
family ;  and  the  insula,  which  was  either  several  houses  joined  together 
or  several  apartments  suited  to  the  use  of  several  tenants.  The  noble 
and  well-to-do  classes  usually  lived  in  a  private  house  or  palace,  while 
the  common  people,  on  the  other  hand,  used  to  a  life  entirely  in  the 
open  air,  rented  some  rooms  in  an  insula  and  were  satisfied  with  very 
modest  accommodations.  The  Coelian  house  inhabited  by  SS.  John 
and  Paul,  who  were  illustrious  and  wealthy,  was  a  domus  owned  by 
them,  though  from  its  size  and  from  being  surrounded  on  all  sides  by 
streets  it  looked  like  an  insula. 

Although  differing  in  dimensions,  in  the  number  and  arrangement 
of  the  rooms,  according  to  the  wealth  of  the  owner  or  the  conditions 
of  the  ground,  Roman  houses  were  usually  modelled  on  a  similar  plan 
determined  by  architectural  prescriptions  and  special  laws  then  in 
vogue.  The  proihyrum  or  entrance-hall  led  from  the  street  to  a  large 
rectangular  atrium,  covered  only  along  its  sides  by  a  roof  supported  by 
columns  or  piers :  this  was  the  compluvium,  in  whose  centre  was  a 
marble  basin,  the  impluvium,  to  receive  rain-water.  To  the  right  and 
left  of  the  portico  were  arranged  a  number  of  cubicula  or  rooms  for 
various  domestic  uses.  At  the  end  was  the  tablinum,  the  principal 
room  in  every  Roman  house,  which  served  as  a  reception-hall.  It 
was  open  at  both  ends,  so  that  it  was  possible,  from  the  street,  to  see 
through  the  whole  house  from  one  end  to  the  other,  across  the  ta- 
blinum. Behind  this  hall  was  a  second  atrium,  always  present  in  houses 
in  the  least  comfortable  (even  when  the  first  was  wanting),  called  the 
peristylium,  from  the  colonnade  that  encircled  it.  This  constituted  the 
internal  portion  of  the  house.  Along  its  covered  sides  were  arranged 
the  chambers  in  which  the  family  lived  :  the  bed-chambers,  cubicula 
nocturna  et  diurna ;  the  triclinium  or  dining-room  ;  the  pinacotheca 
or  picture-gallery ;  the  conclavi  or  halls  reserved  for  the  especial  use 
of  the  owner,  etc.  Fountains  and  gardens  usually  adorned  the 
peristyle,  which  was  considered  the  pleasantest  part  of  the  house. 
Such  a  model  is  followed  in  nearly  all  the  houses  of  Pompeii.  It  is 
followed  in  the  house  on  the  Coelian,  although  its  plan  was  several 
times  modified  during  more  than  a  century,  and  especially  during 
the  time  of  the  martyrs.  The  Romans  had  this  peculiarity,  that, 


276  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

unless  it  were  impossible  to  do  otherwise,  they  never  demolished  the 
old  when  they  built  the  new,  but  left  it  and  sought  to  unite  the  two. 
It  is  astonishing  to  see  so  often,  in  Rome  as  in  the  province,  several 
kinds  of  construction  in  the  same  building,  the  different  periods  of 
which  are  evident.  Three  such  periods  are  manifest  in  our  Coelian 
house :  that  of  the  end  of  the  second  century ;  one  of  the  third  and 
fourth  centuries ;  and  one  even  of  the  fifth  and  sixth,  after  the  house 
had  been  changed  into  a  basilica.  These  modifications  affected  the 
original  plan  considerably,  which  also  remains,  in  part,  uncertain, 
owing  to  the  incompleteness  of  the  excavations. 

The  main  entrance,  on  the  outside,  the  ostium,  prothyrum,  and  com- 
pluvium  with  the  annexed  buildings,  are  where  at  present  stands  the 
lower  field  of  the  Passionist  ritiro,  in  the  space  between  the  municipal 
palestra  and  the  new  chapel  of  San  Paolo  della  Croce.  I  have  already 
said  that  two  streets  passed  at  this  point,  one  along  the  west  side 
of  the  Claudium  toward  the  Flavian  ampitheatre,  the  other,  from  the 
Claudium  to  the  Palatine,  along  the  line  of  the  Severian  aqueduct.  The 
entrance  of  the  house  opens  on  the  latter  street.  I  have  not  uncovered 
but  have  merely  investigated  this  front  half  of  the  building,  the  whole 
of  which  is  outside  the  perimeter  of  the  basilica.  Only  a  few  vestiges 
of  it  remain,  disturbed  by  the  work  undertaken  here  during  the  last 
fifty  years.  Some  beautiful  polychromatic  mosaics  were  found  here, 
some  of  which  were  destroyed,  others  were  again  covered  over.  More 
than  one-half  of  the  peristyle,  also,  is  lost,  that  part  outside  the  basilica. 
The  columns  of  both  atria  are  probably  the  same  that  were  used  in 
the  construction  of  the  basilica,  and  still  stand  where  Pammachius 
placed  them.  They  are  of  black  granite,  a  little  over  four  metres  in 
height,  with  a  diameter  of  50  centimetres.  For  a  large  basilica  with 
three  naves,  at  least  twenty  metres  high,  columns  of  such  small  dimen- 
sions must  have  appeared  out  of  all  proportion,  as  they  certainly  are ;  but 
the  pious  founder,  in  erecting  the  church  within  the  dwelling  of  the 
martyrs,  may  have  preferred  to  pass  over  architectural  proportions  in 
order  to  put  to  such  use  the  columns  that  were  associated  with  the 
place.  A  similar  use  was  made  of  all  the  other  decorative  marbles  of 
the  house. 

The  remaining  part  of  the  peristyle  is  to  be  found  within  the  area 
limited  by  the  altar  of  S.  Saturninus  and  that  of  S.  Pammachius,  under 
the  left  nave  of  the  church.  Investigations  on  this  spot  have  made 


THE  HOUSE  OF  THE  MARTYRS  JOHN  AND  PAUL.         277 

this  certain,  but  the  site  is  still  filled  with  rubbish.  Consequently, 
of  the  entire  house  only  the  inner  chambers  have  been  preserved  in 
good  condition,  those  which  are  situated  behind  the  peristyle.  Fortu-. 
nately,  this  was,  so  to  speak,  the  heart  of  the  house,  the  part  in  which 
the  owners  dwelt.  This  is  clear  from  the  arrangement  of  the  rooms 
mentioned  above  as  on  the  axis  of  the  building,  and  from  their  rich 
decoration  of  mosaics  and  frescoes ;  whereas  all  the  others  of  which 
there  is  any  trace  are  not  only  without  decoration  but  are  of  an  inferior 
quality.  The  same  may  be  said  of  the  other  adjacent  rooms  on  the 
same  floor,  which  will  be  described  in  another  place. 

That  part  of  the  house  which  I  term  the  parte  nobile,  and  which  is  in 
the  rear  of  the  peristyle,  consists  of  five  parallel  rows  oi  two  chambers. 
In  the  third  and  central  row  is  the  tablinum,  about  six  metres  long  by 
five  in  width.  A  large  arched  opening  leads  from  it  into  the  inter- 
nal atrium,  and  another  similar  archway  on  the  opposite  side  opens 
into  a  second  smaller  chamber  or  passageway.  From  this  second 
room,  which  was  open  on  the  side  facing  the  street,  the  tablinum  re- 
ceived light  and  air.  Two  doors  in  the  side-walls  led  into  adjoining 
rooms.  However  the  use  of  the  tablinum  may  have  varied,  in  suc- 
cessive periods,  from  its  original  purpose  of  containing  the  family 
archives,  it  was  an  indispensable  part  of  every  Eoman  house.  In 
this  case,  instead  of  being  placed  in  front  of  the  peristylium,  it  is  be- 
hind it,  perhaps  for  topographic  reasons. 

Of  the  other  rows  of  rooms  one  only  has  not  yet  been  freed  from 
earth.  Thick  partition-walls  separate  these  rooms,  which  communi- 
cate by  means  of  wide  passages  opened  in  the  walls.  Two  of  these 
rows  have  a  simple  archway  instead  of  this  division- wall.  A  glance  at 
the  plan  on  PLATE  xvi  will  show  the  details  of  the  entire  arrangement. 

The  rhomboidal  shape  given  to  all  these  rooms  of  the  parte  nobile 
may  appear  strange,  especially  as  the  street  itself  is  at  right  angles 
with  the  axis  of  the  building,  and  therefore  could  not  be  the  cause  of 
this  angular  deviation.  A  careful  examination  of  the  PLAN  will  show 
that  this  deviation  increases  gradually  from  south  to  north.  The  first 
zone  of  the  building  near  the  Clivus  Scauri  is  perfectly  rectangular;  the 
second  is  almost  so  on  one  side,  while  on  the  other  it  deviates  slightly 
from  the  regular  plan,  from  one  end  to  the  other;  and,  finally,  the  third 
bends  so  much  at  the  atrium  and  in  turning  becomes  so  narrow  as  to 
violate  all  rules  and  proportions.  The  only  explanation  of  this  is,  that, 
2 


278  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

before  the  house  was  reduced  to  its  present  condition,  a  second  street 
passed  along  that  side,  obliging  the  builder  to  follow  its  line.71 

The  cryptoporticus  or  corridor  that  flanks  the  oblique  side  of  the 
court  is  still  paved  with  those  polygons  of  lava  which  the  Romans  used 
for  their  public  roads.  This  extends  over  a  surface  of  two  metres, 
which  is  the  width  of  an  ordinary  street :  beyond  that  point  the  pave- 
ment is  of  a  different  kind. 

When  the  street  was  abandoned  and  the  house  was  enlarged  on  that 
side,'  various  modifications  of  the  structure  became  necessary.  There 
are  still  evident  proofs  of  this  fact.  In  the  middle  of  the  front  wall 
of  the  old  building,  where  is  now  the  great  opening  which  joins  the 
tablinum  to  the  court,  there  used  to  be  a  simple  exit  of  small  size. 
This  was  one  of  the  outer  doors  of  the  house  :  the  enlargement  both  in 
height  and  breadth  dates  from  the  fourth  century.  Besides  this  door 
there  were  no  others  that  opened  on  to  the  street,  from  the  tablinum 
onward  at  least ;  nor  were  there  any  in  the  opposite  wall.  It  there- 
fore became  necessary,  in  order  to  establish  communication  between  the 
first  building  and  the  new  additions,  to  open  two  doorways,  one  in  each 
wall.  As  these  were  found  to  be  sufficiently  strong,  it  was  deemed  not 
necessary  to  place  over  them  architraves  or  arches,  and  this  is  enough 
to  show  them  to  belong  to  a  date  later  than  the  building. 

At  about  the  same  time,  several  other  adjoining  constructions  were 
added  to  the  house  :  of  this  there  are  still  visible  traces  in  the  joinings 
which  belong  to  the  fourth  century,  whereas  all  the  added  parts  belong 
to  the  third  or  even  perhaps  to  the  second  century.  It  is  easy  to  iden- 
tify these  additions,  on  the  PLAN,  as  they  all  are  built  on  an  axis  differ- 
ent from  that  of  the  house  proper,  just  described ;  and,  besides,  their 
irregularity  shows  that  they  have  nothing  to  do  with  the  original  plan 
of  the  house.  The  additions  are  distinguished  on  the  PLAN  by  a 
lighter  tint. 

Back  of  the  five  rows  of  rooms  that  composed  the  appartamento 
nobile  is  a  rectangular  space  four  and  a  half  metres  wide  and  twenty- 
five  metres  long — the  exact  width  of  the  fa9ade  of  the  house  on  that 
side.  Within  this  enclosed  space,  which  has  been  only  partially  exca- 
vated, six  doors  open  onto  the  street  often  mentioned,  the  Clivus  Scauri, 

71  Pompeii  offers,  among  a  hundred  others,  an  instance  quite  like  this  in  the  sub- 
urban villa  of  M.  Arrius  Diomedes.  The  so-called  Street  of  Tombs,  on  which  it 
is  situated,  runs  obliquely  to  the  axis  of  the  building,  which  led  to  the  adoption  of  the 
triangular  form  in  which  it  is  built :  OVERBECK,  Pompe}i,  4th  ed.,  p.  369. 


THE  HOUSE  OF  THE  MARTYRS  JOHN  AND  PAUL.         279 

each  one  of  which  corresponds  to  one  row  of  rooms  or  to  one  of  the 
passageways  that  lead  to  them.  In  the  fourth  century,  division-walls 
were  placed  there  at  different  points,  in  order  to  prevent  passing  through 
these  doors.  At  first,  however,  this  entire  gallery  was  open,  and  looked 
like  a  long  vestibule  with  doors  that  communicated  with  the  inner 
rooms.  Was  this,  then,  the  prothyrum,  and  therefore  the  place  of  the 
main  entrance  to  the  original  house?  If  it  were  so,  we  should  be 
obliged  to  regard  it  as  of  very  small  dimensions,  as  without  peristyle 
or  atrium,  on  account  of  the  streets  that  circumscribed  it.  Any  opinion 
would  be  but  a  mere  conjecture.  It  can  only  be  asserted,  with  safety, 
that  at  the  time  of  SS.  John  and  Paul  the  domus  coelimontana  had  no 
entrance  on  that  side,  and  the  six  doors,  interrupted  by  walls,  served 
but  to  give  light  and  air.  I  was  hence  led  to  seek  for  the  main  en- 
trance to  the  house  of  the  fourth  century  at  the  point  where  I  found 
it,  namely,  beyond  the  tablinum,  outside  the  perimeter  of  the  basilica. 
The  house  therefore  received  light  from  the  street  on  the  south  side, 
and  on  the  north  received  it  from  other  doors  and  windows  which 
opened  onto  the  inner  court.  After  the  works  of  the  fifth  century, 
however,  all  these  openings  were  closed  or  were  covered  by  two  walls 
which  were  then  built  within  the  house  itself,  along  its  two  sides,  in 
order  to  place  upon  them  the  twenty-four  columns  of  the  church. 
Thus  was  the  ancient  building  left  within  the  perimeter  of  the  new, 
and  was  cut  into  three  parts,  following  the  line  of  the  three  naves  of 
the  basilica :  not  only  the  light  but  all  communication  between  the 
sections  was  cut  off.  These  walls  are  given  on  the  PLAN. 

V.   SECTION  AND  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  BUILDING. 

The  house  had  two  stories,  or  three  including  the  ground-floor. 
To  the  ancient  habit  of  preserving  the  old  in  raising  new  constructions 
we  owe  the  preservation  of  the  fapade  of  these  three  stories  at  the 
time  of  the  construction,  in  the  fifth  century,  of  the  basilica  in  domo 
sanctorum.  This  fa9ade  is  still  visible  on  the  left  side  of  the  street  of 
SS.  Giovanni  e  Paolo,  and  comprises  the  entire  south  side  of  the  church. 
To  the  ground-floor  belong  the  six  great  arched  doors  symmetrically 
arranged  in  a  row  as  a  peristerus  or  inner  portico.  Above  them  are 
two  rows  of  windows,  indicating  the  lines  of  the  two  upper  stories. 
When  these  stories  were  destroyed  in  order  to  make  way  for  the  basilica, 
their  outer  wall  was  retained  to  become  that  of  the  church.  The 
windows  of  the  first  story  were  closed,  and  those  of  the  second  story 


280  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

were  used  as  the  clerestory  of  the  basilica.  Their  tops  only  were 
destroyed  in  order  to  lengthen  them  and  adapt  them  to  their  new  use. 
This  example  of  a  three-storied  fa9ade  of  an  ancient  house  may  be 
said  to  be  the  only  one  known.  In  Herculaneum  something  of  the 
kind  is  seen  in  a  small  one-storied  building ; 71a  and  recently  at  Pom- 
peii has  been  uncovered,  on  a  hill-side,  a  house  which  appears  to  have 
had  several  stories ;  but  such  examples  may  be  termed  ruins  or  vestiges 
that  have  nothing  comparable  to  the  grandiose  fa9ade  of  our  domus 
coelimontana.  There  were,  of  course,  both  in  Rome  and  in  the  pro- 
vinces, many  higher  and  more  magnificent  buildings.  We  know  that 
special  laws  were  passed  to  keep  within  bounds  the  mania  to  raise 
houses  to  a  great  height.72  Partly  from  the  too-rapid  increase  of  the 
population,  partly  through  private  vanity,  this  abuse  had  become 
quite  general,  and  Petronius  wrote  of  it,  aedificant  auro,  sedesque 
ad  sidera  tollunt  • 73  and  the  rhetor  Aristides  could  say,  that  all  Italy 
could  not  hold  the  buildings  of  the  immense  city,  if  they  were  reduced 
to  a  single  floor.74  But  all  such  buildings  have  been  destroyed,  and 
this  one  would  certainly  have  suffered  a  like  fate  had  it  not  been  incor- 
porated in  the  constructions  of  the  basilica. 

The  height  of  the  house  from  the  street-level  is  about  fifteen  metres ; 
six  of  which  belong  to  the  ground-floor  and  four  to  each  of  the  upper 
stories.  This  height  is  in  perfect  architectural  relation  to  the  length 
of  the  building,  which  is  about  thirty  metres.  Without  being  at 
all  rich  in  the  display  of  marbles  and  decoration,  the  great  fayade 
on  the  Clivus  Scauri  is  singularly  fine  in  the  arrangement  of  its  parts 
and  for  its  elegance,  even  since  it  was  deprived  of  all  ornament  and 
reduced  to  the  bare  wall.  In  the  drawing  reproduced  in  PLATE  xvn,  I 
have  confined  myself  to  copying  present  facts,  except  in  so  far  as  I  have 
left  out  certain  arches  built,  during  the  Middle  Ages,  to  support  that 
side  of  the  basilica,  as  well  as  some  repairs  executed  from  time  to  time. 
Neither  is  the  fayade  continued  in  the  drawing  :  it  originally  stretched 
eleven  metres  further  along  the  same  line  up  to  the  portico  of  the 
basilica,  beyond  the  five  rows  of  chambers  which  form  the  main  sec- 
tion of  the  house.  It  is  of  different  design  and  period.  The  win- 
dows in  this  part  of  the  wall  which,  like  the  others,  were  closed  in  the 

71aCoMrARETTi  e  DE  PETRA,  La  Villa  Ercolanese  di  Pisoni.    The  Casa  del  balcone 
pensile  at  Pompeii  is  an  example  of  a  two-storied  building. 

72  CICERO,  De  lege  agraria,  u.  35.  7S  PETRONIUS  ARE.,  Satyricon. 

74  JUVENALIS,  Sat.  xiv ;  TACITUS,  Ann.,  viu.  3. 


THE  HOUSE  OF  THE  MARTYRS  JOHN  AND  PAUL.         281 

fifth  century,  are  of  a  single  story  and  do  not  correspond  in  either 
form  or  level  with  the  preceding ;  and,  besides,  there  is  no  exit  of  any 
sort  on  the  ground-floor.  It  is  easy  to  see  that  this  outer  wall  belongs 
to  the  building  which  I  mentioned  above  as  having  been  added  to  the 
primitive  building  during  the  fourth  century.  That  it  is  so,  is  shown 
by  the  plan  on  PLATE  xvi. 

The  illustration  of  this  fa9ade  will  render  a  more  minute  descrip- 
tion unnecessary.  One  further  remark  it  is  interesting  to  make  :  all 
the  windows  that  remain  intact,  as  are  those  on  the  first  floor,  had  a 
wooden  architrave  under  the  brick  arch  or  rather  archivolt,  and  this 
wood  still  remains  in  place,  in  good  preservation.  This  is  not  so  re- 
markable, considering  the  great  care  taken  by  the  ancients  in  their 
choice  of  wood  for  construction,  and  in  their  selection  of  the  season 
for  cutting  it.75  FlaminioVacca  relates,  in  the  time  of  Pius  V,  that, 
in  demolishing  some  walls  of  the  Republican  period76  in  the  forum 
of  Nerva  at  the  so-called  Arco  dei  Pantani,  there  were  found  dove- 
tailed wooden  cross-bars  used  to  bind  together  the  large  stone 
blocks.77  In  the  Neronian  port  at  Anzio,  the  beams  of  the  founda- 
tions of  the  moles  still  remain,  of  extremely  hard  oak,78  and  just  as 
well  preserved  was  the  wood  extracted  from  the  lake  of  Nemi  known 
under  the  name  of  nave  di  Tiberio,  which  also  belonged  to  founda- 
tions.79 On  the  west  side  of  our  house  on  the  Coelian,  there  remains 
of  the  fapade  all  that  part  which  serves  as  the  end- wall  of  the  basilica 
on  either  side  of  the  apse,  above  the  botanical  garden.  In  the  next 
chapter,  I  shall  describe  this  side.  The  other  two  fronts  have  been 
either  demolished  or  hidden  by  the  ancient  and  modern  constructions 
of  the  church. 

Several  staircases  joined  together  the  different  apartments  of  the 
building.  The  main  staircase  was  placed  in  the  inner  court  at  the 
entrance  to  the  tablinum,  on  the  left.  There  remains  only  a  portion 
of  it,  consisting  of  fifteen  steps,  reaching  as  far  as  the  level  on  which 
was  built,  at  the  close  of  the  fourth  century,  the  confessio  of  the 
eponymous  martyrs.  The  traces  of  other  steps  on  the  two  side-walls 
show  that  they  continued  in  the  same  direction  for  some  distance,  in 
fact,  as  far  as  the  story  above,  which  was  placed  at  least  a  metre  above 
the  level  of  the  present  pavement  of  the  church ;  so  that  there  must 
have  been  at  least  twenty  steps.  They  were  made  of  stone  from  the 

75  VITRUVJUS,  n.  9. 10.  76  NIBBY,  JBowa  nel  1838,  i,  p.  235. 

77  PACCA,  Memorie,  $  89.  78  NIBBY,  loc.  cit.  79  NIBBY,  ibid.,  p.  236. 


282  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

Tivoli  quarries  (pietra  tiburtina),  and  rested  on  a  tunnel-vault  con- 
structed between  two  walls,  with  an  almost  uniform  width  of  1.70 
met.  Of  these  I  have  found  only  some  vestiges,  according  to  which 
I  have  sought  to  readjust  the  stairway  in  order  to  make  it  passable. 
Before  the  house  was  abandoned  and  filled  with  earth,  pilgrims  used 
it  in  coming  to  the  martyrium  of  the  saints  John  and  Paul. 

Another  small  stairway,  under  the  preceding  one,  led  from  the 
ground-floor  to  the  rooms  added  at  a  later  date,  near  the  peristyle. 
These  being  on  a  lower  level,  it  was  necessary  to  place  some  steps  at 
the  opening  made  at  the  point  of  communication.  A  third  staircase, 
not  more  than  a  metre  wide,  led  to  another  lower  story  yet  to  be 
described,  and  still  another  led  by  a  different  way  to  the  upper  stories. 
The  two  latter  stories,  not  having  yet  even  been  excavated,  are  not 
represented  on  the  PLAN. 

A  few  words  are  now  in  order  regarding  the  construction  of  the 
building  and  its  different  parts.  As  in  the  great  part  of  constructions 
of  the  imperial  period,80  nothing  but  bricks  are  employed,  sometimes 
red,  sometimes  yellow.  The  facing  of  the  walls  is  good,  and  varied 
according  to  the  various  periods  of  construction  and  the  requirements 
of  the  site.  Nearly  everywhere  triangular  bricks  are  used,  with  which 
are  mingled,  after  a  certain  number  of  courses,  the  usual  courses  of 
square  bricks  commonly  called  goloni,  which  served  to  unite  more 
firmly  the  facing  with  the  inner  mass  of  the  wall.81  In  the  earlier 
walls  of  the  second  and  third  centuries,  the  facing  is  interrupted  at 
regular  intervals  by  rectangles  of  reticulated  work  made  of  small 
pieces  of  tufa  cut  in  cubes  and  fitted  together  like  wedges,  giving  a 
design  resembling  a  network.82  This  method  of  construction  is  known 
to  have  been  introduced  into  Italy  during  the  last  times  of  the  Re- 
public, and  to  have  ended  with  the  early  Empire.  But,  although  these 
walls  of  the  second  and  third  centuries  are  of  fine  material  and  pre- 
cise workmanship,  almost  all  those  of  the  fourth  are  of  the  worst  kind 
of  construction.  In  both,  however,  there  is  this  peculiarity,  contrary 
to  general  custom,  that  the  facing  begins,  not  at  the  pavement  of  the 
rooms  but  at  the  lowest  foundations.  The  same  artistic  difference  is 
noticeable  in  the  arches  :  among  those  of  a  good  period  there  are  sev- 
eral of  such  fine  construction  as  to  equal  the  finest  Neronian  brick- 

80  NlBBY,  IOC.  dt.  81  NlBBY,  loc.  tit. 

82  VITRUVIUS,  ii.  8 ;  PLINIUS,  Hist.  Nat,  xxxvi.  51. 


THE  HOUSE  OF  THE  MARTYRS  JOHN  AND  PAUL.         283 

work,  while  others,  of  later  date,  are  astonishingly  irregular  and 
carelessly  built. 

The  inner  and  outer  doorways  are  of  varying  shapes  and  sizes. 
Some  were  topped  with  a  round  arch,  others,  I  infer,  with  a  low  arch 
erected  over  a  marble  architrave.  This  inference  is  based  on  the  sockets 
I  have  found  in  all  of  them,  with  evident  marks  of  the  chisel  used  to 
extract  the  marble  when  the  house  was  abandoned.  The  thresholds 
also  were  of  marble,  as  may  be  seen  from  a  few  that  still  remain  in 
place.  The  form  of  the  ceilings  varies  according  to  the  different  shape 
of  the  rooms :  some  are  a  vela,  others  have  cross-vaults  or  barrel- 
vaults,  the  latter  form  being  used  in  nearly  all  the  halls  that  varied 
much  from  a  square  plan.  With  a  few  exceptions,  all  were  covered 
with  stucco,  without  any  cornices  or  other  decoration  in  relief  or  in- 
cavo  ;  this  flat  surface  being  covered  in  the  finest  rooms  with  a  frescoed 
decoration.  The  height  of  their  imposts  was  in  proper  proportion  to 
the  size  of  the  walls.  Their  height  in  the  centre  is,  in  all  the  rooms  of 
the  parte  nobile,  five  and  a  half  metres  :  in  the  rooms  of  lesser  import- 
ance, there  is  a  medium  height  of  three  metres. 

In  one  place  only  have  I  found  any  indication  of  the  flat  ceiling, 
which  is,  nevertheless,  of  such  frequent  use  in  Roman  architecture 
under  the  names  of  coelum  (Vitruvius,  vn.  3.  3)  or  lacunar  (Cicero, 
Tusc.,  v.  21. ;  Vitr.,  vn.  2.  2).  I  am  not  able  to  say  how  the  build- 
ing was  covered,  as  no  part  of  the  roof  remains.  The  common  custom, 
we  know,  was  to  cover  the  most  costly  buildings  with  marble  tiles  and 
slabs,  while  the  inferior  houses  had  brick  tiles,  tegulae  and  imbrices.83 
In  the  heap  in  which  were  buried  all  the  remains  of  the  destroyed  parts 
of  the  house,  have  been  found  a  great  quantity  of  marble  fragments 
belonging  to  the  first  kind  of  roofing  and  none  belonging  to  the 
second,  though  terracotta  fragments  of  other  descriptions  have  come 
to  light  in  considerable  quantity.  This  would  lead  to  the  belief,  that 
the  roof  was  certainly  of  marble.  The  Romans  sometimes  used  ter- 
races instead  of  roofs,  as  is  now  often  done  in  Italy,  in  order  to  secure 
places  for  taking  the  air  without  leaving  the  house.84  In  our  house, 
I  have  found  traces  of  this  custom,  also,  over  a  chamber  which  is  now 
in  great  part  destroyed,  to  which  I  shall  refer  later. 

As  already  noticed,  the  use  of  marble  decoration  in  private  houses 
was  introduced  on  the  Coelian  by  Mamurra,  who  was  the  first  to  carry 

83PLAUTUS,  Mil.,  ii.  vi.  2;  TERENTIUS,  Eun.,  in.  v.  40. 
84  SUETONIUS,  Nero,  xvi ;  PLAUTUS,  op.  cit.,  n.  iv.  25. 


284  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

out  this  form  of  adornment  in  his  own  house.  It  was  therefore  to  be 
expected  that,  in  the  noble  house  of  SS.  John  and  Paul,  this  custom 
should  be  followed.  Traces  of  marble  incrustations,  friezes,  and 
ornaments  of  all  descriptions  have  been  found  here  in  great  quantities, 
giving  us  a  high  opinion  of  the  beauty  of  the  interior  decoration  of 
the  rooms.  Unfortunately,  these  are  but  minute  fragments  of  what 
was  destroyed  by  ruthless  hands.  Slabs  of  all  kinds,  cornices,  bas- 
reliefs,  friezes,  bands,  squares,  colonnettes,  capitals,  bases,  etc.,  all 
worked  in  the  finest  style,  have  been  collected  in  great  number  on  all 
the  points  where  excavations  were  carried  on — carystium,  granite,  ala- 
baster, black  and  verd  antique,  coralaticus,  fugitivus,  porphyry,  and  a 
great  variety  of  other  kinds  of  rare  marbles,  known  and  used  in  Rome 
and  mentioned  by  Vitruvius  and  Pliny,  were  used  in  tinting  the 
rooms  with  their  varied  colors. 

The  majority  and  the  best  of  the  flat  marbles  were  placed  in  the 
pavements.  Among  the  Romans,  the  commoner  floors  were  covered 
with  broad  slabs  of  well-polished  terracotta  or  with  bricks  bound 
together  with  fine  mortar  and  arranged  like  a  fish-bone ;  it  was  called 
opus  spicatum  from  its  resemblance  to  an  ear  of  corn.  A  second  kind 
consisted  of  a  simple  layer  of  pebbles  (astraco)  and  potsherds  well 
pounded,  called  opus  signinum.  All  three  of  these  ordinary  kinds 
were  used  in  the  house  in  certain  crypts  and  cells  for  domestic  pur- 
poses. In  the  next  place  came  the  slabs  of  marble,  almost  square  in 
shape  and  of  a  single  color,  used  in  the  simplest  form  of  luxurious 
pavements.  More  than  one  hall  in  this  house  was  paved  in  this 
fashion,  as  is  shown  by  the  regular  imprints  on  the  astraco  left  after 
the  removal  of  the  marbles.  Elsewhere,  use  was  made  of  a  mosaic 
of  pure  white  without  decoration,  called  by  Vitruvius  opus  tessella- 
tum,  from  its  rectangular  cubes.  The  work  of  this  description  in  our 
Coelian  house  is  extremely  careless  and  irregular  in  the  arrangement 
of  the  cubes,  showing  it  to  have  been  executed  in  the  fourth  century. 
The  porticoes  around  the  peristyle,  which  have  been  only  partially 
explored,  were  paved  in  this  manner. 

There  were  also  in  the  building  far  richer  pavements.  Such  were 
those  of  fine  mosaic  of  geometric  design  in  white  and  black,  or  in  yellow, 
red  and  green,  cubes ;  the  opus  sectile  made  of  larger  pieces  of  marble 
of  various  colors,  cut  in  varied  shapes.  Serpentine,  palombino,  por- 
phyry, white  and  yellow  marbles,  are  the  dominant  kinds  used  in  this 
house,  as  at  Pompeii  and  elsewhere.  The  extraordinary  number  of 


THE  HOUSE  OF  THE  MARTYRS  JOHN  AND  PAUL.         285 

dispersed  erustae  or  of  more  or  less  fragmentary  groups  of  them,  which 
have  been  found  in  the  excavations,  shows  that  there  were  many  rooms 
paved  in  this  fashion.  Of  the  opus  vermiculatum,  or  musivum  properly 
so  called,  which  depicted  figured  compositions,  I  have  found  no  cer- 
tain traces.  I  say  that  there  has  been  no  certain  indication  of  such 
work,  for,  of  the  many  pieces  of  this  opus  picked  up  among  the  ruins, 
and  forming  parts  of  figures  on  a  ground  of  gold  or  of  blue  lapis  lazuli, 
I  am  not  able  to  decide  whether  they  belong  to  the  house  of  the  third 
and  fourth  centuries  or  to  the  basilica  of  the  fifth  century. 

This  is  sufficient  to  show  that,  in  this  respect  also,  the  Domus  eoeli- 
montana  was  not  inferior  to  the  richest  Roman  houses  of  the  day. 

PADRE  GERMANO  DI  S.  STANISLAO,  PASSIONISTA. 

Convent  of  SS.  Giovanni  e  Paolo,  Roma. 

[TO  BE  CONTINUED.] 


NOTES  ON  ORIENTAL  ANTIQUITIES. 
[PLATE  XVIII.] 


IX.   A  BABYLONIAN   CYLINDRICAL  BASRELIEF   FROM   URUMIA 

IN   PERSIA. 

This  basrelief,  now  in  the  possession  of  the  Metropolitan  Museum 
of  New  York,  was  found  in  the  mound  of  Geog-tepe,  near  the  city 
and  lake  of  Urumia,  both  of  which  were  well  known  to  the  Assyrian 
kings,  and  were  the  scene  of  their  campaigns.  For  a  description  of 
the  mound  and  chamber  in  which  the  basrelief  was  found,  I  am  in- 
debted to  Mr.  E.  C.  Shedd,  son  of  the  Rev.  J.  H.  Shedd,  D.  D., 
missionary  among  the  Nestorians  of  Persia.  Mr.  Shedd  was  a  teacher 
at  Urumia  at  the  time  of  the  discovery  of  the  cylinder,  and  visited 
the  chamber  in  which  it  was  found.  I  give  his  account. 

"  Over  the  entire  plain  of  Urumia  are  scattered  ash-hills  of  various 
sizes,  to  the  number,  at  least,  of  twenty-five  or  thirty,  and  others  are 
found  on  the  plain  of  Sulduz,  south  of  Urumia,  but  none  to  the  north, 
in  Salmas.  These  hills  are,  in  some  cases,  composed  entirely  of  ashes ; 
in  others  the  ashes  have  been  added  to  a  small  natural  eminence.  In 
fact,  there  is  scarcely  an  eminence  on  the  plain  that  has  not  been  in- 
creased, usually  to  a  very  large  extent,  by  this  means. 

"Since  the  beginning  of  this  century,  the  inhabitants  have  used  these 
ashes  to  fertilize  their  fields,  and  a  very  large  amount  of  broken  pot- 
tery, and  some  brick  and  stone  walls,  have  been  continually  uncovered, 
the  stone  being  removed  and  sold.  So  far  as  we  know,  no  cut  stone 
has  been  found. 

"  The  two  largest  hills  are  those  of  Degala  and  Geog-tepe.  Degala 
Hill  is  composed  entirely  of  ashes  :  it  is  about  100  feet  high  and  1000 
feet  long.  At  a  point  near  the  bottom  of  this  hill  a  foundation-wall 
of  burnt  brick  was  discovered ;  the  bricks  measuring  at  least  six  inches 
thick  by  eighteen  to  twenty-four  inches  long. 

"  Unbroken  earthenware  dishes  are  also  frequently  discovered.    The 

variety  of  style  in  the  earthenware  is  not  great.     The  most  common 

forms  are  a  round  pot,  with  a  small  handle  and  large  spout,  and  a 

round  stand,  open  at  both  ends,  and  usually  with  long  rectangular 

286 


NOTES  ON  ORIENTAL  ANTIQUITIES.  287 

openings  in  the  sides,  like  large  slits.  A  few  specimens  have  some 
ornamentation ;  in  one  case,  men  on  horseback  are  represented  in  an 
exceedingly  crude  manner,  the  horses  led  by  footmen.  The  discoveries 
being  made  by  ignorant  workmen,  it  was  impossible  to  learn  at  what 
depth  the  various  specimens  were  found. 

"  Graves,  also,  have  come  to  light.  In  a  grave  found  at  a  depth  ol 
about  fifteen  feet,  half-way  down  the  hill,  was  a  skeleton  near  whose 
shoulders  stood  two  jars,  exactly  alike.  A  roughly  executed  orna- 
mentation, consisting  chiefly  of  a  number  of  goats  or  rams,  all  intended 
to  be  exactly  alike,  extended  around  the  centre  of  each  jar.  We  have 
heard  that  skeletons  have  been  found  buried  in  large  earthen  jars, 
such  as  are  yet  used  in  Persia  for  storage. 

"But,  interesting  as  Degala  Hill  is,  Geog-tepe  Hill  is,  in  some 
respects,  yet  more  so.  Copper  rings  and  bracelets  have  here  been 
found  arranged  around  the  skeletons  in  the  graves. 

"  I  may  here  remark  that  all  these  remains  show  signs  of  consider- 
able antiquity.  The  surfaces  of  the  burnt  bricks  crumbled  very  readily, 
and,  of  the  skeletons,  usually  not  more  than  a  few  pieces  of  bone  remain. 
In  the  spring  of  1888  the  inhabitants  of  Geog-tepe  commenced  building 
a  new  church  on  the  hill.  Needing  water  for  building  purposes,  they 
started  a  well.  After  digging  down  some  distance  they  struck  the 
room  in  which  the  cylinder  was  found.  The  floor  of  this  room  is  on 
the  surface  of  the  earth  proper,  under  a  deposit  of  ashes  nearly  27  feet 
deep.  Its  dimensions  were  as  follows:  length,  19  ft.  3  ins. ;  width 
at  floor,  7  ft.  3  ins. ;  width  at  ceiling,  4  ft.  3  ins. ;  height,  7  ft.  2  ins. 
The  walls  were  very  rudely  built  of  uncut  sandstone,  quarried  into 
rough  oblong  blocks.  This  sandstone  is  the  common  building-stone 
of  the  country,  and  there  is  a  quarry  of  it,  about  three-quarters  of  a 
mile  distant,  from  which  these  blocks  might  have  come.  The  blocks 
were  about  1  ft.  high,  and  2J-3 \  ft.  long.  There  was  no  noticeable 
mark  of  any  cutting-instrument  on  the  blocks.  The  floor  was  paved 
with  common  sandstone  flags.  Some  small  fragments  of  bones  were 
found  under  this,  but  so  exceedingly  rotten  that  it  was  impossible  to 
make  anything  out  of  them. 

"  The  vault  was  formed  in  the  following  manner :  about  four  ft. 
above  the  floor,  a  course  of  stones  projected  slightly  beyond  that  on 
which  it  rested,  and  from  that  point  upward  every  succeeding  course 
had  a  similar  projection  until  the  room  at  the  ceiling  was  three  feet 
narrower  than  at  the  floor.  The  remaining  space  was  covered  by  huge 


288  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

flat  stones,  one  of  which  measured  nine  ft.  in  length.  There  was  no 
doorway,  but  on  one  side,  in  about  the  centre  of  the  room,  was  a  hole 
in  the  wall,  about  one  foot  square,  that  extended  a  considerable  dis- 
tance. No  mortar  was  used  in  the  construction,  and  no  attempt  was 
made  to  smooth  the  projecting  corners  of  the  stones  or  to  make  them 
fit  closely  together." 

Mr.  Shedd  informs  me  that  quite  a  number  of  the  earthenware  ves- 
sels found  in  these  mounds  have  been  collected  in  the  museum  of  the 
Missionary  College  at  Urumia.1  I  cannot  believe  that  the  mounds 
are,  as  Mr.  Shedd  fancies,  composed  wholly  of  ashes  :  they  are  rather 
of  clay  which  has  become  mixed  with  ashes  and  saturated  with  the 
nitrous  salts  of  organic  decomposition.  One  of  the  oldest  known  works 
of  Babylonian  sculpture  gives  us  the  design  of  a  burial-mound  in  the 
process  of  making,  the  men  carrying  up  baskets  of  earth  and  empty- 
ing them  over  the  corpses  of  the  slain.2 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  chamber  in  which  the  cylinder  was 
found  was  constructed  on  archaic  principles  of  architecture,  remind- 
ing one  of  certain  prehistoric  Greek  and  Italic  chambers,  and  especially 
of  some  Etruscan  tombs,  for  example,  those  of  the  archaic  necropolis 
of  Orvieto  which  date  from  the  vn  cent.  B.  c.  The  corbelled 
vault  was  formed  by  courses  of  stones  projecting  one  over  another. 
In  this  case,  the  inner  face  of  the  vault  was  not  cut  so  as  to  form  a 
continuous  line,  but  the  stone  courses  were  left  in  the  form  of  inverted 
steps.  The  space  between  these  converging  courses  at  the  top  meas- 
ures four  feet,  and  is  covered  by  flat  slabs,  a  peculiarity  which  places 
this  chamber  in  a  category  totally  different  from  the  early  domical 
Greek  tholoi,  and  one  which  seems  to  belong  to  a  more  primitive 
stage  of  architectural  development.  This  appears  not  to  have  been  the 
usual  method  of  making  the  Assyrian  vaults,  but  was  found  by  Taylor 
in  the  older  Babylonian  constructions  of  Mugheir  (Ur),  in  brick,  of 
course.  If  we  may  draw  any  conclusion  from  the  construction  of  this 
chamber  on  the  ground-level  of  the  hill  of  Geog-tepe,  we  should  be 
carried  back  to  a  period  indefinitely  earlier  than  800  B.  c. 

The  cylinder  (PLATE  xvin-1)  is  of  translucent  alabaster,  the  sur- 
face being  rendered  somewhat  opaque  by  exposure.  It  is  94  milli- 

1 1  may  add  that  in  the  library  of  the  college  is  a  considerable  collection  of  Syriac 
manuscripts,  gathered  from  old  monasteries  and  churches,  and  that  skilful  copyists 
furnish,  at  a  cheap  rate,  copies  for  European  or  American  scholars. 

2  This  is  a  relief  found  at  Tel-loh :  DE  SARZEC,  Decouvertes,  pi.  in,  c ;  PERROT  et 
CHIPIEZ,  Chaldee  et  Assyrie,  fig.  383. 


NOTES  ON  ORIENTAL  ANTIQUITIES.  289 

meters  long,  and  59  mm.  in  diameter ;  the  walls  are  about  6  mm. 
thick.  The  lower  edge  is  ornamented  with  the  lines  of  alternating 
rectangles  used  to  designate  hills :  the  upper  edge  is  ornamented  with 
a  line  of  rectangles,  of  which  the  alternate  ones  are  deeply  cut.  The 
designs  appear  to  be  archaic  Babylonian.  Two  doors  swing  outward 
on  their  posts,  and  are  held  by  bearded  porters,  who  wear  only  a  low, 
two-horned  cap  and  a  short  fringed  garment  or  skin,  hanging  from  a 
girdle  at  the  waist.  Between  the  two  gates  is  the  sun-god,  Shamash, 
in  his  ordinary  conventional  form.  He  has  the  low,  two-horned  cap, 
and  wears  a  long  garment  hanging  down  behind,  and  open  in  front  to 
expose  his  advanced  left  leg.  This  foot  is  lifted  on  a  low  hill,  but  the 
leg  is  not  properly  drawn,  so  as  to  show  the  bent  knee,  but  is  made 
shorter  than  the  other.  In  his  right  hand  he  carries  a  club  with  a 
knob  near  the  top,  resting  on  his  shoulder ;  in  his  left  hand,  which  is 
partly  extended  forward,  he  holds  a  weapon  which  has  a  blade,  but 
which  is  not  notched  as  this  weapon  generally  is  on  the  cylinders. 
Behind  the  left-hand  porter  stands  Ea-bani  between  two  upright 
standards :  his  face  is  in  front  view,  as  usual,  but  he  steps  toward  the 
god.  The  front  standard  he  holds  in  his  two  hands :  it  has,  at  the 
top,  a  conical  object  over  three  ring-like  protuberances.  The  stan- 
dard behind  Ea-bani  has,  at  the  top,  an  ornament  like  a  monkey 
seated  with  its  bent  knees  close  up  to  its  body,  and  several  waving 
lines  rising  from  the  top  of  its  head.  Ea-bani  has  a  twisted  curl  on 
each  side  of  his  head,  and  his  tail  is  carefully  curled.  The  phallic 
organ  is  pronounced,  as  on  the  cylinders,  but  is  differently  drawn. 
Behind  the  right-hand  porter  three  figures  in  procession  approach 
the  god.  The  first  figure  may  be  a  man  :  his  headdress  has  been  lost ; 
one  hand  is  raised,  and  the  other,  laid  across  his  waist,  comes  out  from 
under  his  garment,  which  hangs  unbelted  over  his  shoulders,  and 
reaches  to  the  knee  of  the  front  leg  and  nearly  to  the  ankle  behind. 
The  next  figure  is  the  common  representation  of  what  I  regard  to  be 
the  goddess  Aa,  wife  of  Shamash,  with  a  long  flounced  garment  and 
both  hands  lifted  before  her ;  she  has  the  same  low,  two-horned  cap 
that  is  worn  by  all,  unless  it  be  the  figure  last  described,  whose  head- 
dress has  been  lost ;  she  has  five  rings  about  her  neck,  bracelets  (as  had 
the  previous  figure),  and  her  usual  long  pigtail  which  curls  over  at  the 
end.  Behind  her  is  a  bearded  divine  figure,  with  the  right  arm  bare, 
and  a  long  garment  which  reaches  to  the  feet,  hanging  from  the  other 
shoulder  and  covering  all  the  left  arm  except  the  hand  :  his  hands  are 


290  A MERICAN  JO  URNA L  OF  ARCH^OLOG  Y. 

clasped  across  his  waist,  somewhat  as  in  the  Tel-loh  sculptures,  except 
that  the  fingers  of  the  outer  hand  fall  over,  instead  of  rising  from  under, 
the  other  hand.  All  the  figures  are  barefooted ;  they  have  large  noses 
and  prominent  eyes ;  and  they  wear  their  hair  turned  up  in  a  large  roll 
behind,  except  the  two  porters,  whose  hair  hangs  down  behind  over 
their  shoulders.  The  relief  of  the  figures  is  as  much  as  2  or  2  J  mil- 
limeters. The  lower  edge  is  square  and  rather  thick,  as  if  the  cylin- 
der was  meant  to  stand  on  it,  while  the  upper  part  is  reduced  to  a  thin 
edge.  The  right-hand  gate  has  been  partly  corroded  away  by  water, 
as  also  a  portion  of  the  male  head  near  it.  Two  small  pieces  near  the 
top  were  broken  off  long  ago,  but  what  is  missing  is  of  no  special  im- 
portance. The  inner  surface  shows  the  tool-marks,  which  rim  longi- 
tudinally, proving  that  it  was  not  turned  out  on  a  wheel.  The  entire 
surface  without  and  within  was  coated  with  black  paint,  or  bitumen, 
of  which  considerable  patches  remain  :  it  must  have  considerably 
marred  the  finish  of  the  work,  which  was  quite  good. 

This  object  has  a  very  special  value  in  the  study  of  Babylonian 
mythology.  In  this  JOURNAL  (vol.  in,  pp.  50-56),  I  published  a 
paper  on  The  Rising  Sun  on  Babylonian  Cylinders,  in  which  I  showed 
that  the  scenes  in  which  George  Smith  thought  he  saw  the  building 
of  the  tower  of  Babel  are  really  representations  of  the  sun-god  coming 
out  of  the  gates  of  the  morning,  and  either  stepping  up  over  a  mountain 
or  lifting  himself  by  his  two  hands  placed  on  mountains  on  each  side 
of  him.  I  then  quoted  from  Babylonian  hymns  to  show  that  this 
scene  is  abundantly  described.  I  also  expressed  the  opinion,  which  it 
was  impossible  to  prove,  that  we  have  a  conventional  later  form  of 
the  sun-god  on  those  common  hematite  cylinders  of  a  little  later  period 
which  give  us  a  bearded  deity  in  a  long  robe,  with  one  bare  leg  ex- 
tended and  the  foot  resting  on  a  stool,  and  generally  carrying  a  weapon 
like  a  notched  sword.  We  here  have  full  proof  that  this  conjecture 
was  correct.  Here  we  find  this  common  form  of  the  god  with  the  foot 
raised,  and  connected  for  the  first  time  with  the  two  gates  and  the 
porters.  There  can  be  no  question  of  the  identification ;  and  I  am  the 
more  convinced  that  the  flounced  goddess  who  here,  as  so  often  on  the 
seal-cylinders,  accompanies  him  is  his  wife  Aa,  though  I  admit  that 
the  various  goddesses  were  not  much  differentiated  in  art,  and  that 
this  same  form  was  probably  employed  to  represent  Sala,  the  wife  of 
Ramman,  and  perhaps  the  wives  of  other  gods. 

There  are  no  sure  means  of  settling  the  age  of  this  cylindrical  ob- 
ject; but  the  archseologic  indications,  in  my  mind,  point  to  a  very 


NOTES  ON  ORIENTAL  ANTIQUITIES.  291 

early  date.  Hitherto,  the  gates  with  the  sun-god  have  been  found 
only  in  the  archaic  Babylonian  period ;  but  here  we  have  what  ap- 
pears to  be  a  transition  from  this  to  the  later  form  which  is  found 
on  the  cylinders  which  date,  according  to  Pinches  (The  Babylonian 
and  Assyrian  Cylinder  Seals,  pp.  7,  8)  from  1500  to  2500  B.  c.  There 
is  nothing  in  the  art  of  the  relief  under  discussion  which  would  forbid 
us  dating  it  from  this  early  period  of  about  2000  to  2500  B.  c. ;  indeed, 
the  peculiar  style  of  chevelure,  or,  rather  the  two  styles — one  that  of 
the  porters,  in  which  the  hair  hangs  down  the  neck,  and  the  other,  that 
in  which  it  is  arranged  in  a  large  fold  or  knot,  behind — are,  I  think, 
characteristic  of  a  period  which  approaches  the  archaic.  I  confess 
that  I  am  inclined  to  make  this  object,  on  archseologic  grounds,  as 
old  as  two  thousand  or  more  years  B.  c.  I  regard  it  as  a  purely  Baby- 
lonian product,  which  was  conveyed,  probably  in  some  conquest  of  a 
very  early  period,  to  this  distant  land  of  the  Minni. 

X.   TIAMAT  AND  OTHER  EVIL  SPIRITS,  AS   FIGURED  ON 
ORIENTAL  SEALS. 

The  conflict  between  Bel-Merodach  and  the  dragon  Tiamat  is  very 
frequently  figured  on  the  Assyrian  seals,  but  not,  so  far  as  present 
knowledge  goes,  on  the  Babylonian  seals.  The  typical  Assyrian  form 
is  that  which  appears  in  Smith's  Chaldean  Genesis,  p.  114,  which 
represents  the  god  armed  with  his  scimitar  and  pursuing,  at  full  speed, 
the  composite  monster,  who,  when  escape  is  impossible,  rises  upright 
on  her  hind  feet,  apparently  halting  and  turning  about  to  resist  the 
attack.  Tiamat  appears,  as  in  the  larger  and  more  elaborate  repre- 
resentations  on  the  palace-wall  of  Nimrud,  in  her  conventional  form, 
with  the  head,  front  legs  and  feet  of  a  lion,  short  square  wings,  the 
body  covered  with  feathers,  a  short  fan-shaped  tail,  and  the  hind  legs 
and  claws  of  a  bird  of  prey.  This  type  of  griffin,  or  rather  chimera,  is 
very  marked  and  characteristic.  On  one  cylinder,  however,  belonging 
to  Mr.  F.  W.  Williams  of  New  Haven,  the  dragon  becomes  a  real  serpent 
(PL.  xvin-2).  In  the  later  cylinders  of  Assyria,  or  still  later  in  the 
time  of  the  second  Babylonian  Empire,  or  the  Persian  Empire,  we 
find  that  Tiamat  is  replaced  by  various  human-headed  sphinx-like 
figures,  or  even  by  birds.  Indeed,  there  are  so  many  transitional  forms, 
before  we  come  to  the  characteristic  Persian  representation  of  the 
divine  hero  fighting  a  lion,  that  it  seems  as  if  there  resulted  a  confu- 
sion between  the  idea  of  Bel-Merodach  fighting  the  dragon,  and  the 
conflict  of  Gisdubar  and  Ea-bani  with  the  lion  and  the  buffalo. 


292  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

There  is,  in  some  of  these  representations,  a  feature  that  needs  a 
consideration  which  it  has  not  received ;  that  is,  the  smaller  griffin, 
or  chimera,  which  appears  between  the  legs  of  Merodach,  also  swiftly 
pursuing  Tiamat.  It  appears  in  its  most  perfect  form  on  an  Assyrian 
serpentine  cylinder  belonging  to  me,  which  is  the  finest  representation 
of  this  scene,  in  its  original  form,  that  is  known  to  me  (PL.  xvm— 3). 
Another  extremely  fine  specimen,  belonging  to  Mr.  R.  S.  Williams 
(of  Utica,  N.  Y.),  figured  in  this  JOUKNAL  (u,  PLATE  v-8),  is  cut 
in  chalcedony,  but,  being  wrought  in  part  with  the  wheel,  is  less 
defined  in  some  of  the  outlines.  Other  good  specimens  are  found  in 
Lajard,  Culte  de  Mithra,  xxxm-4,  xxxvn-4.  It  is  evident  that 
this  smaller  dragon  is  one  of  the  allies  of  Merodach,  not  of  Tiamat.  It 
is  evidently  running  at  full  speed,  with  the  legs  thrown  forward  and 
the  back  at  full  length,  the  mouth  open  and  the  tongue  thrust  out,  as 
in  the  case  of  the  larger  dragon.  It  is  not  lying  prostrate,  as  appears 
by  comparison  of  this  and  the  Williams  cylinder.  It  is  to  be  explained 
from  the  story  of  the  conflict  between  Merodach  and  Tiamat  found  in 
the  fourth  tablet  of  the  creation-series.  After  the  description  of  the 
arming  of  Merodach,  which  I  will  quote  later,  we  read  : 

"  He  created  the  evil  wind,  the  hostile  wind,  the  storm,  the  tempest, 
the  four  winds,  the  seven  winds,  the  whirlwind,  the  unending  wind ; 
he  caused  the  winds  he  had  created  to  issue  forth,  seven  in  all, 
confounding  the  dragon  Tiamat,  as  they  swept  after  him." 

Later,  when  the  conflict  was  joined,  we  read  : 

"  The  evil  wind  that  seizeth  from  behind  he  sent  before  him  ; 
Tiamat  opened  her  mouth  to  swallow  it ; 

he  made  the  evil  wind  to  enter  so  that  she  could  not  close  her  lips. 
The  violence  of  the  wind  tortured  her  stomach,  and 
her  heart  was  prostrated  and  her  mouth  was  twisted."  3 

Here  we  have  a  troop  of  evil  winds  created  to  accompany  Merodach 
and  aid  in  his  attack.  In  the  story  of  the  attack,  the  wind  becomes 
singular  :  "  He  made  the  evil  wind  to  enter."  In  reducing  the  story 
to  a  design  for  a  cylinder,  all  the  evil  winds  could  no  more  be  pictured 
than  all  the  weapons  with  which  the  god  armed  himself.  Only  one 
weapon  is  usually  given,  the  straight-handled  scimitar,  or  sickle,  the 
"  weapon  unrivalled  "  of  the  poem.  We  may,  with  considerable  confi- 
dence, conjecture  that  the  horrible  composite  monster  who  accompanies 
Merodach  is  this  "  evil  wind  "  similar  in  race  to  the  evil  Tiamat,  and 
represented  in  the  same  fashion.  A  well-known  winged  statuette 

•    3  SAYCE,  Hibbert  Lectures,  pp.  381,  382. 


NOTES  ON  ORIENTAL  ANTIQUITIES.  293 

representing  the  evil  southwest  wind  (Perrot  et  Chipiez,  n,  p.  496) 
mingles  human  with  animal  and  bird  characteristics,  and  belongs  to 
another  type.  A  similar  form  for  an  evil  spirit  is  used  also  for  the 
death-demon  on  the  back  of  the  bronze  funeral-tablet  described  by 
Clermont-Ganneau  (Perrot  et  Chipiez,  n,  pp.  363-4). 

I  have  remarked  that  the  representation  of  the  fight  between  Me- 
rodach  and  Tiamat  does  not  emerge  in  art  until  the  Assyrian  period, 
and  I  have  been  sometimes  inclined  to  believe  that  the  myth,  as  told 
in  the  fourth  creation-tablet,  was  of  a  comparatively  late  origin. 
Nevertheless,  it  is  to  be  remembered  that  the  dragon  is  not  unknown 
to  Babylonian  art :  perhaps  a  dozen  or  more  cylinders  are  known  in 
which  it  appears,  in  an  upright  position,  and  in  no  special  relation  to 
other  figures  on  the  cylinder,  unless  its  open  mouth  sometimes  seems 
to  threaten  a  human  figure  before  it,  or,  as  in  one  or  two  cases,  it  is 
in  an  attitude  of  conflict  with  another  figure.4  The  dragon-form  is 
perfectly  distinct  and  marked :  the  lion-head,  the  wings,  and  the 
feathered  hind-legs,  and  eagle-claws.  There  can  be  no  mistake  about 
its  being  the  same  form  of  dragon  as  Tiamat  in  the  representation  of 
her  conflict  with  Merodach.  Nevertheless,  as  we  have  already  seen 
that  the  evil  wind  may  be  represented  under  the  same  griffin-form,  the 
evidence,  that  it  is  really  Tiamat,  is  less  complete  than  we  might  desire. 
We  can  only  say  that  these  cylinders  make  it  probable  that  Tiamat  is 
a  factor  in  the  Babylonian  as  well  as  in  the  later  Assyrian  art. 

But  we  now  come  to  another  cylinder  (PL.  xvm— 4),  an  impression 
of  which  has  lately  come  into  my  possession,  and  which  is  the  im- 
mediate occasion  of  this  paper.  It  is  a  large  cylinder  of  shell,  33 
millimeters  in  length  and  about  20  mm.  in  diameter.  On  it  is  a 
very  spirited  design,  so  far  as  I  know,  quite  unique  in  Babylonian  or 
Assyrian  art.  It  represents  a  god,  standing  in  a  four-wheeled  chariot 
and  holding  the  reins  in  his  left  hand,  while  the  body  is  bent  back- 
ward and  the  raised  right  hand  holds,  in  the  air,  a  whip  with  which 
he  is  about  to  strike.  He  is  clad  in  a  long,  flowing  garment,  which 
plainly  covers  his  body  from  the  waist  down,  but  it  is  not  clear  that  he 
wears  any  garment  on  his  arms  or  the  upper  part  of  his  body.  His 
beard  falls  on  his  breast,  and  he  wears  the  low,  two-horned  cap,  or 
turban,  worn  generally  by  the  gods.  The  pole  of  the  chariot  rises 

4  A  characteristic  example  is  given  in  MEN  ANT,  Recherches  sur  la  Glyptique  orientate, 
fig.  96 ;  see  also  my  article,  "  Human  Sacrifices "  on  Babylonian  Cylinders,  JOURNAL, 
vol.  v,  p.  35,  fig.  8. 

3 


294  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

almost  vertically  from  the  axletree,  and  then  gently  descends  till  it 
reaches  the  neck  of  the  creature  drawing  it.  On  the  left  of  the  pole  is  a 
chimera  or  dragon,  the  possible  mate  to  it  on  the  right  not  being  drawn. 
It  is  similar  to  the  regular  conventional  form  of  Tiamat,  familiar  in 
Assyrian  art,  and  very  much  better  drawn,  with  more  life  and  feeling, 
than  the  Babylonian  forms  of  the  dragon  on  the  hematite  cylinders. 
It  is  walking  forward,  an  attitude  not  appearing  elsewhere.  It  has 
the  head,  body,  front  legs  and  feet  of  a  lion ;  two  wings,  short  and 
square,  arising  from  its  shoulders ;  a  short,  fan-shaped  tail,  feathered 
hind-legs,  and  the  feet  of  a  bird  of  prey,  with  the  claws  reaching  for- 
ward and  back.  The  head,  somewhat  depressed,  with  the  mouth  wide 
open,  and  with  what  looks  like  a  long  forked  tongue  or  a  double  stream 
reaching  from  the  mouth  to  the  ground,  gives  the  monster  an  attitude 
of  unwilling  subjection.  We  have  here  another  remarkable  example, 
showing  how  much  better  the  artists  drew  the  animal  than  the  human 
figure.  Between  the  wings  of  the  dragon  rises  a  female  figure,  who 
might  be  standing  on  the  front  part  of  the  pole  of  the  chariot  or  on 
the  animal's  neck.  She  is  nude,  with  the  body  in  side  view,  except 
the  breast.  On  her  head  is  the  low,  two-horned  cap,  and  her  long  hair 
falls  behind  her  shoulders  as  far  as  her  elbow.  Her  two  hands  are 
raised,  and  each  holds  by  the  middle  an  object  consisting  of  three  wav- 
ing lines,  doubtless  meant  to  represent  the  forces  of  nature — light- 
ning and  storm.  Directly  in  front  of  these  divine  figures  which  I 
have  described,  and  facing  them,  is  a  human  worshipper,  pouring 
out  a  libation  by  an  altar.  His  head  is  bare ;  he  wears  a  simple  robe 
reaching  to  his  ankles,  holds  his  right  hand  across  his  waist,  while  the 
extended  left  hand  holds  a  vase,  out  of  which  a  slender  stream  falls 
to  the  ground  between  the  altar  and  the  monster  drawing  the  chariot. 
The  altar  is  rectangular,  with  a  height  nearly  double  its  breadth,  and 
the  upper-front  corner  cut  out  so  as  to  make  a  step  or  shelf.  On  the 
altar  are  two  lines,  apparently  representing  thin  loaves  of  bread. 
The  whip  of  the  god  in  the  chariot  extends  back  so  as  to  be  over  the 
head  of  the  worshipper. 

This  extraordinary  cylinder  has  no  parallel,  to  my  knowledge,  and  it 
is  important  to  learn  its  period  and  its  meaning.  The  material  of  the 
cylinder  is  shell,  the  central  cone  of  one  of  the  helix  shells  of  the  Per- 
sian Gulf.  So  far  as  I  know,  this  material  was  never  used  except  in 
the  more  archaic  period.  From  it  are  made  large  thick  cylinders  of 
the  same  size  and  shape  as  the  archaic  Babylonian  cylinders  of  serpen- 


NOTES  ON  ORIENTAL  ANTIQUITIES.  295 

tine  or  other  harder  stone.  The  material  and  shape  are  almost  con- 
clusive that  this  cylinder  also  is  archaic,  that  is,  of  a  period  of  from 
2500  to  4000  B.  c.  With  this  agrees  the  form  of  the  altar,  which  I 
have  never  seen  except  on  an  archaic  cylinder.  It  is  to  be  found  on 
a  seal  figured  in  Me"nant,  Glyptique  Orientale  (i,  p.  163),  and  on  an- 
other cylinder  now  belonging  to  the  Metropolitan  Museum,  figured  by 
me  in  a  paper  on  A  Babylonian  god  of  Agriculture,  in  this  JOURNAL 
(vol.  II,  p.  263).  Besides  this  old  form  of  altar,  the  figures  of  the  god 
in  the  chariot  and  of  the  worshipper  are  characteristically  archaic. 

But  we  must  turn  to  those  elements  which  are  unfamiliar  and  new. 
On  a  number  of  other  cylinders  we  have  chariots  drawn  by  animals, 
but  none  of  them,  apparently,  are  archaic  Babylonian.  Such,cases  are 
found  in  M&iant,  Pierres  Gravtes,  n,  pp.  75,  82,  120,  166;  Lajard, 
Culte  de  Mithra,  XLI,  3 ;  LIV,  B,  10 ;  Culliinore,  Oriental  Cylinders, 
No.  6 ;  and  De  Clercq,  Catalogue  Raisonnee,  Nos.  284,  286,  287,  310 
(some  of  which  are  duplicated).  All  these  are  as  late  as  the  Assyrian 
or  even  the  Persian  period,  and  not  one  has  a  four-wheeled  chariot 
of  this  shape.  In  Assyrian  art,  the  chariot  is  two-wheeled  and  the 
wheels  are  spoked,  while  these  are  evidently  solid.  Both  the  body  and 
pole  of  the  chariot  are  peculiar,  and,  so  far  as  I  know,  unlike  those  of 
any  later  chariot  that  has  been  figured. 

The  nude  female  deity,  rising  between  the  wings  of  the  monster 
drawing  the  chariot,  is  also  unique.  The  fact  that  she  is  nude  sug- 
gests antiquity,  as  we  know  that  at  a  quite  early  period  even  Gisdubar, 
who  is  nude  in  the  more  archaic  cylinders,  becomes  decently  clothed. 
The  only  known  form  of  a  nude  goddess  is  that  of  the  goddess  whom 
Lenormant  calls  Zarpanit,  and  Me"nant  calls  Beltis,  represented  with 
arms  across  her  breast,  and  in  front  view.  This,  if  the  same  deity,  is 
in  an  entirely  different  attitude.  I  have  already  said  that  her  head- 
dress is  of  an  ancient  type.  She  holds  in  each  hand  the  object  already 
described  as  formed  of  three  waving  lines,  which  is  evidently  a  rep- 
resentation of  lightning.  Its  identification  with  the  lightning  can  be 
proved  by  a  glance  at  the  figures  of  Ramanu,  the  god  of  the  atmos- 
phere, who  holds  in  one  of  his  hands  a  symbol  of  lightning  similar  in 
shape :  beside  the  many  seal-cylinders  with  this  representation,  the  most 
important  example  is  perhaps  that  in  the  Malthai'  relief  (Perrot  et  C., 
op.  eit.,  fig.  313)  in  which  the  forks  are  distinctly  wavy.  That  it  is  a 
weapon,  would  be  suggested  by  comparison  with  the  famous  great  figure 
of  Bel  fighting  the  dragon,  from  Nimrud,  figured  in  Lajard,  Monu- 


296  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

ments  (second  series,  pi .  v) .  In  that  figure,  the  god's  sword  and  scimitar 
hang  by  his  side,  and  he  holds  in  each  hand  (as  this  goddess  does)  a 
double  trident  consisting  of  three  waved  prongs,  just  like  this  we  are 
considering,  except  that  in  the  middle,  where  the  hand  grasps  them,  the 
three  as  held  by  Merodach  are  reduced  to  a  single  connecting  rod  or 
handle.  We  can  hardly  go  astray  in  supposing  the  weapon  to  be  the 
same,  but  the  simpler  form  on  our  cylinder  suggests  greater  antiquity. 

We  now  come  to  the  monster  drawing  the  chariot.  It  is  as  fully 
developed  as  on  the  Nimrud  sculpture  just  mentioned.  I  confess  that  I 
am  startled  to  find  it  in  this  form,  especially  as  I  had  come  to  think 
it  was  to  be  found,  in  Babylonian  art,  only  in  the  upright,  crabbed, 
conventional  form  on  the  hematite  cylinders.  But,  even  here,  it  must 
be  considered  that  these  hematite  cylinders  are  among  the  older  of  the 
class,  and  that  there  must  have  been  a  free  unconventional  prototype 
for  the  established  conventional  form.  Perhaps  some  of  the  best  illus- 
trations of  the  conventional  upright  dragon  on  the  hematite  cylinders 
are  found  in  De  Clercq,  op.  cit.,  figs.  73,  74,  75,  76.  -In  figs.  73  and 
75,  the  dragon  is  attacking  a  cowering  kneeling  human  figure;  in  fig. 
74  it  is  fighting  with  a  lion ;  and,  in  fig.  76,  it  is  fighting  with  Ea- 
bani.  These  are  among  the  freer  ones  of  this  form,  and  they  are  all 
on  the  short,  thick  hematite  cylinders  which  are  the  oldest  of  this  mate- 
rial, and  form  the  connecting  link  between  the  slender  hematites  of  the 
second  period  and  the  thick  shell,  serpentine  and  jasper  cylinders  of 
the  earliest  period.  The  very  freedom  and  strength  with  which  the 
design  is  drawn  on  the  cylinder  now  under  consideration  is  evidence 
of  its  archaic  character.  It  is  well  known  that  the  oldest  cylinders  are 
drawn  with  the  most  liberty  and  vigor :  they  far  excel  the  later  Baby- 
lonian ones  in  composition  and  attitude.  On  this  cylinder,  the  god 
holding  the  whip,  the  goddess  with  the  weapon  in  her  hand,  and  the 
monster  drawing  the  chariot  are  all  drawn  with  a  freedom  which  allies 
them,  in  artistic  style,  with  archaic  examples  of  the  art ;  and  this  only 
confirms,  what  seemed  proved  by  the  material  and  shape  of  this  cyl- 
inder, that  we  have  here  a  precious  example  and  a  very  ancient  illus- 
tration of  a  mythologic  scene  from  Southern  Babylonia. 

What,  then,  does  it  represent  ?  It  is  a  god,  in  a  chariot  drawn  by 
a  composite  monster  of  the  Tiamat  type,  and  accompanied  by  a  god- 
dess carrying  weapons  of  conflict.  This  is  the  mythologic  group 
before  which  the  worshipper  pours  his  libation.  I  venture  to  see  in 
this  group  the  god  Bel-Merodach  going  forth  to  conflict,  or  possibly 


NOTES  ON  ORIENTAL  ANTIQUITIES.  297 

returning  from  it.     Now  let  me  quote  the  passage  from  the  fourth 
tablet  of  the  creation-series  describing  the  arming  of  Merodach  : 

"  They  [the  gods]  gave  him  a  weapon  unrivalled,  consuming  the  hostile : 

'  Go  (they  said)  and  cut  off  the  life  of  Tiamat ; 

let  the  winds  carry  her  blood  to  secret  places.' 

They  showed  his  path  and  they  bade  him  listen  and  take  the  road. 

There,  too,  was  the  bow,  his  weapon  (which)  he  used ; 

he  made  the  club  swing,  he  freed  its  seat ; 

then  he  lifted  up  his  weapon  (which)  he  caused  his  right  hand  to  hold ; 

the  bow  and  the  quiver  he  hung  at  his  side ; 

he  set  the  lightning  before  him ; 

with  a  glance  of  swiftness  he  filled  his  body. 

He  made  also  a  snare  to  enclose  the  dragon  of  the  sea. 

He  seized  the  four  winds  that  they  might  not  issue  forth  from  her, 

the  south  wind,  the  north  wind,  the  east  wind  (and)  the  west  wind. 

His  hand  brought  the  snare  near  unto  the  bow  of  his  father  Anu. 

Then  Bel  lifted  up  the  hurricane,  his  mighty  weapon. 

He  rode  in  a  chariot  of  destiny  that  fears  no  rival. 

He  stood  firm  and  hung  the  four  reins  at  its  side."  5 

Our  cylinder  seems  to  give  us  Bel-Merodach  in  his  chariot,  riding 
forth  armed  to  the  conflict.  He  is  drawn  by  a  monster  like  that  which 
on  later  cylinders  accompanies  him,  and  which  I  have  identified  with 
the  evil  wind.  "  He  set  the  lightning  before  him  "  says  the  poem  : 
and  here  the  goddess,  who  precedes  him,  is  armed  with  the  lightnings, 
which  in  other  figures  the  god  himself  hurls ;  and,  indeed,  on  some 
cylinders  (PL.  xvm-3)  the  arrow  with  which  he  shoots  Tiamat  is 
pointed  with  a  trident,  identifying  the  arrow  with  the  lightning.  This 
triple-waved  line  is  the  chief  element  in  the  trident-weapon  generally 
carried  by  a  god  who  often  leads  a  bull  by  a  rope,  but  sometimes  leads 
a  winged  dragon  of  the  form  now  under  discussion,  as  in  Lajard,  op. 
tit.,  xxxvn,  1 ;  see,  also,  my  article  on  "  Human  Sacrifices  "  on  Baby- 
lonian Cylinders,  JOURNAL,  vol.  v,  fig.  19. 

If  our  deity  in  the  chariot  be  Merodach,  the  goddess  who  accom- 
panies him  is  his  wife,  Zarpanit.  She  is  also  known  under  an  old ' 
name  Gasmu,  and  may  be  a  form  of  Belit.  I  have  said  that  the  fre- 
quently-appearing nude  goddess,  with  arms  akimbo  and  in  front  view, 
is  identified  by  Lenormant  with  Zarpanit,  and  by  M6nant  as  one  of  the 
confused  forms  of  Belit-Ishtar.  I  can  hardly  doubt  that  we  have  here 
one  of  the  early,  free  forms  of  Zarpanit,  wife  of  Bel-Merodach,  which 
later  were  conventionalized  and  fossilized  into  the  front-view,  nude 

*SAYCE,  Hibbert  Lectures,  pp.  380-1. 


298  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCH&OLOG  Y. 

goddess,  with  arms  across  the  breast,  which  so  often  appears  on  the 
cylinders. 

We  have,  then,  in  this  cylinder,  one  of  those  precious  early  exam- 
ples of  Babylonian  art,  when  mythologic  designs  were  in  the  forma- 
tive period,  when  full  pictures  were  made  and  the  artist's  originality 
had  not  yet  been  reduced  to  the  reproduction  of  conventional  symbols 
and  hints.  It  is  these  early  cylinders  that  will  bring  us  most  fruit  for 
our  study ;  and  this  one  gives,  apparently,  an  episode  in  the  story  of 
the  beneficent  demiurgic  Bel-Merodach,  and  shows  him  to  us  riding  out 
to  conflict  with  the  powers  of  darkness  and  disorder,  and  accompanied 
by  his  wife  Zarpanit,  carrying  his  weapons,  and  by  the  monsters  of 
the  air  which  he  tamed  to  his  service. 

WILLIAM  HAYES  WARD. 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE 

INTO  ITALY 
BY  THE  FRENCH  CISTERCIAN  MONKS. 


II.    THE  MONASTERY  OF  SAN  MARTINO  AL  CIMINO  NEAR 

VITERBO. 

[PLATES  XIX,  XX.] 

HISTORY  OF  THE  MONASTERY. — On  one  of  the  ridges  of  the  classic 
Mons  Ciminus,  about  eight  miles  from  Viterbo,  stood  a  monastery 
founded  by  the  Benedictines  at  an  early  date.1  It  was  then  connected 
with  the  important  monastery  on  Monte  Amiata,2  and  more  than  one 
document  in  the  archives  of  Orvieto  attest  this  fact.  Little  is  known 
of  its  early  history  : 3  its  interest  for  us  commences  when  it  was  handed 
over  to  the  Cistercian  order  in  such  a  state  of  ruin  and  desertion  as  to  be 
uninhabitable.  The  order  appears  to  have  demurred  at  the  idea  of 
maintaining  its  languid  existence,  for  it  was  at  a  time  when  the  attempt 
was  being  made  (in  1151)  to  curb  the  injudicious,  almost  intemperate, 
spread  of  the  order  by  the  foundation  of  a  great  number  of  unnecessary 
monastic  establishments.4  In  this,  as  in  many  other  cases,  Papal  in- 
sistence finally  prevailed,  and  in  1206,  according  to  Ughelli,  the  mon- 
astery was  occupied  by  Cistercian  monks  from  Pontigny.  A  few  words 
regarding  this  fact,  well  known  in  monastic  annals,  will  give  a  good 
basis  for  a  judgment  on  the  date  and  origin  of  the  buildings  whose 
description  is  to  follow  :  it  is  condensed  from  Ughelli,  Italia  Sacra,  t. 

1 A  page  is  devoted  to  the  monastery,  by  Cav.  K.  OJETTI,  in  the  Mostra  della  Citta 
di  Roma  (1884),  pp.  153-4.  These  remarks  are,  however,  founded  on  nothing  but 
drawings  of  the  fa?ade  and  apse,  the  two  parts  of  the  church  that  do  not  belong  to 
the  original  structure. 

8  JANAUSCHEK,  Orig.  Oisterc.  torn.  I,  p.  231. 

3  "  From  a  parchment  of  1066  and  another  of  1044  from  the  archives  of  S.  Marlino 
in  Montibus  or  al  Cimino,  now  transferred  to  the  archives  of  the  Vatican,  as  is  noted 
by  GARAMPI  (It&r  Viterbien.  advers.,  vol.  in,  No.  135,  MSS.  Arch.  Vat.),  we  find  that 
the  Benedictines  of  S.  Martino  al  Cimino  had  at  that  time  jurisdiction  over  the  church 
of  S.  Pellegrino,  around  which  were  some  possessions  of  that  Abbey  and  of  S.  Gio- 
vanni in  Cocciola  or  Ciocola  : "  CRISTOFORI,  Le  tombe  del  Papi  in  Viterbo,  p.  6. 

*  DOHME,  Die  Kirchen  des  Cistercienserordens  in  Deutschland,  etc.,  p.  18. 

299 


300  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCH^EOLOG  Y. 

I,  c.  1403-4,5  with  reference  also  to  Janauschek  (Orig.  Cist.,  t.  i,  p. 
124),6  and  the  authorities  which  he  there  quotes. 

It  was  in  1150  that  Pope  Eugenius  III  gave  the  monastery  to  the 
Cistercian  order,  by  which  it  was  placed  under  the  jurisdiction  of  St. 
Sulpice  in  Savoy,  one  of  the  main  oifshoots  of  Pontigny.  This  con- 
nection with  St.  Sulpice  lasted  for  over  a  half-century  without  pro- 
ducing any  improvement  in  the  condition  of  San  Martino.  The 
general  chapter  of  the  order  consequently  determined  to  cut  off  all 
connection  with  it.  It  was  then  that  Innocent  III  came  to  its  aid. 
From  his  letter,  published  by  Ughelli,  we  learn  that  the  monastery 
was  in  abject  poverty  and  contained  but  three  monks.  The  Pope, 

5  Hoc  tempestate  [time  of  bishop  Gensonius  of  Viterbo,  1149-79]  ac  Petro  Praeside 
vetus  monasterium  S.  Martini  Ord.  S.  Benedicti  in  montibus  Ciminis  octavo  ab  hac  urbe 
lapide,  alieno  aere  oppressum,  et  fere  ad  nihUum  redactum,  Eugenius  III  monachis  Oister- 
ciensibus  reformandum  et  incolendum  tradidit.     Verum  cum  sub  Innocentio  III  ad  exlre- 
mam  paupertatem  redactum  esset,  generate  capitulum  Cisterciense  (ut  MANRIQUEZ  scribit 
in  Annal.  Cist.  Ord,  torn.  3)  atque  Innocentius  ipse  zelo  inter  se  religionis  decertarunt : 
illud,  dum  penitus  deserere  statuit,  quod  non  poterat  in  observantia  conservare,  hie  cum  con- 
ventum  de  now  illuc  adducit ;  et  liberandis  oppignoratisfundis  mille  libras  argenti,  augmento 
dotis  ecclesiam  integram  donat;   ex  quorum  fructibus  ibidem  substentarentur.      Covstat 
utrumque  ex  ejusdem  Papae  litteris  expedites  anno  1206  ad  Petrum  abbatem,  fratresque,  qui 
tune  recens  venissent  ex  Pontiniaco  Galliae  ejusdem  ordinis  coenobio,  in  hunc  modum  ex 
Reg.  Vatic.  NicolailVubilnnocentii  litterae  confirmantur. 

6  Illustre  illud  asceterium  in  cacumine  montis  Cimini,  terra  Viterbiensi  et  patrimonio  S. 
Petri  situm  nullique  dipecesi  subjectum,  perantiqua  familiae  Benedictinae  sedes  erat,  cujus 
restaurator  jam  Gregorius  VHfuisse  traditur.     Quum  autem  saeculo  XII  aere  alieno  red- 
dendo  impar  el  fere  ad  nihilum  redactum  esset,  ab  Eugenio  III  P.  M.  a.  1150  monachis  Cis- 
terciensibus  e  S.  Sulpitio  (de  tinea  Pontiniaci)  advocatis  reformandum  traditum  est  (Bi.  Pa. 
Ha.  M.  Du.  V.  Vi.  N.  W.  Bl;  1149 :  A.  R.  E.  EM.  L.  La.).    De  antiquioribus  abba- 
tibus  nil  constat;  unius  sine  nomine  memoria  in  statuto  Xlcapituli  generalis  a.  1193  occurrit. 

Verum  quum  enormia  quibus  ilia  abbatia  laborabat  damna  a  Sulpitiensibus  omnem 
industriam  adhibentibus  per  L  annos  reparari  non  potuissent  et  capitulum  generale  earn 
deserendam  esse  constituisset,  ex  Innocentii  Illimperio  Pontiniaco  resignata  est,  quo  facto 
novus  conventus  Petro  abbate  duce  inde  emissus  S.  Martinum  occupavit  eumque  liberalissimis 
donis  a  dicto  pontiftce  Gal.  Febr.  1207  (perp.  1206)  collatis  adjutus  ecclesiae  et  ordini  Ois- 
terciensi  conservavit;  ubi  silentio  praeterire  non  licet,  Eainerium  Capocium,  cardinalem 
nostrum,  de  monasterii  aedibus  rursus  aediftcandis  egregiepromerilum  esse.  Quod  ad  tempus 
quo  Pontiniacenses  advenerint  attinet,  Moronus  (quo  teste  nescimus)  pro  a.  1199  contenditt 
Jongelinus  (JO.  St.  JC,  Ve.  Bo.),  Historia  Pontiniacensis,  Chaittou  pro  1200,  Bl  pro 
1203,  Na.  Fpro  1216  (olio  loco,  ubi  S.  Martinus  perperam  filia  Vallis-Ecdesiarum  vocatur, 
pro  1206)  ;  sed  tamen  considerantes  matris  mutationem  a  capitulo  generali  a.  1207  appro- 
batam  esse,  porro  Ughellum  ex  codice  S.  Salvatoris  Montis-Amiatae  referre,  conventum  a 
1207  advenisse,  Innocentium  III  denique  laudatas  literas  eodem  illo  anno  1207  "  ad  Petrum 
abbatem  et  fratres  qui  tune  recens  venerant "  dedisse,  eos  initio  a.  1207  S.  Martinum 
ingressos  esse  rede  asseritur. 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.   301 

however,  promised  many  gifts  if  the  parent  monastery  of  Pontigny 
would  consent  to  send  there  a  colony,  and  if  the  general  chapter  would 
rescind  its  resolution  to  separate  from  it.  Early  in  the  year  1207, 
the  colony  from  Pontigny,  under  abbot  Peter,  entered  San  Martino. 
Innocent  III  paid  all  its  debts  and  endowed  it,  as  Ughelli  relates,  and 
within  a  few  years  Card.  Rainerius  Capocci  gave  many  gifts  and  en- 
abled the  monks,  under  his  supervision,  to  rebuild  the  entire  monas- 
tery. So  generous  was  he  toward  it  that  he,  rather  than  Innocent  III, 
is  regarded  as  the  real  founder.  I  will  here  repeat  two  extracts  given 
by  Ughelli  from  codices  of  the  monastery  of  Monte  Amiata  that  are 
almost  contemporary  with  the  event.  A  chronicon  of  the  monastery 
says  :  Anno  1199  Innoeentius  Illsedit  an.  18  m.  4  d.  22.  Hie  multa 
bona  fecit.  Hie  renovavit  monasterium  8.  Martini  de  Monte  Viterbii  et 
anno  1207  de  Pontiniaco  fecit  conventum  ibi  venire.  Another  codex, 
after  reporting  the  facts  mentioned  above,  adds  :  Raynerius  cardinalis 
noster  non  multo  post  tempore  fere  totum  monasterium  reaedificavit  et 
bonis  multis  locupletavit. 

Cardinal  Capocci  belonged  to  the  Cistercian  order,  and  when  he 
became  one  of  the  leading  ecclesiastics  of  his  day  never  ceased  to 
advance  its  interests  with  a  strong  and  generous  hand,  until  later  in 
his  life  he  transferred  his  favors  largely  to  the  new  and  more  popular 
Dominican  order,  a  fact  which  seems  to  have  taken  place  before  1220. 
It  was  mainly  through  his  influence  and  example  that  Viterbo  became 
perhaps  the  greatest  monastic  centre  in  Italy  during  the  first  half  of 
the  thirteenth  century.  The  construction  of  the  buildings  of  S.  Mar- 
tino was  one  of  his  earliest  undertakings,  and  we  are  led,  without  regard 
to  the  style  of  the  construction,  to  date  them  between  1207  and  about 
1225 :  before  the  later  date  we  find  him  erecting  in  Viterbo  itself  the 
monasteries  of  S.  Maria  della  Quercia,  S.  Maria  di  Gradi,  S.  Maria 
della  Verita,  and  others ;  some  of  which  were  intended  for  the  Cister- 
cians, but  all  were  finally  handed  over  to  the  Dominican  order,  under 
the  influence  of  his  changed  affections. 

The  old  connection  with  the  great  monastery  of  S.  Salvatore  di 
Monte  Amiata  appears  to  have  been  retained,  especially  after  it  joined 
the  reform,  in  1228,  and  had  brought  under  its  sway  a  number  of 
churches  in  Viterbo  and  its  vicinity.7 

MONASTIC  BUILDINGS. — The  buildings  that  remain  from  the  old 
monastery  date  back  to  the  time  of  Innocent  III  and  Cardinal  Capocci, 

7  JANAUSCHEK,  op.  cit.,  p.  231  j  CRISTOFORI,  op.  cit.,  pp.  5,  7,  9,  etc. 


302  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

and  show  it  to  have  been  an  establishment  of  considerable  size  and 
importance ;  almost  a  rival  to  the  more  southern  colonies  of  Casamari 
and  Fossanova.  All  but  the  church  and  chapter-house  are  in  a  ruinous 
condition,  owing  principally  to  the  construction,  on  the  site,  of  the 
great  Pamphili  palace.  In  1564,  the  monastery  had  become  extinct, 
and  the  property  passed  into  the  possession  of  the  Vatican  chapter. 
Toward  the  middle  of  the  xvn  century,  it  became  the  property  of  the 
Doria  family,  who  are  still  its  owners.  Donna  Olimpia  Pamphily, 
sister-in-law  of  Innocent  X,  who  died  in  1657,  made  the  site  her 
favorite  residence.  She  built  a  great  palace  within  the  former  pre- 
cincts of  the  ruined  monastery,  restored  the  church  in  the  barocco  taste 
of  the  time,  and  was  buried  there,  as  is  shown  by  two  inscriptions,  one 
placed  over  the  door  of  entrance,  the  other  in  the  pavement  in  front  of 
the  high  altar. 

The  area  of  the  monastery  not  occupied  by  the  palace  is  mainly  filled 
with  humble  dwellings,  built  partly  among  the  mediaeval  ruins,  and, 
in  some  cases,  leaving  the  old  structures  intact :  some  are  even  attached 
to  the  walls  of  the  side-aisles  of  the  church. 

CHURCH. — Contrary  to  the  usual  Cistercian  custom,  the  church  is 
placed  to  the  right  of  the  monastic  buildings.  The  fa9ade  is  badly 
restored.  Its  general  design  can  still  be  discerned  in  the  central  por- 
tion, especially  in  the  portal,  but  the  restorations  have  been  so  radical 
as  to  obliterate  nearly  all  traces  of  the  original  work.  It  is  divided 
vertically  into  three  sections.  In  the  centre  is  a  round-headed  portal 
surmounted  by  a  gable,  with  a  single  column  on  either  side ;  above  it 
is  a  large  false  pointed  arch  reaching  up  to  the  gable,  in  the  summit 
of  which  is  a  modern  rose- window.  Above  this  gable  is  a  part  of  the 
ancient  fa9ade,  with  a  round-headed  window  and  a  false  horizontal 
termination.  On  either  side,  over  the  aisles,  rises  a  tower  in  three 
stories,  only  the  upper  one  being  provided  with  windows.  These 
towers  are  of  late  work,  and  the  church  did  not  originally  possess  any. 

The  interior  (PLATE  xix)  has  remained  practically  unchanged  in 
its  lower  portion.  A  few  barocco  altars  were  set  up  in  the  side-aisles 
by  Donna  Olimpia,  thus  closing  their  windows,  and  the  beautiful  tone 
of  the  peperino  stone  was  covered  with  a  coat  of  whitewash.  The  apse 
was  disfigured  by  a  coat-of-arms  and  some  pallid  decoration  in  fresco. 

It  is  interesting  to  compare  this  interior  with  that  of  Fossanova  and 
also  with  the  French  transitional  interiors.  Some  twenty  years  or  more 
intervene  between  Fossanova  and  San  Martino;  and  the  changes  that 
had  taken  place  in  France  during  this  time  are  clearly  reflected  in  the 


INTRODUCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITALY.   303 

latter  of  these  two  buildings.  The  Cistercians  of  Pontigny  had  been 
influenced  by  the  transitional  buildings  of  the  Ile-de-France  erected 
shortly  before  1200 ;  and  in  this  case  they  carried  out  what  was  per- 
haps the  favorite  type,  that  in  which  piers  alternate  with  columns 
along  the  nave.  This  church  of  San  Martino  is  as  truly  built  by 
French  architects  and  in  an  unadulterated  French  style  as  is  Fossa- 
nova  ;  but  the  style  is  less  severe  ;  it  is  less  Cistercian,  and  conforms 
more  to  the  type  of  the  Ile-de-France ;  the  prototype  is  not  Clairvaux 
but  Pontigny — for  each  of  the  four  main  foundations  of  Citeaux  seems 
to  have  possessed  a  variation  of  the  general  architectural  type.8 

San  Martino  is  lighter  in  its  proportions,  and  yet,  instead  of  show- 
ing increased  height,  we  find  that  its  main  nave  is  broader  in  relation 
to  its  height,  and  this  must  have  been  still  more  marked  before  the 
vaults  were  raised.  A  consequence  is  the  omission  of  the  row  of 
small  windows  between  the  arcades  of  the  nave  and  the  clerestory, 
and  a  consequent  diminution  in  the  slant  of  the  roof  of  the  side-aisles. 
There  is  also  a  diminution  in  the  verticality  of  lines,  owing  to  the  sys- 
tem of  vaulting.  The  alternation  in  the  supports  was  intended,  of 
course,  to  provide  for  the  sexpartite  vaulting,  as  at  Notre  Dame,  the 
choir  of  Senlis,  and  the  cathedrals  of  Mantes  and  Laon ;  but  this  origi- 
nal intention  was  here  either  lost  sight  of  during  the  construction,  as 
in  the  naves  of  the  cathedrals  of  Senlis  and  Noyon,  or  a  quadripartite 
vaulting,  like  the  present  one,  was  a  later  substitution.9  Thus,  we  find, 
at  present,  an  engaged  colonnette  rising  only  from  the  heavy  piers. 
The  result  of  this  is  to  make  the  present  vaulting  of  the  nave  nearly 
square  and  of  proportions  similar  to  those  of  the  aisles.  There  is 
hardly  any  domical  character  to  the  vaults,  through  the  lightness  and 
circular  form  of  the  transverse  arches.  The  supposition  that  it  was  the 
original  intention  to  use  sexpartite  vaulting  is  confirmed  by  the  size 
of  the  windows  and  by  a  couple  of  the  original  intermediate  vaulting- 
shafts  which  were  left  on  either  side  in  the  further  bay  of  the  nave. 
Of  the  present  windows,  those  over  each  column  were  evidently  cut 
at  the  time  of  some  restoration  of  the  church,  and  involved  the  closing 
of  the  two  original  windows  placed  on  either  side  of  these  columns  over 
the  point  of  each  arcade  and  the  demolition  of  the  buttresses  on  the 
exterior  that  corresponded  to  the  intermediate  column.  This  probably 

8  See  ground-plans  in  ViOLLET-LE-Duc,  Dictionnaire,  vol.  I,  under  Architecture 
Monastique. 

9  In  most  transitional  churches  in  France  the  supports  and  the  present  vaulting  do 
not  correspond,  on  account  of  the  substitution  of  quadripartite  for  sexpartite  vaults, 
or  vice-versa. 


304  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

coincided  with  the  raising  and  rebuilding  of  the  vaults  and  changing 
them  from  the  sexpartite  to  the  quadripartite  form.  On  account  of  the 
transept,  the  new  windows  in  the  furthest  bay  were  opened  not  in  the 
centre  but  to  one  side  of  the  new  vaults,  and  this  led  to  the  preser- 
vation of  the  vaulting-shafts  which  were  removed  in  every  other  case. 
Traces  of  the  early  windows  that  have  been  closed  can  yet  be  seen,  and 
the  late  date  of  the  present  vaults  is  proved,  not  only  by  the  character 
of  their  mouldings  but  by  the  additional  height  given  to  the  wall, 
which  is  so  noticeable  on  the  exterior.  In  some  cases,  however,  sev- 
eral courses  of  the  original  vaulting-mouldings  have  been  sufficiently 
preserved  to  show  that  the  wall  or  longitudinal  ribs  sprang  from  a 
greater  height  than  the  diagonal  and  transverse  ribs,  and  that  both 
the  latter  are  nevertheless  much  stilted.  There  is  a  lack  of  structural 
logic  and  continuity  in  this  system  of  San  Martino  as  it  originally 
existed.  The  vaulting-shafts  do  not  spring  from  the  ground,  in  the 
case  of  the  main  piers,  or  from  the  capitals  of  the  intermediate  columns, 
but  from  the  clerestory  cornice.  They  here  rest  upon  a  single  shaft10 
of  the  same  size  as  that  engaged  in  the  pier.  This  shaft  ended  in  a 
typical  Cistercian  consol  over  each  column  and  directly  on  the  capital 
over  each  pier,  without  the  intervention  of  any  base. 

The  mouldings  of  the  main  arches  and  its  supports  are  original,  and 
are  far  in  advance  of  those  used  in  the  other  Cistercian  buildings  of 
the  time  in  the  Roman  province,  being  analogous  to  the  mouldings 
of  the  transitional  buildings  of  the  Ile-de-France.  The  same  cannot 
be  said  of  the  foliage  of  the  lower  capitals,  which  is  lacking  in  delicacy. 
The  capitals  of  the  intermediate  shafts  are  slightly  more  advanced ; 
they  are  triple,  and  thus  form  a  somewhat  awkward  transition  from 
the  quintuple  vaulting-mouldings  above  to  the  single  shaft  below. 

The  ground-plan  (PL.  xx)  shows  eight  bays  in  the  aisles  and  four 
double  bays  in  the  nave ;  a  transept  with  two  square  chapels  on  either 
side;  and  a  pentagonal  apse  instead  of  the  usual  square  end.  The 
side-aisles  are  square,  measuring  4.15  met.  between  the  axes;  the 
width  of  the  nave  is  8.75  met. ;  the  total  length  is  about  57  met.  in 
the  interior.  The  dimensions  are  thus  a  trifle  less  than  those  of  Fos- 
sanova ;  the  walls  are  not  as  thick,  nor  the  supports  as  heavy,  but  the 
span  of  the  arches  is  slightly  greater,  thus  producing  greater  height 

10  The  wall  is  coated  with  a  thick  layer  of  plaster :  it  is  possible  that  a  slender  shaft 
once  existed  on  either  side  of  the  main  one,  corresponding  to  the  smallfcapitals  under 
the  cornice,  and  that  it  has  been  covered  by  the  plaster.  I  did  not  thinkt  o  examine 
this  point  when  on  the  spot. 


INTROD  UCTION  OF  GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  INTO  ITAL  Y.   305 

and  lightness  of  the  side-aisles.  The  simple  ribbed  cross-vaults  of 
the  aisles  appear  to  be  original,  and  are  supported  along  the  wall  by 
a  half-column  engaged  in  a  pier.  The  aisle-windows  are  now  closed. 
The  five-sided  choir  is  of  later  date  than  the  rest  of  the  church,  and 
may  have  taken  the  place  of  an  original  square  end.  Its  construction 
is  assigned  by  Signor  Ojetti  to  the  xiv  century,  without  any  proof. 
It  was  probably  built  at  the  same  time  that  the  vaulting  and  windows 
were  remodelled.  An  examination  of  the  exterior  is  not  conclusive, 
but  it  proves  (1)  the  raising  of  the  vaults  of  the  nave ;  (2)  the  partial 
rebuilding  of  the  side-chapels  and  of  a  part  of  the  transept,  at  the  time 
of  the  reconstruction  of  the  apse ;  (3)  that  the  vaults  of  the  transept 
are  the  only  original  high  vaults  that  remain. 

A  comparison  of  the  capitals  and  mouldings  with  those  of  French 
churches  shows  them  to  belong  to  the  time  when  the  transitional  forms 
were  passing  into  those  of  developed  early  Gothic.  The  outlines  of 
the  bases  are  very  similar,  for  example,  to  those  of  Senlis,  but  they 
are  much  higher  and  heavier  in  relation  to  their  shafts  than  those  of 
any  French  church  with  which  I  am  acquainted.  They  are  of  unequal 
height ;  those  near  the  door  being  lower  than  the  rest,  as  may  be  seen 
in  the  foreground  of  PLATE  xix. 

CLOISTERS. — The  arrangement  of  the  monastery  is  somewhat  pecu- 
liar, probably  being  influenced  by  that  of  the  earlier  Benedictine  struc- 
tures. The  Pamphili  palace  has  absorbed  the  front  section  with  its 
dormitories  and  one  side  of  the  main  cloister,  whose  foundations  are 
still  visible  in  the  cellar  of  the  palace.  A  sketch  in  PLATE  xx  gives  all 
that  could  be  ascertained,  by  a  cursory  examination,  of  the  general  plan. 
The  main  walls  are  almost  everywhere  preserved,  but  the  details  of 
exterior  and  interior  have  been  ruthlessly  made  over :  the  monastic 
halls  have  been  turned  into  shops  and  peasants'  dwellings  and  store- 
rooms. At  many  points,  the  original  round-headed  windows  remain  ; 
most  of  them  are  single,  some  double  with  a  dividing  shaft.  There 
appear  to  have  been  two  cloisters,  both  now  destroyed.  The  north 
arm  of  the  monastery,  projecting  from  the  transept  of  the  church,  is 
fairly  well  preserved.  A  corridor  with  cross- vaults  has  on  either  side 
one  or  more  early  rooms,  those  nearest  the  church  being  probably  the 
treasury  and  sacristy.  Then  comes  a  section  at  right  angles  and  par- 
allel to  the  church,  which  formed,  apparently,  the  division  between 
the  two  courts  or  cloisters.  At  the  corner  of  the  second  court,  on  the 
east  side,  is  the  chapter-house,  which  is  locally  termed  the  refectory, 
still  in  fair  preservation. 


306  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCHJSOLOQ 7. 

CHAPTER-HOUSE. — The  chapter-house  corresponds  in  style  to  the 
church.  It  is  even  lighter  and  more  graceful  in  comparison  with 
the  corresponding  chapter-houses  of  Fossanova  and  Casamari,  and  it 
approaches  far  more  the  style  of  some  French  refectories  and  other 
halls  of  the  xin  century.  It  measures  20  by  9  metres,  and  is  divided 
into  two  aisles  by  three  central  piers.  These  piers  are  of  the  same 
general  plan  as  those  of  Fossanova  and  Casamari,  a  central  cylinder 
or  octagon  around  which  are  grouped  eight  shafts,  upon  whose  cap- 
itals rest  the  mouldings  of  the  vaults.  But  the  aesthetic  effect  is  here 
made  quite  different  by  the  greater  slenderness  of  the  pier  and  delicacy 
of  the  mouldings,  as  well  as  by  the  wider  spacing  of  the  supports. 
The  consols  that  support  the  arches  against  the  walls  are  of  a  charm- 
ing acorn-shape  design,  and  the  mouldings  of  the  arches  are  quite 
advanced  in  style.  A  round-headed  window  was  originally  placed  in 
each  bay,  but,  of  these  eight,  nearly  all  are  closed.  A  stone  bench 
encircles  the  entire  interior.  The  plan  and  view  of  the  interior 
(PL.  xx)  will  make  a  long  description  unnecessary. 

Although  this  is,  according  to  tradition,  the  refectory,  it  appears  to 
me,  for  various  reasons,  to  be  the  chapter-house :  first,  its  position  in 
the  arm  of  the  monastery,  that  is,  at  right  angles  with  the  transept  of 
the  church — the  usual  place  for  the  chapter-house  in  Cistercian  estab- 
lishments; seeond,  the  analogy  of  form  and  construction  to  many  other 
chapter-houses  of  the  order,  and  its  dissimilarity  to  the  majority  of  the 
refectories  of  the  order ;  third,  the  row  of  stone  seats  which  surrounds 
the  hall,  as  in  all  chapter-houses. 

The  monastery  of  San  Martino  does  not  present  the  diversity  of  style 
which  we  find  at  Fossanova  and  Casamari.  It  was  built  d'un  seuljet, 
within  the  space  of  not  many  years.  The  date  of  1207  is  the  earliest 
we  can  assign  to  the  plan  and  foundations :  the  presence  of  round- 
headed  windows  everywhere  forbids  our  giving  a  long  terminus  ad 
quern.  Probably  the  construction  was  finished  in  about  1225.11  Any 
earlier  date  than  this  would  be  in  contradiction  with  the  extremely 
rich  mouldings  of  the  ribs  and  cornices  of  the  church,  which  corres- 
pond with  those  of  French  buildings  usually  dated  from  1210  to  1230. 
This  advantage,  however,  is  more  than  counterbalanced  by  the  fearful 
mutilations  which  it  has  suffered. 

A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  JR. 

UCRISTOFOBI  (op.  cit.,  p.  9)  gives  the  date  1228  as  connected  with  the  church,  but 
without  any  indication  of  what  it  applies  to. 


NOTES  ON  ROMAN  ARTISTS  OF  THE  MIDDLE  AGES. 


II.    ARCHITECTS. 

[PLATE  XXI.] 

During  the  summer  of  1889, 1  spent  several  weeks  in  exploring  the 
Roman  province  for  the  study  of  its  inedited  monuments.  Although 
expecting  to  publish,  before  long,  a  study  on  the  subject  of  the  mediae- 
val artists  of  this  region,  I  will  here  describe  the  works  of  some  archi- 
tects whose  names,  so  far  as  I  know,  are  new. 

MARTINUS. 

This  Martinus  is  an  architect  of  the  twelfth  century,  and,  judging 
from  the  style  of  his  work,  he  may  be  considered  to  have  been  one  of 
the  best.  His  inscription  is  on  the  porch  of  the  church  of  Sant'  Erasmo 
at  Veroli,  the  ancient  Verulae.  This  city  of  the  Hernici,  like  its  neigh- 
bors Anagni  (Anagnia),  Alatri  ( Aletrium),  and  Ferentino  (Ferentinum), 
was  among  the  cities  of  Campania  that  remained  throughout  the  Mid- 
dle Ages  under  the  direct  control  of  the  Popes.  The  art  of  these  cities 
is  strictly  Roman,  except  in  cases  of  some  strong  local  influence  like 
that  of  the  great  neighboring  monasteries  of  Casamari  and  Fossanova. 
At  Segni,  Anagni,  and  Ferentino  are  still  records  of  the  activity  of  the 
Roman  families  of  artists  in  the  xn  and  xm  centuries,  the  Cosmati,  the 
Vassallecti,  and  the  school  of  Paulus.  To  these  should  now  be  added 
Martinus.  Some  years  ago,  I  had  a  photograph  taken  of  the  Romanesque 
porch  of  the  church  of  SANT'  ERASMO  AT  VEROLI  (PL.  xxi).  Again, 
last  summer  (1889),  I  passed  through  this  mountain  village,  and,  while 
resting  the  horses,  sat  on  the  parapet  in  front  of  the  porch  admiring 
its  strength  and  simplicity,  the  harmony  of  its  proportions  and  tone. 
The  sun  was  shining  at  such  an  angle  that  I  noticed,  for  the  first  time, 
some  letters  cut  in  the  second  row  of  stones  under  the  cornice,  between 
and  above  the  left-hand  and  middle  arches  of  the  porch.  The  charac- 
ters were  large  and  carefully  cut  in  the  pure  classic  style  of  about  the 
middle  of  the  xn  century,  and  read:  6ST  MANIBVS  FACTVS  MAR- 
TINI QVEM  PROBAT  ARCVS.  Two  facts  are  evident:  (1)  Martin 

307 


308  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

was  proud  of  his  work — the  porch,  which  he  calls  areus,  he  evidently 
regards  as  a  good  example  of  his  style ;  (2)  he  considered  that  he  had 
a  style  of  construction  peculiar  to  himself,  for  he  says  that  this  work 
can  be  recognized  as  his  by  its  style. 

The  porch  consists  of  three  round  arches  of  unequal  span  and  height, 
corresponding  to  the  three  aisles  of  the  church.  Of  the  church  itself 
I  need  not  speak,  as  it  is  quite  modernized ;  and  I  will  omit  the 
tower  also,  which,  though  mediaeval,  seems  to  be  by  another  architect. 
A  second  story,  with  three  round-headed  windows,  was  added  to  the 
porch  at  the  time  of  the  restoration  of  the  church.  A  flight  of  steps 
leads  from  the  street  to  a  platform  from  which  one  enters  the  porch 
by  four  steps ;  three  more  lead  into  the  church.  The  dimensions  of 
the  porch  are  approximately  as  follows  :  length,  31  ft. ;  width,  14  ft. ; 
height,  26  ft.  The  interior  consists  of  three  simple  unribbed  cross- 
vaults  on  a  square  plan,  separated  by  rather  heavy  arcs-doubleaux 
which  rest  upon  engaged  columns  with  composite  capitals  attached 
to  the  outer  piers,  and  upon  simple  pilasters.  The  central  arch,  cor- 
responding to  the  nave,  has  of  course  a  greater  span  than  the  side  arches, 
but  these,  also,  are  unequal  in  size,  that  on  the  left  being  much  the 
lower  and  narrower.  The  cause  of  this  seems  to  have  been  the  lack 
of  space  on  that  side. 

Two  points  of  detail  are  especially  to  be  noticed  :  (1)  the  profiles  of 
cornice  and  mouldings,  and  (2)  the  style  of  the  decorative  sculpture. 
The  use  of  a  retreating  arch  in  interiors  was  common  with  architects  of 
the  Roman  School,  and  it  is  also  to  be  observed  in  the  buildings  erected 
in  this  region  by  the  Cistercian  order  between  about  1175  and  1225. 
Here  we  see  it.  One  naturally  turns  for  comparison  to  the  few  porches 
of  the  kind  in  the  province — at  Casamari,  Casauria,  and  Piperno.  But 
here  the  profile  is  different,  the  two  planes  being  connected  by  the  soft 
flowing  line  of  a  concave  moulding  or  scotia,  instead  of  forming  right 
angles.  But  in  earlier  buildings,  slightly  anterior,  in  fact,  to  the  porch 
of  S.  Erasmo,  we  find  the  use  of  the  double  angular  arch ;  for  exam- 
ple, in  the  doors  of  the  neighboring  cathedral  of  Ferentino  (end  XI  cent.), 
and  in  the  windows  of  the  cathedral  at  Anagni  (middle  xi  cent.).  In 
interiors,  the  same  device  was  used  to  break  the  monotony  of  the  blank 
walls.  Earliest  of  all  is  the  basilica  of  S.  Elia,  near  Nepi,  a  work  of 
the  x  or  early  xi  century,  where  the  arches  are  supported  on  columns. 
In  the  xii  century,  the  columns  are  replaced  by  clustered  piers,  as  in 
the  cathedral  of  S.  Maria  di  Castello  at  Corneto.  There  is  nothing 


NOTES  ON  ROMAN  ARTISTS  OF  THE  MIDDLE  AGES.       309 

remarkable  about  the  heavy  capitals  or  the  profiles  of  the  rather  clumsy 
bases  of  the  columns  or  those  of  the  bases  of  the  piers  :  of  greater  ele- 
gance is  the  cornice  that  frames  the  upper  part  of  the  porch.  The 
taste  of  the  artist  shows  itself  in  the  form  and  decoration  of  the  archi- 
volts  that  frame  the  arcade.  They  are  the  key-note  to  the  entire  porch ; 
they  give  to  it  dignity  and  peculiar  style,  add  breadth  to  the  arches, 
help  in  the  play  of  light  and  shade,  and  delight  by  the  delicacy  of 
their  sculpture.  The  details  of  this  decoration  in  the  central  archway 
is  as  follows.  First,  a  row  of  trefoils  connected  by  stems,  every  other 
one  being  reversed :  a  similar  decoration,  but  more  advanced  and  with- 
out reversal,  is  found  in  the  main  doorway  of  the  cathedral  of  Civita 
Castellana  executed,  in  about  1180,  by  the  Roman  artists  Laurentius 
and  his  son  Jacobus.  Next  comes  the  familiar  classic  egg-and-dart 
moulding;  then,  the  equally  familiar  and  classic  pearl  ornament ;  and, 
finally,  the  row  of  cubes  placed  at  intervals  which  on  a  somewhat  larger 
scale  was  so  popular  an  appendix  to  the  under  part  of  cornices,  during 
this  and  the  following  century.  A  similar  but  less  elaborate  decora- 
tion encircles  the  other  arches.  All  the  elements  are  classic ;  and  the 
execution  itself  is  worthy  of  an  artist  of  the  best  period  of  the  empire. 
With  Martinus,  as  with  the  earlier  Cosmati  and  the  Vassallecti,  the 
classic  tradition  was  supreme ;  and  this  is  but  another  proof  that  it 
entered  into  the  smallest  details  of  their  work.  After  examining 
these  archivolts,  it  is  safe  to  say  that  the  engaged  columns  below  are 
by  another  hand  than  that  of  Martinus.  . 

The  porch  of  Sant7  Erasmo  is,  in  my  experience,  the  finest  in  Cen- 
tral Italy.  With  the  exception  of  the  numerous  architrave  porches  of 
the  Roman  school  with  their  Ionic  columns  and  classic  details,  porches 
extending  the  entire  width  of  the  church  are  quite  unusual  throughout 
Italy,  whereas  in  France,  for  instance,  they  are  quite  common.  Italian 
architects  were  either  satisfied  with  none,  or  confined  themselves,  after 
the  fashion  of  earlier  examples  in  Rome  (Santa  Prassede,  etc.),  to  build- 
ing out  the  central  portal,  as  at  Verona,  Modena,  Trento,  etc.  One  has 
to  roam  over  Lombardy  and  Tuscany  quite  generally  before  finding 
wide  porches :  perhaps  the  finest  example  is  that  of  the  Cathedral  of 
Lucca  added  to  the  church  in  1204.  Monastic  churches,  however, 
were  more  likely  to  have  porches :  in  France  the  closed  porches  of 
the  Clunisian  churches  are  almost  as  large  as  the  body  of  the  church. 
The  Cistercian  and  Benedictine  porches  were  more  modest.  Those  of 
the  second  half  of  the  xn  century  and  the  beginning  of  the  xnr  built 
4 


310  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

in  this  region  are  similar  in  general  form  to  this  one  of  Veroli,  but  all 
unite  to  differ  in  one  respect :  their  central  arch  alone  is  round-headed, 
those  on  either  side  are  pointed,  being  thus  enabled  to  keep  the  same 
height  while  having  a  smaller  span,  corresponding  to  the  narrower 
side-aisles.  The  Cistercian  monastery  of  Casamari  has  a  porch  which 
dates  from  about  1203,  if  not  earlier  :  the  corresponding  earlier  porch 
at  the  monastery  of  Fossanova  has  been  destroyed ;  but  we  can  con- 
ceive what  it  was  from  a  study  of  the  porch  of  the  cathedral  of  the 
neighboring  Piperno,  constructed,  probably  in  imitation  of  it,  by  the 
architect  Antonio  di  Rabatto,  shortly  after  1180.  A  few  years  earlier, 
a  similar  porch  was  built  before  the  Benedictine  church  of  S.  Clemente 
di  Casauria  in  the  Roman  Abruzzi.  All  of  these  are  lacking  in  the 
peculiar  qualities  that  form  the  charm  of  the  chef-d'oeuvre  of  Martinus, 
as  it  would  be  easy  to  show,  were  this  the  place  to  do  so. 

GRIMUHALDUS. 

Crypts  were  even  more  important  adjuncts  to  churches  than  porches, 
in  this  part  of  Italy,  especially  during  the  Romanesque  period  :  this 
was  partly  on  account  of  their  frequency,  partly  by  reason  of  their 
extent.  In  my  study  of  the  architecture  of  the  xi  and  xn  centuries 
in  the  Roman  province,  I  found  that  the  crypts  were  often  the  only 
part  that  remained  of  a  church  that  had  been  torn  down  or  remodelled 
by  the  vandals  of  the  xvm  century.  Though,  at  first  sight,  there 
is  an  apparent  monotony  in  these  crypts,  a  careful  study  cannot  fail  to 
reveal  the  individuality  of  each  one.  One  of  the  largest  and  most 
interesting  is  that  of  the  cathedral  of  Sutri.  This  church  was  the  work 
of  Roman  architects,  for  the  town  is  only  about  forty  miles  to  the 
north  of  the  Eternal  city,1  and  the  building  still  bears  traces  of  their 
handiwork.  An  inscription  of  1170  informs  us  that  Nicolaus  de 
Angelo,  with  his  son,  executed  the  high  altar,  probably,  after  the  usual 
fashion  of  the  Roman  artists,  with  a  beautiful  decoration  of  mosaic- 
work.  It  is  now  destroyed  :  but  a  cornice  with  a  xn-century  inscrip- 
tion, mentioning  the  name  of  bishop  Petrus,  which  I  disinterred  from 
the  neighboring  yard,  may  belong  to  it.  At  all  events,  the  central 
doorway,  with  its  mosaic-work,  fragments  of  the  old  pavement,  the 
campanile,  and  parts  of  old  frescos,  still  remain  of  the  xu-century 
work,  after  the  usual  process  of  destruction  had  been  indulged  in  dur- 
ing the  xvm  century.  Fortunately,  the  crypt,  though  blocked  up, 

1  See  my  article,  An  early  rock-cut  church  at  Sutri,  JOURNAL,  v,  pp.  320-30. 


NOTES  ON  ROMAN  ARTISTS  OF  THE  MIDDLE  AGES.       311 

was  left  untouched,  and,  as  it  was  being  re-opened  at  the  time  of 
my  visit  during  the  summer  of  1889, 1  was  among  the  first  to  descend 
into  its  depths.  The  only  change  it  had  suffered  was  the  removal,  at 
the  demolition  in  1743,  of  four  of  the  columns  to  be  placed  in  a  chapel 
of  the  church  above.  I  read  the  name  of  the  architect  upon  the  cap- 
ital of  the  first  column  opposite  the  flight  of  steps  that  leads  down 
from  the  left  aisle  :  *f  GPMVHALDV  |  PRB<i  ACCOL'A,  Grimuhaldus 
presbyter  accolyta. 

We  do  not  meet  with  monk-artists  nearly  so  often  in  Italy  as  in  the 
rest  of  Europe,  during  the  twelfth  century ;  and  the  lay-artists  had 
almost  a  monopoly,  especially  in  this  province,  where  they  were  formed 


FIG.  I.— Ground-plan  of  the  Orypt  of  the  Cathedral  at  Sutri. 

into  regular  schools.  But  here  is  an  exception.  A  priest  of  the  cathe- 
dral was  also  the  architect  of  its  crypt  at  the  time  when  the  entire 
edifice  was  made  over  about  the  middle  of  the  twelfth  century.  This 
construction  is  so  unusual  in  its  form,  is  planned  on  a  scale  so  large  and 
sumptuous,  and  carried  out  with  such  care  in  its  details,  as  to  make  it 
worthy  of  being  placed  in  the  front  rank  of  Italian  crypts  (Figure  1). 
The  vaults  are  supported  by  twenty-two  columns,  seven  for  each  of  the 
three  rows  that  divide  the  crypt  into  four  aisles,  and  one  opposite  the 
centre  of  the  apse.  Each  aisle  ends,  not  against  a  flat  wall  but  in  a 
small  apse  or  semicircular  niche.  Four  of  these  niches  form  the  apse, 
and  sixteen  others  surround  the  rest  of  the  construction.  This  entire 


312  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

arrangement  of  niches  is  singular  and  original :  I  do  not  remember 
to  have  met  it  elsewhere.  The  quadri-apsidal  choir  is  also  strange  in  a 
country  which  so  staunchly  retained  the  small  and  simple  semicircular 
apse  of  the  basilica,  vaulted  with  its  semi-dome.  But  this  is  not  the 
only  peculiarity.  While  all  the  rest  of  the  spaces  between  the  columns 
are  covered  with  plain  unribbed  cross- vaults,  the  two  opposite  to  the 
choir  have  tripartite  ribbed  vaults  that  join  the  quadripartite  vault  of 
the  choir,  which  is  also  ribbed.  This  is  an  example  of  comparatively 
elaborate  vaulting  interesting  for  the  time  and  region,  as  ribs  were  not 
used  in  this  province,  barring  exceptions,  until  the  latter  part  of  the 
century.  The  vaults  are  all  separated  by  transverse  arches,  and  the 
columns  are  not  waifs  and  strays  from  the  ruins  of  older  buildings,  as 
is  so  often  the  case  at  this  period  :  they  are  monoliths  of  good  propor- 
tions and  with  fairly-carved  capitals,  of  equal  size,  quarried  for  the 
building. 

PETRUS  GULIMARI   DE   PIPERNO. 

The  third  architect  on  my  list  of  inedited  names  is  a  native  of  the 
city  of  Piperno,  the  ancient  Privernum,  situated  in  the  Monti  Lepini 
in  a  region  which  before  the  Italian  occupation  was  a  centre  of  brig- 
andage in  the  Papal  States.2  Only  a  few  miles  away,  down  in  the 
marshy  swamps  of  the  valley  below,  was  the  largest  and  most  famous 
of  the  Cistercian  monasteries  of  Italy,  Fossanova.  Against  the  oppo- 
site range  of  hills  are  dotted  several  hamlets.  Principal  among  these 
is  the  town  of  San  Lorenzo,  now  called  Amaseno.  When  Pope  Inno- 
cent III,  in  1208,  visited  Fossanova  and  the  towns  and  monasteries 
on  the  opposite  line  of  Sabine  hills,  Anagni,  Alatri,  Ferentino,Veroli, 
and  Casamari,  he  also  stopped  for  a  night  at  San  Lorenzo.  Then,  the 
present  church  was  not  built :  this  took  place  more  than  a  half-century 
later.  When  the  work  was  commenced  we  do  not  know,  but  it  was 
finished  in  1291  on  the  fourth  of  April,  according  to  an  inscription 
on  the  pulpit.  The  architects,  as  the  inscription  tells  us,  were  Petrus 
Gulimari  of  Piperno  and  his  two  sons  Morisu  and  Jacobus.  The 
copy  of  the  inscription,  made  for  me  by  Sig.  Ettore  Maldura,  reads 
in  this  way,  but  there  seem  to  be  some  mistakes  in  the  reading,  several 
of  which  I  have  corrected,  though  I  remain  in  doubt  as  to  the  read- 
ing of  the  artist's  name.  The  entire  inscription  reads  :  IN  NOMINE 

DOMINI  AMEN  ANNO  NATIVITATIS  EIVSDEM  MCCLXXXXI  INDICTIONE 

2  See  my  article  on  The  Monastery  of  Fossanova,  pp.  14-46. 


NOTES  ON  ROMAN  ARTISTS  OF  THE  MIDDLE  AGES.       313 

QVARTA  MENSE  APRILIS  PONTIFICATVS  DOMINI  NICOLAI  PAPAE  IIII 
ANNO  QVARTO  OPVS  HVIVS  ECCLESIAE  ET  ISTIVS  PVLPITV8  COM- 
PLETVM  FVIT  PER  MAGISTROS  PETRVM  GVLIMARI  DE  PIPERNO  ET 
MORISVM  AC  JACOBVM  FILIOS  EIVS  QVORVM  ANIMAE  REQVIESCANT 
IN  PACE  AMEN. 

The  church  is  a  simple  three-aisled  construction,  with  pointed  arches 
and  windows,  unribbed  cross- vaults,  and  simple  square  piers  with  en- 
gaged columns.  It  is  the  clearest  possible  imitation,  on  a  reduced 
scale,  of  the  great  Cistercian  churches  of  Fossanova  and  Casamari, 
and  doubtless  the  architects  took  the  former  for  their  model.  In 
fact,  it  is  probable  that  they  graduated  from  the  Cistercian  school  of 
architecture,  which  spread  over  this  entire  region  during  the  last  years 
of  the  twelfth  and  the  entire  course  of  the  thirteenth  century.  I  shall 
not  describe  the  church  any  further,  in  order  not  to  forestall  the  details 
which  will  be  in  place  in  the  volume  on  Cistercian  architecture  in 
Italy  on  which  I  am  at  present  engaged. 

A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  JR. 
Princeton  College. 


NOTES. 


COMMENT  ON  TARBELL'S  "STUDY  OF  THE  ATTIC  PHRATRY." 

I  desire  to  offer  a  few  comments  on  Professor  TarbelPs  study  of 
the  Dekeleian  Phratry-Decree,  which  appeared  in  the  number  of  this 
Journal  for  June,  1889  (pp.  135-53).  It  should  be  pointed  out  that 
Kohler's  restoration  of  the  last  two  lines  of  A  gives  31  and  29  letters 
in  each,  respectively,  instead  of  30,  and  is  therefore  possibly  wrong. 
Pantazidis  restores  30  letters  to  the  last  line  by  reading  o  lep\ev<;  rov 
Ae/ceXeto)!/  OIKOV.  rc3  Au  rc3  'Ep/ceto)  and  o  lepevs  T&V  Arj/jLOTicoviScov 
would  give  the  right  number.  I  only  mention  this  as  a  possibility. 

B—51.  papTVpS)  (ov  el&dryei,  eavrw  vov)  elvai  TOVTOV  K.  r.  X.  The 
words  bracketed  are  not  part  of  the  oath,  but  a  parenthetical  explana- 
tion. The  "his  lawful  son"  is  wrong.  "I  swear  that  this  child  (the 
child  whom  he  is  presenting  as  his  son)  is  born  in  lawful  wedlock." 
The  oath  may  apply  to  the  introduction  of  adopted  children  also  :  see 
Isaios,  VII.  16  :  €<TTL  8*  avrols  VOJJLOS  6  avros,  edv  re  riva  <f>va-ei,  jejovora 
elcrdyrj  779  edv  re  TTOI^TOV^  eTTiTiOevai,  TTIO-TIV  Kara  rcov  lepwv  r)  fjurjv  ef 
d(7rf)<i  eladryeiv  Kal  <y6<yovora  opOws. 

The  weak  point  in  Mr.  TarbelFs  comment  is  his  explanation  of  A, 
line  30 — the  appeal  to  the  Demotionidai.  No  one  who  reads  through 
the  document  without  prejudice,  and  in  happy  ignorance  of  the  theo- 
ries of  German  scholars,  can  possibly  believe  that  the  Demotionidai 
are  identical  with  the  phrateres — that  the  court  of  appeal  is  identical 
with  the  court  from  the  decision  of  which  appeal  is  made.  Mr.  Tar- 
bell  says  (p.  152),  "the  years  that  have  elapsed  since  he  was  on  trial 
before  disguise  a  little  the  inappropriateness  of  the  word  efayfju  • "  but 
I  am  sure  that,  when  I  take  the  privilege,  which  I  think  he  is  wrong 
in  conceding  to  other  suitors,  and  appeal  from  himself  to  himself,  he 
will  reverse  his  decision. 

This  inscription,  one  other,  and  the  texts  of  the  orators,  are  the 
authorities  on  which  we  should  base  our  view  as  to  the  constitution 
of  the  Attic  phratries.  In  such  matters  we  should  begin  by  shut- 
ting our  eyes  to  lexicographers,  new  and  old,  and  be  especially  shy 
of  hand-books. 
314 


MR.  PATOWS  COMMENT.  .  315 

A  word,  now,  as  to  Mr.  TarbelPs  correct  remark,  that  the  laws  of 
different  phratries  differed.  At  least  three  passages  of  Isaios  confirm 
this  :  (1)  in.  76,  from  which  it  appears  that  not  all  phratries  enforced 
the  enrolment  of  daughters  (Mr.  TarbelPs  remark  on  p.  153  should 
be  therefore  corrected) ;  (2)  vn.  16  (already  referred  to),  from  which 
we  may  conclude  that  not  all  phratries  required  the  legitimacy  of 
adopted  sons  to  be  proved ;  (3)  vin.  18  (see  Reiske's  note).  Not  all 
phratries  required  ^a^^lav  elafyepew  on  the  marriage  of  a  member. 

There  is  no  difficulty  in  the  parts  of  this  document  which  relate  to 
the  elo-ay&ytf  or  dvdtcpicris,  which  was  contemporaneous,  and  indeed 
identical,  with  the  sacrifice  of  the  Kovpelov  (in  Isaios,  vi.  22,  dir^ve^Or] 
TO  Kovpelov  is  equivalent  to  "the  child  was  rejected").  We  learn,  from 
B-13-21,  that  the  thiasoi,  from  which  the  three  witnesses  at  the  dvd- 
icpicris  were  drawn,  were  very  small  bodies :  they  must  have  comprised 
only  the  immediate  relatives  of  the  applicant.  In  the  case  of  another 
phratry  (Isaios,  ibid.),  it  was  in  the  power  of  the  applicant's  only  son 
to  prohibit  the  elcraycoytf .  In  the  present  case,  if  one  son  were  the 
only  other  member  of  the  applicant's  thiasos,  his  opposition  could  be 
made  ineffectual  both  at  the  dvd/cpHn,?  and  at  the  SiaSi/cacria. 

It  seems  to  me  to  be  established  by  the  texts  from  the  orators 
quoted  by  Sauppe  (De  Phratriis,  p.  8)  that  the  yewfjrai,  were  a  more 
extensive  body  than  the  cfrpdrepes.  The  speaker  in  Demosthenes  LVII. 
21  f.,  to  prove  that  his  father  was  an  Athenian  citizen,  summons  first 
his  relations  (a-vy<yevei<i),  then  his  fypdrepes,  then  his  yevvfjrai,,  and 
then  his  ^rj^orai,.  In  the  peroration  of  the  same  speech  (67)  we  have 
the  same  order.1  In  Isaios  VII.  16,  the  cfrpdrepes  and  yevviJTcu  are 

1 1  doubt  if  the  passage  be  right  as  it  stands.  The  speaker  is  recapitulating  the 
evidence  ;  to  make  his  recapitulation  additionally  effective  he  examines  himself  by 
the  formula  used  in  the  anakrisis  of  the  nine  archons.  Two  slightly  divergent  ver- 
sions of  this  formula  have  reached  us  (  POLLUX,  vin.  85,  and  Lex.  Cantab.,  p.  670, 
both  quoted  in  full  by  SAUPPE,  Ibid.).  It  consisted  of  a  series  of  questions,  proba- 
bly as  follows:  (1)  Who  was  your  father  ?  (2)  Were  your  ancestors  on  both  sides, 
for  three  generations,  Athenians?  (3)  What  is  your  deme  ?  (4)  Have  you  altars 
of  Zeus  Herkeios  and  Apollo  Patroos?  etc.  The  speaker  here  asks  himself  and 
answers  question  (1) ;  he  then  goes  on,  not  to  ask  directly,  but  to  answer  implicitly, 
the  other  questions,  with  regard,  however,  not  to  himself  but  to  his  father,  in  order 
to  adapt  himself  to  the  form  in  which  the  evidence  was  actually  taken  (see  sections 
20  f).  oi/ce?ot  rives  <e?J'ot>  fj-aprvpovffiv  ctuTcp ;  (sc.  Sri  iro\iri}S  $v).  TTO.VV  ye  •  irpurov 
pev  ye  rerrapes  avetyioi,  elr'  avefyiaSovs,  eW  ol  ras  ttve^las  \a.&6vres  avrtp:  SO  far  he  18 
answering  question  (2).  etvat  must,  I  think,  be  expunged,  for  it  will  be  seen  that, 
if  it  be  retained,  ravrrjs  rives  oiite'ioi  ftaprvpovfftv  in  the  corresponding  question  relat- 


316  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

mentioned  as  acting  together,  and  having  the  same  laws2  and  a  KOIVOV 
jpa/jifjiaretov.  It  would  be  difficult  to  tell  from  this  passage  alone  if 
the  (ppdrepes  or  the  yevvrjrat,  were  most  extensive,  did  not  Demos- 
thenes enlighten  us.3  If  the  yevvTjrai,  were  a  wider  and  less  intimate 
association  than  the  fypdrepes,  and  if  their  laws  were  binding  on  the 
latter,  it  is  not  only  natural,  but  necessary,  to  suppose  that  the  A^yuo- 
TicoviSai,  here  are  yevvfjrat,. 

For  the  SiaSi/cao-ia,  of  which  A  treats,  the  passage  of  Isaios  (vn.  16) 
is  so  important  that  it  must  be  quoted  in  full :  eart,  cT  avrois  VO/JLOS  6 
avros,  edv  re  <rmi>  fyvaei,  <ye<yovoTa  elcrdyrj  rt?  edv  re  TTOMJTOV,  ZTTITI- 
Oevat,  TTia-TiV  Kara  TCOV  lepcov  rj  jjurjv  ef  dcrTrjs  ela-dyeiv  /cal  <yeyovora 
opd&S,  teal  rbv  VTrdpftovra  fyva-ei  /cal  rbv  TTOLIJTOV  •  TroirjcravTOs  Be  rov 
elardryovro?  ravra  /jirjSev  rjrrov  Sia^lr^i^eaOai,  /cal  T0t>9  aXXou?*  /edv 

f ?7,  TOT  et9  TO  KOIVOV  ypajjL/jLarelov  eyypdfaiv,  TTporepov  £e  fjur)  •  rot  av- 
pifteias  e%et  ra  Su/caia  rd  Trap'  avrols.  The  first  and  in  some 
cases  the  only  step  a  father  had  to  take  in  order  to  get  his  son  admitted 
to  a  phratry  was  the  elo-aya)^,  accompanied  by  the  sacrifice  of  the  KOV- 
pelov.  In  the  case  of  this  phratry,  the  father  had  to  swear  that  the  son 
was  born  in  lawful  wedlock,  and  it  is  to  be  assumed  that,  if  he  swore 
this,  he  was  allowed  to  offer  the  icovpelov  and  the  elcraycoytj  was  accom- 
plished. But,  in  order  that  it  should  be  ratified  by  registration  in  the 
common  books  of  the  ryevvrjrai  and  (frpdrepes,  it  was  necessary  that  the 
votes  of  the  members  should  be  taken.  We  do  not  learn  if  the  vote 
here  was  taken  on  the  day  of  the  Kovpewns  (as  ap.  Demosth.  XLIII.  14) 
or  after  any  interval  of  time.  This  was  regarded  as  a  stringent  law,  and 

ing  to  his  mother  (68)  must  be  taken  in  the  same  sense,  and  then  Qpdrepes  r&v 
oiKetwv  ravra  (or  ravra  ?)  /j.e/j.aprvp-fiKao'i  means  Qpdrepes  r5>v  oiKeicov  jj.efjiaprvp'f) Kaffir 
o*/ce?ot  eli/ai,  which  is  nonsense.  It  is  evident  that,  in  the  concluding  clause  in  67, 
6?0'ot  STJ^TOJ,  K.  T.  A..,  there  is,  if  not  actually  an  answer,  at  least  an  allusion  to 
question  (3).  It  follows,  that  the  intervening  words  must  contain  an  answer  to 
question  (4).  The  phrase  'AirfaXwos  irarpyov  ical  Atbs  epKeiov  yevviirai  is,  I  think, 
an  impossible  one.  The  sense  requires  e?ra  (ppdrepes  <C?T'>  'ATntoAwpos  irarpyov 
[Koivwvovvres"]  /cal  Aibs  cpiceiov  ycvvrjrat  ?  I  think  some  such  alteration  is  supported 
by  the  fact,  that  the  order  in  which  the  two  gods  are  usually  mentioned  is  here 
inverted. 

*  This  is  quite  evident  from  the  passage.  Anyone  consulting  it  hastily  might  think 
that  the  conclusion  was  drawn  from  a  mistaken  interpretation  of  v6p.os  6  avrAs  (see 
Tarbell,  p.  146  at  the  foot). 

3 In  this  speech  of  Isaios  (27),  yfvvrjras  should  be  substituted  for  a-vyyev^s.  The 
ffvyyfvfis  had  no  register.  It  is  impossible  that  the  terms  should  be  here  used 
synonymously. 


ME.  PATON'S  COMMENT.  317 

evidently,  in  the  case  of  some  phratries,  the  father's  word  on  oath,  and  a 
compliance  with  the  necessary  ceremonies,  was  all  that  was  required ; 
there  was  no  Siatyrffacrw.  The  law  of  the  Demotionidai  was  still  more 
stringent.  Not  only  had  the  father's  oath  at  the  elcrayaiyr)  to  be  sup- 
ported by  three  witnesses,  but  the  Sta^^ter^  or,  as  it  is  here  called, 
SiaSitcaa-ia  took  place  a  year  after  the  sacrifice  of  the  /covpelov,  so  that 
the  opposition  had  plenty  of  time  to  prepare  their  case.  If  we  once 
recognize  that  the  Demotionidai  are  yevvfjrcu,  and  not  ^parepe?,  there 
is  nothing  unintelligible  in  A,  though  there  are  many  points  in  regard  to 
which  we  desire  further  information.  The  term  o  Ae/eeXetW  oltco?  cer- 
tainly awaits  illustration.  It  is  in  so  far  synonymous  with  the  phratry 
that  the  priest  of  Zeus  Phratrios,  who  is  elsewhere  spoken  of  as  o  lepevs 
simply,  is,  in  line  41,  called  lepevs  rov  Ae/eeXetW  OL/COV,  to  distinguish 
him,  probably,  not  so  much  from  the  priest  of  the  Demotionidai,  who, 
if  he  existed,  was  not  a  priest  of  Zeus  Phratrios,  as  from  the  priest  or 
priests  of  other  phratries  which  were  comprised  in  the  Demotionidai, 
and  whose  members  took  part  in  the  voting  on  this  occasion.4  A 
really  difficult  question  is :  Why  is  he  alone,  and  not  the  phratri- 
arch  also,  responsible  for  the  fine?  This  is  certainly  significant 
and  not  fortuitous.  An  answer  is  demanded.  I  do  not  know  if  I 
am  right  in  suggesting  the  following.  The  responsibility  for  the  fine 
was  a  check  on  malpractices.  The  phratriarch  is  made  responsible  for 
the  other  fines  because  it  was  his  duty  to  give  the  votes  (SiSovcu  TOU? 
i/r?7<£oi>9).  In  this  case,  it  was  not  the  phratriarch,  but  an  officer  of 
the  Demotionidai,  who  put  the  question.  No  responsibility  therefore 
attached  to  the  phratriarch  on  this  account.  The  priest  is  made  re- 
sponsible because  he  did  influence  the  decision  in  so  far  as  the  appoint- 
ment of  the  five  avvrjyopot,,  no  doubt,  rested  largely  with  him.  The 
fact  that  the  phratriarch  is  exempted  shows  that  he  had  no  voice  in 
their  appointment  and  that  the  Ae/eeXetW  ol/cos  was  a  religious  not  a 
civil  body,  representative  of,  or  governing,  this  phratry. 

The  information  which  we  derive  from  this  inscription  and  the 
authorities  I  have  mentioned  is,  that  the  yevvrjrai  were  a  body  more 
widely  removed  from  the  individual,  and  more  authorative  than  the 
(frpdrepes,  and  therefore  presumably  having  several  fyparplai  subject 
to  them.  There  seems  to  me  to  be  nothing  in  the  texts,  which  have 
been  quoted  and  requoted  from  the  lexicographers,  to  disprove  this. 

*T6ppfer's  statement  contradicting  this  (Attische  Gen.,  p.  16  nt)  is  quite  arbitrary, 
he  does  not  give  his  reasons. 


318  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

I  do  not  wish  here  to  undertake  the  difficult  task  of  discussing  these 
statements.5  I  would  only  protest  against  Mr.  Tarbell's  identifica- 
tion of  6py€(ov€<?  and  Qia<r&Tai,  which  I  think  not  justifiable,  and 
against  the  apparently  universal  assumption,  that  in  the  passage  of 
Philochoros,  which  he  quotes  (p.  148),  the  words  rovs  opye&vas  K.  T.  \. 
must  be  the  object  of  the  verb  Se^eo-Bai. 

I  have  not  been  able  to  consult  Szanto's  article  on  this  inscription. 
My  only  desire  has  been  to  point  out  that  there  has  been  too  much 
theorizing  in  this  matter  and  too  little  confession  of  ignorance,  and  that 
our  only  hope  lies  in  adherence  to  the  plain  sense  of  inscribed  texts. 

W.  R.  PATON. 
Aberdeen,  Scotland. 

P.  S. — I  have  not  attempted  to  discuss  the  question,  whether  all 
the  (frpdrepes  were,  ipso  facto,  ryevvfjTai.  Those  who  take  the  view, 
that  they  were  not,  might  thus  explain  the  Ae/eeXetW  oZ/co?.  The 
Demotionidai  had  several  phratries  subject  to  them :  these  phratries 
were  localized  in  different  denies  or  groups  of  demes  :  in  each  of  these 
localities,  the  Demotionidai  had  a  religious  sub-centre  which  was  called 
oZ/eo?.  In  this  case,  the  priest  of  the  Ae/ceXetW  ot/co?  is  perhaps  not 
the  same  as  the  priest  of  the  phratry. 

ScholPs  essay,  Die  Kieisthenische  Phratrien  (Sitzungsber.  der  Bayr. 
Ak.,  1889,  n)  is  very  interesting.  His  explanation  of  the  appeal  is 
much  the  same  as  Mr.  TarbelPs. 


MR.  TARBELL'S  REPLY  TO   MR.   RATON'S  COMMENT. 

The  important  point  raised  by  Mr.  Paton  in  the  foregoing  contri- 
bution concerns  the  relation  of  gens  and  phratry.  That  there  was 
some  sort  of  intimate  connection  between  the  two  is  abundantly  evi- 
dent. The  question  is,  did  the  phratry  include  the  gens,  or  was  the 
phratry  (or  a  part  of  it)  included  by  the  gens  ?  Mr.  Paton  pronounces 
for  the  latter  alternative.  Apart  from  the  inscription  under  discus- 
sion, the  evidence  for  this  view  reduces  itself,  on  examination,  to  the 
order  in  which  the  witnesses  are  called  in  Demosthenes  LVII.  The 

6  No  one  should  cite  such  authorities,  without  giving  some  account  of  their  sources. 
American  and  English  scholars  shun  Quellen-Kritik  for  a  bad  and  a  good  reason.  It 
introduces  a  new  difficulty,  it  opens  a  new  door  for  arbitrary  conjecture. 


ME.  TARBELUS  REPLY.  319 

force  of  this  evidence  appears  to  me  to  be  weakened — I  will  not  say 
destroyed — by  two  considerations.  (1)  The  order  of  mention  of  the 
successive  classes  is  not  constant.  In  §  24  we  have  a-vyyevwv  KOI 
epcov  KOI  SrjfjLorwv  KOL  ryevvTjT&v,  and  (frpdrepa-t,  (rvyyeve&i  Srjfjio- 
yevvtfrcus,  both  orders  varying  from  the  order  of  citation.  (2) 
After  the  four  classes  enumerated,  a  fifth  class  are  called  to  establish 
the  same  point  (§  28).  These  are  those  kinsmen  who  share  with  the 
speaker's  family  a  common  place  of  burial,  and  who  are  therefore  his 
fyevvfjTcu,  or  rather,  as  I  think,  a  section  of  them  (ef.  §  67).  The  order 
of  citation  is  therefore  not  an  order  of  steady  progression  from  nar- 
rower to  wider  bodies. 

Of  positive  evidence  against  Mr.  Paton's  view  I  must  own  that  I 
do  not  think  there  is  much.  But  the  fact  that  the  names  of  phratries, 
so  far  as  known,  are  gentile  in  form  is  not  so  easily  reconcilable  with 
the  theory  which  divides  a  gens  between  several  phratries  as  it  is  with 
the  contrary  theory. 

I  therefore  "  confess  ignorance  "  on  this  subject.  But  I  must  pro- 
test, again,  that  Isaios  vn.  16  does  not  prove  that  fypdrepes  and  yevvrjrai, 
had  the  same  laws.  They  had  one  law  in  common,  requiring  legiti- 
macy of  birth  as  a  condition  of  membership.  More  than  that  cannot 
be  inferred  from  the  passage.  Least  of  all  can  it  be  inferred  that  the 
gens  had  any  authority  over  the  phratry. 

The  following  points  are  taken  up  in  Mr.  Paton's  order.  I  touch 
only  on  such  as  affect  my  previous  paper. 

B-51.  Nothing  whatever  is  gained  by  treating  the  words  ov  elcrdyei, 
eavTai  vov  as  parenthetical.  The  wording  of  the  oath  remains  as  un- 
grammatical  as  before.  But  Mr.  Paton  is  quite  right  in  correcting 
"his  lawful  son." 

Mr.  Paton's  inference  from  Isaios  in.  76  appears  to  me  unwarrant- 
able. The  speaker  is  arguing  that  the  father  of  a  certain  girl,  by  failing 
to  present  her  for  admission  to  his  phratry,  confessed  her  illegitimacy. 
This  is  treated  in  §  75  as  a  matter  of  course,  and  the  implication,  so 
far,  is  that  the  registration  of  daughters  was  the  universal  rule.  In 
the  next  section  he  adds,  teal  ravra  vopov  6Wo9  avrols  (i.  e.,  rot?  <f>pd- 
repa-i  rofr  eiceivov).  I  take  this  to  be  a  somewhat  superfluous  insist- 
ence upon  a  well-known  obligation,  rather  than  an  implication  that 
the  statutes  of  other  phratries  differed.  This  view  receives  confirma- 
tion from  the  language  of  Isaios  in.  16,  from  which  Mr.  Paton  infers 
that  "  not  all  phratries  required  the  legitimacy  of  adopted  sons  to  be 


320  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

proved."  But,  as  I  pointed  out  in  my  article,  the  conditions  of  mem- 
bership in  a  phratry  were  identical  with  the  conditions  of  Athenian 
citizenship,  and  these  were  fixed  by  general  Athenian  law.  Nothing 
is  more  likely  than  that  different  phratries  differed  in  the  strictness 
with  which  they  administered  the  law,  but  that  any  phratry  confessedly 
admitted  illegitimate  children,  when  adopted,  is  out  of  the  question. 
In  my  view,  the  language  of  Isaios  vin.  18  (rot?  fyparepcn  yafjujXiav 
eicrrjveyice  Kara  TOU?  e/ceivcw  vopovs)  should  be  disposed  of  in  the  same 
way.  Keiske,  whom  Mr.  Paton  ought  not  to  have  appealed  to,  ex- 
plains the  passage  differently.  His  note  is :  unde  colligitur,  non  omni- 
bus phratriis  eosdem  ritus  fuisse  nuptiarum  eelebrandarum,  sed  cuique 
suos  proprios. 

Finally,  we  have  no  evidence  that  the  thiasoi  "  comprised  only  the 
immediate  relatives  of  the  applicant."  And,  in  the  case  recorded  in 
Isaios  vi.  22,  it  was  not  "  in  the  power  of  the  applicant's  only  son  to 
prohibit  the  elcraycoyrj."  The  son  protested  and  the  phratry  sustained 
his  protest :  oW  6  vto9  avrw  ^i^oKTjjfjLcov  o-vve^oopet  ov@*  ol  fypdrepes 

TO  icovpeiov. 

F.  B.  TAKBELL. 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS. 
SUMMARY  OF  RECENT  DISCOVERIES  AND  INVESTIGATIONS. 


Page. 

AFGHANISTAN 331 

ALGERIA, 330 

ARABIA, 332 

ASIA  MINOR 341 

AUSTRIA-HUNGARY,      .  395 

BABYLONIA, 331 

CENTRAL  ASIA,     .    .     .331 

DENMARK, 396 

EGYPT 324 

ENGLAND 398 


Page. 

FRANCE, 389 

GERMANY 394 

GREECE, 359 

HINDUSTAN 330 

ITALY 372 

KYPROS 356 

MONTENEGRO,       .     .     .397 

ORIENT 323 

PALESTINE 333 

PERSIA 331 


Page. 

PHOENICIA 340 

ROUMANIA 397 

RUSSIA 396 

SARDINIA 382 

SCANDINAVIA 395 

SICILY, 383 

SPAIN 388 

TURKEY, 398 

WALES, 398 

UNITED  STATES,       .     .  401 


GENEKAL  SUMMARY. 

From  EGYPT,  owing  to  the  decision  of  the  Egypt  Exploration  Fund  not 
to  excavate  during  the  past  season,  and  to  the  transference  of  Mr.  Petrie's 
activity  to  Palestine,  there  is  nothing  to  report ;  but  an  interesting  question 
is  opened  up  in  connection  with  some  reliefs,  now  in  the  Louvre  and  British 
Museum,  which  were  found  at  Abydos.  M.  Heuzey  believes  them  to  reveal 
the  existence  of  an  early  Mesopotamian  or  Syrian  school  of  sculpture  de- 
pendent on  Babylonian  art,  while  Professor  Sayce,  and  perhaps  also  M. 
Maspero,  is  of  the  opinion  that  they  are  examples  of  an  Ethiopic  school 
almost  wholly  independent  of  Egypt.  In  PERSIA,  M.  de  Morgan  is  con- 
tinuing his  important  excavations  in  early  cemeteries,  and  the  Academie 
des  Inscriptions  carries  forward  its  good  work  by  sending  out  M.  Guiffrey,  to 
study  the  early  Christian  monuments  of  the  ORIENT,  M.  Benedite,  for 
inscriptions  in  the  SINAITIC  PENINSULA,  and  M.  Dutreuil  du  Rhin,  to  explore 
in  CENTRAL  ASIA.  The  Christian  monuments  of  the  ORIENT  are  beginning  to 
excite  a  little  of  the  attention  they  deserve.  MM.  Ramsay  and  Bent  have 
studied  a  number  in  Asia  Minor:  we  have  referred  to  M.  Guiffrey's  mission, 
and  are  pleased  to  add  that  a  history  of  the  ancient  churches  of  the  East, 
especially  of  Syria,  Persia,  and  India,  is  being  written  by  Rev.  J.  J.  Nouri. 
There  is  a  revived  interest  in  the  Holy  Land.  Both  the  German  and  the 
English  societies  for  the  exploration  of  PALESTINE  are  issuing  maps  that 
are  far  superior  to  anything  yet  published.  Mr.  Petrie's  few  weeks  of 
excavation  on  the  site  of  the  ancient  Laehish  inaugurate  a  new  era  in  our 
acquaintance  with  the  arts  and  manufactures,  the  history,  commerce  and 

321 


322  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

cult  of  the  early  tribes  of  the  land  both  before  and  during  Hebrew  dominion. 
Henceforth  a  criterion  is  established  by  which  to  date  the  remains  of  the 
ancient  towns  of  Palestine. 

The  summer's  harvest  from  ASIA  MINOR  is  rich  and  varied.  Mr.  Bent's 
minute  examination  of  the  small  tract  of  Kilikia  Tracheiotis  proved  in 
its  way  as  fruitful  in  discoveries — especially  that  of  Olba — as  Professor 
Ramsay's  extended  trip  through  Pisidia,  Isauria  and  Kappadokia.  The 
examination  of  the  ruins  of  the  Pisidian  hill-fortress  of  Adada  appears  to 
have  been,  up  to  the  present,  Mr.  Ramsay's  most  interesting  single  piece 
of  investigation.  MM.  Schliemann  and  Dorpfeld  have  a  most  interesting 
report  to  make  of  their  excavations  million  =  Troy,  the  main  object  of  which 
was  to  complete  the  plan  of  the  city  of  the  second  or  Homeric  period.  There 
is  no  doubt  that  their  campaign  has  cleared  up  many  doubtful  points-  in 
the  chronology  of  Troy  and  given  a  firmer  basis  for  believing  that  the  city 
lay  at  Hissarlik.  The  ramp  leading  up  to  the  citadel,  part  of  the  Homeric 
royal  palace,  and  some  interesting  early  pottery,  are  the  more  prominent 
of  the  single  discoveries.  Austria  shows  her  intention  of  continuing,  under 
Prince  Liechtenstein's  patronage,  the  researches  so  auspiciously  begun  a 
few  years  ago. 

From  KYPROS,  we  learn  of  the  successful  termination  of  the  excavations 
at  Salamis.  In  GREECE,  aside  from  the  discovery  of  part  of  the  royal  palace 
in  the  acropolis  of  Mykenai,  the  main  interest  is  centred  in  the  sepulchral 
tumuli  of  Attika.  Following  up  the  phenomenal  success  at  Vaphio,  the 
Government  continued  excavations  in  the  prehistoric  tumulus  at  Bourba ; 
in  that  of  Belanideza,  which  contains  tombs  of  the  prehistoric,  the  archaic- 
Hellenic,  and  the  Roman  periods ;  and  the  Hellenic  tumulus  of  Petreza. 
Tombs  of  the  prehistoric  period  were  found  not  far  from  Sparta,  at  Slavo- 
chori,  near  Argos,  and  at  other  places.  All  these  discoveries  are  valuable 
for  early-Greek  civilization,  but  perhaps  the  most  exciting  of  all  is  the 
discovery,  in  the  mound  called  Soros,  of  the  graves  of  the  192  Athenians, 
who  fell  at  Marathon.  The  British  School  has  closed  its  very  successful 
season's  excavations  at  Megalopolis,  after  having  excavated  the  principal 
part  of  a  pure  Greek  theatre  of  great  size  which  settles  the  recent  contro- 
versy in  favor  of  those  who  held  that  the  Greek  actors  were  placed  upon 
a  stage  raised  above  the  chorus  in  the  orchestra. 

The  study  of  the  prehistoric  antiquities  of  Italy  has  been  of  late  stim- 
ulated by  the  contributions  of  Signor  Orsi,  who  did  excellent  service 
in  the  archaeology  of  Northern  Italy  before  he  was  transferred  to  SICILY. 
His  latest  contributions  draw  attention  to  two  points :  (1)  a  possible  iden- 
tity of  date  in  the  Italian  civilization  of  the  terremare  and  the  Greek 
civilization  of  Mykenai ;  (2)  the  intimate  relations  between  the  early 
archaeology  of  Sicily  and  that  of  the  Mykenaian  culture,  proving  the  influ- 
ence of  the  East  on  the  West  at  that  early  period  of  the  Pelasgic  civilization. 


ARCH^OLOGICAL  NEWS.  323 

In  view  of  the  great  interest  of  the  unique  prehistoric  monuments  of  Sicily, 
which  Signer  Orsi  for  the  first  time  describes,  it  may  be  said  that  Sicily  will 
take  rank  among  the  most  important  archaeological  fields.  In  ITALY,  pre- 
historic investigations  have  been  carried  on  at  Brembate  Sotto  and  Fonta- 
nella,  as  well  as  in  Sardinia  where  several  tombs  and  caves  of  the  "giants  " 
have  been  found.  From  Arezzo  comes  the  news  of  the  discovery  of  a  potter's 
establishment  conducted  on  the  cooperative  system  by  Greek  artisans 
from  Southern  Italy.  Some  remarkable  frescoes  have  come  to  light  at 
Pompeii,  and  at  Rome  the  arrangement  of  the  banks  of  the  Tiber  at  the 
time  of  Augustus  has  been  partially  ascertained  by  finding  in  situ  a 
number  of  terminal  posts  (cippi).  The  only  important  piece  of  sculp- 
ture discovered  appears  to  be  a  fine  archaic  metope  of  one  of  the  temples 
of  Selinous.  Finally,  an  inscription  found  at  Florence,  furnishes  the  first 
epigraphic  evidence  that  Florentia  was  a  Roman  colony. 

SPAIN,  thanks  to  M.  Heuzey,  appears  as  the  centre  of  a  school  of  archaic 
sculpture  in  which  early  Greek  art  has  reacted  upon  the  Phoenicians,  in 
one  of  whose  Spanish  colonies  these  interesting  works  may  have  been 
produced. 

ORIENT. 

EXPLORATION  OF  CHRISTIAN  ANTIQUITIES. — M.  JULES  GUIFFREY,  Archi- 
vist of  the  National  Archives,  is  charged  with  a  mission  in  the  East  (Tur- 
key, Greece,  Syria,  and  Egypt)  with  the  object  of  studying  the  earliest 
monuments  of  Christian  civilization. —  Chron.  desArts,  1890,  No.  24. 

A  comprehensive  history  of  the  ancient  Christian  churches  still  existing 
in  Syria,  Persia,  and  India  has  at  length  been  undertaken  by  a  dignitary 
of  that  Romanized  branch  of  the  Nestorian  Church  known  as  the  Chaldean 
Church.  The  author,  the  Rev.  J.  J.  Nouri,  who  is  Archdeacon  of  Baby- 
lon, has  been  spending  some  weeks  in  Southern  India,  visiting  the  centres 
of  both  the  Uniat  and  the  Jacobite  Syrian  churches  in  Travancore,  Ban- 
galore, etc.,  and  making  copious  extracts  from  records  in  those  seats  of 
early  Indian  Christianity,  some  of  which  are  said  to  date  back  to  the  fifth 
century.  One  portion  of  the  Archdeacon's  work  is  to  comprise  a  complete 
series  of  annals  of  the  Chaldean  race  from  the  most  ancient  to  the  most 
modern  times. — Athenaeum,  July  12. 

ORIENTAL  CERAMICS. — Mr.  HENRY  WALLIS,  R.W.S.,  is  still  busily  en- 
gaged in  contributing  to  our  knowledge  of  early  Eastern  and  Moslem 
Pottery.  Having  exhausted,  in  his  Ear ly  Persian  Ceramic  Art,  nearly  if 
not  all  the  known  specimens  of  Persian  pottery  which  may  fairly  be  attri- 
buted to  dates  anterior  to  the  thirteenth  century,  he  is  now  engaged  upon 
a  larger  work,  illustrated  like  its  forerunners  with  careful  drawings  by 
himself.  This  will  deal  with  a  notable  collection  hitherto  unknown,  and 
with  the  history  of  Persian  lustreware.  Pending  the  arrangements  neces- 


324  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

sary  to  complete  this  work  for  publication,  he  is  preparing  a  monograph 
upon  Persian  art  since  the  Sassanian  period.  This  will  be  mainly  devoted 
to  that  almost-unknown  class  of  pottery  more  or  less  influenced  by  Byzan- 
tine motives,  of  which  he  has  been  fortunate  enough  to  secure  some  exam- 
ples from  the  East.  Specimens  of  contemporary  pottery  from  Egypt  and 
Asia  Minor,  some  found  by  himself,  others  from  the  British  Museum  and 
the  excavations  of  Count  d'Hulst  at  Cairo  last  winter,  will  also  be  illus- 
trated and  commented  upon. — Academy,  Aug.  9. 

EGYPT. 

ETHIOPIC  OR  ASIATIC  RELIEFS  IN  THE  LOUVRE  AND  THE  BRITISH  MUSEUM. — 
Two  articles  by  M.  HEUZEY  in  the  Revue  archeologique  have  called  atten- 
tion to  some  very  remarkable  reliefs,  of  which  one  is  in  the  Louvre,  another 
at  least  in  private  hands,  and  three  are  in  the  British  Museum. 

In  the  Rev.  arch.,  1890,  I,  pp.  145-52,  M.  Heuzey  describes  the  relief  in 
the  Louvre.  It  must  have  formed  part  of  an  oblong  platter  of  hard  schist, 
of  dark  green  color ;  in  the  centre  of  which  was  left  a  large  circular  rim 
with  raised  edges.  There  remains  over  a  third  part,  on  which  is  a  series 
of  figures  in  very  low  relief  representing  a  band  of  warriors  marching,  and, 
in  the  field,  several  animals.  In  the  figures,  the  Asiatic  character  of  the 
types  is  very  striking:  the  only  garment  is  a  short  skirt  in  vertical  folds 
held  by  a  heavy  plated  belt  from  which  hangs  a  jackal-skin  and  tail,  an 
emblem  of  honor.  The  arms  are  especially  curious  and  varied.  Some 
warriors  brandish  in  their  right  hand  a  mace  terminating  in  a  spherical 
mass  probably  of  stone,  similar  to  the  national  arm  of  Babylonia  and  Assy- 
ria. Others  raise  such  weapons  as  harpoons,  boomerangs,  and  perhaps  an 
axe  with  curved  handle  and  triangular  edge.  In  their  left  they  hold  a 
lance  or,  more  generally,  a  bow.  One  holds  in  his  right  a  bundle  of  cut- 
ting-arrows, which  ended  not  in  a  point  but  in  a  blade  of  stone-agate  or 
silex.  The  subject  seems  to  be  a  hunting-scene,  for  a  hare  and  two  gazelles 
are  seen,  given  in  the  vigorous  style  of  Chaldseo- Assyrian  art.  There  are 
striking  analogies  to  the  paintings  of  the  xn  dynasty  at  Beni-Hassan,  and 
this  leads  M.  Heuzey  to  select  quite  an  early  date  for  this  relief:  "The 
warriors  are  not  properly  Chaldseans  or  Assyrians ;  but  the  work  and  style 
point  to  a  group  of  populations  placed  quite  early  under  the  influence  of 
Chaldsean  culture,  like  those  that  established  themselves  between  the  Eu- 
phrates, the  coast  of  Syria,  and  the  Red  Sea." 

A  letter  by  M.  MASPERO  on  this  relief  is  published  in  the  Rev.  arch., 
1890,  i,  pp.  334-7,  accompanied  by  M.  HEUZEY'S  further  comments.  M. 
Maspero  says,  that  he  saw,  in  Egypt,  this  relief  as  well  as  another  of  the 
same  style  and  material,  now  in  a  private  collection.  It  was  said  to  come 
from  Saqqarah  or  Abydos,  and  was  offered  to  him  in  company  with  several 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  325 

small  objects  found  in  the  Aramaic  and  Persian  necropolis  of  Saqqarah, 
among  which  were  a  cylinder  of  Egyptian  style  with  a  cuneiform  inscription, 
and  a  checker  in  artificial  lapis-lazuli  bearing  four  Aramaic  letters.  The 
relief  belongs  apparently  to  a  table  for  offerings  and,  in  M.  Maspero's  opin- 
ion, had  two  rims  and  consequently  two  concentric  bands  of  reliefs  forming 
one  procession.  In  the  technique  of  the  hair,  in  the  skirt,  in  the  animal- 
skin,  and  in  the  arms,  M.  Maspero  discovers  a  purely  Egyptian  character. 
The  two  standards  are  Egyptian,  one  the  flag  of  the  West,  the  other  of  the 
East ;  so  also  are  the  animals.  In  the  opinion  of  M.  the  style  of  workman- 
ship is  also  Egyptian,  of  the  ruder  type,  by  an  unskilled  artist.  However, 
in  his  opinion,  it  may  be  a  Libyan  or  possibly  Asiatic  work,  but  in  any 
case  under  direct  Egyptian  influence.  At  all  events,  the  tribe  represented 
on  the  relief,  whether  it  be  Libyan  or  Asiatic,  is  marching  qnder  Egyp- 
tian standards,  and  is  therefore  an  ally  not  an  enemy.  M.  Heuzey,  not- 
withstanding M.  Maspero's  remarks,  keeps  to  his  theory,  that  the  warriors 
are  Syrians. 

Three  other  reliefs  belonging  to  the  same  class  have  found  their  way  to 
the  British  Museum.  They  are  not  published,  as  that  of  the  Louvre  has 
been — in  a  good  heliotype — but  are  merely  described,  as  follows,  by  E.  A. 
W.  BUDGE,  in  the  Classical  Review  (July,  1890,  pp.  322-3)  :  "  Some  years 
ago  the  Trustees  of  the  British  Museum  acquired  three  pieces  of  green 
schist  with  sculptures  of  a  similar  nature,  and  among  them  is  the  large  frag- 
ment of  which  that  described  by  M.  Heuzey  forms  a  completing  portion. 

"No.  20791.  Rectangular  fragment  11x71  ins.,  on  which  is  repre- 
sented in  relief  a  scene  after  a  battle.  A  number  of  woolly-headed,  bearded, 
circumcized  men  are  lying  dead  or  dying  on  the  ground  ;  one  of  these  has 
his  arms  tied  together  above  the  elbows.  In  the  upper  part  of  the  scene 
is  a  lion,  one  of  whose  paws  is  firmly  planted  on  the  leg  and  another  on 
the  arm  of  one  of  these  prostrate  figures.  In  the  lower  part  of  the  scene 
a  number  of  vultures  and  carrion-crows  are  picking  out  the  eyes  of  the 
dead  (who  are  naked)  and  devouring  their  flesh.  Above,  to  the  right,  are 
two  figures,  the  heads  and  shoulders  of  which  are  wanting;  one  is  an 
officer  or  overseer,  and  the  other  a  captive  with  arms  tied  together  be- 
hind him,  and  a  heavy  weight  suspended  from  his  neck.  On  the  back  of 
this  fragment  is  part  of  a  scene  in  which  two  giraffes  are  cropping  the 
leaves  of  a  palm-tree. 

"  No.  20790.  Fragment  of  irregular  shape,  12x6  ins.,  which  joins  that 
published  by  M.  Heuzey.  On  it  are  represented  in  relief  (1)  a  house  with  a 
domed  roof  and  two  towers,  on  the  left  hand  is  the  door ;  a  bull  with  two 
heads,  one  of  which  faces  to  the  right,  the  other  to  the  left :  (2)  a  lion  fol- 
lowed by  a  lioness,  rushing  on  to  seize  a  hunter  who  is  armed  with  a  bow  and 
another  weapon ;  head  of  the  lion  is  transfixed  with  two  arrows,  as  appears 
5 


326  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.          [EGYPT.] 

from  the  Louvre  fragment :  (3)  behind  the  lions  are  two  hunters,  both 
wearing  feathers  on  their  heads.  The  first  carries  a  double-bladed  axe  in 
the  right  hand  and,  in  the  left,  a  sceptre  on  the  top  of  which  is  a  bird 
(eagle?)  ;  over  his  shoulder  hangs  a  bag.  Each  man  wears  a  short  tunic, 
with  folds,  fastened  around  his  waist,  from  which  hangs  a  tail.  The  second 
hunter  draws  toward  him  a  gazelle  which  he  has  caught  with  a  lasso. 
Close  by  runs  a  dog  or  jackal. 

"  No.  20792.  Fragment  of  irregular  shape ;  its  greatest  measurements 
being  14x8i  ins.  It  appears  to  join  the  Louvre  fragment,  and,  to- 
gether with  the  British-Museum  fragment  No.  20790,  to  have  formed  part  of 
the  libation  (?)-slab  of  which  very  little  is  now  missing.  This  fragment 
proves  beyond  all  doubt  that  a  hunting-scene  is  represented.  The  first 
hunter  holds  part  of  the  rope  which  has  been  used  to  lasso  the  gazelle ; 
the  second  is  armed  with  a  spear  and  a  boomerang ;  the  third  with  a  bow 
and  a  double-bladed  hatchet ;  and  the  fourth  with  two  spears  and  a  boom- 
erang. Each  man  wears  feathers,  a  tunic,  and  a  tail.  Beneath  this  row 
of  figures  are  an  oryx,  an  ostrich,  an  oryx,  a  stag  (?)  with  branching  antlers, 
and  an  animal  like  a  jackal,  the  tail  of  which  is  very  much  like  that  hang- 
ing from  the  waist  behind  each  man.  At  the  tapering  end  of  this  fragment 
is  a  lion,  the  head  of  which  is  transfixed  with  five  arrows ;  an  arrow  shot 
well  into  one  of  his  thighs  makes  him  lash  his  tail.  The  three  hunters  on 
the  other  side  of  the  animals  are  armed  and  dressed  like  their  companions ; 
each,  however,  carries  a  bag  (?)  apparently  slung  over  his  shoulder. 

"  These  fragments  though  found  in  Egypt  are  not  of  Egyptian  work- 
manship, and  were  brought  thither  from  some  foreign  Eastern  land  either 
as  gifts  or  articles  of  tribute.  The  lions  are  like  those  on  the  Assyrian 
sculptures,  the  birds  are  identical  with  those  found  on  the  Babylonian 
landmarks,  and  the  features  of  the  men  are  Shemitic.  They  were  most 
probably  made  by  Mesopotamian  sculptors  about  1550  B.  c.,  and  sent  by 
his  Mesopotamian  allies  to  Amenophis  III,  to  whom,  on  account  of  the  lion- 
hunting  expeditions  sculptured  on  them,  they  would  be  an  acceptable  gift." 

A.  H.  SAYCE  writes  to  the  Academy  (of  Aug.  9) :  "  Since  I  wrote  on  this 
subject  in  the  Academy  of  July  26, 1  have  read  Mr.  Budge's  article  in  the 
Classical  Review,  and  see  that  it  contains  evidence  against  his  conjecture 
that  the  slabs  which  he  describes  came  from  Mesopotamia.  One  of  them, 
he  states,  has  upon  it  the  representation  of  two  giraffes  browsing  on  a  palm- 
tree.  Now  the  giraffe  has  been  confined  to  the  Ethiopian  region  of  the 
world  during  the  historical  period,  and  was  consequently  unknown  to  the 
inhabitants  of  Asia.  The  stones,  therefore,  on  which  it  is  depicted  could 
not  have  come  from  Mesopotamia,  but  must  have  been  brought  from  the 
districts  of  the  Soudan  south  of  Egypt.  The  dress  of  the  huntsmen  repre- 
sented on  the  slabs  bears  out  this  conclusion.  It  is  the  same  as  that  of 


[EGYPT.]  ARCH&OLOQICAL  NEWS.  327 

the  people  of  Kesh  or  Kush  whose  portraits  are  met  with  on  the  Egyptian 
monuments.  The  feathered  head-dress  worn  by  Asiatics  like  the  Zakkur  or 
Merodach-nadin-akhi  of  Babylonia  is  quite  different,  consisting  of  a  fringe 
of  feathers  which  runs  round  the  top  of  a  square  cap.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  one  or  two  tall  feathers  stuck  in  the  hair  of  the  huntsmen  on  the  slabs 
exactly  resemble  the  mode  in  which,  according  to  the  Egyptian  artists,  cer- 
tain Kushites  and  Libyans  decorated  their  heads.  We  must,  accordingly, 
see  in  the  slabs  an  example  of  early  Kushite  or  Ethiopian  art.  The  sculp- 
tors probably  belonged  to  the  same  race  as  the  prehistoric  people  who  have 
covered  the  sandstone  rocks  of  Upper  Egypt  with  their  rude  designs.  Here, 
too,  we  have  figures  of  huntsmen  armed  with  bows  and  arrows,  of  giraffes, 
ostriches,  and  other  animals,  in  the  same  style  of  art  as  that  of  the  slabs. 
Both  Mr.  Petrie  and  myself  have  pointed  out  the  evidence  there  is  for  the 
great  antiquity  of  these  drawings,  which  imply  that,  at  the  time  they  were 
made,  the  district  south  of  Silsilis  was  a  well- wooded  and,  therefore,  well- 
watered  land,  where  herds  of  giraffes  browsed  on  the  foliage  of  the  shrubs — 
a  physical  condition  of  the  country  very  unlike  that  which  has  prevailed 
there  in  historical  times.  Similar  prehistoric  drawings  on  the  rocks  have 
been  found  in  various  parts  of  northern  Africa,  in  southern  Morocco  by 
Lenz  (Timbuktu,  n,  pp.  10,  367),  in  the  district  between  Tripoli  and  Gha- 
dames  by  Rohlfs  (Quer  durchAfrika,  I,  p.  52),  in  the  country  of  the  Tibbu 
by  Nachtigal  (Sahara  und  Sudan,  I,  p.  307)  and  in  Kordofan  by  Lejean 
(Hartmann,  Nigritier,  I,  p.  41).  Dr.  Bonnet  has  recently  discovered  them 
in  southern  Oran,  along  with  the  stone  implements  by  means  of  which  they 
were  engraved  (Revue  d' Ethnographie,  vin).  As  I  have  before  remarked 
in  the  Academy  (March  15,  1890),  they  remind  us  of  the  Bushman  paint- 
ings on  the  rocks  of  southern  Africa.  I  may  add  that  the  museum  of  Con- 
stantinople contains  some  curious  sculptured  stones  from  Darfur  which  in 
many  points  present  a  strong  resemblance  to  those  which  are  the  subject 
of  this  letter." 

THE  BENI-HASSAN  CARTOUCHES. — Mr.  C.  Murch  writes  from  Ramleh 
(Egypt)  under  date  of  July  29 :  "  Soon  after  the  mutilation  of  the  cele- 
brated Khnum  Hotep  tomb  at  Beni-Hassan  became  known,  it  was  sug- 
gested that,  if  the  cartouches  could  be  found,  it  would  be  worth  while  to 
replace  them  in  their  former  positions  in  the  tomb.  On  January  24, 1 
learned  that  two  cartouches  I  had  purchased  from  a  native  dealer  belonged 
to  those  that  had  been  stolen  from  the  Beni-Hassan  tomb  ;  and  I  hastened, 
on  the  same  day,  to  acquaint  the  Egyptian  government  with  the  fact,  at 
the  same  time  accompanying  my  statement  by  the  following  words :  '  I  am 
ready  to  tell  you  at  any  time  the  facts  as  to  where  I  got  the  pieces.  I  feel 
satisfied  that  with  this  information  you  will  be  able  to  work  back  to  the 
guilty  parties/  I  supposed  that  the  authorities  would  hasten  to  ask  ine 


328  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.          [EGYPT.] 

where  and  from  whom  I  purchased  the  pieces.  In  this  I  was  mistaken. 
Some  days  later  I  had  an  opportunity  of  seeing  the  dealer  from  whom  I 
made  the  purchase,  and  I  succeeded  in  getting  a  third  cartouche.  On 
February  25, 1  informed  the  Egyptian  government  of  this  third  cartouche ; 
but  to  this  day  the  authorities  have  never  asked  me  anything  about  where 
I  got  either  the  first  two  or  the  third  of  the  cartouches. 

"  The  Egyptian  government  will  never  be  able  to  offer  a  reasonable  excuse 
for  having  permitted  conditions  to  exist  which  admitted  of  the  possibility 
of  such  wholesale  destruction  of  tombs  as  was  carried  on  during  the  summer 
and  fall  of  1889  within  a  radius  of  fifteen  miles,  including  Beni-Hassan. 
I  saw  myself  scarcely  less  than  one  hundred  of  these  pieces. 

"  The  man  from  whom  I  purchased  the  cartouches  has  told  me,  repeatedly, 
that  he  sold  to  the  Bulaq  Museum  thirty-eight  or  thirty-nine  pieces,  every 
one  of  which  came  from  the  neighborhood  of  either  Beni-Hassan  or  Tel- 
el-Amarna. 

"  Some  time  ago  the  Egyptian  authorities,  through  the  American  Con- 
sul-General,  requested  me  to  return  the  cartouches  I  had  purchased,  as 
they  had  been  stolen  from  the  tomb.  I  proposed  to  return  the  cartouches 
on  the  condition  that  the  government  should  make  a  vigorous  effort  to 
recover  the  remaining  cartouches ;  that  they  should  agree  to  restore  the 
cartouches  to  their  places  in  the  tomb ;  and  that  the  tomb  should  be  thor- 
oughly secured  against  further  depredations  by  a  strong  iron  door.  In 
reply  to  a  further  unconditional  offer,  I  am  told  that  the  Archaeological 
Department  will  be  very  glad  to  get  them,  and  that  it  may  be  possible  to 
replace  them  in  their  former  position  ;  but  no  positive  agreement  to  do  so 
is  made,  nor  is  any  intimation  given  that  any  effort  will  ever  be  under- 
taken to  secure  the  remaining  cartouches  or  discover  the  perpetrators  of 
the  deed." 

"JOSEPH  IN  EGYPT." — Under  this  title,  Dr.  H.  BRUGSCH  contributes  an 
article  to  the  Deutsche  Rundschau  for  May.  At  its  close,  Dr.  Brugsch 
announces  the  discovery  of  an  inscribed  stone  found  last  winter  by  an 
American,  Mr.  Charles  E.  Wilbour.  The  tablet  contains  32  lines,  more 
or  less  defaced.  At  its  head  is  the  name  and  title  of  a  hitherto  unknown 
king,  Chit-het,  who,  in  the  fourteenth  year  of  his  reign,  speaks  of  "  the 
very  great  misfortune  of  having  no  overflow  of  the  Nile  for  seven  years." 
Certain  peculiarities  in  the  style  of  writing  and  in  the  grouping  of  hiero- 
glyphs assign  this  stone  to  the  fourth  century  B.  c.  Evidently  somebody 
had  taken  an  old  story  of  a  seven-years'  famine,  and  clothed  it  in  modern 
dress  for  the  purpose  of  exciting  respect  for  some  fourth-century  divinity. 
In  the  reign  of  this  ancient  king,  the  seven  years  of  famine  had  closed  with 
the  fourteenth  year  of  his  reign.  The  seven  "  fat  years  "  had  preceded 
them.  The  throne-name  of  this  king,  different  from  his  family  name,  has 


[EGYPT.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  329 

been  found  once  on  an  inscription  over  a  door  in  the  great  pyramid  of 
Saqqarah,  from  which  it  appears  that  the  king  belonged  to  the  first  Egyp- 
tian dynasty,  at  least  1500  years  before  the  time  of  Joseph.  This  old 
story,  with  the  name  of  the  old  king,  was  again  circulated  in  the  xxn 
dynasty.  Dr.  Brugsch  believes  in  the  real  historic  character  of  this  newly- 
found  stone,  and  calls  Chit-het  "  the  longest  forgotten  king  of  any  epoch  ; " 
and  he  says  that  the  stone  will  be  prized  through  all  time  as  an  important 
piece  of  evidence  for  the  actual  occurrence  of  a  seven-years'  famine  in  the 
time  of  Joseph. — L.  DICKERMANN,  in  Zion's  Herald. 

CAIRO. — FRENCH  SCHOOL. — The  work  of  the  French  School  of  Archae- 
ology at  Cairo  progresses  apace.  It  is  the  self-imposed  law  of  this  studious 
and  learned  body,  that  each  member  of  the  school  shall  annually  make  a 
full  and  complete  copy  of  some  one  monument  of  ancient  Egypt,  small  or 
large,  temple  or  tomb.  In  certain  cases,  where  the  task  is  too  great  for  the 
limit  of  time,  two  or  more  years  may  be  devoted  to  it.  The  school  pro- 
poses this  year  to  attack  the  multitudinous  texts  of  the  Great  Temple  of 
Edfu — a  gigantic  undertaking,  and  one  which  will  surely  give  employment 
to  more  than  one  student  for  at  least  some  years.  In  the  meanwhile,  M. 
Bene*dite  has  transcribed  all  the  texts  and  copied  all  the  basreliefs  at 
Philae,  and  it  is  hoped  that  his  Memoire  may  be  ready  for  publication  in 
1892.  M.  Bouriant  is  progressing  fast  with  Medinet  Habu,  where  he  has 
been  at  work  for  the  last  two  years.  The  forthcoming  numbers  of  the 
Memoires  of  the  school  will  contain,  inter  alia,  the  end  of  M.  Ravaisse's 
monograph  on  the  old  palace  of  the  Fatimite  Kaliphs  at  Cairo,  some  im- 
portant Coptic  texts,  and  transcripts  of  several  historic  tombs  at  Thebes, 
including  that  of  Queen  Titi,  with  illustrations  in  chromolithography. 

MEMOES. — DISCOVERY  OF  A  PTOLEMAIC  LIBRARY  OF  PAPYRI. — A  discov- 
ery has  been  made  on  the  site  of  the  ancient  Mendes  which  may  be  of  more 
than  mere  Egyptologic  importance.  A  building  has  been  partly  unearthed, 
consisting  of  some  fourteen  rooms  containing  what  was  apparently  a  library 
of  the  Ptolemaic  period.  More  than  five  hundred  rolls  of  papyrus  have 
been  found  in  a  carbonized  condition,  the  building  having  evidently  been 
burned.  These  papyri  are  written  in  (Greek,  and,  so  far  as  can  be  seen, 
are  of  the  Ptolemaic  or  Roman  age,  and  not  Byzantine.  There  is  a  chance, 
therefore,  of  finding  some  works  of  value.  But  it  will  be  necessary  to  spend 
several  hundred  pounds  in  excavation,  and  the  Museum  is  just  now  with- 
out funds.  Then  comes  the  slow  work  of  unrolling  and  deciphering,  for 
which  it  will  be  necessary  to  employ  one  of  the  experts  at  Naples. — N.  Y. 
E.  Post,  July  7 ;  Cour.  de  I' Art,  1890,  No.  27. 

THEBES. — From  Thebes  there  comes  intelligence  of  the  discovery,  this 
spring,  of  a  headless  statue  of  Seti  II  of  heroic  size  and  archaic  style.  It 
was  found  at  a  depth  of  two  feet  below  the  surface  level  of  the  mud 


330  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCHJSOLOG  Y. 

deposit  which  covers  the  floor  of  the  great  Hypostyle  Hall.  Greeks  and 
Europeans,  meanwhile,  are  carrying  on  an  extensive  system  of  plunder  at 
Ekhmim  and  other  places. — AMELIA  B.  EDWARDS,  in  Academy,  July  26. 

ALGERIA. 

CHERCHELL—  A  CHRISTIAN  SARCOPHAGUS-RELIEF. — To  the  west  of  Cher- 
chell,  opposite  the  present  cemetery,  two  Koman  wells  and  two  sepulchral 
chambers  were  found  last  year,  containing  a  large  number  of  stone  sar- 
cophagi. Among  other  contents  that  escaped  destruction  was  the  front 
of  the  cover  of  a  Christian  sarcophagus  of  the  fourth  or  fifth  century.  It 
is  covered  with  figures  in  relief.  In  the  centre  is  an  unfinished  circular 
medallion  supported  by  two  genii.  On  the  left  is  the  Adoration  of  the  Magi 
accompanied  by  their  camels,  while  Joseph  rests  on  the  back  of  the  Vir- 
gin's chair.  On  the  right  are  the  three  children  in  the  fiery  furnace. — 
Revue  arch.,  1890,  i,  pp.  214-16. 


ASIA. 
HINDUSTAN. 

INDO-SASSANIAN  COINS. — Recent  numbers  of  the  Proceedings  of  the 
Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal  contain  reports  on  old  coins,  acquired  by  the 
government  as  treasure-trove,  by  Dr.  Hoernle,  the  philological  secretary. 
.The  most  important  find  here  recorded  is  that  of  175  silver  pieces  of  the 
class  called  Indo-Sassanian,  which  were  discovered  in  Marwara.  Accord- 
ing to  Dr.  Hoernle,  they  resemble  the  genuine  Sassanian  type  more  closely 
than  any  hitherto  known.  They  belong  to  two  series :  one  imitating  the 
coins  of  the  Sassanian  king  Firuz  (459-86  A.  D.)  in  minute  details,  though 
of  rude  execution  ;  the  other  substituting  a  barbaric  head  for  that  of  Firuz. 
On  none  is  there  any  legend.  It  is  known  from  history  that  about  470 
A.  D.  the  White  Huns,  under  their  leader  Toramana,  annexed  the  eastern 
provinces  of  the  Sassanian  kingdom,  and  passed  on  to  the  invasion  of 
India.  It  is  further  known  that  Toramana  imitated  the  contemporary 
Gupta  coinage,  as  well  as  that  of  Kashmir,  putting  his  name  on  them. 
Dr.  Hoernle,  therefore,  argues  that  these  Indo-Sassanian  coins  also  belong 
to  Toramana,  at  an  earlier  period  of  his  conquests.  In  this  connection  it 
is  interesting  to  note  that  the  barbaric  head  with  its  thick  lips  and  large 
nose  is  not  unlike  that  on  the  gold  coins  of  the  Indo-Scythian  king  Kad- 
phises. — Academy,  June  14. 

INDIAN  PHILOLOGY. — Part  IV of  Epigraphia  Indica — the  official  record 
of  the  inscriptions  collected  in  the  course  of  the  Archaeological  Survey  of 
India — consists,  like  former  parts,  of  texts  and  translations  which  have 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  331 

been  prepared  by  German  scholars  from  the  impressions  made  by  Dr. 
James  Burgess  and  his  assistants.  Perhaps  the  most  important  paper  is 
that  by  Prof.  Kielhorn,  of  Gottingen,  upon  the  Siyadoni  inscription,  which 
'  has  enabled  him  to  reconstruct  the  order  of  four  kings  of  Kanauj  in  the 
ninth  and  tenth  centuries.  This  inscription  records  the  gifts  of  traders  to 
Vishnu ;  and  many  of  the  gifts  are  valued  in  terms  of  drammas,  which  is 
evidently  a  coin  or  monetary  denomination  of  some  sort.  Another  inscrip- 
tion, from  Peheva  in  the  Karnal  district  of  the  Punjab — edited  by  Prof. 
Bu'hler,  of  Vienna — similarly  records  the  voluntary  taxation  for  religious 
purposes  imposed  upon  themselves  by  certain  horse-dealers. — Academy, 
June  21. 

AFGHANISTAN. 

GR/ECO-INDIAN  STATUES. — M.  Senart  has  published,  in  the  Journal  Asia- 
tique  (1890,  Feb.-March),  a  paper  in  which  he  describes  very  fully  the  re- 
markable sculptures  found  at  Sikri  and  already  referred  to  on  p.  179  of  this 
volume.  His  paper  is  accompanied  by  good  plates.  A  full  summary  of 
it  will  be  found  in  our  summary  of  the  Journal  Asiatique. 

PERSIA. 

EXCAVATIONS  BY  M.  DE  MORGAN. — The  excavations  undertaken  by  M. 
de  Morgan  at  the  request  of  the  Ministry  of  Public  Instruction  in  Lin- 
koran  (Northern  Persia,  on  the  banks  of  the  Caspian)  have  been  eminently 
successful.  His  encampment  has  been  at  an  elevation  of  1745  met.  at  Aspa 
Hiz,  six  kilom.  from  the  frontier.  He  has  found  a  large  number  of  dol- 
mens, which,  instead  of  containing,  like  those  of  Scandinavian  lands,  sepul- 
chral furniture  of  polished  stone,  belong,  on  the  contrary,  to  the  bronze  or 
the  iron  age.  The  country  appears  to  have  been  unoccupied  when  these 
dolmen-builders  (which  he  believes  to  have  been  Aryans)  established  them- 
selves in  it :  the  stone  age  is  unknown  in  the  province  of  Linkoran.  M. 
de  Morgan  has  collected  more  than  1300  objects  from  about  200  tombs. 
The  collection  is  on  its  way  to  Paris.—  Cour.  de  I' Art,  1890,  Nos.  27,  30. 

CENTRAL  ASIA. 

The  Academic  des  Inscriptions  has  allotted  15,000  frs.,  from  the  Gamier 
Fund,  to  M.  Dutreuil  du  Rhin,  who  is  charged  with  a  mission  of  explora- 
tion in  Central  Asia. 

BABYLONIA. 

A  COLLECTION  OF  BABYLONIAN  TABLETS.— A  very  interesting  collection 
of  clay-tablets  found  in  the  ruins  of  Sippara  was  sold  by  Messrs.  Sotheby 
and  Co.  on  July  4.  The  catalogue  contains  about  two  hundred  and  fifty 
lots,  the  majority  dating  from  the  early  period  of  the  First  Babylonian 
Empire.  These  are  generally  contracts  for  the  sale  of  lands,  fields,  houses, 


332  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCHJEOLOG  Y. 

grain,  slaves,  etc.,  and  attest  the  great  commercial  activity  of  the  metropolis 
of  the  rising  empire.  A  marriage  contract  of  the  time  of  Khammurabi 
(No.  217)  claims  special  attention,  as  it  is  unique  among  the  documents 
of  this  epoch.  The  remainder  of  the  collection  consists  of  tablets  of  the 
Second  Babylonian  Empire,  and  of  the  Persian,  Greek,  and  Parthian 
periods.  Two  are  especially  interesting  from  the  social  point  of  view. 
One  is  the  summing  up  and  judgment  in  a  lawsuit  of  the  thirteenth  year 
of  Nabonidos.  A  farmer  named  Iddin-Marduk  had  sent  by  boat  to  Baby- 
lon 480  measures  of  fruit.  Kurgal-natan,  who  had  undertaken  the  trans- 
port, lost  part  of  his  cargo  on  the  way,  and,  having  admitted  that  there 
had  been  neglect  on  his  part,  agreed  to  make  restitution.  When  Iddin- 
Marduk  came  to  claim  the  amount,  Kurgal-natan  avoided  him,  so  that  the 
former  was  compelled  to  bring  the  case  before  the  court.  The  boat-owner, 
when  summoned,  acknowledged  the  charge,  and  was  condemned  to  pay 
the  value  of  the  lost  fruit.  The  decision  is  attested  by  the  seals  of  five 
judges.  This  curious  case  shows  that,  in  Babylonia,  carriage  practically 
included  insurance.  There  are  a  great  many  contracts  of  sales  and  loans. 
An  interesting  one  (No.  205)  shows  that  slaves  as  well  as  lands,  houses, 
and  personal  property  were  mortgaged.  It  also  comprises  lists  of  various 
kinds  of  tithes  due  to  the  temple  of  Esagil,  of  animals  brought  to  Babylon 
for  sale,  and  of  other  personal  property.  No  doubt  it  was  an  inventory 
made  before  a  mortgage,  or  a  bill  of  sale. 

The  tablets  of  the  Greek  and  Parthian  periods  are,  as  usual,  mostly 
astronomical.  The  latest  is  of  91  B.  c.  The  collection  also  includes  a  few 
Akkadian  texts.  The  most  important  (No.  215)  consists  of  216  lines,  and 
appears  to  be  agricultural. — Academy,  June  21. 

TABLETS  FROM  NIFFER. — Professor  Robert  Harper  of  Yale  College 
brought  back  from  the  University  of  Pennsylvania's  expedition  to  Baby- 
lonia three  tablets.  They  belong  to  the  so-called  class  of  loan-tablets,  and 
were  unearthed  at  Niffer.  They  are  dated  in  the  years  two  and  four  of 
Ashur-itilli-ilani,  King  of  Assyria.  The  dates  are  of  chronological  value. 
They  show  that  the  Babylonian  empire  existed,  if  only  in  name,  for  four 
years  after  the  death  of  Assurbanipal. — Biblia,  Sept.,  1890. 

ARABIA. 

MISSION  TO  MT.  SINAI. — Marquis  de  Vogue"  communicated  to  the  Aca- 
demie  des  Inscriptions  a  letter  from  M.  Bene"dite,  whose  epigraphic  researches 
in  the  Sinaitic  peninsula  have  already  been  partially  reported  (vol.  v, 
pp.  88,  486).  It  is  dated  from  the  wady  Feiran,  May  17,  1890.  M. 
Bene*dite  has  copied  more  than  a  thousand  inscriptions  between  the  wady 
Nasb,  the  region  of  Magharat,  the  Mogatteb  and  the  Feiran  wadys.  The 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  333 

explorer  believes  that  the  region  which  he  is  now  about  to  explore  will 
not  prove  as  fruitful. — Paris  Temps,  June  14. 

PALESTINE. 

NEW  MAPS  OF  PALESTINE. — Dr.  HANS  FISCHER  of  Leipzig  assisted  by 
Prof.  H.  GUTHE  has  executed  a  fine  new  map  of  Palestine  which  is  published, 
accompanied  by  an  explanatory  article  of  Dr.  Fischer,  in  the  Zeitschrift 
d.  deut.  Palastina-Vereins,  xin  (1890),  1.  Dr.  Fischer  remarks:  "The 
geographic  and  especially  the  topographic  exploration  of  Palestine  has 
made  extraordinary  progress  during  the  last  decades.  But  this  has  not 
been  made  use  of  chartographically  in  the  way  required  by  the  present 
condition  of  geography.  The  above  new  map  of  Palestina,  on  a  scale  of 
1:700000  (pi.  2)  is  planned  to  meet  this  want,  and  we  have  considered  our 
main  problem  to  be,  to  give  a  clear  and  correct  statement  of  the  orohydro- 
graphic  relations  of  this  region.  The  nomenclature  and  especially  the  his- 
torical names  are  due  to  Professor  H.  Guthe."  The  most  important  source 
for  this  map  was  the  great  map  published  in  1880  by  the  English  Palestine 
Exploration  Fund,  on  the  scale  of  1:63360,  in  26  sheets.  Help  has  also  been 
derived  from  Captain  Conder's  survey  of  a  portion  of  Eastern  Palestine  in 
1881 ;  from  Mr.  Schumacher's  survey  of  Dscholan,  West  Hauran,  Ad- 
schlun,  etc.;  from  Lieut.  Mantell's  maps  of  the  coast  of  Syria ;  and  from  the 
maps  of  the  French  Expedition  of  1860-1.  A  further  list  of  sources  is 
given  by  Dr.  Fischer,  involving  an  historic  account  of  the  successive  inves- 
tigations in  the  various  provinces  included  in  this  map. 

The  Palestine  Exploration  Fund  has  now  ready  for  issue  the  new  map 
of  Palestine,  upon  which  Mr.  GEORGE  ARMSTRONG,  the  assistant  secretary, 
has  long  been  engaged.  It  is  on  the  scale  of  three-eighths  of  an  inch  to 
the  mile;  and  it  takes  in  both  sides  of  the  Jordan,  extending  to  Baalbek 
and  Damascus  in  the  north,  and  to  Kadesh  Barnea  in  the  south.  All 
modern  names  are  in  black ;  over  these  are  printed  Old-Testament  and 
Apocrypha  names  in  red,  and  New-Testament,  Joseph  us,  and  Talmudic 
names  in  blue,  thus  showing  at  a  glance  all  the  identifications  of  sites  that 
have  been  ascertained.  A  companion  map,  showing  the  elevations  by 
raised  contour-lines,  is  also  approaching  completion. — Academy,  Aug.  2. 

AN  EARLY  HEBREW  INSCRIPTION. — Prof.  SAYCE  has  communicated  to  me 
the  following  inscription  on  a  small  weight  found  on  the  site  of  Samaria, 
and  purchased  by  Dr.  Chaplin  last  spring :  face  1,  ^t^JD")  I  face  2, 
jyjjD*!  I  which  seems  to  read  M)  yy\  *?&  JD*J,  "  a  quarter  of  a  quarter 
of  a  $$}"  Mr.  Flinders  Petrie,  to  whom  Prof.  Sayce  communicated  this 
interpretation,  writes  that  he  has  discovered,  from  other  sources,  that  the 
standard  weight  of  Northern  Syria  amounted  to  640  grains,  of  which  the 
quarter  of  a  quarter  would  be  40  grains,  that  is,  exactly  the  value  of  the 


334  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.   [PALESTINE.] 


Samaritan  weight  in  the  possession  of  Dr.  Chaplin.  Whether  $£}  is 
derived  from  the  root  W  cannot  be  decided  yet,  but  the  use  of  *?&  is 
important  at  the  probable  date  of  the  eighth  century  B.  c.,  which  the 
forms  of  the  characters  indicate,  and  in  the  northern  kingdom.  *?&,  which 
is  a  contraction  of  ^  £>—  *?  *WX,  is  found  in  Canticles,  which  is  consid- 
ered a  production  of  the  Samaritan  kingdom,  in  Jonah,  and  in  JEcclesiastes. 
The  early  use  of  *7^  might  perhaps  help  to  bridge  over  the  gulf  which 
Prof.  Margoliouth  has  found  between  classical  Hebrew  and  that  of  Sirach. 
—  A.  NEUBAUER,  in  Athenceum,  Aug.  2. 

HEBREW  INSCRIPTIONS  OF  THE  PRE-EXILIC  EPOCH.  —  A  fixed  starting-point 
in  date  can  at  last  be  assigned  to  the  few  pre-exilic  Hebrew  inscriptions 
which  are  at  present  known  to  us.  Mr.  Clark,  of  Jerusalem,  possesses  a 
seal  which  bears  upon  it  the  following  inscription  :  *Y7£jlf  I  ^yiEC^'TN1?  ', 
"  Belonging  to  Elishama'  the  son  of  the  king."  Now  this  Elishama'  is  evi- 
dently the  Jewish  prince  who  is  mentioned,  in  Jer.  xli.  1,  as  of  "the  seed 
royal  "  and  grandfather  of  Ishmael,  the  contemporary  of  Zedekiah.  He 
would,  therefore,  have  flourished  about  650  B.  c.,  and  the  forms  of  the 
characters  used  in  his  inscription  become  a  subject  of  epigraphic  interest. 
Three  of  them  are  specially  distinctive  —  Aleph,  Mem,  and  KapJi.  Of  these, 
Aleph  and  Mem  have  precisely  the  same  forms  as  in  the  Siloam  inscription. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  Kaph  is  less  archaic  than  in  the  Siloam  text.  The 
latter  must  consequently  be  somewhat  older  than  the  seal  of  Elishama'  ; 
and  the  general  opinion  is  thus  justified  which  refers  the  tunnel  and  in- 
scription of  Siloam  to  the  reign  of  either  Ahaz  or  Hezekiah.  —  A.  H.  SAYCE, 
in  Academy,  Aug.  2. 

CAESAREA  (near).  —  VESPASIAN'S  COLONY  OF  CAESAREA.  —  A  letter  from 
Dr.  SCHUMACHER  dated  from  Haifa  to  Professor  Guthe  gives  information 
of  the  discovery,  six  kilom.  N.  w.  of  Caesarea,  of  ruins  of  buildings,  and  of 
a  granite  column  with  an  inscription  reading  :  M(arcwm)  FL(awwm)  AGRIP- 
PAM  PONTiF(icem)  |  n  viRAL(ew)  |  cOL(omae)  I  (primae)  FL(aviae)  AUG(US- 
tae)  CAESAREAE  ORAJTOREM  EX  DEc(tmomtra)  DEc(refo)  PEc(wma)  PUB- 
L(tca).  The  letters  are  in  the  form  that  would  be  given  by  the  reed  or 
brush  as  used  in  judicial  acts.  It  is  important  as  the  first  inscription  found 
on  this  site,  and  certainly  the  first  in  which  the  full  name  of  this  colony  of 
Vespasian  is  given,  which  was,  as  Tacitus  says,  Caesarea  Judaeae  caput,  the 
.capital  city  both  for  native  kings  and  Roman  governors.  Many  coins,  from 
Domitian  down,  bear  the  name  of  the  city.  The  Roman  colony  was  placed 
here  very  shortly  after  the  end  of  the  Jewish  war.  Its  title  of  first  colony, 
colonia  prima,  shows  it  to  have  been  the  first  colony  in  the  Roman  Empire 
founded  by  Vespasian.  The  site  where  the  inscription  was  found  is  inter- 
esting as  showing  that  the  territory  of  the  colony  extended  as  far  as  this 
point.  The  Agrippa  mentioned  in  the  inscription  is  conjectured  to  be  the 


[PALESTINE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  335 

son  of  Josephus,  and  the  date  to  be  before  100  A.  D. — Prof.  ZANGEMEIS- 
TER,  in  the  Zeitschrift  d.  deut. Pal'dstina-Vereins,  xin  (1890),  1,  pp.  25-30. 

LACHISH. — FLINDERS  PETRIE'S  EXCAVATIONS. — We  take,  from  the  annual 
report  of  the  general  committee  of  the  Palestine  Exploration  Fund,  the  fol- 
lowing account  by  Mr.  Petrie  of  his  recent  excavations  on  the  site  of  Lachish. 

After  lengthy  delays,  officially,  I  was  able  to  begin  excavation  for  the 
Palestine  Exploration  Fund  in  the  middle  of  April.  Nothing  was  known 
of  the  history  of  pottery  in  Syria,  and  therefore  nothing  had  been  done  in 
past  surveys  and  explorations  towards  dating  the  various  tells  and  khurbehs. 
It  had  been  necessary,  therefore,  on  applying  for  a  site  to  trust  to  the  iden- 
tification by  names ;  and  there  seemed  little  risk  in  expecting  that  Umm 
Lakis  and  'Ajlan — one  or  other,  if  not  both — would  prove  to  be  Amorite 
towns,  Lachish  and  Eglon.  Some  other  ruins  were  included  in  the  legal 
limit  of  area  of  9£  square  kilometres  for  the  permission.  Among  them, 
most  happily,  was  Tell  Hesy.  I  left  Egypt  for  Syria,  arriving  at  Jaffa 
on  March  9.  Although  the  permission  was  signed,  it  did  not  reach  Jeru- 
salem till  March  29.  For  nearly  three  weeks,  therefore,  I  was  unable  to 
forward  the  business.  Meantime  I  was  able  to  examine  and  discuss  the 
various  buildings  and  remains  of  masonry  with  Professor  Hayter  Lewis  and 
Dr.  Chaplin ;  and  thus  I  learnt  something  about  the  antiquities,  but  I  found 
how  provokingly  little  is  positively  known  and  in  what  a  vast  uncertainty 
almost  every  question  still  remains.  It  was  not  until  April  14  that  I 
could  begin  work.  I  had  already  visited  the  various  sites  included  in  the 
area  of  permission,  but  found  that  all  but  one  were  of  Roman  age  and  unim- 
portant. The  only  prominent  place  was  Tell  Hesy,  in  the  Arab  country, 
six  miles  from  the  village  of  Burer,  where  we  had  to  settle  to  begin  with. 
But  as  Umm  Lakis  had  been  supposed  to  be  Lachish,  and  it  was  the 
nearest  site  to  the  village,  three  miles  off,  I  determined  to  examine  it.  My 
expectations  of  it  were  quite  confirmed.  We  trenched  about  all  over  the 
ground  down  to  the  undisturbed  native  red  clay ;  but  there  were  only  six 
or  eight  feet  of  earth,  and  pottery  of  Roman  age  was  continually  found  in 
it;  while,  most  decisively,  a  worn  coin  of  Maximian  Hercules  (circa  300 
A.  D.)  was  found  within  two  feet  of  native  clay.  Khurbet ' Ajlan  appeared 
far  less  promising  than  Umm  Lakis  ;  there  is  very  little  extent  of  artificial 
soil,  very  little  pottery  about  it,  and  what  there  is  shows  Roman  age. 

We  then  moved  and  established  ourselves  at  Tell  Hesy,  which  appeared 
to  me  to  be  a  very  important  city  of  early  date.  We  will  first  notice  what 
reasons  there  are  for  believing  this  to  be  Lachish,  and  then  we  shall  see 
how  valuable  the  literary  notices  of  its  history  become  in  understanding 
the  site.  Lachish  was  one  of  the  five  strongholds  of  the  Amorites,  with 
Jerusalem,  Hebron,  Jarmuth  and  Eglon  (Jos.  x.  5).  And  it  continued  to 
be  one  of  the  strongest  places  in  the  country  down  to  the  invasions  of  Sen- 


336  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.      [LACHISH.] 

nacherib  and  Nebuchadnezzar,  to  both  of  whom  it  was  a  special  object 
of  attack.  It  must,  therefore,  have  had  some  natural  advantages,  and 
from  various  other  notices  (especially  Eusebius)  it  certainly  lay  in  the  low 
country  in  this  district.  Now  at  Tell  Hesy  is  the  only  spring  for  miles 
around,  a  brackish  brook  trickles  down  from  Tell  Nejileh,  where  in  ancient 
times  it  was  confined  by  a  massive  dam ;  and  at  Tell  Hesy  it  is  joined  by 
a  fine  fresh  spring,  while  the  whole  of  the  water  is  swallowed  in  the  stony 
wady  within  a  few  hundred  yards  lower,  and  never  reappears.  It  is  cer- 
tain, then,  that  Tell  Hesy  and  subordinately  Tell  Nejileh  must  have  been 
positions  of  first-rate  importance  from  the  time  of  the  earliest  settlements. 
They  would  thus  agree  to  the  character  of  Lachish  and  Eglon.  The  his- 
tory of  Tell  Hesy  begins  about  1500  B.  c.,  and  ends  about  500  B.  c. ;  while 
Tell  Nejileh,  as  far  as  can  be  seen  on  the  surface,  is  of  the  same  age,  or 
ruined  even  earlier.  The  absolute  point  of  date  is  the  position  in  Tell 
Hesy — at  half  to  three-quarters  of  the  height  up  the  mound — of  the  thin 
black  Phoenician  pottery  which  is  known  in  Egypt  to  date  from  about  1100 
B.  c.  While  the  close  of  its  history  is  fixed  by  the  fragments  of  good 
Greek  pottery  on  the  top  of  it,  and  the  total  absence  of  Seleucidan  and 
Roman  objects.  There  are  then  no  sites  in  the  country  around  so  suited 
to  the  importance  of  Lachish  and  Eglon  as  these  two  Tells ;  and  con- 
versely there  are  no  recorded  places  of  such  primary  value  as  these  must 
have  been,  except  the  two  Amorite  capitals  of  the  low  country,  which  we 
know  to  have  been  near  together.  The  transference  of  the  names  in  late 
times  to  settlements  a  few  miles  off  is  probably  due  to  the  returning  Jews  not 
being  strong  enough  to  wrest  the  springs  from  the  Bedawin  sheep-masters. 
The  actual  remains  of  Tell  Hesy  consist  of  a  mound  which  is  formed  of 
successive  towns,  one  on  the  ruins  of  another,  and  an  enclosure  taking  in 
an  area  to  the  south  and  west  of  it.  This  enclosure  is  nearly  a  quarter  of 
a  mile  across  in  each  direction,  and  is  bounded  by  a  clay  rampart  still 
seven  feet  high  in  parts,  and  in  one  place  by  a  brick  wall.  This  area  of 
about  30  acres  would  suffice  to  take  in  a  large  quantity  of  cattle  in  case 
of  a  sudden  invasion  ;  and  such  was  probably  its  purpose,  as  no  buildings 
are  found  in  it,  and  there  is  but  little  depth  of  soil.  The  city  mound  is 
about  200  feet  square ;  its  natural  ground  is  45  to  58  feet  above  the  stream 
in  the  wady  below,  and  on  that  the  mass  of  dust  and  ruins  of  brick  walls 
rises  60  feet.  The  whole  of  the  east  side  of  the  town  is  destroyed  by  the 
encroachments  of  the  valley,  which  here  makes  a  great  bend  that  has 
enabled  the  winter  torrents  to  eat  away  this  side.  But  for  this  fact  we 
should  have  been  unable  to  reach  anything  much  of  the  earlier  ages  here  ; 
but  in  the  section  cut  away  in  a  steep  slope  above  the  wady  every  period  is 
equally  exposed.  We  can  thus  see  the  succession  of  the  walls  of  the  town 
and  trace  its  history. 


[PALESTINE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  337 

The  earliest  town  here,  on  a  knoll  close  to  the  spring,  was  of  great 
strength  and  importance ;  the  lowest  wall  of  all  being  28  feet  8  inches 
thick,  of  clay  bricks,  unburnt ;  and  over  this  are  two  successive  patchings 
of  later  rebuilding,  altogether  21  feet  of  height  remaining.  Such  massive 
work  was  certainly  not  that  of  the  oppressed  Israelites  during  the  time  of 
the  Judges ;  it  cannot  be  as  late  as  the  Kings,  since  the  pottery  of  about 
1100  B.  c.  is  found  above  its  level.  It  must,  therefore,  be  the  Amorite  city ; 
and  agrees  with  the  account  that  "  the  cities  are  walled  and  very  great " 
(Num.,  xin.  28),  "  great  and  walled  up  to  heaven  "  (Deut.,  1.  28),  and  also 
with  the  sculpture  of  the  conquests  of  Ramessu  II,  at  Karnak,  where  the 
Amorite  cities  are  all  massively  fortified.  So  far  as  a  scale  of  accumulation 
can  be  estimated,  the  foundation  of  the  city  wall  would  have  been  about 
1500  B.  c.,  and  thus  agrees  to  the  time  of  the  great  Egyptian  conquests  of 
the  land,  beginning  under  Tahutmes  I,  at  that  date.  The  need  of  a  defence 
against  such  a  well-organized  foe  probably  gave  the  great  start  to  fortify- 
ing in  Syria.  On  both  outside  and  inside  of  this  wall  is  a  great  quantity  of 
burnt  dust  and  ashes,  with  fragments  of  pottery  ;  and  we  can  now  exactly 
know  the  character  of  the  Amorite  pottery. 

This  fort,  after  repairs  which  still  exist  as  solid  brickwork  over  20  feet 
high,  fell  into  complete  ruin.  No  more  bricks  were  made ;  rude  houses  of 
stones  from  the  stream  were  all  that  were  erected ;  and  for  long  years  the 
alkali  burner  used  the  deserted  hill,  attracted  by  the  water-supply  to  wash 
his  ashes  with.  This  corresponds  to  the  barbaric  Hebrew  period  under 
the  Judges.  This  period  is  marked  by  a  stratum  of  5  feet  of  dust  and 
rolled  stones  out  of  the  valley  below,  lying  in  confusion  on  the  ruins  of  the 
great  Amorite  wall.  These  remains  clearly  show  a  barbaric  period,  when 
rude  huts  of  the  nearest  materials  were  piled  up  only  to  fall  soon  into  ruin. 
Then,  again,  the  town  was  walled.  Phoenician  pottery  begins  to  appear, 
and  some  good  masonry — evidently  of  the  age  of  the  early  Jewish  kings. 
This  period  of  wall-building  and  fortifying  goes  on  with  intermissions  and 
various  destructions  until  the  end  of  the  history.  Successive  fortifications 
were  built  as  the  ruins  rose  higher  and  the  older  walls  were  destroyed ; 
Cypriote  influence  comes  in,  and  later  on  Greek  influence,  from  about  700 
B.  c.  and  onwards.  The  great  ruin  of  the  town  was  that  by  Nebuchadnezzar, 
in  about  600  B.  c. ;  and  some  slight  remains  of  Greek  pottery,  down  to 
about  400  B.  c.,  show  the  last  stage  of  its  history.  Happily  the  indications 
can  be  interpreted  by  our  literary  records,  otherwise  we  could  have  dis- 
covered little  about  a  place  in  which  not  a  single  inscription  or  dated 
object  has  been  found.  The  first  of  these  walls  is  the  most  solid,  being  13 
feet  thick,  and  this  probably  belongs  to  Rehoboam's  fortification  of  Lachish 
(II  Chron.,  xi.  9) ;  for,  though  David  and  Solomon  doubtless  did  some 
building  ( II  Chron.,  viu.  2-6),  probably  this  was  more  in  the  outlying 


338  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.       [LACHISH.] 

parts  of  the  kingdom.  Probably  to  this  fortifying  of  Rehoboam  we  must 
attribute  the  wall  which  I  have  traced  along  the  north  and  west  of  the 
town,  forming  a  tower  at  the  northwest  corner.  The  four  rebuildings 
which  may  be  traced  on  the  east-face  section  must  belong  to  some  of 
the  fortifying  mentioned  as  having  been  done  under  Asa,  Jehoshaphat, 
Uzziah,  Jotham  and  Manasseh.  That  the  main  building  here  does  not 
belong  to  later  times  than  Nebuchadnezzar's  destruction  is  shown  by  the 
scanty  remains  of  post-exilic  times  found  on  the  very  top  of  the  mound, 
a  Persian  coin  and  pieces  of  Greek  pottery  of  the  fifth  century.  On  the 
south  side  a  different  character  of  walls  is  found ;  one  of  the  later  being  a 
massive  brick  wall  25  feet  thick,  and  still  of  a  considerable  height.  Proba- 
bly this  belongs  to  Manasseh's  work,  about  650  B.  c.  This  was  built  over 
a  great  glacis  slope,  formed  of  blocks  of  stone  faced  with  plaster,  which  can 
be  traced  for  forty  feet  height  of  slope ;  perhaps  this  may  be  attributed  to 
the  hasty  defences  by  Hezekiah  at  the  time  of  Sennacherib's  invasion  in 
713  B.  c.  A.  flight  of  steps  of  rather  rough  stones  led  us  to  an  ascent  of 
the  glacis,  which  has  now  perished  in  the  valley,  and  there  is  the  gateway 
of  a  building  at  the  foot  of  the  steps,  the  rest  of  which  has  likewise  been 
washed  away.  As  this  building  may  be  attributed  to  about  700  B.  c.,  or 
earlier,  its  character  is  important  in  the  question  of  stone-working.  There 
is  the  system  of  drafted  stones,  with  a  smooth  edge,  and  a  rough  lump  on 
the  middle  of  the  face ;  but  there  is  no  trace  of  the  "  claw  tool,"  or  rather 
comb-pick,  as  it  may  be  more  intelligibly  described.  On  the  masonry  at 
Jerusalem  this  is  a  constant  feature,  and  we  will  notice  later  on  the  import- 
ance of  this  matter.  This  glacis  slope  overlies  the  earth,  which  is  piled  10 
feet  deep  around  a  large  building,  the  line  of  which  I  have  traced  on  the 
east  side.  This  building  is  85  feet  long,  with  walls  of  clay  brick  over  four  feet 
thick.  It  must  be  considerably  earlier  than  the  glacis  to  allow  of  ten  feet  of 
accumulation  ;  and  as  the  glacis  is  not  likely  to  be  earlier  than  Hezekiah, 
the  building  can  hardly  be  of  Ahaz ;  but  it  rather  belongs  to  the  long  and 
flourishing  time  of  Uzziah.  Indeed,  on  a  regular  scale  of  accumulation  of 
deposits,  we  should  need  to  date  it  back  to  Jehoash ;  but  we  can  hardly  be  too 
early  in  dating  it  to  800  B.  c.  Then  ten  feet  below  this  is  another  clay-brick 
building,  which  we  should  accordingly  have  to  date  back  to  900  B.  c.,  or 
earlier — perhaps  1000  B.  c.  It  has,  moreover,  been  ruined  and  burnt  and 
then  constructed  out  of  the  old  materials  very  rudely.  Though  of  clay- 
brick,  it  had  doorways  of  fine,  white  limestone,  and  some  precious  slabs  of 
these  yet  remain,  turned  upside  down  in  the  reconstruction.  Four  of  these 
show  us  a  curious  form  of  decoration  by  a  shallow  half-pilaster,  a  very  slop- 
ing shaft,  resting  on  a  low  cushion  or  quarter-round  base,  and  with  a  volute 
at  the  top,  projecting,  without  any  separate  capital  or  line,  across  the  shaft. 


[PALESTINE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  339 

We  are  here  face  to  face  at  last  with  work  of  the  earlier  Jewish  kings, 
probably  executed  by  the  same  school  of  masons  who  built  and  adorned 
the  temple  of  Solomon.  We  see  decoration  which  we  must  suppose  to 
be  closely  akin  to  that  of  Solomon's  time — if  not,  indeed,  as  early  as  that 
itself.  We  learn  that  the  Ionic  volute,  which  the  Greeks  borrowed  from 
Asia,  goes  back  to  the  tenth  century  in  Asiatic  art ;  and  we  can  hardly  fail 
to  see  its  origin  from  a  ram's  horn,  thus  leading  us  to  a  pointed  suggestion 
as  to  the  form  of  the  "  horns  of  the  altar."  Besides  these  wall-slabs  there 
are  fragments  of  a  cavetto  moulding  from  the  lintels  of  the  door,  exactly 
like  that  of  the  early  Jewish  monolith  shrine  at  Siloam.  Three  of  these 
pilasters  have  been  found,  and,  though  not  thought  worth  removal  by  the 
Turkish  officials,  not  one  of  them  can  come  to  England.  I  have  taken 
casts  and  photographs  of  them,  and  carefully  reburied  them  in  known  spots. 
Besides  these,  one  of  the  slabs  had  a  graffito  on  it  representing  a  lion  (?) 
walking;  and  as  it  was  upside  down  it  must  have  been  scratched  in  the 
time  of  the  first  building.  Unfortunately  the  remainder  of  this  building 
is  beneath  30  feet  of  earth,  and  the  small  prospect  of  there  being  anything 
else  of  importance  in  it  makes  it  scarcely  worth  while  to  undertake  such  a 
weighty  clearance.  No  small  objects  have  been  found  in  the  ashes  so  far. 
Another  matter  of  importance  in  itself,  and  of  inestimable  value  for 
future  exploration,  is  the  fixing  of  a  scale  of  dated  pottery.  Poor  as  Tell 
Hesy  is  in  some  respects,  it  is  full  of  potsherds ;  and  the  chance  of  such  a 
grand  section  as  that  of  the  east  face  from  top  to  bottom  gives  us  at  one  stroke 
a  series  of  all  the  varieties  of  pottery  during  over  a  thousand  years.  We 
now  know  for  certain  the  characteristics  of  Amorite,  of  earlier-Jewish 
and  of  later-Jewish  pottery  influenced  by  Greek  trade,  and  we  can  trace 
the  importation  and  the  influence  of  Phoenician  pottery.  In  future  all  the 
tells  and  ruins  of  the  country  will  at  once  reveal  their  age  by  the  potsherds 
which  cover  them.  Without  entering  on  details,  we  may  distinguish  the 
Amorite  by  the  very  peculiar  comb-streaking  on  the  surface,  wavy  ledges 
for  handles,  and  polished  red-faced  bowls,  decorated  by  burnished  cross- 
lines.  These  date  from  about  1500  to  1100  B.  c.,  and  deteriorate  down  to 
disappearance  about  900.  The  Phoenician  is  a  thin  hard  black  or  brown 
ware ;  bottles  with  long  necks,  elegant  bowls,  and  white  juglets  with  pointed 
bottoms.  Beginning  about  1100,  it  flourishes  till  about  800  B.  c.  It  de- 
velops into  the  Cypriote  bowls,  with  V-handles,  painted  in  bistre  ladder 
patterns,  which  range  from  about  950  to  750  B.  c.  Due  also  to  Phoenician 
influence  seem  to  be  the  lamps  from  about  900  to  750  B.  c.,  formed  by  open 
bowls  pinched  in  at  the  edge  to  form  a  wick-spout.  These  were  succeeded 
in  the  time  of  Greek  influence,  from  750  B.  c.,  by  the  same  pinched  type, 
but  of  Greek  ware,  and  with  a  flat  brim.  The  Greek  influence  is  also  seen 
in  the  massive  bowls  of  drab  pottery,  like  those  of  early  Naukratis,  and  the 


340  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

huge  loop-handles,  such  as  belong  to  both  Naukratis  and  Defenneh  before 
600  B.  c.  All  these  approximate  dates  are  solely  derived  from  the  levels 
of  the  walls  and  the  thickness  of  the  deposits ;  but  they  agree  well  with 
what  is  otherwise  known. 

The  methods  of  stone-working  are  another  great  key  to  the  age  of  work. 
In  the  Haram  wall  at  Jerusalem  all  the  stones  are  dressed  with  the  comb- 
pick  (or  "  claw-tool ")  down  to  the  very  base,  as  Professor  Lewis  states. 
This  tool  in  Egypt  is  characteristic  of  Greek  work,  and  it  was  used  in  pre- 
Persian  work  in  Greece,  pointing  to  its  being  of  Greek  introduction.  Now 
in  the  masonry  of  the  period  of  the  kings  here  we  have  a  strong  test  of  the 
question ;  and  in  no  part  either  of  the  gateway,  steps  or  pilaster-slabs  is 
any  trace  of  comb-pick  to  be  seen.  The  evidence,  therefore,  is  strong  that 
the  tool  is  a  sign  of  Herodian  and  later  ages ;  and  we  must  ascribe  the  whole 
of  the  Haram  wall  to  Herod.  This  also  strengthens  the  view  that  Ramet- 
el-Khallil  is  an  early  building,  as  no  trace  of  comb-picking  is  seen  on  the 
massive  blocks  there,  but  only  on  the  later  relining  of  the  building. 

As  the  Turkish  Government  claims  everything,  all  the  perfect  pottery 
has  been  taken  by  the  officials,  and  the  stone-work  is  left  to  be  destroyed 
by  the  Bedawin.  Casts,  photographs,  and  potsherds  (such  as  any  visitor 
can  pick  up  here)  are  all  that  may  be  brought  to  England.  These  will  be 
exhibited  this  summer  in  London,  probably  along  with  my  Egyptian  col- 
lections of  this  season. — Academy,  July  26 :  c/.  A.  H.  SAYCE,  in  N.  Y.  Inde- 
pendent, August  28 ;  and  Biblia  for  September. 

PHOENICIA. 

FURTHER  DISCOVERIES  NEAR  SIDON. — As  nearly  as  can  be  ascertained 
from  reliable  sources,  the  facts  concerning  the  recent  archaeological  discov- 
eries near  Sidon  appear  to  be  as  follows :  In  a  cave  near  the  foot  of  Mount 
Lebanon,  about  2  miles  distant  from  the  Sidon  seashore,  five  stone  sarco- 
phagi, with  various  finely  carved  figures  upon  them,  have  recently  been 
discovered;  but,  as  the  inscriptions  upon  them  have  not  yet  been  de- 
ciphered, and  the  sarcophagi,  as  well  as  the  photographs  taken  thereof, 
are  jealously  guarded  from  intrusive  eyes,  nothing  positive  as  to  the  period 
of  classic  art  to  which  they  belong  can  be  stated  with  any  degree  of  accu- 
racy. At  some  later  date  it  may  be  possible  to  give  fuller  details.  The 
cave  itself  is  27  feet  long,  2  ft.  wide,  and  1\  ft.  high.  On  the  upper  side- 
wall  of  the  cave,  opposite  to  the  entrance  door,  there  is  a  mosaic  of  most 
exquisite  workmanship.  It  represents  the  colored  figure  of  a  woman  in 
most  delicate  mosaic,  belonging,  doubtless,  to  some  distinguished  old  Greek 
family.  Judging  from  the  Greek  inscription,  the  mosaic  would  not  seem 
to  be  of  very  remote  antiquity ;  but,  owing  to  its  incomparable  beauty  and 
perfection,  it  will  prove  a  most  valuable  addition  to  the  collection  of  the 


ARCH^OLOGICAL  NEWS.  341 

Imperial  Ottoman  Museum  at  Constantinople.  Another  authority  claims 
that  there  are  two  figures  of  women  in  mosaic,  one  in  green,  the  other  in 
blue,  both  being  pronounced  to  be  Phoenician  remains. 

Other  objects,  found  in  another  site,  are  columns,  figures,  statuettes,  and 
various  ornaments  of  Greek  workmanship,  of  all  of  which  photographs  have 
been  made  and  sent  to  the  Museum  at  Constantinople,  where  the  originals 
are  soon  to  follow. — (  U.  S.  Consular  Reports)  E.  BISSINGER,  United  States 
Consulate,  Beirut,  January  27,  1890:  of.  Athenaeum,  June  21. 

A  SIDONIAN  CIPPUS. — M.RENAN  presented  to  the  Aead.  des  Inscr.  a  re- 
production of  a  dppus  from  Sidon  with  a  Phoenician  inscription  which  he 
thus  translates :  "  This  offering  was  given  by  Abd-Miskar,  son  of  Abd- 
Lesept,  second  magistrate,  son  of  Baal-Sillekh,  to  his  lord  Salman  ;  let 
him  bless."  The  god  Salman  is  of  Assyrian  origin,  and  enters  into  the 
name  of  Salmaneser  and  that  of  the  Palmyrene  goddess  Selamanis.  The 
offering  mentioned  was  the  anathema  placed  on  the  eippus. — Paris  Temps, 
April  29. 

ASIA  MINOR. 

PROFESSOR   RAMSAY'S   EXPLORATION   IN  ASIA   MINOR  (cf.   pp.  197-8)  : 

NOTES  FROM   PlSIDIA,    ISAURIA,   AND   KAPPADOKIA. W.  M.  RAMSAY  and  D. 

G.  HOGARTH  write  to  the  Athenceum  (of  July  26  and  Aug.  16) :  "  During 
twelve  days  spent  in  the  Pisidian  mountains  we  have  completed  the  first 
instalment  of  our  task  this  year,  namely,  to  supplement  and  connect  pre- 
vious surveys  of  the  geographical  and  archaeological  features  of  the  country 
about  the  great  lakes.  We  left  Smyrna  on  June  14,  and  travelled  up  the 
railway  to  its  new  terminus  at  Dinari  (Kelainai-Apameia).  The  extension, 
lately  completed  by  the  energy  of  Mr.  Purser,  from  Seraikeny  to  the  head 
of  the  Maiandros,  is  the  greatest  step  in  the  development  of  Anatolia 
which  has  been  taken  for  centuries.  For  the  tourist  the  line  does  much : 
Hierapolis,  Laodikeia,  and  Kolossai  are  now  within  two  or  three  miles  of 
railway  stations,  and  can  be  visited  with  ease  and  comfort.  At  Dinari, 
we  copied  half  a  dozen  new  inscriptions,  two,  one  Latin  and  one  Greek, 
being  of  unusual  interest ;  and  we  left  it  on  June  16.  In  the  course  of 
the  next  two  days,  we  visited  the  sites  ofKonana  and  Seleukeia  Sidera,  and 
obtained  inscriptions  of  little  interest.  The  third  evening  found  us  at 
Egerdir,  and  we  took  the  opportunity  of  visiting  the  ancient  monastery 
which  has  survived  on  the  island  of  Nisi  in  the  lake.  It  possesses  a  MS. 
lectionarium  of  the  fifteenth  century.  Hence,  we  struck  into  the  wildest 
part  of  Pisidian  Tauros.  We  first  crossed  into  the  valley  of  the  Upper 
Eurymedon,  and  found  at  Tofalas,  near  the  site  of  Timbrias,  a  number  of 
curious  Pisidian  epitaphs.  A  very  long  ride,  during  which  we  had  to  cross 
country  of  terrible  difficulty,  brought  us  to  Kara  Bavlo,  the  site  of  Adada, 
discovered  by  Schonborn,  and  since  visited  by  Professor  Sterrett. 
6 


342  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.    [AsiA  MINOR.] 

"  The  situation  of  ADADA  is  certainly  striking.  In  a  country  that  con- 
sists chiefly  of  impassable  mountains  it  is  a  really  important  road-centre ; 
amid  a  wilderness  of  rocks  it  commands  a  large  extent  of  most  fertile  ter- 
ritory. We  had  great  difficulty  in  finding  it,  and  still  greater  difficulty 
in  leaving  it ;  and  our  experience  was  the  best  proof  that  the  country  can 
hardly  be  traversed  except  along  a  few  routes,  almost  all  of  which  pass 
through  Adada.  We  found  no  road  that  is  not  indicated  in  Kiepert's 
most  recent  map,  but  we  learned  that  some  of  his  lines  indicate  routes 
which  could  never  be  made  passable,  except  by  unlimited  tunnelling  and 
bridging,  while  others,  though  poor  enough  at  present,  might  easily  be  put 
in  a  very  fair  condition.  The  latter  pass  through  Adada.  This  knowl- 
edge, which  could  not  be  got  from  previous  travellers,  introduces  order 
into  the  topography  of  this  whole  district.  Prof.  Sterrett  has  very  briefly 
described  the  ruins  of  Adada,  whose  name  he  did  not  know,  and  has  copied 
the  inscriptions  with  great  diligence  and  accuracy.  We  had  only  about 
six  hours  of  daylight  available  for  work  at  Adada,  and  most  of  this  was 
taken  up  in  making  a  rough  survey  of  the  extensive  and  remarkably 
well-preserved  ruins.  The  city,  as  Mr.  Headlam  first  observed,  occupied 
originally  a  small  hill  (called  by  Sterrett  the  acropolis),  and  a  larger 
double-peaked  hill  to  the  southwest  of  it.  The  lines  of  fortification  of  this 
earlier  city,  partly  natural  and  partly  artificial,  lay  high  above  us  on  the 
right,  wall  above  wall,  as  we  approached  by  the  road  from  Perga.  This 
Pisidian  hill-fortress,  under  the  prosperity  and  peaceful  government  of  the 
Roman  Empire,  was  extended  to  the  north  so  as  to  fill  great  part  of  a 
valley  shut  in  by  hills  of  no  great  height.  This  larger  city  whose  extreme 
length  was  about  700  yards,  with  a  breadth  of  about  200,  was  not  fortified. 
The  Agora  lies  partly  inside  and  partly  to  the  north  of  the  earlier  city, 
whose  walls  were  destroyed  in  part  to  allow  of  the  extension.  It  extended 
probably  up  to  a  building  of  peculiar  shape,  in  fair  preservation,  about  180 
yards  north  ;  but  great  part  of  it  is  a  heap  of  confused  ruins.  Our  survey 
indicates  roughly  the  situation  and  shape  of  all  the  buildings  which  can 
be  distinguished  with  certainty,  but  necessarily  -leaves  out  the  great  ma- 
jority. 200  yards  further  north  there  are  three  small  temples,  in  two  of 
which  the  walls  are  practically  complete.  Inscriptions  show  that  the  city 
contained  temples  of  Aphrodite,  of  Serapis,  and  of  the  Fatherland,  and 
that  the  cultus  of  the  emperors  was  associated  with  and  put  before  each  of 
the  other  cults ;  but  there  are  difficulties,  which  need  not  be  here  men- 
tioned, in  assigning  the  names  to  particular  buildings,  owing  to  the  fact 
that  Prof.  Sterrett  is  not  quite  so  accurate  in  stating  the  locality  of  his 
inscriptions  as  in  copying  the  text.  Of  his  thirty-four  inscriptions  we  saw 
only  fourteen,  besides  one  which  he  had  not  observed ;  a  few  we  copied 
more  completely,  but  in  most  we  only  confirmed  his  text.  With  little 


[AsiA  MINOR.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  343 

trouble  and  no  great  expense  the  mass  of  ruins  might  be  sorted  and  thor- 
oughly examined,  the  whole  plan  of  the  city  discovered,  and  a  great  deal 
of  information  obtained  about  its  condition  under  the  Empire.  For  a 
picture  of  society,  as  it  was  formed  by  Grseco-Roman  civilization  in  an 
Asiatic  people,  there  is,  perhaps,  no  place  where  the  expenditure  of  a  few 
hundreds  would  produce  such  results.  Those  who  hold  the  opinion  that 
the  most  important  and  interesting  part  of  ancient  history  is  the  study  of 
the  evolution  of  society  during  the  long  conflict  between  Christianity  and 
paganism  will  not  easily  find  a  work  more  interesting  and  fruitful  at  the 
price  than  the  excavation  of  Adada.  The  modern  name,  Bavlo,  is  undoubt- 
edly the  Turkish  pronunciation  of  IlavXos.  Numerous  examples  occur 
where  the  modern  name  is  that  of  the  patron  saint  of  the  church  in  the 
ancient  city.  Adada  then  was  under  the  protection  of  the  apostle.  A 
mile  south  of  the  city,  by  the  road  to  Perga,  stands  a  little  church,  appa- 
rently of  fairly  early  character,  with  the  separating  wall  between  the  place 
for  penitents  and  the  body  of  the  church,  and  with  triple  apsidal  termina- 
tion. This  church  might  probably  repay  examination. 

"  The  difficulty  of  getting  through  the  mountains  to  the  southern  end  of 
the  Beysheher  Lake  can  hardly  be  exaggerated.  Three  days  of  contin- 
uous riding  brought  us  to  Kashaktu  at  the  southwestern  corner  of  the 
lake ;  three-quarters  of  an  hour  to  the  east,  on  a  spur  of  the  hills,  is  a 
walled  site,  which  there  can  be  little  doubt  must  be  identified  with  the 
Roman  colony  Parlais ;  and  the  identification  is  supported  by  the  presence 
of  Latin  inscriptions  in  neighboring  villages.  The  ruins  are  situated  pre- 
cisely in  the  position  assigned  on  general  grounds  to  Parlais  in  the  forth- 
coming Historical  Geography  of  Asia  Minor. 

"  From  Beysheher  to  Konia  we  took  the  horse  road  by  Fassiler,  thence, 
southward  to  visit  the  sites  of  Lystra  and  Derbe,  and  to  make  a  tour  in 
Kilikia  Tracheia. 

"  We  spent  July  in  the  Isaurian  Tauros  and  Southwestern  Kappadokia. 
Our  route,  on  leaving  Konia,  lay  due  south  to  the  site  of  Lystra  (Khatyn 
Serai).  Here  we  copied  a  few  new  inscriptions  and  verified  old  ones,  among 
the  latter  the  milestone  in  the  graveyard  of  Kavak,  of  which  we  obtained 
a  more  accurate  copy,  which  establishes  the  line  of  the  Roman  road  from 
Laranda  and  Derbe  to  Lystra.  Some  miles  to  the  southeast  we  found  an- 
other inscribed  milestone  upon  the  same  road,  standing,  probably  in  situ, 
upon  a  bridge  over  the  Tcharshembi  Su.  With  the  exception  of  Dorla, 
which  is  full  of  late  epitaphs,  the  villages  in  this  district  contained  nothing 
of  interest,  and  we  passed  on  rapidly  by  the  site  of  Derbe  (which  should 
be  placed  at  Gudelissin  rather  than  at  Losta)  to  Karaman.  It  should  be 
mentioned  that  we  visited  Dinorla,  where  Prof.  Sterrett  placed  Nea  Isaura, 


344  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.    [ASIA  MINOR.] 

and  were  convinced  from  an  inspection  of  the  ruins  that  the  identification 
is  impossible. 

"  From  Karaman  we  elected  to  travel  over  Tauros  by  the  easternmost 
of  the  two  roads  to  Mut,  that  passing  by  Kestel,  where  we  expected  to  find 
traces  of  Koropissos.  Nor  were  we  disappointed,  for  immediately  below 
the  village,  ten  hours  from  Karaman,  we  found  a  ruined  city,  occupying 
a  strong  position  above  the  Tchiri  Su.  Of  the  earliest  foundation — Koro- 
pissos— little  remains.  The  imposing  structures  which  make  the  site  re- 
markable belong  to  the  later  Christian  city,  renamed  (as  we  learn  from  the 
Notitice)  Hierapolis,  while  the  fine  acropolis  whose  towers  crown  the  south- 
ern extremity  of  the  plateau  is  later  still,  and  almost  certainly  represents 
the  Armenian  fortress  Si vilia, passed  by  Frederick  Barbarossa  on  his  march 
to  Seleukeia.  Inscriptions  we  looked  for  in  vain,  but  had  a  hard  day's  work 
photographing  and  planning  the  site.  Of  a  fine  early  church  we  made  a 
detailed  plan,  and  traced  successfully  the  disposition  of  streets  and  build- 
ings over  the  rest  of  the  city  area. 

VI-Gentury  Monastery. — "  We  next  attempted  to  find  the  ruins  at  Kodja 
Kalessi:  we  found  a  guide  at  Mut,  and  the  ruins  four  hours  to  the  north- 
west. They  proved  to  be  those  of  a  great  monastery :  the  church,  a  very 
fine  specimen  of  sixth-century  architecture,  is  wonderfully  complete,  and 
no  agencies  but  those  of  nature  have  contributed  to  its  overthrow.  The 
plan  of  the  other  'buildings  is  easily  traced.  From  the  evident  importance 
of  this  lonely  monastery,  and  from  the  character  of  its  architecture  and 
elaborate  ornamentation,  it  seems  very  probable  that  Kodja  Kalessi  rep- 
resents the  monastery  of  Apadua,  built,  according  to  Prokopios,  by  Jus- 
tinian in  Isauria.  We  made  plans  of  the  whole  group  of  buildings  and 
drawings  of  the  church,  took  several  photographs,  and  copied  some  rock 
inscriptions.  One  of  the  latter  will  give  us  a  date :  it  was  evidently  cut 
by  a  monk  in  his  own  lifetime ;  for  after  recording  that  he  was  Trpeo-ftvTc- 
pos  and  TrapafjiovdpLos  of  the  monastery  from  the  consulship  of  Gadamippus 
(Gapus]  ?  Damippus),  he  left  a  Wank  space  for  the  date  of  his  death,  which, 
alas !  no  one  has  been  found  to  fill. 

"  Near  Mut  we  discovered  the  remains  of  a  city,  probably  Dalisandos ; 
the  ruins  are  of  late  character,  but  abound  in  inscribed  sarcophagi.  In 
Mut  itself  we  were  fortunate  enough  to  find  two  new  inscriptions  of  con- 
siderable interest :  one  is  a  dedication  to  Zeus  Proasteios ;  the  other  con- 
tains the  name  Claudiopolis,  thus  confirming,  at  last,  Leake's  conjecture  as 
to  the  identity  of  the  site. 

"  The  rest  of  our  time  in  the  Kalykadnos  valley  was  spent  in  the  vain 
endeavor  to  find  Diokaisareia.  In  the  course  of  the  quest  we  discovered  a 
solitary  temple  of  the  Roman  period  in  very  good  preservation,  and  a  fort. 
The  ruins  about  the  former  were  not  considerable  enough  to  warrant  our 


[AsiA  MINOR.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  345 

identifying  the  site  as  Diokaisareia,  but  it  appears  certain  that  that  city 
must  have  been  somewhere  not  far  away.  But  no  one  appeared  to  know 
of  any  other  ruins ;  so  we  gave  it  up,  and  struck  the  Ermenek  road  at  Inai- 
bazaar,  and  descended  to  Selef  keh. 

Visit  to  Olba  and  Korykos. — "  On  our  way  from  Selef  keh  to  the  north 
we  visited  some  of  Mr.  Bent's  brilliant  discoveries  of  this  year.  We  went 
first  to  Olba,  the  ruins  of  which  are  among  the  most  interesting  in  Asia 
Minor,  and  fully  justify  Mr.  Bent's  description  in  theAthenceum  of  June 
7  (see  pp.  351-4) ;  but  the  temple,  though  imposing  to  a  distant  view,  is  a  great 
disappointment,  being  coarse  and  bad  in  style  without  any  trace  of  archaic 
character.  We  must  express  our  high  admiration  of  the  care  and  thorough- 
ness with  which  Mr.  Bent  examined  this  and  other  places  that  we  visited. 
The  way  in  which  he  concentrated  his  work  on  a  small  district  may  be  recom- 
mended to  all  archaeological  travellers,  and  his  splendid  discoveries  in  a 
country  recently  visited  by  such  explorers  as  Langlois,  Duchesne,  Sterrett, 
etc.,  prove  that  this  method  is  the  one  most  likely  to  be  successful. 

"  From  Olba  we  made  an  excursion  to  the  coast  to  see  the  great  Kory- 
kian  inscription  discovered  by  Mr.  Bent.  We,  of  course,  concede  to  Mr. 
Bent  the  task  and  the  honor  of  publishing  his  discoveries ;  but,  as  our  ex- 
perience has  always  been  that  a  first  visit  cannot  exhaust  the  possible  dis- 
coveries on  any  site,  we  considered  that  the  plan  of  our  journey  required 
us  to  visit  these  important  remains,  and  after  we  have  seen  them  the  best 
way  seems  to  us  to  place  all  our  results  at  Mr.  Bent's  disposal  in  publish- 
ing his  account  of  his  journey. 

"  The  city  of  Olba,  like  that  of  Tyana,  consisted  of  two  parts,  the  forti- 
fied polis  and  the  hieron  with  the  town  that  grew  up  around  it.  The  lat- 
ter is  about  two  and  a  half  miles  west-southwest  of  the  former,  and  it  was 
wholly  undefended  until  about  the  time  of  Augustus,  when  the  tower  de- 
scribed by  Mr.  Bent  was  built  under  the  priest  Teukros,  father  of  the  Ajax 
who  struck  a  well-known  series  of  coins  between  11  and  15  A.  D.  This 
tower  has  originated  the  modern  name  Uzunja  Burdj,  'the  Long  Tower,' 
while  the  city  proper  still  bears  its  old  name  under  the  form  Oura.  The 
hieron  had  a  better  situation  than  the  polis,  and  almost  all  the  finer  build- 
ings and  the  architectural  features  of  the  city  during  the  Roman  period 
were  placed  beside  it;  but  the  polis  was  still  inhabited,  and  about  200-210 
A.  D.  an  aqueduct  was  built  to  supply  it  with  water.  This  aqueduct  bears 
a  dedication,  justly  described  by  Mr.  Bent  as  '  dreadfully  obliterated,'  in 
honor  of  Septimius  Severus,  Caracalla  (Geta  erased),  and  Julia  Domna. 
But,  like  Komana,  the  site  of  Olba  is,  on  the  whole,  a  great  disappoint- 
ment: the  inscriptions  are  few  and  uninteresting  (except  those  just  men- 
tioned and  a  Christian  epitaph  with  the  name  Sandansaka),  and  about  the 
priest-kings  of  this  historically  interesting  city  we  learn  nothing. 


346  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.    [AsiA  MINOR.] 

"  Mr.  Bent's  great  inscription  at  Korykos  cannot  be  taken  as  a  list  of 
the  priest-kings  of  Olba.  In  the  first  place,  it  does  not  contain  the  name 
of  any  of  the  known  priests  of  Olba.  In  the  second  place,  it  is  engraved 
on  the  temple  at  Korykos,  and  we  cannot  agree  with  Mr.  Bent  in  assign- 
ing to  Olba  any  authority  over  such  cities  as  Korykos  or  Sebaste,  any 
more  than  we  can  accept  the  statement  that  it  was  ever  metropolis  of 
Isauria  in  Christian  times.  Sebaste  in  particular  was  a  much  more  impor- 
tant place  than  Olba,  moreover,  the  position  of  the  inscription  and  the  char- 
acter of  the  names  suggest  a  different  explanation.  The  inscription  was 
discovered  by  Mr.  Bent  in  the  wall  of  a  Christian  church,  which  is  obviously 
of  no  very  early  date.  This  church  was  made  by  utilizing  the  temple 
which  stood  beside  the  brink  of  the  Korykian  cave.  The  walls  of  the  eella 
were  raised  higher,  and  an  apse  was  built  on  at  the  eastern  end :  the  addi- 
tions are  of  coarse  work,  and  can  be  detected  at  a  glance.  We  made  a 
plan,  showing  the  relation  of  the  two  buildings  and  indicating  the  peribolos- 
wall  of  fine  polygonal  masonry  that  surrounded  the  temple.  The  southern 
anta  of  the  temple  has  disappeared ;  the  northern  still  stands,  wanting  only 
the  uppermost  course  of  stones.  The  great  inscription  covers  the  whole  of 
the  front  of  the  anta;  but  the  loss  of  the  top  stone  has  deprived  us  of  the 
preamble.  The  rest  consists  of  an  enumeration  of  citizens,  probably  of 
Korykos,  and  may  fairly  be  taken  as  the  list  of  those  who  subscribed  to 
build  the  temple,  probably  about  the  beginning  of  the  first  century  after 
Christ.  The  inscription  was  engraved  on  the  stones  before  they  were  put 
into  their  places  in  the  wall,  and  by  an  error  of  the  builders  two  of  the 
stones  were  turned  upside  down  as  they  were  placed  in  position.  Our  copy, 
which  is  almost  complete,  and  the  plans  of  the  temple,  of  the  two  cities  at 
Olba,  and  of  some  other  places  (several  done  by  Mr.  Headlam),  have  already 
been  offered  to  Mr.  Bent  to  make  use  of  in  his  account  of  the  work. 

"  The  Roman  road  from  Laranda,  by  Koropissos  and  Olba,  to  Sebaste  was 
traced  by  us  at  various  points  of  its  course,  partly  by  cuttings  and  levels, 
partly  by  the  pavement  and  the  milestones.  We  had  never  travelled  along 
a  Roman  road  with  the  original  pavement  unaltered,  except  by  time  and 
weather,  and  with  the  milestones  still  in  their  original  position,  until  we 
traversed  the  last  fifteen  miles  to  Sebaste.  Most  of  the  stones  were  either 
illegible  or  uninscribed,  but  we  obtained  several  inscriptions,  showing  that 
the  road  was  constructed  under  Septimius  Severus. 

Visit  to  the  Hittite Rock-relief  at  Jorcez. — "  From  Uzunja  Burdj  we  crossed 
the  mountains  to  Eregli,  and  thence  made  a  detour  to  Jorcez.  Our  object 
was  to  obtain  impressions  of  two  of  the  inscriptions  near  the  great '  Hittite ' 
rock-relief,  but  we  succeeded  only  with  the  lower  one.  However,  we  made 
careful  copies  of  all  the  texts,  redrew  certain  parts  of  the  figures  which  have 
been  inadequately  represented,  and  took  several  photographs  of  the  whole 


[AsiA  MINOR.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  347 

relief.  In  almost  all  points  we  find  that  the  drawing  published  in  the  Archar 
ologische  Zeitung,  1885,  was  a  great  improvement  on  that  of  Davis,  repro- 
duced in  Wright's  Empire  of  the  Hittites.  The  water  of  the  millstream 
which  flows  at  the  foot  of  the  '  written  rock '  was  low,  and  we  were  able 
to  copy  several  new  symbols  in  the  lowest  inscription.  Of  the  whole  monu- 
ment we  must  say  that  it  yields  to  no  rock-relief  in  the  world  in  impressive 
character. 

Purchase  of  the  Hittite  Inscription  atSor. — "Two  days  later  we  reached 
Bor  and  set  about  finding  the  celebrated  incised  Hittite  inscription,  dis- 
covered there  in  1882.  Its  owner,  as  before,  would  allow  no  squeeze  or 
copy  to  be  made.  So  we  succeeded  in  buying  the  stone  outright.  We  con- 
veyed the  stone  forthwith  to  Nigde*,  lodged  it  in  the  care  of  the  governor, 
and  wrote  to  Constantinople  offering  it  to  the  Imperial  Museum.  We  hope 
to  convey  it  thither  after  our  tour  in  the  Anti-Tauros. 

"  Still  more  fortunate  was  our  discovery  on  the  next  day  of  a  second 
incised  stone,  so  far  similar  to  the  first  that  it  must  be  a  part  of  the  same 
series  of  reliefs.  It  is  more  than  probable  that  others  of  the  series  exist, 
above  or  below  ground,  and  all  come  unquestionably  from  Kiz  Hissar 
(Tyana).  The  second  stone  has  been  cut  into  a  round  shape  in  modern 
times,  and  many  of  its  symbols  lost ;  but  a  bearded  head  remains  and  a 
large  part  of  the  inscription.  The  characters  are,  perhaps,  somewhat 
more  elaborate  than  those  of  the  first  stone,  but  their  essential  character 
is  the  same." 

AUSTRIAN  EXPLORATION. — Prince  John  of  Liechtenstein  has  offered  to 
the  Academy  of  Wien  an  annual  subvention  of  5000  florins  for  five  years, 
to  carry  on  the  archseologic  researches  commenced  by  the  Austrian  expe- 
dition in  Asia  Minor. — Revue  des  etudes  grecques,  1890,  p.  101. 

KIEPERT'S  MAP  OF  WESTERN  ASIA  MINOR. — From  Dietrich  Reimer,  Ber- 
lin, we  receive  the  first  four  out  of  fifteen  sheets  of  a  map,  by  Dr.  Heinrich 
Kiepert,  of  Western  Asia  Minor  on  a  scale  of  1 :  250,000.  In  this  work 
the  veteran  cartographer,  now  just  completing  his  seventy-second  year, 
returns  in  part  to  an  early  task.  Half  a  century  ago,  as  he  relates,  Moltke 
and  other  Prussian  officers,  on  coming  home  from  the  Turkish  service, 
intrusted  to  him  the  geographic  data  amassed  in  their  official  military 
journeys  in  Asia  Minor,  to  which  he  added  his  own  recent  observations  in 
the  western  portion  of  the  peninsula,  and,  availing  himself  of  all  extant 
literary  sources,  produced  in  1844  a  map  of  Asia  Minor  on  a  much  smaller 
scale  than  the  present  fragment  (1 : 1,000,000).  This  map,  repeatedly 
copied,  and  which  has  been  of  the  greatest  utility  to  travellers,  has  hith- 
erto not  been  superseded,  though  the  Russians  have  for  political  purposes 
within  twenty  years  constructed  a  larger  one  (1 :  840,000).  Dr.  Kiepert 
has  now  used  a  great  deal  of  unpublished  material,  and  has  received  much 


348  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCH&OLOG  Y.     [AsiA  MINOR.] 

aid  from  the  labors  of  archaeologists  like  Profs.  Ramsay  and  Sterrett  (who 
repay  their  debt  to  him),  especially  in  the  identification  of  places;  all 
which  he  acknowledges  most  conscientiously  and  in  detail.  It  is  needless  to 
add  more  to  this  account  of  Kiepert's  always  authoritative  work.  He  has 
supplied  the  Turkish  and  the  classical  names,  using  for  the  former  the 
transliteration  recommended  by  a  committee  of  the  Paris  Geographical 
Society.  French  and  English  equivalents  are  often  annexed. — N.  Y.  E. 
Post,  July  7. 

HISSARLIK=ILION.— EXCAVATIONS  BY  DR.  SCHLIEMANN. — Dr.  Schlie- 
mann  writes  in  the  Neue  Freie  Presse  of  June  11 :  "  The  excavations 
which  I  commenced  at  Ilion  with  the  help  of  Dr.  Dorpfeld  on  Nov.  1  of 
last  year  and  broke  off  in  the  middle  of  December,  on  account  of  the 
winter,  were  again  taken  up  at  the  close  of  February.  I  had  set  for  myself 
the  main  task  of  uncovering  the  continuation  of  the  three  gate-streets  in 
the  lower  city,  and  of  bringing  to  light  as  much  as  possible  to  the  south 
and  west  of  the  Pergamos.  But  great  difficulties  lay  here  in  our  way :  the 
mass  of  rubbish  had  a  depth  of  over  sixteen  metres  and  consisted  of  the 
ruins  of  the  walls  of  houses  erected  here  by  successive  settlements  in  the 
course  of  ages  ;  these  it  was  first  necessary  to  carefully  excavate  and  clear, 
in  order  to  photograph  before  tearing  them  down.  My  work  was  outside 
the  great  enclosing  wall  of  the  second  city,  which  was  destroyed  by  some 
frightful  catastrophe;  the  Romans  had  destroyed,  in  the  centre  of  the 
acropolis,  the  walls  of  the  houses  that  form  the  debris  lying  directly  above 
this  layer,  in  order  to  raise  a  plateau ;  while  here,  near  the  walls  of  the 
citadel  of  the  Roman  city,  the  house-walls  with  their  foundations  are  pre- 
served, on  the  average,  to  a  height  of  about  one  metre.  They  point  to 
four  settlements  which  succeeded  one  another,  in  the  course  of  centuries, 
after  the  fall  of  the  fifth  prehistoric  city.  By  far  the  most  important  of 
these  is  the  Roman,  whose  buildings  often  have  foundations  descending  to 
a  depth  of  five  metres.  Above  this  comes  the  Greek,  then  the  archaic  Greek, 
and,  still  further  below,  an  earlier  settlement  which  may  be  contemporary  in 
date  with  the  palaces  of  Mykenai  and  Tiryns.  It  is  true  that  the  walls  of 
these  different  periods  have,  as  a  rule,  no  characteristic  marks  by  which 
they  can  be  distinguished ;  for  they  all  consist  of  stones  bound  with  clay- 
mortar  and  only  very  seldom  is  the  Roman  lime-mortar  used.  But  the 
pottery  found  in  great  quantities  in  the  houses  can  leave  no  doubt  as  to 
the  age  of  their  construction.  More  interesting  than  the  Roman  and 
Greek  pottery  of  the  classic  period  are  the  archaic  terracottas  of  the  fifth 
and  sixth  centuries,  which  are  often  very  artistically  painted,  and  were 
doubtless  imported  from  Greece.  It  is  doubtful,  however,  whether  the 
theory  of  importation  can  be  sustained  with  regard  to  the  vases  with 
geometric  patterns  of  the  so-called  Dipylon  style,  or  for  the  terracottas  of 


[ASIA  MINOR.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  349 

the  Mykenaian  and  Tirynthian  types  among  which  the  Bugel-Kanne  is 
especially  remarkable.  For  in  Hellas  the  culture  which  produced  these 
types  came  to  an  end,  without  leaving  a  trace,  toward  the  beginning  of  the 
twelfth  century  B.  c.  through  the  migration  of  the  Dorians  or  the  so-called 
return  of  the  Herakleidai :  this,  in  its  turn,  called  forth  the  Aiolic  migra- 
tion to  Asia  Minor  and  especially  to  the  Troad ;  and  so  it  appears  to  me 
more  probable  that  a  great  deal  of  pottery  belongs  to  it  (Aiolian),  and  that 
its  art  became  naturalized  in  Ilion.  This  conjecture  appears  to  us  all  the 
better  grounded  that  in  the  fourth  settlement  mentioned  above  as  contem- 
porary with  the  prehistoric  Hellenic  type  of  colossal  masses  there  appears 
a  kind  of  monochromatic  grey  pottery  of  entirely  different  form  and  mode 
of  manufacture,  which  I  had  previously  held  to  be  Lydian  and  described 
in  detail  in  my  work  Ilios,  in  treating  of  the  sixth  city,  but  which  I  now 
must  regard  as  decidedly  of  native  manufacture.  For,  since  writing  that 
book  I  have — as  may  be  seen  in  the  Trojan  collection  in  the  Ethnological 
Museum  in  Berlin — come  across  similar  pottery  in  my  excavations  in 
Kebrene,  Kurschunlu-Tepe  (the  ancient  Skepsis  and  Dardania),  in  the 
earliest  period  of  the  small  settlement  on  the  Bali-Dagh  behind  Burar- 
baschi,  in  Eski-Hissarlik,  on  the  Fuln-Dagh,  and  in  the  tumuli  which  are 
ascribed  by  tradition  to  Achilleus,  Patroklos  and  Priamos.  The  house- 
walls  to  which  this  gray  ware  belongs  were  cleared  away  by  the  Romans 
in  the  centre  of  the  city ;  .  .  .  but,  nearer  the  city-walls  are  left,  .  .  .  and 
among  them  are  several  fortification-walls  which  may  with  probability  be 
ascribed  to  this  settlement.  Rude  hammers,  fine  axe-heads  of  cut  diorite, 
corn-crushers,  oval  hand-mills,  knives  of  silex,  etc.,  are  often  found  in  the 
debris  of  this  settlement;  while  at  the  same  time  there  also  appear  long 
needles  with  globular  or  spiral  heads  which  before  the  invention  of  the 
fibula  served  for  fastening  the  hair  or  clothes. 

"  Underneath  these  ruins  we  came  (as  before  in  the  excavations  of  the 
city  proper)  upon  house- walls  of  three  prehistoric  settlements  before  reach- 
ing the  level  of  the  second  or  burnt  city  which  must  have  existed  for  a 
number  of  centuries.  Beside  the  earlier  fortified  wall  b  and  the  later  c, 
Dr.  Dorpfeld's  sagacity  led  to  the  discovery  of  an  even  older  encircling 
wall  of  the  second  city,  which,  with  its  towers,  is  strongly  scarped  and  well 
preserved  ;  here  also  the  superadded  construction  is  of  crude-bricks.  We 
found  in  the  house-walls  of  the  second  city  three  kinds  of  rebuilding.  To 
the  city  of  the  third  and  last  reconstruction,  which  perished  in  some  great 
catastrophe,  belonged  only  six  or  seven  large  buildings  which  were  all  par- 
allel and  ran  from  s.  E.  to  N.  w.  The  walls,  0.85  to  1.45  met.  thick,  were 
provided  with  par astadoi,  and  consisted,  below,  of  stones  joined  by  clay  and, 
above,  of  sun-dried  bricks.  The  largest  building  [perhaps  a  royal  palace 
D\  (A  on  plan  vn  in  my  Trcja)  contained  a  hall  20  met.  long  by  10  met. 


350  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.       [HISSARLIK.] 

wide ;  the  remaining  houses  are  somewhat  smaller,  but  it  can  be  assumed 
with  certainty  that  a  citadel  adorned  with  such  stately  buildings  must  have 
had  a  proportionately  large  lower  city.  We  have  for  a  long  time  been  occu- 
pied with  bringing  to  light  the  foundations  of  the  buildings  of  the  two  earlier 
periods,  in  order  to  draw  up  a  plan  of  them.  All  are  constructed  in  the 
same  manner,  as  is  attested  by  the  masses  of  crude  brick  that  lie  between 
the  house- walls  and  in  front  of  the  fortifications.  In  the  first  epoch  of  the 
second  city  we  still  find  a  brilliant  monochrome  black  pottery,  which  seems 
remarkably  like  that  of  the  first  city,  and  which  little  by  little  becomes  im- 
proved until  it  approaches  the  terracottas  as  they  appear  in  the  third  epoch 
of  the  second  city.  On  the  southern  and  eastern  sides  we  have  uncovered 
the  citadel  walls  of  the  third  epoch  of  the  second  city  with  its  towers,  along 
almost  its  entire  length ;  and  the  many  signs  of  powerful  heat,  which  appear 
on  both  sides  of  them,  leave  no  doubt  that  they  were  provided  with  a  cov- 
ered gallery  of  wood,  like  that  which  is  referred  to  as  existing  on  the  encir- 
cling wall  of  Athens. 

"  The  walk  marked  scon  plan  vii  [on  the  N.  E.  side  of  the  citadel],  which 
we  had  conjectured  to  be  a  wall  belonging  to  the  lower  city,  has  been  with 
great  difficulty  excavated  from  a  stony  mass  of  rubbish  sixteen  meters  high. 
It  proves  to  be  a  ramp  by  which  the  citadel  was  reached,  as  at  Tiryns. 
Most  interesting  are  the  steps  by  which  this  ramp  was  once  ascended. 
Similar  but  even  more  primitive  steps  were  uncovered  on  the  south  side 
of  the  citadel  before  the  s.  E.  gate.  At  the  s,  E.  end  of  the  Roman  acropolis 
we  excavated  a  small  theatre  which  may  have  served  as  an  Odeion,  but  its 
covering  is  fallen  and  destroyed.  The  theatre  is  preserved  up  to  the  upper 
row  of  seats,  which  rested  upon  the  surrounding  walls  formed  of  great 
blocks  of  stone,  but  are  now  wanting.  The  material  is  a  hard  limestone  ; 
only  the  lower  row  of  seats  is  of  marble.  Two  life-size  marble  statues 
were  found  in  it,  one  of  which  apparently  represents  the  Emperor  Clau- 
dius I.  In  any  case,  the  theatre  belongs  to  the  first  imperial  period,  as 
two  marble  blocks  were  found  bearing  inscriptions  one  of  which  was  of 
the  time  of  Tiberius."— Berl  phil.  Woch.,  1890,  No.  26. 

Dr.  DORPFELD,  on  his  side,  summarizes  the  campaign  in  a  contribution 
to  the  Athen.  Mittheil.,  xv,  2,  pp.  226-9.  He  says :  "  Our  main  object  was : 
(1)  to  determine  the  surrounding  walls  of  the  Pergamos  at  the  different  pe- 
riods ;  (2)  to  complete  the  plan  of  the  second  city,  the  Homeric  Pergamos  ; 
(3)  to  study  separately,  at  a  spot  where  this  is  still  possible,  the  ground- 
plans  of  the  upper  settlements ;  (4)  to  uncover  a  portion  of  the  lower  city ; 
and  (5)  to  search  for  the  early  tombs.  A  part  of  this  was  accomplished 
in  the  middle  of  June."  Dr.  Dorpfeld's  report  gives  a  number  of  archi- 
tectural facts  more  fully  than  Dr.  Schliemann's.  An  important  discovery 
was  that  of  two  more  parastadoi  or  portions  of  piers  belonging  to  build- 


[AsiA  MINOR.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  351 

ing  c.  This  had  been,  until  now,  only  conjectured  to  be  a  propylaion : 
now,  this  identification  is  certain,  and  so  further  evidence  is  gained  for  the 
close  relation  between  the  constructions  of  Tiryns  and  Troy.  West  of 
the  s.  w.  gate  a  large  section  was  excavated  which  lay  outside  the  acropolis 
of  the  second  city :  later,  it  was  enclosed  within  its  limits,  and  contained 
houses  and  other  buildings  belonging  to  the  upper  cities.  Each  stratum 
was  here  freed,  surveyed,  and  photographed.  In  this  way,  a  ground-plan 
was  obtained  of  all  the  buildings  which  were  erected  over  the  ruins  of 
the  second  city.  "  As  soon  as  we  have  reached,  on  this  site,  the  lowest 
strata,  we  hope  to  settle  the  question  whether  on  this  side  a  lower  city  was 
annexed  to  the  Pergamos  of  the  Homeric  Ilion.  Perhaps  even  the  royal 
tombs  lay  directly  in  front  of  this  gate :  we  have  been,  until  now,  as  un- 
successful in  our  search  for  them,  as  at  Tiryns."  The  declivities  of  the 
citadel,  where  these  tombs  would  be  sought  for,  are  covered  up  with  old  and 
recent  debris  to  such  an  extent  as  to  make  research  extremely  expensive. 

The  excavation  of  a  part  of  the  lower  city  will  be  deferred  until  next 
year.  Only  one  building  belonging  to  it,  s.  w.  of  the  citadel,  has  been 
uncovered,  namely,  the  theatre.  On  account  of  the  liberal  attitude  of  the 
Turkish  Government,  it  will  be  possible  to  accompany  the  results  of  these 
excavations  with  far  more  numerous  plans  than  in  the  book  Troja. 

KILIKIA. — THE  TOPOGRAPHY  OF  OLBA. — Mr.  J.  T.  BENT  writes  to  the 
Athenaeum  (of  June  7) :  "  In  my  letter  to  theAthenceum  of  April  5  (JOUR- 
NAL, p.  188)  I  notified  our  discovery  of  two  inscriptions  giving  us  the  name 
of  Olba.  Not  satisfied  that  this  was  actually  the  site  of  the  capital  of  this 
ancient  kingdom,  and  being  unable  owing  to  the  season  to  prosecute  our 
researches  more  inland,  we  waited  until  the  spring,  and  then  traversed  the 
whole  of  the  district  from  the  coast  to  the  Karamanian  mountains,  which 
in  ancient  times  would  seem  to  have  constituted  the  toparchia  of  Olba,  a 
part  of  Kilikia  Tracheiotis.  From  an  inscription  on  a  tomb  at  the  spot 
where  we  found  the  above-mentioned  inscriptions  we  read  that  those  who 
opened  it  were  to  pay  so  much  to  Sebaste,  and  so  much  to  the  deme  of  the 
Kanygelli,  giving  us  the  Sebaste-Eleousa  of  Ptolemy,  which  is  down  by  the 
coast  and  mentioned  by  him  after  Korykos,  and  the  name  of  one  of  its  demes. 
From  these  premises  we  could  safely  argue  that  the  rule  of  Olba  extended 
over  Sebaste,  and  that  the  priest-kings  who  are  styled  on  coins  '  dynasts  of 
Olba  and  toparchs  of  Kennatis  and  Lalassis '  must  have  had  their  capital 
at  some  other  point  which  had  yet  to  be  found. 

"  From  Lamas  to  the  plain  of  Seleukeia  the  coast  line  is  thickly  covered 
with  ruins,  including  the  towns  of  Sebaste-Eleousa,  Korykos,  and  Korasios ; 
these  ruins  are,  however,  almost  all  of  a  very  late  Roman  date,  and  an  in- 
scription at  Chok  Oren  (many. ruins),  not  far  from  the  plain  of  Seleukeia, 
gives  in  a  few  words  what  is  probably  the  history  of  most  of  them.  It  tells 


352  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.  [OLBA.] 

us  that  during  the  reign  of  Valentinian,  Valens,  and  Gratian,  the  governor 
of  Isauria  rebuilt  from  the  foundations  '  the  spot  which  is  called  Korasios, 
which  had  become  desolate  and  void  of  houses.'  Whether  this  is  the  Kora- 
kesion  of  Strabo  or  not  is  uncertain,  but  the  name  Korasios  is  very  clear 
in  my  squeeze ;  at  all  events,  it  confirms  Strabo's  description  of  the  devas- 
tation of  this  coast  by  pirates,  accounts  for  the  lateness  of  the  coast-line 
ruins,  and  explains  why  the  older  inhabitants  of  Kilikia  Tracheia  preferred 
to  live  in  fortified  towns  up  on  the  slopes  of  the  Tauros.  The  mountains 
in  this  portion  of  Kilikia  Tracheia  come  right  down  to  the  sea.  A  second 
line  of  towns  occupied  the  slopes  more  immediately  above  the  sea  level, 
the  names  of  two  of  which  we  were  enabled  to  recover  from  inscriptions — 
namely,  Eabbasis  and  Reorbasis — each  with  strong  polygonal  fortresses  and 
walls,  and  each  celebrated  for  the  worship  of  Hermes.  Besides  these  there 
were  several  the  names  of  which  we  were  unable  to  find,  but  only  the  signs 
which  were  invariably  put  up  on  a  corner  of  the  towers.  Here  I  may  inci- 
dentally mention  that  at  eight  different  sites  we  discovered  the  sign  of  the 
club,  which  eventually  proved  to  be  the  sign  of  Olba,  and,  together  with 
the  triskelis  which  surmounted  our  Olbian  inscriptions  at  Sebaste,  is  found 
on  Olbian  coins  (Head,  Hist.  Numorum).  This  would  give  us  as  the  least 
possible  area  of  this  kingdom  a  boundary  on  the  east  beyond  the  Lamas 
river,  and  on  the  west  the  valley  of  the  Kalykadnos. 

"  On  proceeding  further  inland,  at  about  seven  hours  from  the  coast  at 
Lamas,  we  halted  for  some  days  at  extensive  ruins  now  known  as  Jam- 
beslu,  about  from  3,000  to  4,000  ft.  above  the  sea  level,  containing  fine 
herod,  a  sarcophagus,  the  lid  of  which  is  carved  into  the  figure  of  a  lion 
with  its  paw  on  a  vase,  the  characteristic  rock-carvings,  several  forts,  the 
ruins  of  a  temple,  and  a  large  early-Christian  basilica.  We  found  only 
three  poor  inscriptions  here,  and  were  unable  to  recover  the  name,  but  on 
gateways  the  sign  of  the  club  occurs.  The  same  experience  awaited  us  at 
the  next  place,  Yiennilii,  the  fortress  of  which  had  over  the  door  the  club 
between  two  triangles.  Our  next  headquarters  were  at  a  small  village  of 
Yourouks  known  as  Uzenjaburgh,  over  4,000  ft.  above  the  sea  level,  situ- 
ated amongst  very  extensive  ruins,  which  proved  to  be  the  capital  of  Olba. 
First  of  all,  we  examined  the  ruins  of  an  extensive  town  down  in  a  valley 
about  three  miles  below  Uzenjaburgh.  These  ruins  crown  a  wooded  height 
surrounded  on  two  sides  by  narrow  gorges  crowded  with  rock-carvings  and 
rock-cut  tombs,  and  on  the  third  side  by  a  little  fertile  plain.  This  spot  the 
nomads  now  call  Oura.  Prof.  Ramsay  previous  to  this  imagined  that  the 
original  name  of  Olba  was  Ourwa,  Hellenized  to  suggest  a  meaning  in 
connection  with  oA./3os.  In  ancient  times,  water  was  conveyed  to  this  town 
by  a  fine  aqueduct  from  the  Lamas  river  ;-  and  on  the  arches  which  span 
one  of  the  gorges  is  a  long  inscription,  dreadfully  obliterated,  but  from 


[AsiA  MINOR.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  353 

which  we  were  able,  with  a  considerable  amount  of  personal  risk,  to  get  a 
squeeze  of  the  words  OA  B  Eft  N  HTTOA IZ,  and  read  the  name  of  M.  Aure- 
lius  Caesar.  Oura  also  had  a  small  theatre,  a  curious  fountain,  and  yielded 
one  or  two  minor  inscriptions.  It  is  connected  with  the  ruins  around 
Uzenjaburgh  by  an  ancient  paved  road,  on  either  side  of  which  are  numer- 
ous rock-cut  tombs  and  other  ruins,  and  the  name  of  Olba  again  occurred 
on  a  fallen  column.  It  would  appear  that  in  ancient  times  the  two  towns 
practically  joined,  and  formed  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  Olba. 

"  A  very  large  tower,  four  stories  high,  with  five  chambers  on  each  floor, 
commands  the  ruins  of  the  upper  town ;  it  is  50  ft.  10  in.  by  40  ft.  9  in. ; 
and  on  this  fortress  are  four  separate  inscriptions,  and  a  very  neatly  carved 
club  in  a  frame.  The  most  important  of  these  inscriptions  has  almost 
the  same  formula  of  dedication  as  that  to  the  Olbian  Jove  at  Sebaste ; 
again  the  same  strange  name  Tarlcuarios  follows  that  of  the  priest-king 
Teukros — in  the  list  of  names  referred  to  below  we  found  TA  P  K  Y  M  Bl  OY, 
possibly  Tarkyarios  for  life  (fura  fiiov),  and  we  know  of  king  Tarkondi- 
motos  of  Kilikia,  so  perhaps  the  prefix  Tark  has  some  royal  significance — 
then  follows  a  long  Kilikian  name,  and  the  inscription  closes  with  TO 
OPBAAHZHTAOABEQI,  probably  giving  us  the  name  of  this  fortress- 
town  which  was  above  the  town  of  Olba.  Amongst  these  ruins  the  most 
conspicuous  are  those  of  a  very  large  temple  with  twelve  Corinthian  col- 
umns, 40  ft.  high,  on  either  side  two  to  the  front  and  four  to  the  back, 
each  with  twenty-three  flutings;  the  building  is  127  ft.  long,  and  the 
proaulion-vroll  which  encircles  it,  and  which  is  covered  with  marks  and 
letters,  is  222  ft.  by  209  ft.  This  temple  is  wonderfully  well  preserved, 
having  been  a  Christian  church  when  Olba  was  metropolis  of  Isauria. 
There  can  be  no  doubt  that  this  was  the  great  temple  of  Zeus  to  which 
Strabo  alludes,  the  priest-kings  of  which  he  tells  us  ruled  over  the  whole 
of  the  Tracheiotis  at  one  time,  so  that  even  in  Strabo's  time  the  terms 
were  in  use  '  the  country  of  Teukros '  and  '  the  priesthood  of  Teukros ' 
(Strabo,  xn.  1). 

"  There  are  two  theatres  on  this  site,  a  late  Roman  arch,  a  very  elegant 
fa9ade  of  a  temple  of  Tyche,  with  a  long  inscription  which  identifies  it, 
and  from  another  inscription  we  found  that  Dionysos  also  was  worshipped 
here ;  and  there  must  have  been  a  plentiful  vintage  in  ancient  times, 
judging  from  the  number  of  wine-presses  and  the  vats  for  storing  wine. 
The  general  appearance  of  these  ruins  is  very  striking.  There  must  also 
have  been  a  colonnade  like  that  at  Pompeiopolis,  and  public  buildings  of 
a  large  extent  cover  the  whole  of  the  hill-slope.  The  largest  of  the 
theatres,  however,  is  very  small,  being  only  291  ft.  on  its  outer  semicircle ; 
behind  stood  a  colonnade  of  magnificent  columns ;  but  there  is  a  second 
and  smaller  theatre,  and  another  at  Oura.  There  are  no  traces  of  city 


354  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.    [ASIA  MINOR.] 

walls ;  but  from  its  position  on  the  highest  ground  of  the  immediate  dis- 
trict, with  gorges  of  magnificent  rockiness  running  down  to  right  and 
left  as  from  a  water-shed,  and  with  its  strong  castle,  the  position  of  Olba 
must  have  ensured  absolute  immunity  from  attack.  The  upper  town  was 
furnished  with  a  separate  aqueduct,  and  drew  its  water  supply  from  the 
sources  of  the  Lamas  beyond  Mara. 

LAMAS  GORGE. — "Our  next  work  was  to  investigate  the  Lamas  gorge 
from  its  mouth  by  the  sea  to  its  source  in  the  mountains  of  Karamania. 
It  is  quite  one  of  the  finest  works  of  nature  I  have  ever  seen,  being  never 
more  than  half  a  mile  wide,  and  the  precipitous  cliffs  on  either  side  offer- 
ing, except  at  rare  intervals,  two  continuous  walls  of  1,0.00  ft.  in  height. 
At  a  distance  of  every  two  or  three  miles  we  came  across  the  ruins  of 
castles  and  towns  on  either  side,  and  abundant  evidence  of  the  rule  of 
Olba  from  the  oft  recurring  sign  of  the  club.  But  only  in  one  case  did 
our  inscriptions  give  us  the  name  of  the  town,  namely,  BEMISOS,  which 
from  the  magnitude  of  its  ruins  must  have  been  nearly  as  large  and  im- 
portant as  Olba  itself,  and  had  its  own  particular  sign,  the  shield  and 
spear,  which  appeared  side  by  side  with  the  club. 

"  The  features  of  this  district  are  the  rock-cut  reliefs  of  men  in  armor 
with  lance  and  spear — there  are  several  of  them  in  the  Lamas  gorge — 
and  the  sanctity  of  caves  dedicated  to  Hermes  and  walled  up  with  poly- 
gonal masonry.  We  found  three  of  these  caves  in  the  toparchia  of  Olba  ; 
one  near  Eabbasis,  three  stories  in  height,  with  several  inscriptions ;  an- 
other near  Bemisos,  in  the  Lamas  gorge ;  and  a  third,  also  with  an 
inscription,  in  a  gorge  near  Maidan,  or  Reorbasis,  as  the  town  was  pre- 
sumably called  in  ancient  times.  On  coins  of  Korykos,  Hermes  figures 
largely,  and  in  this  district  we  found  many  caducei  carved  over  gateways 
or  on  the  rocks. 

THE  KORYKIAN  CAVE. — "Of  course  the  great  caves  or  natural  holes  on 
the  plateau  near  the  sea  constitute  the  most  familiar  feature  of  the  district, 
for  one  of  them  is  the  far-famed  Korykian  cave,  the  abode  of  the  giant 
Typhon  (Find.,  Pyth.,  I.  31).  By  stopping  several  days  in  a  ruin  near 
the  edge  of  the  Korykian  cave,  we  were  able  to  study  it  closely  and  sup- 
plement considerably  the  information  given  by  previous  travellers.  At 
the  entrance  to  the  hole  itself,  which  penetrates  the  bowels  of  the  earth 
for  over  200  ft.,  we  unearthed  a  quaint  four-versed  epic  cut  on  the  rock ; 
it  is  in  hexameter  and  pentameter,  and  breathes  the  spirit  of  the  divine 
mystery  which  here  uttered  the  frenzied  oracles.  Much  in  the  same  strain 
is*  a  Christian  inscription  over  the  door  of  a  Byzantine  church  which 
blocks  up  the  entrance  to  the  hole. 

Ruins  of  a  Christian  Church. — "  Immediately  above  the  cave  stand  the 
ruins  of  a  Christian  church,  built  with  stones  from  a  temple  of  Zeus,  the 


[ASIA  MINOR.]  ARCH&OLOGICAL  NEWS.  355 

remains  of  which  crown  an  eminence  about  a  mile  above  the  cave.  At  one 
edge  of  this  church  we  accidentally  discovered  that  stones  inscribed  with 
a  list  of  162  names,  some  with  and  some  without  patronymics,  were  walled 
up.  The  earliest  of  these  show  many  curious  Kilikian  names,  which  run 
gradually  into  Greek  names,  which  in  their  turn  become  mixed  with  Roman 
names.  On  carefully  studying  this  long  list,  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  they 
form  a  list  of  the  priest-kings  who,  Strabo  tells  us,  ruled  over  the  Trachei- 
otis,  for  the  following  reasons :  firstly,  we  have  the  name  Teukros  frequently 
repeated ;  secondly,  the  name  Polemon  occurs,  which  we  find  on  coins  as 
dynast  of  Olba ;  thirdly,  Hermokrates,  a  priest  whose  name  occurs  in  an 
inscription  at  Eabbasis ;  fourthly,  there  are  several  of  the  name  of  Zeno- 
phanes,  one  of  whom  Strabo  tells  us  was  the  father  of  Aba  and  one  of  the 
tyrants  of  Olba ;  and,  fifthly,  the  last  of  the  names  is  Archelaos,  and  Strabo 
tells  us  how  this  portion  of  Kilikia  Tracheia  was  handed  over  by  Augustus 
to  Archelaos,  king  of  Kappadokia,  and  he  ruled  over  the  whole  district, 
except  Seleukeia,  until  his  death,  when  Kilikia  Tracheia  became  a  Roman 
province.  The  temple  of  Zeus,  on  the  hill  above,  was  built  of  similar  stones, 
and  very  little  of  it  is  left  standing.  Hence  the  presumption  is  that  this 
list  of  names  was  cut  on  the  walls  of  the  former  temple,  and  brought 
down  for  building  purposes  by  later  inhabitants.  Close  to  the  temple  we 
found  a  dedication  to  the  Korykian  Zeus  in  similar  phraseology  to  that 
of  the  Olbian  Zeus,  and  a  scribbling  on  the  wall  invoking  the  deity." 

MYTILENE= LESBOS. — C.  Cichorius  has  communicated  to  the  Academy 
of  Berlin  (Nov.  7, 1889)  some  important  inscriptions  discovered  by  him  now 
placed  in  the  temple  of  Asklepios  at  Mytilene  where  the  epigraphic  arch- 
ives of  the  city  were  collected.  He  found  them  in  the  Turkish  fortress 
which  had  already  furnished  several  texts  of  the  kind  (Revue  arch.,  1889, 
II,  p.  119).  Among  the  new  documents  there  are  fragments  of  senatus- 
consulti  and  imperial  letters  emanating  from  Augustus.  Some  lines  of  a 
letter  of  Julius  Caesar  are  the  first  authentic  specimens  we  have  of  his 
Greek  Style.  It  reads:  [Fatos  'lovAios  Kala-ap  auTOKparjwp  SiKTarwp  T[O 
rjptrov  Ka$e[crTa//,€vos  MvTiA^vaicov  ap^ovcn  /3ov]X|}  Srjfjuo  ^aijoetv  KCU  €ppawr0ai 
KOL  [vyiaiWiv.  'ETret  a€t  /?ovA.o//,ai]  €vepyeT€U>  r»)i>  TroXtv  KCU  ov  fj,6[vov  <f>v\a.T- 
T€Lv  TO,  <f>iXdv@p(i)7ra,  a  8i€7rpa£]a<r$e  Si  rjfi^v,  dAAa  /cat  cn>vav]£aj/etv  avra  .  .  . 
rrjv  ^ye/xovtav  <£«Aia5  8oy[/w,aros  T€  v/uv  oruy/cc^wp^/xevov  8i]a7re7ro//,<£a 
v/xas  TO  d[vTiypa</>ov].  The  date  of  this  fragment  is  October-December 
709.  It  is  badly  mutilated.— Revue  arch.,  1890,  I,  p.  283. 

PERGAMON. — CONTENTS  OF  THE  GREAT  SARCOPHAGUS. — The  contents 
of  the  great  sarcophagus,  whose  discovery  was  mentioned  on  p.  90  of  vol. 
v,  have  been  described  by  M.  Kontoleon  in  ihQAthen.  MittheiL,  xiv,  p.  129. 
Among  the  forty-two  objects  are  a  finely-engraved  agate  with  a  bust  of 
Hera,  gold  jewelry,  a  gold  bracelet  adorned  with  gems,  a  gold  ring  with 


356  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

bezel  engraved  with  a  head  of  Athena,  another  with  a  standing  figure  of 
Athena,  glassware,  an  ivory  plaque  with  an  Eros  in  relief,  six  balls  (of 
which  three  are  crystal,  one  electrum,  and  two  sardonyx),  a  small  silver 
basrelief  representing  a  Centaur  and  an  Eros,  another  with  Aphrodite  and 
Erotes,  a  tortoise,  grasshoppers  and  votive  clubs  in  electrum,  an  egg  of  jas- 
per, a  small  onyx  vase,  a  coin  of  a  Roman  emperor,  another  of  Pergamon  (?), 
a  tessera  with  a  male  bust  and  on  the  other  side  the  inscription  XIIII|(M)6N- 
A N A  PO(Z)  |  A.  All  these  objects  have  been  carried  to  Constantinople. — 
Revue  arch.,  1890,  I,  p.  290. 

SMYRNA. — Dr.  HUMANN  reports  that  in  the  neighborhood  of  Smyrna 
he  has  excavated  five  marble  lions  of  gigantic  size. — Athenaeum,  May  24. 

KYPROS. 

KOURION. — M.  DE  CASTILLON'S  DISCOVERIES. — M.  Reinach  gives  some 
details  (Revue  arch.,  1890,  I,  p.  286)  regarding  the  discoveries  made  by 
M.  de  Castillon  at  Kourion  (1886-7).  They  include,  especially,  some 
fine  bracelets  adorned  with  animal  heads ;  a  magnificent  gold  ring  with 
an  engraving  representing  a  vessel ;  a  large  Panathenaic  vase  with  an 
inscription  and  the  representation  of  a  chariot  race,  in  admirable  preser- 
vation ;  numerous  jewels  in  gold  and  silver ;  etc.  The  contents  of  the 
tombs  were  exclusively  Hellenic,  though  it  is  said  that  the  excavation  ne- 
glected the  common  pottery.  These  discoveries  should  be  placed  in  the 
Louvre  without  delay. 

SALAMIS. — EXCAVATIONS  BY  THE  CYPRUS  EXPLORATION  FUND  (see  pp. 
190-96). — Messrs.  MUNRO  and  TUBES  write  from  Salamis  under  dates  of 
April  26,  May  10,  and  June  1 :  April  26. — "  Of  the  sites  working  imme- 
diately after  Easter  two  are  practically  done  with.  The  large  building 
with  massive  limestone  columns  did  not  yield  encouraging  results,  and  it 
has  been,  for  the  present,  abandoned.  TOV/ATTO,  ran  dry  two  days  ago.  The 
main  trench  is  exhausted,  and  we  are  now  filling  in  the  holes.  The  finds 
continued  to  the  end  to  be  of  the  same  interesting  character  as  before — 
scarabs,  little  porcelain  figures,  and  statuettes  of  terracotta  or  limestone, 
with  fragments  of  colossal  statues  in  painted  drapery.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  Agora  has  been  taken  up  again  on  a  small  scale,  with  the  view  of  set- 
tling some  dubious  points.  It  has  given  us  a  pretty  little  head  from  a 
marble  statuette. 

Second  Site. — "  There  remains  the  sand-site  by  the  house,  on  which  our 
main  forces  have  been  concentrated.  Progress  has  been  slow,  owing  to 
the  enormous  depth  of  sand,  fully  twenty  feet,  with  which  we  -now  have 
to  contend.  The  east  wall,  with  the  great  fluted  marble  columns,  is  gradu- 
ally being  cleared,  and  several  of  the  bases  have  been  found,  one  of  them 
supporting  a  large  standing  fragment  of  column.  On  the  east  side  of  the 


[KYPROS.]  ARCH&OLOGICAL  NEWS.  357 

wall  is  a  tessellated  marble  pavement,  apparently  well  preserved,  and  a 
fragment  of  dark-blue  marble  column  with  twisted  fluting  has  just  been 
uncovered.  Finds  of  fragments  of  marble  statues  of  the  Roman  period 
have  been  fairly  frequent,  and  one  female  head,  slightly  under  life-size,  is 
an  admirable  example  of  the  best  work  of  the  time.  It  is  a  hopeful  sign 
that  the  east  side  is  the  productive  side  of  the  site,  and  that  heads  are  to 
be  found  there  but  little  damaged. 

May  10. — "  One  main  site  is  now  in  work,  that  of  the  supposed  Zeus 
temple  in  the  sand.  The  east  front  wall  is  being  thoroughly  cleared  down 
to  the  level  of  the  soil.  That  much  still  remains  to  be  done  will  be  suffi- 
ciently apparent  from  the  fact  that  the  centre  of  the  parallelogram  is  as 
yet  all  but  untouched,  that  the  south  wall  is  opened  only  at  its  two  eastern 
and  western  corners,  that  the  remains  beyond  the  limits  of  the  colonnade 
wall  northeast  and  southeast  are  necessarily  left  on  one  side ;  and  even  the 
section  of  the  east  wall,  which  has  been  so  prolific  of  statuary,  has  as  yet 
only  been  worked  to  the  sand  level,  and  the  soil  beneath,  in  which,  to 
judge  from  previous  digging  a  few  weeks  back,  there  is  still  plenty  of 
spoil,  has  been  left  untouched.  Thus  confined  as  our  operations  neces- 
sarily are  for  want  of  funds,  we  have  little  that  is  new  from  an  architec- 
tural point  'of  view.  That  the  large  fluted  columns  which  I  described  in 
my  last  report  did  form  the  east  front  of  the  temple  seems  now  practically 
certain;  beyond  them  we  have  just  tapped,  and  tapped  only,  a  mass  of 
later  constructions  high  up  in  the  sand,  and  beneath  them  there  are,  no 
doubt,  older  remains.  Of  actual  finds  more  may  be  said.  The  fortnight 
opened  with  the  uncovering  of  a  colossal  nude  male  torso,  of  late  but  good 
work,  to  which,  apparently,  belong  some  lower  portions  of  a  similar  figure 
found  a  few  days  before.  Since  then  there  has  been  added  to  the  list  a 
marble  statue,  under  life-size,  of  the  aegis-bearing  Athena,  in  the  usual 
pose,  but  wanting  head  and  arms.  The  work  is  Roman,  as  is  also  that  of 
another  female  statue  now  nearly  complete  in  three  fragments,  but  with 
the  head  wanting.  Thus  at  one  time  or  another  in  the  course  of  the  ex- 
cavations quite  a  line  of  statuary  has  been  found  following  the  direction, 
but  by.  no  means  preserving  the  limits,  of  the  east  wall. 

Tombs. — "  We  had  resolved  to  make  some  trial  of  the  tombs ;  but  vir- 
tually the  only  tomb  worked  is  a  large  Roman  sepulchre  not  far  from  the 
monastery  of  St.  Barnabas.  The  villagers  had  already  attempted  to  rifle 
it,  for  the  shaft  had  fallen  in,  but  had  somehow  been  frightened  off.  The 
tomb  is  finely  made — cut  in  the  rocks — with  a  triple  arrangement  of 
couches  on  which  were  placed  sarcophagi  of  terracotta.  The  contents, 
which  are  undamaged,  are  characteristically  Roman — earrings,  terracotta 
lamps  and  vases,  glass. 
7 


358  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.       [SALAMIS.] 

Junel. — "  The  season's  work  at  Salamis  was  brought  to  a  close  on  May 
24.  On  the  28th,  the  antiquities  were  divided  with  the  Government,  and  two 
days  hence  the  excavators'  share  will  sail  for  Larnaca  on  its  way  to  Eng- 
land. Of  the  last  fortnight  of  work  the  first  week  was  a  very  active  one. 
With  the  second  came  the  beginning  of  the  wheat  harvest  and  the  news 
that.no  further  funds  were  forthcoming.  The  site  south  of  the  Enkomi 
road,  TOV/ATTO,  TOV  Mi^a^A.?;,  led  to  no  tangible  results  beyond  a  quantity  of 
fragments  of  inscriptions.  The  rock  lies  within  a  few  feet  of  the  surface, 
and  any  buildings  that  may  have  existed  upon  it  have  totally  disappeared. 
A  fresh  try  was  made  for  tombs  in  a  large  field  to  the  north  of  the  same 
road.  Tombs  were  found  in  abundance,  which,  though  small,  were  of  good 
construction,  and  of  fairly  early  date.  But  all  had  been  systematically  rob- 
bed, the  robbers  tunnelling  from  one  to  another  through  the  thin  dividing 
walls.  From  May  16  onward,  the  work  was  confined  to  the  sand-site. 

"  The  progress  made  may  be  briefly  summarized.  The  east  wall,  with 
the  great  marble  columns,  has  been  laid  bare  from  end  to  end:  the  marble 
pavement  to  the  east  of  the  wall  has  been  cleared  as  far  as  was  practicable, 
and  followed  eastward  in  one  place  up  to  the  limestone  wall,  which  seems 
to  bound  it  in  that  direction :  at  this  easternmost  point  an  admirably  con- 
structed limestone  wall  was  discovered,  extending  some  feet  downward  be- 
low the  level  of  the  pavement,  and  serving  as  a  foundation  for  inferior  late 
building :  at  the  north  and  south  ends  of  the  marble  pavement  two  steps, 
similarly  paved,  lead  upward,  and  beyond  them  there  is,  at  least  at  the 
south  end,  a  marble  pavement  at  a  lower  level  again.  All  along  the  eas- 
tern extremity  of  the  excavation  there  seem  to  be  remains  of  extensive  lime- 
stone building,  large  squared  blocks,  architectural  fragments,  and  walls. 
These  remains,  together  with  the  enormous  depth  of  sand,  hindered  progress 
not  a  little.  During  the  course  of  these  developments,  besides  a  number 
of  fragments,  two  more  headless  marble  statues  were  found,  a  small  marble 
head,  and  the  upper  part,  without  the  head,  of  the  colossal  female  marble 
statue.  With  the  last  was  a  hand  holding  a  snake,  of  the  same  scale,  which 
seems  to  prove  that  the  statue  represents  a  goddess.  Another  point  which 
was  investigated  during  the  last  week  of  work  was  the  centre  of  the  site. 
Nothing,  however,  came  to  light  but  a  remnant  of  poor  wall.  It  must  be 
sufficiently  obvious  that  the  sand-site  is  far  from  finished,  lack  of  money 
alone  stopped  the  work.  The  limestone  remains  at  the  eastern  extremity 
of  the  site  are  of  great  interest,  and  it  may  be  that  they  only  commence 
the  really  important  part  of  the  building.  It  is  noteworthy,  although  per- 
haps accounted  for  by  the  greater  depth  of  sand,  that  only  the  east  end  of 
the  site  has  been  at  all  fertile  in  antiquities ;  and  it  must  be  remembered 
that  the  level  of  the  pavement  has  not  been  passed,  except  in  the  single 
cutting  made  to  investigate  the  above-mentioned  limestone  wall.  Another 


[Kypnos.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  359 

season's  work  is  urgently  called  for,  and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that,  after  so  much 
has  been  done,  funds  will  not  be  lacking  to  complete  the  excavation.  We 
commend  both  this  site  and  the  great  field  offered  for  further  operations 
by  the  ruins  of  Salamis  to  the  liberality  of  the  subscribers  to  the  fund." — 
Athenceum,  June  14,  July  5. 


EUROPE. 
GREECE. 

ODYSSEUS'  FEAT  OF  ARCHERY. — A  solution  is  offered,  in  the  Berl.  phil. 
Wochenschrift  (1890,  No.  23),  of  the  vexed  question  as  to  how  Odysseus 
could  have  shot  through  a  line  of  twelve  raised  battle-axes.  It  is  based 
upon  a  bronze  axe-head,  of  pre-  or  early-Homeric  period,  which  is  pierced 
by  two  good-sized  openings  apparently  in  order  to  be  sparing  of  the  metal. 
Calculating  for  the  usual  length  of  the  handle,  it  is  evident  that,  if  twelve 
such  axes  had  their  shafts  stuck  in  the  ground  in  a  line,  it  would  be  pos- 
sible to  sight  through  these  holes  in  their  heads  and  to  shoot  through 
them.  The  main  difficulty  in  this  explanation  is  the  fact  that  the  Homeric 
text  of  422  seems  to  indicate  a  hole  not  in  the  blade  but  in  the  handle. 

ARTIZANS-  WORKSHOPS. — N.  BLUMNER  has  published  in  the  Athen.  Mitt- 
heil.,  xiv,  p.  150,  two  vase-paintings  (one  found  at  Abai,  the  other  on  the 
Akropolis,  and  both  now  in  Athens)  which  represent  ceramic  workshops. 
At  the  same  time  he  publishes  a  basrelief  of  Larissa  showing  a  carpenter 
working  on  a  plank  with  a  cr/ceVapvov. — Rev.  arch.,  1890,  i,  pp.  261-2. 

ARGOS. — INSCRIBED  BASRELIEF  OF  ZEUS  KRATAIBATES. — An  interesting 
inscription  at  Katsinkri,  a  village  near  Argos,  has  recently  been  published 
by  M.  J.  Kophiniotis.  It  runs  as  follows:  A!03  |  KPATAI  |  BATA.  It 
is  placed  on  the  side  of  a  square  tablet  of  marble  which  contains  a  pedi- 
ment, on  which  is  a  relief  representing  Zeus  grasping  a  thunderbolt  in  his 
right  hand,  and  with  extended  left.  The  tablet  is  broken  into  three  pieces. 
It  is  of  the  Roman  period,  and  probably  belongs  to  the  second  century  of 
the  Christian  era.  The  epithet  Krataibates,  applied  to  Zeus,  is  new  ;  it  is 
in  no  way  to  be  confused  with  the  Kataibates.  M.  Kophiniotis  quotes 
X€jO/x,a8es  Kparat)3oXoi  (Eur.,  Eacch.,  1096),  and  0wpa/ces  /cparatyvaXot  (Il.t 
xix.  360),  K/aaratXews  (JSsch.,  Ag.,  652,  and  Eur.,  EL,  534),  and  KparaL- 
TTOVS  (Find.,  01.,  xm.  81).  It  may  be  assumed,  therefore,  that  Zeus  Kra- 
taibates  was  the  god  of  the  descending  thunderstorm. — Athenceum,  July  12. 

ATHENS. — AKROPOLIS. — Statues  byLykios  son  of  Myron. — M.  Lolling  has 
published  in  the  AeXriov  (1889,  pp.  179-200)  a  long  essay  on  two  bases  of 
Pentelic  marble,  discovered  near  the  8.  w.  corner  of  the  Parthenon,  in  which 
he  recognizes  the  bases  of  two  equestrian  statues  mentioned  by  Pausanias 


360  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.        [ATHENS.] 

as  placed  at  the  entrance  of  the  Akropolis  and  which  he  was  inclined  to 
believe  represented  the  two  sons  of  Xenophon  (i.  22.  4).  The  study  of  the 
epigraphic  fragments  belonging  to  these  bases  and  other  reasons  lead  M. 
Lolling  to  believe  that  they  were  ex-votos  dedicated  by  the  Athenian  horse- 
men after  the  conquest  of  Euboia  by  Perikles  in  446,  Lakedaimonios  (son 
of  Kimon),  Xenophon  and  Pronape's  being  hipparchs.  These  statues  were 
the  work  of  Lykios  son  of  Myron  ;  and,  if  M.  Lolling's  hypothesis  be  ad- 
mitted, we  would  have  an  approximate  date  for  the  d/AK>j  of  this  sculptor. — 
Revue  arch.,  1890,  i,  p.  257. 

Cisterns. — In  clearing  the  ground  north  of  the  Parthenon,  several  large 
cisterns  cut  in  the  rock  were  found,  placed  symmetrically  in  relation  to  the 
temple.  This  is  important,  for  it  shows  that  these  cisterns,  far  from  being 
Pelasgic  or  Kranaian,  are  not  older  than  the  fifth  century. — Revue  arch., 
1890,  i,  p.  257. 

NATIONAL  MUSEUM. — Plaster  casts  of  the  better-known  reliefs  are  being 
prepared  and  will  soon  be  for  sale.  The  finds  made  at  LYKOSOURA  have 
been  brought  into  the  museum.  Among  these  are  several  inscriptions  of 
Imperial  Roman  times. — AcXrtov,  Jan.,  1890. 

KERAMEIKOS. — Excavations  in  the  outer  Kerameikos  at  Athens  have 
brought  to  light  more  than  ten  Hellenic  graves  of  the  fifth  and  fourth 
centuries  B.  c.  Numerous  white  lekythoi  and  black  and  red-figured  vases 
were  found  in  them.  One  large  funeral  urn,  1.22  m.  high  and  with  two 
handles,  represents  Herakles  slaying  the  Centaur  Nessos  and  has  also  three 
Gorgons  upon  it. — AeXn'ov,  Jan.,  1890. 

ARCH>EOLOQICAL  NOTES. — The  excavations  of  the  Archaeological  Society 
at  Dipylos,  which  have  been  going  on  for  some  time  under  the  care  of  M. 
Mylonos,  have  led  to  the  discovery  of  a  wall  some  fifty  metres  long  and 
eleven  high,  which  proceeds  from  the  well-known  monument  of  the  ox  in 
a  northeastern  direction.  The  discoveries  made  in  the  graves  which  have 
been  opened  are  as  yet  of  small  account ;  at  any  rate,  no  sculpture  has 
been  met  with.  The  excavations  will  be  prosecuted  further.  The  well- 
known  chapel  of  the  Hagia  Triadha  has  been  purchased  by  the  Archae- 
ological Society,  and  will  be  pulled  down,  as  it  is  hoped  something  of 
interest  may  be  brought  to  light.  The  Government  has  authorized  the 
Society  to  turn  up  the  ground,  which  has  hitherto  been  left  undisturbed 
(both  in  1862  and  again  in  1870  and  in  1879)  because  claims  were  raised 
to  it  by  private  individuals. 

An  interesting  purchase  on  the  part  of  the  Archaeological  Society  is 
reported  :  that  of  one  of  the  most  ancient  olive  trees  on  the  Sacred  Way  be- 
tween Athens  and  Daphuion.  It  is  said  to  be  over  two  thousand  years  old. 

The  cabinet  of  coins  has  been  put  in  order  again.  After  the  wholesale 
robbery  which  took  place  three  years  ago,  the  coins  which  were  saved 


[GREECE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  361 

were  packed  up  and  waited  rearrangement.  Owing  to  the  appointment 
of  Dr.  Svoronos  to  the  curatorship,  the  old  plan  of  reorganization,  which 
was  interrupted  by  the  robbery,  has  been  revived.  The  coins  have  been 
arranged  in  the  wide  galleries  of  the  building  of  the  Academy,  and  the 
most  interesting  are  exhibited  in  suitable  show-cases.  A  rich  collection  of 
plaster-casts  will  serve  to  complete  the  collection.  The  commission  which 
is  to  hand  over  the  coins  to  the  new  director  will  meet  soon.  After  this  is 
done,  the  work  of  cataloguing  will  be  proceeded  with. — SPYR.  P.  LAMBROS, 
in  Athenaeum,  Aug.  23. 

BRITISH  SCHOOL. — The  annual  meeting  of  subscribers  took  place  on  July 
2nd :  the  report  of  the  Managing  Committee  opened  by  the  announcement 
that  the  past  session  had  been  the  most  successful  that  the  School  had  yet 
held.  Twelve  students  had  been  admitted.  The  School  had  undertaken 
excavations  at  Megalopolis,  and  also,  at  the  cost  of  the  Cyprus  Exploration 
Fund,  at  Salamis  in  Cyprus.  Messrs.  Schultz  and  Barnsley  had  continued 
their  valuable  work  on  Byzantine  architecture.  The  donations  of  money 
had  been  rather  more  than  last  year,  but  in  other  respects  the  financial 
position  of  the  School  still  left  much  to  be  desired.  The  income  of  430£. 
was  both  inadequate  and  precarious,  consisting  as  it  did  of  subscriptions 
which  might  at  any  moment  be  withdrawn.  An  earnest  appeal  was  made 
by  the  Committee  for  aid  in  placing  the  School  upon  a  sound  financial 
footing.  The  Director  of  the  School,  Mr.  Ernest  Gardner,  read  a  report 
of  the  session. 

The  number  of  students  at  the  School — twelve — was  twice  as  large  as  that  at  the 
French  or  any  of  the  other  schools  during  the  past  year.  After  the  fashion  of  the 
French  and  German  Schools,  the  meetings  are  divided  into  open  meetings,  attended 
by  the  members  of  the  foreign  schools  and  others  interested  in  archaeology  (papers 
involving  original  research  are  read  by  the  Director  and  students,  and  reports  of  exca- 
vations are  produced),  and  private  meetings  of  a  less  formal  nature,  intended  primarily 
for  the  students,  at  which  lectures  are  delivered  by  the  Director  varied  by  discussions. 
Twenty-four  of  these  latter  meetings  were  held  during  the  session,  alternately  at  the 
School  and  at  some  museum  or  site  in  Athens.  At  the  open  meetings  the  attendance 
varied  from  thirty  to  fifty,  and  some  six  of  them  were  held.  Among  those  who  read 
papers  were  the  Director,  Mr.  Tubbs,  Mr.  Loring,  Mr.  Richards,  and  Mr.Woodhouse. 
Several  of  the  papers  will  appear  in  the  Journal  of  Hellenic  Studies. — Athenaeum,  July  12. 

ATTIKA. — EXCAVATION  OF  THE  TUMULI. — In  pursuance  of  the  plan  of  the 
general  director,  Kabbadias,  for  the  systematic  excavation  of  the  tumuli  of 
Attika,  work  has  been  already  completed  at  the  places  called  Belanideza 
and  Bourba. 

BELANIDEZA. — The  graves  discovered  in  the  mound,  here,  were  enclosed 
by  &  peribolos-vf&l].  This  consisted  of  rectangular  blocks  of  poros  stone 
set  at  intervals  from  each  other  surrounding  the  graves  and  with  their  in- 


362  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.         [ATTIKA.] 

terstices  filled  in  with  burnt  bricks.  These  bricks  seem  to  have  been  used 
only  for  economy's  sake,  and  were  not  a  later  filling  in  of  what  were  at 
first  entrances  through  the  poros-wall.  The peribolos  was  preserved  in  but 
a  small  part  of  its  circuit,  because  the  stones  had  been  put  to  other  uses, 
but  chiefly  for  covering  later  graves ;  and  the  brick  part  of  the  wall,  of 
course,  crumbled  away  when  the  stones  were  gone.  Besides  ihisperibolos, 
a  piece  of  brick  wall  was  found  within  the  tumulus  at  several  places ;  it 
averaged  about  two  metres  and  a  half  in  height.  The  greatest  height  of 
the  tumulus  as  at  present  inclosed  by  the  peribolos-wal]  was  3.6  m.  at  the 
centre.  This  was  less  than  its  original  height,  because  it  had  been  bur- 
rowed into  by  persons  in  search  of  antiquities,  but  they  had  not  gone  deep 
enough  to  find  anything.  The  well-known  stele  of  Aristion  was  originally 
brought  from  Belanideza,  and  possibly  may  have  been  erected  on  this 
mound,  as  this  was  the  highest  mound  in  this  locality,  and  was  found 
to  contain  inscriptions  that  dated  from  the  same  period  as  that  of  the 
Aristion  stele. 

Nineteen  genuine  Hellenic  graves  were  found  beneath  the  mound,  and 
above  them,  and  buried  in  the  mound,  were  six  sarcophagi  and  several 
urns  that  certainly  belonged  to  later  and  Roman  times.  The  Hellenic 
graves  did  not  appear  to  have  been  all  made  at  once  as  if  to  receive  the 
dead  of  some  battle,  but  most  probably  they  belonged  to  some  tribe  or 
phratry.  Three  graves  were  situated  near  the  centre  of  the  enclosure,  and 
the  other  sixteen  were  disposed  in  a  circle  around  them.  Two  of  the  cen- 
tral graves  had  a  groove  at  each  end,  as  if  to  admit  a  draught  of  air  to 
assist  the  burning  of  the  bodies ;  for,  in  fact,  these  graves  were  quite  filled 
with  charred  matter.  Another  peculiarity  of  these  two  graves  was  that, 
above  the  natural  level  of  the  ground,  they  had  a  sort  of  roof  made  of 
rough  stones  set  together  after  the  space  between  them  and  the  grave  and 
its  roof  had  been  filled  up  with  earth.  Their  construction  showed  that  one 
of  these  graves  (z)  was  older  than  the  other  (E).  Only  one  contained  pot- 
tery the  other  being  empty.  The  large  deep  (3.3  m.)  central  grave  (H) 
was  peculiar,  from  the  fact  that  it  narrowed  abruptly  at  a  depth  of  2.3  m. ; 
and,  in  this  lower  and  narrower  part  of  the  grave,  the  dead  had  been  placed 
in  a  wooden  coffin.  These  three  tombs  seem  to  have  been  made  before  the 
mound  was  heaped  over  them  ;  but  the  other  graves  at  its  circumference 
could  have  easily  been  dug  afterward,  and  thus  the  pieces  of  brick  wall 
found  in  the  mound  probably  served  to  sustain  the  earth  while  these  graves 
were  being  dug.  Three  periods  could  be  distinguished  in  these  graves  which 
were  later  than  the  mound  and  placed  near  its  circumference :  (1)  graves 
(like  JT)  in  which  the  excavation  narrowed  quickly  at  the  bottom  and  the 
dead  lay  in  wooden  coffins ;  these  graves  showed  lelcythia  and  rough  black 
ware  of  other  sorts ;  (2)  shallower  graves  with  perpendicular  sides  and  with- 


[GREECE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  363 

out  any  traces  of  wooden  coffins ;  these  graves  contained  usually  several 
vases  and  lekythia  each ;  many  of  which  were  painted ;  (3)  graves  com- 
posed of  sarcophagi  of  poros-stone  and  belonging  evidently  to  the  Roman 
period.  The  graves  of  the  second  period  show  from  their  remains  that 
they  belong  to  the  fifth  century.  Buried  in  the  tumulus  were  found  four 
pieces  of  stone  inscribed  with  letters  belonging  to  the  sixth  century,  and 
similar  to  those  of  the  stele  of  Aristion.  The  names  of  persons  inscribed 
on  them  show,  by  their  number,  that  they  must  belong  to  the  graves  of  the 
first  period  and  not  to  the  three  earlier  graves  in  the  centre  of  the  tumulus. 

BOURBA. — The  excavations  in  Bourba  have  not  yet  been  published ;  but 
it  may  be  stated,  that  similar  channels  for  facilitating  the  draught  of  air 
have  been  noticed  there.  Further,  in  Bourba  there  was  found  a  brick 
chamber  roofed  over  and  adorned  with  a  cornice ;  a  circular  grave  walled 
with  rough  stone,  such  as  is  rarely  found  in  Greece ;  and  an  inscribed  vase 
was  found  still  in  position  and  bearing  the  feet  of  a  statue. 

PETREZA. — At  the  conclusion  of  work  on  the  tumulus  at  Petreza,  was 
found,  near  the  centre  of  the  mound,  a  single  grave,  on  account  of  which 
the  mound  had  been  raised.  A  small  black-figured  vase  was  found  bear- 
ing the  following  inscription  of  the  sixth  century  B.  c. :  Mi/€<r[tKA.€]iSes : 
eSo/cev :  <f>oKi :  KeaXrcs :  eypa^o-cv :  Around  the  edges  of  the  tumulus  were  sev- 
eral other  tombs  which  had  been  made  later. — AeXrtov,  Jan.,  March,  1890. 

CHALKIS. — BYZANTINE  CHURCH. — In  demolishing  the  fortress  of  Chalkis, 
in  Euboea,  part  of  an  ancient  Byzantine  church  has  been  found,  still  pre- 
serving some  good  mural  paintings  of  vivid  coloring,  representing  saints. 
Various  architectural  fragments  and  ancient  inscriptions  were  found  at  the 
same  time  worked  up  in  the  walls  of  the  fortifications. — Athenaeum,  July  12. 

DAPHNION. — In  the  restoration  of  the  mosaics  of  the  monastic  church, 
the  great  mosaic  picture  of  the  Saviour  presents  especial  difficulties.  It 
is  proposed  that  it  should  be  taken  out  bit  by  bit,  and,  after  restoration  of 
the  terribly  shattered  cupola,  be  put  together  again. — Athenceum,  Aug.  23. 

DELOS.— M.  Reinach  refers  (Rev.  arch.,  1890,  I,  p.  284)  to  a  number  of 
objects  discovered  in  1889  by  MM.  Doublet  and  Legrand  at  Delos,  which 
are  not  mentioned  in  the  note  on  the  subject  published  in  vol.  v,  p.  376,  of 
the  JOURNAL. 

The  investigations  were  made  in  the  portico  of  Philip  and  at  several 
points  of  the  temple  of  Apollo  :  the  accounts  and  inventories  found  are  of 
the  year  274  not  275 :  there  are  two  great  decrees  of  klerouchia  of  about 
140  and  130  B.  c. ;  a  votive  relief  to  Asklepios  ;  a  dedication  of  the  Pisidians 
to  M.  Antonius  ;  a  signature  of  the  sculptor  Hephaiston  ;  and  an  archaic 
female  statue  of  life  size ;  two  male  heads ;  and  numerous  terracottas. 

ELEUSIS. — Dr.  Dorpfeld  summarizes  in  the  Athen.  Mittheil,  xiv,  p.  123, 
the  latest  excavations  at  Eleusis.  Under  the  propylaia  of  Appius  Claudius 


364  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.        [GREECE.] 

were  the  remains  of  a  great  tower  which  protected  the  access  to  the  sacred 
enclosure ;  outside  the  great  propylaia  was  partly  uncovered  an  immense 
paved  court  decorated  with  two  triumphal  gates,  dedicated  by  the  Greeks 
to  the  emperor  and  the  goddesses.  Near  the  eastern  door  is  a  great  reser- 
voir, doubtless  intended  for  the  ablutions  of  the  mystes.  In  the  centre  of 
the  court  are  the  foundations  of  the  known  temple  of  Artemis  Propylaia. 
s.  w.  of  the  great  propylaia,  Dr.  Philios  discovered  the  remains  of  private 
houses,  decorated  with  wall-paintings.  Certain  indications  show  that  the 
sacred  enclosure  was  enlarged  in  the  fourth  century  B.  c. — Rev.  arch.,  1890, 
i,  pp.  263-4. 

ERETRIA. — The  excavations  made  in  the  necropolis  have  been  already 
twice  referred  to,  in  vol.  v,  p.  377,  and  vol.  vi,  p.  209.  M.  Reinach  gives 
a  full  summary  taken  from  the  AeAriov  (1889,  pp.  74,  83,  98, 115, 136, 150, 
155,  171,  173,  213 :  sepulchral  inscriptions  in  AeXrtov,  p.  166  sqq.  The 
most  important  objects  found  during  the  early  part  of  the  excavations 
and  transported  to  the  Central  Museum  at  Athens  are  the  following :  (1) 
woman  seated  on  a  rock  holding  on  her  knees  an  open  mirror  (?)  with 
brilliant  coloring ;  (2)  a  red-figured  pyxis,  with  an  obscure  inscription, 
decorated  with  two  groups  of  two  women,  one  seated,  the  other  standing, 
with  a  third  walking  toward  an  altar ;  (3)  white  lekythos  with  two  richly- 
robed  female  figures,  between  which  is  a  stork ;  above  in  archaic  letters  is 
Ai<£iAos  /caAos  MeAai/oTro :  another  lekythos  from  the  same  tomb  has  the  same 
inscription.  On  others,  various  scenes  are  depicted  :  a  warrior ;  an  offer- 
ing to  a  stele  ;  a  prothesis ;  Charon  on  his  boat  with  Hermes  Psychopompos 
and  a  young  woman  (this  painting  is  said  to  be  a  chef-d'oeuvre') ;  a  woman 
weeping  on  a  tomb ;  a  dead  woman,  richly  dressed,  between  Hypnos  and 
Thanatos;  Athena  armed,  in  a  pensive  attitude;  Odysseus  among  the 
sirens ;  etc.  Two  white  lekythoi  of  very  remarkable  beauty  and  preservation. 
The  first,  49  cent,  high,  bears  the  ordinary  subject  of  the  offering  to  the 
stele.  The  second,  40  cent,  high,  has  in  the  centre,  a  stele  raised  on  three 
steps,  on  one  of  which  is  a  crowned  child  holding  a  wand  and  raising  his 
hand  toward  a  woman  robed  in  a  transparent  chiton  and  holding  in  her 
right  hand  one  or  two  javelins  ;  a*t  her  feet  is  a  helmet  and  breastplate : 
to  the  right  of  the  child  is  placed  a  girl,  carrying  a  basket,  who  holds  her 
right  hand  over  the  child's  head :  the  composition  is  completed  on  the 
right  by  a  bearded  man  bearing  an  indistinct  object.  All  these  objects 
have  been  retained  by  the  Greek  Government  which  paid  to  the  discoverer, 
B.  Nostrakis,  an  indemnity  corresponding  to  their  value. 

In  a  Roman  tomb,  built  of  stones  cut  at  a  previous  period,  has  been  dis- 
covered an  honorific  inscription  which  mentions  the  temple  of  Apollon 
Daphnephoros  at  Eretria.  The  Ephory  has  confiscated  at  Eretria  a  poros 
relief  representing  the  head  of  a  satyr  of  natural  size,  an  inscription  with 


[GREECE.]  ARCH^OLOOICAL  NEWS.  365 

a  decree  in  honor  of  Arrhidaios,  son  of  Alexander,  and  a  large  number  of 
other  inscriptions. — Revue  arch.,  1890,  i,  pp.  280-1. 

LAKONIK£. — A  BEE-HIVE  TOMB  OR  THOLOS. — We  find  in  iheBerl.  phil. 
Woch.  (1890,  No.  27)  a  note,  taken  from  the  'E^^cpts,  on  a  new  domical 
tomb  found,  six  hours  to  the  s.  w.  of  Sparta,  on  the  slope  of  Mt.  Taygetos. 
The  dromos  is  2.65  met.  long ;  the  stomion  is  2.80  met.  long,  0.78  wide  and 
1.16  high.  The  diameter  of  the  tholos  is  4.70  met.,  and  the  courses  are  pre- 
served up  to  a  height  of  3.75  met.  The  stomion  was  shut  off  by  a  wall. 
The  whole  structure  is  made  of  small,  quite-unhewn  stones,  and,  though 
strong,  without  regularity  in  its  courses.  The  single  objects  found  were 
trifling.  The  bones  were  strewn  about,  and  only  the  teeth  remained  of 
the  skulls. 

LYKOSOURA. — Amongst  the  sculptures  from  the  temple  of  Despoina 
now  removed  to  Athens,  there  is  a  figure  resembling  the  Jupiter  of  Otri- 
coli  in  the  Vatican  Museum,  which  will  prove  of  great  value  by  throwing 
light  on  the  relation  between  the  art  of  Pheidias  and  that  of  Damophon. — 
Athenceum,  June  28. 

MANTINEIA. — Excavations  of  the  English  School  conducted  by  Gardner 
and  Loring  at  Mantineia  have  laid  bare  the  foundations  of  the  seena  of  the 
theatre  at  a  depth  of  3  metres. — AeXrtov,  March,  1890. 

MARATHON. — OPENING  OF  THE  TUMULUS. — The  success  of  the  investi- 
gations at  Spata,  Bourba,  and  Belanideza  led  to  the  resolution  to  make 
new  diggings  at  the  tumulus  at  Marathon,  on  which  Dr.  Schliemann  was 
at  work  in  1884.  The  name,  Soros,  of  this  mound,  which  lies  at  the  dis- 
tance of  a  mile  or  so  from  the  sea,  was  since  antiquity  a  puzzle.  Was  it 
^wpos,  that  is  simply  a  heap,  a  wall  of  earth,  or  was  it  Sopos,  meaning  a 
coffin,  a  place  of  burial?  Was  it  a  prehistoric  tumulus,  or  the  grave  of 
the  Athenians  who  fell  in  the  famous  battle  (490  B.  c.)  of  which  Pausanias 
says :  Td<f>o<s  8e  iv  TOT  ireSwo  'AOrjvaiwv  eoriv,  CTTI  Se  avrw  <rr»}Xai  TO,  6vo/x,ara  rtov 
a,7ro0avovTa>v  Kara  <f>v\as  eKatrrwv  e^ov<rat?  Even  before  Dr.  Schliemann's 
excavations,  an  indication  which  led  to  various  conclusions  being  formed 
was  the  constant  finding  of  heads  of  obsidian  on  this  obviously  artificial 
mound.  Some  said  these  were  sure  indications  of  the  prehistoric  nature  of 
the  mound,  and  led  us  back  to  the  stone  age.  On  the  other  hand,  Lenor- 
mant  quoted  the  passage  in  Herodotos  (vn.  69)  mentioning  the  reed  spears 
of  the  Ethiopians  tipped  with  heads  of  hard  stone.  As  the  Ethiopians  were 
mentioned  among  the  troops  of  Xerxes,  the  French  scholar  held  they  might 
very  possibly  have  been  part  of  the  army  of  Dates  and  Artaphernes.  The 
excavations  of  Dr.  Schliemann,  as  they  led  to  the  discovery  of  nothing  be- 
longing to  the  historic  period,  made  people  almost  certain  that  the  mound 
was  prehistoric,  and  that  it  was  by  no  means  to  be  regarded  as  the  grave  of 


366  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.     [MARATHON.] 

the  Athenians.  But  opinion  on  this  point  has  altogether  changed  since  the 
Ephorate  of  Antiquities  determined  to  reinvestigate  the  Soros  at  Marathon. 

The  hill  was  originally  about  twelve  metres  high,  but  now,  through  the 
accumulations  of  centuries,  the  surrounding  surface  has  been  raised  three 
metres,  so  that  at  present  it  rises  only  to  a  height  of  nine  metres.  At  this 
depth  (3  met.)  below  the  present  surface,  there  came  to  light,  under  the 
hill,  a  kind  of  pavement  about  1  centim.  thick,  and  above  it  a  layer  of 
ashes  about  2-6  cent,  thick.  In  this  layer,  besides  fragments  of  wood,  are 
burnt  bones  and  fragments  of  vases.  With  the  exception  of  a  few  other 
vases,  all  these  fragments  of  pottery  belong  to  small  lekythoi  of  the  com- 
monest sort,  covered  with  extremely  careless  paintings  in  black  figures,  such 
as  have  been  found  in  great  numbers  in  the  excavations  of  the  Akropolis. 
This  hill  near  Marathon  is  therefore  a  general  burial-mound  produced 
through  the  burning  and  interment  of  many  dead.  The  vases  show  this  to 
have  taken  place  at  the  beginning  of  the  fifth  century.  There  can  therefore 
be  no  doubt  that  this  was  the  grave  of  the  Athenians  who  fell  at  Marathon. 

The  excavations  have  uncovered,  thus  far,  only  a  small  portion  of  the 
hill,  and  were  postponed,  on  account  of  the  heat,  until  the  autumn,  when 
the  original  form  of  this  monument  may  be  reconstituted. 

The  AeAriov  of  this  year  has  (on  p.  65  sqq.)  a  protocol  of  the  discovery, 
and  chemical  and  microscopic  reports  on  the  ashes  by  Mitsopulos. 

The  results  of  the  excavations  are  as  follows :  at  a  depth  of  13  metres 
from  the  top  of  the  tumulus  the  workmen  came  upon  a  hydria  of  clay  con- 
taining bones  and  ashes,  and  beneath  it  was  found  a  layer,  26  metres  long 
and  9  metres  broad,  full  of  ashes,  charcoal,  and  human  bones,  which  had 
suffered  from  fire  and  decay.  There  were  also  brought  to  view  small  vases, 
and  polished  lekythoi,  mostly  dark,  which  were  strewn  here  and  there  on  the 
soil  of  the  mound.  This  layer,  so  far  as  it  had  been  laid  open,  was  inspected 
on  June  16th  by  a  commission  consisting  of  MM.  Kabbadias,  Lolling,  and 
Stais,  the  architect  Kawerau,  and  Prof.  Mitsopulos.  Their  opinion  was 
that  we  have  before  us  the  grave  of  the  192  Athenians  who  fell  in  the 
battle,  and  whose  bodies  were  burnt  by  their  fellow  citizens.  Over  them 
were  placed  vases,  and  upon  the  grave  was  heaped  a  mound  of  earth  13 
metres  high. 

So  far  for  the  work  of  excavation.  But  the  results  are  by  no  means 
purely  archaeological.  They  are  of  much  historical  value.  It  is  well  known 
that  the  story  of  the  fight  at  Marathon,  one  of  the  simplest  in  history,  yet 
offers  great  difficulties  to  the  interpreter,  and  that  there  are  many  contra- 
dictory theories  as  to  its  exact  location,  as  well  as  that  of  Marathon  itself. 
A  summary  of  these  is  given  by  Lambros. — S.  P.  LAMBROS,  mAthenceum, 
July  12;  DORPFELD,  in  Aihen.  MittheiL,  xv,  2,  pp.  233-4. 


[GREECE.]  AECH^OLOGICAL  NEWS.  367 

MEGALOPOLIS. — THEATRE. — This  season's  excavation  at  Megalopolis 
came  to  an  end  May  31st.  Our  new  central  trench  failed  to  find  the  OvpeXr), 
but  it  did  find  a  new  line  of  walls,  nearly  20  ft.  in  advance  of  the  front  of 
the  Greek  stage :  this  is  the  front  of  the  Roman  stage.  It  is  of  very  bad  work- 
manship, but  in  excellent  preservation.  Its  discovery  made  it  necessary 
to  widen  the  trench  which  contained  the  Greek  stage ;  and  now  the  entire 
space  between  the  Greek  and  Roman  stages  is  clear  of  earth.  The  line  of 
wall  which  we  have  just  laid  bare  is  at  a  considerably  lower  level  than  that 
of  the  Greek  stage ;  but  the  Roman  stage  was  supported  on  columns  rest- 
ing on  this  wall,  and  several  of  the  lower  drums  of  these  columns  remain 
in  situ.  They  are  very  ugly  columns,  with  a  projecting  fillet  on  either  side, 
rather  suggesting  the  notion  that  the  intervening  spaces  were  filled  with 
wooden  panels.  They  are  unfluted,  but  the  beginnings  of  flutings  are  visi- 
ble at  the  bottom  of  each  column,  round  the  front  half  only ;  the  hinder 
portion  was  never  intended  to  be  fluted,  and  is  left  quite  rough.  Another 
discovery  is  a  pair  of  bases — one  just  inside  each  horn  of  the  stone  border 
of  the  orchestra.  One  of  these  supports  a  higher  cylindrical  base,  which 
no  doubt  held  a  statue,  and  which  is  inscribed  with  the  names  of  the  dedi- 
cator, Efyiapi'Sas,  and  the  sculptor  (NiK)i7T7ros  of  Megalopolis.  The  first 
three  letters  of  the  sculptor's  name  are  not  absolutely  certain.  We  have 
also  probed  high  up  in  the  auditorium,  where  there  is  a  broad  horizontal 
line  which  we  have  always  taken  for  a  Sia£ayia.  Here  we  found  nothing 
in  situ,  but  we  turned  out  many  blocks  of  stone,  several  being  seats,  one 
big  block  perhaps  coming  from  the  back  of  the  Sia£(o//,a,  and  another  being 
probably,  but  not  certainly,  a  step.  We  were  anxious  to  find  traces  of  steps 
at  this  point,  for  with  ten  KA.iju.aKes  below  the  8ia£<o/xa  there  would  proba- 
bly be  nineteen  above,  and  one  of  these  would  be  exactly  in  the  centre, 
where  we  dug  our  trench. — W.  LORING,  inAthenceum,  June  21. 

THEATRE:  SUMMARY  DESCRIPTION. — The  accumulation  of  earth  over  the 
general  level  of  the  orchestra  has  been  as  much  as  from  10  to  12  ft.,  so  that 
it  has  been  impossible  to  completely  clear  the  whole  area  of  the  orchestra 
and  stage  in  this  short  period.  The  results  show  us  a  theatre — the  largest 
in  Greece — with  an  orchestra  about  100  ft.  in  diameter.  The  auditorium 
is  slightly  more  than  a  semicircle,  about  7  or  8  ft.  on  each  side,  and  the 
line  of  the  arc  is  continued  around  beyond  the  semicircle,  as  at  Epidauros, 
and  not  run  in  straight  toward  the  stage,  as  at  Athens.  The  face  of  the 
Greek  stage  is  about  30  ft.  in  front  of  the  ends  of  the  seats  so  that  there 
is  hardly  room  for  a  complete  circular  orchestra,  as  at  Epidauros.  The 
auditorium  has  nine  subdivisions,  with  stairways  between  each,  and  one  at 
each  end.  These  stairs  are  2  ft.  6  ins.  wide,  and  rise  two  steps  to  each  tier. 
The  lowest  row  of  seats  takes  the  form  of  continuous  benches,  with  seats 
16  ins.  wide,  arms  at  each  end  next  the  stairs,  and  slightly  sloping  backs, 


368  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.    [MEGALOPOLIS.] 

1  ft.  9  ins  high.  They  are  solid  and  cut  out  of  large  blocks  of  stone  from 
4  to  5  ft.  long.  Each  bench  is  16  ft.  6  ins.  long,  and  formed  of  three  or 
four  stones  in  length.  The  front  of  the  lower  part  of  these,  under  the  seat, 
is  cut  back  to  allow  of  room  for  the  feet.  They  stand  on  a  level  with  the 
orchestra,  and  are  divided  from  it  by  the  gutter,  which  is  built  of  stone 
blocks,  is  1  ft.  8  ins.  wide  by  about  one  ft.  deep,  and  falls  toward  the  west. 
The  space  between  benches  and  gutter,  a  foot  wide,  is  very  narrow,  hardly 
enough  to  let  one  person  pass  another.  Round  the  orchestra-side  of  the 
gutter  is  a  stone  kerb,  presumably  level  with  the  floor ;  nothing  remains 
to  show  what  was  the  covering  of  this  floor ;  it  was  probably  merely  beaten 
earth,  as  at  Epidauros.  No  traces  have  been  found  of  a  base  stone  to  receive 
the  central  altar,  although  a  trench  was  dug  especially  to  search  for  this. 

Behind  the  front  benches  runs  a  passageway  3  ft.  wide,  entered  from 
each  end.  This  must  have  been  the  only  approach  to  the  lower  seats,  as 
the  gutter  is  not  bridged,  at  the  foot  of  each  stairway,  as  we  find  it  in  the 
Athenian  theatre,  to  allow  the  people  to  pass  in  and  out  through  the  or- 
chestra. The  seats  behind  are  merely  plain  stones,  12  ins.  wide,  and  about 
15  ins.  high,  slightly  hollowed  in  front,  and  standing  up  about  4  ins.  from 
the  footways,  which  are  18  ins.  wide.  The  footways  and  seats  are  not  cut 
out  of  one  stone,  as  at  Athens,  but  are  separate  pieces. 

As  the  one  passage  and  the  narrow  stairs  seem  not  to  provide  a  suffi- 
cient access  to  the  whole  of  the  upper  part  of  the  theatre,  it  is  possible  that 
there  may  have  been  end  staircases  ;  the  existence  of  the  double  retaining- 
walls  some  distance  apart  seems  to  supply  a  place  for  these,  but  this  problem 
needs  working  out  by  further  excavation.  These  double  retaining-walls 
commence  only  about  50  or  60  feet  back  from  the  front  of  the  auditorium, 
and  the  single  wall,  which  serves  on  each  side  as  far  as  that  point,  is  finished 
with  a  broad  raking  coping. — Builder,  June  14. 

THE  STAGE  IN  THE  GREEK  THEATRE. — Now  that  excavation  is  stopped  for 
the  summer  it  is  possible  to  give  an  indication  of  our  results.  As  to  the  stoa 
to  the  north  of  the  river,  the  sepulchral  mound,  the  altars,  etc.,  there  is  little 
to  add  to  what  has  been  already  reported.  But  the  importance  of  our  dis- 
coveries in  the  theatre  can  be  better  appreciated  now  that  the  plan  is  fairly 
clear.  The  plan  of  the  theatre,  its  front  benches  inscribed  with  the  names 
of  Arcadian  tribes,  its  water-channel,  and  other  arrangements,  have  been 
described  in  previous  reports ;  but  the  evidence  as  to  the  existence  of  a 
stage  and  its  relation  to  the  orchestra  is  what  will  be  looked  for  with  most 
interest.  A  publication  with  plans  and  sections  will  not  be  made  until 
some  doubtful  points  of  detail  have  been  ascertained  by  further  digging  ; 
meanwhile,  a  brief  statement  of  our  very  important  results  will  not  be  pre- 
mature. I  make  this  statement  on  the  authority  of  the  plans  and  meas- 
urements of  Mr.  Loring,  who  superintended  the  work. 


[GREECE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  369 

The  controversy  as  to  the  existence  of  a  raised  stage  in  the  fifth  and 
fourth  centuries  has  been  very  vigorous  recently ;  and  Dr.  Dorpfeld's  review 
of  Mr.  Haigh's  Attic  Theatre,  with  the  other  discussions  in  the  Classical 
Review,  has  given  it  a  new  impetus.  It  will  be  remembered  that,  in  various 
theatres  with  remains  of  the  stage-buildings  of  Greek  period,  there  has  been 
found  facing  the  orchestra  a  row  of  columns  which  have  their  bases  on  a 
level  with  the  orchestra,  and  are  with  their  entablature  ten  to  fourteen  feet 
in  height.  This,  or  some  trace  of  it,  has  been  found  at  Epidauros,  at 
Oropos,  at  Athens,  at  the  Peiraieus,  at  the  theatre  in  the  Valley  of  the 
Muses.  The  question  arose,  whether  the  actors  had  their  place  on  the 
level  of  the  orchestra,  with  these  columns  as  a  background,  or  on  a  stage 
supported  by  the  columns,  and  widely  separated  from  the  chorus  in  the 
orchestra.  It  must,  however,  be  observed  that  this  row  of  columns  in  no 
case  goes  back  to  the  fourth  century.  At  Athens,  the  stage-buildings  of 
Lykourgos  consisted  only  of  an  oblong  block  with  projecting  wings,  between 
which  a  temporary  stage  could  be  erected — the  row  of  columns  was  much 
later.  At  Epidauros,  Dr.  Kawerau,  who  speaks  with  authority,  says  that 
the  column-front  was  a  later  addition,  the  original  fourth-century  structure 
being  a  mere  oblong  building,  in  front  of  which  a  temporary  stage  could 
be  erected.  At  Oropos,  the  proscenium  with  columns  is  proved  by  the 
inscription  not  to  be  much  earlier  than  Roman  times,  nor  can  the  other  two 
instances  claim  any  higher  antiquity. 

As  to  the  stage,  then,  as  distinguished  from  the  oblong  building  that 
formed  its  background,  we  had  no  evidence  of  good  period  before  the  exca- 
vations at  Megalopolis.  Now,  at  Megalopolis,  we  have  a  stage  almost 
certainly  contemporary  with  the  building  of  the  theatre.  It  consists  of  a 
back  wall  with  three  doors  about  6  ft.  above  the  level  of  the  orchestra,  and 
a  thick  parallel  wall  in  front,  which  formed  the  front  of  the  stage,  probably 
made,  like  the  orchestra,  of  levelled  and  beaten  earth.  Probably  the  stage 
was  about  5  ft.  above  the  level  of  the  orchestra ;  and  along  its  whole  front 
and  sides  is  a  flight  of  steps  descending  to  that  level,  thus  affording  easy 
communication  between  actors  and  chorus.  The  stage  was  20  ft.  broad. 
Here  we  have,  for  the  first  time,  a  fourth -century  stage,  probably  similar 
to  those  on  which  the  great  works  of  the  Attic  drama  were  first  acted.  In 
Hellenistic  times,  the  high  narrow  stage  of  Vitruvius,  supported  on  columns, 
may  have  become  usual.  At  Megalopolis  there  is  also  a  Roman  stage  sup- 
ported on  columns,  but  quite  separate  from  the  Greek  one. 

A  stage  such  as  has  been  found  at  Megalopolis  is  a  natural  development 
from  the  cart  or  table  on  which  the  primitive  actor  mounted  to  make  him- 
self visible  and  audible  above  the  chorus.  Such  stages  were  usually  tem- 
porary and  made  of  wood,  but  by  a  fortunate  accident  that  at  Megalopolis 
was  of  stone,  and  so  survives  to  show  what  its  predecessors  were  like.  The 


370  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.        [GREECE.] 

controversy  is  thus  restricted  to  the  use  of  the  stage-buildings  constructed 
in  later  Greek  times,  and  so  is  of  little  importance  for  the  drama  in  the 
fifth  and  fourth  centuries. — ERNEST  GARDNER,  in  Athenceum,  Aug.  2. 

EDICT  OF  DIOCLETIAN. — An  inscription,  some  250  lines  in  length,  which 
was  found  in  the  possession  of  one  of  the  villagers,  and  copied  by  both  Mr. 
Kastromenos  and  myself,  proves  to  be  part  of  the  famous  Edict  of  Diocle- 
tian, fixing  maximum  prices  throughout  the  empire.  More  than  half  of 
the  fragment  of  Megalopolis  is  new.  The  new  portions  fall  for  the  most 
part  under  the  following  headings :  [Ile/ot]  r&v ^La-Ow  rr)s  (3cKTov\_p]r)s  (fares), 
Ilcpt  x°PTOV  (fodder),  Ilcpt  -n-Xovpov  (feathers  of  various  birds),  He/at  KoAa/xw 
Kat  /teXavtov  (pens  and  ink),  TLcpi  IvOrJTos  (clothing),  [Ilept  e/oe'as]  (wool), 
Ilept  \LVOV  (linen).  Besides  these  portions,  many  obscure  or  fragmentary 
lines  in  Lebas  and  Waddington  (1870)  and  the  Corpus  Inscriptionum  Lati- 
narum  (1873) — in  which  all  the  fragments,  Greek  and  Latin,  up  to  date 
of  publication,  are  pieced  together — will  be  cleared  up  or  restored  by  the 
new  fragment,  which  we  hope  to  publish  in  the  next  number  of  the  Journal 
of  Hellenic  Studies. — W.  LORING,  mAthen&um,  Aug.  23. 

MYKENAI. — Dr.  Dorpfeld  notes  some  of  Dr.  Tsountas'  more  recent  dis- 
coveries on  the  akropolis  at  Tiryns.  The  freeing  of  the  southernmost  walls 
of  the  citadel  gave  nothing  of  architectural  interest.  But  on  the  N.  w.  a 
deep  rocky  way  was  found  which  was  apparently  connected  with  the  water- 
supply  of  the  citadel.  On  the  very  summit,  through  damage  to  a  portion 
of  the  foundation  of  the  Greek  temple,  a  hitherto-unknown  part  of  the 
vestibule  to  the  Megarou  was  uncovered.  The  walls  of  the  royal  house 
are  here  in  excellent  preservation,  and  are  formed  of  quarried  stone  joined 
with  clay  and  a  few  courses  of  stone  slabs.  In  one  corner  of  the  vestibule, 
the  wall-facing  with  its  painting  is  still  preserved,  and  we  recognize  here 
the  same  stripes,  with  diagonal  lines  of  different  widths,  that  occur  several 
times  at  Tiryns,  e.  g.,  on  the  piece  of  wall-facing  with  the  well-known  bull. — 
Athen.  Mittheil.,  xv,  2,  pp.  232-3. 

PARAMYTHIA=PHOTIKE. — At  Paramythia,  in  Epeiros,  has  been  found 
a  Latin  inscription  in  honor  of  Sextus  Pompeius  which  shows  that  to  be 
the  site  (hitherto  uncertain)  of  the  city  of  Photike. — Athenaeum,  June  28. 

PEIRAIEUS. — Amongst  the  sepulchral  stelai,  bearing  inscriptions  and 
sculptures  in  relief,  recently  found  at  the  Peiraieus,  is  one  inscribed  to  a 
certain  Secunda  Servilia,  daughter  of  Publius,  married  to  an  Athenian. 
The  deceased  is  represented  seated  and  clothed  in  the  chiton  poderes  and 
himation,  and  before  her  stands  a  little  girl  holding  in  her  left  hand  a  box 
closed,  and  in  her  right  a  fan,  she  also  being  clothed  with  the  chiton  poderes, 
over  which  is  the  epiblema. — Athenceum,  June  14. 

SLAVOCHORI. — PREHISTORIC  TOMBS. — Between  Slavochori  and  the  hill 
of  Haghia  Kiriaki,  where  it  was  supposed  that  the  temple  of  the  Amyklaian 


[GREECE.]  ARCH^OLOOICAL  NEWS.  371 

Apollon  was  placed,  a  little  south  of  the  hamlet  of  Godena,  Dr.  Tsountas 
has  discovered  two  tombs  supposed  to  be  of  the  same  period  as  the  neigh- 
boring one  of  Vaphio.  It  is  true  that  they  are  not  domical  but  are  dug  in 
the  rock,  like  those  explored  at  Nauplia  and  Mykenai.  They  appear  to 
be  intact  and  will  be  carefully  explored. — Revue  arch.,  1890, 1,  p.  273.  Cf. 
vol.  v,  p.  379. 

TROEZEN. — In  the  tombs  which  were  opened  here  last  year  by  Ephor 
Stais,  there  were  found  some  vases  of  Mykenaian  style,  and  a  curious  gold 
band  with  geometric  decoration,  a  bird  and  a  crux  gammata  (AeXrtov,  1889, 
p.  164).  The  same  exploration  brought  to  light  a  fragment  of  an  archaic 
relief  on  which  a  nude  female  is  seen  seated  on  a  horse. — Revue  arch.,  1890, 
i,  p.  275. 

The  French  School  are  excavating  in  the  Eparchy  of  Troezen,  and  re- 
port the  discovery  of  the  remains  of  an  ancient  temple  and  of  some  sculp- 
tures.— Athenceum,  June  28. 

VAPHIO. — DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  GOLD  CUPS. — It  may  be  well  to  give 
here  a  brief  description  of  the  scenes  in  repousse  on  the  gold  cups  so  often 
mentioned  (of.  vol.  v,  pp.  381,  494).  They  are  drinking-cups  with  han- 
dles. In  each  cup  an  interior  plate  or  lining,  bent  over  the  edge  of  the 
outer  beaten  plate,  makes  the  inside  of  the  cup  plain  and  smooth.  On 
the  first  cup  (height,  0.083  m. ;  diameter  at  the  top,  0.098  to  0.104  m. ; 
weight,  276  grammes)  are  represented  three  bulls:  the  one  at  the  right  is 
running  rapidly  toward  the  right  (i.  e.,  the  handle  of  the  cup) ;  the  middle 
one  is  caught  in  a  strong  net  and  overturned  (the  ends  of  the  net  are  fas- 
tened to  trees  which  may  be  olives ;  the  other  two  trees  on  the  cup  appear 
to  be  palms)  ;  the  third  bull  is  rushing  violently  toward  the  left  (i.  e.,  the 
handle)  ;  he  is  in  the  act  of  tossing  a  man  upon  his  horns,  and  another  man 
is  falling  upon  his  back  by  the  side  of  the  bull.  This  represents  the  active 
fight.  The  second  cup  gives  the  peaceful  scenes  that  follow  man's  supremacy. 
Its  height  is  0.08  m.,  upper  diameter  0.104  m.,  weight  280.5  grammes.  Four 
bulls  appear :  the  first,  at  the  left,  with  head  raised  and  open  mouth  is  walk- 
ing toward  the  left ;  about  his  left-hind  foot  is  a  stout  rope  held  by  a  man 
who  follows ;  behind  the  man  are  two  bulls  standing  peacefully  together, 
apparently  in  interested  conference,  the  face  of  one  is  being  turned  toward 
the  spectator  en  face;  from  the  right,  a  fourth  bull,  with  his  head  down, 
walks  quietly  up.  Two  trees,  the  species  of  which  cannot  be  determined, 
appear  behind  the  first  and  before  the  fourth  bull.  On  both  cups  the  un- 
even ground  is  indicated,  and  above  the  figures  appear  uneven  masses  which 
may  represent  clouds  or  other  background.  The  first  cup  has,  besides,  a 
plain  rim  or  frame  above  and  below  the  representation.  There  are  some 
faults  in  the  drawing  of  the  figures,  but  they  are  lively  and  characteristic. 
The  men  are  slender  and  angular  in  shape,  but  muscular.  They  have  long 


372  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCHJSOLOG  Y. 

hair  and  wear  nothing  but  a  heavy  belt  that  sustains  on  either  side  a  small 
apron-like  projection.  Their  feet  are  shod  with  boots  slightly  raised  at  the 
points  and  rising  with  sandal-like  strips  to  the  middle  of  the  calf.  These 
cups  excel  all  known  works  of  the  Mykenaian  epoch. 

ITALY. 

PREHISTORIC  AND  CLASSIC  ANTIQUITIES. 

SYNCHRONISM  OF  THE  TERREMARE  AND  THE  MYKENAIAN  TOMBS. — The  re- 
searches of  Unset  have  proved,  that  the  inhabitants  of  the  terremare  were 
acquainted  with  the  use  of  the  fibula  (Bull  paid,  ital,  1883 ;  Zeit.f.Ethnol., 
1889,  art.  Zu  den  aeltesten  Fibeltyperi).  It  is  an  interesting  fact  that 
Tsountas  has  discovered,  in  two  archaic  tombs  at  Mykenai,  two  fibulae  of  a 
type  identical  with  these  of  the  terremare.  This  would  lead  to  the  iden- 
tity in  period  of  the  two  civilizations,  at  a  date  corresponding  about  to  the 
xii  century.— ORSI,  in  Bull.  Palet.  Ital.,  1890,  p.  20. 

ANVERSA  (Paeligni). — NECROPOLIS. — In  working  at  the  road  leading 
from  Sulmona  to  Scanno  on  the  territory  of  An  versa,  above  Foute  Palac- 
chio,  a  series  of  tombs  with  sand-crypts  have  been  discovered.  The  several 
points  at  which  they  exist  proves  this  to  be  a  necropolis  of  considerable  im- 
portance.— Not.  d.  Scavi,  pp.  129-30. 

AREZZO=ARRETIUM. — A  NEW  MANUFACTORY  OF  BLACK  AND  RED  WARE. 
— In  ancient  times,  Arretium  was  a  great  centre  for  the  manufacture  of 
ceramics,  and  their  vestiges  remain  within  and  without  the  city.  A  fur- 
ther proof  of  this  has  been  given  by  a  discovery  made  about  one  kilometre 
outside  the  Porta  Fioreutina,  at  a  spot  called  Orciolaia,  a  name  that  is  very 
apt,  and  must  have  come  down  from  Roman  times. 

Near  the  Porta  Fori  is  the  famous  manufactory  of  Marcus  Perennius 
(Not.  d.  Scavi,  1883,  1885),  in  which  were  made  the  most  delicate  and 
artistic  pieces  of  ceramics  in  the  coral-like  red  ware  that  became  fashion- 
able after  the  fall  of  the  black  ware,  and  which  is  generally  termed  Aretine 
ware  because  the  potters  of  Arretium  were  the  foremost  in  making  it.  Out- 
side the  Porta  San  Lorentino  was  the  manufactory  of  Lucius  Calidius,  a 
contemporary  of  Perennius.  On  this  same  road,  beyond  the  Ponte  del 
Castro,  are  the  fields  of  the  Orciolaia,  where  the  ceramic  industry  flour- 
ished with  especial  activity.  Near  the  bridge  was  found  a  vase  with  the 
name  of  Lucii  Titii  Thyrsis,  who  had  a  potter's  establishment  w.  of  the  city 
at  Fonte  Pozzuolo.  In  this  neighborhood  was  excavated  a  building  of 
quadrangular  shape,  with  which  was  connected  an  open  square  with  hard- 
beaten  flooring  for  working  at  pottery  in  the  open  air.  The  water-conduit, 
the  place  for  refuse  pottery,  and  other  details  were  discovered.  In  the 
refuse  there  were  two  strata,  an  upper  one  of  red  ware,  and  a  lower  one  of 
black  ware,  showing  how  one  fashion  displaced  the  other,  while  the  estab- 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  373 

lishment  continued  to  flourish.  Among  the  many  fragments  discovered, 
the  majority  showed  marks,  monograms,  initials,  parts  of  words,  that  stood 
as  distinctive  marks  or  names  of  individual  potters.  Some  were  common 
to  both  the  black  and  the  red  ware.  For  example,  the  potter  Dassius  pro- 
duced both  kinds.  This  manufactory  therefore  stands  at  a  time  of  transi- 
tion from  one  style  to  the  other,  during  the  close  of  the  second  and  the  first 
part  of  the  first  century  B.  c. 

The  artists'  names  recorded  are  sufficient  proof  that  they  were  Greeks : 
ANTIOCHUS,  CHARITO,  CHATINUS,  DASSIUS,  HEc(for),  HILAS,  Lus(ras), 
NICEPHOR(WS),  PAMPHTLUS,  STEPANUS,  TRUPHO.  These  men  worked 
together  and  signed  their  works  without  adding  the  name  of  any  master 
or  owner :  this  means  that  they  formed  a  society  or  sodalitium  on  their  own 
account — a  cooperative  establishment.  They  were  Greeks,  but  must  have 
come  from  a  Greek  land  where  Latin  script  was  used,  e.  g.,  Campania.  This 
fact  is  an  indication  that  the  industry  was  not  one  peculiar  to  Arretium, 
but  was  imported.  This  is  rendered  probable  by  the  very  few  examples 
of  black  Etruscan  ware  found  here  (and  these  probably  imported  from 
Chiusi),  and  by  the  fact  that  Arretium  imported  Etrusco-Campanian  ware, 
and  became,  early  in  the  third  century  B.  c.,  the  seat  of  several  manufac- 
tories of  such  ware.  The  industry,  having  thus  been  imported  from  Cam- 
pania into  Arretium,  was  fed  by  the  constant  arrival  of  Greek  artisans. 

It  is  interesting  to  discuss  the  question  of  the  exact  time  when  the  bright 
coral-red  ware  with  decoration  in  relief  succeeded  the  black  ware.  There 
are  but  two  methods  of  proof:  one  palseographic,  the  other,  the  earliest  use 
of  red  ware  in  Arretium.  From  the  manner  in  which  the  names  ANTIO- 
CHUS, NICEPHOR(^S)  are  written,  we  recognize  that  black  vases  were  still 
made  after  640  u.  c.,  because,  before  this  date,  the  ch  and  ph  were  not  used. 
On  the  other  hand,  there  is  abundant  proof  that  the  red  ware  was  in  use 
before  Sulla,  i.  e.,  before  670  u.  c.  This  gives  the  years  at  the  close  of  the 
second  and  the  beginning  of  the  first  century  for  the  beginning  of  the  red 
ware.— G.  F.  GAMURRINI,  in  Not.  d.  Scam,  1890,  pp.  63-72. 

BOLOGNA=FELSINA. — ITALIC  TOMBS. — Four  Italic  tombs  have  been 
casually  found  outside  the  Porto,  S.  Isaia  in  what  was  formerly  the  De 
Lucca  property.  Under  the  last  were  objects  belonging  to  a  fifth  tomb, 
containing  a  fictile  ossuary  of  the  Villanova  type  decorated  with  scratched 
mseanders  and  pressed  concentric  circles.  It  contained  &  fibula  of  serpen- 
tine shape  and  peculiarly  delicate  decoration.  Its  two  arches  are  joined 
by  fine  bands  and  strings  of  silver,  which  form  an  open-work  of  sinuous 
lines.  There  were  numerous  objects  in  bronze,  and  fragments  of  a  fictile 
vase  apparently  in  the  extraordinary  shape  of  a  bull  surmounted  by  a 
duck.— Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  pp.  104-6. 
8 


374  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.  [ITALY.] 

BREMBATE-SOTTO. — PRE-ROMAN  NECROPOLIS. — In  vol.  v,  p.  109,  was 
given  an  account  of  the  discovery  of  a  pre-Roman  cemetery  at  Brembate- 
Sotto,  between  Osio  and  Trezze,  belonging  to  the  first  iron-age.  Since  then, 
systematic  excavations  have  been  undertaken,  the  results  of  which  are  re- 
ported by  Sig.  G.  Mantovani  in  the  Notizie  degli  Scavi,  1890,  pp.  52-63, 
96-103.  The  contents  of  fourteen  tombs,  consisting  of  235  objects  or  groups, 
are  described.  Most  of  them  are  of  the  ordinary  style,  and  call  for  no  com- 
ment. Among  the  bronzes  are  a  large  situla  of  beaten  bronze-plate,  used 
as  a  cinerary  urn ;  another  vase  of  similar  workmanship;  an  olpe,  like  some 
discovered  in  the  excavations  of  the  Certosa  (Bologna). 

In  Tomb  XT  was  a  magnificent  oinochoe  made  of  heavy  bronze-plate :  it 
is  decorated  with  a  graceful  palmette  from  which  spring  two  serpents,  as 
on  similar  objects  from  the  Certosa  (ZANNONI,  t.  cxxxx,  12)  and  Marza- 
botto  (GOZZADINI,  Marzabotto,  t.  xv,  5  ;  xvi,  2,  4).  In  Tomb  XII  was  a 
small  serpent  of  cast  bronze,  probably  the  genius  loci.  This  tomb  is  rich 
in  interesting  pieces :  a  situla  of  plates  of  bronze  nailed  together ;  two  deco- 
rative wheels;  seven  circular  pendants  with  a  little  silver  olpe  attached 
decorated  with  light  horizontal  lines  in  relief;  a  large  number  of  other 
pendants  of  similar  character,  of  rings,  buttons,  gold  strings  and  little 
plates ;  an  elegant  brass  kyathos  with  linear  decoration  in  graffito.  It  is 
interesting  to  note  that  the  cinerary  situla  of  Tomb  XJFstill  contained  the 
cloth  enveloping  the  burnt  bones  and  sepulchral  furniture. 

COLONNA. — ROMAN  SCULPTURES. — In  his  property  east  of  Colonna,  Sig. 
E.  Ciuffa  has  brought  to  light  a  number  of  marble  sculptures.  The  most 
interesting  are :  (1)  statuette  of  a  bearded  satyr,  his  head  covered  with  a 
tiger-skin;  (2)  a  hermaphrodite,  under  life-size,  headless  and  draped  in 
the  upper  part;  (3)  head  of  Venus  ;  (4)  archaic  head  of  Apollo,  of  good 
work ;  (5)  head  of  Bacchus,  larger  than  life ;  (6)  two  iconic  heads,  male 
and  female,  etc.— Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  p.  89. 

CORNETO=TARQUINII. — NEW  DISCOVERIES  IN  THE  NECROPOLIS. — Exca- 
vations were  again  begun,  February  10,  on  the  site  referred  to  on  p.  222 
of  this  volume.  They  were  carried  from  a  point  100  met.  from  the  tomba 
delle  bighe  up  to  this  tomb  itself.  The  first  one  opened  was  a  chamber- 
tomb  (a  camera),  despoiled  and  with  roof  broken  in :  in  it  was  found  nothing 
but  a  carnelian  scarab  on  which  was  the  figure  of  a  nude  warrior  (probably 
Kapaneus)  ascending  with  torch  and  shield.  At  a  distance  of  10  met.  was 
a  trench-tomb  (a  fossa),  covered  with  a  slab,  containing  an  unburned  skel- 
eton, seven  pieces  of  Greek  ware  with  dark  bands  on  light  ground,  two  cups 
of  black  bucchero  with  horizontal  handles,  and  two  gold  pendants.  15 
met.  west  of  thi"s  tomb  was  a  chamber-tomb  with  a  herring-bone  vault  (a 
schiena),  measuring  2.05  x  1.95  x  2.  metres,  already  despoiled.  Among 
scattered  bones  were  found  eight  pieces  of  Greek  ware  and  one  hand-made 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  375 

cup  resembling  those  from  the  well  and  trench  tombs.  Of  the  pieces  of 
Greek  ware  the  most  interesting  is  a  pitcher  whose  decoration  of  brownish- 
red  on  a  yellowish-white  ground  consists  of  triangles,  narrow  zones,  and  a 
broad  zone  on  which  are  depicted  four  fish. 

Feb.  12.  Some  trial  trenches  were  dug  on  the  Monterozzi  plateau,  about 
50  met.  west  of  the  tomba  del  Barone.  A  chamber-tomb  was  found,  with 
vault  broken  in  and  anciently  despoiled.  Among  the  debris  were  frag- 
ments of  a  black-figured  amphora,  a  scarab  with  a  man  adoring  a  lion  or 
a  panther  placed  on  an  altar,  etc.  From  this  date  up  to  Feb.  21,  four 
tombs  were  uncovered,  one  a  trench,  the  others  chambers.  The  trench- 
tomb  contained  an  Attic  amphora  of  very  severe  red-figured  style,  with 
twisted  handles.  On  one  side  are  an  ephebos  and  a  boy  talking  and  ges- 
ticulating. On  the  other  is  a  second  ephebos  wrapped  in  a  mantle  and 
leaning  his  right  arm-pit  on  a  staff,  speaking  with  right  arm  extended. 
This  is  the  first  Attic  vase  found  in  a  trench-tomb,  and  shows  it  to  be  among 
the  latest  of  its  kind.  A  mirror  found  here  presents  a  style  of  graffito 
earlier  than  those  of  the  Etruscan  necropoli. — Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  pp.  74-7. 

FIRENZE  =  FLORENTIA. — Many  minor  discoveries  of  no  moment  have 
been  made,  but  among  these  an  epigraphic  discovery  stands  out  as  of  pecu- 
liar importance  for  the  history  of  the  city.  It  reads :  GENIO  COLONIAE  | 
FLORENTIAE  |  .  .  .  .  T  .  Divs  |  .  .  .  cvs  .  This  is  a  confirmation  of  the 
fact  that  Florentia  was  a  Roman  colony.  Up  to  the  present,  there  had 
been  but  one  piece  of  epigraphic  evidence  (GIL,  xi,  1617)  which  names  a 
COLON(MS)  ADLECT(WS)  D(ecrefo)  v(ecurionum)  FLORENT(morww).  The 
present  inscription  is  in  fine  and  clear  characters  of  the  first  or  second  cen- 
tury.— Not.  d.  Scavi,  pp.  108-10. 

FONTANELLA  Dl  CASTELROMANO  (Prov.  of  Mantova).— Signer  Gia- 
como  Locatelli  has  carried  on  excavations  here  with  funds  supplied  by  the 
Ministry  of  Public  Instruction.  He  writes  to  the  Ball,  di  Palet.  Ital. 
(1890,  pp.  50-1) :  "  In  my  excavations  in  the  territory  of  Fontanella,  I 
discovered  two  distinct  necropoli :  the  first  and  earliest  is  indicative  of  the 
eneolithic  period,  to  which  belong  the  tombs  of  Cantalupo  and  Sgurgola 
in  the  Roman  province,  the  second  belongs  to  the  period  of  transition  from 
the  bronze  age  to  the  first  iron  age,  and  reminds  more  especially  of  the 
necropolis  of  Bismantova.  In  the  first  necropolis,  which  is  for  inhumation, 
I  found  seven  well-preserved  human  skeletons  with  accompanying  furni- 
ture ;  in  several  tombs,  on  the  other  hand,  the  skeletons  were  consumed, 
but  the  furniture  was  preserved.  It  consisted  of  superb  poniards,  various 
flint  arrow-heads  and  ax-heads,  a  coulter  of  stone,  and  a  pin  of  copper  or 
bronze,  4  cent.  long.  The  skeletons  were  lying  on  their  left  side,  with  legs 
curled  up,  turned  to  the  east,  the  head  to  the  west ;  in  one  case  the  legs 
were  contracted  up  to  the  breast. 


376  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.  [ITALY.] 

"  Among  other  bronze  objects  found  in  the  second  necropolis  are  to  be 
noted  arched  fibulae,  of  the  Bismantovan  type,  hairpins,  razors,  knives ;  also 
bones  with  decoration  and  earthen  urns  of  various  forms,  some  with  deli- 
cately incised  designs.  A  special  tomb  was  also  found  with  an  earthen  urn 
a  cordoni  lying  with  its  mouth  to  the  N.  and  its  perforated  bottom  to  the 
S. ;  against  the  whole  was  a  cylindrical  terracotta  vase  also  with  a  decoration 
a  cordoni,  c,  25  cent,  long,  and  on  the  E.  side  was  a  human  skull  and  a  rude 
earthen  glass." 

NAPOLI. — In  the  area  of  the  same  ancient  cemetery  which  yielded,  a 
few  months  before,  the  inscription  of  C.  Eclanius  Fortunatus  (Not.  d.  Scavi, 
1889,  p.  404),  an  important  inscription  was  discovered  on  Jan.  2,  made  in 
honor  of  P.  PLOTIUS  FAUSTINUS  SCRIBA  PUBLICUS  NEAPOLiTAN(orwm) 
AEDILICIUS.  It  is  in  both  Greek  and  Latin,  as  are  other  Neapolitan  in- 
scriptions (GIL,  x,  1481,  1489,  1490, 1494, 1497, 1504),  and  contains,  in 
the  Greek  portion,  the  decree  of  the  Neapolitan  senate  regarding  the  honors 
to  be  rendered  to  the  deceased.  The  text  will  be  published  in  one  of  the 
next  numbers  of  the  Monumenti  of  the  E.  Accademia  del  Lincei. 

PARMA. — THE  PALAFITTA  OF  THE  TERRAMARA. — The  palajitta  of  the  terra- 
mara  within  the  city  of  Parma  was  discovered,  excavated,  and  illustrated 
in  1864.  It  is  notable  for  being  constituted  of  two  strata  of  piles,  so  as  to 
form  two  palafitte,  one  above  the  other.  The  objects  found  were  of  stone; 
bone,  wood,  and  clay :  none  were  of  bronze.  During  the  past  winter,  in 
demolishing  the  bastion  of  San  Benedetto,  the  workmen  found  in  the  earth 
two  bronze  objects,  a  lance-head,  and  a  common  knife-poniard.  These  are 
objects  often  found  in  the  terremare,  and  lead  to  the  conclusions,  that  the 
palafitta  of  Parma  (1)  extended  twice  as  far  to  the  N.  as  was  supposed,  and 
(2)  contained  bronze  objects.— Bull.Palet.  ItaL,  1890,  p.  53. 

POMPEII. — DISCOVERY  OF  WALL-PAINTINGS. — Some  mural  paintings  or 
more  than  ordinary  interest  have  recently  been  disclosed.  In  Reg.  vm, 
between  Nos.  16  and  21  of  Insula  2,  Via  in  and  iv,  the  remarkable  dis- 
covery has  been  made  of  a  house  five  stories  high.  The  upper  floor,  which 
is  entered  from  the  higher  level  formed  by  a  mound  of  prehistoric  lava,  is 
profusely  decorated,  and  the  principal  hall  displays  on  one  wall  the  myth 
of  Bellerophon,  a  nude  figure  who,  holding  with  one  hand  the  bridle  of 
his  horse,  is  in  the  act  of  receiving  the  letter  and  orders  of  King  Proitos, 
who  is  seated  on  a  throne  before  him.  The  lower  part  of  the  house,  look- 
ing toward  Stabise  and  the  sea,  was  used  as  a  bathing  establishment.  Three 
steps  lead  into  ihefrigidarium,  which  is  perfect,  the  lower  part  of  the  sur- 
rounding walls  being  painted  blue,  and  the  upper  red.  The  middle  of  the 
right  wall  is  occupied  by  a  picture  representing  a  nymph,  semi-nude,  borne 
over  the  waves  on  a  sea-horse.  The  horizontal  band  dividing  the  blue  from 
the  red  surface  is  a  kind  of  frieze  of  comic  or  caricature  scenes,  represent- 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  377 

ing  dwarfs  and  pigmies  fighting  with  various  animals  in  scenery  evidently 
of  the  Nile  country.  One  dwarf  is  in  the  act  of  throwing  a  large  stone 
at  an  ibis ;  while  another  is  trying  to  save,  by  drawing  to  the  land,  a  figure 
(probably  a  woman)  fallen  into  the  river,  when,  seized  himself  by  a  croco- 
dile, he  has  tied  himself  with  a  rope  to  another  dwarf,  standing  behind,  who 
is  striving  with  might  and  main  to  prevent  his  comrade  from  being  drawn 
down  into  the  water. — Athenaeum,  July  12. 

POZZUOLI. — ROMAN  BATH. — Some  buildings  uncovered  here  near  the 
Villa  di  Cicerone  belong  to  a  Roman  bath.  The  interior  of  one  of  the  halls 
was  decorated  with  columns ;  two  rooms  were  decorated  with  frescoes  rep- 
resenting figured  compositions,  scenes  of  genre  and  still  life  with  birds  and 
fruits,  landscapes,  and  sea-views.  Underneath  these  rooms  are  others,  all 
covered  with  tunnel-vaults. — Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  pp.  122-4. 

REGGIO=RHEGION  (Calabria). — PRIMITIVE  CERAMICS — Certain  work 
in  the  port  ofReggiodi  Calabria  brought  to  light  some  primitive  ceramic 
objects  which  are,  without  doubt,  anterior  to  the  foundation  of  the  Chal- 
kidian  colony  in  the  vm  century  B.  c.  Nothing  is  known  of  the  archse- 
ologic  stratum  in  which  they  were  found,  and  the  greater  part  of  them  have 
been  destroyed.  Paolo  Orsi  describes  the  few  that  have  been  preserved  in 
the  local  museum.  They  are  all  of  black  ware,  some  ruder  than  others. 
The  earliest  are  of  extremely  primitive  workmanship :  the  later  vases  are 
similar  in  form  and  technique  to  corresponding  ones  found  in  the  terremare 
but  are  smaller  and  more  elegant.  They  are  up  to  the  present  the  only 
record  of  a  pre-Hellenic  settlement  at  Rhegion. — Bull.  Palet.  ItaL,  1890, 
pp.  48-9. 

ROMA. — THE  COLLEGE  OF  HARUSPICES  OR  SOOTHSAYERS. — The  Etruscan 
science  of  divination  was  represented  especially  by  the  haruspices,  who  re- 
sided at  first  entirely  in  Etruria  and  did  not  come  to  Rome  until  quite  late. 
They  formed  a  part  of  the  civil  rather  than  the  religious  administration. 
In  many  places  they  were  organized  into  a  club  or  collegium  with  a  presi- 
dent. Such  a  society  was  known  to  have  existed  in  Rome,  and  was  thought 
(from  a  passage  in  Tacitus)  to  have  been  organized  by  the  Emperor  Clau- 
dius, and,  arguing  from  several  inscriptions,  to  have  been  composed  of  sixty 
members.  An  inscription  recently  found  near  the  Via  Salaria,  cut  on  a 
cippus  of  travertine  in  letters  characteristic  of  the  close  of  the  Republic  or 
the  first  decades  of  the  Empire,  shows  conclusively  that  already,  before  the 
time  of  Claudius,  the  haruspices  of  Rome  formed  an  order  with  sixty  mem- 
bers, and  that  this  Emperor  therefore  merely  reorganized,  on  a  new  basis 
and  under  the  supervision  of  the  pontifices,  this  ancient  science  of  divin- 
ation. The  inscription  reads:  L-  VIN  VLLEIVS-  L-  F- 1  POM  •  LVCVL- 
LVS|  ARISPEX  |  EX  SEXAGINTA.  It  comes  from  the  early  Salarian 


378  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.  [ROMA.] 

necropolis  so  often  mentioned  during  the  last  four  years. — Bull.  Comm. 
arch.,  1890,  pp.  140-43. 

THE    LIMITS   OF   THE    FOURTEEN    REGIONS   OF   AUGUSTUS. In  V1CW  of  the 

constant  disputes  regarding  the  limits  of  the  fourteen  regions  of  Augustus, 
Professor  R.  Lanciani  has  undertaken  to  determine  their  boundaries  with 
greater  precision  than  has  yet  been  done.  His  study  is  published  in  the 
Bull.  Comm.  arch,  for  May  (1889,  pp.  115-37),  and  is  accompanied  by  a 
diagram  and  a  map.  He  starts  from  the  hypothesis,  that  Augustus  made 
a  conventional  division,  following  a  cardinal  line  almost  due  north  and 
south,  along  the  Via  Flaminia,  surrounding  the  east  base  of  the  Capitol, 
the  west  base  of  the  Palatine,  and  taking  the  line  of  the  Via  Appia.  One 
of  the  characteristics  of  this  division  was  the  attempt  to  make  it  of  equal 
parts,  each  region  containing  originally  a  perimeter  of  somewhat  under  or 
over  twelve  thousand  feet,  except  the  sixth  which  was  made  larger  on 
account  of  its  sparse  population.  The  average  number  of  blocks  or  insu- 
ICK  assigned  to  each  was  three  thousand.  The  division  was  determined  by 
two  main  elements :  the  Servian  Wall,  and  the  main  streets  leading  from 
the  centre  to  the  gates  and  following  to  the  bottom  of  the  valleys  between 
the  hills.  A  detailed  examination  is  made  of  the  catalogues  more  recent 
than  the  time  of  Augustus,  and  then  follows  a  discussion  of  the  exact  con- 
fines of  each  region. 

TERRACOTTAS. — The  excavations  in  the  Campo  Verano  have  brought  to 
light  further  pieces  of  terracotta  reliefs.  (1)  Three  fragments  of  a  frieze 
with  sacrificing  Victories,  of  severe  style.  (2)  Fragment  with  the  figure  of 
a  hunter  carrying  a  lance  and  accompanied  by  a  dog.  (3)  Five  other 
fragments  with  figures  of  hierodulae  dancing  around  an  idol  of  Minerva. 

In  working  at  the  drain  near  San  Crisogono  was  found  a  fragment  of  a 
frieze  entirely  different  in  style  from  the  above :  it  is  modelled  with  the 
stick,  in  very  high  relief  and  in  magnificent  style.  There  remaics  a  figure 
of  a  man,  headless  and  partly  armless  and  legless,  of  a  Seilenos  type,  in 
lively  motion. — Bull.  Comm.  arch.,  1890,  pp.  148-9. 

A  HERM  OF  HERCULES. — The  construction  of  a  drain  on  the  old  street  of 
Porta  Salaria  brought  to  light  an  interesting  piece  of  sculpture.  It  is  a 
marble  herm  of  Hercules,  slightly  under  life-size.  The  lower  half  of  the 
figure  ends  in  a  diminishing  shaft  whose  feet  are  broken  off.  Above,  the 
god  is  entirely  covered,  with  the  exception  of  his  head,  by  the  lion-skin 
arranged  in  a  few  stiff  folds,  with  the  legs  hanging  down  the  left  side :  the 
right  hand,  enveloped  in  the  skin,  is  placed  on  the  breast ;  the  left,  also 
covered,  holds  the  clavus.  The  head  is  bearded  and  of  the  Lysippian  type. 
There  are  traces  of  color  on  the  lion-skin. — Bull.  Comm.  arch.,  1890,  p.  148. 

SCULPTURES  ON  THE  VIA  CAVOUR. — Among  the  pieces  of  sculpture  found 
in  lengthening  the  Via  Cavour  are :  (1)  a  marble  bracket  formed  by  a  head 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  379 

of  Medusa  of  the  pathetic  Hellenistic  type  with  dishevelled  hair  and  half- 
closed  eyes ;  (2)  a  half-head  of  a  child,  life-size,  belonging  to  the  third 
century  A.  D.  and  of  excellent  workmanship,  representing  an  Egyptian. — 
Bull.  Comm.  arch.,  1890,  pp.  181-2. 

NUMISMATIC  DISCOVERIES  AT  AND  NEAR  THE  CITY. — Several  numismatic 
discoveries  have  taken  place  in  and  near  the  city.  On  the  Esquiline,  to- 
ward the  Suburra  some  six  thousand  common  bronze  coins  of  the  fourth 
century  were  found  in  a  brass  vase.  At  PORTO  D'ANZIO  there  came  to  light 
two  libral^s  with  the  head  of  Apollo  repeated  on  both  sides  and  belong- 
ing to  the  series  assigned  by  P.  Garrucci  to  the  Sabines  (t.  xxxiv).  At 
CIVITA  CASTELLANA  in  a  tomb  at  a  depth  of  twenty  metres  there  was  found, 
by  the  side  of  two  bronze  statuettes,  a  fine  example  of  the  triens  of  the  very 
rare  series  of  the  aes  grave  of  Tarquinii  (GARRUCCI,  t.  XLVI,  3).  Among 
individual  finds  in  ROME  is  an  inedited  new  gold  quinarius  of  Probus, 
medals  of  Constantine  and  Alexander  Severus,  a  fine  large  bronze  of 
Emilianus  and  one  of  Antinous. — Riv.  Hal.  Numis.,  1890,  pp.  317-18. 

TERMINAL  CIPPI  OF  THE  TIBER. — On  the  right  bank  of  the  Tiber  (Prati  di 
Castello),  in  front  of  the  Antaldi  and  Menotti  houses  there  has  come  to 
light  a  notable  series  of  ancient  travertine  cippi  relating  to  the  limits  of 
the  river-banks.  They  are  thirteen  in  number,  five  without  and  eight  with 
inscriptions.  Of  the  latter,  seven  belong  to  the  delimitation  made  by  Au- 
gustus in  747  u.  c. ;  and  one  records  that  made  by  Trajan  in  101  A.  D. 
They  were  all  found  in  place  over  an  extent  of  about  a  hundred  metres : 
hence  the  particular  importance  of  the  discovery,  which  enables  us  to  study 
and  recognize  for  quite  a  distance  along  the  right  bank  of  the  river  the 
details  of  the  work  undertaken  by  Augustus  to  guard  the  rights  of  the  State. 
A  plan  is  given  of  the  position  of  each  one,  as  well  as  a  detailed  descrip- 
tion. The  inscriptions  of  Augustus  are  all  worded  alike :  I M  P  •  CAESAR  • 
mVI-  F|  AVGVSTVSI  PONTIFEX-  MAXIMVSITRIBVNIC-  POTEST- 
XVII  |  EX  •  S-  C  •  TERMINAVIT.  The  only  difference  is  in  the  formula 
giving  the  distance  between  the  cippi,  which  vary  between  15  and  148?  ft. ; 
for  example,  R  •  R  •  PROX  -  CIPP  •  PED  •  XXIV. 

There  are  one  or  two  holes  in  each  cippus,  and  these,  together  with  the 
leaded  clamps  found  on  them  as  well  as  in  the  pavement,  show  that  the 
cippi  were  joined  by  iron  railing  which  shut  out  the  space  toward  the  river. 
Nine  other  such  cippi  of  Augustus  were  already  known,  all  of  747  u.  c., 
and  belonging  also  to  the  right  bank,  nearly  all  having  been  found  near 
the  castle  of  S.  Angelo.  The  great  differences  in  the  distance  between  the 
cippi  and  their  irregular  lineation  are  signs  of  irregularities  of  the  ground 
and  the  presence  of  private  buildings  that  could  not  be  appropriated.  A 
new  and  interesting  fact  is,  that  the  direction  of  the  line  between  each 
cippus  and  the  relative  position  of  the  next  cippus  are  indicated  by  the  side 


380  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.  [ITALY.] 

on  which  the  distance  is  inscribed  ;  this  being  not  always  on  the  front  but 
sometimes  on  the  side  and  even  on  the  back.  The  linear  extension  of  any 
tract  along  the  river-banks  is  therefore  indicated  only  by  the  inscriptions 
along  the  front  of  the  cippi  to  the  exclusion  of  the  others. 

An  attempt  is  made  to  verify,  by  means  of  the  distances  marked  on  these 
tippi,  the  measurement  of  0.2963  met.  attributed  to  the  Koman  foot ;  and 
the  result,  though  partial,  is  decidedly  in  favor  of  this  measure.  The  gen- 
eral conclusions  are  as  follows :  (1)  the  cippi  are  travertine  parallelepipeds 
surmounted  by  a  semicircular  cap,  and  measure  2  x  2.50  X  0.70  metres. 
(2)  They  rise  1.10  or  1.20  met.  above  the  surface ;  and  (3)  are  planted  at 
the  corners  of  the  perimeter  of  the  public  property  in  such  a  way  that  the 
apex  of  each  angle  of  the  perimetral  line  coincides  with  one  of  the  outer 
angles  of  the  cippus.  (4)  The  placing  of  the  cippi  followed  the  course  of 
the  river,  so  that  the  distance  between  two  cippi  was  always  noted  on  the 
lower  of  the  two.  (5)  The  inscription  giving  the  date  of  the  limitation  is 
always  incised  on  the  side  facing  the  extension  of  the  property  limited. 
(6)  On  each  cippus,  the  distance  from  the  next  one  is  indicated,  and  the 
spot  on  which  this  is  inscribed  indicates  the  direction  of  the  next  section 
of  the  polygonal  line,  and  consequently  determines  the  position  of  the  next 
term.  (7)  The  real  measure  of  distance  should  be  calculated  on  the  line 
of  the  projection  of  two  consecutive  cippi. — Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  pp.  82-8. 

SCHIAVONIA. — STELE  WITH  EUGANEAN  INSCRIPTION. — A  cippus  of  hard 
trachyte,  found  in  Schiavonia  (part  of  the  commune  of  Este)  and  shaped 
like  a  truncated  pyramid,  has  upon  one  of  its  four  faces  a  zone  inscribed 
with  Euganean  characters  enclosed  within  incised  lines.  This  pyramidal 
stele  should  be  numbered  among  the  inscribed  stones  of  the  most  advanced 
Euganean  culture. — Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  pp.  51-2. 

TIVOLI. — ANCIENT  NECROPOLIS. — Near  the  Villa  d'Este,  have  recently 
been  found  some  tombs  which  prove,  for  the  first  time,  the  existence  in 
this  locality,  the  highest  point  in  Tivoli,  of  an  ancient  necropolis.  In  one 
of  the  tombs  was  a  small  two-handled  Etrusco-Campanian  vase  with  a  paint- 
ing in  reddish  ocre  representing  two  epheboi  in  the  usual  style  of  the  third 
century  B.  c.—Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  pp.  122-3. 

CHRISTIAN  ANTIQUITIES  OF   ITALY. 

THE  DATE  OF  THE  RENAISSANCE. — Atameetingofthe$oc.  des  Antiquaires 
(Dec.  18, 1889)  M.  GUIFFREY  called  attention  to  four  gold  medallions  of 
Italian  workmanship,  representing  Roman  Emperors,  which  are  mentioned 
in  the  inventory  of  the  jewels  of  the  Due  de  Berry,  and  which  he  is  about 
to  publish.  The  Prince  purchased  them  in  1402  of  merchants  from  Italy: 
they  now  belong  to  the  Cabinet  des  Medailles.  M.  COURA  JOD  remarked  the 
importance  of  the  date  of  the  medals,  because,  at  the  time  of  their  execu- 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  381 

tion,  Italian  art  had  not  yet  turned  to  the  study  of  the  antique. — Ami  des 
Monuments,  1890,  pp.  49-50. 

ARCEVI A. — PAINTING  BY  LUOA  SIGNORELLI. — Sig.  A.  Anselmi  gives,  in  the 
Archivio  storico  delVArte  (1890,  pp.  157-8),  a  note  on  an  important  paint- 
ing by  Luca  Signorelli  of  which  all  trace  had  been  lost  since  1810.  Up  to 
that  time,  it  had  been  preserved  in  the  church  of  San  Francesco  at  Arcevia, 
for  which  place  the  painter  executed  a  number  of  works.  It  was  among 
the  works  of  art  seized  by  the  French  in  1810  and  never  returned.  It 
represented  the  enthroned  Virgin  holding  the  Child,  and  having  on  one 
side  SS.  Simon  and  Jude,  on  the  other  SS.  Bonaventura  and  Francesco. 
Below  was  the  inscription  in  gold  letters :  JACOBI  SIMONIS  DE  PHILIPPINIS 

AERE  |  DEO   ET    B.   V.    DICATUM  |  FR.   BERNARDINO  VIGNATO  j  GUARDIANO 
PROCURANTE  MDVIII. 

FIRENZE. — Two  PAINTINGS  RESTORED  TO  PIERO  POLLAIUOLO. — In  the 
church  of  Santa  Croce,  at  Florence,  near  Donatello's  tabernacle  with  the 
Annunciation,  is  a  fresco,  by  a  master  of  the  quattro  cento,  representing  SS. 
John  and  Francis,  which  has  been  attributed  until  now,  on  the  faith  of  Va- 
sari,  to  Andrea  del  Castagno,  though  quite  recently  Morelli  and  Bayet  have 
suggested  the  name  of  Domenico  Veneziano.  An  anonymous  MS.  of  the 
xvi  century  in  the  Uffizii  gallery  entitled  Nota  delle  tavole  di  pittura  e 
figure  di  marmo  di  eccellenti  maestri  che  sono  in  Fiorenza,  this  work  is  at- 
tributed to  Piero  Pollaiuolo,  with  these  words :  S.  Giovanni  B.ta  con  S. 
S.  Franc.0  in  fresco  nel  muro  a  man  destra  delta  cappella  de'  Cavalcanti,  del 
Pollajuolo,  eccellente  maestro,  maniera  del  S.  Bastiano  de'  Pucci  nella  Nun- 
tiata.  This  painting  of  S.  Sebastiano  here  referred  to  is  attributed  to  Piero 
Pollaiuolo  by  Albertini. 

Another  painting  that  should  be  restored  to  this  master  is  a  male  por- 
trait exhibited  at  the  Uffizii  as  No.  30  under  the  name  Antonio  Pollaiuolo. 
By  comparison  with  a  portrait  of  Galeazzo  Maria  Sforza  copied  by  Cris- 
tofano  delP  Altissimo,  at  the  request  of  Cosimo  I,  from  an  original  in  the 
Museo  Giovio,  this  painting  also  is  shown  to  be  a  portrait  of  this  Milanese 
duke.  Its  attribution  to  Piero  Pollaiuolo  is  then  made  certain  by  the  inven- 
tory of  Lorenzo  de'Medici  published  by  M.  Miiutz,  which  speaks  of  a  quadro 
dipintovi  la  testa  del  Duca  Ghaleazo  di  mano  di  Piero  del  Pollaiuolo :  it  is 
further  referred  to  in  the  inventory  of  the  Palazzo  Vecchio,  compiled  in 
1553,  as  :  uno  rittrato  in  tavola  d'un  duca  di  Milano  con  ornamento  dorato  et 
vesta  piena  di  gigli  dorati. — U.  Rossi,  in  Arch.  stor.  delVArte,  pp.  160-1. 

PRATO. — FORGOTTEN  WORKS  BY  NICCOLO  D-AREZZO.— The  sculptor,  Nic- 
cold  di  Piero  Lamberti  is  known  to  hold  an  important  place  as  one  of  the 
precursors  of  and  earliest  cooperators  in  the  Renaissance.  His  known  re- 
maining works  are  very  few,  and  it  is  all  the  more  interesting  to  call  atten- 
tion to  two  works  which  by  documentary  testimony  are  known  to  be  his. 


382  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

I.  The  fa9ade  of  the  cathedral  of  Prato  shown  to  be  his  by  the  Libri  degli 
Operai  of  this  church,  as  published  by  CESARE  GUASTI,  IlPergamo  di  Dona- 
tella, p.  12,  where  we  read  that,  before  1413,  Niecolo  diPiero  chiamato  il 
Pela  di  Firenze  e  i  suoi  compagni  Giovanni  di  Donato  e  Lorenzo  di  Matteo  da 
Fiesole  hanno  tolto  a  fare  lafacda  dinanzi  della  pieve.  It  is  to  be  conjec- 
tured that  the  design  of  the  fa9ade,  as  well  as  its  execution,  was  by  him. 
ii.  The  second  work  is  the  sepulchre  of  Francesco  Datini,  whose  life  is 
given  through  the  correspondence  of  the  Florentine  notary  Lapo  Mazzei, 
also  published  by  CESARE  GUASTI,  Lettere  di  un  notaro  a  un  mercante  del 
seeolo  XIV.  Here  are  given  the  accounts  of  the  sums  expended  from  Jan.  3, 
1410,  to  Aug.  16, 1412  for  the  monument  of  Datini,  whose  reclining  figure 
and  the  frieze  containing  the  inscription  were  entrusted  to  Niccolo.  This 
tomb  still  remains  in  front  of  the  high  altar  in  San  Francesco.  The  figure, 
of  good  proportions,  is  surrounded  by  a  Gothic  niche. — Archivio  stor.  delV 
Arte,  1890,  p.  161. 

VENEZIA. — FOUR  PAINTINGS  BY  CRIVELLI. — The  Gallery  in  Venice  has 
received  four  small  tempera  paintings  by  Carlo  Crivelli,  of  whom  it  had 
previously  had  but  one  example.  They  came  from  the  Pericoli  sale  in 
Rome  and  previously  from  the  D'Aste  collection  of  Genova.  They  rep- 
resent the  standing  figures  of  Saints  Roccus,  Sebastianus,  Emidius  and 
Bernardinus.  These  four  pieces  must  have  belonged  to  a  polyptich  and 
been  placed  on  either  side  of  a  large  central  composition.  In  style  they 
belong  to  the  painter's  latest  period,  about  1490.  The  inscription,  OPVS 
CAROLVS  (sic)  CRIVELLI  VENETI,  is  apparently  a  bad  copy  of  the  original 
inscription. — Arch.  stor.  dell' Arte,  1890,  pp.  158-9. 

SARDINIA. 

TERRANOVA  FAUSANIA.— PREHISTORIC  TOMB. — Excavations  on  this 
site  in  the  territory  of  Olbia  brought  to  light  a  tomb  of  unusual  interest 
and  evidently  of  great  antiquity.  It  was  of  very  oblong  oval  shape  ;  the 
walls  were  formed  of  accumulated  loose  stones  arranged  with  a  certain 
symmetry  and  not  rising  to  any  great  height.  Three  exfoliated  rocks, 
whose  interstices  were  filled  with  small  stones,  were  laid  flat  upon  the  edges 
of  these  rough  walls,  thus  closing  the  tomb.  The  flooring  consisted  of 
roughly  arranged  stones  imbedded  in  the  earth.  Within,  beside  human 
bones,  was  a  rude  vase  of  blackish  ware,  made  with  the  lathe,  with  slightly 
curving  walls,  somewhat  projecting  mouth,  and  without  handle :  fragments 
of  other  similar  vases  lay  about,  also  a  thin  strip  of  bluish  flint  with  well 
smoothed  surfaces  and  obliquely  cut  edges. — Not.  d.  Seavi,  1890,  pp.  92-3. 

PREHISTORIC  CONSTRUCTIONS. — Sig.  Tamponi  reports  in  the  Not.  d.  Seavi 
(1890,  pp.  130-1)  some  prehistoric  discoveries  in  the  territory  of  ancient 
Olbia.  In  the  highest  part  of  the  region  of  Pedra  Zoeeada  were  remains 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  383 

of  a  giant's  tomb  formed  of  rude  masses  of  granite  arranged  in  two  parallel 
rows  ten  met.  long  and  sixty  cent,  apart.  The  space  between  the  rows 
formed  the  sepulchral  chamber  and  was  doubtless  anciently  covered  with 
slabs,  as  in  other  cases  in  Sardinia. 

At  a  short  distance,  at  the  highest  point  of  the  hill,  are  traces  of  a  quad- 
rangular wall  around  which  were  picked  up  several  pieces  of  obsidian,  as 
well  as  fragments  of  pottery  of  very  primitive  manufacture.  On  every 
part  of  this  summit  are  to  be  seen  stones  belonging  to  destroyed  construc- 
tions. Near  by  is  a  cavity,  formed  of  two  immense  blocks  of  granite,  and 
measuring  over  15  sq.  met.,  within  which  were  found  fragments  of  pottery 
and  obsidian,  indicating  this  to  be  a  prehistoric  station. 

Traces  of  another  prehistoric  station  exist  at  Albitroni,  a  picturesque 
elevation  along  the  rocky  chain  of  Monte  a  Teltri,  to  the  left  of  the  Roman 
road  from  Sbrangatu  to  Traissoli.  There  have  been  found  fragments  ot 
rude  unturned  pottery  ;  flakes  of  obsidian  ;  blocks  of  granite  arranged  in 
a  certain  order,  as  in  the  nuraghes. 

SICILY. 

THE  PREHISTORIC  ARCH/EOLOGY  OF  SICILY. — We  here  give  the  summary 
promised  in  our  last  number  (p.  240)  of  Signer  Orsi's  two  papers  on  the 
early  archaeology  of  Sicily,  in  the  Bull,  di  Palet.  Italiana.  "  Up  to  the 
present,  the  literature  of  primitive  Sicilian  archaeology  has  been  exceed- 
ingly limited ;  not  only  that  of  the  neolithic  period,  which  is  really  pre- 
historic, but,  even  more,  that  usually  attributed  to  the  Siculi,  which  may 
be  regarded  as  the  transition  from  the  prehistoric  to  the  historic.  By  the 
Siculi,  we  have  superb  rock-cut  necropoli,  so  imposing  as  to  compare 
favorably  with  the  most  important  groups  on  the  mainland ;  we  have 
megalithic  monuments  so  little  known  that  their  existence  even  is  denied 
by  the  majority  ;  we  have  a  family  of  vases  which  may  be  yet  regarded  as 
entirely  new,  with  certain  peculiar  forms  of  geometric  painting  which 
establish  a  direct  bond  of  union  between  Sicily  and  the  East,  at  times 
anterior  to  the  Greek  colonization."  The  only  writers  who  have  attempted 
a  study  of  the  subject  in  any  of  its  parts  are  Professor  Cavallari,  who 
confined  himself  to  the  topographic  distribution  of  the  necropoli  and  the 
type  of  the  tombs ;  and  two  Germans,  Messrs.  Schubring  and  Holm,  who 
attempted  merely  an  enumeration,  often  erroneous,  of  the  localities  where 
the  necropoli  are  found.  Professor  Cavallari  is  at  present  engaged  upon  a 
large  and  comprehensive  synthetic  work  which  will  illustrate  the  various 
types  of  necropoli  and  their  varied  contents,  with  a  comparative  study  of 
related  Italic  or  extra-Italic  monuments. 

The  great  difficulty  has  been,  until  now,  that  the  necropoli  are  empty 
and  long  since  despoiled  and  that  but  few  recent  discoveries  have  been 


384  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.  [SICILY.] 

made.  Sig.  Orsi  has  given  in  these  papers  notes  on  such  discoveries  as 
have  come  to  his  attention,  by  which  alone  the  age  and  nationality  of  these 
necropoli  can  be  determined ;  and  he  has  added  an  attempt  to  interpret 
the  few  known  elements  of  Siculan  culture. 

PANTALICA  (Herbessus  ?). — At  the  junction  of  the  river  Anapo  and  its 
confluent  the  Calcinara,  in  the  Monti  Crimiti,  rises,  like  an  enormous  bas- 
tion, the  tableland  of  Pantalica,  entirely  isolated.  Its  greatest  length  is 
1200  by  400  metres,  and  its  elevation  between  390  and  420  metres.  The 
position  is  impregnable ;  the  only  weak  point  is  on  the  west,  where  fortifi- 
cations were  erected  including  a  walk  constructed  of  regular  parallele- 
pipeds. The  plateau  was  occupied  by  a  city,  or  rather  by  a  very  primitive 
population,  perhaps  of  shepherds,  who  appear  to  have  lived  in  large  caves 
and  in  cabins  of  cane-work  or  mud.  If  this  be  true,  as  would  seem  from 
the  complete  absence  of  traces  of  masonry,  it  is  a  fact  of  great  interest.  The 
conclusion  is  drawn  by  Sig.  Orsi,  that  this  was  an  inhabited  centre  even  after 
the  coming  of  the  Greeks  and  Romans,  and  that  its  inhabitants  were  native 
Siculi,  who,  being  protected  by  the  inaccessibility  of  the  site,  preserved 
not  only  a  certain  independence  but  the  habits  and  customs  of  their  an- 
cestors and  the  primitive  form  of  habitation  and  sepulchre.  Certain  modi- 
fications were,  it  is  true,  introduced,  such  as  the  adoption  of  coinage  from 
the  Greeks,  the  use  of  more  elegant  vases,  and  the  type  of  fortification. 
This  fortification,  already  alluded  to,  is  essentially  Greek  and  has  its  pro- 
totypes in  the  Eurialean  castle  at  Syracuse  and  the  akropolis  at  Leontinoi. 
The  former  of  these  is  the  work  of  Dionysios  I,  and  dates  from  402  to 
397  B.  c.,  and  this  gives  us  a  date  for  the  fortifications  of  Pantalica.  In  404 
Dionysios  led  an  expedition  against  Herbessus  (DiOD.  SIK.,  xiv.  7),  where 
he  kept  a  garrison,  and  this  city  has  been,  wisely  in  Sig.  Orsi's  opinion, 
identified  with  Pantalica. 

The  great  Siculan  necropolis  is  perhaps  unique  for  its  size.  It  was  vis- 
ited as  early  as  1555  by  Fazello  and  excited  his  admiration.  It  contains 
perhaps  some  thousand  sepulchral  cells,  grouped  especially  around  the 
great  N.  E.  spur.  They  appear  to  be  of  all  periods,  extending  from  the 
earliest  pre- Hellenic  to  the  Roman  period.  The  type  is  of  a  trapezoidal 
or  quadrangular  door  or  rather  window,  followed  by  a  very  short  dromos 
or  corridor  leading  to  the  sepulchral  chamber.  The  window  is  framed  by 
several  recesses  that  served  to  secure  the  closing  slab,  which  in  a  few  cases 
is  double.  In  the  few  hypogeic  cells  which  Sig.  Orsi  studied  near  by,  the 
vault  is  not  curved,  as  in  the  earliest  type,  but  is  flat,  and  the  chamber  is 
quadrangular  instead  of  oval — contrary  to  the  most  archaic  examples  at 
Syracuse.  This  form  is  quite  late.  Sig.  Orsi  was  not  able  to  find  a  single 
unopened  tomb. 


[SICILY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  385 

The  museum  of  Syracuse  contains  objects  from  the  necropolis  of  Pan- 
talica.  Among  these  are  three  small  bronzes — two  poniard-blades  and  a 
decorated  fibula — which  are  a  cardinal  point  for  the  chronology  of  Pan- 
talica.  The  poniards  are  of  a  very  archaic  type  used  in  Italy  (terremare 
and  palafitte),  through  Central  Europe,  and  in  Greece,  in  the  pure  bronze 
age.  In  the  first  iron  age,  this  type  disappears  and  is  replaced  by  that  of 
the  lama  afiamma  or  concavo-convex  blade,  of  which  also  an  example  has 
been  found  at  Pantalica.  The  two  bronze  poniards  represent  the  earliest 
objects  yet  found  at  Pantalica,  anterior  to  the  Greeks  and  perhaps  to  the 
Phoanicians :  a  very  moderate  terminus  ante  quern  would  be  at  latest  the  xi 
cent.  B.  c.,  for  the  earliest  tombs  of  Pantalica.  This  is  all  the  more  inter- 
esting, that  the  existence  .of  a  real  bronze  age  in  Sicily  had  not  yet  been 
satisfactorily  proved. 

In  1879,  an  intact  tomb  was  opened  and  its  contents  deposited  in  the 
museum  of  Syracuse.  It  had  an  elliptical  cell  and  a  semicircular  vault, 
thus  placing  it  among  the  earliest  examples.  It  contained  three  vases  and 
a  bronze  knife,  the  rite  being  that  of  inhumation.  The  knife  is  of  the  type 
transitional  from  the  lanceolated  to  the  concavo-convex  form,  which  was 
in  use  at  the  end  of  the  bronze  and  the  very  beginning  of  the  iron  age, 
not  only  in  Italy  but  in  Central  Europe,  Greece  and  the  East :  examples 
were  found  at  Hissarlik  (second  stratum)  and  Mykenai,  while  those  in 
Kypros  are  of  copper ;  and  they  also  appear  in  a  slightly  more  recent 
stratum  at  Idalion,  and  with  Phoenician  vases  in  other  sites.  This  tomb, 
therefore,  is  at  least  as  early  as  the  most  archaic  Villanova  period,  almost 
contemporary  with  that  of  Mykenai  and  certainly  earlier  than  the  first 
Hellenic  colonization. 

During  the  winter  of  1889,  were  carried  on  clandestine  excavations  re- 
sulting in  the  finding  of  fictile  and  bronze  objects  partly  reproduced  on 
pi.  iv  of  the  Bullettino.  Their  character  is  very  primitive.  That  of  the 
bronzes  places  them  between  the  x  and  v  cent.  B.  c.,  at  a  date  almost 
coinciding  with  the  arrival  of  the  first  Greek  colonists  (735-729  B.  c.). 
This,  therefore,  settles  approximately  a  second  chronologic  point  in  the  his- 
tory of  Pantalica.  Only  systematic  excavations,  such  as  have  not  yet  been 
conducted,  can  make  any  detailed  and  scientific  conclusion  possible. 

TOMB  OF  MILOCCA. — South  of  the  great  port  of  Syracuse  is  a  plain  de- 
fended by  a  tower  of  the  xvi  cent.,  and  from  it  called  the  plain  of  Milocca. 
On  it  is  a  necropolis  formed  of  a  curious  type  of  tomb  opened  in  the  rock, 
and  which  might  be  termed  a  compana  and  belong  to  the  advanced  Hel- 
lenic period.  Here  there  took  place,  in  1871,  a  very  important  discovery 
of  which  hardly  any  notice  was  taken.  It  was  that  of  a  circular  hypogeic 
cell  in  whose  right  wall  was  cut  a  loculus  which  contained  six  rude  vases 
some  of  which  were  ignorantly  destroyed.  The  cell  had  a  circular  oven- 


386  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.  [SICILY.] 

roof  and  was  preceded  by  a  little  dromos.  This  shape  is  extremely  archaic. 
The  vases  are  so  important  as  to  require  special  description :  they  are  of 
two  distinct  manufactures  and  origin  ;  the  one,  rude  and  of  local  make ; 
the  other,  painted  and  imported.  First  in  importance  are  two  cups,  one 
large,  the  other  small,  of  calyx  shape,  of  irregularly  black  earth,  turned, 
the  larger  one  having  a  high  annular  handle.  The  presence  of  such  calix- 
vases  is  not  fortuitous  but  is  a  special  characteristic  of  the  Siculan  necropoli : 
Sig.  Orsi  gives  statistics  of  the  types  hitherto  known,  adding  others  that  are 
inedited.  The  conclusion  is  drawn,  that  the  calyx-vases  with  a  body  at 
times  globular,  at  times  expanding  a  tromba,  either  painted  with  geometric 
decoration  or  of  rude  technique  with  simple  glaze,  are  a  hitherto  unnoted 
characteristic  of  the  artificial  sepulchral  grottoes  of  the  Siculi,  which  rep- 
resent, chronologically,  the  intermediate  stage  between  the  close  of  the  neo- 
lithic period  and  historic  times :  they  are  of  such  uniformity  of  type  as  to 
constitute  a  peculiarly  Siculan  type  of  ceramics.  It  is  a  plausible  conjec- 
ture, that  they  are  imitated  from  Oriental  fictile  or  metallic  vases.  Such 
vases  are  found  among  the  Mykenaian  ceramics,  at  Mykenai,  Hissarlik, 
Tiryns,  and  in  early  Boiotian  tombs.  In  fact,  it  is  proved,  by  two  more 
of  these  Milocca  vases,  that  products  of  the  Mykenaian  culture,  which  may 
have  served  as  models,  were  imported  into  the  island.  These  examples  are 
small  amphorae :  one  has  three  annular  handles,  is  turned,  painted  a  creamy- 
white,  made  of  a  pure  pale-yellow  clay  foreign  to  Sicily,  decorated  with  lines, 
bands,  undulations,  and  palmettes  in  chestnut-brown.  Both  belong  to  the 
third  of  the  four  phases  of  Mykenaian  ware  established  by  Furtwangler — 
that  characterized  by  a  colored  decoration  with  brilliant  varnish.  To  this 
phase  belong  almost  all  the  vases  of  lalysos,  Nauplia,  Haliki,  Spata,  and 
Menidi,  and,  as  with  it  are  at  times  mingled  Dipylon  vases,  its  close  must 
have  been  preceded  by  the  Doric  emigration  in  the  xi  century.  The  date 
of  xi-x  cent,  must  therefore  be  assigned  to  the  tomb  of  Milocca. 

The  situation  of  this  tomb,  in  the  plain  instead  of  being  cut  in  the  rock, 
is  another  proof  of  the  existence,  all  around  Syracuse,  of  a  circle  of  Siculan 
villages  whose  position  is  still  indicated  by  tombs.  One  of  the  most  impor- 
tant of  these  groups  is  situated  in  the  Reale  property  near  Scala  Greca. 

NECROPOLIS  ON  THE  REALE  PROPERTY. — Sig.  Orsi  cleared  all  the  grottoes 
composing  this  small  necropolis,  but  without  much  result  in  the  way  of  con- 
tents, as  they  had  often  been  despoiled.  Architecturally,  they  are  of  early 
shape,  being  all  a  variation  of  circular  or  oval  ground-plans,  some  being 
formed  of  a  double  cell  beside  the  dromos.  Twenty  of  these  are  described. 

SYRACUSE  A  SICULAN  CITY. — The  conclusion  is  reached,  that,  as  the  modern 
Syracuse  is  surrounded,  within  a  radius  of  from  3  to  6  kilom.,  with  small 
archaic  necropoli,  this  city,  before  being  a  Greek  city  (734  B.  c.)  or  a  Phoe- 
nician station  (xi-x  cent.  B.  c.),  was  a  settlement  of  the  Siculi ;  and  that 


[SICILY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  387 

these  necropoli  must  have  been  abandoned  toward  the  close  of  the  vin  cent. 
B.  c.,  through  Greek  hostility. 

NECROPOLIS  NEAR  NOTO. — In  1886,  three  tombs  were  cleared,  one  of  them 
being  of  extraordinary  size.  Among  the  fragments  of  pottery  were  some 
both  of  black  ware  with  pressed  geometric  decoration  of  concentric  circles 
and  bands  similar  to  the  Villanova  ware,  and  also  fragments  of  vases  with 
pale  background  and  brown  geometric  decoration.  This  favors  a  synchron- 
ism of  the  two  techniques. 

SICANI  AND  SICULI. — After  an  examination  of  the  texts  and  other  evi- 
dence regarding  these  two  related  peoples — the  Sicani  and  the  Siculi — 
who  succeeded  each  other  on  Sicilian  soil,  Sig.  Orsi  arrives  at  the  follow- 
ing conclusions.  Both  are  of  Italic  race  and  descended  from  the  north  : 
there  appears  to  be  no  appreciable  difference  between  the  monuments  which 
the  two  peoples  have  left.  Beside  the  question  of  race,  there  is  one  of  archae- 
ology. The  pre-Hellenic  civilization  of  Sicily  is  characterized  by  rock-cut 
tombs,  no  tombs  dug  in  the  earth  having  been  found  belonging  to  the  Sicu- 
lan  period.  Did  the  Siculi  bring  with  them  this  type  of  tomb  or  did  they 
find  it  already  in  use  in  the  island,  and  adopt  it?  There  are  no  traces 
whatever  of  such  a  type  on  the  mainland  ;  consequently,  its  origin  should 
be  sought  in  the  relations  that  existed  from  the  earliest  times  between  Sicily, 
Greece,  and  the  Orient.  Tombs  of  a  similar  shape  and  vaulting  are  found 
in  Krete,  Kypros,  and  other  Greek  islands,  as  well  as  on  the  mainland. 
Such  are,  in  Krete,  the  grottoes  of  Anoia  and  Milatos ;  in  Kypros,  a  number 
that  are  illustrated  by  CESNOLA  and  OHNEFALSCH-RICHTER  (Cypr.  Stud., 
1889,  pi.  n).  Sig.  Orsi  concludes:  "  It  is  nevertheless  impossible  to  admit 
ethnic  relations  between  Sicily  and  Cyprus;  but  the  facts  I  have  adduced 
are  certain  proofs  that  Sicily,  alone  perhaps  of  all  Italic  lands,  was  touched 
by  the  reflexes  of  that  still  mysterious  pre-Dorian  civilization  which  spread 
not  only  over  the  entire  Hellenic  continent  but  into  the  furthest  islands, 
and  which  we  broadly  designate  by  the  un-ethnographic  term  Pelasgian. 
Now  that  the  origins  of  this  pre-Dorian  culture  are  traced  back  to  Asia 
Minor  and  especially  Lykia,  my  hypothesis  is  confirmed  by  the  existence, 
in  that  region,  of  necropoli  identical  with  those  of  the  Siculi.  In  the  south- 
west of  Asia  a  great  necropolis  of  this  kind  was  discovered  by  BENNDORF 
(Reisen  im  Sudw.Kleinasien,  I,  p.  45),  which  had  several  rows  of  inaccessi- 
ble cells  open  in  the  rock-face  of  a  high  mountain,  identical  with  those  of 
Cava  d'Ispica,  Pantalica,  Palazzolo,  etc.  Analogous  ones  exist  at  Sidy  ma, 
Kiobaschi,  and  other  places  in  Lykia  (ibid.)  and  in  the  valley  of  the  Argeus 
(HAMILTON,  I,  p.  225),  which,  though  but  little  explored,  have  great  struc- 
tural affinity  with  those  of  the  southeast  of  Sicily.  It  is  not  therefore  too 
bold  to  assert  that,  in  the  island,  this  civilization  met  with  the  Italic,  but 
both  are  too  little  known  to  allow  of  any  judgment  as  to  their  peculiari- 


388  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

ties,  their  diffusion  and  intensity,  and  as  to  the  ethnic  relation  between  the 
primitive  population  of  the  island  and  those  which  in  the  East  had  an  analo- 
gous culture." 

AVOLA=ABOLLA. — NUMISMATIC  DISCOVERY. — Three  miles  s.  w.  of  Syra- 
cuse is  the  present  city  of  Avola,  where  stood  the  ancient ' 'A/3oAAa,  Abolla, 
mentioned  by  Stephanos  of  Byzantion.  In  its  neighborhood  there  were 
found,  some  two  years  ago,  in  two  small  unpainted  vases,  33  gold  and  about 
150  silver  coins.  The  gold  coins  consisted  of  4  Darics,  a  stater  of  Aby- 
dos,  14  staters  of  Lampsakos,  and  14  Syracusan  I  staters  or  hundred-litre 
pieces.  Of  the  silver  pieces  the  majority,  as  is  usual  in  Sicily,  consisted  of 
Pegasos  staters,  and  the  greater  part  of  the  rest  were  Corinthian  drachmas. 
A  large  part  of  this  find  is  described  and  illustrated  by  A.  LOBBECKE  in 
the  Zeitsehriftfur  Numismatik,  1890,  No.  2,  pp.  167-79.  Its  special  value 
consists  in  the  beautiful  and  in  part  unknown  gold  coins. 

SELINOUS. — DISCOVERY  OF  AN  ARCHAIC  METOPE. — We  read  in  the.ZVb- 
tizie  degliScavi  (1890,  p.  130)  :  "  The  new  explorations  in  Selinous  began 
this  year  with  the  best  auspices.  The  uncovering  of  the  western  fortifica- 
tions of  the  acropolis  having  been  undertaken,  there  was  found  among 
material  used  in  these  fortifications  a  beautiful  metope,  of  tufa  from  the 
quarries  of  Memfi,  on  which  are  two  figures,  that  of  a  woman  on  the  left 
of  the  spectator  and  that  of  a  youth  on  the  right.  The  latter  wears  on  his 
head  an  elegant  petasos,  which  leads  to  his  identification  as  Hermes.  The 
severe  archaic  style  is  yet  artistically  advanced.  This  precious  piece  of 
sculpture  will  soon  be  edited  in  the  coming  number  of  the  Monumenti  pub- 
lished by  the  Aeeademia  dei  Lincei." 

SPAIN. 

GRXECO-PHOZNICIAN  ARCHAIC  SCULPTURE  IN  SPAIN, — M.  Heuzey  recently 
read,  before  the  A  cad.  des  Inscriptions,  a  memoir  entitled  L*  Archaisms  greco- 
phenicien  en  Espagne,  in  which  he  studies  a  question  of  authenticity  which 
interests  the  general  history  of  ancient  art.  In  about  1869,  an  important 
collection  of  sculptures  was  said  to  have  been  discovered  in  the  mountains 
N.  w.  of  Murcia  at  the  place  called  the  "  Hill  of  the  Saints."  Well  known 
in  Spain,  where  they  have  been  described  by  some  of  the  most  noted  archse- 
ologists,  these  sculptures  gained  but  little  confidence  in  France.  Notwith- 
standing that  several  series  of  casts  were  sent  to  the  exhibitions  of  Vienna 
and  Paris  in  1874  and  1878,  the  barbarous  extravagance,  the  disquieting 
peculiarity  of  certain  types,  led  the  few  archaeologists  who  ventured  to  speak 
of  them  in  France  and  Germany  to  do  so  briefly  and  with  great  caution. 
The  discovery  was  thus  stifled  under  a  ban,  and  the  monuments  remained 
outside  the  current  of  science  and  history. 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  389 

M.  Heuzey,  having  examined  the  original  sculptures  in  Spain,  has  joined 
the  ranks  of  those  who  believe  the  discovery  to  be  perfectly  authentic,  at 
least  as  a  whole.  By  the  aid  of  the  directors  of  the  archaeological  museum 
of  Madrid,  he  was  able  to  place  before  the  Academy  casts  of  the  pieces 
which  were  not  exhibited  at  the  Exposition  of  1878.  These  casts  repre- 
sent: (1)  a  votive  statue  of  a  woman  wearing  a  veil  that  rests  on  her 
shoulders — evident  traces  of  Greek  archaism  are  here  joined  to  more  re- 
cent characteristics ;  (2)  the  head  of  a  female  statue,  crowned  with  a  high 
tiara — in  this  fragment  the  double  Oriental  and  archaic-Greek  character  is 
very  pronounced ;  (3)  several  heads  of  male  statues  whose  hair,  cut  in  short 
locks,  according  to  the  style  of  the  good  Greek  period,  is  rendered,  however, 
by  traditional  processes  that  are  entirely  Asiatic  and  even  Babylonian. 

The  general  style  of  these  sculptures,  beyond  certain  local  eccentricities, 
is  Greek  and  archaic ;  but  the  execution  indicates  a  workshop  whose  pro- 
ducts show  an  Oriental  handiwork.  M.  Heuzey  does  not  believe  that  the 
isolated  influence  of  the  Greek  colonies  could  account  especially  for  the 
curious  persistence  of  Oriental  technique  in  this  mixed  art.  According  to 
him,  it  would  be  necessary  to  admit  quite  an  early  action  of  the  archaic-Hel- 
lenic style  upon  Phoenician  art,  which  he  calls  Faction  en  retour  de  Varchdisme 
gree.  This  Grseco-Phoenician  archaism,  strongly  mingled  with  Asiatic  ele- 
ments, which  became,  as  it  were,  the  last  period  of  Oriental  art,  must  have 
continued  to  flourish  (in  his  opinion)  especially  at  Carthage,  and  still  later 
even  in  Carthaginian  Spain.  Hence  it  spread  through  the  region  of  Car- 
thage, perhaps  even  before  the  late  foundation  of  the  important  colony  of 
the  same  name,  in  228  B.  c. — Paris  Temps,  April  29. 

FRANCE. 

JEWISH  EPIGRAPHY. — It  is  well  known  that,  outside  of  tombstones,  Hebrew 
inscriptions  in  France  dating  from  the  Middle  Ages,  or  even  the  following 
period,  are  extremely  rare.  M.  Schwab  has  communicated  to  the  Acad.  des 
Inscriptions  two  series  of  Hebrew  inscriptions  dating  from  the  first  half  of 
the  xiv  century. 

He  reported  that  in  the  TOUR  BLANCHE,  so  named  from  Blanche  of  Cas- 
tile, which  is  the  principal  monument  oflssoudun  (Indre),  a  number  of 
Jews  who  were  imprisoned  here  traced  their  names  on  the  walls  of  their 
prison  with  formulas  of  prayer,  doubtless  for  the  purpose  of  being  more 
easily  ransomed.  One  of  these  inscriptions  bears  a  Jewish  date  corres- 
ponding to  the  middle  of  December  1302.  One  of  them  has  great  pale- 
ographic  interest  on  account  of  the  peculiar  shape  of  its  letters. 

At  SENNEVILLE  (near  Mantes)  M.  Reyboubet  succeeded  in  finding  and 
copying  with  great  difficulty,  under  the  wheel  of  a  mill,  two  inscriptions 
belonging  to  Jewish  tombstones,  the  largest  of  which  dates  from  the  begin- 
9 


390  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.  [FRANCE.] 

ning  of  1339.  The  letters,  which  are  remarkable  for  their  size  (being  12 
cent,  high)  are  said  to  resemble  those  of  the  analogous  texts  recently  dis- 
covered at  Mantes. — Paris  Temps,  April  29. 

PROPOSED  MUSEUM  FUND. — M.  Antonin  Proust  and  a  large  number  of 
his  colleagues  belonging  to  the  different  parties  in  the  Chamber,  among 
whom  are  MM.  Clemenceau,  Lockroy,  Keinach,  Arene,  Maret,  Millerand, 
Deschanel,  de  Cazenove  de  Pradine,  de  Breteuil,  baron  Keille,  have  de- 
posited in  the  bureau  of  the  Chamber  a  project  of  law  for  the  organization 
of  a  Caisse  des  Musees  or  Museum  Fund,  for  the  purpose  of  facilitating  the 
acquisition  of  works  of  art  by  the  museums  of  Paris  and  the  Departments. 
It  is  proposed  that  this  Fund  shall  consist  annually  of  the  sum  of  500,000 
francs  taken  from  the  general  funds  of  the  budget,  any  excess  to  be  carried 
forward.  The  Fund  would  be  administered  by  a  consulting  council,  pre- 
sided over  by  the  Minister  of  Fine  Arts. —  Chron.  des  Arts,  1890,  No.  23. 
SESSION  OF  THE  CONGRES  ARCHEOLOGIQUE. — The  Keport  of  Session  LV  of 
the  Congres  archeologique  of  France,  held  at  Dax  and  Bayonne  in  1888, 
has  only  just  appeared  (Picard,  Paris).  The  volume  is  useful  for  its  illus- 
trations, chiefly  from  photographs,  of  Roman  and  Gallo-Roman  mosaics 
and  monuments,  and  of  the  Romanesque  architecture  of  s.  w.  France,  and 
the  Spanish  frontier.  Basque  subjects  are  conspicuous  by  their  absence. — 
Academy,  Aug.  9. 

APT  (near). — PHOKAIAN  COINS  OF  MASSILIA. — In  the  neighborhood  of  Apt, 
by  the  side  of  the  Domitian  road  leading  from  Aries  to  Milano,  has  been 
found  an  urn  containing  102  silver  medals  of  the  early  Phokaian  period 
of  Massilia= Marseilles.  Among  them  was  a  conical  ivory  box  containing 
a  bronze  ring. — Ami  des  Monuments,  1890,  p.  40. 

AVIGNON. — MONUMENT  OF  CARDINAL  LAGRANGE. — In  the  Musee  Calvet 
at  Avignon  is  a  marble  relief  representing  a  dead  man  with  dried  and  horny 
skin  half-way  between  a  body  and  a  skeleton,  a  work  as  admirable  as  it  is 
horrible.  This  and  a  number  of  statues  surrounding  it  belonged  to  the 
mausoleum  of  Cardinal  Jean  de  Lagrange,  Minister  of  State  and  Superin- 
tendent of  Finance  of  Charles  V,  who  died  in  1402.  The  mausoleum  was 
in  course  of  erection  at  the  time  of  his  death.  This  most  important  of  all 
the  monuments  of  Avignon  was  destroyed  in  1751,  and  its  arrangement 
would  not  be  known  were  it  not  for  the  discovery  by  M.  Eugene  Miintz, 
in  the  Barberini  Library  at  Rome,  among  the  papers  of  Suarez,  of  a  draw- 
ing of  the  xvin  century  which  roughly  reproduces  the  structure  of  the 
mausoleum  and  the  principal  statues  with  which  it  was  decorated. — M. 
EUG.  MUNTZ,  in  L'Ami  des  Monuments,  1890,  pp.  91-5. 

BOURGES. — RESTORATION  AND  DISCOVERY  OF  MONUMENTS. — M.  Boeswill- 
wald,  the  well-known  architect,  has  lately  finished  several  pieces  of  work 
undertaken  to  restore  some  monuments  of  Bourges  to  their  original  style 


[FRANCE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  391 

and  condition.  The  Hotel  Cujas,  which  had  been  badly  disfigured,  is  now 
reestablished  and  is  to  become  the  civic  museum.  It  is  said  that  there  was 
found  here  an  important  stone-relief  of  the  Massacre  of  the  Innocents,  which 
has  been  purchased  by  the  museum  of  the  Louvre.  A  second  monument 
is  the  grange  dixmibre  of  the  chapter  of  the  cathedral,  which  long  served 
as  military  stable  and  storehouse.  It  is  a  good  example  of  the  civil  archi- 
tecture of  the  xvn  century. — Ami  des  Monuments,  1890,  pp.  21-2. 

CHENERAILLES. — GOTHIC  TOMB. — A  charming  plate  is  published  in  the 
Ami  des  Monuments  (1890,  opp.  p.  65)  of  one  of  the  most  interesting  French 
Gothic  sepulchral  monuments  that  remain.  It  had  never  before  been  care- 
fully reproduced.  The  tomb  is  that  of  the  priest  Bartholomeus,  and  bears 
the  inscription  dated  from  1300  which  reads :  me  •  JACET  •  DOMINVS  •  |  BAR- 

THOLOMEVS  •  DE  •  I  PTALHEA  •  PRESBITER  •     QVI  •  OBUT  •  DIE  •  FESJT  •  V  •  M  • 

(  Virginia  Mariae)  ANNO  •  DNI  •  |  M°  ccc.  The  tomb  has  a  frame  of  oblong 
shape,  enclosing  a  low,  slightly-trefoiled,  pointed  arch,  within  which  are 
three  rows  of  reliefs.  The  upper  represents  the  Crucifixion ;  the  middle, 
the  Virgin  and  Child,  with  several  subordinate  scenes,  including  the  pres- 
entation of  Bartholomew  by  his  patron  saint,  Aignan ;  the  lower  row  rep- 
resents the  burial-scene  of  the  deceased,  his  bier  surrounded  by  mourners. 

PARIS=LUTETIA. — A  ROMAN  RUBBISH-HEAP. — The  hillocks  formed  by 
the  deposit  of  rubbish  outside  the  city-walls  (frequently  of  great  archseo- 
logic  interest)  often  became  enclosed  within  the  city-limits  by  the  exten- 
sion of  its  fortifications.  Many  such  have  been  long  known  in  Paris ;  such 
are  the  monceau  Saint-  Gervais,  the  butte  Saint-Roch,  etc.  M.  Eugene  Tou- 
louze  has  discovered  one,  hitherto  unsuspected,  at  the  southern  end  of  the 
butte  Sainte-  Genemeve  at  the  corner  of  the  rue  Gay-Lussac  and  the  rue 
Eoyer-  Collard.  It  rose  about  eight  metres  above  the  level  of  these  streets 
and  descended  two  metres  below  the  level  of  the  rue  Le  Goff.  This  hillock 
is  a  real  archseologic  museum  and  dates  back  as  far  as  the  beginning  of  the 
Gallo-Roman  period,  closing  its  history  in  the  xvn  century.  The  upper 
stratum,  of  about  2.40  met.,  contained  fragments  belonging  to  the  xvi  and 
xvn  centuries.  The  xiv,  xv,  and  xvi  centuries  were  represented  by  a 
blackish  deposit,  only  70  cent,  thick,  containing  especially  some  pharma- 
ceutic  pottery.  The  previous  two  centuries  left  a  deposit  of  but  45  cent., 
containing  bones  and  rude  pottery  for  domestic  use.  The  period  from  the 
v  to  the  xn  cent,  left  only  a  mass  of  gravel  1.30  met.  thick.  The  Gallo- 
Roman  period  is  represented  by  a  stratum  varying  in  thickness  from  1.70 
to  3  met.  which  contains  a  mine  of  information  regarding  the  domestic  cer- 
amics of  the  pagan  inhabitants  of  Lutetia.  From  certain  facts  it  appears 
evident  that  there  were  houses  at  this  point  during  the  Gallo-Roman  period, 
and  that  the  debris  was  not  brought  from  a  distance.  The  greatest  variety 
of  objects  were  found  :  a  bronze  statuette  of  Mercury,  a  bronze  lion-head, 


392  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.        [FRANCE.] 

coins  of  Augustus,  Trajan,  Nerva,  Tiberius,  Claudius,  etc.,  glass  vases,  fibu- 
lae, a  bronze  statera  or  weighing  machine.  The  pottery  is  of  especial  interest. 
On  a  number  of  fragments  are  given  varied  designs  in  relief:  hunts,  single 
figures,  decorative  patterns,  etc.  The  plain  vases  often  have  an  elaborate 
series  of  sharply-cut  mouldings.  The  prehistoric  period  is  represented  by 
two  fragments  of  axes  of  grey  silex  of  the  neolithic  period,  found  among 
fragments  of  pottery  apparently  of  the  bronze  age.  A  potter's  establish- 
ment, also,  was  discovered,  which  evidently  existed  before  the  site  was  turned 
into  a  rubbish-heap.  Near  this  point,  a  grave  of  the  Gallo-Roman  period 
was  found. 

The  most  important  single  piece  of  pottery  is  one  which  the  discoverer 
calls  le  vase  de  Lutece,  and  which  he  considers  the  earliest  and  most  pre- 
cious piece  of  primitive  ceramics  that  has  been  found  in  Paris.  It  is  the 
only  piece  yet  found  which  antedates  the  use  of  the  lathe,  and  it  therefore 
belongs  to  the  bronze  age. — Revue  arch.,  1890,  I,  pp.  351-77. 

LOUVRE. — Acquisitions.  —  Egyptian  Collection.  —  The  Department  of 
Egyptian  Antiquities  has  made  some  important  purchases  at  the  sale  of 
the  Sabatier  collection.  The  following  are  especially  worthy  of  mention  : 
(1)  magnificent  Amon  of  the  time  of  the  Kamessidae,  corresponding  in 
material  and  art  to  the  royal  colossi  of  Luxor ;  (2)  crouching  statue  of 
Nesshutafnut,  prophet  of  Sekhet,  dedicated  to  Turn  and  Osiris  of  Thebes ; 
(3)  the  coffin  of  the  priest  Bes-n-Mout,  with  a  magnificent  head  in  black 
wood ;  (4)  fine  bust  from  a  male  statue,  of  the  Saitic  period ;  (5)  female 
head  in  gilt  lapis,  with  white  and  black  incrustations  in  the  eyes  ;  (6)  poly- 
chromatic terracotta  female  head,  very  rare ;  (7)  bronze  religious  baton 
or  standard  to  carry  in  sacred  processions,  representing  a  lotus-flower  sur- 
mounted by  a  crocodile  which  bears  the  divine  boat — an  extremely  rare 
piece ;  (8)  superb  bronze  representing  the  child  Horus,  surprisingly  mod- 
elled— one  of  the  most  charming  specimens  of  Saitic  art,  showing,  like  the 
famous  black  statue  of  Horus  already  in  the  Louvre,  with  what  artistic 
perfection  the  Egyptian  artists  of  this  period  could  render  the  most  deli- 
cate and  graceful  contours  of  a  youthful  body;  etc. —  Chron.  des  Arts, 
1890,  No.  23. 

XVI-  Century  Wood-Sculpture. — The  Louvre  has  obtained  an  important 
addition  in  the  "  Calvary,"  comprising  life-size  figures  carved  in  oak,  a 
work  of  the  xvi  century,  which  was  formerly  in  a  church  at  Nivelles. 
The  same  museum  is  shortly  to  be  extended  by  means  of  a  newly-opened 
salle,  containing  antiquities  from  Tunisia  and  Algeria. — Athenceum,  June  7. 

SALES  OF  ANTIQUITIES. — The  spring  season  was  remarkable  for  the  sale 
and  dispersion  of  a  number  of  important  collections  of  antiquities  and 
works  of  art.  The  most  famous  of  these  is  that  of  EUGENE  PIOT,  already 
mentioned  on  pp.  244-5.  Then  comes  the  collection  of  ACH.  SEILLIERE 


[FRANCE.]  ARCH&OLOGICAL  NEWS.  393 

conspicuous  for  works  of  the  Middle  Ages  and  the  Renaissance.     Finally, 
the  SABATIER  collection. 

NEW  WING  OF  THE  TROCADERO. — In  June,  the  Minister  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion, accompanied  by  M.  Larroumet,  Director  of  Fine- Arts,  inaugurated, 
in  the  west  wing  of  the  palace  of  the  Trocadero,  the  new  gallery  of  casts, 
which  consists  of  six  halls  identical  with  those  in  the  opposite  wing. 
During  the  Exhibition  of  1889,  there  were  already  in  these  halls  a  num- 
ber of  large  pieces.  Such  were  the  portal  of  the  w.  facade  of  Saint-Pierre 
at  Moissac,  the  corresponding  portal  of  the  Abbey  of  Charlieu,  the  central 
doorway  of  the  west  front  of  Saint-Gilles  (Gard),  the  vault  of  the  Great 
Clock  of  Rouen,  part  of  the  old  H6tel  de  Berny  at  Toulouse,  etc.  Numer- 
ous pieces  have  now  been  added,  such  as  the  doorway  of  the  sacristy  of 
the  Cathedral  of  Bourges. —  Chron.  des  Arts,  1890,  No.  24. 

POITOU. — An  illustrative  work  on  Paysages  et  Monuments  du  Poitou  is 
being  issued,  by  subscription,  by  M.  Jules  Robuchon,  Paris.  The  illustra- 
tions consist  of  Dujardin  heliogravures  after  photographs  taken  by  the 
author.  The  work  constitutes  a  monograph  of  the  monuments  of  the  an- 
cient province  of  Poitou,  composed  of  the  districts  of  La  Vienne,  Deux- 
S&vres,  and  La  Vendee. — Builder,  July  12. 

RENNES. — The  excavations,  under  the  direction  of  M.  Decombe,  on 
the  site  of  the  ancient  city-walls,  rue  Rallier,  where  have  been  found  some 
inscriptions  of  which  we  have  already  spoken  (p.  246),  have  brought  to 
light  seventeen  milestones,  either  entire  or  in  fragments.  One  of  them, 
in  magnificent  preservation,  is  2.10  m.  in  height ;  another  (in  two  frag- 
ments), if  restored,  would  be  2.20  m.  They  may  be  thus  classified :  Cara- 
calla  and  Geta  (?),  1 ;  Maximinus,  father  and  son,  2 ;  Posthumus,  2 ; 
Victorinus,  4 ;  Tetricus,  the  father,  3 ;  undetermined  fragments,  5. —  Cour. 
del' Art,  1890,  No.  27. 

RONCESVALLES. — The  portrait-statue  of  Sancho  el  Fuerte,  of  Na- 
varre, one  of  the  victors  at  Las  Navas  de  Tolosa  (1212),  which  had  been 
buried  in  the  church  of  Roncesvalles  since  1622,  was  disinterred  by  the 
prior  and  canons  on  June  17.  The  statue  was  found,  almost  perfect,  in 
the  spot  indicated  in  the  MS.  of  Huarte  (preserved  in  the  convent),  an  eye- 
witness of  the  hiding  of  the  sculpture  now  brought  to  light. — Academy, 
July  26. 

ROUEN. — EGYPTIAN  ANTIQUITIES. — M.  G.  Le  Breton,  director  of  the  ce- 
ramic museum  of  Rouen,  has  recently  returned  from  Egypt  with  a  large 
collection  of  antiquities.  The  ceramics  and  glassware  will  be  placed  in 
the  municipal  ceramic  museum.  The  other  objects — mummies,  jewelry, 
stuffs,  lapidary  inscriptions,  papyri,  bronzes,  alabastra,  sculptures  in  wood 
and  stone,  etc. — will  be  given  to  the  departmental  museum  of  antiquities. 
—  Chron.  des  Arts,  1890,  No.  22. 


394  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

GERMANY. 

AUGSBURG.  —  RECOVERY  OF  PAINTINGS  BY  ULRICH  APT.  —  Some  months 
back,  Dr.  Alfred  Schmidt  made  a  discovery  of  some  importance.  In  the 
central  panel  of  a  well-known  altar-piece  in  the  Augsburg  Gallery  (Nos. 
47-51),  usually  ascribed  to  Altdorfer, he  deciphered  the  letters  APT,  in- 
troduced on  a  small  heraldic  shield.  These  evidently  refer  to  the  painter, 
as  the  donor  is  known  to  have  been  of  the  Rehling  family.  The  name  of 
Apt  occurs  frequently,  in  the  old  registers  of  the  painters'  guild  at  Augs- 
burg, from  the  second  half  of  the  fifteenth  century  up  to  the  middle  of  the 
sixteenth.  Manifestly  by  the  same  hand  as  the  Augsburg  picture  are  the 
Transfiguration  of  the  Cassel  Gallery,  the  small  Pieta  of  the  Munich  Pi- 
nacothek,  and  the  large  Triptych  belonging  to  the  university,  but  lent  for 
a  term  of  years  to  the  Pinacothek  and  exhibited  there  in  one  of  the  cab- 
inets. These  two  latter  pictures,  formerly  ascribed  to  Altdorfer,  are  now, 
on  the  authority  of  Dr.  Schmidt,  attributed  to  Ulrich  Apt,  who  was  born 
about  1460  and  died  in  1532. — Academy,  Aug.  23. 

BERLIN. — ACQUISITIONS  BY  THE  MUSEUM. — Statue  of  the  Andent  Empire. 
— The  Egyptian  Department  of  the  museum  has  recently  acquired  an 
important  wooden  statue  of  the  ancient  empire,  found  to  the  right  of  the 
railway  between  Medinet-el-Fayum  and  Edeva. — Athenceum,  Aug.  16. 

Iliac  Vases. — The  museum  has  recently  purchased  a  large  number  of 
vases  with  reliefs  representing  scenes  from  the  Iliad,  the  Odyssey,  the  epic 
and  Theban  cycles,  with  inscriptions  relating  to  the  figured  episodes. 
These  Iliac  vases,  of  which  several  examples  were  already  known,  will 
appear  in  a  special  publication. — Revue  arch.,  1890,  i,  pp.  302-3. 

FRANKENSTEIN. — DISCOVERY  OF  MEDI/EVAL  COINS. — Of  the  coins  of  the 
x  and  xi  century  found  in  1889  at  Frankenstein  (Silesia),  35  cut  denars 
and  13  fragments  are  described  by  Herr  F.  Friedensburg  in  the  Zeit.f. 
Numismatik,  1890,  2,  pp.  210-12.  The  greater  part  has  been  placed  in 
the  museum  of  Silesian  antiquities  at  Breslau.  The  discovery,  consisting 
largely,  as  it  does,  of  Bohemian  coins,  is  of  especial  interest  for  the  his- 
tory of  the  province,  as  a  striking  numismatic  proof  of  the  invasion  of 
Silesia  by  Bretislaw  of  Bohemia  in  1039. 

OBERNBURG. — ROMAN  ANTIQUITIES. — Herr  W.  Conrady  writes  for  the 
Westdeutsche  Zeitschrift  (1890,  n,  pp.  164-99)  a  full  account  of  his  recent 
excavations  in  the  town  of  Obernburg  on  the  Main  on  the  site  of  a  large 
Roman  castrum.  At  the  beginning  a  Roman  ara  in  fair  preservation  was 
found,  and  then  a  series  of  inscriptions,  one  of  which  is  dated  in  the  consul- 
ate of  Aper  and  Maximus,  207  A.  ix  There  is  also  a  strangely  rude  sepul- 
chral monument  with  figures  of  the  deceased  and  his  family,  surmounted 
by  a  youthful  seated  allegoric  figure,  while  on  each  side  is  another  alle- 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  395 

goric  figure  holding  an  inscribed  disk.    It  bears  the  inscription :  DI  •  M  •  | 

GIRISONI  USCUBI  |  FILIO    ET  BIBULIAE  VElRECUNDI  FILIAE  CO|NJUGIBUS 
GIBAIS  |  OTRI  HYADEIA  CAEBA  |  MEM(or6S  Or  OTiae)  PIETAT(is). 

OBRIGHEIM. — FINAL  EXCAVATION  OF  THE  CEMETERY. — Between  Feb.  21 
and  March  25,  the  last  part  of  this  cemetery  was  excavated — that  on  the 
northwest  side.  Sixteen  graves  were  opened.  The  contents  are  described 
by  C.  Mehlis  in  the  Berl.  phil.  Wochenschrift,  1890,  No.  22.  Only  one  of 
these  graves  is  remarkable,  the  last  one  opened :  it  is  that  of  a  woman,  and 
has  very  rich  contents.  On  her  neck  is  a  necklace  of  about  140  pearls 
of  all  sizes ;  in  her  ears,  two  large  silver  rings  from  which  hang  little  baskets 
of  silver  filigree  with  little  inlaid  white  plates.  Such  earrings  are  especially 
common  in  Hungary  and  rare  on  the  Rhine.  Obrigheim  and  Erpolzheim 
are  the  most  western  sites  where  this  type,  which  originated  in  the  East, 
has  been  found. '  There  was  also  a  chatelaine  composed  of  a  dozen  chain 
links  of  bronze  and  iron,  to  whose  supporting  leather  strap  probably  be- 
longed six  Roman  coins — one  of  Antoninus  Pius,  another  Byzantine.  A 
unique  object  was  a  spindle  cut  out  of  ivory,  a  costly  piece  composed  of 
four  parallel  rows  of  rings  between  which  is  incised  a  diamond  pattern. 

At  present,  about  300  graves  have  been  opened  on  the  site.  The  archse- 
ologic  conclusions  can  be  drawn  only  after  the  cleaning  of  the  objects  from 
the  last  sixteen  tombs.  The  statistic  conclusions  that  can  be  drawn  from 
the  contents,  distinguishing  nobles,  freemen,  servants  or  bondmen,  have 
been  given  by  C.  Mehlis,  in  the  Archiv  Jur  Anthropologie  for  1890,  under 
the  title  Arm  und  Reich  zur  Merovingerzeit.  All  the  objects  are  placed  in 
the  provincial  museum  of  Speyer,  where  they  are  systematically  arranged 
under  the  heads  of  arms,  ornaments,  utensils,  vessels,  etc. 

AUSTRIA-HUNGARY. 

OLOBOK  (prov.  Ostrowo,  in  Bohemia). — EARLY  MEDI/EVAL  COINS. — On 
the  banks  of  the  Prosna,  two  miles  from  Olobok,  a  lot  of  coins  of  the  tenth 
century  were  found.  The  German  cities  represented  are  Metz,  Koln,  Dort- 
mund, Mainz,  Augsburg,  Regensburg,  Nabburg :  the  emperors  are  Henry 

1,  II,  and  Otho  I,  II,  III.    The  series  of  Bohemian  coins  (74  perfect  and 
18  imperfect  pieces)  is,  however,  the  most  interesting.    Some  of  these  appear 
to  be  the  earliest  Bohemian  coins.    All  the  sixty  types  in  the  collection  are 
carefully  described  by  F.  FRIEDENSBURG,  Zeits.f.  Numismatik,  1890,  No. 

2,  pp.  202-10. 

SCANDINAVIA. 

We  hear  from  Copenhagen  that  Professor  Soderberg,  of  Lund,  has  dis- 
covered in  a  museum  at  Florence  the  lost  fragments  of  the  Franks  Cas- 
ket, of  which  the  remainder  is  among  the  most  valued  possessions  of  the 


396  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

British  Museum.  The  casket  is  made  of  the  bone  of  whales,  carved  with 
figures,  and  with  Runic  inscriptions  of  the  eighth  century,  which  Profes- 
sor Stephens  attributes  to  the  North  of  England.  The  newly  found  por- 
tions include  a  representation  of  a  scene  from  the  Sigurd  myth,  explained 
by  Runic  inscriptions. — Academy,  Aug.  2. 

DENMARK. 

COPENHAGEN. — ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MUSEUM. — At  the  recent  sale  of  the 
Sabatier  collection,  the  Royal  museum  of  Copenhagen  made  a  number  of 
important  purchases :  such  are :  (1)  a  black  basalt  statue  of  Anubis,  of 
the  reign  of  Amenophis  III  (xvm  dyn.),  of  great  beauty  ;  (2)  a  group  in 
black  granite  of  a  man  seated  by  his  mother — a  beautiful  work  of  the 
Saitic  period,  covered  with  seven  inscriptions  which  show  the  figures  to  be 
that  of  a  queen  and  her  son  Ahmes,  second  prophet  of  Amon  in  the  great 
temple  ;  (3)  a  seated  statue  of  Osiris,  remarkable  for  the  inscriptions  it 
bears ;  (4)  a  statuette  of  King  Ahmes  in  calcareous  stone — the  figure  is 
seated  and  covered  with  the  pschenti ;  (5)  crouching  statue  of  a  man  with 
both  hands  on  his  knees,  called  Sibu ;  90  cent.  high. 

At  the  sale  of  the  antiquities  of  the  collection  Eugene  Piot  (May  27), 
this  museum  acquired  for  the  price  of  13,675  francs,  No.  14 :  head  of  a 
youth,  under  life-size,  of  the  beautiful  archaic  style  of  the  close  of  the  vi 
cent.  B.  c. :  smiling  face,  of  a  superb  oval,  the  hair  built  up  on  the  fore- 
head in  five  rows  of  ringlets,  bound  with  a  strophion  colored  in  red,  and 
crowned  with  a  double  row  of  leaves.  The  execution  is  of  admirable 
delicacy  and  precision.  It  is  almost  certain  that  this  head  represents  an 
Apollon.  Beautiful  yellow  patina ;  a  slight  scratch  on  the  nose,  which  does 
not  alter,  in  the  least,  the  beauty  of  the  sculpture ;  pedestal  of  white  mar- 
ble ;  height,  154  mil.  It  formerly  belonged  to  the  collection  Pe*retie",  at 
Beirut.—  Cour.  del' Art,  1890,  Nos.  12,  27. 

VIGERSTED  (Seeland). — ANCIENT  FRESCOES. — Professor  Kornerup  has 
discovered  some  interesting  old  frescoes  on  the  walls  and  in  the  dome  of 
the  ancient  church  of  Vigersted  in  Seeland.  There  are  also  two  paintings 
by  Knud  Lavard,  said  to  be  of  great  historic  value. — Builder,  July  12. 

RUSSIA. 

THE  NECROPOLIS  OF  MOURANKA. — Among  the  most  interesting  of  the  re- 
ports made  at  the  recent  archseologic  Congress  at  Moscow  is  that  on  the 
excavations  made  by  M.  Vladimir  Polivanoff  and  M.  de  Tolstoi  in  an 
ancient  cemetery  of  the  village  of  Mouranka,  government  of  Simbirsk, 
district  of  Senguilei.  Among  the  objects  found  were  a  large  number  of 
bracelets  of  women  and  children,  earrings,  rings,  and  household  utensils. 
According  to  M.  Polivanoff,  the  character  of  the  jewels  proves  that  they 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  397 

came  from  Bolgori,  the  ancient  capital  of  the  people  of  that  name,  which 
was,  up  to  the  close  of  the  xiv  century,  the  centre  of  the  civilization  and 
commerce  of  all  the  peoples  dwelling  on  the  banks  of  the  Volga.  All 
along  the  river  has  been  found  the  same  type  of  decoration  as  at  Mou- 
ranka.  In  October  1889,  the  tombs  were  torn  up  and  destroyed  along  an 
extent  of  two  hectars,  but,  thanks  to  the  law  of  1888,  a  large  number  were 
preserved  intact  and  the  Imperial  Archaeological  Commission  of  St.  Peters- 
burg is  about  to  undertake  methodic  excavations. 

In  this  cemetery  there  are  no  traces  of  artificial  elevations  or  kourgans. 
The  tombs  were  never  dug  to  a  depth  of  more  than  one  metre ;  the  bodies 
were  placed  in  rounded  wooden  coffins,  and  were  covered  with  tissues  called 
in  Kussian  partcha,  resembling  somewhat  in  their  material  the  stuffs  used 
for  priests'  robes.  The  date  is  given  by  Tartar  silver  coins  placed  by  the 
deceased :  they  bear  the  names  of  Khan  Oussbeck  (1327)  and  his  son 
Djanibeck  (1346),  and  consequently  belong  to  the  xiv  century.  Local 
legends  and  names,  and  the  absence  of  kourgans  confirm  the  idea  suggested  by 
the  coins,  that  this  is  a  Tartar  cemetery. — Revue  arch.,  1890,  i,  pp.  347-50. 

ROUMANIA. 

M.  Henri  Revoil,  the  well-known  architect  and  author  of  a  great  work 
on  the  mediseval  monuments  of  Southern  France,  has  been  charged  by  the 
Roumanian  Government  to  inspect  the  restoration,  lately  undertaken,  of 
the  historic  monuments  of  Roumania.  M.  Bourgeois,  Minister  of  Public 
Instruction,  has  authorized  M.  Revoil  to  accept  and  has  also  entrusted  him 
with  the  mission  to  study  the  archseologic  monuments  of  the  country. — 
Chron.  desArts,  1890,  No.  25. 

MONTENEGRO. 

DIOCLEA. — THE  ROMAN  CITY. — Reference  was  made  on  p.  250  of  this 
volume  to  the  discovery  of  the  ruins  of  Dioclea  or  Doclea.  Details  have 
since  been  published  in  the  Revue  archeologique  (1890, 1,  pp.  434-7)  by  A. 
Gerard  and  R.  Cagnat. 

Dioclea  (in  Servian  Doukla)  is  three  kilom.  north  of  Podgoritza,  at  the 
confluence  of  two  rivers,  the  Zeta  and  the  Moratcha  on  an  admirable  site. 
The  old  Roman  city  must  have  been  on  a  strategic  road  leading  from  Al- 
bania to  Pannonia  and  Sirmium.  The  site  and  walls  are  easy  to  recognize. 
A  few  weeks'  excavation  has  enabled  a  Russian,  M.  Paul  Rowinski,  to 
draw  up  the  plan  of  the  ancient  walls  with  their  two  gates  to  the  north 
and  south.  Within  this  space,  to  the  west,  on  the  borders  of  the  Zeta,  were 
found  the  clear  and  intact  foundations  of  a  building  which  has  the  aspect 
of  a  civil  basilica.  According  to  the  usual  arrangement,  it  consists  of  a 
long  pillared  gallery  with  two  rows  of  columns,  ending  at  the  north  in  an 


398  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

apse.  The  traces  of  the  piers,  the  sites  of  the  columns,  the  apse,  the  mosaic 
pavement,  all  are  perfectly  recognizable.  There  are  also  many  fragments 
of  columns,  capitals,  decorated  panels,  fragments  of  a  frieze,  remnants  of 
painting  in  the  apse,  and,  finally,  some  inscriptions  which  appear  to  give 
the  list  of  the  statues  erected  to  illustrious  persons  by  the  side  of  the  basilica. 
Outside  the  northern  gate  is  a  street  of  tombs. 

TURKEY. 

MOUNT  ATHOS. — DESTRUCTION  OF  MONASTERIES  BY  FIRE. — Advices 
from  Athens  announce  a  most  disastrous  fire  upon  the  celebrated  Mt. 
Athos,  the  holy  mountain  of  the  Greek  Church.  The  fire  has  destroyed 
the  Jargest  part  of  its  wonderful  forests.  Of  the  twenty  Greek  monas- 
teries which  have  been  located  upon  the  mountain  for  centuries  several 
have  been  completely  destroyed,  including  four  churches.  The  damage 
has  been  estimated  at  5,000,000  f.  Twenty  monks  and  hermits  perished 
in  the  flames. — Boston  Herald,  in  Amer.  Architect,  Aug.  16 ;  London  Times, 
Aug.  22. 

CONSTANTINOPLE. — The  wing  of  the  new  archaeological  museum 
which  is  intended  for  the  housing  of  the  sarcophagi  from  Sidon  and  other 
places  is  ready,  and  will  be  presently  opened  to  the  public. — Athenaeum, 
June  21. 

GREAT  BRITAIN. 

WALES. — BRITISH  INSCRIPTIONS  OF  THE  EMPEROR  VICTORINUS- — "  Mr. 
Whitley  Stokes,  in  his  Notes  from  Rennes,  in  the  ACADEMY  of  July  26, 
1890,  mentions  a  stone  inscribed  in  Roman  capital  letters  of  the  third  cen- 
tury of  the  Christian  era  in  honor  of  the  Emperor  PiavvouiusVictorinus, 
found  last  April  in  digging  the  foundation  of  the  Bazaar  Parisien.  This 
emperor  was  one  of  the  thirty  tyrants  who  was  supposed  to  have  been  slain 
268  A.  D.,  who  had  reigned  in  Gaul,  '  and  probably  also  in  Britain,'  for 
somewhat  more  than  a  year ;  and  it  is  added  that  the  emperor's  Gentile 
name  is  spelt  with  only  one  v  on  a  Lincoln  milestone  (Eph.  Epigr.,vu, 
No.  1097).  It  is  worthy  of  notice  that  there  is  also  another  inscription 
to  the  same  emperor  upon  a  military  stone  discovered  by  the  late  Mr. 
Grant  Francis  in  Glamorganshire  near  Pyle,  and  deposited  by  him  in  the 
museum  at  the  Royal  Institution  at  Swansea,  of  which  I  published  a 
drawing  made  from  the  rubbing  by  the  discoverer  in  my  Lapidarium  Wal- 
liae,  p.  41,  pi.  27,  f.  1.  Here  the  inscription  reads:  IMP.  M.  c.  PIA|VO- 
NIO  !  VICTOR.  I  INC.  AVG.  Another  stone,  which  I  found  in  a  ditch  at 
Scethrog,  also  records  the  name  of  Victorinus  with  another  name  no  longer 
legible— Zap.  Wall.,  pi.  32,  f.  7."— I.  O.  WESTWOOD,  in  Academy,  Aug.  2. 

CHESTER. — PROPOSED  EXCAVATIONS. — :Some  repairs  executed  three  years 
ago  in  the  north  wall  of  Chester  resulted  in  the  discovery  of  Roman  inscrip- 


[GREAT  BRITAIN.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  399 

tions  and  sculptures ;  and  a  further  exploration,  started  by  the  Chester 
Archaeological  and  Historic  Society,  produced  more  inscriptions  and  sculp- 
tures. It  is  now  proposed  to  set  on  foot  further  explorations  at  the  same 
spot.  The  former  discoveries  have  excited  great  interest  both  in  England 
and  on  the  Continent,  and  Professor  Mommsen,  of  Berlin,  has  written  to 
Mr.  Haverfield  strongly  urging  further  search.  Of  all  the  historic  sites  in 
England  none  are  so  likely  to  aid  our  knowledge  of  Roman  history  as  the 
Roman  military  centres,  and  it  is  well  known  that  Deva  was  garrisoned 
by  the  Twentieth  Legion  from  the  earliest  times  almost  until  the  end  of 
the  Roman  occupation  of  our  island.  The  area  of  search  will  be  the  Dean's 
Field  and  the  north  wall  adjoining  the  portions  previously  examined. — 
Academy,  June  7. 

ELY. — THE  DIOCESAN  RECORDS. — The  Bishop  of  Ely  has  recently  caused 
all  the  ancient  records  of  the  diocese,  hitherto  scattered  in  different  places, 
to  be  removed  to  the  palace  at  Ely,  where  they  are  now  deposited  in  a 
spacious  muniment  room,  and  made  available  for  historical  research.  In 
further  pursuance  of  his  design,  the  Bishop  has  commissioned  Mr.  A.  Gib- 
bons, author  of  Early  Lincoln  Wills  and  other  similar  works,  to  prepare  a 
calendar  and  concise  view  of  these  records,  which — it  need  hardly  be  said 
— are  of  more  than  merely  ecclesiastical  interest.  The  episcopal  registers 
proper  begin  in  1337 ;  and  the  visitation  books  and  the  transcripts  of  parish 
registers  are  in  unusually  good  preservation.  It  is  proposed  to  print  copies 
of  all  the  wills,  and  also  of  the  marriage  register  of  the  old  chapel  of  Ely 
House,  Holborn.  The  volume  will  be  issued  in  a  limited  edition  of  fifty 
copies ;  and  subscribers  should  address  themselves  to  Mr.  A.  Gibbon,  The 
College,  Ely. — Academy,  June  7. 

KENILWORTH. — EXCAVATION  OF  THE  MONASTERY. — The  work  of  open- 
ing up  the  remains  of  the  Priory  Church  and  the  adjoining  monastic 
buildings  has  begun.  The  entrance  to  the  monastery  was  soon  found,  the 
gateway  being  of  massive  proportions  and  about  9  ft.  wide:  they  then 
traced  the  walls  of  a  spacious  room,  about  16  ft.  wide,  which  formed  the 
main  entrance  to  the  monastery  and  cloisters  [probably  the  dwelling  of 
the  gate-keeper  or  portarius].  The  excavation  of  this  room  brought  to 
light  a  quantity  of  finely- worked  stone,  the  supports  of  the  groined  arched 
roof,  and  two  central  keystones  with  finely-carved  bosses,  as  cleanly  cut 
and  as  crisp  in  outline  as  when  first  made ;  also  two  massive  corbels  with 
circular  worked  caps  and  fluted  brackets.  Further  on  was  found  a  door 
leading  into  an  outer  court,  and  in  close  proximity  to  the  western  door  of 
the  church. — Builder,  July  5. 

LONDON. — The  Amorite,  Phoenician,  and  Jewish  pottery,  casts  of  sculp- 
ture, etc.,  found  by  Mr.  Flinders  Petrie  in  the  course  of  his  recent  excavation 
for  the  Palestine  Exploration  Fund  on  the  site  of  Lachish,  will  be  publicly 


400         AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.    [GREAT  BRITAIN.] 

exhibited  with  his  Egyptian  collections  of  this  year  at  6  Oxford  Man- 
sions, near  Oxford  Circus,  from  Sept.  15  to  Oct.  11. — Academy,  Aug.  2. 

BRITISH  MUSEUM. — Presentation  of  an  archaic  antefix. — Lord  Savile  has 
presented  to  the  Museum  an  archaic  terracotta  antefix,  discovered  in  the 
excavations  he  is  conducting  at  Civita  Lavinia,  the  site  of  Lanuvium.  It 
is  of  great  beauty  and  very  large,  the  front  portion  semicircular  in  form, 
measuring  15  ins.  high  by  16  £  ins.  wide.  The  clay  is  bright-yellow,  with 
details  laid  in  with  deep-red  and  brownish-purple.  The  hair  is  arranged 
low  over  the  forehead,  and  falls  in  three  locks  on  either  side ;  it  is  sur- 
mounted by  a  stephane  painted  with  a  mseander-pattern.  From  the  crown 
rise  two  stalks  which  hang  down  on  either  side  of  the  face,  terminating 
on  the  level  of  the  chin  in  a  palmette.  On  these  palmettes  rests  an  arch 
of  broad  ovolo,  forming  a  frame  for  the  whole  :  this  ovolo  is  connected  with 
the  palmette  stalks  by  a  network  pierced  a  jour,  consisting  of  three  rows 
of  semicircular  apertures.  The  neck  is  encircled  with  a  necklace. 

The  mask  is  strengthened  at  the  back  by  the  addition  of  a  stay  which  joins 
the  upper  part  of  it  to  the  actual  covering-tile,  of  which  it  forms  the  or- 
nament, making  as  it  were  a  kind  of  flying  buttress.  This  antefix  was 
recently  the  subject  of  a  paper  read  by  Lord  Savile  at  a  meeting  of  the 
Society  of  Antiquaries. — CECIL  SMITH,  in  Class.  Review,  July,  1890. 

Rearrangement  of  Galleries. — Two  bays  in  the  gallery  of  minor  Egyp- 
tian and  Assyrian  antiquities  in  the  upper  story  of  the  British  Museum 
have  been  recently  rearranged  and  thrown  open  to  the  public.  One  con- 
tains the  Babylonian  engraved  stones,  boundary  demarcations,  title-deeds, 
grants  of  land,  records  of  purchases,  etc.,  recently  removed  from  the  base- 
ment, some  as  early  as  4000  B.  c. ;  on  the  other  side  are  Assyrian  orna- 
ments, etc.  The  other  bay  contains  the  Mexican  and  Peruvian  antiquities. 
The  arrangement  of  the  prehistoric  gallery  at  the  head  of  the  great  stair- 
case is  now  complete.  Among  the  objects  now  accessible  to  the  public  are 
the  Layton  collection  of  bronze  vessels,  recently  found  in  the  Thames,  and 
the  Spanish  antiquities  collected  by  MM.  Siret,  and  described  in  their 
great  work. 

New  General  Handbook. — We  understand  that  the  authorities  of  the 
British  Museum  have  in  preparation  a  sixpenny  handbook  or  guide  to 
the  various  collections  in  the  museum,  and  that  it  will  be  ready  in  about 
three  months.  This  will,  no  doubt,  be  a  boon  to  the  general  visitor,  who 
will  be  spared  some  confusion  thereby,  but  it  will  not  supply  the  long  exist- 
ing and  urgent  need  of  handbooks  on  each  collection,  concise,  accurate, 
and  judiciously  illustrated,  without  which  the  Museum  is  a  labyrinth  of 
despair  to  all  but  trained  students. — Academy,  Aug.  9. 

OXFORD. — The  Rev.  Greville  J.  Chester  is  at  present  staying  at  Oxford, 
where  he  is  engaged  in  cataloguing  the  fine  collection  of  Hittite  and  Pho3- 
nician  seals  in  the  Ashmolean  Museum. — Academy,  Aug.  2. 


ARCH^OLOGICAL  NEWS.  401 

PICKERING.— XV-CENTURY  WALL-PAINTINGS. — The  remarkable  series  of 
fifteenth-century  wall-paintings  lately  uncovered  and  repaired  at  the  church 
of  Pickering  is  about  to  be  fully  described,  together  with  other  details  of 
this  interesting  church,  by  Rev.  Dr.  Cox.  Mr.  Glaisby,  of  York,  is  pre- 
paring photographic  illustrations. — Athenceum,  Aug.  23. 

EAST  SHEFFORD. — AN  ANGLO-SAXON  CEMETERY. — Mr.W.  Money  com- 
municated to  the  Society  of  Antiquaries,  on  March  20,  a  note  to  the  follow- 
ing effect,  accompanied  by  some  objects.  In  the  course  of  construction  of 
the  Lambourn- Valley  Railway,  near  the  Manor  Farm,  East  Sheffbrd  (Berk- 
shire), has  been  discovered  what  appears  to  be  an  extensive  Anglo-Saxon 
burial-place.  The  situation  of  the  cemetery,  like  many  other  Anglo-Saxon 
cemeteries,  appears  to  have  been  selected  on  account  of  its  commanding 
height,  etc.  Within  the  excavated  space  (some  120  yards  in  length)  a  large 
number  of  skeletons  have  been  met  with  at  a  depth  of  about  2  ft.  9  ins.  be- 
low the  surface.  By  the  side  of  one  of  the  male  bodies  was  a  broad,  straight- 
bladed  iron  sword  of  the  distinctive  Saxon  type :  it  is  double-edged,  and 
apparently  had  been  enclosed  in  a  scabbard  protected  at  the  top  and  bottom 
with  an  outer  casing  of  bronze,  portions  of  which,  with  the  wood  attached, 
are  preserved.  Among  other  objects  were  an  iron  spear-head;  two  knives 
known  as  seaxas;  a  cruciform  fib ula  of  copper-gilt,  on  a  woman's  shoulder, 
and,  on  another,  two  circular  bronze  fibulae  of  the  type  usually  found  with 
Saxon  interments  in  Berkshire,  Oxfordshire,  and  Gloucestershire.  The 
date  must  be  the  sixth  or  seventh  century. — Proceed.  Soc.Antiq.,  vol.  xm, 
No.  1,  pp.  107-8. 

SILCHESTER. — The  project,  started  by  the  Society  of  Antiquaries,  for 
the  systematic  excavation  of  the  entire  site  of  Silchester  has  been  cordially 
taken  up.  Subscriptions  to  the  amount  of  £200  have  already  been  received, 
in  addition  to  Dr.  Freshfield's  offer  to  provide  the  cost  of  laying  bare  one 
insula  or  square. 

AMERICA. 
UNITED  STATES. 

NEW  YORK. — METROPOLITAN  MUSEUM. — GEORGE  F.  BAKER,  Esq.  of 
New  York  City  has  purchased,  and  presented  to  the  Metropolitan  Museum 
of  Art,  Brugsch  Bey's  entire  collection  of  Egyptian  textile  fabrics,  cover- 
ing a  period  from  the  earliest  times  from  which  mummy-cloth  is  obtainable 
down  to  the  seventh  or  eighth  century  after  Christ.  The  collection  con- 
tains about  860  pieces.  The  Museum  already  owned  a  collection  of  369 
pieces  purchased  from  Theodor  Graf,  of  Vienna.  Probably  the  Museum 
now  has  as  fine  a  collection  of  these  objects  as  exists  anywhere.  The  bulk 
of  Theodor  Graf's  collection  went  to  the  Imperial  Museum  of  Industrial 


402  AMERICAN  JO URNAL  OF  ARCHJEOLOG  Y. 

Arts  at  Vienna,  one  set  of  duplicates  going  to  the  South  Kensington  Mus- 
eum in  London,  the  other  to  the  Metropolitan  Museum.  We  wish  some 
generous  and  public-spirited  man  would  buy  the  Graf  collection  of  colored 
Egyptian  portraits,  of  the  time  of  the  first  Christian  centuries,  the  best  in 
the  world. — K  Y.  Independent,  Aug.  28. 

Models  for  the  Museum. — La  Champagne,  from  Havre,  brought  two  large 
models  (one-twentieth  full  site)  of  the  Parthenon  and  the  main  fayade  of 
Notre  Dame,  of  Paris,  to  be  followed  later  by  its  other  fayades,  as  well  as 
by  models  of  the  Temple  of  Karnak,  the  Pantheon,  the  Arch  of  Constan- 
tine,  St.  Trophime,  etc.  The  Parthenon  and  Notre  Dame  will  be  set  up 
in  the  Great  Hall  of  the  Museum,  with  the  practical  assistance  of  M.  Joly, 
who  accompanied  them  to  this  country.  The  restorations  shown  in  the 
model  of  the  Parthenon  embrace  the  latest  results  of  M.  Chippiez's  pro- 
found study  of  the  subject. — N.  Y.  Tribune,  Sept.  12. 

COLUMBIA  COLLEGE. — Avery  Architectural  Library. — The  Avery  Archi- 
tectural Library  in  memory  of  Henry  Ogden  Avery  (architect,  who  died 
April  30),  founded  by  his  parents,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Samuel  P.  Avery,  pro- 
vides :  (1)  The  giving  of  the  private  library  formed  by  the  late  Henry  O. 
Avery,  consisting  of  about  two  hundred  volumes  relating  to  the  history 
and  practice  of  architecture  and  the  connecting  arts,  volumes  of  photo- 
graphs, and  his  professional  books.  (2)  To  pay  for  the  purchase  of  books 
most  useful  to  the  student  and  profession  for  reference,  which  may  be  coU 
lected  by  the  first  of  January  next,  not  exceeding  the  sum  of  fifteen  thou- 
sand dollars.  (3)  On  the  first  of  July  was  paid  the  treasurer  of  Columbia 
College  fifteen  thousand  dollars  to  serve  as  an  endowment  fund,  the  income 
of  which  is  to  provide  for  the  binding  and  repairing  of  the  books,  and  for 
the  purchase  of  new  publications  and  other  works  in  the  same  line  as 
provided  for. 

The  purchases  are  to  be  made  by  a  commission  of  three  persons,  viz. : 
the  librarian  of  the  college  (now  Mr.  George  H.  Baker),  the  professor  or 
acting  professor  of  the  architectural  department  of  the  School  of  Mines 
(now  Mr.  William  R.  Ware  and  Mr.  A.  D.  F.  Hamlin),  and  Professor 
Russell  Sturgis,  whose  successor  in  case  of  his  death  or  declination  at  any 
time  is  to  be  selected  by  the  other  two  members  of  the  commission,  and 
who  is  to  be  always  an  architect  not  immediately  connected  with  the  col- 
lege. The  books  are  to  be  always  kept  together  in  a  separate  room  or 
alcove,  and  are  to  be  known  as  the  "  Avery  Architectural  Library,"  and 
to  be  used  as  a  library  of  reference  only. — Home  Journal,  July  16. 

A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  JR. 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS. 


ARCHIVIO  STORICO  DELL'ARTE.  1890.  Jan.-Feb.— A.  VENTURI, 
Emilian  Sculpture  during  the  Renaissance,  i.  Modena  (pp.  1-23).  Modena 
was  very  backward  in  taking  any  share  in  the  Renaissance,  being  at  a  very 
low  ebb  during  a  great  part  of  the  xv  century.  Agostino  di  Duccio  of 
Florence  first  came,  in  1442,  to  show  its  inhabitants  the  new  style.  A 
part  of  the  marble  altar  of  the  cathedral  by  him  is  encased  in  the  wall  of 
the  church  with  the  inscription :  AVGVSTINVS  •  DE  •  FLORENTIA  •  F  •  1442.  To 
the  same  artist  belongs  another  group  now  placed  in  a  similar  position. 
Native  art,  however,  began  only  with  Guido  Mazzoni  dei  Paganini,  who 
embodied  all  its  peculiarities.  He  began  by  executing  realistic  masks, 
superintending  public  festivals  and  religious  dramatic  performances.  He 
then  tried  his  hand  at  modelling  terracotta  figures,  in  which  art  he  showed 
great  originality  of  a  realistic  sort,  his  work  beginning  in  about  1470.  He 
executed  large  compositions  of  terracotta  figures,  coloring  them  also  with 
delicate  tints.  He  died  in  1518  after  having  spent  many  years  away  from 
his  native  city  especially  in  Venice  (1489)  and  Naples  (1489-95).  In  1495, 
he  followed  Charles VIII  to  France;  and,  in  1498,  he  became  a  member 
of  the  school  formed  at  Tours.  He  had  the  honor  of  then  executing  the 
famous  monument  of  Charles  VIII  in  Saint- Denis,  said  to  be  the  finest 
monument  in  France  at  that  time,  signed  OPVS  PAGANINI  MVTINIENSIS  : 
it  was  destroyed  by  the  French  revolutionists.  Subsequent  to  1507,  he 
executed  two  statues  of  Louis  XII,  after  whose  death  in  1515  the  artist 
returned  to  his  native  city. — U.  Rossi,  The  Carrand  collection  in  the  Museo 
Nazionale  atFirenze  (pp.  24-34).  This  is  the  last  of  a  series  of  papers  in 
which  a  cursory  survey  is  given  of  the  best  pieces  in  this  famous  collec- 
tion generously  given  to  the  Museum  in  Florence  and  especially  noted  for 
its  ivories.  The  present  paper  describes  the  bronzes,  plaquettes,  medals, 
seals,  cameos  and  intaglios,  leathers,  wood-sculptures,  stuffs,  arms,  iron- 
work ,  marble  sculptures,  and  paintings.  The  bronzes  are  of  great  impor- 
tance, and  are  especially  strong  in  pieces  of  industrial  art  such  as  vases, 
candelabra,  inkstands,  bells,  statuettes :  the  earliest  pieces  date  from  the 
xn  century,  but  the  greater  number  from  the  Renaissance :  Andrea  Riccio 
is  well  represented,  and  so  are  the  schools  of  Venezia  and  Padova,  while 
the  Tuscan  group,  though  small,  is  very  choice.  A  number  of  pieces  be- 
long to  France  and  the  Orient.  The  collection  contains  171  plaquettes. 
One  of  the  most  important  series  is  that  of  the  stuffs. — NATALE  BALDORIA, 

403 


404  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

The  artistic  monuments  of  San  Gimignano  (pp.  35-68).  This  long  paper  is 
a  summary  of  what  is  known  of  the  monuments  of  San  Gimignano,  whose 
paintings  have  been  so  carefully  described  by  Crowe  and  Cavalcaselle,  and 
are  known  also  from  photographs.  The  paintings  and  sculptures  are  treated 
here  in  detail.  The  documents  are  mainly  obtained  from  PECORI,  Storia 
della  terra  di  S.  Gimignano. — NEW  DOCUMENTS.  U.  Rossi,  Zaccaria  and 
Giovanni  Zacehi  da  Volterra.  For  a  summary  of  these  documents  see  p. 
240  of  the  JOURNAL. — REVIEWS  and  BIBLIOGRAPHY. — MISCELLANIES. 

A.  L.  F.,  JR. 

ARCHIVIO  STORICO  LOMBARDO.  1890.  March. — A.  GAROVAGLIO, 
The  Worship  of  Mithras  in  Lombardy  and  especially  in  Milano.  This  short 
paper  describes  a  number  of  monuments  relating  to  the  worship  of  Mi- 
thras found  in  or  near  Milan  and  now  in  the  archaeological  museum  of  that 
city.  These  are :  (1)  a  votive  altar  dedicated  to  Cautopates,  a  well-known 
appellative  of  Mithras,  was  one  of  many  (that  were  lost)  which  decorated 
a  Mithraic  cave  at  the  foot  of  Rocca  d'Angera,  on  which  stood  the  medi- 
aeval fortress  of  the  Visconti :  from  it  came,  also,  the  four  beautiful  cap- 
itals which  have  in  relief  the  principal  Mithraic  symbols  (griffins  and 
lions).  (2)  The  so-called  urna  di  Valperto,  elsewhere  illustrated.  (3)  A 
monument  found  in  rebuilding  a  house  at  the  juncture  of  Via  Oriani  with 
Via  S.  Giuseppe  :  the  sculpture  shows  a  continuation  of  Greek  influence, 
while  the  architecture  is  already  corrupt.  A  fine  youthful  figure  occu- 
pies a  central  niche  and  is  surrounded  by  the  usual  naked  genii ;  there 
are  fragments  of  two  bulls,  part  of  a  frieze  with  four  symbolic  griffins. 
There  are,  also,  a  badly-mutilated  figure  of  Mithras,  and  a  lotus-flower. 
The  beauty  of  the  sculpture  leads  the  writer  to  assign  this  newly-discov- 
ered monument  to  the  period  between  Hadrian  and  the  Antonines. 

A.  L.  F.,  JR. 

BULLETTINO  DI  ARCHEOLOGIA  CRISTIANA.  1888-89.  Nos.  1-2.— 
G.  B.  DE  Rossi,  Discoveries  in  the  cemetery  of  Priscilla  during  1888-89. 
Gallery  K  of  the  primitive  nucleus  of  the  cemetery  of  Priscilla  was  orig- 
inally intended  to  receive  a  series  of  sarcophagi  in  arched  niches.  From 
it,  passing  into  an  unexplored  portion  of  the  catacomb,  a  similar  grandiose 
ambulacrum  was  reached,  filled  with  fragments  of  paintings  and  sarco- 
phagi. There  were  several  separate  hypogea,  the  plan  of  the  main  one 
being  published  in  pi.  i-n.  They  were  originally  isolated,  though  closely 
connected  with  the  galleries  that  surround  them  on  all  sides,  i.  An 
anonymous  hypogeum  with  sarcophagi.  This  gallery  had  seven  niches  for 
sarcophagi,  of  which  only  small  fragments  remain,  showing  them  to  be 
of  a  very  early  date,  as  they  bear  no  distinctively  Christian  subjects  or 
decoration.  There  were  found  early  inscriptions  of  Parhesiastes  and 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  405 

Petronius  Secundus.  In  one  of  the  niches  are  remnants  of  frescoes :  the 
subjects  are  (a)  the  curing  of  the  man  born  blind  (?)  ;  (6)  Adam  and  Eve 
tempted,  and  Jonah  swallowed  by  the  whale.  The  juxtaposition  of  these 
two  scenes  is  symbolic  and  quite  new.  The  art  is  far  earlier  than  that  of 
the  similar  frescoes  of  the  late-third  and  the  fourth  century,  n.  The 
hypogeum  of  the  Acilii  Glabriones.  A  short  notice  of  this  important  dis- 
covery was  given  in  the  JOURNAL,  vol.  iv,  pp.  214-15.  The  hypogeum 
in  question  was  in  the  shape  of  a  gamma.  The  inscriptions  of  the  Aeilii 
Glabriones,  fragments  of  which  were  found,  furnish  occasion  to  the  writer 
to  give  a  complete  monograph  of  this  family,  proclaimed,  by  the  Emperor 
Pertinax,  to  be  " the  most  noble  of  the  patricians"  whose  history  is  con- 
tinued by  consular  lists  and  epigraphic  momiments  down  to  the  fall  of 
the  Empire.  An  epitaph  is  explained  as  that  of  Acilii  Verus  and  Pris- 
cilla  his  sister,  children  of  Vera  Priscilla  wife  of  Manius  Acilius  Glabrio, 
consul  in  152  A.  D.  The  writer  seeks  to  prove  that  Manius  Acilius  Gla- 
brio, consul  in  91  A.  D.,  was  condemned  at  the  same  time  and  for  the  same 
reason  as  Flavius  Clemens  and  Flavia  Domitilla,  i.  e.,  for  being  a  Christ- 
ian. It  is  evident,  from  the  inscriptions,  that  this  hypogeum  served  for 
the  burial  of  several  successive  generations  of  the  family  and  dependents 
of  the  Acilii  Glabriones ;  also  that  this  was  one  of  the  earliest  nuclei  of 
the  catacomb  of  Priscilla. — A  short  treatise  follows  on  The  monogram  %  and 
the  sigla  IH/f!  in  the  hypogeum  of  the  Aeilii  and  surrounding  galleries. 
Attention  is  called  to  the  importance  of  the  )R  used  as  a  part  of  the  text 
as  a  compendium  scripturae;  and  to  the  rarity  of  the  early  sigla  hH  (IH) 
instead  of  IHC  in  the  group  IH/R  (^Irjcrov  Xpiorov). — In  a  chapter  on  The 
Acilii  Glabriones  buried  in  the  cemetery  of  Priscilla,  is  given  a  list  of  the 
members  of  the  family  that  attained  to  the  consulate  from  A.  D.  91  to  the 
beginning  of  the  fourth  century.  With  these  it  is  attempted  to  connect 
the  Acilii  mentioned  in  the  catacomb  inscriptions. — A  special  chapter  is 
given  to  the  Manius  Acilius  Glabrio,  consul  in  91  A.  D.,  condemned  to  death 
by  Domitian,  containing  also  a  plea  for  the  recognition  of  a  noble  element 
among  early  Christian  society  in  Rome,  and  an  attempt  to  reconcile  the 
supposed  Christianity  of  the  Acilii  with  the  religious  and  political  honors 
showered  upon  them. — Note  on  Acilia  Vera  buried  in  the  crypts  of  Lueina. 
— Meetings  of  the  Society  of  Christian  Archceology.  This  is  a  summary  of 
the  addresses  made  at  the  meetings  of  the  society  held  during  its  thirteenth 
year,  1887-88. — Note  on  T.  Petronius  Secundus,  prefect  of  the  praetorium 
under  Domitian.  A.  L.  F.,  JR. 

BULLETTINO  Dl   PALETNOLOGIA  ITALIANA.     1890.     Nos.  1-2.— N. 

MORELLI,  Two  caverns  recently  explored  in  the  territory  of  Toirano  (province 
10 


406  AMERICAN  JO URNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

of  Geneva)  (pp.  1-19;  pi.  1).    A  notice  of  this  paper  will  be  found  on  p.  235 
of  this  volume. 

Jf os.  3-4. — PIGORINI,  A  Necropolis  of  the  bronze  age  at  Copezzato  in  the 
commune  of  San  Secondo  Parmense  (pp.  21-38).  A  shorter  report  by  the 
same  writer  on  this  discovery,  published  in  the  Notizie  degliScavi,  was  sum- 
marized on  p.  221  of  this  volume.  Further  peculiarities  should  be  added. 
Not  only  are  the  cinerary  vases  placed  so  close  together  as  often  to  touch, 
but  often  one  is  found  within  another,  both  of  them  full  of  human  bones. 
This  economy  of  space  is  also  found  in  most  of  the  necropoli  mentioned 
above.  This  arrangement  was  made  possible  only  by  not  burying  the  vases 
at  all,  or,  more  probably,  by  covering  them  only  so  far  as  the  neck.  There 
seems,  therefore,  to  have  been  no  distinguishing  sepulchral  mark  by  which 
to  identify  them.  The  examination  of  this  necropolis  is  accompanied  by 
a  running  commentary  on  the  others  of  the  same  class  already  enumer- 
ated. Some  barbaric  (before  773  A.  D.)  remains  were  found  in  the  neigh- 
borhood, at  a  depth  of  1.50  met.;  some  Roman  antiquities  at  a  depth  ot 
2.50  met. ;  while  the  tombs  of  the  terramaricoli  of  the  bronze  age  were  at 
a  depth  of  seven  metres.  A  calculation  based  on  the  position  of  these  vari- 
ous strata  would  lead  to  the  thirty-third  century  B.  c.  for  the  date  of  this 
early  necropolis. — PIGORINI,  The  bronze  fibula  in  the  terremare  (pp.  38- 
40).  Professor  Orsi  recently  expressed  the  opinion  that  the  terremare  could 
not  be  as  early  as  suggested  in  the  preceding  article,  because  in  them  as 
well  as  in  the  contemporary  palafitte  of  Lake  Garda  have  been  at  times 
found  bronze  fibulae  identical  with  two  from  tombs  in  Mykenai  supposed 
to  date  from  the  xn  century  B.  c.  But,  as  Undset  remarks,  no  such 
fibulse  have  been  found  with  certainty  in  the  real  stratum  of  the  terremare. 
They  appear  to  have  been  imported  at  the  close  of  the  period  of  the  terre- 
mare. This  fact  and  that  of  the  discovery  of  terracotta  figurines  at  His- 
sarlik,  Mykenai,  Tiryns,  etc.,  seem  to  demonstrate  that  the  terremare  period, 
beginning  we  know  not  when,  came  to  a  close  at  the  time  when  there  began 
to  arrive  in  Italy  from  Greece  and  Asia  Minor  the  elements  which  created, 
in  the  valley  of  the  Po,  the  civilization  of  the  first  bronze  age. — STROBEL, 
The  dog  in  the  terremare  (pp.  40-44).  This  is  a  defense  of  the  writer's 
assertion  of  the  existence  in  the  terremare  of  a  third  species  of  dog  which 
he  terms  canis  spalletti  Strob,  and  which  he  adds  to  the  other  two  pre- 
viously-known species,  canis  palustris  Ru'tt.  (Jeitt.),  and  canis  matris  opti- 
mae  Jeitteles.  His  classification  was  published  in  his  article,  Le  razze  del 
cane  nelle  terremare  deW  Emilia,  in  the  Bull,  di  Palet.,  1880.  His  opponent 
is  T.  Studer  in  Der  Hund  der  Battaks  auf  Sumatra,  who  ignores  the  canis 
spalletti,  substituting  apparently  the  canis  f.  decumanus.  The  special  and 
radical  characteristics  of  the  canis  spalletti  are  pointed  out. — BOOK  RE- 
VIEWS.— NEWS.  A.  L.  F.,  JR. 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  407 

BULLETIN  DE  CORRESPONDANCE  HELLENIQUE.  1889.  May.— 
S.  REINACH,  Antiquities  discovered  at  the  theatre  of  Delos  (pis.  xn,  xiu). 
During  the  year  1882,  excavations  were  made  at  the  theatre  of  Delos 
under  S.  Reinach,  bringing  to  light  the  three  front  rows  of  seats  and  a 
portion  of  the  orchestra  with  the  foundations  of  the  stage.  As  instru- 
ments of  precision  were  lacking,  a  plan  of  the  theatre  was  not  made. 
The  few  figured  monuments  and  inscriptions  discovered  are  here  published. 
Three  of  the  four  inscriptions  were  found  upon  bases  for  statues :  one  ac- 
quaints us  with  the  name  of  a  hitherto  unknown  Athenian  dramatic 
author,  Dionysios  son  of  Demetrios,  who  was  victorious  in  the  contests  for 
tragic  and  satiric  poetry.  The  most  interesting  monument  is  the  pier  of 
a  terminal  herma,  covered  with  graffiti  of  the  first  century  B.  c.,  amongst 
which  are  figured  animals  of  various  kinds. — FOUGERES,  Inscriptions  from 
Thessaly.  The  twenty-five  inscriptions  here  published  were  copied  in 
Thessaly  during  the  month  of  May,  1887.  They  were  found  at  Larissa, 
Palaia-Larissa,  Phalanna,  Kierion,  Pharsala,  Pheres  and  Halos.  —  P. 
JAMOT,  Boundary-stone  between  the  territories  of  Kopai  and  Akraiphiai. 
At  the  extremity  of  Cape  Phthelio  is  found  a  huge  cubical  rock  inscribed : 
"Opua  K[<o]7nyco[v  |  TTOT'  'A/cp?7</>teia[s  |  6ptTT[o]vTwv  BOIOO[TCOV.  The  forms  of 
the  letters  point  to  the  first  years  of  the  restoration  of  the  Boiotian  League 
under  Kassandros.  The  stone  marks  the  boundary  of  the  towns  Kopai 
and  Akraiphiai,  and  seems  to  prove  that  the  lake,  or  at  least  the  western 
part  of  the  lake,  belonged  to  Kopai.  Whether  the  intervention  of  the 
League  was  de  jure  or  casual  is  undetermined. — TH.  HOMOLLE,  Decrees 
of  the  Athenian  people  in  Delos.  Several  long  decrees  are  here  published. 
From  one  of  these  it  appears  that  the  agoranomoi  existed  at  Delos  after 
they  had  ceased  to  exist  at  Athens.  From  another  it  appears  that  the 
same  ephebic  institutions  existed  at  Delos  as  at  Athens. — F.  DURRBACH, 
Inscriptions  from  Imbros.  Five  inscriptions  are  here  published,  one  of 
which  seems  tp  date  from  the  v  century.  The  rest  are  later. — P.  FOUCART, 
Athenian  Decree  of  the  year  352,  found  at  Eleusis.  This  is  a  long  inscrip- 
tion, found  at  Eleusis  in  the  excavations  under  the  direction  of  M.  Philios 
and  published  in  the  Ephemeris  in  1888.  It  has  now  been  very  thoroughly 
studied  and  reconstructed  by  M.  Foucart.  The  subject  of  the  inscription 
relates  to  the  le/oa  opr;as  or  sacred  territory  between  Attika  and  Megara 
dedicated  to  Demeter  and  Kora.  The  inscription  furnishes  new  illustra- 
tions of  the  mode  of  administration  under  the  democratic  government, 
and  a  new  mode  of  consulting  the  oracle.  The  latter  is  especially  inter- 
esting. The  question  to  be  decided  was  whether  this  sacred  territory 
should  be  rented  or  left  uncultivated.  The  two  answers  were  engraved 
separately  on  two  metal  tablets,  which  were  then  rolled  up  and  placed  in 
similar  packages.  These  packages  were  then  drawn  and  deposited,  one 


408  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCHJEOLOG  Y. 

in  a  silver  and  one  in  a  golden  urn.  These  were  sealed  and  counter- 
sealed  and  guarded  in  the  akropolis  until  the  deputies  returned  from  the 
oracle,  which  was  asked  to  decide  which  urn  contained  the  proper  answer. 
The  urn  indicated  by  the  oracle  was  then  opened  in  the  popular  assembly 
and  the  answer  revealed.  The  reply  of  the  oracle  in  this  case  is  unknown, 
though  it  probably  indicated  that  the  sacred  territory  should  remain 
uncultivated. — H.  LECHAT,  Hermes  and  the  Graces  (pi.  xiv).  The  bas- 
relief  here  published  was  discovered  by  M.  Kabbadias,  in  Jan.,  1889, 
on  the  Akropolis  at  Athens.  It  is  an  archaic  Pentelic  marble  relief  of 
little  artistic  merit,  but  interesting  for  the  subject,  which  represents  Her- 
mes and  the  Graces  with  a  fifth  personage  who  seems  to  be  an  initiated 
hero.  The  interpretation  of  the  female  figures  as  Graces,  instead  of 
Nymphs,  Seasons,  or  Daughters  of  Kekrops,  seems  to  be  justified  by  the 
important  position  held  by  the  Graces  in  the  ancient  Athenian  cult.  The 
hero  would  be  related  to  the  Graces  as  Triptolemos  to  the  divinities  of 
Eleusis  or  Erichthonios  to  the  Daughters  of  Kekrops. 

December. — G.  FOUGERES,  The  Lion  of  Tegea  (pi.  vi).  This  relief  has 
long  been  known.  It  was  mentioned  by  Ross  in  1834,  better  appreciated  by 
Conze  and  Michaelis  in  1860,  and  by  Milchhofer  in  1879,  but  is  now  repro- 
duced for  the  first  time.  It  appears  to  be  a  slab  of  a  frieze  of  a  date  not  later 
than  the  iv  century,  in  style  reflecting  the  art  of  Skopas,  and  probably  once 
decorated  the  temple  of  Athena  Alea. — G.  RADET  and  P.  PARIS,  Inscrip- 
tions from  Syllion  in  Pamphylia.  Three  decrees  are  here  published  which 
were  made  in  honor  of  the  family  of  the  Megakles,  one  of  the  most  pow- 
erful in  Syllion,  of  which  various  members  were  public  benefactors.  The 
public  assemblies  of  Syllion  seem  to  have  been  three  in  number,  a  boule, 
a  gerousia  and  an  ekklesia,  while  the  municipal  functions  were  discharged 
by  the  .dekaprotia,  the  demiourgia  and  the  gymnasiarchia.  The  classes  of 
the  population  ranking  lower  than  citizens  were  also  three  in  number,  the 
ouindiktarioi,  the  apeleutheroi  and  the  paroikoi. — M.  COLLIGNON,  Statue 
of  Poseidon  found  at  Melos.  This  statue  was  discovered  at  Melos  in  1877 
at  a  locality  called  Klima,  below  the  amphitheatre.  It  is  now  in  the  Cen- 
tral Museum  at  Athens.  It  is  a  colossal  statue,  furnishing  no  new  detail  in 
the  figured  representations  of  Poseidon,  showing  to  a  certain  extent  the 
influence  of  the  Pergamene  school  and  dating  probably  from  the  second 
century  B.  c. — G.  DOUBLET,  Decree  of  the  Senate,  from  Tabai  in  Karia. 
This  inscription  was  copied  in  1887  from  a  marble  in  the  wall  of  a  house 
at  Davas,  the  ancient  Tabai.  It  has  a  striking  resemblance  to  the  sena- 
torial decree  of  Lagina  (Bull,  de  corr.  hellen.,  ix.  p.  437).  After  referring 
to  the  conduct  of  the  inhabitants  of  Tabai  during  the  war  with  Mithridates, 
demands  are  made  (1)  for  the  confirmation  of  the  attribution  of  certain 
lands  granted  them  by  Sulla ;  (2)  that  they  be  permitted  to  fortify  Thy- 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  409 

essos,  and  (3)  that  the  Komans  take  into  consideration  their  kindly  disposed 
character. — H.  LECHAT,  Basreliefs  in  the  Museum  at  Constantinople  (pi. 
ix).  Two  reliefs  are  here  described.  One,  which  hails  from  near  Perga- 
mon,  is  a  votive  offering  representing  a  horseman  before  an  altar,  where 
also  stands  a  heavily-draped  female  figure.  The  horse  and  attendant  of 
the  hero  stand  at  one  side.  The  relief  bears  no  inscription,  but  its  style 
indicates  that  it  belongs  to  the  end  of  the  fourth  century  or  the  begin- 
ning of  the  third.  The  second  relief  was  brought  from  Kyzikos  in  1869. 
It  is  inscribed  with  a  fragmentary  honorary  decree  and  a  head  in  profile. 
This  may  be  a  portrait,  but  it  resembles  so  strongly  the  head  of  Pan  on 
coins  from  Pantikapaion  as  to  suggest  that  the  person  honored  was  a  resi- 
dent of  that  town.  Possibly  it  was  Leukon  I,  who  was  similarly  honored 
by  the  Arkadians  of  Kreta  and  whose  date  corresponds  with  the  age  of 
this  relief. — E.  LEGRAND,  Two  Latin  Inscriptions  from  Karystos.  These 
inscriptions  were  found  in  June  1889,  and  relate  to  the  history  of  the 
quarries  of  Karystos. — M.  HOLLEAUX,  Edict  of  King  Antiochos  II.  This 
is  an  improved  edition  of  the  important  inscription  discovered  at  Durdur- 
kar  in  Phrygia  in  1884,  and  published  in  the  Bull,  de  corr.  hellen.,  in  1885. 
— G.  COUSIN  and  G.  DESCHAMPS,  Letter  of  Dareios,  son  of  Hystaspes. 
This  inscription  was  discovered  in  April,  1886,  at  Deirmendjik,  near  the 
road  from  Tralleis  to  Magnesia,  and  is  now  in  the  Louvre.  It  is  in  char- 
acters belonging  to  early  imperial  times,  but  would  appear  to  be  an  au- 
thentic copy  of  a  letter  written  by  Dareios  to  Gadates.  In  this  letter 
Dareios  praises  his  servant  for  having  planted  in  Asia  Minor  trees  from 
beyond  the  Euphrates,  but  blames  him  for  not  having  sufficiently  respected 
the  sacred  gardeners  of  Apollon. — S.  REINACH,  Archaic  statues  of  Kybele 
discovered  at  Kyme  (pi.  vm).  Amongst  the  objects  discovered  by  M. 
Reinach  at  Kyme  in  1881,  were  two  figures  of  Kybele  reproduced  on  pi. 
vm.  Thesei  figures  are  closely  related  in  type  to  the  seated  figures  which 
lined  the  sacred  avenue  at  Branchidai,  though  one  is  here  in  basrelief. 
Terracotta  figurines  of  this  class  are  numerous,  but  the  most  interesting 
of  such  monuments  are  the  47  small  calcareous  figures  in  the  museum  of 
archaeology  at  Marseilles.  These  would  appear  to  have  been  brought 
from  Phokaia  or  some  other  city  of  Asia  Minor.  The  Kybele  type  was 
used  frequently  for  sepulchral  monuments,  and  is  ultimately  of  Baby- 
lonian origin. — S.  REINACH,  Sepulchral  Inscriptions  discovered  at  Kyme. 
Six  brief  inscriptions  from  sepulchral  stelai  are  here  published. 

ALLAN  MARQUAND. 

E4>HMEPIS  APXAIOAOHKH.  JOURNAL  OF  THE  ARCHXEOLOGI- 
CAL  SOCIETY  IN  ATHENS.  1889.  Nos.  1-4.— B.  I.  LEONARDOS,  In- 
scriptions of  the  Amphiareion  (contin.).  No.  24,  the  earliest  inscription 


410  AMERICAN  JO  UENAL  OF  ARCH&OLOG  Y. 

found  in  the  Amphiareion,  is  cut  upon  a  Hermes,  the  head  of  which  is 
wanting :  The  hair  fell  over  the  breast  in  three  curls  on  each  side,  and 
down  the  back  in  a  broad  band  of  wavy  locks.  The  inscription,  ^T/OO/A- 
/3iX0?  eTroteo-ev  'A0evaios,  gives  the  name  of  a  new  artist.  No.  25,  Diogenes, 
son  of  Asklepiades  a  Halicarnassian,  dedicated  his  brother  Herakleitos  to 
Amphiaraos.  Thoinias,  son  of  Teisikrates,  the  Sikyonian,  made  (the 
statue).  Thoinias  is  mentioned  on  the  monument  of  Brutus,  and  Teisi- 
krates, son  of  Thoinias,  on  the  monument  of  Sulla  (JE^/x,.'A/D^.,  1885,  pp. 
103,  105 ;  1886,  p.  55).  No.  26  is  a  list  of  the  silverware  of  the  god 
Amphiaraos  with  the  names  of  the  donors.  The  list  was  made  when 
Lysandros  was  archon,  Saon  was  priest  of  Amphiaraos,  Hierokles  son  of 
Damarchos,  Hieron  son  of  Nikobios,  and  Philistides  son  of  Thrason  were 
hierarchs.  The  date  is  about  the  same  as  that  of  several  other  inscriptions 
of  the  Amphiareion.  This  inscription  is  compared  with  several  others, 
especially  with  GIG,  1570.  No.  27  is  a  metope  with  the  inscription  N  : 
a  similar  metope  with  inscription  TO  is  described  in'E^//,.  'Ap^.,  1885,  p. 
154.  If  the  two  belong  to  the  same  word,  it  might  be  e]7ro[tVre]v,  or,  if 
not,  aviQr)Kz\v.  No.  28  is  a  decree  in  honor  of  Pytheas,  son  of  Sosidemos, 
from  Alopeke,  who  had,  as  overseer  of  springs,  rebuilt  the  springs  of 
Ammon  and  Amphiaraos.  The  date  is  the  archonship  of  Nikokrates, 
333  B.  c.  Nos.  29-33  are  cut  upon  broad  pedestals  (jrXaTca  fidOpa)  com- 
posed of  several  blocks  or  slabs :  No.  29  contains  eight  honorary  decrees 
of  the  city  of  Oropos,  the  second  of  which  is  very  fragmentary  and  is  in 
Boiotian  dialect ;  No.  30  contains  eight  similar  decrees  besides  dedicatory 
inscriptions  of  statues  of  Ptoion  and  his  wife  Aristonike  dedicated  respec- 
tively by  Aristonike  and  her  daughter  Timagora ;  No.  31  contains  the 
inscriptions  (TE^//,.  'A/c>x->  1885,  p.  107)  recording  the  dedication  by  De- 
mokrite  of  statues  of  her  father  and  son,  besides  two  honorary  decrees  of 
the  Oropians ;  No.  32  contains  two  honorary  decrees  of  Oropos ;  No.  33 
records  the  dedication,  by  Mnaseas,  of  statues  of  his  father  Diodoros  and 
his  mother  Phanostrate,  and  contains  six  honorary  decrees  of  Oropos. 
Two  other  pedestals  are  described. — ST.  A.  KOUMANOUDES,  Inscriptions 
of  Athens,  Amorgos,  and  Gytheion.  No.  1,  a  boundary-stone  found  at 
Ampelokepoi  northeast  of  Athens,  bears  the  inscription  Hicpov :  Atos :  ^i- 
\LXLO  :  ays :  'A^vcu'as.  The  characters  are  in  part  those  in  use  before  Eu- 
kleides.  The  meaning  of  a^s  is  unexplained.  Zeus  Meilichios  appears 
to  have  been  a  god  publicly  accepted  in  Athens,  not  merely  worshipped 
by  private  persons,  as  Foucart  (Bull,  de  corr.  hellen.,  1883,  p.  506  ff.)  has 
supposed.  No.  2,  Htepo  .  .  .  'AA-orr  ...  in  two  lines  on  a  fragmentary  stele* 
was  found  near  the  Akropolis.  No.  3  is  a  fragmentary  account  of  some 
building :  the  broken  slab  containing  the  inscription  was  found  in  Athens. 
No.  4,  an  Attic  inscription  of  the  fourth  century  B.  c.  (the  place  of  its 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  411 

discovery  is  unknown)  records  a  decree  in  honor  of  some  men  who  had 
shown  courage  against  the  enemy  :  about  half  of  the  inscription  is  want- 
ing. For  similar  records,  see  Bull,  de  corr.  hellen.,  vol.  xni,  p.  257  ff. ; 
•E<tofi.  'APX.,  1883,  p.  134;  1884, 'p.  135;  1887,  p.  187.  No.  5,  a  frag- 
mentary Attic  decree  in  honor  of  an  Epidamnian  and  an  Apolloniate :  it 
was  found  in  excavations  near  the  Aeo></>opos"OAyas.  No.  6,  a  fragmentary 
inscription  of  the  third  century  B.  c.,  records  the  dedication  of  phialai  to 
Athena  by  slaves  or  metics  who  have  escaped  prosecution.  Similar  in- 
scriptions are  CIA,  n,  2,  No.  776,  768,  Addenda,  776b.  No.  7,  A]io? 
[K]ar<u/?aTov,  is  inscribed  on  a  base  or  altar,  in  two  lines,  in  characters  of 
the  pre-Christian  Roman  times.  No.  8,  'IraXtKos  £evia>i  'AO-K^TTIOU,  on  a 
base  of  Pentelic  marble,  was  found  near  the  Olympieion,  as  were  also  Nos. 
7  and  9.  No.  9,  inscribed  on  a  cubic  block,  shows  that  a  statue  of  Hadrian 
was  set  up  by  the  senate  and  people  of  the  Koropisseans,  the  metropolis 
of  the  Kistai :  a  note  concerning  coins  of  Koropissos  is  added  by  I.  N. 
Sboronos.  No.  10,  an  inscription  from  Amorgos,  contains  provisions  re- 
garding a  loan  made,  apparently  by  the  city,  to  individuals :  the  inscrip- 
tion is  very  fragmentary.  No.  11,  ...  Xtos  Ac^ras  'HAeto(s)  'AO-K^TTIO) 
fTTYjKou  evxyv,  is  inscribed  upon  a  small  altar  found  at  Gytheion. — I.  N. 
SBORONOS,  Analeeta  Numismatica  (pis.  1,  2;  five  cuts).  PI.  1  gives  25 
coins  of  Byzantion  ;  pi.  2  gives  27  coins  of  various  places  and  two  en- 
graved gems.  The  headings  of  the  article  are  as  follows :  "  The  care 
(dc/ocra-eia)  of  Eurypylos."  "  Keroessa  the  mother  of  Byzas."  "  lo." 
"Poseidon."  "Byzas."  "Monument  of  Boidion  the  hetaira."  "The 
trophies  in  the  Melion  of  Byzantion  :  Altar  of  Athena  Skedasios  or  Ek- 
basios."  "  The  so-called  Kvproi  of  Byzantion  :  Statue  of  Artemis  Lampa- 
dephoros."  "  Coins  of  the  Byzantians  and  of  Rhoimetalkos."  "  The  raving 
Daphne  (Aa<£v?7  /xatvo/x,eV^)  of  the  Kalchedonians."  "  Some  other  coins 
of  the  Byzantians  (golden  horn,  obelisk,  Strategos  Leon,  etc.)"  " Coins 
of  the  Paionian  Laiaians."  "  The  Euxine  Sea."  "  Perseus  and  Andro- 
meda (copy  of  a  wall-painting)."  "  The  Homeric  poems  in  relation  to 
the  types  of  coins."  "  Numismatic  types  as  pendants  (dancing  nymphs, 
Apollon  and  Artemis,  Kapaneus  and  Pyle)."  "  River  and  Sea."  "  Phi- 
lippoupolis  Trimontium."  "  Herakles  and  Echidna  or  Hydra."  "  Hera- 
kles  and  a  sea-deity  (evaXtos  8ai)u,a>i/)."  "  Epigraphy  of  the  coins  of  the 
Byzantians."  "  The  word  /3ao-iAevovcra  as  epithet  of  cities."  The  published 
coins  are  described  and  discussed  in  detail  in  connection  with  other  mon- 
uments and  ancient  writers. — D.  PHILIOS,  Archaic  Heads  from  Eleusis 
(pis.  3,  4,  5,  6).  Three  heads  are  published.  The  first  has  been  placed 
upon  a  torso  in  the  Central  Museum  in  Athens.  The  statue  represents  a 
female.  The  thick  hair,  which  shows  remains  of  red  color,  is  arranged  in 
close  curls  about  the  forehead,  and,  with  the  exception  of  two  locks  behind 


41 2  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCH^OLOG  Y. 

each  ear,  falls  in  one  broad  mass  behind ;  a  stephane  confines  the  hair, 
passing  over  the  top  of  the  head  from  ear  to  ear ;  behind  each  ear  is  a  hole 
for  attaching  something.  The  work  is  ascribed  to  the  end  of  the  sixth  or 
the  beginning  of  the  fifth  century  B.  c.  The  second  head  resembles  that 
from  the  Akropolis  published  in'E^^.'Apx-,  1883,  pi.  6  ;  Jahrbuch,  1887, 
pi.  13.  The  hair  is  so  arranged  that  no  locks  fall  over  the  breast.  This 
head  belongs  to  the  same  period  as  the  first.  It  has  been  injured  by  fire. 
The  third  head  is  assigned  to  the  middle  of  the  sixth  century  B.  c.  It  is 
compared  with  that  in  the  Rampin  collection  (Rayet,  Monuments  de  Vart 
antique,  pi.  18).  The  person  represented  is  a  boy  or  youth.  The  hair  is 
arranged  in  cork-screw  curls  all  about  the  head,  and  is  confined  by  a  band 
about  the  crown.  This  head  has  been  somewhat  injured  and  defaced.  A 
fourth  head  is  described,  much  smaller  than  the  others  (i  life  size),  and 
like  them  belonging  to  the  period  of  ripe  archaism.  This  head  also  has 
suffered  from  fire. — CHR.  TSOUNTAS,  Investigations  in  Lakonike  and  the 
Tomb  of  Bapheion  (pis.  7,  8,  9,  10 ;  cut).  In  March,  1889,  the  writer 
was  sent  by  the  archaeological  society  to  excavate  the  tomb  at  Bapheion 
(Vaphio)  and  at  the  same  time  to  make  investigations  in  the  neighbor- 
hood in  search  of  other  remains  of  the  same  early  period.  On  the  site  of 
Therapnai,  near  the  temple  of  Menelaos,  fragments  of  Mykenaian  vases 
were  found,  but  excavations  led  to  no  results.  Near  Amyklai  were  dis- 
covered two  tombs  dug  in  the  earth,  like  those  of  Spata  and  Nauplia.  On 
the  hill  called  Paleopyrgos,  a  little  south  of  the  tomb  of  Bapheion,  frag- 
ments of  Mykenaian  pottery  and  a  few  stone  utensils  were  found.  A 
bee-hive  tomb  (ra^os  0oAam>s),  like  that  of  Menidi  was  opened  at  Arkina 
(or  Arkinai)  in  the  Taygetos  Mts.,  near  Arna,  about  six  hours  southwest 
of  Sparta.  The  length  of  the  dromos  \$  2.65  m.,  the  depth  of  the  stomion 
2.80  m.,  its  width  about  0.78  m.,  its  height  1.16  to  1.30  m.;  the  tholos  is 
4.70  m.  in  diameter,  and  the  walls  are  preserved  to  a  height  of  about  3.75 
m.  For  about  0.55  or  0.60  m.,  the  building  is  cylindrical,  and  above  this 
the  walls  converge  in  the  usual  way.  The  stones  are  small  and  unhewn. 
Ashes  were  not  found  in  the  tomb  ;  bones  and  teeth  were  found.  Besides 
these,  the  tomb  contained  five  white  stone  heads,  a  polished  elliptical 
stone  without  carving,  a  gold  ornament  similar  to  that  in  Menidi  (  Kup- 
pelgr.  v.  Men.,  pi.  5.  10),  a  copper  nail,  and  fragments  of  pottery  without 
ornament.  The  opinion  is  expressed  that  the  names  Arkina  and  Arna 
are  ancient.  Arna  occurs  also  in  Boiotia  and  Thessaly.  The  ancient  in- 
habitants of  Arkina  and  the  neighborhood  were  probably  Minyans.  The 
tomb  at  Bapheion  has  attracted  the  attention  of  many  travellers.  The 
dromos  looks  toward  the  east,  and  is  29.80  m.  in  length.  Its  width  is  3.45 
m.  before  the  stomion,  3.18  m.  at  a  distance  of  23.10  m.  from  the  stomion, 
the  point  where  the  right  wall  ceases.  In  the  dromos  were  found  traces  of 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  413 

coals,  two  leaves  of  gold,  a  fragment  of  electrum,  and  many  fragments 
of  pottery,  partly  unadorned,  partly  adorned  with  figures  of  the  Myke- 
naian  epoch.  The  stomion  is  ill  preserved ;  the  lintel  has  fallen,  and  the 
stones  which  formed  it  have  been  broken  up  and  removed.  The  lower 
width  of  the  stomion  is  1.93  m. ;  its  depth  at  the  bottom,  4.56  m. ;  its  sides 
are  of  large  hewn  stones.  Extending  across  the  stomion  is  a  pit  1.60  to 
1.80  m.  wide  and  1.90  m.  deep.  At  the  bottom  of  this  pit  was  a  layer  of 
ashes,  but  nothing  further  was  found  in  it  except  earth  and  rubbish.  The 
tholos  is  10.15  to  10.35  m.  in  diameter;  its  floor  is  uneven,  covered  with 
earth  mixed  with  ashes,  and  charred  bones  were  found  scattered  about,  as 
were  also  various  objects  of  gold,  silver,  copper,  and  stone.  To  the  right 
of  the  centre  is  a  pit  or  grave  2.25  m.  long,  1.10  m.  wide,  and  1  m.  deep : 
the  sides  are  formed  by  small  slabs  placed  horizontally  upon  each  other, 
the  top  and  bottom  by  larger  slabs.  Bones  were  not  found  in  the  grave, 
nor  were  ashes  or  charcoal.  Various  objects  were  found  here.  Plates  7 
and  8  represent  numerous  ornaments  and  utensils  of  various  metals ;  plate 
10  represents  forty  engraved  stones  (Inselsteine) ,  most  of  which  were  found 
in  the  grave,  though  many  objects  of  various  kinds,  including  Mykenaian 
pottery,  were  found  on  the  floor  of  the  tholos.  Plate  9  represents,  in  gilt, 
the  most  striking  objects  found  in  the  grave.  These  are  two  golden  cups 
with  figures  in  repousse.  [For  a  description  of  these  cups,  see  News,  pp. 
371-2].  Besides  the  cups,  other  objects  represented  on  the  plates  are  de- 
scribed in  detail. — D.  PHILIOS,  Excavation  of  Ancient  Tombs  at  Eleusis 
(6  cuts).  In  the  UpaKTLKa.  r^s  'Apx-  *ET<up.,  1884,  pp.  83-7,  the  writer  re- 
ported the  discovery  of  very  ancient  tombs  in  a  field  on  the  southern  slope 
of  the  hill  of  the  akropolis  at  Eleusis  (report  here  copied).  Several  of 
these  tombs  have1  been  excavated  and  are  here  described.  They  are  rect- 
angular and  of  proper  size  for  the  reception  of  human  bodies.  In  these 
graves  were  found  human  remains  with  charred  wood.  In  some,  the 
bodies  appear  to  have  been  burned,  in  others  not.  In  one  grave  the  corpse 
seems  to  have  been  laid  not  straight  nor  upon  its  back,  but  upon  its  side 
with  bent  legs.  Remains,  mainly  skulls,  of  children  were  found  in  jars 
of  Mykenaian  style.  Some  other  archaic  vases  were  found,  and  also  some 
objects  of  metal.  Another  tomb  was  excavated  underneath  an  ancient 
wall.  In  this  were  unburnt  bones  and  pottery  almost  all  of  Mykenaian 
style,  though  some  pieces  approach  the  "geometric"  style.  Bee-hive 
tombs  have  not  been  found  at  Eleusis. — I.  N.  SBORONOS,  Supplements  to 
the  Book  " Numismatique  de  la  Crete  Ancienne"  (pis.  11, 12, 13).  Sixty- 
nine  Cretan  coins  are  published  and  described.  These  the  writer  had  been 
unable  to  incorporate  in  to  the  first  part  of  his  book.  They  represent  the  coin- 
age of  Anopolis,  Apollonia,  Aptera,  Arkadia,  Arsiuoe,  Achaia,  Cherson- 
esos,  Knosos,  Kydonia,  Eleuthernai,  Eranos  (or  Ertaia  or  Erythraia), 


414  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

Eltyna,  Gortyna,  Hierapytna,  Hyrtakina,  Itanos,  Lappa,  Lisos  and  Hyr- 
takina,  Lyttos,  Olous,  Orion,  Phaistos,  Phalasarna,  Polichna,  Polyrenion, 
Praisos,  Khaukos,  Rhithymna,  Sybrita,  Tylisos,  Thenai  (?),  and,  from 
Roman  times,  Trajan,  Hadrian,  and  Antoninus  Pius. 

HAROLD  N.  FOWLER. 

JAHRBUCH  D.  K.  DEUTSCHEN  ARCHAOLOGISCHEN  INSTITUTS. 
Vol.  IT.  No.  4.  1889.— F.  II  AVSVR,  Marble  Throne  from  Solunto  (8  cuts). 
Fragments  of  a  leg  of  a  throne  and  of  a  footstool  are  published  and  dis- 
cussed. The  leg  was  described  by  Serradifalco  (Antichita  di  Sicilia,  v,  pi. 
39,  cenni  sugli  avanzi  dell'antica  Solunto,  pi.  4)  and  Semper  (Stil,  I2,  p.  413) 
as  part  of  a  candelabrum.  The  fragments  are  richly  adorned.  Where 
the  crossbars  joined  the  leg  are  reliefs  representing  (1)  an  armed  warrior 
crowned  by  a  Nike,  while  at  his  other  side  stands  a  figure  like  Venus  Gen- 
etrix,  and  (2)  three  draped  female  figures.  The  footstool  rested  upon  lion- 
paws  above  which  are  lion-heads.  The  front  and  sides  of  the  footstool 
were  carved  in  relief.  The  four  dancing  Nikai  on  the  throne  of  Zeus  at 
Olympia  occupied  the  position  held  by  the  frieze  on  the  throne-leg  from 
Solunto. — H.  HEYDEMANN,  Homeric  Representations  on  Vases  (pi.  10 ;  2 
cuts).  The  front  painting  of  a  krater  (vaso  a  colonnette)  from  Vulci 
is  published  (coll.  Jatta,  No.  412,  Catal.  Jatta,  p.  152  f.).  The  vase  be- 
longs to  the  period  of  the  Diadochoi.  The  back  was  adorned  with  three 
draped  youths.  On  the  front  a  richly-draped  seated  female  figure  is 
represented.  She  holds  a  child  on  her  knees.  Before  her  stands  a  long- 
haired warrior.  He  has  on  high  laced  boots,  and  about  his  loins  an  apron- 
like  girdle.  In  his  left  hand  he  holds  a  shield  and  two  spears.  With  his 
right  hand  he  holds  his  crested  helmet  toward  the  child  who  is  trying  to 
reach  it.  Behind  the  seated  figure  stands  a  young  warrior  dressed  in  a 
chiton  and  high  laced  boots.  He  is  taking  off  his  sword,  having  already 
laid  aside  his  shield  and  pilos.  This  is  only  a  genre-scene,  but  the  artist 
was  under  the  influence  of  the  Homeric  description  of  Hektor's  parting 
from  Andromache.  The  same  remark  applies  to  the  vase  in  the  British 
Museum  No.  418  (Journ.  Hell.  Studies,  ix,  3,  p.  11  f.).  Monuments  with 
representations  of  the  Homeric  scene  are  mentioned.  The  front  painting 
of  a  second  krater  of  about  the  same  period,  also  from  Vulci  (vaso  a  col- 
onnette, Catal.  Jatta,  p.  984  f,  No.  1709,  back  adorned  with  three  draped 
youths)  is  published.  In  the  middle  stands  a  long-haired  warrior  with 
spear  and  shield.  He  wears  a  scarf  which  passes  over  his  left  shoulder 
and  is  confined  at  the  waist  by  a  belt,  leaving  the  ends  free.  He  is  about 
to  kill  an  enemy  who  kneels  before  him  (at  the  right).  Behind  the  cen- 
tral figure  (at  the  left)  is  a  man  bound  to  a  tree.  The  scene  represented 
is  the  rage  of  Achilleus  after  the  death  of  Patroklos,  and  the  artist  ap- 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  415 

pears  to  have  been  influenced  by  the  Homeric  description  of  the  death 
of  Lykaon.  A  similar  representation  is  found  on  a  vase,  the  present  fate 
of  which  is  unknown,  published  by  Passeri,  Pict.  Etr.,  256.  The  chief 
painting  of  a  black-figured  hydria  from  Etruria  (Bull,  dell'  List.,  1843, 
p.  75  f.  =  Arch.  Ztg.,  1843,  p.  141 ;  Overbeck,  Sagenkreis,  p.  466,  133)  is 
published.  A  chariot  is  represented,  to  which  two  horses  are  harnessed. 
These  are  held  by  a  bearded  man  in  a  long  garment,  while  two  nude  men 
are  bringing  two  more  horses.  A  bearded,  bald-headed  man  is  mounting 
the  chariot.  Behind  him  stands  a  bearded  man  in  Phrygian  costume. 
The  inscription  seems  to  read  Ilapts  /caAos.  The  scene  may  refer  only  in 
a  general  way  to  the  Trojan  war,  or  it  may  represent  Priam  about  to  de- 
part to  ransom  Hektor. — G.  TRETJ,  Arrangement  of  the  Eastern  Pediment 
of  the  Temple  of  Zeus  at  Olympia  (pis.  8,  9 ;  plan ;  20  cuts).  All  previous 
discussions  of  this  subject  are  considered,  including  that  of  J.  Six  (Journ. 
Hell.  Stud.,  x,  1889,  p.  98  ff.),  which  is  treated  in  an  appendix.  The  ar- 
rangement previously  proposed  by  the  writer  is  retained  without  change 
except  that  the  female  figures  of  the  central  group  change  places,  the  one 
which  was  formerly  called  Hippodameia  being  now  called  Sterope  and . 
vice  versa,  and  that,  behind  the  horses,  chariots  of  appropriate  size  are  in- 
troduced. The  introduction  of  chariots  brings  the  figures  toward  the  cor- 
ners nearer  to  each  other.  The  interchange  of  the  female  figures  is  adopted 
from  Studniczka.  The  arguments  urged  in  opposition  to  this  arrangement 
are  answered  by  an  elaborate  discussion  of  the  circumstances  and  positions 
in  which  the  fragments  were  found,  and  the  writer's  conclusions  are  sup- 
ported by  careful  examination  and  measurements  of  the  fragments  them- 
selves. In  spite  6f  the  fact  that  the  seated  and  crouching  figures  of  this 
pediment  are  mere  genre-figures,  the  corner  figures  are  still  regarded  as 
representations  of  Kladeos  and  Alpheios.  So  the  name  Kephisos  is  re- 
tained for  the  corresponding  figure  in  the  pediment  of  the  Parthenon. 
The  pediment  of  Olympia  is  discussed  in  its  relation  to  those  of  the  Par- 
thenon and  of  the  temple  at  Aigina,  and  is  declared  to  stand  nearer  to  that 
of  Aigina. — ARCHAOLOGISOHER  ANZEIGER  (Supplement  to  the  Jahrbuch). 
REPORT  OF  THE  MEETING  OF  GERMAN  PHILOLOGISTS  AND  SCHOOLMEN 
at  Gorlitz,  Oct.  1-5.  There,  0.  Richter  spoke  of  the  care  with  which 
archaeological  interests  are  regarded  in  the  present  changes  in  Rome ;  R. 
Forster  spoke  on  the  date  of  the  Laokoon  group,  which  he  considers  Hel- 
lenistic ;  A.  Conze,  on  the  archaeological  institute  and  the  gymnasia ;  M. 
Becker,  on  portraits  of  Livy ;  0.  Rossbacli,  on  the  Temple  of  Diana  at 
Nemi ;  A.  Conze,  on  the  Elgin  collection  at  -Broom  Hall ;  K.  Wernicke, 
on  Greek  fables  relating  to  bulls ;  R.  Engelmann,  on  the  vase-painting 
Mon.  dell'  Inst.,  xi,  pi.  33 ;  R.  Forster,  on  various  representations  of  the 
Laokoon  ;  Th.  Schreiber,  on  the  gods  of  Alexandria ;  H.  L.  Urlichs,  on  a 


416  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

marble  torso  of  Herakles  and  the  hydra  (Plin.,  xxxiv.  59) ;  0.  Richter, 
on  the  Capitoline  plan  of  Kome ;  M.  Mayer,  on  the  relations  of  Greek- 
heathen  and  Christian  dragon-slayers. — REPORTS  OF  MEETINGS  OF  THE 
ARCH^EOL.  SOCIETY  IN  BERLIN,  1889.  FEBRUARY.  Wileken,  on  the  Hellen 
istic  Portraits  found  in  Egypt ;  Curtius,  on  the  Chalkotheke  on  the  Akro- 
polis ;  Assmann,  on  the  date  of  the  large  relief  of  the  Palazzo  Spada ; 
Oruttner,  on  technical  peculiarities  of  the  art  of  Praxiteles. — MARCH. 
Robert,  on  a  vase-painting  representing  Theseus  with  Poseidon  at  the 
bottom  of  the  sea  (in  the  last  number  of  Museo  Italiano),  adding  a  dis- 
cussion of  various  mythologic  questions ;  Trendelenburg ,  on  the  figure  of 
a  youth  in  a  representation  of  the  same  scene  on  a  sarcophagus ;  Curtius 
(and  Graef}  on  the  palaistra  at  Olympia ;  Herrmann,  on  the  temples  of 
Kypros ;  Conze,  on  a  Roman  sepulcral  relief  in  Bukarest,  with  remarks 
by  Robert  and  Furtwangler ;  a  report  was  read  from  C.  Humann,  on  a 
sarcophagus  in  Pergamon. — APRIL.  Puchstein,  on  the  gods  in  the  Perga- 
mene  gigantomachia ;  O.  Hirschfeld,  on  the  second  volume  of  the  Lykische 
Reisen,  and  on  the  development  of  the  Ionic  alphabet ;  Furtwangler,  on 
Montelius,  Civilization  of  Sweden  in  Heathen  Times  and  Bronsaldern  in 
Egypten,  on  Loschke,  Aus  der  Unterwelt,  on  Hoffmann,  Apollo  Kitharddos, 
on  the  statue  of  a  boy  from  the  Akropolis  and  another  statue  of  a  boy  in 
Rome,  on  a  Hermes  statue  in  Florence,  and  on  the  Eubouleus  head  of 
Praxiteles;  Bohlau,  on  the  hero  Butes  and  the  Franyois  vase. — MAY. 
Kern,  on  the  vases  of  the  Theban  Kabirion ;  Wileken,  on  Greek  ostraka- 
literature  from  Egypt ;  Curtius,  on  the  topography  of  Olympia ;  Wernieke, 
on  several  vase-paintings;  Conze,  on  a  painting  in  Schwerin. — JUNE. 
Wernieke,  on  inscriptions  from  the  Akropolis;  Robert,  on  Gorytos  of 
Nikopolis,  with  remarks  upon  ancient  painting  and  sculpture. — JULY. 
Dorp/eld,  on  the  latest  excavations  on  the  Akropolis ;  Furtwangler,  on 
Flinders  Petrie,  Naukratis,part  II;  Lehfeld,  on  the  literature  concerning 
the  Roman  monument  at  Schweinschied. — NOVEMBER.  A  letter  from 
Wileken  on  two  fragments  of  papyrus  found  by  Flinders  Petrie  near 
Hawara.  The  text  is  published  with  remarks.  The  fragments  belong 
apparently  to  a  description  not  of  Sicily,  as  Sayce  ( in  Flinders  Petrie, 
Hawdra,Biahmu  andArsinoe,  p.  28)  thinks,  but  of  Attika ;  Treu,  on  the 
Eastern  Pediment  at  Olympia  (remarks  by  Curtius) ;  an  article  of  terra- 
cotta from  the  Roman  Viminacium  was  declared  by  Graef  and  Engel- 
mann  to  be  part  of  a  tile-roof. — ACQUISITIONS  OF  THE  MUSEUMS  OF 
ANTIQUITIES  IN  GERMANY,  in.  Dresden  (contin.).  60  cuts.  35  Greek 
terracottas,  200  terracottas  and  8  terracotta  heads  from  Tarentum,  53 
votive-offerings  to  gods  of  healing,  14  other  terracottas  from  Italy,  52 
utensils,  lamps,  etc.,  of  terracotta,  besides  a  great  number  of  fragments, 
all  adorned  with  relief,  18  painted  vases  of  various  styles,  9  objects  (rings, 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  417 

etc.')  of  gold  and  silver,  a  large  number  of  seals  and  gems  (nearly  100), 
8  votive  figures  and  3  other  objects  of  tin  and  lead,  13  objects  of  carved 
bone  besides  pins  and  fragments,  objects  from  a  grave  in  the  Vigna  Ri- 
bultano  (9  numbers  described  in  Bull,  dell'  Inst.,  1882,  p.  242  ff.).— iv. 
Stuttgart.  Royal  Collection  of  Antiquities.  Round  stone  table  from  Bis- 
singen,  fragment  of  mosaic  from  Rottenburg,  a  number  of  gilded  bronze 
letters  from  near  Gmu'nd,  the  collection  of  Colonel  v.  Wundt  consisting 
of  about  400  objects  comprising  small  bronzes,  vases,  terracottas  and 
small  works  in  marble.  This  collection  is  to  be  divided  between  the 
royal  collection  at  Stuttgart  and  the  archaeological  cabinet  of  the  univer- 
sity of  Tubingen.  The  genuineness  of  some  of  the  objects  is  doubtful. — v. 
Hanover.  The  Kestner  Museum  was  opened  Nov.  9,  1889.  Most  of  the 
objects  in  the  museum  were  collected  by  August  Kestner,  who  lived  in 
Rome  from  1817  until  1853.  They  consist  of  (1)  Egyptian  stelai.  sepul- 
cral  figures,  vases,  bronzes,  scarabaei,  utensils,  etc.,  and  a  part  of  a  papy- 
rus Boole  of  the  dead,  (2)  Greek  and  Etruscan  vases  (50  bucchero  vases  and 
a  number  of  Greek  painted  vases),  besides  a  great  number  of  Roman  vases, 
(3)  terracottas  (a  number  of  "  Campana-reliefs,"  about  20  statuettes,  and 
some  tiles,  etc.),  (4)  over  300  lamps,  (5)  a  number  of  bronzes,  (6)  gold 
ornaments,  rings,  etc.,  (7)  Tesserae  described  by  Henzen,  Mon.  dell.  Inst., 
IV,  1848,  pis.  52,  53,  (8)  coins,  Greek  from  Sicily  and  Lower  Italy,  Roman 
from  the  earliest  to  Byzantine  times,  (9)  about  1000  cut  stones  and  600 
"  pasten." — vi.  Cassel.  28  vases,  chiefly  aryballoi,  and  two  fragments  of 
a  breastplate  (2  cuts). — vn.  The  Collections  of  Antiquities  in  Western 
Germany.  Metz.  Marble  bust  of  the  so-called  dying  Alexander,  a  coun- 
terfeit inscription  by  Boissard.  Mannheim.  Part  of  a  so-called  altar  of 
four  gods  from  near  Heidelberg.  Homburg.  3  iron  utensils.  Wiesbaden. 
4  doll's  utensils  of  clay  from  Cologne,  a  glass  goblet  with  high  foot  and 
chickens  of  terracotta  from  Maifeld.  Speyer.  Roman  remains  at  Blies- 
dalheim  and  Kreimbach  have  been  excavated.  The  museum  has  acquired 
two  equestrian  statues  of  sandstone  from  Breitfurt,  a  bronze  wagon-pole- 
head  from  Eisenberg.  Worms.  Roman  graves  and  buildings  have  been 
excavated.  The  museum  has  acquired :  an  altar  of  four  gods,  a  sculptured 
drum  of  a  column,  a  serpent's  body,  a  bearded  head  with  a  garland,  a 
sword  and  sheath,  a  lamp,  several  amber  objects,  some  ancient  silver 
spoons,  a  silver  pin  and  silver  ring.  Mainz.  36  graves  have  been  opened 
in  which  68  glasses  and  some  gold  beads  were  found.  Two  gravestones 
have  reliefs  and  inscriptions.  The  museum  has  further  acquired  two  iron 
tools,  a  bronze  fish-tail,  a  statuette  of  a  dwarf,  a  few  terracotta  ex-votos. 
Trier.  Roman  buildings  and  mosaics  have  been  laid  bare.  Acquisitions : 
six  inscriptions,  three  reliefs,  a  bronze  Apollo  statuette,  a  bronze  pedestal 
with  inscription.  Cologne.  3  inscriptions.  —  REPORT  FROM  THE  YON 


418  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

WAGNER'SCHEN  KUNSTINSTITUT  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY  WURZBURG  (by 
H.  L.  Urlichs).  The  relief  Mon.  and  Ann.  delV  Inst.,  1856,  p.  29,  pi.  5 
(Overbeck,  Kunstmyih.  Atlas,  pi.  I,  No.  48)  has  disappeared :  a  cast  of  it 
exists  in  Wurzburg,  and  is  here  described  and  discussed. — From  NORTH- 
ERN FRANCE  (M.  Mayer).  The  Panckoucke  collection  of  vases  is  now  in 
Boulogne-sur-Mer.  The  catalogue  contains  419  numbers  but  does  not 
entirely  agree  with  the  collection  in  its  present  condition.  Many  of  the 
vases  are  here  briefly  described. — NEWS  OF  THE  INSTITUTE. — NOTES  TO 
THE  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  INSTITUTE.  E.  Fabrieius  discusses  the  mar- 
ket building  at  Alinda  with  reference  to  Tremaux,  Exploration  archeo- 
logique  en  Asie  Mineure  (cut) ;  F.  Hauser  discusses  the  position  of  the 
so-called  "  Narcisso  ;  "  H.  Heydemann  discusses  the  bull  of  Tiryns  in  con- 
nection with  a  similar  representation  on  a  gem  in  his  collection  (cut). 
The  man  above  the  bull  is  not  a  daimon  but  the  driver  of  the  bull  awk- 
wardly represented. — BIBLIOGRAPHY. — INDEX.  HAROLD  N.  FOWLER. 

JOURNAL  ASIATIQUE.  Feb.-March.  1890.— E.  SENART,  Notes  on 
Indian  Epigraphy,  in.  Some  Indo-Bactrian  monuments.  All  the  monu- 
ments here  noticed  come  from  the  region  of  the  Yuzufzais  on  the  north 
bank  of  the  river  of  Kabul,  belong  to  the  same  period,  are  interrelated, 
and  are  now  all  in  the  museum  of  Lahore.  There  are  three  inscriptions, 
in  Indo-Bactrian  characters,  very  valuable  for  this  obscure  branch  of  In- 
dian Epigraphy.  No.  2  alone  is  inedited ;  the  others  have  been  imper- 
fectly published.  No.  1  is  called  the  inscription  of  Takht-i-Bahi :  cf.  Journ. 
Roy.  As.  Soc.,  new  ser.  v,  p.  376  sqq.,  and  Archceol.  Survey,  vol.  in,  p.  58.  It 
contains  a  votive  formula,  and  is  dated  from  the  year  26  of  the  reign  of 
King  Gudupharas,  the  year  103  of  the  continuous  era.  This,  according 
to  the  general  acceptation,  would  place  this  inscription  in  the  first  century 
A.  D.  No.  2  is  also  a  votive  inscription  of  less  length  dated  in  the  year  68 
of  the  era.  No.  3  is  of  extremely  difficult  interpretation.  B.  Statues  of 
Sikri.  Excavations  conducted  by  Captain  Deane  at  Sikri,  near  the  famous 
ruins  of  Takht-i-Bahi  and  Jamalgarhi,  brought  to  light  some  Grseco-Budd- 
hic  sculptures  of  extreme  interest,  to  which  attention  has  already  been  called 
in  this  Journal  (pp.  179,  331).  The  phototype  plates  of  two  of  them,  here 
given,  are  sufficient  to  indicate  the  general  style  of  them  all.  The  religious 
buildings  discovered  are  like  those  of  Jamalgarhi.  The  statue  of  Buddha 
was  placed  in  one  of  the  niches  arranged  within  the  encircling  walls.  The 
other  statues  were  placed  in  like  manner  or  on  the  platforms.  The  statues 
illustrated  are  carved  in  a  schistous  stone  of  dark-blue  color :  that  of  Buddha 
is  2  ft.  8J  ins.  high,  the  other  is  3  ft.  $  in.  high.  Both  are  in  good  condi- 
tion. Buddha  is  seated  cross-legged,  in  a  meditative  attitude,  with  a  large 
nimbus,  and  the  urnd  between  his  eyes.  But  it  is  Buddha  before  the  bodhi, 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  419 

in  a  terrible  condition  of  emaciation  and  weakness,  the  bones,  muscles  and 
veins  standing  out  in  high  relief.  The  basrelief  on  the  base  shows  western 
influence  more  distinctly ;  it  represents  fire-worship,  and  the  small  figures 
are  quite  in  the  usual  style  of  Grseco-Buddhic  reliefs.  Western  influence 
is  still  more  evident  in  the  second  figure,  which  is  difficult  to  identify.  It 
is  a  standing  female  figure  carrying  three  children,  one  on  each  shoulder 
and  a  third,  supported  by  her  right  arm,  to  which  she  is  giving  suck.  The 
headdress  and  the  crown  encircling  it  have  a  classic  aspect,  though  the  rest 
of  the  attire  is  Indian.  The  influence  exercised  on  India  by  Hellenic  art 
as  early  as  the  time  of  the  Seleucidae  and  the  Greek  kingdom  of  Bactriana 
is  shown  by  the  coinage.  But  only  at  Amravati  is  classic  influence  shown 
so  clearly  as  to  be  universally  granted.  The  art  of  the  Northwest  shows 
its  western  origin  in  many  ways,  and  even  the  iconography  of  Buddha  as 
it  appears  at  Amravati  betrays  this  origin.  These  Amravati  works  date 
apparently  from  the  second  century  A.  D.,  and  are  the  latest  that  show  this 
classic  influence.  The  statues  of  Sikri  are  considerably  earlier.  They  may 
be  connected  with  the  inscriptions  mentioned  above,  two  of  which  appear 
to  date  from  the  first  century  A.  D.  It  is  with  the  names  of  Goudophares 
and  Kanishka  that  one  is  inclined  to  connect  these  sculptures.  In  this 
connection,  it  is  suggested  that  their  types  may  have  an  Iranian  origin, 
spread  by  the  Parthian  dynasty.  The  final  conclusion  is,  that  we  know 
of  two  phases  of  classic  influence  upon  India,  (1)  one  partial  and  indirect, 
of  which  the  Sikri  sculptures  are  examples ;  (2)  later,  one  stronger  and 
direct,  exemplified  at  Amravati. — JAMES  DARMESTETER,  The  great  in- 
scription of  Kandahar.  This  is  an  important  contribution  to  the  knowl- 
edge of  the  Mussulman  epigraphy  of  Afghanistan.  The  part  of  the  cita- 
del at  Kandahar  where  the  inscriptions  are  placed  is  thus  described  by  Dr. 
Bellew  in  1857 :  "  On  a  rock,  between  two  crumbling  towers,  is  a  stairway 
of  forty  steps  that  leads  to  a  rock-chamber ;  at  its  entrance,  to  the  right 
and  left,  is  a  life-size  crouching  leopard.  The  whole  is  cut  in  the  calcare- 
ous rock  and  is  said  to  have  occupied  seventy  men  nine  years.  The  cham- 
ber is  bow-shaped  and  dome-roofed.  ...  Its  inner  walls  are  covered  with 
inscriptions  cut  in  relief  of  fine  work  and  said  to  have  occupied  the  artist 
four  years."  In  reality,  the  inscribed  matter  consists  of  a  number  of  inde- 
pendent inscriptions.  The  first  part  dates  from  the  Great  Mogul  Sultan 
Babar  and  relates  how,  on  Sept.  6, 1522,  the  emperor  Babar  took  Kanda- 
har, and,  the  same  year,  ordered  to  be  carved  in  this  rock  a  monument  to 
commemorate  this  conquest :  this  was  executed  in  five  years  under  the 
direction  of  the  prince  royal  Kamran,  governor  of  Kandahar,  and  was 
finished  in  1526-27.  The  taking  of  Kandahar  formed  the  turning  point 
in  Babar's  romantic  career,  and  consequently  in  the  history  of  India,  as  it 
made  possible  the  foundation  of  the  Empire  of  the  Great  Mogul.  The 


420  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

second  part  of  the  inscription  dates  from  the  time  after  Babar's  death, 
when  one  of  his  four  sons,  Mirza  Askari,  was  governor  of  Kandahar,  in 
the  years  between  937-9.  Then  the  inscription  changes  character.  It 
skips  over  seventy  years  into  the  reign  of  the  Emperor  Akbar  and  the 
years  1556-1605 :  it  is  not  official  but  the  work  of  a  courtier,  the  object 
being  to  indicate  the  vicissitudes  of  Kandahar  from  Babar  to  Akbar,  to 
enumerate  the  provinces  in  Akbar's  dominions,  and  to  make  a  personal 
puff.  The  composer  thereof,  Mir  Magum,  is  known  as  a  poet  and  historian 
and  as  a  skilled  composer  of  inscriptions.  A.  L.  F.,  JR. 

MITTHEILUNGEN    D.    K.  DEUT.   ARCHAOLOGISCHEN     INSTITUTS. 
ATHENISCHE    ABTHEILUNG.      Yol.  XIV.     No.  3.     1889. — E.  KEISCH, 

The  Drawings  of  Ciriacus  in  the  Codex  Barberini  of  Giuliano  di  San  Gallo. 
The  drawings  in  this  codex  are  all  by  Giuliano,  only  the  titles  being  by 
his  son  Francesco.  All  the  drawings  of  Greek  monuments  are  copied 
from  Ciriacus  except  the  ground-plan  on  fol.  32,  which  is  an  arbitrary 
reconstruction  of  some  building.  The  drawings  of  Ciriacus  represent :  one 
of  the  Atlantes  of  the  so-called  porch  of  the  giants  (fol.  27) ;  St.  Sophia ; 
a  Nereid  floating  above  the  water ;  two  stelai  with  Corinthian  capitals,  one 
of  which  has  the  inscription  GIG,  587 ;  the  Parthenon  (Laborde,  Athenes 
I,  p.  32),  and  the  portal  of  Hadrian's  aqueduct ;  ruins  of  Pleuron,  Kaly- 
don,  Nikopolis,  Argos  Amphilochikon,  Azylea,  Delphi,  Lebadeia,  and 
Eretria  (fol.  28) ;  three  architraves  with  the  inscription  GIG,  1298,  which 
rest  upon  two  Corinthian  columns,  while  the  drawing  of  the  statue  on  the 
monument  of  Thrasyllos  is  inserted  in  the  gate-like  building  thus  formed ; 
the  Olympieion  with  eleven  columns ;  the  choregic  inscription  of  Thrasyllos ; 
the  monument  of  Philopappos ;  the  "  tower  of  the  winds ; "  the  lion  now 
before  the  arsenal  in  Venice ;  the  ruins  of  two  round  towers  of  squared 
stones ;  a  wall  with  two  towers  and  a  gate ;  a  chair ;  a  number  of  architec- 
tural fragments ;  part  of  an  aqueduct ;  further  walls  and  fragments  (fol.  29). 
Many  of  these  are  without  any  hint  of  their  provenance,  others  have  titles 
showing  that  they  are  from  Athens,  the  Peiraieus,  and  other  places. — H. 
G.  LOLLING,  The  Sanctuary  of  Artemis  near  Antikyra  (pi.  7).  Pausanias 
(x.  37. 1)  mentions  a  sanctuary  of  Artemis  to  the  right  of  Antikyra.  This 
is  found  on  a  peninsula  on  the  northern  side  of  Mt.  Kephali.  The  ver- 
tical side  of  the  rock  is  smoothed  in  the  form  of  a  temple-front  about  8.50 
met.  wide.  Niches  in  the  wall  were  for  votive  offerings.  This  seems  to 
have  constituted  the  primitive  sanctuary,  though  at  some  time  a  building 
(part  of  the  foundations  of  which  is  preserved)  was  built  out  from  the 
rock.  The  sanctuary  had  a  peribolos.  Two  fragmentary  inscriptions  are 
given,  upon  one  of  which  is  the  name  Artemis. — E.  PETERSEN,  Protection 
against  Birds.  On  the  upper  side  of  projecting  parts  of  the  metopes  of 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  421 

Olympia  are  holes  .which  have  been  explained  as  serving  to  aid  in  the  ad- 
justment of  the  figures.  These  are  now  explained  as  the  holes  in  which 
metal  forks  were  fastened  to  keep  birds  away  from  the  sculptures.  A  fork 
of  this  kind  is  still  in  place  on  a  tile  from  Caere,  and  other  Italian  tiles 
show  traces  of  this  kind  of  protection.  Passages  in  the  Ion  of  Euripides 
show  that  care  was  taken  to  keep  birds  away  from  the  sculptured  adornment 
of  temples. — C.  CICHORIUS,  Inscriptions  from  Asia  Minor.  40  inscriptions 
are  published.  13  are  from  Bithynia,  9  from  Mysia,  18  from  Lesbos,  (14 
from  Mytilene,  4  from  Eresos).  The  inscriptions  are  sepulchral  and  dedi- 
catory, including  also  fragments  of  decrees  and  (from  Lesbos)  a  frag- 
mentary list  of  names.  All  are  of  comparatively  late  date. — P.  WOLTERS, 
Mykenaian  Vases  from  northern  Greece  (pis.  8-11).  Pre- Hellenic  graves 
near  Volo  in  the  form  of  chambers  about  2  m.  square  and  1.50  m.  high, 
with  stone  walls  and  ceilings,  are  described.  Vases  from  these  graves  are 
published  and  described.  They  belong  to  the  Mykenaian  style.  A  vase 
is  described  which  belongs  to  a  different  class,  resembling  the  vases  with 
geometric  adornment  found  near  the  Tumba  of  Dimini.  Similar  graves 
near  Antikyra  in  Phokis  are  described.  Perhaps  these  graves  mark  the 
site  of  the  ancient  Medeon  (Pausanias,  x.  36.  6).  Mykenaian  vases  are 
said  to  have  been  found  in  these  tombs. — J.  STRYGOWSKI,  The  A  kropolis 
in  Early  Byzantine  times  (9  cuts).  The  Parthenon  was  probably  trans- 
formed into  a  Christian  church  about  435  A.  D.,  dedicated  probably  to 
St.  Sophia.  In  the  tenth  century  the  church  was  dedicated  to  the  Virgin, 
possibly  because  it  contained  the  portrait  said  to  be  the  work  of  St.  Luke. 
The  portrait  may  have  been  placed  there  when  the  bishop  took  possession 
of  the  Akropolis,  which  may  have  been  in  662  when  Constans  II  visited 
Athens.  By  "  Early  Byzantine  "  times  the  period  is  meant  which  centres 
about  the  time  of  Justinian,  and  ends  apparently  with  the  time  of  the 
iconoclasts.  The  forms  of  architectural  members  are  in  the  fourth  cen- 
tury entirely  antique,  Corinthian  and  composite  capitals  in  the  Roman 
manner.  In  the  fifth  century  variations  are  frequent.  Between  the  cap- 
ital and  the  archivolt  a  block  (Kapitellkampfer)  is  inserted  which  seems 
to  be  a  remnant  of  the  ancient  architrave.  The  acanthus  leaves  begin  to 
take  a  thick  form  with  incised  edges  (fett  und  zackig).  Capitals  of  these 
forms  from  Ravenna,  Constantinople,  and  elsewhere  are  discussed.  On 
the  Akropolis,  in  the  Stoa  of  Hadrian,  in  Prevesa,  Chalkis,  Argos,  Akro-. 
korinthos  and  elsewhere  in  Greece,  capitals  and  architectural  ornaments  are 
found  which  show  that  Greece  took  part  in  the  development  of  Byzantine 
architecture.  It  appears,  however,  that  Christian  buildings  on  the  Akro- 
polis were  not  begun  before  Theodosius  II. — G.  TREU,  On  the  Eastern 
Pediment  at  Olympia  (cut).  B.  Graef  (Mitth.,  xnr,  402)  says  that  the 
head  assigned  by  Treu  to  the  kneeling  girl  (0  )  belongs  to  the  kneeling  boy 
11 


422  AMERICAN  JO UENAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

(5),  that  assigned  to  the  kneeling  boy  (J?)  to  the  kneeling  man  (c),  and 
the  head  from  a  metope  (Ausgr.,  iv,  pi.  11)  is  a  male  head  and  belongs 
to  Herakles.  All  these  assertions  are  combated,  and  a  correction  of  Treu's 
previous  views  concerning  the  fastening  of  the  head  of  the  kneeling  boy 
is  made. — G.  TREU,  On  the  Gravestone  of  Metrodoros  from  Chios.  Stud- 
niczka  (Mitih.,  xm,  160)  thinks  that  the  roughened  front  of  this  stone 
was  not  painted.  The  opinion  is  here  advanced  that  it  was  adorned  with 
a  colored  painting  of  the  deceased.  Comparison  with  a  late  Thessalian 
relief  in  Berlin  (Coll.  Sabouroff,  vignette  in  text  to  pi.  38)  supports  this 
opinion. — W.  DORPFELD,  Chalkothek  and  Ergane-temple.  The  s.  w.  part 
of  the  Akropolis  is  divided  into  three  terraces.  It  has  been  generally 
supposed  that  a  temple  of  Athena  Ergane  stood  on  the  middle  terrace.  It 
is  here  shown  that  neither  inscriptions  nor  Paus.,  i.  24.  3  prove  the  ex- 
istence of  such  a  temple.  The  middle  terrace  was  divided  from  the  pre- 
cinct of  Artemis  Brauronia  by  a  portico  which  faced  the  west  and  offered 
a  solid  wall  to  the  middle  terrace.  A  broad  flight  of  steps  connected  the 
middle  terrace  with  that  upon  which  the  Parthenon  stands.  The  south- 
ern part  of  the  middle  terrace  was  occupied  by  a  building  about  41  met. 
long  (from  east  to  west)  and  15  met.  deep.  The  back  of  this  building  was 
built  against  the  southern  wall  of  the  Akropolis.  In  front  of  the  building 
was  a  portico  3.5  met.  deep.  Only  foundations  of  this  building  have  been 
found.  This  building  cannot  have  been  a  temple  on  account  of  its  shape 
and  dimensions.  Of  all  the  ruins  on  the  Akropolis,  this  agrees  best  with 
what  is  known  of  the  Chalkothek.  The  existence  of  the  Chalkothek  at 
this  point  shows  that  there  was  no  temple  of  Ergane. — MISCELLANIES.  J. 
H.  MORDTMANN,  Addenda  to  Vol.  XII,  p.  168  ff.  Notes  and  corrections 
on  a  series  of  inscriptions  from  Asia. — A.  E.  KONTOLEON,  An  unpublished 
Inscription  of  Kolophon.  The  inscription  (on  a  jar)  reads  'ETTI  Aeox^avrov 
Aa/A7rpou,  aOXov  ey  Aa/Ai/^aKov. — A.  E.  KONTOLEON,  Inscription  of  Magnesia 
on  the  Maiandros.  The  inscription  published  in  the  'Ap/xovi'a  No.  1677 
and  Bull,  de  corr.  hellen.,  xn,  p.  328  is  republished.  It  records  a  decree 
in  honor  of  Tiberius  Claudius  Tyrannus. — B.  GRAEF,  The  Painting  of 
the  Nike  of  Archermos  (cut).  On  the  left-side  of  this  figure  are  traces  of 
ornamentation  which  make  it  not  improbable  that  the  clothing  of  the 
whole  upper  part  of  the  body  was  covered  with  a  pattern  of  circles  and 
semicircles. — P.  WOLTERS,  Inscription  from  the  Dionysiac  Theatre  (fac- 
simile). Fragments  of  an  inscription  found  in  1886  supplement  CIA, 
m,  1,  p.  86,  316,  317.  The  entire  inscription  reads  'Icprja?  'Eo-rtas  eV 
'AKpoTrdAei  KCU  Aei/?ias  /cat  'IovAta(s),  with  the  name  3>eiAeivov  written  above. 
The  cult  of  Hestia  on  the  Akropolis  is  new.  The  priestess  of  Hestia  seems 
to  have  had  charge  of  the  worship  of  Livia  and  Julia. — LITERATURE. — 
DISCOVERIES  (see  News). 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  423 

No.  4. — A.  SCHNEIDER,  Vase  of  Xenokles  and  Kleisophos  (pis.  13,  14 ; 
two  cuts).  The  excavations  carried  on  by  the  German  Institute  in  the 
Dionysiac  theatre  in  February  and  March  of  1889  brought  to  light  a 
variety  of  terracottas,  bronzes,  etc.,  but  the  chief  importance  belongs  to 
fragments  of  pottery.  These  belong  to  various  styles,  Mykenaian,  orien- 
talizing, Corinthian,  black-figured  and  red-figured.  Some  fragments  of 
Panathenaic  amphorae  and  of  flat  vases  in  the  manner  of  Tleson  were 
found.  The  red-figured  technique  is  represented  by  about  25  fragments, 
all  as  early  as  450  B.  c.  Youthful  figures  after  the  manner  of  the  circle 
of  Epiktetos  are  represented,  along  with  various  ornaments.  One  frag- 
ment has  the  head  of  a  river-god  to  whom  a  cup  is  offered.  The  most 
important  vase  is  an  oenochoe  with  trefoil  opening.  Almost  the  entire 
vase  is  preserved,  though  much  broken.  On  the  front  of  the  vase  seven 
more  or  less  naked  men  are  engaged  in  a  drunken  carouse  about  a  krater. 
The  inscription  reads  Xo-evo/cAees :  KAe'o-o</>os  and,  separated  from  these  names 
as  well  as  from  each  other,  the  words  eTrotWev  and  lypa^o-ev.  The  thirteen 
known  vases  of  Xenokles  are  all  tazze  (schalen),  some  with  mere  inscrip- 
tions, others  adorned  with  figures  of  youths  riding  on  horseback  or  hippa- 
lektryon,  rows  of  animals,  sirens  and  mythological  persons.  All  this  is  in 
marked  opposition  to  the  representation  on  this  new  vase.  The  free  style 
of  the  new  vase  is  also  very  different  from  that  of  Xenokles  as  hitherto 
known.  This  vase  belongs  to  the  last  creations  of  the  black-figured  style, 
and  shows  that  alongside  of  the  earliest  red-figured  vases  there  existed 
black-figured  vases  painted  in  a  free  and  spirited  manner.  The  painting 
of  this  vase  must  be  attributed  rather  to  Klesophos  than  to  Xenokles. — 
AD.  MICHAELIS,  The  Date  of  the  Rebuilding  of  the  Temple  of  Polios  in  Athens 
(cut).  In  1888  a  new  fragment  of  the  account  of  expenses  for  rebuilding 
this  temple  was  found  (Mitth.,  1888,  p.  229  ff. ;  AeXnov,  1888,  p.  87  ff. ; 
BerLphil.  Woch.,  1888,  p.  1257  f.).  This  fragment  mentions  blocks  of  the 
tympana  and  other  portions  of  the  upper  part  and  roof  of  the  building, 
showing  that  it  was  approaching  completion.  In  connection  with  the 
earlier  fragments,  this  part  of  the  account  makes  it  probable  that  the 
building  was  finished  in  the  summer  of  408  B.  c.  In  the  earliest  frag- 
ment of  the  account,  various  blocks  are  mentioned  as  partly  finished  and 
ready  to  be  put  in  place.  This  shows  that  the  work  of  building  had  been 
suddenly  interrupted.  The  most  probable  date  for  this  interruption  is 
413  B.  c.,  when  Dekeleia  was  fortified  and  the  Sicilian  expedition  came 
to  a  disastrous  close.  The  work  was  taken  up  again  in  409.  It  must 
have  been  begun  some  time  before  41-3,  probably  in  the  years  of  compara- 
tive quiet  after  the  peace  of  Nikias.  The  balustrade  of  the  temple  of 
Athena  Nike  is  assigned  to  the  same  period,  about  420. — W.  JUDEICH, 
Olymos.  Nine  new  inscriptions  are  published,  which  the  writer  in  com- 


424  AMERICAN  JO URNAL  OF  ARCH^OLOG  Y. 

pany  with  F.  Winter  found  in  the  summer  of  1887  an  hour  and  a  half 
north  of  the  ancient  Mylasa.  The  inscriptions  are  cut  in  blocks  which 
seem  to  have  belonged  to  a  building  of  Hellenistic  times :  about  100  B.  c. 
Nos.  1-2  are  records  of  purchase  and  lease,  the  contracting  parties  being 
the  representatives  of  the  city-divinities  Apollo  and  Artemis  on  the  one  hand 
and  private  citizens  on  the  other.  These  inscriptions  belong  with  LeBas- 
Wadd.,  Nos.  326,  327.  Nos.  3-4  are  of  similar  character.  Nos.  5-6,  also 
of  similar  character,  belong  with  LeBas-Wadd.,  Nos.  331,  332.  Nos.  7-8 
also  are  parts  of  psephismata  relating  to  purchase  and  lease,  but  the  char- 
acters used  show  that  they  do  not  belong  together.  No.  9  is  a  fragment 
of  a  similar  psephisma.  The  inscriptions  LeBas-Wadd.,  Nos.  326,  327, 
331, 332, 339  are  republished  with  corrections. — A.  BRUCKNER,  An  Eques- 
trian Monument  from  the  Peloponnesian  War  (pi.  12,  cut).  A  relief  from 
Eleusis  is  published.  The  inscription  reads — a-  *Ehr££gXo  ITT  .  apx^  which  is 
completed :  Uv06Swpo]<s  'ETrt^Xo(v)  LTnrapx^o-a?  TOW  OCOLV.  This  Pytho- 
doros  is  identified  with  the  commander  of  the  Athenian  fleet  in  414/13, 
the  choregos  of  415,  and  the  oligarch  of  412,  probably  also  with  the  TlvOo- 
8w/3os  'AXaievs  who  was  ra/xias  rrys  0eov  in  418/17.  The  exact  date  of  the 
occurrence  which  led  to  the  dedication  of  this  relief  is  left  undetermined. 
The  fragment  now  extant  is  broken  off  at  both  sides.  Two  rows  of  figures 
are  represented,  one  above  the  other,  divided  by  a  curved  ridge  which  is 
supposed  to  represent  uneven  ground.  In  both  rows  cavalry  coming  from 
the  right  are  overcoming  infantry  fleeing  toward  the  left.  The  figures  were 
made  with  great  care  and  originally  parts  of  the  armor  and  trappings  were 
of  bronze.  An  arrangement  of  figures  in  two  rows,  one  above  the  other, 
with  all  the  Athenians  on  one  side  and  all  their  opponents  on  the  other,  is 
proposed  also  for  the  relief  in  honor  of  the  cavalry  slain  at  Corinth,  the 
inscribed  akroterion  of  which  is  in  the  National  Museum  at  Athens  (Kab- 
badias,  KaraX.  TOV  Kcvrp.  MoiWov,  N.  163  a ;  CIA,  ii,  3,  1673;  Hicks, 
Greek  histor.  Inscr.,  No.  68). — MISCELLANIES.  H.  SCHLIEMANN,  Inscrip- 
tions from  Ilion.  Two  inscriptions.  The  first  is  a  fragment  of  a  decree 
(apparently  honorary)  of  Hellenistic  times,  the  second  reads  M^rpo/Sios 
Myrpofiiov. — N.  NOVOSSADSKY,  Supplement  to  CIA,  i,  1.  A  new  fragment 
of  this  inscription,  which  still,  however,  remains  fragmentary.  .It  now 
appears  that,  in  the  first  half  of  the  fifth  century  B.  c.,  those  who  were 
initiated  to  the  lesser  Eleusinian  mysteries  paid  the  hierophant  one  obol 
each. — A.  S.  DIAMANTARAS,  Ancient  Sepulcral  Inscription  in  Myra  of  Ly- 
kia.  This  inscription  provides  that  besides  Synergos  of  Myra  only  Anthousa 
of  Arnea  shall  be  laid  in  the  inscribed  tomb.  If  any  one  else  be  buried 
therein  he  shall  pay  to  the  people  three  kitharephoroi  (coins  stamped  with 
a  lyre). — DISCOVERIES. — REPORTSI  HAROLD  N.  FOWLER. 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  425 

PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  BIBLICAL  ARCH/EOLOGY. 
1890.  January. — ROBERT  BROWN,  JR.,  Remarks  on  the  Tablet  of  the 
Thirty  Stars.  I.  The  Tablet  WAI,  v,  46,  No.  1,  written  in  the  Babylon- 
ian cuneiform,  is  of  great  interest  in  connection  with  archaic  astronomy 
and  stellar  mythology.  It  is  divided  into  three  parts.  Part  I  (lines  1-38), 
including  the  obverse  and  the  first  two  lines  of  the  reverse,  is  in  two  col- 
umns, the  first  of  which  gives  the  names  of  thirty  stars,  and  the  second 
gives  their  regent  divinities.  Part  II  (lines  39-53)  also  is  divided  into 
two  columns,  the  first  of  which  gives  a  further  star-list,  and  the  second  adds 
some  remarks  and  explanations.  At  the  head  of  this  second  star-list  stand 
SaJcvisa  (Mercury),  Dilbat  (Venus),  Lubat  (Jupiter),  and  Nibatanu  (Mars). 
Part  III  (lines  54-64)  consists  of  text,  not  in  columns  but  in  two  divis- 
ions. According  to  Diodoros,  the  Babylonian  heaven  was  divided  into 
three  parts :  (1)  a  central  portion,  roughly  corresponding  with  the  eclip- 
tic, in  which  moved  sun,  moon,  and  the  five  planets,  and  under  the  orbit 
of  these  they  say  that  thirty  stars,  which  they  denominate  "  divinities  of 
the  council "  have  been  marshalled.  These  are  the  thirty  stars  of  this 
tablet.  (2)  A  northern  portion,  occupied  by  twelve  stars  called  by  Dio- 
doros "dicasts  ; "  and  (3)  a  southern  portion,  also  occupied  by  twelve  stars 
similarly  named:  and /they  say  that  the  chiefs  of  the  divinities  [of  the 
council]  are  twelve  in  number,  to  each  of  whom  they  assign  a  month 
and  one  of  the  twelve  signs  of  the  Zodiac.  Here,  the  writer  remarks, 
we  see  a  combination  and  harmonization  of  two  distinct  systems,  solar 
and  lunar,  and  also,  apparently,  Shemitic  and  Sumero-Akkadian.  The 
sphere  of  the  thirty  stars  was  equivalent  to  that  of  the  twelve  signs,  and 
the  former  concept  was  rather  Sumero-Akkadian,  the  latter,  Shemitic.  In 
a  combination  of  the  two  divisions  and  systems,  twelve  of  the  thirty  neces- 
sarily became  chiefs.  The  stars  named  in  the  list  in  Part  n  of  the  tablet 
are  not  placed  in  uranographic  order,  but  the  Thirty  Stars  appear  to  be, 
at  least  approximately.  This  is  their  order.  I.  The  Star  of  the  Founda- 
tion— the  god  Sar.  xxx.  The  Star  Makhar,  i.  e.,  the  Star  of  the  He- 
goat-fish — the  god  Nebo  and  the  god  Urmetum.  xxix.  The  Star  of  the 
Proclamation  of  the  Sea.  By  means  of  the  constellation  of  the  Goat- 
Fish  [=  Cap ricornus],  with  its  adjoining  stars  of  the  Sea,  the  Fish,  and  the 
Foundation,  we  are  enabled  to  determine  the  beginning  and  the  end  of  the 
Thirty  Stars,  and  we  further  observe  that  this  beginning  indicates  a  year 
commencing  at  the  winter  solstice. 

February. — E.  DE  BUNSEN,  The  Pharaohs  of  Moses  according  to  Hebrew 
and  Egyptian  Chronology.  This  is  an  attempt  to  prove  that  Ahmes,  the 
founder  of  the  xvm  dynasty,  was  the  Pharaoh  of  the  oppression,  and 
Ameuophis  I  the  Pharaoh  of  the  Exodus,  and  that,  consequently,  Moses 
lived  about  250  years  earlier  than  hitherto  supposed.  M.  Bunsen's  chrono- 


426  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

logy  is :  B.  c.  4620,  Possible  accession  of  Menes.  2360,  The  Flood.  1993, 
Emigration  of  Hebrews  under  Abraham  from  Haran  to  Egypt,  and  com- 
mencement of  their  bondage.  1593,  Expulsion  of  the  Hyksos  from  Egypt, 
and  end  of  Hebrew  servitude.  1563,  Exodus  of  the  Hebrews  under  Moses, 
etc. — A.  L.  LEWIS,  Some  suggestions  respecting  the  Exodus.  This  sum- 
marizes the  different  opinions  as  to  the  date  and  Pharaohs  of  the  Exodus, 
beside  the  generally  received  one  of  Rameses  II  and  Menephtah.  The 
opinions  quoted  are  those  of  Mr.  Cooper,  who  favors  Tahutmes  II  as  the 
king,  and  1515  as  the  date,  of  the  Exodus  ;  of  Mr,  Burnett,  who  fixes  upon 
Apachnas  and  the  year  1665  ;  of  Mr.  Schwartz,  who  selects  Tahutmes  III 
and  1438  B.  c ;  and,  finally,  of  M.  de  Bunsen,  with  Amenhotep  I  and  1563 
B.  c.  The  writer's  own  conjecture  is  then  given,  namely,  that  the  Exodus 
took  place  at  the  end  of  the  reign  of  Horemhebi  or  Ramessu  I  and  that 
Amenhotep  IV  was  the  oppressor. — ROBERT  BROWN,  JR.,  Remarks  on  the 
Tablet  of  the  Thirty  Stars.  Part  n.  n.  The  Star  of  the  Hyaena— the  god 
Anu.  in.  The  Star  of  the  Scimitar — the  weapon  of  the  hand  of  Merodach. 
iv.  The  Star  of  the  Great  Twins,  v.  The  Star  of  the  Little  Twins— the  god- 
dess Sidu  and  the  goddess  Nin-Sar  [=Istar].  vi.  The  Star  of  the  King — 
Merodach.  vn.  The  Star  the  River  of  waters — the  Fire-god,  the  prince, 
vin.  The  Star  of  the  Crossing  dog — the  goddess  Nana.  ix.  The  Star 
Yoke  of  the  Enclosure  of  Anu,  prince  of  the  heaven,  great,  x.  The  Star 
Son  of  the  Supreme  temple — the  divine  Judge,  xi.  The  Star  Wood-of- 
light,  that  shines  before  Bel-the-Confronter.  xn.  The  Star  Fire-flame, 
time  of  the  House  of  the  East.  xm.  The  Star  of  the  god  Kua,  time  of 
the  House  of  the  East.  xiv.  The  Star  the  Colossus,  the  burning  of  fire 
of  the  goddess  Bahu.  xv.  The  Star  Lady  of  heaven  [Nin-Sar],  and  the 
god  of  the  Great  City.  Nergal  and  the  Double-one  of  Evening  [=Istar] 
=  Virgo.  xvi.  The  Star  of  the  Hero,  the  god  Sky-furrow — Anu.  xvn. 
The  Star  of  the  Animal  from  the  East.  The  god  Rimmon  is  terrible  [or 
the  great  Storm-bird]  =  Corvus.  xvm.  The  Star  of  the  Stag  —  Ursa 
Major,  xix.  The  Star  Man  of  fire,  and  the  god  Latarak — the  Moon  and 
Nergal.  xx.  The  Star  the  Lady,  Might  of  Babylon  (Tintirki)  =Spica. 
xxi.  The  Star  of  the  Tip  of  the  Tail — the  god  the  creator :  in  Libra  [at 
the  end  of  the  great  serpent's  tail],  xxn.  The  Star  the  Tree,  Light  of  the 
hero,  weapon  of  Ea,  which  in  the  midst  of  the  abyss  he  placed.  The  fal- 
chion, the  weapon  of  the  hand  of  Merodach.  xxm.  The  Star  the  Hero, 
the  king — the  Lord  of  seed  ;  (in)  the  month  Tisri  the  Lusty  King  [Lugal- 
tudda].  xxiv.  The  Star  Man-of-death  ;  the  corpse,  the  fever,  xxv.  The 
Star  of  the  snake — the  goddess  Queen  of  the  Great  Region  [Nin-ki-gal] 
— Nebo  and  the  king  (Merodach) — the  god  Samas  and  the  god  Raman, 
xxvi.  The  Star  of  the  Scorpion — the  goddess  Iskhara  of  the  Sea  [=  Istar]. 
The  director  of  Fire  [Sar-ur]  and  the  Director  of  Sacrifice  [Sar-gas]. 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  427 

xxvn.  The  Star  Beast  of  death,  the  god  Rush,  god  of  the  Great  Country 
[=  Lupus],  xxvin.  The  Star  of  Anunit  and  the  Star  of  Sinuntu.  The 
commentary  on  the  text  is  extremely  ingenious. — C.  J.  BALL,  The  new 
Accadian. 

March. — J.  H.  GLADSTONE,  Copper  and  Bronze  of  Ancient  Egypt  and 
Assyria.  A  summary  of  this  paper  is  given  in  JOUKNAL,  v,  p.  157. — G. 
MASPERO,  The  meaning  of  the  words  Nouit  and  Hait,  etc. — C.  J.  BALL, 
The  new  Accadian.  A.  L.  F.,  JR. 

REVUE  ARCHEOLOGIQUE.  1889.  July  -  August.  — M.  DELOCHE, 
Study  on  some  seals  and  rings  of  the  Merovingian  period  (contin.).  LXXX. 
Engagement  or  marriage  ring  of  Marcus  and  Nivia.  This  is  a  gold  ring 
found  on  the  grounds  of  the  ancient  collegiate  church  at  Angers.  It  has 
two  bezils,  one  inscribed  MARCO,  the  other  NIVIA.  It  may  be  dated 
from  the  middle  of  the  vn  century.  LXXXI.  Seal-ring  of  Antoninus. 
This  is  a  gold  ring  found  at  Craon  (Mayenne).  On  the  bezil  is  engraved 
a  bust,  and  around  this  the  inscription  A N TO N I N OS.  LXXXII.  Seal-ring 
found  at  Martigne-B riant  (Marne-et-Loire).  This  is  a  silver  ring  found 
in  1870,  with  monogram  which  is  read  ALMARETVS  or  AMALRETVS.. 
LXXXIII.  Seal-ring  from  the  excavations  in  Ralliement  Place  at  Angers. 
This  is  a  bronze  ring  with  monogram  which  is  read  +  M  A  R 1 0  S  E.  LXXXI  v. 
Seal-ring  of  Junianus.  This  inedited  bronze  ring  was  found  at  Saint- 
Pierre-du-Lac  (Marne-et-Loire).  The  monogram  is  read  IVNIANVS. 
LXXXV.  Seal-ring  of  Abto.  This  gold  ring  is  in  the  Cabinet  des  Medailles 
of  the  BibliothSque  nationale.  On  the  bezil  is  inscribed  a  bird  and  the 
name  ABTO.  LXXXVI.  Inedited  seal-ring  in  the  Cabinet  des  Medailles. 
This  is  a  gold  ring  with  monogram  which  is  read  G  LA  NICE  S(ignum). 
LXXX  vn.  Seal-ring  found  near  Travecy  (Aisne).  This  is  a  bronze  ring 
found  between  Travecy  and  Vendeuil,  with  monogram  which  is  read 
4-  G  E  LOS  I M  I.  LXXXVIII.  Seal-ring  of  Una.  This  is  a  bronze  ring  found 
at  Charnay  (Saone-et-Loire)  with  monogram  which  is  read  S(ignum) 
V  N  E. — V.  J.  VAILLANT,  Roman  glass  from  Boulogne-sur-Mer  (pi.  xiv,  xv). 
From  June  1888-March  1889,  there  was  discovered  a  large  quantity  of 
Gallo-Roman  glass  at  Boulogne.  Objects  of  various  kinds  were  repre- 
sented ;  amongst  them  three  pieces  of  extraordinary  character.  One  is 
a  vase,  its  body  representing  a  Janus  bifrons,  above  which  is  a  spreading 
conical  receptacle.  A  second  vase  is  in  the  form  of  a  woman,  from  its 
extraordinary  features  apparently  a  caricature.  The  third  vase  is  in  the 
form  of  a  bird. — PH.  BERGER,  Ceramic  Inscriptions  from  the  Carthaginian 
necropolis  at  Hadrumetum.  The  Carthaginian  necropolis  at  Soussa  in 
Tunisia,  the  site  of  the  ancient  Hadrumetum,  has  furnished  more  than 
twenty  inscriptions.  The  arrangement  of  the  tombs  is  quite  uniform. 


428  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCH^EOLOG  Y. 

They  are  excavated  from  the  tufa  in  groups,  are  oriented,  and  in  general 
contain  merely  urns  filled  with  human  bones,  and  a  quantity  of  smaller 
vases.  The  inscriptions  are  in  cursive  characters  and  painted  upon  the 
urns.  Three  are  published  here ;  one  of  them  is  rendered :  "  [urn]  for  the 
bones  of  Abdmelquart,  counsellor,  citizen  of  Sidon,  [servant]  of  Abdmel- 
quart.  Sillec  erected  this  to  him,  having  been  appointed  over  .  .  .  for  ever." 
— E.  DROUIN,  The  Era  of  Yezdegerd  and  the  Persian  calendar  (contin.). 
The  important  facts  for  the  Persian  period  are  the  following :  adoption  by 
the  Persians  of  the  Avestan  calendar  about  450  B.  c. ;  borrowing  of  the 
epagomenes  from  Egypt  about  the  same  time ;  introduction  of  the  Persian 
calendar  into  Kappadokia  and  Armenia  about  the  year  400 ;  borrowing, 
from  the  Chaldseans,  of  the  13th  intercalary  month  in  309.  This  com- 
pletely reorganized  calendar  was  used  through  the  Sassanian  period. — 
P.  MONCEAUX  and  V.  LALOUX,  Restoration  of  the  Pediments  at  Olympia 
(plates  xvi-xxi).  This  article  is  an  extract  from  the  work  of  MM.  Mon- 
ceaux  and  Laloux,  Restauration  d'  Olympic,  a  book  which  contains  some 
attractive  illustrations,  but  is  otherwise  of  little  scientific  interest. — J.  A. 
BLANCHET,  Ancient  theatrical  and  other  Tessarae  (contin.).  Tessarae  of 
various  classes  are  here  treated.  Some  contain  representations  of  build- 
ings or  parts  of  buildings,  others  seem  to  have  been  used  for  athletic  games 
and  races.  Those  which  contain  both  Latin  and  Greek  numerals  are  then 
considered. — S.  REINACH,  Chronique  d' Orient.  The  sixty  pages  under 
this  title  are  almost  entirely  devoted  to  classical  archaeology.  Amongst 
the  most  important  sections  of  this  interesting  summary  are  the  notices  of 
antiquities  transported  to  the  Central  Museum  at  Athens,  and  of  archae- 
ological news  from  Eleusis,  Ikaria,  Mykenai,  Epidauros,  Delphi,  Chios, 
Delos,  Kypros,  Phrygia,  Tell-el-Amarna,  and  Arsinoe.  Most  of  these 
items  are  included  in  the  News  of  the  JOURNAL. — BUHOT  DE  KERSERS, 
Monumental  Statistics  of  the  department  of  the  Cher.  This  is  a  concise  state- 
ment of  the  architectural  peculiarities  of  the  monuments  of  the  xv  and 
xvi  centuries  found  in  this  district. — MISCELLANIES.  Monthly  Bulletin  of 
the  Academy  of  Inscriptions. — Proceedings  of  the  National  Society  of  An- 
tiquaries of  France. — Archceological  News  and  Correspondence. — BIBLIOG- 
RAPHY. A  review  (by  L.  LEGER)  is  here  given  of  J.  TOLSTOI  and  N. 
KONDAKOV,  Les  antiquites  russes  dans  les  monuments  de  Fart  (1st  fasci- 
cule).— SUPPLEMENT.  R.  CAGNAT,  Review  of  Epigraphic  Publications  re- 
lating to  Roman  Antiquity. 

September-October. — J.  DE  MORGAN,  Note  on  the  use  of  the  Assyrian 
system  of  weights  in  Armenian  Russia  in  prehistoric  times.  In  the  prehis- 
toric tombs  near  Gok-tchai  were  found  numerous  bronze  bracelets  and  un- 
ornamented  rings,  which  appear  to  have  been  not  jewelry  but  money. 
This  opinion  seems  confirmed  by  the  discovery  in  a  tomb  at  Akthala  of 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  429 

8  heavy  bronze  rings  at  the  feet  of  the  body.  Together,  the  rings  weighed 
4  kilog.  520  grammes.  That  a  man  should  have  worn  rings  weighing  2 
kilog.  260  grammes  on  each  ankle  seems  incredible.  A  careful  study  of 
the  weights  of  these  rings  shows  a  close  correspondence  with  the  Assyrian 
shekel,  at  least  as  far  as  24  multiples  of  the  unit.  Other  rings  from  the 
Caucasus,  now  at  the  museum  at  St.-Germain,  exhibit  the  same  cor- 
respondences. The  other  rings  and  objects  which  might  have  been  em- 
ployed as  weights  discovered  in  other  parts  of  Europe  and  now  at  St.- 
Germain  do  not  exhibit  any  such  correspondence  with  the  Assyrian  shekel. 
— P.  DU  CHATELLIER,  The  Treasure  of  St.-Pabu.  Outside  the  town  01 
St.-Pabu,  in  the  canton  of  Ploudalmezeau  (Finistere)  there  were  discovered, 
in  February  1889,  ten  or  eleven  thousand  Roman  coins  dating  from  260- 
360  A.  D.,  and  a  silver  cup,  patera,  and  vase.  In  the  neighboring  village 
of  Lanrivoare  were  discovered  two  gold  bracelets  of  Gallic  type,  and 
further  west  at  Pont-1'Abbe  several  hundred  Roman  bronze  coins.  The 
coins  were  probably  destined  to  be  the  pay  of  Roman  soldiers  stationed 
in  this  district  and  buried  before  their  defeat. — C.  MAUBS,  Note  on  the 
sketch  of  the  plan  of  the  Mosque  of  Omar,  published  in  June- July  1888. 
Supposing  that  the  diameter  of  the  outer  circle  of  the  Mosque  of  Omar  was 
100  units  or  feet,  we  find  the  value  of  the  foot  to  be  =0m  3658 mm,  from 
which  we  derive  the  cubit  =0m543mm,  which  indicates  the  use  of  the 
Ptolemaic  system.  In  the  Middle  Ages,  this  unit  of  measure  was  called 
the  foot  of  Christ. — P.  BERGER,  Ceramic  Inscriptions  from  the  Car- 
thaginian nekropolis  at  Hadrumetum  (contin.  and  end).  Eighteen  inscrip- 
tions from  vases  are  here  published.  They  are  in  cursive  characters,  and 
illustrate  the  transitional  stage  from  the  Carthaginian  to  the  Neo-Car- 
thaginian  alphabet.  This  places  them  in  the  second  century  B.  c.,  or  in  the 
early  first  century.  They  show  that  from  the  beginning  of  Roman  dom- 
ination, perhaps  earlier,  cremation  was  practised  at  least  in  some  centres 
of  Carthaginian  influence. — E.  DROUIN,  The  Era  of  Yezdegerd  and  the 
Persian  calendar  (contin.  and  end).  After  presenting  the  conclusions 
already  reached,  the  question  is  raised,  whether  the  Persians  had  two  cur- 
rent and  parallel  years  which  coincided  only  once  in  1440  years.  This  is 
decided  in  the  negative.  The  foundation  of  the  era  of  Yezdegerd,  the 
reforms  of  Yezdegerd  and  Djelal-eddin,  and  the  Parsee  calendar  are  then 
considered. — J.  A.  BLANCHET,  Ancient  theatrical  and  other  Tesserae  (con- 
tin,  and  end).  A  continuation  of  the  catalogue  of  tesserae  with  Greek 
numerals,  to  which  are  added  those  with  Latin  numerals,  tesserae  with  only 
numerals,  and  those  with  only  figured  types  or  with  inscriptions  only. — 
M.  R.  DE  LA  BLANCHERE,  Provincial  Art  in  Roman  Africa.  As  there 
were  many  dialects  of  the  Latin  language,  so  there  are  corresponding 
varieties  of  provincial  Roman  art.  Africa  furnishes  an  excellent  field  for 


430  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

studies  of  this  character.  We  find  there  abundant  instances  of  an  art  semi- 
Roman  semi-Carthaginian  in  character.  Especially  as  we  turn  from  pub- 
lic monuments  and  from  the  cities  to  the  industrial  arts  and  to  the  country, 
the  un-Romanized  characteristics  become  evident. — G.  BAPST,  The  Tomb 
of  Saint  Quentin.  St.  Quentin  was  the  first  saint  whose  remains  were  ex- 
humed in  order  that  a  more  dignified  monument  might  be  made  by  St.  Eloi. 
The  caskets  which  may  have  contained  his  remains  have  disappeared,  but 
it  is  certain  that  the  sarcophagus  in  the  crypt  of  the  collegiate  church  of 
St.  Quentin  is  not  the  tomb  made  by  St.  Eloi,  which  was  adorned  with 
gold,  silver  and  precious  stones. — A.  BAUX,  Note  on  Sardinian  workman- 
ship in  copper.  The  object  of  this  paper  is  to  show,  from  the  investiga- 
tions made  by  the  late  Leon  Gouin,  that  Sardinian  copper  instruments  did 
not  result  from  artificial  fusion  of  bronze,  but  were  founded  from  native 
copper,  the  mines  of  which  must  have  been  more  extensive  in  antiquity 
than  they  are  at  the  present  day. — MISCELLANIES.  Monthly  Bulletin  of  the 
Academy  of  Inscriptions. — Archceological  News  and  Correspondence. — 
BIBLIOGRAPHY.  Reviews  of  J.  DE  BATE,  Etudes  archeologiques.  Epoque 
des  invasions  barbares ;  Industrie  anglo-saxonne ;  PAUL  LACOMBE,  La 
Famille  dans  la  societe  romaine ;  S.  REINACH,  Description  raisonnee  du 
musee  de  Saint- Germain-en-Laye,  vol.  I ;  E.  CARTAILHAC,  La  France  pre- 
historique  d'apres  les  sepultures  et  les  monuments. 

November-December. — M.  DELOCHE,  Study  on  some  seals  and  rings  of 
the  Merovingian  period  (contin.).  LXXXIX.  Seal-ring  of  Paulina.  This 
was  found  at  Angers.  It  is  a  gold  ring,  two  millemetres  thick,  with  an 
opening  of  15mm.  The  bezil  is  inscribed  PAVLINA.  xc.  Seal-ring  of 
Basina.  This  is  a  silver  ring  found,  in  1882,  at  Gamiolle,  province  of 
Namur.  The  monogram  is  deciphered  as  Sl(gnum)  BASINE.  The 
name  Basina  is  well  known  in  Merovingian  chronicles,  xci.  Another 
seal-ring  with  the  monogram  Basina.  This  is  a  bronze  ring  found  also 
in  the  province  of  Namur,  but  in  a  warrior's  tomb.  xcu.  Seal-ring  of 
Cona.  A  gold  ring  now  at  Bonn,  found  doubtless  in  the  Rhine  region. 
The  monogram  is  read  S(ignum}  CONANE.  xcm.  Seal-ring  of  Ailla. 
Bronze  ring  at  the  museum  of  Namur,  inscribed  A  ILL,  read  AILLA. 
xciv.  Ring  inscribed  with  an  equal-armed  cross,  at  the  angles  of  which  are 
fou  r  points,  xcv.  Ring  with  a  monogram,  found  at  a  place  called  the  Wood 
of  the  Sorcerers,  province  of  Namur.  xcvi.  Seal-ring  with  the  letter  S  with 
cross-bar,  xcvu.  Seal-ring  with  the  letter  A  repeated,  xcvin.  Ring 
with  the  initial  N  repeated,  xcix.  Ring  with  the  three  crucifixion  nails. 
The  six  rings  last  mentioned  are  in  the  museum  at  Namur. — J.  MENANT, 
The  Cylinder  of  Urkham  in  the  British  Museum  (pi.  xxn).  This  cylinder, 
formerly  in  the  possession  of  Dr.  John  Hine,  and  published,  from  the  draw- 
ing of  Rich,  by  Grotefend  and  by  Ker-Porter,  is  now  in  the  Koyoundjik 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  431 

gallery  of  the  British  Museum.  From  the  unique  character  of  the  royal 
throne,  as  well  as  from  its  general  spirit  and  technical  execution,  Menant 
considers  it  a  copy  and  not  an  archaic  original. — A.  H.  SAYCE,  The  cun- 
eiform tablets  of  Tel-el-Amarna  (translated  by  S.  Reinach).  During  the 
winter  of  1887-88,  were  discovered  the  important  series  of  cuneiform 
tablets  from  Tel-el-Amarna  in  Upper  Egypt.  These  are  now  in  the  museums 
of  Bulak,  Berlin,  and  the  British  Museum.  They  reveal  to  us  that,  in  the 
xv  century  B.  c.,  there  existed  active  literary  relations  between  Babylonia, 
Egypt,  the  small  states  of  Palestine,  Syria,  Mesopotamia  and  even  eastern 
Kappadokia.  The  medium  of  communication  was  the  cuneiform  language 
of  Babylonia.  It  follows  from  this,  that  in  all  the  civilized  Orient  of  this 
period  there  existed  libraries  and  schools  where  the  Babylonian  language 
and  literature  were  taught — Babylonian  was  then  the  language  of  diplo- 
macy, as  French  in  modern  times.  The  present  paper  deals  only  with  the 
tablets  at  Bulak,  which  are  specially  important  for  the  relationship  between 
Egypt  and  Palestine.  They  suggest  the  question,  Why  should  not  the 
mounds  of  Palestine  be  explored  in  search  of  similar  treasures?  —  R. 
MOWAT,  Inscriptions  from  the  territory  of  the  Lingones  preserved  at  Dijon 
and  at  Langres.  It  is  generally  admitted  that  the  limits  of  the  diocese  of 
Langres,  before  its  dismemberment  for  the  formation  of  the  diocese  of 
Dijon,  corresponded  to  the  territory  of  the  Gallo-Roman  Lingones.  Seven 
figured  but  uninscribed  monuments  and  fifteen  inscriptions  from  this  ter- 
ritory (now  at  the  museum  at  Dijon)  are  here  published  (to  be  contin.). 
— CHAMONARD  and  CONNE,  Catalogue  of  Greek  and  Italo- Greek  painted 
vases  in  the  collection  of  M.  Bellon.  Preface  by  MAX.  COLLIGNON.  This 
catalogue  is  the  description  of  a  portion  of  the  collection  of  M.  Bellon  of 
Rouen,  which  was  selected  by  M.  Collignon  to  exemplify  the  history  of  the 
art,  and  was  exhibited  at  the  Exposition  of  1889  (to  be  contin.).  Forty 
vases  are  here  described. — H.  LECHAT,  Marble  head  in  the  Akropolis  Mu- 
seum at  Athens  (pi.  xxm).  This  is  a  Pentelic  marble  female  head,  found 
on  the  Akropolis  in  1888.  It  is  the  only  one  of  these  archaic  heads  which 
wears  the  polos,  and  hence  may  be  called  an  Aphrodite.  In  style  it  may 
be  associated  with  the  heads  published  on  plates  xin  and  xiv  of  the 
Musees  d'Aihbnes,  and  dated  from  the  early  years  of  the  v  century. — E. 
MUNTZ,  Pope  Urban  V.  An  Essay  on  the  history  of  the  arts  at  Avignon  in 
the  xiv  century  (pi.  xxiv).  The  object  of  this  paper  is  to  make  known, 
by  the  aid  of  inedited  documents  from  the  Vatican,  some  of  the  expendi- 
tures in  the  interest  of  art,  and  the  names  of  the  artists  employed  by  Pope 
Urban  V.  It  may  serve  as  a  complement  to  the  papers  already  published 
on  the  tomb  of  Urban  V  in  the  Gazette  Archeologique  (1884,  pp.  98-104) 
and  in  the  Gazette  des  Beaux- Arts,  (Nov.,  1887). — MISCELLANIES.  Monthly 
Bulletin  of  the  A  cademy  of  Inscriptions. — Archaeological  News  and  Corres- 


432  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

pondence. — BIBLIOGRAPHY.  Reviews  of  RAYET,  Eludes  d'archeologie  et 
d'art  (by  M.  HOLLEAUX)  ;  (Euvres  completes  de  Mgr.  X.  Bar  bier  de  Mon- 
tault.  Tomes  I  and  n  (by  E.  MUNTZ)  ;  MUNTZ,  Guide  de  VEcole  Nationale 
de  Beaux-Arts. — SUPPLEMENT.  R.  CAGNAT,  Review  ofEpigraphic  Publica- 
tions relating  to  Roman  Antiquity.  ALLAN  MARQUAND. 

REVUE  DES  ETUDES  GRECQUES.  1889.  July-Sept. — S.  REINACH, 
Apollon  Opaon  at  Kypros.  On  a  column  found  by  Cesnola  at  Palaio- 
Paphos  is  a  dedication  OflAONI  MEAAN0IQ.  A  similar  dedication  i& 
engraved  on  a  stele  published  by  Colonna-Ceccaldi.  Mr.  Hogarth,  in  ex- 
cavating in  1888  at  Amargetti  =  Paphos,  found  ten  vases  of  ex-votos  with 
a  similar  dedication,  'OTraovi  MeAai/#iu> ;  while  on  a  statuette  he  read  'ATTO- 
Aow  McAatfiu).  A  note  regarding  the  latter  find  is  given  in  the  JOURNAL 
(iv,  p.  349),  and  a  summary  of  this  paper  by  Reinach,  as  read  before  the 
Academie  des  Inscr.,  will  be  found  in  the  JOURNAL  (v,  pp.  373-4).  Ac- 
cording to  the  inscriptions,  Opaon  =  Apollon,  as  an  epithet  turned  into  a 
proper  name.  Opaon  as  the  shepherd  reminds  of  Aristeas,  the  Arcadian 
Apollon  (Nomios),  who  is  sometimes  called  the  son  of  Apollon.  The 
surname  'OTmwi/  as  applied  to  Apollon  is  also  of  Arcadian  origin,  and  the 
well-known  relations  between  Kypros  and  Arkadia  authorize  this  trans- 
mission. Melanthios  may  be  the  name  of  the  eponymous  hero  of  the  Attic 
deme  of  MeXavvat  or  of  the  ancient  Arcadian  city  of  that  name,  transferred 
by  .emigration  to  Kypros  and  then  identified,  as  a  second  name,  with 
Apollon  =  Opaon. — G.  SCHLUMBERGER,  Inedited  Byzantine  Seals.  With- 
out waiting  for  the  issue  of  the  supplement  to  his  Sigillographie  byzantine 
published  in  1884,  the  writer  here  describes  and  illustrates  a  number  of 
important  inedited  Byzantine  leaden  seals,  impressions  of  which  have  been 
sent  him,  among  many  others,  since  that  year.  Among  them  are  the  seals 
of  "  Gregorios  Kamateros,  Imperial  praetor  of  the  Peloponnesos  and  Hellas  " 
(1073-1118);  of  "  Theognios,  turmarch  of  Hellas"  (vm-ix  cent.);  of 
"  Dargde-Kavos,  archon  of  Hellas  "  (vm-ix  cent.)  ;  of  "  Paulos,  abbot  of 
Daphne  "  (x  cent.)  ;  of"  Theodoros,  bishop  of  Aigina  "  (ix  cent.)  ;  of  "  Jo- 
hannes, metropolitan  of  Thebes"  (x-xi  cent.),  a  magnificent  work;  of 
"  Nikolaos,  hypatos  and  chartulary  of  Kephallenia  "  (vm-ix  cent.),  very 
rare ;  of  llArkadios.  protospatharios  and  strategos  of  the  Bosporos  "  (x-xi 
cent.),  the  most  interesting  of  all,  for  it  is  the  first-known  that  bears  the 
name  of  the  Bosporos  ;  of  "  Niketas,  epoptes,  imperial  notary  of  the  West 
and  slave  of  our  mighty  and  holy  emperor"  (period  of  the  Angeli),  an 
extremely  rare  seal  as  there  are  but  two  others  of  epoptes  or  imperial  in- 
spectors of  the  provicial  administration  ;  of  "  Polydoros,  regionary  "  (rare, 
of  vi-vn  cent.) ;  of  "  Georgios  Saponopoulos,"  a  superb  seal  of  the  x  or 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  433 

xi  century. — ARCH^EOLOGIC  BULLETIN.  —  EPIGRAPHIC  BULLETIN. — 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Oct.-Doc. — Inedited  letter  of  Bockh  to  Raoul-Rochette.  This  letter  treats 
of  wall-painting  among  the  ancients,  in  view  of  the  famous  controversy 
on  the  subject  between  Letronne  and  Raoul-Rochette.  R.-Rochette  con- 
sidered that  the  early  works  were  all  portable  paintings  on  wood,  and  that 
wall-paintings  with  historic  subjects  arose  only  with  the  decadence :  Le- 
tronne everywhere  saw  paintings  executed  directly  on  the  walls.  On  the 
main  issue,  Bockh*  agrees  with  R.-Rochette. — CHRONIQUE,  etc. 

1890.  JaH.-March. — S.  REINACH,  Inedited  inscriptions  copied  in  Asia 
Minor  and  Syria  by  Capt.  Callier  (1830-34).  The  long  sojourn  of  Capt. 
Callier  in  the  East,  in  connection  with  M.  Michaud,  resulted  in  his  bring- 
ing back  an  immense  mass  of  archseologic  material,  which  he,  however, 
never  found  time  to  publish.  After  his  death,  in  1889,  his  widow  turned 
over  his  papers  to  M.  Reinach,  who  here  gives  the  result  of  an  examina- 
tion of  his  copies  of  inscriptions.  Most  of  those  which  he  took  have  been 
since  published  by  other  travellers,  but  a  number  are  inedited,  the  origi- 
nals probably  having  since  perished  or  been  used  as  building-material. 
These  are  (1)  from  Alia,  of  192  A.  D.,  a  stele  in  which  the  town  places 
itself  under  the  protection  of  the  god  Me~n  (=Askenios);  a  metric  in- 
scription ;  (2)  from  Flaviopolis=Temenothyrai,  an  inscription  on  the  base 
of  a  statue  raised  by  the  city  of  Amorion  in  Phrygia  to  an  archon  of 
Temenothyrai,  in  connection  with  which  M.  Reinach  discusses  the  ques- 
tion of  the  site  of  the  latter  city,  and  whether  it  is  at  Oushak,  where  this 
inscription  was  found ;  and  he  concludes  in  favor  of  this  identification. 
The  number  of  inscriptions  given  by  Reinach  is  seventy-five.  A.  L.  F.,JR. 

RIVISTA  ITALIAN  A  Dl  IMUMISMATICA.    1890.    No.  1.— F.  GNECCHI, 

Notes  on  Roman  Numismatics.  A  unique  Antoninianus  of  Zenobia  is  here 
published.  Then  follows  a  chapter  on  countersigns  impressed  by  a  punch 
on  coins  of  the  Republic  and  early  Empire.  There  are  two  classes  : 
countermarks,  consisting  of  letters  that  stand  for  certain  words,  and  coun- 
tersigns, consisting  of  simple  conventional  signs.  The  former  class — com- 
paratively easy  to  understand  and  more  apparent,  while  they  are,  at  the 
same  time,  not  numerous — have  been  carefully  studied.  The  countersigns, 
however,  have  been  neglected ;  they  are  much  less  visible,  far  more  nu- 
merous, and  very  difficult  to  explain.  They  appear  almost  entirely  on 
gold  and  silver  coins.  Bahrfeldt,  Engel,  Taillebois,  and  Milani  have  made 
slight  contributions  to  the  subject  within  narrow  limits,  but  it  has  never 
been  treated  on  a  broad  basis.  In  the  tables  annexed  to  this  article,  some 
600  countersigns  or  groups  of  countersigns  are  given,  slightly  larger  than 
their  natural  size.  The  greater  part  (481)  are  found  on  coins  of  the 


434  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

writer's  own  collection,  the  rest  (117),  on  coins  in  the  Brera  collection  at 
Milano.  As  a  necessary  complement,  and  for  the  identification  of  the  signs, 
there  is  a  list  indicating  the  identity  and  family  of  the  coin,  the  name  of 
the  coiner,  the  date,  and  the  position  of  the  sign,  whether  on  the  obverse 
or  reverse.  The  weight  and  condition,  being  useless,  are  not  given.  The 
writer  believes  that  the  signs  were  not  punched  officially  by  the  State,  but 
were  the  work  of  private  individuals.  He  rejects  Professor  Milani's  opin- 
ion, that  they  indicated,  some  a  diminution,  some  an  increase,  of  the  nor- 
mal weight,  and  were  added  by  bankers.  The  writer's  conclusions  are : 
(1)  the  silver  coins  with  countersigns  are  all  of  good  silver,  with  very  few 
exceptions ;  (2)  the  countersigns  exist  not  only  on  the  aurei  but  on  all 
silver  coins,  denarii,  victoriati,  semivictoriati,  quinarii,  and  sextertii,  in- 
cluding even  the  incused  coins ;  (3)  they  are  found,  as  a  rule,  on  worn 
coins,  and  only  exceptionally  on  those  fresh  from  the  mint ;  (4)  the  great 
majority  are  on  the  obverse;  (5)  the  countersign  is  usually  single,  but 
there  are  sometimes  two,  three,  four,  five,  six,  and  even  more,  on  a  single 
coin ;  (6)  it  is  very  difficult  to  find  two  countersigns  that  are  alike ;  (7)  very 
few  represent  any  object,  most  of  them  being  as  it  were  cabalistic  signs ; 
(8)  their  date  is  from  about  100  B.  c.  to  about  200  A.  D.  ;  (9)  there  are  but 
very  few  among  gold  coins,  while  the  proportion  of  silver  coins  punched 
with  them  is  about  10  per  cent.  The  explanation  proposed  for  the  existence 
and  use  of  countersigns  is  as  follows.  When,  under  Nero,  the  Roman 
denarius  was  much  reduced  in  weight,  the  earlier  coins  increased  in  value, 
but  on  account  of  long  use  and  deterioration  it  became  the  custom  to 
guarantee  them  by  a  private  mark  involving  the  responsibility  of  the 
marker,  a  sign  which  often  sufficed  to  carry  them  through  many  transactions, 
but  which  later  had  to  be  supplemented  by  a  second,  a  third,  or  more. 
This  would  show  that,  in  the  time  of  Nero,  a  large  part  of  the  coinage  in 
circulation  belonged  to  the  old  Republican  coinage.  In  other  words,  the 
countersigns  serve  by  their  greater  or  less  frequency  to  give  a  sufficiently 
exact  indication  of  the  quality  of  the  coins  in  circulation  at  the  time  of 
Nero. — TARQUINIO  GENTILI,  The  coins  of  the  Roman  pontifs  Leo  VIII 
(considered  antipope)  and  John  XIII,  from  963  to  972  A.  D.  The  writer 
enters  into  a  long  historical  disquisition  concerning  these  two  popes,  es- 
pecially in  regard  to  their  relationship  to  the  German  Emperor  Otho,  by 
whose  aid  they  were  elected  and  maintained  in  office,  and  to  whom  they 
granted  extensive  civil  authority  in  Rome  itself.  These  historic  facts  have 
light  thrown  upon  them  by  the  coins  attributed  to  these  two  popes,  which 
differ  radically  from  all  other  early  papal  coins.  On  the  first  the  legend 
is  LEON  I  PAP. — OTTO.  The  only  possible  interpretation  of  these  coins 
in  which  the  Pope's  name  is  in  the  dative,  and  the  Emperor's  in  the 
nominative,  is  that  they  were  coined  by  order  not  of  the  Pope  but  of  the 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  435 

Emperor.  This  proves  the  extensive  delegation  of  civil  power  to  the  Em- 
peror. Details  are  given  to  show  in  what  part  of  the  years  964  and  965 
the  three  different  known  coins  of  Leo  VIII  were  coined.  One  of  the 
coins  of  John  XIII  is  of  a  type  almost  identical  with  two  of  Leo  VIII, 
but  his  name  appears  in  the  nominative,  as  an  affirmation  of  a  change  in 
the  relations  toward  greater  independence.  In  two  other  types  of  this 
Pope's  coins  the  inscription  is  IOHANNES  PAPA  OTTONI  IMPER-,  a 
sign  that  papal  authority  was  strengthened  but  was  desirous  of  conciliat- 
ing and  securing  the  support  of  the  Emperor.  The  cross  instead  of  the 
word  Roma  on  the  reverse  is  interpreted  as  a  sign  of  the  revindication  of 
the  Roman  Empire  by  the  Othos,  it  being  the  traditional  emblem  of  Ital- 
ian royalty  on  the  coins  of  the  Frankish  kjngs  coined  in  Italy. — S.  AM- 
BROSOLI,  An  inedited  patacchina  of  Savona  of  Filippo  Maria  Visconti. 
Four  times  did  Savona  fall  under  the  Milanese  yoke.  The  second  occa- 
sion was  between  1421  and  1435  under  Filippo  Maria  Visconti.  Only 
two  numismatic  records  of  this  period  were  known;  a  third  is  here  pub- 
lished.— R.  VON  SCHNEIDER,  An  anonymous  Mantuan  Medallist  of  the  year 
1506.  The  writer — basing  his  opinions  on  an  original  drawing  in  the  famous 
collection  of  the  Belle  Arti  in  Venezia,  on  which  are  two  profile  portraits 
recognized  to  be  those  of  Emperor  Maximilian  I  and  his  wife  Bianca  Maria 
of  Milano,  executed  probably  from  portraits  by  Ambrogio  de  Predis — dis- 
cusses a  medal  and  a  teslone,  coined  both  in  gold  and  in  silver.  It  bears 
the  inscription  Maximilianu.  Ro.  Rex  et  Bianca  M.  coniuges.  All  that  is 
on  the  drawing  is  here  reproduced,  showing  for  what  purpose  it  was  made. 
It  is  known  that  the  testone  and  medal  are  the  work  of  a  Mantuau  die- 
cutter  called  in  1506  to  Halle  in  the  Tyrol,  then  the  seat  of  the  most  im- 
portant mint  within  the  imperial  territory.  This  artist  is  spoken  of  in 
many  documeuts  now  in  the  archives  of  Innsbruck,  showing  him  to  have 
executed  a  great  deal  of  work.  His  name  has  not  yet  been  ascertained, 
nor  have  works  of  his  for  the  Mantuan  mint  been  identified  as  yet. 

A.  L.  F.,JB. 

RIVISTA  STORICA  ITALIANA.  1890.  Jan.-Marcli. — E.  CALLEGARI, 
The  inscription  of  Akraiphiai  (1-40). — M.  Holleaux,  of  the  French  School 
at  Athens,  discovered  at  Akraiphiai  in  Boiotia  the  text  of  the  official  ad- 
dress pronounced  by  Nero  at  the  Isthmian  games  in  the  plains  of  Corinth, 
by  which  he  gave  them  nominal  independence  [this  is  spoken  of  in  the 
JOURNAL,  vols.  iv,  p.  491,  v,  p.  241}.  The  present  writer  takes  this  oc- 
casion to  study  the  question :  Whether  Nero  had  any  merit  or  influence 
as  orator  and  poet.  He  inclines  to  the  belief  that  Seneca  was  practically 
the  writer  not  only  of  Nero's  orations  after  his  accession  but  also  of  those 
which  he  had  previously  delivered  and  which  Tacitus  mentions.  Nero 


436  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

was  not  a  born  orator.  As  a  poet,  especially  as  a  broad  satirist,  his  ap- 
parent popularity  and  many  passages  of  ancient  writers  would  show  him 
to  have  possessed  considerable  power,  were  it  not  that  this  popularity  did 
not  last.  Two  great  defects  of  his  style  were  an  affected  strangeness  and 
a  multiplicity  of  learned  citations,  showing  less  poetic  facility  than  erudi- 
tion. But  a  study  of  Roman  literature  after  Augustus  shows  that  Nero 
was  but  an  embodiment  of  the  defects  of  his  age.  In  regard  to  the  ad- 
dress of  Nero  which  forms  the  pretext  for  this  paper,  the  writer  points  out 
its  historic  value,  and  recognizes  it  to  be  a  genuine  composition  of  the  un- 
aided emperor.  He  here  shows  the  customary  ability  of  the  period  to  ex- 
press in  high-sounding  and  empty  words  sentiments  which  were  not  felt. 
The  writer  takes  occasion  to  attack  the  moral  attitude  of  Seneca,  and  to  ac- 
cuse him  of  insincerity,  adulation  and  falsehood,  a  pitiful  instance  of  the 
degradation  of  the  century.  The  inscription  of  Akraiphiai  adds  nothing 
to  our  knowledge  of  Nero  as  a  literary  character.  A.  L.  F.,  JR. 


AMERICAN 
JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

Vol.  VI.  DECEMBER,  I  890.  No.  4. 

A   VASE  OF  THE  MYKENAI   TYPE   IN   NEW  YOEK. 

[PLATE  XXII.] 


In  the  course  of  a  recent  visit  to  America,  I  was  shown  with  much 
kindness  the  Abbott  collection  of  antiquities  from  Egypt  now  in  the 
Museum  of  the  Historical  Society  of  New  York.  Needless  to  say,  the 
inspection  of  the  Museum  was  full  of  interest.  But  in  passing  round 
the  cases  there  was  one  object  that  suddenly  attracted  my  attention. 
It  was  a  painted  vase,  here  reproduced.  It  stood  beside  other  vases 
of  purely  Egyptian  fabric,  and  on  turning  to  the  catalogue  we  saw  that 
it  had  been  found  in  Lower  Egypt.  Yet  it  was  clearly  different  from 
true  Egyptian  ware.  To  me  it  was  from  the  first  an  unmistakable 
example  of  the  pottery  which  of  late  years  has  been  found  at  Mykenai, 
at  lalysos  in  Rhodes,  at  Spata,  Menidi,  and  on  many  other  sites  of 
Greece  proper.  At  the  same  time,  it  was  far  more  naturalistic  than 
any  vase  of  the  kind  that  had  been  hitherto  observed  and  recorded. 
Even  the  shape  was  a  little  startling,  so  entirely  novel  was  it.  I  con- 
cluded that  it  was  a  very  late  specimen  of  the  Mykenai  ware. 

There  was  not,  in  fact,  anything  strange  in  a  vase  of  this  class  coming 
from  Egypt,  because  I  had  long  been  familiar  with  pottery  of  the  ordi- 
nary Mykenai  type  found  in  that  country.  The  British  Museum  has 
a  number  of  specimens.  Meantime  I  remembered  a  letter  from  a  cor- 
respondent in  Egypt  who  had  purchased  a  remarkable  vase  which  had 
been  found  at  Erment  on  the  Nile,  about  ten  miles  above  Luxor.  On 
returning  to  London  I  found  that  this  vase  had  arrived  at  the  British 
Museum  and  was  an  absolute  counterpart  of  the  one  in  New  York, 
except  in  the  matter  of  shape  which  in  this  second  example  was  a  shape 

437 


438  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

familiar  to  the  Mykenai  pottery.  Otherwise  it  may  be  safely  said 
that  both  vases  had  been  painted  by  the  same  man,  if  not  even  on  the 
same  day,  so  completely  identical  is  the  style  of  painting  in  both. 
Add  to  this  that  the  subject  represented  is  the  same  in  character, 
the  principal  decoration  being  a  large  figure  of  a  nautilus  repeated 
round  the  body  of  the  vase  in  tfye  position  of  sailing  along  in  the  sea 
with  three  large  feelers  (plektanai)  rising  from  the  shell  and  turning 
in  a  naturally  decorative  manner.  The  suckers  along  the  edge  of  the 
plektanai  are  very  plainly  indicated.  The  bottom  of  .the  sea  is  repre- 
sented by  rocks  with  sea-weeds  growing  from  them,  and,  what  is 
curious  in  the  painter's  endeavor  to  give  us  a  view  of  the  bottom  of 
the  sea  is  that,  when  he  had  put  in  his  rocks  rising  from  what  is  nat- 
urally the  bottom  line  of  the  picture,  he  then  turned  the  vase  upside 
down  and  started  with  a  new  bottom  line,  having  again  rocks  and 
weeds  rising  from  it.  At  first  sight  these  latter  appear  to  be  hanging 
from  the  sky ;  but,  in  fact,  it  is  a  contrivance  to  give  us  a  sort  of  bird's- 
eye-view  down  into  the  sea.  It  may  here  be  noticed  in  passing  that  the 
gold  cups  of  Vaphio  exhibit  in  the  same  way  a  rocky  ground  along  both 
the  top  and  bottom  of  the  design,  as  does  also  the  stone  pyxis  from 
Mykenai  *  with  the  relief  of  two  fine  cuttlefish  sculptured  in  low  relief. 
The  sea-weeds  and  the  nautilus  are  drawn  with  such  apparent  real- 
ism that  I  had  no  thought  but  that  they  would  be  instantly  recognized 
and  identified  by  naturalists.  This  hope,  however,  proved  delusive. 
While  certain  features  are  admittedly  rendered  with  great  force  and 
truthfulness,  yet,  on  the  whole,  the  nautilus  on  these  vases  is  not  nearly 
an  accurate  drawing  of  the  nautilus  known  to  modern  naturalists.  Nor, 
in  fact,  does  it  answer  to  the  descriptions  of  ancient  naturalists  except 
in  its  general  aspect.  Details,  which  are  all  important  to  a  naturalist, 
were  often  in  the  way  of  a  painter  whose  design  must  first  of  all  be 
decorative.  Aristotle2  (De  Animal.  Hist.,  ix.  37.  12)  mentions  as  a 
characteristic  of  the  nautilus  that  itsplectanae  were  connected  by  a  very 
thin  membrane  like  a  spider's  web  (apa^wSe?),  which  it  employed 
as  a  sail  when  there  was  a  breeze.  There  is  no  trace  of  this  on  the 
two  vases  ;  yet  there  is  to  be  seen  on  a  very  striking,  but  not  yet  pub- 

1  Ephemeris  arch.,  1888,  pi.  7,  fig.  1. 

2  Quoted  by  ATHENAIOS,  vu.  105 ;  see  also  AELIAN,  ix.  34,  and  PLINY,  Nat.  Hist., 
ix.  88.    ARISTOTLE  (De  Animal.  Hist.,  iv.  1.  16)  says  that  the  nautilos  was  called 
also  irovri\os,  which  PLINY  (loc.  cit.)  appears  to  confuse  with  the  pompilos,  the  sacred 
fish  of  the  Greeks. 


A  VASE  OF  THE  MYKENAI  TYPE  IN  NEW  YORK.          439 

lished,  vase  of  the  Mykenai  type  from  Kalymna  in  the  British  Museum 
exactly  such  a  membrane  connecting  the  feelers  of  an  octopus — a  true 
octopus  with  eight  plectanae,  four  of  which  have  suckers.  It  would 
seem  as  if  the  vase-painters  of  the  Mykenai  period  had  observed  the 
natural  features  of  the  polypi  carefully  enough,  but  had  distributed 
them  wilfully  amongst  different  species. 

Ever  since  the  pottery  of  the  Mykenai  class  came  into  notice  the 
remark  has  been  made  that  it  must  have  been  the  production  of  a 
people  living  on  the  coast  of  the  Mediterranean  and  devoted  to  ma- 
rine pursuits,  so  regularly  are  the  designs  on  it  drawn  from  aquatic, 
if  not  always  strictly  marine  life.  The  cuttlefish,  the  murex,  sea- 
weeds and  aquatic  plants  were  the  favorite  subjects,  and  when  by 
chance  the  painter  essayed  to  sketch  a  quadruped  the  effect  was  ludi- 
crously inadequate.  See,  for  instance,  the  quadruped  on  a  large  vase 
found  at  Kalymna  now  in  the  British  Museum.  The  inference  was 
that  the  makers  of  this  pottery  could  have  had  only  a  very  secondary 
interest  in  the  creatures  and  growths  of  the  land.  But  this  could 
hardly  apply  to  the  Greeks,  who,  though  they  had  an  extensive  sea- 
board, are  not  known  to  have  cultivated  the  coast  at  the  expense  of 
the  inland.  It  seemed  as  if  the  pottery  could  not  have  been  the  work 
of  Greeks  in  the  mainland  of  Greece,  while,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
presence  of  the  murex  as  a  frequent  design  seemed  to  point  to  the  Phoe- 
nicians, with  whom  it  was  an  industry  to  fish  for  the  murex  and  to 
extract  a  dye  from  it.  This  industry  they  carried  on  actively  on  the 
coast  of  Greece.  They  lived  on  the  coast  of  the  Mediterranean.  Of 
all  manners  of  life  they  preferred  that  of  the  sea.  Cyprus  was  one 
of  their  principal  settlements  and  Cyprus  has  yielded  a  number  of 
vases  of  the  class  in  question,  the  chief  of  which  are  to  be  seen  in  the 
Metropolitan  Museum  of  New  York,  including  one  on  the  handles  of 
which  are  incised  Cypriote  letters.  Nevertheless  it  was  to  have  been 
expected,  on  the  theory  of  a  Phoenician  origin  for  these  vases,  that 
Cyprus  would  before  now  have  yielded  an  abundance  of  them.  It  is 
certainly  significant  that  this  has  not  been  the  case.  So  also  is  the 
general  absence  of  inscriptions,  when  we  consider  how  fond  the  Phoe- 
nicians were  of  putting  this  or  that  on  record  in  writing. 

Apart  from  the  pottery,  if  that  is  necessary,  the  Phoenician  theory 
would  account  satisfactorily  for  many  of  the  other  antiquities  found 
with  the  pottery  in  Greece.  It  would  explain  the  numerous  objects 
cast  in  glass-paste  in  the  form  of  rosettes  and  occasionally  of  creatures 


440  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

such  as  the  Sphinx  and  the  nautilus,  the  bottles  of  variegated  glass, 
the  carvings  in  ivory,  the  inlaid  daggers  of  Mykenai,  the  skilfully- 
made  weapons  of  bronze,  the  engraved  gems,  and  the  occasional  scarabs 
with  Egyptian  hieroglyphs.  In  short,  the  opening  incident  in  the 
pages  of  Herodotos  when  a  Phoenician  ship  comes  to  Argos  to  barter 
its  wares  seems  to  be  illustrated  by  the  finds  of  Mykenai,  Nauplia,  etc. 

But  it  does  not  follow,  because  the  Phoenicians  had  in  early  ages 
something  like  a  supremacy  of  trade  on  the  Mediterranean,  that  they 
were  the  exclusive  traders  of  the  time.  It  would  be  more  natural  to 
suppose  that  their  success  had  been  won  over  rivals.  We  read  of 
Minos,  the  legendary  Cretan  ruler,  with  his  thalassocracy,  and  we 
think  chiefly  of  war,  not  of  commerce — yet  the  power  of  Minos  would 
have  been  of  little  moment  unless  to  protect  commerce.  To  this  day 
the  island  of  Kreta  remains  unexplored  :  but  the  number  of  gems  of 
the  Mykenai  class  which  have  been  picked  up  on  it  from  time  to  time 
may  indicate  what  is  in  store  when  a  systematic  exploration  takes  place. 
Not  that  we  suppose  Kreta  to  have  stood  by  itself  as  a  rival  of  the 
Phoenicians.  Kreta  would  have  been  joined  in  trade  with  Rhodes, 
Kalymna,  Kos,  to  mention  only  those  sites  where  antiquities  of  the  kind 
in  question  have  been  conspicuously  found.  And  whatever  was  pro- 
duced in  those  districts  would  equally  have  been  produced  on  the 
neighboring  coast  of  Asia  Minor,  as  we  see  from  the  results  of  exca- 
vations at  Assarlik  in  Karia.  Close  as  they  were  to  the  seats  of  the 
Phoenicians,  those  districts  would  indeed  have  been  barbarous  had  they 
not  learned  some  of  the  arts  by  which  the  Phoenicians  were  so  obvi- 
ously enriching  themselves.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  Greek  or  semi- 
Greek  populations  of  Asia  Minor  and  of  the  islands  more  or  less  close 
to  Asia  Minor  were  early  noted  for  their  skill  in  the  arts.  As  time 
went  on,  it  was  among  them  that  the  higher  arts  rose  first  into  fame. 

It  would  seem,  then,  that  in  searching  for  the  origin  of  the  antiqui- 
ties of  the  Mykenai  class  we  ought  to  keep  in  view  a  combination  of 
Phoenician  and  Grseco- Asiatic  influences.  The  Greeks  of  Asia  Minor 
— those  Carians  and  lonians,  who,  in  historical  times,  served  as  mer- 
cenaries in  Egypt  and  ended  by  placing  Psametichos  I  on  the  throne 
of  Egypt,  about  the  middle  of  the  vn  cent.  B.  c. — were  likely  enough 
to  have  been  acquainted  with  that  country  sometime  before  then. 
They  were  as  likely  as  the  Phoenicians  to  have  carried  up  the  Nile  the 
vase  of  the  Abbott  collection  and  those  others  kindred  to  it  of  which 
we  have  spoken.  They  would  bring  something  back  in  exchange, 


A   VASE  OF  THE  MYKENAI  TYPE  IN  NEW  YORK.          441 

whether  it  was  in  the  form  of  scarabs  with  hieroglyphs,  glass  bottles, 
or  whatever  else.  We  may  well  doubt,  however,  whether  they  had 
ever  cared  to  learn  those  more  complicated  arts  in  which  the  Phoenicians 
excelled,  such  as  the  production  of  artistic  designs  in  glass  or  the  in- 
laying of  metals.  It  is  far  more  probable  that,  whenever  objects  of 
this  nature  are  found  along  with  the  Mykenai  antiquities  in  Greece, 
they  are  the  work  of  Phoenicians ;  while  as  to  the  pottery,  the  en- 
graved gems  and  the  designs  in  gold,  these  may  perhaps  fairly  be  put 
down  to  the  account  of  the  early  Greek  contemporaries  and  rivals  of 
the  Phoenicians.  As  regards  the  engraved  gems,  it  is  not  necessary  to 
point  out  here  that  several  Greek  legends  are  found  represented  on 
them,  e.  g.,  Herakles  wrestling  with  Nereus,  and  Prometheus  bound. 
The  former  of  these  gems  recalls  the  frieze  of  Assos,  the  latter  a  vase 
of  what  is  termed  the  Kyrene  style.  If  the  frieze  of  Assos  with  its 
remarkable  combination  of  animals  and  human  forms  reminds  us  of 
the  painted  vases  of  the  latter  half  of  the  vii  cent.  B.  c.,  the  gem  of 
Herakles  could  hardly  be  thought  older  than  the  first  half  of  that  cen- 
tury. In  any  case,  both  gems  take  us  fairly  into  the  tide  of  Greek 
legend  as  illustrated  in  art,  a  tide  which  we  see  in  full  flood  on  the 
chest  of  Kypselos  in  the  vii  cent.  The  date  may  be  wrong,  but  this 
much  is  clear,  that  those  gems  were  the  work  of  Greek  engravers. 
We  can  understand  them  as  the  work  of  the  men  who  immediately 
preceded  Mnesarchos,  the  engraver  of  Samos,  better  known  as  the 
father  of  the  philosopher  Pythagoras. 

In  the  present  state  of  the  question,  it  is  not  so  necessary  to  enquire 
about  the  beginning  of  the  art  of  the  Mykenai  kind  as  to  determine 
when  it  ended  and  what  are  the  points  of  contact  between  it  and  the 
Greek  pottery  of  an  ascertained  date.  Some  years  ago  I  had  occasion 
to  discuss  this  matter  in  the  Revue  Archeologique  (XLIV  (1882)  p.  342), 
laying  particular  stress  on  the  occurrence  of  the  rosette  as  a  pattern  on 
vases  of  the  Mykenai  class,  and  arguing  that  the  rosette,  though  com- 
paratively rare  on  the  vases,  is  very  frequent  among  the  ornaments  of 
glass-paste  found  with  the  vases,  and  that  any  day  it  might  have  become 
common  on  the  vases  also.  The  rosettes  which  appear  on  the  vases  are 
of  two  kinds — the  one  perfectly  formed  with  regular  leaves,  as  it  is 
found  on  vases  from  Kameiros  and  elsewhere,  the  other  composed  of 
a  disc  with  dots  round  it,  exactly  such  as  we  find  so  often  on  what  are 
called  the  Protocorinthian  vases.  From  a  technical  point  of  view  the 
fabric  of  the  Mykenai  vases  is  very  frequently  identical  with  vn-cent. 


442  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCHJEOLOG  Y. 

vases  from  Kameiros  in  Rhodes.  The  slip  with  which  the  vase  is  cov- 
ered, the  method  of  painting  the  pattern  on  the  slip,  and  the  colors 
employed,  are  the  same.  The  great  and  striking  difference  is  in  the 
shapes  and  subjects  of  design.  Or  again,  if  we  compare  the  way  in 
which  the  bull  of  Tiryns  is  painted,  with  the  formal  patches  of  dark 
color  along  his  back  and  belly,  with  the  bulls  on  the  terracotta  sarco- 
phagi from  Kameiros  in  the  British  Museum  and  from  Klazomenai  in 
Berlin,  we  shall  find  exactly  the  same  procedure.3  Of  course  there  is 
more  skill  on  the  sarcophagi,  and  no  doubt  the  Tiryns  bull  is  older 
in  art.  The  difficulty  is  to  determine  the  amount  of  the  interval. 

Mr.  Flinders  Petrie  has  obtained,  in  his  recent  excavations  in  the 
Fayoum,  a  certain  number  of  vases  of  the  Mykenai  class.  He  has 
found  them  under  conditions  and  amid  surroundings  which  he  con- 
siders justify  him  in  saying  that  the  latest  possible  date  for  them  is  the 
xii  cent.  B.  c.  Some  of  them  he  believes  belong  to  a  vastly  earlier 
age.  But,  as  I  have  said,  we  have  first  to  settle  the  latest  date  of  this 
pottery  in  Greece  and  its  continuity  with  the  Greek  pottery  of  an  as- 
certained date.  Then  we  may  work  backward. 

To  return  to  the  New- York  vase  with  its  figures  of  the  nautilus 
and  its  sea-weeds.  On  some  fragments  of  fresco-painting  found  at 
Mykenai 4  we  observe  an  ornamental  border  composed  of  figures  of  the 
nautilus,  converted  into  a  mere  pattern  with  no  suggestion  of  realism 
or  truth  to  nature.  The  curling  tentacles  form  just  such  a  pattern  as 
the  free  hand  of  the  decorator  desired.  .And  the  question  arises, 
whether  we  have  here  a  convenient  pattern  generalized  from  familiar 
realistic  studies  of  the  nautilus  on  vases  or  elsewhere.  Such  a  view 
is,  for  my  part,  contrary  to  the  regular  process  of  invention  in  art. 
No  one  could  paint  the  nautilus  as  it  is  painted  on  the  New- York  vase 
unless  he  had  been  preceded  by  a  time  of  study,  experiment  in  draw- 
ing, and  the  invention  of  materials  for  painting.  The  nautilus  as  a 
mere  pattern  at  Mykenai  appears  to  me  to  belong  to  that  age  of  exper- 
imenting where  the  sweeping  lines  of  a  brush  into  color  threw  out  at 
almost  every  turn  suggestions  of  natural  forms  which  the  eye  was 
quick  to  see  and  improve  upon.  If  this  view  be  correct,  we  must  re- 
gard the  New- York  vase  as  one  of  the  latest  developments  of  the 
Mykenai  period.  As  an  example  of  strong,  vigorous  naturalism,  it 

3  The  Berlin  sarcophagus  is  published  in  the  Antike  Denkmaler,  1889,  p.  44. 

4  Ephemeris  arch.,  1887,  pi.  12. 


A   VASE  OF  THE  MYKENAI  TYPE  IN  NEW  YORK.          443 

may  be  compared  with  the  gold  cups6  found  last  year  at  Vaphio  near 
Sparta,  with  their  powerful  representations  of  bull-hunting.  In  one 
of  the  scenes,  where  a  huge  bull  has  been  caught  by  a  net  and  is 
floundering  within  it,  we  are  reminded  that  to  a  people  trained  to  life 
on  the  sea-coast  the  use  of  a  net  for  hunting  would  come  natural 
enough,  though  it  strikes  us  that  the  net  would  have  to  be  very  strong 
to  withstand  the  rush  of  so  fierce  a  bull.  For  smaller  animals  the 
net  was  of  course  in  regular  use  in  the  chase.  The  net  is  stretched 
between  two  olive-trees  to  which  it  is  made  fast :  in  the  field  also  are 
palm-trees.  But  it  does  not  seem  that  anything  in  the  nature  of  a 
historical  date  can  be  obtained  from  the  presence  of  these  trees.  So 
far  as  they  or  the  bulls  are  concerned,  the  gold  cups  may  have  been 
made  in  Asia  Minor  or  in  Greece  itself.  One  of  the  bulls  which  has 
escaped  the  net  tosses,  one  after  the  other,  the  two  huntsmen.  These 
huntsmen  have  long  flowing  hair,  and  so  far  they  may  have  been 
Greeks.  Their  costume  consists  of  a  girdle  round  the  waist  and 
pointed  boots.  Altogether  they  give  me  more  the  impression  of  a 
Celtic  than  of  an  Oriental  race.  In  fact,  the  whole  scene — as  pre- 
sented on  the  two  cups — becomes  suggestive  of  a  Celtic  people  when 
we  apply  to  it  the  famous  Greek  legend  of  cattle-driving,  that  of 
Herakles  and  the  cattle  of  Geryon.  M.  Tsountas6  very  finely  com- 
pares the  two  passages  in  the  Iliad  (xiu.  570,  ad.  xv.  403)  where  the 
binding  and  leading  of  a  reluctant  bull  are  described,  and  this  shows 
how  apt  an  illustration  the  gold  cups  furnish  of  Homer.  It  is  true 
that  the  same  scenes  had  been  passing  before  the  eyes  of  artists  and 
poets  long  before  Homer,  and  continued  so  to  pass  long  after  his  day. 
But,  as  regards  Greece  proper,  we  may  perhaps  confidently  say,  that  it 
was  only  in  or  about  the  time  of  Homer  that  these  scenes  came  directly 
under  the  observation  of  artists  and  were  reproduced  by  them  as 
actual  transcripts  from  nature.  Among  the  Celtic  peoples  the  case 
would  be  quite  different.  The  scenes  of  bull-hu/iting  would  be  much 
later  in  coming  within  their  artistic  horizon.  But,  be  this  as  it  may, 
the  point  I  desire  to  call  attention  to  in  this  matter  of  bull-hunting  is 
the  comparison  that  is  presented  between  the  very  simple  binding  of 
the  bull  by  one  hind  leg  on  the  gold  cup  and  the  complicated  binding 
of  the  Marathonion  bull  by  Theseus,  as  seen  on  the  painted  Greek 
vases,  e.  g.,  the  fragmentary  kylix  published  in  the  Journal  of  Hellenic 

6  Ephemeris  arch.,  1889,  pi.  9.  6  Ephemeris  arch.,  1889,  p.  162. 


444  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCHJEOLOG  Y. 

Studies  (x,  pi.  2),  which  should  be  compared  with  a  red-figured  kylix  in 
the  British  Museum.  The  Museum  kylix  has  been  well  preserved,  and 
shows  very  clearly  that  Theseus  has  taken  the  precaution  of  binding 
the  bull,  not  only  by  its  four  feet,  but  also  by  the  scrotum.  On  the 
fragmentary  vase  just  mentioned,  we  have  an  earlier  stage  of  the  inci- 
dent. The  bull  is  still  unbound.  It  appears  to  have  knocked  The- 
seus over  on  his  back,  or,  what  is  more  likely,  Theseus  has  adroitly 
slipped  to  the  ground,  turned  round  on  his  back  and  seized  the  scro- 
tum of  the  bull,  having  a  cord  ready  in  his  other  hand.  This,  of 
course,  is  not  the  explanation  given  in  the  Journal  of  Hellenic  Studies 
(x,  p.  238). 

It  will  thus  be  seen  that  the  New- York  vase  leads  on  into  a  wide 
field  of  enquiry,  and,  if  I  have  only  been  able  to  pursue  it  to  a  lim- 
ited degree,  yet  there  is  consolation  in  the  fact  that  hardly  anywhere, 
outside  of  Greece,  can  this  branch  of  archaeology  be  better  studied  than 
in  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  New  York,  with  its  incomparable 
series  of  works  of  this  class  discovered  in  Cyprus  by  General  Cesnola. 

A.  S.  MURRAY. 
British  Museum. 


PAPERS  OF  THE  AMERICAN  SCHOOL  OF  CLASSICAL 

STUDIES  AT  ATHENS. 
DISCOVERIES  AT  PLATAIA  IN  1890. 

[PLATE  XXIII.] 


I.    GENERAL  REPORT  ON  THE  EXCAVATIONS. 

The  Excavations  at  Plataia  which  were  carried  on  during  the 
Spring  of  1890  under  my  direction  were  the  continuation  of  our 
work  on  the  same  site  in  the  preceding  year.  The  funds  for  these 
excavations  during  the  two  seasons  were  procured  for  me  by  personal 
friends  in  America,  namely,  Dr.  Lamborn  and  Mr.  Wesley  Harper. 
The  students  of  the  School  who  took  part  in  the  work  were  Messrs. 
W.  I.  Hunt  and  H.  S.  Washington  of  Yale,  J.  P.  Shelley  of  Findlay 
College,  Ohio,  H.  D.  Hale  of  Harvard,  C.  M.  Washington  of  Yale, 
and  J.  F.  Gray  of  IJarvard. 

As  stated  in  my  Report  last  year,  the  immediate  aim  of  the  ex- 
pedition for  this  year  was  not  so  much  actual  excavation  as  topograph- 
ical work.  I  desired,  in  the  first  place,  to  make  a  careful  and  final 
survey  of  the  walls  enclosing  the  ancient  city  of  Plataia,  and  also  to 
study  the  site  of  the  battle-field  of  Plataia.  The  survey  of  the  walls 
was  carried  on  chiefly  under  the  direction  of  Mr.  H.  S.  Washington, 
the  maps  being  drawn  by  Mr.  H.  D.  Hale.  Mr.  Hale's  map  together 
with  Mr.  Washington's  Report  of  the  work  will  follow  this  intro- 
duction.1 A  paper  on  the  topography  of  the  battle-field  of  Plataia 

1  On  the  whole,  we  have  found  our  own  investigations  as  regards  the  site  of  an- 
cient Plataia  and  the  relations  of  the  various  walls  to  one  another  to  agree  most 
with  VISCHEK/S  views  (Erinnerungen  und  Eindriicke  aus  Griechenland,  pp.  219,  543). 
There  is  also  some  probability  in  favor  of  the  hypothesis,  recently  expressed  by 
FABRICIUS  (Theben,  etc.,  Akademisches  Antrittsprogramm,  Freiburg  i.  B.,  1890,  p.  17), 
that  the  stone  walls  as  now  standing  were  surmounted  by  fortifications  of  unburnt  brick. 
That  the  whole  wall  (stone  and  brick)  was  covered  with  a  uniform  stucco  is  possible, 
but,  I  think,  not  probable ;  as  I  do  not  remember  to  have  seen  on  the  stones  them- 
selves traces  of  stucco,  which  would  in  all  likelihood  have  survived.  I  may  also  add 
that  one  of  the  best  maps  of  the  Plataian  district  is  that  made  by  Spencer  Stanhope 
( Topography  illustr.  of  the  Battle  of  Plalaea,  by  JOHN  SPENCER  STANHOPE,  London, 
1817).  The  copy  of  this  map  in  the  library  of  the  museum  of  archaeology  at  Cam- 
bridge (which  contains  the  whole  of  Col.  Leake's  library)  is  of  especial  interest,  as 
it  contains  additions  and  corrections  in  pencil  by  Col.  Leake  himself. 

445 


446  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

has  been  written  by  Mr.  W.  I.  Hunt,  who,  with  Mr.  Hale,  studied 
the  question  on  the  spot.  Mr.  Hunt's  paper  and  the  results  of  the 
survey  of  the  site,  illustrated  by  a  map  drawn  by  Mr.  Hale,  will  also 
be  embodied  in  this  Report.  Professor  Theodor  Mommsen  of  Berlin, 
who  has  for  years  devoted  himself  to  the  study  of  the  numerous  frag- 
ments of  Diocletian's  Edict,  and  is  now  producing  a  revised  edition  of 
the  whole  material,  was  naturally  the  fittest  person  to  publish  the  new 
fragment  which  we  discovered  this  year  in  our  excavations.  He  has 
consented  to  edit  it  for  us,  and  this  publication  also  will  be  included 
in  this  Report.  Finally,  my  colleague  for  the  coming  year  in  the 
School  at  Athens,  Professor  Richardson,  will,  I  hope,  publish  an  in- 
teresting votive  inscription  to  some  female  deity  discovered  by  us  on 
the  same  site. 

It  was  my  intention  to  begin  work  at  Plataia  early  in  February ; 
but,  as  the  weather  was  particularly  unfavorable  during  the  whole 
season,  we  had  to  defer  our  departure  from  day  to  day.  I  finally 
yielded  to  the  enthusiastic  eagerness  of  Mr.  Washington,  who  left 
Athens  on  February  14,  and  on  the  19th  began  digging  with  22  men 
at  the  church  where  last  year  the  Preamble  of  Diocletian's  Edict  was 
found.  He  was  soon  joined  by  Mr.  Hunt  and  Mr.  Shelley,  and  sub- 
sequently by  the  other  students.  During  this  time  the  party  had  to 
contend  with  great  difficulties,  the  most  trying  of  which  was  the 
severe  weather,  with  snow  and  cold  winds,  in  houses  that  were  not 
even  provided  with  glass  windows ;  and  I  cannot  sufficiently  commend 
the  self-sacrificing  perseverance  of  all  concerned.  Owing  to  stress  of 
weather,  work  had  to  be  suspended  for  some  days.  In  the  first  week 
of  March,  I  joined  the  party.  When  not  engaged  in  the  excava- 
tions, the  walls,  over  2  J  miles  in  circumference,  were  carefully  meas- 
ured and  surveyed.  Mr.  Hale  also  drew  the  ground-plans  of  six 
Byzantine  and  Frankish  churches  at  which  we  dug. 

Our  corps  of  workmen  was  increased  to  a  number  averaging  40 
men,  and  with  these  we  dug  at  a  promising  site  at  the  southeast  wall 
of  a  Byzantine  church  and  monastery,  which  I  thought  might  mark 
an  important  entrance  to  the  ancient  city.  Here  Messrs.  Hunt  and 
Shelley  came  upon  an  interesting  aqueduct  or  drain  covered  with 
large  stones,  light  yellow  in  color,  at  a  depth  of  1.20  metre  below 
the  surface.  Mr.  Washington  describes  the  stone  as  somewhat  like 
poros,  very  soft  when  first  found,  but  hardening  on  exposure.  Jt  is 
apparently  a  limestone  containing  gypsum  and  a  small  quantity  of 


DISCOVERIES  AT  PLATAIA.  447 

talc.  These  large  stones  covered  terracotta  drain-tiles,  which  are 
laid  in  trenches  cut  through  very  solid  soil.  The  tiles  are  made  of 
well-baked  red  clay,  are  0.20  m.  deep  and  0.15  wide  (interior  meas- 
urements), and  about  0.03  thick.  They  were  joined  together  end  to 
end,  not  overlapping,  by  a  grey  cement  very  neatly  applied.  The 
tiles  have  apparently  a  very  gentle  slope  down  toward  the  city, 
which  is  a  confirmation  of  the  supposition  that  they  served  as  an 
aqueduct.  Mr.  Hunt  and  I  explored  the  neighborhood  for  the  possi- 
ble source ;  and  there  is  some  probability  that  he  discovered  this,  out- 
side and  to  the  south  of  the  city-wall,  at  some  considerable  distance 
from  the  point  at  which  we  found  the  tiles.  The  aqueduct  runs 
under  the  city-wall  and  under  the  church,  a  block  of  the  aqueduct 
being  cut  away  obliquely.  It  is  probable  that  the  wall  was  the  ear- 
liest, the  aqueduct  the  next  in  date,  and  the  large  church  the  latest. 

Several  inscriptions  had  already  been  found ;  but  at  this  church  we 
discovered,  in  a  grave  below  the  east  wall,  two  large  inscriptions  used 
as  covering  stones.  One  turned  out  to  be  another  slab  of  the  Dio- 
cletian Edict,  giving,  in  Greek,  the  prices  of  textiles.  This  contains 
a  large  portion  of  the  17th  Chapter  in  Waddington's  edition  of  the 
known  texts,  with  some  interesting  variations,  as  well  as  a  column  and 
a  half  of  material  hitherto  unpublished  and  unknown,  constituting 
the  beginning  of  the  chapter.  It  appears  to  me  not  unlikely  that  the 
Preamble  found  last  year  and  this  text,  though  they  were  found 
within  the  city  about  a  mile  apart,  are  portions  of  the  same  document. 
The  marble  slabs  are  of  the  same  material,  and  must  originally  have 
been  of  the  same  dimensions  ;  and  it  appears  probable  that  the  Pre- 
amble remained  in  the  original  Latin,  while  the  text,  which  was  of 
practical  importance  to  the  people  at  large,  was  here  posted  in  the 
Greek  translation.  The  other  Greek  inscription  records  a  dedication 
to  some  goddess  on  the  part  of  women,  with  a  list  of  interesting  female 
names.  From  the  frequent  mention  of  a  torch  (Sat?),  it  seems  not 
unlikely  that  the  goddess  was  either  Demeter  or  Artemis  Eukleia, 
both  which  goddesses  had  temples  at  Plataia. 

We  continued  to  dig  at  various  sites  outside  the  city-walls,  hoping 
to  find  some  clue  for  discovering  either  the  Temple  of  Demeter  (and 
in  this  we  followed  Mr.  Hunt's  suggestion)  or  the  Temple  of  Hera. 
We  did  not  succeed  in  fixing  these  sites ;  though  several  objects  of 
interest  were  discovered.  Thus,  for  instance,  on  Mr.  Hunt's  site,  a 
fragment  of  an  inscription  undoubtedly  referring  to  some  hippie  con- 


448  AMERICAN  JO  UENAL  OF  AECH^EOLOG  Y. 

test,  may  possibly  refer  to  the  games  called  Eleutheria  which  were 
celebrated  outside  the  city-walls  (ef.  Pausanias,  ix.  2.  4).  It  may  be 
desirable  to  make  one  more  attempt,  next  season,  upon  this  site,  and 
to  search  again  for  the  Temple  of  Hera  inside  the  city-walls,  at  the 
church  where  last  year  we  found  the  Edict  of  Diocletian.  It  is  true 
that  we  came  upon  the  native  rock  in  digging  in  this  church,  but  it  may 
be  desirable  to  continue  trenches  around  the  church,  cutting  them  to 
the  rock  throughout.  When  this  has  been  done,  these  explorative 
excavations  may  be  considered  as  completed. 

What  seems  to  stand  in  the  way  of  important  discoveries  of  temples 
and  sculptures  at  Plataia,  is  the  fact  of  its  evident  importance  in 
Byzantine  and  Frankish  times.  Our  exploration  has  certainly  taught 
an  historical  fact  which  seems  to  have  been  previously  overlooked : 
for  it  is  generally  supposed  that,  after  the  classical  period,  Plataia 
sank  into  insignificance  and  oblivion.  Our  excavations,  together  with 
the  existence  of  the  numerous  Byzantine  and  Frankish  churches  (there 
are  over  twelve  scattered  about  the  site),  certainly  prove  that,  in  By- 
zantine and  Frankish  times,  this  must  have  been  a  densely-populated 
and  important  city.  The  people  were  probably  attracted  thither  by 
the  situation,  which  commands  the  Boiotian  Plain;  possibly,  too, 
its  walls  may  have  remained  standing.  It  appears  to  me  also  that 
Plataia  must  have  been  a  centre  of  considerable  importance  in 
Roman  times. 

CHARLES  WALDSTEIN. 

American  School  of  Classical  Studies,  Athens. 
April,  1890. 

II.    DETAILED  REPORT  ON  THE  EXCAVATIONS. 

Work  was  begun  Feb.  19  with  22  men  at  Church  No.  /(MAP,  PL. 
xxin),  where  two  days  were  spent  in  partially  clearing  out  the  church 
and  sinking  a  trench,  running  north,  about  40  m.  long.  The  paving- 
stones  of  the  church  (about  70  X  60  cm.,  and  20  cm.  thick),  of  good 
white  marble,  were  examined  on  the  under  side,  but  no  sculptured 
work  was  found  on  them — they  probably  formed  the  pavement  of 
a  temple.  Two  late  walls  built  with  small  stones  laid  in  mortar  were 
crossed  by  the  trench,  and  at  its  northern  end  a  low  arch  of  brick- 
work, probably  Byzantine,  was  laid  bare.  The  trench  was  sunk  to  a 
depth  (in  places)  of  2.70  m.,  but,  with  the  exception  of  a  fragment  of 


DISCOVERIES  AT  PLATAIA. 


449 


Church  No.  III. 


Church  No.  I. 


Churches  Nos.V  and  VI. 


Church  No.  IV.  Church  No.  II. 


FIGURE  18. — Ground-Plans  of  Byzantine  Churches  at  Plataia  (Scale,  0.1  =  1  metre). 


450 


AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 


Stone 


a  small  sepulchral  stele  of  late  Roman  work,  representing  a  man  and 
his  wife,  nothing  was  found. 

On  Feb.  21,  work  was  begun  at  Church  No.  V.  The  church  was 
cleared  out,  and  a  trench  was  sunk  to  the  south  of  it  running  east  and 
west.  The  upper  cross-wall  was  traversed  (at  a  depth  of  50  cm.)  at 
a  distance  of  37  cm.  from  the  point  Wf. 

Work  was  not  resumed  till  Feb.  25,  a  feast-day,  Sunday,  and  snow 
intervening.  We  then  went  on  upon  the  same  site  with  25  men,  and  a 
larger  apse,  surrounding  the  smaller  one,  was  uncovered.1  Next  day, 
with  30  men,  the  church-walls  were  partly  torn  down  and  numerous 
graves  opened.  The  covering-stones  of  the  "  aqueduct "  were  laid  bare 
(1.20  m.  below  the  surface)  for  the  space  of  8  m.  The  aqueduct  passes 
under  the  city-wall  and  under  the  southeast  corner  of 
the  larger  church,  running  w.  s.  w.  A  section  of  it 
is  here  given  (Figure  19).  The  top  stones,  roughly 
cut  (of  unequal  size,  but  averaging  about  60-70  cm. 
each  way,  and  40  cm.  thick),  are  of  a  light  yellow 
stone,  somewhat  like  the  poros:  very  soft  when  first 
found,  but  hardening  on  exposure.  It  is  apparently 
a  limestone,  containing  gypsum  and  a  little  talc,  and 
comes  doubtless  from  a  ridge  on  which  stands  a  small 
chapel,  about  two  kilometers  to  the  east  of  the  city, 
toward  the  north  from  the  Vergoutiani  spring,  near 
Argiopios.  These  covering-stones  are  not  closely  fit- 
ted, in  places  the  holes  left  at  the  joints  being  filled 
with  stones.  Several  have  their  edges  bevelled,  and 
Section  of  Aqueduct.  apparently  they  were  brougnt  from  some  building. 

At  the  place  where  the  aqueduct  passed  under  the  upper  crdss-wall, 
the  cavity  left  was  partially  protected  against  earth  falling  in  by  a 
rough  block  of  the  same  stone  tilted  against  the  wall ;  while  at  the  west 
end,  where  it  passes  under  the  corner  of  the  church,  the  block  was  cut 
away  obliquely  to  make  room  for  the  church-wall.  This  apparently 
proves  that  the  wall  was  the  earliest,  the  aqueduct  next  in  date,  and  the 
larger  church  the  latest.  The  trench  was  followed  up  subsequently,  but 
to  the  west  of  the  church  only  three  of  the  covering-stones  were  found, 

1  There  were  two  churches  at  the  point  where  the  aqueduct  was  found,  the  smaller 
one  built  on  the  site  of  the  larger  one.  The  builders  of  the  smaller  church  knew  of 
the  larger,  for  the  chord  subtending  the  apse  was  the  same  in  both  churches  (see 
Figure  IS,  Churches  Nos.  V  and  VI). 


FIG.  19. 


DISCO  VERIES  A  T  PL  A  TAIA.  451 

which  apparently  had  fallen  in,  as  they  were  lying  irregularly.  The 
aqueduct  could  be  traced,  however,  by  the  terracotta  drain-tiles  at  the 
bottom,  and  by  its  sides  in  the  hard  soil.  It  had  no  made  walls,  be- 
ing cut  through  a  very  solid  soil,  composed  of  small  irregular  stones 
cemented  by  a  clay-like  earth,  apparently  virgin  soil.  The  drain-tiles 
at  the  bottom  are  of  well-baked  red  clay,  like  three  sides  of  a  rectangle 
in  section  (U),  the  pieces  being  60  cm.  long,  20  deep  and  1 5  wide  (inte- 
rior measurements),  and  about  3  cm.  thick.  These  tiles  were  joined 
together,  end  to  end  (not  overlapping),  by  a  gray  cement,  very  neatly 
applied.  The  aqueduct  was  filled  with  earth  to  a  depth  of  something 
like  80  cm.,  and  when  this  was  cleared  out  was  found  to  have  a  very 
gentle  slope  down  toward  the  west,  i.  e.,  into  the  town. 

The  next  day  (Feb.  27),  with  30  men,  work  was  proceeded  with  at 
the  same  place,  and  bed-rock  was  found  at  a  depth  of  3  m.,  in  the 
larger  apse.  Several  graves  were  opened,  and  in  them  were  found 
quite  a  number  of  rough  Byzantine  lamps  and  small  jars  and  vases. 
No  further  work  was  done  until  March  6  (owing  to  bad  weather,  feast- 
days  and  strikes),  on  which  date  21  men  came  from  Kriekouki  and 
two  trenches  were  sunk,  at  right  angles,  inside  the  ruined  church 
above  the  Yergoutiani  spring,  and  an  inscription  was  found.  Work 
was  also  done  at  Church  No.  V.  Next  day  we  worked  at  a  spot 
north  by  west  from  Yergoutiani,  where  lie  a  number  of  large  cut 
blocks  (about  1.20  X  1.00  X  0.30  m.)  of  a  coarse  marble  breccia. 
Three  or  four  trenches  were  cut  to  virgin  soil,  but  with  no  result.  In 
the  afternoon,  two  trenches  were  sunk  at  the  ruins  of  a  small  church 
of  St.  Demetrios  to  the  east  of  Plataia  and  northwest  of  Yergoutiani. 
The  only  thing  found  was  part  of  a  small  and  late  smooth  column  (24 
cm.  high,  15  wide,  and  8  thick)  with  an  inscription.  The  same  day 
a  tombstone  was  found  at  Church  No.  V.  Two  days  were  spent  in 
sinking  two  trenches  50  m.  long  to  the  south  of  Church  No.  VIII,  run- 
ning east  and  west.  They  were  carried  (one  1 .20  m.  and  the  other  1 
m.)  to  virgin  soil,  but  with  no  result  except  the  exposing  of  three  or 
four  Byzantine  walls  of  small  stones  and  mortar.  Lying  on  the  sur- 
face, near  the  middle  of  the  northern  one,  was  found  a  block  of 
cut  stone  (90  X  50  X  30  cm.)  with  the  characters  AT  roughly  cut 
on  its  upper  surface  near  the  middle.  The  characters  are  about  10 
cm.  high.  To  the  south  of  this  trench  was  uncovered  part  of  a  rough 
platform,  a  few  centimetres  below  the  surface,  probably  of  Byzantine 
origin.  A  trench  running  north  and  south  was  dug  to  the  east  of 


452  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  AR  CH&OL  OGY. 

Church  No.  VIII,  and  uncovered  a  corner  of  the  wall  of  some  building, 
made  of  large  roughly-cut  stones,  one  of  which  measured  1.20  m. 
long,  70  cm.  deep,  and  40  cm.  thick.  They  were  only  one  course  deep, 
however,  and,  after  a  few  blocks  in  each  side,  became  merged  in  a  late 
wall  of  smaller  stones.  Some  additional  work  was  done  in  clear- 
ing out  Church  No.  I,  where  a  well  was  discovered,  the  brim  being 
beneath  the  floor-level  (about  6  m.  deep  and  1  wide),  and  also  in  sink- 
ing two  small  trenches  at  a  spot  which  may  have  been  the  theatre. 
A  flat  piece  of  white  marble  (23  cm.  high,  15  wide,  and  5  thick)  was 
found  here  with  an  inscription.  Bad  weather  coming  on,  the  expe- 
dition returned  finally  to  Athens  on  March  13. 

HENKY  S.  WASHINGTON. 
Madrid,  Spain; 
April  22,  1890. 

III.    DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  SITE  AND  WALLS  OF  PLATAIA. 

The  ancient  city  stood  on  a  fan-shaped  ridge  or  plateau,  about  1.4 
km.  long,  from  north  to  south,  and  1  km.  in  its  greatest  width,  stretch- 
ing down  from  the  north  slope  of  Mt.  Kithairon  toward  the  plain  of 
the  Oeroe.  This  plateau  has  its  highest  point  at  the  southern  end, 
where  a  shallow  ravine,  50  m.  wide  at  its  narrowest  point,  separates 
it  from  the  lower  rocks  of  the  mountain.  From  this  point  the  pla- 
teau slopes  down  rather  sharply  at  first,  but  toward  the  upper  cross- 
wall  very  gently,  the  ground  becoming  almost  level  inside  the  lower 
cross-wall  and  rising  again  near  its  northern  edge.  In  the  northeast 
corner  it  is  split  by  two  small  ravines,  formed  by  a  couple  of  little 
brooks  running  north.  The  question  whether  these  existed  in  ancient 
times,  will  be  considered  below.  The  soil  for  the  most  part  inside 
the  walls  is  cultivated  and  fairly  deep,  at  Church  No.  V  bed-rock  being 
reached  at  a  depth  of  3  m.,  and  at  Church  No.  I  at  about  the  same 
depth.  In  many  places,  however,  especially  to  the  west  and  south, 
the  rock  crops  ont,  the  soil  being  very  thin.  This  is  especially  the 
case  to  the  south  of  the  north  cross-wall,  between  it  and  the  outer 
wall  as  far  as  Church  No.  VII,  and  to  the  north  of  it,  about  parallel 
with  its  general  direction  as  far  as  the  point  M  of  the  outer  wall.  In 
the  northern,  or  lower,  part  no  rock  crops  out  except  along  the  western 
wall,  as  far  as  the  point  T,  and  near  the  so-called  votive  cuttings. 
The  rock  is  a  coarse  gray  marble,  much  corroded  into  deep  holes  and 


DISCO  VERIES  A  T  PL  A  TAIA.  453 

channels  where  exposed  to  the  weather.  All  the  walls  are  built  of 
this  rock,  which  forms  the  ridge  of  Kithairon  to  the  south,  and  could 
be  quarried  either  on  the  mountain  slopes  or  on  the  plateau  itself. 
The  soil  is  a  rather  clayey  lime  earth,  very  loose  when  dry,  but  ex- 
ceedingly clinging  and  sticky  when  wet — the  mud  making  the  plain 
of  the  Oeroe  and  Asopos  almost,  if  not  quite,  impassable  in  winter. 

The  sides  of  the  plateau  are  not  precipitous  and  rocky,  except  at  a 
few  points.  As  a  rule,  they  slope  gently  down  to  the  plain  below. 
The  slope  has,  of  course,  been  decreased  during  our  era  by  the  wash- 
ing down  of  earth  from  the  plateau  above.  It  is  probable  that  the 
sides  were  never  high  or  precipitous  enough  to  make  good  defenses 
per  se,  and  that  walls  must  always  have  been  needed  to  make  the 
plateau  a  tenable  position. 

The  remaining  walls  appear  to  be  assignable  to  five  periods.  The 
earliest  is  characterized  by  a  polygonal  style  of  masonry,  though  not 
of  the  earliest  type.  The  blocks  are  of  fairly  uniform  size,  the  form 
seldom  hexagonal,  quite  often  pentagonal,  step-cutting  common  on  the 
upper  edge  to  fit  the  superincumbent  stone,  with  joints  very  neatly 
made.  This  style  is  similar  to  the  oldest  part  of  the  walls  of  Lepreon, 
in  Arkadia.  The  portions  of  wall  exhibiting  this  style  are  the  worst 
preserved  of  all,  the  stones  being  much  corroded  and  weatherworn. 

The  style  of  the  second  period — that  most  largely  represented — is 
intermediate  between  the  first  and  third.  The  walls  of  this  period  are 
better  built  than  those  of  the  former,  with  scarcely  any  polygonal 
blocks,  but  are  not  so  well  made  as  those  of  the  latter  period,  to  which, 
however,  they  bear  a  closer  resemblance  and  for  which  they  probably 
served  as  a  model. 

The  third  period  or  style  comprises  work  which  is  much  the  best 
built  as  well  as  the  best  preserved.  It  is  seen  in  the  upper  cross- 
wall,  which  is  entirely  of  this  period,  and  in  the  northeast  corner. 
The  blocks  are  larger  than  those  of  the  first  two  periods,  about  1  m. 
high,  from  1  to  3  m.  long,  and  about  60  cm.  thick.  They  are  four- 
sided,  laid  in  horizontal  courses,  with  the  edges  neatly  and  accurately 
fitted.  The  vertical  joints  are  very  commonly,  in  fact  generally,  not 
perpendicular,  but  slanting  or  oblique — never  more  than  20°  off  from 
the  perpendicular,  however.  The  adjoining  block  in  almost  every  case 
fits  closely,  with  the  same  slope,  except  in  one  or  two  instances  where 
the  slopes  are  opposite  and  a  well-fitted  wedge-shaped  block  is  inserted. 
The  separate  courses  do  not  run  along  continuously  at  the  same  level, 
2 


454  AMERICAN  JO URXAL  OF  ARCHJEOLOG Y . 

but,  after  varying  distances  (generally  from  5  to  10  blocks)  the  upper 
course  is  lowered  (or  raised)  by  the  upper  side  of  the  block  below 
being  cut  into  a  step  shape,  the  difference  between  the  level  of  the 
two  steps  being  only  a  few  centimetres,  never  over  five.  The  outer 
surface  of  the  blocks,  rather  rounded  or  bulging,  is  cut  vertically  into 
wide  and  rather  deep  furrows  or  grooves.  The  whole  is  a  very  good 
piece  of  work,  the  blocks  of  good  size,  the  joints  accurate,  and  the 
workmanship  everywhere  careful. 

The  fourth  period  is  represented  only  by  the  lower  cross-wall.  It 
can  hardly  be  said  to  represent  a  distinct  style,  the  wall  being  built  of 
blocks  from  earlier  walls  (of  the  second  and  third  periods),  of  build- 
ing-blocks and  of  other  architectural  fragments,  all  of  the  common, 
coarse  gray  marble,  no  white  marble  being  observed  in  this  wall  or  in 
any  other.  The  blocks  are  not  used  with  much  system  or  care,  some- 
times the  furrowed  side  being  out  and  as  often  not.  The  joints  are 
not  close,  the  blocks  not  having  been  recut  after  their  removal  from 
their  original  positions,  and  little  pains  having  been  taken  in  fitting 
them.  Mortar  and  tiles  were  used  at  one  time  to  fill  up  the  crevices, 
as  can  still  be  seen  in  the  third  tower  from  the  west ;  but  whether  or 
not  this  was  subsequent  to  the  building  of  the  wall  cannot  be  made  out. 

The  last  period,  including  the  worst-built  masonry  of  all,  is  repre- 
sented by  a  few  fragments  and  stretches  of  Roman,  or  more  probably 
Byzantine,  wall,  built  of  rubble  and  tiles  laid  in  mortar.  It  is  seen 
only  at  a  few  scattered  points  on  the  north  and  west  sides. 

The  walls  of  the  first  four  periods  are  very  uniformly  3.30  m.  in 
thickness,  very  little  variation  from  this  figure  having  been  noted 
anywhere.  The  outer  facing  is  the  better  of  the  two,  built  of  larger 
stones  and  better  finished,  but  the  difference  is  not  great.  In  all  the 
walls  the  space  between  the  outer  and  inner  faces  was  filled  with 
smaller  rough  stones  and  earth.  How  the  walls  were  finished  on  top, 
whether  battle  mented  or  not,  cannot  now  be  determined,  nor  can  any 
calculation  be  made,  from  the  debris,  of  the  probable  height,  the  fallen 
stones  having  been  scattered  all  over  and  below  the  plateau,  and  hav- 
ing disappeared  in  various  ways.  In  many  places,  notably  at  the 
northwest  from  Q  to  S  and  at  the  southwest  from  C  to  H,  the  wall 
could  be  traced  only  by  the  smoothing  of  the  natural  rock  as  a  bed 
on  which  to  lay  the  wall-stones.  The  rock  was  rather  carefully  cut 
away  so  as  to  present  a  level  surface  in  many  places,  and  several  of 
the  step-cuttings  were  observed  in  the  native  rock.  At  two  points,  C 


DISCO  VERIES  AT  PL  A  TAIA.  455 

and  between  S  and  T,  the  natural  rock  has  been  cut  away  so  as  to  leave 
a  smooth  vertical  fall. 

In  order  to  take  up  and  describe  seriatim  the  various  parts  of  the 
city-walls,  we  will  begin  at  the  point  Ay  the  southwest  corner,  and  pro- 
ceed toward  the  north.  This  point  is  the  highest  and  most  southerly 
of  the  plateau,  and  from  it  may  be  had  a  fine  view  of  the  whole  site 
and  the  plain  of  the  Oeroe  and  Asopos  rivers  stretching  away  to  the 
north  toward  Thebes,  which  is  entirely  hidden  by  a  low  range  of  hills 
separating  the  valleys  of  the  two  rivers.  Behind  us,  and  to  the  right 
and  left,  runs  the  ridge  of  Mt.  Kithairon ;  to  the  northwest  can  be 
seen  Mts.  Helikon  and  Parnassos,  and  to  the  northeast  the  mountains 
of  Euboia.  A  ravine,  about  50  m.  wide  and  about  5  m.  deep,  sepa- 
rates the  plateau  from  the  lowest  point  of  the  slope  of  Kithairon. 
This  ravine  was  much  deeper  in  former  times,  a  great  deal  of  earth 
having  been  washed  down  from  the  mountain,  especially  since  the 
destruction  to  a  great  extent  of  the  forest  growth.  It  is  wide  and 
deep  enough,  however,  to  prevent  any  earth  from  being  washed  down 
from  the  mountain  onto  the  plateau,  and  we  may  safely  say  that  this 
part  of  the  plateau  has  been  steadily  losing  earth  since  it  became  un- 
inhabited, and  consequently  for  centuries  diminishing  in  height. 

There  is  little  left  of  the  wall  above  ground  (merely  one  course  of 
blocks,  inside  and  out),  but  enough  by  which  to  determine  the  period, 
presumably  the  earliest.  A  tower,  square  in  plan,  5.50  m.  on  each 
side,  stood  at  the  angle,  and  from  this  point  the  wall  runs  down  the 
slope,  toward  the  north,  very  well  defined  till  it  turns  to  the  west  near 
Church  No.  VII,  and  thence  runs  irregularly  in  a  general  northwesterly 
direction  till  it  meets  the  upper  cross- wall.  All  along  this  stretch,  a 
single  course  above  ground  in  a  few  places  constitutes  the  best-pre- 
served remains,  the  whole  being  of  the  first  period.  The  wall  has 
been  traced,  for  the  most  part,  by  the  rock-surfaces  smoothed  for  the 
reception  of  the  masonry.  Along  a  great  part  of  this  stretch,  notably 
from  Cto  G,  the  wall  runs  along  the  edge  of  a  rough  and  jagged  rocky 
cliff,  nearly  vertical,  but  now  only  a  few  metres  high.  Below  the 
point  D,  on  the  outside,  there  is  a  rectangular  sarcophagus-like  cavity 
cut  in  the  rock.1  The  point  of  junction  of  this  outer  and  older  wall 
with  the  upper  cross-wall  cannot  be  clearly  made  out,  but  is  probably 
not  far  from  H. 

1  The  two  branches  of  the  road  from  Kokla  to  Kriekouki  cut  this  section  of  the 
wall,  as  shown  on  the  MAP  (PLATE  xxui). 


456  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

We  now  turn  toward  the  east  and  follow  the  upper  cross- wall.  This 
is  by  far  the  best  built  of  all  the  walls ;  it  is  of  the  third  period,  and 
is  in  places  in  a  very  good  state  of  preservation.  It  runs  for  407  m. 
toward  the  southeast  in  a  line  almost  straight,  at  oroe  point  making 
a  bend  of  less  than  2°  and  at  another  of  10°,  and  there  turns  to 
the  northeast  and  runs  toward  Church  No.  V.  The  wall  is  every- 
where 3.30  m.  wide,  both  faces  carefully  finished  (the  outer  one,  that 
toward  the  south,  the  better)  and  the  space  between  filled  with  rubble 
of  earth  and  stones.  The  present  height  of  the  ruins  varies  greatly ; 
at  places  they  barely  appear  above  ground,  while  at  their  highest 
point,  the  third  tower  from  the  west  end,  the  structure  is  3.80  m.  above 
ground.  Along  the  outer,  i.  e.,  the  southern,  side  of  the  wall  there 
are  remains  of  eight  towers  of  rectangular  plan,  measuring  6.70  m. 
in  length  (i.  e.,  along  the  wall)  and  5  m.  in  breadth.  The  variations 
are  only  a  few  centimetres  either  way  from  these  averages.  The  towers 
are  distant  from  one  another  42.50  m.,  and  form  an  integral  part  of 
the  wall,  not  added  to  the  outer  face  but  built  at  the  same  time  and 
continuously  with  it.  The  best-preserved  example  is  the  tower  above 
mentioned,  and  it  offers  a  few  points  of  interest.  The  main  courses 
rest  on  a  foundation-wall,  projecting  10  cm.  beyond  them,  the  blocks 
of  which  measure  only  40  cm.  high  instead  of  1  m.,  as  in  the  courses 
above.  This  foundation  is  carefully  worked  with  vertical  or  very 
slightly  oblique  joints,  and  furrowed  facing.  In  this  tower  at  present 
three  courses  of  the  foundation  are  above  ground,  while  a  similar 
foundation  runs  beneath  the  wall  proper,  though  not  visible  at  present, 
except  at  one  or  two  points,  owing  to  the  accumulation  of  earth. 
The  corners  of  the  towers  present  a  striking  peculiarity.  The  rough, 
bulging  sides  have  been  cut  in  from  both  sides,  so  as  to  leave  a  sharp 
right-angled  ridge  along  the  vertical  edge,  finished  smooth  and  clean. 
This  right-angled  ridge,  which  measures  10  cm.  on  each  side,  is  carried 
along  the  whole  angle  of  the  tower  and  is  continued  in  the  foundation. 
It  occurs  in  every  tower  on  all  the  walls  of  the  first  three  periods,  its 
use  in  this  upper  cross- wall  being  probably  copied  from  the  older  walls. 
The  towers,  as  far  as  can  be  judged,  were  solid,  filled  up  within,  like 
the  walls.  Another  peculiarity  of  the  upper  cross-wall  (also  occur- 
ing  once  in  the  extreme  south  wall)  is  that  there  are  several  "  plat- 
forms," as  they  have  been  called,  built  on  the  inside  of  the  wall. 
These  are  thickenings  of  the  wall,  about  10  m.  long  and  1  m.  thick, 
and  were  probably  buttresses  to  strengthen  the  main  wall,  though  too 


DISCOVERIES  AT  PLATAIA.  457 

little  is  left  of  them  to  determine  this  definitely.  At  one  place  in  the 
upper  cross-wall  two  of  these  platforms  occur,  one  on  each  side  of  a 
tower,  while  at  another  place  one  is  found  between  two  towers. 

Keturning  to  H,  we  continue  toward  the  north  along  the  western 
outer  wall.  The  stretch  HI,  distinctly  traceable,  but  not  projecting 
much  above  ground,  is  of  the  second  period ;  it  is  similar  to  the  wall 
of  the  third  period,  that  of  the  upper  cross-wall,  but  is  not  so  care- 
fully built.  It  disappears  at  J,  and  the  wall  begins  again  at  K,  where 
there  are  traces  of  a  square  tower.  A  wall  running  east  from  this  point 
was  traced  for  some  50  m.  The  main  wall,  of  the  same  masonry  as 
HI,  continues  to  the  point  M,  where  it  makes  a  sharp  angle,  turns  to 
the  northwest,  and  thence  to  N  is  traceable  mostly  by  rock-cutting. 
From  H  to  near  M,  it  runs  along  the  edge  of  the  plateau,  the  ground 
sloping  down  gently  toward  the  plain.  At  M  is  a  tower,  and  the  wall 
from  this  point  on  to  N  overhangs  a  steep  and  rocky  cliff,  from  3  to  8 
m.  high.  Inside  the  tower  to  the  north  of  M,  there  run  for  a  few 
metres  the  remains  of 'an  apparently  polygonal  wall,  probably  of  the 
first  period,  as  in  the  extreme  southern  part,  but  perhaps  earlier  still. 
Below  the  wall  MN,  perched  on  the  rocks,  are  half  a  dozen  sarcophagi, 
hewn  in  one  piece  out  of  the  common,  coarse  gray  marble,  and  sepa- 
rate from  the  rock  on  which  they  rest.  The  dimensions  of  the  most 
northerly  one  are  as  follows :  length  (exterior)  2.40  m.,  width  1.20, 
height  1.25,  thickness  of  sides,  0.20.  These  sarcophagi  are  surrounded 
at  top  and  bottom  by  a  simple  moulding.  The  interior  is  sloping 
at  the  bottom.  The  monolithic  cover  of  the  sarcophagus  measured 
lies  further  down  the  slope ;  it  has  the  shape  of  a  long,  obtuse  wedge. 
To  the  south  of  the  sarcophagi  lie  some  graves  of  less  importance, 
hewn  in  the  rock,  in  the  shape  of  rectangular  pits ;  all  these  are 
empty.  Of  two  of  the  sarcophagi  only  halves  remain,  and  all  the 
covers  with  the  one  exception  have  disappeared.  At  a  distance  of  98  m . 
from  N,  there  are  traces  of  a  path  leading  down  through  the  wall  and 
between  the  sarcophagi — very  faint  however.  At  J^this  wall  disap- 
pears, though  blocks  are  still  scattered  about  the  slope  in  large  num- 
bers, and  many  are  built  into  field-walls  below. 

At  0,  begins  the  lower  cross-wall,  almost  the  latest  of  all.  It  is 
built  entirely,  as  stated  above,  of  blocks  taken  from  other  structures. 
The  remains  of  seven  towers,  measuring  6.20  m.  in  length  by  5.50  in 
width,  are  visible  in  its  southern  or  outer  side,  joined  to  and  forming 
part  of  the  main  wall,  as  in  the  upper  cross-wall.  The  third  tower 


458  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCH^OLOG  Y. 

from  the  west  end  is  the  best-preserved,  its  extreme  height  being  3.85 
m.  The  wall  makes  a  rather  sharp  turn  at  Zf,  and  thence  runs  almost 
due  north,  with  a  few  slight  angles,  for  over  150  m.,  finally  being  lost 
amid  a  tangle  of  blocks  and  house-walls,  which  continue  till  within 
50  m.  or  so  of  F.  The  wall  runs  throughout  on  almost  level  ground, 
and  no  traces  of  a  gate  appear.  Below  the  point  0,  near  the  road,  are 
19  m.  of  the  inner  facing  of  a  wall,  built  of  large  cut  blocks,  appar- 
ently of  the  second  period.  No  connection  could  be  made  out  between 
it  and  the  main  western  wall,  and  it  is  probably  all  that  remains  of  a 
wall  figured  in  Stanhope's  map,  but  of  which  all  other  traces  are  now 
lost.  At  P,  there  are  scanty  remains  of  a  wall  of  the  same  period, 
half-way  down  the  rather  steep,  earth-covered  slope,  and  above  this  is 
a  right  angle,  apparently  a  corner  of  a  tower,  built  of  small  stones 
and  mortar,  while  a  little  further  north  there  is  a  large  mass  of  the 
same  material. 

From  O  to  Q  the  main  wall  is  lost,  but  at  this  latter  point  we  come 
upon  rock-cuttings,  and  hence  to  R  the  line  of  the  wall  can  be  made 
out,  in  a  straight  line,  by  the  leveling  of  the  tops  of  the  rocks  for 
the  reception  of  the  blocks.  All  along  this  part  of  the  west  wall 
the  side  of  the  plateau  is  fairly  steep  and  quite  high,  perhaps  15  m. 
above  the  road  to  Thebes.  The  slope,  except  toward  the  top,  is  not 
rocky,  but  of  earth.  Below  the  stretch  QR,  at  two  points  appear 
short  lengths  of  what  at  first  sight  looks  like  early  polygonal  ma- 
sonry ;  but  a  closer  examination  shows  that  it  is  late  work.  The 
stones  are  very  roughly  fitted,  and  in  one  or  two  cases  have  apparently 
been  taken  from  an  early  wall  of  cut  blocks.  One  block  shows  a 
hole,  apparently  made  for  an  iron  anchor  or  clamp.  Just  below  the 
point  R  is  a  grave-cutting. 

From  the  point  R,  the  northwest  angle,  till  half-way  between  S  and 
T,  the  wall  remains  are  short  lengths  of  rough  wall  made  of  small 
stones  and  tiles  laid  in  mortar.  No  trace  exists  of  an  earlier  wall  ex- 
cept at  S,  where  there  are  two  pathways  cut  a  few  centimetres  deep 
in  the  rock,  meeting  in  the  line  of  the  wall  at  an  obtuse  angle,  just 
outside  which  a  large  rock  projects,  its  top  cut  away  flat  and  level. 
This  may  have  been  a  small  gate  where  met  two  paths,  coming  up 
from  below.  A  little  to  the  west  of  T}  the  rock  has  been  cut  away 
perpendicularly  for  a  few  metres,  the  wall  running  along  its  edge. 
Hence  to  Z7,  the  wall,  3.30  m.  thick,  can  be  seen  just  above  ground, 
and  belongs  apparently  to  the  second  period.  The  remains  of  one  or 


DISCOVERIES  AT  PLATAIA.  459 

two  towers  can  just  be  made  out.  From  U  to  V  the  wall  runs  east, 
down  hill.  Very  little  is  left  of  it,  and  that  little  is  mainly  of  small, 
rough  stones,  without  mortar — very  late  work.  No  trace  could  be 
found  of  the  wall  figured  to  the  north  of  this  by  both  Leake  and  Stan- 
hope. 30  m.  south  of  F,  there  are  4  m.  of  a  wall  running  north  and 
south,  apparently  of  the  same  style  as  the  lower  cross- wall,  and  a  con- 
tinuation of  it.  But  there  are  so  many  late  house-walls  in  this  region 
that  this  is  not  certain.  At  V,  all  traces  disappear,  and  the  next  sight 
of  the  wall  is  at  TF,  234  m.  to  the  northeast  of  F,  on  the  east  slope  of 
the  western  valley.  Hence  the  wall  runs  in  a  straight  line  about 
due  east  for  150  m.,  disappears  where  it  formerly  cut  across  the  east- 
ern valley  and  brook,  reappears  50  in.  further  on,  and  thence  runs 
187  m.  to  the  northeast  angle  of  the  plateau.  This  wall,  though 
barely  projecting  above  ground,  can  easily  be  seen,  especially  at  its 
eastern  end,  where  the  outer  or  northern  face  projects  a  metre  or 
more  above  the  surface.  It  is  built  in  almost  exactly  the  style  of  the 
upper  cross-wall,  the  oblique  up-and-down  joints,  the  step-cuts,  the 
peculiar  tower-angles,  and  the  wider  foundation  being  all  present ;  the 
stones  large,  well-fitted,  and  with  furrowed,  bulging  faces.  From  X 
westward  to  near  the  brook,  the  courses,  though  horizontal,  descend 
step  by  step,  following  the  gentle  slope  of  the  small  ravine,  thus  prov- 
ing that  this  ravine  existed  when  the  wall  was  built.  As  the  valley 
to  the  west  is  the  larger,  we  can  infer,  though  there  is  no  wall  there 
to  prove  it,  that  it  also  existed  at  the  same  period.  The  slope  down 
from  all  this  stretch  of  wall  (east  of  F)  to  the  plain  is  gentle  and  en- 
tirely of  earth.  At  the  northeast  angle,  X,  there  was  a  round  tower, 
about  10m.  in  diameter.  Only  four  such  towers  appear ;  there  being 
one  between  S  and  T,  on  the  north  wall,  and  two  on  the  east  wall,  to 
be  noted  later.  This  one  at  X  is  built  in  the  same  style  as  the  rest  of 
this  part,  but  very  little  of  it  remains. 

From  X,  the  wall,  fairly  well  preserved,  and  for  some  distance  over- 
grown with  bushes,  runs  due  south,  then  turns  a  little  toward  the  west 
and  disappears  near  A',  just  beyond  a  small  ilex  tree,  some  5  m.  high, 
the  only  tree  on  the  plateau.  All  this  stretch  of  wall  is  of  the  second 
period,  not  as  well  built  as  WX.  Hence  to  near  Church  No.  V,  the  wall 
can  be  traced  running  a  little  west  of  south,  sometimes  entirely  de- 
stroyed, and  again  fairly  well  preserved.  All  the  remains  are  of  the 
second  period.  At  Bf,  a  wall,  2.80  m.  thick,  runs  almost  at  a  right 
angle  for  27  m.  down  the  slope  toward  the  brook,  here  distant  35  m. 


460  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

from  the  main  wall.  This  offshoot-wall  is  of  rougher  and  apparently 
late  masonry.  Inside  the  main  wall,  due  west  of  Bf  at  a  distance  of 
17  m.,  are  remains  of  a  square  building,  measuring  about  8  m.  each 
way,  with  a  small  threshold — probably  a  late  Byzantine  structure. 
AiE',  traces  of  a  round  tower  can  be  made  out.  The  slope  down  to 
the  brook  all  along  this  east  wall  is  very  gentle,  no  rock  crops  out, 
and  the  soil  is  apparently  deep.  At  Kr,  near  Church  No.  F,  all  traces 
disappear,  but  at  L'  we  make  out  a  bit  of  wall,  and  hence  trace  it,  at 
intervals,  to  Pf.  The  only  rock  along  all  this  stretch  is  a  narrow 
ridge  running  from  Lf  to  Nf,  along  the  top  of  which  the  wall  was  built, 
as  shown  by  the  cuttings.  At  0'  there  are  traces  of  a  round  tower. 
Too  little  remains  of  this  stretch,  south  of  L',  to  determine  its  period ; 
but  it  probably  belongs  to  the  first,  that  of  the  extreme  southern  part. 
At  Pf,  both  faces  of  the  wall  can  be  seen,  and  hence  to  A  it  is  fairly 
preserved,  though  not  high  above  the  surface — less  than  a  metre.  It 
is  all  3.30  m.  through,  and  of  the  same  period,  the  first,  as  that  near  J., 
described  above.  At  a  point  37  m.  from  A,  there  is  a  cutting  in  the 
wall — traces  of  what  may  have  been  a  threshold.  The  slope  to  the 
south  down  into  the  small  ravine  which  separates  the  wall  from  Mt. 
Kithairon  is  very  gentle,  though  in  one  or  two  places  the  wall  runs 
along  rather  steep  rocks.  At  P,  the  wall  is  nearly  150  m.  from  the 
mountain  slope,  while  at  A,  as  stated  above,  it  is  only  50  m. 

This  completes  the  survey  of  the  walls,  and  a  few  remarks  may  be 
made  as  to  the  area  included  within  them.  It  seems  probable,  from 
the  apparently  greater  age  of  the  walls  there  and  from  its  height 
above  the  rest  of  the  plateau,  that  the  extreme  south  end  was  the 
original  acropolis.  Search  was  made  for  an  old  north  enclosing-wall, 
but  no  trace  of  such  a  wall  was  found.  Such  a  wall  probably  ex- 
isted near  where  the  upper  cross- wall  now  stands,  but  running  more 
east  and  west.  The  plateau,  as  has  been  said,  sloped  down  to  the 
north,  the  northern  half  being  comparatively  level.  The  southwest- 
ern part  is  very  rocky,  the  natural  rock  here  jutting  out  in  large 
rough  masses,  while  the  southeastern  part  is  almost  free  from  rock, 
except  the  ridge  between  V  and  N'.  The  middle  zone  (between  the 
north  and  south  parts)  is  rocky  on  its  western  side,  while  to  the  east 
it  is  mostly  good  soil.  The  northern  third  is  entirely  free  from  pro- 
jecting rocks  except  along  its  western  and  northwestern  edges.  In- 
side the  lower  cross-wall  (to  the  north  of  it),  and  for  a  little  distance 
to  the  east,  the  ground  is  entirely  uncultivated,  owing  to  the  circum- 


DISCO  VERIES  AT  PLATAIA.  461 

stance  that  it  is  covered  with  potsherds,  broken  tiles,  and  small  stones, 
while  to  the  east,  on  both  sides  of  and  between  the  two  ravines,  the 
soil  is  deep  and  fertile. 

Apart  from  the  ruined  churches,  there  are  few  objects  of  interest 
above  ground  on  the  plateau.  East  of  D,  in  the  southwest,  there  is 
cut  in  the  rock  what  is  probably  a  threshold,  facing  west,  2  m.  in 
length.  Beyond  this,  to  the  east,  there  is  a  semicircular  area  in  the 
rocks,  some  15  to  20  m.  across ;  and  about  3  m.  lower  than  this,  to  the 
north,  there  is  a  similar  area.  Both  areas  are  level  and  apparently 
made  by  the  hand  of  man.  Southeast  of  Church  No.  IV,  appear  what 
are  called  on  the  map,  "Votive  Cuttings."  These  consist  of  seven  or 
eight  small  rectangular  holes  or  niches  cut  in  the  rock  for  the  recep- 
tion of  votive  or  other  tablets.  To  the  south  of  them  is  a  small  level 
plateau,  with  some  roughly  hewn  wall-stones.  The  wall  to  the  east 
of  Church  No.  I  Vis  a  very  well  built  and  preserved  one  of  rubble  and 
mortar.  It  is  32  m.  long  by  1.15  wide,  and  runs  almost  due  north 
and  south.  To  the  south  of  this  extends  in  the  same  line  a  series  of 
eight  square  piers,  1.15  m.  square,  of  the  same  materials,  the  first  one 
distant  15.40  m.  from  the  south  end  of  the  wall.  The  first  seven  piers 
are  uniformly  distant  from  one  another  1.75  m.,  and  from  the  spacing 
we  judge  that  four  are  probably  missing  between  the  seventh  and 
eighth  remaining  piers.  No  traces  are  left  above  ground  of  any  wall 
to  the  south,  but  the  broad  level  space  to  the  east  of  the  wall  makes  it 
seem  probable  that  a  large  building,  or  some  such  feature  as  an  agora, 
once  existed  here. 

There  are  four  springs  and  brooks  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the 
plateau,  besides  the  two  very  small  ones  in  the  northeast  part.  One 
brook  on  the  east  side  rises  in  a  spring  a  short  distance  due  south  of  Pr 
and  flows  northerly  along  the  whole  east  side,  at  a  distance  from  the 
wall  varying  from  20  to  100  m.  The  brook  on  the  west  begins  at  a 
point  southwest  of  the  older  wall,  flows  northwest,  is  joined  by  the 
water  from  Megale  Brysis,  below  0,  and  thence  flows  to  the  north- 
west away  from  the  city  into  the  Oeroe.  Some  250  m.  to  the  east  of 
the  plateau  is  another  spring  called  Kondati,  where  are  two  inscrip- 
tions and  some  architectural  fragments.  Between  this  and  the  brook 
to  the  east  of  the  walls  is  a  ridge  on  which  are  the  ruins  of  a  small 
church  and  a  number  of  large  hewn  blocks. 

On  the  whole  plateau  there  is  a  remarkable  lack  of  white  marble. 
The  pieces  remaining  are  confined  almost  entirely  to  the  ruined  By.- 


462  AMERICAN  JO  UENAL  OF  ARCHJEOLOG  Y. 

zantine  churches,  Churches  Nos.  I,  IV,  V,  VII  and  VIII  being  the 
richest  in  them.  The  greater  number  are  Roman  architectural  pieces, 
architraves,  capitals  and  bases,  etc.  There  are  some  Greek  slabs  and 
other  marbles,  some  with  inscriptions,  all  built  into  the  church-walls, 
and  some  reworked  into  Byzantine  forms.  A  few  fragments  of  white 
marble,  small  pieces  of  cut  and  sculptured  work,  are  found  on  the 
ground  on  the  northwest  part ;  and  to  the  east  of  Church  No.  I  lies  a 
portion  of  a  Roman  plain  white  marble  column.  The  two  springs  of 
Megale  Brysis  to  the  west  and  of  Kondati  Brysis  to  the  east  have 
walls  made  of  ancient  fragments  of  white  marble.  All  this  marble 
is  much  like  the  Pentelic,  but  undoubtedly  comes  from  a  much  nearer 
quarry. 

I  will  close  with  a  few  remarks  as  to  the  different  periods  of  set- 
tlement of  the  plateau.  As  already  stated,  it  seems  probable  that  the 
extreme  southern  end  was  the  earliest  citadel,  if  not  the  only  part 
occupied  before  the  time  of  the  battle  of  Plataia.  Then,  later,  a  town 
was  built  lower  down  in  the  northern  part  (the  upper  citadel  probably 
being  abandoned),  the  upper  cross-wall  being  built  for  its  defense. 
This  town  very  probably  covered  the  whole  of  the  plateau  to  the 
north  of  the  wall.  The  apparently  greater  age  of  the  walls  to  the 
east  and  west  makes  it  seem  likely,  however,  that  the  whole  plateau 
was  inhabited  and  fortified  before  the  shrinkage  within  the  upper 
cross- wall,  which  is  probably  of  about  the  time  of  Alexander.  At  a 
much  later  date,  in  Byzantine  times  perhaps,  the  lower  cross-wall 
was  rather  hastily  and  carelessly  built  to  surround  the  much  shrunken 
town.  The  fact  that  the  ground  inside  this  wall  is  deeply  covered 
with  tiles,  etc.,  and  the  number  of  house-walls,  point  to  the  conclusion 
that  a  densely  populated  town  once  occupied  this  part  of  the  plateau. 
The  great  number  of  churches  on  and  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of 
the  plateau,  ten  in  all,  also  tends  to  prove  the  same,  and  is  a  circum- 
stance important  in  the  later  history  of  the  place,  and  one  which  may 
explain  the  great  scarcity  of  white  marble,  this  probably  having  been 
burned  to  make  mortar. 

HENRY  S.  WASHINGTON. 

Tarragona,  Spain, 
May  23,  1890. 


DISCO  VERIES  A T  PLATAIA.  463 


IV.    NOTES  ON  THE  BATTLEFIELD  OF  PLATAIA. 

Those  who  admire  the  greatness  of  ancient  Athens  cannot  fail  to 
feel  an  interest  in  Plataia,  the  gallant  little  city  which  stood  by  the 
side  of  Athens  on  the  field  of  Marathon  and  was  equally  faithful  in 
the  still  darker  hour  of  the  Peloponnesian  war.  It  would  be  of  interest 
to  follow  at  length  the  fortunes  of  Plataia.  But  the  aim  of  this  paper 
is  more  limited ;  its  purpose  is  to  examine  the  statements  of  ancient 
writers  that  throw  light  on  the  topography  of  the  battlefield,  where 
the  victory  of  Salamis  was  made  complete. 

Diodoros,  Strabo,  Plutarch,  and  Pausanias  have  been  consulted,  but 
the  authorities  by  which  all  others  have  been  tested  are  Herodotos 
and  Thoukydides ;  for  they  stand  nearest  to  the  battle  of  Plataia,  and 
their  works  bear  most  clearly  the  marks  of  simple  truth. 

The  story  of  the  battle  as  told  by  Herodotos  (ix.  15  ff.)  is  in  brief  as 
follows  :  After  Mardonios  had  captured  Athens  for 
the  second  time,  and  had  flashed  the  news  to  the 

BATTIjE. 

Persian  king  by  beacon-fires,  he  retired  from  Attika 

through  Dekeleia  to  Skolos  in  the  Theban  country.    He  extended  his 

forces  along  the  Asopos  from  Erythrai,  past  Hysiai,  into  the  Plataian 

territory  and  strengthened  part  of  his  camp  by  means  of  a  wooden  fort, 

ten  stades  square.     The  Greek  forces  came  to  Erythrai  and  took  their 

stand  on  the  skirts  of  Kithairon  opposite  the  enemy ; 

FIRST  POSITION     but  the  persian  cavalry  harassed  them.     The  Mega- 

OF  THE  GREEKS* 

rians,  who  were  in  a  place  easily  accessible  to  cavalry, 
suffered  most  until  a  volunteer  band  of  three  hundred  Athenians  went 
to  their  aid.  In  a  skirmish  which  followed,  Masistios,  the  com- 
mander of  the  Persian  cavalry,  was  slain,  and  his  body  was  captured 
by  the  Greeks.  The  Persians  in  their  mourning  shaved  themselves, 
their  horses,  and  their  cattle,  and  filled  Boiotia  with  their  lamentations. 
The  Greeks  bore  the  body  in  triumph  through  their  ranks,  and  were 
encouraged  to  take  a  more  convenient  position  for  their  camp,  where 
they  would  have  a  better  water  supply.  They  advanced  along  the 
skirts  of  Kithairon,  past  Hysiai,  into  the  Plataian  district,  and  took 
their  stand  near  the  spring  Gargaphia  and  the  sacred  enclosure  of 

the  hero  Androkrates,  their  line  extending  over  low 

SECOND  POSITION.     ,  mi        T      i       i    •  •  i_    i  J 

hills  and  level  ground.  The  Lakedaimomans  held 
the  right,  and  the  Athenians,  after  a  dispute  with  the  troops  from  Tegea, 
occupied  the  left.  The  Tegeans  were  solaced  with  a  position  next  the 


464  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

Lakedaimonians,  and  the  Plataians  stood  next  the  Athenians.  The 
rest  of  the  Greeks  held  the  centre.  The  enemy  were  soon  at  hand  and 
formed  their  line  of  battle.  Opposite  the  Lakedaimonians  were  the 
Persians ;  then  came  the  subject  nations ;  and  at  the  other  end  of  the 
line  were  the  medizing  Greeks.  The  Asopos  divided  them,1  and  the 
prophets  on  both  sides  advised  acting  on  the  defensive.  For  eight 
days  the  armies  faced  each  other,  and  the  Greek  force  continually  grew 
stronger.  On  the  night  of  the  eighth  day,  Mardonios  sent  to  the  pass 
Dryoskephalai 2  a  troop  of  cavalry,  which  captured  a  large  supply-train 
on  its  way  to  the  Greek  camp. 

On  the  eleventh  day  Mardonios,  not  wishing  that  the  Greek  forces 
should  be  further  strengthened,  resolved  upon  giving  battle.  This 
purpose  was  communicated  to  the  Greeks  that  night,  and  the  Lake- 
daimonians asked  the  Athenians  to  change  places  with  them,  because 
the  Athenians  had  already  faced  the  Persians  at  Marathon.  This 
change  was  made ;  but,  in  the  morning  when  the  enemy  observed  it, 
Mardonios  moved  the  Persians  to  his  right  wing,  so  that  they  once 
more  faced  the  Lakedaimonians.  Pausanias,  the  Lakedaimonian 
commander,  seeing  that  he  had  gained  nothing  by  the  change,  went 
back  to  his  former  position  and  the  Persians  did  the  same.  Mardonios, 
after  sending  a  taunting  challenge  to  the  Spartans,  ordered  a  cavalry 
charge.  The  cavalry  captured  the  spring  Gargaphia  and  choked  it 
up.  This  cut  off  the  water  supply  of  the  Greeks  ;  for  it  was  unsafe 
to  go  to  the  Asopos  on  account  of  the  horsemen  and  bowmen.  They 
determined  to  move  that  night  to  the  Island,  where 

THIRD  POSITION.  •         i          j  j  i        n          /. 

they  would  have  water  in  abundance  and  be  free  from 
the  assaults  of  the  Persian  cavalry.  When  the  time  came,  the  Greeks 
in  the  middle  of  the  line  did  not  march  to  the  appointed  place,  but 
were  glad  to  flee  from  the  enemy's  cavalry  toward  Plataia,  and  came 
to  the  Heraion  before  the  town.  The  Lakedaimonians  on  the  right 
were  detained  by  the  obstinacy  of  Amompharetos,  who  refused  to 
retreat  before  the  enemy,  while  the  Athenians  on  the  left  remained 
where  they  were,  because  they  did  not  think  the  Lakedaimonians 

1  Part  of  the  Persian  forces  may  have  been  south  of  the  Asopos.    The  Persian  cav- 
alry were  continually  active  on  the  south  side  of  the  river.    Cf.  HERODOTOS,  ix.  40. 

2  Also  called  Treiskephalai ;  because  one  looking  south  from  the  valley  of  the 
Asopos  can  distinguish  three  peaks  of  Kithairon  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  pass, 
through  which  the  road  from  Athens  to  Thebes  now  passes.    There  was  another  pass 
from  Megara.     Cf.  XENOPHON,  Hell.,  v.  4.  14;  VISCHER,  Erinnerungen  aus  Griechen- 
land,  p.  533. 


DISCOVERIES  AT  PLATAIA.  465 

meant  to  carry  out  the  arrangement  in  good  faith.  As  dawn  ap- 
proached, Pausanias  left  his  obstinate  captain,  who  soon  followed  him, 
and  retired  ten  stades  to  a  place  called  Argiopios  on  the  banks  of  the 
Moloi's,  where  there  was  a  temple  of  Demeter.  On  the  retreat  the 
Lakedaimonians  kept  to  the  hills,  but  the  Athenians  turned  down 
into  the  plain.  When  the  Persians  saw  the  Greek  position  deserted, 
they  set  out  to  pursue,  as  they  supposed,  a  fleeing  enemy.  They  ad- 
vanced on  the  Lakedaimonians,  for  the  Athenians  in  the  plain  were 
hidden  from  them  by  the  hills.  The  sacrifices  were  unfavorable  for 
the  Lakedaimonians,  and  they  were  being  wounded  without  striking 
a  blow,  until  Pausanias  looked  away  toward  the  Heraion  and  prayed 
that  they  might  not  be  disappointed  in  their  hopes.  Here  by  the 
temple  of  Demeter  the  battle  was  fought  and  the  Persians  were  routed. 
The  Boiotians  kept  the  Athenians  employed  till  they  too  were  routed 
and  fled  to  Thebes.  The  Persians  had  fled  to  their  wooden  fort. 
When  the  Greeks  at  the  Heraion  learned  that  the  Persians  were  flee- 
ing, they  set  out  in  two  detachments.  One  passed  among  the  hills  at 
the  base  of  the  mountain  on  the  way  which  led  up  straight  toward 
the  shrine  of  Demeter  ;  the  other  moved  through  the  plain  till  it  fell 
in  with  the  Theban  cavalry,  which  charged  it  and  drove  it  into  the 
mountain.  The  Persian  fort  was  soon  stormed  and  great  slaughter 
followed. 

This  outline  shows  that  Herodotos  gives  three  positions  of  the 
Greek  troops,  which  we  shall  endeavor  to  determine.  But  first  let 
us  fix  the  more  permanent  features,  such  as  the  Island,  the  spring 
Gargaphia,  the  temple  of  Demeter,  the  Heraion,  and  the  shrine  of 
Androkrates. 

The  ruins  of  Plataia  3  lie  on  a  plateau  at  the  foot  of  Kithairon  about 

two  miles  and  a  half  from  the  Asopos,  which  flows  at  this  point  in  a 

comparatively  straight  line  toward  the  east.     This  is  enough  to  form 

the  basis  of  our  investigation.    To  begin  with  the  Island.    Herodotos 

(ix.  51)  says  :  "  This  Island  is  before  the  city  of  the 

Plataians.  distant  ten  stades  from  the  Asopos  and  the 

OF  THE  ISLAND. 

spring  Gargaphia,  at  which  they  were  then  encamped. 
And  under  the  following  circumstances  there  would  be  an  island  in  a 
continent.  The  river  branches  and  flows  down  from  Kithairon  into  the 

3  See  the  MAP  (PLATE  xxm).  For  other  maps,  see  LEAKE,  Travels  in  Northern 
Greece,  vol.  n ;  STEIN,  Herodotos,  vol.  v ;  GROTE,  History  of  Greece,  ch.  42;  STANHOPE, 
Topography  of  the  battle  of  Plataea  ;  BocAGE,  Travels  of  Anacharsis,  pi.  6. 


466  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

plain,  with  its  streams  about  three  stades  apart,  and  then  comes  together. 
Its  name  is  Oeroe,  and  the  natives  call  it  '  the  daughter  of  Asopos.7  '• 

Again  Herodotos  (ix.  51)  speaks  of  the  Island  as  the  place  "  which 
Oeroe  forks  about  as  it  flows  from  Kithairon."  From  this  we  gather 
that  the  Island  was  :  (a)  before  the  city  of  Plataia ;  (6)  ten  stades  from 
the  Asopos  and  Gargaphia ;  (c)  three  stades  wide ;  and  (d)  that  it  ended 
in  the  plain.  And  in  the  plain  before  Plataia,  ten  stades  from  the 
Asopos,  we  must  accordingly  find  one  point  of  the  Island. 

The  statement  of  Herodotos,  that  the  island  is  "  ten  stades  from  the 

Asopos  and  the  spring  Gargaphia,  at  which  they  were 

SECOND  POSITION     ^     encamped,"  makes  it  important  to  fix  the  posi- 

OF  GREEK  TROOPS. 

tion  of  the  troops  at  this  time.  Herodotos  (ix.  25) 
says  the  forces  went  "  from  Erythrai  past  Hysiai  to  the  Plataian  terri- 
tory, and  on  arriving  took  up  their  position  by  nations  near  the  spring 
Gargaphia  and  the  sacred  enclosure  of  the  hero  Androkrates,  over 
low  hills  and  level  ground." 4  Later,  Herodotos  (ix.  49)  says  the 
Persian  cavalry  choked  up  the  spring  Gargaphia,  from  which  all  the 
Greek  army  procured  water.  "  Now  the  Lakedaimonians  alone  were 
posted  at  the  spring,  while  for  the  rest  of  the  Greeks  the  spring  was 
distant  as  every  contingent  happened  to  be  drawn  up,  and  the  Asopos 
was  near ;  but  being  kept  back  from  the  Asopos  they  continued  to 
resort  to  the  spring,  for  it  was  not  possible  for  them  to  get  water 
from  the  river  on  account  of  the  horsemen  and  arrows."  The 
left,  then,  held  by  the  Athenians,  was  near  the  Asopos,  and  the  line 
extended  away  from  the  river  to  the  spring  Gargaphia,  where  the 
Lakedaimonians  held  the  right.  When  Herodotos  (rx.  51)  says  that 
the  Island  to  which  they  proposed  to  retreat  was  ten  stades  from  the 
Asopos  and  from  the  spring  Gargaphia,  he  seems  to  imply  that  each 
end  of  the  line  would  fall  back  ten  stades  to  the  Island ;  in  which 
case  the  new  line  would  be  about  parallel  to  the  old.  Acting  on  this 
supposition,  we  draw,  from  the  part  of  the  Island  which  we  have  fixed, 
a  circle  with  a  radius  of  ten  stades,  and  the  left  of  the  Greek  line  will 
lie  on  this  circle  near  the  Asopos. 

At  the  other  end  of  the  line  was  Gargaphia — (a)  ten  stades  from  the 

Island,5  (b)  near  low  hills  and  level  ground,  access- 

GARGAPHIA.  '  fi  °  .  . 

ible  to  cavalry,    (c)  ten  stades  from  the  temple  of 

*DiODOROS  says  (xi.  30)  that  the  Greeks,  in  their  second  position,  had  on  their 
right  a  high  hill  and  on  their  left  the  Asopos,  and  here  they  won  their  victory. 
5  HERODOTOS,  ix.  51.  6ix.  25,  49. 


DISCOVERIES  AT  PLATAIA.  467 

Demeter,7  and  (d)  twenty  from  the  Heraion.8  We  cannot  allow  less  than 
twenty-four  stades  for  the  length  of  this  line.  There  were  110,000 
men  in  all.9  Of  these,  38,700  were  heavy-armed  troops.  Supposing 
these  heavy-armed  men  to  be  drawn  up  eight  deep,  as  was  common 
in  the  fifth  and  fourth  centuries  B.  c.,10  and,  allowing  three  feet  front 
for  every  man  with  his  shield,  we  shall  have  a  line  about  twenty-four 
stades  long.  That  the  estimate  of  twenty-four  stades  is  not  far  from 
right,  will  be  evident  when  one  considers  that  this  line  was  supported 
by  71,300  light-armed  troops.  Gargaphia  will  then  be  on  the  circum- 
ference of  a  circle  whose  radius  is  twenty-four  stades,  and  whose  centre 
is  the  Athenian  position.  Our  line  must  not  swing  too  far  to  the 
south  away  from  the  river,  or  the  spring  Gargaphia  will  not  be  twenty 
stades  from  the  Heraion,  which  is  near  Plataia.11  On  the  other  hand, 
it  must  not  swing  to  the  north  toward  the  river ;  for  it  must  be  within 
ten 12  stades  of  the  temple  of  Demeter,  which,  as  we  shall  show,  was  on 
high  ground ;  and  we  have  seen  that  the  spring  was  distant  from  that 
part  of  the  line  which  was  near  the  river.  We  therefore  place  the  spring 
east  of  Plataia  among  the  "low  hills"  of  the  Asopos  valley,  where  are 
several  springs,  one  of  which  Leake  names  Gargaphia.13 

Taking  Gargaphia  as  a  centre,  we  draw  a  circle  with  a  radius  of  ten 

stades  to  find  the  temple  of  Demeter  about  which 
OF^D*)  METER       ^e  Battle  was  fought-    Herodotos  (ix.  57),  speaking 

of  the  retreat  of  Pausanias  from  Gargaphia,  says  : 
"  This  column,  drawing  off  about  ten  stades,  waited  for  the  company 
of  Amompharetos,  taking  position  on  the  banks  of  the  Moloi's,  and  in 
a  place  called  Argiopios  where  stands  a  temple  of  Eleusinian  Demeter." 
Just  before  the  battle,  Pausanias  "  looked  away  toward  the  Heraion 
of  the  Plataians."  13a  When  the  Persians  were  put  to  flight,  the  Co-, 
rinthians  and  others  at  the  Heraion  "turned  along  the  skirts  of 
Kithairon  and  the  hills  on  the  way  which  led  up  straight  toward  the 
shrine  of  Demeter."  H  The  temple  of  Demeter,  then,  was  on  the  cir- 
cumference of  the  circle — (a)  ten  stades  from  Gargaphia,  (6)  on  the 
river  Moloi's,  (c)  up  hill  from  the  Heraion,  (c?)  so  situated  that  an 
observer  standing  near  it  could  see  the  Heraion,  and  (e)  at  a  place 

7  HERODOTOS,  ix.  57  :  c/.  49.  8ix.  52.  9ix.  29,  30. 

10  HANS  DROYSEN,  Die  griechischen  Kriegsalterthiimer,  in  K.  F.  Hermann's  Lehrbuch 
der  gr.  Antiquitdten,  II,  2te  Abt.  p.  44. 

11  HERODOTOP,  ix.  52.  12  ix.  57  :  c/.  49. 

13  Op.  cit.y  n,  332  f.    PAUSANIAS  (ix.  4.  3)  says  that  the  spring  was  restored. 
13a  HERODOTOS,  ix.  61.  uix.  69. 


468  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

called  Argiopios.  This  name,  "White  Rock/7 15  may  help  to  identify 
the  spot.  We  cannot  place  it  very  far  to  the  south,  for  the  troops  from 
the  Heraion  passed  to  it  over  the  foot-hills  of  Kithairon.  We  may  sup- 
pose that  it  was  west  of  Gargaphia,  for  Pausanias  originally  intended  to 
go  to  the  Island,  and  Plutarch16  says  that  he  retired  toward  Plataia. 
We  therefore  place  the  temple  of  Demeter  on  high  ground  southeast  of 
Plataia  at  a  point  where  are  now  the  foundations  of  a  large  Byzantine 
church.17  Back  of  it  rises  a  wall  of  rock  which  is  visible  for  miles 
in  the  valley,  and  may  have  given  to  the  place  the  name  of  Argio- 
pios. The  Lakedaimonians  who  were  at  this  point  could  be  seen 
easily  by  the  Persians  in  the  valley  of  the  Asopos ;  while  the  Athe- 
nians in  the  plain  north  of  Plataia  would  be  hidden  by  the  foot- 
hills northeast  of  the  town.18  From  the  rising  ground  a  few  rods 
east  of  the  church  one  can  see  the  lower  half  of  the  ruins  of  Plataia 
where  the  Heraion  may  have  stood.  The  conclusion  with  regard  to 
the  position  of  the  temple  of  Demeter,  which  we  reach  from  our  study 
of  Herodotos,  receives  a  curious  confirmation  from  a  statement  of 
Pausanias.  Pausanias  comes  down  from  Kithairon  to  Plataia,  and, 
after  speaking  of  the  monuments  19  of  those  who  fought  against  the 
Mede,  and  the  altar  of  Zeus  "just  about  opposite  the  entrance  to  Pla- 
taia," he  says  (ix.  2.  6) :  "  But  the  trophy  which  the  Greeks  set  up 
for  the  battle  at  Plataia  stands  about  fifteen  stades  further  from  the 
city."  The  trophy  (rpoTralov)  was  set  up  on  the  battlefield  in  memory 
of  the  turning  of  the  enemy  to  flight  (rpoTrrj).  In  this  case  the  battle- 
field was  about  the  temple  of  Demeter.  Herodotos  (ix.  62)  says  : 
"  The  battle  waxed  hot  right  by  the  temple  of  Demeter,"  and  again  (ix. 
65)  :  "  It  is  a  marvel  to  me  how  not  a  single  one  of  the  Persians,  who 
fought  beside  the  grove  of  Demeter,  appears  to  have  gone  into  the 
sacred  enclosure  or  to  have  died  within  it,  though  very  many  fell  about 
the  temple  on  the  unconsecrated  ground."  Measuring  from  the  en- 

15  PAPE,  Worterbuch  der  griechischen  Eigennamen.  16  Aristides,  17. 

17  About  six  minutes  walk  east  of  the  spring  Vergoutiani.     Here  have  been  found 
Greek  sepulchral  steles,  inscriptions,  bits  of  Roman  mosaic,  and  numerous  fragments 
of  marble.    No  doubt  the  temple  became  popular  after  this  battle,  and  continued  so 
down  to  Roman  times.     PLUTARCH  describes  it  as  "under  the  projecting  foot  of 
Kithairon  in  places  rough  and  rocky."     Arist.,  14 ;  cf.  11. 

18  HERODOTOS,  ix.  59 :  fab  T&V  o^Qwv. 

19  PLUTARCH  (Arist.,  20)  mentions  one  set  up  by  the  Lakedaimonians,  and  one  by 
the  Athenians.    LEAKE  (IT.  366)  wrongly  places  the  trophy  at  the  gate  of  Plataia 
beside  the  tombs. 


DISCOVERIES  AT  PLATAIA.  469 

trance  to  Plataia  "  about"  fifteen  stades,  we  find  the  point  which  we 
had  already  fixed  for  the  temple  of  Demeter. 

The  so-called  Island  was  ten 20  stades  from  Gargaphia,  and  so  must 
touch  the  circle  on  which  the  temple  of  Demeter  stood. 

THE   ISLAND.  r  -rr'ri      - 

A  number  of  streams  now  down  from  Kithairon  on 
the  east  of  Plataia,  and  turn  to  the  west,  where  they  unite  to  form  the 
Oeroe  which  flows  into  the  Korinthian  Gulf.21  The  modern  traveller 
is  unable  to  discover  any  such  island  as  Herodotos  seems  to  describe. 
Leake 22  and  Vischer 23  are  inclined  to  think  that  it  was  rather  a  nar- 
row peninsula  formed  by  two  of  these  branches,  which  was  popularly 
called  by  the  inhabitants  the  "  Island,"  a  name  misleading  to  one  not 
acquainted  with  the  place.  Herodotos  does  not  speak  as  if  he  had 
verified  the  statement  that  it  was  entirely  surrounded  by  water.  He 
prefaces  his  description  (ix.  51)  with  :  "  and  there  would  be  an  island 
in  a  continent  under  the  following  circumstances."  It  would  not  be 
difficult  to  find  parallels  for  such  a  use  of  the  term  <l  Island."  Long 
ridges  run  out  from  Kithairon  between  the  water-courses ;  and  on  one 
of  these  ridges,  which  the  Plataians  called  the  "  Island,"  the  Greeks 
proposed  to  take  their  stand.  On  rising  ground  with  a  stream  in 
front  they  could  defend  themselves  from  the  enemy's  cavalry,  while 
the  stream  behind  them  would  furnish  water. 

It  is  important  that  we  should  fix  the  position  of  the  Heraion.    The 
language  which  Herodotos  uses  seems  to  associate  it 
closely  with  Plataia.    He  calls  it  (ix.  61)  the  "  He- 
raion of  the  Plataians,"  and,  like  the  Island,  it  is  "  before  the  city  of 
the  Plataians," 24  an  expression  which  seems  to  point  toward  the  val- 
ley.    It  was  distant  twenty  25  stades  from  Gargaphia.     It  will  there- 
fore be  on  the  circumference  of  a  circle  whose  centre  is  Gargaphia  and 

20  HERODOTOS,  ix.  51.  21  Cf.  VISCHER,  op.  cit.,  p.  547 ;  LEAKE,  n,  p.  324. 

28  n,  p.  357  ff. 

83  P.  547  f.  LEAKE  claims  that  this  is  all  that  Herodotos  means ;  but  irepio-xi&rai, 
and  Herodotos'  general  treatment  of  the  subject  exclude  this  view.  VISCHER  thinks 
it  possible  that  such  an  island  existed  in  antiquity. 

24  HERODOTOS,  ix.  52;  cf.  51.  PLUTARCH  (ArisL,  11)  calls  Hera  Kithaironian. 
PAUSANIAS  (ix.  2.  7.)  saw  in  her  temple  a  large  standing  statue  of  the  goddess  by 
Praxiteles.  Plataian  coins  of  the  time  of  Praxiteles  bear  the  head  of  Hera.  Cf. 
IMHOOF-BLUMER  and  GARDNER,  Numismatic  Commentary  on  Paitsanias,  pp.  110-111. 
The  same  temple  contained  a  Rhea  and  a  Kronos  by  Praxiteles,  and  a  seated  statue 
of  Hera  by  Kallimachos. 

85  HERODOTOS,  ix.  52.  LOLLING,  in  Baedeker's  Greece,  places  the  Heraion  twenty 
stades  outside  the  city  (?).  On  a  circle  of  twenty  stades  radius  from  Gargaphia,  within 

3 


470  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

whose  radius  is  twenty  stades.  Herodotos  says  that  the  Greeks  in  the 
middle  of  the  line  were  "  glad  to  flee  from  the  cavalry,  and  in  their 
flight  came  to  the  Heraion,  which  is  before  the  city  of  the  Plataians, 
twenty  stades  from  the  spring  Gargaphia;"  and  "these  encamped 
about  the  Heraion."  The  Heraion  was  therefore  in  the  direction  of 
Plataia  from  the  middle  of  the  line,  and  the  site  was  probably  unfavor- 
able for  a  cavalry  attack,  or  the  Greeks  would  not  have  halted  so  com- 
fortably. If  it  was  in  the  northern  part  of  the  plateau  upon  which 
Plataia  lies  that  they  halted,  they  would  be  protected  on  the  west  and 
north ;  for  at  this  point  the  plateau  rises  somewhat  abruptly  from  the 
plain.  Leake  and  Vischer  place  the  Heraion  in  the  northern  part  of 
the  present  walls  of  Plataia.  Both 26  note  the  statement  of  Thouky- 
dides,  that  the  ancient  city  was  small,  and  observe  that  the  walls  at 
the  south  angle  are  the  most  ancient.  The  present  ruins  of  Plataia 
are  not  less  than  two  miles  and  a  half  in  circumference.  Leake  and 
Vischer  conclude  that  the  later  walls  were  extended  from  the  south 
so  as  to  include  the  temple  of  Hera,  which  was  outside  the  city  at 
the  time  of  the  Persian  war.  Pausanias  seems  to  place  the  Heraion 
within  the  city,  though  his  statement  is  not  definite.  After  describ- 
ing the  altar  and  statue  of  Zeus  Eleutherios  near  the  entrance  to  Pla- 
taia, he  says  : 27  "  In  the  city  itself is  the  heroon  of  (the  divinity) 

Plataia,  and  I  have  already  told  what  is  said  with  regard  to  her,  and 
what  I  myself  surmised ;  and  (Se)  the  Plataians  have  a  temple  of  Hera 
notable  for  its  size  and  the  beauty  of  its  sculptures."  If  Pausanias  saw 
a  temple  of  Hera  within  the  city,  it  was  not  necessarily  the  Heraion  of 
Herodotos ;  for,  when  the  Peloponnesians  captured  Plataia,  they  razed 
the  city ; 28  and  built  near  the  Heraion  a  large  inn,  which  they  dedicated 
to  Hera.  They  also  built  to  her  a  temple  one  hundred  feet  long,  which 
was  probably  the  large  temple  seen  by  Pausanias.  Vischer  finds  traces 
of  a  quadrangular  building  within  the  northern  part  of  the  city,  and 
concludes  that  there  is  scarcely  any  doubt  that  this  is  the  temple  of 
Hera.  But,  in  truth,  there  is  abundant  room  for  doubt.  This  part  of 

the  northern  part  of  the  present  walls  of  Plataia,  is  a  ruined  Byzantine  church  con- 
taining numerous  fragments  of  a  large  Ionic  temple  (MAP,  Church  No.  I).  A  frag- 
ment of  a  decree  by  Diocletian  was  found  here  in  1889  by  the  American  School  of 
Classical  Studies  at  Athens.  Several  other  sites  would  satisfy  the  conditions  of  Hero- 
dotos' account. 

26  LEAKE,  u.  pp.  325  f.,  360  f.,  364.    VISCHER,  p.  543  ff. 

27  PAUSANIAS,  ix.  2.  7.  28  THOUKYDIDES,  in.  68.  3-5. 


DISCOVERIES  AT  PLATAIA.  471 

the  city  is  covered  with  foundation-walls,  and  the  mere  fact  that  there 
had  been  a  large  temple  in  any  place  would  prove  nothing ;  for  Pausanias 
speaks  of  a  temple  of  Athena  at  Plataia,29  a  heroon  of  Plataia,30  and  a 
temple  of  Eleusinian  Demeter,31  which  may  however  be  the  one  referred 
to  by  Herodotos.  Plutarch  (Arist.,  20)  mentions  a  shrine  of  Artemis 
Eukleia.  Successful  excavation  alone  can  fix  the  exact  position  of  the 
temple  of  Hera. 

The  heroon  of  Androkrates 32  was  somewhere  on  the  line  of  battle 
which  we  have  determined.  Thoukydides  (in.  24) 
says  that  those  who  escaped  over  the  besieging  walls 

ANDROKRATES.  J  .     ' 

of  the  Peloponnesians  "  went  on  the  way  leading  to 
Thebes,  having  on  their  right  the  heroon  of  Androkrates."  They  saw 
the  enemy  pursuing  them  with  torches  toward  Kithairon  and  Dryos- 
kephalai.  "  They  proceeded  for  six  or  seven  stades  on  the  way  toward 
Thebes,  then  turning  back  they  advanced  on  the  road  leading  toward 
the  mountain  to  Erythrai  and  Hysiai,  and  getting  into  the  mountains 
they  escaped  to  Athens.77  If  the  fugitives  travelled  only  seven  stades 
toward  Thebes,  and  had  the  heroon  of  Androkrates  on  their  right,  this 
heroon  must  have  been  nearer  to  Gargaphia  than  to  the  Asopos.  Stein  M 
and  Grote  say  that  the  spring  was  on  the  right  of  the  Greek  line  of  bat- 
tle, and  the  heroon  on  the  left,  which  is  impossible,  for  the  left  was  near 
the  Asopos,  almost  twenty  stades  from  Plataia.  Plutarch  places  the 
heroon  at  the  foot  of  Kithairon,  near  the  temple  of  Demeter. 

Our  next  task  is  to  fix  the  positions  occupied  by  the  forces.  Of  the 
Persian  position  Herodotos  (ix.  15)  says  :  "  Mardo- 

PERSIAN  POSITION.          .  *  ,.  „  ,          \     ,          . 7       JL 

nios,  bivouacking  for  the  night  in  Tanagra,  and 
turning  on  the  next  day  to  Skolos,  was  in  the  country  of  the  Thebans. 
....  He  let  his  camp  extend  from  Erythrai  along  by  Hysiai,  and 

29  PAUSANIAS,  ix.  4.  1 ;  PLUTARCH,  Arist.,  20.     This  temple,  according  to  Pausa- 
nias, was  built'  from  the  spoils  of  Marathon.    It  contained  a  colossal  gold  and  marble 
statue  by  Pheidias,  and  was  adorned  with  paintings,  "  Odysseus  after  the  slaughter  of 
the  suitors,"  by  Polygnotos,  and  "  The  Seven  against  Thebes,"  by  Onasias.  Before  the 
feet  of  Athena  was  a  portrait  of  Arimnestos,  the  Plataian  commander  at  Marathon 
and  Plataia.     Plutarch  says  the  temple  was  built  from  the  Plataian  share  of  the  spoils. 

30  PAUSANIAS,  ix.  2.  7. 

31  PAUSANIAS,  ix.  4.  3.     Pausanias  may  use  tV  n\araiais  loosely  for  £v  n\arai5i  yfj. 
Cf.  HERODOTOS,  ix.  25 :  £s  nAorcuas,  31. 41 :  eV  n\arairj<ri.  Pausanias  seems  to  be  think- 
ing of'the  account  of  Herodotos  ;  for  in  the  next  sentence  he  speaks  of  the  restoration 
of  Gargaphia,  which  Mardonios  and  his  cavalry  destroyed. 

3'2  HERODOTOS,  ix.  25.     A  hero  of  Plataia;  cf.  PLUTARCH,  Arist.,  11. 

33  Note  on  Herodolos,  ix.  25, 1.  18 ;  cf.  GROTE,  History  of  Greece,  vol.  V,  p.  19,  Note  2. 


472  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

advanced  it  along  the  Asopos  river  into  the  Plataian  territory.  How- 
ever, he  did  not  make  his  entrenchment  so  large,  but  made  each  side 
about  ten  stades."  34 

Skolos,  Erythrai,  and  Hysiai  were  towns  on  the  skirts  of  Kithairon  ; 

SKOLOS  Skolos  on  the  east,  and  Hysiai  on  the  west,  with 

ERYTHRAI,  AND     Erythrai  between.     Skolos35  was  on  rough  ground 

HYSIAI.  near  tne  Asopos,  forty  stades  below  the  point  where 
the  road  from  Plataia  to  Thebes  crossed  the  river.  Hysiai  and  Ery- 
thrai x  were  near  together,  a  little  to  the  right  of  the  road  which  crossed 
Kithairon  from  Eleutherai  to  Plataia.  Plutarch  (Arist.y  11)  says : 
"Near  to  Hysiai  is  an  ancient  temple  called  the  temple  of  Eleusinian 
Demeter  and  Kora."  He  further  describes  the  place  as  near  the  heroon 
of  Androkrates  in  the  foot-hills  of  Kithairon.  That  the  temple  of 
Demeter  and  the  heroon  of  Androkrates  were  not  far  apart  is  possi- 
ble from  what  Herodotos  and  Thoukydides  say  ;  but  that  they  should 
be  near  Hysiai  would  be  inconsistent  with  the  account  of  Herodotos. 
For,  when  the  Greeks  moved  from  Erythrai,  their  first  position,  to  their 
second  position,  they  passed  Hysiai.37  Then,  when  the  Lakedaimonians 
fell  back  ten  ^  stades  from  this  second  position,  they  came  to  the  temple.39 
The  camp  of  Mardonios  occupied  the  plain  of  the  Asopos,  and  ex- 
tended past  Hysiai  into  Plataian  territory.  At  least 

MARDONIOS        Part  °^  ^e  camP  was  soutn  °f tne  Asopos,  and  there 
is  nothing  to  show  that  the  wooden  fort  was  north  of 

34  DIODOROS  (xi.  29,  30)  says  Mardonios  came  from  Thebes. 

35STRABO,  408,  409 ;  PAUSANIAS,  ix.  4.  4 ;  LEAKE,  u,  330  f. ,  369.  Pausanias  saw 
here  an  unfinished  temple  of  Demeter  and  Kora. 

36  PAUSANIAS,  ix.  2.  1;  STRABO,  404;  LEAKE,  IT,  327-329.     HERODOTOS  (v.  74) 
mentions  Hysiai  with  Oinoe  as  a  frontier-deme  of  Attika.    At  Hysiai,  Pausanias  saw 
a  half-built  temple  of  Apollo  and  a  sacred  well. 

37  HERODOTOS,  ix.  25.  M  ix.  57. 

39  PLUTARCH  may  use  "  Hysiai "  loosely  for  "  the  district  of  Hysiai "  (see  Note  31). 
At  the  foot  of  Kithairon,  near  Kriekouki,  east  of  the  road  from  Athens  to  Thebes, 
are  remains  of  an  ancient  acropolis.  Along  the  brow  of  the  rock  one  can  follow  the 
wall  with  some  difficulty.  On  the  other  side  of  the  road  is  an  ancient  well,  now  dry, 
which  was  perhaps  the  sacred  well  of  Hysiai.  Near  here  were  found  two  dedicatory 
inscriptions  to  Demeter,  belonging  to  the  first  half  of  the  fifth  century.  Of.  FOUCART, 
Bull,  de  corr.  hellen.,  1879,  p.  134,  N.  1 ;  ROBERTS,  Epigraphy.  223.  One  objection  to 
placing  the  Plataian  temple  of  Demeter  here  has  been  pointed  out  above.  More- 
over, Pausanias,  who  speaks  of  the  Plataian  temple  of  Demeter,  saw  Hysiai  in  ruins. 
It  is  not  impossible  that  Hysiai  also  had  a  temple  of  Demeter,  as  had  Skolos  (PAU- 
SANIAS, ix.  4.  4).  PLUTARCH  himself  says  that  the  temple  of  Demeter,  at  which  the 
Greeks  halted,  was  near  the  shrine  of  the  Plataian  hero  Androkrates,  which  must 
have  been  nearer  Plataia. 


DISCO  VERIES  A  T  PL  A  TAIA.  473 

the  river.  The  camp  of  the  Medes  extended  "  along  by  Hysiai  into  the 
Plataian  district." 40  Exactly  the  same  expression  is  used  of  the  Greeks 
who  went  from  Erythrai  across  the  skirts  of  Kithairon  "along  by 
Hysiai  into  the  Plataian  district."  The  expression  "  into  the  Plataian 
district "  could  hardly  have  been  used,  if  part  at  least  of  the  Persian 
forces  had  not  been  south  of  the  Asopos.  There  is  no  proof  that  the 
Plataian  territory  ever  extended  north  of  the  Asopos ;  on  the  con- 
trary, there  is  proof  that  at  first  it  did  not  extend  as  far  as  the  Asopos. 
Herodotos  tells 41  us  that  when  the  Athenians  espoused  the  cause  of 
the  Plataians  against  the  Thebans,  they  passed  over  the  bounds  which 
had  been  fixed  for  the  Plataians,  and  "  made  the  Asopos  the  boundary 
between  the  Thebans  and  the  Plataians."  Pausanias  (n.  6.  1  ;  ix. 
4.  4)  speaks  of  the  Asopos,  which  forms  the  boundary  between  the 
Theban  and  the  Plataian  land ;  and  again  he  says :  "  Even  yet  the 
Asopos  separates  the  land  of  the  Plataians  from  the  Thebans."  We 
are  told  that  the  Persians  fled  to  their  wooden  fort  in  the  Theban 
territory ; 42  but  this  does  not  prove  that  the  fort  was  north  of  the 
Asopos.  We  have  seen  that,  before  the  Athenians  interfered,  the 
Theban  territory  extended  across  the  Asopos  opposite  Plataia.  This 
was  doubtless  the  case  at  Erythrai ;  for  Strabo  (409)  tells  us  that  all 
the  villages  along  the  Asopos  at  this  point  were  under  the  Thebans ; 
though  he  adds  that  some  say  that  Skolos,  Eteonos,  and  Erythrai  are 
in  the  country  of  the  Plataians.  Herodotos  himself  (ix.  15)  places 
Skolos  in  the  Theban  territory. 

While  Mardonios  was  encamped  here  in  the  plain  of  the  Asopos, 
the  Greeks  came  to  Erythrai,  and,  as  Herodotos 
says.43  observed  that  the  barbarians  were  encamped 

OF   GREEKS.  J    J  r  . 

on  the  Asopos ;  and  perceiving  this  they  took  their 
stand  on  the  skirts  of  Kithairon  facing  the  enemy  (avrerdcrcrovro) ; " 
and  Mardonios,  as  the  Greeks  did  not  descend  into  the  plain,  sent 
against  them  all  his  cavalry.  Masistios,  commander  of  the  cavalry, 
was  slain,  and  the  Greeks  bore  his  body  along  their  ranks  on  a  wagon, 
a  circumstance  which  throws  light  on  the  nature  of  the  ground. 

40  HERODOTOS,  ix.  15;  cf.  25.  The  wooden  fort  may  have  been  extended  across  the 
river  for  the  sake  of  a  better  water  supply.  The  valley  widens  conveniently  at  this 
point.  41  HERODOTOS,  vi.  108  :  519  B.  c.  Of.  THOUKYDIDES,  in.  68. 

42  HERODOTOS,  ix.  65.  43  rx.  19  ff. ;  cf.  DIODOROS,  xi.  29,  30. 

44  LEAKE,  who  places  the  Persians  on  the  other  side  of  the  Asopos,  bases  his  view 
on  this  avTerdtra-ovTo,  which  can  have  no  more  definite  meaning  than  we  give  to  it. 
See  Northern  Greece,  n,  340,  Note. 


474  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

The  Greeks  moved  to  their  second  position  which  we  have  fixed ; 

and,  "  when  Mardonios  and  his  barbarians  had  fin- 
r  ished  mourning  for  Masistios,  they,  too,  were  at  hand 

at  the  Asopos  which  flows  here." 45  Most  of  the  Per- 
sian forces  were  north  of  the  river ; 46  for  "  the  sacrifices  were  favor- 
able for  the  Greeks,  if  they  kept  on  the  defensive,  but  unfavorable, 
if  they  were  to  cross  the  Asopos  and  begin  the  battle."  "  The  bar- 
barians advanced  as  far  as  the  Asopos  to  make  trial  of  the  Greeks, 
but  neither  side  crossed." 47  On  the  day  of  the  battle,  Mardonios  led 
the  Persians  across  the  Asopos  on  the  run.48  With  regard  to  the  posi- 
tion of  the  forces  on  the  day  of  battle  but  a  word  remains  to  be  said. 

The  Lakedaimonians,  as  we  have  seen,  were  at  the 

THIRD  .POS1TIO.N 

OP  temple  of  Demeter.49   The  Athenians  were  down  in 

LAKEDAIMONIANS,  the  plain  where  they  fell  in   with  the  medizing 

ATHENIANS,  AND    Greeks.     Plutarch  says50  that  the  Athenians,  while 

OTHER  GREEKS.  T  •  .-i  -i.  .-,  •ip,iot 

advancing  across  the  plain  to  the  aid  of  the  bpar- 
tans,  were  attacked  by  the  medizing  Greeks.  Of  the  Greeks  at  the 
Heraion,  one  detachment  went  eastward  to  the  temple  of  Demeter ; 
and  the  other  marched  north  or  northeast  through  the  plain  till  it  fell 
in  with  the  Boiotian  cavalry.51 

After  the  battle,  according  to  Herodotos  (ix.  84),  the  body  of  Mar- 
donios disappeared.     Several  claimed  to  have  buried  him,  and  were 
rewarded  by  the  son  of  Mardonios.     Pausanias  (ix. 

2<  2)  SSiW  a  monument "  said  to  be  that  of  Mardonios," 
on  the  right  of  the  road  from  Athens  to  Plataia,  a 
little  beyond  Hysiai. 

The  Greeks  buried  their  dead  in  large  tombs  or  polyandria.52    The 
Spartans  set  up  three,  one  for  every  class  of  citizens  : 

TOMBS  OF  GREEKS,      -f      .     -  .v      m  T  xl        TVT 

the  Athenians  one ;  the  Tegeans  one ;  and  the  Mega- 
rians  and  Phliasians  one.  Others,  as  the  Aiginetans,53  who  took  no  part 
in  the  battle,  erected  cenotaphs.  In  the  Peloponnesian  war,  when  Pla- 
taia had  been  captured  by  siege,  the  Plataians  pointed  to  these  tombs,54 
and  implored  the  Spartans  to  spare  them  for  the  honors  which  they 
had  shown  every  year  to  the  graves  of  "those  who  fell  fighting  against 
the  Mede."  Pausanias  (ix.  2.  5)  says  :  "  Opposite  the  entrance  to  Pla- 

45  HERODOTOS,  ix.  31.  46ix.  36  f. ;  PLUTARCH,  Arist.,  11,  15. 

47  HERODOTOS,  ix.  40.  48  ix.  59.  49  ix.  57,  62. 

50  Arist.,  18  :  ef.  HERODOTOS,  ix.  59,  61.  51  HERODOTOS,  ix.  69. 

52  HERODOTOS,  ix.  85.     53  The  Aiginetan  tomb,  it  is  said,  was  built  ten  years  later. 

51  THOUKYDIDES,  m.  58,  59. 


DISCOVERIES  AT  PLATAIA.  475 

taia  are  the  tombs  of  those  who  fought  against  the  Medes.  The  rest 
of  the  Greeks  have  a  common  monument  ;  but  the  Lakedaimonians 
and  Athenians  who  fell  have  separate  tombs,  and  on  them  are  inscribed 
epitaphs  by  Simonides.  Not  far  from  the  common  tomb  of  the  Greeks 
is  the  altar  of  Zeus  Eleutherios."  Plutarch  relates  that  this  altar  was 
dedicated  to  the  Zeus  of  Freedom  in  honor  of  the  battle  for  freedom 
at  Plataia  ;  M  and,  in  describing  the  ceremonies  which  were  performed 
every  year  at  these  tombs,  he  uses  language  which  seems  to  place  them 
near  the  city.  He  says  :  "  They  form  a  procession,  which  the  trum- 
peter, sounding  the  charge,  leads  on  at  dawn.  Wagons,  loaded  with 
myrtle  and  garlands  follow.  A  black  bull  is  led  in  the  procession, 
and  free-born  youths  advance  bearing  drink-offerings  of  wine  and  milk, 
vessels  of  olive-oil  and  myrrh.  A  slave  is  not  allowed  to  touch  any 
of  the  things  connected  with  that  service  because  the  men  died  for  free- 
dom. Finally,  the  archon  of  the  Plataians,  who  is  not  allowed  at 
any  other  time  to  touch  iron,56  or  to  put  on  any  but  a  white  garment, 
then  clad  in  a  purple  tunic,  and  armed  with  a  sword,  taking  up  a 
water-jar  from  the  place  where  the  records  are  kept,  leads  on  through 
the  midst  of  the  city.  Then,  taking  water  from  the  spring,57  he  him- 
self washes  the  steles,58  and  anoints  them  with  myrrh.  Slaughtering 
the  bull  upon  the  altar  for  burnt  sacrifice,  and,  praying  to  Zeus  and 
Hermes  Chthonios,  he  invites  the  brave  men(  who  died  in  behalf  of 
Greece  to  the  banquet  and  the  offering  of  blood.  Then  mixing  a  bowl 
of  wine  and  pouring  it  out,  he  says  :  *  I  drink  to  the  men  who  died 
for  the  freedom  of  the  Greeks/  r> 

W.  IRVING  HUNT. 

55  PLUTARCH,  Arist.,  19-21.     Inscription  on  the  altar: 

T6v8e  7T00'  "E\\7)V€S  v'lKas  Kparef,  fpycp  "Aprjos, 


Ufpffas  ^eXdffavres,  eXevdepa  'E\\d8i 


STBABO  speaks  of  it  as  a  lepdv,  which  Leake  translates  "  temple."  Here  they  cele- 
brated games  called  the'EA.€v0epm.  STRABO,  412;  PLUTAHCH,ylns<.,  21;  PAUS.,  ix.  2.  6. 

56  Perhaps  it  would  be  better  to  say  "  a  weapon  of  iron  ;  "  cf.  o-iSripoQopeQ)  in  THOUKY- 
DIDES;  or  simply  "a  weapon." 

57DoDWELL  (Tour  through  Greece,  vol.  I,  p.  280)  makes  this  spring  Gargaphia  (?). 
The  tombs  were  just  at  the  entrance  to  Plataia,  as  Pausanias  came  from  Megara. 
Hence  the  spring  referred  to  by  Plutarch  is  probably  that  on  the  eastern  side 
of  the  ruins  of  Plataia,  which  flows  out  of  a  terrace  wall,  in  wjiich  are  Greek 
sepulchral  steles  and  a  piece  of  an  Ionic  cornice.  The  spring  a  mile  southeast  of 
Plataia,  now  called  Vergoutiani,  has  been  confounded  with  Gargaphia,  but  it  is  prob- 
ably the  spring  of  Artemis.  LEAKE,  Northern  Greece,  n,  333  f. 

58  Of  bronze,  PAUSANIAS,  ix.  2.  5. 


CORRESPONDENCE. 


C.  H.  MOOKE'S  "  GOTHIC  AKCHITECTUKE." 

To  the  Managing  Editor  of  the  American  Journal  of  Archaeology. 

Sir : — In  the  course  of  your  review  of  my  book,  Development  and  Char- 
acter of  Gothic  Architecture,  published  on  pp.  145-50  of  this  volume  of 
your  Journal,  you  make  some  remarks,  and  some  strictures,  to  which  I 
beg  leave  to  say  a  few  words  in  reply. 

I  cannot  agree  with  your  assertion,  that  Viollet-le-Duc's  geographical  di- 
vision of  French  schools  was  shattered  by  Quicherat  (p.  147).  There  is  no 
necessary  conflict  between  such  a  division  and  that  which  Quicherat  pro- 
posed. The  geographical  division  has  a  firm  basis  of  truth  (founded,  as 
it  is,  on  peculiarities  that  grew  out  of  ethnological  distinctions  and  local 
conditions),  which  renders  it  serviceable  and  convenient.  Quicherat's 
classification  may  have  its  value,  but  it  does  not  supersede  that  of  Viollet- 
le-Duc. 

You  say  (p.  148)  :  It  is  apparent  that,  from  confining  his  attention  almost 
exclusively  to  Gothic  structures,  Mr.  Moore  has  an  imperfect  acquaintance 
with  Romanesque  monuments.  He  would  not  otherwise  have  asserted  (p.  16) 
that  Romanesque  builders  rarely  vaulted  their  naves,  or  have  supposed  (and 
marvelled  at  if)  that  semi-tunnel  vaults  over  aisles  were  brought  into  use  to 
support  cross-vaults  over  the  nave  (p.  1*2} ;  whereas,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  they 
were  first  used,  in  Provence,  to  sustain  the  thrust  of  the  tunnel-vaults  of  the 
nave,  thus  explaining  their  raison-d'etre.  The  context,  however,  shows  that 
I  am  speaking,  on  page  16,  of  the  early  Romanesque  builders  of  North- 
Western  Europe,  and  of  these,  I  believe,  it  is  correct  to  say  that  they 
rarely  vaulted  their  naves.  The  common  practice  with  them  was  to  cover 
the  nave  with  a  timber  roof  only — as  shown,  for  instance,  by  M.  Lefevre- 
Pontalis  in  plates  n  and  in  of  his  Etude  Historique  et  Archcologique  sur 
la  nef  de  la  Cathedrale  du  Mans.  Quicherat,  in  his  essay  L' Architecture 
Romane,  refers  to  some  of  the  unvaulted  churches  of  Northern  France  as 
exceptional :  but  they  are  by  no  means  exceptional  in  this  region.  When 
such  important  buildings  as  the  Abbaye-aux-Hommes,  the  Abbaye-aux- 
Dames,  and  St.-Nicolas  of  Caen,  Mt.  St.-Michel,  Jumieges,  Mans,  Guibray 
and  St.-Gervais  of  Falaise,  and  many  others,  had  only  timber  roofs,  it  can 
hardly  be  said  that  the  vaulting  of  naves  was  the  general  practice.  And, 
in  fact,  so  far  from  common  was  it  that  M.  V.  Ruprich-Robert,  one  of  the 
476 


CORRESPONDENCE.  477 

most  learned  of  French  architects,  and  a  close  student  of  Romanesque 
buildings,  says  (p.  26),  after  speaking  on  this  point  in  his  monograph 
on  the  Abbaye-aux-Dames :  Et  Von  conclura  de  tout  ceci  qu' un  systbme 
de  eharpentes  apparentes  etait  generalement  adopte  a  cette  epoque,  par  les 
Normands,  pour  couvrir  les  edifices  religieux.  I  may  add  that  Quicherat 
himself — in  his  unfinished  Cours  d' Archeologie  (Melanges  d' Archeologie  et 
d'Histoire,  vol.  2,  p.  455),  written  thirty  years  after  the  essay  L* Architec- 
ture Romane — admits  that  the  naves  of  Norman  churches  were,  at  first, 
not  vaulted.  Regarding  the  semi-tunnel  vault,  I  have  not  supposed  that 
it  was  brought  into  use  (i.  e.,  first  used)  to  support  cross-vaults.  I  merely 
say  (p.  12)  that  the  expedient  was  adopted  of  employing  such  vaults  in  con- 
nection with  the  sexpartite  vaulting  of  St.-Stephens  at  Caen. 

It  is  incorrect  to  say  (p.  148)  that  I  decline  to  call  any  English  or  Spanish 
buildings  Gothic,  because  they  are  either  purely  French  (sic)  and  therefore 
do  not  belong  to  the  country,  or  because  they  have  received  local  modifications 
and  are  therefore  not  purely  French.  I  do  not  decline  to  call  buildings  Gothic 
on  any  such  grounds.  I  decline  to  call  them  Gothic  only  when  they  fail 
to  exhibit  a  Gothic  system.  You  say  (p.  149)  :  One  cannot  fail  to  see  that 
Mr.  Moore  is  inclined  to  magnify  divergences,  and  sometimes  even  to  indulge 
in  what  resembles  sophistry.  He  fully  endorses  a  link  in  transitional  Gothic> 
such  as  Laon  or  Noyon  or  Senlis,  where  the  wall-space,  for  example,  is  still 
largely  preserved,  and  the  windows  have  not  yet  occupied  the  entire  space 
between  the  wall-ribs;  but  he  would  deny  the  Gothicity  of  such  an  arrange- 
ment in  a  Spanish  or  English  building  erected  ten  or  twenty  years  later,  be- 
cause in  the  meantime  French  architecture  had  reached  a  more  advanced 
stage.  This  is  erroneous.  Such  transitional  buildings  in  France  as  Noyon, 
Senlis,  and  Laon  I  regard  as  Gothic,  notwithstanding  that  considerable 
wall-spaces  remain  in  them,  because  they  display  a  growing  Gothic  sys- 
tem. But  I  can  see  no  propriety  in  calling  buildings  of  an  advanced 
period  Gothic  in  which  heavy  walls  remain,  as  a  final  condition,  essential 
to  the  structure,  and  in  which  there  is  no  consistent  development  of  a 
Gothic  framework. 

I  am  charged  (p.  149)  with  many  grave  errors  in  what  I  have  said  of 
Italian  pointed  architecture — three  of  which  are  said  to  be  contained  in 
my  opening  statements  respecting  Italy.  These  statements  are  correctly 
quoted  as  follows :  During  the  twelfth  century  Gothic  architecture  had  no 
marked  influence  upon  Italy.  The  church  of  S.  Andrea  of  Vercelli,  which 
is  said  to  have  been  begun  in  1219,  gives  evidence,  in  its  Gothic  vaulting 
system,  of  transalpine  influence ;  but  it  is  an  exceptional  instance,  and  it  was 
not  before  the  middle  of  the  thirteenth  century  that  Italy  began  really  to  yield, 
in  some  measure,  to  the  taste  for  pointed  design.  You  say  (p.  149)  that  the 
church  of  S.  Andrea  at  Vercelli,  instead  of  standing  as  a  solitary  instance,  is 


478  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

but  one  in  a  long  series  which  begins  about  1170.  I  presume  you  refer  mainly 
to  the  Cistercian  edifices  which  are  the  subject  of  your  interesting  article 
entitled  Introduction  of  Gothic  Architecture  into  Italy.  But,  granting  that 
these  monuments  ought  to  be  classed  with  S.  Andrea  of  Vercelli,  does  their 
sporadic  existence  in  the  country  warrant  the  belief  that  Gothic  archi- 
tecture had  a  marked  influence  upon  Italy  (i.  e.,  upon  the  Italian  builders)  ? 
Did  the  Italian  people,  at  this  time,  show  any  disposition  to  adopt  pointed 
forms  in  their  own  architecture  (which  is,  of  course,  the  question  with 
which  I  am  concerned  in  my  book),  before  the  middle  of  the  thirteenth 
century  ?  It  seems  to  me  that  the  incoming  of  French  Cistercian  monks, 
with  their  own  architecture,  interesting  as  that  architecture  undoubtedly 
is,  has  little  bearing  upon  my  main  proposition. 

Your  remark  that  Siena  is  not  pointed  must,  I  think,  have  been  made 
inadvertently.  Any  photograph  will  show  that  it  is  so  for  the  most  part ; 
though,  as  in  many  other  Italian  buildings  in  which  the  pointed  arch  is 
used,  it  is  not  consistently  employed  throughout.  And,  though  the  nave 
of  Orvieto  be  not  vaulted,  the  transept  and  east  end  are,  and  it  is,  you  will 
doubtless  admit,  commonly  and  not  incorrectly,  classed  among  leading 
Italian  Gothic  edifices.  My  assertion  that  both  Siena  and  Orvieto  differ 
little  (structurally  of  course)  from  other  pointed  buildings  in  Italy  is,  I 
maintain,  correct. 

With  regard  to  apsidal  aisles  and  flying  buttresses,  the  instances  that 
you  cite  may  show  that  my  statement  that  they  never  occur  is  too  strong. 
But  to  adduce  these  unusual  instances  does  not  materially  weaken  my  argu- 
ment. The  apsidal  aisle  is  certainly  so  rare  that  it  may  at  least  be  said 
that  it  was  not  a  characteristic  of  Italian  pointed  design.  And  anything 
like  a  flying-buttress  is  so  uncommon  that  it  must  be  reckoned  equally 
foreign  to  the  architecture  of  the  country. 

I  agree  with  you  that  my  treatment  of  German,  Italian,  and  Spanish 
architecture  might,  with  advantage,  be  fuller ;  but  you  have  not,  I  think, 
shown  that  it  is,  in  any  important  respects,  incorrect. 

CHARLES  H.  MOORE. 
Cambridge,  Mass., 

October  9,  1890. 

Mr.  Charles  H.  Moore. 

Sir : — In  writing  my  review  of  your  book,  I  was  guided  by  the  opinion 
that  it  was  a  work  of  such  importance  that  it  must  be  carefully  studied 
and  both  praised  and  criticised  with  discrimination.  You  will  pardon  me 
if  I  therefore  discuss  somewhat  in  detail  your  rejoinder  to  some  of  my 
criticisms  to  which  you  take  exception. 


CORRESPONDENCE.  479 

I.  The  question  of  the  relative  merits  of  Viollet-le-Duc's  geographi- 
cal division  of  French  monuments  and  Quicherat's  structural  division  is 
one  that  depends  largely  on  individual  opinion  and  is  difficult  of  settle- 
ment.    There  being  no  mention  of  Quicherat  among  your  authorities,  I 
concluded  that  you  were  not  familiar  with  him.    He  would  otherwise  have 
been  a  welcome  supporter  of  your  own  system  which,  like  his,  is  purely 
structural  to  the  exclusion  of  aesthetic  elements.     To  me  it  seems  that  your 
own  principle  would  force  you  to  grant,  that  a  geographical  division  can 
be  used  only  in  subordination  to  one  that  is  structural  and  based  upon  the 
vaulting  system  employed.     This  is  Quicherat's  plan,  and  is  the  only  one 
that  is  based  on  a  scientific  principle  :  it  has  been  followed  by  many,  for 
instance,  by  Corroyer  in  his  recent  volume  Architecture  Romane.     Even 
those  who  still  support  the  geographical  schools,  like  Anthyme  Saint- 
Paul,1  call  attention  to  the  inadequacy  of  Viollet-le-Duc's  division  and  the 
small  number  of  buildings  on  which  he  based  it.   This  is  in  strong  contrast 
with  Quicherat's  broad  knowledge  of  the  monuments. 

II.  As  this  is  hardly  the  place  to  discuss  the  defects  of  the  geographical 
division,  I  shall  pass  to  the  second  point,  which  involves  the  essential 
character  of  Komanesque  architecture,  which  you  appear  to  regard  as  a 
style  characterized  by  wooden  roofs,  in  opposition  to  the  generally  received 
opinion  that  it  is  based  on  the  use  of  the  vault.     I  fail  to  see  that  your  re- 
marks on  Komanesque  can  be  confined  strictly  to  the  Northwest : 2  on  p.  7 
they  are  applied  to  Western  Europe  and  include  Northern  Italy,  France, 
Germany  and  England,  for  you  say :   The  Romanesque  may  be  broadly 
divided  into  two  styles — the  Eastern  and  the  Western;  and  the  variety  of 
Western  Europe  may  be  said  to  be  of  one  style  in  North  Italy,  of  another  in 
Southern  Gaul,  of  another  in  Normandy  and  England,  etc.  (p.  7).     On  the 
following  pages,  after  alluding  to  churches  of  Northern  Italy,  the  refer- 
ences made  to  the  processes  of  Romanesque  as  distinguished  from  Roman 
builders  (pp.  9, 11, 12, 15)  are  not  limited  by  any  terms  "  Northwestern  " 
or  even  "  Western,"  and  your  assertion  on  p.  12  to  which  I  alluded  in  my 
review  is  as  follows :  A  beginning  was  made  in  the  direction  of  further  pro- 
gress when  the  Romanesque  builders  began  to  vault  their  naves.     The  very 
ascription  to  the  whole  Romanesque  style  of  peculiarities  confined  mainly 
to  Normandy  .argued  the  imperfect  acquaintance  with  Romanesque  as  a 
whole  to  which  I  alluded.     In  fact,  in  your  book,  among  all  the  main  pro- 

1  Viollet-le-Duc,  ses  travaux  d'art  et  son  sysieme  archeologique,  pp.  154-78. 

8  The  reference  to  "  North-Western  Europe  "  on  p.  16  appears  to  apply  merely  to 
oblong  compartments,  as  is  shown  by  Note  1.  As  French  Komanesque  was  mainly 
developed  in  the  centre  and  south,  it  is  out  of  the  question  to  omit  these  regions.  It 
was  not  north  of  the  Loire  (p.  28),  but  south  of  it,  that  the  new  style  of  architecture  was 
in  process  of  development. 


480  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

vincial  schools  in  France  only  that  of  Normandy  is  studied :  those  of  equal 
importance  in  the  east,  centre,  and  south  of  France  (as,  for  example,  the 
schools  of  Burgundy,  Poitou,  Perigord,  Auvergne,  the  Loire,  etc.)  are 
hardly  alluded  to,  and  no  buildings  belonging  to  them  are  studied.  It 
seems  to  me  that  to  this  omission  is  due  your  error  in  holding  to  the  pre- 
valence of  wooden  roofs.  Everyone  knows  that  the  early  Norman  churches 
had  wooden  roofs  and  were  not  vaulted  until  later,  and  that  it  was  in  this 
very  respect  that  they  differed  from  the  buildings  south  of  the  Loire,  which 
were  primitively  vaulted.  It  is  useless,  therefore,  to  cite  a  list  of  monu- 
ments with  wooden  roofs  in  Normandy  and  the  north  (which  might,  by 
consulting  Dehio  and  Bezold,  be  made  many  times  as  long) ;  for  this  is 
not  disputed.  For  the  same  reasons  the  opinions  of  Ruprich-Robert  and 
Quicherat  which  you  quote,  applying  only  to  Norman  architecture,  do  not 
affect  the  question.  To  say  (p.  12)  that  the  twelfth  century  vaults  of  the 
Abbaye-aux-Hommes  at  Caen  are  among  the  earliest  that  were  constructed 
over  a  nave,  and  to  speak  of  a  time  in  the  late  Romanesque  period  when  the 
Romanesque  builders  began  to  vault  their  naves,  appeared  to  me  to  argue  two 
things:  first,  a  misapprehension  of  the  fundamental  character  of  Roman- 
esque, which  is  essentially  a  vaulted  style  from  its  very  beginnings ;  second, 
an  unfamiliarity  with  the  monuments  of  Central  and  Southern  France  which 
still  have  vaulted  naves  of  the  eleventh  century,  and  a  lack  of  acquaint- 
ance with  such  proofs  as  Quicherat  has  brought  forward,  in  abundance,3 
to  show  that  it  was  the  adoption  of  the  vault  in  the  first  decade  of  the 
eleventh  century  which  produced  the  change  from  the  late  Latin  to  what 
we  term  the  Romanesque  style.  The  churches  of  the  eleventh  century 
which  we  find  to  have  had  a  nave  covered  with  a  wooden  roof  are  merely 
survivals  or  reversals  due  to  two  causes :  conservatism  and  the  ill-success, 
through  imperfect  knowledge  of  the  laws  of  statics,  of  many  of  the  ear- 
lier attempts  at  vaulting.  But  when,  even  in  these  early  cases,  the  wooden 
roof  is  preserved,  we  find  the  new  proportions  and  other  elements  brought 
in  by  the  vaulting  system  to  be  present  in  them  also.  I  may  therefore 
safely  assert  that  it  was  not  (as  you  say  it  was)  the  common  practice  of 
the  Romanesque  builders  of  Western  Europe  to  cover  the  nave  with  a 
timber  roof  only,  and  that  such  an  opinion  is  contrary  to  the  very  charac- 
ter of  Romanesque  architecture,  which  is  as  essentially  a  vaulted  style  as 
is  the  Gothic. 

III.  With  reference  to  my  contention,  that  the  term  Gothic  should  be 
allowed,  for  example,  to  some  of  the  churches  of  Spain  and  England, 
your  reply  is,  that  you  decline  to  call  them  Gothic  only  when  they  fail  to 
exhibit  a  Gothic  system.  Now,  there  can  be  no  when,  because  in  your 

3  QUICHERAT,  Melanges  ;  Arch,  du  Moyen  Age,  p.  114,  sqq. 


CORRESPONDENCE.  481 

very  preface  (p.  vi)  we  read  that  Gothic  architecture  was  never  practised 
elsewhere  than  in  France.  This  is  a  geographical  limitation.  On  p.  198, 
when  it  is  recognized  that  such  buildings  as  Burgos,  Toledo,  and  Leon  are 
Gothic  in  the  main,  the  only  variation  from  the  developed  French  type 
which  can  be  found  is  the  smaller  size  of  the  windows ;  a  variation  which 
has  no  effect  whatever  upon  the  purely  Gothic  constructional  principles, 
and  is  a  matter  of  suitability,  being  caused  merely  by  the  more  southern 
climate,  as  you  have  allowed.  Spanish  architecture  has  therefore  a  perfect 
right  to  be  called  Gothic  even  on  your  own  showing.  In  regard  to  the 
wall-spaces  left  in  early  French-Gothic  buildings,  I  can  only  repeat,  that 
when  you  find  the  same  in  buildings  outside  of  France  you  appear  to 
refuse  to  call  them  Gothic :  the  result  is  that  we  are  asked  to  consider  two 
buildings  essentially  alike  to  belong  to  two  different  styles,  one  Gothic  the 
other  "  pointed,"  when  there  is  no  structural  difference  of  any  importance 
between  them. 

IV.  Italian  Architecture.  While  acknowledging  the  inaccuracy  of  your 
statement,  that  apsidal  aisles  and  flying  buttresses  were  never  used  in 
Italy,  you  maintain  the  correctnesss  of  your  assertion,  that  the  cathedrals 
of  Siena  and  Orvieto  differ  little  from  other  vaulted  pointed  buildings  in 
Italy.  Now,  in  both  these  churches  the  structural  arches  are  not  pointed 
but  round,  only  such  secondary  forms  as  windows  being  pointed  ;  and  you 
yourself  tell  us  (p.  7)  that "  pointed  arches  in  apertures  do  not  much  differ 
structurally  from  round  ones:"  this  shows  the  inconvenience  of  substitut- 
ing the  term  "  pointed  "  for  Gothic.  Orvieto  has  a  wooden  roof  to  its  nave 
and  structural  round  arches :  there  are  not  in  it  any  structural  pointed  ele- 
ments whatever.  Siena  is  certainly  vaulted,  but  the  vaults  differ  from  those 
usually  found  in  Tuscan  and  Northern  churches  in  being  flatter  and  more 
oblong.  In  both  buildings,  the  effect  is  made  quite  different  by  the  closeness, 
greater  length,  and  slenderness  of  the  piers  and  columns,  a  point  in  which 
they  more  nearly  approach  the  basilical  Romanesque  churches  of  Tuscany. 
There  is  more  reason  to  call  the  churches  of  Sicily  pointed  than  to  give 
this  name  to  the  cathedral  of  Orvieto.  In  fact  these  two  churches,  while 
having  hardly  anything  in  common,  differ  in  almost  every  way  from  the 
pointed  monastic  churches  with  which  you  compare  them,  and  these  dif- 
ferences affect  the  vaulting,  supports,  forms,  and  proportions. 

I  can  add  an  interesting  instance  of  the  early  use  of  the  flying-buttress  in 
Italy.  It  is  in  the  brick  church  of  Sta.  Maria  di  Castagnola,  near  Jesi, 
of  Franco-North-Italian  extraction  and  Cistercian  parentage,  built  between 
1172  and  1196.4 

*  The  flying-buttress  is  certainly  used  near  the  transept :  the  rest  of  the  buttresses 
rise  considerably  above  the  roof  of  the  aisles,  but  it  is  difficult  to  ascertain  whether 
they  were  originally  solid  as  they  now  are. 


482  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

The  point  of  special  importance,  however,  is  the  general  statement 
(p.  181)  which  forms  the  starting-point  of  your  study,  namely,  that  the 
pointed  church  of  S.  Andrea  at  Vercelli  built  in  1219  is  an  exceptional 
instance,  and,  that  pointed  design  did  not  begin  to  spread  in  Italy  until 
about  1250.  In  answer  to  my  former  criticism,  you  suggest  that,  like  S. 
Andrea  at  Vercelli,  the  early  churches  I  refer  to  were  the  work  of  foreign 
architects,  and  assume  them  to  be  Cistercian  constructions.  I  am  asked 
to  prove  that  native  Italian  architects  adopted  pointed  forms  before  the 
middle  of  the  thirteenth  century.  This  I  will  do  by  printing  here  a  list 
of  over  sixty  transitional  and  pointed  churches  and  monastic  buildings 
built  in  Italy  between  1170  and  1250,  most  of  which  were  erected  not  by 
French  Cistercian  monks  but  by  native  architects.  To  many  of  these  I 
have  given  personal  study.  Some,  like  Fossanova,  S.  Martino  al.Cimino 
at  Viterbo,  S.  Leo  on  the  borders  of  Umbria  and  the  Marches,  and  per- 
haps S.  Maria  d'Arbona  near  Chieti,  appear  to  be  by  French  architects. 
This  leaves  an  overwhelming  majority  by  the  hand  of  native  Italians  who 
at  times  (as  at  Casamari  and  San  Galgano)  exactly  followed  French  models, 
at  other  times  (as  at  Sezze,  Ferentino,  and  Viterbo)  introduced  consider- 
able novelties.  As  time  went  on,  these  divergences  became  greater,  as  can 
be  seen  in  the  buildings  erected  between  1220  and  1250.  Each  large  Cis- 
tercian monastery  exercised  the  strongest  influence  in  favor  of  the  spread 
of  pointed  forms  over  a  considerable  radius,  so  that  we  find  cathedrals  and 
parish-churches,  and  even  secular  buildings,  built  in  this  style  as  early  as 
the  first  years  of  the  thirteenth  century.  The  early  school  of  the  North 
was  not  so  closely  connected  with  the  Cistercians,  and  greater  independ- 
ence was  shown.  By  1225,  the  pointed  style  had  spread  over  a  large  part 
of  Central  and  Southern  Italy,  and,  when  the  two  new  monastic  orders 
then  adopted  it,  they  found  it  no  great  novelty.  A  considerable  list  could 
be  given  of  pointed  buildings  of  both  Franciscan  and  Dominican  orders 
erected  in  the  Papal  States  before  1250.  It  is  my  intention  to  illustrate  in 
detail  in  my  series  of  papers  on  The  Introduction  of  Gothic  Architecture  into 
Italy  the  greater  part  of  the  monuments  enumerated  in  the  following  list. 
The  inevitable  conclusion  is,  that  the  pointed  style  was  known  in  Italy, 
within  certain  circles  of  Cistercian  and  other  French  influence,  between 
c.  1175  and  1220  ;  and  that  it  was  then  carried  over  a  large  part  of  Italy 
between  1220  and  1250  by  the  Dominican  and  Franciscan  orders,  who 
adopted  it  from  the  Cistercians.  I  am  therefore  able  to  antedate  your 
period  for  the  spread  of  pointed  forms  by  at  least  a  half-century,  and,  by 
proving  that  the  architects  of  most  of  such  churches  were  Italians  and 
not  foreigners,  I  am  enabled  to  answer  in  the  affirmative  your  query :  Did 
the  Italian  people,  at  this  time,  show  any  disposition  to  adopt  pointed  forms 
in  their  own  architecture  before  the  middle  of  the  thirteenth  century  f 


CORRESPONDENCE. 


483 


EXAMPLES  OF  POINTED  ARCHITECTURE  IN  ITALY 

FROM   ABOUT    1170   TO    1250.5 

Northern  group. 

1.  1185.   Alessandria:  S.  Maria  del  Carmine.6 

2.  1189-1215.   Vezzolano:  S.  Maria.7 

3.  c.  1215.   Asti:  Cathedral.8 

4.  c.  1230.   Asti:  -S.  Secondo.9 

5.  1227.  Milano :  S.  Eustorgio.10 

6.  1228.  Milano:  Palazzo  Pubblico.11 

7.  1215.  Como:  Broletto.12 

8.  1217.  Bologna:  S.  Martino  dell' Aposa.13 

9.  c.  1220-30.   Bologna:  S.  Maria  della  Misericordia.14 

10.  c.  1221-30.   Bologna:  S.  Domenico.15 

11.  1226.   Bologna:  Palazzo  del  Podesta.16 

12.  1231-86.   Bologna:  S.  Giovanni  in  Monte.17 

13.  1236-45.   Bologna:  S.  Francesco.18 

5  In  this  list  are  included  a  number  of  monuments  which  are  only  in  part  pointed ; 
several  of  whose  pointed  character  I  am  not  quite  certain  (such  are  numbers  2,  15, 
32,  56),  and  a  few  that  are  now  destroyed  or  remodelled.     With  two  or  three  ex- 
ceptions I  am  personally  acquainted  with  all  those  that  belong  to  the  Middle  group, 
and  with,  perhaps,  one-half  of  the  Northern  and  Southern  groups,  and  have  as  evi- 
dence my  photographs  and  notes.     For  the  rest  I  have  relied  on  descriptions  or 
drawings.     Some  buildings  that  may  appear  of  but  slight  individual  importance 
have  been  included  as  showing  the  spread  of  the  style.    The  list  could  have  been 
swelled  by  many  doubtful  examples.    From  it  have  been  excluded  some  Franciscan, 
Dominican,  and  other  buildings  whose  date  is  unknown,  though  their  style  is  early. 
It  does  not  include  any  of  the  pointed  buildings  of  Sicily  and  Southern  Italy  that 
arose  under  Oriental  influence  ;  nor  those,  like  the  Cistercian  church  of  Valvisciolo 
(c.  1151),  which  are  in  the  same  plain  pointed  style  as  the  French  buildings  of  Peri- 
gord.     I  give  these  numerous  references  to  MOTHES  more  for  the  purpose  of  verifi- 
cation than  because  his  descriptions  are  at  all  adequate. 

6  MOTHES,  Die  Baukunst  des  Mittelalters  in  Itaiien:  Jena,  1884,  443. 

7  MOTHES,  ibid.  ;  SCHNAASE,  vn,  105 ;  RICCI,  Storia  del?  architettura  in  Italia,  n, 
191 ;  REBER,  History  of  Mediaeval  Art,  566. 

8  MOTHES,  447,  sqq.     Cf.  CHAPUY,  Le  MoyenAge  monumental;  OSTEN,  Les  Monum. 
de  la  Lombardie,  pis.  xvu,  xvm. 

9  MOTHES,  448.  10  MOTHES,  450  ;  CAFFI,  Descrizione. 

11  STREET,  Brick  and  Marble  architecture  in  North  Italy,  p.  329,  fig.  59 ;  MOTHES,  453, 
fig.  131;  RICCI,  n,  196. 

18  MOTHES,  453-4  ;  STREET,  340,  fig.  63.         13  MOTHES,  457  ;  RICCI,  11,  279,  317. 

14  MOTHES,  456-7 ;  OKELY,  Christian  Architecture  in  Italy,  pi.  I,  5. 

15  MOTHES,  458-9  ;  THODE,  Franz  von  Assist,  1885,  334. 

16  MOTHES,  456 ;  RICCI,  IT,  140. 

17  MOTHES,  456  ;  RICCI,  n,  137.      1S  THODE,  331-4 ;  Photographs  ;  MOTHES,  457. 


484  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

14.  1219-24.   Vercetti:  S.  Andrea. 

15.  1180-1200.   Genova:  S.Giovanni  di  Pre.19 

16.  1226-30.   Parma:  S.  Francesco  del  Prato.20 

17.  c.  1240.   Piacenza:  S.  Francesco.21 

18.  c.  1240.   Piacenza:  S.  Giovanni  di  Canale.22 

19.  1223-54.   Brescia:  Broletto.23 

20.  1232-1350.   Padova:  S.  Antonio. 

Middle  Group. 

21.  1170-80.   Fondi:  Cathedral.24 

22.  1172-96.   Jesi  (near)  :  S.  Maria  di  Castagnola.25 

23.  1173.   S.  Leo  :  Cathedral.26 

24.  c.  1178-1215.   Fossanova :  Monastery.27 

25.  ]  f  Piperno :  Communal  Palace.28 


26. 
27. 
28. 
29. 


Sezze:  Cathedral.29 
c.  1200.  -I  Sermoneta:  Cathedral.30 
I  Sermoneta :  S.  Michele.31 
I  Sermoneta :  S.  Nicola.32 


30.  c.  1190-96.  Ceccano  :  S.  Maria  de  Flumine.33 

31.  1151-1217.  Casamari:  Monastery,34 

32.  c.  1200.  Ponticelli:  S.  Maria  di  Colle.35 

33.  1200-1250.  Ferentino :  S.  Maria.36 

34.  1207.  Spoleto:  Cathedral  (fa9ade).37 

35.  c.  1200-25.  Anagni:  Cathedral  (rear).38 

36.  c.  1207-25.  Viterbo:  S.  Martino  al  Cimino.39 

19  MOTHES,  654-5.  20  MOTHES,  455.  21  MOTHES,  742. 

22  MOTHES,  742.         83  MOTHE?,  444,  450.         2*  SCHULZ,  n,  132 ;  MOTHES,  683-4. 

25  MOTHES,  440 ;  my  Photographs  and  Notes  ;  SCHNAASE,  vn,  87 ;  AGINCOURT, 
Hist,  de  VArt,  pis.  xxxvi,  XLII,  etc. ;  DEHIO  and  BEZOLD,  Die  kirchliche  Saukunst  des 
Abenlandes,  pi.  cxcvi,  5,  6. 

26  AGINCOUBT,  pi.  xxxvi,  20,  21 ;  SCHNAASE,  vii,  87 ;  MOTHES,  441,  etc. 

27  My  article  in  JOURNAL,  vi,  10-46. 

28-32  jyj y  photographs  and  Notes.    Cf.,  also,  for  some  of  these  buildings,  MOTHES, 
op.  ciL,  passim. 

33  My  Notes  and  Photographs. 

34  L.  DE  PERSIIS,  La  Sadia  o  trappa  di  Casamari;  Illustrations  in  OKELY,  Christian 
Architecture  in  Italy,  pi.  in,  2;  and  in  DEHIO  and  BEZOLD,  pi.  CXLVI,  3  ;  References 
in  RICCI,  MOTHES,  SCHNAASE,  etc.;  my  Photographs  and  an  unpublished  Article 
written  for  the  JOURNAL. 

35  RICCI,  n,  38. 

35  MOTHES,  689  ;  La  Mostra  della  Cittd  di  Roma,  etc.,  x  ;  my  Photographs  and  Notes. 

37  ALINARI'S  photograph  ;  RICCI  and  MOTHES,  etc. 

38  Photographs  by  Alinari.  ™  My  article  in  JOURNAL,  vol.  vi,  299. 


CORRESPONDENCE.  485 

37.  1209.  Chieti  (near) :  S.  Maria  d'Arbona.40 

38.  1201-48.  Siena  (near)  :  Monastery  of  S.  Galgano.41 

39.  Roma:  Church  at  Capo  di  Bove.42 

40.  c.  1227.    T&ramo :  S.  Francesco.43 

41.  1230.   Ascoli:  Porta  di  Solesta.44 

42.  1230.  Corneto  :  S.  Francesco.45 

43.  Corneto  :  S.  Pancrazio.46 

44.  1221-44.   Viterbo:  S.  Maria  ai  Gradi.47 

45.  1230-40.   Viterbo :  S.  Francesco.48 

46.  c.  1220-40.   Subiaco :  Monastery  (details).49 

47.  Perugia  :  S.  Francesco.50 

48.  c.  1240.   Perugia :  S.  Giuliana.51 

49.  c.  1220.  Perugia  (near)  :  S.  Salvatore  di  Monte  F  Abate.52 

50.  1230.  Cortona :  S.  Francesco.53 

51.  1230-40.   Orvieto :  S.  Francesco.54 

52.  c.  1225.   Siena :  S.  Domenico.55 

53.  Sutri:  S.  Francesco.56 

54.  1234.  Spoleto:  S.Paolo.57 

55.  1235.  Spoleto:  S.  Tommaso.58 

56.  bef.  1250.   Pietramala:  S.  Domenico.59 

Southern  Group. 

57.  1209-53.   Eapolla:  Cathedral.60 

58.  c.  1200.   San  Leonardo :  Church.61 

59.  c.  1188-1214.  Pontone:  S.  Eustacchio.62 

40  MOTHES,  p.  697  ;  DEHIO  and  BEZOLD,  pi.  cxcvi,  2 ;  my  Photographs  and  Notes. 

41  Photographs  by  Lombardi.    Cf.  L.  DE  PERSIIS,  op.  cit.,  for  date. 

42  MOTHES,  696-7  ;  AGINCOURT,  XXXYJ,  18,  19  ;  XLII,  14-17. 

43  SCHULZ,  n,  12 ;  MOTHES,  701 ;  PANNELLA,  Guida  illustrata  di  Teramo. 

44  MOTHES,  701 ;  SCHULZ,  n,  7.        45  MOTHES,  669,  701.        4(J  MOTHES,  683,  710. 

47  CRISTOFORI,  Le  tombe  dei  Papi  in  Viterbo  e  le  chiese  di  S.  Maria  in  Gradi,  di  S. 
Francesco,  e  di  S.  Lorenzo,  1887,  p.  62  and  passim. 

48  MOTHES,  719 ;  CRISTOFORI,  p.  149  and  passim. 

49  L.  DEGLI  ABBATI,  Da  Roma  a  Solmona,  29 ;  Photographs ;  AQINCOURT,  passim. 

50  GUARDABASSI,  Indice-guida  dei  monumenti  dell'  Umbria,  175. 

51  GUARDABASSI,  p.  233 ;  Photographs  and  Notes.  5S  Notes  and  Photographs. 
63  KICCI,  n,  58.                 54  PICCOLOMINI  ADAMI,  Guida  di  Orvieto,  144 ;  my  Notes. 
55  MOTHES,  759 ;  KOMAGNOLI,  Cenni  storico'artistici  di  Siena,  53.  56  My  Notes. 
57  MOTHES,  701 ;  GUARDABASSI,  301.            58  MOTHES,  701.           5»  EICCI,  n,  48. 

60  LENORMANT,  Gazette  Archeologigue,  1883,  29 ;  MOTHES,  626  ;  SCHTTLZ,  Kuml  d. 
Mittel.  in  Unteritalien,  I,  332. 

61  SCHULZ,  i,  213. 

68  SCHULZ,  n,  264.     This  may  have  a  pointed  style  of  Oriental  origin. 
4 


486  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

60.  c.  1200-25.   Napoli:  old  Cathedral.63 

61.  1230.  Celano  :  Castle.64 

62.  1227.  Lanciano :  S.  Maria  Maggiore.65 

63.  1230.  Brindwi :  S.  Lucia.66 

64.  1241.  Solmona :  S.  Maria  della  Toinba.67 

65.  1240.  Irani:  Frederick's  Castle.68 

66.  Andria:  Castel  del  Monte.69 

67.  1225-56.  Celano:  S.  Francesco.70 

A  careful  study  of  this  list  of  buildings  will  disclose  the  existence  of 
several  centres  of  early  Italian  pointed  architecture.  The  two  earliest 
are  in  the  far  north ;  in  Piedmont,  where  we  find  the  churches  of  Vezzolano, 
Alessandria,  Vercelli,  and  Asti,  erected  between  1185  and  1230;  thence 
the  sty]e  spread  to  Lombardy  (Como,  Milano,  Brescia).  A  second  school, 
which  soon  became  contiguous  to  that  flourishing  in  Lombardy,  seems  to 
have  been  founded  at  Bologna  toward  1220,  and  to  have  spread  thence  to 
Parma,  Piacenza,  and  other  cities.  This  school  united  elements  from  the 
north  with  those  from  the  more  southern  school  which  had  long  been  estab- 
lished. This  third  school  (whose  centre  was  in  the  Papal  states)  began  in 
about  1175,  and  included  not  only  such  monastic  establishments  as  Fossa- 
nova,  Casamari,  San  Martino,  and  Chiaravalle  d'Jesi,  but  also  such  cathe- 
drals as  Fondi  and  Piperno.  By  means  of  Cistercian  colonies,  its  influ- 
ence extended  as  far  south  as  Sicily,  and  northward  into  Tuscany  and 
throughout  Umbria  until  it  met  the  school  of  Bologna.  Thus  a  network 
of  buildings  was  spread  through  every  province  of  Italy,  and  these  build- 
ings were  civil  and  civic  as  well  as  ecclesiastical  and  monastic.  They  can 
be  grouped  in  schools,  either  monastic,  or  geographic,  or  combining  both 
elements. 

There  remains  but  one  point  to  be  noticed  in  connection  with  pointed 
Italian  architecture,  and  that  is  the  statement  (p.  193),  that,  with  few  ex- 
ceptions, it  did  not  extend  far  south  of  Naples.  It  will  be  necessary  only 
to  examine  Schulz's  work  (Kunst  des  Mittelalters  in  Unteritalieri)  to  find 
a  fair  number  of  pointed  buildings  farther  south,  including  Sicily. 

I  believe  that  the  above  answers  all  the  points  raised  in  your  letter,  and 
will  be  found  to  establish  the  correctness  of  the  remarks  in  my  review  of 
your  book. 

A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  JR. 

6J  MOTHES,  626. 

64  L.  DEQLI  ABBATI,  Da  Roma  a  Solmona,  143-4 ;  MOTHES,  637  ;  SCHULZ,  n,  85. 

65  SCHULZ,  n,  51 ;  MOTHES,  638.  66  MOTHES,  637. 
6T  L.  DEQLI  ABBATI,  175  ;  SCHULZ,  n,  61. 

68  MOTHES,  637-8  ;  SCHNAASE,  vn,  540. 

69  SCHNAASE,  vii,  540.  70  L.  DEGLI  ABBATI,  146  ;  MOTHES,  637. 


CORRESPONDENCE.  487 

ODYSSEUS'  FEAT  OF  ARCHERY. 

Editor  of  American  Journal  of  Archaeology. 

Sir: — In  the  last  number  of  your  journal  (vol.  vi,  p.  359),  an  allusion 
is  made  to  the  explanation  offered  by  Berger  (Berl.phil.  Wochenschrift,  p. 
714),  in  regard  to  the  possibility  of  Odysseus'  feat  of  archery,  based  upon 
the  discovery  in  the  tomb  at  Vaphio  of  a  bronze  axe-head,  having  its 
blade  pierced  with  two  openings.  This  is  figured  in  the  'E^/xepts  'Ap^at- 
oXoytK^,  1889,  pi.  8,  from  which  it  is  copied  into  L' Anthropologie,  vol.  I, 
p.  554.  In  form  it  is  quite  similar  to  the  Egyptian  battle-axes,  described 
and  figured  by  Wilkinson,  Ancient  Egyptians,  vol.  I,  p.  362,  pi.  319,  figs. 
1-6.  There  is  no  physical  impossibility  for  an  arrow  to  be  shot  through 
twelve  such  axe-heads,  ranged  in  a  row.  In  fact,  this  is  the  explanation 
offered  by  Bothe,  in  his  note  to  Odys.  xix,  572,  based  upon  a  conjecture 
of  Count  Caylus,  from  whose  Tableaux  tires  d'ffomere  et  de  Virgile  is 
copied  a  figure  of  an  axe-head  pierced  with  a  hole,  representing  his  idea 
of  what  was  the  Tre'Ac/cus  of  Homer. 

But  to  this  explanation,  as  well  as  to  that  of  Berger,  your  remark  is  ap- 
plicable, that  "  the  main  difficulty  is  in  the  fact  that  the  Homeric  text,  of 
[Odys.,  xxi]  422,  seems  to  indicate  a  hole,  not  in  the  blade,  but  in  the  han- 
dle." I  do  not  so  understand  the  passage  referred  to,  but  think  that 
a-reiXciy  there  means  the  hole  into  which  the  o-retXetov,  the  helve  of  the  axe,  is 
inserted ;  as  in  the  description  of  the  one  which  Kalypso  gave  to  Odysseus 
(Odys.,  v.  236) :  "  a  great  axe  of  bronze,  sharp  on  both  sides,  and  in  it  a 
beautiful  helve,  made  of  olive-wood,  well  fitted."  Two  axe-heads  of  this 
shape  were  discovered  by  Schliemann  at  Mykenai,  which  are  figured  on 
p.  Ill  of  his  work  ;  four  were  found  at  Hissarlik  (Ilios,  p.  606),  and  one 
at  Tiryns  (p.  168).  I  think  it  was  through  the  helve-holes  of  twelve  axes 
of  this  form,  ranged  in  a  line,  that  Odysseus  shot  his  shaft;  and  this  is 
also  the  opinion  of  Dr.  John  Evans,  who  has  in  his  collection  three  such 
axes,  found  in  Greece  (Ancient  Bronze  Implements  of  Great  Britain,  p. 
161). 

HENRY  W.  HAYNES. 

Boston,  Jan.  1,  1891. 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS. 


V.  BINDI.  Monumenti  storici  ed  artistici  degli  Abruzzi.  225  plates  in 
fol., Text, 8 vo, pp. xxxvi, 966.  Naples,  1 889 ;  Giannini.  200francs. 
The  importance  of  the  monuments  illustrated  by  the  phototype  plates 
of  the  album  is  not  by  any  means  approached  by  the  quality  of  the  text. 
The  province  of  the  Abruzzi  is  one  of  the  richest  in  mediaeval  monu- 
ments in  Italy  and  had  been  known  thus  far  mainly  from  Schulz's  work 
Die  Kunst  des  Mittelalters  in  Unteritalien,  which  contains  considerable,  but 
very  abbreviated,  descriptive  matter  and  little  illustration  for  this  part  of 
Southern  Italy.  The  Abruzzi  is  especially  notable  for  its  monuments  of 
the  xn,  xin,  and  xiv  centuries,  and,  although  the  influence  of  the  South 
is  predominant,  that  of  the  neighboring  Roman  province  is  often  notice- 
able, here  and  there,  even  as  far  as  the  Adriatic  coast,  where,  at  Teramo, 
a  Roman  artist  erected  the  porch  of  the  cathedral.  A  work  on  the  plan  of 
this  by  Bindi  is  much  needed  and  there  is  still  room  for  it,  because,  though 
he  has  made  for  some  years  a  specialty  of  this  province  and  has  published 
several  preliminary  works,  his  method  is  unscientific  and  he  lacks  the  most 
essential  qualification  for  the  work — a  knowledge  of  the  general  history  of 
mediaeval  art.  He  approaches  as  near  to  an  antiquarian  of  the  old  type  as 
a  dilettante  can.  Still,  his  work  is  a  vast  encyclopaedia  of  documents  and 
information,  to  be  used  with  caution,  and  his  plates  will  be  of  great  use  to 
more  scientific  students.  We  only  wish  to  warn  students  to  place  no  confi- 
dence in  his  transcripts  of  inscriptions.  They  are  to  the  last  degree  inac- 
curate.— A.  L.  FROTHINGHAM,  JR. 

C.  A.  DE  CAKA.     Oil  Hyksos.     Roma ;  i  Lincei. 

Dr.  de  Cara  has  devoted  a  sumptuous  volume  to  one  of  the  most  inter- 
esting but  most  obscure  periods  in  ancient  history,  that  of  the  rule  of  the 
Hyksos,  or  shepherd-kings,  in  Egypt.  For  more  than  five  hundred  years 
Northern  Egypt  was  ruled  by  strangers  who  had  conquered  the  country, 
but  after  a  time  had  themselves  been  conquered  by  the  culture  and  spirit 
of  the  Egyptian  race.  Nevertheless,  they  never  became  amalgamated 
with  that  race.  Their  rule  was  borne  with  sullen  hatred  ;  and,  at  last,  a 
long  and  obstinate  war  broke  out  between  them  and  the  native  princes  of 
Thebes,  which  ended  in  the  expulsion  of  the  foreigner,  the  rise  of  the 
xvin  dynasty,  and  the  prosecution  of  a  war  of  vengeance  in  that  Asia 
from  which  the  Hyksos  invaders  had  originally  come. 
488 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  489 

Dr.  de  Cara,  in  his  elaborate  book,  puts  together  all  that  is  ascertained 
in  regard  to  the  Hyksos,  criticises  the  theories  that  have  been  propounded 
on  their  behalf,  and  suggests  a  theory  of  his  own.  Nothing  that  has  been 
published  on  the  subject  seems  to  have  escaped  his  notice.  His  learning 
is  catholic  ;  and  he  quotes  French  and  English  as  well  as  German  authors. 
His  own  view  is  that  the  Hyksos  represented  a  confederacy  of  various 
Asiatic  tribes  under  the  leadership  of  the  northern  Syrians.  That  their 
ruling  class  came  from  this  part  of  the  world  seems  clear  from  the 
name  of  their  supreme  god  Sutekh,  who  occupied  among  them  the  position 
of  the  Shemitic  Baal.  Not  only  was  Sutekh  the  name  of  the  Hittite  god, 
as  we  learn  from  the  monuments  of  Ramses  II,  but  one  of  the  cities  of 
Northern  Syria  commemorated  by  Thothmes  III,  at  Karnak,  was  Sathekh- 
beg,  in  which  Mr.  Tomkins  is  plainly  right  in  seeing  the  name  of  Sutekh. 
It  is  only  strange  that  the  name  is  not  found  in  the  Old  Testament  or  in 
a  Phoenician  inscription.  Dr.  de  Cara,  who  identifies  the  Hyksos  strong- 
hold Avaris  with  Pelusium,  connects  the  name  of  the  latter  with  the 
Shemitic  word  which  has  given  us  the  name  of  the  Falashas  in  Ethiopia, 
and  perhaps  of  the  Philistines  in  Asia.  It  would  mean  the  town  of  the 
"  wanderers."  The  etymology  is  ingenious,  and  is  supported  by  the  Egyp- 
tian equivalent  of  Pelusium.  It  may  be  that  it  will  yet  be  verified  when 
the  ancient  "  key  of  Egypt "  has  been  subjected  to  the  spade  of  the  exca- 
vator.— A.  H.  SAYCE,  in  Academy,  Sept.  20. 

CH.  DIEHL.     Excursions  Archtiologiques  en  G-r&ce.     12mo?  pp.  X, 

388.     Paris,  1890 ;  Armaad,  Colin  et  Cie. 

This  little  volume,  by  an  old  member  of  the  French  Schools  at  Rome 
and  Athens,  who  is  now  in  charge  of  the  course  of  archaeology  at  the 
University  at  Nancy,  makes  no  pretension  to  erudite  research.  It  is  not 
a  record  of  M.  Diehl's  own  travels,  but  a  popular  compendium  of  recent 
scientific  exploration  and  excavation  in  Greece.  He  conducts  the  reader 
through  Mykenai,  Tiryns,  Dodona,  Athens,  Delos,  Olympia,  Eleusis,  Epi- 
dauros,  Tanagra  and  the  temple  of  Apollon  Ptoios.  This  is  an  interest- 
ing and  fruitful  method  of  approaching  the  subject,  as  it  throws  light  upon 
many  different  phases  of  Greek  life,  both  early  and  late,  and  brings  the 
reader  into  contact  with  the  results  of  the  most  recent  research.  The 
bibliographical  references  at  the  beginning  of  each  chapter  are  most  use- 
ful. In  French  handbooks  for  popular  use  one  frequently  finds  a  disre- 
gard of  German  work.  Not  so  in  the  present  volume.  German  and 
modern  Greek  sources  of  information  are  freely  utilized.  The  style  is  not 
sufficiently  attractive  to  hold  securely  the  reader's  attention,  nor  is  the  book 
sufficiently  systematic  for  use  as  a  text-book.  It  is  directed  rather  to  the 


490  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCH^OLOG  Y. 

general  reader  who  wishes  an  archaeological  excursion  amongst  the  sites 
which  have  been  recently  excavated  in  Greece. — A.  M. 

JACOB  ESCHER.    Triton  und  seine  Bekdmpfung  durch  Herakles.   8vo, 

pp.  139.     Leipzig,  1890. 

The  struggle  of  Herakles  and  Triton  is  figured  upon  the  Assos  frieze, 
upon  a  bronze  relief  from  Olympia,  upon  an  island-stone  in  the  British 
Museum,  upon  many  black-figUred  vases,  and  upon  the  recently  discovered 
poros  sculptures  from  the  acropolis  at  Athens.  We  might  expect  that  a 
subject  so  popular  in  ancient  art  would  have  figured  frequently  in  litera- 
ture. This,  however,  is  not  the  case,  and  for  an  understanding  of  this 
subject  we  are  forced  to  a  study  of  Triton  in  general.  Accordingly,  Mr. 
Escher  considers  the  derivation  of  the  name ;  the  significance  of  Trito- 
geneia  as  applied  to  Athena ;  the  functions  of  the  gods  related  to  Triton  ; 
the  relation  of  Athena  to  Triton  in  Greek  mythology ;  the  genealogy  of 
Triton;  the  provenance  of  Triton;  the  Byzantine  Halios  Geron;  the 
Libyan  Triton ;  the  transformation  of  Triton ;  the  struggle  of  Herakles 
and  Triton ;  Triton,  Nereus,  and  the  Hesperidai ;  and,  finally,  the  form 
of  Triton  and  the  figured  representations  of  the  conflict.  The  name 
seems  to  be  derived  from  the  Vedic  Trita,  who  appears  as  a  god  of 
war,  as  well  as  god  of  the  waters.  This  not  only  furnishes  an  ancestral 
ground  for  the  early  Greek  Triton,  but  explains  Tritogeneia  as  an  epi- 
thet of  the  warlike  Athena,  who,  in  the  earliest  Greek  mythology,  was 
probably  the  daughter  of  Triton.  Triton  seems  to  be  primarily  a  god  of 
flowing  water,  and  then  of  the  sea.  His  contest  with  Herakles  may  be 
localized  in  three  places,  (1)  at  Pheneos  in  Arkadia,  (2)  on  the  banks  of 
the  Bosporos,  and  (3)  on  the  coast  of  Africa.  The  first  of  these  records 
the  earliest  version  of  the  story,  while  its  transference  to  the  deserts  of 
Africa  may  be  regarded  as  the  latest  phase.  By  the  end  of  the  sixth 
century  the  myth  is  dead  and  becomes  enshrined  in  the  monuments  of  the 
early  fifth  century. — A.  M. 

A.  E.  HAIGH.  The  Attic  Theatre.  A  description  of  the  stage  and 
theatre  of  the  Athenians,  and  of  the  dramatic  performances  at  Athens. 
8vo,  pp.  xm,  341.  Oxford,  1889. 

This  work  is  a  credit  to  English  classical  scholarship.  Deeply  sensible 
of  the  fact  that,  in  spite  of  the  accumulation  of  new  material  furnished 
by  inscriptions  and  excavations,  no  comprehensive  work  on  this  subject 
had  appeared  in  the  English  language,  during  the  last  fifty  years,  Mr. 
Haigh  has  gone  to  work  in  a  conscientious  and  thorough  manner  to  sup- 
ply the  deficiency.  The  result  is  a  scholarly  treatise  written  in  a  clear 
and  attractive  style  and  exhibiting  a  fine,  discriminating  spirit  in  the 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  491 

handling  of  all  the  evidence  at  his  command.  After  reading  the  volume 
we  feel  sure  that  the  author  has  not  only  read  with  care  his  German  au- 
thorities, but  has  filled  himself  with  the  spirit  of  Attic  dramatic  literature, 
which  has  enabled  him  to  treat  his  theme  not  in  a  dry  and  external  man- 
ner, but  with  genuine  sympathy.  It  is  this  which  gives  to  his  book  a 
charm  which  German  treatises  usually  lack.  His  treatment  of  his  subject 
is  nevertheless  thoroughly  systematic.  After  discussing  the  general  char- 
acteristics of  the  Attic  drama  and  describing  its  various  forms,  he  treats 
of  the  production  of  a  play,  of  the  poets,  the  choregoi  and  actors,  and  of 
the  training  and  expenses  of  the  chorus ;  then  of  the  theatre,  of  the  old 
wooden  theatres  at  Athens,  and  in  detail  of  the  theatre  of  Dionysos ;  then 
of  the  scenery  and  all  the  mechanical  contrivances  and  stage  properties ; 
then  of  the  actors,  of  the  rise  of  the  actor's  profession,  of  the  costume  of 
tragic,  satyric,  and  comic  actors,  and  of  the  style  of  Greek  acting  ;  then 
of  the  chorus,  its  history,  size,  arrangement,  of  the  dancing  and  music ; 
and  finally  of  the  audience,  its  composition,  the  price  of  admission,  the 
distribution 'of  the  seats,  and  the  various  arrangements  in  connection  with 
the  audience.  There  are  comparatively  few  illustrations,  but  where  they 
do  appear  they  are  well  chosen. — A.  M. 

BAECLAY  V.  HEAD.  Catalogue  of  Greek  Coins.  Corinth,  Colonies 
of  Corinth,  etc.  Edited  by  Eeginald  Stuart  Poole.  8vo,  pp.  LXVIII, 
174  ;  pis.  xxxix.  London,  1889. 

This  volume  of  the  catalogue  of  coins  in  the  British  Museum  comprises 
not  only  the  coins  of  Corinth,  but  also  those  of  a  similar  character  chiefly 
from  Corinthian  colonies  in  Southern  Italy,  Sicily  and  Western  Greece. 
The  earliest  Corinthian  coins  of  the  flat  fabric  are  assigned  to  the  age  of 
Kypselos,  657-625  B.  c.,  which  places  the  coinage  of  money  at  Corinth 
soon  after  that  of  Aigina  and  before  that  of  Athens.  The  earliest  Co- 
rinthian coins,  in  fact,  show  the  Aiginetan  incuse,  but  this  is  soon  replaced 
by  the  "  swastika."  We  can  assent  to  Mr.  Head's  proposition  that  "  the 
so-called  '  swastika '  pattern  is  merely  a  survival  of  the  early  geometrical 
mseander  pattern  which  is  characteristic  of  the  earliest  Greek  vases,"  with- 
out going  so  far  as  to  assert,  with  him,  that  the  rosette  which  replaces  it 
was  "  probably  developed  out  of  it."  The  origin  of  the  rosette  has  been 
more  satisfactorily  explained  by  Mr.  Goodyear,  AJA,  1887,  p.  289.  Co- 
rinthian coins  of  various  periods  are  clearly  illustrated  and  carefully 
described  ;  then  follows  the  series  with  initials  of  magistrates  and  symbols. 
Considerable  attention  is  also  given  to  the  Roman  series  of  bronze  coins 
bearing  the  names  of  the  Duoviri  or  annual  magistrates.  Less  is  said  of 
the  types  of  Corinthian  coins  in  the  Imperial  period,  since  they  have  been 
so  fully  discussed  by  Professor  Gardner  in  his  Numismatic  Commentary  on 


492  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

Pausanias.  The  geographic  and  chronologic  classification  of  the  quasi- 
Corinthian  coinages  of  Italy,  Sicily  and  Western  Greece  is  based  on  the 
lines  laid  down  by  Dr.  F.  Imhoof-Blumer  in  his  paper  Die  Munzen  Akar- 
narniens  in  the  Numismatische  Zeitschrift,  x,  1878.  In  addition  to  the 
historic  introduction  and  to  the  description  of  the  coins,  the  volume  con- 
tains a  series  of  indexes,  (1)  geographical,  (2)  types,  (3)  remarkable  sym- 
bols, (4)  names  of  magistrates  and  of  remarkable  inscriptions. — A.  M. 

W.  C.  LEFROY.   The  Ruined  Abbeys  of  Yorkshire.   1 2mo,  pp.  xvi,  296. 

New  Edition ;  Seeley,  London,  and  Macmillan,  New  York,  1891. 

The  author  has  resisted,  to  a  certain  extent,  the  temptation  to  treat  his 
picturesque  subject  merely  from  a  poetic  point  of  view,  and,  in  his  descrip- 
tions, he  makes  use  both  of  his  own  architectural  notes  and  of  some  special 
monographs.  Still  we  must  dismiss  any  idea  that  we  have  here  a  scientific 
or  historic  essay  on  the  abbeys  of  Yorkshire,  for  the  text  is  arranged  for 
pleasant  reading  with  an  easy  mixture  of  historic  reminiscence  and  descrip- 
tions that  never  become  detailed  from  the  standpoint  of  the  architectural 
student.  Of  the  monasteries  written  about,  that  of  St.  Mary,  York,  be- 
longed to  the  regular  Benedictines ;  those  of  Rievaulx,  Byland,  Fountains, 
Kirkstall,  Roche,  and  Jervaulx  to  the  Cistercian  Order ;  Mt.  Grace  Priory 
to  the  Carthusians;  St.  Agatha  and  Eggleston  were  houses  of  the  Premon- 
stratensian  Canons ;  Bolton,  Guisborough,  and  Kirkham  were  priories  of 
the  Canons  of  Saint  Augustine ;  finally,  Whitby  belonged  to  the  unreformed 
Benedictines.  Some  of  these  names  are  famous  in  English  history.  The 
Cistercian  abbeys  of  Fountains,  Byland,  and  Kirkstall  have  long  been  cited 
as  the  principal  examples  of  early  pointed  architecture  in  England  pre- 
ceding the  work  at  Canterbury.  Here,  as  elsewhere,  the  French  Cister- 
cians and  their  native  pupils  were  the  pioneers  of  the  Gothic.  For  a 
glimpse  at  their  history,  for  their  general  plan,  for  sketches  of  certain 
details,  this  book  will  satisfy  all  but  a  specialist ;  though  it  would  be  more 
useful  if  more  frequent  mention  had  been  made  of  the  detailed  monographs 
by  which  so  many  of  these  monuments  have  been  illustrated.  The  student 
of  architecture  will  miss  any  thorough  examination  of  the  character  of 
these  constructions  of  the  xn  and  xm  centuries,  the  origin  of  their  style 
and  its  influence  upon  that  of  the  cathedral  churches.  But,  as  an  intro- 
duction to  a  serious  study  of  these  buildings,  the  book  will  serve  a  good 
purpose  even  to  a  scholar,  though  it  is  especially  adapted  to  the  general 
reader. — A.  L.  F.,  JR. 

EDUARDUS  LOCH.     De  titulis  Graecis  Sepuleralibus.     8vo,  pp.  64. 

1890. 

This  inaugural  dissertation  of  a  pupil  of  Professor  Gustav  Hirschfeld 
is  the  first  part  of  a  comprehensive  work  on  Greek  epitaphs.  The  writer 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  493 

does  not  occupy  himself  with  the  late  texts  which  contain  penal  clauses 
against  desecrators  of  the  tombs,  such  as  have  been  treated  by  Vidal- 
Lablache  in  1871  and  by  Prof.  Hirschfeld  himself  in  1888.  He  treats 
of  the  archaic  epitaphs ;  those  of  the  fifth  century  ;  Attic  epitaphs  ;  the 
formulas  of  Attic  epitaphs  that  are  found  throughout  Greece.  Although 
his  remarks  on  the  subject  of  the  reliefs  that  decorate  sepulchral  Attic 
stelae  are  insufficient,  the  strictly  epigraphic  chapters  are  full  and  con- 
scientious, as  well  as  evincing  a  good  method. — S.  REINACH,  in  Revue 
Critique,  1890,  No.  28. 

J.  L.  PETIT.    Architectural  Studies  in  France.     New  Edition,  revised 

by  Edward  Bell.     London  ;  Bell. 

In  this  improved  edition  of  these  Architectural  Studies,  first  published, 
in  folio,  in  1854,  the  drawings  are  in  some  instances  reduced  in  size; 
but  the  author's  rough  and  rapid,  yet  accurate  and  truthful,  sketches  thus 
acquire  a  certain  softness  without  losing  any  of  their  characteristic  vigor. 
The  present  volume  gives  full  proof  of  Mr.  Petit's  mastery  of  the  princi- 
ples and  details  of  church  architecture.  He  visited  only  portions  of  the 
country.  His  sketches  comprise  Normandy,  but  not  Brittany  ;  Paris  and 
its  neighborhood,  but  not  the  north,  or  French  Flanders ;  the  churches  of 
Anjou,  Poitou,  and  Perigord,  but  a  few  only  of  those  of  Auvergne  and 
Guienne ;  the  southeast,  Burgundy,  and  Lorraine  are  hardly  touched. 
He  is  no  fanatic  of  the  Gothic  and  of  the  Gothic  only.  His  peculiar  prefer- 
ence seems  to  be  given  to  the  cruciform,  central-turreted,  Angevin  church, 
where  the  Romanesque  passes  into  the  Gothic. 

Mr.  Petit  does  not  perfectly  distinguish  between  the  debased  Roman  and 
the  Romanesque.  Still,  he  mentions  some  of  the  marks  which  we  should 
regard  as  characteristic  of  the  earlier  work  ;  for  instance,  the  use  of  brick 
and  tile  in  the  construction,  in  layers  with  stone-work,  but  especially 
among  the  voussoirs  or  stones  of  the  arch ;  sometimes  a  peculiarly  hard 
cement  or  mortar  replaces  these  tiles — a  cement  used  not  only  to  bind  the 
stone-work,  but  as  a  real  factor  in  the  construction,  so  hard  that  it  often 
stands  out  with  sharp  edges  where  the  stone  has  completely  worn  away. 

He  recognizes  Roman  work  in  the  south  of  France,  such  as  the  Palais 
Gallien  at  Bordeaux,  as  the  type  or  model  of  some  of  the  principal  churches 
of  the  eleventh  or  twelfth  century.  This  continued  imitation  of  Roman 
work  is  still  more  apparent  in  some  of  the  castles  and  bridges. 

The  geometrical  formulae,  the  numerous  and  careful  outlines  of  mould- 
ings, show  how  completely  Mr.  Petit  entered  into  and  mastered  his  sub- 
ject. The  additional  notes  of  Mr.  Bell  are  few,  but  all  are  valuable. 
This  edition,  besides  being  more  convenient,  is  a  real  improvement  on  the 
former  one. — W.  WEBSTER,  in  Aeademy,  Dec.  13. 


494  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

W.  M.  FLINDERS  PETRIE.  Kahun,  Gurob,  andHawara.  Chapters  by 
F.  LI.  Griffith  and  P.  E.  Newberry.  London ;  Kegan  Paul  and  Co. 
The  tremendous  task  of  opening  the  pyramid  of  Amenemhat  III  at 
Hawara  was  begun  by  Mr.  Petrie  in  January,  1888  ;  and,  after  tunnelling 
his  way  to  the  heart  of  the  mass,  he  had  just  reached  the  stone  roof  of  the 
sepulchral  chamber  when  he  was  compelled  by  the  overwhelming  heat  of 
the  Egyptian  summer  to  defer  the  completion  of  his  work  till  the  follow- 
ing season.  As  the  stone-casing  is  all  destroyed,  and  the  bulk  of  the  pyra- 
mid consists  entirely  of  sun-dried  bricks  bedded  in  loose  sand,  the  work  of 
tunnelling  proved  to  be  neither  simple  nor  even  devoid  of  peril.  This 
delicate  and  dangerous  task  was  performed  by  Mr.  Petrie  himself,  step  by 
step,  at  the  rate  of  five  feet  per  diem,  from  February  11,  1888,  to  the 
5th  of  the  following  April.  When  the  sepulchral  chamber  was  at  last  dis- 
covered, it  was  found  to  consist  of  one  gigantic  hollowed-out  block  of  sand- 
stone, weighing  about  110  tons,  roofed  by  three  enormous  slabs  of  the 
same  material.  Above  this  was  an  upper  chamber  roofed  in  by  longi- 
tudinal beams,  supporting  a  third  roof  of  pent-house  form,  which  con- 
sisted of  huge  slanting  beams  of  limestone,  three  deep,  and  weighing  about 
55  tons  each.  Mr.  Petrie  engaged  masons  from  Cairo  to  attack  the  stone 
roofing,  and,  after  21  days  of  steady  work,  an  opening  was  forced  into  the 
upper  chamber.  Here,  in  the  floor,  the  opening  to  the  entrance-passage 
was  found ;  but  the  walls  of  the  chamber,  unlike  those  of  the  pyramids 
of  Teta,  Unas,  and  Pepi,  were  absolutely  blank,  and,  had  not  some  frag- 
ments of  alabaster  vases  inscribed  with  the  cartouches  of  Amenemhat  III 
been  found  at  the  bottom  of  the  water  and  mud  with  which  the  monolithic 
chamber  was  flooded,  the  fact  that  this  pyramid  had  once  contained  the 
mummy  of  the  builder  of  the  Labyrinth  could  never  have  been  proven. 
But  there  is  a  second  sarcophagus  in  this  chamber,  which  has  been  very 
curiously  contrived  by  the  insertion  of  a  head  and  a  foot  slab  between  the 
large  sarcophagus  and  the  east  wall.  Although  this  also  was  empty,  there 
can  be  no  doubt  that  it  was  made  for  a  daughter  of  Amenemhat  III, 
named  Neferu-Ptah,  whose  magnificent  table  of  offerings  in  sculptured 
alabaster,  together  with  the  fragments  of  eight  or  nine  alabaster  bowls, 
all  inscribed  for  the  "  royal  daughter  Neferu-Ptah,"  were  discovered  in 
the  "  well-chamber  "  to  the  north  of  the  sepulchral  chamber.  As  Mr. 
Petrie  points  out,  the  making  of  this  second  sarcophagus  was  clearly  an 
afterthought.  It  must  have  been  put  together  after  the  pyramid  was  built, 
when  no  larger  blocks  could  be  brought  in  ;  yet  before  the  final  closing  of 
the  structure,  which  could  not  have  taken  place  till  the  king  died,  and  was 
himself  buried  there.  Neferu-Ptah  must,  therefore,  have  pre-deceased  her 
father.  The  king's  sarcophagus  must  also  have  been  carried  up  from  with- 
out, and  placed  in  position  before  the  roof  of  the  chamber  was  laid  on,  there 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  495 

being  no  passage  in  this  pyramid  through  which  it  could  have  been  con 
veyed.    How  the  huge  monolithic  chamber  itself  can  have  been  lifted  and 
lowered  into  the  excavated  rock  in  which  it  stands,  and  which  forms  the 
core  of  the  pyramid,  is  one  of  those  problems  of  ancient  Egyptian  engi- 
neering which  no  wall-paintings  or  papyri  have  yet  enabled  us  to  solve. 

In  pi.  v,  Mr.  Petrie  gives  a  remarkably  accurate  and  elegant  outline- 
drawing  (to  scale)  of  the  before-named  table  of  offerings,  which  consists 
of  a  rectangular  oblong  slab  in  fine  alabaster  (26  J  inches  in  length  by  17 
in  breadth  and  9  in  depth)  sculptured  in  low  relief  with  some  150  repre- 
sentations of  food  and  drink  offerings,  such  as  cakes,  lumps  of  meat,  ducks, 
geese,  vegetables,  eggs,  various  kinds  of  wines,  and  the  like,  the  whole 
surrounded  by  an  exquisitely-cut  dedication  in  hieroglyphic  characters. 

Mr.  Petrie's  discoveries  last  year  at  Tell  Kahun  and  Tell  Gurob,  where 
he  found  the  undisturbed  ruins  of  two  towns,  one  of  the  xn  and  the  other 
of  the  xvni  and  xix  dynasties,  were  fully  described  at  the  time,  and 
were  amply  illustrated  by  the  rich  store  of  objects  from  both  sites  which  he 
exhibited  last  autumn  at  Oxford  Mansion.  A  large  plan  of  Kahun  (xn 
dynasty)  is  reproduced  in  pi.  xv  of  the  present  volume ;  and  it  is  most  inter- 
esting to  turn  from  this  plan  to  Mr.  Petrie's  admirable  chapter  on  The  Civili- 
zation of  the  xn  dynasty,  and  there  to  read  exactly  how  the  town  was  built, 
and  what  objects  were  found  in  the  houses.  These  objects,  again,  are  figured 
with  Mr.  Petrie's  accustomed  fidelity  in  pis.  vm  to  xvii.  Here  we  once 
more  see  those  curious  dishes  with  rough  incised  patterns ;  those  wooden 
hoes,  and  rakes,  and  grain-scoops ;  that  curious  brick-maker's  mould ; 
those  plasterer's  floats  and  carpenter's  tools ;  and,  most  interesting  of  all, 
that  primitive  wooden  sickle  set  with  flint-saws,  which  were  of  such  ab- 
sorbing interest  in  Mr.  Petrie's  exhibition  of  1889.  Here,  too,  are  repro- 
duced the  ivory  castanets  and  the  painted  canvas  mask  from  the  House  of 
the  Dancer,  together  with  the  grotesque  little  wooden  figure  of  that  long- 
departed  ballerina.  No  less  interesting  are  Mr.  Petrie's  outline-plates 
(pi.  xvi  and  pi.  xvii)  of  flint  and  bronze  tools,  and  (pi.  xn  and  pi.  xin) 
of  the  numerous  forms  of  cups,  jars,  pots,  ring-stands,  bowls,  and  other 
domestic  vessels  in  pottery  of  that  remote  period.  That  so  large  a  number 
of  objects,  many  of  them  at  that  time  of  considerable  value,  should  have 
been  left  in  the  houses  when  the  town  was  deserted  is  very  strange,  and 
would  seem  to  point  to  some  sudden  panic.  The  women,  for  instance,  left 
not  only  their  whorls  and  their  spindles,  of  which  a  large  number  were 
found,  but  also  a  store  of  dyed  wool,  not  yet  spun  ;  the  net-makers  left 
their  netting-needles,  their  netting,  and  the  balls  of  twine  which  were  not 
yet  made  up ;  the  weaver  left  his  beam  and  the  flat  sticks  with  which  he 
beat  up  his  weft ;  and  in  the  shop  of  a  metal-caster  were  found,  not  only 
a  fine  bronze  hatchet  ready  for  sale,  but  his  whole  stock-in-trade  in  the 
shape  of  moulds  for  casting  chisels,  knives,  and  hatchets.  Bronze  mir- 


496  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

rors,  toilet  objects,  children's  toys,  draught-boxes,  amulets,  scarabaei,  beads, 
rush-mats,  baskets,  brushes,  and  sandals,  handbags  made  to  draw  with  a 
cord,  spoons,  combs,  and  other  personal  possessions  of  these  people  were 
also  found  in  their  houses. 

The  most  surprising,  and  perhaps  destined  to  be  the  most  important, 
part  of  Mr.  Petrie's  work  as  recorded  in  this  volume  is  contained  in  his 
chapter  on  The  Foreigners,  wherein  he  gives  an  exhaustive  and  scrupu- 
lously minute  account  of  the  relics  of  that  fair-haired  and  fair-skinned 
race  which  appears  to  have  inhabited  for  about  a  hundred  years  the  an- 
cient town  represented  by  Tell  Gurob.  The  name  of  this  town  is  lost ; 
but  there  is  evidence  to  show  that  it  was  founded  during  the  reign  of 
Thothmes  III  (xvm  dynasty),  and  that  it  was  practically  abandoned 
about  the  time  of  Seti  II  (xix  dynasty).  The  strangers  would  seem  to 
have  been  colonists  from  Asia  Minor,  or  possibly  from  the  islands  of  the 
Aegean,  as  shown  by  the  shapes,  patterns,  and  glazes  of  their  pottery ;  by 
the  weights  they  had  in  use ;  by  their  un-Egyptian  habits,  their  names, 
and  the  strange  alphabetic  signs  scratched  upon  their  potsherds.  These 
signs,  as  well  as  an  equally  remarkable  series  of  signs  from  the  potsherds 
of  Kahun,  are  reproduced  in  facsimile  by  Mr.  Petrie  in  pis.  xxvn  and. 
xxvm,  the  originals  being  now  in  the  British  Museum.  It  is  undeniable, 
that  they  actually  comprise  a  large  number  of  Phoenician  and  Cypriote 
characters,  and  of  those  very  archaic  forms  commonly  known  as  Cad- 
msean  Greek,  besides  others  which  are  identical  with  a  large  proportion  of 
those  of  the  Etruscan  alphabet. 

The  exciting  story  of  the  finding  of  the  mummy  of  Horuta,  a  high- 
priest  of  Neith,  who  was  buried  at  Hawara  in  the  time  of  the  xxvi 
dynasty,  and  whose  body  was  literally  covered  from  head  to  foot  with 
plates  of  gold,  and  costly  amulets  in  gold,  both  solid  and  inlaid,  of  the 
finest  and  most  exquisite  workmanship,  is  given  in  the  second  chapter. 

A  large  number  of  papyri,  some  fragmentary,  some  perfect,  were  found 
by  Mr.  Petrie  in  1889,  in  the  ruins  of  Kahun  and  Gurob,  those  in  the 
former  town  being  especially  valuable,  as  but  very  few  xn-dynasty  papyri 
were  heretofore  known.  Three  of  the  most  perfect  of  these  earlier  docu- 
ments have  been  translated  by  Mr.  F.  LI.  Griffith. 

Chap,  vii,  which  concludes  this  volume,  is  written  by  Mr.  Percy  E. 
Newberry,  and  treats  in  a  most  interesting  manner  of  the  various  flowers, 
fruits,  seeds,  vegetables,  etc.,  found  at  Hawara  and  Kahun.  A  number 
of  peas  and  beans,  fragments  of  the  leaves  and  stems  of  the  cucumber, 
and  two  small  radishes,  were  found  in  the  ruins  of  the  houses  of  Kahun, 
and  are  among  the  oldest  vegetable  remains  which  have  yet  been  dis- 
covered in  Egypt.  The  fruit-trees,  which,  from  the  abundance  of  their 
stones,  appear  to  have  been  commonest,  namely,  the  heglig  and  the  dellach 
palm,  are  now  no  longer  found  in  Egypt,  the  former  being  confined  to 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  497 

Abyssinia,  and  the  latter  to  Nubia.  So  also  with  the  mimusops  Schim- 
peri,  of  which  both  the  fruit  and  leaves  have  been  found  at  Kahun,  and 
which  now  only  occurs  in  Central  Africa  and  in  Abyssinia. — AMELIA 
B.  EDWARDS,  in  Academy,  Nov.  1. 

W.  M.  FLINDERS  PETRIE.  Historical  Scarabs :  a  series  of  draw- 
ings from  the  principal  collections.  London ;  David  Nutt. 
Mr.  Petrie's  new  volume,  though  of  only  68  pages,  contains  the  por- 
traits of  no  less  than  2,220  historical  scarabs,  admirably  drawn  in  fac- 
simile by  the  author.  To  the  outsider,  as  Mr.  Petrie  says,  probably  all 
styles  look  alike,  as  foreigners  do  to  a  stranger ;  but  to  an  accustomed  eye 
the  specialties  of  each  dynasty,  and  even  of  separate  reigns,  are  very  clear. 
These  specialties  are  various.  Materials,  glazes,  colors,  sizes,  subjects, 
treatment,  differ  with  the  tastes  and  methods  of  the  time ;  and  all  these 
factors  have  to  be  taken  into  the  account  when  it  is  a  question  of  either 
classifying  a  collection  or  determining  the  age  of  a  specimen.  Even  royal 
scarabs  are  not  necessarily  dated  to  the  reign  of  the  king  with  whose  name 
and  titles  they  are  engraved.  There  were  such  things  as  re-issues ;  and, 
without  some  knowledge  of  the  phases  of  the  scarab-maker's  art  from  the 
in  to  the  xxx  dynasty,  it  is  impossible  to  distinguish  between  a  contem- 
porary example  and  one  of  these  later  reproductions. 

Scarab-art,  like  all  the  arts  of  ancient  Egypt,  had  its  decadences  and 
renaissances.  It  was  at  its  best  under  the  Pharaohs  of  the  xvin  dynasty ; 
but  it  betrays  no  sign  of  archaism  when  we  first  make  its  acquaintance  in 
the  time  of  the  very  ancient  kings  of  the  in  and  iv  dynasties.  The  scarabs 
of  that  remote  period  are  actually  better  cut,  made  of  finer  pottery,  and 
coated  with  a  more  imperishable  glaze,  than  those  of  many  a  more  recent 
epoch.  At  the  same  time,  no  art  was  more  fluctuating.  The  scarabs  of 
Khufu,  of  which  Mr.  Petrie  gives  eight  examples,  show  a  greater  firmness 
and  amplitude  of  style  than  those  of  the  ill-dynasty  kings ;  while  the 
scarabs  of  Khafra,  his  immediate  successor,  are  inferior  as  regards  both 
glaze  and  execution.  With  the  vi  dynasty,  there  comes  an  extraordinary 
change  of  style,  beginning  with  Pepi  Neferkara,  sixth  king  of  that  line. 
This  change  is  apparently  an  archaistic  revival  of  some  very  early 
school  of  which  we  at  present  know  nothing.  The  cutting  is  coarse ;  the 
hieroglyphs  are  rude,  yet  feeble ;  the  style  is  intentionally  barbaric.  Se 
Ra,  "  son  of  Ra,"  as  a  royal  title,  now  makes  its  first  appearance  in  scarab- 
art  ;  and  the  scroll,  of  which  only  two  previous  examples  are  noted,  begins 
to  assume  importance  as  a  border  pattern.  It  is  confined,  however,  to  the 
sides,  dividing  the  field  of  the  scarab  into  three  parts,  the  centre  division 
containing  the  name  and  titles  of  the  king.  It  is  not  till  the  time  of  the 
xii  dynasty  that  we  find  the  scroll  carried  round  as  a  continuous  ornament. 


498  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

The  archaism  of  the  vi  dynasty  becomes  yet  more  pronounced  from  the 
vn  to  the  x  dynasties,  when  the  degradation  of  the  hieroglyphic  forms  is 
greater  than  at  any  subsequent  time.  To  this  archaic  period,  which  ex- 
tends over  six  dynasties,  belongs  a  class  of  scarabs  fascinating  to  collectors, 
namely,  "private  scarabs"  inscribed  with  the  names  and  offices  of  private 
individuals.  Of  these  Mr.  Petrie  gives  about  120  examples. 

Something  of  the  broader  style  of  the  Khufu  school  reappears  under 
the  earlier  Pharaohs  of  the  xn  dynasty,  speedily  followed  by  a  reversion 
to  the  archaic  fashion,  which  continues  in  favor  with  more  or  less  modifi- 
cation till  the  beginning  of  the  xvni  dynasty.  With  the  advent  of  this 
great  line  of  kings,  scarab-cutting  rises  suddenly  to  the  level  of  a  fine 
art.  Figure-subjects  abound ;  and  inscriptions,  instead  of  containing  only 
names  and  titles,  record  important  historical  events.  The  former  series 
may  be  likened  to  gems,  and  the  latter  to  medals.  The  king  as  a  human- 
headed  sphinx,  now  couchant,  now  passant,  now  trampling  on  a  prostrate 
Asiatic ;  the  king  as  a  bull,  typifying  strength  and  valor ;  the  king  seated 
in  the  bark  of  Ra ;  the  king  crowned,  sceptered  and  enthroned  ;  the  king 
on  foot,  grasping  an  enemy  by  the  hair  and  about  to  deal  the  death-blow 
with  his  scimitar ;  the  king  in  his  chariot,  driving  over  the  fallen  foe  ;  the 
king  as  a  mighty  hunter,  pursuing  the  antelope  with  bended  bow  or  hold- 
ing up  the  struggling  lion  by  the  tail — these,  and  such  as  these,  are  the 
favorite  subjects  of  scarab-art  in  the  time  of  the  third  Thothmes,  and  of 
the  second  and  third  Amenhotep.  To  the  reign  of  Amenhotep  III  belong 
the  yellow,  violet,  red,  chocolate,  and  other  brilliantly  colored  glazes 
which  are  found  on  the  scarabs  of  no  other  period,  and  of  which,  by  the 
way,  there  are  some  remarkable  examples  in  the  Abbott  collection,  now 
the  property  of  the  New  York  Historical  Society.  One  large  scarab 
(inscribed,  if  I  remember  rightly,  with  the  marriage-text)  struck  me  as 
unique,  the  glaze  being  of  the  peculiar  and  brilliant  blue  of  the  corn- 
flower, and  the  hieroglyphs  in  white. 

From  the  xvm  dynasty,  scarab-art  enters  upon  its  long  decadence, 
broken  by  occasional  revivals,  and  finally  expires  with  the  last  Pharaoh 
of  the  last  native  dynasty. 

Mr.  Petrie  says  (p.  9)  :  It  is  not  usually  known  that  all  the  brown  scarabs 
(which  are  a  majority)  have  originally  been  green-glazed ;  while  all  the  white, 
ones,  excepting  possibly  some  of  Amenhotep  III,  have  been  originally  blue. 
There  are  also  the  white  and  grey  ones  without  any  glaze  remaining,  which 
have  been  either  blue  or  green.  The  evidences  for  these  transformations  are 
innumerable  in  the  half-way  stages,  not  only  on  scarabs,  but  also  on  ushab- 
tis.  That  the  cowroid-shaped  amulets  with  a  rope-border  decoration  on 
the  back  certainly  belong  to  the  Hyksos  period,  and  can  be  fixed  to  any  other 
but  rarely,  is  so  important  a  piece  of  information  that  one  would  like  to 
know  by  what  steps  Mr.  Petrie  has  arrived  at  this  conclusion.  He  says, 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  499 

also,  that  he  has  been  assured  that  all  the  scroll-border  scarabs  come  from 
Abydos.  This  is  extremely  curious,  if  true,  seeing  that  these  little  objects 
form  almost  the  only  continuous  monumental  links  between  the  vi  and  xi 
dynasties.  To  him  is  due  the  discovery  of  "  double-reading  "  scarabs ; 
i.  e.,  of  scarabs  inscribed  with  hieroglyphic  anagrams  composed  of  two 
names  having  one  or  more  signs  in  common.  Of  these,  and  of  the  re-issues 
of  scarabs  inscribed  with  the  names  of  earlier  kings  but  produced  under 
later  reigns,  Mr.  Petrie  gives  some  useful  examples. 

Enough  has  been  said  to  show  that  Historical  Scarabs  is  invaluable  as 
a  standard  of  comparison,  and  as  a  guide  to  the  study  of  a  very  fasci- 
nating branch  of  Egyptian  archaeology.  One  has  but  to  note  the  confu- 
sion which  reigns  in  the  scarab-cases  of  most  provincial  museums  at  home 
and  abroad  to  estimate  its  value  to  curators. 

It  is  impossible  to  say  too  much  in  praise  of  the  exquisite  skill  with 
which  Mr.  Petrie  has  drawn  these  2,220  scarabs,  reproducing  every  beauty, 
every  blemish,  and  even  every  fracture  as  it  stands.  Photography  could 
not  render  them  more  faithfully.  Each  is  given  of  exactly  the  size  of  the 
original,  and  to  each  is  appended  a  brief  indication  of  its  material  and 
color.— AMELIA  B.  EDWARDS,  in  Academy,  July  19. 

S.  ROCHEBLAVE.  Essdi  sur  le  Comte  de  Caylus.  L'Homme — L' Ar- 
tiste— L'Antiquaire.  8vo,  pp.  xv,  384.  Paris,  1889 ;  Hachette. 
German  writers,  like  Stark  (Handbuch  der  Archdologie  der  Kunst),  have 
long  since  recognized  the  important  position  held  by  the  Comte  de  Caylus 
in  the  renaissance  of  archseologic  study,  but  this  work  is  the  first  attempt 
to  place  before  us  the  interesting  personality  of  the  many-sided  man  who 
was  in  various  ways  Winckelmann's  predecessor,  and  whose  methods  are 
thought  by  some  to  be  "  almost  more  in  conformity  with  the  general  cur- 
rents of  modern  science  than  the  inspiration  and  eye  of  genius  of  a  Winck- 
elmann  "  (Stark,  p.  366). 

Caylus  was  born  in  1692  and  died  in  1765,  the  year  after  Winckel- 
mann  published  his  Histoire  de  I' Art,  the  year  before  his  Monumenti  an- 
tichi  inediti.  He  served  brilliantly  in  the  army  in  his  early  youth,  and 
when  peace  brought  his  career  to  an  abrupt  close  he  travelled  in  Italy  and 
through  the  east.  Shortly  after  1730,  having  settled  in  Paris,  he  began 
his  activity  as  an  artist.  He  became  the  promoter  of  the  Academic  Roy- 
ale,  shortly  after  1731,  when  it  elected  him  a  member,  and  was  soon  recog- 
nized as  the  protector  and  educator  of  promising  artists.  By  his  desire 
to  assist  in  the  renovation  of  art,  he  was  led  to  the  study  of  ancient  art 
first  from  a  technical  and  then  from  an  artistic  standpoint.  In  1742, 
when  he  was  elected  to  the  Academic  des  Inscriptions,  he  commenced  to 
study  antiquity  as  an  antiquarian,  and,  beginning  in  1749,  he  read  before 
the  society  more  than  fifty  memoirs.  In  the  meantime,  he  had  become 


500  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

the  greatest  collector  of  his  age,  having  his  agents  all  over  Europe  and 
even  in  the  East,  and  he  was  thus  led  to  concentrate  his  archaeological  en- 
deavors on  the  publication  of  a  Eecueil  d'Antiquites,1  of  which  seven  vol- 
umes were  issued  between  1752  and  1767,  the  materials  for  which  were 
furnished  mainly  from  his  own  collections.  His  skill  and  facility  as  an 
engraver  and  etcher  (for  he  executed  over  three  thousand  pieces)  was  of 
great  use  to  him  in  this  work  and  enabled  him  to  secure,  in  a  greater  de- 
gree than  had  ever  been  done  before,  the  exactitude  of  reproduction  that 
was  his  principal  aim,  while  the  breadth,  boldness  and  character  of  his 
style  were  in  happy  contrast  to  the  mannered  affectation  of  his  time,  and 
by  his  example  as  well  as  his  precept  he  popularized  the  great  old  mas- 
ters. But  it  is  as  an  archaeologist  that  he  comes  before  us  in  a  peculiarly 
interesting  aspect.  Before  him  there  had  been  only  pseudo-erudite  anti- 
quarians, without  general  or  systematic  knowledge,  incapable  of  pronounc- 
ing either  on  the  age,  genuineness,  or  style  of  a  work  of  art,  or  of  under- 
standing the  place  of  art  and  archaeology  in  civilization.  Caylus  presided 
over  the  revival  of  the  study  of  antiquity  by  archaeology  and  of  the  study  of 
art  by  antiquity :  he  stood  at  the  source  of  what  proved  to  be  a  double  stream 
which  became  divided  as  early  as  Winckelmann,  who  was  the  founder  of  the 
aesthetic  as  Miiller  was  of  the  archseologic  school.  Caylus  was  an  empiricist, 
and  he  began  his  study  on  the  side  of  technique  for  purposes  of  the  practical 
application  of  ancient  methods  to  modern  art.  His  insatiable  curiosity,  his 
indomitable  perseverence,  his  versatility,  enabled  him  to  penetrate  far  into 
technical  secrets.  His  most  noteworthy  feat  was  the  rediscovery  of  the 
process  of  encaustic-painting  in  1754.  In  this  branch  of  his  Histoire, 
it  is  quite  clear  that  Winckelmann  owes  nearly  all  to  Caylus.  The  same 
tendencies  led  him  to  investigate  the  origins  of  art ;  and  in  this  study  of 
archaism,  wherever  he  found  it,  Caylus  had  no  rivals  for  more  than  a  half- 
century.  It  would  naturally  be  supposed  that  this  would  lead  him  to 
specialize  in  the  field  of  the  history  of  art.  But  here  we  meet  with  his 
dislike  of  generalizations,  his  materialism,  his  love  of  dissecting  rather 
than  constructing :  the  hand,  not  the  mind,  was  his  subject.  And  yet  we 
discover,  here  and  there,  traces  of  a  theory  of  the  history  of  art  that  is 
interesting  as  preceding  and  differing  radically  from  Winckelmann's. 
With  Caylus,  art  was  subject  to  certain  general  laws  of  development, 
wherever  it  was,  and  the  arts  of  different  countries  were  interrelated.  In 
contrast  with  this  is  Winckelmann's  well-known  theory  of  the  sponta- 
neous, independent  indigenous  character  of  the  art  of  every  people.  For 
Caylus,  therefore,  the  arts  of  the  Egyptians,  Pho3nicians,  and  Etruscans 
were  important  both  in  themselves  and  for  their  relation  to  Greek  art ; 
whereas  Winckelmann  treats  them  in  a  perfunctory  manner  and  hastens 

1  Recueil  d'Antiquites  egyptiennes,  etrusques,  grecques,  et  romaines,  the  words  et  gau- 
loises  being  added  with  the  third  volume. 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  501 

to  Greek  art,  over  which  he  will  tolerate  no  external  influence.  But, 
while  Caylus  may  be  considered  to  have  had  a  keener  historic  sense  from 
the  arch  geologic  point  of  view,  he  was  utterly  wanting  in  aesthetic  sense. 
He  had  no  appreciation  of  the  beauty  of  a  work  of  art :  beauty  irritated 
him :  he  wished  to  have  his  curiosity  aroused,  to  be  convicted  of  an  ignor- 
ance which  he  must  attempt  to  overcome,  to  meet  with  an  obscurity  upon 
which  he  could  throw  light,  to  reapply  some  ancient  and  long-disused 
method.  Nothing  was  too  ugly  or  too  insignificant  for  him.  He  quickly 
passed  from  technical  points  to  questions  of  interpretation,  and  here,  also, 
he  is  the  pioneer  of  the  modern  school ;  for  example,  in  the  study  of  figured 
vases,  the  application  of  mythology  to  art,  and  the  ability  to  reconstruct  a 
lost  style  from  a  single  insignificant  figure.  Such  was  his  divination  of  the 
art  of  the  Ancient  Empire  in  Egypt,  a  period  of  expansion  and  freedom  which 
preceded  that  of  immobility.  Such  also  was  his  assertion  of  the  Greek  origin 
of  a  large  class  of  the  so-called  Etruscan  vases.  The  scrupulous  exactitude 
of  his  descriptions  (entirely  new  in  this  field  of  work)  very  likely  served  as 
models  to  Winckelmann,  than  whom  he  may  be  said  to  be  more  thoroughly 
scientific  on  a  much  lower  plane.  Caylus  lacked  idealism,  enthusiasm, 
artistic  sense :  therefore  he  made  but  little  impression  as  an  archaeologist ; 
while  Winckelmann  carried  all  before  him.  But  Caylus  was  an  invalu- 
able guide  for  the  unwary,  a  model  for  specialists.  Therefore,  while  the 
public  did  not  know  much  of  him  in  this  capacity — but  revere  him  as  a 
patron  of  art — his  memory  has  lived  among  students  as  their  first  and 
greatest  trainer ;  the  precursor,  if  not  the  founder,  of  a  science  with  a  dis- 
tinct object,  a  well-defined  critical  apparatus,  a  consistent  method,  an  or- 
ganic life — even  though  it  be  painfully  limited  in  its  sphere,  and  more 
useful  as  an  instrument  than  as  an  end.  Caylus  and  Winckelmann  to- 
gether form  a  complete  whole,  each  supplementing  the  other. 

This  is  a  summary  of  a  novel  and  interesting  memoir,  written  with  keen 
appreciation  and  in  a  good  style. — A.  L.  F.,  JR. 

GUSTAVE  SCHLTJMBERGER.     Un  empereur  byzantin  au  dixi&me  stick : 
Nic£phore  Phocas.    4to,  pp.  IV,  781.    Paris,  1890;  Firmin  Didot. 
With  one  exception  this  is  the  longest  monograph  devoted  to  any  of  the 
Byzantine  emperors.    It  is  written  by  a  scholar  who  has  made  for  fifteen 
years  a  specialty  of  Byzantine  history,  and  who  has  created  the  special 
branch  of  Byzantine  sigillography.     The  book  is  not  merely  a  recital  of 
military  actions  and  diplomatic  negotiations,  but  is  a  summary  of  the 
military,  social  and  political  life  of  Constantinople  toward  the  year  960, 
illustrated  by  descriptive  geography,  archaeology,  and  numismatics.     The 
figure  of  Nikephoros,  strong,  brave  and  pitiless,  with  a  peculiar  combina- 
tion, of  asceticism  and  love  of  adventure,  is  made  to  stand  out  with  clear- 
5 


502  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

ness  and  some  partiality.  The  style  is  vivid  and  too  highly-colored, 
except  for  the  purpose  of  a  popular  work,  but  it  has  the  merit  of  exciting 
the  interest  and  even  enthusiasm  of  the  reader.  The  copious  illustrations, 
of  extreme  interest,  are  taken  from  about  250  monuments  of  capital  im- 
portance for  Byzantine  history,  and  are  for  the  greater  part  inedited. — 
S.  KEINACH,  in  Revue  Critique,  1890,  No.  26. 

MAX  SCHMID.     Die  Dartstellung  der  Geburt  Christi  in  der  bildenden 

Kunst.     Entwicklungs-geschichtliche  Studie.     8vo,  pp.  IV,  128. 

Stuttgart,  1890;  Hoffman. 

This  is  one  of  a  number  of  monographs  that  have  appeared  recently  in 
Germany  upon  special  groups  of  subjects  in  Christian  art,  such  as  Dob- 
bert's  study  on  the  Last  Supper2  and  Kekule's  on  the  Creation  of  Eve.3 
It  consists  of  two  parts,4  a  catalogue  of  the  monuments  and  an  historical 
and  critical  dissertation.  The  catalogue  not  only  contains  a  careful  de- 
scription of  each  work  in  detail,  with  copious  references  to  authorities,  but 
gives,  in  each  case,  an  illustration.  This  is  the  material  upon  which  the 
thesis  is  based.  The  fault  to  be  found  with  this  part  of  the  work  is,  that 
the  crude  outlines  that  parody  the  monuments  not  only  are  most  inade- 
quate, being  useless  for  any  purpose  except  for  an  idea  of  their  composition, 
but  they  are  often  repulsive.  As  nearly  all  the  monuments  had  been  illus- 
trated elsewhere,  it  appears  singular  that  exact  reproductions  from  these 
earlier  outlines  were  not  preferred.  The  result  is  that  a  student  is  forced 
to  refer,  whenever  possible,  to  other  books,  in  order  to  know  anything  of 
the  style  and  period  of  the  monuments. 

In  the  introduction  the  author  examines  under  what  influences  of  dogma, 
liturgy,  ritual,  etc.,  the  works  enumerated  in  the  catalogue  were  produced. 
The  subject  of  the  relative  influence  on  art  of  the  historical  and  of  the 
legendary  accounts  of  the  Birth  of  Christ  is  extremely  interesting,  but 
could  hardly  be  satisfactorily  treated  without  a  more  general  discussion  of 
such  a  relation.  The  historical  section,  or  the  thesis  proper,  follows.  The 
earliest  works  belong  to  the  West  and  begin  with  the  fourth  century  ;  of 
Eastern  art  the  author  knows  no  monuments  earlier  than  the  sixth  cen- 

8  Das  Abendmahl  Christi  in  der  bildenden  Kunst  bis  gegen  den  Schluss  des  XIV  Jahr- 
hunderts  in  the  Repertorium  fur  Kunstwissenschaft,  1890. 

3  Ueber  die  Darstellung  der  Erschaffung  der  Eva  in  the  Jahrbuch  d.  k.  d.  Archceolog. 
Institute,  1890. 

4  The  following  is  the  Table  of  Contents.    Kataiog,  s.  1  :  Einleitung,  43  (1.  Lehre 
von  der  Geburt  Christi :  2.  Legewde  von  der  Geburt  Christi :  3.  Feier  der  Geburt  Christi). 
I.    Geburt  Christi  in  der  altchristlichen  Kunst  des  Abenlandes  bis  zum  VI  Jahrhundert. 
1.  Wandmalerei:  2.  Sarkophage:  3.  Quellen  der  Geburtsdarstellungen  der  Sarkophage. 
Exkurs.  Krippe  und  Wiege.     II.  Geburt  Christi  in  der  ostromisch-byzantinischen  Kunst. 
III.  Geburt  Christi  in  Westrom  seit  dem  VI  Jahrh. 


REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES  OF  BOOKS.  503 

tury.  The  principal  branches  of  art  referred  to  are :  frescoes ;  sarco- 
phagi ;  and,  later,  illuminations  and  ivories.  The  fourth  and  fifth  cen- 
turies constitute  the  first  period  in  the  development  of  the  subject,  and  it 
was  then  a  favorite  one  with  the  artists  of  the  West.  The  second  period 
begins,  after  the  close  of  the  epoch  of  the  Roman  sarcophagi,  in  the  sixth 
century,  and  at  this  time  the  apocrypha  have  more  influence  than  before 
upon  the  artists  of  both  East  and  West.  The  Byzantine  influence  upon 
the  West  from  this  time  to  the  Carlovingian  period  is  admitted  and  dis- 
cussed. The  type  of  this  subject  was  then  firmly  established.  The  man- 
ner in  which  it  was  developed  in  the  Carlovingian  and  succeeding  periods 
will  be  the  subject  of  a  second  study  which  we  are  promised  by  the  author. — 
A.  L.  F.,  JR. 

WARWICK  WROTH.  Catalogue  of  Greek  Coins.  Pontus,  Paphlagonia, 
Biihynia  and  the  Kingdom  of  Bosphorus.  Edited  by  Reginald 
Stuart  Poole.  8vo7  pp.  XLIV,  252;  pis.  xxxix.  London,  1889. 
This  volume  consists  of  a  general  introduction,  a  descriptive  catalogue, 
a  series  of  indexes,  and  phototype  plates.  First  are  treated  the  civic 
coinages  of  Pontos,  Paphlagonia  and  Bythinia,  and  these  are  followed  by 
the  regal  coinages.  The  first  city  to  strike  coins  in  these  districts  was 
probably  Sinope,  about  480  B.  c.,  other  cities  which  issued  coins  in  the 
fifth  century  were  Astakos,  Chalkedon  and  Herakleia.  The  other  cities 
which  coined  money  before  the  time  of  Mithradates  the  Great  began  to 
do  so  in  the  fourth  and  third  centuries  B.  c.  The  coins  of  this  district  fall 
chronologically  into  three  periods :  (1)  those  which  were  coined  before  the 
time  of  Mithradates,  (2)  coins  of  the  Mithradatic  period,  (3)  coins  of  the 
Imperial  period.  The  latter  class  is  by  far  the  largest,  and  exhibits  the 
following  types:  (a)  mythologic  and  religious,  (6)  Roman  imperial,  (c) 
agonistic,  and  (d)  geographic.  The  coins  of  the  first  type  show  that  the 
divinities  which  occur  with  greatest  frequency  and  at  the  largest  number 
of  cities  are  Asklepios,  Herakles,  Pallas,  Dionysos,  Zeus,  Serapis,  Nike. 
Other  divinities  who  occur  often,  but  less  frequently,  are  Apollon,  Aphro- 
dite, Demeter,  Kybele,  Artemis,  Nemesis,  and  Poseidon.  Representations 
of  the  Emperor  sacrificing,  etc.,  are  frequent.  Agnostic  types  are  rare. 
Representations  of  the  City  or  the  Tyche  of  the  City  are  of  frequent  oc- 
currence.— A.  M. 


ARCH^OLOGICAL  NEWS. 
SUMMARY  OF  RECENT  DISCOVERIES  AND  INVESTIGATIONS. 


Page. 

ARABIA, 529 

ARMENIA 523 

ASIA  MINOR,      ....  540 

BABYLONIA 524 

EGYPT 507 

GREECE, 554 


Page. 

HINDUSTAN 521 

ITALY, 569 

KRETE 569 

KYPROS, 553 

PALESTINE 534 

PERSIA 522 


Page. 

PHOENICIA 538 

POLYNESIA 520 

SICILY 595 

SYRIA, 531 

TARTARY 521 

TUNISIA, 519 


GENERAL  SUMMARY. 

The  preponderance  of  Oriental  discoveries  and  investigations  is  the 
characteristic  of  the  News  in  this  number ;  and  to  such  an  extent  that  it 
has  been  found  necessary,  from  want  of  space,  to  defer  until  the  next  issue 
the  latter  part  of  the  Neivs. 

There  is  renewed  activity  in  EGYPT.  Messrs.  Eraser  and  Newberry, 
under  the  auspices  of  the  Exploration  Fund  and  with  the  hearty  support 
of  the  English,  French,  and  native  authorities,  have  begun  what  is  hoped 
will  prove  a  complete  and  thorough  archaeological  survey  of  Egypt.  The 
excavations  for  the  Fund  have  been  undertaken  on  the  site  of  Herakleou- 
polis  by  M.  Naville ;  and  Mr.  Petrie,  whom  we  welcome  back  to  Egypt, 
has  commenced  excavations  in  the  cemetery  of  the  ancient  empire  at 
Medum.  The  season  promises  to  be  fruitful,  though  not  sensational.  In 
the  meantime,  the  study  of  Egyptian  papyri  continues  to  enrich  the  do- 
main of  Greek  texts,  and,  together  with  fragments  of  Plato's  Phaidon, 
Euripides'  Antiope,  Menandros,  Epicharmos,  and  several  anonymous  poems, 
there  comes  the  announcement  of  the  discovery  of  Aristotle's  Descrip- 
tion of  the  Constitution  of  Athens.  There  never  was  a  time  when  papyri 
came  to  light  in  such  quantities,  and  further  discoveries  are  confidently 
awaited.  It  would  seem  as  if  we  had  only  begun  to  appreciate  the  inter- 
est of  Mr.  Petrie's  excavations  at  Kahun.  The  use  of  the  round  arch  and 
of  proto-Doric,  Ionic,  and  Corinthian  capitals  and  columns,  both  of  wood 
and  of  stone,  are  facts  of  the  greatest  importance  for  the  history  of  archi- 
tecture, dating  as  they  do  from  the  xn  dynasty,  if  we  accept  Mr.  Petrie's 
conclusions.  No  less  interesting  is  the  similarity  between  the  houses  of 
Kahun  and  those  of  the  Greeks  and  Romans.  As  an  offset,  we  still  hear 
504 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  505 

echoes  of  Vandalism  from  various  parts  of  Egypt.  The  reports  from 
TUNISIA  show  that  the  recent  archaeological  campaign,  carried  on  actively 
at  seven  centres,  was  the  most  fruitful  ever  undertaken.  It  is  to  be  re- 
gretted that  detailed  and  early  reports  of  these  investigations  appear  not 
to  have  been  published.  M.  de  Morgan  continues  to  report  on  his  inves- 
tigations in  the  early  cemeteries  of  Russian  ARMENIA,  fourteen  of  which 
have  been  studied,  which  he  divides  into  four  groups  or  periods.  For 
BABYLONIA  the  novelties  are  more  literary  than  archaeological,  for  Dr. 
Peters  has  not  yet  made  public  his  report  on  the  excavations  at  Nippur, 
which,  during  the  last  weeks,  were  extremely  fruitful.  Mr.  Pinches  re- 
ports two  interesting  facts  :  the  existence  of  a  new  Akkadian  story  of  the 
Creation,  and  the  true  reading  of  the  name  of  the  Babylonian  Herakles, 
which  is  not  Izdubar  but  Gilgamesh. 

Professor  Sayce  states  with  great  clearness  the  results  recently  ascer- 
tained in  regard  to  the  early  history  of  ARABIA  from  the  inscriptions  found 
by  Glaser  and  other  explorers.  They  are  revolutionary,  and  place  be- 
fore us  the  picture  of  a  very  early  purely  Shemitic  civilization,  dating 
back  certainly  to  the  third  millenium  B.  c.,  with  an  advanced  culture  and 
an  extensive  dominion,  stretching  at  one  time  to  the  frontiers  of  Egypt. 
Among  other  results  is  that  the  Shemitic  alphabet  was  neither  a  Phoenician 
invention  nor  derived  from  Egypt,  thus  bringing  about  a  good  riddance 
of  the  fallacy  of  its  evolution  from  the  Hieratic  script.  It  cannot  be 
doubted  that  the  study  of  these  numerous  Arabic  inscriptions  will  be  of 
the  greatest  interest  to  students  of  the  Old  Testament.  The  HITTITES  con- 
tinue to  be  a  bone  of  contention :  Dr.  Puchstein  denies  that  they  are  the 
authors  of  the  sculptures  either  of  Northern  Syria  or  of  Asia  Minor,  and 
places  these  works  at  a  comparatively  late  date.  There  is  nothing  of  much 
importance  from  PALESTINE  except  the  discovery  that  in  the  xv  cent.  B.  c., 
before  the  entrance  of  the  Hebrews,  Jerusalem  was  already  called  by  that 
name  and  was  governed  by  a  semi-independent  king.  PHOENICIA  furnishes 
two  items  of  interest — a  study  on  the  rock-cut  figures  of  Kana,  and  the 
welcome  information  that  the  magnificent  sarcophagi  found  at  Sidon  are 
being  published  by  Hamdi  Bey,  the  first  number  of  whose  work  has  lately 
been  issued  by  Leroux  (Paris).  The  most  complete  description  yet  made 
— tinged  with  the  enthusiasm  which  these  great  works  arouse  in  all  who 
have  seen  them — has  been  contributed  by  Dr.  Peters  to  the  N.  Y.  Nation 
(Jan.  8  and  15,  1891). 

The  investigations  in  ASIA  MINOR  have  been  continued,  but  without  re- 
markable results.  Mr.  Bent  makes  an  interesting  identification  in  Hiera- 
polis  =  Kastabala.  M.  Huart  gathers  a  harvest  of  Mussulman  inscriptions, 
and  the  inexhaustible  supply  of  its  classic  epigraphy  furnishes  many  papers 
to  the  reviews  of  the  French  and  German  schools.  Professor  Ramsay's 


506  AMERICAN  JO  UENAL  OF  ARCHJEOL OGY. 

most  interesting  notes  concern  some  "Hittite"  rock-cut  sculptures  at 
Fraktin  and  a  relief  of  the  same  style  at  Bor.  The  death  of  Dr.  SCHLIE- 
MANN  will  not  put  an  end  to  the  excavations  at  Hissarlik :  it  is  announced 
that  Mrs.  Schliemann,  as  a  tribute  to  his  memory,  will  complete  them  in 
the  spring.  They  will  be  under  the  skilful  direction  of  Dr.  Dorpfeld,  who 
recently  reported  on  the  latest  excavations  and  the  future  plans. 

Of  interest  for  prehistoric  GREECE  is  the  renewed  investigation  of  the 
Pelasgians,  who  are  declared  by  Trendelenburg  (following  Milchhofer) 
to  be  the  creators  and  carriers  of  what  we  term  the  Mykenaian  civiliza- 
tion— with  its  akropoli,  bee-hive  tombs,  and  early  work  in  gold  and  other 
metals.  At  Athens  there  have  been  found  important  parts  of  the  large 
Roman  market-place.  A  call  for  the  better  protection  of  the  sculptures 
left  exposed  in  Athens  is  counterbalanced  by  a  movement  to  restore  to 
Athens  the  Elgin  marbles ;  if  this  be  realized  it  would  be  an  unparalleled 
proof  of  disinterestedness.  Delplioi  is  to  be  excavated,  whether  by  the 
Americans  or  by  the  French  has  yet  to  be  determined.  The  site  of  the 
famous  sanctuary  of  the  Amyklaian  Apollon  did  not  yield  what  was  ex- 
pected. None  of  the  Archaeological  Schools  are  at  present  engaged  in 
excavations  of  interest,  though  quite  a  number  are  being  planned,  such  as 
investigations  in  the  Peloponnesos  by  the  German  school.  The  theatre  at 
Megalopolis  is  to  be  entirely  cleared  and  put  in  order  for  exhibition.  Ex- 
cavations at  Rhamnous  have  cleared  the  earlier  and  the  later  temple. 
The  discovery  of  a  statue  of  Themis  in  the  smaller  temple  appears  to 
show  that  there  were  not  two  temples  of  Nemesis,  but  that  Themis  was 
worshipped  in  the  smaller  one. 

ITALY  presents  a  great  number  and  variety  of  excavations,  although 
none  of  salient  importance.  Signor  Orsi's  report  on  the  temples  at  LoJcroi 
is  extremely  valuable  for  the  study  of  Greek  architecture,  and  has  there- 
fore been  given  in  our  summary  an  unprecedented  amount  of  space.  We 
await  with  interest  further  light  on  the  statue  attributed  to  Praxiteles 
found  at  Verona,  as,  though  certainly  not  an  original,  it  may  give  us  a 
new  type  of  Praxitelian  invention.  Bologna  and  Corneto  continue  to 
yield  prehistoric  and  Etruscan  tombs.  Discoveries  in  the  Etruscan  ne- 
cropolis of  Giardino  Margherita  at  Bologna  throw  new  light  on  the  artistic 
influence  of  Hellenism  on  Etruria  Circumpadana  as  well  as  on  Central 
and  Maritime  Etruria.  There  is  an  unusually  interesting  series  of  items 
concerning  Christian  and  Renaissance  art.  The  discovery,  in  Rome,  of  the 
basilica  of  Pope  Sylvester  I  (314-26),  containing  the  tombs  of  six  popes, 
promises  to  be  of  importance  for  Christian  archaeology. 

The  news  for  Spain,  France,  Germany,  England,  America,  etc.,  is  de- 
ferred until  the  next  issue. 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  507 

AFRICA. 
EGYPT. 

EGYPT  EXPLORATION  FUND. — Archaeological  Survey  of  Egypt. — We  quote 
the  following  circular  just  issued :  "The  President  and  Committee  of  the 
Egypt  Exploration  Fund  have  decided  to  commence  an  exhaustive  Arch- 
aeological Survey  of  Egypt.  For  this  purpose,  the  services  of  two  gentle- 
men have  been  engaged — Mr.  George  Fraser,  a  skilled  civil  engineer  and 
practical  explorer ;  and  Mr.  Percy  E.  Newberry,  a  specially-trained  stu- 
dent, who  has  qualified  himself  by  a  careful  study  of  all  the  printed  and 
MS.  materials  bearing  upon  the  subject,  and  who  is  also  a  good  photo- 
grapher. Acting  with  the  approval  and  support  of  the  Director  of  the 
Ghizeh  Museum,  Mr.  Fraser  and  Mr.  Newberry  have  begun  work  this 
month  (December)  in  the  southern  part  of  the  province  of  Minieh,  in  the 
Mudiriyeh  of  Minieh,  Upper  Egypt ;  a  district  peculiarly  rich  in  sepulchral 
monuments  of  the  xn  dynasty,  including  the  recently-mutilated  tombs  of 
Berscheh  and  Beni-Hasan,  and  the  celebrated  Speos  Artemidos.  It  is 
hoped  that  Messrs.  Fraser  and  Newberry  may  complete  their  survey  of 
this  district  during  their  first  and  second  seasons ;  and  that  by  the  close 
of  their  second  campaign,  they  will  have  measured  and  planned  the  mon- 
uments, copied  and  photographed  the  inscriptions,  sculptures  and  wall- 
paintings,  and  taken  note  of  all  the  depredations  which  have  recently  been 
committed.  Thus,  an  exact  record  will  for  the  first  time  be  made  of  the 
existing  antiquities  belonging  to  at  least  one  section  of  the  map  of  Egypt, 
and  an  authoritative  standard  of  reference  will  be  obtained  wherewith  to 
collate  and  correct  such  errors  as  have  inevitably  crept  into  inscriptions 
copied  and  published  at  an  earlier  period,  when  photography  was  not  em- 
ployed. The  first  district  being  exhausted,  they  hope  to  undertake  equally 
important  scenes  of  work  for  many  an  ensuing  season  ;  and  so  on,  if  funds 
and  circumstances  permit,  till  the  whole  of  this  great  task  is  accomplished. 

"  The  results  of  each  year's  work,  with  maps,  photographs,  translations 
and  summaries  of  inscriptions,  will  be  published  in  volumes  uniform  with 
the  Annual  Memoirs  of  the  Egypt  Exploration  Fund.  That  the  Survey 
may  be  as  complete  as  possible,  the  surveyors  propose  to  collate  existing 
texts  with  the  copies  made  by  all  early  travellers,  in  order  to  fill  up  lacunae, 
and  verify  the  damage  done  since  the  commencement  of  the  century.  For 
this  purpose,  they  have  already  taken  careful  copies  of  all  published  texts 
belonging  to  the  province  of  Minieh,  besides  thoroughly  sifting  the  mag- 
nificent portfolios  of  drawings  of  the  late  Robert  Hay  (1825-37),  preserved 
in  the  library  of  the  British  Museum,  and  the  very  valuable  collection  of 
sketches,  etc.,  by  the  late  Sir  J.  Gardner  Wilkinson,  which,  through  the 


508  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.          [EGYPT.] 

liberality  of  Sir  Vauncey  Crewe,  Bart.,  have  been  deposited  with  Professor 
K.  Stuart  Poole  for  the  use  of  the  officers  of  the  Survey.  It  would  largely 
promote  the  objects  of  the  Survey,  if  those  who  possess  unpublished  pho- 
tographs and  copies  of  texts,  wall-sculptures,  etc.,  would  kindly  follow  the 
generous  example  of  Sir  Vauncey  Crewe.  The  co-operation  of  many 
foreign  scholars  including  such  as  have  charge  of  the  unpublished  treasures 
of  various  European  museums,  has  already  been  promised. 

"  A  Special  Fund  having  been  opened  for  the  support  of  the  Archae- 
ological Survey,  donations  and  subscriptions  for  this  purpose  are  earnestly 
solicited.  Subscriptions  will  be  gratefully  received  by  the  Honorary  Sec- 
retary, Miss  AMELIA  B.  EDWARDS,  The  Larches,  Westbury-on-Trym, 
Bristol;  by  the  Kev.  W.  C.  WINSLOW,  D.D.,  LL.D.,  Vice-President  of 
the  Fund,  525  Beacon  Street,  Boston,  Mass. 

"AMELIA  B.  EDWARDS, 

"  Vice-President  and  Honorary  Secretary. 
"  December  20th,  1890." 

Explorations  for  the  season  of  1890-91. — Mr.  Naville  is  expected  to  arrive 
in  Cairo  before  long,  and  to  commence  excavations  for  the  Fund  on  the  site 
of  Herakleoupolis. — Athenceum,  Dec.  13. 

FLINDERS  PETRIE'S  EXCAVATIONS.  —  Mr.  Flinders  Petrie  has  obtained 
permission  to  excavate  this  winter  at  Medum  and  Lisht.  He  intends  to 
begin  operations  in  the  third-dynasty  cemetery  at  Medum. — Athen.,  Dec.  13. 

THE  PETRIE  PAPYRI. — Mr.  Flinders  Petrie  lately  brought  from  Egypt  a 
number  of  Greek  papyri  which  he  submitted  to  the  examination  of  Pro- 
fessors Sayce  and  Mahaffy.  After  their  preliminary  notice  in  the  Acad- 
emy of  Sept.  6,  Professor  Mahaffy  contributes  two  extensive  notes  to  the 
Athenceum  of  Oct.  25  and  Dec.  6,  from  which  we  extract  the  following. 

The  Acts  of  a  Greek  Probate- Court  in  the  Fay  own. — Mr.  Petrie  found  a 
small  necropolis  at  a  village  called  Kurob,  about  six  hours'  ride  from  the 
ancient  capital  of  the  Fayoum,  the  Greek  Crocodilopolis,  now  Medinet-el- 
Fayoum.  The  mummies  which  he  there  examined  were  all  of  the  Ptole- 
maic period.  He  observed  that  these  cases  were  made  up  of  layers  of  papy- 
rus, glued  together  so  as  to  make  the  thick  carton,  which  was  then  glazed 
and  polished.  When  this  gluing  has  been  carefully  done,  it  is  impossible 
to  separate  the  layers,  and,  indeed,  the  cases  were  riddled  by  insects  which 
live  on  the  glue  or  gum.  But  in  some  instances  the  process  had  been  care- 
lessly carried  out ;  the  layers  of  papyrus  were  merely  laid  together,  and 
so  he  was  able  to  recover  a  large  number  of  pieces  of  papyrus  covered  with 
Greek  and  demotic  writing,  which  had  been  obtained  and  used  as  waste 
paper  by  the  artisans  who  made  the  cases.  The  Greek  papyri  Mr.  Petrie 
submitted  to  Mr.  Sayce  and  to  me  for  examination  last  August.  We 


[EGYPT.]  ARCH&OLOGICAL  NEWS.  509 

found  them  to  consist  of  three  classes  of  documents.  First,  there  were 
three  pieces,  fragments  of  the  classics  which  the  Greek  settlers  in  the 
Fayoum  had  brought  with  them  or  copied  out  for  literary  reasons.  They 
comprise  small  portions  of  the  Phaidon  of  Plato,  in  a  very  beautiful  and 
careful  hand ;  the  concluding  scene  of  the  lost  Antiope  of  Euripides — 
some  eighty  lines  in  a  very  careless  and  much  effaced  MS.  ;  and  a  para- 
graph or  two  on  the  duties  of  a  "  companion  "  by  some  rhetorician  whom 
we  have  as  yet  failed  to  determine.  These  classical  texts  we  shall  publish 
in  the  next  number  of  Hermathena  (the  journal  of  the  University  of  Dub- 
lin). Secondly,  there  are  a  large  number  of  short  letters,  memoranda, 
and  accounts  relating  to  land  questions,  royal  decrees,  and  other  internal 
affairs  of  the  Fayoum  under  the  first  three  Ptolemies,  which  Mr.  Sayce 
has  undertaken  to  decipher  and  to  describe.  They  are  far  more  difficult 
to  read  and  explain  than  the  third  division,  which  I  found  to  consist  of 
wills,  and  of  which  I  now  proceed  to  give  an  account. 

These  documents  are  evidently  not  the  actual  testaments  of  the  Greek 
citizens  of  Kurob,  which  may  have  been  the  Arsinoitic  Bubastos  to  which 
they  constantly  allude,  but  an  official  list  or  register,  like  that  of  our  Pro- 
bate Court,  enumerating  them  according  to  date  in  regular  order,  several 
being  usually  entered  on  the  same  page  of  papyrus,  which  held  at  least 
two  columns.  Not  a  single  one  of  these  documents  is  complete,  though 
in  several  cases  large  portions  of  two  wills  are  remaining  upon  the  same 
page.  The  papyri  either  were  broken  intentionally,  or  have  gone  to  pieces 
in  the  difficult  process  of  severing  them  from  one  another.  In  one  case 
only  have  I  succeeded  in  fitting  together  stray  fragments,  and  reproducing 
a  text  complete  except  in  the  heading.  But,  though  fragmentary,  the 
strict  formulae,  which  recur  in  them  all,  enable  us  to  supply  from  one  what 
is  missing  in  another,  and  so  we  can  put  before  the  modern  reader  the  ex- 
act form  of  a  Grseco-Egyptian  will  of  the  third  century  B.  c. 

Here,  then,  is  the  form  of  these  testaments :  "  In  the  reign  of  Ptolemy, 
son  of  Ptolemy  and  Arsinoe,  etc.,  the  tenth  year,  M  being  priest  of  Alex- 
ander and  the  Ptolemies,  N  being  Kanephoros  of  Arsinoe  Philadelphos, 
in  the  month  X,  the  tenth  day  of  the  month,  in  the  city  of  the  Crocodiles, 
of  the  Arsinoitic  nome  (district) — M,  the  son  of  N,  a  landholder,  being 
of  sound  mind  and  good  understanding,  made  the  following  bequests,  being 
about  seventy -five  years  old,  tall  in  stature,  fair  in  complexion,  bald,  with 
a  scar  across  his  nose,  and  a  mole  on  his  left  ear,"  etc. 

"  May  it  be  my  lot  to  keep  in  good  health  and  manage  my  own  affairs, 
but  should  I  suffer  anything  human,  I  bequeath  to  [the  details  follow],  and 
nothing  to  nobody  else.  And  I  name  as  executors  the  reigning  king  and 
the  queen,  his  sister  and  wife,  and  their  children.  The  witnesses  are  A,  a 
Carian  about  seventy  years  old,  landholder,  from  X's  division  (of  troops), 


510  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCHJEOLOG  Y.          [EGYPT.] 

short,  stout,  with  a  scar  on  his  forehead  under  the  hair,  etc.  ;  B,  a  Thessa- 
lian  of  the  second  settlement,  tall,  sallow,  with  a  scar  on  his  left  ear,"  etc. 

The  number  of  witnesses  varies  from  three  to  seven,  and  with  this  list 
each  document  abruptly  concludes. 

Turning  first  to  the  external  form  and  the  language  of  these  texts,  we 
find  in  them  what  I  suppose  is  perfectly  new  to  us,  a  large  assortment  of 
the  handwritings  of  the  Egyptian  Greeks  of  the  third  century  B.  c.  They 
vary  from  large,  clear,  splendid  writing  to  the  most  fugitive  and  illegible 
cursive.  But  (except  in  the  signs  for  year,  drachma,  and  a  very  few  others) 
there  are  no  contractions.  The  vocabulary  and  grammar  are  by  no  means 
careless  or  faulty.  There  are  some  words  not  known  to  us  save  in  the 
LXX,  a  composition  of  the  same  date,  or  in  Hesychios,  but  they  are  words 
which  may  always  have  been  in  colloquial  use. 

When  we  approach  the  substance  of  these  documents  the  first  point  of 
importance  is  the  date.  The  actual  years  occurring  and  recurring  in  this 
official  record  are  the  twelfth,  fifteenth,  and  twenty-second  years  of  the 
third  Ptolemy  (235-25  B.  c.).  In  the  memoranda  we  have  found  older 
dates,  e.  g.,  the  thirty-sixth  year  of  the  second  Ptolemy,  but  none  of  a 
later  reign. 

What  was  the  condition  of  these  testators  ?  In  the  first  place,  there  is 
not  a  single  Egyptian  name  among  the  many  which  occur,  except  perhaps 
the  mongrel  Philanamon.  They  are  all  Macedonians  or  Greeks,  or  people 
who  came  into  Egypt  with  Alexander's  army,  but  of  many  Various  nations, 
from  Alexandrians  and  Eleusinians  (the  Egyptian  Eleusis)  to  the  distant 
Thracians,  Carians,  Illyrians,  and  even  Campanians.  Many  old  Greek 
towns  are  represented,  but  not  (perhaps  accidentally)  Sparta  and  Athens. 
The  facts  that  most  of  these  people  are  called  cleruchs ;  that  they  bequeath 
houses  in  Alexandria,  though  they  live  far  away  in  the  Fayoum ;  that 
they  allude  to  their  old  regiments,  to  their  many  scars  by  way  of  identi- 
fication ;  and  that  they  stand  in  direct  relation  to  the  king  as  their  ex- 
ecutor ;  seem  to  prove  that  we  have  before  us  a  military  colony  or  settle- 
ment, to  which  the  lands  of  the  Egyptians  were  granted,  and  which, 
therefore,  formed  the  aristocracy  of  the  country.  It  is  remarkable  that, 
with  one  doubtful  exception,  they  do  not  bequeath  their  holdings  of  land  ; 
they  only  dispose  of  their  personal  property,  and  this  in  ordinary  cases 
either  to  a  wife  or  to  a  son  or  a  daughter.  There  are  two  classes  distin- 
guished— the  original  grantees,  who  are  often  called  hundred-acre  men 
(cKaTovrapovpoi),  and  a  new  generation  (rfjs  erriyov^s). 

But  these  and  other  details  are  more  suited  to  a  commentary  on  the 
texts.  I  will  only  here  add,  that  if  we  compare  the  Petrie  papyri  which 
I  have  seen — some  of  them  are  still  to  arrive  in  England — with  what  has 
been  published  in  the  special  journal  of  Karaba9ek  from  the  Rainer 


[EGYPT.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  511 

papyri,  while  the  variety  in  the  latter  is  far  greater,  in  length  and  in  good 
preservation  the  texts  in  the  former  are  far  more  satisfactory. — Oct.  25. 

The  Classical  Fragments. — I  am  now  able  to  give  some  further  informa- 
tion :  and  first  as  regards  the  dates  of  the  papyri.  Neither  Mr.  Sayce, 
who  has  examined  the  letters  and  accounts,  nor  I,  who  have  been  reading 
the  other  documents,  can  find  among  the  papyri  of  Kurob  any  date  later 
than  the  last  year  of  the  third  Ptolemy  (about  222  B.  c.).  There  are  many 
from  the  later  years  of  the  second.  I  think  I  can  account  for  this  sud- 
den termination  of  the  dates,  and  the  turning  of  so  many  documents  of 
more  or  less  importance  into  waste  paper.  The  third  Ptolemy  (Euergetes 
I),  after  a  brilliant  youth,  passed  into  an  inglorious  age,  and  though  his 
kingdom  remained  undisturbed  till  his  death  (222  B.  c.)  the  accession  of 
his  son  Philopator  was  marked  by  great  dangers  from  without  and  from 
within.  The  attack  of  Antiochos  the  Great  of  Syria  compelled  the  ad- 
visers of  the  young  king  to  have  resort  to  the  native  population  for  troops, 
a  measure  so  obsolete  that  Polybios  notices  it  as  a  novelty.  For  the  Ptol- 
emies, and  even  their  predecessors,  had  long  abandoned  the  military  class 
in  Egypt,  and  employed  nothing  but  foreign  mercenaries.  The  native 
troops  in  their  phalanx  won  the  great  battle  of  Raphia,  and,  in  conse- 
quence, they  made  insurrections  against  the  king,  whose  whole  reign  was 
occupied  with  these  internal  troubles.  If  this  be  so,  it  is  obvious  enough 
that  the  foreign  Greek  mercenaries  planted  as  landlords  in  outlying  parts 
of  Egypt,  like  the  Fayoum,  would  be  the  first  to  suffer.  They  were  prob- 
ably dispossessed,  perhaps  murdered,  certainly  driven  away  into  strong 
and  garrisoned  cities,  and  their  papers  and  furniture  would  fall  a  prey  to 
the  Egyptians,  who  used  them  for  such  purposes  as  the  manufacture  of 
mummy-cases. 

I  now  approach  the  classical  papyri,  of  which  we  have  found  numerous 
fragments  among  the  every-day  documents  which  are  dated.  There  is  no 
antecedent  probability  that  the  former  should  be  younger  than  the  latter 
— nay,  rather,  valuable  books  would  take  longer  to  go  to  pieces  and  be 
used  as  waste  paper  if  there  were  no  sudden  and  violent  destruction  con- 
cerned. And  the  aspect  of  the  classical  MSS.  confirms  this  probability 
amply.  These  MSS.  are  written  in  far  more  careful,  finished,  and  explicit 
handwriting  than  the  every-day  work.  They  are  almost  as  different  as 
our  print  is  from  ordinary  writing,  and  can  be  recognized  at  a  glance. 
The  neat  small  capitals  remind  one  of  inscriptions  upon  stone,  and  the 
early  form  of  particular  letters,  especially  the  z,  will  convince  any  palse- 
ographer  that  we  have  really  before  us  manuscripts  on  papyrus  of  the  third 
century  before  Christ  at  latest ;  some  of  them  may  possibly  have  been 
brought  from  Greece  by  the  mercenaries  who  settled  in  the  Fayoum,  and 
may  reach  back  to  the  fourth  century  B.  c.  Such  astounding  and  unpre- 


512  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.          [EGYPT.] 

cedented  antiquity  in  a  Greek  MS.  takes  one's  breath  away,  and  it  is  only 
after  the  most  mature  and  deliberate  consultation  and  study  that  I  now 
state  it,  with  the  proofs  before  my  eyes. 
We  have,  then,  among  these  fragments — 

1.  Portions  of  the  Phaidon  of  Plato,  reaching  through  pp.  67-9  and 
79-86  of  the  marginal  paging,  and  amounting  to  about  two  pages  of  print 
in  the  Teubner  edition.     This  text  is  beautifully  written  on  the  finest  pa- 
pyrus, and  was  evidently  a  book  of  the  most  expensive  quality  in  its  pro- 
duction.    It  varies  from  our  textus  receptus  in  many  small  details,  chiefly 
in  the  order  of  the  words,  for  reasons  which  I  shall  explain  when  I  publish 
it  in  our  journal  Hermathena. 

2.  The  concluding  scenes  of  the  Antiope  of  Euripides,  containing  por- 
tions of  the  play  not  hitherto  known,  except  one  fragment  of  two  lines 
quoted  by  Stobaios,  which  Mr.  Sayce  identified.     We  have  the  speech  of 
Hermes,  the  deus  ex  maehind,  almost  complete,  though  here  and  there  an 
effaced  line  has  puzzled  us,  and  the  sense  is  not  yet  clear.     But  with  the 
help  of  my  colleagues,  Messrs.  Bury  and  Starkie,  we  have  advanced  a 
good  way,  and  the  two  leaves,  broken  as  they  are,  will  form  far  the  most 
important  relic  of  this  famous  play  in  all  future  editions  of  the  fragments. 

L  They  will  appear  for  the  first  time  in  the  forthcoming  number  of  Herma- 
thena. About  forty  lines  will  be  complete ;  seventy  more  being  partially 
lost  will  afford  our  writers  of  iambics  ample  opportunity  for  brilliant  re- 
storations of  the  text. 

3.  Of  lesser  fragments,  only  four  or  five  lines  in  length,  or  so  mutilated 
as  to  be  of  little  literary  importance,  I  have  found,  since  the  departure  of 
my  colleagues  to  Egypt,  (a)  a  scrap  of  Epicharmos  not  hitherto  known:; 
(6)  a  scrap  of  Menandros,  with  Demeas  as  a  character  ;  (c)  a  scrap  of  a 
tragedy  about  Agamemnon  and  Aulis  ;  (d)  fragments  of  an  epic  poem  on 
the  Trojan  war  mentioning  Hektor  and  the  Trojans,  which  I  cannot  find 
in  the  Iliad ;  (e)  two  prose  fragments — the  one  a  hortatory  discourse  on 
the  duties  of  comrades,  illustrated  by  the  case  of  Achilleus  and  Patroklos, 
the  other  a  description  of  the  funeral  customs  of  various  nations. 

I  am  by  no  means  sure  that  this  is  all,  but  I  expect  little  more  in  this 
direction  from  the  present  find. 

I  shall  return  presently  to  the  private  documents,  of  which  Mr.  Sayce 
has  only  seen  a  part,  but  upon  which  he  has  made  many  curious  observa- 
tions. It  is  very  probable  that  facsimiles  of  each  fragment,  produced  by 
the  best  modern  processes,  will  before  long  be  laid  before  the  public.  It 
is  to  be  feared  that  the  action  of  air  and  light  upon  the  papyri,  which 
have  been  covered  with  some  white  substance  for  gluing  purposes,  may 
cause  all  the  ink  to  fade  in  various  degrees.  It  is  therefore  the  more  ne- 
cessary that  trustworthy  copies  should  be  made  as  quickly  as  possible. 


[EGYPT.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  513 

Quite  apart  from  the  substance  of  these  documents,  their  value  as  lessons 
in  palaeography  can  hardly  be  over-estimated.  We  have  not  only  speci- 
mens of  Greek  writing  on  papyrus  older  than  anything  hitherto  dis- 
covered; we  have  also  examples  of  the  great  variety  of  handwriting 
possible  at  the  same  date — a  variety  apparently  as  complex  as  that  of 
manuscripts  in  our  own  day.  The  ordering  and  classification  of  such  doc- 
uments will  naturally  require  a  long  time  and  careful  study,  but  I  will 
answer  for  it  that  there  will  be  no  unnecessary  delay. — Dec.  6. 

FRAGMENT  OF  A  LOST  GREEK  POET. — In  the  Academy  of  last  April  (p. 
273),  I  mentioned  that  a  splendid  Greek  tomb  had  been  found  by  the 
natives  at  Dalgat  near  Deshlut,  in  Central  Egypt,  not  far  from  the  site 
of  Phylake'  Thebaike.  An  inscription  in  Greek  on  the  breast  of  one  of 
the  mummies  states  that  it  belonged  to  a  certain  Sarapous,  who  died  in 
the  14th  year  of  Augustus  (13  B.  c.).  Among  the  Greek  papyri  discovered 
along  with  the  mummy  is  a  fragment,  now  in  private  hands  at  Siut,  of 
which  I  was  allowed  to  make  a  hasty  copy.  It  seems  to  belong  to  some 
lost  comedy,  and  contains  several  curious  words. — A.  H.  SAYCE,  in  Acad- 
emy, Oct.  11. 

COPTIC  MONUMENTS. — M.  Gayet  has  published  a  work  on  the  Coptic 
monuments  of  the  Museum  of  Bulaq  in  the  Memoires  of  the  French  School 
at  Cairo  (t.  in,  fasc.  3).  It  is  accompanied  by  a  large  number  of  insets 
and  plates.  This  Coptic  art  is  a  peculiar  mixture  of  Roman,  Byzantine, 
and  native  elements :  sometimes  the  latter  predominate,  and  there  are 
sculptures  which  show  (like  an  orante  on  pi.  39,  fig.  34)  the  naive  rude- 
ness of  the  Berber  sculptures  of  the  Maghreb.  The  Byzantine  mummies 
reproduced  in  colors  on  plates  A  and  B,  are  of  the  greatest  interest. — 
Revue  arch.,  1890,  n,  pp.  267-8. 

GREBAUT'S  FORTHCOMING  WORK  ON  THE  NATIONAL  EGYPTIAN  MUSEUM.1— 
In  the  days  of  the  old  Bulaq  Museum,  under  Mariette  Pasha,  was  issued 
that  beautiful  and  scarce  volume,  L1  Album  du  Musee  de  Bulaq,  the  whole 
stock  of  which  perished  in  the  fire  which  destroyed  the  premises  of  M. 
Moures,  at  Cairo.  The  few  copies  yet  extant  give  the  only  photographic 
record  of  those  delightful  galleries  which  were  the  creation  of  Mariette. 
Now,  not  only  has  the  location  of  the  collection  been  changed,  but  new 
acquisitions  have  of  late  poured  in  from  Luxor,  from  Ekhmim,  from  Bou- 
bastis,  from  Hawara,  Koptos,  and  many  other  sites.  Thus,  in  course  of  time, 
the  old  Bulaq  collection  will  become  but  the  nucleus  of  a  new  museum. 

M.  Grebaut  celebrates  this  new  point  of  departure  in  the  history  of  the 
national  Egyptian  collection  by  issuing  the  opening  numbers  of  a  great 

1  Le  Musee  Egyptien :  Recueil  de  Monuments  Choisis  et  de  Notices  sur  les  Fouilles 
en  Egypte.  Publie"  par  E.  Gre"baut,  Directeur-ge'ne'ral  du  service  des  Fouilles,  E. 
Brugsch-Bey  et  G.  Daressy,  Conservateurs  (Cairo). 


514  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.          [EGYPT.] 

illustrated  work,  which  shall  as  adequately  represent  the  riches  of  the 
new  museum  as  the  former  album  represented  those  of  the  earlier  building. 
Its  twenty  plates  are  admirably  autotyped  from  photographs.  The  sub- 
jects are  interesting  and  various,  comprising  the  recently-found  statuettes 
of  Khafra,  Menkara,  and  Menkauhor  of  the  iv  dynasty  ;  of  Userenra  of 
the  v  dynasty ;  and  of  one  more  remarkable  than  all  the  rest  for  character 
and  dignity — an  unknown  king  of  the  same  period.  Also,  an  engraved  and 
tinted  plan  of  the  newly-excavated  temple  of  Prince  Uatmes  at  Gurnah, 
as  well  as  several  plates  reproducing  the  stelae  and  fragments  of  stelae, 
there  discovered,  including  two  votive  tablets  to  the  Bull  Apis.  Other 
plates  reproduce  statues,  fragments  of  statues,  and  inscriptions  of  widely 
separate  periods,  ranging  from  the  xviu  dynasty  to  the  time  of  Tiberius. 
Among  these  are  to  be  especially  noted  a  curious  archaic  figure  of  a 
kneeling  slave  from  the  site  of  Memphis  (pi.  xin) ;  a  much  weathered 
tablet  with  a  Greek  inscription  across  the  base,  from  Gebelayn  (pi.  xvi)  ; 
a  remarkable  wooden  sarcophagus,  in  the  style  of  the  granite  sarcophagi 
of  the  xxvi  dynasty,  from  Uardan,  in  the  Libyan  range  of  mountains — 
a  site  of  which  we  now  hear  for  the  first  time  (pi.  xix)  ;  and  a  most  beau- 
tiful stela  (pi.  xvii)  with  incised  hieroglyphs  and  an  elaborate  funerary 
tableau  in  low  relief,  apparently  of  the  xviu  dynasty,  in  memory  of  one 
Entef,  a  priest,  prince,  and  governor  of  a  province.  The  figures  of  Entef 
and  his  wife,  and  the  offerings  of  fruits,  vegetables,  geese,  lotuses  in  flower 
and  bud,  joints  of  meat,  cakes,  etc.,  are  rendered  with  a  fidelity  and  finish, 
equal,  if  not  superior,  to  the  basrelief  sculptures  of  the  tomb  of  Ti. 

None  of  the  monuments  represented  in  this  first  number  have  been  pre- 
viously photographed,  and  all  are  the  results  of  recent  excavation.  The 
importance  of  the  statuettes  of  the  kings  of  the  Ancient  Empire  cannot  be 
overrated,  the  only  royal  statue  of  this  remote  period  extant  up  to  the 
present  time  being  those  of  Khafra  discovered  by  Mariette  at  Ghizeh. 

It  is  M.  Grebaut's  intention  to  make  this  work  as  interesting  to  the  culti- 
vated public  as  to  those  who  are  professedly  Egyptologists.  He  will  include 
not  only  inscriptions,  but  all  kinds  of  beautiful  works  of  art,  such  as  bronzes, 
drawings,  paintings,  embroideries,  jewelry,  wood-carvings,  etc.  Each  part 
will  contain  printed  matter  giving  the  date,  size,  and  material  of  every 
object,  and  some  account  of  its  discovery. — A.  B.  EDWARDS,  in  Academy, 
Sept.  27. 

REVISION  OF  EGYPTIAN  MAPS. — In  1882,  the  Intelligence  Department  of 
the  War  Office  prepared  a  map  of  Middle  Egypt  in  two  sheets,  on  the 
same  scale — 1 :  200,000,  or  three  miles  to  an  inch — as  the  map  in  four 
sheets  of  the  Delta.  The  department  has  now  revised  the  large  area  cov- 
ered by  the  Fayoum  and  Wadi  Kaian,  in  accordance  with  the  surveys 
undertaken  by  the  Egyptian  Government  to  verify  the  observations  of 


[EGYPT.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  515 

Mr.  Cope  Whitehouse.  The  changes  are  important,  because  (1)  the  Bir- 
ket  el-Qerun  is  shown  to  lie  nearly  due  east  and  west ;  (2)  the  Gharaq 
district  is  brought  within  two  miles  of  the  cultivated  land  in  the  Nile  Val- 
ley ;  (3)  the  Raian  depression  is  given  with  contours.  The  whole  area  is 
depicted  with  a  clearness  which  brings  into  striking  prominence  the  strange 
problem  offered  to  geologists  and  physical  geographers  by  an  area  of  over 
one  thousand  square  miles,  depressed  to  230  ft.  below  the  adjacent  alluvial 
plain,  and  150  ft.  below  the  Mediterranean,  yet  connected  with  the  Nile 
through  a  valley  a  few  hundred  yards  in  width.  The  student  of  Ptole- 
maic maps  should  compare  this  map  with  those  rendered  accessible  by 
Baron  Nordenskjold.  He  will  find  reason  to  believe  that,  so  far  as  Egypt 
is  concerned  at  all  events,  the  mediaeval  cartographers  certainly  followed 
a  graphic* representation  which  depicts  that  country  as  it  was  in  A.  D.  150. 
— Athenceum,  Sept.  20. 

ALEXANDRIA. — A  large  stone  sarcophagus  of  the  Roman  age  has  just 
been  found  close  to  the  railway  station  of  Hadra,  in  the  suburbs  of  Alex- 
andria. It  is  richly  ornamented  with  sculpture,  but  is  not  yet  sufficiently 
disinterred  to  be  opened. — Athenceum,  Dec.  13. 

CAIRO. — VANDALISM  AT  THE  PYRAMIDS  OF  GIZEH. — A  correspondent  of 
the  London  Times  writes :  The  BospJiore  Egyptien  for  Oct.  1  announces  a 
new  act  of  astounding  vandalism :  Three  gangs  of  workmen  (under  two 
local  sheiks)  are  daily  extracting  blocks  from  the  lower  courses  of  the  two 
largest  pyramids  of  Gizeh.  These  are  broken  up  on  the  spot  and  carried 
away  for  building  purposes.  The  sheiks  allege  that  they  are  doing  this 
by  permission  of  the  Government :  it  is  said  by  others  that  they  have  ob- 
tained only  a  permit  to  remove  scattered  blocks. — Amer.  Architect,  Nov. 
22.  [This  piece  of  news  is  so  widely  spread  that  its  correctness  seems  cer- 
tain. If  true,  it  is  in  itself  sufficient  to  excite  our  righteous  indignation. 
It  seems  incredible  that  such  an  outrage  should  be  perpetrated  under  what 
is  practically  an  English  administration.  Let  the  Enghish  cease  murmur- 
ing about  the  inefficiency  of  the  French  Direction  and  see  to  it  that  the 
period  of  their  rule  in  Egypt  be  not  signalized  as  the  one  most  destructive 
to  the  monumental  records  of  Egyptian  history  that  the  country  has  ever 
seen.  A  little  money  well  employed  is  all  that  is  required,  and  it  is  the 
business  of  the  British  Control  to  furnish  this  money. — ED.] 

The  Athenceum  of  Dec.  13  says :  The  writer  in  the  Times  was  correct 
in  stating  that  a  concession  had  been  granted  by  the  Egyptian  Govern- 
ment for  removing  stone  for  building  purposes  from  the  base  of  the  Pyra- 
mids of  Ghizeh,  but  the  Director  of  the  Cairo  Museum  intervened  before 
any  mischief  was  done,  and  succeeded  in  getting  the  terms  of  the  conces- 
sion so  far  modified  as  to  allow  the  work  to  be  carried  on  under  the  super- 
vision of  the  museum  authorities.  Consequently,  only  the  rubbish-heaps 


516  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.  [CAIRO.] 

at  the  foot  of  the  Pyramids  are  being  carried  away,  and  the  antiquities 
found  in  them  are  deposited  in  a  place  of  safety.  But  it  is  scandalous  that 
such  a  concession  as  that  originally  made  should  still  be  possible  in  Egypt. 

DISCOVERY  OF  THE  CARTOUCHE  OF  CHEPHREN. — The  cartouche  of  Cheph- 
ren,  the  builder  of  the  second  pyramid,  has  been  discovered  in  the  course 
of  the  excavations.  It  is  written  in  red  paint,  like  the  cartouches  of 
Cheops  found  on  the  stones  of  the  great  pyramid. 

GIZEH  MUSEUM  AND  VANDALISM. — The  naos  which  formerly  stood  at 
Dimya,  near  Lake  Keroum,  in  the  Fayoum,  has  been  transferred  to  the 
Gizeh  Museum.  It  has  been  removed  on  account  of  the  Bedouins  having 
committed  depredations  at  Dimay. 

The  indignation  aroused  in  England  by  the  mutilation  of  the  monu- 
ments of  ancient  Egypt  last  winter  is  likely  to  bear  fruit.  A  proposal 
has  been  made  to  separate  the  administration  of  the  Ghizeh  Museum  from 
the  care  of  the  ancient  monuments,  the  latter  being  placed  under  the  su- 
pervision of  the  Board  of  Public  Works.  Col.  Ross  is  spoken  of  as  the 
probable  inspector. — Aihenceum,  Sept.  27,  Dec.  13. 

OLD  CAIRO. — History  of  the  Mosque  of  Amr. — E.  K.  Corbett  has  con- 
tributed to  the  Journal  of  the  Royal  Asiatic  Society  (Oct.,  1890)  an  able 
and  full  paper  on  the  history  of  the  Mosque  of  Amr  at  Old  Cairo.  It 
was  the  earliest  Mohammedan  foundation  in  Egypt  and  among  the  earliest 
in  the  whole  of  Islam,  being  founded  in  A.  H.  21  or  642  A.  D.  The  original 
structure  was  a  simple  oblong  room  28.9  X  17.34  met.,  whose  low  roof  was 
supported  by  a  few  columns.  It  was  entirely  rebuilt  in  A.  H.  79  (698-9 
A.  D.),  but  unsatisfactorily,  for  a  third  rebuilding  took  place  in  A.  H.  92-93 
(710-11  A.  D.)  by  Kurra-ibn-Sharik.  Additions  and  changes  were  made 
A.  H.  133,  175,  and  212,  when  Abdallah-ibn-Tahir  ordered  the  mosque  to 
be  doubled  in  size.  Its  dimensions  then  became  what  they  remained.  His 
additions  were  the  great  Mihrab  and  all  that  is  to  the  west  of  it  up  to  the 
Ziadat-al-Khazin.  The  dimensions  were  190  X  150  cubits.  Details  are 
given  of  the  addition  of  various  courts ;  of  the  burning  in  A.  H.  273  of  the 
greater  part  of  Ibn  Tahir's  additions  and  its  restoration  ;  of  the  decora- 
tion of  the  columns  in  A.  H.  324;  of  the  whitewashing  of  the  mosque  and 
the  consequent  removal  of  much  mosaic  decoration  in  A.  H.  387  (997  A.  D.). 
In  the  fire  of  1168-9  A.  D.,  the  building  was  badly  damaged  and  was  re- 
stored four  years  later  by  Saladin,  who  "  restored  the  old  Mosque  in  Misr, 
and  renewed  the  Kibla  side  of  the  mosque  and  the  great  Mihrab,  and 
paved  it  with  marble  and  inscribed  his  name  upon  it."  Then  began  a  long 
period  of  neglect  of  the  building,  so  that  it  quickly  fell  into  decay  and 
ruin,  though,  at  intervals,  there  were  various  attempts  at  restoration.  This 
was  observed  by  a  traveller  as  early  as  c.  1245  A.  D.,  who  speaks  of  it  as 
"  a  great  mosque  of  ancient  structure,  without  decoration."  The  last  great 


[EGYPT.] 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS, 


517 


restorations  were  in  A.  H.  804  (1401  A.  D.)  and  in  A.  H.  1212  (1798  A.  D.), 
when  a  great  part  of  it  was  rebuilt.  So,  the  mosque  as  it  stands  has 
nothing  from  the  time  of  Amr,  but  a  good  deal  from  the  two  succeeding 
centuries,  very  much  remodelled  by  fundamental  restorations. 

The  facts  given  are  taken  chiefly  from  Makrizy's  famous  book  on  the 
Topography  and  Antiquities  of  Egypt  written  in  1420  A.  D. 

Restoration  of  the  Mosque  of  Barkuk. — Additional  restorations  are  to  be 
made  at  the  Mosque  of  Barkuk  at  Cairo.  This  time  it  is  to  be  the  two 
naves  of  the  mosque  that  are  to  be  handed  over  to  the  tender  mercies  of 
the  restorers.  The  funds  for  the  operations  have  been  already  granted  by 
the  Government.  Considering  the  manner  in  which  the  restoration  of 
the  central  building  was  carried 
out  last  year,  it  would  be  desir-  ^ 

able  for  those  interested  in  the  r **..»*         ~*<.<.. 

mediaeval  art  of  Egypt — of  which 
this  mosque  is  a  famous  example 
— to  be  on  their  guard. — Athe- 
nceum,  Oct.  11. 

HELIOPOLIS.— DISCOVERY  OF 
HIEROGLYPHIC  PAPYRI. — It  is  re- 
ported that  a  great  find  of  hie- 
roglyphic papyri  has  been  made 
in  certain  newly  discovered 
tombs  near  Heliopolis. — Athe- 
naeum, Dec.  13. 

KAHUN. — In  continuation  of 
the  account  of  Mr.  Petrie's  exca- 
vation of  Kahun  given  on  p.  170, 
we  add  the  following  from  the 
Builder  of  Oct.  4. 


I 


FJG.  20. — Plan  of  House  at  Kahun. 


Kahun,  on  the  borders  of  the  Faytim,  seems  to  have  been  founded  dur- 
ing the  xii  dynasty  by  a  colony  of  workmen  engaged  in  the  erection  of 
the  memorial  temple  and  pyramid  of  Usertesen  II,  and  deserted  when  the 
work  was  completed  :  its  date  is  about  2600  B.  c.  It  is  in  the  form  of  a 
parallelogram,  the  two  longest  sides  facing  north  and  south  and  closed 
within  a  massive  wall,  constructed,  like  the  houses,  of  sun-dried  brick. 
The  houses  to  the  north,  in  the  more  important  part,  abut  upon  the  town 
wall  and  are  divided  into  parallelograms  of  varying  size.  Those  to  the 
south  abut  upon  a  street.  Two  streets  run  east  and  west,  connected  by 
another  at  right  angles.  Adjoining  the  town  on  the  west  is  an  annex  which 
appears  to  have  been  inhabited  entirely  by  workmen,  and  somewhat  later 
in  date.  The  diagram  (Fig.  20)  will  give  an  idea  of  the  arrangement  of 
6 


518 


AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.        [KAHUN.] 


one  of  the  principal  houses :  it  is  the  first  time  that  a  house  of  so  early  a 
date  has  been  excavated.  The  various  passages  were  doubtless  intended 
for  the  use  of  different  sexes  or  classes.  The  open  courts  with  their 
pillars  for  the  support  of  surrounding  coverings  remind  of  the  similar 
planning  of  the  much  later  Greek  and  *Roman  houses  and  give  us  a  pos- 
sible source  for  their  arrangement :  some  of  the  houses  were  decorated 
in  color.  The  workman's  houses  were  approached  from  various  narrow 
streets  running  from  east  to  west :  they  were  small  and  crowded.  Out 
of  a  total  number  of  2,738  chambers  in  the  town,  2,145  were  entirely  ex- 
cavated by  Mr.  Petrie.  The  result  of  the  thorough  system  of  excavation 


FIG.  21. — Columns  and  shafts  found  at  Kahun. 

was  the  discovery  of  many  curious  items  of  arrangement,  as  well  as  of  an 
enormous  number  of  articles  of  all  kinds.  One  of  the  most  interesting 
discoveries  is  the  common  use  of  the  semicircular  arch.  Several  cellars 
were  found,  which,  except  where  cut  in  the  rock,  were  found  to  have  arches 
formed  of  two  rings  of  headers.  This  was  not  the  case  in  merely  isolated 
examples,  but  was  of  constant  occurrence  ;  showing,  from  this  familiarity 
with  its  use,  that  its  invention  was  much  earlier.  Another  peculiar  feature 
was  the  traces  of  columns  in  the  open  courts.  These  stood  on  the  flat, 
widely-projecting  circular  bases,  so  common  in  later  work.  The  larger 
and  more  numerous  ones  were  of  wood :  a  portion  of  one,  octagonal  in 
plan,  still  existed  in  situ,  the  upper  part  being  burnt;  while  in  another 


[EGYPT.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  519 

place  a  portion  of  a  carved  capital,  also  of  wood,  was  found.  There  are, 
however,  many  remains  of  small  columns  of  stone,  some  of  which  are 
proto-Doric,  having  slightly  hollow  or  straight-lined  flutes  and  square 
plinths  instead  of  capitals,  similar  to  the  so-called  Doric  columns  of  the 
Beni-hassan  tombs.  A  great  many  fragments  of  small,  pedestal-like  shafts, 
some  of  similar  proto-Doric,  proto-Ionic  and  proto-Corinthian  styles,  were 
found,  hollowed  on  top,  for  the  reception  of  offerings  or  the  support  of 
lamps.  All  of  these  are  of  great  interest  in  a  study  of  the  development 
of  the  Egyptian  shaft  and  its  relation  to  the  Greek.  Figure  21  gives  some 
examples  by  which  to  illustrate  the  above  remarks.  Of  especial  interest 
is  the  wooden  capital,  which  is  a  link  between  the  pure  lotus  and  the 
Ionic  capitals.  The  proto-Corinthian  capitals  appear  to  be  used  indiffer- 
ently on  a  lotus-bundle  or  polygonal  channelled  shaft,  and  this  may  ex- 
plain the  Greek  kymation. 

This  being  a  town  of  building  artificers,  many  tools  were  found.  Flint 
implements  were  found  in  great  profusion,  side  by  side  with  others  of  cop- 
per, the  principal  being  cut  flint  knives,  chisels,  and  scrapers.  Traces  of 
occupation  later  than  the  xn  dynasty  were  found ;  and  this  points  to  the 
possibility  of  the  town  having  had  some  existence  separate  from  the  sanc- 
tuary adjoining.  The  better  part  of  the  town  is,  in  fact,  of  much  larger 
area  than  that  specially  devoted  to  the  workmen.  One  of  the  papyri  is 
dated  from  the  reign  of  Sebekhotep  I  of  the  xni  dynasty.  One  of  the 
most  artistic  pieces  found  is  an  admirably  written  papyrus,  a  hymn  to 
Usertesen  III. 

The  pottery  from  the  two  sites  excavated — Kahun  and  Gurob — as  ex- 
hibited in  London,  gives  an  admirable  opportunity  for  the  comparison  of 
very  early  and  later  specimens,  as  Gurob  dates  a  thousand  years  later  than 
Kahun.  This  series  is  all  the  more  interesting  since  the  existence  of  Egyp- 
tian pottery  as  a  class  has  not  been  in  proof  for  many  years.  There  are 
also  examples  of  foreign  manufacture,  imported  by  the  Phoenicians,  and  a 
few  examples  called  Aegean.  The  decoration  on  some  of  the  Gurob  vases 
is  extremely  beautiful. 

K  ARM  AC. — In  a  letter  to  the  London  Times,  Mr.  Poynter  draws  atten- 
tion to  the  slow  but  sure  destruction  of  the  remains  of  Karnac,  owing  to 
the  eating  away  of  the  bases  of  the  great  columns  by  the  mineral  salts  in 
the  soil.  He  mentions  Mariette  Bey's  opinion  that  if  left  to  itself  the  entire 
ruin  of  the  temple  must  be  only  a  question  of  time. — Builder,  Oct.  4. 

TUNISIA. 

REPORTS  ON  RECENT  EXCAVATIONS. — On  April  25,  M.  de  la  Blanch£re, 
director  of  antiquities  and  art  in  Tunisia,  made  a  report  to  the  Academic 
des  Inscriptions  on  the  explorations  that  had  been  lately  carried  on  in  the 


520  AMERICAN  JO URNAL  OF  ARCH^OLOG  Y. 

regency.  At  CAFSA,  M.  Prad£re  extracted  a  large  mosaic,  and  then  com- 
menced investigations  in  the  ruins  of  the  ancient  THALEPTA,  near  Feriana. 
At  BULLA  REQIA,  Dr.  Carton,  continuing  his  excavations,  studies  a  necrop- 
olis in  which  the  bodies  are  placed  in  leaden  coffins.  At  TABARKA,  M. 
Toutain  opened  the  tombs  of  a  Christian  cemetery  which  inclosed  many 
mosaics.  At  SOUSSA,  M.  Doublet  has  again  taken  up  the  excavation  of 
the  necropolis  of  Hadrumetum  already  explored  by  MM.  de  Lacomble  and 
Hannezo.  At  the  Bardo,  in  TUNIS  itself,  M.  de  la  Blanchere  has  extracted 
from  the  ruins  of  the  beylical  palaces  numerous  artistic  pieces,  especially 
of  early  Tunisian  faience. — Revue  critique,  1890,  i,  pp.  360-1.. 

A  further  report  was  made  by  him  through  M.  Maspe"ro  on  August  8, 
in  which  M.  de  la  Blanchere  dealt  with  the  excavations  carried  on  during 
1890.  Seven  centres  of  work  were  established :  at  TABARKA,  at  the  BAR  DO, 
at  BULLA  REGIA,  BICHARNA,  SOUSSA,  GAFSA  and  MAHEDIA.  This  campaign 
is  said  to  be  the  most  fruitful  ever  undertaken  in  Africa  and  one  of  the 
most  successful  of  those  carried  on  of  late  by  French  archaeology  in  any 
part  of  the  ancient  world. — Revue  critique,  1890,  n,  p.  128. 

CARTHAGE. — DISCOVERIES  BY  PERE  DELATTRE. — The  Chroniquc  des  Arts 
(1890,  No.  33)  announces  that  Pere  Delattre  has  discovered,  in  the  ne- 
cropolis at  Carthage,  several  small  vaulted  Punic  tombs  containing  a  large 
number  of  precious  objects  of  Phoenician  art.  Among  these  are  painted 
vases,  diadems  of  gold-leaf,  necklaces  eight  metres  (!)  long,  ostrich-eggs 
covered  with  delicate  paintings,  small  bronze  statuettes,  and  a  great  quan- 
tity of  small  objects  in  bronze  and  silver,  and  glass  ornaments  for  women. 
Cf.  Athenaeum,  Nov.  8. 

ASIA. 

GENERAL  REVIEW  OF  ORIENTAL  STUDIES. — The  Report  by  M.  JAMES  DAR- 
MESTETER  on  Oriental  studies  presented  to  the  Societe  Asiatique  on  June 
26,  1890,  covers  a  period  of  over  two  years.  It  occupies  a  space  of  180 
octavo  pages  and  is  a  masterly  summary  of  the  latest  results  of  research, 
especially  by  French  scholars,  in  every  country  of  the  Orient.  Archaeo- 
logy in  its  broadest  sense  occupies  a  large  share — a  share  that  increases  with 
every  Report.  These  Reports  to  the  Societe  Asiatique  have  long  been  fa- 
mous and  are  unequalled.  We  refer  our  readers  to  this  one  for  informa- 
tion regarding  recent  contributions  to  our  knowledge  of  the  East. 

POLYNESIA. 

PREHISTORIC  REMAINS. — Mr.  H.  B.  STERKDALE  gives,  in  the  Asiatic  Re- 
view for  October,  an  account  of  the  Cyclopean  remains  in  Polynesia.  They 
are  numerous  and  extensive  and  include  gigantic  defensive  works.  These 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  521 

are  in  the  form  of  parallelograms  measuring  sometimes  200  by  100  ft., 
with  walls  often  12  ft.  thick.  Many  are  erected  on  artificial  islands,  sur- 
rounded by  canals  lined  with  stones.  Mr.  Sterndale  attributes  these  works 
to  the  early  Hindus. — American  Architect,  Nov.  29. 

TARTARY. 

EARLY  INSCRIPTIONS. — Some  inscriptions  found  by  M.  Yadrintzeff  or  Jad- 
rintsev  on  the  borders  of  the  Orkhoun  river  in  Siberia  were  communicated 
to  the  Acad.  des  Inscriptions  on  Nov.  21  by  M.  Hamy  on  the  part  of  M. 
Deve>ia.  They  are  in  a  script  hitherto  undeciphered,  provisionally  called 
Tshudic,  the  same  as  was  employed  in  the  inscriptions  of  the  Yenissei  re- 
cently published  in  Finland  (see  JOURNAL,  v,  pp.  400,  513).  But  a  more 
exact  idea  of  these  characters  is  given  by  M.  Yadrintseff's  publication. 
The  characters  are  alphabetic,  and  number  from  38  to  42 :  consequently, 
this  alphabet  is  far  richer  than  that  which  the  Tartars  borrowed  from  the 
Nestorians  as  early  as  the  ninth  century  A.  D.,  and  these  inscriptions  can- 
not be  attributed  to  any  of  the  peoples  which,  having  predominated  on 
the  banks  of  the  Orkhoun  since  the  foundation  of  the  Khanate  of  the 
Ouigours  (744),  adopted  the  Nestorian  alphabet  or  its  derivatives.  One 
of  these  inscriptions  is  in  Chinese,  another  is  bilingual,  Chinese  and  Tshu- 
dic. In  the  first  we  read  the  name  of  a  people,  the  Kien-Kouen,  which 
ceased  to  be  used  after  758 ;  in  the  other,  that  of  a  beg,  Kin6  Khan,  who 
founded  in  744  the  Khanate  of  the  Ouigours. — Eevue  crit.,  1890,  n,  p.  407. 

HINDUSTAN. 

THE  WESTERN  KSHATRAPAS. — The  noted  Indian  archaeologist,  PANDIT 
BHAGVANLAL  INDRAJI,  devoted  twenty-six  years  to  a  study  of  the  Ksha- 
trap  coins  and  inscriptions,  the  results,  under  the  editorship  of  E.  J.  Rap- 
son,  appear  in  the  Journal  of  the  Royal  Asiatic  Society  for  July,  1890. 
The  term  Kshatrapa  was  introduced  into  India  from  Parthia  to  designate 
a  satrap  or  military  chieftain.  The  two  most  important  lines  of  satraps  in 
the  early  history  of  India  are  the  northern  and  the  western.  The  former 
ruled  in  Northern  India  during  the  first  century  of  our  era.  The  latter 
held  sway,  from  the  last  quarter  of  the  first  century  A.  D.  to  the  end  of 
the  fourth,  over  a  large  territory  in  Western  India,  which  may  be  said  to 
have  comprised  Malwa,  Sind,  Kacch,  Kathiawad,  Gujarat  proper  and  the 
northern  Konkan.  The  first  of  the  western  Kshatrapas  is  Nahapana,  who 
conquered  his  territory  from  the  king  of  the  Deccan,  probably  inaugurated 
the  well-known  Qaka  era  jn  73  A>  D<  an(j  became  a  powerful  and  independ- 
ent monarch.  His  successors  were  Chashtana,  Jayadaman  his  son,  and 
his  descendents  in  an  unbroken  line  to  c.  299  A.  D.,  when  the  family  line 
is  broken.  Twenty-seven  satraps  are  enumerated,  the  last  being  Rudra- 


522  AMERICAN  JO URNAL  OF  ARCH^EOLOG  Y. 

simha,  son  of  Satyasimha,  one  of  whose  coins  is  dated  388  A.  D.  The  de- 
tails of  reigns  and  dates  are  nearly  all  taken,  not  from  literary  but  from 
archseologic  sources,  especially  inscriptions  and  coins. 

PERSIA. 

A  ROYAL  PERSIAN  PALACE  AT  ECBATANA. — Two  fragments  of  black  diorite, 
apparently  forming  part  of  the  mouldings  of  two  columns,  found  at  Hama- 
dan  bear  a  trilingual  inscription  of  the  time  of  Artaxerxes  Mnemon  (405 
-362  B.  c.).  Hamadan  is  the  site  of  the  ancient  Ecbatana,  and  these  frag- 
ments are  evidently  from  a  palace  of  the  Persian  kings,  though  no  traces 
of  such  an  edifice  have  yet  been  recognized.  Greek  writers,  however, 
allude  to  the  existence  of  a  royal  residence  in  this  ancient  capital  of  the 
Median  kings,  and  state  that  the  Persian  monarchs  spent  the  summer  there 
because  it  was  cooler  than  Susa  or  Babylon.  Polybios  (x.  27)  describes 
the  palace  as  being  of  great  magnificence,  supported  by  columns  plated 
with  gold  and  silver,  and  roofed  with  silver  tiles.  Ecbatana  was  among 
the  cities  into  which  the  worship  of  Anaitis,  the  goddess  whose  name  oc- 
curs in  this  inscription  as  well  as  in  that  of  Susa,  was  introduced  by 
Artaxerxes  Mnemon.  Plutarch  even  calls  her  "  the  Artemis  of  Ecba- 
tana." Polybios  also  describes  her  temple. 

In  these  fragments,  Artaxerxes  states  that  he  has  built  an  apaddna, 
the  reception  or  throne  room  which  formed  the  chief  part  of  a  Persian 

palace.  "  Thus  says  Artaxerxes,  the  great  king This  apadana  by 

the  grace  [of  Auramazda,  of  Anaitis  and  of  Mithras  I  have  built :]  me  may 
Auramazda,  Anaitis  and  Mithras  [protect  from  all  evil  and]  this  that  I 
have  built  may  they  not  [injure  or  destroy],"  etc. — Zeit.f.  Assyriologie,  Oct., 
1890,  p.  410. 

PERSIAN  CHRONOLOGY  EMENDED  FROM  ASTRONOMIC  OBSERVATIONS.  —  M. 
Oppert  read  a  note  before  the  Academic  des  Inscriptions  (Sept.  19),  on 
A  passage  of  Ptolemy  and  its  Babylonian  source.  This  passage  mentions  a 
lunar  eclipse  observed  at  Babylon,  in  the  seventh  year  of  Cambyses  or  the 
225th  of  Nabonassar,  in  the  night  of  the  17th  to  the  18th  of  the  Egyptian 
month  Pamenoth,  an  hour  before  midnight.  This  was  borrowed  by  Ptol- 
emy from  Hipparkos,  who  made  use  of  Babylonian  texts.  The  very  text 
he  made  use  of  has  been  found  and  published  by  Strassmaier  (Babyl. 
Texte,  inscr.  of  Cambyses,  No.  400).  It  is  said  here  that  the  moon  was 
eclipsed  on  the  14th  of  the  month  Tammuz  in  the  seventh  year  of  Cam- 
byses, three  and  a  half  hours  after  sundown.  This  date  and  that  given 
by  Ptolemy  make  it  possible  to  fix  more  exactly  certain  dates  of  Persian 
chronology.  Thus,  the  death  of  the  pseudo-Smerdis  and  the  advent  of 
Darius  should  be  placed  in  October  521 ,  and  the  advent  of  Xerxes  after 
the  month  of  September  485. — Revue  critique,  1890,  u,  p.  211. 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  523 

ARMENIA. 

PREHISTORIC  NECROPOLI  OF  RUSSIAN  ARMENIA. — M.  de  Morgan's  import- 
ant researches  and  excavations  which  add  so  much  to  our  knowledge  of 
the  prehistoric  culture  of  ancient  Armenia  and  the  Caucasus  have  already 
been  spoken  of  on  pp.  128-30,  and  his  latest  investigations  were  referred 
to  on  p.  331.  He  now  publishes  in  the  Revue  archeologique  (1890,  n,  pp. 
176-202)  a  report  on  his  recent  excavations,  and  says :  "  I  have  carefully 
explored  the  prehistoric  necropoli  of  the  mountains  of  Russian  Armenia 
and  especially  those  situated  in  the  forests  of  the  Lelwar,  near  the  well- 
known  copper-mines  in  the  countries  of  Akthala,  Allahverdi,  Tchamlouq, 
Privolnick,  etc.  By  examining  with  care  the  neighborhood  of  the  copper 
deposits,  I  had  hoped  to  meet  with  necropoli  anterior  to  the  period  when 
iron  made  its  first  appearance  in  these  regions,  but  my  expectation  proved 
vain ;  and  in  this  country,  where  nature  favored  the  development  of  the 
bronze  industry,  I  have  discovered  only  tombs  with  iron  weapons."  Four- 
teen necropoli  have  thus  far  been  discovered  in  Russian  Armenia  and  the 
neighborhood  of  Tiflis.  M.  de  Morgan  seeks  to  establish  among  their 
tombs  four  divisions.  The  first  three  have  all  the  characteristics  of  a  local 
industry  slowly  developing  without  foreign  interference ;  the  fourth  group 
shows  a  complete  transformation  through  the  introduction  of  animal  and 
human  figures,  spiral  decoration,  delicate  engraving,  and  even  a  change 
in  the  form  of  the  tombs,  which  have  no  longer  any  analogy  with  the  dol- 
men. A  specimen  tomb  of  each  group,  with  its  contents,  is  described  in 
detail.  (1)  The  poniard  was  the  early  weapon;  the  sword  not  being  in- 
troduced until  the  time  of  the  third  group,  and  its  origin  was  Shemitic. 
(2)  The  bow  was  the  most  important  and  interesting  weapon.  (3)  The 
conclusion  is  reached  that,  there  being  an  evident  uniformity  between  the 
system  of  weights  here  in  use  and  that  of  Assyria,  it  was  the  Assyrian  who 
borrowed  the  system  as  well  as  the  metals.  (4)  One  of  the  most  interest- 
ing classes  of  objects  found  is  that  of  the  bronze  pins  whose  decorated 
heads  were  originally  square  and  small,  and  then  became  larger  and  coni- 
cal and  finally  prismatic.  (5)  Most  interesting  of  all  are  the  belts.  They 
first  appear  in  the  form  of  simple  undecorated  strips  of  bronze  in  the 
second  period  :  in  the  third  period  they  become  thinner,  wider,  and  receive 
some  geometric  repousse  decoration.  It  is  in  the  fourth  period  that  they 
take  on  a  special  aspect,  becoming  extremely  wide  and  thin  and  covered 
with  delicate  chasing.  The  technical  part  of  the  work  is  quite  advanced, 
though  we  cannot  echo  the  extravagant  praise  of  M.  de  Morgan  for  their 
artistic  beauty,  it  being  at  times  difficult  to  distinguish  the  men  from  the 
animals.  (6)  Pottery.  It  is  interesting  to  note  the  changes  in  the  pottery. 
It  is  very  abundant  in  the  three  earlier  groups,  less  so  in  the  fourth,  and 


524  AMERICAN  JO  UENAL  OF  AECH^OLOG  Y. 

there  is  a  corresponding  decline  in  workmanship.  The  earliest  examples 
are  hand-made  and  turned  :  their  decoration  is  produced  by  the  lines  made 
with  the  burnisher  in  the  unburnt  clay,  and  by  circles  in  relief.  In  the 
later  works,  the  forms  become  more  varied ;  animal  forms  are  copied  (e.  g.y 
deer-heads  forming  the  handles),  and  a  linear  decoration  is  produced  by 
heavy  incisions  with  the  knife.  (7)  The  influence  which  led  to  all  these 
archaeological  changes  in  the  fourth  group  was  exercised  by  the  Iranian 
emigration  of  the  Ossethians.  This  is  sufficiently  proved  by  a  comparison 
with  objects  found  in  the  necropoli  of  Ossethia,  or  Koban. 

The  final  conclusions  are :  I.  At  the  beginning,  the  Allophyle  white 
population  of  the  Caucasus  developed  the  arts  without  any  trace  of  foreign 
influence  (first  and  second  groups),  n.  The  population  of  the  Lei  war  came 
into  commercial  relations  with  the  Assyrians  (second  and  third  groups). 
in.  The  Ossethians,  in  their  emigration  from  Iran  to  the  Caucasus,  brought 
new  arts  which  had  a  considerable  influence  on  the  artistic  development 
of  the  natives,  iv.  The  latest  tombs  of  the  Lelwar  are  posterior  to  the 
arrival  of  the  Ossethi  in  the  Caucasus  (vm  or  vii  cent.),  and  anterior  to 
the  Persian  conquest. 

BABYLONIA. 

DISCOVERY  OF  BABYLONIAN  MONUMENTS  IN  LONDON. — The  British  Museum 
has  become  possessed  of  three  Babylonian  monuments  which  (says  the  Lon- 
don correspondent  of  the  Birmingham  Post)  were  found  in  Knightrider 
Street  (not  a  stone-throw  from  St.  Paul's  Cathedral)  during  the  recent 
demolition  of  some  old  houses.  These  monuments  are  supposed  to  have 
been  brought  over  in  the  early  part  of  the  xvii  century  by  a  Dutch  mer- 
chant who  was  known  to  have  lived  on  the  spot  where  they  were  discovered, 
and  who  traded  with  the  East  Indies  and  the  ports  of  the  Persian  Gulf. 
The  stones,  through  their  great  weight,  must  have  fallen  through  the 
ruins  of  the  house  at  the  time  of  the  great  fire  of  1666,  and  were  evi- 
dently unnoticed  when  the  houses  were  rebuilt,  they  being  discovered 
some  distance  below  the  present  foundation.  The  monuments  are  of  the 
pre-Shemitic  age  of  Ur-Nina,  and  Gudea,  when  the  Akkadian  language 
was  alone  in  use  and  characters  employed  in  writing  were  of  the  most 
archaic  form.  They  are  of  black  diorite,  which  was  largely  employed  by 
the  early  Babylonians,  and  all  may  have  come  from  southern  Babylonia, 
though  they  are  of  three  different  periods.  They  will  not  be  on  view 
until  about  the  middle  of  January. — N.  Y.  Evening  Post,  Jan.  8,  1891. 

NEW  AKKADIAN  STORY  OF  THE  CREATION. — Mr.  T.  G.  Pinches,  of  the  Brit- 
ish Museum,  writes  to  the  N.  Y.  Independent  of  Dec.  4 :  "  Who  would 
have  thought  that,  in  addition  to  the  two  legends  of  the  Creation  now 
known  to  have  existed  with  the  Babylonians  and  Assyrians,  another  would 
be  found  ?  Yet  it  is  so ;  and  this  third  legend  of  the  Creation  possesses 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  525 

a  special  interest,  for  it  is  written  not  only  in  Shemitic  Babylonian,  but 
also  in  the  Akkadian  language.  It  forms,  in  fact,  the  introductory  part 
of  a  bilingual  incantation,  and,  as  such,  has  a  distinctly  Akkadian  impress. 
It  may  therefore  be  regarded  as  a  special  and  independent  version  which 
originated,  at  a  very  early  period,  with  that  nation.  The  tablet  bearing 
this  important  record  is  of  baked  clay,  and  was  found  by  Mr.  Rassam  at 
Kouyunjik  in  1882.  The  writing  is  in  the  Babylonian  style,  and  is  very 
small  and  close.  The  lower  portion  of  the  obverse  and  the  upper  portion 
of  the  reverse  is  broken  away,  but  the  most  important  part  of  the  text  is 
well  preserved,  as  the  following  translation  will  show : 

TRANSLATION. 

"  The  glorious  house,  the  house  of  the  gods,  in  a  glorious  place  had  not  been  made ; 
A  plant  had  not  grown,  a  tree  had  not  been  formed  ; 
A  brick  had  not  been  laid,  a  beam  had  not  been  shaped ; 
A  house  had  not  been  built,  a  city  had  not  been  constructed ; 
A  city  had  not  been  built,  a  foundation  had  not  been  gloriously  made ; 
Niffer  had  not  been  built,  E-kura  had  not  been  constructed  ; 
Erech  had  not  been  built,  E-ana  had  not  been  constructed ; 
The  abyss  had  not  been  made,  Eridu  had  not  been  built ; 

(As  for)  the  glorious  house,  the  house  of  the  gods,  its  seat  had  not  been  constructed ; 
The  whole  of  the  lands  and  the  sea  also, 
When  within  the  sea  there  was  a  stream. 
In  that  day  Eridu  was  built,  E-sagila  was  constructed, 
E-sagila  which  the  god  Lugal-du-azaga  founded  within  the  abyss. 
Babylon  was  built,  E-sagila  was  completed. 
He  made  the  gods  and  the  Anunnaki  altogether. 

The  glorious  city,  the  seat  of  the  joy  of  their  heart,  he  proclaimed  supremely. 
Merodach  bound  together  the  amam  before  the  water  ; 
He  made  dust,  and  poured  it  out  with  the  flood. 
The  gods  were  to  be  made  to  dwell  in  a  seat  of  joy  of  heart. 
•  He  made  mankind, 

Aruru,  the  seed  of  mankind,  they  made  with  him. 
The  beasts  of  the  field,  the  living  creatures  of  the  desert  he  made. 
He  made  and  set  in  their  place  the  Tigris  and  the  Euphrates ; 
Well  proclaimed  be  their  name. 

The  wssw-plant,  the  efo'to-plant  of  the  marshland,  the  reed,  and  the  forest  he  made ; 
He  made  the  verdure  of  the  dessert  ; 
The  lands,  the  marshes,  and  the  greensward  also. 

The  ox,  the  young  of  the  horse,  the  stallion,  the  heifer,  the  sheep,  the  locust 
Plantation  and  forest  also 

The  he-goat  and  the  gazelle  came  before  (?)  him. 
The  lord  Merodach  on  the  sea-shore  filled  up  a  mound 

formerly  had  not  been 

he  caused  to  be 
[He  caused  the  plant  to  grow],  he  made  the  tree 

he  made  in  its  place 


526  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.  [BABYLONIA.] 

[He  laid  the  brick],  he  shaped  the  beam 

[He  built  the  house],  he  built  the  city. 

[He  built  a  city],  he  made  the  foundation  gloriously, 

He  built  [Niffer,  the  city  of]  the  temple  E-kura 

[He  built  Erech,  the  city  of  the  temple  E-ana]. 


NAME  OF  THE  BABYLONIAN  HERAKLES. — Mr.  PINCHES  writes  in  the  Baby- 
lonian and  Oriental  Record  for  October  :  "  It  has  been  found  at  last,  the 
long  wished-for  reading  of  the  name  of  the  well-known  hero,  and  it  is 
neither  Gistubar,  nor  Gisdubar,  nor  Gisdubarra,  nor  Izdubar,  nor  finally 
Namrasit,  but  GILGAMES.  The  text  which  gives  it  is  from  Babylonia  and 
is  numbered  82-5-22,  915  [Brit.  Mus.].  There,  in  the  fourth  line  of  the 
obverse,  we  have  it :  D.  p.  GiS'-gan-mas'  \  D.  p.  Oi-il-ga-mes'.  Gis  has  changed 
into  gil  before  the  following  consonants." 

Professor  SAYCE  remarks  on  this  discovery  {Academy,  Nov.  8)  :  "  Mr. 
Pinches  announces  a  discovery  which  is  of  considerable  interest  to  Assy- 
riologists.  The  phonetic  reading  of  the  name  of  the  hero  of  the  Chaldean 
Epic  proves  to  be  Gilgames.  Now  this  is  evidently  the  same  name  as  that  of 
Gilgamos,  given  in  the  Hist.  Anim.  of  Aelian  (xn.  21),  which  has  been  cor- 
rected into  Thilgamos,  as  we  now  see,  erroneously.  Gilgamos,  it  is  stated, 
was  the  son  of  the  daughter  of  Sakkhoras,  king  of  the  Babylonians.  The 
king  had  been  forewarned  that  he  would  be  slain  by  his  grandson,  and 
accordingly  had  imprisoned  his  daughter  in  a  tower  to  prevent  the  pro- 
phecy from  being  fulfilled.  Of  course,  a  husband  surreptitiously  made  his 
way  to  the  imprisoned  lady,  and  a  child  was  born,  who  was  flung  from  the 
tower,  but  saved  by  an  eagle  while  in  mid-air,  and  brought  up  by  a  gard- 
ener. In  the  latter  part  of  the  story  the  legend  of  Sargon  of  Akkad  seems 
to  have  been  attached  to  that  of  Gilgames. 

"  The  story  is  so  closely  related  to  that  of  Akrisios  and  Danae  that  it  is 
difficult  not  to  believe  it  to  have  been  the  origin  of  the  latter.  If  so,  Gil- 
games  will  be  the  prototype  of  Perseus.  This  will  account  for  the  points 
of  resemblance  between  the  adventures  of  Perseus  and  those  of  Herakles 
the  double  of  the  Chaldean  hero." 

Dr.  W.  HAYES  WARD  adds  to  the  above  the  following  note  (Academy, 
Dec.  13) :  "  It  is  curious  that  the  same  October  issue  of  the  Babylonian 
and  Oriental  Record,  which  contained  Mr.  Pinches's  announcement  of  the 
discovery  of  the  name  Gilgames,  contained  also  the  material  for  confirm- 
ing Mr.  Sayce's  subsequent  identification  of  Gilgames  with  Aelian 's  Gil- 
gamos. In  that  number  was  an  article  by  myself,  in  comment  on  Sir 
Henry  Peek's  Collection  of  Cylinders,  edited  by  Mr.  Pinches,  in  which  I 
recalled  that  No.  18  of  that  collection  had  been  previously  published  by 
me,  and  had  then  been  compared  with  another  cylinder  which  I  saw,  and 


[BABYLONIA.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  527 

of  which  I  took  an  impression  in  Southern  Babylonia.  Both  of  these 
cylinders  give  the  representation  of  a  small  naked  human  figure  astride 
the  back  of  a  flying  eagle  and  holding  to  its  neck.  I  said  that '  we  must 
wait  for  Eastern  mythological  literature  to  offer  us  its  variant  or  original 
of  the  Ganymede  myth.'  Here  we  seem  to  have  the  explanation.  The 
personage  being  borne  by  the  eagle  on  these  two  cylinders,  which  I  offered 
evidence  to  show  were  archaic  and  from  Southern  Babylonia,  is  apparently 
no  other  than  the  Gilgamos  of  Aelian,  the  Gilgames  of  Mr.  Pinches's  Syl- 
labary, and  the  Gisdhubar  of  the  famous  Babylonian  epic.  The  two  dogs 
looking  up  at  the  eagle  and  the  child  are  not  in  a  worshipful  attitude — an 
idea  of  animals  foreign  to  Babylonian  art — but  are  disappointed  of  their 
prey.  It  is  not  unlikely  that  the  man  driving  his  flock  on  both  these  cylin- 
ders is  the  husbandman  to  whose  care  the  child  was  committed  by  the  eagle. 
"  George  Smith  first  found  for  us  the  portrait  of  Nimrod  ;  it  is  interest- 
ing to  see  how  we  are  slowly  recovering  his  biography." 

THE  ZODIAC  AND  CYCLES  OF  BABYLONIA  AND  THEIR  CHINESE  DERIVATIVES. — 

T.  de  LACOUPORIE  writes  to  the  Academy  of  Oct.  11 :  "  Last  year,  in  the 
Babylonian  and  Oriental  Record  I  gave  a  detailed  list  of  more  than  one 
hundred  items  showing,  I  think  to  demonstration,  that  the  oldest  civilization 
of  China  was  borrowed  from  that  of  Elam  and  Chaldaea,  and  dates  for  the 
most  part  from  the  middle  of  the  third  millennium  B.  c.  The  collective  im- 
portance of  these  items  may  be  judged  from  the  fact  that  the  derivation  of 
the  Chinese  characters  does  not  count  for  more  than  one  unit  in  the  total. 

"  I  have  now  to  record  a  further  advance  from  the  evidence  afforded  by 
the  Chinese  cycles,  months,  and  zodiacs.  It  was  in  the  ACADEMY,  on  Sept. 
1,  1883,  that  I  published  my  first  attempt  at  identifying  the  words  of  the 
Chinese  cycle  of  ten  with  the  ten  numerals  in  Sumero- Akkadian.  Since 
then,  better  readings  of  tjie  latter  and  more  correct  sounds  of  the  former 
have  been  obtained,  and  the  evidence  has  become  much  stronger  and  more 
convincing.  So  far  as  concerns  the  cycle  of  twelve,  I  have  shown  that  the 
full  names  for  it  which  appear  in  the  Erh-ya  vocabulary  (500  B.  c.),  and  in 
the  She-Ki  (150  B.  c.)  are  identical  in  some  cases,  and  obvious  corruptions 
in  others,  of  the  old  Shemitic  nomenclature  of  the  Babylonian  months 
before  the  reform  of  the  calendar.  As  to  the  ordinary  names  of  the  duo- 
denary cycle,  it  is  only  recently  that  I  have  been  able  to  identify  them 
with  those  of  the  Babylonian  zodiac  in  their  shorter  forms.  [A  compar- 
ative series  of  Sumerian  and  ancient  Chinese  zodiacal  names  then  follow.] 

"  Within  the  limits  of  Chinese  phonetics,  the  identification  is  pretty 
clear  in  all  but  two  cases,  and  in  no  case  where  the  meaning  is  known  or 
probable  on  both  sides  is  there  any  opposition  between  them.  Moreover, 
the  comparison  shows  that  the  selection  of  the  well-known  symbols  of  the 
zodiac  had  not  reached  its  completion  when  the  knowledge  of  the  above 


528  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.  [BABYLONIA.] 

list  spread  eastwards.  Another  of  the  Chinese  cycles  is  traceable  to  a  Baby- 
lonian origin.  The  twelve  ts'e,  which  mark  the  twelve  places  where  the 
sun  and  moon  come  into  conjunction,  and  are  thus  in  some  degree  analogous 
to  our  signs  of  the  zodiac,  agree  phonetically  in  nine  cases  out  of  twelve 
with  the  non-Shemitic  readings  of  the  Babylonian  signs  of  the  month." 

BABYLONIAN  AND  ASSYRIAN  CYLINDER-SEALS  AND  SIGNETS  IN  THE  POSSES- 
SION OF  SIR  HENRY  PEEK.  —  By  Theo.  G.  Pinches.  (Privately  printed.) 
The  catalogue  of  this  interesting  little  collection  has  been  prepared  by  Mr. 
Pinches  with  his  usual  learning  and  accuracy.  In  a  short  Introduction 
he  gives  a  sketch  of  the  different  periods  which  may  be  distinguished  in 
the  history  of  the  art  of  seal-engraving  in  Babylonia — the  first,  from  about 
4000  to  about  2600  B.  c.,  of  which  the  artistic  character  seems  to  be  wholly 
Shemitic,  and  to  which  belong  Nos.  1  and  3  of  the  present  collection  ;  the 
second  marked  by  Akkadian  influence,  and  by  the  preference  of  the  crafts- 
men for  devotional  rather  than  heroic  subjects  ;  and  the  third,  extending 
from  about  1000  to  about  400  B.  c.,  in  which  the  Shemitic  character  re- 
appears, though  not  without  a  strong  admixture  of  Akkadian  elements. 
The  most  interesting  of  the  seals  described  are  naturally  those  with  in- 
scriptions. No.  1,  a  fine  specimen  of  the  first  period  (or,  according  to 
MM.  Menant  and  De  Clercq,  of  the  Agade  school  of  engraving)  represents 
in  two  incidents  a  struggle  between  a  lion  and  a  bull.  It  is  inscribed,  ap- 
parently, with  the  owner's  name,  Amel-ili,  with  which  Mr.  Pinches  com- 
pares the  Biblical  Methusael  (Mutu  sa  tti,  "Man  of  God").  The  subject 
of  No.  4,  which  is  of  the  second  period  (M.  Menant's  school  of  Ur),  is 
devotional.  Three  figures  appear  to  be  engaged  in  the  worship  of  a  cen- 
tral female  goddess,  and  the  inscription  reads :  Anu-iddin  dpil  lslan-si 
drad  Nin-si-ana,  "  Anu-iddin,  son  of  Islan-si,  servant  of  the  deity  Nin-si- 
ana,"  that  is,  of  Ishtar  as  the  planet  Venus.  No.  10  is  important  not  so 
much  for  the  subject  represented  as  for  the  owner's  name,  "Mattatum, 
daughter  of  Ahuni,  servant  of  the  goddess  Ninak  (?)."  The  form  Mattatu™ 
must  be  referred  to  the  comparatively  rare  root  natanu,  "to  give,"  and 
Mr.  Pinches  finds  in  this  inscription  a  confirmation  of  his  theory  that  the 
root  natanu  was  introduced  by  the  trading  population  of  Babylonia. 
"  There  is  hardly  a  doubt  that  Mattatum  and  her  father  Ahuni  were,  like 
Bin-Addunatan  in  the  time  of  Nabonidus,  of  foreign  (western)  origin." 
No.  16,  of  Babylonian  workmanship,  bears  the  inscription  frequently  met 
with  on  cylinders  of  this  class,  Martu  dumu  Ana,  "Martu,  son  of  Ami," 
a  god  otherwise  known  as  "  the  Rimmon  of  storms."  The  catalogue  is 
furnished  with  serviceable  reproductions  of  all  the  objects  described  ;  and 
on  this  account,  as  well  as  owing  to  the  fullness  and  minuteness  of  the  ex- 
planatory matter,  it  would  be  of  great  assistance  to  a  beginner  in  the 
study  of  this  important  and  fascinating  department  of  ancient  art.  Mr. 


ARCHMOLOOICAL  NEWS.  529 

Pinches  has  also  prepared  a  catalogue  of  the  Babylonian  tablets  in  the 
same  possession.  They  are  twelve  in  number,  and,  with  the  exception  of 
one  belonging  to  the  reign  of  Samsu-satana,  range  in  point  of  date  from 
the  period  of  Nabopolassar  to  that  of  Darius.  The  texts  are  translated 
in  full. — Academy,  Nov.  1. 

THE  RIGHTS  OF  WOMEN  IN  BABYLONIA. — The  unusual  liberty  and  rights 
enjoyed  by  women  in  ancient  Babylonia  has  received  another  confirma- 
tion from  a  contract- tablet  of  which  an  analysis  was  lately  given  by  M. 
Oppert  to  the  Academic  des  Inscriptions  (Sept.  12).  In  it  a  woman  be- 
queathed to  her  daughter,  in  fee-simple,  all  her  fortune ;  reserving  for  her- 
self only  the  usufruct  of  it  during  her  lifetime. — Revue  crit,  1890,  n,  p.  211. 

SIPPAR. — THE  DISK  OF  THE  SUN. — Fr.  v.  Scheil  publishes  in  the  Zeit.f. 
Assyriologie  (v.  4,  p.  399)  a  translation  of  an  inscription  of  Nabonidos 
which  treats  of  his  restoration  of  the  Esaggil  and  Ezida  temples  at  Baby- 
lon and  the  Ebabbara  temple  at  Sippar.  In  the  latter  temple  the  king 
placed  a  new  disk  of  the  sun.  From  WAI,  v.  60,  we  learn  that  the  an- 
cient object  was  a  solid  opaque  disk,  probably  of  alabaster,  on  which  was 
applied  in  relief  a  radiating  gold  sun.  The  radiating  sun  in  the  centre 
formed  a  prominent  projecting  nucleus.  This  symbol  rested  on  a  kind  of 
altar  (tend},  and  was  placed  before  an  image  or  statue  personifying  Samas. 
The  whole  was  called  the  Disk  of  the  Sun. 

The  disk  of  the  Ebabbara  temple  was  in  bad  condition,  it  had  suffered 
many  accidents  and  undergone  many  repairs.  Nabonidos  wished  to  re- 
construct it  all  in  gold,  but  the  Ancients  of  Babylon  and  Sippar  wished 
it  to  be  made  just  like  the  old.  The  king  consulted  the  oracles  of  Samas 
and  Adad  and  submitted  their  oracle  to  Marduk,  who  confirmed  the  desire 
of  the  Ancients.  He  says :  "  I  made  therefore  anew,  with  the  art  of  the 
gods  Gushkinturda  and  Ninsadim,  a  gold  disk  like  the  old  one  with  ala- 
baster, erected  on  some  samulli  and  ukarat  adorned  with  precious  stones. 
I  made  it  brilliant  as  the  day  and  placed  it  before  Samas  my  lord."  The 
Ebabbara  temple  had  been  built  by  Naram-Sin,  whose  foundation-brick 
Nabonidos  found. 

ARABIA. 

LATE  CONCLUSIONS  REGARDING  EARLY  ARABIAN  HISTORY. — Professor  Sayce 
has  contributed  to  the  Contemporary  Review  for  November  an  article  in 
which  he  summarizes  the  results  "  of  the  startling  archaeological  discover- 
ies" made  in  Arabia,  as  they  have  finally  reached  a  stage  when  many  of 
the  earlier  conclusions  previously  referred  to  in  the  JOURNAL  (vol.  iv,  p. 
343)  have  been  modified  and  supplemented.  The  discoveries  of  epigraphic 
material  are  those  of  Doughty,  Euting,  Huber  and  especially  Glaser,  and 
their  publications  are  not  yet  completed.  The  writings  are  especially 
those  of  Glaser  (Skizze  der  Geschichte  und  Geographic  Arabiens),  D.  H. 


530  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.        [ARABIA.] 

Miiller  and  Hommel  (Au/sdtze u.  Abh.  zurKunde  d.  Spr.,  Liter,  u.  d.  Geseh. 
d.  vord.  Orients).     The  following  results  are  ascertained. 

I.  The  Kingdom  of  Lihhydn. — The  inscriptions  of  Lihhyan  in  Northern 
Arabia  do  not  belong  (as  Miiller  thought)  to  the  x-vii  cent.  B.  c.,  and  are 
not  earlier  than  the  fall  of  the  Roman  empire.     They  are  strongly  in- 
fluenced by  the  religious  ideas  and  technical  terms  of  Judaism,  and  belong 
to  the  period  when  Jewish  colonies  and  Jewish  proselytism  were  rapidly 
extending  through  Arabia.    The  kingdom  of  Lihhyan  arose  and  decayed 
at  no  long  interval  before  the  birth  of  Mohammed. 

II.  Kingdoms  of  Ma'in  and  Saba  or  Sheba. — Dr.  Glaser's  view  of  the 
great  antiquity  of  the  Minsean  kingdom  and  its  spread  from  the  south  of 
Arabia  to  the  frontiers  of  Egypt  and  Palestine  is  confirmed.   It  must  have 
preceded  the  rise  of  the  kingdom  of  Saba,  for  the  two  covered  the  same 
geographic  era,  the  cities  of  Saba  being  embedded  with  the  territory  of 
Ma'in  and  flourishing  at  the  expense  of  the  Minsean  cities  whose  names 
even  were  forgotten.    The  kingdom  of  Saba  was  flourishing  and  extended 
northward  in  the  time  of  Tiglathpileser  and  Sargon  of  Assyria  (vin  cent. 
B.C.),  and  the  legend  of  the  queen  of  Sheba  carries  the  foundation  of  the 
Sabsean  monarchy  back  of  the  x  cent.  B.  c.,  when  it  must  have  already 
superseded  Ma'in,  whose  culture  had  then  passed  away.   This  explains  the 
lack  of  reference  to  Ma'in  in  the  Old  Testament.     Dr.  Glaser  shows  that 
the  kings  of  Saba  were  preceded  by  the  high-priests  or  makarib  of  Saba — 
another  instance  of  the  theocratic  character  of  the  early  Shemitic  State. 

The  names  of  33  Minsean  sovereigns  are  known,  three  of  them  being 
found  by  Miiller  in  inscriptions  from  Teima  in  North  Arabia.  An  in- 
scription found  by  Halevy  in  South  Arabia  shows  the  extent  of  the  power 
of  Ma'in.  It  was  made  in  gratitude  for  the  rescue  of  its  authors,  by 
Athtar  and  other  deities,  "  from  the  war  which  took  place  between  the 
ruler  of  the  land  of  the  South  and  the  ruler  of  the  land  of  the  North," 
as  well  as  "  from  the  midst  of  Egypt,  in  the  conflict  which  took  place  be- 
tween Madhi  and  Egypt,"  and  for  their  safe  restoration  to  their  city  of 
Qarnu.  The  authors,  Ammi-tsadig  and  Sa'd,  further  state  that  they  lived 
under  the  Minsean  king,  Abi-yada'  Yathi',  and  that  they  were  "the  two 
governors  of  Tsar  and  Ashur  and  the  farther  bank  of  the  river."  Hom- 
mel explains  by  Ashur  the  Asshurim  of  the  Bible,  sons  of  Dedan  (  Genesis, 
xxv.  3, 18),  and  Tsar  must  be  the  fortress  mentioned  on  Egyptian  monu- 
ments as  guarding  the  entrance  to  Egypt.  Dr.  Hommel  believes  the  time 
to  be  the  age  of  the  Hyksos.  Thus,  Palestine  or  its  surrounding  tribes  were 
in  immediate  contact  with  and  under  the  protection  of  the  great  civilized 
state  of  Ma'in. 

III.  The  Shemitic  alphabet  not  a  Phoenician  invention  nor  derived  from 
Egypt. — The  Minseans  were  a  literary  people  and  used  an  alphabetic  system 


AECH^OLOGICAL  NEWS.  531 

of  writing  of  such  antiquity  that, "  instead  of  deriving  the  Minsean  alphabet 
from  the  Phoenician,  we  must  derive  the  Phoenician  alphabet  from  the  Min- 
sean  or  from  one  of  the  Arabian  alphabets  of  which  the  Minsean  was  the 
mother ;  instead  of  seeking  in  Phoenicia  the  primitive  home  of  the  alphabets 
of  our  modern  world  we  shall  have  to  look  for  it  in  Arabia."  This  being 
granted,  we  find  (a)  that  the  names  given  to  many  of  the  Phoenician  let- 
ters agree,  for  the  first  time,  with  their  form  as  seen  in  the  South- Arabian 
alphabets ;  (6)  that  we  now  understand  the  South- Arabian  alphabets  to 
possess  letters  which  do  not  occur  in  Phoenician  because  the  Phoenician 
language  had  lost  certain  sounds  which  comparative  philology  has  shown 
belonged  to  the  Shemitic  parent-speech  and  are  preserved  in  the  languages 
of  Arabia. 

IV.  Influence  on  estimate  of  the  early  Hebrews. — The  advanced  culture 
thus  shown  to  exist  among  the  early  Shemitic  tribes  overthrows  many 
arguments  of  the  modern  radical  school,  who  regard  the  Israelites  as  illiter- 
ate nomads  who  had  no  opportunity  of  becoming  acquainted  with  books  or 
writing  until  about  the  time  of  David.  Now  it  is  shown  that  a  very  high 
standard  of  culture  was  prevalent  not  only  all  about  Palestine  but  in  the 
country  itself  before  the  exodus.  This  has  been  abundantly  proved  by  the 
Tel-el-Amarna  tablets  (JOURNAL,  iv.  333,  343 ;  v.  80,  200).  There  have 
been  found  five  letters  addressed  to  the  Egyptian  sovereigns  by  the  king  or 
governor  of  Jerusalem  (see  Jerusalem).  It  is  expected  that  from  the  early 
Arabian  records  much  illustration  can  be  drawn  for  the  primitive  life  and 
belief  of  the  Shemitic  tribes,  and  Professor  Hommel  believes  that  they 
open  up  "  a  new  and  unexpected  perspective  in  the  history  of  religion." 

PUBLICATION  OF  HUBER-S  AND  EUTING-S  INSCRIPTIONS. — The  Academie  des 
Inscriptions  et  Belles- Lettres,  Paris,  will  publish  the  late  M.  Huber's  diary 
in  Arabia,  together  with  the  inscriptions  collected  by  him  and  Professor 
Euting. — Athenaeum,  Oct.  11. 

SYRIA. 

THE  HITTITES:  PucHSTEiN's  THEORIES. — O.  Puchstein  has  published  a 
study  on  the  Hittites  (Pseudohethitiwhe  Kunst,  ein  Vortrag,  1890)  in  which 
he  disputes  current  ideas  on  the  empire  and  art  of  the  Hittites.  He  de- 
nies that  the  so-called  Hittite  monuments  are  as  early  as  the  xm  or  xrv 
cent.  B.  c.  He  places  the  hunting-scene  of  Saktsche-Gozu  in  the  reign  of 
Sargon  II,  who  conquered  Commagene  in  708  ;  he  places  at  the  same  date 
the  sculptures  of  Sindjirli,  in  whose  type  of  griffin  he  sees  the  influence  of 
primitive  Greek  art.  Some  more  archaic  reliefs  transported  from  Sind- 
jirli to  the  museum  of  Constantinople  he  thinks  may  be  as  early  as  the  x 
cent.  B.  c.  The  Hittite  hieroglyphs  are  all  later  than  the  ix  cent.  Mr. 
Puchstein  attaches  the  so-called  Hittite  sculptures  of  Asia  Minor  to  those 
of  Northern  Syria,  and  concludes  that  the  reliefs  of  Eyouk  and  Boghaz- 


532  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.  [SYRIA.] 

keui  are  of  the  ix  cent,  or  later,  that  the  rock-figures  of  Nymphis  are 
by  a  Lydian  king,  and  that  the  entire  series  have  nothing  to  do  with  the 
Cheta  of  the  Egyptian  texts  but  should  be  attributed  to  the  Mushkaya 
(Moschoi)  who  invaded  Commagene  towards  1170.  He  concludes  that 
"  the  sculptures  of  Eyouk  and  Boghaz-keui  relate  to  the  religion  of  the 
Kappadokians  who  still  inhabited  this  region  in  the  time  of  the  Greeks 
and  Romans.  Consequently,  the  art  to  which  these  sculptures  belong  is 
not  that  of  the  mysterious  Hittites  of  the  second  millenium  B.  c.,  but  is 
an  astonishing  proof  of  the  highly  developed  culture  of  the  Anatolian 
and  Commagenian  populations  between  1000  and  600  B.  c." — Revue  arch., 
1890,  n,  p.  265. 

THE  NAME  OF  KAROHEMISH. — M.  Menant  sustained  before  the  Acad.  des 
Inscriptions  (June  6)  an  explanation  of  the  name  of  Kar-Kemis  or  Kar- 
chemish,  one  of  the  capitals  of  the  Hittites.  (1)  Kar  is  the  word  for 
fortress  and  is  found  in  several  Asiatic  cities,  like  Kar-Nabu,  Kar-Sin, 
Kar-Istar,  etc. :  (2)  Kamos  is  the  name  of  a  god  whose  worship  was  spread 
over  Syria  and  Asia  Minor.  This  etymology  is  confirmed  by  an  inscrip- 
tion found  at  Karchemish  itself,  the  present  Jerablus  ;  and  also  by  another 
from  Hamath  commented  upon  by  M.  Menant  at  a  subsequent  meeting, 
on  August  8. — Revue  critique,  1890,  i,  p.  480 ;  n,  p.  128. 

THE  GODDESS  KADESH  AND  THE  SHEMITISM  OF  THE  HITTITES. — Dr.  Puch- 
stein,  of  Berlin,  in  his  recently-issued  Pseudohethitische  Kunst  makes  a 
suggestion  with  regard  to  the  goddess  Kadesh,  or  "  Qedesch,"  and  the 
Hittite  city  of  Kadesh.  This  goddess  is  represented,  on  Egyptian  monu- 
ments, standing  on  a  lion,  after  the  fashion  to  be  seen  on  the  sculptures  of 
Boghaz-keui  and  elsewhere.  Dr.  Puchstein  thinks  that,  if  the  goddess  is 
to  be  associated  with  the  city  of  like  name,  there  is  then  evidence  that  the 
ancient  Hittites  conceived  of  their  deities  in  the  same  manner  as  did  the 
Assyrians — and,  it  may  be  added,  the  Babylonians.  And,  according  to 
the  treatise  ascribed  to  Lucian,  the  Syrian  goddess,  at  the  temple  of  Hiera- 
polis,  was  borne  by  lions — a  statement  corroborated  in  the  main  by  Roman 
coins  of  Hierapolis. 

There  are  at  least  three  basreliefs  representing  the  goddess  Kadesh,  ac- 
companied on  her  right  by  an  Egyptian  ithyphallic  deity,  and  on  her  left 
by  the  Phoenician  or  Syrian  god  Resheph.  One  of  these  basreliefs  is  in 
the  British  Museum,  and  others  are  in  the  Louvre  and  at  Turin :  in  them 
the  name  of  the  goddess  is  Kadesh  or  Kedesh,  that  is,  "Holy,"  or  "Holi- 
ness." The  three  deities  on  the  monument  at  Paris  are  figured  by  M. 
Pierret  in  his  Pantheon  figyptien.  The  goddess  has  upon  her  head  a 
crescent  moon,  within  which  is  an  orb.  The  goddess  is  no  other  than  the 
great  Asiatic  goddess  Ishtar  or  Ashtoreth,  associated  alike  with  the  planet 
Venus  and  with  the  moon.  She  may  have  acquired  the  name  Kadesh  by 


[SYRIA.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  533 

transference  from  cities  where  she  was  preeminently  worshipped,  especially 
the  noted  city  on  the  Orontes.  On  the  other  hand,  the  name  Kadesh, 
"Holy,"  may  be  regarded  as  assigned  to  the  goddess  merely  on  account  of 
her  peculiar  sacredness,  and  the  explanation  of  its  masculine  form  used  with 
reference  to  a  feminine  deity  can  thus  be  explained  by  the  androgynous 
Ashtor-Chemosh  of  the  Moabite  Stone,  the  male  Ashtor,  and  the  androgy- 
nous character  of  Ishtar  associated  with  the  planet  Venus  as  a  morning 
star  and  as  an  evening  star,  Venus  being  in  the  former  case  masculine, 
and  in  the  latter  feminine. 

But  what  I  particularly  wish  to  bring  out  is  that  a  goddess  depicted 
after  the  Hittite  manner  bears  a  name  identical  with  that  of  a  very  prom- 
inent Hittite  city,  this  name  being  in  form  Shemitic  or  even  Hebrew. 
The  indication  thus  furnished  should  be  taken  together  with  other  indi- 
cations of  Shemitism  furnished  by  the  Hittite  monuments.— THOMAS 
TYLER,  in  Academy,  Sept.  6. 

HUMANN  AND  PucHSTEiN'S  NEW  WORK. — The  important  work  of  Humann 
and  Puchstein,  Reisen  in  Kleinasein  und  Nordsyrien,  is  published  (Berlin, 
Reimer,  1890).  The  volume  has  69  engravings,  and  an  album  of  53  plates 
and  some  admirable  Kiepert  maps.  The  text  comprises  three  chapters : 
(1)  a  journey  to  Angora  and  Boghaz-keui  in  1882,  by  Humann  ;  (2)  the 
exploration  of  the  Nemrud-Dagh  in  Commagene  in  1882-83,  by  Humann 
and  Puchstein ;  (3)  the  description,  by  Puchstein,  of  the  monuments  of 
Nemrud-Dagh,  Saktsche'-gozu,  Sindjirli,  Marash,  Samsat,  etc.  [A  review 
of  this  work  will  appear  in  a  future  number  of  the  JOURNAL]. — Revue 
arch.,  1890,  n,  p.  264. 

INSCRIPTIONS  IN  SYRIA. — M.  de  Villefosse  communicated  to  the  Acad.  des 
Inscriptions  (May  23)  copies  of  some  inscriptions  copied  in  Syria  by  Jesuit 
missionaries.  I.  Latin  votive  inscription,  of  the  time  of  the  Anton ines, 
found  at  Masy  (Anti-Libanus)  between  Baalbek  and  Chalkis.  n.  Greek 
inscription  at  Talanissus,  the  present  Deir-Seman,  between  Aleppo  and 
Damascus :  it  is  inscribed  in  small  black  cubes  at  the  top  of  a  beautiful 
mosaic  which  entirely  covers  the  floor  of  an  early  Christian  chapel :  it 
mentions  a  periodeutes,  or  travelling-preacher,  named  John.  in.  Dedica- 
tion to  Herod,  commander  of  Chalkite  cavalry,  found  at  Sour,  in  the 
Ledja,  on  the  site  of  the  ancient  casern  of  these  horsemen. 

In  regard  to  the  second  of  these  discoveries,  M.  de  Villefosse  signalized 
analogous  inscriptions  in  the  great  mosaic  of  Sour-Babar  and  those  of  the 
Christian  basilicas  of  Orleansville  and  Tipasa  in  Mauretania.  M.  de 
Vogue  added  that  this  discovery  confirmed  his  judgment  that  all  the 
Christian  basilicas  built  in  the  East  and  in  Africa  in  the  iv,  v  and  vi  cen- 
turies were  paved  with  marble  mosaics  with  commemorative  inscriptions. 
M.  Clermont-Ganneau  mentioned  mosaics  and  inscriptions  of  this  kind 
7 


534  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

with  names  of  bishops  and  ecclesiastical  dignitaries  at  several  points  of 
Palestine  and  Syria,  especially  at  Emmaus  (Nikopolis)  and,  on  the  other 
side  of  the  Dead  Sea,  at  Madeba.  M.  1'Abbe  Duchesne  showed  that  the 
periodeutes  was  in  the  v  cent,  the  head  of  the  clergy  of  a  locality  that 
had  no  bishop.— Revue  Grit.,  1890,  I,  p.  439. 

THE  KINGS  OF  KOMMAGENE. — The  chronology  of  the  kings  of  Commagene 
during  about  seven  centuries,  from  Darius,  son  of  Hystaspes,  to  Trajan, 
has  recently  been  satisfactorily  established  by  Theodore  Reinach  on  the 
basis  of  the  inscriptions  found  by  MM.  Humann  and  Puchstein,  rectified 
and  completed  by  medals  and  texts.  The  ancestor  of  these  kings  was  the 
Baktrian  satrap  Orontes,  son-in-law  of  Artaxerxes  Memnon.  The  founder 
of  the  dynasty  was  Ptolemy,  a  satrap  who  threw  off,  in  about  164  B.  c., 
the  yoke  of  the  Saleucidae  and  became  king.  His  son  Samos  and  his 
grandson  Mithridates  I  married  Seleucid  princesses.  The  last  king,  An- 
tiochos  Epiphanes,  was  deposed  by  Vespasian.  His  grandson,  Philopap- 
pos,  was  consul  in  Rome  and  archon  in  Athens. — Rev.  crit.,  1890,  n,  p.  268. 

ANTIOCHEIA  (near). — ANCIENT  TUMULI. — Ed.  Schneider,  head  engineer 
of  the  vilayet  of  Scutari,  has  sent  to  the  Academie  des  Sciences  a  note  on 
various  tumuli  which  he  has  studied  in  the  plain  of  El-Amuk  near  Anti- 
och.  There  were  found  not  only  Greek  and  Grseco-Roman  objects  (such 
as  a  bronze  statuette  of  a  muse  holding  a  volumen,  and  a  beautiful  in- 
taglio with  a  crowned  male  bust)  but  others  of  different  and  earlier  char- 
acter, as  a  seal  in  greenish  schist  with  a  rude  animal,  and  a  square  object 
with  two  sides  decorated  with  peculiarly  interlaced  lines. — Revue  arch., 
1890,  n,  p.  264. 

PALMYRA  =  TADMOR. — A  JOURNEY  TO  TADMOR  IN  1691. — There  is  pub- 
lished, in  the  October  number  of  the  Palestine  Exploration  Fund,  the  Re- 
lation of  a  Voyage  to  Tadmor  in  1691  by  Dr.  William  Halifax,  of  C.  C.  C., 
Oxford,  Chaplain  to  the  Factory  at  Aleppo,  from  the  original  MS.  in  the 
possession  of  Mr.  Albert  Hartshorne,  which  was  obtained  in  Rome  in  1774 
by  Mr.  Thomas  Kerrich.  It  appears  to  be  the  earliest  exact  account  of 
Palmyra  in  modern  times  that  has  been  preserved.  The  account  covers 
thirty  pages  of  the  Quarterly  Statement.  It  is  very  detailed  in  its  descrip- 
tions and  includes  copies  of  a  number  of  Greek  and  a  few  Palmyrene 
inscriptions.  The  careful  architectural  descriptions  are  of  great  value  on 
account  of  the  greater  preservation  of  the  monuments  at  that  early  date. 
The  writer  was  evidently  a  man  of  learning  and  artistic  appreciation. 

PALESTINE. 

PALESTINE  UNDER  THE  MOSLEMS. — Mr.  Guy  le  Strange  has  published  a 
volume  entitled  Palestine  under  the  Moslems:  the  work  is  divided  into  chap- 
ters on  Syria,  Palestine,  Jerusalem,  and  Damascus,  the  provincial  capitals 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  535 

and  chief  towns,  and  the  legends  related  by  the  writers  consulted.  These 
writers  begin  with  the  ninth  century  and  continue  until  the  fifteenth.  It 
is  the  result  of  a  desire  to  present  to  the  public  some  of  the  great  hoards 
of  information  about  Palestine  which  lie  buried  in  the  Arabic  texts  of  the 
Moslem  geographers  and  travellers  of  the  Middle  Ages. — Pal.  Explor. 
Fund,  July,  1890. 

ROCK-CUT  TOMBS  NEAR  JERUSALEM. — Mr.  Schick  reports  on  the  discovery 
of  a  rock-cut  tomb  and  chapel  (Pal  Expl.  Fund,  Oct.,  1890). 

TOMB. — Near  BETHANY,  in  the  valley  running  from  Mt.  Olivet  to  Lower 
Kedron,  a  tomb  was  found  hewn  in  the  soft  limestone  very  exactly  and 
regularly.  It  consisted  of  a  succession  of  four  square  chambers  connected 
by  passages,  each  lower  than  the  other,  so  that  the  rays  of  the  afternoon 
sun  can  penetrate  to  the  innermost  chamber.  The  middle  and  largest 
chamber  (13  ft.  square)  has  ten  kokim  or  recesses  for  the  reception  of 
bodies  cut  in  three  of  its  sides,  each  seven  ft.  deep.  In  the  further  cham- 
ber there  were  no  recesses  but  three  benches  for  bodies. 

CHAPEL. — At  SILWAN  Mr.  Schick  visited  a  number  of  chambers  either 
entirely  cut  in  the  rock  or  built  up  in  front,  some  of  which  communicated. 
In  one  case  the  apse  indicated  that  this  had  once  been  a  Christian  chapel, 
and  he  infers  that  in  the  Middle  Ages  a  convent  or  Laura  of  monks  or 
anchorites  may  have  been  here,  using  already-existing  Jewish  and  Canaan- 
ite  rock-cut  chambers.  There  are  Latin  inscriptions  and  crosses  cut  in 
the  rock. 

NOTES. — The  following  short  notes  are  taken  from  the  Pal.  Explor.  Fund 
Quarterly  for  July  and  October,  1890. 

Mr.  Hanauer  has  forwarded  a  series  of  photographs  of  the  rock-hewn 
altar  near  SURAH,  of  sculptured  stones  found  at  ARTLIF,  of  the  interesting 
sculptured  figures  in  the  cave  near  SARIS  and  of  stones  with  inscriptions  re- 
cently dug  up  near  the  supposed  St.  Stephen's  Church,  north  of  Damascus 
Gate,  JERUSALEM. 

Mr.  Lees  has  sent  an  account  of  the  rock-hewn  chambers  at  SILWAN, 
which  appear  to  have  been  chapels.  Mr.  Schick  has  sent  drawings  and 
reports  of  the  same,  as  well  as  an  account  of  discoveries  of  mosaics,  etc., 
at  the  so-called  House  of  Caiaphas,  JERUSALEM,  of  a  newly  opened  tomb 
near  BETHANY,  etc. 

Mr.  Lethaby  of  KERAK,  has  sent  two  fragments  of  soft  limestone  with 
sculptured  figures  of  animals,  found  in  digging  the  foundations  of  a  house. 

A  CANAANITE  SEPULCHRAL  MASK. — Dr.  Chaplin,  in  riding  through  Er- 
Kam,  secured  a  curious  mask  of  the  variegated  limestone  of  the  country 
measuring  7.3  by  5.7  inches.  The  back  is  hollowed  and  the  sockets  rep- 
resenting the  eyes  are  very  deep.  Mr.  Flinders  Petrie  thinks  it  is  probably 
of  Canaanite  origin.  Query  ?  Is  it  not  a  sepulchral  mask,  a  variant  on 
the  Egyptian  forms?— Pal.  Explor.  Fund,  Oct.,  1890,  p.  268. 


536  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.    [PALESTINE.] 

CUP-STONES. — In  the  Zeit.  d.  d.  Palaestina  Vereins  (1890,  pp.  123-32), 
Professor  H.  Guthe  gives  a  treatise  entitled  Schalensteine  in  Paldstina  und 
im  Alien  Testament.  He  accepts  Salomon  Reinach's  comparison  (Revue 
arch.,  1888,  p.  96)  with  those  stones  so  numerous  in  Europe,  Asia,  and 
America,  and  called  pierres  a  ecuelles  or  cup-stones,  and  shows,  by  many 
examples,  how  prevalent  they  were  in  Palestine  to  both  the  west  and  the 
east  of  Jordan.  They  are  usually  hollows  made  in  dolmens.  It  has  been 
thought  that  they  were  for  religious  rites,  and  were  used  for  drink-offerings. 
The  writer  finds  a  reference  to  such  hollowed  stones  in  Zachariah,  in.  9, 
where  a  stone  with  seven  eyes  is  mentioned.  The  origin  of  such  stones  is, 
however,  Canaanite  or  Phoenician. 

FROM  GENNESARETH  TO  HOLE. — G.  Schumacher  presents  in  the  Zeit.  d.d. 
Palaestina  Vereins  (xin,  2,  pp.  65-75)  the  results  of  trips  about  Lake 
Gennesareth  and  northward  to  the  Hule  marshes. 

The  Mohammedan  Weli  or  sanctuary,  called  sitt  isMne,  he  found  to  have 
been  erected,  according  to  an  inscription,  in  694  A.  H.  (1295  A.  D.).  The  sitt 
sukene  is,  according  to  tradition,  the  great-aunt  of  Fatima  the  Prophet's 
daughter. 

In  the  ravine  called  the  Wadel-hamdm,  there  are  wide  shafts  tunnelled 
in  the  rock  which  diminish  in  size  as  they  approach  the  surface.  Besides 
cisterns,  there  are  caves  and  chambers  for  dwelling,  refuge,  or  storage. 

Beyond  ed-dikki  are  some  ruins  called  er-rajid.  Its  fine  position,  just 
over  Jordan,  and  the  important  remains  of  columns  and  walls  and  deco- 
rative architectural  fragments  show  it  to  have  been  an  important  place. 

PUBLICATIONS  BY  PAPADOPULOS  KERAMEUS. — The  well-known  investigator 
of  manuscripts,  Athanasius  Papadopulos  Kerameus,  who  of  late  years  has- 
acquired  much  reputation  for  his  catalogues  of  many  of  the  monastic  libra- 
ries in  Asiatic  Greece,  has  lately  composed  a  voluminous  catalogue  of  the 
Greek  MSS.  in  the  Patriarchal  Library  at  Jerusalem.  He  has  gone  to  St. 
Petersburg  for  the  purpose  of  its  publication.  He  is  at  the  same  time  to 
publish  a  volume  entitled  'Ai/aAe/o-a  lepoaoXv/uK^s  o-ra^voA-oyta?,  which  will 
contain  a  series  of  unpublished  texts  of  different  periods.  He  has,  more- 
over, prepared  for  the  press  ten  miscellaneous  texts  relating  to  the  topo- 
graphy of  Palestine. — Athenceum,  Sept.  20. 

JERUSALEM. — MOSQUE  OF  EL  AKSA. — Mr. Petrie writes :  "With regard 
to  the  age  of  this  building,  the  irregular  use  of  materials  which  are  of  the 
age  of  Justinian,  the  capitals  which  do  not  match,  the  stumpy  columns 
built  up  of  odd  material,  and  the  unsuitable  proportions  of  the  monolith 
columns  in  parts,  seem  to  conclusively  show  that  it  must  have  been  built 
after  the  Arab  conquest,  as  Professor  Lewis  maintains.  But  it  appears 
that  its  original  form  was  totally  un-Arab,  a  pure  basilica,  of  nave  and 
two  aisles,  with  the  clerestory  arcade  work,  above  the  nave  arches,  which 


[PALESTINE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  537 

is  purely  Koman  in  design ;  a  Christian  architect  was  doubtless  the  con- 
structor of  this.  The  special  point  to  note  is  the  extraordinary  thickness 
of  the  piers  which  bound  the  aisles ;  these  seem  to  me  to  be  the  thick  outer 
walls  of  the  original  basilica  form,  pierced  through  with  arches  so  as  to 
extend  the  mosque  into  the  Arab  type  of  a  large  number  of  low  colonnades, 
or  forest  of  columns." — Pal.  Explor.Fund,  Oct.  1890. 

THE  NEIGHBORHOOD  OF  JERUSALEM. — The  Jesuit  Father  J.  P.  van  Kas- 
teren  contributes  to  the  Zeit.  d.  d.  Palaestina  Vereins  (1890,  pp.  76-122) 
some  remarks  on  the  monuments  in  the  neighborhood  of  Jerusalem,  espe- 
cially the  rock-cut  tombs  and  grottoes,  as  well  as  cisterns  and  subterranean 
passages,  at  Er-rds,  Wddi  es-sawdhire.  There  are  also  discussions,  questions 
of  identification,  as  of  the  famous  monastery  of  Euthymios,  and  a  large 
number  of  localities  are  named  for  the  first  time.  Our  readers  are  referred 
to  the  article  itself,  as  the  length  of  it  prevents  our  giving  details. 

JERUSALEM  BEFORE  THE  HEBREWS. — Among  the  tablets  from  Tel  el- 
Amarna,  now  in  the  museum  at  Berlin,  five  have  lately  been  found  which 
were  sent  from  Urusalim  or  Jerusalem  to  the  Egyptian  kings.  Their 
writer  was  a  certain  Abdidhaba  or  Ebed-tob,  who  claims  to  have  been  a 
tributary  and  protected  prince,  and  not  merely  an  Egyptian  governor, 
like  the  rulers  of  most  of  the  other  cities  in  Palestine.  He  declares  that 
he  had  been  appointed  to  his  office  by  "  the  oracle  of  the  mighty  king," 
who  is  shown  by  a  passage  in  one  of  the  tablets  to  have  been  a  deity. 
Abdidhaba  further  speaks  of  having  had  dealings  with  the  Babylonians, 
and  refers  to  an  oracle  which  declared  that,  as  long  as  a  ship  crossed  the 
sea,  the  conquests  of  Nahrina  or  Aram-Naharaim  and  of  Babylonia  would 
continue.  This  was  at  the  close  of  the  fourteenth  century  B.  c.  and  before 
the  conquest  of  Palestine  by  the  Hebrews.  Prof.  Sayce  had  already  dis- 
covered the  name  of  Jerusalem  in  one  of  the  tablets  now  in  the  Ghizeh 
Museum  (see  Academy,  April  19.  p.  273). — Academy,  Oct.  18. 

To  this  Prof.  Sayce  adds  a  further  discovery  in  a  letter  to  the  Academy 
of  Oct.  25  :  "  The  discovery  of  despatches  from  Jerusalem  to  the  kings  of 
Egypt  in  the  fifteenth  century  B.  c.,  announced  in  the  Academy  of  last 
week,  throws  light  on  one  of  the  tablets  from  Tel  el-Amarna,  belonging 
to  M.  Bouriant,  which  I  copied  three  years  ago.  The  imperfect  condition 
of  the  tablet  prevented  me  at  the  time  from  realizing  its  importance,  though 
I  was  able  to  identify  in  it  the  names  of  the  cities  of  Geclor,  Gath,  Keilah, 
and  Kabbah.  But  I  now  see  that  it  also  contains  a  reference  to  Jerusalem, 
which  is  of  considerable  interest.  The  passage  is  as  follows :  al  sad  U-ru- 
sa-lim-Ki  al  bit  AN  NIN-IP:  su-mu  Mar-ruv  al  sar-ri  pa-da-ka-at  a-sar  nisi 
al  Ki-il-ti-Ki ;  that  is,  '  the  city  of  the  mountain  of  Jerusalem,  the  city  of 
the  temple  of  the  god  Uras :  (his)  name  (there  is)  Marruv ;  the  city  of  the 
king,  adjoining  (?)  the  locality  of  the  men  of  the  city  of  Keilah.'  Here 


538  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

Jerusalem  is  distinctly  marked  out  as  situated  on  a  mountain,  and  as  being 
the  seat  of  a  famous  temple.  Marruv  seems  to  represent  the  Aramaic  mare, 
*  lord/  and  reminds  one  of  the  name  of  Moriah.  At  all  events,  we  must  see, 
in  the  deity  whose  temple  stood  on  '  the  mountain  of  Jerusalem,  the  U  elydn, 
1  the  most  high  God/  of  Genesis  xiv.  18."  Cf.  Prof.  Sayce's  article  in  the 
Contemporary  Review  for  November,  1890. 

TELL-HESY=LACHISH.— Full  reports  of  Mr.  Petrie's  work  have  ap- 
peared in  the  Palestine  Exploration  Fund  Quarterly  for  July  and  October, 
the  latter  containing  the  text  of  his  Journals  (cf.  Builder,  with  illustrations, 
Sept.  27,  Oct.  4.). 

It  is  expected  that  the  excavations  will  be  continued  next  spring. 

MADABAH. — NABATH/EAN  INSCRIPTION. — M.  Lagrange  found  at  Mada- 
bah  one  of  the  old  cities  of  Moab,  a  stone  of  black  basalt  with  a  well- 
engraved  inscription.  It  had  been  excavated  in  December,  1889.  The 
characters  are  those  of  the  Nabathsean  alphabet  with  a  few  variants.  It 
reads:  "This  is  the  tomb  and  the  two  sepulchral  monuments  that  are 
above  it,  which  were  made  by  Abdobodas,  Strategos,  to  Itibel,  Strategos, 
his  father,  and  to  Itibel,  commander  of  the  camp  at  Behitou  (?),  and  Ab- 
datah,  son  of  Abdobodes,  the  Strategos,  in  the  house  of  their  command, 
which  they  exercised  twice  during  thirty-one  years  of  the  years  of  Hare- 
tat,  king  of  Nabat,  who  loved  his  people,  and  the  monument  above  was 
made  in  his  forty-sixth  year."  The  Haretat  is  the  Aretas,  king  of  Petra, 
father-in-law  of  Herod  Antipas,  and  the  date  is  39  A.  D.  His  long  reign 
is  thus  confirmed. — Zeit.  f.  Assyriologie,  Aug.,  1890,  p.  289. 

MASHITA. — A  PERSIAN  BUILDING. — Mr.  Gray  Hill  reports  on  the  ruins 
at  Mashita  or  rather  Umshetta,  four  hours  journey  from  Madeba  (or  Mad- 
abah).  They  are  remains  of  a  large  building  and  enclosure  built  to  the 
main  points  of  the  compass ;  the  sculptured  front  of  the  latter  and  the 
gateway  being  to  the  south.  The  appearance  of  the  ruins  indicates  that 
the  buildings  were  never  finished.  Some  of  the  details  of  the  ornamenta- 
tion are  quite  Persian  in  style. — Pal.  Explor.  Fund,  Oct.,  1890. 

PHOENICIA. 

AKKO=PTOLEMAIS=ST.  JEAN  D-ACRE. — From  St.  Jean  d'Acre  comes 
the  report  of  the  discovery  of  a  sepulchral  crypt,  the  walls  of  which  are 
covered  with  paintings  in  fresco.  Within  were  found  three  sarcophagi  in 
stone  and  one  of  lead  finely  sculptured  in  basrelief.  Beside  them  were 
some  precious  vases  and  two  portraits  well  preserved,  one  of  a  man  and  the 
other  of  a  woman.  The  tomb  is  thought  to  belong  to  some  royal  family 
of  Phoenician  or  Hebrew  race,  possibly  Philistine. — Athenceum,  Sept.  6. 

KAN  A  (near) — ANCIENT  ROCK-RELIEFS. — Mr.  Schumacher  made  recently 
a  trip  to  Tyre  to  photograph  the  ancient  rock-cut  figures  mentioned  by 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  539 

Gue*rin  and  Kenan.  They  are  near  the  road  from  Kana  to  Hanawei,  and 
are  in  two  series,  an  upper  and  a  lower  row  facing  east.  On  the  first  wall, 
about  40  yards  long,  there  are  20  finished  and  11  unfinished  figures,  vary- 
ing in  height  from  2  to  2£  feet.  The  work  is  very  rude,  and,  further,  the 
surface  is  badly  weatherworn  and  the  figures  are  almost  entirely  defaced  : 
most  of  them  show  nothing  but  outlines.  A  second  series  was  found  on  a 
rock- wall  75  feet  below,  not  straight  like  the  other,  but  the  figures  are 
hewn  on  the  perpendicular  sides  of  a  rock  of  round  shape.  They  face  east 
and  west.  "  Whilst  we  found  among  the  upper  row  figures  showing  some 
skill  and  art,  we  could  not  discover  any  such  art  on  the  figures  below ; 
they  all  without  exception  show  merely  a  round  ball,  representing  the  head, 
a  long  straight  neck  placed  on  the  remainder  of  the  body  formed  by  a  sim- 
ple quadrangle.  This  quadrangle  often  is  not  broader  than  the  head  and 
therefore  of  a  very  primitive  appearance.  Most  of  the  figures  are  in  a 
niche ;  they  are  in  relief  of  2  to  3  inches.  Most  of  these  lower  figures  are 
evidently  unfinished,  and  like  the  upper  ones  entirely  weatherworn.  .  .  . 
I  venture  to  think  that  the  figures  of  the  lower  row  represent  a  more 
ancient  period  than  those  of  the  upper,  but  it  is  very  difficult  to  state  at 
what  period  they  have  been  created.  I  think  Guerin  is  right  in  calling 
them  anterior  to  the  Greek-Roman  epoch,  probably  Egypto-Phreuician." — 
Pal.  Explor.  Fund,  Oct.  1890,  pp.  259-64.  [We  have  not  quoted  much 
from  Mr.  Schumacher's  description  of  the  upper  row  of  figures,  because  it 
was  so  obviously  without  regard  to  analogous  rock-sculptures  which  would 
have  assisted  him  in  his  study.  The  one  photograph  given  with  the  paper 
reproduces  only  five  of  the  thirty-one  figures,  but  it  is  sufficient  to  show 
that  they  are  riot  all  standing  as  Mr.  Schumacher  fancies.  Some  are  seated 
on  thrones  (GueVin  had  noted  a  seated  divinity)  as  in  the  Hittite  reliefs 
and  the  Assyrian  processions  of  divinities.  Also  the  figure  with  a  long 
robe  falling  in  narrow  parallel  folds  can  be  said  to  be,  not  a  female  figure, 
but,  from  the  analogy  of  the  seal-cylinders,  the  figure  of  a  priest.  The 
figures  are  heavy  and  have  no  Egyptian  characteristics :  they  were  doubt- 
less executed  under  Assyrian  influence,  perhaps  at  the  time  of  the  Assyrian 
conquests.  The  subject  may  be  either  (1)  a  procession  toward  a  figure, 
probably  that  of  a  king  (Assyrian?),  or,  more  probably,  (2)  a  representa- 
tion of  some  gods  of  the  Assyrian  or  Syrian  pantheon  receiving  adoration 
and  sacrifice.  Both  of  these  subjects  are  frequently  to  be  found  in  Baby- 
lonian, Assyrian,  Hittite,  Persian  and  Syrian  works.  It  is  not  necessary 
that  this  relief  should  be  considered  the  work  of  native  artists,  as  the  in- 
vading armies,  of  the  Assyrians,  for  example,  were  accompanied  by  sculp- 
tors whose  office  it  was  to  carve  such  commemorative  reliefs  of  conquests 
or  treaties.  The  second  and  lower  series  of  figures  appears  to  be  of  a 
totally  different  style  and  has  no  relation  to  the  other.  The  photograph 


540  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

which  reproduces  them,  in  this  article,  is  not  clear  enough  to  allow  of 
any  deductions.  Maj.  Conder's  remarks  (p.  264),  which  follow  Mr.  Schu- 
macher's report,  are  based  entirely  on  this  lower  series,  and  he  is  evidently 
mistaken  in  calling  all  the  figures  full-faced :  those  of  the  upper  series  are 
in  profile.  His  conclusions,  therefore,  that  the  sculptures  belong  to  the 
Koman  period,  apply  only  to  the  second  series  and  with  this  limitation 
may  be  correct. — A.  L.  F.,  JR.] 

SI  DON. — A  GREEK  INSCRIPTION. — Clermont-Ganneau  has  received  the 
impression  of  a  Greek  inscription  from  Sidon  dating  from  the  64th  year 
of  the  city,  or  47  B.  c. :  LAEHAIOAQP03  ATTOAAQNIOYTOY  | 
ATTOAAO<i>ANOYSA  I  PXONTOSMAXAIPO  |  TTOIQNeEQIAriQIY  | 
TT  E  PTO  KO I N  0 Y  (sie)  :  "  In  the  year  64.  Heliodoros,  son  of  Apollonios, 
son  of  Apollophanes,  archon  of  the  cutlers,  to  the  holy  god,  for  the  com- 
munity." The  wording  is  essentially  Shemitic.  The  "  holy  god  "  recalls 
the  word  gadosh  used  in  this  connection. — Revue  crit.,  1890,  n,  p.  .408. 

THE  SARCOPHAGI-RELIEFS  OF  SIDON. — Hamdi  Bey  is  said  to  have  at  length 
made  good  progress  with  the  elaborate  illustrated  work  in  which  it  is  his 
intention  to  make  known  the  treasures  of  Hellenic  art  discovered  a  few 
years  ago  at  Sidon.  The  remarkable  sarcophagus  reliefs  in  question  will 
not  be  exhibited  in  the  museum  for  some  time  yet ;  but  the  jealous  secrecy 
with  which  they  have  hitherto  been  guarded  has  been  so  far  relaxed  as  to 
allow  of  their  inspection  by  a  few  professed  archaeologists,  and  still  fewer 
privileged  travellers  from  the  West. — Athenceum,  Nov.  8.  The  first  fas- 
ciculus of  the  above  work  has  already  been  issued  from  the  well-known 
Oriental  press  of  Leroux  in  Paris.  The  most  careful  and  detailed  descrip- 
tion yet  published  comes  from  the  pen  of  our  Babylonian  explorer,  Dr. 
John  P.  Peters,  and  is  published  in  the  N.  Y.  Nation  of  January  9  and  15. 

ASIA  MINOR. 

Count  d'Hulst  has  been  treated  with  great  brutality  by  the  Turkish 
officials  in  Asia  Minor.  Although  his  papers  were  in  perfect  order,  he 
has  been  thrust  into  a  prison  with  criminals.  He  has  been  compelled  to 
abandon  his  archaeological  researches. — Athenceum,  July  19. 

PROFESSOR  RAMSAVS  EXPLORATION  IN  ASIA  MINOR  (c/.  pp.  197-8;  341-7). 
NOTES  FROM  KAPPADOKIA. — W.  M.  RAMSAY  writes  to  the  Athenceum  (of 
Oct.  18)  :  "From  Kaisariyeh  we  crossed  the  Anti-Taurus  mountains,  and 
on  the  fifth  day  reached  Gurun,  a  quaint  town  in  a  narrow  glen  through 
which  flows  a  tributary  of  the  Euphrates,  now  called  the  Tokhma  Su. 
The  ancient  name  of  the  river  is  unknown.  At  the  upper  end  of  the 
town  the  river  forces  its  way,  by  a  fissure  a  few  feet  wide,  through  a  mass 
of  rocks,  which  must  originally  have  closed  in  the  glen.  On  these  rocks 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  541 

Sir  C.  Wilson  about  1879  observed  two  inscriptions  in  'Hittite'  hiero- 
glyphics; and  the  object  of  our  visit  was  to  obtain  copies  of  them.  It 
took  a  day  and  a  half  of  work  to  copy  and  make  squeezes,  for  the  sur- 
face of  the  rock  has  scaled  off  to  such  a  degree  that  at  first  we  despaired 
of  doing  anything  beyond  making  out  a  few  stray  symbols.  One  of  the 
inscriptions  consists  of  six  lines  of  great  length  ;  we  deciphered  about  two- 
thirds  of  it.  The  other  is  much  smaller,  but  still  it  contains  four  lines, 
each  about  three  feet  long ;  about  half  of  it  is  decipherable ;  but  the  rest 
of  the  surface  has  entirely  scaled  off,  and  the  symbols  have  disappeared 
beyond  recovery." 

Rock-Sculptures  at  Fraktin  —  Ferak-ed-din. — "  We  left  the  search  for  the 
reported  monument  at  Izgin  (Sterrett)  to  some  traveller  with  more  time 
to  spare.  In  Komana  and  the  neighborhood  we  copied  a  small  number 
of  inscriptions  and  milestones.  We  crossed  Anti-Taurus  again  by  a  more 
southerly  pass  than  before,  in  search  of  a  monument  alluded  to  more  than 
once  by  Prof.  Sayce.  About  forty  years  ago  Mr.  E.  Calvert  was  told  by 
a  Kappadokian  Greek  that  he  had  seen  a  strange  relief  on  the  rocks  near 
a  village  called  Fraktin.  We  found  that  'Franktin'  was  the  local  pro- 
nunciation of  Ferak-ed-din,  and  about  a  mile  from  that  village  we  found 
a  relief  of  singular  interest.  Had  we  been  trying  to  imagine  a  monu- 
ment which  should  disprove  in  the  most  convincing  manner  some  of  Prof. 
Hirschfeld's  views  on  the  interpretation  of  the  sculptures  of  Boghaz-keui 
(Berlin  Abhandlungen,  1887),  we  could  not  have  constructed  one  better 
suited  for  the  purpose.  A  zone  of  sculpture  about  three  feet  high  runs 
horizontally  along  the  face  of  the  rock,  and  at  the  right-hand  side  is  a 
set  of  symbols  of  the  usual  hieroglyphic  kind,  beginning  with  a  human 
hand  with  the  index  finger  pointing  towards  the  rest.  No  one  could  doubt 
that  .these  symbols  are  an  inscription,  expressing  a  meaning,  and  intended 
to  be  read  by  spectators  ;  but  Prof.  Hirshfeld  has  denied  this.  The  sculp- 
tures represent  two  pairs  of  deities,  the  right  pair  male,  the  left  pair  fe- 
male. In  each  case  the  two  deities  stand  facing  each  other,  separated  by 
a  curious  object  that  seems  a  sort  of  compromise  between  an  altar  and  a 
scarecrow.  A  bird  sits  on  the  object  that  stands  between  the  two  female 
deities.  Between  each  pair  is  a  set  of  symbols,  beginning  with  the  sym- 
bol that  Prof.  Sayce  has  explained  as  the  '  determinative  of  divinity.'  This 
interpretation  would,  I  think,  occur  independently  to  any  person  who 
looked  at  the  divinities  sculptured  on  the  rocks  of  Ferak-ed-din;  the 
names  of  the  figures  are  inscribed  beside  them,  as  is  so  often  the  case  on 
Greek  vases.  The  same  is  the  case  at  Boghaz-keui ;  but  Prof.  Hirschfeld 
maintains  that  the  groups  of  symbols  in  a  similar  position  in  front  of  the 
figures  sculptured  there  are  really  objects  supported  on  the  hands  of  the 
figures.  I  convinced  myself  that  there  is  no  connection  between  the  sym- 


542  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.    [ ASIA  MINOR.] 

bols  and  the  hands ;  but  the  sculptures  are  so  much  worn  that  it  is  quite 
possible  for  others,  even  for  such  a  competent  observer  as  Prof.  Hirsch- 
feld,  to  maintain  the  opposite  view.  But  the  sculptures  of  Ferak-ed-din 
resolve  the  doubt :  a  connection  between  hand  and  symbols  never  existed, 
and  even  the  squeeze  is,  I  believe,  sufficient  to  prove  this  to  every  obser- 
ver. The  monument  at  Ferak-ed-din  is  in  excellent  preservation,  and  we 
can  thus  detect  one  interesting  fact :  the  sculpture  was  never  completed. 
The  figures  on  the  left  side  are  finished  in  every  detail ;  but  the  goddesses 
on  the  right  are  only  shown  in  outline.  The  line  showing  their  form  was 
drawn,  and  the  rock  around  was  cut  away,  leaving  a  flat  surface  in  relief 
of  the  proper  shape ;  but  the  necessary  details  were  never  indicated  on  this 
surface,  as  they  were  on  the  figures  in  the  left  group.  Similarly,  the  left- 
hand  part  of  the  inscription  at  the  side  of  the  sculpture  was  complete, 
but  the  three  or  four  symbols  on  the  right  were  merely  blocked  out  in 
their  general  shape." 

Hittite Inscription  at  Bor. — "On  August  11,  we  went  to  Develi  Kara 
Hissar,  a  distance  of  twelve  hours,  where  we  expected  to  meet  Mr.  Head- 
lam.  Our  intention  wras  to  separate  for  a  few  days  there,  Mr.  Hogarth 
taking  the  direct  hill-road  towards  the  Kilikian  Gates,  while  I  went  round 
by  Nigde  to  get  money  and  see  the  result  of  our  letters  to  Hamdi  Bey  and 
Sir  W.  White.  On  August  12,  I  went  on  to  Nigde,  a  thirteen  hours'  dis- 
tance. A  Greek  clerk  at  the  Government  Office  then  came  up  to  me  and 
said  that  the  remainder  of  the  stone  which  we  had  purchased  had  been 
found  and  was  now  in  a  house  at  Bor  (where  we  had  bought  our  part  of 
it) ;  the  house  belonged  to  a  Turk  named  Ettima.  A  telegram  arrived 
from  Hamdi  Bey  to  the  governor  on  August  12,  ordering  that  the  stone 
should  be  handed  over  to  me  for  conveyance  to  Mersina,  but  the  Medjliss, 
i.  e.,  County  Council,  refused  to  sanction  its  deliverance  to  me.  On  the 
evening  of  August  13,  I  left  Nigde,  and  hurried  down  to  Tyana,  where  I 
spent  the  night.  By  an  odd  coincidence  I  went  straight  to  the  very  house 
which  stood  on  the  spot  where  the  stone,  the  subject  of  so  much  contention, 
had  been  found  thirty-five  years  before.  The  owner,  a  rich  Turk,  told 
me  that  Ettima  was  his  brother;  that  the  stone  had  been  found  in  two 
fragments  when  his  father  was  building  the  house ;  that  the  smaller  piece 
had  been  given,  under  the  impression  that  it  was  of  no  value,  to  a  Greek 
who  asked  for  it ;  and  that  he  had  imagined  that  the  larger  half  had  dis- 
appeared until  our  action  had  turned  the  thoughts  of  every  one  upon  old 
stones,  and  the  missing  piece  was  found  to  be  lying  in  the  house  of  his 
brother  at  Bor.  His  description  of  the  stone  I  need  not  repeat,  as  it  has 
since  been  seen  by  Mr.  Hogarth,  except  that  he  said  the  relief  represented 
a  man  striding  forward  with  the  right  leg  advanced  (not  the  left  leg,  as  is 
the  case  so  commonly  in  Egyptian  and  archaic  Greek  monuments),  with 


[AsiA  MINOE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  543 

hieroglyphic  symbols  all  round,  and  a  raised  border  surrounding  the  stone ; 
on  the  border  there  were  marks,  which  from  his  description  might  be  either 
cuneiform  characters  or  a  mere  ornamental  pattern.  In  the  circumstances, 
the  most  profitable  plan  seemed  to  be  to  hurry  on  to  Bozanti,  discuss  the 
situation  with  Mr.  Hogarth,  and  put  him  in  possession  of  the  knowledge 
which  alone  gave  any  hope  of  permission  to  copy  the  stone." 

LAST  NOTES  FROM  ASIA  MINOR. — Messrs.  D.  G.  HOGARTH  and  A.  C. 
HEADLAM  write  to  the  Athenceum  (of  Oct.  4)  :  "  Professor  Ramsay's  last 
letter  will  have  informed  you  of  our  fortunes  in  the  Anti-Taurus,  and  it 
only  remains  to  give  some  account  of  our  return  journey  from  the  Kili- 
kian  Gates  to  the  railway.  We  parted  from  Mr.  Ramsay  not  far  south  of 
Kaisariyeh,  in  order  to  travel  by  the  direct  horse-road  to  the  Gates,  a 
road  which  has  been  in  all  ages  one  of  the  greatest  highways  of  Asia  Minor, 
and  on  which  accordingly  we  expected  to  find  ancient  remains.  The  re- 
sult did  not  justify  such  expectations,  for  nothing  early  is  to  be  found  be- 
tween Devolii  Kara  Hissar  and  the  Gates.  A  late  site  and  tombs  near 
Kerdeley,  some  remains  of  Roman  period  at  Eneghil,  and  a  Byzantine 
fort  at  one  of  the  silver  mines  (Boghay  Maden)  are  all  the  antiquities  of 
the  road.  At  the  better-known  mines  of  Bereketli  Maden  there  is 
nothing  at  all.  We  missed  Mr.  Ramsey  at  the  Gates  by  a  few  hours,  but 
found  letters  from  him  reporting  another  important  stone  at  Bor,  possibly 
bilingual ;  and  this  decided  us  to  go  home  by  that  place.  It  was  neces- 
sary, however,  to  make  a  slight  detour  to  the  west  to  find  the  Hittite  stone 
seen  by  Mr.  Davis  near  the  silver  mines  of  the  Bulgar  Dagh.  We  were 
guided  by  a  villager  to  two  stones,  one  on  either  side  of  the  deep  gorge 
which  runs  down  from  Bulgar  Maden  to  Ali  Hodja.  Of  the  first  it  is 
impossible  to  speak  with  certainty ;  the  native  guide  pointed  to  a  scarp 
high  up  on  the  face  of  an  inaccessible  cliff,  and  said  that  it  was  '  written ; ' 
but  no  sign  of  lettering  could  we  see  from  the  nearest  accessible  point.  Our 
own  belief  is  that  the  '  writing '  is  a  delusion,  but  verification  is  impossi- 
ble without  Alpine  appliances.  On  the  left  bank  of  the  stream  we  found 
the  stone  of  which  we  were  in  search.  The  inscription  is  carved  on  the 
face  of  a  rock,  almost  at  the  summit  of  the  ridge,  and  nearly  1,000  feet 
above  the  water.  As  in  the  case  of  most  Hittite  texts,  an  overhanging 
face  was  chosen,  the  better  to  guard  the  lettering  from  the  weather.  The 
characters  are  incised  in  the  rock — the  only  known  instance  of  this  form 
of  cutting  in  a  Hittite  rock-inscription — and  resemble  generally  the  two 
incised  texts  of  Bor  and  Andaval,  described  by  us  in  a  former  letter.  The 
Bulgar  Maden  text  is  in  five  panels,  the  first  two  shorter  than  the  rest,  and 
the  whole  divided  and  enclosed  by  lines.  The  characters  are  generally  of 
small  size,  rather  unevenly  cut,  and  occupy  a  space  altogether  of  about  five 
feet  by  four  feet.  The  average  number  of  characters  in  a  panel  is  between 


544  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.    [ASIA MINOR.] 

70  and  80.  Except  for  a  water-worn  band  which  runs  down  the  middle, 
this  text  is  well  preserved,  and  not  difficult  to  copy.  But  the  overhang 
of  the  rock  makes  it  extremely  difficult  to  make  a  satisfactory  squeeze ; 
however,  of  all  but  the  first  line  we  brought  away  a  very  fair  impression. 

"  We  turned  northwards  out  of  the  mountains  and  struck  the  high  road 
from  the  Gates  to  Eregli  and  Nigdeh,  at  a  point  about  four  miles  east  of 
Oolu  Kischlar.  In  a  roadside  graveyard  we  found  two  inscribed  milliaria, 
the  one  giving  the  distance  from  Tyana,  the  other  apparently  from  some 
other  place,  perhaps  Herakleia  Kybistra  (Eregli).  The  next  day  we 
passed  through  Tyana  itself  to  Bor,  spending  a  short  time  on  the  large 
hillocky  mound  which  covers  the  ancient  city — a  site  to  be  recommended 
to  the  excavator  of  the  future. 

Hittite  Inscription  at  Bor. — "  On  our  arrival  at  Bor  we  set  to  work  to 
find  the  stone  which  had  been  described  to  Mr.  Ramsay.  It  was  agreed 
that  we  were  to  see  the  stone,  but  at  night.  A  single  glance  was  sufficient 
both  to  show  us  that  it  was  not  bilingual  and  to  explain  why  it  had  been 
described  as  such.  It  was,  in  fact,  the  lower  half  of  the  stone  we  had 
already  purchased,  and  contained  a  continuation  of  the  Hittite  inscrip- 
tion ;  the  legs  of  the  royal  figure  were  covered  almost  as  far  as  the  feet 
with  a  long  robe,  the  embroidery  on  which  was  extremely  elaborate  and 
very  carefully  carved.  This  it  was  which  had  been  mistaken  by  our  in- 
formants for  letters  of  another  kind.  We  were  unable  to  buy  the  stone 
after  our  former  experience,  and  found  it  quite  impossible  to  obtain  leave 
to  copy  it  on  any  other  terms.  It  remains  for  the  Turkish  authorities  to 
possess  themselves  of  it,  and  fit  it  to  the  upper  portion,  which  we  have 
already  presented  to  them. 

Hittite  Seal. — "  A  very  interesting  Hittite  seal  was  sold  to  us  in  Bor. 
It  was  said  by  its  owner  to  have  been  found  near  the  silver  mines  of  the 
Kara  Dagh,  north  of  Karaman.  The  head  is  rather  larger  than  a  shil- 
ling, and  rests  on  three  lion-paws,  terminating  in  a  ring.  On  the  face  of 
the  seal  is  a  draped  figure  in  the  act  of  walking  to  the  left  with  extended 
arms;  the  head  has  a  close-fitting  cap;  the  hands  are  empty.  Round  the 
figure  is  a  legend  of  nine  Hittite  characters.  The  material  of  which  the 
seal  is  made  seems  to  be  an  alloy  of  silver. 

"  Our  journey  after  this  for  some  time  offered  little  to  describe.  From 
Bor  we  went  to  Nigdeh,  thence  to  Akserai,  and  from  there  across  the 
great  central  plain  to  Kadyn  Khan,  where  we  joined  the  great  road  from 
Konia.  We  found  nowhere  anything  of  much  archaeological  interest. 
Between  Kadyn  Khan  and  Ilgiin  we  visited,  made  fresh  copies  of,  photo- 
graphed, and  took  an  impression  of,  the  Hittite  inscription  which  Mr. 
Ramsay  had  discovered  on  a  former  journey.  It  is  situated  about  half  a 
mile  to  the  east  of  the  main  road  between  Kadyn  Khan  and  Ilgiin,  and 


[AsiA  MINOR.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  545 

about  an  hour  north  of  the  Kolitolu  Taila.  The  inscription  is  in  three 
lines,  well  carved  in  bold  relief  on  a  large  block  of  stone,  but  in  some 
parts  is  a  good  deal  worn  by  the  weather.  The  last  object  of  the  expe- 
dition was  to  inquire  into  the  truth  of  rumors  stating  that  a  second '  Niobe ' 
existed  in  the  Murad  Dagh  above  Ushak.  Near  Belova,  about  4000  feet 
above  the  sea,  we  found  a  small  block  of  marble  about  two  and  a  half  feet 
high,  forming  the  lower  portion  of  the  statue  of  a  female  goddess.  The 
hands  lay  on  the  breast  in  an  impossible  attitude,  not  crossed,  but  both 
pointing  in  the  same  direction ;  below  was  a  wreath ;  the  lower  part  of  the 
statue  was  an  uncarved  trunk  ;  everything  else  was  lost.  The  workman- 
ship was  late.  The  statue  had  just  enough  character  to  show  that  it  was 
not  ordinary  Roman  work,  but  we  found  that  we  had  been  compelled  to 
perform  one  of  the  less  pleasing  duties  of  a  travelling  archaeologist,  to 
wit,  dissipate  delusions." 

EPIGRAPHIC  MISSION  OF  M.  HUART. — At  a  meeting  of  the  Acad.  des  In- 
scriptions (Nov.  7),  M.  Barbier  de  Meynard  reported  on  an  epigraphic 
mission  to  Asia  Minor  entrusted  to  M.  Clement  Huart,  interpreter  of  the 
French  embassy  at  Constantinople.  Its  object  was  to  copy  in  the  eyalet 
of  Karamania  (the  ancient  Lykaonia  and  Isauria),  and  especially  at 
Konyeh  (Ikonion),  the  mussulman  inscriptions,  in  particular  those  of  the 
period  of  the  Seldjuk  princes  (1087  to  1300  A.  D.).  Fifty-eight  inscrip- 
tions were  collected,  mostly  Arabic,  twenty-five  of  which  were  of  the  Seld- 
juk period.  These  texts  give  new  data  for  the  history  of  this  dynasty, 
which,  though  of  Turkish  origin,  felt  very  strongly  the  influence  of  an- 
cient Persia. 

M.  Huart  also  copied  one  Greek  and  two  Latin  inscriptions,  whose  in- 
terest was  shown  by  M.  Heron  de  Villefosse.  They  are  the  most  import- 
ant classic  inscriptions  yet  found  in  this  region.  The  Latin  texts  are 
dedications  to  Caracalla  and  to  Lucius  Aelius  Verus  in  the  years  212 
and  137  of  our  era.  The  Greek  inscription  mentions  one  Julius  Publius, 
Aoyio-rrjs  or  curator  of  the  city. — Revue  crit.,  1890,  n,  p,  352. 

THE  TROJAN  CONTROVERSY. — We  take  the  following  resume  of  the  Tro- 
jan question  from  S.  Reinach's  Chronique  d*  Orient  in  the  Revue  archeoL 
(1890,'  n,  pp.  254-6)  for  Sept.-Oct.  "  In  the  Berl.  phil.  Woch.  of  Jan.  25, 
1890,  Mr.  Belger,  examining  the  discussion  between  Schliemann  and 
Botticher  concludes  that  Hissarlik  was  doubtless  a  centre  of  habitation, 
but  that  the  hill,  during  an  unknown  term  of  years,  must  have  served  as 
a  necropolis.  Schuchhart  has  made  an  analogous  concession  in  his  recent 
work.  But  Capt.  Botticher  is  not  satisfied  with  concessions:  in  a  work 
entitled  Hissarlik  wie  es  ist,  he  maintains,  as  before  his  visit  to  Hissarlik 
the  exclusively  sepulchral  character  of  the  mound  explored  by  Schlie- 
mann. The  study  of  the  remains  of  constructions  cannot  alone  resolve 


546  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.    [ASIA MINOR.] 

the  question,  and  Botticher  is  right  in  attaching  importance  to  small  ob- 
jects .  .  .  which,  discovered  in  quantities  in  a  place  where  no  arms  have 
been  found,  constitute  one  of  the  most  serious  arguments  in  favor  of  his 
thesis  .  .  .  Dr.  Virchow,  on  his  side,  is  unyielding  (  Verhand.  d.  Berl.  An- 
throp.  GeselL,  1890,  p.  130)  :  he  affirms  that  there  never  was  any  burying 
or  incineration  at  Hissarlik."  Though  the  late  discoveries  have  com- 
pleted our  knowledge  of  the  akropolis,  there  yet  remain  to  be  found  the 
city  proper,  and  the  necropolis. 

AIGAIAI. — AN  AIOLIC  INSCRIPTION. — Salomon  Reinach  presented  to  the 
Acad.  des  Inscriptions  (May  23)  a  curious  inscription  in  the  Aiolic  dialect 
dating  from  the  end  of  the  fourth  century  B.  c.,  found  10  kil.  north  of  the 
city  of  Aigaiai  in  Aiolis.  It  is  a  convention  between  the  inhabitants  of 
the  district  of  Aigaiai  and  those  of  Olympia  regarding  the  passage  of  small 
cattle  from  one  territory  to  the  other :  goats  and  lambs  are  free,  and  rams 
and  sheep  shall  not  pay  for  their  wool.  The  Olympia  mentioned  is  a  moun- 
tain east  of  Smyrna  known  only  by  a  text  of  Pliny.  That  part  of  the  in- 
scription the  reading  of  which  is  perfectly  clear  gives  five  words  or  forms 
which  are  wanting  in  all  lexicons. — Revue  crit.,  1890, 1,  p.  440. 

APAMEIA. — A  CHRISTIAN  BASILICA. — Mr.  Ramsay  has  hidden  in  the 
Transactions  of  the  Aberdeen  Eeelesiological  Society  an  interesting  notice 
of  a  Christian  basilica  of  Apameia,  accompanied  by  a  plan.  It  is  one  of 
the  most  curious  churches  existing  in  Asia  Minor ;  an  old  tradition  places 
it  on  the  spot  where  Noah's  ark  came  down.  Professor  Ramsay  believes 
that  it  replaced,  in  about  the  fourth  century,  a  temple  of  Zevs  KeXevevs. — 
Revue  arch.,  1890,  n,  p.  263. 

BEIRDj. — A  bed-post  of  gold  and  silver,  decorated  with  precious  stones 
and  bearing  an  inscription  in  English  characters  showing  it  to  have  be- 
longed to  Queen  Eleanor  of  England,  has  been  discovered  during  some 
excavations  near  Beirut.  It  must  date  from  the  time  of  the  eighth  crusade 
undertaken  in  1272  by  Prince  Edward.  The  Ottoman  Government  has 
taken  possession  of  it. —  Chron.  des  Arts,  1890,  No.  31;  N.  Y.  Evening 
Post,  July  15. 

HISSARLIK. — LATEST  REPORT  ON  EXCAVATIONS. — Dr.  Dorpfeld  contri- 
butes some  remarks  to  the  Athenische  Mittheilungen  (1890,  pp.  351-2)  on 
the  latest  discoveries  at  Hissarlik  which  since  his  last  report  were  carried 
on  for  six  weeks  and  ended  on  August  1.  The  results  of  the  year  will  be 
published  later,  but  no  full  description  and  explanation  of  the  discoveries 
can  be  made  until  the  completion  of  the  excavations  during  the  present 
season.  The  most  important  work  of  the  last  weeks  was  the  complete  free- 
ing of  the  s.  w.  citadel-wall  of  the  second  city,  and  the  discovery  in  it  of 
a  sallyport  which  lay  at  the  foot  of  the  wall  (which  is  preserved  to  a  height 
of  8  met.)  and  is  c.  1.20  met.  wide  by  c.  2.40  met.  high.  It  is  placed  in 


[AsiA  MINOR.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  547 

the  angle  between  the  citadel-wall  and  the  west  gate,  which  serves  as  a 
tower,  and  is  thus  placed  as  such  sallyports  were  situated  in  later  times. 
In  the  excavations  in  front  of  the  s.  w.  gate,  it  had  already  been  ascer- 
tained that  there  were  six  distinct  strata.  Since  then,  deeper  excavations 
have  led  to  the  discovery  of  a  seventh  stratum,  and  only  underneath  this 
was  the  level  of  the  second  city  reached.  Each  of  these  seven  layers  con- 
tains walls,  pavements,  and  objects  of  the  most  varied  description.  In 
some,  the  houses  showed  abundant  traces  of  having  been  destroyed  by  fire ; 
in  others  there  were  but  few  traces  of  fire.  The  buildings  of  nearly  all  the 
strata  were  simple  dwellings  of  more  or  less  regular  form ;  usually  they 
retain  not  only  their  foundations  but  quite  a  section  of  their  upper  walls. 

In  the  place  where  excavations  have  been  carried  on,  important  build- 
ings have  been  found  only  in  the  first  and  fourth  strata  counting  from 
the  top,  or,  to  use  Schliemann's  early  enumeration,  in  the  sixth  and  ninth 
cities.  Of  the  latter  the  buildings,  being  Roman,  have  no  interest,  but 
those  of  the  sixth  city  are  worthy  of  study.  For,  in  the  first  place,  they 
are  constructed  of  larger  stones  and  with  more  care  than  those  of  any  of 
the  other  strata,  and,  secondly,  a  number  of  fragments  of  Mykenaian  vases 
have  been  found  among  them,  thus  giving  a  clue  to  their  date.  The  best- 
preserved  building  consists  of  a  rectangular  hall  with  open  porch,  having 
thus  the  same  ground-plan  as  the  large  megaron  of  the  second  city  (A  on 
plan  vn  in  Troja),  and  is  like  a  simple  Greek  temple  in  antis.  It  cannot 
be  decided  whether  it  is  a  megaron  or  a  temple. 

The  intended  excavation  of  a  part  of  the  lower  city  could  not  be  carried 
out  during  the  past  season,  and  will  form  the  main  object  of  the  next  cam- 
paign, during  which,  also,  an  attempt  will  be  made  to  open  the  most  ancient 
of  the  tombs. —  Cf.  Academy,  Nov.  29 ;  Athenceum,  Dec.  13. 

KARIA. — INSCRIPTIONS. — A  rich  harvest  of  inscriptions  from  Karia  has 
recently  been  published.  MM.  Doublet  and  Deschamps  give  36  in  the 
Bull,  de  corr.  hellen.  t.  xiv,  pp.  603-30.  Nine  other  inscriptions,  from 
Lagina,  have  been  given  in  the  same  periodical  by  M.  Foucart  (t.  xiv, 
pp.  363-76).  For  details  we  refer  to  the  summary  of  the  Bulletin  given 
in  this  number  of  the  Journal. 

Walter  Judeich  publishes  in  the  Athenische  Mittheilungen  (1890,  pp. 
252-82)  a  series  of  inscriptions  from  Bargylia,  Halikarnassos,  Herakleia 
on  the  Latmos,  Laodikeia  on  the  Lykos,  Mylasa  and  Nysa,  copied  by  him- 
self and  Franz  Winter  in  the  summer  of  1887.  To  them  he  adds  some 
that  were  copied  by  Ernst  Fabricius  in  the  summer  of  1888.  An  account 
of  these  inscriptions  will  be  found  in  the  summary  of  the  Mittheilungen 
in  the  next  number  of  the  Journal. 

KILIKIA.— RESEARCHES  OF  J.  T.  BENT.— At  the  Oct.  20-meeting  of  the 
Hellenic  Society,  Mr.  J.  T.  Bent  gave  an  account  of  his  recent  researches 


548  AMERICAN  JO  VENAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.    [ASIA  MINOR.] 

in  Kilikia.  He  first  described  the  coast-towns  of  the  district,  Augusta 
Sebaste,  Korykos,  and  a  third  town  Korasios,  which  he  has  identified  as 
the  pseudo-Korakesion  of  Stephanos  of  Byzantion.  He  then  proceeded  to 
describe  his  identification  of  the  Korykian  cave.  He  then  spoke  of  the 
adjoining  cave,  only  alluded  to  by  Pomponius  Mela  as  Typhonia,  and  a 
third  cave,  on  the  lip  of  which  was  a  fortress  with  an  inscription  on  it 
stating  that  it  was  built  under  the  priest -king  Teukros,  in  honor  of  the 
Olbian  Jove,  under  the  superintendence  of  one  Pleistarchos  of  Olba.  $Ir. 
Bent  gave  an  account  of  several  cave-temples  of  Hermes  which  he  found 
in  this  district,  and  associated  them  with  the  worship  of  the  deity  of  the 
Kilikian  pirates,  and  Korykos,  which  Oppian  calls  the  city  of  Hermes. 
Mr.  Bent  then  described  his  exploration  of  the  gorge  of  the  Lamas  river, 
with  its  numerous  rock-fortresses,  evidently  the  eyries  of  the  Kilikian 
pirates.  Then  an  account  was  given  of  the  discovery  of  the  capital  of 
Olba  itself,  and  its  identification  from  an  inscription  on  the  aqueduct.  In 
conclusion,  Mr.  Bent  described  his  identification  of  the  ruins  of  Boudroum 
with  Hieropolis-Kastabala. — Athenceum,  Oct.  25 :  cf.  JOURNAL,  1890,  pp. 
188,  351-5. 

IDENTIFICATION  OF  SITE  OF  HIEROPOLIS-KASTABALA. — Mr.  J.-  T.  BENT 
writes  to  the  Athenceum  (of  July  19)  :  "  Hearing  of  extensive  ruins  at  a 
spot  called  Boudroum,  to  the  north-east  of  the  Kilikian  plain,  not  far  from 
the  river  Jeihan  (anciently  Pyramos),  the  name  of  which  had  not  been 
identified,  we  determined  to  visit  them  and  to  devote  some  time  to  the 
thorough  exploration  of  the  district.  Boudroum  is  situated  on  rising 
ground  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  Pyramos,  just  as  that 
river  emerges  from  the  narrow  defiles  of  the  Tauros,  through  which  it 
makes  its  way  into  the  Kilikian  plain.  The  acropolis  in  the  centre  of 
the  town  is  at  the  extreme  edge  of  a  narrow  rocky  spur  of  the  mountains ; 
a  cutting  40  ft.  behind  this  separated  it  from  the  spur,  and  made  a  road 
communication  between  the  east  and  west  portions  of  the  town.  The  area 
included  within  the  ancient  walls  must  have  been  over  three  square  miles, 
and  is  thickly  covered  with  ruins.  The  most  conspicuous  of  these  is  the 
double  row  of  columns  of  red  and  blue  conglomerate,  which  started  from 
the  principal  gateway,  and  must  have  closely  resembled,  though  less  ornate, 
the  long  colonnade  at  Pompeiopolis.  The  columns  have  Corinthian  capi- 
tals and  Ionic  bases ;  the  diameter  of  the  shafts  is  2  ft.  8  in.,  the  height 
201  ft.,  the  space  for  the  road  between  the  rows  35  ft.,  and  the  columns 
are  at  regular  intervals  of  8  ft.  This  colonnade  extended  for  a  distance 
of  320  yards,  terminating  at  the  back  of  the  theatre ;  each  row  had  about 
seventy-eight  columns,  and  only  thirty  are  now  "left  standing,  and  very  few 
of  these  in  perfect  condition.  The  colonnade  ran  along  the  south  end  of 
the  acropolis,  and  must  have  produced  a  very  striking  effect.  The  theatre 


[AsiA  MINOR.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  549 

is  large,  the  length  of  the  scena  being  62  ft.,  but  it  is  too  much  ruined  to 
give  accurate  measurements.  Besides  these  there  are  many  ruins  of  pub- 
lic buildings:  one  of  these  was  a  stadium,  another  an  agora,  and  a  third 
thermae  down  in  the  valley  below.  Not  far  from  the  colonnade  are  the 
ruins  of  a  large  temple ;  an  aqueduct  cut  in  the  spur  of  rocks  behind  the 
acropolis  supplied  extensive  reservoirs  with  water ;  many  fine  heroa  are 
dotted  over  the  flat  ground,  sloping  down  to  the  Pyramos,  and  there  are 
the  ruins  of  three  Christian  churches  built  out  of  the  more  ancient  remains. 

"  After  a  systematic  search  and  the  turning  over  of  likely  stones,  we 
succeeded  in  collecting  twelve  inscriptions  which  enabled  us  to  identify, 
beyond  a  doubt,  the  name  of  this  ancient  city.  Four  of  these  inscriptions 
were  from  dedications  which  began  with  the  formula  OAHMOZOIEPO- 
TTOAITftN,  satisfactorily  proving  that  this  town  was  called  Hieropolis  in 
ancient  times.  On  referring  to  numismatics  (Head,  Hist.  Numorum),  we 
find  that  Hieropolis-Kastabala  (nposra  nv/oa^a),  as  it  is  termed)  issued 
coins  with  the  river  Pyramos  represented  as  a  swimming  figure,  with  an 
aquatic  bird  perched  beside  him  carrying  a  torch  (IIOp).  Other  coins 
with  the  head  of  Artemis  and  the  monogram  IEP  are  attributed  to  this 
place  (Imhoof-Blumer).  This  is  what  Strabo  says  about  it  (xn.  2): 
'  Two  provinces  only  have  cities.  In  Tyanitis  is  Tyana  ...  at  a  little  dis- 
tance from  this  city  are  Kastabala  and  Kybistra,  towns  which  approach 
still  nearer  to  the  mountain.  At  Kastabala  is  a  temple  of  Artemis  Perasia, 
where,  it  is  said,  the  priestesses  walk  with  naked  feet  unhurt  upon  burn- 
ing coals.  To  this  place  some  persons  apply  the  story  respecting  Orestes 
and  Artemis  Tauropolos,  and  say  that  the  goddess  was  called  Perasia  be- 
cause she  was  conveyed  beyond  the  sea/  Two  of  our  inscriptions  conclu- 
sively prove  that  Strabo's  Kastabala  was  here :  one  had  on  it  over  the 
dedication  the  words  9  E  ATT  E  P  AZ I A  ;  another  found  near  the  temple  told 
us  that  an  honorary  statue  had  been  erected  'out  of  the  revenue  of  the 
divine  Perasia.'  Further  evidence  is  given  by  Ptolemy,  who  says  of  Kasta- 
bala Perasia  prius  dicta,  hence  our  identity  was  complete.  Of  course, 
from  Strabo's  statement,  Tyana  and  Kybistra  must  also  be  looked  for  in 
this  locality. 

"  The  second  point  of  interest  with  regard  to  Hieropolis-Kastabala  refers 
to  the  itinerary  of  Alexander  the  Great.  He  marched  from  Soli  (Pom- 
peiopolis),  crossed  the  Pyramos  at  Mallos,  and  reached  Kastabala  (Curtius, 
in.  7)  on  the  second  day,  and  sent  Parmenio  forward  to  reconnoitre  the 
pass.  Unfortunately,  both  the  Antonine  and  Jerusalem  itineraries  are 
confused  on  this  point,  only  speaking  of  a  Katabolo,  which  Curtius  iden- 
tifies with  Kastabala ;  and  most  travellers  have  tried  hard  to  find  a  place 
suitable  for  Kastabala  on  the  coast-line  between  Aigai  and  Issos.  From 
its  position,  Hieropolis-Kastabala  is  a  most  important  point  on  the  ancient 
8 


550  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  AECH^OLOQY.    [AsiA MINOR.] 

main  road  from  Anazarba  to  the  defile,  which  is  just  across  the  Pyramos, 
behind  the  modern  village  of  Osmanieh ;  it  must,  therefore,  have  been 
extremely  important  for  Alexander  to  ascertain  that  na  enemy  from  that 
direction  was  behind  him,  and  from  Hieropolis-Kastabala  it  was  Very  easy 
to  dispatch  Parrnenio  to  reconnoitre  the  defile  through  which  the  main  road 
passed.  From  Kastabala,  Alexander,  having  made  sure  of  the  country 
behind  him,  could  safely  drop  down  to  the  plains  of  Issos  and  commence 
operations.  From  the  points  brought  to  light  by  our  inscriptions  and  the 
identification  of  the  site  of  Hieropolis-Kastabala  I  think  it  may  be  safely 
argued  that  the  two  conjectural  Kastabalse,  the  one  in  Kappadokia  and 
the  one  by  the  coast,  did  not  exist,  but  that  Hieropolis-Kastabala  on  the 
Pyramos  was  the  only  one  of  that  name.  It  was  second  to  none,  not  even 
to  Anazarba,  in  size  and  strategical  importance  of  the  cities  of  Eastern 
Kilikia ;  it  was  noted  for  its  worship  of  Artemis  Perasia,  and  was  on  the 
great  main  road  which  entered  the  mountain  pass  about  ten  miles  away. 

"  Amongst  our  inscriptions  from  Hieropolis-Kastabala  is  one  which  gives 
us  the  name  of  a  new  Iambic  poet,  ONESIKLES,  son  of  Diodoros,  of  whom  I 
can  find  no  other  record  ;  another  was  on  a  stele  put  up  to  the  honor  of  a 
man  called  Neikolonnatos,  a  curious  name,  suggestive  at  once  of  the  above- 
mentioned  long  colonnade ;  and  a  long  inscription  in  honor  of  one  Arzykios, 
his  wife  and  son,  people  of  considerable  importance  in  the  town,  and  giv- 
ing us  information  concerning  the  government  of  the  place. 

OTHER  SITES. — "There  are  many  other  sites  of  towns  to  be  identified  in 
the  neighborhood,  but  we  did  not  find  inscriptions  to  help  us  in  doing  so. 
On  another  spur,  about  four  miles  from  Boudroum  and  at  the  edge  of  the 
plain,  stood  another  ancient  town,  now  called  Hemita  Kaleh.  At  Kars 
Bazaar,  about  ten  miles  to  the  north  of  Boudroum,  extensive  ruins  are 
found  on  a  gentle  eminence  above  the  Savroon,  a  tributary  of  the  Jeihan. 
Everywhere  are  columns,  architraves,  traces  of  old  buildings,  tessellated 
pavements  in  the  streets  of  the  present  village,  etc.  In  a  cottage  we  found 
a  large  tessellated  pavement  in  good  condition,  in  the  centre  of  which  a 
long  Christian  prayer  was  inserted  in  black  tesserae,  stating  that  the  pave- 
ment had  been  put  down  by  the  company  of  the  fullers  of  the  place.  This 
spot  must  have  been  a  great  place  in  early  Christian  days ;  the  building 
of  the  monastic  establishment,  now  a  mosque,  cannot  be  later  than  500  A.  D. 
On  no  inscription  could  we  find  what  had  been  the  ancient  name  of*  the 
place,  but  two  points  tend  to  make  me  think  it  was  Flaviopolis.  Firstly, 
from  coins  we  gather  that  Flaviopolis  was  on  a  river ;  and,  secondly,  it 
was  the  first  station  on  the  main  road  northward  from  Anazarba,  the  great 
rock-fortress  which  in  Roman  times  was  known  as  Cczsarea  penes  Anazar- 
bum,  and  abounds  in  inscriptions  which  point  to  the  consideration  the 
place  was  held  in  during  the  days  of  the  emperors." 


[AsiA  MINOR.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  551 

KLAZOMENAI. — PAINTED  SARCOPHAGI. — M.  Pettier  is  publishing  in  the 
Bull,  de  corr.  hellen.  some  interesting  fragments  of  sarcophagi  from  Klazo- 
menai  purchased  for  the  Louvre.  They  are  related  to  those  in  the  museum 
of  Constantinople  (Rev.  arch..  1883,  i,  248)  and  those  published  in  the 
Antike  Denkmaler  (1890,  pi.  44-6).  M.  Pettier  gives  a  careful  study  of 
the  history  of  the  white  engobe,  a  very  ancient  technique  in  Greek  cera- 
mics and  of  which  the  funerary  lekythoi  were  the  last  expression.  There 
was  a  long  battle  between  this  process  and  that  which  consists  in  painting 
on  the  surface  of  the  vase  carefully  polished. — Revue  arch.,  1890,  n,  p.  258. 
.  KNIDOS. — Mr.  Paton  writes  to  S.  Reinach  that  the  fragments  ofpithoi 
with  reliefs  recently  sent  to  Smyrna  were  discovered  at  Datcha,  near  Kni- 
dos ;  some  pieces  are  preserved  in  the  museum  of  the  'Avayvwo-r^piov  at 
Symi.  Mr.  Paton  purchased  at  Datcha  an  entire  pithos  of  the  same  type 
•with  geometric  decoration  and  without  figures,  but  was  not  able  to  export 
it. — Revue  arch.,  1890,  u,  p.  258. 

KYME. — Dem.  Baltazzi  has  announced  to  M.  Reinach  the  discovery  of 
two  unfinished  marble  statuettes,  which  reproduce  the  type  of  the  Apoxyo- 
menos  of  Lysippos.  They  are  headless  but  interesting  as  showing  the  pro- 
cess of  ancient  sculpture.  At  the  same  spot  was  found  a  sepulchral  stel£ 
of  white  marble  with  a  gable  and  akroteria  painted  red  and  with  the  in- 
scription MeVavSpo?  'A-TToAAawSoi;.  Under  the  inscription  were  paintings 
of  great  interest,  thus  described:  "On  the  side  is  a  man  in  a  short  tunic, 
with  bare  knees  and  arms.  In  the  centre  of  the  stele  is  a  three-footed  table, 
and  by  its  side  an  indistinct  object  painted,  like  it.  in  ocre.  The  figure  is 
polychromatic ;  the  flesh  has  a  real  flesh  tint." — Revue  arch.,  1890,  n,  p. 
257  :  the  Ne'a  ZfjLvpvrj,  1890,  d/o.  4095:  Athen.  Mittheil,  1890,  p.  353. 

LYKIA. — Several  inscriptions  from  Lykia  have  recently  been  published 
by  MM.  Berard,  Colardean  and  Fougeres  in  the  Bull,  de  corr.  Hellen.  (t. 
xiv)  ;  and  by  M.  Diamantaras  in  the  Athen.  Mittheil.  (t.  xiv,  p.  412).  Prof. 
Hirschfeld  gives  an  interesting  review  in  the  Berl.  phil.  Woch.  (1890,  pp. 
685, 717)  on  the  second  volume  of  the  Reisen  in  Lykien. — Revue  arch.,  1890, 
n,  p.  261. 

MAGNESIA  (on  the  Maiandros). — DISCOVERY  OF  THE  NECROPOLIS. — M. 
Baltazzi  has  discovered  the  necropolis  of  Magnesia:  it  is  composed  of  sar- 
cophagi of  calcareous  stone  and  tombs  of  brick.  Many  had  been  anciently 
opened  by  treasure-seekers,  but  M.  Baltazzi  was  able  to  collect  a  certain 
number  of  terracotta  statuettes,  which  appear  to  be  in  a  style  analogous 
to  those  of  Smyrna. 

On  the  site  of  the  theatre  was  also  found  a  headless  statue  of  Apollon, 
three-quarters  life-size,  a  female  head  with  painted  eyebrows,  and  various 
fragments  of  architecture  and  sculpture. — Revue  arch.,  1890,  n,  p.  260. 


552  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.    [ ASIA  MINOR.] 

ORIGIN  OF  THE  WORSHIP  OF  DIONYSOS  AT  MAGNESIA. — S.  Keinach  com- 
municated to  the  Acad.  des  Inscriptions  (August  1)  a  Greek  inscription 
found  by  D.  Baltazzi  at  Magnesia.  It  is  the  legendary  or  historical  ac- 
count of  the  origins  of  the  worship  of  Dionysos  at  Magnesia.  A  hurri- 
cane, says  the  text,  having  split  open  a  plantain  near  the  city,  an  image 
of  Dionysos  was  found  inside  the  tree.  The  inhabitants  of  Magnesia,  who 
kept  up  regular  relations  with  the  sanctuary  of  Delphoi,  sent  to  consult 
it.  The  Pythia  gave  out  an  oracle  in  fourteen  hexameters,  which  has  been 
preserved  by  the  inscription :  she  ordered  the  Magnesians  to  build  a  tem- 
ple to  Dionysos  and  to  send  to  Thebes  for  three  Theban  priestesses  or 
Mainads — Kosko,  Boubo  and  Thettal£ — who  organized  at  Magnesia  three 
Dionysiac  thiasoi  or  colleges.  After  their  death  they  received  public 
honors  and  were  buried  at  different  points  of  the  Magnesian  territory, 
which  were  called  after  them ;  one  was  buried  near  the  theatre. — Revue 
critique,  1890,  n,  p.  112. 

The  inscription  itself  is  published  by  Kontoleon  in  the  Athenische  Mitt- 
heilungen,  1890,  pp.  330-2. 

EXCAVATIONS  BY  THE  GERMAN  INSTITUTE. — The  German  School  at  Athens 
has  obtained  leave  from  the  Turkish  Government  to  excavate  the  ancient 
city  of  Magnesia  on  the  Maiandros,  famous  for  its  temple  of  Artemis 
Leukophryne,  a  large  part  of  the  frieze  belonging  to  which  is  preserved 
in  the  Louvre.  The  work  is  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  Humann,  who 
began  excavations  in  December. — Athenceum,  Sept.  20,  Jan.  3. 

MYRINA. — D.  Baltazzi  has  discovered  near  Tsatli-de're,  between  Myrina 
and  Grynion,  a  necropolis  composed  of  tombs  cut  in  the  tufa  and  covered 
with  slabs  en  dos  d'ane ;  some  are  built  of  brick.  Outside  and  inside  the 
tombs  were  found  fragments  of  terracotta. — Revue  arch.,  1890,  n,  p.  257. 

MYTILENE.— The  Ne'a  ^vpvrj  (1890,  ap.  4096)  reports  that  the  collec- 
tion of  antiquities  which  belonged  to  the  late  governor  of  Mytilene,  Fachri 
Bey,  have  been  added  to  the  museum  of  Constantinople.  It  consists  of 
vases,  terracottas,  two  sepulchral  stelce  with  reliefs,  inscriptions,  a  small 
marble  female  head,  a  male  head  of  natural  size ;  also  a  liquid  measure 
of  beautiful  workmanship,  a  marble  metope,  with  an  ox-head  with  tcenice, 
and  half  a  marble  torso  of  Eros.— Athen.  MittheiL,  1890,  p.  353. 

PAMPHYLIA. — The  first  volume  of  Count  Lauckoronski's  great  work, 
Les  villes  de  la  Pamphylie  et  de  la  Pisidie,  has  appeared  simultaneously  in 
German  and  French.  A  review  of  this  admirable  publication  will  be 
given  in  a  future  number  of  the  JOURNAL. 

PATMOS. — CATALOGUE  OF  GREEK  MANUSCRIPTS  OF  THE  MONASTERY  OF 
ST.  JOHN. — A  catalogue  of  the  manuscripts  in  the  monastery  of  St.  John 
at  Patmos,  made  by  Sakkelion  the  learned  ex-librarian  of  that  body  as 
much  as  thirty  years  ago,  is  now  brought  out  at  the  expense  of  the  "  Par- 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  553 


nassos  "  Philological  society  of  Athens,  with  the  title 
(Athens  :  Papageorgios)  :  it  forms  a  handsome  quarto  with  excellent  paper 
and  type.  The  catalogue  itself  contains  a  full  account  of  the  contents  of 
each  volume,  of  the  size,  approximate  date  and  other  features  of  the  man- 
uscripts, and  of  the  illuminations  of  those  which  are  thus  embellished. 
The  compiler's  notes  also  display  a  satisfactory  knowledge  of  the  literature 
of  the  subject,  and  the  plates  at  the  end  of  the  work  supply  specimens  of 
the  mode  of  writing  employed  in  different  centuries.  Here  the  student 
will  find  an  account  of  the  famous  Codex  N,  an  uncial  MS.  of  St.  Mark's 
Gospel  in  silver  letters  on  purple  vellum  of  the  sixth  century,  smaller 
fragments  of  which  MS.  exist,  as  Tischendorf  discovered,  in  the  Vatican, 
in  the  Vienna  Library,  and  in  the  British  Museum.  Next  in  importance 
to  this  is  the  Book  of  Job  of  the  seventh  or  eighth  century,  with  its  highly 
original  illustrations  ;  after  which  comes  the  Gregory  Nazianzen  of  the 
tenth  century.  We  should  also  notice  —  though  M.  Sakkelion  does  not 
seem  to  recognize  their  value  —  the  two  volumes  of  the  sacred  poems  of 
Romanus,  of  which  Dr.  Krumbacher,  who  has  copied  them  and  proposes 
to  publish  them,  says  that  they  raise  Romanus  to  the  position  of  the  first 
of  hymn-writers.  For  the  other  valuable  MSS.  which  this  library  contains 
we  must  refer  the  reader  to  the  catalogue  itself.  —  Academy,  Oct.  25. 

SAMOS.  —  From  Samos  comes  the  news  of  the  discovery,  in  the  locality 
called  Pountais,  of  a  large  sarcophagus,  delicately  sculptured  in  relief,  and 
adorned  with  columns.  Though  the  lid  was  entire  and  well  preserved, 
nothing  was  found  inside.  —  Athenveum,  Aug.  30. 

KYPROS. 

KYPRIOTE  INSCRIPTIONS.  —  Richard  Mayer  contributes  to  the  Berl.  phil 
Woch.,  1890,  No.  43,  an  article  entitled  KvirpiaKa,  in  which  he  studies  some 
of  the  inscriptions  discovered  by  the  Cyprus  Exploration  Fund  and  the 
sepulchral  monuments  to  which  they  relate.  He  connects  two  of  them 
which  belong  to  the  same  family  ;  that  of  Onasagoras,  son  of  Stasagoras, 
and  that  of  Timovanassa,  his  wife,  who  died  almost  at  the  same  time 
and  were  mourned  together  by  their  father. 


ETJKOPE. 

THE  HIDING  OF  ANCIENT  STATUES.— E.  le  Blant  read  before  the  Acad.  des 
Inscriptions  (Sept.  26)  a  memoir  Sur  trois  statues  cachees  par  les  aneiens. 
Three  of  the  most  beautiful  of  ancient  statues  that  have  been  preserved 
were  discovered  where  they  had  been  anciently  hidden  :  the  Venus  of  the 
Capitol,  in  a  wall  of  the  Suburra ;  the  Aphrodite  of  Melos,  in  a  narrow 
cell  near  a  rampart ;  the  colossal  gilt-bronze  Mastai  Hercules,  in  a  walled 


554  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

trench  carefully  dug,  eight  metres  below  the  surface.  This  is  not  a  matter 
of  chance.  Many  texts,  quoted  by  M.  le  Blant,  prove  that  the  idols  were 
thus  purposely  hidden  by  the  pagans,  on  the  triumph  of  Christianity,  in 
order  to  save  them  from  destruction.  This  care  was  taken  because  they 
considered  the  triumph  of  Christianity  to  be  but  momentary,  and  hoped 
for  the  reestablish ment  of  the  ancient  worship ;  which  would  take  place, 
according  to  one  prediction  current  among  them,  at  the  end  of  365  years. 
In  this  care  to  hide  the  idols  the  Christians  saw  the  accomplishment  of 
the  prophesy  of  Isaiah  :  Abscondent  Decs  suos  in  speluncis  et  cavernis 
petrarum,  neque  ibi  celabunt  eos.  Often,  in  confirmation  of  this  text,  the 
hiding-places  were  discovered  and  the  images  were  either  destroyed  or 
used  as  simple  works  of  art  for  the  decoration  of  public  buildings. — Revue 
wit.,  1890,  n,  p.  211. 

HISTORY  OF  THE  CAT. — An  interesting  discussion  has  taken  place  at 
iheAcademie  des  Inscriptions  (June  14  and  July  11)  on  the  subject  of  the 
history  and  domesticity  of  the  cat.  M.  Arbois  de  Jubairiville  began  the 
discussion  by  referring  to  a  Gallic  coin  of  Lisieux  with  the  inscription 
cattos  or  the  cat.  This  caused  M.  Gaston  Paris  to  remark  that  according 
to  present  opinion,  backed  by  clear  proof,  the  domestic  cat  first  appeared 
in  Europe  only  toward  the  fourth  century  of  our  era :  before  that  it  was 
wild,  and  tame  only  in  Egypt.  The  word  cattos  only  then  began  to  be 
used  to  designate  the  domestic  cat :  the  existence  of  this  word  in  Gallic 
before  the  Koman  conquest  would  be  remarkable.  M.  Maspero  said  that 
the  Egyptian  cat  was  of  a  totally  different  species  from  our  domestic  cat, 
and  of  different  origin :  it  was  really  not  domesticated  but  half-tamed  or 
captive  as  in  a  menagerie.  At  a  following  meeting  M.  Saglio  brought 
forward  a  number  of  ancient  monuments  to  prove  the  existence  of  the 
domestic  cat:  (1)  paintings  in  the  Etruscan  tombs  where  cats  are  seen  in 
the  houses,  especially  in  one  case  where,  during  a  banquet,  it  is  playing 
under  the  couches  with  a  hen  and  a  tame  partridge.  (2)  Two  hydriae  of 
the  v  cent.  B.  c.  in  the  British  Museum,  where  tame  cats  are  given  in  a 
music-school ;  one  in  leash,  another  on  a  stool  while  a  youth  offers  it  a  cake. 
(3)  A  vase-cover  in  the  Berlin  Museum  in  which  mice  are  being  chased 
by  men  and  cats,  who,  seeing  some  milk-cans,  are  side-tracked.  (4)  A 
basrelief  in  the  Capitoline  museum,  where  a  trained  cat  is  represented 
dancing  to  the  lyre. — Revue  crit.,  1890,  i,  p.  60.  [The  most  complete  his- 
torical study  of  the  cat,  especially  as  the  successor  of  the  weasel,  is  given  by 
Dr.  PLACZEC  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Soc.  of  Biblical  archaeology,  vol.  ix,  1, 
under  the  title  The  weasel  and  the  cat  in  ancient  times. — A.  L.  F.,  JR.] 

GREECE. 

THE  PELASGIANS  AS  CARRIERS  OF  THE  MYKENAIAN  CIVILIZATION. — Already 
Milchhofer,  in  his  book  Die  Anf  ting ederKunst  in  Griechenland  published 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  555 

in  1883,  had  pronounced  in  favor  of  the  Pelasgians  as  the  carriers  of  the 
Mykenaian  civilization.  Lately,  on  the  ground  of  the  discoveries  atVaphio, 
Trendelenburg  has  expressed  (Kolnische  Zeitung)  the  same  opinion,  and 
his  views  are  summarized  in  the  Bert. phil.  Woch.  of  Sept.  27  (No.  39, 1890). 

The  division  between  Hellenes  and  barbarians  did  not  exist  in  the  second 
half  of  the  second  millennium  B.  c.,  when  Mykenai  flourished,  so  that  the 
two  opposite  opinions  as  to  the  origin  of  this  art  have  no  ground  for  exist- 
ence. As  for  its  relation  to  contemporary  artistic  developments,  this  is  be- 
ing proved  for  the  Phrygians,  Lydians,  Karians,  Egyptians,  Babylonians, 
and  "  Hittites,"  the  Assyrian  development  being  too  late  to  have  any  influ- 
ence. But,  notwithstanding  these  relations,  its  character  is  very  definite 
and  original,  especially  in  architecture  and  decoration,  and  it  never  abdi- 
cated its  originality.  The  location  of  this  art,  as  far  as  present  discoveries 
are  concerned,  is  in  a  very  restricted  and  well-defined  territory,  on  the 
eastern  coast  of  Greece.  Lakonika,  Argolis,  Attika,  Boiotia,  and  Thessaly 
are  the  provinces  where  the  domical  tombs  and  the  small  antiquities  of 
"  Mykenaian  "  art  have  been  found.  Connected  with  this  stretch  of  coast 
and  ending  with  Thessaly  as  its  northern  centre  is  a  people  regarded  by 
Greeks  of  all  times  as  the  original  inhabitants  of  the  land  and  a  people 
with  great  artistic  gifts — the  Pelasgians.  For  a  long  time  the  confusion 
in  which  the  Pelasgians  were  involved,  the  apparently  contradictory  asser- 
tions anciently  made  regarding  them,  their  almost  omnipresence,  have  made 
the  question  of  their  individuality  one  to  be  avoided.  But,  of  late,  defi- 
nite proofs  have  been  accumulating  which  are  enabling  us  to  realize  the 
ethnologic  individuality  of  the  Pelasgic  people.  First;  it  was  an  old  Athe- 
nian tradition  that  their  walls  were  built  by  the  Pelasgians :  the  excava- 
tions on  the  Akropolis  have  disclosed  fortifications  and  a  palace  of  the 
same  type  as  those  of  Tiryns  and  Mykenai,  which  must  consequently  also 
be  attributed  to  them.  Second;  the  cult  of  demons  of  the  lower  world  as 
connected  with  that  of  the  dead  was  a  characteristic  of  the  Pelasgian  reli- 
gion :  the  most  prominent  feature  in  the  domical  tombs  is  the  great  hall 
devoted  to  the  cult  of  the  dead.  Third;  the  yoking  of  oxen  is  said  to  have 
been  an  invention  of  the  Pelasgians ;  and  the  taming  of  bulls  is  represented 
in  the  fresco  at  Tiryns  and  in  the  gold  cups  atVaphio.  Such  facts  can 
hardly  be  coincidences,  and  are  to  be  added  to  the  presumption  afforded 
(a)  by  the  territorial  identity  and  (6)  by  the  fact  that  the  Asiatic  rela- 
tions alluded  to  above  are  explained  from  the  possession  by  the  Pelasgians 
of  a  large  part  of  the  Asiatic  western  coast  and  their  consequent  connec- 
tions with  the  Lydians,  Phrygians,  and  Karians. 

The  rich  Pelasgian  culture  was  brought  to  an  end  by  emigrations :  the 
cities  were  captured,  the  palaces  burned,  the  tombs  destroyed,  and  the 
artistic  inhabitants  were  forced  to  become  rude  warriors ;  and  with  the  in- 
troduction of  another  and  a  conquering  race  new  artistic  conditions  arose. 


556  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.        [GREECE.] 

NOTES  ON  WHITE  LEKYTHOI. — Jan  Six  has  published  two  fine  white 
lekythoi  at  Bonn.  One  of  these  is  especially  interesting  as  it  represents  a 
stele  surmounted  by  the  statue  of  an  ephebos;  it  is  one  of  the  rare  certain 
examples  of  the  use  of  sepulchral  statues  in  the  fifth  cent.  B.  c.  Another 
lekythos  recently  found  at  Eretria  has  a  painting,  in  the  most  exquisite 
Attic  style,  of  an  armed  youth  before  a  seated  woman.  On  a  second 
Eretrian  lekythos  is  a  stele,  surmounted  by  a  stepped  pyramid,  which 
reminds  Mr.  Weisshaupl  of  the  Mausoleum  of  Halikarnassos.  It  is  a  proof 
that  this  architectural  type,  which  has  been  considered  Asiatic,  was  current 
in  Attika  as  early  as  the  middle  of  the  fifth  century  B.  c. — Revue  arch., 
1890,  n,  p.  234. 

ATHENS. — THE  DISCOVERY  OF  ARISTOTLE'S  CONSTITUTION  OF  ATHENS. — 
Professor  Louis  Dyer  writes  from  London  (Jan.  19)  to  theN.  Y.  Evening 
Post  (of  Feb.  5,  1891)  concerning  the  discovery  just  made  among  a  mass 
of  papyrus-rolls  recently  acquired  by  the  British  Museum.  "  This  is 
nothing  less  than  the  almost  complete  text  of  Aristotle's  '  Description  of 
the  Constitution  of  Athens,'  the  opening  being  missing,  and  the  concluding 
portion  badly  mutilated.  Apparently  nothing  could  so  well  be  spared  as 
these  missing  portions,  and  certainly  no  part  of  Aristotle's  collection  of 
158  constitutions  could  be  more  welcome  than  its  first  and  most  import- 
ant chapter.  Even  those  few  who  have  thought  that  antiquity  was  wrong 
in  attributing  this  work  to  Aristotle,  will  recognize  the  epoch-making  im- 
portance of  such  an  addition  to  our  means  of  knowing  Athenian  consti- 
tutional history  at  first  hand.  Here  we  have  an  authority  freely  used  by 
Plutarch,  by  Pollux,  and  by  Harpokration  as  well  as  by  many  others, 
whose  works  have  hitherto  been  our  only  possible  source  of  information 
about  vital  questions  concerning  ancient  Greek  institutions.  Facsimile 
reproductions  of  this  newly  found  text  will  soon  be  published,  and  mean- 
while it  has  been  printed  by  order  of  the  trustees  of  the  British  Museum, 
and  will  shortly  appear  with  accompanying  introduction  and  notes  by 
Mr.  Kenyon  of  the  Department  of  Manuscripts. 

"As  for  evidences  of  its  genuineness,  they  appear  to  be  abundantly 
forthcoming.  When  the  rolls  in  question  were  acquired,  neither  of  the 
parties  to  the  transaction  had  the  least  idea  that  a  treatise  by  Aristotle  was 
involved :  a  careful  examination  of  the  newly  found  text  yields  appar- 
ently such  internal  evidence  as  to  be  absolutely  conclusive.  Of  the  fifty- 
eight  citations  from  Aristotle's  description  of  the  Constitution  of  Athens 
definitely  known  in  various  ancient  writers,  fifty-five  '  occur  with  appro- 
priate context  in  the  text  of  the  papyrus  now  in  the  British  Museum.' 
The  absence  of  two  out  of  the  remaining  three  results  from  their  occur- 
rence at  the  beginning  and  the  end  respectively  of  the  treatise,  which  fact 
precludes  the  possibility  of  finding  them  in  this  version,  where  the  for- 


[GREECE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  557 

mer  is  lacking  and  the  latter  is  mutilated.  One  passage  only  of  the  fifty- 
eight  in  question  remains  still  undiscovered  in  the  papyrus-rolls  just  de- 
ciphered, or  rather  the  corresponding  passage  there  found  presents  serious 
discrepancies  when  confronted  with  it.  There  are  besides  thirty-three 
other  quotations  which  have  been  more  or  less  conjectu rally  supposed  to 
belong  to  that  work.  Of  these  all  but  ten  occur  on  the  newly-found  papy- 
rus, and  of  the  missing  ten  some  probably  have  been  wrongly  connected 
with  it,  and  others  possibly  are  from  its  missing  beginning  or  its  muti- 
lated end.  Confirmation  of  the  genuineness  of  the  version  written  upon 
these  papyrus-rolls,  and  also  further  proof  of  the  authenticity  of  the  two 
papyrus-fragments  at  Berlin,  is  found  in  the  appearance  of  the  contents 
of  both  these  fragments  upon  the  newly  deciphered  text.  The  approxi- 
mate date  of  the  new  text  can  be  known  to  any  one  who  is  competent  to 
read  the  accounts  of  a  private  estate  in  Egypt,  dated  month  by  month  in 
the  eleventh  year  of  Vespasian,  which  occupy  what  is  technically  called 
the  recto  of  the  British  Museum  papyrus.  The  text  of  Aristotle,  written 
on  the  verso  in  four  distinct  hands,  agrees  with  these  accounts  in  certain 
minutely  characteristic  points,  such  as  remarkable  forms  of  letters  and 
abbreviations.  The  date,  then,  is  later  than  the  eleventh  year  of  Vespa- 
sian, and  as  early  as  accounts  belonging  to  that  year  can  supposably  have 
lost  their  importance,  say  95-100  A.  D.  Needed  light  is  thrown  upon  the 
hitherto  obscure  nature  of  the  legislation  of  Drakon,  and  the  position  of 
Solon  and  Peisistratos  with  regard  to  the  development  of  Athenian  de- 
mocracy becomes  more  clear.  Detailed  information  on  all  these  points 
will  be  gathered  from  the  forthcoming  publication." 

RECENT  EXCAVATIONS. — Two  excavations  have  been  carried  on  by  the 
Archaeological  Society,  during  the  past  summer,  within  the  walls  of  Athens ; 
the  first  under  the  direction  of  Koumanoudes  in  the  centre  of  the  old  city 
near  the  Tower  of  the  Winds,  the  second,  under  Mylonas,  to  the  west  of  the 
Dipylon  near  the  church  of  Hagia  Triada,  below  the  monument  of  Dionysos. 

I.  Roman  House  and  Stoa. — Between  the  Tower  of  the  Winds  and  the 
Roman  marketplace  the  Government  had  purchased,  years  ago,  a  large 
private  house  in  order  to  excavate  an  ancient  construction  whose  columns 
were  still  standing  in  this  house  and  its  neighborhood.  Already  a  large 
portion  of  a  remarkably  well-preserved  Roman  house  has  been  uncovered, 
which,  from  its  position,  form,  and  the  indications  of  some  inscriptions 
that  were  found,  must  have  formed  a  part  of  the  Roman  marketplace. 
There  is  a  space  paved  with  marble  slabs  and  surrounded  by  columned 
halls.  These  halls  have  been  found  on  the  east  and  south  sides.  The 
majority  of  the  marble  Ionic  columns  are  still  standing ;  only  a  few  are 
entirely  wanting.  To  the  outside  of  the  halls  is  attached  a  row  of  chambers 
which  appear  to  have  been  used  as  shops.  On  the  south  some  of  these 


558  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.        [ATHENS.] 

chambers  seem  to  have  been  destroyed  in  ancient  times  and  replaced  by 
a  second  columned  hall.  How  far  the  market  extended  to  the  west  and 
north  is  not  yet  ascertained.  Eight  columns  of  the  eastern  and  thirteen  of 
the  southern  hall  have  been  found  without  reaching  the  end.  Apparently, 
the  market  extended  to  the  west  as  far  as  the  gate  erected  at  the  expense 
of  Julius  Csesar  and  Augustus,  and  dedicated  to  Athena  Archegetis.  The 
expectation  that  the  Tower  of  the  Winds  was  included  in  the  Roman 
market  has  been  disappointed ;  it  lies  outside  and  on  a  higher  level.  But 
it  was  placed  in  direct  communication  with  the  market  by  a  three-gated 
Propylaion  which  has  been  found  in  good  preservation,  and  on  the  axis 
of  the  gate  of  Athena  Archegetis.  This  gate  may  be  the  main  entrance 
to  the  market. 

The  better  delimitation  of  the  site  of  the  Roman  market  is  of  the  greatest 
importance  for  the  topography  and  history  of  Athens.  The  old  Greek 
market  of  Athens,  which  was  in  the  Agora  of  the  Peisistratidai,  lay  prob- 
ably at  the  western  foot  of  the  hill  of  the  Theseion.  In  the  course  of 
centuries,  it  was  continually  enlarged  toward  the  only  side  where  such 
enlargement  was  possible.  In  the  Hellenistic  period,  Attalos  II  made  a 
new  square  with  a  large  columned  hall  to  the  east  of  the  old  Agora. 
Finally,  in  the  time  of  Augustus,  the  great  Roman  market  was  erected 
with  the  gate  of  Athena  Archegetis.  Even  later,  Hadrian  erected,  a  lit- 
tle to  the  N.  E.,  the  large  building,  which  was  excavated  a  few  years  ago, 
and  closed  the  series  of  the  buildings  and  squares  belonging  to  the  market. 

Professor  G.  Aitchison  writes,  on  Nov.  8,  to  the  Builder  (Nov.  22)  in 
regard  to  these  excavations  in  the  Roman  market.  He  describes  the  col- 
umns as  having  Attic  bases,  the  lower  torus  resting  on  the  pavement  with- 
out a  plinth  and  with  shafts  of  Hymethian  marble  from  14  ft.  to  16  ft. 
high  from  the  pavement,  including  the  bases.  Beyond  the  peristyle  is  a 
space,  southward,  of  19  ft.  6  in.,  and  then  comes  the  chamber  with  three 
doorways  and  a  pronaos  with  two  columns.  Plans  and  drawings  accom- 
pany Prof.  Aitchison's  letter. 

II.  Near  the  Dipylon. — The  Archaeological  Society  carried  on  excava- 
tions at  several  points  in  front  of  the  main  gate  of  the  ancient  city,  the 
Dipylon.  The  old  fortified  walls  and  constructions  already  uncovered 
have  been  cleared,  and  the  later  walls  on  the  banks  of  the  Eridanos  have 
been  removed.  The  arrangement  of  the  constructions  to  regulate  the 
outflow  of  the  Eridanos  from  the  city  have  thus  become  visible,  but  the 
form  of  the  river-bed  is  no  longer  as  clear.  Then  excavations  were  started 
between  the  Dipylon  and  the  church  of  Hagia  Triada,  and  at  a  very  great 
depth  there  were  found  walls  of  very  different  constructions  and  ages,  and 
of  a  use  still  unknown,  nor  will  it  be  known  until  the  entire  square  is  ex- 
cavated. Further  excavations  are  being  carried  on  to  the  west  of  the 


[GREECE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  559 

church  in  the  burial-square  that  has  already  yielded  so  many  tombs: 
Mylonas  is  digging  to  the  west  of  the  main  street  of  tombs,  and  has 
found  already  on  the  rising  ground  a  large  number  of  ancient  tombs. 
They  are  arranged  in  terraces  and  belong  to  various  periods.  Some  are 
of  quarried  stones  with  mortar,  others  of  irregular  marble  slabs,  others 
of  roofing-tiles ;  and  they  appear  to  belong  for  the  greater  part  to  poor 
people.  Among  the  discoveries,  two  inscriptions  are  of  topographic  in- 
terest, as  they  mention  Artemis  Soteira ;  one  being  a  decree,  the  other  a 
dedication.  The  temple  of  the  goddess  was  probably  in  this  neighbor- 
hood. Mylonas  has  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  Pausanias  (i.  29.  2) 
mentions  a  sanctuary  of  Artemis  not  far  from  the  Dipylon  on  the  road  to 
the  Academy.— Athen.  MittheiL,  1890,  pp.  343-6. 

TOMBS  NEAR  THE  GERMAN  INSTITUTE. — In  digging  the  foundations  of  the 
new  houses  which  Dr.  Schliemann  was  expecting  to  erect  s.  w.  of  the 
buildings  of  the  German  Institute  on  the  corner  of  the  68os  IIave7rtcm7/>uov 
and  the  680?  ntva/cwTwv,  a  large  group  of  tombs  have  come  to  light.  They 
are  of  different  kinds  ;  some  being  constructed  of  large  flat  bricks,  others 
of  large  marble  slabs.  Two  fragmentary  inscriptions  were  found.  One 
of  the  graves  contained  about  twenty  small  lekythoi,  one  of  which  (23 
cent,  high)  had  a  painting,  on  a  yellow  ground,  of  a  man  in  Oriental 
costume  riding  on  a  camel :  this  representation  resembles  closely  the  mid- 
dle figure  of  the  Muller-Wieseler  vase  (u,  pi.  38,  447)  except  that  it  is 
turned  to  the  left.  A  badly-injured  inscription  to  the  left  of  the  rider's 
head  seems  to  read  KaXos  MiKan/.  Several  other  lekythoi  in  this  tomb  are 
painted  with  figures:  one  of  similar  technique  has  a  running  woman ;  a 
third  has  red  figures  of  a  running  youth  as  well  as  a  running  woman.  At 
the  same  time  a  small  grave  was  found  in  the  rock,  containing  a  heap  or 
terracottas  and  lekythoi.  Some  of  these  objects  were  very  early :  there 
were  three  archaic  female  seated  figures  with  right  hand  on  breast,  with 
traces  of  white  and  red ;  two  stiff  standing  female  figures  with  hood,  a 
chiton,  and  holding  a  bird  in  lowered  left  hand  and  an  uncertain  object 
in  their  right.  The  fifteen  small  lekythoi  are  not  red-  but  black-figured. 
Among  other  finds,  the  most  remarkable  are  the  remains  of  a  beautiful 
red-figured  lutrophoros.  The  part  preserved  shows  a  monument  painted 
white,  and,  by  its  side,  a  white  horse  upon  a  similarly  colored  low  plinth 
with  a  youth  in  a  richly  embroidered  chiton,  while  behind  him  stand  other 
youths.  In  the  rider  we  recognize  the  deceased,  and  this  makes  this  vase 
unique  among  red-figured  lutrophoroi. — Athen.  MittheiL,  1890,  pp.  347-8. 

SCULPTURE. — One  of  the  recently-found  sepulchral  monuments  is  oi 
unusual  interest.  It  belongs  to  the  fourth  century  B.  c.  The  subject  is 
in  high  relief  and  consists  of  a  girl  walking  to  the  right,  raising  her  left 
hand  in  adoration  and  holding  a  small  vase  in  her  lowered  right  hand. 


560  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.         [ATHENS.] 

The  relief  measures  1.72  met.  in  height  by  0.75  in  breadth.  There  was 
also  a  remarkable  slender  three-sided  base  on  which  lies  a  pomegranate. 
Both  monuments  were  found  upright  in  their  original  position  on  the  site 
mentioned  above,  near  the  Dipylon. — Athen.  MiltheiL,  1890,  p.  346; 
Athenceum,  Aug.  30. 

STONE  SARCOPHAGI. — In  digging  the  foundations  of  the  new  houses  Dr. 
Schliemann  is  building  at  Athens,  near  the  Arsakeion,  four  stone  sar- 
cophagi of  late  date  have  been  found,  with  remains  of  bones  of  the  deceased. 
— Athenaeum,  Sept.  20. 

PRE-PERIKLEAN  INSCRIPTION. — Dr.  Lolling  has  published  in  the  new  Greek 
periodical  Athena  numerous  fragments  of  a  most  important  pre-Periklean 
Attic  inscription  on  the  ancient  measure  hekatompedon  found  in  one  of  the 
lowest  strata  of  the  Akropolis. — Athenceum,  Nov.  22. 

THE  PROTECTION  OF  SCULPTURES  ON  THE  AKROPOLIS. — We  quote  some  sug- 
gestions from  a  letter  written  from  Athens  to  the  Builder  (Nov.  22)  by  Pro- 
fessor G.  Aitchison :  "  As  regards  the  Akropolis,  it  is  to  be  regretted  that 
sculptural  fragments  are  left  exposed  to  the  air.  Some  pieces  that  have 
been  from  their  position  protected  from  the  weather  have  the  carving 
almost  perfect,  and  some  of  the  coffers  have  the  most  distinct  traces  on 
them  of  the  patterns  that  were  painted  or  gilt.  The  Panathenaic  frieze 
that  still  exists  on  the  wall  of  the  opisthodomos  of  the  Parthenon  is  exposed 
to  the  weather,  the  coffering  having  fallen.  A  temporary  roof  would  not 
only  protect  the  sculpture,  but  also  restore  the  original  effect,  as  it  was  lit 
from  reflected  light  from  below.  The  same  remarks  apply  to  the  portico 
of  the  temple  of  Athena  Polias,  the  doorway  of  which  is  exposed.  It  also 
is  to  be  regretted  that  a  copy  of  the  sculptures  on  the  temple  of  Nike  Apteros 
is  not  substituted  for  the  real  sculpture  and  the  actual  pieces  placed  in 
the  museum.  As  we  owe  the  re-erection  of  this  temple  to  the  munificence 
of  Dr.  Schliemann,  he  would  hardly  object  to  the  preservation  of  the  actual 
sculpture.  The  remarks  about  a  temporary  roof  between  the  columns  and 
the  walls  of  the  naos  equally  apply  to  the  Temple  of  Theseus.  No  care  is 
bestowed  on  the  remains  of  Jupiter  Olympius.  The  boys  who  play  about 
these  ruins  amuse  themselves  with  breaking  off  pieces  of  the  fluting,  as 
many  of  the  fractures  are  quite  new.  The  volutes  from  the  fallen  columns 
have  disappeared,  and  the  sculpture  of  the  capitals  will  soon  be  destroyed." 

GENERAL  NOTES. — M.  Lambros  writes :  "  An  interesting  epigraphic  dis- 
covery was  made  on  October  6th  at  the  Dipylon — that  of  an  inscription 
of  forty-two  lines,  belonging  to  the  middle  of  the  second  century  B.  c.  It 
is  an  honorary  psephisma  of  the  community  of  the  Sotereastai  in  honor  of 
one  Diodoros,  the  son  of  Sokrates,  of  the  Attic  Aphidnai.  The  point  in 
question  is  the  holy  precinct  of  Artemis  Soteira,  the  position  of  which  is 
unknown.  It  was  situated  probably  not  far  from  the  spot  where  the  in- 


[GREECE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  561 

scription  was  found.  But  it  is  to  be  noted  that  it  was  not  discovered  in 
situ.  M.  Mylonas,  the  superintendent  of  the  excavations  at  the  Dipylon, 
promises  to  print  this  inscription  in  the  next  part  of  the  Athens  Ephemeris. 
These  excavations  are  pretty  nigh  their  termination.  The  question  of  the 
church  of  the  Holy  Trinity  is  not  yet  settled.  A  sum  of  5,000  drachma 
has  been  offered  by  the  Archaeological  Society  to  pay  the  cost  of  replacing 
the  church  which  is  to  be  pulled  down  by  another  on  a  new  site.  The  Con- 
sistory, however,  insists  that  the  new  church  shall  be  built  before  the  old 
one  is  destroyed.  To  this  the  Council  of  the  Archaeological  Society  is  not 
disposed  to  agree.  Since  the  workmen  have  arrived  from  Venice  the  Min- 
ister of  Public  Worship  has  formed  a  committee  to  decide  on  the  method 
of  repairing  the  mosaics  at  the  convent  of  Daphni.  It  is  decided  to  take 
to  pieces  the  mosaic  figure  of  Christ  in  the  cupola.  The  new  Director  of 
the  National  Collection  of  Coins  has,  in  rearranging  them,  discovered  many 
that  were  supposed  to  have  been  stolen.  It  seems  likely  that  the  loss  en- 
tailed by  the  theft  will  turn  out  to  be  inconsiderable.  The  collection  of 
MSS.  in  the  National  Library  (over  1800  in  number)  will  soon  be  deposited 
in  the  Academy  building,  where  the  cabinet  of  coins  is  lodged." — Athe- 
nceum,  Nov.  1 ;  Dec.  27. 

PROGRAM  OF  THE  GERMAN  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  INSTITUTE. — At  Athens,  the 
fortnightly  meetings  of  the  Institute  will  begin  Dec.  10,  and  continue  till 
Easter.  During  the  same  period,  Dr.  Dorpfeld  will  give  his  usual  in  situ 
demonstrations  on  the  buildings  and  topography  of  Athens,  adding  Pei- 
raieus  and  Eleusis.  HerrWolters  (second  secretary)  will  hold  practice- 
classes  in  the  examination  of  antiquities  in  the  museum  at  Athens.  In 
April,  an  expedition  through  the  Peloponnesos  will  be  conducted  under 
the  personal  supervision  of  Dr.  Dorpfeld,  and  a  further  journey  for  the 
examination  of  the  sites  of  Pergamon,  Troy,  and  some  other  places  to  be 
fixed  later. — Builder,  Oct.  25. 

FRENCH  SCHOOL. — M.  THEOPHILE  HOMOLLE,  known  for  his  works  on 
Delos,  has  been  appointed  successor  to  M.  Foucart  as  Director  of  the 
French  School  at  Athens. — Athenceum,  Jan.  3,  1891. 

M.  LECHAT,  member  of  the  French  School  at  Athens,  has  been  recom- 
mended to  the  Societe  Centrale  des  Architectes  for  the  medal  conferred  an- 
nually by  that  society  on  the  author  of  some  archaeological  work.  M. 
Lechat's  titles  to  it  consist  in  his  excavations  at  Corfou  and  his  studies  on  the 
archaic  sculptures  of  the  Athenian  akropolis. — Revue  crit.,  1890,  i,  p.  439. 

ITALIAN  SCHOOL. — The  Greek  press  announces  that  the  Italian  Govern- 
ment has  received  a  grant  of  land  near  the  military  hospital  in  Athens  for 
the  purpose  of  building  an  archaeological  school. — Athenceum,  Sept.  13. 

ITALIAN  VASES  SOLD  AS  GREEK. — Mr.  Stillman  writes  from  Rome:  "  It 
may  not  be  out  of  place  to  warn  the  archaeological  public  that  a  well- 


562  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.        [GREECE.] 

known  Greek  dealer  in  antiquities  is  now  buying  vases  of  Nola  or  any 
other  fabrique  of  Magna  Grsecia,  of  which  there  are  great  quantities  now 
in  the  market  here,  coming  from  the  excavations  at  Falerii,  Capua,  etc., 
and  shipping  them  off  to  Athens,  where  they  will  be  sold  as  Attic.  Consider- 
ing that  the  mere  fact  of  Attic  provenance  increases  to  double  or  threefold 
the  value  of  an  antique  vase,  and  that  our  market  is  flooded  with  Nola 
ware,  the  delusion  of  purchasers  at  Athens  is  likely  to  be  extensive,  the 
more  as  very  few  vases  in  good  condition  are  found  in  Greece,  and  those 
mostly  rigidly  watched  by  the  Greek  archaeological  police.  A  good  judge 
would  hardly  mistake  a  Nola  vase  for  one  of  Attic  execution,  but  the 
majority  of  buyers  would  easily  be  deceived,  finding  the  former  in  Athens." 
— Athenceum,  Oct.  25. 

DAPHNION. — MONOGRAPH  ON  THE  MONASTERY. — A  monograph  on  the 
ancient  monastery  of  Daphni  has  recently  been  published  by  M.  Lam- 
bakes,  entitled  Xpuraavi/o)  'Ap^atoA-oyt'a  rfjs  Mov^s  Aa<£viou  ( Athens  : 
Papageorgios.)  In  this  the  history  of  the  structure  is  traced  from  the 
thirteenth  century,  when  the  first  authentic  records  of  its  existence  occur, 
to  the  present  day ;  and  the  author  narrates  in  some  detail  the  disasters  to 
which  it  has  recently  been  exposed  from  shocks  of  earthquakes  and  from 
vandalism.  The  most  important  portion  of  the  book  is  that  which  relates 
to  the  church,  and  especially  to  its  mosaics.  These  are  elaborately  de- 
scribed and  illustrated  by  woodcuts,  and  the  architecture  and  decorations 
are  compared  with  those  that  are  found  in  various  other  Christian  build- 
ings. There  is  also  a  carefully  drawn  plan  of  the  church.  The  expenses 
involved  in  the  publication  of  the  monograph  were  guaranteed  by  the 
Marquis  of  Bute. — Atherumim,  Oct.  25; 

RESTORATION  OF  THE  CHURCH  AND  MOSAICS. — M.  Lambros  writes  from 
Athens :  "  The  works  at  the  monastery  of  Daphni  are  making  progress 
since  the  arrival  of  Salviati's  workmen.  The  mosaics  of  the  cupola  have 
been  removed  with  great  care,  after  they  had  been  properly  drawn  and 
numbered.  The  cupola  is  now  to  be  repaired,  and  thereafter  the  mosaics 
will  be  restored  to  their  original  position.  All  that  is  missing  will  be 
replaced  by  painting." — Athenceum,  Dec.  27. 

DELOS. — THE  EARLIEST  EXCAVATIONS. — In  view  of  the  lack  of  apprecia- 
tion which  his  efforts  have  met,  M.  LebSgue,  who  made  in  1873  the  first 
excavations  at  Delos,  writes  to  the  Revue  archeologique,  (Sept.-Oct.,  1890, 
p.  172)  to  set  matters  in  their  proper  light.  He  went  to  Delos  for  the 
purpose  of  studying  the  oracular  cave  on  the  summit  of  the  Kynthos,  and 
was  able  to  prove  it  to  have  been  an  oracle  or  adyton  of  Apollon.  Having 
only  2,000  francs,  he  was  able,  beside  this,  to  excavate  only  the  temple  of 
Zeus  Kynthios,  near  the  grotto.  On  his  return,  he  not  only  published  a 
book  on  Delos,  in  which  the  sites  of  the  various  ruins  were  indicated,  but 


[GREECE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  563 

worked  hard  to  excite  an  interest  in  the  continuation  of  the  work.  He 
gave  to  the  French  School  at  Athens  1,400  francs,  by  means  of  which  it 
became  possible  for  M.  Homolle  to  start  the  excavations  which  were  so 
successfully  conducted  by  the  members  of  the  French  School. 

INVENTORIES  OF  THE  TEMPLES. — M.  Homolle  has  reproduced,  transcribed, 
and  commented,  in  the  Bulletin  de  corresp.  hellenique  (vol.  xiv),  one  of 
the  longest  Greek  inscriptions  known — the  accounts  and  inventories  of  the 
temples  of  Delos  in  the  year  279  B.  c.  The  author  shows  marvellous 
ability  in  his  commentary  which  teems  with  valuable  information  on 
questions  of  Greek  public  and  private  life  which  are  illustrated  by  this 
inscription.  Details  are  given  in  our  summary  of  the  Bulletin. 

THE  INSCRIPTION  ON  THE  STATUE  OF  ARCHERMOS. — C.  Robert  gives  a  res- 
toration of  the  inscription  on  the  base  of  the  statue  of  Archermos  which 
Reinach  considers  preferable  to  those  of  Lolling  and  Six.  It  reads: 
M.LKKL(i8r)  roS'  ayaX/jta  KaXov,  etpyaoyxevoi/  vtov  \  'Ap^ep/Mrv  cro^Lrja-Lv,  e^SoAe 
Se£ai  ai/aoxra  |  TU>  ;(ta),  MeA.ai/os  irarpwiov  acrru  XLTTOVTL.  According  to  this 
interpretation  the  statue  was  carved  by  Archermos  and  given  by  Mik- 
kiades. — Revue  arch.,  1890,  u,  p.  247. 

KORINTHOS  (near).  —  PREHISTORIC  TUMULI.  —  P.  Kastromeuos  (Dr. 
Schliemann's  brother-in-law)  has  discovered  on  the  Isthmus  of  Corinth 
two  prehistoric  tumuli,  which  he  believes  to  be  identical  with  the  tombs  of 
Sisyphos  and  of  Neleus,  father  of  Nestor,  of  which  Pausanias  speaks  in 
his  description  of  the  territory  of  Corinth. — Athenceum,  Oct.  25. 

LYKOSOURA. — The  heavy  fragments  of  the  statues  of  the  great  group 
by  Damophon  found  last  year  at  the  temple  of  Despoina  are  still  obliged 
to  wait  on  the  slopes  of  Mount  Lykaon  till  a  road  can  be  made  to  bring 
them  down.  The  heads  are  now  temporarily  mounted  in  the  National 
Museum  at  Athens.  A  complete  restoration  of  the  group  will  hardly  be 
possible. 

The  excavations  have  brought  to  light  the  whole  plan  of  the  temple, 
with  many  architectonic  fragments,  slabs  of  marble  pavement,  roofing-tiles, 
etc.  At  the  distance  of  a  few  metres  from  the  south  facade  were  discovered 
the  foundations  of  the  portico  described  by  Pausanias. — Athen.,  Dec.  6, 20. 

M  ANTINEIA. — REPORT  ON  THE  EXCAVATIONS. — M.  Fougeres  is  publishing 
in  the  Bull,  de  corr.  hellen.,  t.  xiv,  his  official  report  on  the  excavations  car- 
ried on  by  the  French  School  at  Mantineia  in  1887  and  1888,  accompanied 
by  plans  of  the  ancient  city,  the  theatre,  and  the  agora.  An  abstract  of 
this  important  Report  will  be  found  in  our  summary  of  the  Bulletin. 

MEGALOPOLIS.  —  EXCAVATIONS  RENEWED.  —  The  excavations  of  the 
British  School  at  Megalopolis,  which  led  last  spring  to  the  discovery  of  the 
very  important  remains  of  the  stage-buildings  referred  to  in  the  Athencsum 
of  August  2,  have  now  been  resumed.  The  Greek  Government  is  resolved 


564  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.       [GREECE.] 

that  the  whole  theatre  shall  be  cleared  and  kept,  like  that  of  Epidauros,  as 
an  attraction  to  the  student  and  the  tourist.  It  is  true  that  the  upper  rows 
of  seats  are  probably  entirely  destroyed,  and  that  this  theatre  cannot,  even 
when  perfect,  have  shown  that  wonderful  symmetry  and  beauty  of  propor- 
tion which  distinguish  the  design  of  Polykleitos  at  Epidauros.  But  this 
will  in  a  great  degree  be  compensated  for  by  the  unique  interest  of  the 
stage  at  Megalopolis,  with  its  broad  flight  of  steps  down  to  the  orchestra 
along  the  whole  front.  The  conditions  of  the  excavation  have  now  been 
satisfactorily  arranged,  and  the  completion  of  the  work  it  has  begun  has 
been  definitely  undertaken  by  the  British  School. 

Pending  this  arrangement,  it  was  resolved  to  continue  the  exploratory 
excavation  of  the  Agora,  upon  the  opposite  bank  of  the  river.  They  were 
able  to  follow  out  the  plan  of  a  large  stoa  which  seems  to  bound  the  Agora 
on  the  north — the  position,  according  to  Pausanias,  of  the  Stoa  Philippeios 
— for  a  distance  of  about  500  ft. ;  and  another  building  to  the  southeast 
seems  also  to  be  a  stoa.  If  these  can  only  be  identified  with  the  buildings 
mentioned  by  Pausanias,  there  will  soon  be  no  difficulty  in  tracing  the  whole 
plan  of  the  Agora  as  he  describes  it. — E.  A.  GARDNER,  in  Athen.,  Dec.  6. 

MYKENAI. — EXCAVATIONS  ON  THE  AKROPOLIS. — The  excavations  of  the 
Greek  Archseological  Society  on  the  akropolis  at  Mykenai  have  been  re- 
warded by  the  discovery,  near  the  wall  within  the  enclosure,  of  some 
sixty  different  objects  of  antiquity,  amongst  which  are  seven  bronze  swords, 
seven  knives,  four  hatchets,  a  razor,  a  round  mirror,  an  earring,  and  some 
gold  ornaments.  The  swords  vary  in  type  from  the  others  found  in  the 
prehistoric  tombs  of  Mykenai,  but  are  like  other  bronze  and  iron  swords 
found  in  somewhat  later  tombs  of  Attika  and  Lakonika. — Berl.phil.  Woch., 
1890,  No.  46 ;  Aihenamm,  Oct.  18. 

PEIRAIEUS. — INSCRIPTIONS. — In  the  court  of  a  house  near  the  railway 
bridge  is  the  fragment  of  a  memorial  column  built  into  the  wall,  bearing 
a  four-line  inscription  :  A-jytXo^os  />te  ere/cvwo-e  |  ^iXov^vrj  e^avecfrrjve  \  Optif/e 
TlpoKovvrjcros  rov  vo/xa  M^rpo^tos.  The  words  were  cut  at  an  early  date 
with  a  sharp  tool,  and  each  line  of  verse  is  separated  from  the  next  by  an  en- 
graved line,  there  being  also  a  line  to  head  and  to  conclude  the  inscription. 

To  the  north  of  Peiraieus,  and  by  the  road  leading  to  the  Phaleron, 
has  been  found  the  upper  part  of  another  memorial  column,  upon  which 
is  a  basrelief,  of  which  one  can  see  the  head  of  a  woman  turned  toward 
the  left :  above  is  the  inscription  :  'ETUKT^O-IS  *Ejoyo|xa/oov  |  MiA/^o-i'a.  In 
the  court  of  a  house  by  the  west  slope  of  the  Mounichian  hill  is  a  baseless 
funeral  urn  of  white  stone  51  cm.  high.  On  it  is  represented  a  bearded 
man,  sitting  on  a  seat  with  a  back  and  a  footstool,  holding  out  his  hand 
to  another  man  standing  before  him.  From  the  recess  between  the  two 
appears  a  woman.  The  accompanying  inscription  is  <&L\.V\\O<S  ' 


[GREECE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  565 

T^S.  The  name  <£i'AvAAos  is  not  to  be  found  in  Pape's  lexicon,  though 
&L\V\.X.LO<S  is  given,  as  that  of  an  ancient  writer  of  Athenian  comedy. — 
Athenceum,  Sept.  13. 

RHAMNOUS. — DISCOVERY  OF  SCULPTURES  IN  THE  TEMPLES  OF  NEMESIS 
AND  THEMIS. — The  ruins  of  the  ancient  Rhamnous  lie  at  a  distance  of 
about  nine  miles  to  the  northeast  of  Marathon.  Since  the  Middle  Ages 
it  has  been  known  under  the  name  of  Ovrio  Kastro,  and  on  the  spot  stands 
an  ancient  fort  overlooking  the  sea.  The  site  of  the  Deme  of  the  same 
name,  to  which  the  orator  Antiphon  belonged,  appears  to  be  somewhat 
further  off.  Near  the  castle,  on  a  low  projecting  hill,  lie  the  ruins  of  two 
temples ;  eight  columns  of  the  larger  of  these  are  still  standing.  Of  late 
the  opinion  has  prevailed  that  the  two  temples  were  dedicated  to  one  and 
the  same  deity,  Nemesis.  The  older  and  smaller  (10.70  met.  long  by  6.40 
wide)  was  burnt  by  the  Persians  during  the  invasion  of  Xerxes,  and  it 
was  replaced  by  a  larger  building  (22.90  m.  long  by  11.30  wide),  and  in 
it  was  erected  a  statue  of  the  goddess  by  Pheidias  or  his  pupil  Agorakritos. 
According  to  Pausanias,  the  statue  was  hewn  out  of  a  block  of  marble 
that  the  Persians  brought  with  them  from  Paros  to  Marathon  in  order  to 
erect  a  trophy  of  the  victory  they  made  sure  of  earning.  But  the  later 
temple,  as  the  absence  of  fluting  on  the  columns  seems  to  indicate,  was 
never  completed.  Leake  says  in  his  work  on  the  Attic  Demes  that  in  the 
ruins  of  the  smaller  temple  was  found  a  fragment  of  a  headless  and  arm- 
less statue  of  life  size,  the  close-fitting  drapery  of  which  was  in  the  style 
of  the  ^Eginetan  school.  He  considered  it  to  be  a  portion  of  a  statue  of 
Themis,  to  whom  the  temple  was  at  that  time  supposed  to  be  dedicated : 
a  statue  is  now,  he  says,  in  the  British  Museum.  Besides,  Col.  Leake  men- 
tions as  existing  in  the  larger  temple  fragments  of  a  colossal  statue,  which, 
according  to  Hesychios  and  Zenobios,  was  a  statue  of  Nemesis.  He  re- 
marks that  they  are  not  of  Parian  marble  as  Pausanias  reported.  He 
also  mentions  various  fragments  and  figures  in  high  relief,  which  he  sup- 
poses belonged  to  the  base  of  the  colossal  image. 

The  Athenian  Society  of  Archaeology  has  been  making  excavations  at 
Rhamnous  under  the  superintendence  of  the  Inspector  of  Antiquities,  M. 
Stais.  The  main  object  has  been  to  clear  the  precincts  of  the  temples, 
especially  of  the  later  one.  In  doing  so  a  number  of  interesting  frag- 
ments of  sculpture  have  been  found,  among  them  a  horse  of  stone,  three 
female  heads,  and  one  male  head.  Two  statues  in  the  form  of  Hermce, 
and  of  a  later  period,  have  come  to  light,  and  the  pedestal  of  one  bears 
an  inscription.  All  of  these  objects  have  been  transported  to  the  Central 
Museum  at  Athens.  As  yet,  to  judge  by  the  brief  list  published,  no  part 
of  the  statue  of  Nemesis  has  been  found.  How  are  the  fragments  that 
have  come  to  light  to  be  explained  ?  Pausanias  describes  the  figures  of 
9 


566  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.    [RHAMNOUS.] 

the  bathron  of  the  statue  of  Nemesis.  According  to  one  myth,  Helen 
was  the  daughter  of  Nemesis,  but  Leda  suckled  her,  and  Pheidias  repre- 
sented Leda  taking  Helen  to  Nemesis.  Tyndareos  was  depicted  standing 
by  with  his  sons,  and  a  horseman  named  Hippeus  was  present  with  his 
steed.  These  figures  Pausanias  says  were  CTTI  TO>  pdOpy  rov  dyaX^aros 
eipyao-/AeVa,  but  whether  in  relief  he  does  not  say.  Were  the  figures  by 
some  exception  in  the  round  ?  Is  the  stone  horse  possibly  the  horse  of 
Hippeus  ;  and  do  the  heads  belong  to  the  personages  mentioned  by  Pau- 
sanias? If  they  were,  we  have  recovered  portions  of  the  work  of  the 
great  master  or  his  school. 

It  is  intended  to  excavate  the  sacred  way  leading  from  the  temple  to 
the  sea,  which  was  adorned  on  either  side  with  basreliefs  and  statues,  of 
which  many  remains  are  still  in  situ,  so  that  the  work  of  excavation  prom- 
ises to  be  of  high  interest.  For  the  moment  the  excavations  are  stopped, 
and  next  year  operations  will  begin  with  the  excavation  of  the  via  sacra. 

The  main  result  of  the  excavations  is,  that  we  must  give  up  talking  of 
two  temples  of  Nemesis,  an  old  and  a  new  one.  The  discovery  of  the 
statue  of  Themis  in  the  smaller  temple  appears  to  have  settled  the  point. 
In  spite  of  the  inscriptions  on  a  marble  seat  that  have  long  been  known, 
"Sostratos  dedicated  to  Nemesis,"  and  "Sostratos  dedicated  to  Themis," 
the  old  opinion,  adopted  by  Leake,  that  the  smaller  temple  was  dedicated 
to  Themis,  had  been  abandoned,  and  the  theory  I  have  mentioned  above 
adopted ;  but  the  discovery  of  the  statue  of  Themis  proves  that  she  was 
worshipped  in  the  smaller  temple.  Only  one  point  of  importance  remains 
to  be  decided,  whether  Themis  was  the  sole  divinity  of  the  temple,  or 
whether  she  and  Nemesis  were  worshipped  together,  and  she  was  a  goddess 
o-vvvaos.  This  has  been  settled,  at  any  rate  for  later  times,  by  the  inscrip- 
tions to  be  mentioned  below.  The  statue  of  Themis  is  one  of  the.  loveliest 
in  the  Central  Museum.  It  is  2.30  met.  high.  The  inspiration  of  true 
Attic  art  characterizes  the  beautifully  draped  limbs  of  the  figure.  With 
the  exception  of  the  hands,  which  are  lacking,  the  work  is  in  a  fine  state 
of  preservation.  The  pedestal  on  which  it  stood  names,  as  the  artist,  a 
hitherto  unknown  CHAIRESTRATOS,  the  son  of  Charedemos  of  Rhamnous. 
From  the  same  inscription  we  learn  that  the  statue  was  dedicated  by  a 
citizen  of  Rhamnous,  Megakles  the  son  of  Megakles,  in  celebration  of  a 
victory  he  had  won  as  a  gymnasiarch  of  contests  of  men  and  boys  and  as 
choragos  in  the  theatre.  The  inscription  runs:  JVUyaKA^s  MeyafcXeovs 
'Pa/xvov(rios  avtOrjKC  ©eytuSt  (TT€<£av<o$ets  VTTO  TWV  S^jaorwi/  Si/cat \o<rvvr)s  evc/ca 
CTTI  tepeias  KaAAwrrou  viK^<ras  TraiSt  KOL  avSpatn  yvfjiT/acnap\<t)v  /cat  |  K<o/xa>8(HS 
Xop^yaiv  |  XaipeVrparos  XapeS^ov  'Pa/>u/ouo-ios  e7ro>7<r€.  It  is  to  be  remarked 
that  on  the  plinth,  beneath  the  work  tepeias  of  the  second  line,  the  words 
KCU  $€t8oo-Tparr/s  Ne/xeVeous  Upcias  have  been  added  subsequently.  The 


[GREECE.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  567 

second  statue  found  represents  the  priestess  Aristonoe,  and  its  style  as  well 
as  the  characters  of  its  inscription  assign  it  to  the  time  of  Alexander.  The 
inscription  on  the  statue  of  Aristonoe  is  as  follows :  ®e/uSi  /cat  NcyLteW 
'lepOTrotov  'Pa/xvovcrios  aveOrjKe  rr/v  fJLrjrepa  'Apicrrovo^v  Nt/coKparov 
ov  tepetav  Nc/xeVca)?. 

Besides  the  two  statues  mentioned  above,  a  third  has  been  found  belong- 
ing to  the  smaller  temple.  The  lettering  of  the  inscription  and  the  artistic 
character  of  the  statue  indicate  the  fifth  century.  It  is  dedicated  to  "  the 
goddess,"  but  it  is  not  stated  which.  The  statue  represents  a  young  man 
with  his  breast  bare.  It  is  a  portrait  of  ordinary  and  yet  beautiful  work- 
manship. It  is  about  one  metre  high.  That  of  Aristonoe  is  much  larger, 
but  not  particularly  beautiful.  In  the  right  hand,  which  was  found  broken 
off,  is  a  patera. 

The  pedestals  of  all  three  statues  were  discovered  in  situ  in  the  south- 
west corner  of  the  smaller  temple.  That  the  temple  existed  down  to  Roman 
times  is  proved  by  the  discovery  of  thirteen  imperial  coins.  Besides,  in 
the  same  grave  before  the  pedestals  were  discovered  thirty  clay  lamps. 

Not  less  interesting  are  the  fragments,  found  in  the  ruins  of  the  larger 
temple,  of  the  image  of  Nemesis,  which  was  of  Parian  marble.  Of  the 
image  itself  only  the  shoulder  remains.  The  figures  belong  to  the  pedes- 
tal. They  are  now  on  view  at  the  Central  Museum  and  are  in  high  relief, 
so  that  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  they  belong  to  the  bathron.  They  are 
small  and  of  very  short  stature ;  they  remind  one  of  beautiful  terracotta 
figurines.  The  most  important  are  the  two  female  heads,  the  male  head, 
a  male  torso  and  two  female  torsi,  and  the  head  of  the  horse. — SP.  LAM- 
BROS,  in  Athenceum,  Oct.  25. 

Mr.  E.  A.  GARDNER  says  of  the  sculptures,  in  the  Athenceum  of  Dec.  6 : 
"  The  two  female  statues  from  Rhamnous  have  now  been  mounted  upon 
their  bases  and  exhibited  in  the  vestibule  of  the  National  Museum  at 
Athens.  The  fourth-century  statue  is  a  typical  specimen  of  the  inferior 
and  more  mechanical  style  of  its  period.  The  modelling  is  hard,  and  the 
forms  of  the  body  especially  are  lacking  in  grace  and  delicacy ;  but  at 
the  same  time  it  possesses  a  certain  simplicity  and  dignity  of  style  which 
one  could  not  assign  to  a  later  period,  even  if  the  inscription  did  not  place 
its  age  beyond  a  doubt.  The  other  statue  is  an  ordinary  specimen  of  Hel- 
lenistic work ;  but  there  is  a  grace  about  the  proportions  and  the  draping 
of  the  himation,  which  envelopes  the  whole  body,  that  may  to  many  be 
more  attractive  than  the  severer  character  of  its  companion." 

Dr.  WOLTERS  comments  upon  these  sculptures  in  the  Athenische  Mitt- 
heilungen,  1890,  pp.  349-50  The  reliefs  he  attributes  with  certainty  to 
the  base  of  the  statue  of  Nemesis  by  Agorakritos  and  also  identifies  the 
horse's  head  with  the  horse  of  'ITTTTCVS,  The  composition  is  formed  of 


568  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.        [GEEECE.] 

a  row  of  well-separated  figures,  moving  slowly  forward  ;  in  style  it  is  be- 
fore everything  comparable  to  the  frieze  of  the  Parthenon,  but  the  style 
of  Agorakritos  appears  to  be  already  slightly  more  developed.  The  ma- 
tronly statue  of  Themis  by  Chairestratos  has  traces  of  color  on  its  hima- 
tion:  the  pattern  being  the  common  tooth-ornament.  The  inscription 
shows  that  the  work  cannot  be  dated  before  300  B.  c.  The  second  statue, 
that  of  Aristonoe,  was  dedicated  by  her  son  Hierokles.  The  third  statue, 
of  the  youth,  with  himation  wrapped  around  the  lower  part  of  his  body 
and  with  right  arm  raised,  was  dedicated  by  Lysikleides,  and  must  belong 
to  the  close  of  the  fifth  century  B.  c.  Among  the  few  archaic  remains  is  a 
seated  female  figure  45  cent,  high,  related  to  the  similar  figures  found  on 
the  Akropolis :  the  head  and  arms  are  wanting.  Of  a  very  beautifully 
executed  group  only  the  lower  part  remains;  other  pieces  are  several 
hermue,  a  small  figure  42  cent,  high  of  severe  style,  and  a  fragment  of 
relief  with  several  figures  including  a  nude  youth  with  high  basket-like 
head  gear. 

SPARTA  (near). — TEMPLE  OF  THE  AMYKLAIAN  APOLLON. — The  *E<^/*cpis 
apxa.io\oyiKr]  describes  some  excavations  undertaken  by  the  Greek  Arch- 
aeological Society  under  Tsountas'  direction  on  the  hill  of  dyia  /cv/oia/oj,  an 
hour  to  the  south  of  Sparta.  Among  the  discoveries  are  about  15  frag- 
ments of  terracotta  slabs  which  bear  more  or  less  letters  of  the  inscrip- 
tion 'AT/oAAwos  ev  'A/x,ufcA.<u'oi.  This  is  the  confirmation  of  Leake's  con- 
jecture that  here  was  the  site  of  the  sanctuary  of  the  Amyklaian  Apollon. 
On  the  west  side  and  partly  also  on  the  south  side  of  the  hill  there  remains 
the  surrounding  wall  built  in  isodomic  fashion  with  large  blocks.  In  the 
middle  of  the  space  enclosed,  was  found  a  foundation  built  of  small  stones 
for  a  construction  of  semicircular  shape  with  a  diameter  of  9.80  met., 
which  probably  stood  under  the  famous  throne  of  Apollon.  No  other 
architectural  remains  were  found,  and  only  a  few  inscriptions,  two  of  which 
belonged  to  the  Koman  period ;  also  but  little  sculpture,  but  quite  a  num- 
ber of  fragments  of  bronze  and  earthen  votive-offerings.  Among  the 
bronze  objects  were  four  statuettes  (three  of  them  male,  the  other  a  nude 
female  figure),  and  more  than  twenty  representations  of  animals  and  other 
objects  similar  to  the  early  votive-offerings  found  at  Olympia.  Among 
the  terracotta  objects  are  many  that  resemble  the  female  Mykenaian  fig- 
ures, and  many  fragments  of  vases  of  the  Mykenaian  and  geometric  styles, 
many  of  the  Roman  period,  and  hardly  any  between  the  two  extremes. — 
Athen.  Mittheil.,  1890,  p.  350 ;  Berl  phil.  Woch.,  1890,  No.  46. 

TAN  AGRA. — NEW  MUSEUM. — The  Archaeological  Society  of  Athens  has 
determined  to  establish  a  local  museum  at  Tanagra,  in  Boiotia,  whence 
come  the  well-known  figurines.  The  museum  is  intended  to  house  the  great 
number  of  inscriptions  found  of  late  years,  which  are  of  much  import- 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  569 

ance  for  Boiotian  onomatology.  Of  the  terracottas  the  best  and  most  im- 
portant that  belong  to  the  society  are  at  Athens,  in  its  Antiquarium  at  the 
Polytechnic,  in  the  room  next  to  the  relics  from  Mykenai. — Athen.,  Oct.  11. 
VAPHIO. — THE  USE  OF  MORTAR  IN  THE  PREHISTORIC  TOMB. — In  conse- 
quence of  a  mention  of  the  use  of  mortar  in  this  tomb  made  in  the  Jour- 
nal of  HeUenic  Studies,  Mr.  Stillman  secured  from  Tsountas,  who  exca- 
vated it,  a  contradiction,  there  having  been  only  traces  of  a  lining  cement. 
Professor  Gardner,  who  was  responsible  for  the  assertion  on  the  ground  of 
the  word  aor/3eo-ros  used  in  Tsountas'  report,  accepts  the  correction.  Mr. 
Stillman  takes  occasion  to  deny  the  use  of  mortar  in  early  Roman  con- 
structions such  as  the  Tullianum,  in  opposition  to  Professor  Middleton, 
and  reiterates  his  well-known  theory,  that  the  Greeks  never  used  at  any 
time  mortar  or  burnt  bricks,  and  that  mortar  was  an  invention  of  the 
Romans. — Athenaeum,  Sept.  13,  20. 

KRETE. 

At  Gortyna,  in  Krete,  peasants  have  accidentally  turned  up  fresh  frag- 
ments of  archaic  inscriptions,  similar  to  those  found  when  excavations  were 
conducted  by  Dr.  Halbherr,  the  agent  of  the  Italian  Government.  It  is 
evident  that  this  site,  where  a  temple  of  Apollo  was  found  and  the  famous 
legal  inscription,  is  not  yet  exhausted,  and  it  were  much  to  be  desired  in 
the  interests  of  science  that  either  Italy  or  the  Greek  Syllogos  of  Kandia 
should  resume  researches  on  the  spot. — Athenaeum,  Nov.  15. 

ITALY. 

PREHISTORIC  AND  CLASSIC  ANTIQUITIES. 

RELATIONS  OF  THE  ETRUSCAN  AND  LATIN  ALPHABETS. — At  a  recent  meet- 
ing of  the  Academic  des  Inscriptions,  M.  BREAL  read  a  paper  on  the  rela- 
tions of  the  Etruscan  and  Latin  alphabets.  His  theory  is,  that  the  Etrus- 
can is  only  the  Greek  alphabet  diminished  by  a  certain  number  of  letters 
representing  sounds  foreign  to  Etruscan  phonetics.  This  alphabet  was 
adopted  by  the  Latins  and  by  other  nations  of  Italy,  Oscans,  Umbrians, 
etc.  Later,  the  Latins  felt  the  lacunae  in  an  alphabet  that  was  not  made 
for  them,  and  sought  to  remedy  this  by  taking  back  from  the  Greek  alpha- 
bet the  letters  they  needed.  But  the  suture  is  still  visible. 

In  opposition  to  this,  M.  BOISSIER  pointed  out  that  the  Latin  alpha- 
bet differs  from  the  Etruscan  not  simply  by  the  addition  of  a  few  letters 
taken  from  the  Greeks :  it  is  lacking  in  four  of  the  Etruscan  letters  and 
has  one  of  different  form.  Could  the  influence  of  the  Greek  grammarians 
have  been  strong  enough  to  cause  the  Latins  to  abandon  these  four  letters  ? 
The  opinion  of  MM.  Kirchhoff  and  Mommsen,  who  attach  the  Latin 


570  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  AKCH^OLOGY.  [ITALY.] 

alphabet  directly  to  that  of  the  Greeks  of  Cumae  and  Naples,  remains 
one  of  greater  probability. — Revue  crit.,  1890,  n,  p.  184 ;  Academy,  Oct.  25. 

S.  ANTONIO  (di  Monteveglio). — At  this  town,  30  kilom.  west  of  Bo- 
logna, some  eighteen  Etruscan  tombs  have  been  carelessly  opened  and 
their  contents  rifled.  There  were  found  numerous  vases,  especially  sky- 
phoi,  oinochoai  and  Icylikes,  and  also  many  bronze  vases  so  badty  extracted 
as  to  be  quite  fragmentary,  though  their  original  importance  in  very  evi- 
dent. This  is  not  the  first  time  that  Etruscan  tombs  have  been  found  at 
S.  Antonio.— Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  pp.  206-8. 

GREAT  ST.  BERNARD. — TEMPLE  OF  JOVE. — The  Italian  ministry,  wish- 
ing to  satisfy  the  wishes  of  many  Italian  and  foreign  arch  geologists,  has 
undertaken  new  excavations  at  the  Plan  de  Jupiter,  where  the  famous 
sanctuary  was  erected  and  where  several  discoveries  had  lately  been  made. 
It  may  here  be  briefly  stated,  while  awaiting  full  details,  that  the  researches 
have  been  especially  fruitful  for  ancient  topography.  The  plan  of  the 
temple  has  been  made  out  from  the  foundations  excavated  in  the  rock 
which  are  now  entirely  laid  bare.  Bronzes  and  coins  came  to  light,  mostly 
Gallic,  as  well  as  some  that  were  Greek  anterior  to  the  third  cent.  B.  c. — 
Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  p.  273. 

BOLOGNA  =  FELSINA.— ITALIC  TOMBS. — With  the  walls  of  the  arsenal 
outside  Porta  Castigliane  an  Italic  necropolis  was  discovered  in  December, 
1888,  but  the  objects  found  were  dispersed  or  destroyed.  The  work  hav- 
ing lately  been  recommenced,  some  twenty  tombs  were  opened  and  their 
contents  preserved  and  restored,  but  appear  not  to  have  presented  any 
especial  interest.  Fifty  metres  to  the  north  two  others  were  opened,  one 
of  which  was  quite  archaic  judging  from  the  bronze  bit  and  the  lunar  rasor. 

The  discovery  of  Italic  tombs  at  different  times  within  and  near  Bolo- 
gna had  already  established  the  existence  of  such  necropoli  at  three  of  the 
four  cardinal  points  of  the  city.  (1)  The  necropolis  which  appeared  in 
1857  in  Via  Maggiore,  whose  beginning  was  found  in  1886  in  the  Piazza 
della  Mercanzia.  (2)  The  western  necropolis  starting  at  the  Benacci- 
Caprara  field  across  the  Ravone  torrent,  and  extending  three  hundred 
metres  along  half  of  the  Arnoaldi  property.  (3)  The  southern  necropolis 
within  the  arsenal  walls,  whose  existence  was  discovered  in  1874.  There 
still  remained  undiscovered  the  fourth  or  northern  necropolis.  In  1888, 
on  the  corner  of  Via  Indipendenza  and  Via  Falegnami,  some  Italic  tombs 
were  found  above  which  were  Roman  tombs  whose  dates  vary  from  the 
second  to  the  fourth  century  of  the  empire.  This  is  the  fourth  necropolis. — 
BRIZIO,  in  Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  pp.  228-36. 

ITALIC  TOMBS  OUTSIDE  PORTA  S.  ISAIA. — Three  more  tombs  in  this  necro- 
polis were  opened  in  May :  the  objects  of  terracotta  and  bronze  found  in 
them  were  fragmentary.  In  a  woman's  tomb  the  finding  of  a  plate  be- 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  571 

longing  to  a  belt  confirms  the  use  of  this  ornament  by  women.  The  usual 
supply  was  found  of  fibulae,  ossuaries,  small  rude  vases  with  linear  deco- 
ration, paalstaabs,  horse-bits,  bronze  swords,  tistae,  small  articles  of  ap- 
parel and  domestic  use. 

In  August,  Signor  Guglielmi  again  took  up  the  excavations  on  his 
property  (JOURNAL,  vi,  373)  and  opened  nine  Italic  tombs  of  which  a 
few  were  for  cremation  but  the  majority  for  inhumation.  A  peculiarity 
of  the  latter  class  is  that  the  bodies  are  not  oriented  as  usual  but  are  faced 
indifferently  east  or  ,west,  and  that  the  ditches  where  they  are  placed  were 
dug  in  long  parallel  lines  to  contain  several  bodies  placed  at  a  distance  of 
about  two  metres.  The  usual  variety  of  ossuaries,  fibulae  and  other  orna- 
ments, vases  with  geometric  and  other  decoration,  and  implements  were 
found.— Not.  d.  Scam,  1890,  pp.  135-8,  274-7. 

ETRUSCAN  TOMBS  IN  THE  GIARDINO  MARGHERITA. — The  excavations  in 
the  Etruscan  necropolis  of  the  Giardino  Margherita,  suspended  for  over 
a  year,  have  been  resumed.  One  of  the  first  objects  found,  among  remains 
showing  how  thoroughly  the  tombs  had  been  devastated,  was  a  fine  lion, 
carved  out  of  a  block  ofpietra  arenaria,  in  fair  preservation.  It  rests  upon 
its  hind-legs  and  stretches  out  its  fore-legs :  its  style  is  purely  decorative, 
and  it  doubtless  surmounted  a  tomb  like  the  other,  but  headless,  lion  from 
the  De  Lucca  Etruscan  necropolis.  In  1875,  a  lion-foot  was  found.  It 
would  thus  appear  that  lions  were  quite  frequently  used  for  the  decoration 
of  the  Etruscan  tombs  of  Bologna.  The  tomb  on  which  this  lion  rested 
had  been  completely  despoiled.  Three  small  tombs  were  found  in  this 
neighborhood  with  some  vases,  lance-heads,  and  fragments  of  a  red-figured 
vase.  At  a  distance  of  some  sixty  metres  was  opened  a  tomb  built  of  blocks 
of  travertine,  in  which  was  a  large  sandstone  stele  carved  on  both  faces 
and  along  the  edges,  and  in  this  respect  it  reminds  of  the  other  stele  found 
by  Gozzadini  eight  years  ago  in  the  Arnoaldi  property.  The  figures  of 
the  reliefs  present  considerable  variety,  and  are  taken  for  the  most  part 
from  Greek  mythology.  From  its  novelty  and  exceptional  importance 
this  stele  merits  careful  study.  On  the  front  is  a  dolphin,  above;  in  the 
centre  a  man  with  draped  head  and  body  in  a  biga  drawn  by  two  winged 
horses ;  below  is  a  nude  flying  genius.  The  opposite  side  is  occupied  en- 
tirely by  a  female  figure.  On  the  edges  are  six  compartments,  three  on 
each  side,  with  three  ascending  and  three  descending  figures.  They  repre- 
sent (1)  Skylla ;  (2)  Kirke ;  (3)  a  winged  genius  holding  saw,  hammer 
and  chopper;  (4)  Kanake(?);  (5)  a  woman  with  a  (lotus?)  flower;  (6) 
a  Nereid.  From  these  subjects  we  may  deduce  the  interesting  fact,  that 
Hellenism  exercised  its  influence  not  only  on  the  art  of  central  and  maritime 
Etruria  but  on  that  of  Etruria  Circumpadana.  This  is  of  great  interest  for 
an  exact  understanding  of  the  relations  between  the  two  Etrurias.  There 


572  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.  [ITALY.] 

are  many  other  facts  beside  this  to  show  that  Professor  Helbig  is  entirely 
mistaken  in  asserting  that  the  art  of  the  two  populations  followed  entirely 
different  directions. 

Three  further  tombs  were  opened  near  the  preceding,  but  all  had  been 
despoiled,  and  as  this  appeared  to  be  the  condition  of  all  the  tombs  the 
excavation  was  brought  to  a  close. — Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  pp.  138-42. 

A  ROMAN  HOUSE. — Between  Via  Gombruti  and  Via  Imperiale  (at  a 
depth  of  2.50  met.)  some  remains  of  a  large  Koman  house  have  come  to 
light.  At  least  five  chambers  have  thus  far  been  made  out,  one  of  them 
with  a  mosaic  pavement.  Another  of  the  rooms  apparently  had  a  sus- 
pended pavement  of  the  kind  used  in  the  warm  rooms  of  the  baths. 
Further  information  regarding  the  form  and  decoration  of  this  house  will 
doubtless  be  obtained  by  the  excavations  that  will  be  undertaken  this 
winter.— Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  pp.  204-6. 

CORNETO=TARQUINII. — DISCOVERY  OF  TOMBS  WITH  PAINTINGS. — Pro- 
fessor Helbig  reports  in  the  Not.  d.  Scavi  (1890,  pp.  148-50)  the  latest 
discoveries  of  tombs  at  Corneto :  "  Excavations  were  continued  from  Feb. 
24  to  April  7  on  the  esplanade  of  Monterozzi  near  the  painted  tombs  Nos. 
19,  20.  Tombs  of  various  periods  and  styles  of  construction  were  found, 
mingled  and  usually  placed  quite  close  together.  These  were :  a  chamber- 
tomb  with  a  ceiling  a  schiena,  a  type  which  is  as  early  as  the  sixth  century 
B.  c.;  six  chamber-tombs  on  whose  ceiling  the  main  beam  is  shown  in  re- 
lief, a  type  which  predominated  in  the  fifth  century  B.  c. ;  five  hole-tombs 
belonging  to  the  same  century ;  finally,  three  chamber-tombs  with  flat  ceil- 
ing, a  type  which  commenced  in  the  third  century.  All  these  tombs  were 
found  in  a  most  unsatisfactory  state  of  preservation  :  nearly  all  had  been 
sacked  at  various  periods,  and  so  to  speak  emptied ;  and  the  ceiling  of  the 
chamber-tombs  had  usually  fallen  in. 

Four  of  the  tombs  are  described  as  being  the  best  preserved.  1. — A 
chamber-tomb  60  met.  from  tomb  No.  20  and  10  m.  from  the  cross-road. 
The  chamber  measures  4.50  x  4  by  2.70  m.,  and  the  main  beam  shows  in 
the  ceiling.  On  each  of  the  two  benches  was  a  skeleton :  that  on  the  right 
had  an  Attic  red-figured  krater,  a  bronze  mirror,  and  an  alabaster  lekythos. 
The  krater  is  one  of  the  finest  painted  vases  ever  found  in  this  necropolis : 
the  style  is  severe  and  accurate ;  on  one  side  is  Europa  taking  hold  of  the 
bull  by  the  horn ;  she  and  her  companion  have  the  chiton,  mantle,  low 
stephand  and  bracelets.  The  mirror  is  of  the  usual  fifth-century  type.  By 
the  left-hand  body  was  an  Attic  cup,  two  cornelian  scarabs  with  good  intag- 
lios of  archaic  character,  and  two  gold  circlets.  On  the  walls  were  hung 
four  Attic  cups  and  a  small  olla.  One  of  the  cups  had  a  decoration  of  six 
epheboi,  two  on  the  inside  and  four  on  the  exterior,  in  a  style  belonging 
to  about  400  B.  c.  2-3. — In  two  hole-tombs  (found  between  the  painted 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  573 

tombs  Nos.  19,  20)  were  Attic  amphorae  with  black  figures.  On  the  first 
is  a  Dionysiac  scene  poorly  executed;  on  the  second,  which  is  in  a  more 
accurate  and  severe  style,  is  a  scene  from  the  birth  of  Athena ;  Zeus,  be- 
ing in  the  midst  of  the  premonitory  pains,  is  surrounded  by  the  other  gods. 
4. — A  chamber-tomb  was  discovered  March  14,  which,  though  sacked,  re- 
tained some  interesting  objects.  Such  were :  an  alabaster  lekythos,  an  Attic 
orcio;  gold  and  enamel  pieces  from  one  or  two  necklaces,  each  gold  pen- 
dant being  formed  of  four  rosettes  delicately  worked,  while  the  enamels 
are  either  red  or  black  with  white  streaks  in  imitation  of  onyx.  There 
were  also  two  silver  ornaments  covered  with  gold  plates,  both  in  the  shape 
of  a  couchant  winged  horse :  they  appear  to  have  been  sewed  as  decora- 
tions to  the  garment  of  the  deceased.  Other  female  decorations  were  found 
in  the  shape  of  a  pearl  ring,  a  cornelian  scarab,  a  gold  earring,  etc. 

ESTE. — FURTHER  ITALIC  FINDS. — A  further  instalment  of  discoveries  ot 
Italic  objects  on  the  Baratela  property  is  noticed  in  the  Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890, 
pp.  199-203.  For  earlier  excavations  reference  should  be  made  to  this 
JOURNAL,  vol.  iv,  pp.  209-11.  The  present  finds  were  made  between  Oct. 
1889  and  March  1890.  They  include  bronze  statuettes  of  a  warrior,  of  a 
nude  and  a  robed  man,  and  of  a  partly-draped  woman;  several  votive 
nails  with  inscriptions,  single  letters  and  geometric  decoration ;  needles ; 
a  small  shield ;  three  asse  With  Janus  bifrons,  etc. 

GERACE=LOKROI  EPIZEPHYRIOI—  THE  IONIC  TEMPLE. — A  full  report 
on  the  discovery  of  the  Ionic  temple  is  given  by  Orsi  in  the  Notizie  degli 
Scavi  for  August  (pp.  248-62).  It  is  so  much  more  complete  than  the 
notices  which  were  used  for  the  previous  reports  in  the  JOURNAL  (v,  497, 
vi,  222-4)  that  an  analysis  of  it  will  be  given  here  in  view  of  the  great 
importance  of  the  monument.  The  monograph  of  the  temple  will  be  pub- 
lished, later,  in  the  Monumenti  of  the  Accademia  dei  Lincei. 

As  early  as  1879,  Franyois  Lenormant  had  called  the  attention  of  the 
Italian  ministry  (Dir.  Gen.  delleAnt.  e  Belle  Arti)  to  the  fact  that  the  plat- 
form of  a  large  Hellenic  building  at  Lokroi  was  being  demolished :  but 
nothing  resulted  from  his  notice.  It  was  only  in  the  summer  of  1889  that 
Professor  Petersen,  secretary  of  the  German  Institute,  rediscovered  these 
ruins,  and,  recognizing  their  importance  as  being  those  of  an  Ionic  temple, 
induced  the  Direction  of  Antiquities  to  undertake  excavations,  which  were 
carried  on  from  early-November  1889  to  mid-January  1890  under  Signor 
Orsi.  The  temple  was  at  the  N.  E.  edge  of  the  city,  only  a  few  feet  from 
the  northern  fortified  wall,  at  a  half  kilometre  from  the  sea,  which  it  faced. 

NEW  TEMPLE. — The  western  part  of  the  stereobate  remains  (that  is,  the 
krepidoma,  less  the  upper  step)  along  a  length  of  19.04  met. ;  also  a  part 
of  the  northern  stereobate  with  its  foundation,  measuring  16.37  m. ;  also 
23.95  m.  of  the  southern  stereobate.  All  the  rest  has  been  destroyed  dur- 


574 


AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.  [LOKROI.] 


ing  the  last  few  years  in  order  to  use  the  material.  The  building  was 
constructed  of  blocks  of  calcareous  tufa  of  very  fine  and  milky  grain,  easy 
to  work  with  accuracy,  and  finished  on  the  spot  as  shown  by  the  quantity 
of  refuse  chips.  Some  of  the  blocks  are  immense,  the  largest  measuring 
2.95  x  1.125  x  0.50  met. ;  their  mean  length  is  1.30  m.  The  connecting 
surfaces  were  so  carefully  fitted  as  to  make  the  infiltration  of  water  quite 
impossible,  and  the  consequent  solidity  was  often  increased  by  joining  the 
stones  with  iron  clamps  in  the  form  of  a  double  T  or  I — I,  placed  in  deep 
soldered  beds :  these  clamps  are  usually  26  cent,  long  by  5  cent.  wide. 
Technically  speaking,  the  temple  represents  the  greatest  progress  and 
most  varied  resources  of  Greek  architecture.  A  novelty  is  the  use  of 


FIG.  22. — Plan  of  the  remains  of  the  Temples  at  Lokroi, 

great  beds  of  clay  at  the  bottom  of  all  the  ditches  where  the  foundations 
were  to  be  laid :  these  beds  of  pure  and  tenacious  clay,  varying  in  thick- 
ness from  8  to  15  cent.,  were  found  in  all  the  parts  of  the  building,  and 
were  often  of  the  greatest  use  in  determining  the  missing  parts,  for  the 
stone  blocks  when  removed  had  left  their  impressions  behind.  They  also 
showed  that  the  depth  to  which  the  foundations  were  sunk  varied  widely, 
according  to  the  weight  to  be  sustained. 

Stylobate. — The  stylobate  was  a  ponderous  construction  in  five  courses 
of  blocks  which  decreased  in  size  from  above  downward,  the  lower  two 
courses,  which  formed  the  foundation  proper,  being  rough,  the  upper  three 
courses,  which  formed  the  steps,  being  worked  with  care.  The  measure- 
ments are :  width  of  foundation- walls  2.40-2.50  m. ;  height  of  lower  step 
32 £  cent.,  of  middle  step  35 £  cent.,  of  upper  step  39  cent. 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  575 

Pteron. — Of  the  pteron,  or  passage  between  the  peristyle  and  cella,  only 
that  part  remains  which  corresponds  to  the  stylobate  as  described  above. 
It  measures  from  the  edge  of  the  stylobate  to  the  opisthodomos  14.36  m. 
in  width  and  3.32  in  depth;  it  is  paved  with  large  rectangular  slabs 
supported  on  debris  arranged  in  pier-like  masses.  The  width  of  the  tem- 
ple is,  on  the  lower  step  19.04  m.,  on  the  upper  step  17.32  m.  The  length 
is  reached  by  a  series  of  calculations  based  upon  the  examination  of  the 
clay-beds  already  referred  to.  The  result  is  a  length  of  43.86  m.  for  the 
stylobate  in  its  lowest  step.  This  is  confirmed  by  the  calculation  of  the 
intercolumniations,  as  follows : 

16  intercolumniations  of  2.65  m.  =  42.40 

2  half-columns  of  0.65  m.  =    1.30 

Projection  of  two  steps  beyond  the  base  of 

columns  at  85  mill,  each  =    0.17 


Total  met.  43.87 

The  result  is  that  this  was  a  peripteral  hexastyle  temple  with  seventeen 
columns  on  the  long  side.  The  intercolumniation  was  readily  calculated 
by  the  outline  of  a  column  on  the  northern  stylobate  and  the  lower  drum 
with  its  plinth  of  another  column.  The  outline  gave  a  diameter  of  1.30 
m.  including  the  scamillus.  The  intercolumniation  of  2.65  met.  calcu- 
lated for  the  long  sides  was  not  that  of  the  shorter  sides,  where  the  col- 
umns stood  wider  apart,  having  an  intercolumniation  calculated  at  3.168 
m.  A  calculation  made  upon  this  basis  gives  a  total  of  17.310  m.,  which 
corresponds  to  the  measure  of  the  stylobate  already  given. 

Column. — There  are  no  complete  remains  of  a  column,  nor  sufficient 
pieces  for  a  complete  restoration.  The  remaining  parts  are :  the  lower 
drum  with  plinth,  its  delicate  mouldings  defaced ;  a  complete  longitudinal 
section  of  one  of  the  central  drums ;  almost  complete  upper  section  of  the 
column  ending  in  an  anthemion  necking.  Signer  Orsi  is  inclined  to  place 
the  number  of  central  drums  at  four,  and  to  give  the  column  a  height  of 
11.13  m.  and  a  modulus  of  1 :  9.8.  The  circular  base  of  the  column,  59 
cent,  high,  consists  of  a  slightly  marked  scotia,  a  torus  with  nine  horizontal 
channels,  a  minute  smooth  torus,  and  finally  a  listel  whence  spring  the  24 
channels  of  the  shaft  with  a  mean  depth  of  three  cent.  The  diminution 
of  the  column  equals  one-sixth  of  the  greatest  diameter,  as  in  the  columns 
of  the  Erechtheion.  The  drums  were  fastened  by  large  metallic  prisms. 
The  upper  drum  does  not  end,  as  in  the  usual  Ionic  columns,  in  a  torus, 
but  as  the  Erechtheion  in  a  floral  collar  (that  must  have  measured  39  J 
cent.)  which  was  encircled  with  twelve  elegant  lotus-flowers  alternating 
with  as  many  delicate  palmettes  painted  in  red.  No  capital  was  found 


576 


AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.         [LOKROI.] 


entire,  and  it  can  only  be  doubtfully  reconstructed  from  badly-preserved 
fragments.  Instead  of  the  Vitruvian  canalis  it  has  a  robust  convex  rib 
which  develops  into  two  heavy  volutes  with  an  oculus  decorated  with  a  six- 
petaled  flower :  the  kymation  was  formed  of  an  egg-and-dart  moulding  ; 
the  upper  part  of  the  capitals  is  crowned  by  a  torus  projecting  on  the 
sides  and  there  decorated  with  the  egg  moulding.  On  the  side,  the  heavy 
volute  forming  the  pulvinus  receives  a  decoration  of  12£  rows  of  scales 
framed  above  and  below  with  a  row  of  ovoli.  The  resemblance  of  this 
capital  to  one  of  the  Heraion  at  Samos  is  striking. 

'Upper  part. — Nothing  remains  of  epistyle  or  frieze :  a  quantity  of  frag- 
ments impossible  to  place  exactly  belong  to  the  cornices.    There  are  many 


FIG.  23. — Group  from  Sculptures  of  western  gable  of  Ionic  Temple  at  Lokroi. 

fragments  of  the  flat  tiles  of  white  calcareous  stone,  £o)Xfjve<s,  with  which 
the  roof  was  covered :  their  edges  curve  upward  in  order  to  support  the 
KaXvTrrepes  to  prevent  the  passage  of  water :  parts  of  the  gargoyle-masks 
through  which  the  water  was  led  off  the  roof  have  been  recovered. 

Sculptures. — No  trace  was  found  of  the  sculptures  of  the  eastern  gable, 
which  would  have  determined  to  what  divinity  the  temple  was  dedicated. 
It  is  thought  that  these,  together  with  the  greater  part  of  the  sculptures 
of  the  western  gable,  after  having  fallen  from  the  temple  were  used  to  feed 
the  lime-kiln.  The  one  group  belonging  to  the  western  gable  which  was 
recovered  in  fairly  good  condition  is  of  Parian  marble,  now  of  a  dirty 
white  color  with  surface  granulated  by  the  action  of  the  sea  air  and  from 
lying  in  the  ground  (Fig.  23).  The  subject  is  clear  but  not  easy  of  interpre- 
tation. A  strongly-built  and  wiry  horse  is  represented  rushing  violently 


[ITALY.]  .  ARCH&OLOGICAL  NEWS.  577 

forward  and  rearing  at  some  obstacle  to  its  course ;  against  the  horse  rests 
the  headless  nude  figure  of  a  youth.  Both  figures  are  supported  in  mid- 
air by  an  anthropoichtiomorphic  figure,  with  the  torso  of  a  bearded  man  of 
serenely  solemn  aspect  (robed  in  a  chiton)  to  which  is  attached  the  long 
undulating  tail  of  a  fish.  With  outspread  arms  the  monster  supports  the 
fore-legs  of  the  horse,  whose  hoofs  rest  upon  its  hands :  the  arched  tail 
'forms  a  graceful  support  to  the  horse's  hind-legs.  The  entire  group,  cut 
out  of  a  single  block,  rested  on  a  thin  plinth  of  which  but  little  remains. 
The  total  height  of  the  group  is  1.17?  m.,  and  the  remaining  length  from 
the  horse's  chest  backward  is  82  cent.,  while  a  calculation  of  the  wanting 
parts  would  give  an  original  length  of  1.40  m.  From  the  entire  style, 
the  fine  type  of  the  horse,  the  soft  fleshiness  of  the  youth,  the  solemn 
gravity  of  the  god,  the  complete  lack  of  any  archaic  reminiscence,  this 
work  should  be  attributed  to  some  Ionian  sculptor  who  worked  at  the  end 
of  the  fifth  rather  than  at  the  beginning  of  the  fourth  century  B.  c.  There 
are  some  twenty  anatomical  fragments  belonging  to  the  three  figures  which 
will  allow  of  an  almost  complete  restoration  of  the  group.  Of  a  second 
corresponding  group,  little  beyond  the  fact  of  its  existence  could  be 
proved.  There  were  found  only  the  nose  and  seven  other  fragments  of 
the  horse,  and  a  number  belonging  to  both  the  other  figures,  showing 
them  to  have  been  reversed  in  position,  as  was  conjectured.  Among  these 
fragments  was  the  head  of  the  youth,  badly  damaged  in  its  surface.  These 
two  groups  stood  on  either  side  of  a  central  figure  to  which  perhaps  belongs 
part  of  a  sandaled  foot :  to  still  another  figure  belongs  a  bent  left  knee. 

Of  the  akroteria  which  decorated  the  outer  ends  of  the  gable  many  seg- 
ments of  marble  circles  were  found,  of  various  sizes :  they  must  have 
formed  open-work  spirals  arranged  in  volutes  as  in  the  temple  of  Aigina. 

Cella. — The  reconstruction  of  the  cella  (composed  of  naos,  pronaos  and 
opisthodomos)  is  extremely  difficult,  as  no  stones  have  remained  one  on 
another  except  some  of  the  foundation  blocks.  The  following  measure- 
ments were,  however,  ascertained :  from  centre  of  front  column  to  cella- 
wall,  3.27  m.;  intercolumniation  of  western  antae,  3.12  m.;  diameter  of 
columns  at  base,  with  scamillus,  1.34  m. ;  clear  passage  between  them  1.78 
m. ;  depth  of  wall  between  antae  1.45  m.  The  four  ends  of  the  long  walls, 
which  formed  pilasters,  i.  e.,  the  parastades  of  the  pronaos  and  opisthodo- 
mos, were  decorated  in  the  same  manner  as  the  columns.  The  mouldings 
of  the  base  probably  encircled  the  entire  cella.  Nearly  a  complete  cap- 
ital of  one  of  these  pilasters  has  been  recovered,  with  astragal  and  listel, 
and  with  alternate  lotus-flowers  and  palmettes.  The  following  measure- 
ments are  given,  in  some  cases  tentatively :  thickness  of  wall  between 
oriental  antae,  1.45  m. ;  depth  of  pronaos  3.30  m. ;  dividing-wall  between 
pronaos  and  cella  3.60  in. ;  length  of  cella  proper  19.25  m. ;  dividing-wall 


578  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.        [LOKROI.] 

between  cella  and  opisthodouios  Q.90  m. ;  depth  of  opisthodomos  3.70  m. ; 
thickness  of  wall  between  western  antae  1.45 ;  =  total  length  of  cella, 
33.65  m.  The  enormous  thickness  of  the  wall  between  cella  and  pronaos 
proves  that  there  rose  here,  as  in  other  temples,  two  massive  tower-like 
constructions,  perhaps  to  give  access  to  the  roof.  The  pronaos  and  opis- 
thodomos were  paved  with  slabs,  like  the  pteron,  but  the  cella  had  only 
a  hard  cement  floor.  Three  large  stones  placed  together  in  the  shape  of 
a  PI  in  the  centre  of  the  cella  and  securely  banded  together  formed  the 
base  of  the  altar  or  of  the  image  of  the  god. 

ARCHAIC  TEMPLE. — Of  this  earlier  temple,  underneath  the  later  one,  the 
few  remains  were  found  in  positions  corresponding  to  the  destroyed  parts 
of  the  later  temple ;  so  that,  while  of  the  latter  the  whole  western  stereo- 
bate  remains,  of  the  former  we  can  trace  quite  a  portion  of  the  cella  and 
eastern  section  of  the  peristyle.  The  archaic  temple  differs  from  the  later 
one  in  the  kind  of  stone,  in  its  less  accurate  and  finished  tecnique,  in  its 
smaller  size  and  less  grandiose  proportions.  The  stylobate,  of  two  rows 
of  stones,  had  a  length,  on  the  eastern  side,  of  17.17  m.  Of  the  southern 
side  2.93  m.  remain  at  the  s.  E.  corner,  and  2.55  m.  in  the  centre.  Of  the 
northern  stylobate  3.30  m.  remain  at  the  N.  E.  corner,  then,  after  an  in- 
terruption caused  by  the  foundations  of  the  new  temple,  is  a  further  piece 
9.49  m.  long  reaching  to  the  N.  w.  corner  and  thus  determining  the  length, 
35.30  m.  Portions  of  a  wall  midway  between  the  cella  and  the  western 
peristyle  seem  to  belong  to  a  second  internal  stylobate,  which  would  show 
that  the  temple  was  distyle.  The  width  of  the  peristyle  varies  in  the 
foundations,  but  must  have  had  an  average  of  90  cent.  The  upper  row 
of  the  stylobate  is  entirely  wanting,  so  that  there  are  no  means  of  ascer- 
taining the  number  of  columns  on  the  front  and  side.  It  may  be  conjec- 
tured, from  the  diameter  of  74  cent,  of  some  fragments  of  the  shafts,  that 
there  were  eight  columns  on  the  front,  with  an  intercolumniation  of  2.385 
m.  The  only  positive  fact  is,  that  the  relation  of  width  to  length  is 
1 :  2.15 ;  whereas  in  the  new  temple  it  is  1 :  2£.  The  distance  between 
the  peristyle  and  cella  is,  on  the  south,  4.30  m.  and  on  the  north  4.58  m., 
reduced  respectively  to  3.30  and  3.55  by  the  width  of  the  stylobate :  this 
difference  of  28  cent,  is  singular.  The  eastern  pteron  measures  6.70  m., 
the  western  6.95  m. ;  it  is  thus  excessively  wide,  and  this  makes  it  proba- 
ble that  there  was  an  intermediate  row  of  columns. 

The  cella  consisted  of  naos  and  pronaos  without  opisthodomos  and 
measured  22.50  by  8.15  met.  Its  sandstone  wall,  resting  on  a  foundation 
85  cent,  wide,  was  strengthened  externally  by  pilasters  which  were  also 
placed  on  the  antae.  The  pronaos  was  4.10  to  4.15  met.  deep,  the  cella 
about  16.70  met.  It  appears  to  have  had  no  pavement  but  beaten  earth: 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  579 

and  two  blocks  of  calcareous  stone  found  in  this  earth,  still  in  position, 
must  have  sustained  one  the  altar  the  other  the  statue  of  the  divinity. 

The  extremely  archaic  character  of  the  temple  and  the  thinness  of  the  cella 
walls  (55  cent.)  lead  to  the  belief  that  the  entire  upper  part  of  the  temple 
was  of  wood,  decorated  with  painted  terracottas.  Some  fragments  of  such 
terracottas  were  found  among  the  rubbish  under  the  pteron  and  the  cella 
of  the  new  temple.  The  wooden  hypothesis  is  negatively  proved  by  the 
absence,  among  the  worked  stones,  of  the  smallest  fragment  of  sculptures 
or  cornices.  The  date  of  the  later  temple  being  c.  400  B.  c.  it  seems  safe 
to  assign  the  archaic  temple  to  a  period  at  least  two  centuries  earlier  if 
not  to  the  first  arrival  of  the  Lokrians  on  the  Bruttian  coast. 

The  temple  was  situated  within  the  walls  and  cannot,  consequently,  be 
the  renowned  temple  of  Persephone  mentioned  by  Livy,  which  was  out- 
side the  city.  The  deposit  of  early  terracottas  contained,  apparently,  no 
figures  of  Persephone  but  quite  a  number  with  dove  and  pomegranate  that 
appeared  to  be  of  Aphrodite.  It  may  be  conjectured  that,  if  the  two  side 
groups  of  the  western  gable  represent  the  Dioskouroi  supported  by  Nereus 
or  Triton,  the  temple  may  have  included  as  a  secondary  worship  that  of 
the  Dioskouroi,  to  whom  the  Lokrians  attributed  their  great  victory  on  the 
banks  of  the  Sagras  where  they  erected  a  temple  to  them  as  the  saviors 
of  the  city. 

NEW  EXCAVATIONS. — We  read  in  the  Athenceum  of  Nov.  15:  "Dr.  ORSI 
has  now  returned  to  Lokri,  and  has  already  brought  to  light  a  well-pre- 
served fort,  which  formed  a  key  of  defence  to  this  ancient  city  of  Magna 
Grsecia.  Two  other  forts  still  remain  to  be  explored.  The  archaeological 
plan  of  the  whole  district  will  be  completed  by  the  end  of  the  month,  and 
will  be  forthwith  published  by  the  Italian  Government." 

The  Athenceum  of  Dec.  6  says :  "  Dr.  ORSI  has  closed  his  campaign  at, 
Lokri  by  excavating  the  whole  front  of  the  ancient  walls  facing  the  sea, 
the  line  of  which  was  hitherto  unknown.  He  has  discovered  four  towers 
on  the  heights  overlooking  the  city.  If  the  Italian  Government  would 
return  to  the  work,  he  thinks  it  might  be  rewarded  by  discovering  remains 
of  legal  inscriptions  of  the  time  of  Zaleukos,  who  is  said  to  be  the  first  to 
have  given  written  laws  to  the  Greeks  at  Lokri  in  the  seventh  century  B.  c." 

OLBIA=TERRANOVA-FAUSANIA. — WALLS  OF  THE  ANCIENT  CITY. — In 
bringing  under  cultivation  the  field  called  Oltu  Mannu,  many  Roman  an- 
tiquities were  found  coming  from  ruins  of  houses  and  from  tombs.  The 
most  notable  discovery  was  that  of  part  of  the  foundations  of  the  ancient 
city-walls.  They  are  of  granite  blocks,  sometimes  imperfectly  squared 
and  hardly  smoothed  at  all  on  their  external  face.  From  the  site  above 
mentioned,  the  walls  can  be  traced  seawards  along  a  distance  of  some  885 
metres  in  two  perfectly  rectilinear  sections,  northern  and  eastern.  The 


580  AMERICAN  JO  URNAL  OF  ARCHJEOLOG  Y.  [ITALY.] 

first,  measuring  360  met.,  extends  to  the  Porto  Romano ;  the  second,  from 
that  point  at  the  water's  edge  to  the  place  called  Molino,  a  distance  of  525 
met.  In  view  of  this  discovery,  it  seems  probable  that  a  great  tufa-block 
with  the  representation  of  two  warriors  fighting,  unearthed  in  1874  at  the 
foot  of  this  wall,  belonged  to  the  decoration  of  a  city-gate. — Not.  d.  Scavi, 
1890,  pp.  224-6. 

ORVIETO. — DISCOVERIES  IN  THE  BATHING  ESTABLISHMENT. — TheNotizie 
degli  Scavi  (1890,  pp.  144-7, 181-2,  210-12,  282)  gives  a  long  list  sent  by 
Signor  Mancini  of  further  objects  found  in  excavating  the  rooms  belong- 
ing to  the  recently  discovered  bathing  establishment.  The  objects  found 
were  of  small  size  and  none  of  them  remarkable.  There  were  coins,  bronze 
statuettes,  gold  and  silver  rings,  candelabra,  glass  vases,  architectural  frag- 
ments, pieces  of  Aretine  ware. 

PALESTRINA=PRAENESTE. — STUDY  ON  A  PRAENESTINE  CISTA. — Michel 
Breal  recently  presented  to  the  Academic  des  Inscriptions  a  study  by  M. 
Louis  Duvau  (former  member  of  the  French  School  in  Rome)  entitled 
Ciste  dePreneste.  On  the  cista,  found  some  two  years  ago  at  Palestrina  = 
Praeneste,  is  the  representation  of  preparations  for  a  banquet.  The  vari- 
ous figures  are  occupied  with  cutting  up  or  cooking  the  meats.  About 
these  figures  are  traced  words  which  are  doubtless  the  words  they  are  say- 
ing. These  words,  in  archaic  and  perhaps  provincial  Latin,  have  been 
deciphered  for  the  first  time  by  M.  Duvau,  whose  work  will  serve  as  a 
basis  for  the  commentaries  that  will  doubtless  follow. —  Cour.  de  I' Art, 
1890,  No.  40. 

REGGIO=RHEGION  (Calabria).— DISCOVERY  OF  A  TEMPLE.— The  build- 
ing of  house  foundations  on  the  Marina  road  and  near  the  small  railroad 
station  has  led  to  the  uncovering  at  various  points  of  a  colossal  stepped 
platform  which  is  considered  to  belong  to  the  temple  of  Diana  Fescelidis. 
A  good  portion  of  the  stylobate  also  came  to  light,  as  well  as  two  colossal 
drums  of  columns  of  compact  pudding  stone  still  unchannelled,  whose  flat 
surfaces  were  accurately  finished  but  not  so  the  exterior  surfaces  which 
were  to  be  finished  in  place.  Both  are  not  exactly  cylindrical  but  slightly 
conical.  The  crepidoma  of  the  supposed  temple  consisted  of  five  high  steps 
60  cent,  deep  which  must  have  been  made  accessible  at  points,  as  in  the 
temple  of  Zeus  at  Akragas,  by  the  regular  insertion  of  secondary  steps. 
The  unusual  number  and  height  of  these  steps  was  necessary  in  order  to 
raise  the  temple  above  the  hillside  which  falls  rapidly  away  toward  the 
sea.  The  steps  were  followed  from  north  to  south  along  a  distance  of 
about  42  metres.  If  this  is  one  of  the  long  sides  of  the  temple  it  would 
be  an  exception  to  the  rule  of  orientation  constantly  followed  in  sacred 
buildings ;  and  therefore  it  is  necessary,  before  accepting  this  as  a  fact,  to 
await  complete  excavations.— ORSI,  in  Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  p.  267. 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  581 

RIMINI. — RELICS  OF  AN  ANCIENT  SANCTUARY. — At  the  Villa  Ruffi,  about 
two  kilom.  from  the  city,  came  to  light  some  antiquities  the  most  remark- 
able of  which  are  two  marble  statuettes  and  some  small  bronzes.  The  list 
is  as  follows :  (1)  Roman  female  statue  representing  Minerva  Egidarmata, 
60  cent.  high.  (2)  Another  Roman  marble  statuette,  perhaps  of  Juno.  (3) 
Female  bronze  statuette  (26  cent,  high)  with  a  diadem  on  its  head,  hair  di- 
shevelled at  the  back  and  falling  in  two  locks  in  front :  the  right  hand  is 
closed  on  the  breast,  and  the  lowered  left  holds  up  the  edge  of  the  garment. 
It  is  of  fine  archaic  Etruscan  style  apparently  of  the  beginning  of  the  fourth 
century  B.  c.  (4)  Another  bronze  female  statuette,  also  of  archaic  style, 
with  diadem  and  necklace.  (5)  Statuette  of  a  bearded  man  with  right  arm 
raised  in  the  act  of  striking,  perhaps  with  a  weapon,  while  his  left  certainly 
held  a  shield.  (6)  There  were  also  found  fragments  of  a  fine  red-figured 
krater  in  the  free  broad  style  of  the  fourth  century  B.  c.  All  the  objects 
are  thought  by  Professor  Brizio  to  belong  to  a  sanctuary  which  was  in  use 
from  the  iv  cent.  B.  c.  to  the  end  of  the  Roman  period. — Not.  d.  Scavi, 
1890,  pp.  208-9. 

ROMA. — THE  FIRE  OF  540  U.  C.  AND  THE  FORUM  BOARIUM. — Under  the 
house  of  Sig.  Kohlmann  between  the  Vie  dell'  Olmata  and  Paolina  N.-s. 
and  the  palazzo  Pericoli  and  the  Ravenna  casern  E.-W.,  has  been  dis- 
covered the  continuation  of  the  ancient  street  found  in  1873,  4.80  met. 
wide,  and  3.80  m.  under  the  present  level.  On  its  s.  side  is  a  private 
building  whose  lower  floor  consisted  of  four  rooms  of  excellent  reticu- 
lated work  with  tunnel-vaults.  Its  substructures  are  of  very  early  date, 
similar  to  those  found  in  the  Via  dello  Statute,  and  are  formed  of  cubes 
of  uncemented  tufa. 

This  is  but  another  good  example  of  a  general  fact  which  has  been  veri- 
fied of  late  in  the  entire  zone  of  ancient  Rome  comprised  between  the 
Vie  delle  Sette  Sale,  Merulana,  S.  Maria  Maggiore  and  the  Piazza  di  S. 
Pietro  in  Vincoli.  And  this  fact  is  of  extreme  interest  for  the  history  of 
Roman  topography.  Everywhere  have  been  found  bossed  walls  like  those 
of  the  puticoli  under  the  pavements  of  brick  and  reticulated  houses :  it 
is  as  if  this  large  region  had  been  destroyed  by  fire  during  the  sixth  cen- 
tury of  the  city  and  had  been  rebuilt  at  the  end  of  the  republican  or  the 
beginning  of  the  imperial  period.  Also  in  the  zone  of  the  Forum  Boar- 
ium,  which  was  deeply  excavated  some  three  years  ago,  this  same  double 
stratum  of  remains  has  been  found.  The  lower,  composed  of  ashes  and 
burned  materials,  confirms  Livy's  narrative  (xxiv.  47)  regarding  the 
foedum  incendium  of  540  u.  c.  through  which  solo  aequata  omnia  inter 
Salinas  ac  portam  Carmentalem,  cum  Aequimelio  Jugarioque  vico.  The 
upper  stratum,  on  the  other  hand,  preserves  remains  of  the  imperial  Forum 
Boarium  similar  to  those  described  by  Crescimbeni.  But  there  is  this 
10 


582  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.  [ROMA.] 

difference  between  the  two  zones,  that,  when  the  city  was  rebuilt  inter 
Salinas  ac  portam  Carmentalem,  the  position  of  the  streets  and  buildings 
was  changed  about  30°  to  harmonize  with  the  walls  of  the  Tiber  banks ; 
while  along  the  slope  of  the  Esquiline  no  change  was  made. 

In  the  same  Kohlmann  house  were  found  a  beautiful  series  of  iconic 
marble  busts,  slightly  over  life  size,  of  excellent  workmanship  and  in  good 
preservation.  The  portraits  appear  to  belong  to  the  group  of  the  Juliae 
of  Heliogabalus.— jMrf.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  pp.  213-14. 

DID  THE  CAPITOL  HAVE  A  DEFENSIVE  WALL  ? — That  part  of  the  Capitoline 
hill  which  overlooks  the  Via  di  Marforio  has  been  recently  cut  through, 
showing  more  completely  the  piece  of  Servian  wall  which  first  appeared 
in  January.  The  discovery  is  important,  because  the  problem  had  never 
been  solved  as  to  whether  the  Capitoline  citadel  had  a  separate  defensive 
wall  distinct  from  that  of  the  Servian  city,  or  whether  the  walls  of  Servius 
Tullius  had,  as  it  were,  absorbed  the  earlier  defensive  works  of  the  hill  at 
least  on  the  side  overlooking  the  Campus  Martius.  The  problem  is  now 
solved,  for  the  two  pieces  of  wall  discovered  on  the  N.  E.  edge  of  the  hill 
correspond  exactly  in  technique,  quality  and  size  of  blocks,  color  of  tufa 
and  especially  quarry  marks,  with  the  Servian  constructions  of  which 
some  42  fragments  are  now  known.  At  present  it  is  impossible  to  judge 
of  the  entire  topography  of  the  arx,  but  one  fact  is  certain,  that  its  primi- 
tive fortifications  were  constructed  in  tufa  a  scorie  negre  entirely  similar 
to  the  tufa  of  the  earliest  Palatine  walls.  Remains  of  such  walls  have 
been  found  in  the  interior  of  the  hill  on  the  side  of  the  forum,  but  none 
on  the  opposite  side  along  the  line  of  the  Servian  walls  that  belong,  as 
these  do,  to  the  first  years  of  the  foundation  of  Rome. 

The  present  piece  of  Servian  wall  is  15.20  met.  long,  and  consists  of 
four  courses.  The  lower  one  is  hardly  visible;  the  second  consists  of 
seven  blocks,  placed  sideways,  between  1.40  and  2.10  met.  long ;  the  third 
has  17  stones  placed  frontways,  six  of  which  have  quarry-marks  ;  on  the 
upper  course  are  only  five  oblong  slabs  cut  wedge-wise. — Not.  d.  Seavi, 
1890,  pp.  215-16. 

THE  BANKS  OF  THE  TIBER. — On  pp.  478-9  of  vol.  in,  was  published  a 
terminal  dppus  which  showed  for  the  first  time  that  a  legal  delimitation  of 
the  banks  of  the  Tiber  was  made  by  order  of  the  Emperor  Claudius,  proba- 
bly in  47  A.  D.  It  was  known  that,  after  the  reorganization  by  Tiberius  in 
15  A.  D.  through  the  establishment  of  the  curatores  alvei  Tiberis,  the  banks 
of  the  Tiber  were  newly  reconstituted  by  these  officials  on  various  occa- 
sions during  the  empire,  by  replacing  in  position  the  terminal  cippi.  Such 
operations  were  known  to  have  been  carried  out  under  Claudius  in  47,  Ves- 
pasian in  73,  Trajan  in  101  and  104,  Hadrian  in  121,  Marcus  Aurelius  and 
Lucius  Verus  in  161,  Severus  and  Caracalla  in  197,  Diocletian  and  Maxi- 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  583 

mianus  in  about  300.  Lately,  was  found  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Tiber  a 
new  terminal  cippus  which  shows  that  Antoninus  Pius  reestablished  the 
cippi  that  were  fallen  or  displaced.  The  year  is  161  A.  D.  :  in  the  first  two 
months  of  this  year  the  work  was  commenced,  but  it  was  left  unfinished  at 
the  time  of  his  death  early  in  March  and  was  carried  on  by  M.  Aurelius 
and  L.  Verus.  The  inscription  reads :  [imp.  eaesar  t.  aelius  \  hadr]  I A  N  VS 
ANponmw]  |  AVG  •  PIVS-  POTIFEX  •  MAXIM  |  TRIB  •  POT-  XXIIII  • 
IMP-II-COS-INI-P-P|[>]-PLATORIO-NEPOTE  CALPVRNIANO- 
CVRAT  ALVEI-TIBERIS-  ET-  RIPAR  •  ET-CLOACAR  VPBIS- 
TERMINOS  -  VETVST  •  DILAPSOS  | EXALTAVIT  •  ET  •  RESTIT  - 
RECT-  RIGOREI  PROXIMO  •  CIPPO  •  P  POSITOS-EX  AVTO|RI- 
TATE-IMP-CAES-DIVI-NERVAE-FIL.NERVAEjjTRAIANI-AVG- 
GERM  -  PONT  •  MAX  -  TRIB  |  POTEST- V  •  COS  •  MM  •  P  •  P  •  CVRA- 
TORE  |  ALVEI  •  TIBERIS  -  ET  •  RIPAR  •  ET  -  CLOACAR  |  IVLIO  - 
FEROCE 

The  A.  Platorio  Nepote  Calpurniano  who  was  curator  of  the  banks  for 
this  year  introduced  a  new  term:  exaltavit.  The  work  of  161  appears  to 
have  been  confined  to  reestablishing  the  cippi  set  up  in  101  by  Julius 
Ferox,  by  order  of  Trajan.  The  distance  between  the  dppi  was  left  in 
blank  on  the  stone  to  be  filled  in  afterward,  but  this  was  neglected.  The 
words  recto  rigore  explain  the  letters  R.  R.  which  had  previously  been 
interpreted  Recta  Regione,  and  signify  the  natural  course  of  the  river,  the 
outline  of  which  the  cippi  were  made  to  follow. 

BATHS  OF  DIOCLETIAN. — Sig.  Martinelli  and  Cremonesi  are  erecting  a 
large  building  in  the  garden  which  formerly  belonged  to  the  hospital  of 
the  deaf-mutes,  near  the  N.  E.  corner  of  the  wall  surrounding  the  baths 
of  Diocletian,  in  the  space  dividing  it  from  the  Via  Venti  Settembre. 
The  discoveries  may  be  divided  into  two  groups :  those  belonging  to  the 
baths ;  those  belonging  to  the  private  buildings  erected  along  the  south 
side  of  the  Vicus  portae  Collinae. 

Northern  Wall. — The  most  important  discovery  concerning  the  baths  is 
that  of  the  wall  which  surrounded  it  on  the  north.  Its  existence  was 
affirmed  by  Valadier,  and  denied  by  writers  of  the  cinquecento.  At  least 
fifty  metres  of  this  wall  have  been  found.  Traces  were  found  of  a  side 
street  leading  across  the  Vicus  portae  Collinae  to  a  side  entrance  of  the  baths. 

Early  Inscription. — A  thin  slab  of  travertine  found  in  the  foundations 
of  the  old  hospital  bears  on  each  side  an  inscription,  the  beginning  and 
and  end  of  which  are  respectively  wanting.  They  appear  to  be  of  con- 
siderable historic  interest,  and  read  : 


584 


AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 


[KOMA.] 


S ALLA    •    M  ESSAL 
VS  •  FLAM-MART 

COS 

C  -    REFIC  -   CVR 


EX    •    AVCT  0  R 
Tl   •  CLAV  D  I    •   C 

AVG    •   GERM 

PONTIF  -  A 
CN.SENTIVS-SATVR 

R  EFICIEND  -CV 


Both  would  require  long  comment.  With  regard  merely  to  their  rela- 
tion to  the  site,  it  would  appear  as  if  the  slab  belonged  to  the  substratum 
of  the  baths,  to  the  series  of  buildings  torn  down  by  Diocletian  in  order 
to  secure  the  necessary  area.  The  first  letter  in  the  last  line  of  Messalla's 
inscription  appears  to  refer  to  a  portico  or  aedicula. — Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890, 
pp.  184-6 ;  214-15. 

VIA  APPIA. — P.  Andrae  has  issued  the  third  volume  of  his  study  on  the 
Appiati  Way :  Via  Appia  dans  Historic  og  Mindesmoerker  III  (Copenha- 
gen, 1889,  200  pp.  in  8vo).  It  relates  to  the  part  of  the  road  situated  in 
the  territory  of  Albano,  and  especially  to  the  villas  of  P.  Claudius  Pulcher 
and  Pompey,  to  the  identification  of  the  ruins  in  the  present  Villa  Doria,  to 
the  villa  of  Domitian,  etc.  In  his  bibliography  he  omits  Tomassetti's  great 
work  Delia  Campagna  Romana  nelmedio  evo. — Revue  crit.,  1890, 1,  p.  479. 

VIA  LABICANA. — The  work  on  the  railroad  encircling  the  city  brought 
to  light  on  the  first  mile  of  the  Via  Labicana  the  level  of  the  ancient  road 
flanked  with  tombs  built  of  large  blocks.  Both  pavement  and  tombs  had 
been  badly  knocked  to  pieces  by  the  opening  of  pozzolana  quarries  which 
have  in  many  cases  fallen  in.  Except  a  few  Christian  inscriptions,  all 
are  pagan  and  are  distinguished  for  the  beauty  of  their  type  and  the  ele- 
gance of  the  slabs. — Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  p.  156. 

TOMB  OF  THE  NASONES. — Work  on  the  Via  Flaminia  opposite  the  quarry 
of  Grotta  Rossa  has  made  clearly  visible  a  section  of  the  tomb  of  the  Na- 
sones,  showing  inedited  details  of  its  construction.  On  the  floor  of  each 
niche  two  sepulchres  for  inhumation  were  hollowed  out  of  the  rock,  1.80 
met.  long,  51  cm.  wide  and  55  cm.  deep,  divided  by  a  partition  23  cm. 
thick.  They  were  closed  by  slabs,  probably  of  terracotta,  stuccoed.  In 
front  of  each  niche,  on  the  floor  are  excavated  boxes  a  palco,  each  group 
being  made  to  contain  three  bodies  which  were  placed  on  a  tile  bed.  To 
each  body  a  space  of  met.  2  x  0.48  x  0.60  was  allotted.  The  front  of  the 
monument  fell  to  pieces  because  the  tufa  out  of  which  it  was  cut  rested  on 
a  bed  of  easily-decomposed  river-breccia. — Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  p.  189. 

PORTICO  OR  TEMPIETTO. — In  the  area  of  the  now  demolished  Apollo 
theatre  there  has  been  excavated  a  broad  platform  formed  of  slabs  of  tufa 
upon  which  a  portico  or  peripteral  tempietto  must  have  risen,  judging  from 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  585 

architectural  fragments  and  an  altar  found  there.  The  excavations  are 
being  continued  in  order  to  determine  the  character  of  the  building. — 
Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  p.  153. 

EXCAVATIONS  NEAR  THE  CAMPO  VERANO. — The  continuation  of  the  exca- 
vations near  the  Campo  Verano  have  brought  to  light :  (1)  many  pieces 
of  a  terracotta  frieze  with  figures  of  sacrificing  Victories;  (2)  terracotta 
seated  statuette  of  a  female  divinity  holding  a  cornucopia  and  patera ; 
(3)  beautiful  small  cup  of  enamelled  glass ;  (4)  fragment  of  a  male  statue 
with  drapery  and  attitude  similar  to  those  of  the  Lateran  Sophokles.  The 
winged  Victories  are  kneeling  as  they  sacrifice  the  bull :  each  is  draped 
only  in  a  mantle  thrown  over  the  shoulder.  Other  fragments  represent 
genii  on  marine  tigers,  palmettes  alternating  with  masks,  a  head  of  Minerva, 
etc.  Some  have  been  already  mentioned  on  p.  378. — Not.  d.  Sc&vi,  1890, 
pp.  159-60;  Bull.  Comm.  arch.,  1890,  pp.  339-40. 

Monument  of  Statilia  Euhodia. — In  the  Vigna  Torlonia,  expropriated 
for  the  enlargement  of  the  Campo  Verano,  have  been  found  the  remains 
of  an  ancient  monument  quite  ruined  and  devastated,  of  which  the  only 
artistic  remains  are  part  of  an  elegant  terracotta  frieze,  including  a  repre- 
sentation of  two  Victories  sacrificing  a  bull.  Of  remarkable  interest  is  a 
sepulchral  inscription,  apparently  belonging  to  this  tomb,  which  reads : 
D  •  M  •  STATILIA  •  EVHODIA  -VIVA  •  FEC  •  SIBI  •  ET  |  STATILIO  • 
ERA[s]TO  •  CONIVGI  •  OPTIMO  |  ITEM  •  STATILIAE  •  ERASTE  • 
FIL  •  EORVM  |  ET  STATILIO  •  PROTOCTETO  •  VIRO  ET  LIB  •  | 
EIVS  •  ITEM  •  LIB  •  LIBERTAB  •  POSTERISQVE  |  EORVM  HOC  • 
MONITVM-SIVE-SEPVLCHRVMIQVOD  EST-  VIA  •  TIBVRTINA  • 
CLIVO  •  BASSILLI  |  PARTE  BASSILLI  |  PARTE  •  LAEVA  •  QVOD 
EST-CONCLVSVM'  IN  |  FR  •  A-  MACERIA  •  CAESAE  •  PAVLINAE 
SI  QVIS  |  VOLE[*  w]ANVS  •  INICERE  SIVE  •  VENDERE  |  SIVE  • 
ABALENAR[e]JDABET-  POENAE-  NOMI|NE  •  AERARIO  •  POPVLI- 
ROMANI  +S  •  XX-  N.  Evidently  monitum  is  written  in  place  of  moni- 
mentum.  The  tomb  was  built  by  Statilia  Euhodia  for  herself  and  her 
husband,  and  she  desired  the  concession  to  be  extended  to  her  daughter 
and  her  husband  and  to  all  the  liberti  of  the  two  families.  The  topo- 
graphic indications  are  interesting.  It  is  shown  that  there  was  a  cross- 
road at  right  angles  with  the  Via  Tiburtina  called  the  dims  Bassilli  on 
whose  left  was  another  monument  belonging  to  a  Caesia  Paulina.  The 
fine  of  twenty  thousand  sexterces  for  violation  of  the  tomb  is  rather  small. 
—Butt.  Comm.  arch.,  1890,  p.  334. 

SCULPTURE. — Near  the  Via  Buonarroti  there  were  found,  in  a  wall  of 
late  date,  many  fragments  that  belong  to  a  draped  marble  female  statue 
which  can  be  almost  completely  restored  except  the  head,  hands,  and 
part  of  the  legs.— Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  p.  282. 


586  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.  [ROMA.] 

Bed  of  the  Tiber. — A  marble  urn  drawn  up  from  the  bed  of  the  Tiber 
is  decorated  with  a  Gorgon-head  below  which  is  a  wolf  suckling  the  twins, 
while  on  its  sides  are  olive-branches,  and  at  its  corners  winged  sphinxes. 
Besides  the  broken  inscription  on  the  front,  we  read  on  the  cornice  of  the 
base :  Memoriae  Sex  Appulii  FumusL — Not.  d.  Scam,  1890,  pp.  216-17. 

The  Lions  of  Nektanebo  II. — Among  the  finest  sculptures  transported 
from  Egypt  to  Rome  at  the  time  of  the  Empire  are  two  great  lions  which 
for  about  three  centuries  decorated  the  larger  fountain  of  the  Acque  Felice 
and  are  now  in  the  Egyptian  museum  of  the  Vatican.  They  are  scientifi- 
cally described  for  the  first  time  by  Professor  Marucchi  in  the  Bull.  Comm. 
arch,  for  November  1890.  In  style  they  approach  more  nearly  to  Greek 
art  than  any  other  monuments  of  the  Saitic  period  of  the  xxvi  dynasty, 
to  which  they  belong.  The  closeness  of  the  relations  between  Greece  and 
Egypt  increased  steadily  during  this  dynasty  and  culminated  in  the  reign 
of  Nektanebo  II  (362-40),  the  last  of  the  Pharaohs.  These  two  lions  are 
sacred  to  the  god  Thot  of  the  city  of  Aprehui.  Ap  rehui  means  "  arbiter 
and  separator  of  the  two  antagonists."  In  Marucchi's  opinion,  the  lions 
represent  the  adversaries  Horus  and  Set,  who  were  reconciled  by  Thot. 
From  this  fact,  Thot  took  the  title  Ap-rehui,  which  afterwards  passed  to 
the  city.  This  would  be  an  interesting  proof  of  the  amalgamation,  at  a 
late  period,  of  two  opposing  worships. 

The  earliest  mention  of  the  lions  is  made  by  FlaminioVacca  who  states 
that  they  were  found  near  the  Pantheon  under  Eugenius  IV  (1431-37). 
They  are  carved  in  basalt  and  are  reclining,  facing  each  other,  in  an  atti- 
tude indicating  that  they  originally  flanked  the  entrance  to  a  temple.  The 
place  of  the  discovery  was  the  portico  of  the  Pantheon,  and  probably  the 
sculptures  were  placed  there  by  Agrippa  himself. 

INSCRIPTIONS. —  College  of  the  xv  viri  sacris  faciundis. — In  September, 
there  were  found  on  Via  di  Civitavecchia  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Tiber 
some  fragments  of  a  great  inscription  in  letters  of  the  time  of  Augustus 
including  from  150  to  200  lines.  They  belong  to  the  Acts  of  the  College 
of  the  xv  viri  sacris  faciundis  and  relate  to  the  secular  games  celebrated 
by  Augustus  in  737  u.  c.  =  17  B.  c.  To  these  fragments  should  be  joined 
those  published  in  the  CIL,  vi,  877  a,  b,  the  second  of  which  is  in  the 
Vatican  Museum.  As  soon  as  a  thorough  search  has  been  made  for  the 
missing  fragments  the  publication  of  this  important  document  will  be  con- 
fided to  Professor  Mommsen  for  the  Monumentiof  the  Accademia  deiLincei. 
Further  researches  brought  to  light  parts  of  another  stone,  also  relating 
to  this  college,  which  contains  the  commentary  of  the  secular  games  cele- 
brated under  Septimius  Severus  in  957  u.  c.  —  204  A.  D.  These  fragments 
are  in  bad  condition. — Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  p.  285. 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  587 

MISCELLANEOUS  DISCOVERIES. — Among  minor  discoveries  reported  in  the 
Bullettino  for  November  and  the  Scavi  of  June-Sept,  are  the  following : 
(1)  along  the  bastions  of  the  Vatican  gardens,  some  tombs,  two  of  which 
have  inscriptions  of  the  Augustan  age,  one  of  Apuleia,  the  other  of  Scan- 
dilius;  (2)  in  the  Piazza  Vittorio  Emanuele,  a  tomb  belonging  to  the 
very  archaic  necropolis  of  the  Esquiline,  so  often  mentioned,  containing  a 
bucchero  vase,  a  bronze  vase,  an  Italo-Greek  cup,  lance-heads,^i£m/ae,  ete. 

COLLECTIONS  OF  ANTIQUITIES  DURING  THE  RENAISSANCE. — Sig.  Venturi 
publishes  in  the  Arch.  star.  delVArte  (1890,  pp.  196-206)  a  series  of  docu- 
ments relating  to  purchases,  discoveries  and  collections  of  ancient  works 
of  art  made  in  the  xvi  cent.  It  is  entitled :  Eicerche  di  antichita  per 
Monte  Giordano,  Monte  Cavallo  e  Tivoli  nel  secolo  XVI,  and  relates  largely 
to  purchases  of  Cardinal  Ippolito  d'Este,  brother  of  the  duke  of  Ferrara. 

PROGRAM  OF  THE  GERMAN  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  INSTITUTE. — Dr.  Petersen,  be- 
side conducting  the  regular  meetings,  will  have,  from  Dec.  9  to  April  21, 
a  series  of  classes  in  the  various  Museums  of  Rome  for  demonstration  and 
for  archseologic  practice  in  the  examination  of  monuments.  Dr.  Hiilsen 
(sub-secretary)  will  give  three  times  a  week,  from  Nov.  15  to  Dec.  20, 
demonstrations  in  situ  on  Roman  topography ;  and,  if  the  course  be  well 
supported,  he  will  repeat  it  in  April  and  May  of  the  following  spring. 
Beside  this,  he  will  hold  practice-classes  in  epigraphy,  from  Jan.  to  begin- 
ning of  April.  In  the  summer,  Herr  Mau  will  give  an  eight-day  course 
of  lectures  at  Pompeii. — Builder,  Oct.  25. 

ROVIANO. — ROMAN  INSCRIPTIONS. — Roviano  is  situated  near  the  river 
Aniene  between  Arsoli  and  Anticoli  Carrado,  on  the  Via  Sublacense,  be- 
fore the  branch  of  the  Via  Valeria.  In  laying  the  foundations  for  a  second 
acqueduct  of  the  Acque  Pia-Marcia,  there  were  found,  at  the  base  of  the 
hill  on  which  Roviano  is  built  (near  the  modern  road  to  Subiaco)  one  cippus 
and  three  mile-stones  together  with  traces  of  the  pavement  of  two  bifurcat- 
ing ancient  roads.  They  were  found  at  a  depth  of  about  two  metres  and 
at  a  distance  of  but  a  few  feet  from  each  other.  Their  description  is  as 
follows :  (1)  travertine  cippus  representing  a  plain  engaged  column  with 
capital  and  base,  with  the  number  xxxvi  and,  below,  an  arrow  pointing 
to  the  left  of  the  spectator.  (2)  Column  of  palombino  with  two  rudely- 
incised  inscriptions :  that  on  one  face  reading :  xxxvi  |  D  D  N  N  |  FLAVIO 

VAL  |  CONSTANTIO  ET  |  GALERIO  VAL  |  MAXIMIANO  j  INVICTISSIMIS  ET  |  CLE- 
MENTISSIMIS  |  SEMPER  AVGG  ET  D  D  N  N  |  FLA.  VALERIC  |  SEVERO  ET  |  GA- 
LERIO VALERIO  |  MAXIMINO  |  NOBILISSIMIS  |  AC  BEATI8SIMIS  |  CAESS.  That 

on  the  other  face  reads:  xxxvi  |DD  N  N  |  CONSTANTINO  |  MXIMO  ET  VAL| 

LICINIANO  LICINIO    ET  FL.  CRISPO  ET  |  VAL  LICINIANO  Ll|CINIO  ET  FL  CL  | 

CONSTAN  TINO  NOBS  |  CAESS  B  R  p  |  NATis.  They  belong  to  the  year  305-6 
and  a  little  later.  (3)  Column  of  palombino  with  a  rude  and  fragmentary 


588  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.  [ITALY.] 

inscription  reading :  LIBERATORIBVS  |  ORBIS  D  D  D  N  N  N  |  VALENTINIANO  | 

VALENTE  ETJ  GRATIANO  [mw'c|(]lSSIMl[Y]  AVGG  VO  .  .  .  |  X  MVLTI  ...  |  XX 

FELIC.  |  TER.  (4)  Column  of  calcareous  stone  with  a  much-corroded  in- 
scription of  which  only  the  following  words  could  be  made  out :  INVICTO 
. .  |  VICTORI  AC  . .  |  TRIVNFATORI  SENPE  . .  (sic).  This  discovery  is  of  topo- 
graphic importance,  as  it  shows  the  exact  point  where  the  Via  Sublacense 
bifurcated  from  the  Via  Valeria.— Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  pp.  160-64. 

SULMONA. — DISCOVERIES  IN  THE  ANCIENT  NECROPOLIS. — Several  rect- 
angular tombs  have  come  to  light  in  the  work  on  the  railway -line  Sulmona- 
Isernia.  This  necropolis  is  found  to  join  that  previously  known  of  Zap- 
pannotte.  The  terracotta  objects  found  are  mostly  black-varnish  ware. 
In  one  tomb,  two  iron  lances  were  found,  a  bronze  and  an  earthen  oinochoe. 
Finally,  there  is  a  calcareous  tippus  with  an  inscription  including  the 
Pelignian  name  Pacius.- — Not.  d.  Scavi,  1890,  pp.  222-3. 

VERONA. — STATUE  SIGNED  PRAXITELES. — The  marble  fragment  recently 
discovered  at  Verona  bearing  the  name  of  Praxiteles  consists  of  a  trunk 
of  a  tree,  which  served  as  a  support  to  the  statue  (as  in  the  Hermes  found 
at  Olympia),  upon  which  may  still  be  seen  traces  of  the  clothing.  The 
inscription  runs  thus,  npa^n-e'A^s  en-oct,  and  not  eTroi^o-e,  as  was  erroneously 
given  in  the  telegraphic  dispatch  in  the  Times  of  last  week.  Of  the 
small  fragments  hitherto  discovered  it  has  been  impossible  to  put  any- 
thing together. 

ROMAN  STATUES. — Besides  these,  some  ten  statues,  whole  and  broken, 
were  found  imbedded  in  a  wall,  but  they  are  all  of  Roman  times.  The 
discovery  being  of  great  importance,  the  Minister  of  Public  Instruction 
has  appointed  Dr.  Orsi  to  make  a  report  thereon  before  returning  to  Lokri. 
— Athenceum,  Sept.  27. 

CHRISTIAN  ANTIQUITIES  OF  ITALY. 

LORETO. — RESTORATION  OF  THE  BASILICA. — The  famous  basilica  of  Lo- 
reto,  centre  of  the  noted  pilgrimage,  is  well  known  as  a  monument  upon 
which  some  of  the  greatest  artists  of  the  Renaissance  left  their  mark. 
Such  were  the  architects  Bramante,  Giuliano  da  San  Gallo  (with  his  fa- 
mous cupola),  Giuliano  da  Maiano,  and  Baccio  Pintelli;  the  sculptors 
Andrea  Sansovino,  the  Lombardi,  Delia  Porta,  Benedetto  da  Maiano,  and 
Giovanni  da  Bologna ;  the  painters  Melozzo  da  Forli  and  Luca  Signorelli. 
But  the  church  founded  in  the  first  half  of  the  xv  cent,  is  a  fine  and 
harmonious  Gothic  church,  unique  in  being  fortified  to  resist  Moham- 
medan invasians  by  sea ;  its  original  architecture  has  been  injured  by  later 
additions  and  changes  which  spoil  the  harmony  of  lines  and  the  general 
effect.  A  complete  restoration  has  been  in  progress  for  some  years  under 
Count  Giuseppe  Sacconi,  whose  object  is  to  remove  all  barocco  and  other 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  589 

changes  and  additions,  and  restore  the  original  form  to  the  entire  "build- 
ing.—Arch,  stor.  delFArte,  1890,  p.  238. 

LUGO. — PAINTINGS  OF  THE  xv-xvi  CENT. — Signer  L.  Manzoni  calls  atten- 
tion to  a  series  of  frescoes  which  decorate  a  little  church  near  Lugo  and 
are  the  only  works  of  this  kind  in  the  city.  Some  are  assigned  to  Dosso 
Dossi,  some  to  Giovanni  Quirizio  da  Morano.  There  are  various  dates  be- 
tween 1471  and  1534,  and  examples  of  both  the  Venetian  and  Ferrarese 
Schools,  many  of  but  little  value  but  others  of  great  historical  importance. — 
Arch.  stor.  delVArte,  1890,  pp.  229-31. 

MANTOVA. — RESTORATION  OF  FRESCOES  BY  MANTEGNA  AND  HIS  SCHOOL. 
— In  1875,  in  the  Mantegna  chapel  at  S.  Andrea  in  Mantova  (so  called 
because  it  contains  Mantegna's  tomb)  there  were  discovered  on  the  walls 
and  vaults  the  frescoes  executed  in  1516  by  Francesco  Mantegna  and 
others  of  the  great  master's  school.  They  are  at  present  being  carefully 
restored  by  Sig.  Filippo  Fiscali  sent  to  Mantova  for  this  purpose  by  the 
government.  The  finest  of  the  three  paintings  representing  the  holy  fami- 
lies— that  with  the  Virgin  and  Child,  St.  Elizabeth  and  John  the  Baptist, 
St.  Joseph  and  St.  Zachariah — is  attributed  by  some  to  Andrea  Mantegna 
himself,  a  work  of  his  declining  years.  All  the  paintings  were  badly  dam- 
aged.— Arch.  stor.  delVArte,  1890,  p.  233. 

MILANO. — POLDI-PEZZOLI  COLLECTION. — This  fine  collection  of  works  of 
art,  left  to  his  native  city  a  few  years  ago  by  Cav.  Don  Giacomo  Poldi- 
Pezzoli,  has  recently  been  fully  illustrated  by  photographs  on  isochromatic 
plates  by  C.  Marcozzi  of  Milano. 

Valuable  additions  are  being  made  to  this  collection.  Among  the  most 
recent  are  the  following  interesting  paintings.  (1)  Youthful  female  head 
by  Cima  da  Conegliano ;  a  beautiful,  pure  and  clear  example  of  the  mas- 
ter's style.  (2)  Two  little  gems  by  Andrea  Solari,  who  is  now  so  well  rep- 
resented in  the  museum  as  to  be  made  a  specialty,  from  1499  up  to  1515. 
The  subject  of  one  is  John  the  Baptist  in  the  desert ;  that  of  the  other,  S. 
Antonio  Abate.  Their  date  appears  to  be  about  1512,  when  the  artist  had 
reached  his  maturity. — Arch.  stor.  delVArte,  1890,  pp.  235-6. 

RESTORATION  OF  BORGOGNONE'S  FRESCOES. — The  fresco  by  Ambrogio  da 
Fossano  (called  Borgognone)  in  the  apse  of  the  ehurch  of  S.  Simpliciano 
at  Milano  is  among  the  most  grandiose  examples  of  this  master.  The 
work  \vas  done  by  him  when,  after  Giovanni  Alimento  Negri  was  made 
abbot  in  1468,  Borgognone  was  charged  with  painting  the  vault,  choir,  and 
semi-dome.  The  fresco  of  the  apse,  which  alone  remains,  represents  the 
Coronation  of  the  Virgin.  It  has  been  very  badly  damaged  by  the  infil- 
tration of  water,  and  its  restoration  is  being  carried  on  by  Sig.  StefFanoni, 
who  has  transferred  the  fresco  to  canvas. — Arch.  stor.  delVArte,  1890,  p.  237. 


590  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.  [ITALY.] 

MODENA.— NEW  SCULPTOR  OF  THE  RENAISSANCE.— It  was  found  neces- 
sary, in  order  to  place  the  organ  in  the  north  chapel  of  the  cathedral,  to 
remove  from  it  two  tombs  of  the  Renaissance  period,  one  of  the  Molza 
family,  the  other  of  the  Rangoni  family.  On  the  Molza  monument  there 
appeared  an  inscription!  showing  its  sculptor  to  have  been  BARTOLOMEO 
SPANI,  called  II  dementi,  of  Reggio,  a  sculptor  worthy  of  study  and  fame. 
The  monument  was  erected  to  Francesco  Molza  and  his  parents  by  his  wife 
Caterina  de'Rangoni.  He  died  in  1512 :  his  wife  in  1520.  The  monu- 
ment was  executed  between  these  dates. — Arch.  stor.  delVArte,  1890,  p.  335. 

PESARO. — ARCHITECT  OF  THE  PREFECT'S  PALACE. — The  prefect's  palace, 
formerly  the  residence  of  the  Lords  of  Pesaro,  has  been  considered  by 
modern  writers  to  be  a  work  of  Girolamo  Genga,  who  built  it  either  under 
duke  Franc.  Maria  della  Rovere  (1513-38)  or  under  his  son  Guidobaldo  II 
(1538-74).  These  writers — such  as  Ricci  and  Lubke — based  themselves 
on  a  wrong  interpretation  of  a  text  of  Vasari's  Lives  which  relates  merely 
to  a  restoration  which  is  even  now  evident.  A  document  recently  pub- 
lished by  A.  Bertolotti  shows  that,  in  May  1465,  the  Marquis  of  Mantova 
requested  Alessandro  Sforza,  Lord  of  Pesaro,  to  send  him  his  architect 
Luciano  da  Laurana,  who  afterwards,  in  1467,  entered  the  service  of 
Count  Federigo  of  Urbino.  The  palace  of  Pesaro  has  in  many  parts  the 
architectural  and  decorative  features  of  the  xv  century.  Such  is  the  un- 
disturbed fa§ade  on  the  main  square.  The  chronicles  also  relate  that  in 
1475  the  wedding  of  Costanzo  Sforza,  son  of  Alessandro,  with  Camilla  of 
Aragon,  was  celebrated  in  the  magnificent  hall  which  still  remains  over 
the  loggia.  The  form  of  the  windows  of  Pesaro  bears  the  greatest  simi- 
larity to  that  of  the  windows  in  some  parts  of  the  palace  of  Urbino — a 
well-known  work  of  Laurana ;  and  especially  to  be  noticed  is  this  style  of 
window  in  which  side  pilasters  sustain  a  complete  trabeatiou  (epistyle, 
frieze,  and  cornice),  a  form  so  frequent  in  Roman  architecture,  which  was 
first  revived  in  Renaissance  architecture  by  Laurana. — Arch.  stor.  delVArte, 
1890,  pp.  239-40. 

PONTE  CAPRIASCA  (Ticino).— EARLY  COPY  OF  LEONARDO'S  LAST  SUP- 
PER.— Sig.  G.  Frizzoni  contributes  to  the  Archivio  stor.  deWArte  (1890,  pp. 
187-91)  an  illustrated  paper  on  a  copy  of  Leonardo  da  Vinci's  Last  Sup- 
per. It  is  in  the  parish-church  of  Ponte  Capriasca  in  Canton  Ticino  near 
Lugano.  It  covers  the  wall  of  the  left  transept,  and  is  nearly  though  not 
quite  of  the  dimensions  of  the  original.  Its  style  indicates  the  first  decades 
of  the  xvi  cent.,  and  the  painter  is  judged  to  be  a  well-known  pupil  of 
Leonardo,  the  Milanese  Gian  Pietrino,  called  Lomazzo,  this  being  sug- 
gested by  a  painting  by  him  that  is  placed  opposite  the  Last  Supper  in 
the  same  church.  This  copy  is  remarkable  for  the  contrast  between  the 
brilliancy  of  the  flesh  tints  and  the  strong  coloring  of  the  drapery.  The 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  591 

architecture  of  the  room  varies  from  the  original,  for  example  in  having 
only  two  instead  of  three  windows  at  the  end.  It  preserves  the  details  of 
the  lower  part  of  the  composition,  almost  entirely  defaced  in  the  original. 
Arguments  are  given  against  the  attribution  of  the  copy  to  Pietro  Luini 
a  son  of  Bernardino  Luini.  There  are  reasons  for  attributing  its  execu- 
tion to  the  year  1520. 

ROMA. — DISCOVERY  OF  THE  BASILICA  OF  S.  SYLVESTER  I. — The  president 
of  the  Pontifical  Academy  of  Archaeology,  at  a  meeting  of  that  institution, 
announced  the  discovery  of  a  basilica  in  the  church  of  St.  Sylvester,  con- 
taining the  tombs  of  six  Popes,  including  that  of  Pope  Sylvester  I,  who 
occupied  the  Papacy  from  the  year  314  to  the  year  326. — 3ST.  Y.  Independ- 
ent, Jan.  8,  1891.  [It  is  probable  that  this  means  the  discovery,  under 
the  church  of  SS.  Silvestro  e  Martino,  of  the  famous  basilica  constructed 
by  Pope  Silvester  I  in  titulo  JEquitii.  It  appears  to  have  been  the  first 
basilica  constructed  in  Kome  after  the  peace  of  the  church.  All  traces  of 
it  had  disappeared  and  its  site  has  been  a  matter  of  dispute.  Its  discovery 
may  be  one  of  the  most  important  in  Christian  antiquities ;  it  is  safe,  how- 
ever, to  await  particulars. — ED.] 

BASILICA  OF  S.  VALENTINO. — Professor  O.  Marucchi  reports  to  the  Ko- 
man  Society  of  Christian  Archaeology  certain  epigraphic  discoveries  con- 
nected with  the  restoration  of /the  basilica  of  S.  Valentinus  on  the  Via 
Flaminia,  whose  discovery  has  been  on  several  occasions  referred  to  in  the 
JOURNAL.  The  ruins  have  been  surrounded  by  a  wall  to  which  the  many 
inscriptions  found  have  been  attached.  During  the  work,  the  following 
new  fragments  were  discovered.  Two  fragments  with  a  few  letters  of 
purely  Damasian  character,  showing,  for  the  first  time,  that  Pope  Damasus 
placed  one  of  his  poems  on  the  tomb  of  Valentinus.  He  also  ascribes  to 
this  basilica  the  important  inscription  preserved  in  the  atrium  of  Santa 
Maria  in  Cosmedin,  which  shows  that  the  basilica  was  consecrated  after  a 
great  restoration  in  the  year  898  under  the  pontificate  of  John  IX. 
Comm.  De  Rossi — in  speaking  of  the  importance  of  these  Damasian  frag- 
ments as  a  further  proof  that  this  Pope  intended  to  systematically  deco- 
rate with  inscriptions  the  tombs  of  all  the  most  illustrious  martyrs — pub- 
lishes part  of  a  Damasian  inscription  found  recently  in  the  Campo  Verano : 
Marmoribus  vestita  .  .  .  |  quae  intemerata  fides  i  .  .  .  \  hie  etiam  paries  iusto 
...  |  omnia  plena  vides  i  .  .  .  The  remains  of  the  monument  here  com- 
memorated were  still  seen  in  1864:  Damasus  here  probably  inscribed  the 
names  of  the  martyrs  of  the  Via  Tiburtina.  Prof.  Marucchi,  in  a  further 
communication,  spoke  of  the  discovery  of  an  inscription  of  the  fourth 
century  which  mentions  a  Jew  converted  to  Christianity,  and  showed, 
from  several  fragments,  that  the  society  of  the  subaediani  had  its  necro- 


592  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY.  [ROMA.] 

polis  at  the  first  mile  of  the  Via  Flaminia  near  the  basilica. — Bull.  Arch, 
crist.,  1890,  pp.  7,  8,  15,  16. 

LATERAN  BASILICA. — A  Sculpture  of  Leo  III. — P.  Grisar  calls  attention 
(Bull.  Arch,  crist.,  1890,  p.  25)  to  a  fragment  of  a  marble  arch  belonging 
to  a  ciborium  or  a  door,  recently  exhibited  in  the  Lateran  cloister,  having 
been  found  there  during  the  recent  excavations.  It  contains  the  monogram 
of  Leo  followed  by  the  sigla  Scis,  to  be  read  sanctissimus,  and  by  the  verse 
qui  praesul  fulget  (in  orbe).  This  Leo  must  be,  for  palseographic  reasons, 
Pope  Leo  III,  who  carried  on  important  work  at  the  Lateran  basilica. 

CATACOMBS  OF  PRISCILLA. — Comm.  De  Kossi  reports  (in  the  Bull.  Arch, 
crist.,  1890,  pp.  24-5)  on  the  excavations  carried  on  in  the  cemetery  of 
Priscilla  during  the  winter  of  1890.  Investigations  having  been  pursued 
in  the  inner  galleries,  inscriptions  were  found  belonging  to  the  most  archaic 
families  of  this  most  ancient  necropolis :  these  confirm  the  rules  hitherto 
laid  down  for  the  chronology  of  Christian  inscriptions,  as  they  contain 
either  the  mere  names  composed  of  the  gens  and  cognomen,  or  at  times 
also  of  the  praenomen,  or  else  the  mere  formula  of  apostolic  salutation  and 
acclamation,  pax  tecum,pax  tibi.  Of  the  various  symbols  only  the  anchor 
occurs,  at  times  cruciform,  unaccompanied  by  the  fish,  which  was  already 
frequent  in  the  Christian  symbolism  of  the  second  half  of  the  second  cen- 
tury. Everything  confirms  the  great  antiquity  of  this  cemetery  of  the 
Via  Salaria,  and  the  double  epigraphic  family  of  its  primitive  nucleus — 
that  of  the  epitaphs  cut  in  marble,  and  that  of  the  inscriptions  painted  in 
red  on  the  tiles.  In  a  beautiful  Greek  inscription  to  a  woman  named 
Rhodine  we  read  the  extremely  rare  acclamation  OKYPIOC  M  ETA  COY. 
Furthermore,  the  late  discoveries  confirm  the  great  antiquity  of  the  paint- 
ing representing  the  Virgin  nursing  the  Child,  in  a  cubiculum  of  this  ceme- 
tery ;  for  in  this  very  cubiculum  have  been  found  inscriptions  painted  in 
red  or  cut  in  marble  of  a  very  early  date,  among  which  are  to  be  noted 
those  of  two  Ulpii,  a  name  very  common  in  the  time  of  Trajan  and  the 
following  generation.  There  is  every  confirmation  of  the  conjecture,  that 
this  painting  belongs  to  the  first  half  of  the  second  century  or  to  an  even 
earlier  date. 

CHRISTIAN  SARCOPHAGI. — Mgr.  de  Waal  has  recently  purchased,  for  the 
museum  of  the  Campo  Santo  Teutonico,  three  Christian  sarcophagi.  One 
represents  on  one  side  a  vintage  scene,  on  the  other  a  harvesting  scene. 
The  second  has  the  well-known  scenes  of  the  Hebrew  children  in  the  fiery 
furnace  and  Jonah  cast  into  the  sea.  The  third,  also,  has  Jonah,  and  the 
group  of  the  busts  of  the  two  parents  with  a  child,  under  a  veil  supported 
by  two  genii.  Comm.  De  Rossi  described  to  the  Society  of  Christian  Archae- 
ology the  sarcophagus  of  a  child  found  outside  Porta  Angelica  on  which 
is  represented  the  cycle  of  Jonah  together  with  two  shepherds.  It  is  proba- 


[ITALY.]  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  NEWS.  593 

bly  from  the  Vatican  cemetery  and  belongs,  like  the  others,  to  the  iv  cent. — 
Bull  Arch,  crist.,  1890,  pp.  9,  21. 

THE  BRONZE  STATUE  OF  ST.  PETER, — The  famous  seated  bronze  statue 
of  St.  Peter  which  has  been  venerated  in  the  Vatican  basilica  for  so  many 
centuries,  and  usually  been  considered  to  belong  to  the  early  Christian 
period 'and  in  particular  to  the  time  of  Pope  Leo  in  the  fifth  century,  was 
thought  by  Didron  to  be  a  work  of  the  second  half  of  the  xin  century. 
Franz  Wickhoff  has  contributed  to  the  Zeitschrift /.  bild.  Kumt  (i,  4,  Jan., 
1890)  an  article  in  which  he  brings  strong  arguments  in  support  of  Didron's 
opinion.  He  shows  (1)  that  the  art  is  not  that  of  a  time  of  decadence  but 
of  a  period  of  new  birth,  when  the  style  is  strong  and  full  of  life  though 
somewhat  stiff;  (2)  that  it  cannot  be  (as  was  asserted  by  some)  a  remod- 
elled statue  of  a  Roman  consul,  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  the  handles  of 
the  two  keys  and  the  band  that  united  them  are  modelled  in  low  relief  on 
the  drapery  itself. 

The  most  interesting  part  of  the  article  is  that  in  which  the  author  seeks 
to  assign  this  work  (one  of  the  finest  pieces  of  Italian  mediaeval  sculpture) 
to  a  known  sculptor.  He  considers  it,  after  careful  comparison  with  the 
known  works  of  Arnolfo  del  Cambio,  and  the  analogous  statue  of  Charles 
of  Anjou  in  the  Palazzo  Senatorio,  to  belong  to  the  school  and  manner  of 
that  artist.  It  is  probable,  however,  that  Arnolfo  was  not  by  any  means 
so  penetrated  with  classic  elements  as  to  enable  him  to  execute  such  a  work. 
Mr.  Wickhoff  is  doubtless  unaware  of  the  extent  and  importance  of  the 
native  school  of  Roman  sculptors  during  the  second  half  of  the  xin  cent., 
and  of  the  strong  classic  elements  it  contained.  It  is  to  this  school  and 
not  to  any  Tuscan  artist  that  the  statue  of  St.  Peter  might  be  attributed, 
and  the  name  that  spontaneously  occurs  is  that  of  Vassallectus,  the  author 
of  the  cloister  of  St.  John  Lateran,  of  the  tomb  of  Hadrian  V,  and  of  many 
other  works  of  the  first  order  between  about  1225  and  1275. 

THE  BIBBIENA  FRESCOES  BY  RAPHAEL  AND  GIULIO  ROMANO  IN  THE  VATICAN. 
— Access  to  the  bathroom  of  Cardinal  Bibbiena,  on  the  third  floor  of  the 
Loggie,  had  for  many  years  been  denied  to  all  visitors,  so  that  its  frescoes 
were  but  little  known  from  careful  description.  Hermann  Dollmayr  has 
succeeded  in  penetrating  its  precincts,  and  he  gives  a  careful  description 
of  the  frescoes,  published  in  theArchivio  stor.  dtll'Arte,  1890,  pp.  272-80. 
Cardinal  Bibbiena  (as  we  learn  from  Bembo's  letter  of  April  19,  1516) 
himself  selected  the  subjects,  which  were  divided  into  two  groups:  (1)  the 
birth  of  Venus  and  her  adventures  with  Adonis;  (2)  the  adventures  of 
Pan  and  Vulcan,  to  illustrate  Ovid.  The  designs  were  by  Raphael,  the 
execution  by  Giulio  Romano,  the  date  1516 ;  in  conception,  one  of  the 
earliest  works  of  Raphael  from  classic  legends. 


594  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY.  [ITALY.] 

VENEZIA. — THE  ARCHITECT  OF  THE  SFORZA  PALACE. — Sig.  Caffi  has  pub- 
lished a  letter  of  the  famous  architect  of  the  early  Renaissance,  Averulino, 
called  Filarete.  It  was  addressed  by  him  to  Francesco  Sforza  I,  duke  of 
Milan,  in  1458,  and  shows  that  to  this  Tuscan  artist  was  entrusted  the  con- 
struction of  the  palace  which  Sforza  desired  to  build  in  Venice  after  the 
peace  with  Venice  in  1454.  It  is  signed  A ntonius  architectus.  Averulino 
was  then  in  Milan  for  the  work  on  the  Ospedale  Maggiore.  The  palace 
was  only  commenced,  and  was  to  have  been  magnificent.  Francesco  San- 
sovino,  in  his  Venetia  nobilissima,  says  it  was  commenced  con  granprinci- 
pio  of  columns  and  marbles. —  Cour.  de  I' Art,  1890,  No.  37. 

WHOLESALE  VANDALISM. — The  Weiner  Bauindustrizcitung  says  that  the 
modernizing  of  Venice  is  proceeding  apace.  Canals  are  being  filled  in 
and  streets  made  instead.  Of  late,  a  large  number  of  the  magnificent 
ancient  palaces  have  been  pulled  down  and  ugly  barrack-like  structures 
erected  in  their  place.  If  a  proposal  now  before  the  city  corporation  be 
accepted,  it  is  to  be  feared  that  the  famous  town  will  be  entirely  changed. 
This  plan  proposes  the  demolition  of  the  old  buildings  en  masse  and  the 
building  of  modern  ones,  as  well  as  the  filling  in  of  canals  and  the  mak- 
ing of  streets  on  a  large  scale. — Builder,  Oct.  18. 

MURANO. — DANGER  TO  THE  DA  MULA  PALACE. — The  firm  Tommasi  e 
Gelsomini  is  reported  as  treating  with  an  antiquarian  for  the  sale  of  all 
the  sculptures  decorating  the  fa9ade  and  interior  of  the  monumental  Pa- 
lazzo Da  Mula.  This  has  called  attention  to  the  importance  of  the  palace. 
It  was  built  on  the  canal  of  Murano  in  the  xn  century,  and  shows  remains 
of  the  art  of  more  than  three  centuries,  up  to  about  the  middle  of  the  xv 
cent.  In  the  court  is  a  round  arch  with  a  marble  frieze  decorated  with 
foliage  in  the  style  of  the  end  of  the  xn  cent. :  to  the  same  date  belong 
the  coupled  colonnettes  flanking  it  and  the  Italo-Byzantine  double  window 
under  a  rich  arched  cornice  with  a  circular  relief  bearing  two  animals  fight- 
ing, etc.  The  fa9ade  was  much  changed  in  the  xiv  and  xv  centuries,  when 
pointed  windows  were  opened,  trilobated  or  with  elaborate  tracery;  as  well 
as  some  in  the  style  of  the  Renaissance.  There  also  remain ,  however,  paterae 
of  c.  1200,  with  palms  and  vines  with  animals  fighting  or  birds  pecking, 
carved  in  marble ;  and,  finally,  dentellated  incrustations,  disks  in  red  Egyp- 
tian porphyry,  in  the  oriental  taste  of  the  Middle  Ages.  This  palace  is 
therefore  one  of  the  most  noteworthy  for  its  decoration,  and  perhaps  the 
most  picturesque  in  its  color  among  all  those  that  rise  along  the  lagoons. 
To  dismantle  it  would  be  a  piece  of  atrocious  vandalism  and  it  should  be 
prevented  by  government  authority. — Arch.  stor.  deWArte,  1890,  pp.  237-8. 

VICENZA. — PROJECTED  DESTRUCTION  OF  THE  ANGARAN  PALACE. — It  is 
reported  that  the  municipal  authorities  of  Vicenza  have  the  intention  of 
tearing  down  the  Palazzo  Angaran,  built  during  the  second  half  of  the 


AECH^OLOOICAL  NEWS.  595 

xv  century,  a  perfect  and  complete  example  of  the  civil  architecture  of 
the  Renaissance  in  the  Venetian  province,  where  the  Lombard  style  took 
on  a  specially  beautiful  form. — Arch.  stor.  dell'Arte,  1890,  p.  233. 

SICILY. 

At  Megara  Hyblaia  a  fresh  series  of  excavations  will  begin  in  a  few 
days  under  the  inspection  of  Dr.  Orsi,  who  acts  for  the  Italian  Govern- 
ment.— Athenaeum,  Jan.  3,  1891. 

ARTISTS'  SIGNATURES  ON  SICILIAN  GREEK  COINS. — At  a  meeting  (Oct.  16) 
of  the  Numismatic  Society  (London),  Mr.  A.  J.  Evans  read  a  paper  On 
some  New  Artists'  Signatures  on  Sicilian  Greek  Coins.  Upon  a  tetradrachm 
of  Himera  he  had  detected  the  signature  of  an  earlier  KIMON,  in  all  proba- 
bility the  grandfather  of  the  well-known  Syracusan  engraver.  This  piece 
was  struck  c.  460  B.  c.,  and  therefore  represents  by  far  the  earliest  signa- 
ture hitherto  discovered  on  a  Greek  coin.  On  a  tablet  held  by  Nike  on 
one  of  the  latest  tetradrachms  of  the  same  city  Mr.  Evans  had  further  suc- 
ceeded in  deciphering  on  a  specimen  in  the  Paris  Cabinet  the  inscription 
MAI,  which  must  also  be  referred  to  a  Himersean  engraver.  New  evi- 
dence was  brought  forward  establishing  the  activity  of  the  later  Kimon  at 
Messana,  and  attention  was  called  to  a  remarkable  coin  by  this  artist  on 
which  the  head  of  the  nymph  Pelorias  appears  in  the  field  coupled  with 
her  name  in  microscopic  letters.  Reference  was  further  made  to  the  artist 
EVARCHIDAS,  recently  added  to  the  roll  of  Syracusan  engravers  by  Prof. 
Salinas,  of  Palermo,  from  a  type  supplied  by  a  hoard  of  coins  discovered 
in  Western  Sicily.  This  artist  appears  in  association  with  Phrygillos,  and 
Mr.  Evans  was  now  able  to  contribute  not  only  some  fresh  specimens  of 
tetradrachms  in  which  these  engravers  had  collaborated,  but  a  hemidrachm 
apparently  from  the  same  hands.  The  tetradrachm-reverses  by  Evarchidas 
are  of  great  interest  from  the  fact  that  upon  them  Nike1  holds  aloft  an  akro- 
stolion  as  well  as  a  wreath  above  the  victorious  quadriga,  and  this  naval 
trophy  has  been  with  great  probability  connected  by  Salinas  with  the  anni- 
hilation of  the  Athenian  fleet  in  the  great  harbor  of  Syracuse  in  413  B.  c. 
In  conclusion  Mr.  Evans  was  able  to  describe  a  new  signature  of  PARME  . . . 
at  Syracuse,  and  a  tetradrachm  of  Kamarina,  recently  procured  by  him  in 
Sicily,  presenting  a  new  signature  of  the  engraver  EXAKESTIDAS.  In  this 
latter  case  the  first  letters  of  the  name  were  inscribed  on  an  open  diptych 
in  front  of  a  very  beautiful  head  of  the  youthful  He'rakle's.  In  the  course 
of  the  paper  the  author  brought  forward  a  variety  of  evidence  to  show  that 
the  received  chronology  of  the  Sicilian  coin-types  of  the  last  quarter  of  the 
fifth  century  B.  c.  needed  considerable  revision,  and  that  the  quadrigce  in 
particular  had  reached  a  highly  advanced  and  even  sensational  stage  of 
development  as  early  as  415  B.  c.  A  discussion  followed,  in  which  Dr. 
H.  Weber  and  Dr.  B.  V.  Head  took  a  leading  part. — Athenceum,  Oct.  25. 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS. 


ARCHIVIO  STORICO  LOMBARDO.    1890.    June. — D.  C.  AGUILHON, 

Some  sites  of  the  ancient  court  ofMonza  that  have  changed  name.  This  paper 
illustrates  some  recent  archaeological  discoveries.  The  present  S.  Giorgio 
al  Lambro  has  a  Roman  necropolis  discovered  in  1883;  it  was  called,  as 
early  as  841  A.  D.,  Coliate,  and  this  name  may  be  of  Roman  origin.  Bias- 
sono  or  Blassonum  became  afterwards  Villola. — L.  BELTRAMI,  Unknown 
descriptions  of  the  cities  of  Pavia  and  Milano  at  the  beginning  of  the  xvi  cent. 
Pasquier  de  Moine,portier  ordinaire  of  Francis  I  of  France  followed  that 
king  in  his  expedition  to  Italy  in  1515  and  made  copious  notes  on  the 
cities  that  were  visited,  especially  Pavia  and  Milano.  His  diary  was  pub- 
lished at  Paris  in  1525,  but,  as  only  three  copies  are  known  to  exist,  the 
information  here  given  from  it  is  practically  inedited.  It  is  especially  inter- 
esting, artistically,  for  its  descriptions  of  sepulchral  monuments  and  other 
sculptures,  such  as  the  monuments  of  S.  Augustine  and  Luitprand  at  S. 
Pietro  in  Cield"  Oro,  and  that  of  Ubaldi  (+  1400)  at  S.  Francesco,  in  Pavia. 
Of  even  greater  interest  are  his  architectural  descriptions  of  the  castle  and 
Certosa  of  Pavia ;  and,  in  Milano,  of  the  castle,  the  Carmagnola  palace,  the 
churches  of  8.  Maria  delle  Grazie  (which  he  considers  the  finest  in  Milano) 
and  S.  Angelo  with  its  convent,  a  monument  of  the  greatest  importance 
destroyed  in  1551,  etc. — G.  CAEOTTI,  Report  on  the  Antiquities  added  to  the 
archaeological  museum  in  Milano  during  1889.  The  collection  of  works  of 
art  and  archaeology  left  by  Marchese  Ponzone  to  the  museum  were  added 
in  1889.  There  are  among  them  a  few  Egyptian  objects,  notably  a  mummy- 
case.  Other  pieces  are :  a  bracelet  of  the  bronze  age;  a  Roman  inscription, 
frieze,  amphorae;  a  Lombardo-Byzantine  relief;  some  Lombard  capitals ; 
some  architectural  fragments  of  the  ancient  Palazzo  della  Ragione,  recently 
found,  dating  from  the  xm  cent.  (1228-33).  Several  pieces  date  from  the 
xiv  cent. :  an  engraved  tombstone  with  the  figure  and  inscription  of  Ali- 
berto  della  Corte  (t  1361),  and  another,  more  elaborate,  conjectured  to  be 
of  Lanfranchi  of  Pisa.  An  inscription  from  the  monastery  of  S.  Bernardino 
alle  monache  gives  the  name  of  the  architect  in  the  xiv  cent. :  MAISTER 
IACOBVS  DE  VESINO  ME  FECE  f.  Of  the  Renaissance  the  finest  piece  is  a 
painted  terracotta  head  of  John  the  Baptist  of  almost  life-size.  It  belongs 
to  the  Lombard  school  of  the  first  years  of  the  xvi  century,  and  has  great 
artistic  merit  combining  an  ideal  type  with  realistic  treatment.  There  is 
also  a  basrelief  attributed  to  Tommaso  Rodari  who  worked  at  the  cathe- 
596 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  597 

dral  of  Como,  whence  this  relief  came,  between  1491  and  1515.  In  another 
basrelief  of  the  Virgin  and  Child  the  Tuscan  influence,  especially  of  Luca 
della  Robbia,  is  evident.  There  is  also  a  series  of  objects  found  in  the  course 
of  carrying  out  the  new  piano  regolatore  of  Milano.  Traces  of  Roman  houses 
and  streets  were  found ;  of  great  interest  is  an  amphora  with  two  inscrip- 
tions, one  Etruscan,  the  other  archaic  Roman.  Some  Renaissance  sculp- 
tured pilasters  were  found,  of  developed  Renaissance  style,  whose  similarity 
to  the  sculptures  of  the  Delia-Torre  monument  in  S.  Maria  delle  Grazie  and 
those  of  the  Brivio  monument  in  S.  Eustorgio  show  them  to  have  been  prob- 
ably executed  by  the  brothers  Francesco  and  Tomaso  da  Cazzaniga,  who 
flourished  in  1483.  There  were  found  at  the  same  time  a  large  number 
of  Renaissance  decorative  terracottas.  Quite  a  collection  of  objects  comes 
from  excavations  in  the  Gallo-Roman  necropolis  near  the  Certosa  of  Gare- 
gnano.  A.  L.  F.,  JR. 

BULLETTINO  Dl  ARCHEOLOGIA  CRISTIANA.  1888-89.  Nos.  3-4. 
— G.  B.  DE  Rossi,  Priscilla  and  the  Acilii  Glabriones.  The  author  con- 
tinues in  this  paper  his  account  of  recent  discoveries  in  the  Catacomb  of 
Priscilla.  First,  there  is  a  description  of  that  part  which  is  between  the 
hypogeum  of  the  Acilii  and  the  cubiculum  of  S.  Crescentianus.  This  part 
is  full  of  graffiti  showing  great  popular  veneration  in  ancient  times  for 
saints  Priscilla  and  Crescentianus.  Cubiculum  L  of  Crescentianus  is  deco- 
rated with  large  figures  painted  in  fresco.  The  subjects  are :  the  three 
Hebrew  youths  refusing  to  adore  the  bust  of  Nebuchadnezzar ;  the  resur- 
rection of  Lazarus ;  the  resurrection  of  the  daughter  of  Jairus.  This  arti- 
cle is,  however,  confined  to  a  description  of  Cubiculum  O,  the  last  of  the 
hypogeum  of  the  Acilii.  This  chamber,  though  thus  connected,  came  to 
have  a  separate  entrance  in  the  times  of  peace  on  account  of  the  venera- 
tion in  which  it  was  held,  as  is  shown  by  the  graffiti  of  the  fourth  century. 
This  cubiculum  had  an  arcosolium,  an  oven-shaped  tomb  and  a  number  of 
marble  sarcophagi  placed  against  the  walls,  fragments  of  which  have  been 
found.  In  the  arcosolium  there  originally  was  a  mosaic  now  totally  de- 
stroyed, but  this  destruction  is  recent,  because  the  outlines  traced  on  the 
wall  for  the  mosaicist  and  the  impressions  of  the  cubes  show  that  it  is  the 
very  mosaic  seen  and  drawn  by  Agincourt  in  1780,  and  published  on  pi. 
xin.  16  of  his  work  (cf.  GARRUCCI,  Arte  Cristiana,  tav.  204.2).  The  sub- 
arch  was  covered  with  mseanders  which  centred  in  the  monogram  >R  within 
a  circle,  showing  the  mosaic  to  be  not  earlier  than  the  iv  cent.  In  the 
lunette  the  centre  was  occupied  by  the  large  figure  of  a  matron  in  a  heavy 
mantle  with  both  arms  raised  in  the  orante  attitude.  She  is  accompanied 
by  four  smaller  figures,  two  on  each  side :  the  central  figure  probably  re- 
presents Priscilla,  the  others,  her  descendants,  such  as  Pudens,  Pudentiana, 
11 


598  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

Praxedis,  etc.  An  interesting  graffito  mentions  domna  Priscilla.  The  con- 
clusion is  reached,  that  the  arcosolium  with  the  mosaic  is  the  place  where 
Priscilla  was  buried.  There  follows  a  discussion  as  to  the  identity  of  Prisca 
and  Priscilla,  and  of  the  Priscillas  of  the  family  of  the  Acilii  Glabriones. 
The  probabilities  are,  that  the  Priscilla  from  whom  the  cemetery  got  its 
name  belonged  to  the  Acilii  Glabriones ;  that  the  hypogeum  of  the  Acilii 
lately  discovered  was  the  primitive  nucleus  of  the  catacomb  ;  that,  in  fine, 
the  eoemeterium  Prisdllae  was  established  in  praedio  Aeiliorum.  One  of  the 
inscriptions  mentioning  Priscilla  is  the  sepulchral  poem  of  a  high  magis- 
trate of  the  iv-v  cent,  who  was  prefect  of  Italy,  Illyria,  and  Africa,  prob- 
ably the  famous  Anicius  Acilius  Glabrio  Faustus  who  held  this  office  under 
Valentinian  III,  e.  g.,  in  438  A.  D.  The  question  is  then  raised,  whether 
the  new  discoveries  can  be  reconciled  with  the  old  conjectures  regarding 
the  gens  of  Pudens  and  Priscilla :  whether  they  belonged  to  the  gens  Ccr- 
nelia  or  Acilia.  De  Rossi  also  believes  that  Aquila  and  Prisca,  the  friends 
of  St.  Paul,  were  buried  in  the  cemetery  of  Priscilla,  and  that  their  relics 
were  found  in  the  ix  cent,  by  Leo  IV,  who  transferred  them  to  various 
churches.  These  two  also  may  have  been  dependents  of  the  Acilii  Gla- 
briones.— Inscriptions  found  in  front  of  the  church  ofSS.  Cosmas  and  Dami- 
anus  on  the  Via  Sacra.  Among  these  are  fragments  of  two  metrical  inscrip- 
tions. The  first  belongs  to  about  the  ix  cent,  and  is  of  one  Leo  who  was 
papal  cubicularius.  There  are  also  fragments  of  a  Damasian  hymn  proba- 
bly belonging  to  a  eulogium  of  SS.  John  and  Paul. — Metrical  Epitaph  of 
the  Virgin  Irene,  sister  ofDamasus.  This  is  the  most  important  of  the  frag- 
ments mentioned  above,  as  it  forms  part  of  a  very  long  inscription  written 
by  Pope  Damasus  for  the  tomb  of  his  beloved  sister  Irene  and  preserved 
in  the  copy  of  a  pilgrim  of  the  seventh  century.  This  copy  is  famous  and 
has  often  been  edited.  The  fragment  is  of  careless  script,  and  is  anterior 
to  the  accession  of  Damasus  to  the  pontificate,  for  his  sister  died  young. — 
The  Ciborium,  Altar,  and  Reliquary  at  S.  Stefano  near  Fiano  Romano.  Fiano 
is  about  24  miles  from  Rome  on  the  Via  Tiberina.  Its  church  of  San  Ste- 
fano is  an  early  basilica.  The  ciborium  is  a  work  of  the  mediaeval  Roman 
school,  of  remarkable  elegance  and  good  preservation.  It  consists  of  three 
stories  and  belongs  to  the  middle  class  of  such  monuments.  Tomassetti 
(Arch.  Rom.  St.  Pat.,  vii,  pp.  367,  393)  and  Stevenson  (Mostra,  p.  177 ; 
Bull.,  1880,  p.  59)  had  already  spoken  of  its  close  resemblance  to  that  of 
S.  Andrea  in  Flumine  near  Ponzano,  in  the  same  region.  On  the  latter  we 
read  the  inscription:  -}•  NICOLAV'  CVM  svis  FILIIS  JOANNES  ET  GVITTONE 
FECERVNT  HOC  OPV8.  Both  tabernacles  are  evidently  by  the  same  artists 
(cf.  Arch.  Rom.  Stor.  Pat.,  1880,  p.  375).  The  reliquary  contained  three 
bronze  pectoral  crosses.  A.  L.  F.,  JR. 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  599 

BULLETTINO    Dl    PALETNOLOGIA    ITALIANA.     1890.     Nos.  5-6. — 

PIGORINI,  The  palethnological  discoveries  in  the  Veronese  commune  of  Bre- 
onio  judged  by  Gab.  de  Mortillet.  This  is  a  defense  of  the  authenticity  of 
the  silex  objects  in  the  commune  of  Breonio  near  Verona  against  the  re- 
newed attacks  of  Prof,  de  Mortillet. — PIGORINI,  An  Italic  bronze  object  of 
the  first  iron-age,  and  some  of  its  terracotta  imitations.  The  writer  discusses 
the  opinions  of  Gozzadini,  Zannoni,  Helbig,  Brizio,  and  others,  regarding 
the  use  of  an  object  of  heavy  cast-bronze  with  bell-shaped  outline  found, 
together  with  a  striking  implement,  in  early  Italic  tombs  of  the  first  iron- 
age.  He  then  concludes :  (1)  The  Italic  tribes  settled  between  the  Po  and 
the  Apennines,  in  an  early  part  of  the  first  iron-age,  were  sometimes  in  the 
habit  of  placing  in  their  tombs  a  bronze  axe-head,  or  a  bronze  object  of 
bell-shaped  outline  similar  in  shape  to  an  axe-head,  which,  being  heavy  and 
cast  and  associated  with  a  beating  instrument,  must  be  considered  as  a  bell 
or  tintinnabulum :  both  the  axe-head  itself  and  the  sound  made  when  struck 
by  it  or  the  tintinnabulum  which  imitated  it,  were  regarded  as  averting 
evil.  (2)  As  was  the  custom  for  other  objects,  so  with  the  axe-head  and 
the  musical  instrument,  not  only  small  models  were  made  as  amulets,  but 
also  reproductions  in  bronze  and  terracotta  for  sepulchral  use.  (3)  The 
fictile  reproductions  soon  departed  from  their  original  type  and  passed 
into  small  truncated  cones  used  for  the  same  purpose,  and  continued  these 
in  use  through  the  Roman  period.  A.  L.  F.,  JR. 

JAHRBUCH  D.  K.  DEUTSCHEN  ARCHAOLOGISCHEN  INSTITUTS. 
Vol.  V.  No.  1.  1890. — W.  STUDEMUND,  On  the  Mosaic  of  Monnus. 
This  mosaic  is  published,  Ant.  Denkm.,  I,  pis.  47-49.  It  consists  of  nine 
octagons.  Of  these,  the  central  one  is  occupied  by  Kalliope  and  Homer. 
The  others  contain,  each,  a  Muse,  a  pupil  of  the  Muse,  and  some  repre- 
sentation of  the  art  or  science  over  which  the  Muse  presides.  The  inscrip- 
tions preserved  are :  Polymni(&),  Urania,  (C)lio,  Euterp(o),  (T)ham(y)ris, 
(Ac)ica?*(us),  Aratos,  Cadmus,  Agnis  (=Hyagnis).  A  similar  list  of  Muses 
with  their  special  provinces  and  pupils  is  found  in  an  anonymous  treatise 
preserved  in  several  MSS.  Clemens  Alex.,  Strom.,  i,  cap.  16,  76,  p.  363 P. 
(copied  by  Eusebios,Praep.  Evan.,  x.  6, 11)  mentions  Hyagnis  (or  better, 
Agnis)  and  Thamyris,  and  just  before  them  Cadmus.  Clemens  also  (i, 
15,  69,  p.  357  P.)  mentions  Akikaros  in  connection  with  Demokritos.  Of 
Akikaros  nothing  further  is  known.  The  title  'A/a^a^os  given  by  Laertius 
Diog.  as  that  of  a  book  by  Theophrastos  shows  that  a  book  existed  treating  of 
the  relations  of  Demokritos  to  Akikaros. — A.  MICHAELIS,  The  Statue- Court 
in  the  Belvedere  of  the  Vatican  (9  cuts).  The  history  of  the  Belvedere  is  given 
(with  a  bibliography)  from  its  foundation  to  the  time  when  its  treasures 
took  their  places  in  the  Museo  Pio-Clementino  under  Clemens  XIV  and 


600  AMERICAN  JO URNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

Pius  VI.  The  year  1471  is  remarkable  for  the  foundation  of  the  Capito- 
line  Museum  by  Sixtus  IV.  His  nephew,  Cardinal  Giuliano  della  Rovere, 
was  one  of  the  early  collectors  of  antiques.  Among  his  possessions  was  the 
Apollo  (of  the  Belvedere),  found  probably  in  1491,  and  first  set  up  in  the 
garden  of  San  Pietro  in  Vincoli.  The  report  that  this  statue  was  found  at 
Porto  d'Anzio  may  be  true,  but  is  not  found  in  the  earliest  accounts.  When 
Giuliano  became  Pope  as  Julius  II  in  1503  he  had  the  Belvedere  rebuilt 
and  enlarged  by  Bramante.  The  original  Belvedere  was  a  mediaeval  cas- 
tle built  under  Nicholas  V,  but  this  was  supplanted  in  1490  under  Inno- 
cent VIII  by  a  pleasure-house  in  the  style  of  the  Renaissance.  Besides 
the  Apollo,  Julius  II  placed  in  the  court  of  the  Belvedere  the  group  of 
Veiius  Felix  with  Amor,  the  Antaeus  group  (now  in  Florence),  the  Lao- 
coon  (discovered  in  1506),  the  group  of  Hercules  and  Telephus,  the  so- 
called  Cleopatra  (1509-11),  the  "Tigris,"  and  two  sarcophagi  used  as 
basins  for  fountains.  Julius  II  was  the  real  founder  of  the  collection  of 
the  Belvedere.  His  successor,  Leo  X,  added  the  Nile  and  the  Tiber,  but 
no  other  additions  can  be  traced  to  him  with  certainty.  Under  his  succes- 
sors the  fortunes  of  the  Belvedere  were  various.  Sometimes  additions  were 
made,  and  sometimes  antiques  were  removed.  These  changes  are  described 
in  detail.  Appendix  /discusses  the  dependence  of  Boissard,  Sandrart,  Schott, 
and  Gamucci  upon  Aldrovandi  in  their  descriptions  of  the  Belvedere.  App. 
II  gives  lists  of  the  antiques  from  the  Vatican  given  away  by  Pius  V,  with 
correspondence  relating  to  these  gifts.  App.  Ill  gives  lists  of  publications 
and  copies  of  the  antiques  of  the  Belvedere. — R.  SCHONE,  Hyginus  and 
Hero.  Hyginus  (Fab.  cxvi)  tells  the  story  of  Nauplios  and  his  vengeance 
upon  the  Greeks  in  close  connection  with  the  story  of  the  death  of  the 
Locrian  Ajax  through  Athena.  The  second  part  of  Hero's  treatise  on 
Automata  describes  a  puppet  theatre  in  which  the  tale  of  Nauplios  is  still 
more  closely  connected  with  that  of  Ajax.  This  passage  is  derived  from 
Philo  Byzantius.  Athena  is  described  as  appearing  above  the  scene,  evi- 
dently after  the  manner  of  the  deus  ex  machina  in  the  real  theatre.  The  de- 
scription contains  much  that  is  theatrical,  and  may  well  have  a  play  for  its 
real  source.  This  may  or  may  not  be  the  Na^TrAios  ILvpKatvs  of  Sophokles. — 
ARCHAOLOGISCHER  ANZEIGER.  The  Gymnasia  and  Archaeology.  Arrange- 
ments are  in  progress  to  enable  at  least  a  limited  number  of  the  pupils  in 
all  the  gymnasia  of  Prussia  to  visit  the  various  archaeological  museums  of 
the  country.  A  similar  plan  is  under  discussion  in  Austria. — ACQUISI- 
TIONS OF  THE  COLLECTIONS  OF  ANTIQUITIES  IN  GERMANY,  vin.  Karls- 
ruhe (20  cuts).  The  Egyptian  department  comprises  about  450  numbers. 
The  additions  to  the  collection  of  vases  since  Winnefeld's  catalogue  (Karls- 
ruhe, 1887)  have  been  described  by  Schumacher,  Jahrb.,  1889,  p.  218  f. 
Two  further  additions,  an  early  Attic  tazza  and  an  alabastron  in  the  form 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  601 

of  a  horned  male  head  are  here  published.  The  collection  of  terracottas 
has  gained,  since  Frohner's  catalogue  (1860),  250  pieces  from  Tarentum, 
mainly  archaic,  150  from  Kypros,  a  few  from  Tanagra,  over  100  from 
Myrina  and  Smyrna,  and  a  number  from  various  other  places.  Marble 
works  are  a  Dionysos,  a  wounded  giant,  a  bearded  satyr,  an  eagle  in  com- 
bat with  a  snake  over  a  dead  lamb,  several  fragments  of  columns,  a  Mar- 
syas,  an  athlete,  a  Hypnos  (Winnefeld,  Hypnos,  1886),  a  group  of  a  boy 
and  a  girl,  an  Aphrodite,  and  two  portrait-heads.  The  museum  possesses 
about  1800  originals  and  copies  of  bronze,  gold,  and  silver  antiques.  Eight 
new  acquisitions  are  described  (seven  published).  These  are  (1)  a  bronze 
pitcher  from  a  tomb  near  Tolentino.  The  body  of  the  vessel  is  engraved 
with  beasts:  the  handle  is  a  male  figure  holding  on  his  shoulders  two 
lions.  (2)  Bronze  pail  from  the  same  tomb  adorned  with  pressed  pal- 
mettes  and  lotos,  on  the  top  two  bearded  men  each  ending  in  two  snakes, 
and  holding  fishes  in  their  hands.  (3)  Movable  hearth.  (4)  Greek 
mirror.  The  support  is  a  draped  female  figure :  the  edges  of  the  mirror 
are  adorned  with  birds,  beasts,  and  amorettes.  (5)  Engraved  cista  from 
Praeneste.  The  handle  is  formed  by  two  wrestlers :  the  engraved  figures 
represent  women  bathing,  Seilenoi,  Dionysos  and  companions.  (6)  Gold 
bracelet ;  (7)  gold  wreath ;  (8)  silver  ring-box  with  pressed  figures  in 
imitation  of  Assyrian  style.  Another  acquisition  is  an  ivory  box  in  form 
of  a  temple.  The  museum  also  possesses  a  strip  of  leather  with  animals 
cut  upon  it  in  somewhat  the  style  of  Corinthian  vases.  A  collection  of 
about  5000  numbers  illustrates  the  history  of  Germany  from  the  stone 
age. — ix.  Brunswick  (6  cuts).  This  museum  does  not  increase  regularly 
but  has  acquired :  a  cameo  representing  Eros  on  a  lion,  an  ancient  imita- 
tion of  the  cameo  of  Protarchos  in  Florence;  a  terracotta  dish  with  pressed 
reliefs ;  24  vases,  among  them  four  of  proto-Corinthian  style  and  5  bucehero 
vases ;  three  Trporo/xat  in  the  form  of  griffin-heads ;  the  cover  of  a  large  ves- 
sel in  the  form  of  a  female  head  upon  which  a  small  female  figure  sits ;  a 
terracotta  plaque  with  gorgoneion ;  a  small  terracotta  figure  and  a  number 
of  terracotta  architectural  fragments  ;  besides  a  rich  collection  of  samples 
of  stone,  especially  marble,  from  Greece,  Rome,  and  Palestine. — x.  Acqui- 
sitions of  the  Collections  of  German  Universities.  The  universities  of  Berlin, 
Munich,  Heidelberg,  Giessen,  Kiel,  Munster,  and  Rostock  possess  no  origi- 
nals. At  Greifswald  and  Konigsberg  the  originals  are  confined  to  coins. 
Tubingen  received  a  collection  of  coins,  among  them  806  Greek,  447  Re- 
publican Roman,  1509  Imperial  Roman.  Halle,  Jena,  and  Leipzig  have 
received  no  additions.  Bonn  has  received  no  additions  to  its  sculptures 
since  Kekule"'s  catalogue.  The  collection  of  vases  comprises :  one  vase  of 
the  Apulian-geometric  style,  3  Dipylon  vases,  one  Boiotian  vase  (Jahrb., 
1888,  pi.  12.1),  3  Corinthian  vases,  11  black-figured  Attic  vases  almost  all 


602  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

from  the  Fontana  collection,  3  Attic  white  lekythoi,  8  Attic  red-figured 
vases,  7  vases  from  Lower  Italy.  The  Bonn  collection  of  terracottas  is  re- 
markable for  the  large  number  of  pieces  of  known  origin.  Of  these,  80  are 
from  Tarentum.  Breslau  has  received  82  vases  from  the  Fontana  collec- 
tion. Erlangen  has  received  a  torso  of  a  nude  male  statuette  of  Parian 
marble.  Gdttingen  has  received,  since  1887,  a  number  of  terracottas  from 
the  Esquiline  and  a  few  other  terracottas,  73  vases  from  the  Fontana  col- 
lection, 53  cut  stones  and  rings,  5  gold  rings,  2  lion-heads  of  bone,  an  en- 
amelled glass  vessel,  3  small  bronzes  (a  Grseco-Roman  Diana,  a  lion,  an 
Etruscan  Herakles),  a  bronze  axe.  Marburg  possesses  a  small  collection 
of  coins,  9  gems,  8  bronzes,  8  terracottas,  a  few  vases,  lamps  and  fragments 
of  pottery,  a  few  Roman  relics  found  in  Germany.  Strassburg  has  gained, 
since  1887,  two  fragments  of  shields  from  the  pediments  of  the  temple  of 
Athena  at  Aigina,  a  Corinthian  pyxis,  a  Corinthian  aryballos.  Wurzburg 
(2  cuts)  has  acquired  numerous  antiques  since  the  publication  of  the  cata- 
logue (1865-72).  The  most  important  are :  12  vases  of  Corinthian,  Attic, 
and  lower-Italian  styles,  4  terracottas,  a  terracotta  lamp,  a  brick-stamp, 
fragments  of  terra  sigillata  from  Obernburg,  fragments  of  terracotta  from 
Veii,  4  whorls  from  Troy,  2  bronze  weights,  a  Greek  leaden  bullet  with 
inscription,  a  marble  statuette  of  Herakles,  a  bronze  bust,  garlanded,  and 
with  a  snake's  head  upon  its  breast,  a  boy  with  a  cornucopia,  an  Athena 
statuette,  a  kneeling  barbarian,  a  Greek  portrait-head,  and  a  torso  of  Hera- 
kles with  the  Hydra.  Antiques  in  Sieburg.  Seven  gems  in  the  church  at 
Sieburg  are  summarily  described  by  L.  v.  Sybel. —  Casts  for  Sale.  Casts 
of  the  head  in  the  Villa  Medici,  Denkm.  d.Inst.,  i,  1889,  pi.  40  are  to  be 
obtained  through  the  secretary  of  the  Institute  in  Rome.  The  Wagnersche 
Kunstinstitut  of  the  University  Wurzburg  offers  casts  of  the  so-called  Cor- 
inthian puteal. — REPORTS  OF  MEETINGS  OF  THE  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  SO- 
CIETY IN  BERLIN.  1889.  DECEMBER.  Curtius,  on  the  life  and  work  of 
the  late  Karl  Botticher ;  Robert,  on  terracotta  cups  with  reliefs  illustrat- 
ing the  Iliad,  Odyssey,  etc.;  Puchstein,  on  Pheidias. — 1890.  JANUARY. 
Letter  from  Jentsch-Guben  concerning  a  Roman  sword  found  in  the  Nie- 
derlausitz ;  Come,  on  an  Ionic  temple  in  the  Epizephyrian  Locri,  and  on 
a  Roman  altar  in  Mainz;  Trendelenburg ,  on  the  archaic  bronzes  found  in 
the  grotto  of  Zeus  on  Mount  Ida  in  Krete;  Furtwangler,  on  a  bronze 
Athena-statuette  in  Florence,  on  the  defects  in  the  Vienna  publication 
(Vorlegebldtter,  1888)  of  the  Fran9ois-vase,  on  an  Attic  black-figured  leky- 
thos  in  Palermo  with  a  representation  of  the  lower  world ;  Sehone,  on  Hygi- 
nus  and  Hero ;  Weil,  on  Laloux  and  Monceaux,  Restauration  d'  Olympie. — 
FEBRUARY.  Conze,  on  various  recent  publications ;  Engelmann,  on  the 
Czartoryski  bronze  vessel,  Gaz.Arch.,  1881-82,  pi.  1-2;  Furtwangler,  on 
bronzes  at  Olympia;  Winter,  on  portrait-heads  of  the  fourth  century  B.  c.-— 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  603 

NEWS  OF  THE  INSTITUTE. — NOTES  ON  THE  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  INSTI- 
TUTE.— E.  Bethe  adds  four  representations  of  Aphrodite  and  the  goat  to 
those  mentioned  by  Boehm,  Jahrb.,  iv,  p.  208  f. ;  he  further  discusses  rep- 
resentations of  a  female  figure  on  a  ram  and  decides  that  Aphrodite  is 
represented  (2  cuts) ;  R.  Engelmann  discusses  the  arrangement  of  the  horses 
in  the  eastern  pediment  at  Olympia  proposed  by  Six  (Journ.  Hell.  Studies, 
x,  p.  102) ;  a  krater  in  Bologna  (cut)  perhaps  offers  some  support  to  Six's 
theory. — BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Xo.  2. — O.  PUCHSTEIN,  The  Parthenon  Sculptures.  I.  Pheidias  (9  cuts). 
Since  Visconti,  the  pediment-sculptures  and  the  frieze  of  the  Parthenon 
have  been  regarded  as  the  work  of  Pheidias,  or  at  least  as  made  from  his 
designs  and  under  his  direction.  This  is,  however,  not  asserted  by  any 
ancient  authority.  The  originals  of  all  the  works  assigned  by  ancient 
authors  to  Pheidias  are  lost,  but  extant  copies  of  the  Parthenos  enable  us 
to  form  a  judgment  concerning  his  style.  The  copies  here  specially  dis- 
cussed are :  the  Varvakion  statuette,  the  Lenormant  statuette,  the  torso  in 
the  Akropolis  museum,  the  Minerve  au  collier,  though  others  are  mentioned. 
All  these  show  a  simple  treatment  of  drapery,  falling  in  large,  rounded 
folds,  apparently  in  imitation  of  the  natural  folds  of  some  heavy  material. 
The  "Hera"  from  the  library  in  Pergamon,  the  Torso  in  Paris  (Athena 
Medici),  the  Korai  of  the  Erechtheion,  the  Athena-hermes  in  the  Villa 
Ludovisi  ( Ant.  Bild&r.,  No.  60  ;  Mon.  d.  1st.,  x,  56, 3),  the  colossal  Hera  (?) 
in  the  rotunda  of  the  Vatican,  the  Athena  in  Cassel  (Friederichs-Wolters, 
477),  the  two  Athena-statues  in  Dresden  (one,  Fr.-W.,  478)  and  the 
Athena  from  the  library  of  Pergamon  are  shown  to  belong  to  the  same 
style  or  school  as  the  Parthenos.  All  resemble  the  Parthenos  in  costume, 
treatment  of  drapery,  and  quiet  pose,  though  none  are  copies  of  the  Par- 
thenos. The  sculptures  of  the  temple  of  Zeus  at  Olympia  (Alkamenes  is 
regarded  as  the  artist  of  all  of  these)  are  shown  to  resemble  the  Parthenos 
in  the  treatment  of  drapery,  so  far  as  the  different  costume  makes  com- 
parison possible,  and  in  the  pose  of  individual  figures.  The  technical  ex- 
ecution of  chryselephantine  sculpture  is  discussed,  and  the  conclusion  is 
reached,  that  the  marble  copies  of  such  works  can  give  a  correct  idea  of 
the  drapery  of  gold  which  was  moulded  upon  the  wooden  core  beneath. 
The  light,  finely-folded,  and  often  unnatural  drapery  of  the  pediment 
figures  of  the  Parthenon  is  contrasted  with  the  dignified  naturalness  of 
that  of  the  Athena  Parthenos.  The  frieze  of  the  Parthenon  agrees  in 
these  respects  with  the  pediments  rather  than  with  the  Athena  Parthenos. 
The  composition  of  the  groups  of  the  pediments  and  of  the  frieze  does 
not  agree  with  what  can  be  found  out  concerning  the  compositions  of 
Pheidias.  The  shield  of  the  Parthenos  is  passed  over,  as  offering  too  few 
points  of  comparison  with  the  pediments,  besides  being  too  imperfectly 


604  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

known.  From  Pausanias'  (v.  11.  8)  description  of  the  birth  of  Aphrodite 
on  the  pedestal  of  the  Zeus  at  Olympia,  it  is  evident  that  the  figures  there 
represented  were  all  in  quiet,  upright  pose.  A  fragmentary  relief  (here 
published  and  discussed)  on  the  base  of  the  colossal  Athena-torso  from 
the  library  of  Pergamon  (Alterth.  v.  Pergamon,  n,  p.  59)  is  believed  to 
represent  a  selection  of  the  secondary  figures  from  the  relief  on  the  base 
of  the  Athena  Parthenos.  In  this  relief,  twenty  deities  were  represented 
bringing  gifts  to  the  new-born  Pandora.  The  seven  figures  of  the  Perga- 
mene  fragment  represent  persons  carrying,  each,  some  object.  These  are 
all  in  quiet  posture,  and  all  are  turned  toward  the  centre  of  the  composi- 
tion. The  rough  sketch  upon  the  base  of  the  Lenormant  statuette  may 
also  be  a  copy  of  Pheidias'  composition.  Here,  too,  the  general  impres- 
sion made  by  the  figures  is  that  of  quiet  dignity.  The  manner  of  com- 
position employed  by  Pheidias  is,  then,  so  far  as  can  be  judged  from  the 
works  ascribed  to  him  by  definite  ancient  authority,  entirely  different  from 
the  excited,  violent  motion  of  the  pediment  groups  and  from  the  easy 
nonchalance  (of  the  eastern  end  in  particular)  of  the  frieze  of  the  Par- 
thenon. The  style  of  the  pediments  and  of  the  frieze  seems  to  have  come 
up  in  direct  opposition  to  the  style  of  Pheidias. — A.  CONZE,  Greek  Bra- 
ziers (pis.  1,  2 ;  47  cuts).  Numerous  fragments  of  terracotta,  adorned 
for  the  most  part  with  heads  (in  relief)  with  projecting  beards,  were  found 
in  laying  out  the  streets  of  Athens  nearly  forty  years  ago,  and  have  come 
to  light  since  then  in  the  Islands,  Asia  Minor,  Syria,  Egypt,  Italy,  Sicily, 
and  Carthage.  A  descriptive  list  of  905  such  fragments  is  here  given 
with  numerous  illustrations.  They  belong  to  braziers  (scaldini),  the 
adornments  being  turned  toward  the  fire  (see  Conze,  Verhandl.  d.  Philo- 
logenversammlung  in  Heidelberg,  1865).  Such  a  brazier  exists  intact  in  the 
Fol  museum  in  Geneva,  and  fragments  sufficing  for  a  complete  recon- 
struction are  in  the  Polytechnion  in  Athens.  The  upper  part  consists  of 
a  round  basin  with  holes  in  the  bottom,  to  admit  air.  Above  the  basin 
are  three  projections  adorned  with  heads.  Under  the  basin  the  terracotta 
walls  continue  to  the  ground.  The  bottom  is  closed,  but  there  are  holes 
in  the  sides,  and  an  opening  at  one  side,  apparently  for  the  removal  of 
ashes.  The  whole  utensil  is  of  one  piece,  and  reaches  about  to  the  height 
of  a  man's  knee.  The  types  of  adornment  on  the  projections  above  the 
basins  are  (1)  a  head  with  pointed  cap,  (2)  head  (Seilenos)  with  ivy  crown, 
(3)  head  with  hair  on  end,  (4)  other  human  heads,  (5)  theatrical  masks, 
(6)  animal  heads,  (7)  thunderbolt,  (8)  rosette,  (9)  rose,  (10)  mere  lines, 
or  entire  absence  of  adornment.  These  types,  so  far  as  they  have  any 
special  meaning,  must  have  been  adopted  as  ^ao-Kavta  or  charms.  The 
workmanship  of  all  these  fragments  is  substantially  the  same,  showing 
that  they  belong  to  one  period.  Several  of  them  were  found  in  Delos  in 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  605 

a  house  built  about  150  B.  c.,  and  destroyed  in  the  Mithridatic  war.  The 
same  inscriptions  (the  most  frequent  is  Hekataios)  and  other  trade-marks 
are  found  in  various  places.  These  braziers  were,  then,  objects  of  export. 
They  seem  to  have  come  from  one  place,  very  likely  Delos,  or  perhaps 
Athens.  No  fragment  of  such  braziers  has  been  found  in  Pergamon. — F. 
STUDNICZKA,  On  the  Klazomenian  Dolon-sarcophagus  (2  cuts).  A  small 
amphora  in  Munich  (No.  583,  Jahn),  probably  from  Vulci,  has  two  paint- 
ings, both  illustrating  the  same  story.  The  technique  is  that  of  the  mid- 
dle Attic  style  with  black  figures.  The  only  perfect  parallel  in  details 
is,  however,  the  Northampton  vase  in  Ashby  Castle  (Gerhard,  Auserl.  Vets., 
IV,  317,  318).  Red  color  is  freely  employed,  white  sparingly.  On  one 
side,  five  figures  are  represented ;  the  two  outer  figures  are  armed  men 
standing  quietly ;  the  central  group  consists  of  two  warriors,  facing  each 
other,  with  lances  raised  as  for  combat.  Between  them  kneels  a  somewhat 
smaller  figure :  about  his  shoulders  hangs  a  hide ;  upon  his  feet  he  has 
shoes  with  wing-like  projections  behind — shoes  such  as  are  not  infrequently 
employed  by  vase-painters  to  imply  that  the  wearer  is  a  swift  runner. 
The  three  central  figures  are  now  headless,  and  part  of  the  shields  of  the 
two  warriors  is  gone,  while  of  the  figure  at  the  extreme  left  only  a  part  of 
the  shield  remains.  The  scene  represented  is  the  slaying  of  Dolon.  In 
style  and  composition,  the  vase-painting  is  older  than  the  painting  of  the 
Klazomenian  sarcophagus  (Ant.  Denkm.  d.  Inst.,  1, 1889,  pi.  44).  On  the 
sarcophagus,  Dolon  wears  the  hide  as  a  close  garment  for  a  disguise.  This 
points  to  a  version  of  the  story  somewhat  different  from  that  of  Homer. 
Hipponax,  who  mentions  the  realm  of  Rhesos  as  AivetW  ird\pv<s,  may  have 
drawn  from  an  older  source,  or  may  himself  have  treated  this  story.  On 
the  other  side  of  the  vase,  a  bearded  man  with  a  sceptre  is  sitting  on  a 
stool  at  the  left.  A  slave  brings  him  a  drinking-cup  and  a  jar.  At  the 
right,  a  slave  is  watering  two  horses.  The  scene  represented  is  the  water- 
ing of  the  horses  of  Rhesos  in  the  Grecian  camp,  while  Diomedes  refreshes 
himself  with  wine.  The  chariots  on  the  Klazomenian  sarcophagi  all  have 
eight  spokes.  On  the  Greek  mainland,  the  form  with  four  spokes  prevails 
until  the  period  of  the  "  severely  beautiful "  (slrengschon)  vases  with  red 
figures. — K.  WERNICKE,  Addition  to  the  List  of  the  Works  of  Skopas.  An 
epigram  in  the  Anthologia  (iv,  165,  233)  mentions  Skopas  as  the  artist  of 
a  Hermes.  The  word  hermes  means  here  a  "  term,"  not  a  statue  of  the 
god  Hermes.  Pliny  (xxxvi.  28)  mentions  a  Janus  concerning  which 
there  was  doubt  whether  it  was  a  work  of  Praxiteles  or  Skopas.  As  a 
Janus,  it  could  be  neither,  but  as  a  hermes  with  two  faces  it  might  be  the 
one  referred  to  in  the  epigram.  Pliny  speaks  of  the  gilding  of  the 
"  Janus."  In  that  case,  it  was  probably  of  bronze,  so  that  the  Aphrodite 
Pandemos  in  Elis  is  no  longer  the  only  known  bronze  work  of  Skopas. 


606  AMERICAN  JO  UENAL  OF  ARGH^EOLOG  Y. 

Pliny  proceeds  to  mention  a  Cupido,  which  he  implies  was  a  portrait  of 
Alkibiades.  This  has  nothing  to  do  with  Skopas,  but  is  connected  with 
the  preceding  only  on  account  of  uncertainty  concerning  the  artist.  There 
is  therefore  no  reason  for  assuming  an  elder  Skopas. — ARCHAOLOGISCHER 
ANZEIGER.  Annual  Report  on  the  activity  of  the  imperial  German  Arch- 
CKological  Institute. — Archaeology  and  the  Gymnasia.  Visits  have  been  made, 
by  members  of  gymnasia,  to  Berlin,  Bonn,  and  Treves,  where  archae- 
ological lectures  were  delivered  for  their  benefit. — HULSEN,  PETERSEN, 
The  Apollo  of  the  Belvedere.  Italian  documents,  especially  the  sketch- 
book of  the  so-called  Bramantino  in  Milan,  show  that  this  statue  was 
found  not  in  Porto  d'Anzio  but  in  the  lands  of  Cardinal  della  Rovere, 
probably  those  of  the  Gommenda  of  Grottaferrata.  The  right  forearm 
seems  to  have  been  restored  twice,  in  different  ways. — Acquisitions  of  the 
Museum  of  Fine  Arts  in  Boston  in  the  year  1889. — Photographs  from  Greece. 
Photographs  taken  by  Freiherr  v.  Stillfried  are  for  sale  by  the  E.  Quaas- 
'schen  Kunst-und  Buchhandlung. — REPORTS  OF  MEETINGS  OF  THE  ARCH- 
AEOLOGICAL SOCIETY  IN  BERLIN,  1890.  MARCH.  Gerclce,  on  the  inter- 
pretation of  portraits;  Furtwangler,  excavations  in  Kypros.  —  APRIL. 
Werniclce  spoke  on  the  art  of  Pheidias ;  Treu  on  the  pediments  at  Olym- 
pia ;  Henry  Bowditch  and  Treu,  on  composite  photographs. — MAY.  Conze 
reported  on  archaeological  activity  in  Austria ;  K'opp  spoke  on  the  so-called 
giant  columns ;  Puchstein,  on  the  relation  of  the  Myceno-Tirynthian  palace 
to  that  of  Troy ;  Curtius,  on  the  restoration  of  the  anta,  with  the  inscrip- 
tions of  the  horsemen,  before  the  propylaia  at  Athens. — NEWS  OF  THE 
INSTITUTE. — NOTES  ON  THE  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  INSTITUTE.  F.  Hauser 
explains  the  representation  on  the  pelike  with  the  contest  between  Apollon 
and  Marsyas  (Arch.  Ztg.,  1869,  pi.  17  ;  Overbeck,  Kunstmyth.,  Atlas,  pi. 
25,  4)  as  follows :  Apollon  has  finished  his  lyre-playing,  which  he  has  ac- 
companied with  singing,  and  calls  upon  Marsyas  to  play  the  flute  and 
sing.  This  is  the  point  of  the  story  as  told  by  Diodoros  (in.  59).  A 
Muse  offers  Marsyas  a  roll  with  text  for  his  song.  The  girl  with  a  basket 
is  a  kalathiskos-dancer,  who  was  to  assist  Marsyas  as  the  Muses  had  as- 
sisted Apollon.  F.  Hauser  also  reports  that  the  "  Biscuit  figurine  from 
Smyrna"  (Fried.-Wolt.,  1968;  Arch.  Ztg.,  1849,  pi.  1,  2,  1880,  p.  83; 
Michaelis,  Anc.  Marbles  in  Great  Britain,  p.  157,  420)  is  a  work  of  the 
porcelain  manufactory  in  Naples. — A.  S.  Murray  sends  an  impression  of 
a  hematite  gem  in  the  British  Museum  (cut).  A  bull  is  represented  with 
a  man  in  front  of  him  and  one  above  him.  Mr.  Murray  suggests  that 
the  figure  above  the  bull  may  be  thought  of  as  behind  him,  and  the  tam- 
ing of  a  bull  may  be  represented.  The  work  corresponds  to  the  Myke- 
naian  type. — Two  slight  corrections  to  Bethe's  article  (Jahrb.,  1890,  No.  1) 
Aphrodite  on  the  goat. — BIBLIOGRAPHY.  HAROLD  N.  FOWLER. 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  607 

JOURNAL  ASIATIQUE.    1890.    April- June.— C.  DE  HARLEZ,  San-Li- 

Tu,  or  picture  of  the  three  rituals.  This  work  is  by  Nieshi  who  lived  in  the 
x  cent.  A.  D.,  but  its  object  is  to  reestablish  the  rules  and  customs  of  the 
ancient  rituals  in  their  primitive  forms.  In  order  to  do  this,  the  author 
has  published  illustrations  of  all  the  objects  and  instruments,  in  their 
early  forms,  that  were  prescribed  by  these  rituals.  In  his  task  he  made 
use  of  three  main  sources,  Tcheng,  Yuen,  and  Hia-Heou-tchang,  the  last 
of  whom  lived  in  the  first  century  B.  c. :  all  of  them  had  already  fol- 
lowed the  system  of  explanation  by  pictures  of  the  objects.  Some  plates 
seem  also  taken  from  the  Erh-ya,  which  dates  from  the  third  century  A.  D. 
The  present  article  is  based  upon  a  new  edition  of  the  San-li-t'u'  made  by 
order  of  the  emperor  K'ang-hi  in  1686  A.  D.  Costumes,  buildings,  vases, 
musical  instruments,  weapons,  decorations  and  emblems,  seals,  draperies, 
funerary  apparatus,  etc.,  are  all  described  and  illustrated  in  order,  show- 
ing how  at  a  very  early  date  special  forms  and  categories  of  objects  were 
assigned  to  special  purposes  and  classes  of  individuals. 

Sept.-Oct. — J.  HALEVY,  The  correspondence  oj 'Amenophis  III and  Amen- 
ophisIV.  A  transliteration,  translation,  and  comment  are  given  of  that 
part  of  these  documents  which  have  been  published  in  autograph  by  the 
Berlin  museum.  They  are  of  great  importance  for  the  history  of  the  East 
in  the  xv  cent.  B.  c.,  and  have  often  been  referred  to  in  the  JOURNAL  as 
discovered  at  Tell-el-Amarna  in  Egypt  in  1887.  A.  L.  F.,  JR. 

MITTHEILUNGEN  D.  K.  DEUT.  ARCHAOLOGISCHEN  INSTITUTS. 
ATHENISCHE  ABTHEILUNG.  Vol.  XT.  No.  1.  1890.— B.  GRAEF,  The 

group  of  the  Tyrannicides  and  Works  of  kindred  style  in  Athens  (3  cuts). 
The  statue  of  Antenor  in  the  Akropolis  museum  gives  an  idea  of  the 
style  of  that  artist.  The  question  arises,  whether  the  Naples  group  of 
Harmodios  and  Aristogeiton  can  be  a  copy  of  a  work  by  the  same  hand. 
Comparison  with  other  archaic  statues  from  the  Akropolis  (one  bust 
is  published)  shows  that  the  statue  of  Antenor  is  the  work  of  an  Attic 
artist  who  had  adopted  to  some  extent  the  methods  of  the  "  school  of 
Chios."  Comparison  of  the  Naples  group  with  other  works  shows  a  kin- 
ship between  it  and  the  sculptures  of  Olympia  and  Sicily.  The  Naples 
group  cannot,  therefore,  be  a  copy  of  the  work  of  Antenor,  and  must 
be  copied  from  that  of  Kritios  and  Nesiotes.  A  work  of  this  style  was 
then  set  up  in  Athens  Ol.  75  =  477/6  B.  c.  Ten  works  are  described, 
which,  though  found  in  Attika,  show  kinship  with  the  Peloponnesian 
sculptures.  The  influence  of  these  works  is  shown  in  some  of  the  vase- 
paintings  of  Euphronios  and  his  contemporaries.  The  style  of  these 
works  was  not,  at  any  time,  exclusively  adopted  in  Athens,  and  main- 
tained itself  only  for  a  limited  period :  it  was  of  non- Attic  origin.  Its 


608  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

somewhat  heavy  seriousness  and  its  naturalness  are  contrasted  with  the 
mannerisms  of  the  "  school  of  Chios,"  against  which  it  seems  to  protest. 
The  influence  of  this  "  Peloponnesian  "  art  is  traced  in  the  sculptures  of 
the  Parthenon.     The  Eleusinian  relief,  a  stele  from  Thespiai,  and  the 
dancing-girl  of  Bronzi  di  Ercolano,  n,  295,  show  that  the  same  school 
spread  its  influence  over  Boiotia. — R.  WEISSHAUPL,  Attic  sepulchral  leky- 
thos  (pi.  1).     A  lekythos  from  Eretria  is  published.     The  red  clay  of  the 
vase  appears  only  at  its  upper  edge  and  at  the  edge  of  the  foot.     The 
shoulder  and  the  upper  part  of  the  belly  of  the  vase  are  covered  with 
yellowish  pipe-clay,  the  other  parts  with  black  varnish.     The  shoulder  is 
ornamented  with  a  spray  of  three  palmettes  and  two  blossoms,  below 
which  is  an  egg-and-dart  pattern.     A  mseander  goes  round  the  upper  part 
of  the  belly.     The  picture  on  the  belly  represents  a  sepulchral  monument, 
to  the  right  of  which  stands  a  draped  youth,  to  the  left,  a  draped  female. 
The  female  holds  in  one  hand  a  long  ribbon,  in  the  other  a  lekythos.   The 
youth  holds  a  garland  and  a  staff.     The  monument  has  an  altar-like  base 
upon  which  rise  seven  steps,  and  upon  these  stands  a  pointed  stele".     The 
form  of  the  mausoleum  at  Halikarnassos  was  then  known  in  Athens  in  the 
fifth  century.   Various  colors  are  used,  from  black  to  golden  yellow.   The 
monument  and  the  nude  parts  of  the  female  figure  are  of  yellowish  white. 
The  vase  belongs  to  the  period  of  the  transition  from  the  black-figured 
to  the  red-figured  style.     Earlier  lekythoi  show  yellowish  pipe-clay  and 
extended  use  of  varnish-coloring,  later  ones  have  much  black  color,  and 
the  scenes  represented  upon  them  are  sepulchral.     This  vase  combines  the 
peculiarities  of  the  two  periods.     Nineteen  vases,  belonging  to  the  same 
class  as  this,  are  described. — O.  ROSSBACH,  The  Nemesis  of  Agorakritos 
(cut).    The  cut  gives  a  fragment  of  a  colossal  marble  head  in  the  British 
Museum.     It  was  found,  in  1820,  in  the  temple  of  Nemesis  at  Rhamnous, 
and  is  justly  supposed  to  be  a  fragment  of  the  statue  of  Nemesis  by  Ago- 
rakritos.    Holes  in  the  head  show  how  the  stephane,  the  stags,  and  Nikai 
(mentioned  by  Pausanias)  were  secured.     An  idea  of  the  appearance  of 
this  adornment  may  be  derived  from  various  coins,  though  there  is  no 
known  copy  of  this  statue.     The  style  of  the  fragment  is  similar  to  that 
of  other  sculptures  of  the  age  of  Pheidias. — E.  SZANTO,  The  History  of 
Thasos.     The  external  history  of  the  smaller  Greek  States  in  the  fifth  and 
fourth  centuries  B.  c.  stands  in  close  relation  to  the  struggles  between  the 
democratic  and  oligarchic  parties.     Some  light  is  thrown  upon  the  polit- 
ical struggles  of  Thasos  by  inscriptions  (especially  those  published  by  E. 
Miller,  Revue  archeologique,  Bechtel,  Abhdlgn.  d.  gottinger  Gesell.  d.  Wiss., 
1885,  1887).     The  oligarchy  of  411  B.  c.  (Thouk.,  vm.  64)  is  identified 
with  a  government  of  360  mentioned  in  an  inscription.     The  oligarchy 
seems  .to  have  existed  until  407  B.  c.    The  inscription  published  by  Hicks, 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  609 

Journ.  Hell.  Stud.,  vin,  pp.  401  ff.,  is  here  published  with  different  resto- 
rations, and  is  taken  to  refer  to  the  reestablishment  of  democracy  in  407 
B.  c. — A.  BRUCKNER,  Poros-seulptures  on  the  AJcropolis.  n.  The  larger 
Triton-pediment  (pi.  2 ;  cut).  The  author's  article  upon  the  Typhon-pedi- 
ment  receives  some  additions  and  corrections.  The  fragments  of  the 
Triton -pediment  are  here  published  for  the  first  time.  The  drawing,  as 
well  as  the  arrangement  of  the  fragments,  is  by  E.  Gillieron.  The  body 
of  Herakles  with  part  of  Triton  behind  it  is  the  chief  part  of  the  sculp- 
tures preserved.  In  addition  to  this,  parts  of  the  fishy  body  of  Triton, 
four  hands  with  parts  of  arms,  a  fifth  hand  holding  a  bird,  and  parts  of 
serpent  coils,  formed  parts  of  the  group.  As  restored,  the  group  consisted 
of  Herakles  and  Triton  struggling,  and  Kekrops  as  umpire  holding  an 
eagle  in  his  right  hand.  Kekrops  is  represented  with  serpent-legs,  parts 
of  which,  and  the  right  hand  and  part  of  the  eagle,  are  the  only  fragments 
of  this  figure  preserved.  Of  Herakles  and  Triton  the  greater  part  is  pre- 
served from  the  breast  down.  No  heads  belonging  to  this  pediment  have 
been  found.  Herakles  has  put  his  left  arm  about  Triton's  neck,  and  holds 
his  own  left  wrist  with  his  right  hand ;  his  left  leg,  next  to  Triton,  is  much 
bent,  the  right  leg  being  somewhat  stretched  out  behind ;  the  right  knee 
and  toes  touch  the  ground.  Triton  is  trying,  with  his  left  hand  to  push 
off  Herakles'  right  arm ;  with  his  right  hand,  he  seems  to  try  to  hold 
some  object  lying  on  the  ground  at  his  side :  this  was  probably  some  attri- 
bute, perhaps  a  fish.  The  tail  of  Triton  extends  almost  to  the  extreme  left- 
hand  corner  of  the  pediment;  his  head  extends  a  little  beyond  the  centre 
into  the  right-hand  part  of  the  pediment ;  the  head  of  Herakles  is  entirely 
in  the  left-hand  part.  The  right-hand  half  of  the  pediment,  except  the 
small  portion  occupied  by  the  front  part  of  Triton,  is  occupied  by  the 
figure  of  Kekrops.  The  presence  of  Kekrops  shows  that  the  contest  must 
have  taken  place  in  Attika.  In  Ionic  representations,  Triton  seems  to 
have  been  feasting,  and  has  a  garland  on  his  head,  or  a  drinking-horn  in 
his  hand.  Here,  there  is  no  hint  of  a  feast.  The  workmanship  and  the 
coloring  of  this  pediment  are  like  those  of  the  Typhon  pediment,  but  the 
relief  is  higher  (about  60  cent,  here,  and  42  cent,  in  the  Typhon-pediment), 
if  sculpture  almost  entirely  free  from  the  background,  as  this  is,  can  still 
be  called  relief.  Similarly,  in  the  two  smaller  pediments,  the  relief  of 
the  Hydra-group  is  much  lower  than  that  of  the  Triton-group.  These 
differences  are  due  to  the  difference  of  subject.  The  block  upon  which  is 
the  fragment  of  Triton's  tail,  and  which  forms  the  left-hand  extremity  of 
the  larger  Triton-group,  is  worked  to  a  distance  of  22  cent,  below  the 
relief.  To  this  distance,  then,  the  block  was  visible  above  the  projecting 
horizontal  cornice.  The  entire  pediment,  including  this  base  for  the 
sculptures,  was  then  1.22  met.  high.  The  angle  at  the  corners  was  13°. 


610  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

Hence,  the  whole  length  of  the  pediment  was  10.50  met.,  which  gives 
about  12^  or  13  met.  for  the  whole  width  of  the  building.  This  was  about 
the  width  of  the  earliest  temple  of  Athena.— R.  HEBERDEY,  The  Statue 
of  Antenor  (2  cuts).  In  opposition  to  E.  Gardner  (Journ.  Hell.  Stud.,  x, 
pp.  278  ff.),  it  is  shown  that  there  is  no  reason  to  deny  that  the  base  with 
the  signature  of  Antenor  belongs  to  the  statue  with  which  it  was  joined 
by  Studniczka  (Jahrb.,  n,  pp.  135  if.)  and  Wolters  (Mitth.,  1888,  p.  226). 
The  holes  for  clamps  or  pegs  are  not  intended  to  connect  the  statue  with  the 
base  and  the  column  under  it  by  one  peg,  but  are  for  use  in  joining  them  by 
pouring  in  molten  lead. — MISCELLANIES. — H.  SCHLIEMANN,  Inscriptions 
from  Ilion.  Two  fragmentary  inscriptions. — A.  E.  KONTOLEON,  Inscrip- 
tion from  the  Island  of  Nisyros.  An  inscription  in  honor  of  Gnomagoras 
son  of  Dorotheos  of  Nisyros. — LITERATURE. — REPORTS  OF  MEETINGS. 

HAROLD  N.  FOWLER. 

REVUE    DES    ETUDES    GRECQUES.     1890.     April-Jime.— MICHEL 

BREAL,  Graecia  .  .  .  artes  intulit.  This  is  a  rapid  examination  made  to 
show  that  nearly  all  the  terms  used  in  modern  languages  to  designate  the 
first  elements  of  sciences  arid  letters  are  words  of  Greek  derivation. — A. 
H.  SAYCE,  Two  Greek  contracts  from  the  Fayum.  These  two  papyri  were 
found  at  Hawara  by  Mr.  Petrie  in  1889.  They  give  interesting  informa- 
tion on  the  topography  of  the  Fayum  at  the  Roman  period,  and  on  Grseco- 
Egyptian  law.  Both  date  from  the  vi  cent.  A.  D.,  one  from  512,  the  other 
from  513.  The  first  contract  states  the  sale  of  a  monastery  in  the  Fayum 
for  eight  gold  solidi  and  11,200  pieces  of  "  large  silver."  The  second  also 
records  the  sale  of  a  monastery  for  ten  gold  solidi. — G.  A.  CCSTOMIRIS, 
Study  on  the  Inedited  Writings  of  ancient  Greek  Physicians.  This  is  the 
second  series  of  the  study,  and  includes  (1)  Daremberg's  Anonymous 
writer,  (2)  Metrodora,  (3)  Oribasios,  (4)  Aetius.  The  latter  is  of  especial 
importance,  and  a  complete  descriptive  list  of  his  MSS.  is  given. — J.  DAR- 
MESTETER,  James  ofEdessa  and  Ptolemy.  This  study  is  to  show,  by  com- 
parison of  lists  of  geographical  names  in  the  two  writers,  that  the  geography 
of  James  of  Edessa  is  almost  entirely  derived  from  Ptolemy. — CHRONIQUE. 
July-Sept. — GUSTAV  HIRSCHFELD,  The  Inscriptions  of  Naukratis  and 
the  history  of  the  Ionian  Alphabet.  In  this  letter  to  M.  Sal.  Reinach,  the 
author  recapitulates  the  views  he  holds  in  the  controversy  that  has  been 
going  on  regarding  the  inscriptions  from  Naukratis.  He  disagrees  en- 
tirely with  Mr.  Gardner ;  he  does  not  believe  there  were  any  Greeks  at  Nau- 
kratis before  Ainasis  (vi  cent.),  or  that  any  of  the  inscriptions  found  by 
Mr.  Gardner  are  as  old  as  the  Abu-Simbel  inscriptions.  He  is  led  by  his 
recent  researches  to  entertain  new  views  on  the  subject  of  the  entire  his- 
tory of  the  Ionian  alphabet.  He  derives  the  three-branched  sigma  from 


SUMMARIES  OF  PERIODICALS.  611 

the  Phoenician  tsade  and  not  from  the  shin,  and  considers  that  there  were 
several  branches  of  the  Ionian  alphabet  which,  for  a  certain  time,  carried 
on  an  independent  development. — E.  LACOSTE,  The  Poliorceties  of  Apollo- 
doros  of  DamasGus.  A.  L.  F.,  JR. 

RIVISTA  ITALIANA  Dl  NUMISMATICA.  1890.  No.  2.— F.  GNECCHI, 
Notes  on  Roman  numismatics.  They  are  divided  into  two  parts :  x  treats 
of  some  coins  of  the  empress  Helena  and  of  Fausta ;  xi  makes  some  con- 
tributions to  the  corpus  numorwn.  Under  the  first  heading,  the  remarks 
are  based  on  some  small  bronze  coins  of  Helena  and  Fausta  found  in  Egypt 
in  1888 :  they  go  to  confirm  the  attribution  to  one  Helena,  the  mother  of 
Constantine,  of  all  the  coins  bearing  that  name,  and  to  one  Fausta,  the 
second  wife  of  Constantine,  of  all  those  that  are  inscribed  with  that  name. 
Rectifications  and  additions  are  made  to  Cohen's  descriptions,  and  there 
follow  some  general  considerations  on  the  true  types  of  coins  of  these  two 
Augustas,  showing  a  confusion  between  them,  owing  mainly  to  an  inter- 
change of  reverses.  Thus,  the  only  official  types  of  their  bronze  coins  are 
those  of  the  three  in  gold,  all  others  being  hybrids.  This  contribution  to 
the  corpus  numorwn  is  taken  from  the  small  and  ordinary  collection  of  the 
Museo  Artistico  Municipale  of  Milano.  Most  of  them  consist  of  slight 
variations.  The  pearl  of  the  collection  is  a  magnificent  silver  medallion 
of  Gallienus  with  the  adlocutio,  remarkable  for  the  taenia  decorating  the 
emperor's  head — the  only  case  in  Imperial  numismatics. — G.  GAVAZZI, 
Conjectures  on  the  attribution  of  some  Lombard  tremissi.  The  three  tremissi 
here  illustrated  all  have  the  same  monogram.  Though  undoubtedly  Lom- 
bard, they  appear  to  bear  the  names  of  the  Frankish  kings  Karl  and  Kar- 
loman.  They  are  here  attributed  to  the  time  of  Pepin's  expedition  to  Italy 
in  756,  and  the  monograms  are  so  as  to  give  the  names  of  Pepin,  Karl,  and 
Karloman,  Roman  patricians. — V.  CAPOBIANCHI,  New  remarks  on  some 
coins  struck  by  the  Popes  and  in  Comtat  Venaisin  and  Avignon. — S.  AMBRO- 
8OL>i,An  inedited  soldino  ofAsti  of  Charles  V. 

No.  3. — P.  STETTINER,  Origin  of  coinage  in  Italy.  This  is  a  popular 
summary  of  current  information  regarding  the  early  use  of  metals  in  Italy 
for  commercial  purposes :  the  aes  rude,  aes  grave  and  aes  signatum.  While 
granting  that  the  art  of  coining  may  have  been  derived  from  Lydia  or 
Greece,  the  author  regards  the  custom  of  using  metal  for  exchanges  among 
Italic  nations  as  indigenous,  and  to  have  originated  before  the  seventh 
century  B.  c. — F.  GNECCHI,  Notes  on  Roman  numismatics.  Five  inedited 
bronzes  are  published  which  were  the  most  important  numismatic  pieces 
found  in  Rome  during  1889.  They  are  a  bronze  medallion  of  Hadrian, 
one  of  Faustina  the  Elder,  a  rare  consecration  medallion,  which  gives  the 
occasion  for  a  general  treatment  of  the  Roman  consecratio  or  apotheosis  of 


612  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ARCHEOLOGY. 

the  emperors  and  empresses.  Then  come  bronze  medallions  of  Marcus 
Aurelius,  with  a  circle,  and  of  Gordianus  III,  as  well  as  a  bronze  of  Gal- 
lienus  and  Valerianus. — G.  JATTA,  A  Coin  of  Rubi.  The  writer  takes 
occasion  of  the  publication  of  a  coin  of  the  Apulian  city  of  Rubi^Ruvo, 
colonized  by  Greeks,  to  deny  Friedlander's  hypothesis,  that  such  coins  are 
Messapian,  which  would  involve  an  unknown  Messapian  conquest.  He 
believes  the  coins  to  be  essentially  Greek. — E.  TAGLIABUE,  Did  the  mint 
of  Mesoeco  really  exist?  It  has  been  the  general  opinion  that,  early  in  the 
xvi  cent.,  Gian  Giacomo  Trivulzio  established  at  Mesoeco  a  mint,  which 
continued  until  1526  when  the  town  was  destroyed.  This  is  shown  to  be 
a  groundless  fable;  and  it  is  proved  that  the  mint  was  established  at 
Roveredo  as  early  as  1497,  of  whose  productions  a  careful  study  is  made. 
— A.  G.  SAMBON,  The  Coins  of  the  Neopolitan  duchy.  The  Neopolitan  mint 
was  reestablished  while  the  city  was  in  direct  dependence  on  the  Byzan- 
tine empire,  after  the  visit  of  Constans  II,  when  Basil  was  appointed  first 
duke  in  661-2.  This  first  series  lasts  until  the  middle  of  the  eighth  cen- 
tury. Then  begins  the  second  series,  which  shows  an  autonomy  at  times 
complete,  at  times  holding  to  the  connection  with  Byzantium.  This  period 
lasts  up  to  the  Norman  conquest  in  the  xn  cent.,  though  the  types  of  its 
mint  were  preserved  for  nearly  a  century  longer.  A.  L.  F.,  JR. 


JOURNAL    OF   ARCHAEOLOGY. 


VOL.    VI.    PLATE    II. 


MONASTERY   OF    FOSSANOVA.      PORTAL    OF    FACADE. 


-:••-« 


JOURNAL    OF    ARCHAEOLOGY. 


VOL.    VI.    PLATE    XV. 


ANTHEDON.     BRONZE  IMPLEMENTS  FROM  THE  EXCAVATIONS  OF  THE  AMERICAN  SCHOOL. 


IA 


II 

'    ^  :••.:.'•„-  A:  .        !&:''$& 

";•;."  -,.-.;: -•-;;:;•  ••-  . .    .  :,;•;  ^iv..* 


JOURNAL    OF    ARCHAEOLOGY. 


VOL.    VI.    PLATE    XVII 


f      I   ,  i   .  1   .  1   .  1   .  t  .  ]  .  1  ,  I  .  'f 
Fumade  of  the  house  on  the  Clivus  Scauri. 


Roman  Arches  adjoining  the  Claudium. 


r"1 


s 


JOURNAL   OF   ARCHAEOLOGY. 


VOL.    VI.    PLATE    XX. 


Interior  of  Chapter -House. 


Ground-plan  of  Monastery  and  Church. 


MONASTERY    OF    SAN    MARTINO    AL    CIMINO,    NEAR    VITERBO. 


•URNAL    OF    ARCHAEOLOGY. 


VOL.    VI.    PLATE    XXII. 


OF    THE    MYKENAI    TYPE    IN    THE    ABBOTT    COLLECTION,    NEW    YORK    (HISTORICAL    SOCIETY). 


JOURNAL    OF    ARCH; 


VOL.    VI.    PLATE     XXIII. 


BINDING  SECT.  AUG2d  1968 


CC  American  Journal  of 

Archaeology 
A6 
v.6 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY